@article{Kirby2023,
title = {Vietnamese and the structure of NP},
author = {James Kirby},
year  = {2023},
date = {2023-01-31},
urldate = {2023-01-31},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Kirby2023b,
title = {Vietnamese and the structure of NP},
author = {James Kirby},
year  = {2023},
date = {2023-01-31},
urldate = {2023-01-31},
abstract = {Evans (2001a, 2001b) argues that modern Southern Qiang (SQ) developed tones through a somewhat typologically unusual pathway: after developing pitch accent from earlier lexical stress, the languages became increasingly 'tone-prone' following phonological reduction of syllables and the segmental inventory (Matisoff, 1998), developing tonal systems after heavy borrowing from Mandarin. Here, I suggest that otherwise phonolog-ically conservative Taoping Qiang also shows evidence of more 'traditional' tonogenetic mechanisms, which may have conditioned a tone split from the original *H reflex.
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Kirby2023c,
title = {Morphological paradigm effects on phonetic realization},
author = {James Kirby and Alan Yu},
year  = {2023},
date = {2023-01-31},
urldate = {2023-01-31},
abstract = {Previous studies have shown phonetic variation can be lexically conditioned (Wright, 1997; Munson and Solomon, 2004; Munson, 2007; Scarborough, 2006). Mor-phological paradigms have also been implicated in phonetic variation (Steriade, 2000; Kuperman et al., 2007). This paper investigates the nature of morphologi-cal paradigm effects on vowel production in German verbs. We report the results of a production experiment showing that, while paradigmatic complexity affects vowel dispersion, the effect is mediated by word frequency.
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Kirby2023d,
title = {Comparative-induced event measure relations},
author = {James Kirby},
year  = {2023},
date = {2023-01-31},
urldate = {2023-01-31},
abstract = {In Vietnamese quantity comparison structures, differentials are prohibited from appearing phrase-internally. I argue this is because they are athematic measure phrases. However, this leads to a se-mantic type clash given the meaning of the comparative. I propose to resolve this by means of a COMPARATIVE-INDUCED EVENT MEASURE RELATION which type-shifts the predicate in the appro-priate context. This relation is also shown to be active in English, suggesting that it may be a more general property of predicates cross-linguistically.
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Kirby2023e,
title = {MODELING THE ACQUISITION OF COVERT CONTRAST},
author = {James Kirby},
year  = {2023},
date = {2023-01-31},
urldate = {2023-01-31},
abstract = {This paper explores the learnability of covert contrasts (impressionistically homophonous categories that can be reliably distinguished at the phonetic level) through a series of model-based clustering simulations using human production data. Allowing the models to learn both the number and parameters of those categories provides a way to explore the potential stability of category structures. The results indicate that while a statistical learner can be quite effective at inducing covert contrasts, success depends crucially on the number and distributional characteristics of the relevant cue dimensions.
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Sidnell2022,
title = {17 Language and culture in Mainland Southeast Asia},
author = {Jack Sidnell and N. J. Enfield},
doi = {10.1515/9783110726626-017},
isbn = {9783110726626},
year  = {2022},
date = {2022-08-01},
urldate = {2022-08-01},
pages = {471-498},
publisher = {Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {In the early decades of the twentieth century, Franz Boas argued for the centralimportance of language to an understanding of culture. Specifically, Boas notedthat certain aspects of linguistic structure, such as grammatical categories, rarelybecome objects of conscious reflection. Because of this, he proposed, these aspectsof language provide a window onto primary ethnological phenomena (or“funda-mental ethnic ideas”; see Stocking 1966, Silverstein 1979). In contrast, aspects ofcustom and tradition more available to conscious reflection are subject to second-ary explanation and reanalysis, and get caught up in higher-order subjectiveschemes of social evaluation (as,e.g.,“high”,“popular”,“traditional”,“noble”and so on, see Sapir 1924). In recent years, linguistic anthropologists have focusedon differences in the degree to which cultural phenomena are available to con-scious awareness, finding here not a reason to privilege some kinds of data overothers but rather a central mechanism ofcultural dynamism. In what follows, weexplore these issues at the heart of the language/culture relationship–and someof the associated complexities of current semiotic theory–through a considerationof the language-culture nexus in two settings in mainland Southeast Asia: histori-cal developments in twentieth century Vietnam and contemporary life in ruralcommunities of lowland Laos. We evaluate the implications of these case studiesfor directions in linguistic anthropology broadly, as well as for research on lan-guageandcultureinmainlandSoutheastAsia.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Piller2022,
title = {Peripheral multilingual scholars confronting epistemic exclusion in global academic knowledge production: a positive case study},
author = {Ingrid Piller and Jie Zhang and Jia Li},
doi = {10.1515/multi-2022-0034},
year  = {2022},
date = {2022-05-09},
urldate = {2022-05-09},
journal = {Multilingua},
abstract = {The decolonization of knowledge is increasingly high on the agenda of applied and sociolinguistics. This article contributes to this agenda by examining how peripheral multilingual scholars confront their linguistic and epistemic exclusion from global knowledge production. Based on the product of such a challenge – a Chinese-centric special issue of Multilingua , a global academic Q1 journal, devoted to crisis communication during the COVID-19 pandemic and committed to furthering intercultural dialogue in research – we explore the decades-long knowledge production process behind that product and so provide a look into the “black box” of academic networking and publishing. Advocating for collaborative autoethnography as an inherently inclusive method, we focus on enabling academic and personal networks, textual scaffolding, and linguistic and epistemic brokerage. The article closes with three aspects of linguistic and epistemic citizenship that are central to inclusion, namely recognition of the value of peripheral knowledges, recognition of a collaborative ethics of care, and recognition of shared responsibility.},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fox2022,
title = {Marshall D. Sahlins 27 December 1930–5 April 2021 A MEMOIRE},
author = {James Fox},
doi = {10.1080/14442213.2022.2061589},
year  = {2022},
date = {2022-05-04},
urldate = {2022-05-04},
journal = {The Asia Pacific Journal of Anthropology},
volume = {23},
issue = {2},
pages = {1-6},
abstract = {Marshall D. Sahlins was one of the leading anthropologists of his generation: prodigiously productive, incisive, provocative, and relentless in his intellectual pursuits. His writings span a period of over 65 years and trace an intellectual development that charts many of the principal concerns of his era. His writings also represent a dialogue with many of the leading anthropologists of this time and an ongoing debate over current social issues.

In the course of his long career, Sahlins came to use his considerable reading of the world’s ethnographic record to engage critically with fundamental issues in Western thought. Tracing a trajectory through his diverse corpus of writing to identify his contributions to anthropology and beyond is a daunting challenge. This effort offers a personal perspective.

Born in Chicago, Sahlins first studied anthropology under Leslie White at the University of Michigan where he received his bachelor’s and master’s degrees and then went on to do his doctorate at Columbia University in 1954 with Morton Fried as his supervisor and in company with a cohort of contemporaries including Stanley Diamond, Marvin Harris, Sydney Mintz, Robert Murphy, Elman Service and Eric Wolf. Sahlins was the only one of this group to commit himself to research in the Pacific and became thoroughly engaged in a life-long exploration of culture in its relationship to society in varying contexts.},
keywords = {James Fox},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Kirby2022,
title = {Exploring Statistical Regularities in the Syllable Canon of Sino-Vietnamese Loanmorph Phonology},
author = {James Kirby and Mark Alves},
year  = {2022},
date = {2022-05-01},
urldate = {2022-05-01},
abstract = {https://evols.library.manoa.hawaii.edu/handle/10524/52500 We consider the question of whether phonotactic criteria can be used to identify a Vietnamese syllable as being Sinitic in origin, focusing on the layer of Sino-Vietnamese (từ Hán Việt) borrowings. We first assembled a corpus of 8,148 phonologically unique Vietnamese syllables, of which 1,939 are Sino-Vietnamese (i.e., have a Chinese character reading stemming to Late Middle Chinese). We then applied statistical and computational methods to identify phonotactic patterns of both native and Sino-Vietnamese syllables and considered them in their historical phonological context. We find that while there are features that are reliable indicators of native forms, the Sino-Vietnamese stratum has been largely nativized, with little to distinguish it phonotactically from native syllables. Our findings reflect the tight integration of Sino-Vietnamese borrowings into the modern Vietnamese lexicon and phonological system over many centuries.
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{King2022,
title = {Biopolitics and intersex human rights: A role for applied linguistics},
author = {Brian King},
isbn = {9781350098237},
year  = {2022},
date = {2022-03-24},
urldate = {2022-03-24},
publisher = {Bloomsbury},
chapter = {7},
abstract = {In this chapter, I contribute to this volume by addressing the potential for applied linguistics to participate in the critical investigation of biopolitics. More specifically, I ask how epistemologies and ethical aspirations of applied linguistics might assist researchers to contribute responsibly to knowledge about the “anatomo-politics of the human body” (Foucault, 1980, p. 139). I prioritize, as a set of localized biopolitical social justice projects in multiple geopolitical locations, the human rights of people who live intersex embodiments. Thus, I narrow the focus in this case to the widespread hegemonic regulation of intersex bodies by biomedicine whereby intersex people (i.e. those whose natural bodies do not fit in the male/female binary) are forced into a heteronormative and bionormative system of hegemonic coercion. Biomedicine is the dominant contemporary technology of the body and therefore at the centre of biopolitics.},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Sidnell2022b,
title = {Action and Accountability in Interaction},
author = {Jack Sidnell and N. J. Enfield},
editor = {Arnulf Deppermann and Michael Haugh},
doi = {10.1017/9781108673419.015},
isbn = {9781108474627},
year  = {2022},
date = {2022-01-31},
urldate = {2022-01-31},
pages = {279-296},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {What is the relation between words and action? How does a person decide, based on what someone is saying, what an appropriate response would be? We argue: (1) Every move combines independent semiotic features, to be interpreted under an assumption that social behaviour is goal-directed; (2) Responding to actions is not equivalent to describing them; (3) Describing actions invokes rights and duties for which people are explicitly accountable. We conclude that interaction does not involve a binning procedure in which the stream of conduct is sorted into discrete action types. Our argument is grounded in data from recordings of talk-in-interaction.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Roberts2022,
title = {The verb phrase},
author = {Ian Roberts and Adam Ledgeway},
year  = {2022},
date = {2022-01-01},
urldate = {2022-01-01},
publisher = {CUP},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Evers2021b,
title = {Video description of chapter in edited volume "Multilingual Youth Practices in Computer Mediated Communication" (2018, CUP)},
author = {Cécile Anne Marguerite Evers and Kathrin Feindt},
doi = {10.1163/19552629-14020008-03},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-12-14},
urldate = {2021-12-14},
journal = {Journal of Language Contact},
volume = {14},
number = {2},
pages = {489-495},
keywords = {Cécile Anne Marguerite Evers},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Piller2021c,
title = {Monolingual school websites as barriers to parent engagement},
author = {Ingrid Piller and Ana Sofia Bruzon and Hanna Torsh},
doi = {10.1080/09500782.2021.2010744},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-12-06},
urldate = {2021-12-06},
journal = {Language and Education},
abstract = {This paper investigates the communication strategies of schools to engage linguistically diverse parents through enrollment information on their websites. The importance of the study is due to the known educational disadvantage experienced by migrant children as well as the known positive influence of parental engagement on educational achievement. Against this background, we ask whether English-speaking and non-English-speaking parents have equal opportunities to support the education of their children through accessible high-quality enrollment information provided by their local school. To this end, we analyze language choice, multilingual information architecture, and references to linguistic diversity on the websites of 30 highly linguistically diverse Australian primary schools. English was found to be the exclusive medium of communication, even in schools where up to 98% of students speak another language at home. Where automated translation options or hyperlinks to external translated information are available, these follow a monolingual logic and are listed by language names in English rather than targeting the specific languages of the school community. References to linguistic diversity are rare but serve to normalize monolingual practices while regulating and otherizing linguistic diversity. The study thus demonstrates that accessible enrollment information in languages other than English is virtually non-existent. We close with implications for more inclusive design and professional development to foster greater parental engagement in linguistically diverse societies.},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Bourne-Taylor2021b,
title = {Imaginary identity/imaginary identity in Meursault, counter-investigation by Kamel Daoud: question(s) of conflict},
author = {Carole Bourne-Taylor},
doi = {10.24193/cechinox.2021.41.18},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-12-01},
urldate = {2021-12-01},
abstract = {"Identity is approached from the perspective of the genre of literary counter-investigation, in the wake of Laurent Demanze's study A New Age of Inquiry. In post-colonial Algeria, the motif of spectrality is bound up with an imaginary of grievance and impossible mourning, typified by Kamel Daoud's Meursault, counter-investigation. In this context, identity is synonymous with alienation. Like his predecessors Camus and Assia Djebar, Daoud is conducting his own quest for freedom, promoting the relational and ethical value of the imaginary as a universal network of images that counter the narrow enclosure of nationalist and fundamentalist discourse in a fundamentally dynamic encounter with the world and the other."},
keywords = {Carole Bourne-Taylor},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@book{Bourne-Taylor2021,
title = {Variations on the Ethics of Mourning in Modern Literature in French},
author = {Carole Bourne-Taylor and Jean Khalfa and Sara-Louise Cooper },
isbn = {9781789972740},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-11-02},
urldate = {2021-11-02},
publisher = {Peter Lang Ltd},
abstract = {From Freud and psychoanalysis to Derrida and philosophy, the question of mourning has been central to a whole strain of modern thought, especially in France. This fascinating and illuminating collection of essays explores the question in a wide range of intellectual and literary settings, from the French Revolution down through the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. It is a tour de force. (Christopher Prendergast FBA, King's College, Cambridge). This volume compellingly explores the intersection of ethics and aesthetics, showing how literature can enrich our sense of the complexity of mourning, grief and loss. It provides a significant contribution to scholarship on mourning, understood as a never-ending process of relationality. (Hanna Meretoja, University of Turku, Finland). How does modern writing in French grapple with the present absence and absent presence of lost loved ones? How might it challenge and critique the relegation of certain deaths to the realm of the unmournable? What might this reveal about the role of the literary in the French and francophone world and shifting conceptions of the nation-state? Essays on texts from the Revolution to the present day explore these questions from a variety of perspectives, bringing out the ways in which mourning contests the boundaries between the personal and the historical, the aesthetic and the ethical, the self and the other, and ultimately reasserting its truly critical resonance.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Fox2021,
title = {A Research Note on Laterality and Lineality in Austronesian Relationship Terminologies},
author = {James Fox},
doi = {10.1002/ocea.5317},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-10-25},
urldate = {2021-10-25},
journal = {Oceania},
volume = {91},
abstract = {This research note identifies seven patterns of laterality and/or lineality that occur in the 1st ascending generation of Austronesian relationship terminologies. It lists, in relation to these patterns, some of the main Austronesian societies that possess each of these patterns. This brief note forms part of a larger ongoing comparative research analysis of Austronesian kinship.
},
keywords = {James Fox},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Piller2021d,
title = {Securing the borders of English and Whiteness},
author = {Ingrid Piller and Hanna Torsh and Laura Smith-Khan},
doi = {10.1177/14687968211052610},
isbn = {146879682110526},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-10-21},
urldate = {2021-10-21},
journal = {Ethnicities},
abstract = {This article examines how racial and linguistic identities are constructed on the Australian reality TV show Border Security. Based on an analysis of 108 episodes of the show involving 253 border force officers and 128 passengers, we explore how the hegemonic Australian identity of the White native speaker of English is constructed on the show. Officers are represented as a relatively uniform group of heroes devoted to protecting Australia’s national security. Simultaneously, most of them look white and sound like native speakers of Australian English. In contrast to the officers, passengers, as their antagonists, do not have a predominant racial or linguistic profile. They are represented as highly diverse. What unites them is not any racial or linguistic profile but that they represent a security risk. Threat thus comes to be mapped onto diversity. The show’s schema of heroes and antagonists invites the audience to identify with the heroes. By identifying with the White-English heroes, the audience also comes to take on their power of judgment over its diverse linguistic and racial Others. The analysis shows how the White-English identity bundle is constructed as the authoritative and legitimate position of the judging knower. The article’s main contribution is to show how the raciolinguistic construct of the White-English complex is made hegemonic in a diverse society officially committed to multiculturalism.},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Doreleijers2021,
title = {Language variation in dialect-standard contact situations: Two cases from Brabantish and Limburgish dialects in the Netherlands},
author = {Kristel Doreleijers and Joske Piepers and Albert Backus and Jos Swanenberg},
editor = {Gitte Kristiansen and Karlien Franco and Stefano De Pascale and Laura Rosseel and Weiwei Zhang
},
isbn = {9783110738513},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-10-01},
pages = {175-185},
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},
address = {Berlin/Boston},
keywords = {Albert Backus},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Noorden2021,
title = {Eschatology in antiquity: forms and functions},
author = {Helen Van Noorden and Hilary Marlow and Karla Pollmann},
isbn = {9781138208315},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-09-29},
urldate = {2021-09-29},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {This collection of essays explores the rhetoric and practices surrounding views on life after death and the end of the world, including the fate of the individual, apocalyptic speculation and hope for cosmological renewal, in a wide range of societies from Ancient Mesopotamia to the Byzantine era. The 42 essays by leading scholars in each field explore the rich spectrum of ways in which eschatological understanding can be expressed, and for which purposes it can be used. Readers will gain new insight into the historical contexts, details, functions and impact of eschatological ideas and imagery in ancient texts and material culture from the twenty-fifth century BCE to the ninth century CE. Traditionally, the study of “eschatology” (and related concepts) has been pursued mainly by scholars of Jewish and Christian scripture. By broadening the disciplinary scope but remaining within the clearly defined geographical milieu of the Mediterranean, this volume enables its readers to note comparisons and contrasts, as well as exchanges of thought and transmission of eschatological ideas across Antiquity. Cross-referencing, high quality illustrations and extensive indexing contribute to a rich resource on a topic of contemporary interest and relevance. Eschatology in Antiquity is aimed at readers from a wide range of academic disciplines, as well as non-specialists including seminary students and religious leaders. The primary audience will comprise researchers in relevant fields including Biblical Studies, Classics and Ancient History, Ancient Philosophy, Ancient Near Eastern Studies, Art History, Late Antiquity, Byzantine Studies and Cultural Studies. Care has been taken to ensure that the essays are accessible to undergraduates and those without specialist knowledge of particular subject areas.},
keywords = {Helen Van Noorden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Tsimpli2021,
title = {Bilingualism effects on the cognitive flexibility of autistic children: Evidence from verbal dual-task paradigms},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Margreet Vogelzang},
doi = {10.1162/nol_a_00055},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-09-10},
urldate = {2021-09-10},
journal = {Neurobiology of Language},
pages = {1-73},
abstract = {The deficit in cognitive flexibility, i.e. the ability to adapt cognitive behavior to changing contexts, is one of the most prominent characteristics of autistic individuals. Inflexibility may manifest in restricted interests and increased susceptibility to the effects of misinformation either through inefficient inhibition of non-target information or deficient recall of correct information. Bilingualism has been shown to enhance executive functions in both typically-developing children and autistic children, yet, the effect of bilingualism on cognitive flexibility in autism remains underexplored. In this study, we used verbal dual-tasks to compare cognitive flexibility across 50 monolingual autistic and 50 bilingual autistic children, and 50 monolingual and 50 bilingual typically-developing children. The children were also administered language ability tests and a nonverbal global-local cognitive flexibility task, in order to investigate whether performance in the dual-tasks would be modulated by the children’s language and executive function skills. The bilingual autistic children outperformed their monolingual autistic peers in the dual tasks. The strength of the bilingualism effect, however, was modulated by the type of language processing that interfered with the target information in each dual-task, which suggests that the bilingual autistic children calibrated their processing resources and efficiently adapted them to the changing demands of the dual-task only to the extent that the task did not exceed their language abilities. Bilingual autistic children relied on their executive functions rather than on their language abilities while performing in the dual-tasks. The overall results show that bilingualism compensates for the reduced cognitive flexibility in autism.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{King2021,
title = {Engaging peers and future parents, creating future turbulence: Activist biocitizenship practices and intersex transgression in the classroom},
author = {Brian King},
doi = {10.1080/14681811.2021.1958772},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-09-03},
urldate = {2021-09-03},
journal = {Sex Education},
volume = {21},
number = {5},
pages = {519-534},
abstract = {This study aims to develop a more fully theorised concept of biocitizenship as part of the teaching of intersex in critical approaches to sex education. It advances a perspective in which the options of students, as future parents and as biocitizens, are not limited to compliance to biomedicine, but one in which formal education experiences might prepare them to be neighbours and parents who, as allies of intersex family/community members, can engage in political activism to effect change where deemed necessary. Data take the form of classroom talk drawn from a study based in an Aotearoa/New Zealand secondary school, focusing on transgressive acts of citizenship by an intersex activist visiting the sex education classroom and assisting students with social justice projects. Transcripts of audio-recorded classroom interactions are analysed using a version of critical discourse analysis that directs attention to semiotic modes such as visual cues of bodies as well as affect. Findings reveal that biocitizenship can also include those who accept intersex bodies, altering established practices to accommodate those bodies and the people who live them.},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim2021,
title = {The social (and cultural, and syntactic, and semantic) life of generics},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404521000336},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-09-01},
urldate = {2021-09-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {50},
number = {4},
pages = {605-618},
abstract = {Recent work in linguistics, philosophy, and psychology suggests that the distinction between generic and specific (singular) reference is foundational to concept formation, and hence of special interest to social scientists. Generics provide the first-language learner with external evidence of the integrity of a word/concept cluster, partially filling in the scaffolding of concepts. As such, they are replicators, critical to the transmission of concepts across populations and across time. Generics are tacitly normative. As they refer to the constitutive properties of a concept rather than to its object, they tell us what—in a given social setting—a proper instance of the concept should look like. Generics sustain and reproduce social stereotypes, including—and perhaps especially—ethnoracial, class, and gender stereotypes. (Generics, conceptual formation, ethnography, tokenization, materiality)*},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2021,
title = {Generic reference and social ontology in Vietnamese conversation},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404521000361},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-09-01},
urldate = {2021-09-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {50},
issue = {4},
pages = {533-555},
abstract = {Generic expressions play a key role in the interactional articulation, social circulation, and temporal reproduction of ideology. Here I examine fragments from a conversation between four middle-class participants which took place at a café in Hanoi. After briefly describing the particular grammatico-textual patterns by which specific and generic references are accomplished in Vietnamese, I turn to consider two extended stretches of talk in which these people weave generic reference into the warp and weft of their interaction. I argue that generic reference is intimately tied to social ontology which consists, in part, of ideas about distinct and essentialized ‘kinds of persons’. Deployed in what appears, on the surface at least, as ordinary, mundane conversation, not only does such generic reference serve to position those referred to as ‘ontological other’ (Wynter 1987), it also constitutes an ‘act of alterity’ (Hastings & Manning 2004) by which the participants tacitly characterize themselves. (Reference, Vietnamese, social ontology, alterity, stereotype, essentialism)},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Sidnell2021b,
title = {Technique and the Threat of Deethicalization},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
editor = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1086/716433},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-09-01},
urldate = {2021-09-01},
journal = {Signs and Society},
volume = {9},
issue = {3},
pages = {343-365},
abstract = {Students at a yoga school in southern India learn physically demanding sequences of āsana (posture, pose) that they conceptualize as tools with which to cultivate inner qualities. In a wide range of contexts, teachers and master practitioners insist that these techniques of the body must be executed in particular ways and accompanied by specific mental states if they are to have their intended ethical effects. Yoga is thus understood to combine outwardly observable technique with an unobservable yet essential, inner component. One consequence of this to which students and teachers are pervasively oriented is that the techniques become vulnerable to a kind of deethicalization by which they are “bleached” of their spiritual content and reduced to mere physical exercise. The paper begins by comparing concerns about deethicalization among yoga practitioners with similar ideas about folklorization among participants in a women’s mosque movement described by Mahmood (2012). I then turn to consider three semiotic processes relevant to the specific case: circumscription, performed demonstration and photographically enhanced entextualization.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@bachelorthesis{Sidnell2021c,
title = {Generic reference and social ontology in Vietnamese conversation},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404521000361},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-09-01},
urldate = {2021-09-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {50},
issue = {4},
pages = {533-555},
abstract = {Generic expressions play a key role in the interactional articulation, social circulation, and temporal reproduction of ideology. Here I examine fragments from a conversation between four middle-class participants which took place at a café in Hanoi. After briefly describing the particular grammatico-textual patterns by which specific and generic references are accomplished in Vietnamese, I turn to consider two extended stretches of talk in which these people weave generic reference into the warp and weft of their interaction. I argue that generic reference is intimately tied to social ontology which consists, in part, of ideas about distinct and essentialized ‘kinds of persons’. Deployed in what appears, on the surface at least, as ordinary, mundane conversation, not only does such generic reference serve to position those referred to as ‘ontological other’ (Wynter 1987), it also constitutes an ‘act of alterity’ (Hastings & Manning 2004) by which the participants tacitly characterize themselves. (Reference, Vietnamese, social ontology, alterity, stereotype, essentialism).},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@inbook{Brookes2021,
title = {Rethinking Youth Language Practices in South Africa:: An Interactional Sociocultural Perspective},
author = {Heather Brookes},
doi = {10.1017/9781316759769.006},
isbn = {9781107171206},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-08-31},
urldate = {2021-08-31},
pages = {66-93},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {This chapter argues for an alternative view of 'African youth languages' based on ethnographic and ecological approaches that link structural and discursive analyses of spontaneous communicative interactions with immediate situational and local social dynamics and then the broader sociocultural context of the speech community in which these practices occur. Using video recordings of naturally occurring conversations from twenty-two years of observation among male youth in a township in Johannesburg, South Africa, I demonstrate that so-called Tsotsitaal or tsotsitaals are interactive performative practices that constitute a performative register made up of a set of discursive strategies that draw on different linguistic resources in the quest for originality as part of male sociality during a particular life stage. I show that variation in choice of words and other semiotic features of this practice are best explained from a persona-constructionist perspective as part of male sociality where linguistic choices index attitudes, stances and identities in the service of social distinction. Innovations spread based on linguistic skill and status within male social networks. Multivalency accounts for the presence of some of the male youth lexicon in urban vernaculars. Implications for current approaches to the study of youth language in Africa are discussed.},
keywords = {Heather Brookes},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Graham2021,
title = {L1 Identification from L2 Speech Using Neural Spectrogram Analysis},
author = {Calbert Graham},
doi = {10.21437/Interspeech.2021-1545},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-08-30},
urldate = {2021-08-30},
pages = {3959 - 3963},
keywords = {Calbert Graham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Brookes2021b,
title = {Series Editor’s Foreword},
author = {Heather Brookes and Rajend Mesthrie and Ellen Hurst-Harosh},
doi = {10.1017/9781316759769.001},
isbn = {9781316759769},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-08-01},
urldate = {2021-08-01},
pages = {xv-xviii},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
keywords = {Heather Brookes},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Giles2021b,
title = {Romantic Partners’ Group-Based Identity Accommodation as a Predictor of Older Adults’ Romantic Relational Satisfaction and Depressive Symptoms: The Moderating Role of Shared Identity with Third-Party Family Members},
author = {Howard Giles and Quinten S. Bernhold},
doi = {10.1080/1041794X.2021.1957997},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-07-29},
urldate = {2021-07-29},
journal = {Southern Communication Journal},
pages = {1-13},
abstract = {This study’s purpose was to examine if older adults sharing a group identity with third-party family members moderated how older adults’ perceptions of receiving accommodation to the group identity from their romantic partner predicted older adults’ romantic relational satisfaction and depressive symptoms. Two-hundred and seventy-four older adults (MAge = 62.70 years) completed a self-report survey about their romantic partner’s communication. Perceptions of the romantic partner’s group-based identity accommodation significantly predicted romantic relational satisfaction and depressive symptoms when older adults did not share their identity with third-party family members. These associations were attenuated when older adults shared their identity with third-party family members. Ways to continue probing how dynamics in the larger family may influence the implications of accommodation are offered.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fox2021b,
title = {The Tsunami of Pesticide Use for Rice Production on Java and Its Consequences},
author = {James Fox and Adlinanur Prihandiani and Dea Rifia Bella and Nadira Reza Chairani and Yunita Triwardani Winarto},
doi = {10.1080/14442213.2021.1942970},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-07-20},
urldate = {2021-07-20},
journal = {The Asia Pacific Journal of Anthropology},
volume = {22},
issue = {1},
pages = {1-22},
abstract = {The consequences of the ‘Green Revolution’ persist in Indonesia and are most evident in the continuing high use of pesticides. After 1986, Indonesia made dramatic reductions in its use of pesticides for rice by adopting methods of integrated pest management, but these reductions were significantly reversed after 2002, producing a ‘tsunami’ in a costly and deleterious promotion of a wide range of pesticides. By destroying natural predators, this deleterious increase enabled the brown planthopper (Nilaparvata lugens Stal.), a major pest on rice, to become endemic, causing substantial crop losses. This paper provides an ethnographic examination of this excessive pesticide use focusing on usage in two villages in major rice producing areas, one in West Java and the other in Central Java. Faced with uncertainty and the risk of crop loss, farmers are prompted to ever greater spraying and even resort to ‘cocktails’ of multiple pesticides. Yet both villages have suffered brown planthopper infestation and the viruses associated with infestation. The consequences of this pesticide tsunami are considered at both local and national levels.
},
keywords = {James Fox},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Korne2021b,
title = {Language Activism: Imaginaries and Strategies of Minority Language Equality},
author = {Haley De Korne},
doi = {10.1515/9781501511561},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-07-19},
urldate = {2021-07-19},
volume = {114},
series = {9781501511561},
abstract = {While top-down policies and declarations have yet to establish equal status and opportunities for speakers of all languages in practice, activists and advocates at local levels are playing an increasingly significant role in the creation of new social imaginaries and practices in multilingual contexts. This volume describes how social actors across multiple domains contribute to the elusive goal of linguistic equality or justice through their language activism practices. Through an ethnographic account of Indigenous Isthmus Zapotec language activism in Oaxaca, Mexico, this study illuminates the (sometimes conflicting) imaginaries of what positive social change is and how it should be achieved, and the repertoire of strategies through which these imaginaries are being pursued. Ethnographic and action research conducted from 2013-2018 in the multilingual Isthmus of Tehuantepec brings to light the experiences of educators, students, writers, scholars and diverse cultural activists whose aspirations and strategies of social change are significant in shaping the future language ecology. Their repertoire of strategies may inform and encourage language activists, scholars, and educators working for change in other contexts of linguistic diversity and inequality.　},
keywords = {Haley De Korne},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Tsimpli2021b,
title = {Bilingual reference production: A cognitive-computational account},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Jacopo Torregrossa and Chris Bongartz},
doi = {10.1075/bct.117.04tor},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-07-15},
urldate = {2021-07-15},
volume = {9},
number = {4-5},
pages = {569-599},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Frellesvig2021b,
title = {The Old Japanese case marking system: Ergative, accusative or neither?},
author = {Bjarke Frellesvig and Janick Wrona},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-07-05},
keywords = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Frellesvig2021bb,
title = {A New Interpretation of a Passage In The Hôjôki},
author = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-07-05},
pages = {69-88},
abstract = {This paper examines the English-language translation of Hōjōki by famed novelist Natsume Sōseki (1867–1916). Sōseki’s pioneering translation moved away from previous interpretive readings of the classic, which focused on its Buddhist elements, disaster narratives, and theme of reclusion. Rather, Sōseki’s interest lay in reading Hōjōki as a Romantic Victorian work on nature, to which end he likened its author, Kamo no Chōmei (1153 or 1155–1216), to English poet William Wordsworth (1770–1850). Sōseki’s English literature professor, James Main Dixon (1856–1933), played a crucial role in the crafting of this novel and radical interpretation, yet the translation and essay present unique views on translation as well, namely that translation simultaneously comprises a critical element of cultural circulation and yet is of dubious efficacy as a mechanism of transference between cultures and languages. In addition to bringing such matters to light, this critical analysis of Sōseki’s Hōjōki translation and essay also shows how important perspectives on translation that would appear later in the novelist’s career actually took shape during his university days.},
keywords = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Frellesvig2021bb,
title = {Proto-Japanese: Issues and Prospects. (Amsterdam Studies in the Theory and History of Linguistic Science. Series IV — Current Issues in Linguistic Theory 249.)},
author = {Bjarke Frellesvig and John Whitman},
isbn = {9027248095},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-07-05},
pages = {229 pages},
abstract = {In a recent publication titled "Proto-Japanese: Issues and Prospects", Frellesvig and Whitman revise the re-construction of proto-Japanese, which they define in the opening line as (1:) "the reconstructed language from which all later varieties of Japanese descend." Reconstructions proposed by various specialists in the field are organized in four subject areas: I phoneme inventory, II use of dialects, III accent and IV morpho-syntax. The methods that are employed are internal reconstruction, especially applied to Old Japanese and, dialect comparison, including the varieties of the Ryukyus. Incorporating some references to Korean parallels in passing, external comparison is limited to an absolute minimum. The primary goal of this book is described as (2): "to present new research which advances our understanding of pJ". In the present review article I will argue that al-though this volume gives a clear overview of recent research and presents a state-of-the-art analysis of certain important issues in the field, the primary goal could have been reached more successfully. This is due to the fact that the editors have chosen to leave out a valuable source of information that may acceler-ate our understanding of proto-Japanese, namely the historical comparison of Japanese with the other Al-taic languages. In what follows I intend to give some indications of how external comparison can shed light on the reconstruction of proto-Japanese, by creating new insights and by supporting the insights devel-oped in this volume. But the significance of the com-parative method in this context also goes the other way around: the reconstruction of proto-Altaic be-comes less problematic as our understanding of proto-Japanese advances. When we intend to crack the ge-netic code of Japanese, we should not only examine its offspring, but also its ancestors.},
keywords = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Frellesvig2021bb,
title = {The Japanese/Korean Vowel Correspondences},
author = {Bjarke Frellesvig and John Whitman},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-07-05},
abstract = { Korean and Japanese share cognate vocabulary, at least some of it the result of contact. Recent advances in the reconstruction of the vowel system of Proto-Japanese (including Ryûkyûan) enable us to clarify and distinguish the vowel correspondences that hold for later loan vocabulary as well as earlier cognate material. Various types of evidence point to a PJ system of seven vowels, including two mid vowels, *e and *o, which rose in most positions to merge with *i and *u in main island varieties; and a high central vowel *, which merged with the ancestor of Old Japanese o. Evidence for the latter comes from variable outcomes in contractions with *i. The seven vowel system for Japanese is reconstructed entirely on Japaneseinternal grounds (primarily internal reconstruction and dialect comparison), but it turns out to have interesting consequences for the comparative study of Japanese and Korean. The paper is organized as follows: Section 2 presents our reconstruction of the vowels of Proto-Japanese based on internal criteria. Section 3 focuses on the comparative consequences of this reconstruction, addresses the issue of dating cognate vocabulary, and proposes a new view of the preMiddle Korean vowel system.},
keywords = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2021,
title = {Old Age: Widows, Midwives and the Question of "Witchcraft" in Early Modern Southeast Asia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-07-04},
journal = {Asia-Pacific Forum},
volume = {28},
pages = {104-147},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2021b,
title = {Book Reviews},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Rogier Busser and Peter Post and H.J.M. Claessen and Arne Perminow and Aone van Engelenhoven and René Van den Berg and Will Derks and Wolfgang Marschall and Michael Kaden and Krishna Sen and Nico Kaptein and Nico Kaptein and Mona Abaza and P. Keppy and Chris Manning and Anke Niehof and Jan-Paul Dirkse and Hetty Nooy-Palm and Michale C. Howard and Harry Poeze and Hans Van Miert and Ger P. Reesink and Verena Keck and Jürg Wassmann and K. Tauchmann and Reimar Schefold and Reinout Vos},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-07-04},
abstract = { Rogier Busser, Peter Post, Japanse bedrijvigheid in Indonesië, 1868-1942; Structurele elementen van Japan’s vooroorlogse economische expansie in Zuidoost Azië. Proefschrift Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam, 1991, xviii + 374 pp. - H.J.M. Claessen, Arne Aleksej Perminow, The long way home; Dilemmas of everyday life in a Tongan village. Oslo: Scandinavian University Press, 1993, 166 pp. - Aone van Engelenhoven, René van den Berg, Studies in Sulawesi linguistics III. Jakarta: Badan Penyelenggara Seri Nusa, Universitas Katolik Indonesia Atma Jaya, 1994, xii + 116 pp. [NUSA, Linguistic Studies of Indonesian and Other Languages in Indonesia 36.] - Will Derks, Wolfgang Marschall, Texts from the Islands; Oral and written traditions of Indonesia and the Malay world, (Procedings of the 7th European Colloquium on Indonesia and Malay Studies, Berne, June 1989) 1994, iii + 411 pp. [Ethnologica Bernensia 4]. - Michael Kaden, Krishna Sen, Indonesian Cinema; Framing the New Order, London: Zed Books, 1994, x + 188 pp. - Nico Kaptein, Mona Abaza, Indonesian Students in Cairo; Islamic education perceptions and exchanges, Paris: Association Archipel, 1994, 198 pp. [Cahier d’Archipel 23.] - P. Keppy, Chris Manning, Indonesia assessment 1993; Labour: Sharing in the benefits of growth? Canberra: Australian National University, 1993, xxi + 326 pp., Joan Hardjono (eds.) - Anke Niehof, Jan-Paul Dirkse, Development and social welfare; Indonesia’s experiences under the New Order, Leiden: KITLV Press, 1993, xi + 295 pp., Frans Hüsken, Mario Rutten (eds.) - Hetty Nooy-Palm, Michale C. Howard, Textiles of Southeast Asia; An annotated and illustrated bibliography. Bangkok: White Lotus, 1994, 212 pp. + 64 pp. pf photographs in colour. - Harry A. Poeze, Hans van Miert, Een koel hoofd en een warm hart; Nationalisme, Javanisme en jeugdbeweging in Nederlands-Indië, 1918-1930. Amsterdam: De Bataafsche Leeuw, 1995, 424 pp. - Ger P. Reesink, Jürg Wassmann, Historical atlas of ethnic and linguistic groups in Papua New Guinea, Volume 3, Part 4: New Britain; Part 5: New Ireland; Part 6: Bougainville, Basel: Wepf/University of Basel, Institute of Ethnology, 1995, ix + 185 pp, 30 maps. - Ger P. Reesink, Verena Keck, Historical atlas of ethnic and linguistic groups in Papua New Guinea, Volume 1, Part 3: Madang, Basel: Wepf/University of Basel, Institute of Ethnology, 1995, x + 399 pp, 10 maps. - K. Tauchmann, Reimar Schefold, Minahasa past and present; Tradition and transition in an outer island region of Indonesia, Leiden: Research School CNWS, 1995, 128 pp. - Reinout Vos, Barbara Watson Andaya, To live as brothers; Southeast Sumatra in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zarakol2021,
title = {Struggles for Recognition: The Liberal International Order and the Merger of Its Discontents},
author = {Ayse Zarakol and Rebecca Adler-Nissen},
doi = {10.1017/S0020818320000454},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-07-02},
urldate = {2021-07-02},
journal = {International Organization},
pages = {611 - 634},
abstract = {The Liberal International Order (LIO) is currently being undermined not only by states such as Russia but also by voters in the West. We argue that both veins of discontent are driven by resentment towards the LIO's status hierarchy, rather than just economic grievances. Approaching discontent historically and sociologically, we show that there are two strains of recognition struggles against the LIO: one in the core of the West, driven by populist politicians and their voters, and one on the semi-periphery, fuelled by competitively authoritarian governments and their supporters. At this particular moment in history, these struggles are digitally, ideologically and organisationally interconnected in their criticism of LIO institutions, amplifying each other. The LIO is thus being hollowed out from within at a time when it is also facing some of its greatest external challenges.},
keywords = {Ayse Zarakol},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Nakane2021,
title = {Varying orientations to sharing life stories: A diachronic study of Japanese women's discourse},
author = {Ikuko Nakane and Kaori Okano and Claire Maree and Chie Takagi and Lidia Tanaka and Shimako Iwasaki},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404521000415},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-06-28},
urldate = {2021-06-28},
journal = {Language in Society},
pages = {1 - 26},
abstract = {Language change across the lifespan is relatively underexplored in sociolinguistics. While studies of individuals’ language across life stages are often considered to complement large scale studies of community-level language change, this study aims to explore how changes to family environment and social mobility interact with individual speakers’ stylistic practice across life stages. It examines ethnographic interviews of five women, originally from the same area in western Japan, the same high school, and similar socio-economic background, conducted by a single researcher eleven years apart. The chronological and inter-participant comparisons reveal a complex pattern of stylistic practice and stance taking as the women share stories about career, family and relationships with the researcher. The study also discusses audience design in language variation and explores how the participants utilise their discursive repertoires in their interaction with the researcher, whose background is significantly divergent from theirs. (Language across the lifespan, stylistic practice, Japanese).},
keywords = {Ikuko Nakane},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2021,
title = {Communication et intercompréhension : regards croisés de la pragmatique interculturelle et de la pragmatique contrastive},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Georgeta Cislaru},
doi = {10.3917/lang.222.0007},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-06-21},
journal = {Langages},
volume = {N° 222},
number = {2},
pages = {7-24},
abstract = {One of our foreign students who says to us “Did you eat rice today? »At the beginning of the meeting and« Take care of me »at the end… How to interpret it? Certainly not (only) from a purely academic and exclusively French-speaking point of view. The opening of linguistics to contextual data, going beyond the relationship between linguistic forms, has encouraged the taking into account in the functioning of language of various so-called external constraints, of which sociolinguistics and pragmatics were among the first to emerge. seize (Gumprez 1996; House 1997). However, if sociolinguistics demonstrates the link between “small-scale interactions” but favors “large-scale sociological effects” (Jacquemet, 2011: 475), pragmatics works more on these small-scale interactions, to understand the mechanisms, even if the social constraints that explain the meaning in context are taken into account (Holmes, 2018: 14). Thus, meaning and intercomprehension in communication constitute major concerns of pragmatics. Since its emergence in the 1960s, pragmatics has focused on the study of discursive practices in context (Birner, 2013: 2) and that of the negotiation of meaning in daily interactions (Thomas, 1995: 2). More precisely defined as “the science of social linguistic behavior in various situational and institutional contexts” (Mey, 2013: 603), pragmatics has looked at interface issues and has thus consolidated itself at the crossroads of several disciplines ( interactional sociolinguistics, linguistic anthropology.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Graham2021b,
title = {L1 Identification from L2 Speech Using Neural Spectrogram Analysis},
author = {Calbert Graham},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-06-19},
urldate = {2021-06-19},
abstract = {It is well-known that the characteristics of L2 speech are highly influenced by the speakers’ L1. The main objective of this study was to uncover discriminative speech features to identify the L1 background of a speaker from their L2 English speech. Traditional phonetic approaches tend to compare speakers based on a pre-selected set of acoustic features, which may not be sufficient to capture all the unique traces of the L1 in the L2 speech for forensic speaker profiling purposes. Convolutional Neural Network (CNN) has the potential to remedy this issue through the automatic processing of the visual spectrogram. This paper reports a series of CNN classification experiments modelled on spectrogram images. The classification problem consisted of determining whether English speech samples are spoken by a native speaker of English, Japanese, Dutch, French, or Polish. Both phonetically transcribed and untranscribed speech data were used. Overall, results showed that the CNN achieved a high level of accuracy in identifying the speakers’ L1s based on spectrogram pictures without explicit phonetic segmentation. However, the results also showed that training the classifiers on certain combinations of phonetically modelled spectrogram images, which would make features more transparent, can produce results with comparable accuracy rates.},
keywords = {Calbert Graham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams2021,
title = {Bernadette O’Rourke and John Walsh: New Speakers of Irish in a Global Context Routledge, New York and London, 2020, xi-212 pp, Hb £120 ISBN 978-11-382-4338-5},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1007/s10993-021-09591-3},
isbn = {978-11-382-4338-5},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-06-09},
journal = {Language Policy},
pages = {112-120},
abstract = {The new speaker phenomenon has generated a great deal of interest and researchbased publications, particularly in Europe, largely as a result of the dynamism of the European Union (EU) Cooperation in Science and Technology (COST) New Speaker network. This volume is the first country specific monograph to emerge from this network. Significantly the volume offers a national picture of how diverse a feature the new speaker can be shunning ideal-type categorisations and focussing more on the complex, messy, idiosyncratic, fragmented and often contradictory nature of the transition to becoming a new speaker of Irish. In their opening chapter on rethinking sociolinguistics, the feature I found most endearing was the authors’ brief biographical summary which indicated how they came to learn Irish (and other languages), how their motivation and trajectories were influenced by key events in their lives.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vigouroux2021,
title = {Tribute: Jan Blommaert, a citizen sociolinguist},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux},
doi = {10.1111/josl.12492},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-06-03},
journal = {Journal of Sociolinguistics},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2021,
title = {Language ecology, language endangerment, and relict languages: Case studies from Adamawa (Cameroon-Nigeria)},
author = {Bruce Connell and Sascha Sebastian Griffiths and Marieke Martin and Marieke Martin and Laura Hayward and David Zeitlyn},
doi = {10.1515/opli-2021-0011},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-06-01},
journal = {Open Linguistics},
volume = {7},
number = {1},
pages = {244-300},
abstract = {As a contribution to the more general discussion on causes of language endangerment and death, we describe the language ecologies of four related languages (Bà Mambila [mzk]/[mcu], Sombә (Somyev or Kila) [kgt], Oumyari Wawa [www], Njanga (Kwanja) [knp]) of the Cameroon-Nigeria borderland to reach an understanding of the factors and circumstances that have brought two of these languages, Sombә and Njanga, to the brink of extinction; a third, Oumyari, is unstable/eroded, while Bà Mambila is stable. Other related languages of the area, also endangered and in one case extinct, fit into our discussion, though with less focus. We argue that an understanding of the language ecology of a region (or of a given language) leads to an understanding of the vitality of a language. Language ecology seen as a multilayered phenomenon can help explain why the four languages of our case studies have different degrees of vitality. This has implications for how language change is conceptualised: we see multilingualism and change (sometimes including extinction) as normative.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {Shifting communication practices in Japanese courtrooms},
author = {Ikuko Nakane },
doi = {10.37839/mar2652-550x2.13},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-06-01},
urldate = {2021-06-01},
journal = {Melbourne Asia Review},
volume = {2},
pages = {1-8.},
abstract = {Japanese criminal trials have shifted towards a more adversarial orientation following major law reform implemented over the past 20 years. Lawyers have had to adapt to the new context of professional communication with lay judges, who sit with professional judges in some trials rather than taking the role of citizen juries. For the defence and prosecution, a need to ‘win the battle’ with convincing courtroom performance and communication strategies have posed challenges, while judges still have the power to take an investigative stance to pursue the truth. This article explores how the shift towards an adversarial orientation manifests itself in the courtroom, and discusses the dilemma over the need for courtroom performance focused on spoken language and the trust in written communication that traditionally dominated the criminal justice process.

},
keywords = {Ikuko Nakane},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Kulick2021,
title = {Ethnopornography: Sexuality, Colonialism, and Archival Knowledge},
author = {Don Kulick},
doi = {10.1086/713636},
isbn = {978-1-4780-0384-7},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-05-28},
journal = {Journal of anthropological research},
volume = {77},
number = {2},
pages = {283-284},
keywords = {Don Kulick},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Lupke2021,
title = {2021 Philip Harding-Esch & Hywel Coleman (Eds.) Language and the Sustainable Development Goals: Selected proceedings from the 12th Language and Development Conference, Dakar, Senegal 2017},
author = {Friederike Lupke and Philip Harding-Esch and Hywel Coleman and Carol Benson and Barbara Trudell and Kathleen Anne Heugh and Mary Goretti Nakabugo and Shannon Bischoff and Mary Encabo and Aimé Césaire Biagui and Landing Biaye and Julienne Diatta and Alpha Naby Mané and Gérard Preira and Jérémi Fahed Sagna and Miriam Weidl and Chris Darby and Jorunn Dijkstra and Ndiémé Sow and Augustin Ndione and Caroline Juillard and Ann Rossiter and Ian Cheffy and Paulin Djité and Salikoko Mufwene and Ahmat Hessana and Jimmy Harmon and Natalie Tarr and Aly Sambou and Mouhamed Abdallah Ly and Abdourahmane Seck and Yamar Samb and Chris Sowton and Alexis Lefranc and Anne Wiseman},
isbn = {978-0-86355-982-2},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-05-21},
publisher = {British Council},
abstract = {So far, language has largely been relegated to the periphery of development decision making spaces; this absence of language in development discourse has constituted a significant obstacle to progress. This volume provides an opportunity for stakeholders from different disciplines to reflect on the relationships between language and development in the context of three sub-themes of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs): 1. Multilingualism for quality, equitable and inclusive education; 2. Language, skills and sustainable economic growth; and 3. Communication, peace and justice. The contributions focus on inclusive language policy and practice within education, trade, creative expression, justice and peacebuilding. The chapters are insightful and enlightening in advancing the debate on the interplay between language and development, particularly with respect to the implementation of the SDGs. The book is certainly a rich addition to the body of literature on language and development. Francisco Matsinhe Sozinho Former Executive Secretary, African Academy of Languages; former Deputy Executive Secretary, Council for the Development of Social Science Research in Africa; Trustee, Language and Development Conference Series This volume significantly advances critiques of the role of language in sustainable development. Contributors build on previous criticism which has highlighted the invisibility of language within development initiatives, specifically focusing on the SDGs. In covering a range of geographical and thematic contexts, the volume identifies what must be done to ensure that individuals in multilingual environments can effectively engage with educational, economic and legal systems. Through considering the importance of language across a range of SDGs, the need to adopt an interdisciplinary perspective in researching language and development issues is made clear. The volume also shows that researchers and practitioners working within the field of language and sustainable development must give sufficient attention to knowledge from the Global South and reject the hegemony of knowledge from the Global North. This is a must-read for anyone interested in language and development. Colin Reilly Senior Research Officer, University of Essex, UK; Secretary, Language in Africa Special Interest Group of the British Association of Applied Linguistics},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Nakane2021b,
title = {Japanese Women’s Speech through Life‐Transitions (1989‐2000): An Analysis of Youth Language Features},
author = {Ikuko Nakane and Lidia Tanaka and Kaori Okano and Claire Maree and Shimako Iwasaki and Chie Takagi},
doi = {10.1111/jola.12302},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-05-20},
urldate = {2021-05-20},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {31},
number = {1},
pages = {119-143},
abstract = {This study analyses four women’s speech from Kobe who were interviewed by the same researcher in 1989 and in 2000. We focused on highly indexical pragmatic youth language features (discourse markers and end‐rising intonation) to understand about societal pressures that young women in Japan face when transitioning into adulthood. The analysis reveals a complex picture; some women use them more as time goes by, while others use them less. The vast ethnographic information helps us to understand their persona style (Eckert 2008), and to have an insight into their linguistic capital (Bourdieu and Boltanski 1978, Woolard 2008).},
keywords = {Ikuko Nakane},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2021d,
title = {The cognitive benefits of bilingualism in autism spectrum disorder: Is theory of mind boosted and by which underlying factors?},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Eleni Baldimtsi and Margreet Vogelzang and Stephanie Durrleman},
doi = {10.1002/aur.2542},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-05-19},
urldate = {2021-05-19},
journal = {Autism Research},
volume = {14},
number = {3},
abstract = {This study examined whether bilingualism boosts Theory of Mind as measured by a non-verbal false belief (FB) task in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), and how this potential boost may stem from improvements in a variety of other domains, namely executive functions (EFs), language, metalinguistic awareness skills, as well as autism severity. One hundred and three children with ASD (7- to 15-year-olds) (43 bilingual and 60 age- and IQ-matched monolingual children) were tested on a nonverbal task of attentional switching, working memory and updating task, and an online, low-verbal first-order FB task. Results showed a clear FB benefit for bilingual children with ASD as compared with their monolingual peers. There were also boosts in EF, however, there is no evidence that these EF boosts drove the FB advantage. Enhanced FB was not explained either by language, metalinguistic skills, or lower autism severity. While the results do not conclusively settle the debate on what triggers the ToM advantage in bilingual children with ASD, the empirical picture of the current study suggests that the ToM component of FB understanding in bilingual children with ASD is enhanced by the bilingual experience per se. Lay Summary The current study aimed to determine if and how bilingualism may improve the ability to understand others' beliefs in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). We assessed their belief reasoning alongside a series of other skills hypothesized to be beneficial for such reasoning, namely understanding, producing, and thinking about language, recalling and switching between information, and the severity of their autistic symptoms. The overall findings highlight advantages for bilingual children with ASD over their monolingual peers for grasping beliefs, thus suggesting that pursuing bilingualism may be beneficial for cognition in ASD. Other boosts were also associated with bilingualism, such as recalling and switching between information, but these boosts were not directly related to belief understanding, highlighting the beneficial role of bilingualism per se.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Fox2021c,
title = {Austronesian Paths and Journeys},
author = {James Fox},
doi = {10.22459/APJ.2021},
isbn = {9781760464325},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-05-18},
urldate = {2021-05-18},
abstract = {This is the eighth volume in the Comparative Austronesian series. The papers in this volume examine metaphors of path and journey among specific Austronesian societies located on islands from Taiwan to Timor and from Madagascar to Micronesia. These diverse local expressions define common cultural conceptions found throughout the Austronesian-speaking world.},
keywords = {James Fox},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Fox2021d,
title = {Towards a comparative ethnography of Austronesian ‘paths’ and ‘journeys’},
author = {James Fox},
doi = {10.22459/APJ.2021.01},
isbn = {9781760464325},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-05-18},
urldate = {2021-05-18},
pages = {1-28},
keywords = {James Fox},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Brookes2021c,
title = {Sociocultural Factors Affecting Vocabulary Development in Young South African Children},
author = {Heather Brookes and Frenette Southwood1 and Michelle J. White1 and Michelle Pascoe and Mikateko Ndhambi and Sefela Yalala and Olebeng Mahura and Martin Mössmer and Helena Oosthuizen and Nina Brink and Katie Alcock},
doi = {10.3389/fpsyg.2021.642315},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-05-11},
urldate = {2021-05-11},
journal = {Frontiers in Psychology},
volume = {12},
pages = {642315},
abstract = {Sociocultural influences on the development of child language skills have been widely studied, but the majority of the research findings were generated in Northern contexts. The current crosslinguistic, multisite study is the first of its kind in South Africa, considering the influence of a range of individual and sociocultural factors on expressive vocabulary size of young children. Caregivers of toddlers aged 16 to 32 months acquiring Afrikaans (n = 110), isiXhosa (n = 115), South African English (n = 105), or Xitsonga (n = 98) as home language completed a family background questionnaire and the MacArthur-Bates Communicative Development Inventory (CDI) about their children. Based on a revised version of Bronfenbrenner's (1977) ecological systems theory, information was obtained from the family background questionnaire on individual factors (the child's age and sex), microsystem-related factors (the number of other children and number of adults in the child's household, maternal level of education, and SES), and exosystem-related factors (home language and geographic area, namely rural or urban). All sociocultural and individual factors combined explained 25% of the variance in expressive vocabulary size. Partial correlations between these sociocultural factors and the toddlers' expressive vocabulary scores on 10 semantic domains yielded important insights into the impact of geographic area on the nature and size of children's expressive vocabulary. Unlike in previous studies, maternal level of education and SES did not play a significant role in predicting children's expressive vocabulary scores. These results indicate that there exists an interplay of sociocultural and individual influences on vocabulary development that requires a more complex ecological model of language development to understand the interaction between various sociocultural factors in diverse contexts.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2021,
title = {“The Greek Crisis Ends here Tonight”: A Qualitative Study of Labor Market Deregulation in Greece Beyond the “Crisis” Paradigm},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Giorgos Poulimenakos and Anna Giulia Della Puppa and Antonios Alexandridis and Dimitris Pavlopoulos},
doi = {10.1163/24714607-bja10004},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-05-07},
journal = {Journal of Labor and Society},
volume = {1},
number = {aop},
pages = {1-21},
abstract = {The concept of crisis has frequently been used to characterize seismic historical events of the 21st century, and many scholars have interpreted it according to Agamben’s elaboration of the state of exception. Following this paradigm, the crisis period in Greece is often perceived as a violent rupture from the previous state of relative stability that spanned the whole social spectrum. We argue, however, that although the idea of exceptions and rupture may be valid for phenomena such as urban policies or social control, it does not apply in the context of the labor market. Attempting to go beyond the idea of crisis as a rupture, in this article we will illustrate how the current crisis instead masks a number of pre-existing phenomena. We do so through qualitative empirical data and analysis of workers’ perceptions regarding one of the most emblematic phenomena of the so-called Greek crisis: labor market deregulation.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Costa2021,
title = {Digitizing Desires: Immobile mobility and social media in southeast Turkey},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
isbn = {9781003089872},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-05-06},
urldate = {2021-05-06},
pages = {133-144},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {This chapter is an ethnographic exploration of the mediated practices of young homebound women who escape into the place of social media to create and maintain new forms of social relationships that they cannot have offline. In Mardin, a medium-sized town in southeast Turkey, young Muslim women from conservative families commonly use social media to engage in personal communications and interactions with strangers, friends, and sweethearts that they never meet face to face. I define this movement from offline to online, ‘immobile mobility’ (see also Wallis 2011; 2013 and Ureta 2004). This concept captures the (im)mobility from the offline physical place of the home to the online digital place of social media, and also the human agency enacted through this movement. The mobility away from the constraints imposed by social norms ruling offline relationships takes place together with the reproduction of the public normative understandings of social and family relations. Online socialities do not challenge or transform social norms, but are rather a way to actively inhabit the social restrictions that limit women’s lives. This paper shows that a ‘mobile socialities’ approach allows us to shed light on questions of human agency, which have been at the core of social science’s concerns for many decades.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Zuckermann2021,
title = {Revivalistics is Not Documentary Linguistics},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.2478/sm-2021-0001},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-05-01},
journal = {Sustainable Multilingualism},
volume = {18},
number = {1},
pages = {1-13 },
abstract = {This article introduces a new field of enquiry called revivalistics, and explores its trans-disciplinarity and various ethical, aesthetic and utilitarian benefits. Revivalistics is an emerging global, trans-disciplinary field of enquiry studying comparatively and systematically the universal constraints and global mechanisms on the one hand (Zuckermann, 2003; 2009; 2020), and particularistic peculiarities and cultural relativist idiosyncrasies on the other, apparent in linguistic reclamation, revitalization and reinvigoration across various sociological backgrounds, all over the globe (Zuckermann, 2020; Zuckermann & Walsh, 2011; 2014). The article focuses on the crucial differences between revivalistics and documentary linguistics. It provides examples from the field that demonstrate the complexity of the revivalist’s work and how the revivalist’s work is distinct from that of the documentary linguist. Too many documentary linguists mislead themselves to believe that they can easily be revivalists too. But there are two crucial differences between revivalistics and documentary linguistics, which are at war between themselves: (1) Whereas documentary linguists put the language at the centre, revivalists put the language custodians at the centre. (2) Whereas in documentary linguistics the Indigenous/minority people have the knowledge of the language, in revivalistics the revivalist is the one with that knowledge. Given that the Aboriginal/minority people are the language custodians, and given that the language custodians are at the centre of the revivalistic enterprise, the revivalist must be extremely sensitive. A revivalist is not only a linguist but also a psychologist, social worker, teacher, driver, schlepper, financial manager, cook, waiter, babysitter, donor etc. A revivalist must have a heart of gold, “balls” of steel and the patience of a saint. Language revival is similar to co-parenting. But the revivalist is only a step-father. The important biological mother is the Indigenous/minority community. If you are the step-father and your spouse, who is the biological mother, makes what you perceive to be a mediocre decision with regard to your children, you cannot just disapprove of it. After all, the children are your spouse’s more than they are yours. You must work together for the best possible outcome. Similarly, if the community supports a decision that is not linguistically viable, the revivalist can try to inspire the community members, but must accept their own verdict. That would be difficult for a documentary linguist with poor social skills.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Piller2021,
title = {Family language policy between the bilingual advantage and the monolingual mindset},
author = {Ingrid Piller and Livia Gerber},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-05-01},
urldate = {2021-05-01},
journal = {International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism},
volume = {24},
number = {14},
pages = {622-635},
abstract = {In contemporary Western societies, parenting has become the subject of a substantial body of advice and self-help literature. Within this literature, questions of bilingual parenting have begun to add yet another dimension to parental anxieties. Against this background, we examine how parents in a general Australian online parenting forum discuss the desires they have for their children's bilingualism and the challenges they experience to their bilingual parenting. We first demonstrate that individual bilingualism in the abstract is discussed in highly favourable terms and is widely conceptualised as a ‘gift’ from parents to children. However, posters’ belief in the bilingual advantage does not easily translate into effective bilingual parenting practices. First, many posters are concerned that bilingualism in the early years might be jeopardising their child's English language proficiency and hence school success. Second, a very narrow definition of ‘true’ bilingualism is connected with a relatively dogmatic belief in the ‘one parent, one language’ parenting strategy. As a result, consecutive bilinguals, particularly migrant fathers, come to be perceived as both problematic bilinguals and problematic parents. We close with implications for family language policy and advocacy in the face of entrenched institutional English monolingualism.},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Tsimpli2021c,
title = {Atypical Acquisition},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Neil Smith},
doi = {10.1002/9781119598732.ch23},
isbn = {9781119598732},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-27},
urldate = {2021-04-27},
pages = {377-390},
publisher = {John Wiley & Sons, Inc.},
abstract = {For more than 60 years, Chomsky has been an intellectual Colossus bestriding the worlds of language, philosophy, and the cognitive sciences, and focusing attention on the whole field and emphasizing the crucial importance of domains overlooked by the mainstream. One such area is the study of first‐language acquisition. This chapter considers “atypical acquisition” to cover two conceptually related situations. First, it covers a variety of cases where there is an obvious “poverty of the stimulus” in that children either receive or perceive no linguistic input at the essential early stages referred to as critical periods. Second, it covers where there is rather the opposite situation. The chapter presents atypicality in language acquisition that stems from the learner's atypical neurological profile rather than environmental or input properties. It focuses on Developmental Language Disorder, Autism Spectrum Disorder, and the case of the polyglot‐savant Christopher to exemplify atypical acquisition.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Mazaudon2021,
title = {Tone and voice quality in TGTM (Tamang-an) languages},
author = {Martine Mazaudon and Alexis Michaud},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-25},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2021c,
title = {Reflections about the phonemic analysis of Yongning Na (Tibeto-Burman): perceptual transcription and acoustic data},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Jacqueline Vaissiere},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-25},
abstract = {A preliminary phonemic inventory of the dialect of the Na language spoken in Yongning, China (a.k.a. Eastern Naxi 纳西语东部方言/ Mosuo 摩梭话) is presented, on the basis of first-hand fieldwork data. Some reflections are offered on three interrelated issues commonly encountered in fieldwork, namely (i) To what extent does perceived allophonic variation correspond to articulatory/acoustic reality, to what extent does it merely reflect the investigator’s perceptual expectations? (ii) How can acoustic data help select International Phonetic Alphabet symbols for the phonemic units brought out by distributional analysis? (iii) How can acoustic data help characterise the vowels and consonants encountered in fieldwork, both in a structural (language-internal) perspective, and in a cross-language perspective?},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2021d,
title = {Thèses},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-25},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2021g,
title = {Conservation des langues et partage des ressources : le rôle des chercheurs dans la mise en place de banques de données},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-25},
abstract = {La réflexion part d'un constat paradoxal: les bases de données sonores abritées par les centres de recherches en phonétique sont relativement peu développées. Les centres de recherche assurent rarement le suivi des documents enregistrés par leurs chercheurs. Le présent article, qui se place principalement du point de vue de la conservation des langues en danger, présente une réflexion sur le rôle que pourraient jouer des « phonothèques universitaires », centres de diffusion mais aussi de création de bases de données.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2021h,
title = {The phonetic evolution of reduplicated expressions: reduplication, lexical tones and prosody in Na (Naxi)},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Jacqueline Vaissiere},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-25},
abstract = {In Na, a Sino-Tibetan language with lexical tones, some reduplication schemes involve tone change, whereas others consist in full reduplication without tone change. The synchronic coexistence of these two sets allows for an experimental comparison, which leads to a simple explanation. Both sets appear to originate in total reduplication, without tone change, the schemes which now involve tone change resulting from a later evolution: the phonologisation of the effect of intonational boundaries on pitch. A High tone in final position within the reduplicated compound is lowered to Mid; an initial Low tone is raised, also to Mid. A reflection is set out concerning the historical conditions under which the allophonic variation of lexical tones could be reinterpreted as a difference of tonal categories.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2021i,
title = {The Complex Tones of East/Southeast Asian Languages: Current Challenges for Typology and Modelling},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-25},
abstract = {In some of the tone systems of East and Southeast Asian languages, linguistic tone cannot simply be equated with pitch; some tones have phonation-type characteristics as part of their phonological definition; and there is no compelling evidence for analyzing tonal contours into sequences of levels. Salient findings are reviewed, first from a synchronic perspective, then from a diachronic one, to bring out facts that are relevant for tonal typology and for evolutionary approaches to phonology.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2021j,
title = {Does the curve of F0 of syllable initial sonants play a prosodic role? British English Data Pilot Study},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Barbara Kuhnert},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-25},
abstract = {Several recent publications raise the issue whether the F0 curve of syllable-initial sonorants can play a prosodic role. The experimental evidence adduced in the present pilot study consists of 15 C1VC2 words, where C 1 = / p /, / b / or / m /, V = / ɑ: /, / i: /, / u: /, and C2 = / t /; these words were said twice inside a carrier sentence by four speakers of Standard Southern British English. Comparison of the F0 curves of the / m / -initial syllables with those of the obstruent-initial syllables suggests that only the part of the F0 curve which corresponds to the syllable rhyme is to be taken into account at the stage of the interpretation of the word's prosodic information.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michailovsky2021b,
title = {Locky's Naxi-English Encyclopedia Pinyin System and International Phonetic Alphabet},
author = {Boyd Michailovsky and Alexis Michaud and Xueguang He},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-25},
abstract = {Executive summary: This article provides a concise introduction to facilitate readers to better understand the phonetic system used by Joseph Locke in his Naxi English Dictionary (Rock 1963 1972).},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mazaudon2021b,
title = {An Acoustic and Electroglottographic Study of Tamang Tones: Fundamental Frequency, Voice Quality and Realisation of Consonants},
author = {Martine Mazaudon and Alexis Michaud},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-25},
abstract = {The history of East Asian languages offers evidence for a range of transphonologisations of the contrasts borne by voiced vs. unvoiced obstruent initials: these contrasts turned to voice quality contrasts in some languages, to vowel contrasts in others and to tonal contrasts in yet others. Tamang (Bodic branch of Tibeto-Burman) appears as an intermediate case: following the loss of voicing contrasts on consonants, Tamang has four tonal categories instead of an earlier two-tone system; its tones are phonetically realised by a complex bundle of pitch, voice quality and other characteristics that include the realisation of syllable-initial consonants. Acoustic and electroglottographic recordings of five speakers of the Risiangku dialect in their 30s or 40s were conducted; a pilot study (Michaud and Mazaudon 2006) showed that tones 3 and 4 tend to be realised with higher glottal open quotient (indicative of higher airflow) than tones 1 and 2. Other cues are investigated here, in particular the presence or absence of voicing (full or partial) during initial consonants. Among 312 tokens produced by one speaker, the initial consonant is voiced (fully or partially) in 40% of cases for tone 3 and 33% for tone 4, whereas it is not voiced in any case for tones 1 and 2. This confirms the presence of a tone-linked allophony of initial consonants, supporting the phonological claim that Tamang tonemes are characterised in terms of multiple correlates and call for a template representation, rather than for an analysis into distinctive features that would describe voice quality and consonantal realisation as secondary characteristics.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2021ib,
title = {Fluid or non-agglomerated bars for long-lasting bars},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Vo Ngoc},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-25},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Essegbey2021,
title = {Reminiscences of the last 50 years and the way forward},
author = {James Essegbey and Thomas Givon and Larry M Hyman and Thomas Hinnebusch and Robert Botne and Jedd Schrock and David Odden and Brent Henderson and Fiona McLaughlin},
doi = {10.32473/sal.v50i1.128775},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-23},
urldate = {2021-04-23},
journal = {Studies in African Linguistics},
volume = {50},
issue = {1},
pages = {2-7},
abstract = {This article is a retrospective and a prospective look at SAL on the occasion of its 50th anniversary. The founding editors and various editors reflect on their experiences.},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks2021,
title = {Running or crossing? Children's expression of voluntary motion in English, German, and French},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Maya Hickmann and Carla Pastorino Campos},
doi = {10.1017/S0305000921000271},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-22},
urldate = {2021-04-22},
journal = {Journal of Child Language},
pages = {1 - 24},
abstract = {Much research has focused on the expression of voluntary motion (Slobin, 2004; Talmy, 2000). The present study contributes to this body of research by comparing how children (three to ten years) and adults narrated short, animated cartoons in English and German (satellite-framed languages) vs. French (verb-framed). The cartoons showed agents displacing themselves in variable Manners along different Paths (Path saliency and variance were specifically manipulated in four item types). Results show an increase with age across languages in how much information participants expressed. However, at all ages, more motion information was encoded in English and German than in French. Furthermore, language-specific features impacted the content and its organization within utterances in discourse, showing more variation within and across Path types in French than in the satellite-framed languages, resulting in later achievement of adult-like descriptions in this language. The discussion highlights the joint impact of cognitive and typological features on language development.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2021,
title = {Fluid or non-agglomerated bars for long-lasting bars},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Vo Ngoc},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-22},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2021b,
title = {An Acoustic and Electroglottographic Study of Tamang Tones: Fundamental Frequency, Voice Quality and Realisation of Consonants},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Martine Mazaudon},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-22},
abstract = {The history of East Asian languages offers evidence for a range of transphonologisations of the contrasts borne by voiced vs. unvoiced obstruent initials: these contrasts turned to voice quality contrasts in some languages, to vowel contrasts in others and to tonal contrasts in yet others. Tamang (Bodic branch of Tibeto-Burman) appears as an intermediate case: following the loss of voicing contrasts on consonants, Tamang has four tonal categories instead of an earlier two-tone system; its tones are phonetically realised by a complex bundle of pitch, voice quality and other characteristics that include the realisation of syllable-initial consonants. Acoustic and electroglottographic recordings of five speakers of the Risiangku dialect in their 30s or 40s were conducted; a pilot study (Michaud and Mazaudon 2006) showed that tones 3 and 4 tend to be realised with higher glottal open quotient (indicative of higher airflow) than tones 1 and 2. Other cues are investigated here, in particular the presence or absence of voicing (full or partial) during initial consonants. Among 312 tokens produced by one speaker, the initial consonant is voiced (fully or partially) in 40% of cases for tone 3 and 33% for tone 4, whereas it is not voiced in any case for tones 1 and 2. This confirms the presence of a tone-linked allophony of initial consonants, supporting the phonological claim that Tamang tonemes are characterised in terms of multiple correlates and call for a template representation, rather than for an analysis into distinctive features that would describe voice quality and consonantal realisation as secondary characteristics.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta202d,
title = {Technology, power, and the state in a complex agricultural society : the green revolution in a north Indian village},
author = {Akhil Gupta},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-17},
pages = {223-236},
abstract = {Thesis (Ph. D.)--Stanford University, 1988. Includes bibliographical references (p. 223-236). Photocopy.
},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Coupe2021,
title = {Transitivity in Ao and other languages of Nagaland},
author = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-17},
keywords = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Coupe2021b,
title = {The languages of the Naga and their position in Tibeto-Burman: historical overview and current perceptions},
author = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-17},
abstract = {Despite it being more than 150 years since linguistic research first began on the so-called 'Naga' languages of north-east India, a definitive genetic classification of these languages remains as tortuous to negotiate as the jumbled mountains in which they are spoken. Long-standing political tensions that began in the colonial era and have continued into the post-independence period have rendered much of north-east India inaccessible to outsiders until relatively recently, with the result that there have been limited opportunities to build on the often patchy historical linguistic data hitherto available for comparative research. Given this historical backdrop, the sluggish advances in genetic classification are not so surprising. It is still the case that very few Tibeto-Burman languages of north-east India have been documented using modern methods of linguistic description, and all classifications – even the most recent – are still largely based on materials that were collected by amateurs more than half a century ago. The sometimes poor quality of colonial data sources serves as testimony to the varying abilities of colonial administrators and missionaries as linguistic fieldworkers: aspiration contrasts in initial consonants often go unrecognized, glottal stop finals are ignored completely, and although all of the 'Naga' languages are known to have from two to five tones, tonal contrasts are usually absent or at best are inconsistently transcribed. Difficulties presented by the quality of data have been further compounded by the sheer complexity of the linguistic situation of Nagaland and adjacent areas in which Tibeto-Burman languages are spoken. Intensive language contact, resulting historically from the kidnapping of women from other tribes or from the wholesale annexation and absorption of one linguistic community by another, has conspired to further obfuscate any genetic relationships that once may have been distinct. Despite these obstacles, recent research has made some significant progress in clarifying the confusion surrounding the genetic status of 'Naga' languages and their likely place in Tibeto-Burman. It is perhaps pertinent at this point to review the use of the term 'Naga' to refer to a Tibeto-Burman linguistic grouping. One could be forgiven for assuming from the literature that 'Naga' is already a valid and well-attested linguistic subgrouping of Tibeto-Burman, such is the ubiquity of this term in all existing classifications.},
keywords = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Korne2021,
title = {“I Learned That My Name Is Spelled Wrong”: Lessons from Mexico and Nepal on Teaching Literacy for Indigenous Language Reclamation},
author = {Haley De Korne and Miranda Weinberg},
doi = {10.1086/713317},
issn = {0010-4086},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-16},
urldate = {2021-04-16},
journal = {Comparative Education Review},
volume = {65},
number = {2},
pages = {288- 309 },
abstract = {Globally many minority and Indigenous communities are searching for ways to reclaim languages that have been marginalized by socioeconomic and political processes. These efforts often involve novel literacy practices. In this article, we draw from ethnographic data in Mexico and Nepal to ask, what are the opportunities and constraints of teaching writing in support of Indigenous language reclamation? Writing is simultaneously an attraction and a source of marginalization or discouragement for learners in both settings. Promoting and teaching writing creates opportunities such as raising the status, visibility, and longevity of Indigenous language education initiatives. Challenges include struggles for legitimacy among teachers and learners and the emergence of new hierarchies among dialects. We suggest that language reclamation efforts can benefit from making the most of the material and social nature of writing and from avoiding hard-line purism and a focus on form, while giving greater consideration to meaning and contexts for written expression.

},
keywords = {Haley De Korne},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ghosh2021,
title = {Language in Urban Society: Kolkata and Bengali},
author = {Aditi Ghosh},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-13},
journal = {South Asian Language Review},
volume = {15},
number = {1},
pages = {52 - 60},
abstract = {In this age of urbanisation, life in metropolis demonstrates great converging tendencies. Every city is home to several intersecting communities where linguistic and cultural boundaries are increasingly eroded. In the context of India, where multilingualism is a way of life in big cities, the situation is even more interesting. At times, the 'foreign' communities outnumber the native in such cities. What status do the native languages occupy in such cases? Do they still remain the dominant language -Languages of preferred use for everyday communication? Or, do they lose that position to the most dominant non-native language? In an attempt to find answer to these questions, this paper studies the scenario in Kolkata, one of the major metropolises in South Asia. It surveys a section of the residents whose native languages are different from Bengali and tries to measure their language usage and language attitude towards the three major languages Bengali, Hindi and English.},
keywords = {Aditi Ghosh},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mitchell2020b,
title = {Children's Knowledge of a Name‐Based Avoidance Register: A Quantitative Study among Datooga of Tanzania},
author = {Alice Mitchell and Péter Marton Rácz},
doi = {10.1111/aman.13579},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-11},
journal = {American Anthropologist},
abstract = {Among Datooga pastoralists of Tanzania, an elaborate in‐law naming taboo has led to the emergence of a conventionalized avoidance vocabulary used by married women. We report on a survey investigating Datooga children's knowledge of this special vocabulary. The questionnaire and our expectations were pre‐registered and the results were analyzed using regression analysis. Though use of the avoidance vocabulary is gender‐specific, girls were only slightly more knowledgeable than boys about avoidance words. More predictive of children's responses was sociolinguistic environment: children from more “traditional” backgrounds showed greater knowledge of avoidance words. Based on this finding, we discuss how social change may be affecting this particular kind of knowledge transmission. Low overall accuracy reveals the gradual nature of certain types of sociocultural learning.},
keywords = {Alice Mitchell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2021b,
title = {‘And Bloodshed Must Be Done’: Heavy metal and neo-Nazism in Greece},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Dimitrios Bormpoudakis},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-01},
journal = {Journal of Greek Media & Culture},
volume = {7},
number = {1},
pages = {27-48},
abstract = {This article explores the genealogy of the relationship between the discourses promoted in the heavy metal music press and neo-Nazi publications in Greece since the 1980s. It aims to show that the proliferation of neo-Nazi ideologies and practices in Greece after 2008 was not simply a result of the ‐ on-going ‐ financial crisis; rather, its seeds had been planted during the 1980s and particularly in the 1990s. We shall illustrate how this connection resulted from a conscious decision taken by key neo-Nazi groups and explore how the cultivation of such relationships gradually led to the further dissemination of neo-Nazi discourse within the mainstream heavy metal music press.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2021e,
title = {Cognitive and Affective Aspects of Theory of Mind in Greek-Speaking Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Baldimtsi and Ageliki Nicolopoulou},
doi = {10.1007/s10803-020-04595-0},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-01},
urldate = {2021-04-01},
journal = {Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders},
volume = {51},
number = {4},
pages = {1142-1156},
abstract = {Substantial research indicates that individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) have difficulties with Theory of Mind (ToM) abilities, but rarely have studies used a comprehensive battery to measure both the cognitive and affective aspects of ToM. The present study tested this ability in 24 Greek-speaking children with ASD (ages 7–14), and their performance was compared to 24 age-, gender- and language- matched typically developing controls. Results showed that ASD children’s performance was selectively impaired in both ToM aspects, supporting the distinction between ToM components. This is the first study of ToM abilities among Greek- speaking children with ASD, and the findings confirm that children with ASD are experiencing difficulties with socio-emotional understanding across languages and cultures.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Evers2021,
title = {The journey from france to france: the spiritual moves of muslim youth from marseille},
author = {Cécile Anne Marguerite Evers},
doi = {10.1007/s11562-021-00466-2},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-04-01},
urldate = {2021-04-01},
journal = {Contemporary Islam},
volume = {15},
number = {3},
abstract = {Based on long-term ethnographic research with youth who were born to North, West, and East African families in northern Marseille, this article explores the common experience of alienation that practicing Muslims from Marseille report as they endeavor to live piously in their hometown, together with the mobility-oriented strategies they have devised to achieve belonging. Following these Muslim-Marseillais young adults longitudinally, it emerges that some relied on physical migration away from France (religiously conceived as hijrah) as a means of remaining pious and finding belonging. Others, meanwhile, navigated towards pious personhood and finding home in ways that still involved movement but transpired within France. Significantly, individuals who have chosen to remain in France carve out pious belonging by engaging in domestic movements to particular places in France, by pursuing occupational mobility, and by making advantageous use of prestigious linguistic registers like Standard French and Modern Standard Arabic. As such, the article suggests that hijrah is but one—and the most transnational—among various kinds of movement to which young Muslim-Marseillais turn as they grapple with discrimination, seek to improve themselves, and ascertain how best to belong.},
keywords = {Cécile Anne Marguerite Evers},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vaux2021,
title = {Cwyzhy Abkhaz},
author = {Bert Vaux and Samuel Andersson and Zihni Pysipa (Sener)},
doi = {10.1017/S0025100320000390},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-03-31},
urldate = {2021-03-31},
journal = {Journal of the International Phonetic Association},
pages = {1 - 21},
abstract = {In this Illustration we describe the Cwyzhy (also Tswydzhy) dialect of Abkhaz, the native language of the third author. In Cwyzhy, the language Abkhaz is called /арʰsаʃʷа/ [ˈаpʰsæʃᶣæ] аҧсашəа. Abkhaz (ISO-639-3 abk) belongs to the Northwest Caucasian family of languages, and the Abkhaz dialects are related as shown in (1) (adapted from Chirikba 2012: 36)},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2021,
title = {Doing narrative analysis from a narratives- as-practices perspective},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1075/ni.20067.def},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-03-26},
journal = {Narrative Inquiry},
volume = {31},
number = {1},
pages = {49-71},
abstract = {In this paper I lay out some of the main theoretical methodological principles that underlie a narratives-as-practices approach and discuss three foci that emerge from current research and pave the way for future investigations. In particular, I focus on mobility, connectivity, time/space anchoring and chronotopicity as both characteristics of narrative and research areas which allow for an integration of the focus of interactional approaches on emergence with a consideration of the historical and social embedding of narratives into practices. I review recent research that has contributed to this trend in narrative studies and discuss some of the limitations of current work and areas that need further investigation. I advocate for an expansion of research on a wider variety of practices, attention to the characteristics of narrative genres, and in general a stronger critical engagement with ways in which narratives participate in social processes involving power and inequality.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{King2021b,
title = {Language and Embodied Sexuality},
author = {Brian King},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-03-24},
urldate = {2021-03-24},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {Embodiment has long been of interest to scholars of language in society, and yet theoretical discussions of the inseparability of language and the body have been paradoxically minimal until quite recently. Focusing on the processes by which sexualized bodies are understood, this chapter examines two research case studies-intersex bodies and male bodies-to outline the ways that language and sexuality scholarship can contribute to knowledge of the confluence of the social and the soma during social interaction. Bodies are both subjective and social: in one sense we have subjective, embodied knowledge of what it means to live in our sexualized bodies and 'speak from' them as part of lived experience, and in another sense our bodies are also observed from outside and 'spoken about' as sexual. The analysis presented here explores the relationship between physical features of bodies, language, and power, and links these insights to notions of confluence, demonstrating that bodies can be unruly, obtrusive, overdetermined, and excessive. The chapter considers the implications of this analysis for language use, intelligibility, and sexual agency.},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Tsimpli2021f,
title = {Measuring the multilingual reality: lessons from classrooms in Delhi and Hyderabad},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Amy Lightfoot and Anusha Balasubramanian and Jeanine Treffers-Daller and Lina Mukhopadhyay},
doi = {10.1080/13670050.2021.1899123},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-03-16},
urldate = {2021-03-16},
journal = {International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism},
pages = {1-21},
abstract = {India's linguistic diversity is reflected in classrooms across the country, where multiple languages are used by teachers and learners to negotiate meaning and instruction-a multilingual, multicultural student body is the norm, whether in urban or rural contexts. This study documents teaching practices in English language and maths lessons in Delhi and Hyderabad, with a specific focus on language use. The findings from 104 classroom observations allow us to profile multilingual practices used in schools with different official mediums of instruction. Results reveal a predominant use of 'language mixing' in the classroom, in both English-and regional language-medium of instruction contexts-especially in English subject lessons. Maths lessons in regional-medium schools did not involve as much language mixing by the teachers but this was still a strong feature for learners. The data also shows differences between language use particularly when comparing English-medium schools in each city. Specifically, lessons in Delhi were characterised by absolutely no occurrences of English used on its own by the teachers (as recorded during five-minute intervals), compared to significantly greater use of English alone in Hyderabad English-medium and Telugu-medium schools. Delhi teachers appear to use a greater amount of language mixing during each lesson.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Cardoso2021,
title = {Synchronic variation in Sri Lanka Portuguese personal pronouns},
author = {Hugo Cardoso and Patrícia Costa},
doi = {10.1075/jpcl.00070.car},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-03-15},
urldate = {2021-03-15},
journal = {Journal of Pidgin and Creole Languages},
volume = {36},
number = {1},
pages = {77 - 108},
abstract = {This paper presents and discusses the instances of synchronic variation attested in the personal pronoun paradigm of modern Sri Lanka Portuguese, an endangered Portuguese-based creole spoken by relatively small communities scattered across Eastern and Northern Sri Lanka. Although Sri Lanka Portuguese has a long history of documentation dating from, at least, the beginning of the 19 century, only a few studies have explicitly reported cases of synchronic variation. This study aims, therefore, to fill that gap, by contributing to the description and explanation of patterns of variation relating to the personal pronoun paradigm as encountered in documentary data collected between 2015 and 2020, over several field trips to the districts of Ampara, Batticaloa, Jaffna, and Trincomalee. The nature of the variation observed in the data ranges from phonetic alternations to strategies of paradigm regularization and stylistic shrinkage, often revealing the effects of diachronic processes of variant competition and substitution. Combining the observed patterns of variation with surveyed linguistic trends of language shift, we propose that obsolescence may be responsible for some of the variability encountered in modern SLP personal pronouns, especially that associated with certain socially- or geographically-defined subsets of the speech community (viz. the younger generations and the speakers from Jaffna) characterized by advanced language loss.
},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan2021,
title = {The development of weak normativity in Solomon Islands Pijin},
author = {Christine Jourdan and Johanne Angeli},
doi = {10.1075/jpcl.00069.jou},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-03-15},
journal = {Journal of Pidgin and Creole Languages},
volume = {36},
number = {1},
pages = {46-76},
abstract = {Pijin, the lingua franca of Solomon Islands, has acquired the functions of a creole in the capital city of Honiara. Yet, though Pijin is the common language of the urban culture of Honiara, it lacks linguistic legitimacy. Speakers of Pijin did not, until recently, consider it a true language in the same way that English and local vernaculars, with which it co-exists, are deemed to be. Specters of inauthenticity and illegitimacy were part of that assessment. In this paper, we consider that the nascent legitimacy ascribed to Pijin by some urban speakers is informed by the affirmation of their own legitimacy as a new socio-cultural group, that of the Pijin-speaking urbanite. This contributes to the complexification of the sociolinguistic scene. We show that while different ways of speaking Pijin are progressively becoming associated with various sociolinguistic groups and seem to constitute emergent social varieties, the question of a Pijin norm is also emerging.},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bourne-Taylor2021c,
title = {Réveil, réincarnation et restitution : Yves Bonnefoy dans l’Imaginaire musical de Jeremy Thurlow},
author = {Carole Bourne-Taylor},
doi = {10.15203/ATeM_2021_2.10},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-03-09},
urldate = {2021-03-09},
journal = {ATeM Archiv für Textmusikforschung},
keywords = {Carole Bourne-Taylor},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2021b,
title = {Le complotisme « transnational » et le discours de haine : le cas de Chypre et de l’Italie“Transnational” conspiracy and hate speech: the case of Cyprus and ItalyConspiracionismo «transnacional» y discurso de odio: el caso de Chipre y de Italia},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Lorella Sini},
doi = {10.4000/mots.27858},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-03-04},
journal = {Mots},
number = {125},
pages = {15-34},
abstract = {Drawing on two bodies of far-right discourse, we study what discursive strategies are employed to convince of the New World Order, or the Great Replacement, in online debates in Cyprus and Italy. We examine in particular how hate speech underlies this transnational propaganda, with in particular the common topos "foreigners are to be neutralized", and how this topos is declined in metaphors (immigration - invasion - national genocide) and amalgamations (outrageous generalizations ) common to both corpora.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta2021,
title = {Capacitive humidity sensing performance of naphthalene diimide derivatives at ambient temperature},
author = {Akhil Gupta and Salman Ali and Mohammed Jameel Steven J Langford},
doi = {10.1016/j.synthmet.2021.116739},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-03-01},
journal = {Synthetic Metals},
volume = {275},
abstract = {We report for the first-time the development of capacitive type humidity sensors employing naphthalene diimide derivatives (NDI) as sensing layer. Three different naphthalene diimide derivatives bearing imide side chains of different hydrophilicity were designed, synthesised and characterised. X-ray diffraction and thermogravimetric analyses gave useful information about structural and thermal behaviour of the newly developed materials, indicating their crystallinity and stability. Atomic force microscopy analysis revealed a variety of morphologies in thin films as a result of the structural properties of the NDIs. Devices bearing NDI layers were fabricated on ceramic substrates with gold interdigitated electrodes spaced 200 µm apart. Humidity sensing performance, as a change in capacitance, was studied upon exposure to a wide range of relative humidity levels (0-95%) at ambient temperature. Importantly, an increase in the capacitance of the sensors was recorded with an increase in relative humidity. The developed sensors exhibited high sensitivity, good long-term stability, excellent reproducibility, and low hysteresis. The sensor performance was also tested against different operating frequencies (250 Hz-2 kHz) to improve linearity, illustrating directions for optimised performance. These results confirm that sensors based on NDIs possess better sensing performance to other types of reported capacitive humidity sensors.},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2021,
title = {When do good communication models fail in global virtual teams?},
author = {Elizabeth Keating and Sirkka L. Jarvenpaa},
doi = {10.1016/j.orgdyn.2021.100843},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-03-01},
urldate = {2021-03-01},
journal = {Organizational Dynamics},
volume = {50},
number = {1},
pages = {100843},
abstract = {Global virtual teams represent temporary work systems that are assembled for a joint task, performed by team members who collaborate primarily via digital technologies. Team members span geography and culture and often have only a narrow period of shared work hours. Within highly constrained temporal spaces, team members coordinate and collaborate on joint tasks with many task interdependencies, requiring constant back-and-forth workflows among members. Leveraging various synchronous and asynchronous virtual communication modes, the teams must communicate effectively to prevent prolonged misunderstandings and work delays. The virtual team environment is challenging because virtual space reduces opportunities for team members to grasp important aspects of the actual social surroundings of the members that are critical for understanding.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Frellesvig2021,
title = {Verb verb complex predicates in Old and Middle Japanese},
author = {Bjarke Frellesvig and Hirofumi Aoki},
doi = {10.1093/oso/9780198759508.003.0003},
isbn = {9780198759508},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-02-25},
pages = {44-69},
publisher = {Oxford Scholarship Online},
abstract = {This chapter describes the main features of Verb Verb complex predicates in Old and Middle Japanese (8th to 16th centuries) and discusses changes that took place between Old Japanese and Modern Japanese. Old Japanese had complex verbal predicate constructions which resemble the Modern Japanese Types 1–3, and in addition a V1 aktionsart verb construction, which is not found in later stages and which is hypothesized to have played a crucial role in the development of complex predicates in Japanese. The wordhood of complex verbal predicates is addressed. Verb Verb complex predicates did not constitute tight morphological units in Old and Early Middle Japanese, but developed into morphological words in Late Middle and Modern Japanese. It is proposed that the loss of subordinating function of the infinitive played an important part in this change. It is also observed that the Modern Japanese Type 4 (V te V) is a Late Middle Japanese innovation which is not a prototypical complex predicate verb construction but rather an auxiliary verb construction.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Eberhard2021,
title = {Ethnologue: Languages of the World, 24th Edition},
author = {David Eberhard and Gary F. Simons and Chuck Fennig},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-02-21},
keywords = {David Eberhard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@conference{Tsimpli2021g,
title = {Positive effects of bilingualism on social cognition in Autism Spectrum Disorder: A study of social exclusion and Theory of Mind},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Stephanie Durrleman},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-02-20},
urldate = {2021-02-20},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Tsimpli2021h,
title = {Bilingual acquisition of reference: The role of language experience, executive functions and cross-linguistic effects},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Jacopo Torregrossa and Maria Andreou and Chris Bongartz},
doi = {10.1017/S1366728920000826},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-02-10},
urldate = {2021-02-10},
journal = {Bilingualism: Language and Cognition},
volume = {24},
number = {4},
pages = {1-13},
abstract = {The present study aims to understand which factors contribute to different patterns of use of referring expressions by bilingual children, by considering the triangulation between language experience and proficiency, executive functions and cross-linguistic effects. We analyze reference use in Greek in the context of a narrative elicitation task as performed by 125 children of different language combinations, including Greek–Albanian, Greek–English and Greek–German. We calculate, for each child, an index of language experience that combines a proficiency measure with background questionnaire information. After identifying the occurrences of underinformative (underspecified) and overinformative (overspecified) referring expressions in the production of each child, we investigate to what extent each pattern of reference use is affected by language experience, cross-linguistic effects and executive functions. The study aims to shed some new light on the nature of overspecification and underspecification in bilingual reference production and, more in general, to model variation in reference use among bilingual children.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta2021b,
title = {Conjoint use of Naphthalene Diimide and Fullerene Derivatives to Generate Organic Semiconductors for n-type Organic Thin Film Transistors},
author = {Akhil Gupta and Shailesh S Birajdar and Samantha Brixi and Pedada Srinivasa Rao and Rajesh Bhosale and Mohammad Al Kobaisi and Benoît H Lessard and Sidhanath V Bhosale and Sheshanath Bhosale},
doi = {10.1002/open.202000230},
issn = {2191-1363},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-02-05},
journal = {ChemistryOpen },
volume = {10},
number = {4},
pages = {414-420},
abstract = {In this paper, we described the design, synthesis, and characterization of two novel naphthalene diimide (NDI) core-based targets modified with terminal fullerene (C60 ) yield - so called S4 and S5, in which NDI bearing 1 and 2 molecules of C60 , respectively. The absorption, electrochemical and thin-film transistor characteristics of the newly developed targets were investigated in detail. Both S4 and S5 displayed broad absorption in the 450-500 nm region, owing to the effect of conjugation due to fullerene functionalities. The electrochemical measurement suggested that the HOMO and the LUMO energy levels can be altered with the number of C60 units. Both S4 and S5 were employed as organic semiconductor materials in n-channel transistors. The thin film transistor based on S4 exhibited superior electron mobility (μe) values ranging from 1.20×10-4 to 3.58×10-4 cm2 V-1 s-1 with a current on-off ratio varying from 102 to 103 in comparison with the performance of S5 based transistor, which exhibited μe ranging from 8.33×10-5 to 2.03×10-4 cm2 V-1 s-1 depending on channel lengths.},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta2021c,
title = {Recent Advances in Perylene Diimide-Based Active Materials in Electrical Mode Gas Sensing},
author = {Akhil Gupta and Salman Ali and Mahnaz Shafiei and Steven J Langford},
doi = {10.3390/chemosensors9020030},
issn = {2227-9040},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-02-01},
journal = {Chemosensors},
volume = {9},
number = {2},
abstract = {This review provides an update on advances in the area of electrical mode sensors using organic small molecule n-type semiconductors based on perylene. Among small organic molecules, perylene diimides (PDIs) are an important class of materials due to their outstanding thermal, chemical, electronic, and optical properties, all of which make them promising candidates for a wide range of organic electronic devices including sensors, organic solar cells, organic field-effect transistors, and organic light-emitting diodes. This is mainly due to their electron-withdrawing nature and significant charge transfer properties. Perylene-based sensors of this type show high sensing performance towards various analytes, particularly reducing gases like ammonia and hydrazine, but there are several issues that need to be addressed including the selectivity towards a specific gas, the effect of relative humidity, and operating temperature. In this review, we focus on the strategies and design principles applied to the gas-sensing performance of PDI-based devices, including resistive sensors, amperometric sensors, and operating at room temperature. The device properties and sensing mechanisms for different analytes, focusing on hydrazine and ammonia, are studied in detail, and some future research perspectives are discussed for this promising field. We hope the discussed results and examples inspire new forms of molecular engineering and begin to open opportunities for other rylene diimide classes to be applied as active materials.},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2021b,
title = {Found in Transliteration: Translanguaging and the Polyvocality of Xiqu Centre},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-02-01},
journal = {Journal of Sociolinguistics},
volume = {25},
number = {1},
abstract = {This article illustrates how the linguistic‐anthropological notion of axes of differentiation can illuminate translanguaging practices. Through an analysis of media texts, it explores the ways in which multilingual Hongkongers draw on their semiotic repertoires to make sense of Xiqu Centre as the English name of the recently inaugurated center for traditional Chinese theater in their city. Against the backdrop of different axes of differentiation, supporters and detractors contrast the Putonghua word xìqǔ “traditional Chinese theater” with its equivalents in English and Cantonese respectively, thereby arriving at diametrically opposed interpretations of the name. While many detractors engage in interpretive practices that challenge the discreteness of linguistic systems, others who use their multilingual knowledge to criticize the name appeal to ideologies of linguistic purism. To fully understand multilinguals’ production.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@online{Piller2021b,
title = {Language and social justice},
author = {Ingrid Piller },
doi = {10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199937240.001.0001},
isbn = {9780199937240},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-29},
urldate = {2021-01-29},
abstract = {Understanding and addressing linguistic disadvantage must be a central facet of the social justice agenda of our time. This book explores the ways in which linguistic diversity mediates social justice in liberal democracies undergoing rapid change due to high levels of migration and economic globalization. Focusing on the linguistic dimensions of economic inequality, cultural domination, and imparity of political participation, Linguistic Diversity and Social Justice employs a case-study approach to real-world instances of linguistic injustice. Linguistic diversity is a universal characteristic of human language but linguistic diversity is rarely neutral; rather it is accompanied by linguistic stratification and linguistic subordination. Domains critical to social justice include employment, education, and community participation. The book offers a detailed examination of the connection between linguistic diversity and inequality in these specific contexts within nation-states that are organized as liberal democracies. Inequalities exist not only between individuals and groups within a state but also between states. Therefore, the book also explores the role of linguistic diversity in global injustice with a particular focus on the spread of English as a global language. While much of the analysis in this book focuses on language as a means of exclusion, discrimination, and disadvantage, the concluding chapter asks what the content of linguistic justice might be.


},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {online}
}
@misc{Tsimpli2021i,
title = {Language contact effects are bidirectional: morphosyntax and the view from feature interpretability},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Alexandra Prentza and Maria Kaltsa},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-22},
urldate = {2021-01-22},
abstract = {Historical and sociocultural reasons in contexts of language contact can lead to language change, attrition and death [1], [2], [3]. In cases of persistent and long-term language contact these processes are driven by bilingualism with one language being dominant because of its status as majority language and the heritage/home language being the endangered one [4]. However, given that language acquisition is a dynamic process in which language domains are not uniformly affected by external (i.e. sociolinguistic) reasons [5], the investigation of bidirectional crosslinguistic influence can shed light on the resilience of morphosyntactic and semantic feature changes. To this end, we investigate the effects of language contact of Greek with Vlach Aromanian in bilingual speakers of three generations living in Greece, namely a group of 80, 60 and 40 year olds who speak the two languages to different levels of proficiency. Greek differs from Vlach Aromanian in a number of morphosyntactic properties including the position of the definite article (free and prenominal in Greek, suffixed in nominative, accusative and vocative while prefixed and suffixed in genitive and dative in Vlach, see [6], [7] as well as its optional (Vlach) vs. obligatory status with proper names (Greek). Both languages are grammatical gender ones although the status of the neuter in the tripartite gender distinction differs in the two languages, with Greek having neuter as a linguistic and a learner default [8] while Vlach Aromanian marking neuter marked for inanimate nouns [9]. Furthermore, the structure of complex DPs including Adjectives and Nouns follows the Romance word order with postnominal adjectives while Greek has a D-Adj-N order [10], [7]. Spontaneous production data from individuals in the three generations reveal that crosslinguistic influence is bidirectional although the dominance of Greek has led to attrition effects primarily in lexical use and in fluency [11]. For instance, Vlach influences Greek in the use of neuter gender by restricting the assignment of neuter to Greek animate nouns. In contrast, the prenominal adjective order is imposed on Vlach with a default rather than a marked interpretation in information structure terms. Finally, attrition in the use of definiteness marking interacting with case and word-order will be discussed. We will argue that feature resilience in the case of gender and feature vulnerability in the case of ordering and the use of the definite article can be accounted for by reference to the competition between features and interpretability effects.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {presentation}
}
@article{Vaux2021b,
title = {Silence-cued stop perception: Split decisions},
author = {Bert Vaux and Bridget Samuels},
doi = {10.5617/osla.8509},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-22},
urldate = {2021-01-22},
volume = {11},
number = {2},
pages = {393 - 409},
abstract = {Bastian, Eimas, & Liberman (1961) found that listeners heard a [p] when a silence of more than 50ms was inserted between the [s] and the [l] in a recording of the word slit. It has long been known that silence is an important cue in stop consonant perception. Nevertheless, it is surprising that a short interval of silence can substitute for something as acoustically and articulatorily complex as a phoneme. In the present work, we replicate and expand upon this study to further examine the phenomenon of silence-cued stop perception. We demonstrate the ‘Split Effect’ in a previously unexplored set of environments, analyze factors that contribute to the identity of silence-cued stops, and lay the groundwork for further investigation of the acoustic and non-acoustic factors that contribute to this perceptual illusion. Our study demonstrates an experimental paradigm for studying the genesis of such effects synchronically and in a controlled setting.},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lupke2021b,
title = {Patterns and perspectives shape perceptions: epistemological and methodological reflections on the study of small-scale multilingualism},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-22},
journal = {International Journal of Bilingualism},
abstract = {Aims and objectives: This paper captures social dimensions of language in highly diverse small-scale multilingual contexts that appear to pose challenges for (socio)linguistic description and documentation. I focus on the seeming contradiction of monolingual imaginations of places with heterogeneous and multilingual inhabitants, on great fluidity and variability of language use and the concomitant limits of reification-based identification of codes, and on personalised repertoires shaped by individual trajectories and relational, rather than categorical, stances. Approach: I propose patterns and perspectives as two interrelated dimensions to guide research in configurations of this kind, illustrating epistemological and methodological points through data from multilingual settings in Casamance, Senegal. Data and analysis: I focus on data collected in the village of Agnack Grand and its surroundings, but also include data from across the Lower Casamance and adjacent regions of Guinea Bissau, discussing patterns of multilingual organisation and extracts from conversation and how their speech forms are categorised. Findings: The paper brings sociohistorical dimensions of small-scale multilingualism to the fore and identifies their lasting influences on spatial representations of language regimes. Linguistic spaces influence perspectives on speech events taking place in them and circumscribe speech participants' and observers' choices in describing repertoires, producing and analysing speech forms. Beyond the selection of language modes, perspective also determines how speech forms are categorised. I demonstrate that the patterns speakers and observers have experienced and the perspectives they assume are decisive in shaping their perception. Originality: My central observation is that there is no objective, neutral viewpoint on (multilingual) speech, but that positionality frames it at all levels. I develop new epistemologies for studying these dimensions. Significance: Putting the categorisation processes employed by speakers and observers and their underlying motivations centre stage and integrating sociolinguistic and anthropological linguistic methods and historical knowledge into linguistic description and documentation constitutes an innovative research programme.},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2021j,
title = {Cognitive Mechanisms of Monolingual and Bilingual Children in Monoliterate Educational Settings: Evidence From Sentence Repetition},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Andreou and Elvira Masoura and Eleni Agathopoulou},
doi = {10.3389/fpsyg.2020.613992},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-20},
urldate = {2021-01-20},
journal = {Frontiers in Psychology},
volume = {11},
pages = {38-75},
abstract = {Sentence repetition (SR) tasks have been extensively employed to assess bilingual children's linguistic and cognitive resources. The present study examined whether monoliterate bilingual children differ from their monolingual (and monoliterate) peers in SR accuracy and cognitive tasks, and investigated links between vocabulary, updating, verbal and visuospatial working memory and SR performance in the same children. Participants were two groups of 35 children, 8-12 years of age: one group consisted of Albanian-Greek monoliterate bilingual children and the other of Greek monolingual children attending a monolingual-Greek educational setting. The findings demonstrate that the two groups performed similarly in the grammaticality scores of the SR. However, monolinguals outperformed the monoliterate bilinguals in SR accuracy, as well as in the visuospatial working memory and updating tasks. The findings did not indicate any bilingual advantage in cognitive performance. The results also demonstrate that updating and visuospatial working memory significantly predicted monolingual children's SR accuracy scores, whereas Greek vocabulary predicted the performance of our monoliterate bilingual children in the same task. We attribute this outcome to the fact that monoliterate bilingual children do not rely on their fluid cognitive resources to perform the task, but instead rely on language proficiency (indicated by expressive vocabulary) while performing the SR.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Bhatia2021,
title = {Student Writing and Genre : Reconfiguring Academic Knowledge},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
doi = {10.1093/applin/ams025},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-09},
journal = {Applied Linguistics},
volume = {33},
number = {3},
pages = {354-356},
abstract = {Student Writing and Genre: Reconfiguring Academic Knowledge, is an engaging and theoretically sound book, which raises the question, ‘how do genres affect the ways students understand and engage with their disciplines?’ Drawing on a fresh approach to reconfiguring academic knowledge, Fiona English explores ‘the relationship between genres, academic knowledge and representation, particularly in relation to student writing’ (p. 1). Structured in eight chapters, the book draws inspiration from her interdisciplinary first year module on critical language awareness and academic literacies, where English raises the concept of genre for discussion with students in order to explore the possibility of regenring—a process which involves reworking an essay from another module into a different genre altogether.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Ladegaard2021,
title = {Constructing undesirables: A critical discourse analysis of othering of Fulani nomads in the Ghanaian news media},
author = {Hans Ladegaard and Mark Nartey},
doi = {10.1177/1750481320982095},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-08},
urldate = {2021-01-08},
journal = {Discourse & Communication},
volume = {15},
number = {2},
abstract = {The activities of Fulani nomads in Ghana have gained considerable media attention and engendered continuing public debate. In this paper, we analyze the prejudiced portrayals of the nomads in the Ghanaian news media, and how these contribute to an exclusionist and a discriminatory discourse that puts the nomads at the margins of Ghanaian society. The study employs a critical discourse analysis framework and draws on a dataset of 160 articles, including news stories, editorials and op-ed pieces. The analysis reveals that the nomads are discursively constructed as undesirables through an othering process that centers on three discourses: a discourse of dangerousness/criminalization, a discourse of alienization, and a discourse of stigmatization. This anti-nomad/Fulani rhetoric is evident in the choice of sensational headlines, alarmist news content, organization of arguments, and use of quotations. The paper concludes with a call for more balanced and critical news reporting on the nomads, especially since issues surrounding them border on national cohesion and security.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2021b,
title = {LARA in the Service of Revivalistics and Documentary Linguistics: Community Engagement and Endangered Languages},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann and Sigurður Vigfússon and Manny Rayner and Neasa Ní Chiaráin and Nedelina Ivanova and Hanieh Habibi and Branislav Bédi},
doi = {10.33011/computel.v1i.953},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
journal = {Proceedings of the Workshop on Computational Methods for Endangered Languages},
volume = {1},
pages = {13-23},
abstract = {We argue that LARA, a new web platform that supports easy conversion of text into an online multimedia form designed to support non-native readers, is a good match to the task of creating high-quality resources useful for languages in the revivalistics spectrum. We illustrate with initial case studies in three widely different endangered/revival languages: Irish (Gaelic); Icelandic Sign Language (ÍTM); and Barngarla, a reclaimed Australian Aboriginal language. The exposition is presented from a language community perspective. Links are given to examples of LARA resources constructed for each language.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Giles2021,
title = {Communication Accommodation Theory},
author = {Howard Giles and Carolyn Shepard},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
urldate = {2021-01-01},
pages = {33-56},
publisher = {Wiley},
abstract = {Communication accommodation theory (CAT) is a general theoretical framework for both interpersonal and intergroup communication. It seeks to explain and predict why, when, and how people adjust their communicative behavior during social interaction (including mediated contact), and what social consequences might result from such adjustments. This entry provides an overview of what constitutes accommodative and nonaccommodative moves (with particular attention devoted, albeit not exclusively, to convergence and divergence). Previous CAT principles are modestly refined, and directions for future research suggested.},
keywords = {Howard Gile},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Giles2021c,
title = {Managing patient aggression in healthcare: Initial testing of a communication accommodation theory intervention},
author = {Howard Giles and Rachyl Pines and and Bernadette Watson},
doi = {10.2478/plc-2021-0004},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
urldate = {2021-01-01},
journal = {Psychology of Language and Communication},
volume = {25},
pages = {62 - 81},
abstract = {Patient-perpetrated workplace violence (WPV) in healthcare is common. Although communication skills trainings are helpful, they may be strengthened by having a theoretical framework to improve replicability across contexts. This study developed and conducted an initial test of a training framed by Communication Accommodation Theory (CAT) using longitudinal mixed-methods surveys of healthcare professionals in an American primary care clinic to increase their self-efficacy, patient cooperation, and use of CAT strategies to de-escalate patient aggression. Results of the intervention indicate that the CAT training significantly increased professionals’ efficacy and reported patient cooperation over time. Findings showed that those who reported using more of the five CAT strategies also reported situations that they were able to de-escalate effectively. This initial test of a CAT training to prevent WPV demonstrates promise for the applicability of CAT strategies to de-escalate patient aggression, and the need to scale and test these trainings in settings that experience high WPV levels.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Wang2021,
title = {Christian bilingual practices and hybrid identities as vehicles of migrant integration},
author = {Yining Wang and Ingrid Piller},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
urldate = {2021-01-01},
publisher = {Language and spirit},
abstract = {About two-thirds of Chinese Australians do not have a religious affiliation. However, recent converts to Christianity constitute a growing segment. This paper investigates the conversion journeys of a group of first-generation Chinese Australians as they intersect with their experiences of English language learning, hybrid identity formation, settlement, and parenting. Based on qualitative open-ended interviews with seven highly educated women who had migrated to Australia as adults and converted to Christianity within the first few years of settlement, the chapter traces conversion as a key aspect of their social integration into the new society. The women experienced migration as an existential crisis of economic insecurity, loss of status, language barriers, marital problems, and parenting dilemmas. In the absence of the social networks they had lost through migration, they turned to churches for practical support. The support and community offered by church groups led them to accept a new belief system and completely transformed their lives. The long-term consolidation of the benefits of conversion were achieved through bilingual and bicultural practices and hybrid and adhesive identities, resulting in personal well-being and a high level of social integration. Christian beliefs also became a kind of objective standard that allowed them to bridge generational, linguistic, and cultural gaps with their second-generation children. The chapter closes with a discussion of the lessons that this research holds for secular institutions as they try to improve the social integration of newcomers.
},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Backus2021,
title = {Usage-based approaches},
author = {Albert Backus},
editor = {Evangelia Adamou and Yaron Matras},
isbn = {9781351109154},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
urldate = {2021-01-01},
publisher = {Routledge},
address = {London and New York},
keywords = {Albert Backus},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Branets2021,
title = {L2 knowledge facilitating L3 learning: the role of Russian linguistic factors in understanding of Ukrainian by Estonians: [K2 oskus soodustamas K3 omandamist: vene keele roll eesti keelt esimese keelena kõnelejatel ukraina keele mõistmises]},
author = {Anna Branets and Albert Backus},
doi = {10.22601/PET.2020.05.02},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
urldate = {2021-01-01},
journal = {Philologia Estonica Tallinnensis},
volume = {5},
number = {26},
pages = {59-86},
keywords = {Albert Backus},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pia2021,
title = {History of Chinese Anthropology},
author = {Andrea E. Pia and Tommaso Previato and Valentina Punzi and Giulia Zoccatelli},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
urldate = {2021-01-01},
abstract = {2. Chinese Anthropology: Context and Development 2.1. The pre-modern period 2.1. 1. Ethnographic and anthropological notes in the Western literary tradition 2.1. 2. “Ethnographic” sources in pre-modern China 2.1. 3. Reconsidering “classical” Chinese anthropology 2.2. The beginnings of Chinese anthropology: translations and introductions 2.2. 1. Modernization in China 2.2. 2. Translations and Commentaries 2.3. Relation between academic movements and the constitution of the education system 2.3. 1. Anthropology and related teachings: some traces from the curricula 2.3. 2. The generation of repatriated scholars and their contribution to the anthropological cause 2.3. 3. The first field investigations},
keywords = {Andrea E. Pia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Costa2021b,
title = {Please 'Like Me': Reconfiguring Reputation and Shame in Southeast Turkey},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
urldate = {2021-01-01},
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ethnologie (ZfE)(Journal of ethnology)},
volume = {146},
number = {1/2},
abstract = {Please 'like' me: Reconfiguring reputation and shame in southeast Turkey — the University of Groningen research portal Skip to main navigation Skip to search Skip to main content the University of Groningen research portal Home the University of Groningen research portal Logo Help & FAQ English Nederlands Home Profiles Research Units Research output Projects Datasets Prizes Activities Press / Media Search by expertise, name or affiliation Please 'like' me: Reconfiguring reputation and shame in southeast Turkey Elisabetta Costa Research output: Contribution to journal › Article › Academic › peer-review Overview Original language English Journal Zeitschrift für Ethnologie = Journal of Social and Cultural Anthropology Publication status Accepted/In press - 2021 Cite this APA Author BIBTEX Harvard Standard RIS Vancouver Costa, E. (Accepted/In press).},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2021,
title = {A componential analysis of kinship terms in Thai},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
journal = {Essays in Tai linguistics},
pages = {261-275},
abstract = {It is an illusion to believe that the kinship systems in all cultures are the same and that kinship terms can be translated easily from one language to another. Thai speakers learning English or doing some translation from English to Thai often have a little difficulty finding a perfect English equivalent of w/phîi/and ыа-з/nóorj/in Thai. The first word means' elder brother or sister'and the second one means' younger brother or sister.'There is no single word in English that means exactly the same as/phîi/or/nóorj/. On the other hand, the words brother and sister have no equivalent in Thai. Paraphrastic translations of the two words into Thai sound awkward: wiEJvnra'ua^ srm/phîi chaay rïi náorj chaay/or Yiyznsüvnia-ua-swírm/phîi phüu chaay rïi nóorj phüu chaay/meaning'elder male sibling or younger male sibling'for brother and vigmvnÍDua^ cm/phîi säaw rïi nóarj sãaw/or YuyvinHvníaua^ wviák/phîi phüu yïrj rä nóorj phüu yírj.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bedell2021,
title = {Managing Editor: Paul Sidwell (Pacific Linguistics, Canberra) Editorial Advisory Board: Mar9 Alves (USA)},
author = {George Bedell and Marc Brunelle and Gerard Diffloth and Marlys Mac9en and Brian Migliazza and Keralapura Nagaraja and Peter Norquest and Amara Prasithrathsint and Martha Ratliff and Sophana Srichampa and Justin Wat9ins UK},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
abstract = {Contrary to the standard view on the imperative role of language homogenization to nation-state formation, this essay examines how multilingualism is vital to nation-state formation. Approached through language ideology framewor9, this ethnographic and historical research explores everlasting politics of orthography in the ethnic Thái case in Vietnam. Corresponding to local dialects, Thái orthographies represent pre-modern political formation of Thái sub-groups (Tai Dam, Tai Don and Tai Daeng). This diversity continues to colonial and post-colonial regimes. Consequently, while the state promotes national script to facilitate nation building, Thái sub-ethnic groups negotiate to maintain their orthographies in contemporary Vietnam.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2021b,
title = {The Adversative Passive In Tai Nuea},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
abstract = {The term" adversative passive" is generally used to refer to the type of passive construction in which the subject is adversely affected; for example,/khaw4 thu: kl ma: 4 katl/2'He was bitten by a dog.'in Thai, and/boku wa Taroo ni nagurareta/XI was hit by Taroo.'in Japanese. This type of passive is commonly found in East and Southeast Asian languages. It is marked by/-are/or/-rare/in Japanese,/-hi/in Korean,/bèi/in Chinese,/bi/in Vietnamese,/traw/in Cambodian,/thy: k/in Lao, and/thurkl/in Thai.
The most prominent characteristic of this type of passive construction is the affected subject. Shibatani (1985: 837) identified" the affectedness of the subject" as a semantic property of a passive. With reference to the adversative passive, she said that in some languages" the affectedness of the Patient subject in a passive is more pronounced than the Patient object of an active sentence.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2021c,
title = {The two faces of academic language: explicit and hedging in Thai academic writing.},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
abstract = {Academic language is a registered language used in the writing of academic papers to disseminate the authors' knowledge and ideas. Past works show that the academic language has many distinctive features, including Explicitness and hedging, which are seemingly contradictory features, and interest researchers as to what forms of language are demonstrating and why academic language is needed. Must have both
1 The researcher would like to thank the Thailand Research Fund (TRF) for granting a research fund in the category of Research Group Grant (Senior Research Scholar) to the researcher, and to the researchers, thanks Professor Emeritus Dr. Pranee Kullavanich and Professor Nattawut Chai It provides valuable feedback that researchers use to improve this article.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2021d,
title = {Approach To The},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
abstract = {Based on the generalization and classification of passives in the world’s languages put forward by Givo’n (1979), Siewierska (1984), and Keenan (1990) this study recapitulates the universal types of passive. Twenty types of passive are proposed. They are grouped into ten pairs of contrastive types; namely, passive vs. ergative, true passive vs. pseudo-passive, direct vs. indirect passive, sentential vs. lexical passive, personal vs. impersonal passive, plain vs. reflexive passive, neu ral vs. adversative or favorable pas: ve, basic vs. non—basic passive, synthetic vs. periphrastic passive, passive with patient subject vs. passive with non—patient subject. },
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2021,
title = {Chineseness and Cantonese tones in post-1997 Hong Kong},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {76},
pages = {58-68},
abstract = {This article explores the ideological selection of linguistic features as emblems. Building on the notion of raciolinguistic enregisterment, it examines why the Cantonese tone system, rather than some other linguistic feature, has lately transformed into an emblem of the Han race, Chineseness, and Hongkongers. Three characteristics of Cantonese tones facilitate this transformation: their multifaceted nature, their indexical expansiveness, and the ‘storiability’ of their indexical meanings. The indexical linkages that Cantonese tones evoke fit into a myth of Cantonese superiority, which speaks to many Hongkongers' anxiety resulting from the recent rise of mainland China and the concomitant decline of their city.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2021bb,
title = {Complicating raciolinguistics: Language, Chineseness, and the Sinophone},
author = {Andrew Wong and Hsi-Yao Su and Mie Hiramoto},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {76},
pages = {131-135},
abstract = {This special issue explores the contested notion of Chineseness through an examination of the language ideologies and practices of those who are arguably on its margins. The six ethnographic cases presented in this issue not only shed light on how language mediates the relationship between race, ethnicity, and nationality, but also reveal the myriad ways in which ideologies of language, race, and nation work together to produce a variety of racial and ethnic subject positions. Expanding the scope of raciolinguistics, they demonstrate why we cannot lose sight of China and Chineseness when studying the relations between language, race, and ethnicity.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2021bb,
title = {Complicating raciolinguistics: Language, Chineseness, and the Sinophone},
author = {Andrew Wong and Hsi-Yao Su and Mie Hiramoto},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {76},
pages = {131-135},
abstract = {This special issue explores the contested notion of Chineseness through an examination of the language ideologies and practices of those who are arguably on its margins. The six ethnographic cases presented in this issue not only shed light on how language mediates the relationship between race, ethnicity, and nationality, but also reveal the myriad ways in which ideologies of language, race, and nation work together to produce a variety of racial and ethnic subject positions. Expanding the scope of raciolinguistics, they demonstrate why we cannot lose sight of China and Chineseness when studying the relations between language, race, and ethnicity.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2021bb,
title = {Complicating raciolinguistics: Language, Chineseness, and the Sinophone},
author = {Andrew Wong and Hsi-Yao Su and Mie Hiramoto},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {76},
pages = {131-135},
abstract = {This special issue explores the contested notion of Chineseness through an examination of the language ideologies and practices of those who are arguably on its margins. The six ethnographic cases presented in this issue not only shed light on how language mediates the relationship between race, ethnicity, and nationality, but also reveal the myriad ways in which ideologies of language, race, and nation work together to produce a variety of racial and ethnic subject positions. Expanding the scope of raciolinguistics, they demonstrate why we cannot lose sight of China and Chineseness when studying the relations between language, race, and ethnicity.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2021bb,
title = {Complicating raciolinguistics: Language, Chineseness, and the Sinophone},
author = {Andrew Wong and Hsi-Yao Su and Mie Hiramoto},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {76},
pages = {131-135},
abstract = {This special issue explores the contested notion of Chineseness through an examination of the language ideologies and practices of those who are arguably on its margins. The six ethnographic cases presented in this issue not only shed light on how language mediates the relationship between race, ethnicity, and nationality, but also reveal the myriad ways in which ideologies of language, race, and nation work together to produce a variety of racial and ethnic subject positions. Expanding the scope of raciolinguistics, they demonstrate why we cannot lose sight of China and Chineseness when studying the relations between language, race, and ethnicity.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2021bb,
title = {Complicating raciolinguistics: Language, Chineseness, and the Sinophone},
author = {Andrew Wong and Hsi-Yao Su and Mie Hiramoto},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1016/j.langcom.2020.11.005},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {76},
pages = {131-135},
abstract = {This special issue explores the contested notion of Chineseness through an examination of the language ideologies and practices of those who are arguably on its margins. The six ethnographic cases presented in this issue not only shed light on how language mediates the relationship between race, ethnicity, and nationality, but also reveal the myriad ways in which ideologies of language, race, and nation work together to produce a variety of racial and ethnic subject positions. Expanding the scope of raciolinguistics, they demonstrate why we cannot lose sight of China and Chineseness when studying the relations between language, race, and ethnicity.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2021bb,
title = {Complicating raciolinguistics: Language, Chineseness, and the Sinophone},
author = {Andrew Wong and Hsi-Yao Su and Mie Hiramoto},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1016/j.langcom.2020.11.005},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {76},
pages = {131-135},
abstract = {This special issue explores the contested notion of Chineseness through an examination of the language ideologies and practices of those who are arguably on its margins. The six ethnographic cases presented in this issue not only shed light on how language mediates the relationship between race, ethnicity, and nationality, but also reveal the myriad ways in which ideologies of language, race, and nation work together to produce a variety of racial and ethnic subject positions. Expanding the scope of raciolinguistics, they demonstrate why we cannot lose sight of China and Chineseness when studying the relations between language, race, and ethnicity.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2021bb,
title = {Complicating raciolinguistics: Language, Chineseness, and the Sinophone},
author = {Andrew Wong and Hsi-Yao Su and Mie Hiramoto},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1016/j.langcom.2020.11.005},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {76},
pages = {131-135},
abstract = {This special issue explores the contested notion of Chineseness through an examination of the language ideologies and practices of those who are arguably on its margins. The six ethnographic cases presented in this issue not only shed light on how language mediates the relationship between race, ethnicity, and nationality, but also reveal the myriad ways in which ideologies of language, race, and nation work together to produce a variety of racial and ethnic subject positions. Expanding the scope of raciolinguistics, they demonstrate why we cannot lose sight of China and Chineseness when studying the relations between language, race, and ethnicity.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2021bb,
title = {Complicating raciolinguistics: Language, Chineseness, and the Sinophone},
author = {Andrew Wong and Hsi-Yao Su and Mie Hiramoto},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1016/j.langcom.2020.11.005},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {76},
pages = {131-135},
abstract = {This special issue explores the contested notion of Chineseness through an examination of the language ideologies and practices of those who are arguably on its margins. The six ethnographic cases presented in this issue not only shed light on how language mediates the relationship between race, ethnicity, and nationality, but also reveal the myriad ways in which ideologies of language, race, and nation work together to produce a variety of racial and ethnic subject positions. Expanding the scope of raciolinguistics, they demonstrate why we cannot lose sight of China and Chineseness when studying the relations between language, race, and ethnicity.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2021bb,
title = {Complicating raciolinguistics: Language, Chineseness, and the Sinophone},
author = {Andrew Wong and Hsi-Yao Su and Mie Hiramoto},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1016/j.langcom.2020.11.005},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {76},
pages = {131-135},
abstract = {This special issue explores the contested notion of Chineseness through an examination of the language ideologies and practices of those who are arguably on its margins. The six ethnographic cases presented in this issue not only shed light on how language mediates the relationship between race, ethnicity, and nationality, but also reveal the myriad ways in which ideologies of language, race, and nation work together to produce a variety of racial and ethnic subject positions. Expanding the scope of raciolinguistics, they demonstrate why we cannot lose sight of China and Chineseness when studying the relations between language, race, and ethnicity.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2021b,
title = {Downdrift, downstep, and declination},
author = {Bruce Connell},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
journal = { Typology of African prosodic systems},
abstract = {One common means of typologizing tone languages is according to their characteristics of pitch realization. In this paper I look at a set of these that has frequently been used in discussing the typology of tone languages in West Africa – the phonological and phonetic aspects of tone realization which have been grouped together as 'downtrends'. In particular, I look at the three different downtrends mentioned in the title of this paper, downdrift, downstep, and declination. A review of the literature reveals a conflict in the use of these terms – or in identifying what has been designated by them – in that the same term has been used to refer to different phenomena, or different terms to one and the same phenomenon. This may be problematic in that it may lead to the formulation of inappropriate research questions, and thence to questionable theoretical conclusions. This paper presents instrumental data from a number of different West African languages to illustrate the nature of the problem and then offers a solution. Clarification of this issue sheds new light on the question of which aspects of pitch realization are local and which are global phenomena.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2021bb,
title = {The influence of tone on intrinsic vowel pitch in Mambila and Dschang},
author = {Bruce Connell and Steven Bird},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2021bb,
title = {Realizational Differences between Questions and Statements in Defaka},
author = {Bruce Connell and Akinbiyi Akinlabi and Will Bennett and Inoma Essien and Ozo-Mekuri Ndimele and Ebitare Obikudo},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2021bb,
title = {Two Subject Asymmetries in Defaka Focus Constructions},
author = {Bruce Connell and Wm G Bennett and Akinbiyi Akinlabi
},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2021bb,
title = {Variation in the Acoustic Structure of Defaka Vowels},
author = {Bruce Connell and Akinbiyi Akinlabi and Will Bennett
},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
journal = {Documenting Defaka and Nkoroo},
abstract = {Def!k! b!ck"round rese!rch on Def!k! phonetics!nd phonolo"y competin " views on the role of [ATR] in Def!k!!coustic me!sures of [ATR]!coustic structure of Def!k! vowels the role of [ATR] in Def!k!? – methodolo"y; results; discussion summ!ry,!coustic structure of Def!k! vowels some "ener!l observ!tions – loss of [ATR] – v!ri!tion!nd l!n"u!"e contr!ctionDef!k! b!ck"round Def!k! spoken in one w!rd of Nkoroo town in SE.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Baider2021bb,
title = {Enseigner 27 langues mais combien de cultures?},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Freiderikos Valetopoulos and Tatiana Shiamma},
isbn = {978-2-36424-008-7},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
pages = {191-202},
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de Valenciennes},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Baider2021bb,
title = {Joan W. Scott (2005): Parité ! L'universel et la différence des sexes},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.2307/40620380},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
journal = {Nouvelles Questions Feministes},
volume = {26},
number = {3},
pages = {138-141},
abstract = {NQF Vol. 26, No 3/2007 | 139. being the only one capable of sublimating sex. Until the year 2000, the motto liberty, equality, fraternity would have been reduced to the word fraternity in the political world. In fact, political brotherhoods, characterized by elitism (mainly privileged individuals graduated from the ENA - National School of Administration) and by sexism (the majority of elected officials are men), monopolize positions of power when they are supposed to represent in an abstract and universal way all the citizens of the nation. This crisis of representation is therefore that of the principle of republican universalism as it was established during the French Revolution, the particular features of the brotherhoods having become the general criteria of representation: anyone who is a citizen who wants to be elected should be a white male who graduated from ENA. Women.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Gasparini2021b,
title = {Semantically unmarked clause linking in Mehri: the use of wǝ},
author = {Fabio Gasparini},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.2.29568.46088},
year  = {2021},
date = {2021-01-01},
abstract = {This paper aims to investigate a pervasive type of clause linking in Mehri: the paratactic conjunction through the semantically bleached connective wǝ-. This research stems mainly from the reading of Isaksson & al. (2009), where a careful examination of the concept of Circumstantial Qualifiers is given. A Circumstantial Qualifier is "an enhancing [i.e. supporting] clause that lacks explicit semantic marking as to its relation to the head" (Isaksson et al. 2009:4). Syntactic studies concerning the Modern South Arabian languages (henceforth MSAL) in general are far from abundant: it is hoped that this paper will foster scholarly interest on the subject. This study, conducted on the basis of Rubin's (2018) edition of Johnstone's Mehri texts is intended to serve as a first step towards a better comprehension of unmarked clause linking in this language. Attention will be given to cross-linguistic categories in order to provide a solid typological approach.},
keywords = {Fabio Gasparini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Appel2020,
title = {Introduction: Temporality, Politics, and the Promise of Infrastructure},
author = {Hannah Appel and Nikhil Anand and Akhil Gupta},
doi = {10.1515/9781478002031-002},
isbn = {9781478002031},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-12-31},
pages = {pp.1-38},
chapter = {The Promise of Infrastructure},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pia2020c,
title = {An Act of Love: Open Access Manifesto for Freedom, Integrity, and Creativity in the Humanities and Interpretive Social Sciences},
author = {Andrea E. Pia and Simon Batterbury and Agnieszka Joniak-Lüthi and Marcel LaFlamme and Gerda Wielander and Filippo M Zerilli and Sevasti-Melissa Nolas and Jon Schubert and Nicholas Loubere and Ivan Franceschini and Casey Walsh and Agathe Mora and Christos Varvantakis},
doi = {10.21428/6ffd8432.a7503356},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-12-31},
urldate = {2020-12-31},
journal = {Commonplace},
volume = {9},
number = {2},
pages = {7-16},
abstract = {Over the next decade, Open Access (OA) is likely to become the default in scholarly publishing. Yet, as commercial publishers develop new models for capturing revenue (and as policy initiatives like Plan S remain reluctant to challenge their centrality), researchers, librarians, and other concerned observers are beginning to articulate a set of values that critically engages the industry-driven project of broadening access to specialist scholarship. While alternative genealogies exist, conversations about OA in the Global North have largely been concerned with the model of the STEM disciplines, lately shifting to focus on the development of infrastructural fixes that transcend traditional journal formats and enforce the openness of research data and protocols. There has been far less discussion about the political implications of labour and value in OA, particularly as they relate to the defence of what we perceive as increasingly imperiled principles of academic freedom, integrity, and creativity. The undersigned are a group of scholar-publishers based in the humanities and social sciences who are questioning the fairness and scientific tenability of a system of scholarly communication dominated by large commercial publishers. With this manifesto we wish to repoliticise Open Access to challenge existing rapacious practices in academic publishing—namely, often invisible and unremunerated labour, toxic hierarchies of academic prestige, and a bureaucratic ethos that stifles experimentation—and to bear witness to the indifference they are predicated upon. In this manifesto we mobilise an extended notion of research output, which encompasses the work of building and maintaining the systems, processes, and relations of production that make scholarship possible. We believe that the humanities and social sciences are too often disengaged from the public and material afterlives of their scholarship. We worry that our fields are sleepwalking into a new phase of control and capitalisation, to include continued corporate extraction of value and transparency requirements designed by managers, entrepreneurs, and politicians.},
keywords = {Andrea E. Pia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Garcia2020,
title = {One. The Elegiac Addict},
author = {Angela Garcia},
doi = {10.1515/9780822395874-003},
isbn = {9780822395874},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-12-31},
urldate = {2020-12-31},
pages = {36-60},
publisher = {Duke University Press},
keywords = {Angela Garcia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Garcia2020b,
title = {The Ambivalent Archive ANGELA GARCIA},
author = {Angela Garcia},
doi = {10.1515/9780822373261-004},
isbn = {9780822373261},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-12-31},
urldate = {2020-12-31},
pages = {29-44},
publisher = {uke University Press},
keywords = {Angela Garcia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pham2020b,
title = {Poetry Translation from a Tonal Language (Vietnamese) to a Non-Tonal Language},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-12-30},
journal = {Delos: A Journal of Translation and World Literature},
volume = {35},
number = {2},
pages = {128–140-128–140},
abstract = {In this essay, as a bilingual speaker as well as a poet and linguist, I will share some issues involved in the translation of a bilingual collection of poems by Andrea Hoa Pham and Lola Haskins, published by Danang Publishing House. The collection includes twenty Vietnamese poems originally written in Vietnamese by Pham, and twenty written in English by Haskins; each original poem is accompanied by a translated version. In the process, I translated Haskins’s poems into Vietnamese. For my original Vietnamese poems, I translated them into English, and Haskins adapted the English versions as an American poet and native speaker of English. Over several meetings, we discussed the deep meanings behind the text, line by line, written by the other, although without discussing the sound of the languages or reading them aloud to each other.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Fina2020b,
title = {De Fina Pre print Doing Narrative Analysis from a narratives as practices perspective .docx},
author = {Anna De Fina},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-12-22},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Katan2020,
title = {Cultural Approaches to Translation},
author = {David Katan},
doi = {10.1002/9781405198431.wbeal0293.pub2},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-12-22},
pages = {1-9},
abstract = {This entry discusses how culture impinges on the reading and the understanding of texts. It investigates the idea that culture is a manifestation of difference, and proposes four approaches for the translator, expanding on Schleiermacher's classic idea of translation as leaving the writer in peace by moving the reader to the writer or vice versa. The characteristics, strengths, and weaknesses of each approach are illustrated. The first suggestion is “translating from cultures.” This is an anthropological approach overtly framing the text within its context through thick translation. The second main approach, “translating for cultures,” closely follows Schleiermacher. The approach is divided into two parts, depending on whether the translator wishes to highlight or reduce the difference. Highlighting difference is favored by cultural studies scholars to protect vulnerable groups and difference itself; while reducing difference, favored by linguists, aims to reduce barriers to the text. The final approach, “translating between cultures,” is an intercultural approach, which accepts that the reader's “cultural filter” will always distort and otherwise affect reading of the translation. In all cases, it is necessary to construct the model or ideal reader, as it is through imagining the reader that the most appropriate approach can be ascertained.},
keywords = {David Katan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gürsu2020,
title = {‘We Asked 3,601 People’: A Nationwide Public Opinion Poll on Attitudes Towards Archaeology and Archaeological Assets in Turkey},
author = {Işılay Gürsu and Gül Pulhan and Lutgarde Vandeput},
doi = {10.1080/14655187.2020.1824156},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-12-16},
urldate = {2020-12-16},
journal = {Public Archaeology},
volume = {18},
issue = {2},
pages = {1-28},
abstract = {The Safeguarding Archaeological Assets of Turkey (SARAT) project is aimed at increasing knowledge, capacity, and awareness for the better protection and appreciation of Turkey’s archaeological assets. Within the scope of SARAT, a nationwide public opinion poll for mapping the relationship between archaeology and society in Turkey was designed and conducted. The fieldwork was carried out on 12–13 May 2018 across 103 districts of 29 Turkish provinces. Structured questionnaires were administered to 3,601 individuals above the age of 18 by employing face-to-face interview methodology. The results shed light on various aspects of the relationships between a community as diverse, dynamic, and populated as Turkey’s, and archaeology and archaeological assets located in this country. They have also been put into use as guidelines for designing various activities of the project that seek to increase public appreciation and awareness of archaeological assets. These activities include workshops with journalists on informed and accurate archaeological reporting, an online certificate programme for safeguarding and rescuing archaeological assets, workshops on Archaeology in Local Contexts as well as social media campaigns.},
keywords = {Işılay Gürsu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gürsu2020b,
title = {A happy ending: a brief look at the outcomes of the SARAT project},
author = {Işılay Gürsu and Gül Pulhan and Lutgarde Vandeput
},
doi = {10.18866/biaa2020.04},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-12-15},
urldate = {2020-12-15},
journal = {Heritage Turkey},
volume = {10},
pages = {6-8},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gürsu2020c,
title = {A happy ending: a brief look at the outcomes of the SARAT project},
author = {Işılay Gürsu and Gül Pulhan and Lutgarde Vandeput},
doi = {10.18866/biaa2020.04},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-12-15},
urldate = {2020-12-15},
journal = {Heritage Turkey},
volume = {10},
pages = {6-8},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Michaud2020,
title = {User-friendly automatic transcription of low-resource languages: Plugging ESPnet into Elpis},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Oliver Adams and Benjamin Galliot and Guillaume Wisniewski and Nicholas Lambourne and Ben Foley and Rahasya Sanders-Dwyer and Janet Wiles and Séverine Guillaume and Laurent Besacier and Christopher Cox and Katya Aplonova and Guillaume Jacques and Nathan W. Hill},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.33011/computel.v1i.969},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-12-15},
volume = {1},
publisher = {Proceedings of the 4th Workshop on Computational Methods for Endangered Languages},
abstract = {This paper reports on progress integrating the speech recognition toolkit ESPnet into Elpis, a web front-end originally designed to provide access to the Kaldi automatic speech recognition toolkit. The goal of this work is to make end-to-end speech recognition models available to language workers via a user-friendly graphical interface. Encouraging results are reported on (i) development of an ESPnet recipe for use in Elpis, with preliminary results on data sets previously used for training acoustic models with the Persephone toolkit along with a new data set that had not previously been used in speech recognition, and (ii) incorporating ESPnet into Elpis along with UI enhancements and a CUDA-supported Dockerfile.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Deumert2020,
title = {Another Populism Is Possible: Popular Politics and the Anticolonial Struggle},
author = {Ana Deumert and Nkululeko Mabandla},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-030-55038-7_16},
isbn = {978-3-030-55037-0},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-12-12},
pages = {433-460},
publisher = {Ana Deumert},
abstract = {In this chapter the authors move away from pejorative and derogatory definitions of populism that have shaped media reporting and scholarly debate from the 1950s onwards. Their argument is grounded in the anticolonial and decolonial struggle for liberation and freedom, a struggle that would not have been successful without the political participation of “the people”. The argument—which seeks to recover the “radical history” of populism (Venizelos in Jacobin, 2019)—is chronotopic, across time and space, considering the South African struggle for liberation within a wider—pan-African—continental context, a context which, in turn, is embedded in the global south more broadly.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Keating2020,
title = {Language Purism and American Sign Language},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
isbn = {9783819606489},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-12-07},
urldate = {2020-12-07},
pages = {349-365},
publisher = {Brockmeyer},
abstract = {Cultural beliefs in the possibility and value of maintaining a "pure" language in the face of contaminating influences from "outside" are common to many language communities. These ideas span a wide range from an association with particular local political projects to an association with generalized theories of morality, and from a focus on a single individual's identity to a focus on the state of a society as a whole. Purism discourses relate past and present, reorganizing historical relationships and legitimizing some voices over others. In this paper I discuss the following aspects of language purism as they emerge in the space between Deaf and hearing communities in the U.S. and elsewhere: contact between signed and spoken languages, the role of education, and the role of art.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Gasparini2020,
title = {Water and culture among the MSAL-speaking people of Dhofar},
author = {Fabio Gasparini and Al-Mahri Saeed},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-12-03},
abstract = {In recent years, the topic of water has become more and more central to landscape and environmental studies. Water is indeed essential to human survival and its management is of critical importance for every human group. This chapter will examine the relationship between the indigenous MSAL-speaking people of Dhofar and water from both an anthropological and a linguistic point of view. The linguistic coding of water sources and traditional strategies for water fetching will be discussed in order to show the profound entanglement between culture and environment. Furthermore, the poetic use of water-related images among different people of Arabia will be examined in order to further investigate related cultural and social aspects},
keywords = {Fabio Gasparini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@misc{Snowden2020,
title = {Comment is NOT free: Below the line comment management in Australian online news sites},
author = {Collette Snowden and Catherine Son},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-12-02},
abstract = {Many digital news media sites allow and encourage readers to comment on news stories. In the early period of digital media diffusion this function was considered to be a development that enabled direct and immediate interaction between news organisations, journalists and their audiences. However, over time the management of the ‘below the line’ comments on news sites has changed significantly and adapted to new technological affordances and increased audience participation. Initial reader comment access that was free and unfiltered has gradually become more complex and more constrained. This presentation assesses the processes and practices of below the line content management in five Australian digital news sites and compares current practices to those identified in a study in 2014, as well as with current practices on other online news sites. The findings from this assessment are discussed in relation to theories that examine news media and media audience interaction, concepts of free speech, and the agenda setting role of news media.},
keywords = {Collette Snowden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {presentation}
}
@article{Dong2020,
title = {If the Coronavirus Doesn’t Scare You, the Banners Will—A Case Study of Early COVID-19 Banners},
author = {Hongjie Dong and Zhou Minli and Dewei Che and Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.3390/ijerph17249595},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-12-01},
pages = {19},
abstract = {As a crucial element of China’s political and cultural life, “banners,” or biāoyǔ, have been around for decades, in support of national-level policies such as family planning and the governing mottos of Presidents. The banners that have emerged during the Covid-19 pandemic which was also the subject of a national-level driven policy, have been involved in a nation-wide public debate over the language styles of banners used to urge people to stay indoors. Based on the analysis of the early COVID-19 banners and the related online comments, this article analyzes the language style patterns of the banners and the mode of banner circulation. The study found that the manner in which the banners are circulated goes beyond a unidirectional path of on-site instant communication. This process is facilitated by social networks and mass media, which, during circulation, twice created a banner upgrade. The upgrades created decontextualization and function extension of the banners, whereas audience feedback triggered an adaptive adjustment of the language style of the banners. This article suggests that the study of the use and spread of banners, especially the early COVID-19 banners, sheds light on the study of mass communication and discourse style, and also how measures to contain pandemics such as COVID-19 can be communicated.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ghosh2020,
title = {The Role of Alcohol Consumption on Acetaminophen Induced Liver Injury: Implications from A Mathematical Model},
author = {Aditi Ghosh and Isaac Berger and Christopher H. Remien and Anuj Mubayi},
doi = {10.1016/j.jtbi.2020.110559},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-12-01},
journal = {Journal of Theoretical Biology},
volume = {519},
number = {2},
abstract = {Acetaminophen (APAP) overdose is one of the predominant causes of drug induced acute liver injury in the U.S and U.K. Clinical studies show that ingestion of alcohol may increase the risk of APAP induced liver injury. Chronic alcoholism may potentiate APAP hepatotoxicity and this increased risk of APAP toxicity is observed when APAP is ingested even shortly after alcohol is cleared from the body. However, clinical reports also suggest that acute alcohol consumption may have a protective effect against hepatotoxicity by inhibiting microsomal acetaminophen oxidation and thereby reducing N-acetyl-p-benzoquinone imine (NAPQI) production. The aim of this study is to model this dual role of alcohol to determine how the timing of alcohol ingestion affects APAP metabolism and resulting liver injury and identify mechanisms of APAP induced liver injury. The mathematical model is developed to capture condition of a patient of single time APAP overdose who may be an acute or chronic alcohol user. The analysis suggests that the risk of APAP-induced hepatotoxicity is increased if APAP is ingested shortly after alcohol is cleared from the body in chronic alcohol users. A protective effect of acute consumption of alcohol is also observed in patients with APAP overdose. For example, simultaneous ingestion of alcohol and APAP overdose or alcohol intake after or before few hours of APAP overdose may result in less APAP-induced hepatotoxicity when compared to a single time APAP overdose. The rate of hepatocyte damage in APAP overdose patients depends on trade-off between induction and inhibition of CYP enzyme.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Deumert2020b,
title = {Introduction: Colonial linguistics—then and nowColonial linguistics—then and now},
author = {Ana Deumert and Anne Storch},
doi = {10.1093/oso/9780198793205.003.0001},
isbn = {9780198793205},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-11-30},
pages = {1-22},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {Debates about the legacy of colonialism in the academy are not new. In linguistics, however, critiquing and interrogating the history of the discipline and its status as being part of the practices and epistemes of colonialism, which continue into the here-and-now, have only been carried out reluctantly. This chapter introduces the reader to key themes in critical research on the historical foundations of linguistics. It is concerned with the contexts in which data has been and is produced, the ways in which analysis is carried out, and how expert knowledge is formed.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Andaya2020,
title = {Bringing the Gender History of Early Modern Southeast Asia into Global Conversations},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1002/9781119535812.ch19},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-11-27},
pages = {319-334},
abstract = {Expanding interest in transgender history has encouraged comparative discussion that has drawn the Southeast Asian examples into global overviews. Tracking the extent to which widening global engagement interacted with local cultures to shape gender relations in Southeast Asia reminds us that “traditional” life was constantly evolving. It can be argued that local cultures displayed a resilience that allowed for selective adoption and adaptation and the localization of incoming influences. Much of this resilience can be tracked through an examination of gender roles in relation to religious change. Because of the value of women in the rituals and economy of Southeast Asian communities, the birth of a girl was rarely a disappointment. Increasingly, the more lucrative aspects of the pepper trade fell into male hands, both local and foreign, with women relegated to tasks such as weeding, sifting, and bagging.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Vaux2020,
title = {English Phonology and Morphology},
author = {Bert Vaux and Samuel K. Ahmed and Samuel Andersson and Bas Aarts and April McMahon and Lars Hinrichs},
doi = {10.1002/9781119540618.ch18},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-11-27},
urldate = {2020-11-27},
pages = {345 - 364},
abstract = {We illustrate the complexity and interest of English phonology and morphology through two case studies: the phonological and morphological behavior of sibilant suffixes, and the aspiration of voiceless obstruents. We focus on documenting individual variation in these areas and examining theoretical proposals that have been advanced to account for the attested range of variation that is found, highlighting cases where the data connect to larger issues in phonological and morphological theories.},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2020,
title = {Theory of Mind, Executive Functions, and Syntax in Bilingual Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Andreou and Stephanie Durrleman and Eleni Peristeri},
doi = {10.3390/languages5040067},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-11-25},
urldate = {2020-11-25},
journal = {Languages},
volume = {5},
number = {4},
pages = {67},
abstract = {Impairments in Theory of Mind (ToM) are a core feature of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). ToM may be enhanced by various factors, including bilingualism, executive functions (EF), and complex syntax. This work investigates the language-cognition interface in ASD by exploring whether ToM can be enhanced by bilingualism, whether such ToM boosts would be due to EF or syntax, and whether routes to mentalizing would differ between bilinguals and monolinguals on the spectrum. Twenty-seven monolingual Greek-speaking and twenty-nine bilingual Albanian-Greek children with ASD were tested on ToM reasoning in verbal and low-verbal ToM tasks, an executive function 2-back task, and a sentence repetition task. Results revealed that bilingual children with ASD performed better than monolinguals with ASD in the low-verbal ToM and the 2-back tasks. In the sentence repetition task, bilinguals scored higher than monolinguals in complex sentences, and specifically in adverbials and relatives. Regarding the relations between ToM, EF, and sentence repetition, the monolingual group’s performance in the verbal ToM tasks was associated with complement syntax, whereas, for the bilingual children with ASD, performance in both verbal and low-verbal ToM tasks was associated with EF and adverbial clause repetition. The overall pattern of results suggests that mentalizing may follow distinct pathways across the two groups.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Tsimpli2020b,
title = {Reference use and attention shifting abilities in children with Autism Spectrum Disorders and Specific Language Impairment},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-11-24},
urldate = {2020-11-24},
pages = {207-237},
abstract = {Our study investigates the use of character reference and the attention shifting abilities of Greek-speaking children with Autism Spectrum Disorders and Specific Language Impairment. Effects of ASD and SLI on reference use were examined in an oral retelling task in which characters needed to be suitably introduced, maintained and reintroduced, while attention shifting abilities were tested though a non-verbal Global-Local task that examined group differences in attentional control under conditions of alternating shifts of attention to global and local stimuli. The results indicated that children with ASD produced considerably more underspecified referential forms than the children with SLI and typically-developing children in both Introduction and Reintroduction, while children with SLI tended to produce more overspecified forms than the rest of the groups when maintaining characters. Also, the Global-Local task revealed increased global and local switch costs for the children with ASD and SLI, respectively. The overall findings indicate that the process of using appropriate referential forms for introducing, maintaining and reintroducing characters was different across children with ASD and SLI, and most importantly, that it was influenced by distinct deficits in the two groups’ attentional mechanisms.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@misc{Piller2020d,
title = {How to teach TESOL ethically in an English-dominant world},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-11-19},
urldate = {2020-11-19},
abstract = {One of the thrusts of my research has been a critical examination of the social consequences of the global spread of English.
},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@phdthesis{Evers2020c,
title = {Cementing the Boundaries of Frenchness: Race/Ethnicity and Belonging in a Non-Color-Blind French Republic},
author = {Cécile Anne Marguerite Evers},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-11-19},
urldate = {2020-11-19},
abstract = {France is often portrayed as a case of color-blind civic ‘assimilation’ despite a shift to ‘integration’ since the 1980s. However, the creation of institutions such as the High Council for Integration (1989-2013) and the first ever census-based survey on the assimilation of immigrants and their France-born children (Mobilité géographique et insertion sociale, Tribalat 1993) signaled starting from the 1990s the foregrounding of cultural differentiation in public life and the promotion of ethnic origin as a framework and primary principle of classification (Bertaux 2016:1496). In this process, integration came to be perceived as a one-way ticket for ‘ethnic Others of foreign descent’ to embrace the cultural values and institutions of a purportedly homogeneous ‘non-ethnic’ core of Français de souche (‘French of French stock’). Papers in this panel argue that race/ethnic relations in France today have inherited this ideology. They show that audible characteristics of local French, a shared linguistic heritage in Marseilles, are dismissed in the speech of working-class youth (Evers), historically attested pronunciation features are recast as multiethnic innovations in working-class Parisian French (Fagyal), years of ‘banlieue literature’ addressing the themes of race and citizenship have suffered from distorted representations in the media (Horvath), and entire segments of the French population now consider themselves Citizen Outsiders for whom the cultural characteristics of the ‘uniform whiteness’ of the Français de souche remain largely alien (Beaman). The panel casts light on the utopia of a color-blind French Republic that, in its efforts at treating citizens equally before the law, makes it impossible for them to belong.  },
keywords = {Cécile Anne Marguerite Evers},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {phdthesis}
}
@inbook{Essegbey2020,
title = {Moving into and out of Sranan: Multiple effects of contact},
author = {James Essegbey and Adrienne Bruyn},
doi = {10.1075/coll.57.01ess},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-11-15},
urldate = {2020-11-15},
pages = {37–60},
publisher = {John Benjamins publishing Company},
abstract = {In Sranan, a creole language of Suriname, motion in and out of locations is expressed differently from English, its primary lexifier language. Talmy (2000), among others, has shown that the expression of motion in English involves a verb that indicates the Manner of movement, e.g., walk, and, where relevant, a satellite that expresses Path, e.g., into or out of. In Sranan, by contrast, both Manner and Path are expressed by the verb, which may be part of a serial verb construction, such as go and kmopo in (ia) and (ib), respectively. 

We argue that influence from the West-African Gbe languages that were part of the substrate in the early history of Sranan may account for the typological make-up of Sranan regarding the expression of movement. Recently, speakers have begun to use the Dutch preposition uit ‘out’ in Sranan to express moving out. This is related to a more general trend whereby simple locative prepositions have become possible in Sranan, whereas from around 1700 to the mid-20th century, the only simple locative preposition was (n)a. The recent developments imply that in this respect Sranan is moving away from its original state in which it is typologically closer to the Gbe languages, to become more like Dutch and English.},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Stanlaw2020,
title = {Language and social justice},
author = {James M. Stanlaw and Ingrid Piller},
editor = {James M. Stanlaw },
isbn = {9781118786093},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-11-09},
urldate = {2020-11-09},
publisher = {The International Encyclopedia of Linguistic Anthropology},
abstract = {Social justice is the overcoming of injustice. Linguistic injustice manifests as linguistic subordination and as the restriction of access to social goods through language. Linguistic subordination is based in the fact of linguistic diversity and means that some linguistic repertoires and their speakers are denied parity of recognition. Restriction of access to social goods such as education, employment, healthcare, or welfare works through institutions. Institutions tend to operate relatively rigid language regimes that place a double burden on those whose linguistic repertoires deviate from those of the institution. This pattern is illustrated with reference to schools as one example. To overcome linguistic injustice, language must be recognized as a mechanism of exclusion and institutions need to be tasked with the responsibility to ensure equitable access irrespective of the linguistic background of the individual.
},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {Language and Social Justice},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
doi = {10.1002/9781118786093.iela0416},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-11-09},
urldate = {2020-11-09},
pages = {1 - 7},
abstract = {Social justice is the overcoming of injustice. Linguistic injustice manifests as linguistic subordination and as the restriction of access to social goods through language. Linguistic subordination is based in the fact of linguistic diversity and means that some linguistic repertoires and their speakers are denied parity of recognition. Restriction of access to social goods such as education, employment, healthcare, or welfare works through institutions. Institutions tend to operate relatively rigid language regimes that place a double burden on those whose linguistic repertoires deviate from those of the institution. This pattern is illustrated with reference to schools as one example. To overcome linguistic injustice, language must be recognized as a mechanism of exclusion and institutions need to be tasked with the responsibility to ensure equitable access irrespective of the linguistic background of the individual.},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2020,
title = {Person and Self},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1002/9781118786093.iela0308},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-11-09},
urldate = {2020-11-09},
pages = {1-13},
abstract = {The concepts of person(hood) and self(hood) have long been at the center of anthropological theory and ethnographic description. This entry focuses specifically on what a linguistic and semiotic perspective adds to an anthropological account.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Theodoropoulou2020,
title = {Socio-historical multilingualism and language policies in Dubai},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.4324/9780429463860-5},
isbn = {9780429463860},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-11-03},
pages = {63-80},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {The aim of this chapter is to provide an overview of the sociolinguistic research which has been and is currently being conducted in Dubai, and has been published in the English language. After providing a discussion of the mosaic of Dubai’s population, an attempt will be made to tap into the different and diverse areas of sociolinguistic research, while new directions for future research will be discussed as well. The three most important emerging strands include multilingualism, language policies, and the sociolinguistics of the Emirati dialect. After an overview of the most important research that falls under the scope of these three strands, suggestions for interdisciplinary (socio)linguistic projects will be made, which are in full alignment with the country’s attempt to become a knowledge-based economy, as is evident in the Dubai Vision 2021 and beyond.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Giles2020,
title = {Managing patient aggression during registration: in preparation of implementing Affordable Care Act (ACA) 1557 intake questions},
author = {Howard Giles and Rachyl Pines and Bernadette Watson},
doi = {10.1080/17459435.2020.1836018},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-11-02},
urldate = {2020-11-02},
journal = {Qualitative Research Reports in Communication},
pages = {1 - 10},
abstract = {Health professionals face high rates of workplace violence from patients. This study systematically informed registration staff about pre-violent behaviors and tested its impacts on staff approaches to aggression. In this study, staff were concerned that the implementation of the new patient registration questions as mandated by the Affordable Care Act 1557 would cause patients to become aggressive. Using an open-ended questionnaire, this study involved the training of 74 staff at a Central California hospital who perform patient registration, in managing potential patient aggression during the new registration process and tested the effectiveness of the training. Results suggest that trainings are successful in helping staff identify pre-violent behaviors, use newly learned de-escalation strategies, and approach patient aggression from an appropriate perspective. Communication skill trainings are useful for teaching staff to identify patient pre-violent behaviors, and improving staff attitudes and approaches toward patient aggression. Hospitals should educate staff about the causes of patient aggression, and communication strategies to de-escalate. Lastly, staff should be encouraged to make external attributions for patient aggression.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Tsimpli2020c,
title = {Syntactic Ambiguity: Meter, Rhyme and Lineation Effects},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Andromachi Tsoukala and Margreet Vogelzang},
doi = {10.33774/coe-2020-th322},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-11-02},
urldate = {2020-11-02},
abstract = {Although various factors have been considered in syntactic ambiguity research, the influence of formal textual features remains largely unexplored. Poem stimuli were designed to test whether line breaks influence the availability of preceding hosts for RC adjunction. In an online pilot reading study, we considered presentation in 5-line poem format (RC in its own verse) and in prose (RC and hosts on a single line). The prosodic features of rhyme and meter were manipulated to test whether they influence attachment decisions (by making a host more prominent) as well as whether they facilitate or impede the disambiguation process. Results: High Attachment was preferred the most while Low Attachment the least across all +/-Meter & Rhyme conditions. Stimuli were read significantly faster in their +Meter/+Rhyme version relative to the -Meter/-Rhyme condition. The combination of both these rhetorical devices led to processing delay, albeit not significant, when answering an attachment site question.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Pablé202b,
title = {Integrating linguistic relativity},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.1016/j.langcom.2020.09.003},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-11-01},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {75},
number = {4},
pages = {94-102},
abstract = {This article considers linguistic relativism and the Sapir-Whorf hypothesis from the point of view of integrational linguistics (Harris, 1998). Taking Roy Harris' scattered comments on linguistic relativity as its starting-point, this article explores to what extent integrational theory adheres itself to some form of relativism. The article then considers a second major current in philosophy of language providing an explanation of how languages relate to reality, namely surrogationalism, which Harris divides into a reocentric and a psychocentric version (Harris, 1996). While linguistic relativism of a Saussurean, Whorfian or Quinean stamp provide holistic explanations, none can satisfy the onto-epistemological needs of Science, which presupposes a reocentric approach to language. Integrationism constitutes the third position, incompatible with either linguistic determinism or surrogationalism.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan2020,
title = {Urban Women and the Transformations of Braedpraes 1 in Honiara 2},
author = {Christine Jourdan and Fabienne Labbe},
doi = {10.1002/ocea.5279},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-11-01},
journal = {Oceania},
volume = {90},
number = {3},
pages = {253-272},
abstract = {In the capital city of the Solomon Islands, brideprice is often given to formalize the marriage of young couples from the island of Malaita. For the young wife, brideprice is a reminder that she is expected to work and produce children for the lineage of her husband, an obligation that is at times strongly impressed upon her by her in‐laws. Data gathered in Honiara over the last 15 years, most recently in 2015–2016, show the emergence of a variety of patterns among Malaitan women living in Honiara regarding their productive and reproductive autonomy, and their role in brideprice. Beyond their diversity, what these data reveal, we argue, is that the interstitial cultural spaces created by the urbanization of social and economic relations afford young urban women the possibility of engaging with brideprice in a way that had not been possible until then. We demonstrate that, as members of an emerging new middle‐class, these women seek (either in agreement with their husbands, or in spite of them) to transform the meaning of brideprice: while showing respect to their in‐laws and to tradition, their goal is to gain greater control over their lives within the confines of brideprice sociality.},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Piller2020r,
title = {Sprachideologien und ihre gesellschaftlichen Konsequenzen},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-658-20285-9_49},
isbn = {978-3-658-20284-2},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-10-16},
urldate = {2020-10-16},
pages = {335-340},
abstract = {Ob gesellschaftliche Mehrsprachigkeit mit Zusammenhalt und Integration vereinbar ist oder zu Spaltung und Konflikt führt, wird vielfach kontrovers diskutiert. Manche Autor/innen verweisen auf den Balkan als Paradebeispiel für das Konfliktpotential der Mehrsprachigkeit. Andere schauen auf Länder wie die Schweiz, wo Mehrsprachigkeit und ein hohes Maß an gesellschaftlicher Kohärenz durchaus zusammengehen.},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{nokey,
title = {Comprehension skills and bilingualism effects in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Alexandra Prentza},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-10-15},
urldate = {2020-10-15},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Kirby2020,
title = {Transphonologization of voicing in Chru: Studies in production and perception},
author = {James Kirby and Tấn T. Tạ and Marc Brunelle and Dinh Lu Giang},
doi = {10.5334/labphon.278},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-10-13},
urldate = {2020-10-13},
journal = {Laboratory Phonology},
volume = {11},
issue = {1},
pages = {1-33},
abstract = {Chru, a Chamic language of south-central Vietnam, has been described as combining contrastive obstruent voicing with incipient registral properties (Fuller, 1977). A production study reveals that obstruent voicing has already become optional and that the voicing contrast has been transphonologized into a register contrast based primarily on vowel height (F1). An identification study shows that perception roughly matches production in that F1 is the main perceptual cue associated with the contrast. Structured variation in production suggests a sound change still in progress: While younger speakers largely rely on vowel height to produce the register contrast, older male speakers maintain a variety of secondary properties, including optional closure voicing. Our results shed light on the initial stages of register formation and challenge the claim that register languages must go through a stage in which breathiness or aspiration is the primary contrastive property (Haudricourt, 1965; Wayland & Jongman, 2002; Thurgood, 2002). This article also complements several recent studies about the transphonologization of voicing in typologically diverse languages (Svantesson & House, 2006; Howe, 2017; Coetzee, Beddor, Shedden, Styler, & Wissing, 2018).
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland2020,
title = {Who Profits From Global English? Reply to Hultgren},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.35360/njes.584},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-10-07},
urldate = {2020-10-07},
journal = {Nordic Journal of English Studies},
volume = {19},
number = {3},
abstract = {In my reply to Hultgren, I suggest introducing further aspects into the discussion of ‘global English’, like the question not only of ownership of a language but also of ownership and control of the communication channels, the problematic status of metaphors like ‘market’, the connection between global English and the narrowing of the base of available knowledge, the importance of a shared language, and the relevance of the ideology of globalism for discourses of global English.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2020,
title = {Linguistic recycling: The process of quoting in increasingly mediatized settings},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Lauri Haapanen},
doi = {10.1075/aila.00027.int},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-10-07},
journal = {AILA Review},
volume = {33},
number = {1},
pages = {1-20},
abstract = {AILA Review is the official journal of AILA, the International Association of Applied Linguistics. It addresses cutting-edge topics such as inter- and transdisciplinary issues in Applied Linguistics. Founded in 1989, AILA Review has always been an excellent publication platform for peer-reviewed contributions addressing socially relevant problems in which language learning, research, and practice play a key role.

Up to Volume 16, the journal was published by AILA itself. From Volume 16 onwards, AILA Review has been published by John Benjamins.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2020,
title = {Covert hate speech: A contrastive study of Greek and Greek Cypriot online discussions with an emphasis on irony},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Maria Constantinou},
doi = {10.1075/jlac.00040.bai},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-10-01},
journal = {Journal of Language Aggression and Conflict},
volume = {8},
number = {2},
pages = {262-287},
abstract = {Previous research on extremist discourse has revealed that racism is linguistically shaped by its socio-cultural context. For instance, a comparison between Greek Cypriot and Greek online data indicated that the two communities use different linguistic means and strategies to express their aversion to the Other, and that Greek comments are more overtly insulting than Greek Cypriot comments ( Baider and Constantinou 2017a ; Assimakopoulos and Baider 2019 ). The present study focuses on how irony is used to disseminate hate speech, albeit covertly. Our dataset comprises online Greek and Greek Cypriot comments posted on social media and collected during the same period of time (2015- 2016) within an EU project. We use concepts such as verisimilitude and overt untruthfulness to deconstruct ironic racist comments. We conclude that irony in both datasets fulfils three socio-pragmatic functions: it serves to insult or humiliate members of groups targeted for their ethnic identity; it creates or reinforces negative feelings against such groups; it promotes beliefs that could be used to legitimate their mistreatment. Regarding socio-cultural differences, it emerges that the use of the Greek Cypriot vernacular and the appeal to indigenous in-group social stereotypes influence the way irony shapes racist comments and reinforces in-group membership.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {forthcoming},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Fina2020bb,
title = {The Cambridge Handbook of Discourse Studies},
author = {Anna De Fina and Alexandra Georgakopoulou},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108348195},
isbn = {9781108348195},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-09-28},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {Discourse studies, the study of the ways in which language is used in texts and contexts, is a fast-moving and increasingly diverse field. With contributions from leading and upcoming scholars from across the world, and covering cutting-edge research, this handbook offers an up-to-date survey of discourse studies. It is organized according to perspectives and areas of engagement, with each chapter providing an overview of the historical development of its topic, the main current issues, debates and synergies, and future directions. The handbook presents new perspectives on well-established themes such as narrative, conversation-analytics and cognitive approaches to discourse, while also embracing a range of up-to-the-minute topics from post-humanism to digital surveillance, recent methodological orientations such as linguistic landscapes and multimodal discourse analysis, and new fields of engagement such as discourses on race, religion and money.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@misc{Piller2020e,
title = {How to write a fabulous assignment},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-09-28},
urldate = {2020-09-28},
abstract = {This lecture explains the process of writing an academic assignment in five steps: planning, orientation, structuring, drafting, and revision.
The lecture is delivered by Distinguished Professor Ingrid Piller as part of the postgraduate unit "Literacies" in Macquarie University's Applied Linguistics program.
A written version of some of the content in this lecture can be found at https://www.languageonthemove.com/wha... and a summary of the lecture also exists as a Twitter thread at https://twitter.com/Lg_on_the_Move/st...},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Graham2020,
title = {L2 Perception and Production of Japanese Lexical Pitch: A Suprasegmental Similarity Account},
author = {Calbert Graham and Tim Laméris},
doi = {10.1558/jmbs.14948},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-09-28},
urldate = {2020-09-28},
journal = {Journal of Monolingual and Bilingual Speech},
volume = {2},
number = {1},
pages = {106-136},
abstract = {Adults are known to have difficulties acquiring suprasegmental speech that involves pitch (f0) in a second language (L2) (Graham & Post, 2018; Hirata, 2015; Wang, Spence, Jongman & Sereno, 1999; Wong & Perrachione, 2007). Previous research has suggested that the perceived similarity between L1 and L2 phonology may influence how easily segmental speech is acquired, but this notion of ‘similarity’ may also apply to suprasegmental speech (So & Best, 2010; Wu, Munro & Wang, 2014). In this paper, the L2 acquisition of Japanese lexical pitch was assessed under a ‘Suprasegmental Similarity Account’, which is a theoretical framework inspired by previous models of segmental and suprasegmental speech (Best & Tyler, 2007; Flege, 1995; Mennen, 2015) to account for the L2 acquisition of word prosody. Eight adult native speak- ers of Japanese and eight adult English-native advanced learners of Japanese participated in a perception and production study of Japanese lexical pitch patterns. Both groups performed similarly in perception, but non-native speakers performed significantly worse in production, particularly for ‘unac- cented’ Low–High–High patterns. These findings are discussed in light of the ‘Suprasegmental Similarity Account’. Keywords: Japanese, lexical pitch, L2 speech learning, perception, production},
keywords = {Calbert Graham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2020b,
title = {Accommodation and nonaccommodation as predictors of instrumental caregiving intentions and expectations in grandparent-grandchild relationships},
author = {Howard Giles and Quinten Bernhold and Norah Dunbar},
doi = {10.1177/0265407520960235},
isbn = {026540752096023},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-09-23},
urldate = {2020-09-23},
journal = {Journal of Social and Personal Relationships},
volume = {38},
number = {1},
abstract = {This dyadic study examined how grandparents’ and grandchildren’s perceptions of receiving accommodation, overaccommodation, and underaccommodation were indirectly associated with grandchildren’s intentions to provide instrumental care and grandparents’ expectations that they would receive instrumental care, via both parties’ communication satisfaction. For grandchildren, a series of indirect associations emerged: Grandchildren’s perceptions of receiving accommodation positively predicted grandchildren’s communication satisfaction; grandchildren’s perceptions of receiving overaccommodation and underaccommodation negatively predicted grandchildren’s communication satisfaction. Grandchildren’s communication satisfaction then positively predicted grandchildren’s intentions to provide instrumental care. In contrast, no indirect associations emerged involving the grandparent versions of the variables. Rather, for grandparents, a direct association was observed: Grandparents’ perceptions of receiving accommodation directly and positively predicted grandparents’ expectations to receive instrumental care. This discrepancy in results (indirect associations for grandchildren, a direct association for grandparents) is discussed in terms of the mediating mechanism phase of communication accommodation theory scholarship.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Chiaro2020,
title = {Humour translation in the digital age},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.4324/9780429316081-2},
isbn = {9780429316081},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-09-23},
pages = {10-30},
publisher = {Humour Translation in the Age of Multimedia},
abstract = {Smart technology has simplified communication between people around the world in a way that would have been unimaginable even as recently as recently as 2010. A consequence of this newly found ease of communication between speakers of different languages, who are separated only by a keyboard and a screen, has led to the strengthening of the role of English as a common and international language. It therefore follows that many instances of humour online appear to originate in English. In fact, the prominence and social standing of English today makes it the primary language of online humour by default. Internet memes, which seem to have overtaken traditional jokes as humorous tropes in everyday interaction, mostly come from Western sources, or more precisely from templates based on fragments of US culture. It thus follows that more English humour undergoes translation into other languages, and therefore goes viral, than vice versa. It is unusual for humour from other languages/cultures to go viral when the sources of global humour epidemics are principally disseminated from English language sources. The verbal and cultural options upon which online humour is created are identical to those that exist in the real world and so are translational strategies. There is no reason not to translate humour in languages other than English, but at present there does not appear to be the will to do so.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Weinberg2020,
title = {Freedom and addiction in four discursive registers: A comparative historical study of values in addiction science},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
doi = {10.1177/0952695120945962},
isbn = {095269512094596},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-09-22},
urldate = {2020-09-22},
journal = {History of the Human Sciences},
volume = {34},
number = {5},
pages = {25-48},
abstract = {Mainstream addiction science is today widely marked by an antinomy between a neurologically determinist understanding of the human brain ‘hijacked’ by the biochemical allure of intoxicants and a liberal voluntarist conception of drug use as a free exercise of choice. Prominent defenders of both discourses strive, ultimately without complete success, to provide accounts that are both universal and value-neutral. This has resulted in a variety of conceptual problems and has undermined the utility of such research for those who seek to therapeutically care for people presumed to suffer from addictions. This article contrasts these two contemporary discourses to two others that played vital historical roles in initiating both scientific and popular concern for addiction. These are the Puritan and civic republican discourses that dominated scholarly discussions of addiction in the early modern era. In each case, the place of values in these discussions is highlighted. By comparing them to their early modern historical antecedents, this article seeks to reflexively explore and develop more intellectually sound and therapeutically relevant alternatives to the troubled attempts at universality and value-neutrality now fettering debates in mainstream addiction science.
},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2020,
title = {Exploring dominance-linked reflexive metadiscourse in moderated group discussions},
author = {Hans Ladegaard and Jamie McKeown},
doi = {10.1016/j.pragma.2020.05.007},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-09-21},
urldate = {2020-09-21},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {166},
pages = {15-27},
abstract = {This paper examines the use of reflexive metadiscourse by moderators and participants seeking to achieve communicative dominance in moderated group discussions. Specifically, it explores how the use of what we call dominance-linked reflexive metadiscourse contributes to effective group performance (defined here as the achievement of sustained, on-topic interaction amongst research participants). In doing so, we identify and map the communicative functions of reflexive metadiscourse onto a stage model of group development. We identify three key stages in a typical group life cycle where dominance-linked reflexive metadiscourse plays a seminal role in the outcome of a given moderated group discussion (i.e. the forming, transition, and performing stages). In adopting a qualitative, micro-interactional and contextually sensitive approach, we question the role of high explicitness as identification criteria of reflexive metadiscourse in spoken data. We conclude with a discussion of the practical and methodological implications arising out of this paper and make recommendations for future research.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2020d,
title = {The Multilingual Assessment Instrument for Narratives: Greek},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Andreou and Eleni Peristeri},
doi = {10.21248/zaspil.64.2020.562},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-09-10},
urldate = {2020-09-10},
journal = {ZAS Papers in Linguistics},
volume = {64},
abstract = {This paper presents an overview of the adaptation of the Multilingual Assessment Instrument for Narratives in Greek, focusing on its use in Greek academic and diagnostic settings. A summary of the properties of the Greek language and the concomitant challenges these language-specific properties posed to MAIN adaptation are presented along with a summary of published studies with monolingual Greek-speaking children and bilingual children with Greek as L2, with and without Developmental Language Disorder.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Michaud2020b,
title = {Tonogenesis},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Bonny Sands},
doi = {10.1093/acrefore/9780199384655.013.748},
isbn = {9780199384655},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-09-08},
volume = {1},
pages = {1-27},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {and Keywords Tonogenesis is the development of distinctive tone from earlier non-tonal contrasts. A well-understood case is Vietnamese (similar in its essentials to that of Chinese and many languages of the Tai-Kadai and Hmong-Mien language families), where the loss of final la ryngeal consonants led to the creation of three tones, and the tones later multiplied as voicing oppositions on initial consonants waned. This is by no means the only attested di achronic scenario, however. Besides well-known cases of tonogenesis in East Asia, this survey includes discussions of less well-known cases of tonogenesis from language fami lies including Athabaskan, Chadic, Khoe and Niger-Congo. There is tonogenetic potential in various series of phonemes: glottalized versus plain consonants, unvoiced versus voiced, aspirated versus unaspirated, geminates versus simple (and, more generally, tense versus lax), and even among vowels, whose intrinsic fundamental frequency can transphonologize to tone. We draw attention to tonogenetic triggers that are not so well-known, such as [+ATR] vowels, aspirates and morphotonological alternations. The ways in which these common phonetic precursors to tone play out in a given language depend on phonological factors, as well as on other dimensions of a language's structure and on patterns of language contact, resulting in a great diversity of evolutionary paths in tone systems. In some language families (such as Niger-Congo and Khoe), recent tonal devel opments are increasingly well understood, but working out the origin of the earliest tonal contrasts (which are likely to date back thousands of years earlier than tonogenesis among Sino-Tibetan languages, for instance) remains a mid-to long-term research goal for comparative-historical research.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pham2020bb,
title = {Productive Reduplication in Southern Vietnamese},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham and Andrew Anh Pham},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-09-08},
journal = {Journal of the Southeast Asian Linguistics Society},
volume = {13},
number = {2},
pages = {i-x},
abstract = {Vietnamese reduplication shows harmony in tone height between base and reduplicant. This paper presents statistical analysis of productive reduplication in southern Vietnamese, which, unlike northern Vietnamese, has only one C tone and phonation of creakiness is not phonemically present. Our main findings show that reduplicative forms with tone-register harmony are used significantly less often than forms without and that the syllabic structure correlates with tone-register harmony preference.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Graham2020b,
title = {Late bilingual acquisition of narrow corrective focus in American English by Japanese and Spanish native speakers},
author = {Calbert Graham},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-09-06},
urldate = {2020-09-06},
journal = {The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America},
abstract = {The present study examined the non-native acquisition of English tonal patterns and the phonetic implementation (i.e. duration and pitch range realisations) in corrective narrow focus marking by native speakers of Spanish (a typologically close language to English) and Japanese (a typologically more distant language to English). The study explores to what extent transfer of native language properties can explain L2 intonation patterns in narrow focus marking, and whether intonation is learned in a uniform fashion in terms of its form, function, and rate of developmental progression. Findings indicate that the similarity of the source and target languages (both in terms of typological closeness in their intonation systems and the actual phonetic manifestation of narrow focus) may influence L2 learners' realisation of narrow focus intonation. However, in terms of the phonetic implementation of cues to signal narrow focus the f0 range cue appeared to pose the most difficulty with learners producing a narrower pitch range than the native speakers, regardless of their English proficiency or L1. The duration cue was found to be problematic only for the Japanese learners of English. Overall, the study reveals that the acquisition of the phonological patterns of narrow focus intonation depends on the similarity between the L1 and the L2 in both surface tonal structure and phonological rules that constrain it. We argue that L2 learners have to acquire both aspects, as they learn to master the various factors that determine what the appropriate language-specific phonological structures and phonetic implementation patterns are in the L2.},
keywords = {Calbert Graham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Piller2020j,
title = {Literacy in heritage language maintenance},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-09-05},
urldate = {2020-09-05},
abstract = {Learning how to read and write often takes a backseat in heritage language maintenance. However, in order to reap the full benefits of bilingualism – for the individual and the community – a high level of literacy development is essential. This video provides an overview of the relationship between written and spoken language, and the main challenges in developing minority language literacy to age-appropriate levels. How these can be tackled in community language schools will also be discussed.

The lecture was delivered by Distinguished Professor Ingrid Piller, Macquarie University, for the NSW Federation of Community Language Schools, as part of its community language teacher training development series.},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@misc{Piller2020i,
title = {Linguistic diversity in a time of crisis},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-09-04},
urldate = {2020-09-04},
abstract = {The Covid-19 pandemic has exposed language barriers in societies around the world. It has become obvious that the fact of linguistic diversity had not been incorporated systematically into emergency preparation and crisis planning. As a result, the effectiveness of the pandemic response has suffered, and linguistic minorities everywhere have been struggling to access timely high-quality information. The consequences of widespread language and communication failures have been felt most heavily by the most marginalized groups.
},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@conference{Zuckermann2020,
title = {Australian Aboriginal Sports Health Monitoring System based on Wearable Device and Data Center Technology},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann and Weimin Hou},
doi = {10.1109/ICOSEC49089.2020.9215265},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-09-01},
pages = {305 - 308},
publisher = {IEEE},
abstract = {Australian Aboriginal sports health monitoiing system based on a wearable device and data center technology is designed and implemented in this paper. In our designed system, the following inspirations are considered. (1) The postequalization method does not require additional operations on the transmitter side and can optimize the tap weights of the digital post filter according to the severity of the system bandwidth limitation. This framework is used as the core of the data center. (2) Clothing is a must-have item for people’s daily life, and it is naturally soft and deformable. Therefore, combining clothing with smart wearable devices becomes a natural choice, and smart clothing comes into being. This media is used to construct the designed framework. Lastly, the proposed model is applied to the Australian Aboriginal sports health monitoiing system. The experiment results prove satisfactory performance.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Cardoso2020,
title = {Contact and Portuguese‐Lexified Creoles},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
doi = {10.1002/9781119485094.ch23},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-09-01},
urldate = {2020-09-01},
pages = {469-488},
publisher = {Wiley-Blackwell},
abstract = {Portuguese‐lexified creoles (PLCs) include some of the oldest of the European‐lexified creoles which developed out of the colonial expansion of the Early Modern Age. This chapter describes in detail the current and past distribution of the PLCs. It surveys diachronic proposals applicable within subgroups of PLCs. The chapter focuses on theories that imply the influence of a PLC or Portuguese‐lexified pidgin on contact languages currently not classified as Portuguese‐lexified. One of the most interesting effects of the inaugural role of Portuguese in the European global linguistic expansion of the Modern Age is that, for various reasons and to different degrees, Portuguese often came to impact the linguistic repertoire of the colonizers who followed and, on many occasions, occupied places where this language had already created roots. Wherever PLCs have remained in close contact with Portuguese, a number of different trajectories can be identified.},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@misc{nokey,
title = {Does every Australian have an equal chance to know about Covid-19 restrictions?},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-09-01},
urldate = {2020-09-01},
abstract = {This morning I googled “nsw corona/covid restrictions”. The top hits all refer to NSW Government websites, including these two: “What you can and can’t do under the rules” and “Public Health Orders and restrictions.”
},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@mastersthesis{nokey,
title = {Levels of literacy},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-09-01},
urldate = {2020-09-01},
address = {Sydney, NSW},
abstract = {What is involved in learning how to read well? This lecture explores different levels of literacy. It explains how people learn to read to high levels, and why too many people don't learn to read beyond 4th grade level.

The lecture is delivered by Distinguished Professor Ingrid Piller as part of the postgraduate unit "Literacies" in Macquarie University's Applied Linguistics program.

The implications of differential literacy levels for Covid-19-related public service communications are discussed at https://www.languageonthemove.com/doe...},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {mastersthesis}
}
@bachelorthesis{Zhang2020,
title = {Linguistic diversity in a time of crisis: language challenges of the Covid-19 pandemic},
author = {Jie Zhang and Ingrid Piller and Jia Li},
editor = {Jie Zhang and Ingrid Piller and Jia Li},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-09-01},
urldate = {2020-09-01},
journal = {Multilingua},
volume = {39},
number = {5},
pages = {503–515},
abstract = {Multilingual crisis communication has emerged as a global challenge during the COVID-19 pandemic. Global public health communication is characterized by the large-scale exclusion of linguistic minorities from timely high-quality information. The severe limitations of multilingual crisis communication that the COVID-19 crisis has laid bare result from the dominance of English-centric global mass communication; the longstanding devaluation of minoritized languages; and the failure to consider the importance of multilingual repertoires for building trust and resilient communities. These challenges, along with possible solutions, are explored in greater detail by the articles brought together in this special issue, which present case studies from China and the global Chinese diaspora. As such, the special issue constitutes not only an exploration of the sociolinguistics of the COVID-19 crisis but also a concerted effort to open a space for intercultural dialogue within sociolinguistics. We close by contending that, in order to learn lessons from COVID-19 and to be better prepared for future crises, sociolinguistics needs to include local knowledges and grassroots practices not only as objects of investigation but in its epistemologies; needs to diversify its knowledge base and the academic voices producing that knowledge base; and needs to re-enter dialogue with policy makers and activists.
},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@inbook{Coupe2020,
title = {Asia before English},
author = {Alexander Robertson Coupe and František Kratochvíl},
editor = {Werner Botha Kingsley and Andy Kirkpatrick},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-09-01},
pages = {15-48},
publisher = {John Wiley & Sons, Inc.},
chapter = {Handbook of Asian Englishes},
abstract = {This chapter describes the linguistic situation that existed in South Asia and Southeast Asia prior to the European colonial expansion and the gradual adoption of English as an important lingua franca in the region. Drawing on geographical, archaeological, historical and linguistic evidence, our aims are to establish how South Asia and Southeast Asia were first populated, to identify what languages were used by various ethnic groups inhabiting the region prior to the arrival of European traders and then missionaries in the 16th century, to recognize historical evidence of language contact in the modern-day languages spoken in this region, and to summarize explanations for the types of borrowing and convergence that emerged in that contact},
keywords = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Fina2020bb,
title = {Migrant Youth Push Back. Virtual Friendships and Everyday Resistance In The Digital Sphere},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1590/010318138362711120201106},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-09-01},
journal = {Trabalhos em Linguística Aplicada},
volume = {59},
pages = {1833-1861},
abstract = {Resistance has proven to be a hard concept to define. Debates about resistance in the sociological and sociolinguistic literature cover many aspects: from the degree to which resistance can be seen as related to established social groups (see Rampton 1996), to the level of agentivity and intention that is required for an action to be regarded as resistant, to the type of social behavior that qualifies. Thus, while some see resistance as based on actions, others see it as based on cultural appropriation (Hall & Jefferson 1976). In their comprehensive review of literature on the topic, Hollander & Einwohner (2004) conclude that resistance can be seen as consisting of action and opposition. In this paper, I analyze resistance from the point of view of opposition to ideas, social situations, institutional actions and processes that result or may result in discrimination or stereotyping of specific social groups, as negotiated in the digital sphere by migrant and non-migrant youth belonging to a school-based community. Indeed, it has been argued (Chiluwa 2012, Chibuwe & Ureke 2016) that digital environments constitute ideal arenas for the development of resistance thanks to their wide reach and their ability to mobilize people around common themes. However, much of the research in this area has targeted organized resistance fueled by political or ethnic groups. In this paper I argue that resistance is an emerging process that does not necessarily stem within political contexts or from open choice, but can develop within interactional exchanges focused on everyday life events. Thus, what I am interested in here is in how spontaneous acts and discourses of resistance emerge in the everyday exchanges of a diverse community that was not born around a particular social or political agenda. For this paper, I will examine exchanges that happen on the Facebook page of one of the members of the community. I will show how resistance takes many forms: from irony and jokes to the raising of serious topics, to the dissemination of information and through different discourse genres: from storytelling to the posting of pictures.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2020b,
title = {Blue-collar workplace communicative practices: a case study in construction sites in Qatar},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.1007/s10993-019-09518-z},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-09-01},
journal = {Language Policy},
volume = {19},
number = {1},
pages = {363–387},
abstract = {The aim of this paper is to contribute to the understanding of the role of language in multilingual blue-collar workplaces by investigating how communication is realized in construction sites in Qatar. The State of Qatar offers a unique and, hence, very interesting setting for the linguistic investigation of migration-related issues, such as multilingualism (Pietikäinen et al. in Sociolinguistics from the periphery: small languages in new circumstances, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2016), due to the fact that over 90% of its population consists of non-citizens (Ahmad, in: Kamrava, Babar (eds) Migrant labor in the Persian Gulf, Hurst & Company, London, pp 21–40, 2015). In addition, after its successful bid to host the World Cup 2022, the country is currently witnessing a rapid transformation of its landscape evident through its massive number of construction sites, where people of different national, ethnic and social class backgrounds from all over the world are hired to work together in developing the infrastructure that is part of the ambitious Qatar Vision 2030. Against this backdrop, the focus is on the sociolinguistic resources (Blommaert in The sociolinguistics of globalization, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2010) mobilized in a construction site at a university in Qatar. The multilingual community of practice (Lave and Wenger in Situated learning: legitimate peripheral participation, Cambridge University Press, New York, 1991) investigated consists of blue-collar workers from India and their communication practices with their supervisors, who are project site engineers from all over the world. In such transnational fields, where effective communication is a sine qua non not only for the successful completion of the project or infrastructure itself but also, and perhaps most importantly, for the safety of everybody involved in the construction, multilingualism is the norm. It is argued that communication is realized through spatial repertoires (Canagarajah, in: Canagarajah (ed) The Routledge handbook of migration and language, Routledge, New York, pp 1–28, 2017), that are constructed and used as ingroup markers to facilitate communication among people from different nationalities, ethnicities and social classes. The ethnographic data, collected for almost 13 months, comprise voice-recorded interactions, field notes from on-site participant observation as well as ethnographic interviews with select blue-collar workers and their supervisors. The linguistic and exolinguistic analysis is contextualized in the broader socio-political and economic forces of Qatar (Fromherz in Qatar. A modern history, Georgetown University Press, Washington, 2012; Kamrava in Qatar: small state, big politics, Cornell University Press, Ithaca, 2015; chapters in Kamrava and Babar in Migrant labor in the Persian Gulf, Hurst & Company, London, 2015).},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2020c,
title = {Group-based identity accommodation in older adults’ romantic relationships},
author = {Howard Giles and Quinten S. Bernhold},
doi = {10.1080/01463373.2020.1804960},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-08-31},
urldate = {2020-08-31},
journal = {Communication Quarterly},
volume = {64},
number = {4},
pages = {1-21},
abstract = {In this study, older adults’ reports of their romantic partner’s accommodation based on older adults’ membership in three groups were examined as predictors of relational closeness and loneliness. The three groups were older adults’ most important, second-most important, and third-most important group affiliations. A two-way interaction involving accommodation based on membership in the second-most important and third-most important groups emerged in predicting relational closeness: Relational closeness remained consistently high when older adults perceived that their romantic partner engaged in high levels of accommodation based on older adults’ third-most important group, regardless of the level of accommodation based on older adults’ second-most important group. Relational closeness dropped most precipitously when accommodation based on both the second-most important and third-most important groups was low. Additionally, receiving accommodation based on the third-most important group predicted less loneliness at the main-effects level. Findings are discussed in terms of communication accommodation theory and identity layering.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Sidnell2020b,
title = {Get ’Em Out!: The Meaning of Ejecting Protesters},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1017/9781108887410.004},
isbn = {9781108841146},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-08-31},
urldate = {2020-08-31},
pages = {63-73},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@bachelorthesis{Piller2020s,
title = {Linguistic diversity in a time of crisis: Language challenges of the COVID-19 pandemic},
author = {Ingrid Piller and Jie Zhang and Jia Li},
doi = {10.1515/multi-2020-0136},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-08-28},
urldate = {2020-08-28},
journal = {Multilingua},
volume = {39},
issue = {5},
abstract = {Multilingual crisis communication has emerged as a global challenge during the COVID-19 pandemic. Global public health communication is characterized by the large-scale exclusion of linguistic minorities from timely high-quality information. The severe limitations of multilingual crisis communication that the COVID-19 crisis has laid bare result from the dominance of English-centric global mass communication; the longstanding devaluation of minoritized languages; and the failure to consider the importance of multilingual repertoires for building trust and resilient communities. These challenges, along with possible solutions, are explored in greater detail by the articles brought together in this special issue, which present case studies from China and the global Chinese diaspora. As such, the special issue constitutes not only an exploration of the sociolinguistics of the COVID-19 crisis but also a concerted effort to open a space for intercultural dialogue within sociolinguistics. We close by contending that, in order to learn lessons from COVID-19 and to be better prepared for future crises, sociolinguistics needs to include local knowledges and grassroots practices not only as objects of investigation but in its epistemologies; needs to diversify its knowledge base and the academic voices producing that knowledge base; and needs to re-enter dialogue with policy makers and activists.},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@misc{nokey,
title = {The mind-altering magic of literacy},
author = {Ingrid Piller

},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-08-27},
urldate = {2020-08-27},
abstract = {How does literacy affect the human mind? This lecture traces research into the relationship between literacy and cognition from the "Great Divide" theories of the 1960s via ethnographic research that sought to distinguish between literacy and education effects to contemporary neuroscience highlighting the plasticity of the reading brain.

The lecture is delivered by Distinguished Professor Ingrid Piller as part of the postgraduate unit "Literacies" in Macquarie University's Applied Linguistics program.},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@inbook{Keating2020b,
title = {Habits and Innovations: Designing Language for New, Technologically Mediated Sociality},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.4324/9781003135517-16},
isbn = {9781003135517},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-08-20},
urldate = {2020-08-20},
pages = {329-350},
publisher = {10.4324/9781003135517-16},
abstract = {This chapter shows how a new technology is used as a resource for communication, and how in the process of organizing its use, people alter the communication system itself. It illustrates an important process whereby social actors are not only shaped by cultural practices but reshape cultural practices through cooperative interaction, and the role of tools in motivating and mediating change. Humans use various multimodal semiotic systems to maintain as well as build new realities and meaningful relationships across interactions. The nature of the relationship between actions by individuals in specific settings and the constitution and reconstitution of social institutions is complicated because of a number of factors. Webcam-recorded, computer-mediated space is radically different from “real” space in terms of affordances for sign-language interaction. The field of vision of the webcam lens is restricted in size compared with human vision, for example, but less restrictive in terms of place.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Piller2020n,
title = {What can Australian Message Sticks teach us about literacy?},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-08-18},
urldate = {2020-08-18},
journal = {Language on the move},
abstract = {Few people have ever heard about a fascinating form of visual communication used by Indigenous Australians: message sticks.
},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2020e,
title = {Reference maintenance in the narratives of Albanian- Greek and Russian-Greek children with Developmental Language Disorder: A study on crosslinguistic effects},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Andreou and Eleni Peristeri},
doi = {10.1177/0142723720948312},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-08-17},
urldate = {2020-08-17},
journal = {First Language},
abstract = {Although a considerable number of studies have shown D(eterminer) elements, i.e. determiners and pronominal clitics, to be particularly vulnerable to impairment in monolingual children with Developmental Language Disorder (DLD), little is known about the use of appropriate or/and grammatically correct referring expressions in the children's narrative production. Grammars of languages that differ in the way they encode and realize their D system may be viewed as the ideal context to disentangle the contribution of language (L1) transfer and morpho-syntactic impairment to reference use in the L2. The aim of the current study is to examine L1 effects in the use of referring expressions of 5-to 11-year-old Albanian-Greek and Russian-Greek children with DLD, along with typically developing (TD) bilingual groups speaking the same language pairs when maintaining reference to characters in their narratives. The three languages differ in their D elements, since Albanian and Greek have morphologically rich D systems in contrast to Russian, which lacks a definiteness distinction. Children produced oral 2 First Language 00(0) narratives in Greek by using the Greek versions of two stories (Cat and Dog) which have been designed within the Multilingual Assessment Instrument for Narratives (MAIN) tool of the COST Action IS0804. Results show that the groups did not differ in referential appropriateness. Regarding grammatical correctness, both groups with DLD produced more ungrammatical forms than TD children, while Russian-Greek children with DLD produced more ungrammatical article-less NPs than the other groups. The overall results reflect the joint contribution of language impairment and L1-specific typological properties in the definite forms used for character maintenance by bilingual children with DLD.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pia2020,
title = {Jurisprudential massage: legal fictions, radical citizenship and the epistemics of dissent in post-socialist China},
author = {Andrea E. Pia},
doi = {10.14506/ca35.4.01},
issn = {1548-1360},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-08-17},
urldate = {2020-08-17},
journal = {Cultural Anthropology},
volume = {4},
number = {35},
pages = {487-515},
abstract = {While China leads the global race to high‐tech surveillance, a homegrown low‐tech institution of dissent management is currently experiencing a surprising revival: dispute mediation. Drawing on Confucian and socialist practices of justice, Yunnanese dispute mediators are today considerably innovating the jurisprudential techniques that frame the composition of conflict and the meaning of state laws in dispute settings. Jurisprudential massage is the emic term given to one such technique. Here I show how this technique stands for the deployment of therapeutic analogies and legal fictions with the aim of reorienting the political sensibilities of disputants toward a neo‐paternalistic form of citizenship. Contributing to the anthropology of law and resistance, this article shows how civil dissent cannot only be physically quenched through state coercion and silenced by pervasive surveillance or tactical buyouts but can also be ushered off the political stage by a selective redrawing of the epistemic foundation of legality.

},
keywords = {Andrea E. Pia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Tsimpli2020f,
title = {What guides inference generation? A study of young Hindi learners studying in challenging contexts in India},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Lina Mukhopadhyay and Salim Tamboli and Kankan Das},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-08-14},
urldate = {2020-08-14},
abstract = {In a vast multilingual country like India, primary education is offered in various languages as mediums of instruction (MoI) to support the state languages and foster social justice in education. An important milestone of primary education is to help learners develop comprehension skills in MoI to process information and lay a strong foundation for education. Comprehension involves 'inference generation skill' that helps learners formulate multiple possible answers. Teaching and assessment in India have a product-based content testing approach and teachers are not trained to deal with individual differences in responses in a constructive manner. In this paper, learners are assessed in oral and print mode to understand what gives rise to individual differences in comprehension through Hindi as MoI. A group of 30 bi/multilingual learners, 7 to 12 years old, attending Class IV in state run primary schools in Bihar (India) participated in the study. A quantitative analysis of learner performance shows that inference generation is affected by modality (oral or print), gender and the complexity of inferences. A qualitative analysis of individual variations shows that of the total number of inappropriate responses to comprehension questions, many refer to experiential or world-knowledge inferences but fail to link them to the specific story-based information. This indicates difficulties with inference generation and the ability to select only the relevant parts of the response. The findings have implications for pedagogical methods of promoting inference generation skills using world knowledge in combination with text-based information to offer meaningful feedback.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Michaud2020c,
title = {Voix de « ceux qui ne sont rien » en Asie du Sud-Est},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Minh-Chau Nguyen and Likun He},
doi = {10.4000/clo.7019},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-08-12},
journal = {Cahiers de littérature orale},
volume = {3},
abstract = {The editorial team of the Cahiers de literature oral inviting contributions around “anti-establishment oralities”, we offer an overview of three documents of oral literature coming from the civilizations of East Asia and South-East: a Naxi historiette, khamou, and a Vietnamese song, each in dialogue with a text (article or book) taken from social and political news.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2020c,
title = {Presupposition and Entailment},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1002/9781118786093.iela0325},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-08-11},
urldate = {2020-08-11},
journal = {The International Encyclopedia of Linguistic Anthropology},
pages = {1-8},
abstract = {The terms “presupposition” and “entailment” refer to fundamental operations of human thinking which are of central relevance to language use and social interaction. While in linguistic pragmatics and the philosophy of language presupposition and entailment are typically conceptualized in terms of relations between propositions or between a speaker's utterance and her beliefs, in linguistic anthropology they are most useful in helping us to understand the relation between speech signal (or any other form of conduct) and its context of occurrence.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2020d,
title = {Presupposition and Entailment},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1002/9781118786093.iela0325},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-08-11},
urldate = {2020-08-11},
pages = {1-8},
abstract = {The terms “presupposition” and “entailment” refer to fundamental operations of human thinking which are of central relevance to language use and social interaction. While in linguistic pragmatics and the philosophy of language presupposition and entailment are typically conceptualized in terms of relations between propositions or between a speaker's utterance and her beliefs, in linguistic anthropology they are most useful in helping us to understand the relation between speech signal (or any other form of conduct) and its context of occurrence.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Piller2020f,
title = {Is English spelling an insult to human intelligence?},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-08-10},
urldate = {2020-08-10},
abstract = {During a dreary German winter in the 1980s, I would get up early each Friday morning, wrap myself up against the cold, and ride my bike in the morning darkness up “Gallows Hill Street”, where for many centuries the city’s court of justice had been located. My destination was a windowless underground classroom in a 1960s concrete building, where an “Advanced Dictation” class was taking place that was compulsory for all undergraduate students of English.
},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@misc{Piller2020m,
title = {The Latin alphabet's take-over of the world's languages},
author = {Ingrid Piller },
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-08-10},
urldate = {2020-08-10},
abstract = {The Latin alphabet is used by more people, for more languages, and in more contexts than any other script in human history. This lecture explains the spread of the Latin alphabet and the linguistic consequences of transferring it to languages other than Latin, with a special focus on English spelling.

The lecture is delivered by Distinguished Professor Ingrid Piller as part of the postgraduate unit "Literacies" in Macquarie University's Applied Linguistics program.

A written version of some of the content in this lecture can be found at https://www.languageonthemove.com/is-...

Note error on Slide 2: “日本人” (nihonjin) means "Japanese person", the Japanese language is called “日本語” (nihongo)},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Weinberg2020b,
title = {Diagnosis as Topic and as Resource: Reflections on the Epistemology and Ontology of Disease in Medical Sociology},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
doi = {10.1002/symb.504},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-08-10},
urldate = {2020-08-10},
journal = {Symbolic Interaction},
volume = {44},
number = {5},
abstract = {This article notes an enduring ambivalence in medical sociology concerning the epistemology and ontology of disease and shows this is precisely an ambivalence concerning whether biomedical disease categories are best understood as topics of, or as resources for, medical sociological research. The first section critically reviews the topic/resource debate in ethnomethodology. The second section elaborates upon the pertinence of this debate to sociological debates directly concerned with the epistemology and ontology of disease. The article concludes by demonstrating how framing the epistemology and ontology of disease in terms of the topics and resources of medical sociological analysis serves to clarify the work of thinking sociologically about disease and helps overcome protracted theoretical challenges that have persistently troubled medical sociological research.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2020bb,
title = {Speech style as political capital: Barack Obama’s Athens speech},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.1080/17447143.2020.1800715},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-08-05},
journal = {Journal of Multicultural Discourses},
volume = {15},
number = {2},
pages = {1-15},
abstract = {This paper provides a speech stylistic analysis of Barack Obama’s 2016 Athens speech, and it argues for a culturally conscious take on speech style, which links it to the accumulation of political capital, at least in the context of political speeches. With a focus on stance and intertextuality, the main argument put forward is that Obama constructs a dialogue with Ancient Greek thought, which does not simply draw on experiences and events; rather, it recreates them and, eventually, it creates a whole understanding of cultural politics. Against this take on politics based heavily on Greek democracy legacy, for Obama, his performance serves as his consignment to the global political discourse through an effort to join a very well established and highly respected democratic tradition stemming from (Ancient) Greece, whose sociocultural impact is felt vividly in contemporary US. In this sense, his accumulation of political capital serves as his effort to achieve posthumous fame (ystero’fimia) after his stepping down from the US administration.},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Piller2020l,
title = {The invention of writing},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-08-04},
urldate = {2020-08-04},
abstract = {This lecture explains why writing was invented, by who, and how they went about it. The lecture is delivered by Distinguished Professor Ingrid Piller as part of the postgraduate unit "Literacies" in Macquarie University's Applied Linguistics program. A written version of some of the content in this lecture can be found at https://www.languageonthemove.com/who... and the lecture also exists as a Twitter thread at https://twitter.com/Lg_on_the_Move/st....

},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Piller2020o,
title = {Who invented writing?},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-08-04},
urldate = {2020-08-04},
journal = {Language on the move},
abstract = {Today, literacy has become near universal with the global literacy rate around 85 percent. Even the minority who remain illiterate are likely to be aware of the existence of written language (and their exclusion from its benefits). Mass literacy is a relatively recent phenomenon in the history of humanity and dates from the 19th century, with literacy rates steadily increasing over the past 200 years. Before then, literacy was restricted to a tiny elite in those societies where literacy existed and there were many societies that were not familiar with written language at all.
},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tang2020b,
title = {Sign phonological parameters modulate parafoveal preview effects in deaf readers},
author = {Gladys Tang and Philip Thierfelder and Gillian Wigglesworth},
doi = {10.1016/j.cognition.2020.104286},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-08-01},
journal = {Cognition},
volume = {201},
number = {4},
abstract = {Research has found that deaf readers unconsciously activate sign translations of written words while reading. However, the ways in which different sign phonological parameters associated with these sign translations tie into reading processes have received little attention in the literature. In this study on Chinese reading, we used a parafoveal preview paradigm to investigate how four different types of sign phonologically related preview affect reading processes in adult deaf signers of Hong Kong Sign Language (HKSL). The four types of sign phonologically related preview-target pair were: (1) pairs with HKSL translations that overlapped in three parameters-handshape, location, and movement; (2) pairs that overlapped in only handshape and location; (3) pairs that only overlapped in handshape and movement; and (4) pairs that only overlapped in location and movement. Results showed that the handshape parameter was of particular importance as only sign translation pairs that had handshape among their overlapping sign phonological parameters led to early sign activation. Furthermore, we found that, compared to control previews, deaf readers took longer to read targets when the sign translation previews overlapped with targets in either handshape and movement or handshape, movement, and location. In contrast, fixation times on targets were shorter when previews and targets overlapped location and any single additional parameter-either handshape or movement. These results indicate that the phono-logical parameters of handshape, location, and movement are activated via orthography during Chinese reading and can have different effects on parafoveal processing in deaf signers of HKSL.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2020g,
title = {Categorical and Dimensional Diagnoses of Dyslexia: Are They Compatible?},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Luca Cilibrasi},
doi = {10.3389/fpsyg.2020.02171},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-08-01},
urldate = {2020-08-01},
journal = {Frontiers in Psychology},
volume = {11},
pages = {21-71},
abstract = {Dyslexia is often assessed using categorical diagnoses, and subtypes of dyslexia are also recognized in a categorical fashion. Children may meet the criteria for dyslexia, and they may more specifically meet the criteria for a subtype of it, and thus get a diagnosis. This approach to diagnosis clashes with the actual distribution of reading performance in children (which is normal and continuous), and it has received criticism. This article offers a conceptual framework for conciliating these two positions. In short, the proposal is to use a set of multicomponent continuous assessments of reading, rather than thresholds. The proposal is explained using original data obtained from a sample of 30 children (age 7 to 11), tested in the United Kingdom. Using an assessment based on categorical-thresholds, only five children in our sample qualify for extra assistance, and only one may get a diagnosis of dyslexia, while with the mixed system proposed, a few additional children in the gray area would receive attention. This approach would not discard previous categorical approaches such as those distinguishing between surface and phonological dyslexia, but it would rather see these subtypes of dyslexia as the instance of a lower score on the continuum obtained on a single component of the multicomponent assessment.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Lupke2020bb,
title = {Standardization in highly multilingual national contexts: The shifting interpretations, limited reach, and great symbolic power of ethnonationalist visions},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-08-01},
pages = {139-169},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {Standard languages have high symbolic significance but little actual use in highly multilingual national contexts. This chapter explores the tension between the reification of fluid language use into codified languages and fluid and variable communicative practices in speech and writing in a number of African sociolinguistic settings. Starting with the observation that the notion of standard languages and of ethnolinguistic groups using them goes back to the colonial period, I proceed to investigate different visions of language as they emerge from the writing conventions and language visions of colonial anticolonial actors from this time, focusing on a case study on the West Afrian Manding cluster. I continue to explore attitudes to purity and standardisation in contemporary scripts and language policies and in written and spoken language use, also including so-called ‘mixed’ registers such as Urban Wolof and Sheng. I end the chapter by presenting innovative approaches on bypassing the standard (yet maintaining compatibility to it), focusing on the LILIEMA programme for inclusive education in a highly multilingual region of Senegal. Key words Standardisation; multilingual settings; Manding; Urban Wolof; Sheng; N’ko; LILIEMA; Africa; colonial language policies; fluid communicative practices.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {Understanding Self, Others, and the World in a Multilingual World: Learning Through Japanese},
author = {Ikuko Nakane},
editor = {Reijiro Aoyama and Tomoko Akashi and Lee SuwaeNaru},
isbn = {9784750350516},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-07-31},
urldate = {2020-07-31},
journal = {Japanese as Lingua Franca Rethinking Japanese Language Education for Multilingual and Multicultural Coexistence},
volume = {1},
pages = {19-42},
abstract = {The environment surrounding Japanese language education is becoming multilingual at home and abroad. Introducing the concept of "Japanese as a lingua franca", this article'Leaning to make sense of self, others and the world in a multilingual world'is a study of how learners study Japanese as a second language.

},
keywords = {Ikuko Nakane},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Fox2020,
title = {Interpreting the historical significance of tombs and chronicles in contemporary Java},
author = {James Fox},
doi = {10.4324/9781003118176-11},
isbn = {9781003118176},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-07-31},
urldate = {2020-07-31},
pages = {160-172},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {This chapter argues that juru kunci throughout Java play an extraordinarily important—though often overlooked—role in interpreting and disseminating views of Java’s past. Individuals on Java visit tombs with their special intentions, often at times of personal crisis, in order to place themselves in relationship to a personage of the past. It is the custodian who assists in this relationship: he offers access, prepares the visitor, guides the visit and then interprets the outcome. The juru kunci of Trowulan’s revelation belongs to a long tradition of accounts of Brawijaya. In the Javanese babad tradition, Brawijaya serves as a ‘source figure’ from whom subsequent historical figures derive their royal genealogical link. The document describes an encounter between Ki Ageng Pamanahan and Arya Jayaprana. Pamanahan speaks to Jayaprana with high forms of address as ‘Sang Tapa’, whereas Jayaprana addresses Pamanahan as a child.},
keywords = {James Fox},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Williams2020,
title = {Bridging the Gap Between the Politics of Recognition and the Politics of Language Service Delivery in Ontario and Wales},
author = {Collin Williams and Linda Cardinal},
doi = {10.36144/RiG84.jun20.5-29},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-07-29},
journal = {Treatises and Documents-Journal of Ethnic Studies},
volume = {84},
pages = {5-29},
abstract = {The aim of the article is to start mapping the variety of approaches and instruments which guide the delivery of services to linguistic minorities. The argument suggests that different institutional processes in Ontario and Wales inform the delivery of selected services and calls for more research on how the politics of recognition is implemented in institutions serving official linguistic minorities. Premoščanje razkoraka med politiko priznavanja in jezikovno politiko pri opravljanju storitev v Ontariu in v Walesu Namen članka je predstaviti različne pristope in orodja, ki jih uporabljajo službe, ki opravljajo storitve (tudi) za jezikovne manjšine. V Ontariu in Walesu se tovrstne službe poslužujejo različnih institucionalnih procesov, zato avtorja ugotavljata, da je potrebno raziskati, kako je politika priznavanja vgrajena v institucije, ki služijo uradnim jezikovnim manjšinam.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Piller2020p,
title = {Why are academic lectures so weird?},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-07-27},
urldate = {2020-07-27},
journal = {Language on the move},
abstract = {Yesterday, I spent six hours pre-recording a puny little lecture of 15 minutes for the postgraduate “Literacies” unit I’m teaching this term. The unit has gone fully online this year due to the Covid-19 pandemic and I have been planning for interactive delivery in a variety of formats.
},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Piller2020q,
title = {Why are academic lectures so weird?},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-07-27},
urldate = {2020-07-27},
abstract = {Yesterday, I spent six hours pre-recording a puny little lecture of 15 minutes for the postgraduate “Literacies” unit I’m teaching this term. The unit has gone fully online this year due to the Covid-19 pandemic and I have been planning for interactive delivery in a variety of formats.
},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Tsimpli2020h,
title = {Anaphora resolution and word-order across adulthood: Ageing effects on online listening comprehension},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Georgia Fotiadou and Ana I. Pérez Muñoz
},
doi = {10.5334/gjgl.997},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-07-20},
urldate = {2020-07-20},
journal = {Glossa a Journal of General Linguistics},
volume = {5},
number = {1},
abstract = {In this visual-world paradigm we investigated the processing and interpretation of two overt subject anaphoric expressions in Greek, a null-subject language with a relatively free word-order, in relation to specific linguistic properties and whether these differ across adulthood. Specifically, we explored whether changes in anaphoric type ('o ídhios' vs. 'aftós') and syntactic complexity (SVO vs. OVS word-orders) had similar effects in how reference was processed and finally resolved by young and elderly adults. We analysed (a) fixation duration in subject and object antecedent pictures to examine online processing and (b) offline responses in comprehension questions to investigate final interpretation, i.e., ambiguity resolution. Our offline results revealed that pronominal resolution patterned across age groups: A clear subject preference of 'o ídhios' (‘the same’) was drawn from results irrespective of the word-order used, suggesting that this expression is preferentially linked to an element in prior discourse that has a parallel subject grammatical role, due to its focus feature (though OVS boosted the less preferred object readings). 'Aftós' (‘he’), a pronoun previously suggested sensitive to topic-shift, was overall proved ambiguous for both young and elderly adults. An age effect was qualified by significant differences in online processing of both subject expressions, as evidenced by fixation on both antecedent pictures. Interestingly, syntactic complexity (OVS structures) interacted with age in the case of 'o ídhios', raising fixation in subject antecedents among young, compared to the elderly adults. Age, but not linguistic manipulation, modulated processing of the anaphoric pronoun 'aftós' and of object antecedent pictures overall.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland2020b,
title = {Jan Blommaert. Durkheim and the Internet: On Sociolinguistics and the Sociological Imagination},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1075/ip.00056.hab},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-07-17},
urldate = {2020-07-17},
journal = {Internet Pragmatics 3(1): DOI:},
volume = {3},
number = {1},
pages = {133-138},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Coupe2020b,
title = {Northern Sangtam phonetics, phonology and word list},
author = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
doi = {10.1075/ltba.19014.cou},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-07-15},
journal = {Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman Area},
volume = {43},
number = {1},
abstract = {This paper presents a comprehensive phonetic and phonological description of Northern Sangtam, an essentially undescribed Tibeto-Burman language of central Nagaland belonging to the Aoic subgroup. It is a noteworthy language from a number of phonological perspectives, not least because its phoneme inventory contains two of the world’s rarest phonemes: a pre-stopped bilabial trill, and a doubly-articulated labial-coronal nasal. These unique segments are described in detail, and an attempt is made to determine how they might have developed their phonemic status. The tone system is also of interest, as it demonstrates evidence of debuccalization resulting in the development of a new high tone. Following a systematic description of the syllable and word structure, the tone system, and the segmental phonology, some observed age-related differences in the phoneme inventory are discussed. The paper is linked to an online repository containing the audio-visual data and transcribed word lists of approximately 900 items, based on the recorded utterances of eight speakers.},
keywords = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pham2020bb,
title = {Contact-induced change and the phonemicization of the vowel/ɑ/in Quảng Nam Vietnamese},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
doi = {10.1075/cilt.350.20pha},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-07-15},
pages = {432-451},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company},
abstract = {This paper is an account of the emergence of the low, back, unrounded vowel /ɑ/ in the Quảng Nam dialect spoken in south central Vietnam. This vowel is not seen in any other dialects. The paper provides evidence for a trace of this vowel in two subdialects of Hà Tĩnh province, north central Vietnam (Phạm, 1997, 2014, 2016), and claims that the Quảng Nam /ɑ/ originated from Hà Tĩnh dialects through migration. It was brought to Quảng Nam by early settlers mainly during the 15th to 18th centuries, where the vowel was further internally restructured through various linguistic processes. The Quảng Nam /ɑ/, therefore, originates from two sources: dialect contact and internal restructuring.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Cardoso2020b,
title = {Shining a Spotlight on the History of Diu},
author = {Hugo Cardoso and Pedro Pombo},
doi = {10.1163/22879811-12340075},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-07-14},
urldate = {2020-07-14},
journal = {The Asian review of World Histories},
volume = {8},
number = {2},
pages = {203-206},
abstract = {The small island of Diu is located just off the southern tip of the peninsula of Saurashtra, in Gujarat (India), and it is currently integrated within one of the country’s union territories.1 At present, the island may seem rather peripheral, but Diu has a complex history that is crisscrossed by multiple
influences from near and far, making it especially cosmopolitan and, in many ways, central. The colonial rule of the Portuguese, which extended from 1535 to 1961, has greatly impacted Diu and the Diuese and is undoubtedly crucial to defining this territory’s unique history from the early modern period up to the present day. The enormous interest shown by the Portuguese in Diu from the very outset of their imperial engagement with South Asia derived from the island’s strategic importance and commercial vitality—which, in turn, had already placed it at the center of important networks of people and trade extending not only inland but also across the Indian Ocean (especially toward the Persian Gulf and East Africa).},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2020b,
title = {Pragmatics lost?: Overview, synthesis and proposition in defining online hate speech},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.1075/ps.20004.bai},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-07-13},
journal = {Pragmatics and Society},
volume = {11},
number = {2},
pages = {196-218},
abstract = {This article argues for a definition of online hate speech as a contextualised speech act that is part of a social process of alienation. It suggests that hate speech comes in degrees, is contextual, involves already existing power dynamics, and ‘others’ its targets by creating in/out groups. I first review the various stances towards understanding the phenomenon of online hate speech, including approaches that focus on online hate speech as an interaction shaped by its medium, while also emphasizing the need to consider the role of implicatures in speech acts when defining hate speech. Second, I argue that the relationality of online speech implies that any message is embedded in idiosyncratic socio-cultural norms, and that therefore a ‘one size fits all’ definition of hate speech is elusive. I conclude by suggesting that contextualized hate speech is embedded in a social process of alienation and should be understood as a continuum.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2020bb,
title = {Introduction: Defining, performing and countering hate speech},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Sharon Millar and Stavros Assimakopoulos},
doi = {10.1075/ps.00030.edi},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-07-13},
journal = {Pragmatics and Society},
volume = {11},
number = {2},
pages = {171-176},
abstract = {In recent years, there has been increasing political, academic and social concern about the phenomenon of hate speech, especially in online contexts. This interest has been fueled partly by the apparent connection of hate speech with hate crime, the former being said to precede or accompany the latter (Schabas 2000; Tsesis 2002). In its 2017 annual report, the European Commission against Racism and Intolerance observed that rising populism in Europe has encouraged a “rhetoric” that “has blended continuously into an actual or constructed hatred of nonnationals or minorities”(ECRI 2018: 8) and underlined the role of social and other media in this process, while in its 2018 annual report, it noted with concern the mainstreaming and normalisation of xenophobic and other prejudicial discourses as well as the negative impacts of fake news and social media echo chambers.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pierson2020,
title = {Intergenerational Communication across the Pacific Rim: The Impact of Filial Piety},
author = {Herbert Pierson and Cynthia Gallois and Howard Giles and Hiroshi Ota and Sik Hung Ng and Tae-Seop Lim and John Maher and Lilnabeth Somera and Ellen B. Ryan and Jake Harwood},
doi = {10.1201/9781003077466-15},
isbn = {9781003077466},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-07-09},
urldate = {2020-07-09},
pages = {192-211},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {Most research and theory in communication and ageing is derived from North America. This investigation is one of a series of comparative attempts to redress this imbalance by studying intergenerational communication patterns in Southeast and East Asian cultures as well as the West. In this study, we focused on filial piety, and administered our own initial measure of normative beliefs about it to over 1400 students in four Western (United States, Australia, Canada and New Zealand) and four East and Southeast Asian (Japan, Korea, Hong Kong and The Philippines) sites. Three-mode factor analyses indicated that overall, participants in the study distinguished between younger and older people and family members and people outside the family in their judgements of filial piety. In addition, subjects’ responses fell into dimensions of practical support versus communication, and respect versus contact and support. Results also indicated differences between what young people should give to their elderly parents (practical support), what parents expect (continued contact with their children) and what older adults in general expect (respect). Students from Asian cultures showed a sharper distinction than did Western students between what they intended to provide (practical support) and what they perceived their parents and older adults to expect (continued contact and respect), although this difference was not great. Finally, MANOVAs indicated that Asian students felt more obliged to give practical support than did Westerners, while the latter put more emphasis on continued communication and contact with older adults. Interestingly, Asian participants reported that their intentions to care for and communicatively support older people were lower than that expected of them, whereas Western participants claimed that they personally would provide more support of all types than was expected of them.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Giles2020d,
title = {Intergenerational Communication across the Pacific Rim: The Impact of Filial Piety},
author = {Howard Giles and Cynthia Gallois and Hiroshi Ota and Herbert D. Pierson and Sik Hung Ng and Tae-Seop Lim and John Maher and Lilnabeth Somera and Ellen B. Ryan and Jake Harwood},
doi = {10.1201/9781003077466-15},
isbn = {9781003077466},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-07-09},
urldate = {2020-07-09},
pages = {192-211},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {Most research and theory in communication and ageing is derived from North America. This investigation is one of a series of comparative attempts to redress this imbalance by studying intergenerational communication patterns in Southeast and East Asian cultures as well as the West. In this study, we focused on filial piety, and administered our own initial measure of normative beliefs about it to over 1400 students in four Western (United States, Australia, Canada and New Zealand) and four East and Southeast Asian (Japan, Korea, Hong Kong and The Philippines) sites. Three-mode factor analyses indicated that overall, participants in the study distinguished between younger and older people and family members and people outside the family in their judgements of filial piety. In addition, subjects’ responses fell into dimensions of practical support versus communication, and respect versus contact and support. Results also indicated differences between what young people should give to their elderly parents (practical support), what parents expect (continued contact with their children) and what older adults in general expect (respect). Students from Asian cultures showed a sharper distinction than did Western students between what they intended to provide (practical support) and what they perceived their parents and older adults to expect (continued contact and respect), although this difference was not great. Finally, MANOVAs indicated that Asian students felt more obliged to give practical support than did Westerners, while the latter put more emphasis on continued communication and contact with older adults. Interestingly, Asian participants reported that their intentions to care for and communicatively support older people were lower than that expected of them, whereas Western participants claimed that they personally would provide more support of all types than was expected of them.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@bachelorthesis{Korne2020,
title = {Introduction. Multilingual literacy practices - global perspectives on visuality, materiality, and creativity},
author = {Haley De Korne and Kristin Vold Lexander and Kellie Gonçalves},
doi = {10.1080/14790718.2020.1766049},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-07-02},
urldate = {2020-07-02},
journal = {International Journal of Multilingualism},
volume = {17},
number = {2},
pages = {1-15},
abstract = {In this special issue introduction, we briefly discuss the history of multilingual writing research before we examine the research presented in the issue in light of three cross-cutting themes: visuality, materiality, and creativity. We conclude with a summary of the papers and the insights they add to our understanding of shifting multilingual literacy practices in the twenty-first century.},
keywords = {Haley De Korne},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@bachelorthesis{Korne2020b,
title = {Rethinking Ideologies of Learners’ Speech and the Multilingual Learning Process},
author = {Haley De Korne},
doi = {10.1111/modl.12654},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-07-01},
urldate = {2020-07-01},
journal = {Modern Language Journal},
volume = {104},
number = {2},
pages = {497-501},
keywords = {Haley De Korne},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {Courtroom Discourse of the ‘Hybrid’ Japanese Criminal Justice System},
author = {Ikuko Nakane
},
doi = {10.47298/jala.v1-i1-a5},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-07-01},
urldate = {2020-07-01},
journal = {Journal of Asian Linguistic Anthropology },
volume = {1},
number = {1},
pages = {110-135},
abstract = {In the Japanese courtroom, an adversarial orientation is often manifested in the ways in which prosecution and defence counsels each utilize discourse strategies to construct competing narratives, for example, by asking coercive negative questions in cross-examination. Alternatively, counsel‘s attempt at building a convincing narrative is at times thwarted by the judge‘s inquisitorial orientation to attempt to elicit the truth.‘This paper aims to explore the discourse of Japanese criminal trials, drawing on an ethnographic study of communication in courtroom settings in Japan. The paper specifically focuses on how the hybridity ofadversarial and inquisitorial orientations to the justice process are realized in courtroom discourse. Drawing on courtroom observation notes, lawyer interviews and other relevant materials as data, I analyze Japan‘s ̳hybrid‘ legal system through observing its trial genre structure, narrative construction processes and courtroom discourse strategies.},
keywords = {Ikuko Nakane},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Bodomo2020b,
title = {MABIA: Its Genesis, Geographical Spread, and some Salient Genetic Features},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-07-01},
pages = {5 - 34},
abstract = {The MABIA languages, numbering about 80, are spoken as first languages by more than 30 million people who live mostly in the Savanna grasslands of West Africa, the middle belt between the forest to the South and the Sahara Desert to the North in present-day northern Ghana, northern Cote d’Ivoire, northern Togo, northern Benin, northwest Nigeria, Burkina Faso and Mali. Some of the salient genetic linguistic features exhibited in many of these languages such as advanced tongue root, vowel harmony, syllabic nasality, tonal polarity, suffixal noun classes, time-depth particles, and SVOV serializing syntax are outlined in this chapter, along with an etymological account of the term "Mabia". It is then argued that, while these features are not unique to the Mabia languages as many other non-Mabia language groups also exhibit some of them, the totality of their regular occurrences in the Mabia languages makes Mabia a unique branch within the Niger-Congo language family. By totality of occurrence, I mean that more of these features occur in most Mabia languages than in languages of other groups. For instance, though many Kwa languages also have affixal noun classes there are more suffixal ones in Mabia than in Kwa. For example, the singular-plural pairs for ‘house’ in Dagaare are yí-rì ‘house’ and yí-è ‘houses’ (with suffixes marking number in Dagaare). In Akan it is è-fíé ‘house’and m̀-fíé ‘houses’ (with prefixes marking number in Akan). In this chapter, these Mabia features are discussed mostly from a comparative perspective with occasional references to language groups like Kwa and other Niger-Congo language groups. The main criterion for the choice of languages for this study is that of the availability of data, though attempts are made to cover as many sub-varieties of the Mabia language group as possible.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Bhatia2020,
title = {"Ruled Britannia": Metaphorical Construction of the EU as Enemy in UKIP Campaign Posters},
author = {Aditi Bhatia and Andrew S. Ross},
doi = {10.1177/1940161220935812},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-07-01},
journal = {The International Journal of Press/Politics},
volume = {26},
number = {1},
pages = {188-209},
abstract = {The sweeping tide of populism across the globe has given rise to isolationist sentiments that call for the closing of national borders and a return to nativist roots. This has been most evident in Britain in terms of the controversial vote to exit the European Union (EU) during the 2016 referendum (to Leave or Remain) and more recently with the lead up to a general election and mounting pressure on the government to implement an exit strategy. The most vocal proponent of the "leave" movement was the United Kingdom Independence Party (UKIP), reframing the debate on EU membership in terms of invasion and oppression. This paper focuses on precisely this discursive construction of the EU by analyzing UKIP campaign posters through application of Bhatia's Discourse of Illusion framework on three levels: historicity (use of the past to justify the present or predict the future), linguistic and semiotic action (subjective conceptualizations of reality made apparent through metaphorical rhetoric), and degree of social impact (emergence of delineating categories through ideological narrative).},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2020bb,
title = {Everyday Communicative Practices and Repertoires in Contexts of Involuntary and Enforced Immobility},
author = {Anna De Fina and Gerardo Mazzaferro},
doi = {10.1590/010318138362711120201106},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-07-01},
abstract = {The aim of this chapter, in line with a critical ethnographic sociolinguistic approach, is to investigate the kinds of communicative practices and repertoires of resources that emerge and are deployed by residents in temporary accommodations to construct, deal with or oppose conditions of both physical and experienced immobility. The focus is on what kinds of linguistic and non-linguistic resources are important to whom, how individuals are able to access them, and most importantly, how the latter are circulated or fixed in specific spatio-temporal frames. Our analysis is based on ethnographic fieldwork carried out within different migrants’ institutional temporary accommodations in the cities of Genoa, Turin and Asti (Italy). Data involve a triangulation of participant observation, audio recordings of casual conversations and semi-guided interviews, including focus group interviews and narratives of personal experiences. We discuss how in contrast to places of transition that migrants, subjected to physical and psychological abuse, associate with silence or with minimal communicative “survival,” these structures can be seen as complex spaces where communication and resistance are possible. It is through language that people navigate, experience and make sense of their world. Our analysis shows that, even though embedded in ‘exceptional spaces’, constrained by border making policies of control and physical immobility, migrants are able to develop daily tactics of mediation, resistance and change by translanguaging, that is, by mobilizing a variety of linguistic and semiotic resources associated with different languages and cultural traditions for their purposes. We argue that within these contexts, though for some migrants only and not always, everyday translanguaging practices represent a potentially performative and transformational communicative mode through which migrants are able to engage with socio-cultural, political, economic asymmetries and linguistic diversity.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2020bb,
title = {Apprentissage des langues : Compétence pragmatique, Interculturalité},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Cristelle Cavalla and Georgeta Cislaru},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-07-01},
journal = {Le Langage et l'Homme},
number = {551},
pages = {Le Langage et l'Homme},
abstract = {Since the 1990s, research in language teaching has turned to pragmatics to renew teaching, assessment and learning methods (Fulcher, Davidson, Kemp 2011). Working in pragmatics and language learning means considering language in its discursive, communicative and social dimension, which leads to very quickly integrating the notion of pragmatic competence. At the origin of the field of investigation, they are first of all comparative studies devoted to the differences and similarities between speech acts (Austin 1962) according to languages ​​and cultures, their socio-pragmatic variations and the variation of language. 'interlanguage which have been at the heart of large-scale projects such as the “Cross-Cultural Speech Act Realization” (CCSARP) (Blum-Kulka, House, Kasper 1989).},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pablé2020b,
title = {Integrating biosemiotics: From a semiological point of view},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.12697/SSS.2020.48.1.07},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-30},
journal = {Sign Systems Studies},
volume = {48},
number = {1},
pages = {125-145},
abstract = {This paper is a study in the ‘philosophy of semiotics’. It is centred on a critical approach to the Peircean sign conception, which underlies biosemiotics and the global perspective on signs. The present discussion tackles questions of ontological and epistemological interest, which it does by taking a distinctly semiological point of reference. The semiology which the present critique draws inspiration from is Roy Harris’ integrationism, an approach to human communication which rejects Saussurean semiology – the common target of Peircean semiotics. Integrationism explains signs in relation to human activities. It shares with biosemiotics a view of reality as speciesspecific, but takes a skeptical position towards the investigation of non-human signs on the grounds that it implies a metalanguage impervious to the radical indeterminacy of the sign. Integrationists take this indeterminacy as the starting point for their reflections on human communication.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Cobley2020,
title = {Editorial: Signs and communicators},
author = {Paul Cobley and Adrian Pablé and Johan Siebers},
doi = {10.12697 / SSS.2020.48.1.01},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-30},
journal = {Sign Systems Studies},
volume = {48},
number = {1},
pages = {7-11},
abstract = {Editorial: Signs and communicators
},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Bourne-Taylor2020,
title = {The Journey is Everything1: Virginia Woolf’s Continental AdventureVirginia Woolf’s Continental Adventure},
author = {Carole Bourne-Taylor},
doi = {10.3828/liverpool/9781949979350.003.0011},
isbn = {9781949979350},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-30},
urldate = {2020-06-30},
pages = {161-170},
abstract = {Virginia Woolf had a European sensibility and a sense of Europe as an intellectual sphere. She was writing at a time when a syncretic European consciousness was emerging, as epitomized by Gide who hailed nomadism as a lifestyle. Woolf regarded the concept of nationality as obsolete and decried the ‘insularity’, ‘domesticity’ and ‘homeliness’ of England for which she produced a number of satirical metonyms. Possessing ‘the zest of travelling’, she found in France a ‘congenial civilisation’, where she could experience new trends of thought and sensory impressions, which would fuel her creativity. It was not just the blend of intellectuality and sensuality, but also the sheer strangeness of a foreign language and landscape that spurred her spirit of experimentation.},
keywords = {Carole Bourne-Taylor},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Bourne-Taylor2020b,
title = {The Journey is Everything : Virginia Woolf’s Continental Adventure},
author = {Carole Bourne-Taylor},
doi = {10.2307/j.ctv12sdxh1.15},
isbn = {9781949979350},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-30},
urldate = {2020-06-30},
pages = {161-170},
keywords = {Carole Bourne-Taylor},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Bodomo2020c,
title = {Calculator communication in the markets of Guangzhou and beyond},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Hongjie Dong and Dewei Che},
doi = {10.1080/01434632.2020.1786575},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-29},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {Volume 30},
pages = {12},
abstract = {The presence of Africans in China has been phenomenal since the late 1990s. In recent years, there has been a dramatic uptick in people from Africa coming to the major cities of China such as Guangzhou, Hong Kong, Macau, Yiwu, Shanghai, and Beijing. They are in the process of building linguistic, cultural, and economic bridges between their source communities and their host communities. In this process, communication problems are inevitable, since Africans and Chinese do not share a common lingua franca in most cases. However, these communities have succeeded in devising some interactive strategies that turn out to be quite effective, especially in market situations, one of them being calculator communication (CM). This paper looks at these strategies in the context of contact linguistics and the emergence of some hybrid language that has elements of African languages, Chinese, and English.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Tsimpli2020i,
title = {ELENI PERISTERI & IANTHI-MARIA TSIMPLI Bilingualism effects in the reading and listening comprehension performance of children with neurodevelopmental disorders: Εvidence from Autism Spectrum Disorders and Developmental Language Disorder},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Panagiotis Patrikelis},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-23},
urldate = {2020-06-23},
abstract = {Skilled comprehension requires the ability to infer through the integration of various sources of information. It involves the integration of microstructural, or else structural, properties of language from the visual input (in reading comprehension) or the speech signal (in listening comprehension) with contextual and background world knowledge, social cognition, and global/gist processing skills. The development of reading and listening comprehension is a significant challenge for many children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) and Developmental Language Disorder (DLD) who present deficits in language and cognitive skills to different degrees. Though comprehension impairments in monolingual children with DLD and ASD have been investigated in previous studies, research has yet to address comprehension skills in bilingual children with DLD and ASD. The purpose of this study was to investigate bilingualism effects in the reading and listening comprehension skills of children with DLD and ASD, and also examine the role of language to predict their performance. The study involves groups of bilingual and monolingual age-matched children with DLD and ASD, who were administered standardized reading and listening comprehension tasks. Participants' language ability was measured through expressive vocabulary and sentence repetition tests. The study identified positive effects of bilingualism for both groups with ASD and DLD in reading and listening comprehension. The findings also indicate that higher comprehension performance in the bilingual groups strongly correlated with their verbal working memory ability.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Tsimpli2020j,
title = {ELENI PERISTERI & IANTHI-MARIA TSIMPLI Bilingualism effects in the reading and listening comprehension performance of children with neurodevelopmental disorders: Εvidence from Autism Spectrum Disorders and Developmental Language Disorder},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-23},
urldate = {2020-06-23},
abstract = {Skilled comprehension requires the ability to infer through the integration of various sources of information. It involves the integration of microstructural, or else structural, properties of language from the visual input (in reading comprehension) or the speech signal (in listening comprehension) with contextual and background world knowledge, social cognition, and global/gist processing skills. The development of reading and listening comprehension is a significant challenge for many children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) and Developmental Language Disorder (DLD) who present deficits in language and cognitive skills to different degrees. Though comprehension impairments in monolingual children with DLD and ASD have been investigated in previous studies, research has yet to address comprehension skills in bilingual children with DLD and ASD. The purpose of this study was to investigate bilingualism effects in the reading and listening comprehension skills of children with DLD and ASD, and also examine the role of language to predict their performance. The study involves groups of bilingual and monolingual age-matched children with DLD and ASD, who were administered standardized reading and listening comprehension tasks. Participants' language ability was measured through expressive vocabulary and sentence repetition tests. The study identified positive effects of bilingualism for both groups with ASD and DLD in reading and listening comprehension. The findings also indicate that higher comprehension performance in the bilingual groups strongly correlated with their verbal working memory ability.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Tang2020,
title = {Author accepted manuscript: Orthographic and phonological activation in Hong Kong deaf readers: An eye-tracking study},
author = {Gladys Tang and Philip Thierfelder and Gillian Wigglesworth},
doi = {10.1177/1747021820940223},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-22},
journal = {Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology},
volume = {73},
number = {12},
pages = {2217-2235},
abstract = {We used an error disruption paradigm to investigate how deaf readers from Hong Kong, who had varying levels of reading fluency, use orthographic, phonological, and mouth-shape-based (i.e., "visemic") codes during Chinese sentence reading while also examining the role of contextual information in facilitating lexical retrieval and integration. Participants had their eye movements recorded as they silently read Chinese sentences containing orthographic, homophonic, homovisemic, or unrelated errors. Sentences varied in terms of how much contextual information was available leading up to the target word. Fixation time analyses revealed that in early fixation measures, deaf readers activated word meanings primarily through orthographic representations. However, in contexts where targets were highly predictable, fixation times on homophonic errors decreased relative to those on unrelated errors, suggesting that higher levels of contextual predictability facilitated early phonological activation. In the measure of total reading time, results indicated that deaf readers activated word meanings primarily through orthographic representations, but they also appeared to activate word meanings through visemic representations in late error recovery processes. Examining the influence of reading fluency level on error recovery processes, we found that, in comparison to deaf readers with lower reading fluency levels, those with higher reading fluency levels could more quickly resolve homophonic and orthographic errors in the measures of gaze duration and total reading time, respectively. We conclude with a discussion of the theoretical implications of these findings as they relate to the lexical quality hypothesis and the dual-route cascaded model of reading by deaf adults.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2020b,
title = {‘Stop, Revive, Survive’: Revivalistics from the ‘Promised Land’ to the ‘Lucky Country’Revivalistics from the ‘Promised Land’ to the ‘Lucky Country’},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1093/oso/9780199812776.003.0006},
isbn = {9780199812776},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-18},
pages = {186-226},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {This chapter introduces revivalistics, a new trans-disciplinary field of enquiry, and explores lessons from Israeli that are applicable to the reclamation and empowerment of Aboriginal languages in Australia and elsewhere. Any language reawakening should involve a long period of thoroughly observing, carefully listening to the language custodians, and learning, mapping and characterizing the specific Indigenous community. Only then can one inspire and assist. That said, this chapter proposes that there are linguistic constraints (as seen in the Hebrew reclamation) applicable to all revival attempts. Mastering them would be useful to endangered languages, particularly to Indigenous linguistic revival. The chapter introduces a practical tool: the quadrilateral Language Revival Diamond (LARD), featuring language owners, linguistics, education, and the public sphere. Each of these four core quadrants is necessary in reviving any language.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2020bb,
title = {Defying Religion and Deifying Nationhood: Conscious Ideological Secularization of Hebrew TermsConscious Ideological Secularization of Hebrew Terms},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1093/oso/9780199812776.003.0003},
isbn = {9780199812776},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-18},
pages = {112-149},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {This chapter explores the widespread phenomenon of semantic secularization. An example of an ideologically-neutral semantic secularization is visible in the transition of the meaning for the English word cell from ‘monk’s living place’ to become instead ‘autonomous self-replicating unit from which tissues of the body are formed’. The main focus of this chapter, however, is on secularizations involving ideological what I call ‘lexical engineering’, as exemplified by deliberate, subversive processes of extreme semantic shifting, pejoration, amelioration, trivialization, and allusion. An example of such transvaluation, the transition of semantic value, is [bəloˈri:t]. In Mishnaic Hebrew this term means ‘Mohawk, an upright strip of hair that runs across the crown of the head from the forehead to the nape of the neck’, a distinctive of the abominable pagan and not to be touched by the Jewish barber. But, defying religious values as well as negating the Diaspora (where Jews by and large had tidy hair), secular Socialist Zionists use blorít with the meaning ‘forelock, hair above the forehead’, which becomes one of the defining characteristics of the ‘Sabra’ (‘prickly pear’ a metaphor for a native Israeli)—as if proposing that the ‘new Jew’ is a pagan. In line with the prediction made by Gershom Scholem in his famous letter to Franz Rosenzweig (Bekenntnis über unsere Sprache, 1926), some ultra-orthodox Jews have tried to launch a ‘lexical vendetta’: using secularized terms as dormant agents, as a shortcut to religious concepts, thus trying to convince secular Jews to go back to their religious roots.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2020bb,
title = {’Nother Tongue: Subconscious Cross-Fertilization between Hebrew and Its Revivalists’ Mother TonguesSubconscious Cross-Fertilization between Hebrew and Its Revivalists’ Mother Tongues},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1093/oso/9780199812776.003.0002},
isbn = {9780199812776},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-18},
pages = {44-111},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {This chapter analyses salient phonetic, phonological, morphological, syntactic, and lexical features in the fully fledged Israeli language. It illustrates the difficulty in determining a single source for the grammar of Israeli. The European impact in these features is apparent inter alia in structure, semantics, or productivity. The chapter demonstrates the ubiquitous multiple causation in Israeli and that the revival of a no-longer spoken language is unlikely without cross-fertilization from the revivalists’ mother tongue(s). Thus, one should expect revival efforts to result in a language with a hybridic genetic and typological character.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2020bb,
title = {Native Tongue Title: Compensation for LinguicideCompensation for Linguicide},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1093/oso/9780199812776.003.0008},
isbn = {9780199812776},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-18},
pages = {240-265},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {This chapter proposes the enactment of an ex gratia compensation scheme for the loss of Indigenous languages in Australia. Although some Australian states have enacted ex gratia compensation schemes for the victims of the Stolen Generation policies, the victims of linguicide are largely overlooked by the Australian Government. Existing competitive grant schemes to support Aboriginal languages should be complemented with compensation schemes, which are based on a claim of right. The chapter first outlines the history of linguicide during colonization in Australia. It then puts a case for reviving lost Aboriginal languages by highlighting the deontological, aesthetic and utilitarian benefits of language revival. After evaluating the limits of existing Australian law in supporting language revival efforts, I propose ‘Native Tongue Title’, compensation for language loss—modelled upon Native Title, compensation for land loss.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2020bb,
title = {Realistic Prescriptivism: The Hebrew Language Academy and the Native SpeakerThe Hebrew Language Academy and the Native Speaker},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1093/oso/9780199812776.003.0004},
isbn = {9780199812776},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-18},
pages = {150-165},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {This chapter explores the futile lexpionage (lexical + espionage) of the Academy of the Hebrew Language. During the past century, Israeli has become the primary mode of communication in all domains of Israel’s public and private life. Issues of language are so sensitive in Israel that politicians are often involved. For example, in an article in Ha’aretz (21 June 2004), the late left-wing politician Yossi Sarid attacked the (most widespread) ‘common language of éser shékel’ as inarticulate and monstrous, and urged civilians to fight it and protect ‘Hebrew’. However, most Israelis say éser shékel ‘ten shekels’ rather than asar-á shkal-ím (original Hebrew pronunciation: [ʕǎśåˈrå ʃəqåˈli:m]), the former literally meaning ‘ten (masculine singular) shekel (masculine singular)’, the latter ‘ten (feminine singular) shekels (masculine plural)’, and thus having a ‘polarity-of-gender agreement’—with a feminine numeral and a masculine plural noun, which is a Biblical Hebrew norm, not so in Israeli. Brought into being by legislation in 1953 as the supreme institute for Hebrew, the Academy of the Hebrew Language prescribes standards for Israeli grammar, lexis (vocabulary), orthography, transcription, and vocalization (vowel marking) ‘based upon the study of Hebrew’s historical development’. This chapter critically analyses the Academy’s mission, as intriguingly—and in my view oxymoronically—defined in its constitution: ‘to direct the development of Hebrew in light of its nature’. It throws light on the dynamics within the committees’ meetings, and exposes some U-turn decisions made by the Academy.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2020bb,
title = {The Hebrew Reclamation: Myth and RealityMyth and Reality},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1093/oso/9780199812776.003.0001},
isbn = {9780199812776 T1},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-18},
pages = {1-43},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {This chapter introduces an original analysis of the Hebrew reclamation, resulting in ‘Israeli’, a term first used by Zuckermann (1999). A language is a col-lect-ion, an abstract ensemble of lects (idiolects, sociolects, dialects, and other lects) rather than an entity per se. It is more like a species than an organism. Still, the genetic classification of Israeli as a consistent entity has preoccupied linguists since the language emerged at the end of the nineteenth century. As a consequence, Israeli affords insights into the politics and evolution not only of language, but also of linguistics and revivalistics. The chapter proposes that the languages spoken in Israel today is a semi-engineered, Semito-European hybrid language. Its complexity should be acknowledged and celebrated, regardless of what one chooses to call it. The chapter also introduces two useful principles to the analysis of revival languages: The Founder Principle and the Congruence Principle. In revivalistics, the Founder Principle proposes that the impact of the mother tongues of the revivalists—in the critical period of the emergence of the revival language—is much greater than that of following generations. The Congruence Principle in revivalistics proposes that the more contributing languages a feature exists in, the more likely it is to persist in the emerging revival language.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2020bb,
title = {Our Ancestors Are Happy: Language Revival and Mental HealthLanguage Revival and Mental Health},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1093/oso/9780199812776.003.0009},
isbn = {9780199812776 T1},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-18},
pages = {266-280},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {This chapter explores the correlation between language revival and wellbeing. It suggests that there is an urgent need to systematically assess quantitatively the mental health impact of language reclamation on indigenous communities. The primary hypothesis is that there will be significant improvements in mental health during the language revival process, reduced suicide ideation (i.e. people would be less likely to come up with the idea of suicide as a possibility), reduced self-harm, and reduced instances of suicide. Language is postulated as core to a people’s wellbeing and mental health. The link between poor mental health and suicide has been clearly demonstrated. But it is one thing to have a statement about the importance of language and mental health; it is another to have the statistical evidence that governments often require to implement policies that will affect personal, community and social wellbeing. Hallett, Chandler, and Lalonde (2007) report a clear correlation between youth suicide and lack of conversational knowledge in the native language in British Columbia, Canada. However, there has been no systematic study of the impact of language revival on mental health and suicide, partly because language reclamation is still rare. This chapter suggests that just as language loss increases suicidal ideation and depression, language gain reduces ill mental health.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Chiaro2020b,
title = {Audiovisual Translation},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.1002/9781405198431.wbeal0061.pub2},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-15},
journal = {The encyclopedia of applied linguistics},
pages = {1-6},
abstract = {Audiovisual translation (AVT) refers to the transfer from one language to another of the verbal components contained in audiovisual works and products. Because audiovisual materials are meant to be seen and heard simultaneously, their translation is different from translating print. Written works are primarily meant to be read whereas audiovisual works are typically watched and listened to. Audiovisual products are often but not always created with the support of technological apparatus, and their translations are also created and accessed through one or more electronic devices. The main modalities for screen translation of fictional products are dubbing and subtitling. The aim of dubbing is to make the translated dialogue appear as though it is being uttered by the actors. Subtitles are an abbreviated written translation of what can be heard on screen. Fansubbing, considered a forerunner of crowdsourced translation, arose in response to the dissatisfaction of fans with what they considered inadequate dubbing and subtitling of TV series. Fans took on the translation job themselves. Audiovisual translation plays an important role in making audiovisual materials accessible to all.},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Chiaro2020bb,
title = {A rich sauce of comedy: Talking and laughing about Italian food in digital spaces},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.1075/impact.47.11chi},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-15},
pages = {211-233},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
chapter = {11},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Bodomo2020,
title = {Handbook of the Mabia Languages of West Africa},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Hasiyatu Abubakari and Samuel Alhassan Issah},
isbn = {9783962031176},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-14},
number = {400},
publisher = {Galda-Verlag},
abstract = {This publication is the first handbook of the Mabia languages of West Africa. This group of languages, numbering about 80, are spoken as first languages by more than 30 million people who live mostly in the Savanna grasslands of West Africa – in present-day northern Ghana, northern Cote d’Ivoire, northern Togo, northern Benin, northwest Nigeria, Burkina Faso and Mali. This first handbook comprises of works in about 10 of these languages, including Dagaare, Gurenε, Dagbane, Kasem, Kusaal, Buli, Sisaala, Safaliba, and Mampruli. Care has, however, been taken to include data from other languages in the chapters on these main languages. The 12 chapters in this book cover key aspects of the linguistics of Mabia languages, including the phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, sociolinguistics, and literary appreciation. This book is essential reading for graduate and undergraduate students, as well as a core reference resource for established scholars and the general public.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Bhatia2020b,
title = {Exploring the Englishes of world politics},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
doi = {10.1111/weng.12495},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-09},
journal = {World Englishes},
volume = {39},
number = {4},
abstract = {This issue intends to open the gates to unexplored areas of research and analysis in world Englishes from the prism of critical discourse analysis, by exploring how political discourse can take on the unique linguistic properties of the cultural contexts in which it is conceived and, accordingly, sculpt the identities of all those addressed or involved. As such, the issue borrows data from different parts of the world, including Ghana, Turkey, Britain, Singapore, America, India, and the Middle East, to investigate how political parties, political leaders, and socio‐political movements are most persuasively narrativized when they play on local sentiment and language features representative of local communities and audiences, despite often common, populist aims.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2020bb,
title = {Researching Politeness: From the ‘Classical’ Approach to Discourse Analysis and Back},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Georgeta Cislaru and Chantal Claudel},
doi = {10.1007/s41701-020-00088-8},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-09},
journal = {Corpus Pragmatics},
volume = {4},
number = {8},
pages = {259-272},
abstract = {Im/politeness has been subject to societal recommendations for centuries, and to academic studies for decades (Leech 1977; Lakoff 1973; Brown and Levinson 1978), maybe because politeness has been identified “as a key motivation for leaving things unsaid”(Norrick and Illie 2018: 7). Politeness may be roughly defined as a frame of coded communicative norms embodying social conventionality, and impoliteness as a transgressional behaviour. This now well-established field of research provides researchers with a number of tools that have circulated widely in linguistics and beyond (intercultural studies, language teaching and language acquisition, etc.). Different approaches to the topic have been identified along traditional divides in the field of pragmatics between on the one hand ‘Anglo-American and European pragmatics’ and on the other hand ‘micro and macro approaches’(see Haugh and Culpeper.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Ladegaard2020b,
title = {Talking About Trauma in Migrant Worker Returnee Narratives: Mental Health Issues},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1007/978-981-15-4389-0_1},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-02},
urldate = {2020-06-02},
pages = {3-27},
publisher = {Springer, Singapore},
abstract = {This chapter reports on a research project about Indonesian and Filipina migrant worker returnees. Shortly after their return, they were invited to participate in a sharing session with other migrant workers and a researcher about their experiences as migrant workers and about their homecoming. 107 women participated in 30 sharing sessions and all the stories were transcribed and (for some) translated. A large number of the women were (sexually) assaulted while they worked overseas and return to their home countries deeply traumatised. First, the chapter analyses some narrative excerpts in which the women talk about (sexual) assault and other traumatic experiences. The stories are notably incoherent and disconnected, characterised by voids in the narrative flow. This is typical of trauma storytelling but is sometimes used against the women to discredit their stories. Then the chapter discusses the mental health issues involved in these women’s stories and what scholars can do to address them. The findings from the current dataset suggest that hundreds of traumatised women return to Indonesia every year with no access to proper healthcare or professional therapy, and the chapter discusses what can be done to meet these women’s needs.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Piller2020k,
title = {Sociolinguistic ethnographies of globalisation},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
editor = {Karin Tusting
},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-01},
urldate = {2020-06-01},
number = {5},
pages = {54-69},
publisher = {Routledge, Taylor and Francis Group},
address = {London},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{King2020,
title = {Language, Sexuality and Education},
author = {Brian King},
doi = {10.1177/0075424220924116},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-01},
urldate = {2020-06-01},
journal = {Journal of English Linguistics 48(2): DOI:},
volume = {48},
number = {2},
pages = {204-208},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Bodomo2020d,
title = {Handbook of the Mabia Languages of West Africa},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Hasiyatu Abubakari and Samuel Alhassan Issah},
isbn = {9783962031176},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-06-01},
publisher = {Galda-Verlag},
abstract = {This publication is the first handbook of the Mabia languages of West Africa. This group of languages, numbering about 80, are spoken as first languages by more than 30 million people who live mostly in the Savanna grasslands of West Africa – in present-day northern Ghana, northern Cote d’Ivoire, northern Togo, northern Benin, northwest Nigeria, Burkina Faso and Mali. This first handbook comprises of works in about 10 of these languages, including Dagaare, Gurenε, Dagbane, Kasem, Kusaal, Buli, Sisaala, Safaliba, and Mampruli. Care has, however, been taken to include data from other languages in the chapters on these main languages. The 12 chapters in this book cover key aspects of the linguistics of Mabia languages, including the phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, sociolinguistics, and literary appreciation. This book is essential reading for graduate and undergraduate students, as well as a core reference resource for established scholars and the general public.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Lupke2020,
title = {The writing’s on the wall: spaces for language-independent and language-based literacies},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
doi = {10.1080/14790718.2020.1766466},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-05-26},
journal = {International Journal of Multilingualism},
volume = {17},
number = {3},
pages = {1-22 },
abstract = {This article investigates what is commonly called multilingual writing. Based on case studies from Mali, and drawing on a number of West African settings, it argues that in fact, not all ‘multilingual’ writing is in effect multilingual. The article proposes a two-tiered classification of types of writing, based on linguistic properties of texts and the differing perspectives of writers and readers. This analysis contrasts writers’ intentions to write (in) a particular language vs. to mobilise linguistic resources in a more holistic manner. The latter type of writing, it is argued, is better characterised as language-independent, since writers do not draw borders between what can be analysed as different languages from a code-based perspective often applied by analysts. The co-existence, spaces, and potentials of language-based and language-independent writing are examined in detail. This type of writing is invisible to language planners and often taken to be unreadable, akin to the mythical writing on the wall inspiring the title of the paper. Yet, in contexts with low educational resources and great linguistic diversity, language-independent writing presents a resilient and underappreciated alternative to language-based literacies.},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pia2020b,
title = {Memory leaks: Local histories of cooperation as a solution to water-related cooperation problems},
author = {Andrea E. Pia},
doi = {10.4324/9781003085102-6},
isbn = {9781003085102},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-05-26},
urldate = {2020-05-26},
pages = {101-120},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {This chapter explores the morality of cooperation in rural China through the lens of water management. The project of putting water to human use presents several problems of coordination and cooperation among different users. The chapter addresses some questions emerging from the study of water-related cooperation problems, especially those developed within the framework provided by Ostrom, through an ethnographic study of water policies and management in Yancong, a water-stressed rural township of northeast Yunnan. Ostrom’s theory of cooperation can be made empirically sounder if integrated with a focus on the symbolic dimension of infrastructure and on the moral narratives people produce in relation to their construction and meaning. The chapter’s attentiveness to local histories allows to investigate the active recuperation and re-articulation by common villagers and local cadres of both the symbolic and material legacy of the Great Leap Forward in the solution of cooperation problems relative to the supply of drinking water and its redistribution in the locale.},
keywords = {Andrea E. Pia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Gasparini2020b,
title = {Modern South Arabian languages},
author = {Fabio Gasparini and Simone Bettega},
doi = {10.5281/zenodo.3744531},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-05-13},
volume = {1},
pages = {351-369},
publisher = {Language Science Press},
chapter = {16},
abstract = {In the course of this chapter we will discuss what is known about the effects that contact with Arabic has had on the Modern South Arabian languages of Oman and Yemen. Documentation concerning these languages is not abundant, and even more limited is our knowledge of the history of their interaction with Arabic. By integrating the existing bibliography with as yet unpublished fieldwork materials, we will try to provide as complete a picture of the situation as possible, also discussing the current linguistic and sociolinguistic landscape of Dhofar and eastern Yemen.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Fabio Gasparini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Bodomo2020e,
title = {Historical and contemporary perspectives on inequalities and well-being of Africans in China},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.1080/14631369.2020.1761246},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-05-05},
pages = {526-541},
abstract = {This paper first outlines a brief history of the African presence in China since the Tang era, indicating that Africans have mostly lived on the margins of the Chinese society. It then highlights the contemporary presence of Africans in China since the turn of the Millennium, showing that while African traders and students have demonstrated a lot of resilience, the story of Africans living at the margins of the Chinese society has not changed much. As a case study, insights are drawn from research conducted in Guangzhou showing the marked inequalities Africans living there face in regards to access to health care. Some of the many barriers creating inequality of access to health care include affordability, legal issues, and language barriers. Finally, the paper proposes a theory of resilience to explain the attempt by Africans in China to cope with this situation of inequality and well-being.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bhatia2020c,
title = {Saffronisation of India: A critical discourse analysis of contemporary political ideology},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
doi = {10.1111/weng.12494},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-05-01},
journal = {World Englishes},
volume = {39},
number = {2},
abstract = {The victory of India's Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) in 2014, led by Prime Minister Narendra Modi, has shaped current socio‐political discourse through the lens of Hindu fundamentalism. Driven by right‐wing Hindu nationals in the party that advocate the hegemony of the Hindu way of life, or Hindutva (‘Hindu nationalism’), contemporary political narrative can be seen to recontextualise the country's history through ‘saffronisation’ of public space, social practice, and education. This paper will explore how under the governance of the ruling party, socio‐political sentiment is perceived to be shaped increasingly through Hindutva, by analysing the media framing of political ideology. To conduct the analysis, the paper draws on Bhatia's (2015) theoretical framework of the Discourse of Illusion.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bhatia2020d,
title = {“We prefer self-government with danger to servitude in tranquillity”: Mythological heroism in the discourse of Kwame Nkrumah’},
author = {Aditi Bhatia and Mark Nartey},
doi = {10.1111/weng.12499},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-05-01},
journal = {World Englishes},
volume = {39},
number = {4},
abstract = {This paper critically explores how an African independence leader uses his language to simultaneously construct heroes and villains, protagonists and antagonists forming part of an ideological mechanism that realizes an anti‐imperialist rhetoric and a discourse of resistance. It combines discourse‐historical analysis with discourse‐mythological analysis to examine a number of speeches delivered by Kwame Nkrumah, a pioneering Pan‐Africanist and Ghana's independence leader. The analysis demonstrates that archetypal traits of mythological heroism in Nkrumah's discourse are constructed through his identification of a ‘conspiratorial enemy’ and his sculpting of identities such as a ‘valiant leader’ and a ‘noble revolutionary’. The analysis also reveals that Nkrumah's language has identifiable features of Ghanaian English, including the use of Ghanaianisms, coinages/neologism, and idiomatic expressions, that helped him to (emotionally) connect with his audience and strengthen the persuasive impact of his speeches.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Brookes2020,
title = {English in the identity practices of black male township youth in South Africa},
author = {Heather Brookes and Idah Makukule},
doi = {10.1111/weng.12472},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-05-01},
urldate = {2020-05-01},
journal = {World Englishes},
volume = {40},
number = {3},
abstract = {This paper explores the role of English in peer interactions among black male youth in two Johannesburg townships. We demonstrate how social meanings attached to English shape ways of using English in the expression of social identities. English is a central tool in processes of authentification and delegitimization in relation to notions of African urban male township identity. Longitudinal ethnographic work, with recordings of spontaneous peer interactions on the township streets, show how social meanings attached to using English have shifted with socio‐economic changes since 1994. These changes have impacted patterns of English use among black youth and male youth in particular. The way in which youth use English challenges structural variety approaches to youth languages in African contexts that treat them as separate linguistic varieties.},
keywords = {Heather Brookes},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {The impact of bilingualism on the narrative ability and the executive functions of children with autism spectrum disorders},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
doi = {10.1016/j.jcomdis.2020.105999},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-05-01},
journal = {Journal of Communication Disorders},
volume = {85},
number = {3},
pages = {105999},
abstract = {While there is ample evidence that monolingual children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) face difficulties with narrative story-telling and executive functions (EF), there is considerable uncertainty about how bilingualism impacts these skills in autism. The current study explores the effect of bilingualism on the narrative and EF skills of forty 7-to-12-year-old bilingual and monolingual children with ASD, as well as forty age-matched bilingual and monolingual children of typical development (TD). Narrative production data were elicited using the Edmonton Narrative Norms Instrument (ENNI; Schneider et al., 2005), which was developed to measure narrative production at a microstructural and macrostructural level. The same children were administered two EF tasks, namely, a global-local visual attention task and a 2-back working memory task. In story-telling, bilingual children with ASD achieved higher scores than monolingual children with ASD on story structure complexity and use of adverbial clauses, and they tended to use significantly fewer ambiguous referential forms than their monolingual peers with ASD. In the global-local task, bilingual children with ASD were faster and more accurate in global trials than monolingual children with ASD, who tended to be more susceptible to interference from locally presented information than the other experimental groups. Higher accuracy and faster response times were also observed for bilingual children with ASD in the 2-back task. Further correlation analyses between the story-telling and EF tasks revealed that bilingual children with ASD drew on a broader range of EF in narrative production than their monolingual peers. The overall findings reveal that bilingual children with ASD outperformed their monolingual peers with ASD in both the microstructure and macrostructure of their narrative production, as well as in their visual attention and working memory skills.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2020k,
title = {The impact of bilingualism on the narrative ability and the executive functions of children with autism spectrum disorders},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Eleni Baldimtsi and Maria Andreou},
doi = {10.1016/j.jcomdis.2020.105999},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-05-01},
urldate = {2020-05-01},
journal = {Journal of Communication Disorders},
volume = {85},
number = {3},
pages = {105999},
abstract = {While there is ample evidence that monolingual children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) face difficulties with narrative story-telling and executive functions (EF), there is considerable uncertainty about how bilingualism impacts these skills in autism. The current study explores the effect of bilingualism on the narrative and EF skills of forty 7-to-12-year-old bilingual and monolingual children with ASD, as well as forty age-matched bilingual and monolingual children of typical development (TD). Narrative production data were elicited using the Edmonton Narrative Norms Instrument (ENNI; Schneider et al., 2005), which was developed to measure narrative production at a microstructural and macrostructural level. The same children were administered two EF tasks, namely, a global-local visual attention task and a 2-back working memory task. In story-telling, bilingual children with ASD achieved higher scores than monolingual children with ASD on story structure complexity and use of adverbial clauses, and they tended to use significantly fewer ambiguous referential forms than their monolingual peers with ASD. In the global-local task, bilingual children with ASD were faster and more accurate in global trials than monolingual children with ASD, who tended to be more susceptible to interference from locally presented information than the other experimental groups. Higher accuracy and faster response times were also observed for bilingual children with ASD in the 2-back task. Further correlation analyses between the story-telling and EF tasks revealed that bilingual children with ASD drew on a broader range of EF in narrative production than their monolingual peers. The overall findings reveal that bilingual children with ASD outperformed their monolingual peers with ASD in both the microstructure and macrostructure of their narrative production, as well as in their visual attention and working memory skills.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Costa2020,
title = {Experiencing Homeland: Social Media and Transnational Communication among Kurdish Migrants in Northern Italy},
author = {Elisabetta Costa and Donya Alinejad},
doi = {10.1525/gp.2020.12783},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-05-01},
urldate = {2020-05-01},
journal = {Global Perspectives},
volume = {1},
number = {1},
abstract = {This article examines the ways in which experiences of homeland take shape through the use of social media among first- and second-generation Kurdish migrants living in Milan and surrounding areas in the Lombardy region of Italy. Drawing on a short-term ethnographic study of social media practices carried out in spring and summer 2018, the paper presents and compares the uses of social media among two migrant generations and conceptualizes homeland as a mediated experience that takes shape through people’s everyday social media practices. This approach to homeland can account for the multiple ways in which the affordances of digital platforms and the subjective aspects of homeland are interconnected with one another through social media practices. The paper is part of the Global Perspectives, Media and Communication special issue on “Media, Migration, and Nationalism,” guest-edited by Koen Leurs and Tomohisa Hirata.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pia2020d,
title = {Jurisprudential massage: legal fictions, radical citizenship and the epistemics of dissent in post-socialist China},
author = {Andrea E. Pia},
doi = {10.14506/ca35.4.01},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-04-27},
urldate = {2020-04-27},
journal = {Cultural Anthropology},
volume = {35},
number = {4},
pages = {487–515-487–515},
abstract = {While China leads the global race to high-tech surveillance, a homegrown low-tech institution of dissent management is currently experiencing a surprising revival: dispute mediation. Drawing on Confucian and socialist practices of justice, Yunnanese dispute mediators are today considerably innovating the jurisprudential techniques that frame the composition of conflict and the meaning of state laws in dispute settings. Jurisprudential massage is the emic term given to one such technique. Here I show how this technique stands for the deployment of therapeutic analogies and legal fictions with the aim of reorienting the political sensibilities of disputants toward a neo-paternalistic form of citizenship. Contributing to the anthropology of law and resistance, this article shows how civil dissent cannot only be physically quenched through state coercion and silenced by pervasive surveillance or tactical buyouts but can also be ushered off the political stage by a selective redrawing of the epistemic foundation of legality.},
keywords = {Andrea E. Pia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2020bb,
title = {Obscurantisme et complotisme : le mépris dans les débats en ligne consacrés à la vaccinationObscurantism and Conspiracy Theory: Contempt in Online Debates Focused on Vaccination},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.4000/lidil.7652},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-04-27},
journal = {Lidil},
abstract = {The purpose of this study is to understand how and why certain online exchanges can be described as contemptuous; in other words, we seek to understand how the scornful look typical of the contemptuous person translates verbally in online exchanges. Our data are limited to online threads focused on the 2018 Buzyn lawmaking eleven vaccines compulsory for 2 month old babies, which allow us to study the argumentative strategies in the comments considered contemptuous. We conclude that the preeminent elements qualifying a contemptuous exchange is a polarizing content and a sarcastic tonality, achieved in particular by discrediting strategies on the basis of incompetence and accusations of spreading fake news. Sarcasm in particular is much present in such exchanges and affirms an asymmetrical relation which includes disrespect.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Piller2020g,
title = {Language challenges of Covid-19 are a pressing issue},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-04-24},
urldate = {2020-04-24},
abstract = {In mid-March, we issued a call for papers for a special issue of the international sociolinguistics journal Multilingua devoted to “Linguistic diversity and public health: sociolinguistic perspectives on Covid-19” edited by Ingrid Piller (Macquarie University, Sydney), Jie Zhang (Zhongnan University of Economics and Law, Wuhan), and Jia Li (Yunnan University, Kunming).
},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@inbook{Tsimpli2020l,
title = {Bilingualism effects in the narrative comprehension of children with Developmental Language Disorder and L2-Greek: Links with language, executive function and Theory of Mind},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Maria Andreou and Stephanie Durrleman},
doi = {10.1075/sibil.61.10per},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-04-23},
urldate = {2020-04-23},
volume = {61},
pages = {297},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company},
abstract = {Over the past decade, the positive effects of bilingualism on the language and cognitive development of children with Developmental Language Disorder (DLD) have come into sharper focus. Special emphasis has been placed on DLD children’s narrative performance and the way bilingualism influences microstructural and macrostructural aspects of their narratives. Bilingual children with DLD have been reported to outperform their monolingual peers with DLD on narrative macrostructure, and more specifically on story structure complexity in narrative production (Tsimpli, Peristeri, & Andreou, 2016). Research in the way bilingualism affects microstructural properties of narrative production in children with DLD converges on the finding that typically developing (TD) bilingual children outperform their bilingual peers with DLD on a range of microstructural features, including vocabulary and morphosyntax (Altman, Armon-Lotem, Fichman, & Walters, 2016; Rezzonico, Chen, Cleave, Greenberg, Hipfner-Boucher, Johnson, & Girolametto, 2015; Tsimpli et al., 2016). On the other hand, cognitive skills in bilingual children with DLD have received limited attention as shown by the very small number of research studies.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Mitchell2020,
title = {“Oh, bald father!”: Kinship and swearing among Datooga of Tanzania},
author = {Alice Mitchell},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-04-20},
pages = {79-102},
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter GmbH & Co KG},
abstract = {In the Datooga language of Tanzania, to say ‘your mother’or ‘your father’to someone can cause offence. Using data from a video corpus of conversational Datooga, this chapter explores these kin-based insults, as well as other affect-laden linguistic practices that invoke kinship relations. Datooga speakers can attest to the truth of something by referring to their opposite-sex parent. Speakers also invoke kin in everyday interjectional phrases, as well as during ritual hunts–a type of speech act known as gíishíimda. Though these speech practices do not all constitute “swearing” in the narrow sense of using “bad” language, they resemble swear words in the way they link speakers’ evaluations of objects in the world with abstract moral values. In the Datooga case, kinship provides the relevant moral framework; the cultural and moral significance of fathers, in particular, makes them good to swear by. From a crosscultural perspective on swearing, I suggest that Ljung’s (2011)“mother” theme be subsumed under a more general “kinship” theme.},
keywords = {Alice Mitchell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Michaud2020d,
title = {AlloVera: A Multilingual Allophone Database},
author = {Alexis Michaud and David Mortensen and Xinjian Li and Patrick Littell and Shruti Rijhwani and Antonios Anastasopoulos and Alan Black and Florian Metze and Graham Neubig},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-04-16},
booktitle = {A Multilingual Allophone Database},
publisher = {Language Resources and Evaluation Conference},
abstract = {We introduce a new resource, AlloVera, which provides mappings from 218 allophones to phonemes for 14 languages. Phonemes are contrastive phonological units, and allophones are their various concrete realizations, which are predictable from phonological context. While phonemic representations are language specific, phonetic representations (stated in terms of (allo)phones) are much closer to a universal (language-independent) transcription. AlloVera allows the training of speech recognition models that output phonetic transcriptions in the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA), regardless of the input language. We show that a "universal" allophone model, Allosaurus, built with AlloVera, outperforms "universal" phonemic models and language-specific models on a speech-transcription task. We explore the implications of this technology (and related technologies) for the documentation of endangered and minority languages. We further explore other applications for which AlloVera will be suitable as it grows, including phonological typology.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@book{Zuckermann2020bb,
title = {Revivalistics: From the Genesis of Israeli to Language Reclamation in Australia and BeyondFrom the Genesis of Israeli to Language Reclamation in Australia and Beyond},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1093/oso/9780199812776.001.0001},
isbn = {9780199812776},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-04-14},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {This seminal book introduces revivalistics , a new trans-disciplinary field of enquiry surrounding language reclamation, revitalization and reinvigoration. The book is divided into two main parts that represent Zuckermann’s fascinating and multifaceted journey into language revival, from the ‘Promised Land’ (Israel) to the ‘Lucky Country’ (Australia) and beyond: PART 1: LANGUAGE REVIVAL AND CROSS-FERTILIZATION The aim of this part is to suggest that due to the ubiquitous multiple causation, the reclamation of a no-longer spoken language is unlikely without cross-fertilization from the revivalists’ mother tongue(s). Thus, one should expect revival efforts to result in a language with a hybridic genetic and typological character. The book highlights salient morphological, phonological, phonetic, syntactic, semantic and lexical features, illustrating the difficulty in determining a single source for the grammar of ‘Israeli’, the language resulting from the Hebrew revival. The European impact in these features is apparent inter alia in structure, semantics or productivity. PART 2: LANGUAGE REVIVAL AND WELLBEING The book then applies practical lessons (rather than clichés) from the critical analysis of the Hebrew reclamation to other revival movements globally, and goes on to describe the why and how of language revival. The how includes practical, nitty-gritty methods for reclaiming ‘sleeping beauties’ such as the Barngarla Aboriginal language of Eyre Peninsula, South Australia, e.g. using what Zuckermann calls talknology (talk+technology). The why includes ethical, aesthetic, and utilitarian reasons such as improving wellbeing and mental health.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Azar2020b,
title = {Turkish-Dutch bilinguals maintain language-specific reference tracking strategies in elicited narratives},
author = {Zeynep Azar and Aslı Özyürek and Albert Backus},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-04-01},
urldate = {2020-04-01},
journal = {International Journal of Bilingualism},
volume = {24},
number = {34},
pages = {376-409},
abstract = {Aim: This paper examines whether second-generation Turkish heritage speakers in the Netherlands follow language-specific patterns of reference tracking in Turkish and Dutch, focusing on discourse status and pragmatic contexts as factors that may modulate the choice of referring expressions (REs), that is, the noun phrase (NP), overt pronoun and null pronoun. Methodology: Two short silent videos were used to elicit narratives from 20 heritage speakers of Turkish, both in Turkish and in Dutch. Monolingual baseline data were collected from 20 monolingually raised speakers of Turkish in Turkey and 20 monolingually raised speakers of Dutch in the Netherlands. We also collected language background data from bilinguals with an extensive survey. Data and analysis: Using generalised logistic mixed-effect regression, we analysed the influence of discourse status and pragmatic context on the choice of subject REs in Turkish and Dutch, comparing bilingual data to the monolingual baseline in each language. Findings: Heritage speakers used overt versus null pronouns in Turkish and stressed versus reduced pronouns in Dutch in pragmatically appropriate contexts. There was, however, a slight increase in the proportions of overt pronouns as opposed to NPs in Turkish and as opposed to null pronouns in Dutch. We suggest an explanation based on the degree of entrenchment of differential RE types in relation to discourse status as the possible source of the increase. Originality: This paper provides data from an understudied language pair in the domain of reference tracking in language contact situations. Unlike several studies of pronouns in language contact, we do not find differences across monolingual and bilingual speakers with regard to pragmatic constraints on overt pronouns in the minority pro-drop language. Significance: Our findings highlight the importance of taking language proficiency and use into account while studying bilingualism and combining formal approaches to language use with usage-based approaches for a more complete understanding of bilingual language production.},
keywords = {Albert Backus},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Kirby2020b,
title = {Acoustic correlates of plosive voicing in Madurese},
author = {James Kirby and Misnadin Nadin
},
doi = {10.1121/10.0000992},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-04-01},
urldate = {2020-04-01},
journal = {The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America},
volume = {147},
issue = {4},
pages = {2779-2790},
abstract = {Madurese, a Malayo-Polynesian language of Indonesia, is of interest both areally and typologically: it is described as having a three-way laryngeal contrast between voiced, voiceless unaspirated, and voiceless aspirated plosives, along with a strict phonotactic restriction on consonant voicing-vowel height sequences. An acoustic analysis of Madurese consonants and vowels obtained from the recordings of 15 speakers is presented to assess whether its voiced and aspirated plosives might share acoustic properties indicative of a shared articulatory gesture. Although voiced and voiceless aspirated plosives in word-initial position pattern together in terms of several spectral balance measures, these are most likely due to the following vowel quality, rather than aspects of a shared laryngeal configuration. Conversely, the voiceless (aspirated and unaspirated) plosives share multiple acoustic properties, including F0 trajectories and overlapping voicing lag time distributions, suggesting that they share a glottal aperture target. The implications of these findings for the typology of laryngeal contrasts and the historical evolution of the Madurese consonant-vowel co-occurrence restriction are discussed.
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Jourdan2020b,
title = {The development of weak normativity in Solomon Islands Pijin},
author = {Christine Jourdan and Johanne Angeli},
doi = {10.1075/jpcl.00069.jou},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-04-01},
abstract = {Pijin, the lingua franca of Solomon Islands, has acquired the functions of a creole in the capital city of Honiara. Yet, though Pijin is the common language of the urban culture of Honiara, it lacks linguistic legitimacy. Speakers of Pijin did not, until recently, consider it a true language in the same way that English and local vernaculars, with which it co-exists, are deemed to be. Specters of inauthenticity and illegitimacy were part of that assessment. In this paper, we consider that the nascent legitimacy ascribed to Pijin by some urban speakers is informed by the affirmation of their own legitimacy as a new socio-cultural group, that of the Pijin-speaking urbanite. This contributes to the complexification of the sociolinguistic scene. We show that while different ways of speaking Pijin are progressively becoming associated with various sociolinguistic groups and seem to constitute emergent social varieties, the question of a Pijin norm is also emerging.},
howpublished = {Cultural legitimacy of Solomon Islands Pijin},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@inbook{Tsimpli2020m,
title = {Heritage and non-heritage bilinguals: The role of biliteracy and bilingual education},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Andreou and Ifigenia Dosi and Despina Papadopoulou},
doi = {10.1075/sibil.59.07and},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-31},
urldate = {2020-03-31},
pages = {172–196},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
abstract = {Heritage speakers form a rather heterogeneous bilingual group, since they may differ with respect to language profiles and histories as well as levels of literacy. Quite often the majority language, i.e. the language of the society and schooling, overtakes the minority language, i.e. the home language, and becomes dominant. Moreover, the minority language, which is the heritage speakers’ first language (L1), rarely receives further support during the education years. However, a number of studies (Andreou 2015, Dosi, Papadopoulou and Tsimpli, 2016; Marinis, Tsimpli and Bongartz, submitted) have highlighted the significance of L1 support in schooling, since it has been observed that, when both languages are equally supported and developed, the bilingual advantage is more pronounced. Apart from biliteracy, namely the literacy in both languages, the role of educational setting has also been pointed out in several studies (Dosi and Papadopoulou, in press; Marinis et al., submitted). Hence an educational setting, which supports both languages, apparently boosts the bilinguals’ performance on both linguistic and cognitive abilities. Turning to the tools employed to measure language abilities, a common used tool is the Sentence Repetition Task (SRT). However, it is not yet clear whether performance on SRT is affected by working memory abilities. Some researchers argue that memory skills have a significant impact on SRT performance (Alloway and Gathercole 2005), whereas other researchers do not find any correlation between SRTs and working memory abilities (Chondrogianni, Andreou and Tsimpli, submitted). The present study employs SRT as an experimental task to explore Albanian-Greek heritage and non heritage bilinguals’ abilities in their two languages and seeks to investigate the contribution of working memory in SRT accuracy. Furthermore, it is investigated whether (a) L1 support and (b) the developments of the two languages within – or outside - the school framework affect the bilinguals’ linguistic behavior.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Tsimpli2020n,
title = {Practically Selected Papers},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Kaltsa and Eleni Agathopoulou},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-31},
urldate = {2020-03-31},
abstract = {Research findings on the role of home language practices in bilingual families suggest a positive effect of the extensive use of the minority language at home in the development of that language (De Houwer 2007), along with a strong input quantity correlation to vocabulary development in particular (Cobo-Lewis et al. 2002). Moreover, parental socioeconomic status (SES) appears to contribute significantly both to L1 and L2 (Calvo & Bialystok 2014) and interacts with literacy development in both languages (Lindholm-Leary 2014). The present study examines how bilingualism, home language practices in the preschool age and L1 and L2 current input affect vocabulary development in Albanian-Greek bilingual children. To this aim, 79 bilingual children, aged 8 to 10 years-old were administered two tasks: (a) a Greek expressive vocabulary task (Vogindroukas et al. 2009), and (b) an Albanian expressive vocabulary task (Kapia & Kananaj 2013). Background information was collected on home language practices, current oral use of L1 and L2, past and current literacy practices with regard to each language, hours of instruction in each language and parental SES information with the use of questionnaires administered both to parents/guardians of the bilingual children and to the children themselves (Mattheoudakis et al. 2016). The data analysis showed that (a) L1 instruction positively affects L2 vocabulary of bilingual children who live in the L2 context, (b) SES (as indicated by maternal education level) directly affects literacy practices and (c) bilingual educational contexts drive language growth.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland2020bb,
title = {On languages on islands},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Joshua Nash and Peter Bakker and Kristoffer Friis Bøegh and Aymeric Daval-Markussen and Dale Kedwards and John Ladhams and Carsten Levisen and Jón Símon Markússon and Joost Robbe and Jeroen Willemsen},
doi = {10.1080/03740463.2020.1736747},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-27},
urldate = {2020-03-27},
journal = {Acta Linguistica Hafniensia},
volume = {52},
number = {3},
pages = {1-36},
abstract = {Islands as specific research sites in their own right have been given little direct attention by linguists. The physical segregation, distinctness, and isolation of islands from mainland and continental environments may provide scholars of language with distinct and robust sets of singular and combined case studies for examining the role of islandness in any appreciation of language. Whether distinct and particular sociolinguistic and typological phenomena can be attributable to islands and their islandness and vice versa remains unexplored. This position article considers the possibility of there being anything particular and peculiar about languages spoken on islands as compared to languages spoken on mainlands and continents. It arose out of a workshop titled ‘Exploring island languages’ held at Aarhus University, Denmark on 30 April 2018. The main question posed was: Is there anything special socially, linguistically, grammatically, and typologically about the languages of islands? If so, is it possible to talk about such a thing as an island language?},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2020bb,
title = {Language competence, identity construction and discursive boundary-making: Distancing and alignment in domestic migrant worker narratives},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1515/ijsl-2019-2071},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-26},
urldate = {2020-03-26},
journal = {International Journal of the Sociology of Language},
volume = {2020},
number = {262},
pages = {97-122},
abstract = {Many people in developing countries are faced with a dilemma. If they stay at home, their children are kept in poverty with no prospects of a better future; if they become migrant workers, they will suffer long-term separation from their families. This article focuses on one of the weakest groups in the global economy: domestic migrant workers. It draws on a corpus of more than 400 narratives recorded at a church shelter in Hong Kong and among migrant worker returnees in rural Indonesia and the Philippines. In sharing sessions, migrant women share their experiences of working for abusive employers, and the article analyses how language is used to include and exclude. The women tell how their employers construct them as “incompetent” and “stupid” because they do not speak Chinese. However, faced by repression and marginalisation, the women use their superior English language skills to get back at their employers and momentarily gain the upper hand. Drawing on ideologies of language as the theoretical concept, the article provides a discourse analysis of selected excerpts focusing on language competence and identity construction.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2020bb,
title = {Scripts of servitude: language, labor, migration, and transnational domestic work},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.1515/ijsl-2019-2073},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-26},
journal = {nternational Journal of the Sociology of Language },
volume = {2020},
number = {262},
pages = {131-134},
abstract = {Beatriz Lorente’s book is an ethnographic study focusing on the relationship between language and the construction of transnational domestic worker identity with a special emphasis on Filipina domestic workers. It deals primarily with the ways in which language is embedded in the labor migration infrastructure that produces transnational Filipina domestic workers and the conditions that regulate their mobility. It is argued and illustrated through numerous examples that the transnational mobility of these domestic workers is dependent on the selection, assembly and efficient performance of particular bricolages of linguistic resources that construct migrants as labor and not as people. The various institutions and social actors that are involved in the migration infrastructure include the Philippine State, transnational maid agencies, Singapore and the domestic workers themselves. The book is split into seven chapters that deconstruct the aforementioned relationship at multiple analytical and methodological levels.

Chapter 1, “Language and transnational domestic workers”, provides the background of the study by presenting the core concepts used throughout the analysis, including those of scripts and transnational workers. The key components of migration process are also explained here. As templates that index domestic workers, scripts are embedded in large-scale and everyday processes that produce these workers as laboring personalities awaiting their selection and purchase by potential employers. In this sense, domestic work, which is inscribed in scripts, is highly ideological and it includes material processes of distinction, stratification and commodification. The author prefers to talk about scripts of servitude instead of scripts of domestic work to emphasize the dependency and submission present in paid domestic work. Another important category that informs her analysis is that of scripts of linguistic taylorism, which include concrete linguistic resources that connect language to profit. Against this backdrop, scripts are enacted and are subsequently converted into various forms of capital (e. g. economic, symbolic, social and cultural) by the actors involved in the migration infrastructure. The author presents their sociodemographic profiles along with her methodology that consists of ethnographic interviews and participant observation of training maids, whom the author herself has taught voluntarily. Her methodology also draws from a wide collection of official migration-related documents from institutions and maid agencies in Singapore and the Philippines in addition to media texts about the linguistic situation in the Philippines and foreign workers in Singapore.},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2020,
title = {Multilingual landscapes on thailand’s borders},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint and Pornpimon Siwina},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-21},
journal = {Journal of Mekong Societies},
volume = {16},
number = {1},
pages = {112-131},
abstract = {The existence of ASEAN is one of several reasons that English and ASEAN members’ national languages appear widely on signs in Thailand, especially in border cities. In fact, there has been an evolution in the use of languages, especially in public sign writing. For this reason, this research project examined the languages used on signs in certain cities bordering on Thailand. This article explores the following two issues: 1) language choice, and 2) writing patterns on signs in Thailand’s neighboring cities, Tachilek in the Republic of the Union of Myanmar and Savannakhet in the Lao People’s Democratic Republic. The data consists of 800 public signs collected from the two cities. The study showed that there were three patterns of language choice on signs in both cities: monolingual, bilingual, and multilingual signs. Four types of writing patterns-homophonic, mixed, polyphonic, and monophonic-were found. The national language is the first language that appears on signs, followed by foreign languages. Tachilek has more multilingual signs than Savannakhet because more languages are used there.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2020b,
title = {The Influence of Grammatical Gender on Russian and Thai Speakers’ Cognition},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint and Kusuma Thongniam},
doi = {10.1163/26659077-02301003},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-21},
journal = {Humanities: Journal of Humanities},
volume = {23},
number = {1},
pages = {40-59},
abstract = {The aim of this study is to investigate the influence of grammatical gender on Russian speakers’ cognition, compared with Thai speakers’ cognition by means of object categorization. The key materials in the experiment are black-and-white pictures represented by nouns that are selected based on gender and appearance similarity. The hypothesis is that Russian speakers group two pictures that belong to the same grammatical gender class together, while Thai speakers generally rely on the size or shape of objects in the pictures. The result of the experiment statistically showed that Russian speakers categorized things on the basis of grammatical gender, while Thai speakers categorized things represented by things grouped on the basis of size or shape. Additionally, the result implies that bilingualism is a very important variable in a study testing the Linguistic Relativity Hypothesis.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Deumert2020bb,
title = {The Invisibility of Linguistic Diversity Online: Reflections on the Political Economy of Digital Communication},
author = {Ana Deumert},
doi = {10.1017/9781108783101.004},
isbn = {9781108479332},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-19},
pages = {81-108},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {In 1989, Susan Gal published a paper with the programmatic title “Language and Political Economy.” Gal argues for a theoretical perspective that links signs and sign-making firmly to the material world and to the inequalities that shape this world. It is a call that resonates well with a volume interested in the relationship between language and economy. The latter is understood from the perspective of political economy, analyzing historically and socially situated interactions between semiotic practices, institutions, ideologies, and the generation of wealth (through labor, capital accumulation, and commodification; for recent discussions, see Duchêne & Heller 2012; Park & Wee 2012; Delgado et al. 2014; Holborow 2015; Ricento 2015; Kamwangamalu 2016). The political economy in which speakers/writers are situated–and which in turn shapes, and is shaped by, their practices–is also at the core of media scholarship. Vincent Mosco’s work, especially, provides the foundations for the political economy of communication as a field of inquiry that focuses broadly on “the study of the social relations, particularly the power relations, that mutually constitute the production, distribution and consumption of resources, including communication resources”(Mosco 2009: 2, italics in the original; see also Wasko 2014; Mosco 2015). Mosco works from the premise that all cultural engagement, all communication, and all sign-and meaning-making are economically structured and that people have to use their physical resources to engage in such activities.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Vigouroux2020,
title = {Do Linguists Need Economics and Economists Linguistics?},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux and Salikoko Sangol Mufwene},
doi = {10.1017/9781108783101.002},
isbn = {9781108479332},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-19},
pages = {1-55},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {In this chapter, we review how economists and linguists have problematized the relationship between economy and language, focusing on their methodologies, theoretical toolboxes, and ideologies. One of the striking differences lies in the ways they conceptualize languages, viz., as strictly denotational for economists but both denotational and indexical for linguists. We show that by approaching them as abstract, asocial, ahistorical, and statistically measurable entities, economists treat languages as resources whose economic consequences for individuals or societies can simply be derived from their intrinsic nature. By contrast, examining languages as practices grounded in their sociohistorical ecologies, linguists have been more interested in the valuation of some languages as capitals that can outweigh others economically or symbolically. Overall, we highlight the interdisciplinary nature of “economy and language” as a research area, showing how complex it is and how productive it should be to build an intellectual bridge between the two disciplines.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Lupke2020b,
title = {LILIEMA: Language-independent literacies for inclusive education in multilingual areas},
author = {Friederike Lupke and Aimé Césaire Biagui and Landing Biai and Julienne Diatta and Alpha Naby Mané and Gérard Preira and Jérémi Fahed Sagna and Miriam Weidl},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-19},
publisher = {British Council},
abstract = {This chapter introduces the innovative educational programme LILIEMA, a repertoire-based and language-independent method for achieving and nurturing culturally anchored literacy in multilingual contexts. Unique in kind, LILIEMA is the first programme that introduces literacy not based on a particular language but by drawing on the entire repertoire of learners present in the classroom. The flexible and adaptive design principle underpinning the method is inspired by multilingual oral and written communicative practices that are widespread throughout West Africa. LILIEMA has been jointly created, piloted and further developed by us-a team of teachers, trainers, researchers and community members from the Global South and the Global North. We introduce the motivations for developing LILIEMA, present the syllabus and teaching materials of the method and describe its implementation in the Casamance region in southern Senegal, drawing on examples from LILIEMA classrooms. We end the chapter by making a case for its potential to contribute to the attainment of the Sustainable Development Goals in the domain of education in multilingual settings characterised by mobility and migration.},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@misc{Piller2020h,
title = {Linguistic diversity and public health: sociolinguistic perspectives on COVID-19},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-16},
urldate = {2020-03-16},
abstract = {The communication of public health information is a key aspect of the containment of contagious diseases. In fact, communication has been such a major aspect of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic that it has been said to be accompanied by an “infodemic”, where many populations do not have access to sufficient reliable information while simultaneously being swamped with misleading information.
},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@misc{Jourdan2020bb,
title = {Restituting Language: Ethics, Ideology and The Making of A Dictionary 1},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
doi = {10.4000/jso.11791},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-11},
abstract = {I this article, I propose to consider the ethical dimension of the return of data to the research field site, here the Solomon Islands by focusing on the writing the Pijin Dictionary I published in 2002. I start by discussing the disconnect between the linguistic data we gather and the transformation these data undergo before linguists and anthropologists typically return them. I then focus on the making of the dictionary showing how the techniques of dictionary making and linguistic ideology of research participants and collaborators interact with my own to create a product far removed from the original data. I am questioning the ethics of such a transformation. Finally, I explain that though the dictionary is now 20 years, it is not used by Solomon Islanders who are not taught to read and write in Pijin but in English (the official language of the country). Rather, young Solomon Islanders using social media, are developing their own spelling for the language, neither that of Pijin nor that of English.},
howpublished = {Cultural legitimacy of Solomon Islands Pijin},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@misc{Piller2020c,
title = {Female academics and shamans face the same glass ceiling},
author = {Ingrid Piller

},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-08},
urldate = {2020-03-08},
abstract = {It’s another International Women’s Day and time to reflect on powerful women: what is most noticeable about them is that there are so few of them.
},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Vaux2020b,
title = {Brownian dynamics for the vowel sounds of human language},
author = {Bert Vaux and James Burridge},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevResearch.2.013274},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-06},
urldate = {2020-03-06},
journal = {Physical Review Research},
volume = {2},
number = {1},
abstract = {We present a model for the evolution of vowel sounds in human languages, in which words behave as Brownian particles diffusing in acoustic space, interacting via the vowel sounds they contain. Interaction forces, derived from a simple model of the language-learning process, are attractive at short range and repulsive at long range. This generates sets of acoustic clusters, each representing a distinct sound, which form patterns with similar statistical properties to real vowel systems. Our formulation may be generalized to account for spontaneous self-actuating shifts in system structure which are observed in real languages, and to combine in one model two previously distinct theories of vowel system structure: dispersion theory, which assumes that vowel systems maximize contrasts between sounds, and quantal theory, according to which nonlinear relationships between articulatory and acoustic parameters are the source of patterns in sound inventories. By formulating the dynamics of vowel sounds using interparticle forces, we also provide a simple unified description of the linguistic notion of push and pull dynamics in vowel systems.},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2020e,
title = {Dancing while Aging: A Study on Benefits of Ballet for Older Women},
author = {Howard Giles and Rachyl Pines},
doi = {10.5195/aa.2020.209},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-04},
urldate = {2020-03-04},
journal = {Anthropology & Aging},
volume = {41},
number = {1},
pages = {83-94},
abstract = {As people age, experiences of depression, loneliness and loss of physical capabilities can emerge. As with previous work on the benefits of music as an intervention for social belonging and valued social identity, dance may increase similar feelings. Although theoretical chapters have been written on dance as it relates to social identity, belonging, and health, little empirical work has been conducted on the benefits of ballet as a recreational activity for older adults. The study reported here is framed by the “communication ecology model of successful aging,” and modestly embellishes this framework based on this study’s findings. Using interviews from 24 American female recreational ballet dancers ranging in age from 23-87 in a small West Coast town, this study investigates, for the first time, how ballet is incorporated into their self-concept and physical, mental, and social experiences of aging. Findings indicate that participating regularly in ballet is a core aspect of most women’s self-concept and means of self-expression. All women discussed how ballet has improved their physical and mental wellness, helping them have a more positive experience of age-related changes. Results showed that most women regard ballet as a very social activity, such that it helps them to feel a sense of community or even kin-like relationships with the other people regularly in class. All women interviewed mentioned that ballet is so integrated into who they are that it is something they hope to do for as long as possible.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2020bb,
title = {Notes towards a socially engaged LAIC},
author = {Hans Ladegaard and Alison Phipps},
doi = {10.1080/14708477.2020.1722688},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-03},
urldate = {2020-03-03},
journal = {Language and Intercultural Communication},
volume = {20},
number = {2},
pages = {218-219},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2020bb,
title = {Intercultural research and social activism},
author = {Hans Ladegaard and Alison Phipps},
doi = {10.1080/14708477.2020.1729786},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-03},
urldate = {2020-03-03},
journal = {Language and Intercultural Communication},
volume = {20},
number = {2},
pages = {67-80},
abstract = {In this introductory paper, we argue for a stronger link between language and intercultural communication research, theory development, and social/political action. We aim to reignite the debate about our role as public transformative intellectuals and to let advocacy and empowerment be embedded in our work. This calls for a shift in focus from the elite groups who have dominated the intercultural narrative to disenfranchised groups like refugees and (forced) migrant workers. We also reflect on our multi-positionality as scholars, and we present a dialectics of language, intercultural communication and social activism. Finally, we introduce the 12 papers that comprise the Special Issue.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2020bb,
title = {Revivalistics: Language Reclamation, Spirituality and Wellbeing},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1007/978-981-15-2489-9_13},
isbn = {978-981-15-2488-2 T1},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-02},
pages = {217-229},
publisher = {Springer, Singapore},
abstract = {To what extent does knowledge and use of language affect spirituality and wellbeing? Hallett et al. discovered a clear correlation in British Columbia (Canada) between Aboriginal language loss and youth suicide. However, so far there has been no study of a correlation in the other direction, i.e. the impact of language revival on improved mental health and reduction in suicide. There is some evidence that just as language loss increases suicidal ideation and depression, language gain reduces mental ill-health, and improves spirituality and wellbeing. In this chapter I make these links, and argue that language revival reconnects people who have ‘lost’ their ‘soul’ with their cultural autonomy, intellectual sovereignty and spirituality.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Ladegaard2020bb,
title = {Exploring the metadiscursive realisation of incivility in TV news discourse},
author = {Hans Ladegaard and Jamie McKeown},
doi = {10.1016/j.dcm.2019.100367},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-01},
urldate = {2020-03-01},
journal = {Discourse, Context & Media},
volume = {33},
number = {100367},
pages = {100367},
abstract = {The present paper examines the use of metadiscourse in the realisation of incivility in TV news discourse. We take empirical data from a UK Channel 4 News interview between TV journalist and author Cathy Newman and clinical psychologist and author Professor Jordan Peterson. Adopting a discourse analytic approach, five aspects of incivility are presented: intolerant response; ideological entrenchment; low oppositional literacy; the need to win; and, change of opinion condemnation. We show how metadiscourse is used to manifest incivility in a number of ways including to prioritise the current speaker’s foci over those of the interlocutor; to express metalingual commentary which negatively characterises the interlocutor's discourse; and, to express discourse norms which undermine the open exchange of ideas. We conclude by suggesting recommendations for future research.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2020bb,
title = {Evidentiality and identity positioning in online disputes about language use in Hong Kong},
author = {Hans Ladegaard and Jamie McKeown},
doi = {10.1558/jalpp.35604},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-01},
urldate = {2020-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Applied Linguistics and Professional Practice 14(1): DOI:},
volume = {14},
number = {1},
pages = {53-74},
abstract = {This paper analyses online disputes amongst a group of students about the use of language (Cantonese versus Putonghua) in Hong Kong. Using evidentiality and identity positioning frameworks, we analyse 44 student posts to a proprietary online forum. Particular attention is paid to the construction of a Hong Kong social identity, the various identity positions that underpin such a construction, and how such identity work is supported by the use of evidentiality. The analysis shows that Hong Kong locals are most often constructed as an oppressed, marginalised minority who are denied the right of authentic expression and are subject to a process of politically expedient cultural denigration. The analysis also shows that evidential choices are intimately bound with identity positions at both the discourse-production level and discourse-content level. The paper concludes by discussing the implications of these findings for applied linguistics in Hong Kong’s schools and universities.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2020f,
title = {Vocal Accommodation and Mimicry},
author = {Howard Giles and Quinten S. Bernhold},
doi = {10.1007/s10919-019-00317-y},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-01},
urldate = {2020-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Nonverbal Behavior},
volume = {44},
number = {1},
abstract = {Interlocutors make a variety of verbal and nonverbal adjustments to facilitate comprehension and enhance relational solidarity. This article examines research on vocal accommodation and mimicry as a specific subset of scholarship on nonverbal adjustments. We begin by introducing communication accommodation theory and discussing how accommodation is similar to and distinct from other related constructs (i.e., reciprocity, synchrony, and mimicry). Next, we discuss a variety of contexts in which researchers have studied vocal accommodation and mimicry, namely romantic and family communication, stranger and friend communication, professional communication, and persuasion. We end by outlining directions for future research, such as examining the implications of vocal accommodation for intergenerational family relationships, and the a priori factors that influence people’s ability and willingness to engage in vocal accommodation and mimicry.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2020g,
title = {Strategic Synchrony and Rhythmic Similarity in Lies About Ingroup Affiliation},
author = {Howard Giles and Norah E. Dunbar and Quinten Bernhold and Aubrie Adams and Matthew Giles and Nicole Zamanzadeh and Katlyn Gangi and Samantha Coveleski and Ken Fujiwara },
doi = {10.1007/s10919-019-00321-2},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-01},
urldate = {2020-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Nonverbal Behavior},
volume = {44},
number = {4},
pages = {1-20},
abstract = {In an attempt to enhance the likelihood that a lie is perceived as truthful, deceivers might strategically attempt to build rapport in an interaction. Deceivers can build this rapport by coordinating behaviors with their interaction partners, thereby creating interpersonal synchrony. The goal of this study was to empirically test whether deceptive message senders strategically synchronize their behaviors with those of their receivers when speaking with an ingroup member about ingroup affiliation—where deception is not expected. We employed a 3 × 2 factorial design (N = 222 valid cases) in which the level of involvement enacted by partner one (high, low, or control) and the veracity of claims made by partner two (truth or deception) were manipulated. This paper discusses three findings that were observed in this study: (1) Consistent with the truth bias, most people perceived their partner as truthful (84%) or were unsure of the partner’s truthfulness. (2) Contrary to expectations, interaction partners rated deceivers lower than truth tellers in rapport and synchrony, but results indicated that greater involvement was related to increased synchronization and rapport. (3) Finally, both trained coders and automated spectrum analysis observed almost no difference between deceivers and truth-tellers in the interaction behaviors, but deceivers showed more synchrony in their faster movements. This demonstrates a relationship between synchrony and deception that can only be observed via automated analysis, suggesting an important avenue for future research.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Tsimpli2020o,
title = {The impact of Bilingualism on Theory of Mind and Executive Functions in TD and ASD},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Baldimtsi and Eleni Peristeri and Stephanie Durrleman},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-01},
urldate = {2020-03-01},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Tsimpli2020p,
title = {Linguistic Diversity, Multilingualism, and Cognitive Skills: A Study of Disadvantaged Children in India},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Margreet Vogelzang and Anusha Balasubramanian and Minati Panda and Abhigna Reddy and Suvarna Alladi and Theodoros Marinis},
doi = {10.3390/languages5010010},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-01},
urldate = {2020-03-01},
journal = {Languages},
volume = {5},
number = {1},
pages = {10},
abstract = {Multilingualism and linguistic diversity are the norm in India. Although studies have shown a relation between bilingualism and cognitive gains, linguistic diversity has as of yet been ignored as a potential factor affecting cognitive skills. This study aims to fill this gap by examining how cognitive skills - as measured by the n-back and Raven's Colored Progressive Matrices tasks - are affected by multilingualism and/or sociolinguistic diversity in a large cohort of socioeconomically disadvantaged primary school children in two urban sites of India, Delhi and Hyderabad. We present a questionnaire estimating sociolinguistic diversity, and show that this measure assesses a distinct construct as compared to a child’s multilingualism. Children were classified as growing up monolingually or bilingually depending on whether they were growing up with one or more languages in the home. Regarding cognitive performance, bilinguals were found to outperform monolinguals on the n-back task as well as on the Raven's task. In addition, a socially and linguistically diverse environment seems to enhance cognitive performance for children who are not multilingual themselves. Finally, several contextual factors, such as city were found to influence cognitive performance. Overall, this shows that cognitive tasks are prone to contextual effects and that bilingualism and linguistic diversity can enhance cognitive performance of children in disadvantaged contexts.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Piller2020b,
title = {Editorial: Sharing knowledge in the spirit of Humboldt},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
isbn = {0035-9173/20/030291-04},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-01},
urldate = {2020-03-01},
journal = {Journal & Proceedings - Royal Society of New South Wales},
volume = {152},
number = {4},
pages = {291-294},
abstract = {This editorial introduction provides an overview of the design of the 2019 Biennial Symposium of the Australian and New Zealand Associations of von Humboldt Fellows, which took place at Macquarie University, 22–24 November 2019. Under the theme “Sharing Knowledge in the Spirit of Humboldt,” the conference provided a space to reflect on Humboldt’s legacy as a research communicator and to engage with contemporary challenges of research communication, dissemination, and impact.
},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Azar2020,
title = {Language contact does not drive gesture transfer: Heritage speakers maintain language specific gesture patterns in each language},
author = {Zeynep Azar and Albert Backus and Asll Özyürek},
url = {http://www.scopus.com/inward/record.url?scp=85065062208&partnerID=8YFLogxK},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1017/S136672891900018X},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-03-01},
urldate = {2020-03-01},
journal = {Bilingualism},
volume = {23},
number = {15},
pages = {414-428},
abstract = {This paper investigates whether there are changes in gesture rate when speakers of two languages with different gesture rates (Turkish-high gesture; Dutch-low gesture) come into daily contact. We analyzed gestures produced by second-generation heritage speakers of Turkish in the Netherlands in each language, comparing them to monolingual baselines. We did not find differences between bilingual and monolingual speakers, possibly because bilinguals were proficient in both languages and used them frequently - in line with a usage-based approach to language. However, bilinguals produced more deictic gestures than monolinguals in both Turkish and Dutch, which we interpret as a bilingual strategy. Deictic gestures may help organize discourse by placing entities in gesture space and help reduce the cognitive load associated with being bilingual, e.g., inhibition cost. Therefore, gesture rate does not necessarily change in contact situations but might be modulated by frequency of language use, proficiency, and cognitive factors related to being bilingual.},
keywords = {Albert Backus},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2020f,
title = {How African migrants in China cope with barriers to health care},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Andrian Liem and Lavinia Lin and Brian J Hall},
doi = {10.1016/S2468-2667(20)30048-7},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-02-28},
volume = {Volume 5- Issue 4},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Eberhard2020,
title = {Ethnologue: Languages ​​of the World, 23rd Edition},
author = {David Eberhard and Gary F. Simons and Chuck Fennig},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-02-21},
keywords = {David Eberhard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Tang2020bb,
title = {Educating bilingual and multilingual deaf children in the 21st century},
author = {Gladys Tang and Robert Adam and Karen Simpson},
doi = {10.1075/tilar.25.10tan},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-02-15},
pages = {183–204},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company},
chapter = {10},
abstract = {This chapter offers an overview of sign bilingual education and some of the complex issues and challenges that impacted the evolution of sign bilingual practices in Europe, Australia and Asia. One such challenge is the promotion of inclusive education in recent years, which triggers a new thinking of partnering sign bilingualism with co-enrolment education for deaf and hearing children. The chapter ends with a summary of factors surrounding the future development of sign bilingual education, from the perspective of empirical research and pedagogy.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Tsimpli2020q,
title = {Age of acquisition effects in language development},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Diane Lillo-Martin and Neil Smith},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-02-15},
urldate = {2020-02-15},
pages = {93-113},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company},
chapter = {6},
abstract = {The most accessible language for deaf children is generally a sign language, but few children have input in sign languages early in life. Late first-language acquisition of a sign language reveals age of acquisition effects that must be taken into consideration by linguistic theories of acquisition. When deaf children access spoken language through a cochlear implant, age of acquisition effects can again be seen, and the presence or absence of sign language is an important factor in language outcomes. Finally, the development of a sign language as a second language in unique contexts such as that of Christopher, a polyglot savant, can reveal more about the nature of language development and the theories of language structure that must be posited.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Lu2020,
title = {Articulating sexuality, desire, and identity: A keyword analysis of heteronormativity in Taiwanese gay and lesbian dating websites},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Po-Wei Li},
doi = {10.1007/s12119-020-09709-5},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-02-14},
journal = {Journal of Sexuality and Culture},
volume = {24},
pages = {1499–152},
abstract = {This paper discusses how the so-called social construct, i.e., the frame of heteronormativity, can be maintained, reproduced and enacted by language within same-sex dating communities in the twenty-first century. That is, we examine heteronormativity in discourse collected from two popular same-sex dating websites in Taiwan in order to analyze how heteronormative ideologies influence the linguistic construction of homosexual desires, dating preferences, and queer relationships. By scrutinizing the keywords in the corpora through the lens of Critical Discourse Analysis and Corpus Linguistics, we argue that there are still power relationships among Taiwanese gay men and lesbian women seeking romantic love online that are informed by heteronormative ideologies around gender within the scope of homosexuality. On the one hand, the keywords contain many binary roles providing conventional interactional modes for Taiwanese homosexual couples that show great similarity to those in heterosexual relationships. On the other hand, the analysis indicates that heteronormative constructions of masculinity and femininity are related to anxieties over mainstream preferences for dating on the two target websites.},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Clark2020,
title = {Conversational Repair and the Acquisition of Language},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
doi = {10.1080/0163853X.2020.1719795},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-02-12},
urldate = {2020-02-12},
journal = {Discourse Processes},
volume = {57},
number = {5-6},
pages = {1-19},
abstract = {In this article, I examine how repairs in adult-child conversations guide children’s acquisition of language. Children make unprompted self-repairs to their utterances. They also respond to prompts for repair, whether open (Hm?, What?) or restricted (You hid what?), and to restricted offers (Child: I falled, Adult: You fell?). Children respond to clarification requests with self-repairs in the next turn, and make use of the feedback offered. The contrast between their utterance and the adult utterance identifies the locus of the error (negative feedback), while the adult’s offer presents a conventional version of the child’s utterance (positive feedback). I describe the use of restricted offers in conversations with children acquiring English and French, then present two case studies of how these inform children about homophonous French verb forms and early opaque Hebrew verb uses. These findings demonstrate the fundamental role of repair in the acquisition of a first language.},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bhatia2020e,
title = {Infesting our country: discursive illusions in anti-immigration border talk},
author = {Aditi Bhatia and Christopher J. Jenks},
doi = {10.1080/14708477.2020.1722144},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-02-05},
journal = {Language and Intercultural Communication},
volume = {20},
number = {2},
pages = {1-14},
abstract = {This paper investigates how, despite the need to flee dangerous regions, online and print newspapers rely on negative portrayals of migrants and immigrants to forward nationalist positions, including the belief that so-called foreigners are a threat to the security and economic well-being of a nation. Specifically, using the Discourse of Illusion as our main analytic framework, the analysis demonstrates the ways in which dehumanization is central to forwarding ideological positions against migration. Our findings are then used to discuss larger issues of how media is transforming the ways in which political ideologies are constructed and circulated.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2020,
title = {Defining and Classifying Infrastructural Contestation: Towards a Synergy Between Anthropology and Data Science},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Christos Giovanopoulos and Yannis Kallianos and Ioannis N Athanasiadis},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-030-39815-6_4},
isbn = {978-3-030-39814-9},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-02-05},
pages = {32-47},
publisher = {Springer, Cham},
abstract = {The last decade infrastructure systems have been under strain around the globe. The 2008 financial crisis, the so-called fourth industrial revolution, ongoing urbanisation and climate change have contributed to the emergence of an infrastructural crisis that has been labelled as infrastructural gap. During this period, infrastructure systems have increasingly become sites of public contestation with significant effects on their operation and governance. At stake has been the issues of access to infrastructure, their social and environmental consequences and the ‘modern ideal’ embodied in the design of those socio-technical systems. With this paper we apply a cross-disciplinary methodology in order to document and define the practices of this new wave of infrastructural contestation, taking Greece in the 2008–2017 period as the case study. The synthesis of quantitative and qualitative datasets with ethnographic knowledge help us, furthermore, to record tendencies and patterns in the ongoing phenomenon of infrastructural contestation (This study is part of infra-demos project (www.infrademos.net), which is funded by a VIDI grant awarded by the Dutch Organisation of Science, PI: Prof. Dimitris Dalakoglou, Dept. of Social and Cultural Anthropology, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Fina2020bb,
title = {Learning How to Tell, Learning How to Ask: Reciprocity and Storytelling as a Community Process},
author = {Anna De Fina and Giuseppe Paternostro and Marcello Amoruso},
doi = {10.1093/applin/amz070},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-02-04},
journal = {Applied Linguistics},
volume = {41},
number = {3},
pages = {352-369},
abstract = {In this article, we discuss the discursive processes that surround storytelling of traumatic experiences in the case of minor asylum seekers involved in the recent migration flow to Italian ports. We argue that in order to understand not only how traumatic experiences are told but also how they are overcome, it is necessary to focus on the reciprocal relationships and impact of the members of the communities in which migrants are received. Such approach shifts the focus from the content of stories toward the protagonists of their tellings and from asylum seekers as ‘subjects’ to asylum seekers as members of communities to which they and others contribute. The article is based on narrative data collected through an ongoing project with teachers, researchers, and minor asylum seekers involved in a school of Italian Language for Foreigners in Palermo.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Fina2020bb,
title = {Biography as a political tool},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.21832/9781788924689-005},
isbn = {9781788924672},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-02-03},
pages = {64-85},
publisher = {Multilingual Matters},
abstract = {Although many sociolinguistic and discourse-analytic studies of mainstream and populist discourses about migration exist, less attention has been devoted to how migrants and other disadvantaged groups react to them (but for an exception see Capstick, this volume). In this chapter I focus precisely on this issue, taking as an example the case of the Dreamers, young migrants who were taken into the US by their undocumented parents when they were children and who have since remained in the country. More specifically, I study the contribution of biographical narrative to the construction of a collective identity for those youth within the context of their organized struggle for migration reform as well as for recognition of their rights and their dignity.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Giles2020h,
title = {Testing the communication model of intergroup interdependence: the case of American and Canadian relations},
author = {Howard Giles and Robert Adam and Matt Giles},
doi = {10.1080/01434632.2020.1720220},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-02-03},
urldate = {2020-02-03},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {42},
number = {6},
pages = {1-11},
abstract = {This paper expands the theoretical base of intergroup and intercultural communication by testing a new communication model of interdependence (CMII), defined in terms of the embedded nature of groups Giles, M., R. Pines, H. Giles, and A. Gardikiotis. 2018. “Towards a Communication Model of Intergroup Interdependence.” Atlantic Journal of Communication 26 (2): 122–130. doi:10.1080/15456870.2018.1432222. Introducing a new visual representation of it, propositions of CMII are tested, by invoking relationships between the U.S. and Canada as they change over time. Relevant self-report outcomes include: social connectedness, language attitudes, and communication accommodation. How awareness of de-interdepending, and whether explicitly invoking the construct ‘interdependence’ is associated with outcomes, was also examined. Results indicated sufficient support for tenets of the theory to excite future empirical programmatic endeavours.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Evers2020b,
title = {Views from within and without: Youth from Marseille’s housing projects enact belonging through Marseillais French and Arabic},
author = {Cécile Anne Marguerite Evers},
doi = {10.1080/01434632.2020.1724121},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-02-03},
urldate = {2020-02-03},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
pages = {1 - 16},
abstract = {This article examines the social dynamics of inclusion and exclusion that a group of youth born in the working-class, culturally Muslim milieu of Marseille’s northern housing projects navigates on a daily basis. A spotlight on their language practices reveals that these youth mix linguistic resources to express a project-centric (quartier) identity, drawing heavily on Marseille’s dialect of French (Marseillais) but also peppering their French with Arabic-sourced linguistic elements. Meanwhile, these young men and women assign a social meaning to this linguistically syncretic register of French that is highly divergent than that given by people from Marseille who are unfamiliar with the projects. That youth understand their speech to reflect their cultural belonging to Marseille, and more specifically their deep identification with the immigration history of the projects, while outsiders to the projects see indicators of foreignness therein, is argued to derive from a tendency for mainstream individuals to focus more readily on the ethnic or cultural minority status of young project residents than on the audible signs through which they point to their local belonging.},
keywords = {Cécile Anne Marguerite Evers},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gasparini2020bb,
title = {Rubin, Aaron D.: Omani Mehri. A New Grammar with Texts. Leiden/Boston: Brill 2018. XXVI, 872 S. 8° = Studies in Semitic Languages and Linguistics 93. Hartbd. € 171,00. ISBN 978-90-04-36247-5},
author = {Fabio Gasparini},
doi = {10.1515/olzg-2019-0161},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-02-01},
journal = {Orientalistische Literaturzeitung},
volume = {114},
number = {6},
pages = {463-465},
abstract = {This voluminous grammar is a description of Mehri, one of the six endangered Modern South Arabian languages (henceforth MSAL–Semitic, Afroasiatic) spoken in the South of the Arabian Peninsula. The volume comprises two main parts, in addition to an exhaustive introduction to Mehri and the data, and a rich appendix apparatus. The first section (374 pp.) is devoted to a detailed description of the phonology and morphology of Mehri, with minor insights into its main syntactic features at clause level (46 pp.), while the most salient syntactic and pragmatic features related to the use of specific morphological elements are discussed together with their morphological description. The second part of the book (400 pp.) gives brand-new transcriptions of a selection from Thomas M. Johnstone’s material.},
keywords = {Fabio Gasparini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Fina2020,
title = {4. Biography as Political Tool: The Case of the Dreamers},
author = {Anna De Fina},
editor = {Markus Rheindorf and Ruth Wodak},
doi = {10.21832/9781788924689-005},
isbn = {9781788924689},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-30},
pages = {64-85},
publisher = {Multilingual Matters},
abstract = {Our late modern world has seen an intensification of human flows (Appadurai, 1996), principally due to global and local economic policies leading to greater and greater inequality and to increasing violence in many countries as a consequence of wars, conflicts and the redrawing of boundaries between communities. As greater numbers of migrants enter developed countries, anti-immigrant discourses are becoming increasingly mainstream and have come to represent a fundamental element of right-wing populist discourses (Wodak, 2015; Savski, this volume; Rheindorf & Wodak, this volume). In some countries such as the United States, however, the resurgence of anti-immigrant sentiments is not explained by the renewed force of migrant flows, but simply by the popularity of such views popularity among center and right-wing voters. Populism favors simplified versions of reality and it is indeed much easier to point to migrants as the source of social and economic problems than to look for the complex processes that cause their dislocation. Although many sociolinguistic and discourse-analytic studies of mainstream and populist discourses about migration exist, less attention has been devoted to how migrants and other disadvantaged groups react to them (but for an exception see Capstick, this volume). In this chapter I focus precisely on this issue, taking as an example the case of the Dreamers, young migrants who were taken into the US by their undocumented parents when they were children and who have since remained in the country.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Baider2020bb,
title = {Kerbrat-Orecchioni Catherine (avec la collaboration de Domitille Caillat et Hugues Constantin de Chanay), Le débat Le Pen/Macron du 3 mai 2017 : un débat « disruptif » ? Paris : L’Harmattan, 2019, 313 pp. 978 2 343 16473 1 (broché)},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.1017/S0959269519000371},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-17},
journal = {Journal of French Language Studies},
volume = {31},
number = {1},
pages = {1-3},
abstract = {Catherine Kerbrat-Orecchioni, working on political speeches and debates in a pragmatic, rhetorical and interactionist approach, here draws on her undisputed expertise, as well as that of Domitille Caillat and Hugues Constantin de Chanay, in order to answer the question posed in the title of the book: can the debate between Emmanuel Macron and Marine Le Pen on May 3, 2017 be qualified as “disruptive”? Indeed, if the confrontation between the two rounds is, in general, eagerly awaited by the French (Kerbrat-Orecchioni, 2017), this debate was all the more important as a fundamental choice had to be made between two atypical parties: on the one hand he opposed the leader of a movement founded just a year before this debate which claims to be "neither right-wing.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Andaya2020b,
title = {Rethinking the historical place of ‘warrior women’ in Southeast Asia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
isbn = {9781315737829},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-07},
urldate = {2020-01-07},
pages = {267-293},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {This book brings together a wide range of case studies to explore the experiences and significance of women warriors in Southeast Asian history from ancient to contemporary times.

Using a number of sources, including royal chronicles, diaries, memoirs and interviews, the book discusses why women warriors were active in a domain traditionally preserved for men, and how they arguably transgressed peacetime gender boundaries as agents of violence. From multidisciplinary perspectives, the chapters assess what drove women to take on a variety of roles, namely palace guards, guerrillas and war leaders, and to what extent their experiences were different to those of men. The reader is taken on an almost 1,500-year long journey through a crossroads region well-known for the diversity of its peoples and cultures, but also their ability to creatively graft foreign ideas onto existing ones. The book also explores the re-integration of women into post-conflict Southeast Asian societies, including the impact (or lack thereof) of newly established international norms, and the frequent turn towards pre-conflict gender roles in these societies.

Written by an international team of scholars, this book will be of interest to academics working on Southeast Asian Studies, Gender Studies, low-intensity conflicts and revolutions, and War, Conflict, and Peace Studies.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Lu2020b,
title = { From Repetition to Continuation: Construction meaning of Mandarin AXAY Four-Character Idioms},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and I-Ni Tsai and I-Wen Su and Te-Hsin Liu},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-030-38189-9_21},
isbn = {978-3-030-38188-2},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-04},
pages = {201-210},
publisher = {Springer International Publishing},
abstract = {Adopting the theoretical framework of Construction Grammar, the present paper aims to examine the internal structures, constructional meanings, and syntactic categories of Mandarin parallel idiomatic prefabs A-X-A-Y. The analysis once again confirms the importance of semantic integration between lexical and constructional meanings. Although X and Y seem to dictate the syntactic category of a four-character idiomatic expression, the syntactic category of the whole idiom is indeed adjustable in contextualized real-world language use. This prominent feature, i.e., the flexibility in terms of syntactic behavior, results from the markedness of the four-character skeleton, namely, a grammatical construction. This syntactic flexibility is then argued to be the essential property of Chinese four-character idioms.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Tsimpli2020r,
title = {Multimodal semantic revision during inferential processing: The role of inhibitory control in text and picture comprehension},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Ana I. Pérez Muñoz and Elaine Schmidt and Zoe Kourtzi},
doi = {10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2019.107313},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-03},
urldate = {2020-01-03},
journal = {Neuropsychologia},
abstract = {Although language comprehension usually requires multimodal information, no study to date has investigated how comprehenders deal with the revision of a text’s interpretation when different modalities are involved. Twenty-four young adults listened to a story prompting an inference (e.g., polar bear), and then saw a picture that was either consistent (polar bear) or inconsistent but still plausible (penguin). Larger negativity (N400) in the inconsistent picture indicated successful inferential monitoring. Subsequently, a sentence carried the disambiguating word which was either expected (“bear”) or unexpected (“penguin”) in relation to the auditory-verbal information. Larger negativity in the unexpected word coming from the consistent picture suggested that comprehenders had difficulties selecting the unexpected concept when previous information was contradictory. More importantly, this effect was modulated by inhibitory control, where a higher resistance to distractor interference (flanker task) was associated with a better ability to suppress pictorial information, therefore preventing semantic competition. Similarly, accuracy measured in a final comprehension question demonstrated that higher inhibitory control was related to a more efficient ability to revise the situation model across modalities. Our findings speak to a relationship between story comprehension and mental flexibility during multimodal processing.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vaux2020c,
title = {Evolutionary paths of language},
author = {Bert Vaux and James Burridge and Tam Blaxter},
doi = {10.1209/0295-5075/128/28003},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-03},
urldate = {2020-01-03},
journal = {EPL (Europhysics Letters) 128(2):28003 DOI:},
volume = {128},
number = {2},
pages = {1 - 7},
abstract = {We introduce a stochastic model of language change in a population of speakers who are divided into social or geographical groups. We assume that sequences of language changes are driven by the inference of grammatical rules from memorised linguistic patterns. These paths of inference are controlled by an inferability matrix which can be structured to model a wide range of linguistic change processes. The extent to which speakers are able to determine the dominant linguistic patterns in their speech community is captured by a temperature-like parameter. This can induce symmetry breaking phase transitions, where communities select one of two or more possible branches in the evolutionary tree of language. We use the model to investigate a grammatical change (the rise of the phrasal possessive) which took place in English and Continental North Germanic languages during the Middle Ages. Competing hypotheses regarding the sequences of precursor changes which allowed this to occur each generate a different structure of inference matrix. We show that the inference matrix of a "Norway Hypothesis" is consistent with Norwegian historical data, and because of the close relationships between these languages, we suggest that this hypothesis might explain similar changes in all of them.},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tang2020bb,
title = {Postsecondary Education for Nurturing Deaf Professionals in Sign Linguistics in the Asia–Pacific Region},
author = {Gladys Tang and Felix Sze and James Woodward and Jafi Lee},
doi = {10.1353/sls.2020.0031},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-01},
journal = {Sign Language Studies},
volume = {21},
number = {1},
pages = {137-167},
abstract = {The past decades have witnessed a growing recognition of sign language in Deaf communities as a human right and its significance in enhancing the educational prospect and social well-being of Deaf people. Alongside this global awareness is a surging demand for expertise in sign language documentation, analysis, teaching, and interpretation. As sign languages have been under century-long suppressions due to the abounding misconceptions among both Deaf and hearing people, it is of paramount importance to nurture Deaf professionals in sign language linguistics and applied linguistics to ensure that the campaigns for sign language promotion are geared in directions that can truly benefit the Deaf communities. Nonetheless, Deaf people worldwide, particularly in developing countries, face the problem of low academic attainments which bar them from receiving tertiary education in sign language-related fields. One possible solution is to establish a bridging program at the postsecondary level to equip potentially Deaf individuals with foundational training in sign linguistics which allows them to further tertiary education and engage in local sign language promotional works. With this goal in mind, the Centre for Sign Linguistics and Deaf Studies (CSLDS) at the Chinese University of Hong Kong (CUHK) set up the Asia-Pacific Sign Linguistics Research and Training Program (the APSL Program) with funding from the Nippon Foundation in 2003. Since its inception, the APSL Program has gone through several phases of development. This article documents the objectives, educational philosophy and curriculum design of the APSL Program, and evaluates its outcomes from the perspective of the participants and their subsequent education and career development in their own countries. It is hoped that our experiences gained through the implementation of the Program and the challenges we faced in the process would offer insights for institutions or organizations which are considering setting up similar training programs for Deaf people in the future.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Mason2020,
title = {Narrative construction in interpreted police interviews},
author = {Ikuko Nakane},
editor = {Marianne Mason and Frances Rock},
doi = {10.7208/chicago/9780226647821.001.0001},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-01},
urldate = {2020-01-01},
pages = {179-199},
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},
chapter = {The Discourse of Police Interviews},
keywords = {Ikuko Nakane},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Piller2020,
title = {Covid-19 forces us to take linguistic diversity seriously},
author = {Ingrid Piller

},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-01},
urldate = {2020-01-01},
number = {6},
pages = {12-17},
chapter = {2},
abstract = {In a time of crisis like the current pandemic, how can we influence behaviour change and ensure international cooperation in a multilingual world? And can we learn lessons from the Chinese approach?},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{nokey,
title = {Language ideologies and their social consequences},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
editor = {Ingrid Gogolin and Antje Hansen and Sarah McMonagle and Dominique Rauch
},
isbn = {9783658202859},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-01},
urldate = {2020-01-01},
number = {6},
pages = {335-340},
publisher = {Springer, Springer Nature},
address = {Wiesbaden},
chapter = {49},
abstract = {The handbook acts as a reference work that presents theory, empirical research and practical knowledge from the dynamic research fields of multilingualism and education in their interrelationship. The topics covered include the international state of research and development. Contributions on traditions of conceptualizing language and education enable a better understanding of today's norms and represent multidisciplinary perspectives. In times of globalization and extensive individual mobility, this work is not only of current importance, but also relevant for the future.},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Zvyeryeva2020,
title = {Stereotyping language choice in times of conflict: Online Ukrainian discourse about the use of Russian and Ukrainian},
author = {Olga Zvyeryeva and Albert Backus},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-01},
urldate = {2020-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual Theories and Practices},
volume = {1},
number = {2},
pages = {340-364},
keywords = {Albert Backus},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Verhagen2020,
title = {Variation is information: Analyses of variation across items, participants, time, and methods in metalinguistic judgment data},
author = {Véronique Verhagen and Maria Mos and Joost Schilperoord and Albert Backus},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-01},
urldate = {2020-01-01},
journal = {Linguistics},
volume = {58},
number = {1},
pages = {37-81},
abstract = {In a usage-based framework, variation is part and parcel of our linguistic experiences, and therefore also of our mental representations of language. In this paper, we bring attention to variation as a source of information. Instead of discarding variation as mere noise, we examine what it can reveal about the representation and use of linguistic knowledge. By means of metalinguistic judgment data, we demonstrate how to quantify and interpret four types of variation: variation across items, participants, time, and methods. The data concern familiarity ratings assigned by 91 native speakers of Dutch to 79 Dutch prepositional phrases such as in de tuin ‘in the garden’ and rond de ingang ‘around the entrance’. Participants performed the judgment task twice within a period of one to two weeks, using either a 7-point Likert scale or a Magnitude Estimation scale. We explicate the principles according to which the different types of variation can be considered information about mental representation, and we show how they can be used to test hypotheses regarding linguistic representations.
},
keywords = {Albert Backus},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pia2020g,
title = {Labour of Love: an Open Access manifesto for freedom, integrity, and creativity in the humanities and interpretive social sciences},
author = {Andrea E. Pia and Simon Batterbury and Agnieszka Joniak-Lüthi and Marcel LaFlamme and Gerda Wielander and Filippo M Zerilli and Melissa Nolas and Jon Schubert and Nicholas Loubere and Ivan Franceschini and Casey Walsh and Agathe Mora and Christos Varvantakis},
editor = {Andrea E Pia, Simon Batterbury, Agnieszka Joniak-Lüthi, Marcel LaFlamme, Gerda Wielander, Filippo M Zerilli, Melissa Nolas, Jon Schubert, Nicholas Loubere, Ivan Franceschini, Casey Walsh, Agathe Mora, Christos Varvantakis},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-01},
urldate = {2020-01-01},
abstract = {Over the next decade, Open Access (OA) is likely to become the default in scholarly publishing. Yet, as commercial publishers develop new models for capturing revenue (and as policy initiatives like Plan S remain reluctant to challenge their centrality), researchers, librarians, and other concerned observers are beginning to articulate a set of values that critically engages the industry-driven project of broadening access to specialist scholarship. While alternative genealogies exist, conversations about OA in the Global North have largely been concerned with the model of the STEM disciplines, lately shifting to focus on the development of infrastructural fixes that transcend traditional journal formats and enforce the openness of research data and protocols. There has been far less discussion about the political implications of labour and value in OA, particularly as they relate to the defence of what we perceive as increasingly imperiled principles of academic freedom, integrity, and creativity. The undersigned are a group of scholar-publishers based in the humanities and social sciences who are questioning the fairness and scientific tenability of a system of scholarly communication dominated by large commercial publishers. With this manifesto we wish to repoliticise Open Access to challenge existing rapacious practices in academic publishing—namely, often invisible and unremunerated labour, toxic hierarchies of academic prestige, and a bureaucratic ethos that stifles experimentation—and to bear witness to the indifference they are predicated upon. In this manifesto we mobilise an extended notion of research output, which encompasses the work …
},
keywords = {Andrea E. Pia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pia0000,
title = {We want everything': a commentary to Pun Ngai's 'The new Chinese working class in struggle'.},
author = {Andrea E. Pia},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-01},
urldate = {2020-01-01},
abstract = {Vogliamo Tutto (We Want Everything), the working-class novel symbol of the Italian autonomist Marxism of the 70s, is finally available in Chinese. 1 Penned by Nanni Balestrini (2016 [1971]), an experimental poet linked to the leftist literary movement Neoavanguardia, the novel describes a wave of wildcat strikes and protests in the Turin car factory of FIAT. The book is based on interviews Balestrini conducted between 1968 and 1970 with a worker from Southern Italy, Alfonso Natella, who, like the majority of the hundred thousand migrant workers who made industrialisation possible in post-war northern Italy, had been directly involved in a long season of violent labour unrest commonly known in Italy as the Autunno Caldo (Hot Autumn). At one point in the book, we see Natella’s alter ego taking part to a factory sit-in. What did the FIAT workers want to achieve by direct action and the prolonged withdrawal of their …
},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pia2020e,
title = {An act of love. An Open Access Manifesto for Freedom, Integrity, and Creativity in the Humanities and Interpretive Social Sciences},
author = {Andrea E. Pia and Simon Batterbury and Agnieszka Joniak Lüthi and Marcel La Flamme and Gerda Wielander and Filippo M Zerilli and Sevasti-Melissa Nolas and Jon Schubert and Nicholas Loubere and Ivan Franceschini and Casey Walsh and Agathe Mora and Christos Varvantakis and Guillem Gómez Sesé and Domenico Branca},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-01},
urldate = {2020-01-01},
volume = {4},
number = {2},
pages = {157-162},
publisher = {University of Cagliari},
abstract = {Labour of Love. An Open Access Manifesto for Freedom, Integrity, and Creativity in the Humanities and Interpretive Social Sciences, is the result of an LSE Research Infrastructure and Investment–funded workshop entitled Academic Freedom, Academic Integrity and Open Access in the Social Sciences, organised by Andrea E. Pia and held at the London School of Economics on September 9, 2019.
Summary — An act of love. An Open Access Manifesto for Freedom, Integrity and Creativity in the Humanities and Interpretive Social Sciences, is the result of a workshop funded by the LSE Research and Investment Infrastructure, entitled Academic Freedom, Academic Integrity and Open Access in the Social Sciences, organized by Andrea E. Pia and held at the London School of Economics on September 9, 2019.},
keywords = {Andrea E. Pia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pia2020f,
title = {Jurisprudential Massage},
author = {Andrea E. Pia},
doi = { 10.14506/ca35.4.01},
issn = {1548-1360},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-01},
urldate = {2020-01-01},
journal = { Cultural Anthropology},
volume = {35},
number = {4},
pages = {487-515},
abstract = {You have already been incredibly faithful towards the man. And you have been following all the relevant rules for establishing a co-operative. Now, what you need to do is to try to save your relationship as kin. It is not only about the business you are putting together. You need to understand that respecting the law also means respecting the particular circumstances in which your business partner appears to be. What I ask you to have is another pinch of hope and to fix this. Forget about this mandatory entry payment, put the money up yourself if you must, and go ahead! If you’re not convinced try out the administrative court, see how it goes there. What you need to know is that the result we can get here is in both parties’ interests (liangbian yao baiping). Do not ruin everything here, insulting each other and losing temper. What could you expect from your coop if you establish it on unstable grounds?” This was Master Du at his best. An extremely witty Communist party cadre, he had been, since the beginning of my fieldwork in the rural town seat of Yancong, northeast Yunnan Province, an omnipresent figure of dispute resolution. The dialogue above comes from a particularly stormy session held by Du and two of his assistants in November 2013 at the Village Committee Common Room of Litian, a rural hamlet hidden behind the hazy rice-terraced slopes eastward of Yancong. To my surprise, once Du had concluded his summation, the old man allegedly responsible for defaulting on his financial commitment towards the joint co-op project gave a half-contrived nod and promised he would forgive his ‘unfilial son’(niezi) for bringing him to court.},
keywords = {Andrea E. Pia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Evers2020,
title = {Parler "payot" vs."castellanois": Pratiques vernaculaires, insultes de genre et contrôle sociale entre jeunes des quartiers Nord de Marseille},
author = {Cécile Anne Marguerite Evers},
doi = {10.4000/books.ugaeditions.12802},
isbn = {9782377470341},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-01},
urldate = {2020-01-01},
pages = {117-158},
chapter = {3},
abstract = {L’idée de ce chapitre est née d’un échange en apparence anecdotique qui a retenu mon attention au début de mon enquête de terrain dans les quartiers Nord de Marseille. J’observais un groupe d’une vingtaine d’élèves étudiant l’arabe standard moderne (désormais ASM), dans leur classe d’une école publique du 15e arrondissement de Marseille1. Les élèves, âgés de quatorze ans, étaient nés et avaient grandi dans les cités de La Castellane et de La Bricarde, leurs parents (ou, parfois, leurs grands-parents) étant venus d’Afrique du Nord, de l’Est ou de l’Ouest. Leur enseignante, Mme Chérif, demanda à Mohamed, d’écrire au tableau le nom d’un personnage fictif, « Nabil ». Mohamed se leva et commença à écrire Nabil, « ل- ي- ب- ن » (n-a-b-ī-l). Mais il ne fut pas appliqué et fit des lettres excessivement hautes. Dès qu’il eut fini, Mme Chérif, de quelques coups d’éponge, corrigea ses lettres.},
keywords = {Cécile Anne Marguerite Evers},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Roberts2020,
title = {Special issue of Probus 33.2 on Historical Romance Linguistics},
author = {Ian Roberts and Adam Ledgeway},
isbn = {1613-4079},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-01},
urldate = {2020-01-01},
publisher = {de Gruyter},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Roberts2020b,
title = {Introduction},
author = {Ian Roberts and Adam Ledgeway},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-01},
urldate = {2020-01-01},
journal = {Probus},
volume = {33},
pages = {172-181},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Sitaridou2020,
title = {Towards a formal model of transfer under contact: Contrasting Asia Minor Greek to mainland Greek and Turkish in search of syntactic borrowings},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou and Dimitris Michelioudakis},
doi = {10.5040/9781350079212.0023},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-01},
pages = {12},
publisher = {Bloomsbury Academic},
chapter = {14},
abstract = {We contrast Asia Minor Greek to older and contemporary mainland Greek and the dominant language of the area, Turkish, in relation to constructions which appear to be vulnerable in contact situations. We treat all relevant diachronic and cross-dialectal differences as the result of parametric changes and discuss their implications for a constrained theory of syntactic transfer under contact.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Bhatia2020f,
title = {Trumpian tweets and populist politics: A corpus-assisted discourse analytical study},
author = {Aditi Bhatia and Andrew S. Ross},
editor = {Ruth Breeze and Ana Maria Fernandez Vallejo},
isbn = {978-3-0343-3725-0},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-01},
publisher = {Populist discourses across modes and media. },
abstract = {Donald Trump’s election to the highest office in the United States of America in November 2016 signified a major victory for populist politics, highlighting the effectiveness of his rhetoric. Trump has been largely labelled a populist due to his “appeal to ‘the people’ against both the established structure of power and the dominant ideas and values of the society” (Canovan 1999: 3; cf. Skonieczny 2018), and he has continued to travel in this direction since his inauguration as President. A distinctive feature of Trump’s campaign and Presidency has been his prolific use of the social media platform, Twitter; and it can be argued that his adoption of this platform as his primary vehicle of communication with the American people, coupled with his atypical style of political communication, is perhaps the most visceral example of his populist rhetoric. Recently, it has been highlighted that in comparison to traditionally organised and managed political Twitter campaigns, Trump’s use is very much spontaneous and non-traditional, and manifests in what Enli (2017: 54) has termed his “amateurish yet authentic style” of “gut-feeling tweeting”. Such unusual social media engagement by a politician in power has rarely been encountered, and as such presents an opportunity for investigation to better understand both the popular appeal, and the linguistic and discursive construction, of this new hybrid form of socio-political rhetoric.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Blythe2020,
title = {Acquiring the lexicon and grammar of universal kinship},
author = {Joe Blythe and Jeremiah Tunmuck and Alice Mitchell and Péter Rácz
},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-01},
journal = {Language},
volume = {96},
number = {3},
pages = {661-695},
abstract = {This article investigates how children learn an infinitely expanding ‘universal’system of classificatory kinship terms. We report on a series of experiments designed to elicit acquisitional data on (i) nominal kinterms and (ii) sibling-inflected polysynthetic morphology in the Australian language Murrinhpatha. Photographs of the participants’ own relatives are used as stimuli to assess knowledge of kinterms, kin-based grammatical contrasts, and kinship principles, across different age groups. The results show that genealogically distant kin are more difficult to classify than close kin, that children’s comprehension and production of kinterms are streamlined by abstract merging principles, and that sibling-inflection is learned in tandem with number and person marking in the verbal morphology, although it is not fully mastered until mid to late childhood.},
keywords = {Alice Mitchell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Bellingham2020,
title = {Exploring the Representation of Causality Across Languages: Integrating Production, Comprehension and Conceptualization Perspectives},
author = {Erika Bellingham and Stephanie Evers and Kazuhiro Kawachi and Alice Mitchell and Sang-Hee Park and Anastasia Stepanova and Jürgen Bohnemeyer},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-01},
publisher = {Springer, Cham},
abstract = {We present three new studies into the representation of causality across languages and cultures, drawing on preliminary findings of the project Causality Across Languages (CAL; NSF Award BCS-1535846 and BCS-1644657). The first is an examination of the strategies that speakers of different languages employ when verbalizing causal chains in narratives. These strategies comprise the output of decisions concerning which subevents to represent specifically, which to represent in an underspecified manner, and which to leave to nonmonotonic inferences such as conversational implicatures. The second study targets the semantic typology of causative constructions. We implemented a multiphasic design protocol that combines the collection of production data with that of comprehension data from a larger number of speakers. Goodness-of-fit judgments were collected based on an eight-point scale. },
keywords = {Alice Mitchell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Pham2020,
title = {Sociolinguistic variation in attitudes to pronoun use among couples in southern Vietnam-a statistical analysis},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham and Andrew Anh Pham},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-01},
journal = {John Benjamins},
volume = {13},
pages = {112-123},
abstract = {Terms of address in Vietnamese are dominantly kinship terms. Among very few personal pronouns are three singular forms: tao (1st person), mày (2nd person), and nó (3rd person). These pronouns are genderless and hierarchical. Their usage expresses either solidarity or authority. Many studies have found that women tend to be more polite in their speech than men. This difference is assumed to be evident in a Confucian-based Vietnamese society, where inequality between the genders is so prevalent in the family structure that females are expected not to use personal pronouns towards or about their husbands in any situations. Vietnamese personal pronouns have never been studied in the context of politeness. In this study, we survey the endorsement of the three singular personal pronouns among couples in southern Vietnam. The study aims to investigate whether it is true that there are differences between genders in endorsing on these pronouns' usage. Results confirm the stereotype: participants consider personal pronoun usage significantly more acceptable when used by men talking about/to women than when used by women talking about/to men. Furthermore, the study also shows that the stereotype in the use of personal pronouns differs among social groups and subcultures.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan2020bb,
title = {Urban Women and the Transformations of Bradpreas in Honiara},
author = {Christine Jourdan and Fabienne Labbe},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-01},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Kulick2020,
title = {On the vicissitudes of publishing, and the riskiness of humor Kulick, Don. 2019. A death in the rainforest: How a language and a way of life came to an end in Papua New Guinea. Chapel Hill: Algonquin Books of Chapel Hill},
author = {Don Kulick},
doi = {10.1086/709905},
issn = {2049-1115},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Ethnographic Theory},
volume = {10},
number = {2},
pages = {664-669},
keywords = {Don Kulick},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Kulick2020c,
title = {Engaging anthropology Van Klinken, Adriaan. 2019. Kenyan, Christian, queer: Religion, lgbt activism, and arts of resistance in Africa. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press},
author = {Don Kulick},
doi = {10.1086/709581},
issn = {2049-1115},
year  = {2020},
date = {2020-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Ethnographic Theory},
volume = {10},
number = {2},
pages = {630-632},
keywords = {Don Kulick},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2019b,
title = {The Awareness of Mandarin and The Maintenance of Yunnan Dialect of Chinese Among Chinese Thais In Lat Krabang, Bangkok},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint and Xiaoshan Du},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-12-31},
abstract = {There are a large number of Chinese Thais living Lat Krabang, Bangkok. Most of them are native speakers of Yunnan dialect of Chinese and migrated from Yunnan, China. They have become Thai citizens and also speak Thai fluently. Today it has been observed that Mandarin seems to play the most important role in the business of Lat Krabang. Therefore, this study aims to investigate what language (Thai, Mandarin and Yunnan dialect) is chosen for communication in the family, friendship, neighborhood, school, work and market domains and to interpret the degree of awareness of Mandarin and the maintenance of Yunnan dialect among Yunnan Chinese who live in Lat Krabang. The data was collected from observation, semi-structured interviews and questionnaires about language choice in various domains and language proficiency self-evaluation. The results of the study show that Thai is the most preferred language in friendship, school and market domains; Yunnan dialect is used most in family and neighborhood domain; and Mandarin is used most in work domain. As for the use of Mandarin, its use is increasing from the old to the young generations. In addition, the young generations, who tend to take Mandarin courses, have a higher Mandarin ability than old generations. It may imply that Chinese Thais in Lat Krabang have a strong awareness of Mandarin. With regard to the maintenance of Yunnan dialect, the youngest generation still use it a lot in family domain, and almost half of them have the excellent level of Yunnan dialect capability. It may be speculated that Yunnan dialect as the mother tongue of Yunnan Chinese in Lat Krabang.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Andaya2019,
title = {Contextualizing the Global Marketing Pentecostal/Charismatic Christianity in Malaysia and Indonesia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1515/9789048531097-011},
isbn = {9789048531097},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-12-31},
pages = {179-204},
publisher = {Amsterdam University Press},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Andaya2019b,
title = {1. Women and The Performance of Power In Early Modern Southeast Asia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1525/9780520941519-005},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-12-31},
pages = {22-44},
publisher = { University of California Press},
abstract = {The ritual restatement of authority so necessary to the maintenance of kingship represents a common thread in Southeast Asian history. The phrase “theater state” effectively deployed by Clifford Geertz in relation to Bali is eminently applicable even in places where Europeans condescendingly equated the “king” to one of their own provincial mayors. Whether in these enhanced chiefdoms or in larger courts like those of Java or Burma, ceremonial life was “an assertion of spiritual power.” In this performance of power, women were indispensable, usually in supporting roles but at times as directors and lead actors. Notwithstanding regional differences in language, culture, and historical experience, “palace women” across Southeast Asia can be considered in terms of the enactment of royal status, which, by separating a ruler from his subjects, justified and maintained the rationale on which kingship rested. This chapter looks at women and the performance of power in early modern Southeast Asia. It discusses the purpose of royal polygyny, women's roles at royal courts and in the enactment of royal power, women's theatrical performances, and life cycle rituals.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Brookes2019,
title = {Gesture studies and anthropological perspectives: An introduction},
author = {Heather Brookes and Olivier Le Guen},
doi = {10.1075/gest.00040.bro},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-12-31},
urldate = {2019-12-31},
journal = {Gesture},
volume = {18},
number = {2-3},
pages = {119-141},
abstract = {This contribution is the introduction for the special issue of Gesture entitled “Anthropology of Gesture”. As such, it raises two main questions: how do gestures contribute to the field of anthropology? And, inversely, how anthropology can improve our understanding of gesture and gestural behaviours? Of particular importance for this special issue, is the emphasis on what Lempert called “the anthropological sensibility” which aims at taking a more cultural and ethnographic approach to the study of gesture, especially but not only in cross-cultural contexts. The last part of this introduction presents all the contributions of this special issue.},
keywords = {Heather Brookes},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Giles2019,
title = {Epilogue: Gardner’s Far- Reaching Impact Beyond Language Learning},
author = {Howard Giles},
doi = {10.21832/9781788925211-020},
isbn = {9781788925211},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-12-31},
urldate = {2019-12-31},
pages = {309-313},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Garcia2019,
title = {Death as a Resource for Life},
author = {Angela Garcia},
doi = {10.1525/9780520961067-019},
isbn = {9780520961067},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-12-31},
urldate = {2019-12-31},
pages = {316-328},
publisher = {University of California Press},
abstract = {In this chapter, I refl  ect on the way death, as involving loss, is realized within kin relations as  a  resource  for  life.  Specifi  cally,  I  explore  how  death  manifests  itself  in  aff ects and practices that may lessen the injury of loss and strengthen the commitment to live in contexts of uncertainty and pain. My goal is to show how death-in-life is not a morbid manifestation that is somehow opposed to life, but rather a vital experience that provides a basis for life’s meaningful unfolding, even generating hope for a future. However, as this future is expressed through loss, doubt is also cast upon any possibility of its coming to pass. I focus on this tension and try to capture the sense in which it shapes the eff orts of kin to protect and care for one another—to hold on to the possibility of life—but with the knowledge that there is no assurance that their eff orts will succeed.For me these are not issues concerning the moral or psychological foundations of certain behaviors. Rather, I am concerned with understanding the existential situations of people as they struggle to live in a world in which loss is deeply rooted in the rhythms of history and the everyday. There is an enormous literature on death and the experience of loss. My own thinking about these matters is infl uenced by theories of melancholy that point to sources beyond individual consciousness and that develop melancholy’s potential for understanding personal loss within the context of a larger history already laden with it.1 The experience of loss is thus encumbered with a variety of implications, meanings, and temporalities. I seek to unfold and disclose loss as a way of inhabiting the world and as a condition connecting past and future. I do so not in the pursuit of healing or happiness, but to renegotiate the very terms of life and living in a world so often characterized as destructive and deadly.},
keywords = {Angela Garcia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Hiraiwa2019,
title = {A comparative syntax of internally-headed relative clauses in Gur},
author = {Ken Hiraiwa and George Akanlig-Pare and Samuel Atintono and Adams Bodomo and Komlan Essizewa and Fusheini Hudu},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.5334/gjgl.40},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-12-30},
volume = {2},
number = {1},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Fina2019bb,
title = {1 Insights and Challenges of Chronotopic Analysis for Sociolinguistics},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.21832/9781788926621-012},
isbn = {9781788926621},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-12-28},
pages = {193-203},
publisher = {Multilingual Matters},
abstract = {Bakhtin’s theory of the chronotope developed, as is well known, within the field of literary studies, therefore it has found wide and punctual applications in literature, but has been far less known and discussed, at least until this moment, in linguistics. This is probably due to the fact that its implications for the analysis of semiotic phenomena in everyday life are not readily apparent to everyone. However, Bakhtin’s work in this area has drawn the attention of a relatively small group of linguistic anthropologists and sociolinguists who saw the potential of this construct and who offered a variety of interpretations of the significance of Bakhtin’s ideas about the chronotope for the analysis of sociolinguistic phenomena, pointing to possible venues of development (see Agha, 2007; Blommaert, 2015; Blommaert & De Fina, 2017; Dick, 2010; Lempert & Perrino, 2007; Perrino, 2007; Woolard, 2013). This work is now starting to gain traction and recent times have seen a growing interest among socio-and anthropological linguists. The chapters collected in this volume are a testimony to that. In order to offer some thoughts on these contributions, I will first sketch what I see as the most fundamental elements of Bakhtin’s theory in order to then discuss the papers collected here in terms of the kinds of applications and insights that they propose.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Perrin2019,
title = {“Irgendwie bin ich immer am Schreiben”.: Vom Sinn transdisziplinärer Analysen der Textproduktion im Medienwandel},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.21248/jfml.2019.18},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-12-28},
journal = {Journal for Media Linguistics},
volume = {2},
number = {1},
pages = {14–47},
abstract = {Transdisciplinary research is research not only on, but also for and, most of all, with practitioners. In the research framework of transdisciplinarity, scholars and practitioners collaborate throughout research projects with the aim of mutual learning. This paper shows the value transdisciplinarity can add to media linguistics. It does so by investigating the digital literacy shift in journalism: the change, in the last two decades, from the predominance of a writing mode that we have termed focused writing to a mode we have called writing-by-the-way. Large corpora of writing process data have been generated and analyzed with the multimethod approach of progression analysis in order to combine analytical depth with breadth. On the object level of doing writing in journalism, results show that the general trend towards writing-by-the-way opens up new niches for focused writing. On a meta level of doing research, findings explain under what conditions transdisciplinarity allows for deeper insights into the medialinguistic object of investigation.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gürsu2019,
title = {‘Living Amid the Ruins’ at the British Academy Summer Showcase},
author = {Işılay Gürsu and Lutgarde Vandeput},
doi = {10.18866/biaa2019.02},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-12-20},
urldate = {2019-12-20},
journal = {Heritage Turkey},
volume = {9},
pages = {3-4},
keywords = {Işılay Gürsu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gürsu2019b,
title = {Safeguarding the archaeological assets of Turkey},
author = {Işılay Gürsu and Lutgarde Vandeput and Gül Pulhan},
doi = {10.18866/biaa2019.03},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-12-20},
urldate = {2019-12-20},
journal = {Heritage Turkey},
volume = {9},
pages = {5-6},
keywords = {Işılay Gürsu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Zuckermann2019,
title = {Easy construction of multimedia online language textbooks and linguistics papers with LARA},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann and Matt Butterweck and Cathy Chua and Hanieh Habibi and Manny Rayner},
doi = {10.21125/iceri.2019.1737},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-12-16},
abstract = {LARA is a collaborative open project whose goal is to create resources that help people read L2 texts in foreign/archaic languages. It does this by providing tools that make it easy to transform plain text documents into hypertext versions that give non-native readers various kinds of help. Here, we describe recent work in which we have extended LARA in a new direction. Although the platform was originally constructed with pure L2 texts in mind, we have found that it is easy to adapt it so that it can also be used for linguistics papers and language textbooks; these are typically a mixture of L2 and L1 text, with examples in L2 and explanations in L1. Our presentation is organised around two paradigmatic examples, both developed within the framework of Ghil'ad Zuckermann's "Revivalistics" program. The first is a LARA version of Barngarlidhi Manoo ("Speaking Barngarla Together"), a 70 page primer for the South Australian Aboriginal language Barngarla composed by Zuckermann with the Barngarla people; the second is a section from Zuckermann’s 2020 book Revivalistics: From the Genesis of Israeli to Language Reclamation in Australia and Beyond (New York: Oxford University Press). Both examples are available online.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Zuckermann2019b,
title = {Unsanitizable Yoga: Revivalistics and Hybridic Reclaimed Sanskrit},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann and Patrick McCartney},
doi = {10.17605/OSF.IO/4GFN5},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-12-10},
journal = {Mentalities = Mentalités},
volume = {33},
number = {1},
pages = {1-48},
abstract = {Our paper is an attempt to locate the ‘Spoken Sanskrit’ revival within the complex socio- political, religious, linguistic ecological context of a contemporary, globalized South Asia, and world (see Bordia 2015, Brass 2005). One of the key points of discussion in this paper surrounds the nomenclature used to define the varieties of Sanskrit spoken today. Simply put, for many reasons, a lot of the Sanskrit spoken today is not really the same as the archaic Vedic and Classical predecessors. Therefore, through a revivalistic lens, we explore some of the different registers of vernacular Sanskrit spoken today, and propose that they ought to, instead, be called Hybridic Reclaimed Sanskrit (henceforth, HRS).},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Solopova2019,
title = {From Bede to Wyclif: The Knowledge of Old English within the Context of Late Middle English Biblical Translation and Beyond},
author = {Elizabeth Solopova},
doi = {10.1093/res/hgz134},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-12-10},
urldate = {2019-12-10},
journal = {The Review of English Studies},
volume = {71},
number = {302},
abstract = {The continuity between Old and Middle English periods has been a matter of interest and debate in the field of medieval studies. Though it is widely accepted that Old English texts continued to be copied and used in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, the possibility that they were collected, read and studied, and influenced scholars and religious thinkers in late medieval England is often rejected as implausible. The reason most commonly given is the difficulty of understanding the Old English language in the late Middle Ages. The present article aims to reassess this view and re-examine evidence for the reading and use of Old English texts in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries with a primary focus on biblical translation. The article explores the possibility that Middle English glosses that occur in Old English sermon and biblical manuscripts reflect a scholarly interest in these texts, rather than a struggle to understand their language. The article also examines evidence that the translators of the Wycliffite Bible may have had some familiarity with Old English biblical translations, possibly as a result of study of biblical and sermon manuscripts.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Solopova},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2019,
title = {The Use of English and the National Language on the Radio in asean Countries},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint and Kusuma Thongniam and Pimpat Chumkaew},
doi = {10.1163/26659077-02203001},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-12-09},
journal = {Humanities: Journal of Humanities},
volume = {22},
number = {3},
pages = {261-288},
abstract = {The purpose of the present study is to examine language choice on the radio in asean countries. The focus is on English and national languages, the two most important languages in those countries. A review of related past studies did not provide an answer to the question that we were interested in; i.e., which language is chosen for radio broadcasts in asean countries between the national language, which is the language most people understand and signifies national identity, and English, which is the lingua franca of the region and an international language? Data was taken from a sample of programs broadcast by radio stations in the ten asean countries. The results show that Singapore ranks the highest in using English in broadcasting (50% of all the programs), while Laos, Cambodia, Myanmar and Vietnam rank the lowest in using English (0%) but highest in using their national languages (100%). Code-switching between the countries’ national languages and English is found in five countries listed from highest to lowest as: the Philippines, Singapore, Brunei, Indonesia and Thailand. Code-switching is absent in Malaysia, Myanmar, Cambodia, Laos and Vietnam. We conclude that despite the importance of English in the asean community, most asean countries prefer to use their national languages in radio broadcasting.
},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2019b,
title = {Africa-China-Europe relations: Conditions and conditionalities},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.14254/2071-8330.2019/12-4/8},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-12-01},
journal = {Journal of International Studies },
pages = {115-129},
abstract = {This paper uses two concepts, conditions and conditionalities, to explain the differing approaches between China and the European Union (EU) in regards to how these two entities engaged African countries socio-politically, socio-economically, and socio-culturally between 2000 and 2018. Using mixed methods (both qualitative and quantitative) to obtain data we argue that the EU tends to impose more conditionalities on African countries than China does, and in so doing China is making more investment progress in Africa than Europe does. As part of the practical results of this research the paper outlines a number of ways the EU can re-engage Africa to match up or even surpass Chinese engagement on the continent of Africa, including less political conditionalities, more trade than development aid, and also inclusion of African diaspora more in Europe’s dealings with African countries.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lu2019,
title = {The idiom and regularity of four-character idioms: Taking "一X#Y" as an example},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Te-Hsin Liu and I-Ni Tsai and I-Wen Su},
doi = {10.6503/THJCS.201912_49(4).0004},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-12-01},
journal = {Tsing Hua Journal of Chinese Studies},
volume = {49},
number = {4},
pages = {683-719},
abstract = {Chinese four-character idioms possess structural uniformity, profound meaning and cultural connotation; however, the research in the field has failed to give sufficient prominence to their idiomaticity and regularity. Adopting the framework of "Construction Grammar," in this article we discuss their interrelated syntactic, semantic, and pragmatic features by examining four-character forms with the patterning [yi-X-#-Y] 'one-X-number-Y'. In particular, we examine instances that fall under three specific prefabs with high type frequency: [yi- X-yi-Y] 'one-X-one-Y', [yi-X-er-Y] 'one-X-two-Y', and [yi-X-qian-Y] 'one-X-thousand- Y.' We also investigate their syntactic functions. In addition, we explore the relationships between X, Y, and the construction from the perspective of metaphorical extension,and investigate the interaction between different constructions. Newly created idioms such as [yi-li-yi-xiu] 'One mandatory day off and one flexible rest day' and [yi-dai-yi-lu] 'The Belt and Road' imply that the higher the type frequency of a construction, the higher its productivity. In other words, being classified as fixed phrases, idiomatic expressions have a certain degree of openness and productivity in Modern Chinese.idiomatic expressions have a certain degree of openness and productivity in Modern Chinese.idiomatic expressions have a certain degree of openness and productivity in Modern Chinese.},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Cardoso2019,
title = {Documenting modern Sri Lanka Portuguese},
author = {Hugo Cardoso and Mahesh Radhakrishnan and Patrícia Costa and Rui Pereira},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-12-01},
urldate = {2019-12-01},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Zarakol2019,
title = {Culture and Order in World Politics},
author = {Ayse Zarakol and Andrew Phillips and Christian Reus-Smit and Ayse Zarakol and James A. Millward and Victoria Hui and Andrew Hurrell and G. John Ikenberry and Ellen Berrey and Ann Swidler and Arnulf Becker Lorca and Michael Barnett and Maria Birnbaum and Ann Towns and Elif Kalaycioglu},
editor = { Andrew Phillips and Christian Reus-Smit},
doi = {10.1017/9781108754613},
isbn = {9781108754613},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-12-01},
urldate = {2019-12-01},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {Understanding how cultural diversity relates to international order is an urgent contemporary challenge. Building on ideas first advanced in Reus-Smit's On Cultural Diversity (2018), this groundbreaking book advances a new framework for understanding the nexus between culture and order in world politics. Through a pioneering interdisciplinary collaboration between leading historians, international lawyers, sociologists and international relations scholars, it argues that cultural diversity in social life is ubiquitous rather than exceptional, and demonstrates that the organization of cultural diversity has been inextricably tied to the constitution and legitimation of political authority in diverse international orders, from Warring States China, through early modern Europe and the Ottoman and Qing Empires, to today's global liberal order. It highlights the successive 'diversity regimes' that have been constructed to govern cultural difference since the nineteenth century, traces the exclusions and resistances these projects have engendered and considers contemporary global vulnerabilities and axes of contestation.},
keywords = {Ayse Zarakol},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Noorden2019,
title = {Didactic and Apocalyptic Turns: Clarity and Obscurity, Homer and Hesiod in the Sibylline Oracles},
author = {Helen Van Noorden},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-12-01},
urldate = {2019-12-01},
journal = {Didactic Poetry of Greece, Rome and Beyond: Knowledge, Power, Tradition},
pages = {179-202},
abstract = {This chapter offers a fresh perspective on issues of authority and accessibility, which are central to the didactic poetic traditions rooted in archaic Greek epic, through an examination of a text less well known to classicists: the extant corpus of Sibylline Oracles, in which are incorporated various forms of didaxis. These oracles were composed and re-edited by Jews and Christians from the 2nd century BCE onwards, but ascribed to the Sibyl, a pagan prophetess. They are presented in Greek hexameters, but draw on the content and diction of Jewish and Christian scripture as well as on those of Homer, Hesiod and later pagan authors. They offer a blend of world history, eschatology and ethical exhortation, ostensibly directed to various nations, and are introduced by their anonymous late antique Christian compiler as morally edifying to read. Yet their fluctuations of tone and their deployment of multiple internal addressees may be felt to undermine their capacity to teach, even if we adopt an interpretation of the text which privileges some tones and some addressees over others. Placing the Sibylline Oracles alongside more familiar didactic poems in Greek and Latin which urge their readers towards a certain outlook, I highlight in both arenas a tension between approaches of ethical or practical instruction, a mode which presumes the agency of the listeners or readers to act on clear prompts, and of ‘apocalyptic’revelation, which hectors a powerless audience with a vision of an unconditional future, often in coded language.},
keywords = {Helen Van Noorden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bhatia2019,
title = {Vlogging and the discursive co‐construction of ethnicity and beauty},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
doi = {10.1111/weng.12442},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-11-27},
journal = {World Englishes},
volume = {39},
number = {1},
pages = {7-21},
abstract = {Taking as its data set beauty tutorials on YouTube, considered to be audio‐visual discursive products that combine speech, body performance, and text (posted comments) to relay specific meanings (Bhatia, 2018), this paper investigates both production of text on part of the sender (vlogger) and interpretation of the text on part of the recipient (viewers) in the joint creation of identity. I analyze the data by employing van Dijk's (2015) socio‐cognitive approach to critical discourse analysis, which emphasizes that the relationship between discourse and society is ‘cognitively mediated’ (p. 64), and aspects of Gee and Green's (1998) MASS System in treatment of discourse as social practice. More specifically, this paper focuses on how British‐Indian vlogger Kaushal discursively constructs the role of expert YouTuber and Indian diaspora in her tutorials to attract a niche viewership within the mass audience of beauty consumers to boost both her unique and conforming identities.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@phdthesis{Dalakoglou2019,
title = {Wasting the West: A story of garbage and infrastructure governance in Attica},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Spyros Gerousis and Yannis Kallianos},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-11-27},
abstract = {Wasting the West is an infra-demos short documentary focusing on the Fyli landfill. It describes how the governance of waste in the Attica region goes hand in hand with environmental degradation, corporate power and socio-spatial marginalization. Infra-demos is an anthropological project based at Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam that studies the interrelationships between infrastructures, governance, and socio-technological forms of civil participation and contestation in times of crisis in Greece. Wasting the West is Directed by Spyros Gerousis Produced and Researched by Spyros Gerousis, Yannis Kallianos and Dimitris Dalakoglou.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {phdthesis}
}
@inbook{Brookes2019b,
title = {Youth Language in South Africa: The Role of English in South African Tsotsitaals},
author = {Heather Brookes},
doi = {10.1017/9781108340892.009},
isbn = {9781108425346},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-11-21},
urldate = {2019-11-21},
pages = {176-195},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {In South Africa, male youths, from their mid teens until their late twenties, make use of a way of talking in interactions with their peers that is noticeably different from local varieties spoken in their communities. This practice involves inserting a slang lexicon into the syntactic structure of the local language (s). It also includes a specific gestural repertoire and styles of gestural behaviour (Brookes 2004), distinctive intonation patterns (Brookes 2014; Mesthrie 2008) and is associated with other aspects of style including clothing, music and other cultural practices (Hurst 2009). Hurst (2009) categorizes this way of talking as a stylect because it appears to have a set of lexical items associated with other aspects of style. However, ethnographic work shows that this way of talking occurs when young men ‘break through into performance’(Hymes 1981 [1975]) during peer interactions. These repeated performances become ‘enregistered’(Agha 2007) as styles of speaking that reflect different social levels among young men (Brookes 2014). There is a continuum of styles ranging from male urban slangs close to local first language varieties to those that are used by more marginal members of society, exhibiting elements of anti-languages which are often unintelligible to outsiders (Brookes 2014; Mesthrie 2008). The slang lexicon varies according to social situation and social level. It changes with each generation and consists of either coined or resemantized words from different languages spoken in South Africa including English (Brookes 2014; Mesthrie 2008).},
keywords = {Heather Brookes},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@misc{Snowden2019,
title = {Word By Word Poster},
author = {Collette Snowden and Leanne Glenny and Lisa Ranson},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.2.18879.12965},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-11-19},
abstract = {Poster for media professionals based on research for the Word by Word project which examined the language used in reporting and creating public communication about Post Traumatic Stress Disorder in defence and first responder personnel.},
howpublished = {The Road Home},
keywords = {Collette Snowden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@conference{Ghosh2019b,
title = {Language, Communication and Conflict  in South and Southeast Asia},
author = {Aditi Ghosh},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-11-14},
booktitle = {Language, Communication and Conflict  in South and Southeast Asia},
pages = {1 - 4},
abstract = {The countries of South and Southeast Asia share a common history as well as linguistic and socio-cultural issues. They are diverse in terms of religion, castes, and creeds, cultures and customs, languages and beliefs. This diversity may harbour different challenges as well as prospects for the countries. It may harbour discordant social patterns and conflicts. A most glaring example of language-related conflict in this area is perhaps that of the birth of Bangladesh from East Pakistan. At the same time, it may also stimulate engaging and enlightening dialogues between distinct cultures, because, in spite of, the many differences, the overall history of the area is that of harmony and interaction, not of continuous discordance and conflict. Besides most of these countries have been former colonies of developed countries. This brings in issues of the influence of a dominant culture and language, the pattern of resource distribution among linguistic and cultural groups, the role and choice of language in education, etc. In this scenario, it is of great importance to throw light on the nature of communication as well as areas of conflict in this region.
In this seminar, we wish to throw light on these issues with a focus on language and linguistic diversity. We bring together scholars from South and Southeast Asia working on language, communication and conflict for a productive interaction on related issues. Through the lectures and discussions on the given issue, we may get a clear understanding of the root of the problems in this area and the best possible ways of handling them.},
keywords = {Aditi Ghosh},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@book{Deumert2019,
title = {Dynamics of Cape Dutch},
author = {Ana Deumert},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-11-06},
publisher = {Benjamins},
abstract = {Language Standardization and Language Change describes the formation of an early standard norm at the Cape around 1900. The processes of variant reduction and sociolinguistic focusing which accompanied the early standardization history of Afrikaans (or'Cape Dutch'as it was then called) are analysed within the broad methodological framework of corpus linguistics and variation analysis. Multivariate statistical techniques (cluster analysis, multidimensional scaling and PCA) are used to model the emergence of linguistic uniformity in the Cape Dutch speech community. The book also examines language contact and creolization in the early settlement, the role of Afrikaner nationalism in shaping language attitudes and linguistic practices, and the influence of English. As a case study in historical sociolinguistics the book calls into question the traditional view of the emergence of an Afrikaans standard norm, and advocates a strongly sociolinguistic, speaker-orientated approach to language history in general, and standardization studies in particular.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Bodomo2019,
title = {The Globalisation of Foreign Investment in Africa: In Comes the Dragon},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Dewei Che},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-030-28311-7_4},
isbn = {2662-2491},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-11-02},
pages = {61-77},
abstract = {Africa in the twenty-first century has become a destination for foreign investment from all corners of the globe to the extent that we may talk of the globalisation of foreign investment on the continent. In the study of the effects of globalisation on contemporary society, foreign investment features as a salient issue for intellectual discussion of issues such as agency, soft power, and symmetry. Rather than being an obscure technical-economic notion, it has become a popular and popularised topic for analysing political, economic, and cultural aspects of national and continental development. In this paper, we outline the important role that China has played in the globalisation of investment in Africa, and argue that China has, indeed, created a paradigm shift with respect to its investment engagement with the African continent. This paradigm shift can be calibrated in terms of the volume of engagement; in terms of the speed and efficiency with which investment projects are completed; and, in terms of the very discourse of trade and investment. The argument is further advanced by discussing some of the main features of Chinese investment that distinguish it from that of other global players on the African continent, such as Europe and India. The paper ends with an outline of the strategies China can pursue, and the pitfalls China must avoid, if it is to consolidate its leading role on the African continent in the second decade of the twenty-first century.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Bodomo2019c,
title = {Metrically conditioned vowel length in Dagaare},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Arto Anttila},
doi = {10.5281/zenodo.3367122},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-11-01},
pages = {21 - 39},
publisher = {Language Science Press},
abstract = {There is little evidence for stress in Dagaare, but vowel length alternations in nominal and verbal morphology reveal the presence of a word-initial metrical foot. New evidence for the foot hypothesis comes from action nominals formed with the suffix /-UU/: if the root is CV, the root lengthens and the suffix shortens; if the root is CVV the suffix shortens; if the root ends in C nothing happens. Similar length alternations appear more idiosyncratically with number and aspect suffixes. A metrical analysis provides a simple account of these vowel length alternations.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Williams2019,
title = {Creative ambiguity in the service of language policy and new speakers},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1007/s10993-018-9500-8},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-11-01},
journal = {Language Policy},
volume = {18},
number = {4},
pages = {593–608},
abstract = {This paper critiques the contribution made by specialists working within the COST Action Network on New Speakers Programme. It then offers an evaluation of the progress made to date in a number of fields such as conceptual advancement, ideological dispositions, migration and international mobility before contributing a series of policy related recommendations and an assessment of the challenges yet to be faced by researchers and practitioners. The first challenge is the parallel cross‐fertilisation of evidence and best practice from new speaker experiences within hegemonic and lesser used languages and also the particular additional hurdles faced by those who simultaneously grapple with a new hegemonic and lesser used language in tandem, such as English and Irish which must surely be a daunting prospect for migrants and refugees alike. The second is to analyse how and to what extent members of the host community either welcome or frustrate the attempts by new speakers to be fully accepted as co‐equal members, and with what consequences for the perseverance of new speakers. The third is to distil the essence of this new wave of research into practical policy proposals in a range of domains so that outcome‐based programmes and actions can be initiated by political authorities who are charged with improving the opportunities and realisation of those who wish to move beyond being learners of a target language into being active new speakers and full participants in their chosen milieu.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Piller2019e,
title = {On the conditions of authority in academic publics},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
doi = {10.1111/josl.12393},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-11-01},
urldate = {2019-11-01},
journal = {Journal of Sociolinguistics},
volume = {23},
issue = {2},
abstract = {en The discourse of some of the most powerful public figures in today’s world is often incoherent and nonsensical. Incoherent yet authoritative discourse shows that authority does not rest in language but results from non‐linguistic and pre‐textual conditions. The non‐linguistic and pre‐textual conditions are exemplified in an Australian case‐study of a media debate between the Immigration Minister and a refugee, drawing on research by Smith‐Khan (2019a, 2019b). Two such conditions are then examined with reference to academic publics. First, I ask which languages do or do not carry authority, before moving on to speaker identity as a condition of authority. The close association between English and academic excellence has resulted in diminishing the authority of academic publications in languages other than English. The same is true of publications by women and people of colour. I close by reflecting on referencing practices as forms of extending authoritativeness to voices in excluded languages and from excluded scholars in academic publics. 关于学术群体和权威性的探讨 zh 当今世界有权势的公众人物话语时常缺乏逻辑且荒谬。缺乏逻辑但却具有权威性的话语表明权威并不源自于语言本身，而是来源于非语言因素和先语篇的条件。非语言因素和先语篇条件可以从 Smith‐Khan (2019a, 2019b) 在澳大利亚进行的一项案例研究体现，这项研究对移民部部长和一位难民在媒体上的争论进行分析。本文要探讨的是非语言因素和先语篇条件在学术界的问题。首先，本文探讨哪种语言具有或不具有权威性，其次，本文讨论说话者的身份如何影响话语权威。本文指出英语和学术能力的密切关联导致非英文学术作品失去权威性。同样，女性和有色人种的学术作品也无法获得权威性。最后，本文指出文献引用应顾及被学术圈排斥在外的语言和学者们，因为文献引用是话语权威的延伸形式。},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Fox2019,
title = {A Research Note Regarding Trobriand Tabu and Its Comparative Significance},
author = {James Fox},
doi = {10.1002/ocea.5230},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-11-01},
urldate = {2019-11-01},
volume = { 89},
issue = {3},
pages = {336-342},
keywords = {James Fox},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Zuckermann2019bb,
title = {Demonstration of LARA: A Learning and Reading Assistant},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann and Elham Akhlaghi and Branislav Bédi and Matthias Butterweck and Cathy Chua, Johanna Gerlach and Hanieh Habibi and Junta Ikeda and Manny Rayner and Sabina Sestigiani},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-10-27},
booktitle = {SLaTE},
pages = {37-38},
abstract = {We propose to demo LARA (Learning and Reading Assistant), a set of tools currently being developed in the context of a col-laborative open project for building and using online computer-assisted language learning (CALL) content. LARA offers a range of options for semi-automatically transforming text into a hypertext version designed to give support to non-native readers. The demo is intended to accompany our full paper about LARA; here we focus on describing some of the content we will present.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Giles2019b,
title = {Older Adults’ Recalled Memorable Messages about Aging and Their Associations with Successful Aging},
author = {Howard Giles and Quinten S Bernhold},
doi = {10.1093/hcr/hqz011},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-10-22},
urldate = {2019-10-22},
journal = {Human Communication Research},
volume = {45},
abstract = {Using the Communicative Ecology Model of Successful Aging (CEMSA), this study examined how one’s own age-related communication and memorable message characteristics indirectly predict successful aging, via aging efficacy. Older adults with higher dispositional hope recalled memorable messages as (a) higher in positivity, (b) higher in efficacy, and (c) more likely to contain a theme of aging not being important or being a subjective state that can be overcome with the right mindset. Older adults were classified as engaged, bantering, or disengaged agers, based on their own age-related communication. Uniquely for CEMSA’s development and the blended role of hope theory within it, memorable message efficacy indirectly predicted greater successful aging, via heightened aging efficacy.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2019,
title = {Ethical Immanence},
author = {Jack Sidnell and Marie Meudec and Michael Lambek},
doi = {10.1177/1463499619836328},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-10-19},
urldate = {2019-10-19},
journal = {Anthropological Theory 19(3): DOI:},
volume = {19},
issue = {3},
pages = {1-20},
abstract = {Ethical judgement suffuses everyday life: it is not only objectified in rules or codes, experienced as duty, or realised as reason distinct from action. Nor in its primary manifestations is the ethical realised as a separate domain of thought, activity or expertise. The possibility that we explore in this collection is that ethics is immanent to action and to social life more generally, within it rather than at arm’s length from it. Our intention is not to reach unanimity, claim an exclusive truth or build a consistent model, but to follow the diverse paths along which thinking about the ethical in this way leads u},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Piller2019b,
title = {Asylum interviews as linguistic conflict zones},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-10-18},
urldate = {2019-10-18},
abstract = {Language is the inescapable medium through which we live our lives. Access to social goods such as education, employment or community participation occurs through the medium of a particular language. However, all too often we take language for granted and its social role is obscured. One context that exemplifies both the power of language and its invisibility is the asylum determination procedure.
},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Zuckermann2019bb,
title = {“Language Breathes Life” - Barngarla Community Perspectives on the Wellbeing Impacts of Reclaiming a Dormant Australian Aboriginal Language},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.3390/ijerph16203918},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-10-15},
journal = {International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health},
volume = {16},
number = {20},
pages = {3918},
abstract = {Traditional languages are a key element of Indigenous peoples’ identity, cultural expression, autonomy, spiritual and intellectual sovereignty, and wellbeing. While the links between Indigenous language loss and poor mental health have been demonstrated in several settings, little research has sought to identify the potential psychological benefits that may derive from language reclamation. The revival of the Barngarla language on the Eyre Peninsula, South Australia, offers a unique opportunity to examine whether improvements in mental health and social and emotional wellbeing can occur during and following the language reclamation process. This paper presents findings from 16 semi-structured interviews conducted with Barngarla community members describing their own experienced or observed mental health and wellbeing impacts of language reclamation activities. Aligning with a social and emotional wellbeing framework from an Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander perspective, key themes included connection to spirituality and ancestors; connection to Country; connection to culture; connection to community; connection to family and kinship; connection to mind and emotions; and impacts upon identity and cultural pride at an individual level. These themes will form the foundation of assessment of the impacts of language reclamation in future stages of the project.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2019b,
title = {Ejecting protestors, interpellating supporters: The interactional pragmatics of expulsion at Trump’s campaign rallies},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1515/sem-2019-0067},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-10-15},
urldate = {2019-10-15},
journal = {Semiotica},
volume = {2019},
issue = {231},
abstract = {During his campaign for president in 2016, Donald Trump repeatedly instructed his supporters and event security to remove protesters from his rallies, most often, by issuing a directive to “get them out”. These occasions, far from being a distraction from the political process, emerged as potent rituals of participation and the activity of removing protestors became a tool of interactional messaging. Specifically, activities of ejecting protestors were semiotically and discursively elaborated so as to cast them as the virtual realizations of a larger political project of “making America great again.” Various aspects of this include the way these events came to signify about Trump’s persona and the brand of leadership he promised, about immigration reform and border control, about the possibilities for political participation and about a more diffuse struggle against the supposed tyranny of political correctness. Moreover, supporters who responded to the the instruction by attempting to remove protestors were interpellated by it as agents in the local scene of action and were thereby written into the larger populist narrative that Trump articulated.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2019e,
title = {Ejecting protestors, interpellating supporters: The interactional pragmatics of expulsion at Trump’s campaign rallies},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1515/sem-2019-0067},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-10-15},
urldate = {2019-10-15},
journal = {Semiotica},
volume = {2019},
issue = {231},
abstract = {During his campaign for president in 2016, Donald Trump repeatedly instructed his supporters and event security to remove protesters from his rallies, most often, by issuing a directive to “get them out”. These occasions, far from being a distraction from the political process, emerged as potent rituals of participation and the activity of removing protestors became a tool of interactional messaging. Specifically, activities of ejecting protestors were semiotically and discursively elaborated so as to cast them as the virtual realizations of a larger political project of “making America great again.” Various aspects of this include the way these events came to signify about Trump’s persona and the brand of leadership he promised, about immigration reform and border control, about the possibilities for political participation and about a more diffuse struggle against the supposed tyranny of political correctness. Moreover, supporters who responded to the the instruction by attempting to remove protestors were interpellated by it as agents in the local scene of action and were thereby written into the larger populist narrative that Trump articulated.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Fina2019bb,
title = {The ethnographic interview},
author = {Anna De Fina},
isbn = {9781315675824},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-10-03},
pages = {154-167},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {In this chapter I have a twofold objective: on the one hand I give a general view of the design of different types of interviews used in the field and on their functions and on the other I aim at emphasizing the importance of a reflexive approach to interviews, therefore taking up some of the themes that have been debated in the ethnography and neighboring fields and some dilemmas about the legitimacy and utility of interviews as research tools. I then discuss some of the different aspects of the interview context that come into play in the kinds of data that an ethnographer may be able to collect: from the identity and insider/outsider status of the researcher, to the topic of research, to the conditions in which interviews take place.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Gupta2019,
title = {The missed period},
author = {Akhil Gupta and Purnima Mankekar},
doi = {10.1111/amet.12837},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-10-01},
journal = {American Ethnologist},
volume = {46},
number = {2},
abstract = {Business process outsourcing (BPO) industries providing customer service are characterized by three features: the product of labor is affect; affect is central to the labor process; and affect constitutes a crucial modality for the workers’ subject formation. This affective labor is distinctive in that workers’ connections to their customers are live, transnational, and interactive. Such BPOs constitute a form of capitalist production in which profits are based on the management and monetization of affect, including brand loyalty and customer satisfaction. Affective labor generates disjunctive temporalities that are coimplicated with those of family life and with routines of schooling, ritual, and religion. These disjunctive temporalities engender modes of embodiment that are crucial to how BPO workers are constituted as specific kinds of laboring subjects.},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pham2019b,
title = {Five Conversations between Vietnamese and American Poems},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham and Lola Haskins},
doi = {: 10.5744/delos.2019.1017},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-10-01},
volume = {34},
number = {2},
pages = {145-302},
abstract = {Dance with Me, the book from which these poems are drawn, is a friendship book/conversation between the cultures of the two authors, Andrea Hoa Pham and Lola Haskins. Each is a poet in her own language, Vietnamese and English respectively, and to some extent the work here illustrates clearly, even at the glance of the reader’s eye from one poem to another, the differences in the poetic language and poetic conventions available to, and chosen by, the two writers.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tang2019b,
title = {Oral Language Performance of Deaf and Hard-of- Hearing Students in Mainstream Schools},
author = {Gladys Tang and Tammy HM Lau and Kathy YS Lee and Emily YC Lam and Joffee HS Lam and Chris KM Yiu},
doi = {10.1093/deafed/enz012},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-10-01},
journal = {Journal of Deaf Studies and Deaf Education},
volume = {24},
number = {4},
pages = {448-458},
abstract = {In Hong Kong, students are expected to speak fluent Cantonese, Putonghua, and English. However, the curriculum does not include Cantonese studies, as children are expected to have already acquired Cantonese by the age of school entry. This study examined the language outcomes of Cantonese-speaking deaf or hard-of-hearing children who attend primary schools within the Hong Kong educational system and considered whether the system currently meets the needs of these children. The Hong Kong Cantonese Oral Language Assessment Scale, which comprises six subtests, was used to assess 98 children with mild to profound hearing loss. A regression analysis was used to examine the influences of various variables on oral language performance in these children. Notably, 41% of the participants had achieved age-appropriate oral language skills, while 18% and 41% exhibited mild-to-moderate or severe oral language impairment, respectively. The degree of hearing loss and the use of speech therapy were identified as significant negative predictors of oral language performance. The issues of a relatively late diagnosis and device fitting, as well as the very poor oral language outcomes, strongly emphasize the need for policy makers to reconsider the existing educational approaches and support for deaf or hard-of-hearing children.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Costa2019c,
title = {Being at home on social media: Online place-making among the Kurds in Turkey and rural migrants in China},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-10-01},
urldate = {2019-10-01},
publisher = {SAGE Publishing},
abstract = {Being at home on social media: Online place-making among the Kurds in Turkey and rural migrants in China. — the University of Groningen research portal Skip to main navigation Skip to search Skip to main content the University of Groningen research portal Logo Help & FAQ English Nederlands Home Profiles Research Units Research output Projects Datasets Prizes Activities Press / Media Search by expertise, name or affiliation Being at home on social media: Online place-making among the Kurds in Turkey and rural migrants in China. Elisabetta Costa, Xinyuan Wang Research output.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Costa2019d,
title = {Location as conspicuous consumption: the making of modern women in southeast Turkey},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
isbn = {9781315544823},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-10-01},
urldate = {2019-10-01},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {This chapter draws on the results of a long-term ethnographic research about the uses of social media carried out in Mardin, a medium-sized town in south-east Turkey, inhabited by a population of Arabs and Kurds. It argues that teenagers and young adults publicly display their locations on Facebook to increase popularity and fame among friends, relatives, and peers. Locative functions are widely used to show off the presence of a rich and wealthy social life, regardless of whether the location is real or not: pictures of holiday trips, meals at restaurants, and shopping malls are often displayed on Facebook walls, together with the location of the place. The chapter regards the public display of location and fake location as entangled with desires of visibility, social affirmation, and fame.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Tsimpli2019,
title = {The role of bilingualism, age of onset of L2 acquisition & literacy in sentence repetition: The case of Albanian-Greek speaking children},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Alexandra Prentza and Maria Kaltsa},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-09-04},
urldate = {2019-09-04},
abstract = {The present study examines how bilingualism, age of onset (AoO) of exposure to Greek and degree of literacy affect the performance of Greek/Albanian bilingual children on a Sentence Repetition (SR) task. Sixty 8 to 10-year-old children were tested, twenty per group, i.e. monolinguals, simultaneous bilinguals and late-sequential bilinguals. The analysis showed that (a) the monolingual group outperforms the bilingual groups, (b) there is strong relationship between vocabulary development and SR performance and (c) the amount of early and current oral input in Greek affects SR performance.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Benjamin2019,
title = {Music and the cline of Malayness},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
isbn = {978-87-7694-262-5},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-09-01},
pages = {87–116},
publisher = {NIAS Press},
abstract = {The cline of Malayness as exhibited in Sumatra and the Malay Peninsula extends through tribal-Malay, rakyat-Malay, aristocrat-Malay and modern urban-Malay. As a consequence of the manner in which Malay states came into being, this cline exhibits an increasing elaboration of the cultural expression of transition and transitivity. This is manifested in the different manners of musical performance favoured in the various Malay populations. In turn, these differences are paralleled closely in such other areas of Malay cultural expression as: social personality, cooking & eating, dance, religion, grammar & lexicon. Fifteen illustrative audio examples are available on the Soundcloud.com website through links given in the footnotes, where links to other cited online audio examples are also provided.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Jones2019,
title = {New Magic as an Artification Movement: From Speech Event to Change Process},
author = {Graham Jones},
doi = {10.1177/1749975515584082},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-09-01},
urldate = {2019-09-01},
journal = {Cultural Sociology},
volume = {13},
number = {3},
abstract = {In recent years, a small but prolific network of French magicians and their allies have taken calculated, systematic, and very public steps to reposition magic as a form of high culture, produced and received according to a set of distinctively artistic criteria, and linked institutionally to the realm of fine arts. They call what they are doing ‘new magic’ (la magie nouvelle). This article takes a conversation analytic approach to a verbal disagreement between one of new magic’s principal proponents and a relatively senior music scholar who questions how art-like new magic really is. The speakers mutually accomplish the activity of arguing by realizing associated design features such as negative personal assessments, overlapping talk, format tying, sarcasm, bald directives, and interruption. In so doing, they also co-construct interactional identities as cultural insurgent and cultural gatekeeper, shaping this particular speech event as a skirmish in a conflictual and unresolved process of artification.},
keywords = {Graham Jones},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pablé2019,
title = {Is a general non-ethnocentric theory of human communication possible? An integrationist approach},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2019.102735},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-09-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {230},
number = {4},
pages = {102735},
abstract = {The present paper takes a supportive stance towards humanism, anthropocentrism and universalism. It does so through the lens of a theoretical approach known as integrationism (or integrational linguistics), as outlined in the work of Oxford linguist Roy Harris (Harris, 1996). Given the rise in research critiquing the ethnocentric nature of communication and linguistic theory, this paper examines the validity of the cultural bias argument as recently presented in posthumanist applied linguistics (Pennycook, 2018), anti-humanist semiotics (Cobley, 2016) and the linguistic school known as Natural Semantic Metalanguage (Wierzbicka, 2010, Goddard, 2011) by taking a distinctly semiological vantage point. The paper argues that Roy Harris’ integrationism allows for a theory of human communication that is general without being ethnocentrically biased because grounded in a semiology of personal experience rather than one characterised by scientific abstraction. The explanatory power of such an experienced-based theory turns out to be of a very different range and kind when compared to mainstream semiological and semiotic theories.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2019b,
title = {Sensational signs, authority and the public sphere: Settler colonial rhetoric in times of change},
author = {Ana Deumert},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-09-01},
journal = {Journal of Sociolinguistics},
volume = {23},
number = {5},
pages = {467-484},
abstract = {The article explores the emotional regimes of settler colonialism in post‐apartheid South Africa. The focus is on apocalyptic fears of the imagined eradication of whiteness. These fears are articulated in response to postcolonial/decolonial interpellations of abject whiteness, and are made visible in a range of sensational signs that circulate online and offline. The signs cluster around two themes that are central to the ideologies of settler colonialism: land (and its feared loss), and (white) bodies (and their feared disappearance). Following Sarah Ahmed (2004a,b), emotionally charged signs can be seen as actions (akin to words in speech act theory). In contrast to Jürgen Habermas’ conception of the public sphere as an idealized place of rational debate, the article argues that a combination of affect‐emotion‐feeling and the performance of ‘reason’—what Aristotelian rhetoric refers to as pathos and ethos—are integral for understanding public‐political discourses of whiteness at a time when white privilege has been called out globally (and locally), and white dominance has lost its stronghold.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2019,
title = {Authenticity, belonging, and charter myths of Cantonese},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-09-01},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {64},
pages = {37-45},
abstract = {Through an analysis of arguments for protecting Cantonese against the encroachment of Putonghua in post-1997 Hong Kong, this article explores tensions in the ideological complex of authenticity and highlights the importance of investigating how spatial and temporal relationships work together to shape understandings of what counts as ‘real’, ‘natural’, and ‘original’. To endow Cantonese with authority, language advocates in Hong Kong draw on contrasting ideologies of authenticity and construct two distinct charter myths for their mother tongue. Invoking vastly different chronotopes, these ideologies are intimately linked to how Hongkongers view their place in the Chinese nation and the Communist regime.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2019b,
title = {Prosody facilitates memory recall in l1 but not in l2 in highly proficient listeners},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Elaine Schmidt and Ana Pérez and Luca Cilibrasi},
doi = {10.1017/S0272263119000433},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-08-27},
urldate = {2019-08-27},
journal = {Studies in Second Language Acquisition},
volume = {42},
number = {1},
pages = {1-16},
abstract = {Prosody is crucial for language comprehension because it highlights underlying structures. This study explores whether prosody facilitates memory recall to the same extent in L1 and L2, and whether memory recall is poorer in L2 or whether language-specific differences can mitigate L2 processing difficulties. Nineteen Greek learners of English, and a monolingual English baseline, repeated three-digit chunks with and without prosodic cues in L1 and L2. Prosody was a major facilitator of memory recall only in L1 despite the high proficiency of learners. This indicates that L2 mastery of prosody perception is hard to attain, mirroring production studies. However, when prosodic boundary cues were absent, memory recall in L2 was comparable to L1. This demonstrates that language-specific differences can attenuate more general processing difficulties in L2. This study is the first to demonstrate differences in prosodic processing in L1 and L2 resulting in poorer memory recall in L2.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Fina2019bb,
title = {6. Commentary: Rapport in Qualitative Investigation, from Researcher’s Objectivity to Researcher’s Reflexivity},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1515/9781501507830-006},
isbn = {9781501507830},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-08-19},
volume = {19},
pages = {87-96},
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter GmbH & Co KG},
abstract = {Avolume on rapportand the co-construction ofsocial relations in field settingsis both timely because of the kinds of reflections that it invites on the part of qualitative researchers, and symptomatic because of its signalling a significant shift that is taking place in sociolinguistic and anthropology oriented research. The latter involves a change from a view of knowledge gathering as a process of understanding emic perspectives, or to say it with Malinowski, a way “to grasp the native’s point of view, his relation to life, to realize his vision of his world”(1922: 25; also see Geertz 1983), towards an approach in which reflexivity, positionality (Creswell 2013) and intersubjectivity (Gable 2014) take center stage. These concepts encompass the wide issue of the researcher’s position not only in relation to informants, but also in relation to the research topic, the context and the research process more generally. Indeed, discussing rapport inevitably leads us to think of the research focused interactional encounters in which data was generated as contexts for understanding that data, and of social relations established andcontinuouslynegotiated amongparticipantsasenablingandcontextualizing the type of exchanges produced, and therefore as inextricably tied to their interpretation.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Costa2019b,
title = {Como o Mundo Mudou as Mídias Sociais},
author = {Elisabetta Costa and Daniel Miller and Nell Haynes and Tom McDonald and Dr Razvan Nicolescu and Jolynna Sinanan and Juliano Spyer and Shriram Venkatraman and Xinyuan Wang},
isbn = {9781787356542},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-08-14},
urldate = {2019-08-14},
publisher = {UCL Press},
abstract = {Como o Mundo as Mídias Sociais é o primeiro livro da Why We Post, uma série de livros que investiga as descobertas de nove antropólogos, que passaram 15 meses vivendo em comunidades em diferentes partes do mundo, incluindo Brasil, Chile, China, Inglaterra, Índia, Itália, Trinidad e Turquia. Este livro oferece uma análise comparativa que resume os resultados da pesquisa e a análise do impacto das mídias sociais sobre política e gênero, educação e comércio. Qual é o resultado do aumento da ênfase na comunicação visual? Estamos nos tornando mais individualistas ou mais sociais? Por que as mídias sociais públicas são tão conservadoras? Por que a igualdade na internet não consegue anular a desigualdade? Como os memes se tornaram a polícia moral da internet? Apoiado por uma introdução à estrutura acadêmica do projeto e aos termos teóricos que ajudam a analisar as descobertas, o livro argumenta que a única maneira de se apreciar e entender algo tão privado e ubíquo como as mídias sociais deve se dar a partir da imersão nas vidas das pessoas que ali postam. Só então podemos descobrir como diferentes indivíduos em todo o mundo já transformaram as mídias sociais de maneiras tão inesperadas e avaliar suas conseqüências.
},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Deumert2019bb,
title = {Translingual practices and neoliberal policies. Attitudes and strategies of African skilled migrants in Anglophone workplaces},
author = {Ana Deumert},
doi = {10.1080/14664208.2019.1585157},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-08-08},
journal = {Current Issues in Language Planning},
volume = {20},
number = {4},
pages = {435-437},
abstract = {In this short book (66 pages, including references) Suresh Canagarajah responds to critiques by Aneta Pavlenko, Ryuko Kubota and Nelson Flores, who have suggested that we might be witnessing a ‘collusion’between recent work on translingualism and neoliberal interests. The volume is part of the Springer Briefs in Linguistics, which publishes (since 2016) short peerreviewed monographs on a wide range of topics related to the study of language. It is a book that should be a recommended reading for anyone working in the field of multilingualism. Canagarajah responds to his critics skillfully and respectfully, and in doing so offers a succint and accessible introduction to recent work within the broad framework of translingualism.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Chiaro2019,
title = {Europe with love: Woody Allen’s liquid society},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.1075/btl.148.08chi},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-08-06},
pages = {170-187},
chapter = {8},
abstract = {Between 2008 and 2012, Woody Allen directed three films that have come to be known as his “European trilogy”, namely Vicky Cristina Barcelona (2008), Midnight in Paris (2011) and To Rome with Love (2012). Each storyline involves the temporary relocation of one or more north-American protagonists to the European city in the title, in which, as well as complicated trysts, we find displaced characters who undergo a great deal of culture shock as they clash and merge with the experiences of a foreign locale and, of course, a different language. This chapter will examine the trilogy from the perspective of Allen’s technical recreation of lingua-cultural otherness in his non-American characters in the original version of each film.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Benjamin2019b,
title = {Malay art music composers and performers of Tanjungpinang and Pulau Penyengat},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
isbn = {978-87-7694-259-5},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-08-01},
pages = {279–302},
publisher = {NIAS Press},
abstract = {This chapter was stimulated by the new music (kreasi baru) that the author heard at the 2011 Gawai/Lomba Seni in Tanjungpinang and at later performances and rehearsals on Pulau Penyengat and in Batam Centre, all in Kepulauan Riau (Kepri) province, Indonesia. Through interviews with the composers, the author has sought to uncover their specifically musical background and artistic aims against the background of the more ‘traditional’ Malay music-making still widely followed in the Bentan area. The author’s ten associated video and audio examples are available through links given in the footnotes, where links to other cited online audio examples are also provided.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2019b,
title = {Which Refugee Crisis?: On the Proxy of the Systemic Eurocrisis and Its Spatialities},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.1017/9781108598859.016},
isbn = {9781108470346},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-31},
pages = {369-378},
publisher = {Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.},
abstract = {Europe was shocked by the news that a boat full of migrants sunk into the Mediterranean Sea taking with it fifty-seven people. The episode occurred when the Italian Navy vessel Sibilla, in its effort to protect the common EU borders collided with the migrants’ boat. Some serious debates took place then, raising questions as to whether it was an accident or part of a political effort to stop the flow of migrants or whether the Italian Navy could have intervened and rescued the migrants. The year was 1997 and the non-EU migrants were Albanians fleeing the 1997 civil war that followed the collapse of the ‘pyramid’banking system in their home country. The transition of the country to market economy and the new ambitious financial innovations had been promoted by the World Bank (WB) and International Monetary Fund (IMF) but also the European Economic Community (EEC).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Garcia2019b,
title = {Fragments of Relatedness: Writing, Archiving, and the Vicissitudes of Kinship},
author = {Angela Garcia},
doi = {10.1080/00141844.2019.1645190},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-25},
urldate = {2019-07-25},
journal = {Ethnos},
volume = {85},
number = {4},
pages = {1-13},
abstract = {This article considers an archive of letters written by three generations of female kin as offering a form for thinking about the nature of kin relations. It tells the story of how the archive came into being, and examines the ways writing and archiving makes visible the shifting relations that constitute kinship. Highlighting the narrative acts of selected letters, it grapples with the failure of things being properly ‘passed on’ within the web of kinship, as well as the potential that this failure generates.},
keywords = {Angela Garcia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Sidnell2019c,
title = {The Normative Nature of Language},
author = {Jack Sidnell and N. J. Enfield},
doi = {10.1093/oso/9780190846466.003.0013},
isbn = {9780190846466},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-25},
urldate = {2019-07-25},
pages = {265-278},
abstract = {This chapter examines the normative nature of language, focusing on the idea that there are socially determined and commonly shared criteria for accountably appropriate action specific to language. We define norms in terms of three key properties: if a pattern of behavior is supported by a norm, it is subliminal (the behavior is not noticed when present), ablinimal (the behavior is noticed when absent), and inference-vulnerable (absence of, or deviation from, the behavior generates inferences). In exploring the normative nature of language, this chapter first considers people’s orientation to norms in the use of language in social interaction, and then turns to people’s orientation to norms in the appropriate use of words. The chapter makes the case not only that word meanings are regulated by norms but that people are motivated to enforce such norms even in the most mundane and informal of settings. This is the result of a general tyranny of accountability , which pertains to language, and to other forms of behavior that are grounded in human intersubjectivity.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Sidnell2019f,
title = {The Normative Nature of Language},
author = {Jack Sidnell and N. J. Enfield},
doi = {10.1093/oso/9780190846466.003.0013},
isbn = {9780190846466},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-25},
urldate = {2019-07-25},
pages = {265-278},
abstract = {This chapter examines the normative nature of language, focusing on the idea that there are socially determined and commonly shared criteria for accountably appropriate action specific to language. We define norms in terms of three key properties: if a pattern of behavior is supported by a norm, it is subliminal (the behavior is not noticed when present), ablinimal (the behavior is noticed when absent), and inference-vulnerable (absence of, or deviation from, the behavior generates inferences). In exploring the normative nature of language, this chapter first considers people’s orientation to norms in the use of language in social interaction, and then turns to people’s orientation to norms in the appropriate use of words. The chapter makes the case not only that word meanings are regulated by norms but that people are motivated to enforce such norms even in the most mundane and informal of settings. This is the result of a general tyranny of accountability , which pertains to language, and to other forms of behavior that are grounded in human intersubjectivity.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Sidnell2019g,
title = {The Normative Nature of Language},
author = {Jack Sidnell and N. J. Enfield
},
doi = {10.1093/oso/9780190846466.003.0013},
isbn = {9780190846466},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-25},
urldate = {2019-07-25},
pages = {265-278},
chapter = {13},
abstract = {This chapter examines the normative nature of language, focusing on the idea that there are socially determined and commonly shared criteria for accountably appropriate action specific to language. We define norms in terms of three key properties: if a pattern of behavior is supported by a norm, it is subliminal (the behavior is not noticed when present), ablinimal (the behavior is noticed when absent), and inference-vulnerable (absence of, or deviation from, the behavior generates inferences). In exploring the normative nature of language, this chapter first considers people’s orientation to norms in the use of language in social interaction, and then turns to people’s orientation to norms in the appropriate use of words. The chapter makes the case not only that word meanings are regulated by norms but that people are motivated to enforce such norms even in the most mundane and informal of settings. This is the result of a general tyranny of accountability , which pertains to language, and to other forms of behavior that are grounded in human intersubjectivity.
},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Nakane2019,
title = {Judgments on Court Interpreting in Japan: Ideologies and Practice},
author = {Ikuko Nakane and Makiko Mizuno},
doi = {10.1007/s11196-019-09642-3},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-22},
urldate = {2019-07-22},
journal = {International Journal for the Semiotics of Law },
volume = {32},
pages = {773–793},
abstract = {Japan saw a sharp increase in the number of non-Japanese residents and migrants during the period of its high economic growth in the 1980s and 1990s. This impacted on how the justice system provides language assistance to non-Japanese speaking background parties in investigative interviews and courtroom proceedings. While the number of defendants who received interpreter assistance in Japanese criminal trials hit its peak in 2003, quality of legal interpreting is still a serious issue. In this article, we discuss how the Japanese criminal justice system has approached issues in judicial interpreting in the last four decades by analysing how “court interpreting” and “court interpreters” have been represented in court decisions. By doing so, the paper aims to explore the judiciary’s ideologies about court interpreting and problematise these ideologies in looking towards improvement of language assistance in the Japanese legal system.

},
keywords = {Ikuko Nakane},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fleming2019,
title = {In the name of the father-in-law: Pastoralism, patriarchy and the sociolinguistic prehistory of eastern and southern Africa},
author = {Luke Fleming and Alice Mitchell and Isabelle Ribot
},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-19},
journal = {Sociolinguistic Studies},
volume = {13},
number = {2-4},
pages = {171–192},
abstract = {In a range of eastern and southern African language communities, stretching from Ethiopia to the Cape, married women are enjoined to avoid the names of members of their husband's family as well as (near-) homophones of those names, and to replace tabooed vocabulary with substitute words. Although in-law name avoidance is a global phenomenon, the daughter-in-law speech registers thus constituted are unusual in their linguistic elaboration: they involve avoidance not only of names and true homophones of names but also an array of words whose only relation to tabooed names is phonological similarity. We provide an overview of the distribution and convergent social and linguistic characteristics of these registers and then examine one register more closely, namely, that of Datooga of Tanzania. To tease apart the layers of causality that converge upon this particular sociolinguistic pattern, we consider archaeological, ethnological, sociolinguistic and genetic lines of evidence. We propose that any partial diffusion of in-law avoidance practices has been complemented by a complex of sociocultural factors motivating the emergence of this pattern at different times and places across the African continent. These factors include pastoralism, patrilineal descent ideologies and norms of patrilocal postmarital residence paired with cattle-based bridewealth exchange.},
keywords = {Alice Mitchell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Graham2019,
title = {Articulation Rate as a Metric in Spoken Language Assessment},
author = {Calbert Graham and Francis Nolan},
doi = {10.21437/Interspeech.2019-2098},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-15},
urldate = {2019-07-15},
abstract = {Automated evaluation of non-native pronunciation provides a consistent and more cost-efficient alternative to human evaluation. To that end, there is considerable interest in deriving metrics that are based on the cues human listeners use to judge pronunciation. Previous research reported the use of phonetic features such as vowel characteristics in automated spoken language evaluation. The present study extends this line of work on the significance of phonetic features in automated evaluation of L2 speech (both assessment and feedback). Predictive modelling techniques examined the relationship between various articulation rate metrics one the one hand, and the proficiency and L1 background of non-native English speakers on the other. It was found that the optimal predictive model was one in which the phonetic details of phoneme articulation were factored in the analysis of articulation rate. Model performance varied also according to the L1 background of speakers. The implications for assessment and feedback are discussed.
},
keywords = {Calbert Graham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@bachelorthesis{Graham2019b,
title = {Articulation rate as a metric in spoken language assessment},
author = {Calbert Graham and Francis Nolan},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-15},
urldate = {2019-07-15},
keywords = {Calbert Graham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@book{Hendriks2019,
title = {Casting an eye on motion events: Eye tracking and its implications for linguistic typology},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Eva Soroli and Maya Hickmann},
doi = {10.1075/hcp.66.07sor},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-15},
urldate = {2019-07-15},
pages = {250-288},
abstract = {In the last few decades there have been several attempts to connect language use with cognitive mechanisms underlying event representation. This language-thought interface is difficult to capture and highly debated. This chapter provides an overview of empirical and experimental studies relevant to this debate, focusing on the relation between eye movements, categorization and linguistic variation in the domain of motion events. It raises theoretical and methodological questions that have important implications for linguistic typology and cognitive studies more generally.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Essegbey2019,
title = {Tutrugbu (Nyangbo) Language and Culture},
author = {James Essegbey},
doi = {10.1163/9789004396999},
isbn = {9789004396999},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-15},
urldate = {2019-07-15},
volume = {8},
publisher = {Hardback},
abstract = {This is the first comprehensive description of Tutrugbu(Nyangbo-nyb), a Ghana Togo Mountain(gtm) language of the Kwa family. It is based on a documentary corpus of different genre of linguistic and cultural practices gathered during periods of immersion fieldwork. Tutrugbu speakers are almost all bilingual in Ewe, another Kwa language. The book presents innovative analyses of phenomena like Advanced Tongue Root and labial vowel harmony, noun classes, topological relational verbs, the two classes of adpositions, obligatory complement verbs, multi-verbs in a single clause, and information structure. This grammar is unparalleled in including a characterization of culturally defined activity types and their associated speech formulae and routine strategies. It should appeal to linguists interested in African languages, language documentation and typology.},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Essegbey2019b,
title = {Tutrugbu (Nyangbo) Language and Culture},
author = {James Essegbey},
doi = {10.1163/9789004396999},
isbn = {9789004396999},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-15},
urldate = {2019-07-15},
volume = {8},
publisher = {Hardback},
abstract = {This is the first comprehensive description of Tutrugbu(Nyangbo-nyb), a Ghana Togo Mountain(gtm) language of the Kwa family. It is based on a documentary corpus of different genre of linguistic and cultural practices gathered during periods of immersion fieldwork. Tutrugbu speakers are almost all bilingual in Ewe, another Kwa language. The book presents innovative analyses of phenomena like Advanced Tongue Root and labial vowel harmony, noun classes, topological relational verbs, the two classes of adpositions, obligatory complement verbs, multi-verbs in a single clause, and information structure. This grammar is unparalleled in including a characterization of culturally defined activity types and their associated speech formulae and routine strategies. It should appeal to linguists interested in African languages, language documentation and typology.},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Tsimpli2019c,
title = {Reading as a Predictor of Complex Syntax. The Case of Relative Clauses},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Luca Cilibrasi and Flavia Adani},
doi = {10.3389/fpsyg.2019.01450},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-10},
urldate = {2019-07-10},
journal = {Frontiers in Psychology},
volume = {10},
abstract = {Background The current study aims at better characterizing the role of reading skills as a predictor of comprehension of relative clauses. Well-established cross-linguistic evidence shows that children are more accurate in the comprehension of subject-extracted relative clauses in comparison to the object-extracted counterpart. Children with reading difficulties are known to perform less accurately on object relatives at the group level compared to typically developing children. Given that children’s performance on reading tasks is shown to shape as a continuum, in the current study we attempted to use reading skills as a continuous variable to predict performance on relative clauses.Methods We examined the comprehension of relative clauses in a group of 30 English children (7–11 years) with varying levels of reading skills. Reading skills varied on a large spectrum, from poor readers to very skilled readers, as assessed by the YARC standardized test. The experimental task consisted of a picture-matching task. Children were presented with subject and object relative clauses and they were asked to choose one picture - out of four - that would best represent the sentence they heard. At the same time, we manipulated whether the subject and object nouns were either matching (both singular or both plural) or mismatching (one singular, the other plural) in number.ResultsOur analysis of accuracy shows that subject relatives were comprehended more accurately overall than object relatives, that responses to sentences with noun phrases mismatching in number were more accurate overall than the ones with matching noun phrases and that performance improved as a function of reading skills. Within the match subset, while the difference in accuracy between subject and object relatives is large in poor readers, the difference is reduced with better reading skills, almost disappearing in very skilled readers.DiscussionBeside replicating the well-established findings on the subject-object asymmetry, number facilitation in the comprehension of relative clauses, and a better overall performance by skilled readers, these results indicate that strong reading skills may determine a reduction of the processing difficulty associated with the hardest object relative clause condition (i.e., match), causing a reduction of the subject-object asymmetry.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Essegbey2019c,
title = {Routine Activities},
author = {James Essegbey},
doi = {10.1163/9789004396999_011},
isbn = {9789004396999},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-02},
urldate = {2019-07-02},
pages = {319–365},
publisher = {Brill},
chapter = {10},
abstract = {Many communicative practices found in a given speech community remain undocumented and unreconstructable. That is, provided with a grammar and a dictionary it is still impossible to know how the language is (or was) actually spoken. For example, it is impossible to derive from a grammar and a dictionary on how everyday conversational routines look like (how does one say “hello, good morning”?) or how one linguistically interacts when building a house or negotiating a marriage.},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Essegbey2019d,
title = {Morphology},
author = {James Essegbey},
doi = {10.1163/9789004396999_004},
isbn = {9789004396999},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-02},
urldate = {2019-07-02},
pages = {65–104},
publisher = {Brill},
chapter = {3},
abstract = {While few deny the necessity of a list of items whose forms and/or mean- ings are unpredictable, i.e., the lexicon, or the necessity of a system of principles, rules, conditions, or templates that determine how items from the lexicon can be put together, i.e., syntax, the last word has not been said about whether morphology is necessary as an independent component of grammar. Even if the territory of what has been regarded as morphology is carved up between the three ‘safe’ chapters of lexicon, phonology, and syntax, the problems it has addressed will remain with us.},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Essegbey2019e,
title = {The Noun Phrase},
author = {James Essegbey},
doi = {10.1163/9789004396999_005},
isbn = {9789004396999},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-02},
urldate = {2019-07-02},
pages = {105–146},
publisher = {Brill},
chapter = {4},
abstract = {In this chapter, I discuss the simple noun phrase, looking at the nucleus of the phrase and modifiers with which it occurs. Also discussed is the posses- sive noun phrase. The next section looks at the complex NP which involves the possessive construction and coordinate NPs.},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Essegbey2019f,
title = {Constructions},
author = {James Essegbey},
doi = {10.1163/9789004396999_008},
isbn = {9789004396999},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-02},
urldate = {2019-07-02},
volume = {8},
pages = {218–267},
publisher = {Brill},
abstract = {This chapter discusses different types of constructions in the sense of Bloom- field (1933). I use the term construction broadly to include argument structure.},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Essegbey2019g,
title = {The Verb Phrase},
author = {James Essegbey},
doi = {10.1163/9789004396999_006},
isbn = {9789004396999},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-02},
urldate = {2019-07-02},
volume = {8},
pages = {147–188},
publisher = {Brill},
chapter = {5},
abstract = {[Most] Kwa languages, (with the notable exception of the Gbe dialect cluster), [incorporate] much syntactic information into the verbal word, using a combination of affixation and tonal modification to encode dis-tinctions in person/number, tense-aspect-mood, negation, deictic mo-tion, purpose},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Essegbey2019h,
title = {Phonology},
author = {James Essegbey},
doi = {10.1163/9789004396999_003},
isbn = {9789004396999},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-02},
urldate = {2019-07-02},
pages = {15–64},
publisher = {Brill},
chapter = {2},
abstract = {This chapter discusses Tutrugbu phonology. Section 2.1 looks at the segmental inventory, 2.2 discusses the syllable structure, 2.3 discusses phonological pro-cesses while in section 2.4 discusses tone.},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{nokey,
title = {Adpositional Phrases and Locative Constructions},
author = {James Essegbey},
doi = {10.1163/9789004396999_007},
isbn = {9789004396999},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-02},
urldate = {2019-07-02},
volume = {8},
pages = {189–217},
publisher = {Brill},
chapter = {6},
abstract = {This chapter is a bridge between the preceding chapters and the following one in that it tackles a particular clausal construction within which are phrasal elements. The phrasal elements are similar to the ones discussed in the two preceding chapters while the basic locative construction (BLC) is similar to the constructions that I discuss in the next chapter. I situate Tutrugbu in the typology of locative predication (cf. Levinson 2003; Levinson and Wilkins 2006; Ameka and Levinson 2007).},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Cardoso2019b,
title = {The synchrony and diachrony of an Asian-Portuguese causal morpheme},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-01},
urldate = {2019-07-01},
journal = {Journal of Ibero-Romance Creoles},
volume = {9},
pages = {27-54},
abstract = {his study explores the use of a particular causal morpheme, derived from a protoform that may be reconstructed as *[V/B]IDA, in the Portuguese-lexified creoles of Asia. A survey of the various formal means employed by the Asian-Portuguese creoles to establish relationships of cause, reason, and purpose demonstrates that only three may be said with certainty to use or have used a *[V/B]IDA-related morpheme, viz. those of the Malabar (South India), Sri Lanka, and Batavia/Tugu (Java, Indonesia) – a geographical distribution which, it is argued, calls for an assessment of the exact role of South Asian populations in the formation of Batavia/Tugu creole, in addition to other pieces of linguistic and ethnographic evidence. In order to determine the etymology and synchronic transformations of these causal morphemes, this study also explores several diachronic and dialectal corpora of Portuguese, which reveals that the Portuguese expression por via de ‘by way of’ is a more likely source than another proposed alternative, por vida de ‘by the life of’.},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pablé2019b,
title = {Integrating the (dialogical) sign: or who's an integrationist?},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.1016/j.langsci.2019.06.001},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-07-01},
journal = {Language Sciences },
volume = {75},
number = {1},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Keating2019,
title = {Culture and collaboration in digitally mediated settings},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.4324/9780429489839-9},
isbn = {9780429489839},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-06-27},
urldate = {2019-06-27},
pages = {142-157},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Fina2019b,
title = {Online retellings and the viral transformation of a Twitter breakup story},
author = {Anna De Fina and Brittany Toscano Gore},
editor = {Anna De Fina and Sabina Perrino},
doi = {10.1075/bct.104.03def},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-06-18},
journal = {Narrative Inquiry},
volume = {27},
number = {2},
pages = { 235-260},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
abstract = {The retelling and sharing of stories is not a new phenomenon. Many narrative analysts have devoted research to these processes. But the culture of participation ( Jenkins 2006 ) in the digital world has brought sharing to a completely new level by allowing users not only to broadcast their opinions and evaluations of a story but also to reappropriate it and recontextualize it in infinite recursions. We focus on such process of transformation of a narrative in different media and social media outlets through the analysis of the viral spread of a story posted by an individual Twitter user in 2015. Specifically, we illustrate how participation frameworks change from one retelling to another and how the original story becomes "nested" into a new meta-story centered on the twitter user as a character and on the viral spread of the story.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Fina2019bb,
title = {Introduction: Storytelling in the digital world},
author = {Anna De Fina and Sabina Perrino},
doi = {10.1075/bct.104.01def},
isbn = {9789027203960},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-06-18},
pages = {1-8},
publisher = {Storytelling in the Digital World},
abstract = {Storytelling in the Digital World explores new, emerging narrative practices as they are enacted on digital platforms such as Amazon, Facebook, Twitter, and YouTube. Contributors’ online ethnographies investigate a wide range of themes including the nature of processes of transformation and recontextualization of offline events into digital narratives; the effects of digital anonymity and pseudonymity on narrative practices; the strategies through which virtual communities discursively work together to solidify and negotiate their sociocultural identities; the tensions between the affordances that characterize different online media and the communicative needs of users; the structures and modes in which virtual users construct and enact participatory practices in these environments; and the significance of different spatiotemporal dimensions in the encoding, sharing and appreciation of stories. More generally, the volume engages with some of the theoretical and methodological challenges that the growing presence of digital technologies and media poses to narrative analysis.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Kulick2019bb,
title = {A Death in the Rainforest: How a Language and a Way of Life Came to an End in Papua New Guinea},
author = {Don Kulick},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-06-18},
publisher = {Algonquin Books},
abstract = {As a young anthropologist, Don Kulick went to the tiny village of Gapun in New Guinea to document the death of the native language, Tayap. He arrived knowing that you can’t study a language without understanding the daily lives of the people who speak it: how they talk to their children, how they argue, how they gossip, how they joke. Over the course of thirty years, he returned again and again to document Tayap before it disappeared entirely, and he found himself inexorably drawn into their world, and implicated in their destiny. Kulick wanted to tell the story of Gapuners—one that went beyond the particulars and uses of their language—that took full stock of their vanishing culture. This book takes us inside the village as he came to know it, revealing what it is like to live in a difficult-to-get-to village of two hundred people, carved out like a cleft in the middle of a tropical rainforest. But A Death in the Rainforest is also an illuminating look at the impact of white society on the farthest reaches of the globe—and the story of why this anthropologist realized finally that he had to give up his study of this language and this village.},
keywords = {Don Kulick},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Fina2019bb,
title = {Storytelling in the Digital World},
author = {Anna De Fina and Sabina Perrino},
isbn = { 978 90 272 0396 0},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-06-15},
volume = {104},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company},
abstract = {Storytelling in the Digital World explores new, emerging narrative practices as they are enacted on digital platforms such as Amazon, Facebook, Twitter, and YouTube. Contributors’ online ethnographies investigate a wide range of themes including the nature of processes of transformation and recontextualization of offline events into digital narratives; the effects of digital anonymity and pseudonymity on narrative practices; the strategies through which virtual communities discursively work together to solidify and negotiate their sociocultural identities; the tensions between the affordances that characterize different online media and the communicative needs of users; the structures and modes in which virtual users construct and enact participatory practices in these environments; and the significance of different spatiotemporal dimensions in the encoding, sharing and appreciation of stories. More generally, the volume engages with some of the theoretical and methodological challenges that the growing presence of digital technologies and media poses to narrative analysis.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Frellesvig2019,
title = {From preverbal to postverbal in the early history of Japanese},
author = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
doi = {10.1075/cilt.345.10fre},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-06-15},
pages = {233-251},
publisher = {University of Oxford},
abstract = {Old Japanese (largely 8th century AD; “OJ”) is, like Middle and Modern Japanese, a typical SOV language and also shares with them a complex predicate construction consisting of two adjacent verbs, V1 V2, of which V2 has some grammatical function, (i). However, OJ in addition has a complex predicate construction in which V1 is grammatical and V2 is the main verb, (ii), which seems anomalous in an SOV language and which is not found in Middle or Modern Japanese.
(i)
NJ nomi-au (lit. ‘drink-meet’) ‘drink together’
(ii)
OJ api nomu (lit. ‘meet drink’) ‘drink together’
Situated within a classical version of Henning Andersen’s language change theory, this paper offers a diachronic interpretation of the OJ construction in (ii) as a transient stage in the emergence of the complex predicate construction in (i), which may be understood as having arisen through categorial reinterpretation of preverbal adverbial material as grammatical, reflected in (ii), followed by a structurally motivated shift to postverbal position, reflected in (i). This proposal is further generalized to account for several grammatical suffixes in Japanese as having originated in similar sets of innovations, specifically the prohibitive final particle na, negative -(a)n-, conjectural -(a)m-, necessitive be‑ and negative potential masizi.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Connell2019,
title = {African Linguistics in Official English-Speaking West Africa},
author = {Bruce Connell and Akinbiyi Akinlabi},
doi = {10.1017/9781108283977.008},
isbn = {9781108417976},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-06-13},
pages = {153-177},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {The focus is largely on the contributions African scholars have made to the development of linguistics in the region. This cannot be done without acknowledging the contributions of non-Africans to this development. Many of the most influential African linguists received their training abroad, while other ‘non’-African linguists spent sufficiently long periods of their careers in Africa as working linguists and training the early generation of African linguists. Language study in West Africa by African scholars predates the colonial period that established the Anglo/Francophone divide, at least in the person of Samuel Ajayi Crowther (1809-1891). Following the discussion of his work, the chapter looks briefly at other aspects of language study in Freetown, where he was situated, then to look at the true beginnings of modern linguistics in West Africa, with the contribution of the West African Language Survey, the establishment of the West African Linguistics Society/Socété Linguistique d‘Afrique Oriental and the growth of linguistics departments, especially, in Ghana and Nigeria.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Connell2019b,
title = {A Rare Deep-Rooting D0 African Y-Chromosomal Haplogroup and Its Implications for the Expansion of Modern Humans Out of Africa},
author = {Bruce Connell and Marc Haber and Abigail L Jones and Asan and Elena Arciero and Huanming Yang and Mark G Thomas and Yali Xue and Chris Tyler-Smith},
doi = {10.1534/genetics.119.302368},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-06-13},
journal = {Genetics},
volume = {112},
number = {4},
pages = {1421-1428},
abstract = {Humans expanded out of Africa 50,000-70,000 years ago, but many details of this migration are poorly understood. Here, Haber et al. sequence Y chromosomes belonging to a rare African lineage and analyze... Present-day humans outside Africa descend mainly from a single expansion out ∼50,000–70,000 years ago, but many details of this expansion remain unclear, including the history of the male-specific Y chromosome at this time. Here, we reinvestigate a rare deep-rooting African Y-chromosomal lineage by sequencing the whole genomes of three Nigerian men described in 2003 as carrying haplogroup DE* Y chromosomes, and analyzing them in the context of a calibrated worldwide Y-chromosomal phylogeny. We confirm that these three chromosomes do represent a deep-rooting DE lineage, branching close to the DE bifurcation, but place them on the D branch as an outgroup to all other known D chromosomes, and designate the new lineage D0. We consider three models for the expansion of Y lineages out of Africa ∼50,000–100,000 years ago, incorporating migration back to Africa where necessary to explain present-day Y-lineage distributions. Considering both the Y-chromosomal phylogenetic structure incorporating the D0 lineage, and published evidence for modern humans outside Africa, the most favored model involves an origin of the DE lineage within Africa with D0 and E remaining there, and migration out of the three lineages (C, D, and FT) that now form the vast majority of non-African Y chromosomes. The exit took place 50,300–81,000 years ago (latest date for FT lineage expansion outside Africa – earliest date for the D/D0 lineage split inside Africa), and most likely 50,300–59,400 years ago (considering Neanderthal admixture). This work resolves a long-running debate about Y-chromosomal out-of-Africa/back-to-Africa migrations, and provides insights into the out-of-Africa expansion more generally.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Kulick2019bb,
title = {A Grammar and Dictionary of Tayap: The Life and Death of a Papuan Language},
author = {Don Kulick and Angela Terrill},
doi = {10.1515/9781501512209},
isbn = {1501517570},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-06-04},
publisher = {Boston/Berlin: de Gruyter},
abstract = {Tayap is a small, previously undocumented Papuan language, spoken in a singlevillage called Gapun, in the lower Sepik River region of Papua New Guinea. Thelanguage is an isolate, unrelated to any other in the area. Furthermore, Tayap isdying. Fewer than fifty speakers actively command it today.Based on linguistic anthropological work conducted over the course of thirtyyears, this book describes the grammar of the language, detailing its phonology,morphology and syntax. It devotes particular attention to verbs, which are themost elaborated area of the grammar, and which are complex, fusional andmassively suppletive.The book also provides a full Tayap-English-Tok Pisindictionary.A particularly innovative contribution is the detailed discussions of howTayap’'s grammar is dissolving in the language of young speakers. The bookexemplifies how the complex structures in fluent speakers’ Tayap are reduced orreanalyzed by younger speakers.This grammar and dictionary should therefore be a valuable resource for anyoneinterested in the mechanics of how languages disappear. The fact that it is thesole documentation of this unique Papuan language should also make it ofinterest to areal specialists and language typologists.},
keywords = {Don Kulick},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2019,
title = {Nostalgic diaspora or diasporic nostalgia? Discursive and identity constructions of Greeks in Qatar},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2019.05.007},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-06-01},
journal = {Lingua},
abstract = {This paper deals with the discursive constructions of transformative, agentive and creative ethnolinguistic self-conceptualizations and positionings of some select members of the approximately 3000-member Greek diasporic community in the State of Qatar. It is a digital and linguistic ethnographic study focusing on the linguistic and semiotic ways whereby Greeks in Qatar negotiate, challenge, process and ultimately respond to the sociopolitical and cultural narratives that constitute “nostalgia,” namely remembrance and homesickness for Greece. The main argument put forward is that multimodal and translanguaging group styling is employed for the construction of diasporic nostalgia discourse, and the assertion of nostalgic diasporic identities, which in unison construct community membership anew all the time. Nostalgia, as a constructed discourse with (in)authenticity-related spatiotemporal dimensions, and diaspora, as a web of creatively styled sociolinguistic and semiotic identities, are two concepts found in tension primarily due to the contextual precarity Greeks in Qatar live in. The paper contributes empirical and methodological knowledge to the field of language and identity in diaspora by focusing on an under-researched diasporic group, and by employing an emic ethnographic perspective in its discursive and sociolinguistic practices.},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2019,
title = {Double speech act: Negotiating inter-cultural beliefs and intra-cultural hate speech},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.1016/j.pragma.2019.05.006},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {151},
number = {5},
abstract = {This study investigates attitudes towards discriminatory speech among a sample of Greek Cypriot youth and aims to identify motivators/factors that might produce hateful attitudes. Questionnaires and face-to-face interviews are explored with corpus linguistics tools, and discourse analysis is used to evaluate the sample's intra-cultural attitude towards hate speech as well as the differences and commonalities in beliefs and attitudes towards the Other and the Self. We focus on the respective roles of salience (Giora, 2003) and common ground (Kecskes & Zhang, 2009) to explain the internal dialogue that is witnessed during the interviews. Intra-cultural beliefs and attitudes that incline to rejecting out-groups seem to be confronted with the pressure of external calls for acceptance that characterize the European discourse. This negotiated positioning of the participants is externalized in what we have called ‘a double act stance’.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Korne2019,
title = {Learning language regimes: Children's representations of minority language education},
author = {Haley De Korne and Judith Purkarthofer},
doi = {10.1111/josl.12346},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-06-01},
urldate = {2019-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Sociolinguistics},
volume = {24},
number = {2},
abstract = {en Minority language education initiatives often aim to resist dominant language regimes and to raise the social status of migrant or autochthonous minorities. We consider how participating children experience these alternative language regimes by analysing drawings made by children in two minority education settings—a Slovene‐German bilingual school in Austria and an Isthmus Zapotec (Indigenous) language and art workshop in Mexico. We examine how children's drawings represent language regimes in the social spaces they inhabit. Considering these drawings in relation to ethnographic observations and interviews with educators, we illustrate differences between how the social spaces are planned by educators and how they are represented and experienced by learners. Generally speaking, the children in our studies depict flexible, multilingual experiences and spaces, in contrast to the educators’ agendas of separating or emphasizing languages for pedagogical purposes. Mexican children's perception of themselves as participants in fluid language regimes, and Austrian children's increasing appropriation of multilingual space over time through both (school‐like) routines and (fun) exceptions can inform the efforts of minority language educators. Abstract es Las iniciativas de enseñanza de lenguas minoritarias tienen múltiples objetivos; además de socializar a l@s futuros hablantes de una lengua, suelen promover resistencia hacia regímenes lingüísticos dominantes y elevan el estatus social de las minorías migrantes o autóctonas. En este artículo se aborda la interrogante sobre la forma en que l@s estudiantes en estas iniciativas experimentan estos regímenes lingüísticos alternativos. Se analiza dibujos realizados por niñ@s en dos entornos educativos minoritarios: una escuela bilingüe esloveno‐alemana en Austria y un taller de lengua y arte enfocado en la lengua indígena zapoteca del istmo de Tehuantepec en México. Se examina cómo l@s estudiantes representan los regímenes lingüísticos en sus espacios sociales a través de sus dibujos. Analizando estas representaciones junto a observaciones etnográficas y entrevistas con educadores en ambos contextos permite notar las diferencias entre la planificación de l@s educadores y las representaciones y experiencias de l@s estudiantes. En términos generales, l@s niñ@s representan experiencias y espacios flexibles y multilingües, lo que contrasta con los planes de l@s educadores quienes a menudo buscan una separación o enfatización de idiomas con fines pedagógicos. La percepción de l@s niñ@s mexican@s de sí mismos como participantes en regímenes lingüísticos fluidos, y la creciente apropiación del espacio multilingüe por parte de l@s niñ@s austriac@s a través de rutinas (escolares) y excepciones (divertidas) pueden informar y aportar a los esfuerzos de educadores de idiomas minoritarios.},
keywords = {Haley De Korne},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Weinberg2019,
title = {Psychosomatic subjects and the agencies of addiction},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
doi = {10.1136/medhum-2018-011582},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-06-01},
urldate = {2019-06-01},
journal = {Medical Humanities},
volume = {42},
number = {2},
pages = {162-168},
abstract = {Addiction science and public policy have for some time been articulated in conformity with a broader antinomy in Western thought between biological reductionism and liberal voluntarism. Hence, mainstream debates have concerned whether and how addiction might be understood as a disease in the biomedically orthodox sense of anatomical or physiological pathology or whether and how addiction might be understood as a voluntary choice of some kind. The fact that those who staff these debates have appeared either unable or unwilling to consider alternatives to this antinomy has resulted in a rather unhappy and intransigent set of intellectual anomalies both on the biomedical and the social scientific sides of this divide. Perhaps more importantly, it has also resulted in a striking isolation of scientific debates themselves from the vicissitudes of therapeutically caring for those putatively suffering from addictions both within and outside clinical settings. After briefly demonstrating the conformity of debates in addiction science with the broader antinomy between biological reductionism and liberal voluntarism and the anomalies that thereby result, this article considers the scientific and therapeutic benefits of a psychosomatic framework for the understanding of both self-governing subjects and the experience of a loss of self-control to agencies of addiction.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks2019b,
title = {Voluntary motion events in Uyghur: A typological perspective},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Alim Tusun},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2019.05.003},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-06-01},
urldate = {2019-06-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {226},
number = {1},
abstract = {Previous decades have seen many studies on the expression of motion in language. Most are based on Talmy's (1985) motion event typology. While providing robust support for the typology, variations within and across typological groups have also been reported, leading to proposals to either expand the typology (Slobin, 2004, Ameka and Essegbey, 2013) or to understand it as a set of strategies that languages avail themselves of (Beavers et al., 2010; Croft et al., 2010). To further contribute to this line of research, this article examines the expression of voluntary motion by adult speakers of a Turkic language, modern Uyghur. Our analyses reveal that Uyghur is a prototypically verb-framed language. It is different from English (considered satellite-framed) at all levels of analysis and is systematic in adopting verb-framed lexicalisation patterns alike Turkish and to a lesser extent French. Our data lend support for Talmy's (2000) typology as conceived in a strategy-based typological framework (Croft et al., 2010; Hendriks & Hickmann, 2015).},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2019d,
title = {Effects of executive attention on sentence processing in aphasia},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Efthimios Dardiotis and Kyrana Tsapkini},
doi = {10.1080/02687038.2019.1622647},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-05-31},
urldate = {2019-05-31},
journal = {Aphasiology},
volume = {34},
number = {8},
pages = {943-969},
abstract = {Background: In the recent years there has been increasing interest in the effects of attentional control on syntactic comprehension, as measured in garden path sentence resolution. Persons with aphasia (PWA) experience greater penalties in garden path sentences compared to language-unimpaired adults but the origin of this deficit remains a controversial issue. One of the possible deficits has been claimed to be disambiguation of lexical cues in the sentence. However, in languages such as English with little morphological variation this connection is hard to establish. To test this hypothesis we used garden path sentences in a morphologically rich language, Greek, where morphological cues may resolve garden path at the lexical level. We further tested whether domain-general attentional control abilities and in particular shifts in attentional control predict garden path resolution in PWA and age- and education-matched controls. Aims: This study aimed to determine whether PWA were able to integrate disambiguating morphological (Case) cues while processing garden path sentences. In addition, we tested whether domain-general attentional control and in particular attentional shift from global to local and local to global information (as defined by) correlates directly with garden path resolution in PWA and healthy controls. Methods & Procedures: Fifteen participants with non-fluent/agrammatic aphasia along with fifteen age- and education-matched language-unimpaired adults performed an online self-paced reading and grammaticality judgment task that included object/subject ambiguous sentences. Syntactic ambiguity was created by the optional transitivity of verbs, while the garden path effect was resolved by morphological Case. The individuals’ executive attention skills were tested through an online non-verbal global-local attention shifting task that measured costs stemming from shifting attention from the global to the local level, and vice versa. Outcomes & Results: PWA were slower and more erroneous than controls in integrating Case cues to disambiguate garden path sentences as manifested in the self-paced reading and grammaticality judgment task. In the global local task, PWA exhibited greater global-to-local (vs. local-to-global) attention shifting costs, while controls did not exhibit dissociation. In the regression analysis, garden path resolution in PWA was significantly predicted by global-to-local attention shifting costs, while controls’ garden path resolution was significantly predicted by local-to-global attention shift costs. Conclusions: The present study showed for the first time that morphological cues can shed light in sentence comprehension deficits exhibited by PWA. Furthermore, domain-general attentional control abilities were significantly associated with sentence comprehension abilities in both healthy controls and PWA.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pham2019bb,
title = {Tone-register harmony in Vietnamese reduplication: Change in progress?},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham and Andrew Nguyen},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-05-29},
journal = {KFC Halls and Rooms in Ryogoku, Tokyo, Japan.},
pages = {65},
abstract = {A survey was carried out using 21 stative verbs to investigate the way these reduplicative patterns are used across dialects, and if there is any difference in verbal or written communication style. The main findings are:(a) across dialects, speakers use full reduplication significantly more often than partial reduplication for C and D tones;(b) southerners use full reduplication more than northerners for B and C tones (p=. 004 and. 044 respectively); and (c) across dialects, full reduplication is used significantly more often in verbal compared to written style (p<. 001), and within the written style alone. C tones were treated as C1 across dialects. The fact that partial reduplication is used more in written than verbal style, where correct spelling is expected even C2 tone does not exist in southern dialects, suggests that the so-called “productive” partial reduplication might be on the process of being lexicalized, with the influence of orthography.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2019b,
title = {Discours de haine dissimulée, discours alternatifs et contre-discours: Définition, pratiques et propositions},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Maria Constantinou},
doi = {10.4000/semen.12275},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-05-27},
journal = {Semen},
abstract = {Elements of definition In July 2019, France by a vote in the National Assembly promulgated a new law to counter hate speech online. Indeed, the increased circulation of such discourses has attracted the attention of institutions, but also researchers from several disciplines (Citron and Norton 2011; Jane 2014; Brown 2009; Assimakopoulos, Baider and Millar 2017; Awan 2014, 2016 ). But what is 'hate speech'? There are several definitions.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2019d,
title = {The Role of Grandchildren’s Own Age-Related Communication and Accommodation From Grandparents in Predicting Grandchildren’s Well-Being},
author = {Howard Giles and Quinten S. Bernhold},
doi = {10.1177/0091415019852775},
isbn = {009141501985277 },
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-05-27},
urldate = {2019-05-27},
journal = {The International Journal of Aging and Human Development},
volume = {91},
number = {2},
pages = {149-181},
abstract = {This study examined how the accommodative environments experienced from grandparents and grandchildren’s own age-related communication are indirectly associated with grandchildren’s life satisfaction, depressive symptoms, and loneliness, via grandchildren’s self-efficacy with respect to aging. The communication experienced from grandparents was classified as accommodative, ambivalent, and mixed-accommodative chatter. Grandchildren were classified into engaged, disengaged, bantering, and disengaged-joking profiles based on their own age-related communication. Grandchildren who experienced accommodative chatter were likely to be engaged and disengaged communicators about age-related issues; grandchildren who experienced mixed-accommodative chatter were likely to be bantering communicators about age-related issues. Relative to engaged communicators, disengaged-joking communicators demonstrated lower life satisfaction, more depressive symptoms, and greater loneliness, via lower self-efficacy with respect to aging. Patterns of accommodation and nonaccommodation from grandparents may place grandchildren on specific trajectories for communicating about age, and grandchildren’s own communication may be consequential for well-being even at relatively young periods of the life span.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2019c,
title = {Older Adults’ Age-Related Communication and Routine Dietary Habits},
author = {Howard Giles and Quinten S. Bernhold},
doi = {10.1080/10410236.2019.1652391},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-05-25},
urldate = {2019-05-25},
journal = {Health Communication},
volume = {35},
number = {12},
pages = {1-9},
abstract = {Using the communicative ecology model of successful aging (CEMSA), this study examined whether or not older adults’ ways of communicating about a variety of age-related issues (e.g., making age-related excuses for their shortcomings, teasing other people about their age) predict older adults’ dietary habits. Participants were classified as engaged, bantering, and disengaged agers based on their own patterns of age-related communication. The probability of being an engaged ager positively predicted fruit consumption and negatively predicted soft drink consumption. The probability of being a bantering ager negatively predicted vegetable consumption. Results suggest the potential to expand the CEMSA’s boundary conditions to include routine dietary habits. Future researchers can build on these findings by utilizing additional methods to assess dietary habits and testing whether or not dietary habits mediate the associations between age-related communication and a variety of health problems.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Chiaro2019b,
title = {An Austrian in Hollywood: The representation of foreigners in the films of Billy Wilder},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro and Giuseppe De Bonis},
doi = {10.7592/EJHR2019.7.1.chiaro},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-05-21},
journal = {European Journal of Humour Research},
volume = {7},
number = {1},
pages = {7 page},
abstract = {This paper examines the work of Billy Wilder whose rich cinematic production frequently involves the collision of different languages as well as the clash of dissimilar cultures. As an Austrian living in the USA, the director had the privilege of gaining insight into his adopted culture from the point of view of an outsider – a bilingual ‘other’ who made 25 films in almost 40 years of working in Hollywood. His films recurrently depict foreign characters at which Wilder pokes fun whether they are English, French, German, Italian, Russian or even the Americans of his adopted country. More precisely, the paper offers an overview of the multi-modal portrayals of diverse ‘foreigners’, namely Germans, Russians, French and Italians, with examples taken from a small but significant sample of Wilder’s films. The subtitling of dialogue in the secondary language for the target English-speaking audience and the specific translation solutions are not within the scope of this discussion, instead we focus on the comic collision of two languages and more importantly, on the way Wilder implements humour to highlight the absurdity of cultural difference. In other words, our main goal is to explore two or more languages in contrast when they become a humorous trope.},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@phdthesis{Dalakoglou2019bb,
title = {Evicting Amsterdam: Report on the eviction of ADM community and their tangible and intangible heritage},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.2.11014.83521},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-05-21},
abstract = {KNAW Narcis. Back to search results. Publication Evicting Amsterdam : Preliminary Report on the eviction of ADM... (2019). . Pagina-navigatie: Main },
type = {Research},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {phdthesis}
}
@phdthesis{Dalakoglou2019bb,
title = {Preliminary report on the extraction of hydrocarbons in Epirus},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Bormpoudakis Dimitris},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.2.35341.79842/3},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-05-21},
abstract = {The region of Epirus has come to the forefront of the news both in Greece and across Europe recently due to the launch of exploration for hydrocarbons in the framework of exploration and mining contracts signed by the Greek government with private hydrocarbon mining companies. A large part of the residents are protesting and active against the excavations (see the protest march of 2,000 people on June 3, 2018 but also the similar protest march of May 2019 in Ioannina as well as a series of initiatives against the excavations both locally and nationwide). On the other hand, a large number of official bodies (Epirus Region, central government, Academy of Athens, etc. ) as well as an admittedly small portion of residents propose mining as a development solution to the chronic economic underdevelopment of Epirus as written off on the basis of per capita GDP. Following this measurement, the website of the Region of Epirus describing the physiognomy of the region states that it is the poorest in Greece. In the context of this whole discussion, in this text we have two objectives: A) To understand whether the concerns of the inhabitants about mining are well-founded and B) To make a first attempt to understand the development policy framework as it takes place in Epirus in relation to with the extraction of hydrocarbons through changes in international development theory and practice. To answer the first question we will briefly look at the international literature on mining… Following this measurement, the website of the Region of Epirus describing the physiognomy of the region states that it is the poorest in Greece. In the context of this whole discussion, in this text we have two objectives: A) To understand whether the concerns of the inhabitants about mining are well-founded and B) To make a first attempt to understand the development policy framework as it takes place in Epirus in relation to with the extraction of hydrocarbons through changes in international development theory and practice. To answer the first question we will briefly look at the international literature on mining… Following this measurement, the website of the Region of Epirus describing the physiognomy of the region states that it is the poorest in Greece. In the context of this whole discussion, in this text we have two objectives: A) To understand whether the concerns of the inhabitants about mining are well-founded and B) To make a first attempt to understand the development policy framework as it takes place in Epirus in relation to with the extraction of hydrocarbons through changes in international development theory and practice. To answer the first question we will briefly look at the international literature on mining… In the present text we have two objectives: A) To understand whether the concerns of the inhabitants about the mining are well-founded and B) To make a first attempt to understand the development policy framework as it takes place in Epirus in relation to the extraction of hydrocarbons through the changes in international development theory and practice. To answer the first question we will briefly look at the international literature on mining… In the present text we have two objectives: A) To understand whether the concerns of the inhabitants about the mining are well-founded and B) To make a first attempt to understand the development policy framework as it takes place in Epirus in relation to the extraction of hydrocarbons through the changes in international development theory and practice.},
type = {Research},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {phdthesis}
}
@phdthesis{Dalakoglou2019bb,
title = {Report on the eviction of ADM Free-space (Vrijplaats) community in Amsterdam},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.2.31147.49449},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-05-21},
abstract = {ADM Free-space (Vrijplaats) is located in the old facilities of the Amsterdam Drydock Shipyards (ADM) in the western port of Amsterdam. ADM was abandoned in 1978 by the company and it is located on the address of Hornweg 6 (5km from Amsterdam Sloterdijk railway station). It was occupied by the ADM free-space community for the first time in the period of 1987-1992, it became famous immediately nation-wide for its artistic activity, especially the recording studio facilities that were made available to the thriving at the time alternative music scene of the city. The community was evicted in 1992. The site was reoccupied in 1997 and since then the community lives there. The same year (1997) ADM terrain was bought by a controversial real estate investor.},
type = {Research},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {phdthesis}
}
@article{Haberland2019bb,
title = {Review of Danesi, Marcel (2017) The Semiotics of Emoji: The Rise of Visual Language in the Age of the Internet},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1075/ip.00028.hab},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-05-20},
urldate = {2019-05-20},
journal = {Internet Pragmatics},
volume = {2},
number = {1},
pages = {167-172},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Piller2019,
title = {Advocating for linguistic diversity},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-05-17},
urldate = {2019-05-17},
abstract = {This week, Professor Lisa Lim and her colleagues from Sydney University’ School of Languages and Cultures brought together researchers from Sydney and Hong Kong to examine heritage languages in urban multilingual diaspora. The many diverse perspectives and research projects presented at the symposium served to reinforce the fact that, in Australia as elsewhere, linguistic diversity is a demographic reality.
},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@conference{Tsimpli2019e,
title = {Grammatical Development in Greek-Albanian Bilingual Children and the Role of Oral Input & Literacy},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Alexandra Prentza and Maria Kaltsa},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-05-15},
urldate = {2019-05-15},
abstract = {Based on previous research findings showing that quantity, as well as quality of input impact on bilingual grammatical growth, the aim of this paper is to examine the effect of oral input and literacy on the grammatical abilities of Greek-Albanian primary school-aged bilingual children. Two grammar tasks were designed, a Gender Task (GT) and a Sentence Repetition Task (SRT), both in Greek. Obtaining results from two grammar tests instead of one will help us explore the impact of language input on bilingual grammatical ability in more depth. The GT included real and pseudo-words and comprised 110 items. The SRT task examined 8 types of structures and comprised 32 items. 70 Greek-Albanian bilingual children aged 8 to 12 years old were tested. Background information was collected on input-related variables, such as literacy in the L1 and L2, hours of instruction (an index of literacy) in the two languages of the bilinguals and language preferences for oral tasks. Additionally, the bilingual’s vocabulary abilities were measured by means of a standardized expressive vocabulary test in Greek (Vogindroukas et al. 2009). Our results corroborate previous findings showing that the grammatical ability of bilingual children was affected both by the quantity and quality of input at a variety of language levels. In particular: a) vocabulary & grammatical skills progress in parallel b) vocabulary skills are positively affected by oral input and literacy and c) GT and SRT performance are positively affected by Greek vocabulary score and by the amount of oral input in Greek.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Zuckermann2019bb,
title = {External impetus, co-production and grassroots innovations: The case of an innovation involving a language},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann and Wee-Liang Tan},
doi = {10.1016/j.techfore.2019.04.028},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-05-01},
journal = {Technological Forecasting and Social Change},
volume = {164},
pages = {119640},
abstract = {In the field of innovation, three constructs co-exist in different research streams that are exploring disadvantaged communities - grassroots innovations, inclusive innovations and social innovations. In this paper we examine an innovation that involves language: the revival of a language among an Aboriginal tribal community in Australia. In our qualitative-conceptual analysis of the case, we uncover that a) the innovation appears at various stages of the language revival project to cut across the typologies of grassroots, inclusive and social innovations; b) complementarities in the three types of innovation contribute to project initiation, planning, and execution. Based on these findings, we extend the conceptualization of what has been typically accepted as grassroots innovation. Specifically, our analysis of the case calls for a conceptualization of grassroots innovation to include initiation of innovations by external parties and co-production on the part of local communities. We conclude with a proposition that the dynamics of grassroots innovation, originated, observed and conceptualized in the context of disadvantaged communities, could be incorporated in organizational contexts through policies and structure that empower the members of such organizations.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Tang2019,
title = {Essential Ingredients for Sign Bilingualism and Co-Enrollment Education in the Hong Kong Context},
author = {Gladys Tang and Chris Kun-man Yiu and Chloe Chi-man Ho},
doi = {10.1093/oso/9780190912994.001.0001},
isbn = {9780190912994},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-05-01},
pages = {83-106},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {Recent advancement in sign linguistics and sign language acquisition research has enabled us to reconsider the role that sign language may play in bringing up deaf and hard-of-hearing (DHH) children. The education approach of sign bilingualism and co-enrollment (SLCO) has been implemented in Hong Kong for over 10 years and aims to promote social integration and academic attainment of DHH children in an inclusive setting. Four key ingredients have been identified as essential for the SLCO approach: (1) a whole-school approach toward promoting deaf–hearing collaboration; (2) deaf individuals’ involvement in school practices, especially deaf–hearing co-teaching practices in the SLCO classroom; (3) an enriched linguistic context to support bimodal bilingual development of DHH and hearing students; and (4) DHH and hearing students’ active participation in school and social activities. This chapter summarizes how these four factors contribute to the whole-school development toward deaf–hearing collaboration.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Graham2019c,
title = {Constancy and Variation in Speech: Phonetic Realisation and Abstraction},
author = {Calbert Graham and Brechtje Post},
doi = {10.1159/000497439},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-05-01},
urldate = {2019-05-01},
journal = {Phonetica},
volume = {76},
number = {2-3},
pages = {87-99},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2019,
title = {Introduction: Chronotopes and chronotopic relations},
author = {Anna De Fina and Sabina Perrino},
doi = {10.1016/j.langcom.2019.04.001},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-05-01},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {70},
number = {3},
pages = {67-70},
abstract = {Mikhail M. Bakhtin’s (1981) concept of chronotope, originally developed in connection with his more general theory about literary genres, has been a prolific source of inspiration for research in linguistic anthropology, sociolinguistics, and discourse analysis more generally for the last fifteen years. Scholars have indeed analyzed chronotopes and chronotopic relations from the perspective of the way this concept enshrines language ideologies (Woolard, 2012, 2016; Karimzad and Catedral, 2018) or ethnicities (Dick, 2010; Koven, 2013; Dickinson et al., 2019), as a tool for understanding semiotic processes at different scales (Blommaert, 2015; Goebel, 2017), as a construct able to capture the ways in which participants use space/time connections in different discursive practices to achieve communicative goals (Lempert and Perrino, 2007; Blommaert, 2015)), and, more recently.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Baider2019bb,
title = {Using modality, achieving ‘modernity’, portraying morality : Marine Le Pen’s (adverbial) stance in interviews},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.16993/bax.g},
isbn = {9789176350959},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-04-23},
pages = {125-147},
abstract = {The ‘dediabolisation’campaign of Marine Le Pen, leader of the Front National since 2011, led to a new perception of her party by both journalists and the public: formerly described as extreme-right, the party is now described as populist, a more neutral qualification. In fact, the party has been described as “modernized/professionalized” in the mainstream press as well as in academic research (Shields 2013; Mayer 2013). Politically, Le Pen’s more flexible approach to many sensitive social issues (abortion, gay marriage, etc.) contrasts with her father’s stances, and even contradicts them: when he denounced civil servants as ‘loafers’, she promoted the need for a welfare state. Like many farright leaders in Europe, the FN leader has therefore opted for a type of ‘newspeak’referring to ‘cultural differentiation’in order to avoid a racially discriminatory tone. On the personal side, she is seen as radically different from her father, and has been described by her enemies as having a better temper, and even as being “simple, reassuring and efficient”(Schneiderman 2011). 1 She has then opted for another FN leader’s ethos and has adopted new discursive strategies (Williams 2011; 1 «Heureux caractère au demeurant, pas de risque de se faire mordre la main dans un mouvement de colère, comme avec le père.[...] La sympathie qu’inspire cette bonne fille au rire franc et spontané.[...] La Chine fait peur. L’Europe ne rassure pas [...] Pour le peuple français anxieux, Marine Le Pen propose sa recette. Simple, réconfortante, efficace.»(Daniel Schneiderman, Libération, 4 avril 2011).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Baider2019bb,
title = {Postface: Revisiter d’anciennes notions (découverte du Soi et de l’Autre) Créer de nouvelles pistes (Interface de la sensibilité et de l’expressivité, du corps et de l’esthétique)},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.4000/tipa.3173},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-04-23},
journal = {TIPA. Travaux interdisciplinaires sur la parole et le langage},
abstract = {Write an afterword to an issue so rich in diverse experiences (from introspection relating to fasciapulsology for a better communication with the work of Augendre and Pairon to reflections on the contribution of the theory of relevance in the understanding of emotions and linguistic creativity and the proposals from the domain of de Saussure and Wharton) is a real challenge. I will therefore limit myself to work that relates to my research.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2019f,
title = {Bilingualism effects in children with Developmental Language Disorder: Metalinguistic awareness, Executive functions and False belief reasoning},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Eleni Baldimtsi and Stephanie Durrleman},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-04-22},
urldate = {2019-04-22},
abstract = {Bilingualism effects in children with Specific Language Impairment: metalinguistic awareness, executive functions and false-belief reasoning Introduction. Bilingualism in typically-developing (TD) children has been linked to enhanced Theory of Mind (ToM) performance, specifically for false-belief attribution [1,2]. This ToM advantage has been related to improved executive functions (EFs) in bilinguals [2,3], such as inhibition or set-shifting skills [4]. The ToM advantage in bilinguals has also been attributed to enhanced metalinguistic awareness [5], e.g. bilinguals’ ability to reflect on meaning and form. Children with Specific Language Impairment (SLI), aside from their formal language delays, exhibit difficulties in all the aforementioned areas, namely metalinguistic awareness [6], EFs [7] (although see [8]), and ToM [9]. Delays in ToM may nevertheless be attenuated in tasks which minimize verbal demands [10]. The goals of the present study are to investigate possible effects of bilingualism (a) on verbal and non-verbal ToM and (b) on thelinks between ToM, EF and metalinguistic awareness in children with SLI. Method. Participants included 16 bilingual children with SLI (henceforth, SLIbi) (Mean age: 10;4), and age-matched monolingual children with SLI (SLImono),monolingual and bilingual TD children (TDmono, TDbi). Children were given language proficiency measures(vocabulary, sentence repetition, syntactic comprehension), a word definition task as a metalinguistic awareness measure (WISC-III; [11]), a non-verbal EF battery (mixed global-local attention shifting & inhibition task, 2-back working memory task), and a ToM battery including tasks of varying complexity, in both verbal (first-order Unexpected Content & Transfer, second-order adapted from [12]) and non-verbal forms (adapted from [13]). Results. SLImono and SLIbi children scored lower than TD children in all language measures (p<.001). SLImono children’s shifting cost in the local trials of the global-local task was larger than the rest of the groups (p<.001). In the 2-back task, SLImono children were less accurate than TDmono children (p=.05). In the verbal ToM tasks, SLImono children scored lower than SLIbi and TDmono groups in second-order ToM tasks (p<.05). In the nonverbal, first-order ToM task, SLIbi children were faster and more accurate than SLImono children on false-belief attribution (p<.02). Correlations between task performances revealed that first- and second-order verbal ToM correlated with first-order non-verbal ToM performance only for SLIbi children (p<.001). Also, metalinguistic awareness for the SLImono group correlated with Unexpected Content and Unexpected Transfer (p=.001), i.e. first order ToM, but not with second-order ToM, while for the SLIbi group (and TD children) metalinguistic performance only correlated with second-order ToM (p<.001). Finally, non-verbal ToM performance for SLImono children correlated with both EF tasks (p<.05), while non-verbal ToM performance correlated with the 2-back task for the rest of the groups (p<.04) (see Table 1). Discussion. SLIbi and TDbi children had higher accuracy scores than SLImono children in the second-order verbal ToM and the non-verbal ToM task, as well as a lower shifting cost in the global-local task, thus, implying bilingual advantages at both the verbal and the non-verbal level of ToM and EF. Finally, findings show reliable interactions between false-belief performance and working memory for SLIbi, TDmono and TDbi children, in line with previous studies on the interaction between ToM and working memory in typical development [14]. References [1] Bialystok, E., & Senman, L. (2004). Executive processes in appearance-reality tasks: The role of inhibition of attention and symbolic representation. Child Development, 75, 562–579. [2] Goetz, P. J. (2003). The effects of bilingualism on Theory of Mind development. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 6, 1-15. [3] Kovács, Á. M. (2009). Early bilingualism enhances mechanisms of false-belief reasoning. Developmental Science, 12, 48-54. [4] Bialystok, E. (2010). Bilingualism. Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Cognitive Science, 1, 559-572. [5] Diaz, V., & Farrar, M. J. (2017). The missing explanation of the false-belief advantage in bilingual children: a longitudinal study. Developmental Science, doi: 10.1111/desc.12594. [6] Smith-Lock, K. M. (1995). Morphological usage and awareness in children with and without specific language impairment. Annals of Dyslexia, 45 (1), 161-185. [7] Iluz-Cohen, P., and Armon-Lotem, S. (2013). Language proficiency and executive control in bilingual children. Bilingualism, 16, 884-899. [8] Torrens, V. (2018). Language properties and executive functions in the identification of SLI children in monolingual and bilingual populations, Language Acquisition, 25 (1), 1-4. [9] Nilsson, K., & de Lopez, K. (2016). Theory of mind in children with specific language impairment: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Child Development, 87 (1), 143-153. [10] Durrleman, S., Burnel, M., & Reboul, A. (2017). Theory of mind in SLI revisited: links with syntax, comparisons with ASD. International Journal of Language & Communication Disorders, 52 (6), 816-830. [11] Wechsler, D. (1992). WISC-III: Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children-Third Edition: Manual (Australian adaptation). San Antonio, TX: Psychological Corporation. [12] Astington, J.W., Pelletier, J., & Homer, B. (2002). Theory of mind and epistemological development: The relation between children's second-order false-belief understanding and their ability to reason about evidence. New Ideas in Psychology, 20(2), 131–144. [13] Forgeot d’Arc, B., and Ramus, F. (2011). Belief attribution despite verbal interference. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 64 (5), 975-990. [14] Slade, L., & Ruffman, T. (2005). How language does (and does not) relate to theory-of- mind: A longitudinal study of syntax, semantics, working memory and false belief. British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 23, 117-141.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Michaud2019,
title = {A glottalized tone in Muong (Vietc): a pilot study based on audio and electroglottographic recordings},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Minh-Chau Nguyen and Lise Buchman and Didier Demolin},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-04-19},
booktitle = {A glottalized tone in Muong (Vietc): a pilot study based on audio and electroglottographic recordings},
abstract = {The combination of pitch and glottalization (glottal constriction or lapse into creaky voice) as relevant phonetic/phonological dimensions of lexical tone is found in several language families in Asia. The Vietic subbranch of Austroasiatic stands out in that all its languages have at least one glottalized tone. Vietnamese is a well documented example, but the others remain little studied. The research reported here contributes experimental evidence on one of these languages: Muong (Mường). Excerpts from a database of audio and electroglottographic recordings of twenty speakers allow for a characterization of this dialect's glottalized tone, as contrasted with the four other tones of this five tone system. The ultimate goal is to determine what (sub)types of glottalized tones exist in the world's languages, bringing out typological differences in terms of (i) phonetic realizations and (ii) degree of importance of glottalization as a feature of linguistic tones.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@misc{Piller2019c,
title = {Asylum interviews as linguistic conflict zones},
author = {Ingrid Piller },
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-04-18},
urldate = {2019-04-18},
abstract = {Language is the inescapable medium through which we live our lives. Access to social goods such as education, employment or community participation occurs through the medium of a particular language. However, all too often we take language for granted and its social role is obscured. One context that exemplifies both the power of language and its invisibility is the asylum determination procedure.
},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Bhatia2015c,
title = {#secondcivilwarletters from the front: Discursive illusions in a trending Twitter hashtag},
author = {Aditi Bhatia and Andrew S. Ross},
doi = {10.1177/1461444819843311},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-04-15},
journal = {New Media & Society},
volume = {21},
number = {10},
pages = {2222-2241},
abstract = {When conservative media personality and conspiracy theorist Alex Jones warned of an impending Second Civil War to be initiated by Democrats, he instigated a viral hashtag on Twitter – #secondcivilwarletters – which drew tweets of political commentary and critique in a style mimicking war letters from the American Civil War. Using a sample of these tweets, this article explores the evocation of discursive illusions already established within mainstream and alternative media discourse about contemporary partisan politics in America – that is, the divide between the Republicans and the Democrats and how they categorise each other. To do this we adopt Bhatia’s framework of the discourse of illusion and its three main components of linguistic and semiotic action, historicity and social impact. The analysis reveals the extent to which this illusion has permeated the consciousness of the users as they present their ideological beliefs and positions in this new media context.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Perrin2019b,
title = {Translingual quoting in journalism: Behind the scenes of Swiss television newsrooms},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Lauri Haapanen},
doi = {10.1075/btl.146.01haa},
isbn = {978-90-272-0315-1},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-04-15},
pages = {978-90-272-0315-1},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Co.},
chapter = {1},
abstract = {This chapter focuses on translingual quoting (TQ), i.e. the subprocess of news-writing by which utterances from sources are both quoted and translated. Analyses of journalists’ mental and material activities suggest conceptualizing TQ as a complex and dynamic activity in which journalists’ individual and collective (e.g., institutional) language awareness, knowledge, and practices interact with multi-layered contexts of text production. Based on this empirically and theoretically grounded concept of TQ, the chapter presents a two-part typology of TQ: In sequential TQ, ready-made media items or interview materials are translated into another language; in parallel TQ, interviews and/or texts for media items are produced in different languages by one and the same journalist.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@misc{Piller2019d,
title = {Australians speaking Asian},
author = {Ingrid Piller },
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-04-14},
urldate = {2019-04-14},
abstract = {“Fremdschämen” is a German word that means being embarrassed on behalf of someone else. In Australia, this feeling is frequently induced by the behavior of our politicians. Yesterday, public embarrassment on behalf of our Prime Minister, Scott Morrison, resulted when he greeted an Asian-looking woman on the campaign trail with “ni hao”. “I’m Korean”, she responded, and Australians cringed “How embarrassing!”
},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Zarakol2019b,
title = {Turkey’s ambivalent self: ontological insecurity in ‘Kemalism’ versus ‘Erdoğanism’},
author = {Ayse Zarakol and Zeynep Gülsah Çapan},
doi = {10.1080/09557571.2019.1589419},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-04-13},
urldate = {2019-04-13},
journal = {Cambridge Review of International Affairs},
volume = {32},
number = {4},
pages = {1-20},
abstract = {This article aims to understand the ‘non-Western self’ and the different ways its ontological insecurity can manifest, through the example of Turkey, by contrasting Kemalism’s modernizing vision with Erdoğan’s current populism. We argue that the constructions of political narratives in Turkey (and by implication in other similar settings) derive from two interrelated aspects of the spatio-temporal hierarchies of (colonial) modernity: structural insecurity and temporal insecurity. Modern Turkey’s ontological insecurity was constructed spatially, on the one hand, as liminality and structural in-betweenness, and temporally, on the other, as lagging behind the modernization of the West. After discussing how Kemalism offered to deal with such insecurities in the twentieth century, we analyse the Justice and Development Party (AKP) period of the twenty-first century as an alternative attempted answer to these problems and explain why efforts to dismantle the Kemalist framework collapsed into its populist mirror image. The example of the Turkish case underlines the importance of focusing on the different ways in which the structural and temporal insecurities of ‘the non-Western self’ take shape at a given point and manner of entry into the modern international order.
},
keywords = {Ayse Zarakol},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2019b,
title = {Semioscaping Eutopia: Qatar as a place in Qatar Airways advertisements},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.1558/sols.36168},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-04-13},
journal = {Sociolinguistic Studies},
volume = {13},
number = {1},
pages = {57-82 },
abstract = {This paper deals with place branding as a multimodally constructed phenomenon in the digital semioscape of advertisements pertaining to the collaboration between Qatar Airways and FC Barcelona. Through its digital spatialisation, Qatar, and, by extension, Qatari leadership of the country, is argued to construct for and brand itself as an image of eutopia (i.e. a nice place to live) drawing on two techniques, inter-peopleisation and reterritorialisation. In this way, Qatar aims at engaging in controversially conveyed soft politics, whereby it can strategically secure its national sustainability by achieving recognizability, admiration and respect both inside and outside its borders. Qatar Airways’ semioscape is also argued to be a visceral semioscape, whose analysis creates academic fetish, namely added value for Qatar in academic scholarship from a person who has been living and working in the country for nine years. It is important to have such emic reflections, in order to do justice to a country that is usually portrayed in very negative and distorted terms in world media, by people who do not have deep knowledge of the country and its people.},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vigouroux2019,
title = {Language and (in)hospitality: The micropolitics of hosting and guesting},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux},
doi = {10.1075/lcs.00003.vig},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-04-12},
journal = {Language Culture and Society},
volume = {1},
number = {1},
pages = {31-58 },
abstract = {Based on a long-term ethnography of Sub-Saharan African migrants in Cape Town, South Africa, this article examines how language as ideology and practice shapes the rules of guesting and hosting and helps (re)configure the on-going positionalities of both the nation-state-defined-host and the foreigner-guest, making murky the distinction between the two. The key notion of hospitality developed here is examined as practices rather than as identities. I argue that this theoretical shift makes it possible to unsettle the host and guest positions by not positing them a priori or conceptualizing them as immutable. It likewise makes it possible to deconstruct the categories imposed by the State and by which scholars and policy makers alike abide, such as the dichotomy between migrants and locals . At a broader level, the paper draws attention to the Occidentalism that has plagued academia, particularly in the work done on migration. I show how the South African case challenges many scholarly assumptions on language and migration overwhelmingly based on the examination of South-to-North migrations, which do not adequately represent worldwide migrations.},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2019d,
title = {Interaction at the Boundaries of a World Known in Common: Initiating Repair with “What Do You Mean?”},
author = {Jack Sidnell and Geoffrey T Raymond},
doi = {10.1080/08351813.2019.1608100},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-04-03},
urldate = {2019-04-03},
journal = {Research on Language and Social Interaction},
volume = {52},
issue = {2},
pages = {177-192},
abstract = {A recurrent feature of Garfinkel’s famous breaching experiments in which student confederates were instructed to engage an unsuspecting subject in conversation and subsequently insist that they “clarify the sense of (their) commonplace remarks” is the student experimenter’s use, in attempting to realize such “insistence,” of a turn composed of “what do you mean” plus a repetition of some part of the prior talk. Garfinkel suggested that such utterances tended to provoke moral outrage. The analysis presented here aims to explicate just how such utterances work, how they intersect with assumptions about the distribution of knowledge between participants to interaction, and why they might elicit such strong reactions from those to whom they are directed. Data are in American and Canadian English.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Jourdan2019,
title = {Masta Liu: youth and unemployment in Honiara, Solomon Islands},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-04-02},
pages = {202-222},
publisher = {Routledge},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Jourdan2019b,
title = {Solidarity, agonism and entre-soi in the village meals of the Causse du Quercy SEMIOTIC REVIEW},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-04-02},
abstract = {In the area of South West France known as Quercy, summer is epitomized by a succession of feasts in many of the villages: they last about 3 days and always culminate in a communal meal on the Monday night. Social actors and commentators claim that these feasts and the communal meals are festive affairs : indeed they are, but underlying tensions are particularly obvious during the preparation and consumption of the communal meals where features associated with community building coexist with mild rivalries, agonism and a desire for entre-soi (French noun: literally, a situation where one keeps company with people who are socially and culturally similar to oneself). Keeping this in mind, and using data gathered over the last 30 years in the Quercy, I am discussing the central role played by the communal meal in community building, but also in the reinforcement of agonism between villagers and villages. I am paying special attention to the semiotics of the food eaten during these meals, sustained as it is by metagastronomic discourses that complement the meaning of these meals.},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vigouroux2019b,
title = {Language, Culture and Society - Editorial},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux and Perez-Milans and Patricia Baquedano-Lopez and A Del Percio and L Wei},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-04-01},
journal = {Language, Culture and Society},
abstract = {Language, Culture and Society provides an international platform for cutting-edge research that advances thinking and understanding of the complex intersections of language, culture and society, with the aim of pushing traditional disciplinary boundaries through theoretical and methodological innovation. Contributors are encouraged to pay close attention to the contextualized forms of semiotic human activity upon which social conventions, categories and indexical meanings are constructed, actualized, negotiated and disputed vis-à-vis wider social, cultural, racial, economic and historical conditions. The journal is open to analysis focusing on different spatio-temporal scales; it also welcomes contributions addressing such issues through the lens of any of the analytical paradigms stemming from the sociolinguistic and anthropological study of language, discourse and communication. Exploration of new communicative contexts and practices is considered particularly valuable, and research that breaks new ground by making connections with other disciplines is highly encouraged. Thinking-aloud pieces, reactions and debates, and other alternative formats of contributions are also welcome.},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Ghosh2019,
title = {Intercultural Communication in the Multilingual Urban Workplace},
author = {Aditi Ghosh},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-03-25},
journal = {The Wiley Handbook of Global Workplace Learning},
pages = {301-322},
publisher = {John Wiley & Sons, Inc.},
abstract = {This chapter explores various issues relating to intercultural communication in the global urban workplace. The urban centers in today's global world are almost always multilingual and diverse, and the contact between communities and individuals of diverse backgrounds demonstrates many unique linguistic outcomes. It is also essential for all interlocutors to formulate strategies to facilitate such communications. In addition, the study of communicative behavior in a multilingual workplace reveals the attitude of the interlocutors toward the different languages, toward their own linguistic identity and toward that of their addressee. The chapter discusses these theories and frameworks associated with intercultural communication in general and then concentrates on issues specific to multilingual global workplace communications.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Sitaridou2019,
title = {Against V2 in Old Spanish},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
doi = {10.1075/la.254.06sit},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-03-20},
volume = {2},
number = {1},
pages = {131–156},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company},
chapter = {6},
abstract = {In this article, using rich data from 13th C. Spanish, it is argued that Old Spanish does not belong to any known V2 type of language, even the most flexible/relaxed attested type-the latter defined as mandatory verb movement from T-to-Fin/Force without the necessary raising of an XP to the preverbal field (as is the case in prototypical V2 languages such as German); neither does it constitute a new one for lack of evidence for formal movement of the verb to a C-related head. Instead, it is claimed that V2 effects in Old Spanish are due either because (i) verb movement is associated with some discourse effect or polarity; or, (ii) it is simply linear V2. Such V2 effects are trivially found in non-V2 languages and may also relate to rhetorical schemata and the discourse tradition.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Tsimpli2019g,
title = {Language experience and memory effects in anaphora resolution in Greek},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Fleva and Georgia Fotiadou and Maria Katsiperi[ and Eleni Peristeri and Eleni Peristeri},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-03-06},
urldate = {2019-03-06},
pages = {75-92},
publisher = {Cambridge Scholars Publishing},
abstract = {This study aims to examine overt vs. null pronominal resolution in sentences with marked or unmarked word order which were preceded by biasing or neutral linguistic context. Forty Greek-speaking monolingual adults (N= 40, M age = 40.7, age range: 20-75) participated in self-paced listening tasks with either SVO or OclVS structure sentences and with sentences preceded by biasing or neutral context. At the end of each critical sentence, a comprehension question was asked about the referent chosen, namely “subject”, “object” or “other”. Education, memory and language abilities were examined in relation to reaction times and preferences. Overall, participants' choice of “subject” and “object” referents were positively correlated with memory performance while the choice of the “other” referent was negatively correlated with memory scores. Participants who attended university showed longer reaction times in the resolution of the ambiguity in overt but not in null pronouns.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Vaux2019,
title = {Statistical physics of language maps in the USA},
author = {Bert Vaux and James Burridge and Michal Gnacik and Yoana Grudeva},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevE.99.032305},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-03-04},
urldate = {2019-03-04},
journal = {PHYSICAL REVIEW E},
volume = {99},
number = {3},
abstract = {Spatial linguistic surveys often reveal well-defined geographical zones where certain linguistic forms are dominant over their alternatives. It has been suggested that these patterns may be understood by analogy with coarsening in models of two-dimensional physical systems. Here we investigate this connection by comparing data from the Cambridge Online Survey of World Englishes to the behavior of a generalized zero temperature Potts model with long-range interactions. The relative displacements of linguistically similar population centers reveal enhanced east-west affinity. Cluster analysis reveals three distinct linguistic zones. We find that when the interaction kernel is made anisotropic by stretching along the east-west axis, the model can reproduce the three linguistic zones for all interaction parameters tested. The model results are consistent with a view held by some linguists that, in the USA, language use is, or has been, exchanged or transmitted to a greater extent along the east-west axis than the north-south.},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2019h,
title = {Multilingualism and multiliteracy in primary education in India: A discussion of some methodological challenges of an interdisciplinary research project},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Lina Mukhopadhyay and Jeanine Treffers-Daller and Suvarna Alladi and Theodoros Marinis and Minati Panda and Anusha Balasubramanian and Pallawi Sinha},
doi = {10.1177/1745499919828908},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-03-01},
urldate = {2019-03-01},
journal = {Research in Comparative and International Education},
volume = {14},
number = {1},
pages = {54-76},
abstract = {In the Indian context, concerns have been raised for many years about the learning outcomes of primary school children. The complexity of the issue makes it difficult to advise stakeholders on what needs to be done to improve learning in primary schools in India. As it has been shown that low socio-economic status is one of the key factors that negatively affect learning outcomes, the focus of the Multilila project (‘Multilingualism and multiliteracy: Raising learning outcomes in challenging contexts in primary schools across India’) is on educational achievement among children of low socio-economic status. In following the development of language, literacy, maths and cognitive abilities of primary school children over two years we hope to throw new light on why multilingual children in India do not always experience the cognitive advantages associated with multilingualism in other contexts. This paper focuses on some of the methodological challenges faced by this project. After explaining the rationale for the study, we sketch the contribution this project can make to the discussion about cognitive advantages of bilingualism. We then focus on the Indian context before presenting the methodology of the project (design, participants, instruments and procedure). Finally, we summarize the key challenges for the project and possible solutions to those challenges, and present an outlook towards the future.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Clark2019b,
title = {Exposure and feedback in language acquisition: Adult construals of children's early verb-form use in Hebrew},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark and Lyle Lustigman},
doi = {10.1017/S0305000918000405},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Child Language},
volume = {46},
number = {2},
pages = {241-264},
abstract = {This study focuses on adult responses to children's verb uses, the information they provide, and how they change over time. We analyzed longitudinal samples from four children acquiring Hebrew (age-range: 1;4–2;5; child verb-forms = 8,337). All child verbs were coded for inflectional category, and for whether and how adults responded to them. Our findings show that: (a) children's early verbs were opaque with no clear inflectional target (e.g., the child-form tapes corresponds to le tapes ‘to-climb’, me tapes ‘is-climbing’, ye tapes ‘will-climb’), with inflections added gradually; (b) most early verbs were followed by adult responses using the same lexeme; and (c) as opacity in children's verbs decreased, adults made fewer uses of the same lexeme in their responses, and produced a broader array of inflections and inflectional shifts. In short, adults are attuned to what their children know and respond to their early productions accordingly, with extensive ‘tailor-made’ feedback on their verb uses.},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Clark2019bb,
title = {Exposure and feedback in language acquisition: Adult construals of children's early verb-form use in Hebrew},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark and Lyle Lustigman},
doi = {10.1017/S0305000918000405},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-03-01},
urldate = {2019-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Child Language},
volume = {46},
number = {2},
pages = {241-264},
abstract = {This study focuses on adult responses to children's verb uses, the information they provide, and how they change over time. We analyzed longitudinal samples from four children acquiring Hebrew (age-range: 1;4–2;5; child verb-forms = 8,337). All child verbs were coded for inflectional category, and for whether and how adults responded to them. Our findings show that: (a) children's early verbs were opaque with no clear inflectional target (e.g., the child-form tapes corresponds to le tapes ‘to-climb’, me tapes ‘is-climbing’, ye tapes ‘will-climb’), with inflections added gradually; (b) most early verbs were followed by adult responses using the same lexeme; and (c) as opacity in children's verbs decreased, adults made fewer uses of the same lexeme in their responses, and produced a broader array of inflections and inflectional shifts. In short, adults are attuned to what their children know and respond to their early productions accordingly, with extensive ‘tailor-made’ feedback on their verb uses.},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2019i,
title = {Object Omission in Contact: Object Clitics and Definite Articles in the West Thracian Greek (Evros) Dialect},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Nikolaos Lavidas},
doi = {10.1163/19552629-01201006},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-02-27},
urldate = {2019-02-27},
journal = {Journal of Language Contact},
volume = {12},
number = {1},
pages = {141-190},
abstract = {We examine spontaneous production data from the dialect of Modern West Thracian Greek ( mwtg ) (the local dialect of Evros) with regard to a hypothesis of syntactic borrowing of verbal transitivity. We argue that mwtg allows omission of the direct object with specific reference, in contrast to Standard Modern Greek ( smg ) and other Modern Greek ( mg ) dialects (spoken in Greece), but similar to Turkish. Object omission in mwtg is possible only in contexts where smg and other mg dialects show obligatory use of the 3rd-person clitic. We argue that syntactic borrowing in the case of language contact follows the transfer with second language learners: the relevant elements that host uninterpretable features are used optionally. Moreover, the definite article, in contrast to the indefinite article, is also affected by language contact. The 3rd-person clitic and the definite article are affected by contact as uninterpretable clusters of features. We claim that interpretability plays a significant role in transitivity in cases of language contact.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Eberhard2019,
title = {Ethnologue: Languages of the World, 22nd Edition},
author = {David Eberhard and Gary F. Simons and Chuck Fennig},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-02-21},
publisher = {SIL International},
keywords = {David Eberhard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Chiaro2019bb,
title = {Tearing up the sanity clause: A class action},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.1515/humor-2018-0062},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-02-19},
journal = {Humor - International Journal of Humor Research},
volume = {32},
number = {2},
abstract = {The law and lawyers are so pervasive in US life and culture that it should come as no surprise that they invite the kind of parody that the cinematic tradition has displayed from the birth of the movies to the present day. By examining a small number of well-known courtroom comedies, this short essay will examine how these movies often use an unlikely character, an outsider and an underdog in terms of class or education who is unable to adhere to the rules of judiciary procedures. While it is true that this outsider is there to be laughed at, humor also emerges from the ridiculousness of many aspects of the legal system and especially of legalese.},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vigouroux2019bb,
title = {Language, Culture and Society: Inaugural Editorial},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux and Miguel Pérez Milans and Patricia Baquedano-Lopez and Alfonso Del Percio and Li Wei},
doi = {10.1075/lcs.00001.edi},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-02-15},
journal = {Language Culture and Society},
volume = {1},
number = {1},
pages = {1-7},
abstract = {This is the editorial of the inaugural issue in Language, Culture and Society, to be published in the Spring of 2019.},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2019e,
title = {Cultural festivals as intergroup settings: a case study of Pacific Islander identification},
author = {Howard Giles and Matt Giles and Quinten Bernhold},
doi = {10.1080/01434632.2019.1569666},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-02-05},
urldate = {2019-02-05},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {40},
number = {9},
pages = {1-15},
abstract = {Addressing the current gap in the literature regarding cultural festivals as a unique site of intergroup discourse, we invoke social identity and group vitality theories to explore the effect of attending an international cultural festival on members of different groups. A total of 143 participants at the 2016 Festival of Pacific Arts in Guam completed surveys and interviews concerning identity salience. Measures of ethnic identity and meta-identity salience both increased (and interacted) after participation in the Festival, and the region of origin also had moderating effects. Standard paradigms regarding single identity salience are discussed as well as future avenues for intercultural work.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2019f,
title = {Cultural festivals as intergroup settings: a case study of Pacific Islander identification},
author = {Howard Giles and Matt Giles and Quinten Bernhold},
doi = {10.1080/01434632.2019.1569666},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-02-05},
urldate = {2019-02-05},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {40},
number = {9},
pages = {1-15},
abstract = {Addressing the current gap in the literature regarding cultural festivals as a unique site of intergroup discourse, we invoke social identity and group vitality theories to explore the effect of attending an international cultural festival on members of different groups. A total of 143 participants at the 2016 Festival of Pacific Arts in Guam completed surveys and interviews concerning identity salience. Measures of ethnic identity and meta-identity salience both increased (and interacted) after participation in the Festival, and the region of origin also had moderating effects. Standard paradigms regarding single identity salience are discussed as well as future avenues for intercultural work.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2019bb,
title = {Odysseus the traveler: Appropriation of a chronotope in a community of practice},
author = {Anna De Fina and Giuseppe Paternostro and Marcello Amoruso},
doi = {10.1016/j.langcom.2019.01.001},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-02-01},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {70},
pages = {71-81},
abstract = {In this article we analyze the role of chronotopes in the formation and negotiation of identities. In particular, we consider the case of a superdiverse community of practice formed by minors asylum seekers and teachers in a school of Italian in Sicily, Italy. In our analysis we stress the role of reciprocity on the ways in which the chronotopic figure of Odysseus is reinterpreted and appropriated by members of this community. We look at how through a process of mutual engagement the indexical values associated with the figure of Odysseus are recontextualized by both teachers and students in light of their present experiences. Data for the article come from interviews, narratives and artifacts produced during a narrative workshop held in the school around a reading of the Odyssey in the summer 2016.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Perrin2019bb,
title = {Progression Analysis: Working with Large Data Corpora in Field Research on Writing: Insights from Keystroke Logging and Handwriting},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1163/9789004392526_008},
isbn = {9789004392519},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-25},
pages = {143-162},
publisher = {Observing writing : insights from keystroke logging and handwriting},
chapter = {6},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Costa2019,
title = {Come il mondo ha cambiato i social media},
author = {Elisabetta Costa and Daniel Miller and Nell Haynes and Tom McDonald and Razvan Nicolescu and Jolynna Sinanan and Juliano Spyer and Shriram Venkatraman and Xinyuan Wang},
doi = {10.2307/j.ctv6q52zr},
isbn = {9781787355576},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-24},
urldate = {2019-01-24},
publisher = {UCL Press},
abstract = {Come il mondo ha cambiato i social media è il volume complessivo di comparazione dei risultati di un’ampia indagine etnografica, coordinata da Daniel Miller, dall’eloquente titolo “Why We Post”. Nove ricercatori, incluso Miller, hanno trascorso 15 mesi sul campo, in diversi paesi del mondo (Italia del sud, Turchia sudorientale, due siti in Cina, area rurale e area industriale, Trinidad, Inghilterra, India del sud, Cile settentrionale e Brasile) a osservare e studiare, con un approccio etnografico, i modi in cui le persone usano i social media. È un fatto indiscutibile che i social sono entrati nella nostra vita con prepotenza, in modo capillare, per certi aspetti invasivo. Con un linguaggio fluido, talvolta anche colloquiale, il lettore è condotto all’interno di un ambito che gli sembra di conoscere, se non altro perché ne siamo tutti, più o meno, utenti, scoprendo però quanto di valori, di comportamenti culturalmente codificati, di ‘polizia morale’ ci sia dentro i social media. L’approccio qui presentato parte infatti da un’idea un po’ diversa rispetto a quelle più diffuse, e avvalorata nel corso della ricerca: se è indubbio che i social media hanno cambiato il mondo, la questione più interessante riguarda però il modo in cui il mondo li ha cambiati.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Tsimpli2019j,
title = {Input and literacy effects in simultaneous and sequential bilinguals: The performance of Albanian–Greek-speaking children in sentence repetition},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Kaltsa and Alexandra Prentza},
doi = {10.1177/1367006918819867},
isbn = {136700691881986},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-23},
urldate = {2019-01-23},
journal = {nternational Journal of Bilingualism},
volume = {24},
number = {2},
abstract = {Aim The present study examines input and literacy effects in simultaneous and sequential bilinguals with the aim of (a) investigating the differences between bilingual and monolingual populations and (b) disentangling the individual contribution of different factors in bilingual syntactic abilities. Methodology A sentence repetition task (SRT) in Greek with eight structures (Subject Verb Object [SVO], negative clauses, clitic structures, complement clauses, coordinated sentences, adverbial clauses, wh-questions and relative clauses) was employed. All bilinguals additionally participated in a standardized expressive vocabulary task in Greek to measure their lexical ability. Data Sixty 8–10-year-old children (20 monolingual, 20 simultaneous and 20 late sequential bilinguals) were tested. Findings The analysis showed that (a) monolinguals outperform sequential bilinguals in sentence repetition, (b) clitic structures are highly problematic for all participants, (c) vocabulary and syntactic skills are closely related for simultaneous but not for sequential bilinguals, (d) home language practices in the early years affect SRT performance and (e) sequential bilinguals benefit from literacy practices that support syntactic skills in the language tested. Overall, we found that the effect of input overrides the effect of a traditionally categorical factor in bilingualism: age of onset (AoO) of exposure to L2. Originality The contribution of this study includes (a) the examination of syntactic abilities in bilinguals in connection with language input early in life and at the time of testing, (b) the non-pervasive role of age of exposure to the L2 in SRT performance and (c) the role of literacy measures as key factors affecting syntactic skills in bilinguals. Implications Quality of input and literacy in particular have been shown to affect bilingual syntactic skills, suggesting that enhancing literacy exposure as a language policy for bilinguals has a significantly positive impact on language development.
},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Fina2019bb,
title = {Chronotopic Identities: The South in the Narratives Told by Members of Mapuche Communities in Chile},
author = {Anna De Fina and Maria Eugenia Merino Dickinson},
doi = {10.4324/9781351183383-2},
isbn = {978-0-8153-9568-3},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-17},
journal = {Discourses of identity in liminal places and spaces},
volume = {15},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {In this chapter we focus on the centrality of what we will call “the chronotope of the south” in the discourse of members of Mapuche families who have been displaced or have migrated from their places of origin in the Southern parts of Chile to the capital: Santiago. We will concentrate on narrative discourse and on the ways in which this chronotope is recruited by interviewees in order to authenticate a “real Mapuche” identity for themselves and to negotiate it with the interviewer. The analysis will also allow us to trace and describe how the chronotope is conceived of by interactants in terms of space and time and what kinds of actions and identities are associated with it. This, in turn will provide a picture of how members of these Mapuche communities define their ethnic identity.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Lu2019b,
title = {Lexical variation of ideophones in Chinese classics: their implications in embodiment and migration},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Thomas Van Hoey},
doi = {10.1515/9783110610895-008},
isbn = {9783110610895},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-14},
pages = {195-226},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {This paper is an innovative attempt to combine as well as explore some issues  related  to  language  variation,  embodied  cognition,  language  diffusion,  human  migration,  and  geographical  distribution  of  lexicon.  These  seemingly  different  issues  converge  at  one  research  target,  i.e.,  ideophones  in  Classical  Chinese. Due to the depictive imaginative nature of ideophones, their emergence and  use  imply  some  embodied  cognition  between  language  and  environment.  Since  we  trace  the  usages  of  the  same  ideophones  diachronically,  the  results  provide some insights into language variation and language diffusion in part of the  Chinese  history.  Such  an  approach  relies  on  the  authorships  of  some  par-ticular  ideophones,  which  can  be  related  to  migration  and  geographical  distri-bution.  This  paper  adopts  a  corpus  linguistic  approach  that  fully  utilizes  the  abundant resources of historical materials, i.e., the Scripta Sinica constructed by the Academia Sinica, Taiwan, with a focus on the Chinese ideophone mangmangand  its  related  variants.  Finally,  this  paper  utilizes  GIS  maps  to  represent  our  findings.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Tsimpli2019l,
title = {Bilingual reference production: A cognitive-computational account},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Jacopo Torregrossa and Christiane Bongartz},
doi = {10.1075/lab.17026.tor},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-12},
urldate = {2019-01-12},
journal = {Linguistic Approaches to Bilingualism},
volume = {9},
number = {2},
abstract = {We investigate reference production in bilingual children. Based on Kibrik (2011), we analyze the production of referring expressions in discourse in terms of activation of a referent. We propose a novel approach, which calculates activation by taking into account different activation-lending factors and their respective weight. This allows us to compare the activation encoded by referring expressions across languages and groups of speakers, and to run correlational analyses with the speakers’ cognitive profiles. In particular, the study addresses the correlation between activation and lexical processing among bilinguals, based on the distribution of referring expressions in narratives by 20 German-Greek bilingual children, compared to their monolingual peers. We found that bilingual pronouns correspond to a lower activation than monolingual ones. Speed of lexical retrieval is a predictor of the bilingual performance. Our model of analysis accounts for how reference production varies across individuals and which cognitive mechanisms underlie this variation.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Katan2019,
title = {In Defence of the Cultural Other: Foreignisation or Mindful Essentialism?},
author = {David Katan},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-030-04978-2_8},
isbn = {978-3-030-04977-5},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-06},
pages = {119-142},
publisher = {Springer, Cham},
abstract = {This paper looks at the mediation of difference in translation and how this can affect tolerance and relations with the intercultural other. It begins with a discussion of the ideas regarding ‘difference’ and intercultural tolerance, taking account of the ideal or model reader’s point of view. Translation has often been seen as the key to bridging cultures and to the spreading of ideas and understanding. Yet, at the same time it has also been perceived as fostering violence, as a barrier to integration and also as a means of increasing the hegemonic power of ruling powers (such as Western capitalism). It will be argued here that it is not the type of translation itself that automatically improves or reduces ethnocentricism, but whether it is carried out mindfully or mindlessly; and it will be suggested that mindful essentialism is the key to an effective translation.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {David Katan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Ladegaard2019,
title = {Scripts of servitude: language, labor migration and transnational domestic work},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1080/01434632.2018.1562618},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-02},
urldate = {2019-01-02},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {40},
number = {3},
pages = {1-2},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland2019,
title = {On the limits of etymology},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1080/03740463.2019.1625556},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-02},
urldate = {2019-01-02},
journal = {Acta Linguistica Hafniensia},
volume = {51},
number = {1},
pages = {90-103},
abstract = {Using the classical example of -ize versus -ise in English as a case study, this article argues that insight into etymology, contrary to an assumption implicit in some dictionaries, cannot be of much help in guiding spelling, nor can arguments concerning spelling be meaningfully substantiated on the basis of knowledge of etymology. In building this argument, I compare the original Greek senses of -ίζω -izɔ· to the usage of this suffix when borrowed into Latin, showing how Latin language users have made creative use of elements taken from Greek, integrating them into the language-specific structure of Latin. English speakers have reinterpreted and integrated the suffix -ize/-ise in language usage and structure in similar creative ways by drawing on Greek, Latin and French, meaning that a modern English verb spelled with -ize or -ise can neither be identified as ‘Greek’, ‘Latin’ or ‘French’ by the ordinary language user. Hence, a reference to a word’s origin is not a safe guideline for deciding how it should be spelled.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2019bb,
title = {Tanakh Ram: Translating the Hebrew Bible into Israeli},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann and Gitit Holzman},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-01},
journal = {PaRDeS: Zeitschrift der Vereinigung für Jüdische Studien= Transformative Translations in Jewish History and Culture},
volume = {2019},
number = {25},
pages = {105-122},
abstract = {The Ram Bible (Tanakh Ram) is a recently-published Bible edition printed in two columns: the right-hand column features the original biblical Hebrew text and the lefthand column features the translation of the Bible into a high-register literary Israeli (Reclaimed Hebrew). The Ram Bible edition has gained impressive academic and popular attention. This paper looks at differences between academics, teachers, students, media personalities and senior officials in the education system, regarding their attitude to the Ram Bible. Our study reveals that Bible teachers and students who make frequent use of this edition understand its contribution to comprehending the biblical language, stories, and ideas. Opponents of Ram Bible are typically administrators and theoretician scholars who advocate the importance of teaching the Bible but do not actually teach it themselves. We argue that the fundamental difference between biblical Hebrew and Israeli makes the Hebrew Bible incomprehensible to native Israeli speakers. We explain the advantages of employing tools such as the Ram Bible.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland2019bb,
title = {English as a world language in Scandinavia and elsewhere (Part 2)},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.4467/20834624SL.19.003.10246},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-01},
urldate = {2019-01-01},
journal = {Studia Linguistica Universitatis Iagellonicae Cracoviensis},
volume = {136},
number = {1},
pages = {25-36},
abstract = {This is the second part of a paper dealing with the concept of English as a “world” or “global language”. Here, results from two research projects conducted in Denmark are presented. They investigated the role of languages in academia and in businesses with a global perspective. Data are taken from Denmark and in part Japan. Two different narratives of English as a world language emerge.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Cardoso2019c,
title = {Lives in Contact. A Tribute to Nine Fellow Creolinguists},
author = {Hugo Cardoso and Tjerk Hagemeijer and Chiara Truppi and Fernanda Pratas and Nélia Alexandre},
isbn = {978-989-689-869-4},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-01},
urldate = {2019-01-01},
publisher = {ColibriI},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Cardoso2019d,
title = {The Lisbon book of pantuns},
author = {Hugo Cardoso and Ivo Castro and Gijs Koster and Alan Baxter and Karl Alexander Adelaar},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-01},
urldate = {2019-01-01},
pages = {315-317},
abstract = {Recently, in the archives of Lisbon’s Museu Nacional de Arqueologia, a manuscript of considerable historical, linguistic and literary interest, presumably hailing from 18th century Batavia (now Jakarta, in Indonesia), has been discovered. «Rediscovered» might be a more accurate term, since the manuscript, which bears the title of Panton Malaijoe dan Portugees (Malay and Portuguese Pantuns), was not entirely unknown. In fact, it surfaced in the 19" century and was mentioned by one ofits former owners, Professor Hugo Schuchardt from the University of Graz, in his description of the Portuguese-lexified creole of Batavia and Tugu.},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2019k,
title = {Effects of executive attention on garden path processing in Broca’s aphasia},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Efthimios Dardiotis and Kyrana Tsapkini},
doi = {10.3389/conf.fnhum.2019.01.00006},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-01},
urldate = {2019-01-01},
journal = {Frontiers in Human Neuroscience},
volume = {13},
abstract = {In the recent years there has been increasing interest in the effects of attentional control on syntactic comprehension, as measured in garden path sentence resolution. Persons with aphasia (PWA) experience greater penalties in garden path sentences compared to language-unimpaired adults but the origin of this deficit remains a controversial issue. One of the possible deficits has been claimed to be disambiguation of lexical cues in the sentence. However, in languages such as English with little morphological variation this connection is hard to establish. To test this hypothesis we used garden path sentences in a morphologically rich language, Greek, where morphological cues may resolve garden path at the lexical level. We further tested whether domain-general attentional control abilities and in particular shifts in attentional control predict garden path resolution in PWA and age.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Maree2019,
title = {Speech Styles in longitudinal interviews with women from the Kobe area--language changes and life stage （継続的インタビューデータにみる神戸出身女性話者のスピーチスタイル――ことばの経年変化とライフステージ――）},
author = {Claire Maree and Chie Takagi and Kaori Okano and Shimako Iwasaki and Lidia Tanaka and Ikuko Nakane
},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-01},
urldate = {2019-01-01},
journal = {Studies in Dialect (方言研究）},
volume = {5},
number = {5},
pages = {267-293},
abstract = {Studies in Dialects 5. ISBN: 978-4-89476-990-8

},
keywords = {Ikuko Nakane},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zenner2019,
title = {Cognitive Contact Linguistics. Placing usage, meaning and mind at the core of contact-induced variation and change.},
author = {Eline Zenner and Albert Backus and Esme Winter-Froemel},
editor = {Eline Zenner and Albert Backus and Esme Winter-Froemel},
isbn = {9783110616781},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-01},
urldate = {2019-01-01},
keywords = {Albert Backus},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Clark2019,
title = {Perspective-taking and pretend-play: Precursors to figurative language use in young children},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
doi = {10.1016/j.pragma.2018.12.012},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-01},
urldate = {2019-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {156 },
abstract = {At what point do children move from literal uses of language to figurative ones, making use of metonymy and metaphor, for example? In this paper, I explore the contributions of perspective-taking and pretend-play as precursors to the emergence of figurative language in children. Speakers mark conceptual perspective with lexical choices to indicate kind and level of categorization (for example, Siberian tiger vs. tiger vs. animal), membership in orthogonal domains (bear vs. mailman, in a Richard Scarry book), and re-categorization (waste-basket vs. hat). In pretend-play speakers assign roles and make use of props (e.g., I'm the daddy and this is my baby [holding teddy-bear]; Fill up my cup [holding out a block]; This is my sword [waving paper roll]). In short, pretend play typically involves re-categorization – viewing participants and objects in new roles. This in turn requires that children extend their uses of conventional terms in talk. Perspective-taking emerges in the second year, along with early pretend-play: these abilities, I suggest, provide a foundation for figurative uses of language in children.},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Kirby2019,
title = {Obstruent Devoicing and Registrogenesis in Chru},
author = {James Kirby and Marc Brunelle and Tấn T. Tạ and Đinh Lư Giang},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-01},
urldate = {2019-01-01},
abstract = {We describe the register system of Chru, a Chamic language of Vietnam. In Chru, a historical contrast between prevoiced and voiceless stops is now a system of two registers signalled by differences in f0, voice quality, and F1 in addition to closure voicing. However, closure voicing is in a state of flux: while older men maintain closure voicing in the onsets of low-register items, younger speakers and some older women frequently have no (or only weak) closure voicing in this context. In addition, the distribution of VOT in low register onsets is bimodal, realized either with strong closure voicing or greater VOT than voiceless stops. Interestingly, f0, F1 and voice quality cues are not enhanced after devoiced low-register stops, but instead are more pronounced after stops realized with closure voicing. We argue this indicates that enhancement of cues in phonologization must in some sense be complete before neutralization takes place.
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Abbott2019,
title = {How Contact With Greek Exacerbated The Rise Of The Definite Article In Bulgarian},
author = {Jamie Abbott and Ioanna Sitaridou},
url = {https://www.repository.cam.ac.uk/handle/1810/295117},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.17863/CAM.42188},
isbn = {1588-290X},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-01},
journal = {Studio Slavica},
abstract = {This paper presents a novel dimension in the development of the definite article in Contemporary Standard Bulgarian (CSB). CSB—thanks to its geographical position—participated in numerous areally-based changes that define the Balkan Sprachbund , an area where long-term intense contact amongst speakers of several different languages has resulted in substantial structural convergence (see Joseph 1999). Importantly, CSB, along with Macedonian with which it combines to form the Eastern branch of the South Slavic languages, has several characteristics which set it apart from other Slavic languages, namely the elimination of a nominal case system, the lack of an infinitive, and the development of a definite article. The aim of this paper is to show that the definite article in CSB evolved as a result of both internal (see Dimitrova-Vulchanova & Vulchanov 2009) and external triggers (see Mladenova 2007), namely under pressure from both Romanian and Greek, which led to the gra mmaticalization of the Old Church Slavonic demonstrative pronoun into a definite article. It has often been portrayed in the literature surrounding the Balkan Sprachbund that Greek, although it displays overt definite markers, could not have contributed a postpositive article to the Balkan feature pool (see Lindstedt 2014) given that definite articles are prepositive. Contrary to this view, we highlight a previously undiscussed dimension of complexity in the formation of the definite article in CSB, namely how Greek deter miner spreading could have partially contributed towards the emergence of a postpositive definite article in CSB. Such contact, coupled with adstrate pressures from the north, namely from Romanian, may well have exacerbated an otherwise internal development.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Ghosh2019c,
title = {Nationalism as a Threat to Multilingualism},
author = {Aditi Ghosh},
editor = {Abhijit Majumdar},
issn = {2319-6165},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-01},
pages = {53 - 71},
abstract = {Amidst the worldwide concern for loss of multilingualism and increasing number of endangered languages, this paper tries to look at one of the most dominant ideology in today’s world, i.e., Nationalism and its effect on Multilingualism. The ideology of nationalism is deeply rooted in philosophy of a polity based on sociocultural uniformity. Diversity and multiplicity in culture including language is seen within this framework as an unwanted and even dangerous for a cohesive united nation. Researches in the field as well as analysis of history, however, show that such assumptions are not well-founded. This paper discusses the problematic outlook that nationalism adopts towards multilingualism, delves into the misleading beliefs associated with this outlook and finishes with a brief survey result reflecting the effect of such ideology on a section of Kolkata residents.},
keywords = {Aditi Ghosh},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pham2019,
title = {Vietnamese dialects - a case of sound change through contact},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-01},
volume = {211},
pages = {31-66},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company},
abstract = {Among Vietnamese dialects, the southern dialect of Quảng Nam is notable for its rimal peculiarities. These properties have not generally been reported for any other Vietnamese dialects. However, some features–in particular, the vowel [ɑ] and correspondence between [aw] and [o]–have recently been observed in small dialects of the north-central Hà Tĩnh region. The Thanh Hoá dialect, spoken in a province which lies between the northern and north-central regions of Vietnam, bears certain close similarities to Quảng Nam dialect, yet does not share the features in the same way as they are shared between Quảng Nam and the Hà Tĩnh subdialects. The paper argues for a link between these three non-standard varieties, Quảng Nam, Hà Tĩnh and Thanh Hoá dialects, each belonging to a different major dialectal group (and each geographically separated from one another). Through an examination of the similarities and differences between these dialects, focusing on the Hà Tĩnh subdialect, it is argued that historical migration is the cause of sound change in the Quảng Nam dialect. The paper claims that Quảng Nam dialect was based on the speech of migrants from Thanh Hoá province, and has subsequently integrated certain features from the speech of Hà Tĩnh migrants.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Fina2019bb,
title = {The Interview as an Interactional Event: Current Perspectives and New Directions},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-319-79003-9_2},
isbn = {978-3-319-79001-5},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-01},
pages = {21-40},
publisher = {Springer, Cham},
abstract = {The interview is a very common and popular data collection tool in the social sciences. However, interviews are also important tools to collect information in many other non-academic practices, such as asylum seekers’ procedures. Researchers and practitioners working with interviews (particularly in the area of narrative, which is the one that has the most bearing on the case of asylum seekers) tend to regard the interview merely as a container for meanings that are basically constructed and expressed by the interviewee. Therefore, they focus their analyses of interview data exclusively on the interviewee, without considering the role of the interviewer in eliciting/negotiating those data or the patterns of interaction occurring between the participants.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2019,
title = {Changing perspectives on language maintenance and shift in transnational settings: From settlement to mobility},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-01},
pages = {235-256},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {This chapter focuses on the study of language maintenance and shift in transnational (migrant) contexts. It comprises a brief history of the field, covering its emergence, development, and expansion during the twentieth century. It includes a discussion of the main approaches investigating the processes of language maintenance and shift as well as the theories put forward to understand these processes and account for differences in the language practices of various ethnolinguistic groups. The final section moves beyond the twentieth century and focuses on how globalisation has significantly altered what constitutes ‘migration’. Rather than seeing it primarily as a process resulting in ‘permanent’ (re)settlement elsewhere, migration increasingly results in ongoing mobility. Such changes in turn affect language practices in diaspora contexts and impact our understanding of what constitutes language maintenance.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Andaya2019bb,
title = {One Crowded Moment of Glory: The Kinabalu Guerrillas and the 1943 Jesselton Uprising},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1353/ras.2019.0020},
isbn = {978-967-488-086-6},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-01},
journal = {Journal of the Malaysian Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society},
volume = {92},
number = {2},
pages = {157-160},
abstract = {The Jesselton Uprising that was launched by the resistance movement known
as the Kinabalu Guerrillas against the Japanese Army on 9 October 1943 was
a momentous event that took place in the state of Sabah, Malaysia during the
Japanese occupation. The uprising left a lasting legacy in the memories of the
people of Sabah. It also influenced subsequent events in the state, as well as the
manner in which the past is recognised and remembered in Sabah and the
country. The revolt was one of the few anti-Japanese movements in Southeast
Asia led entirely by civilians in an occupied territory.The multi-ethnic nature of
the uprising is probably its most important legacy and for this reason the
Kinabalu Guerrillas and the rebellion were remembered and commemorated
first by the returning British colonial administration, and sustained after
independence. The Petagas War Memorial with the annual remembrance
ceremony on 21 January is the only war memorial in Malaysia that has been
continuously commemorated to honour the sacrifice of the resistance
movement since the war.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Connell2019bb,
title = {African linguistics in North-Eastern and so-called Anglophone Africa},
author = {Bruce Connell and Marie-Claude Simeone-Senelle and Wolbert Smidt and Ronny Meyer and Angelika Jakobi and Amani Lusekelo and Akinbiyi Akinlabi},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108283991.004},
isbn = {9781108283991},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-01},
number = {73-97},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Chiaro2019bb,
title = {Cross-Languaging Romance on Screen},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.5040/9781501333903.0013},
isbn = {978-1-5013-3387-3},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-01},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Kulick2019,
title = {Foreword},
author = {Don Kulick},
doi = {10.1515/ijsl-2018-2009},
issn = {0165-2516},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-01},
journal = {International Journal of the Sociology of Language},
volume = {2019},
number = {256},
pages = {1-3},
keywords = {Don Kulick},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Kulick2019b,
title = {Vulnerable erotic subjects},
author = {Don Kulick},
doi = {Uppsala University, Disciplinary Domain of Humanities and Social Sciences},
issn = {1363-4607},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-01},
pages = {1-5},
keywords = {Don Kulick},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Kulick2019bb,
title = {The Shames of Men},
author = {Don Kulick},
year  = {2019},
date = {2019-01-01},
keywords = {Don Kulick},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tang2018,
title = {R-impersonals in Hong Kong Sign Language},
author = {Gladys Tang and Felix Sze},
doi = {10.1075/sll.00021.sze},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-12-31},
journal = {Sign Language & Linguistics},
volume = {21},
number = {2},
pages = {284-306},
abstract = {This paper discusses R-impersonals in Hong Kong Sign Language (HKSL). As evidenced in our questionnaire and conversation data, R-impersonals in HKSL typically make use of null forms, the non-specific indefinite determiner (i.e., one det-path (someone)/ one det-path (anyone)), distinguished by non-manual markers), and, occasionally, the Chinese character sign human/person . HKSL does not show impersonal uses of personal pronouns (e.g., they, you ) which are commonly found in spoken languages. The nominal strategies are determined by the contexts and the referential properties of the impersonal referents, and they differ in the use of space in representing the impersonal referents in subsequent discourse. R-impersonal referents encoded by one det-path (someone)/ one det-path (anyone) are associated with an area of the upper part of the ipsilateral side of the signing space, but they can still be assigned to a specific locus if the subsequent discourse requires locative information. Impersonal referents introduced by null forms or the Chinese character sign human/person are typically not spatially anchored.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks2018,
title = {L’ expression des procès spatiaux causatifs chez les apprenants francophones du chinois: Pousser ou entrer?},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Arnaud Arslangul and Maya Hickmann and Annie-Claude Demagny},
doi = {10.1075/lia.17005.ars},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-12-31},
urldate = {2018-12-31},
journal = {Language, Interaction and Acquisition},
volume = {9},
number = {2},
pages = {256-293},
abstract = {Résumé Cette recherche, située dans le cadre proposé par Talmy ( 1985 , 1991 , 2000 ), analyse la façon dont des apprenants francophones du chinois langue étrangère (un groupe de niveau intermédiaire et un groupe de niveau avancé) expriment les procès spatiaux causatifs, en comparaison avec des locuteurs natifs du chinois et du français. La procédure utilisée est celle d’une analyse de corpus oraux produits à partir d’une description de séquences animées. Les réponses ont été étudiées au niveau du choix des informations exprimées, de la densité sémantique et de la façon dont les informations ont été encodées. Les résultats révèlent les phénomènes suivants : (1) les apprenants intermédiaires produisent des réponses qui sont en apparence proches de celles des locuteurs natifs du français, mais très différentes de celles des locuteurs natifs du chinois en tous points ; ils ont des difficultés à exprimer un nombre important d’informations dans un seul énoncé grammaticalement correct. En revanche, (2) les apprenants avancés s’éloignent du modèle de leur langue maternelle et montrent une progression nette vers la langue cible au niveau du choix et de la quantité d’informations exprimées ; cependant, les moyens linguistiques utilisés présentent encore des différences avec ceux des locuteurs natifs du chinois.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2018c,
title = {Nominalizing the Serial Verb in Mabia Languages},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Hasiyatu Abubakari and Dewei Che },
editor = {Prof. Gordon S.K. Adika},
doi = {10.4314/gjl.v7i2.1},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-12-24},
urldate = {2018-12-24},
journal = {Ghana Journal of Linguistics},
volume = {7},
number = {2},
publisher = {Linguistics Association of Ghana},
abstract = {Ghana Journal of Linguistics 7.2 (2018) Special Issue Dedicated to Professor Florence Abena Dolphyne The Ghana Journal of Linguistics is a double-blind peer-reviewed scholarly journal appearing twice a year, published by the Linguistics Association of Ghana.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Clark2018,
title = {First Language Vocabulary Acquisition},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
doi = {10.1002/9781405198431.wbeal0414.pub2},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-12-14},
urldate = {2018-12-14},
pages = {1-6},
abstract = {Children produce their first words between the ages of one and one‐and‐a‐half. They add new words as they gain experience from interaction with adults who talk about new objects, draw attention to their properties, and link the new words to familiar ones the children already know.},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gürsu2018,
title = {Safeguarding the archaeological assets of Turkey},
author = {Işılay Gürsu and Lutgarde Vandeput and Gül Pulhan},
doi = {10.18866/biaa2018.03},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-12-04},
urldate = {2018-12-04},
journal = {Heritage Turkey},
volume = {8},
pages = {7-8},
keywords = {Işılay Gürsu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zarakol2018,
title = {Sovereign equality as misrecognition},
author = {Ayse Zarakol},
doi = {10.1017/S0260210518000359},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-12-01},
urldate = {2018-12-01},
journal = {Review of International Studies},
volume = {44},
number = {5},
pages = {848-862},
abstract = {This article makes two contributions. First, I argue that contrary to what was often assumed in the recognition literature, social hierarchies (as in the Hegelian master–slave dynamic) are very stable. Though social hierarchies are relationships of misrecognition, they nevertheless allow for the simulation of recognition for ‘the master’, and also trap ‘the slave’ in that role through stigmatisation. Second, I make a historical argument about the state and its role in recognition struggles. The modern state is relatively unique (historically speaking) in being tasked with solving the recognition problems of its citizens. At the same time, the modern state has to derive its own sovereignty from the recognition of those same citizens. There is an inherent tension between these two facts, which forces the modern state to turn increasingly outward for its own recognition. This is why ‘the master–slave dynamic’ was increasingly projected onto the international stage from nineteenth century onwards (along with the diffusion of the modern state model). As a result, international recognition came to play an even larger role in state sovereignty than domestic recognition (in contrast to common historical practice). This also explains how and why social hierarchies came to dominate international politics around the same time as the norm of sovereign equality.},
keywords = {Ayse Zarakol},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Kirby2018,
title = {Effects of obstruent voicing on vowel F0: Implications for laryngeal realism},
author = {James Kirby and D. Robert Ladd},
doi = {10.2478/yplm-2018-0009},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-12-01},
urldate = {2018-12-01},
journal = {Yearbook of the Poznan Linguistic Meeting},
volume = {4},
issue = {1},
pages = {213-235},
abstract = {It is sometimes argued that languages with two-way laryngeal contrasts can be classified according to whether one series is realized canonically with voicing lead or the other with voicing lag. In languages of the first type, such as French, the phonologically relevant feature is argued to be [voice], while in languages of the second type, such as German, the relevant feature is argued to be [spread glottis]. A crucial assumption of this position is that the presence of certain contextually stable phonetic cues, namely voicing lead or lag, can be used to diagnose the which feature is phono-logically active. In this paper, we present data on obstruent-intrinsic F0 perturbations (CF0) in two [voice] languages, French and Italian. Voiceless obstruents in both languages are found to raise F0, while F0 following (pre)voiced obstruents patterns together with sonorants, similar to the voiceless unaspirated stops of [spread glottis] languages like German and English. The contextual stability of this cue implies that an active de-voicing gesture is common to languages of both the [voice] and [spread glottis] types, and undermines the idea that a strict binary dichotomy between true voicing and aspirating languages can be reliably inferred based on properties of the surface phonetics.
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Bodomo2018,
title = {A Constraint-Based Analysis of the Objects of VO Compounds in Mandarin Chinese},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Dewei Che},
editor = {Miriam Butt and Tracy Holloway King},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-12-01},
booktitle = {A Constraint-Based Analysis of the Objects of VO Verbal Compounds in Mandarin Chinese},
pages = {171–190},
publisher = {CSLI Publications},
abstract = {VO verbal compounds (VOCs) have become a topical issue within studies on wordhood and the syntax-semantics interface. However, the issue can become more complicated when VOCs take an extra object. Some previous analyses have often run into problems mostly because they assign the wrong grammatical function to these objects in question. This paper provides a complex predicate analysis by adopting the ideas of Ahmed et al. (2012), combined with recent findings from Zhuang et al. (2013) on the status of the O in the VOC. The description and analysis especially focus on double object realization of VOCs in Mandarin Chinese and thus provide a generalized account of the representation of their argument relations within the LFG framework.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Pia2018,
title = {As ‘techno-politics’ holds sway, is a water commons possible in China?},
author = {Andrea E. Pia},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-11-22},
urldate = {2018-11-22},
publisher = {London School of Economics and Political Science},
abstract = {So far the debate about China’s current environmental issues has given little consideration to already existing popular alternatives to the top-down, growth-compatible governance of the country’s endangered natural resources. Forty years of Party-sanctified insistence on pursuing relentless economic development has seemingly muffled the few dissenting voices and suppressed alternative discourses in natural resource management — such as those concerned with stewardship, care, maintenance, or even rejuvenation of the Chinese environment.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Vaux2018,
title = {Statistical Physics of Language Maps in the USA},
author = {Bert Vaux and James Burridge and Michal Gnacik and Yoana Grudeva},
doi = {10.1103/physreve.99.032305},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-11-21},
urldate = {2018-11-21},
volume = {99},
number = {3},
publisher = {American Physical Society},
abstract = {Spatial linguistic surveys often reveal well defined geographical zones where certain linguistic forms are dominant over their alternatives. It has been suggested that these patterns may be understood by analogy with coarsening in models of two dimensional physical systems. Here we investigate this connection by comparing data from the Cambridge Online Survey of World Englishes to the behaviour of a generalised zero temperature Potts model with long range interactions. The relative displacements of linguistically similar population centres reveals enhanced east-west affinity. Cluster analysis reveals three distinct linguistic zones. We find that when the interaction kernel is made anisotropic by stretching along the east-west axis, the model can reproduce the three linguistic zones for all interaction parameters tested. The model results are consistent with a view held by some linguists that, in the USA, language use is, or has been, exchanged or transmitted to a greater extent along the east-west axis than the north-south.},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Perrin2018,
title = {Fragmentary narrative reasoning. On the enthymematic structure of journalistic storytelling},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Marta Zampa
},
doi = {10.24434/j.scoms.2018.01.012},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-11-14},
journal = {Studies in Communication Sciences},
volume = {18},
number = {1},
pages = {173-189},
abstract = {Journalists worldwide conceive of their work mostly as writing stories, because the narrative mode is extremely effective in delivering information to all social categories. Nonetheless, journalists hardly ever tell a whole story that complies with the criteria contemplated by narratology. Instead, they tell parts of a story and let the audience supply the rest, an operation made possible by the fact that narrative patterns are culturally shared by newswriters and their audiences. In this paper, we investigate some examples of fragmentary narratives as well as the journalists' strategic reasons for using them, combining approaches to storytelling and to argumentation. The case studies are taken from Corriere del Ticino, the main Italian-language newspaper in Switzerland.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zampa2018,
title = {Beyond the myth of journalistic storytelling: Why a narrative approach to journalism falls short},
author = {Marta Zampa and Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.24434/j.scoms.2018.01.009},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-11-14},
journal = {Studies in Communication Sciences},
volume = {18},
number = {1},
pages = {133-134},
abstract = {Despite the journalism education mantra to think story, news media accounts are far more than sheer storytelling. They are more about the punchline first than suspense, more about fragments of information than comprehensive storylines, and more about story-selling than telling. News reporters do not tell stories, as such – but utilize their own narrative routines that evoke stories in people’s minds and in the public sphere. This thematic section scrutinizes the widespread storytelling approaches and techniques that journalists are taught and offers fresh and focused insights into narrative practices in the newsroom.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2018,
title = {Communication and successful aging: Testing alternative conceptualizations of uncertainty},
author = {Howard Giles and Jessica Gasiorek ORCID Icon and Craig Fowler},
doi = {10.1080/03637751.2018.1538561},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-11-13},
urldate = {2018-11-13},
journal = {Communication Monographs},
volume = {86},
number = {2},
pages = {1-22},
abstract = {The communicative ecology model of successful aging (CEMSA), which theorizes how people’s communication can influence their experiences of successful aging, takes as axiomatic that aging involves uncertainty. In two studies, with data from the U.S. and the U.K., we compared the viability of two conceptualizations of uncertainty about aging in the CEMSA: the model’s original operationalization, uncertainty discrepancy, and an alternative, the perceived probability of negative experiences (PPNE) associated with aging. In both studies, uncertainty discrepancy and PPNE contributed independently to attitudes toward aging; PPNE emerged as a stronger predictor of people’s affective reactions to aging. These findings underscore the importance of multifaceted views of uncertainty for scholars of communication and aging.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2018b,
title = {Settler colonialism speaks: Early contact varieties in Namibia during German colonial rule},
author = {Ana Deumert},
doi = {10.1075/le.18006.deu},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-11-09},
journal = {Language Ecology},
volume = {2},
number = {1-2},
pages = {91-111},
abstract = {In this article I explore a particular set of contact varieties that emerged in Namibia, a former German colony. Historical evidence comes from the genre of autobiographic narratives that were written by German settler women. These texts provide – ideologically filtered – descriptions of domestic life in the colony and contain observations about everyday communication practices. In interpreting the data I draw on the idea of ‘jargon’ as developed within creolistics as well as on Chabani Manganyi’s (1970) comments on the ‘master-servant communication complex’, and Beatriz Lorente’s (2017) work on ‘scripts of servitude’. I suggest that to interpret the historical record is a complex hermeneutic endeavour: on the one hand, the examples given are likely to tell us ‘something’ about communication in the colony; on the other hand, the very description of communicative interactions is rooted in what I call a ‘script of supremacy’, which is quite unlike the ‘atonement politics’ (McIntosh 2014) of postcolonial language learning.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Perrin2018b,
title = {Medieninfrastrukturen organisationaler Kommunikation},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1515/9783110296235-008},
isbn = {9783110296235},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-11-05},
pages = {145-166},
publisher = {De Gruyter},
abstract = {Medieninfrastrukturen prägen organisationale Kommunikation und werden durch sie geprägt. Zugleich interagieren sie mit gesellschaftlichem und technologischem Wandel. So sind heute alle Kommunikationsmedien gekoppelt an die Entwicklung des Computers. Vernetzung, Geschwindigkeit, Allgegenwart, Mobilität und Verstetigung in Datenbanken prägen diese Entwicklung. Damit werden die Grenzen durchlässig zwischen Mündlichkeit und Schriftlichkeit, Privatsphäre und Öffentlichkeit, Organisation und Gesellschaft. So verändern sich scheinbar vertraute Tätigkeiten wie Schreiben drastisch. Dieser Beitrag hinterfragt zuerst Medienkonvergenz als Rahmen organisationaler Medieninfrastruktur theoretisch (Teil 1) und an einem Fallbeispiel (2). Dann ortet er die Schlüsselfaktoren absehbarer Entwicklung und zeigt, welche Kernkompetenzen organisationaler Kommunikation die Medieninfrastrukturen fordern - und fördern (3). Aus Anwendersicht im Zentrum steht das Multimedia-Mindset: die Bereitschaft und Fähigkeit, für spezifische Kommunikationsaufgaben und sich ausdifferenzierende Tätigkeiten - etwa fokussiertes und beiläufiges Schreiben - das jeweils passende Medium zu wählen und den Medieneinsatz strategisch abzustimmen (4). Neue Forschungsfelder warten (5).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2018bb,
title = {Making applied linguistics matter - a transdisciplinary approach},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.30661/afinlavk.76289},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-11-02},
publisher = {Publications of the Finnish Association for Applied Linguistic 76},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@misc{Ghosh2018b,
title = {LANGUAGE AND GENDER},
author = {Aditi Ghosh},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.2.32061.69603},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-11-01},
keywords = {Aditi Ghosh},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {presentation}
}
@article{Pablé2018,
title = {The Dao of communication},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.1386/ejpc.9.2.103_2},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-11-01},
journal = {Empedocles European Journal for the Philosophy of Communication},
volume = {9},
number = {2},
pages = {103-106},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Kirby2018b,
title = {Onset pitch perturbations and the cross-linguistic implementation of voicing: Evidence from tonal and non-tonal languages},
author = {James Kirby},
doi = {10.1016/j.wocn.2018.09.009},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-11-01},
urldate = {2018-11-01},
journal = {Journal of Phonetics},
volume = {71},
pages = {326-354},
abstract = {This paper investigates the relationship between Voice Onset Time (VOT) and onset f0 perturbations in three languages with a three-way laryngeal contrast between prevoiced, short-lag, and long-lag stops. To assess the relative contributions of aspiration and tonality to the realization of onset f0, a non-tonal language (Khmer) is compared to two tonal languages (Central Thai and Northern Vietnamese) using a common set of methods and materials. While the VOT distributions of the three languages are extremely similar, they differ in terms of their onset f0 behavior. Aspirated stops in general condition higher f0 on the following vowel, but this effect is mediated by tonal and sentential context: it is more prominent in citation forms than in connected speech, and for the tone languages, it is more visible with higher as opposed to lower tones. Examination of individual differences suggests that speakers may differ systematically in terms of their laryngeal adjustments for expressing voicelessness even while maintaining similar timing relations as indicated by VOT. Onset f0 differences may serve a useful complement to VOT, particularly when reasoning about the cross-linguistic implementation of voicing.
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Bodomo2018d,
title = {Is China Colonizing Africa? Africa - China Relations in a Shifting Global Economic Governance System},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
editor = {Simone Raudino and Arlo Poletti},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-11-00},
pages = {122 - 135},
publisher = {Routledge},
chapter = {Chapter - 6},
abstract = {China’s twenty- first century foray into Africa is marked and defined to the international world not so much by the two parties but by more than one decade of Western responses, even criticisms of China’s activities in Africa (Berger and Wissenbach 2007 ; Wissenbach 2008 , 2009 ; Bodomo 2009, 2010). Africa– China relations are thus defined and determined not just by Africa and China but also by Western reactions to the relation between them. To Westerners and some Africans, China’s Africa foreign policy often appears as a new form of economic imperialism (e.g. Games 2005), as a pure capitalist investment (e.g. Hilsum 2 006) or as a neo-colonial venture (e.g. Jack Straw’s speech in 2006 and Lamido Sanusi 2013 ). This chapter argues that framing China’s Africa foreign policy by using dichotomous and oppositional categories–such as those of generous/self- interested; genuine/covetous; cooperative/exploitative; or inclusive/unilateral–is ill-suited to describe not only one of the most complex and successful region- to- region cooperation experiences in contemporary international relations, but also one of the most significant manifestations of the paradigmatic shift that China is bringing to the Global Economic Governance (GEG) system.},
type = {Chapter},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Andaya2018,
title = {Speaking to the Spirits:: Thinking Comparatively about Women in Asian Indigenous Beliefs},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.2307/j.ctvddzn5f.4},
isbn = {9783847421832},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-10-29},
pages = {41-63},
publisher = {Barbara Budrich publishers},
abstract = {The prominence of Southeast Asian women in indigenous belief systems has long been considered one of the region’s defining features, but although recent studies on specific societies have helped to nuance this generalization, transregional comparisons are rare, especially in regard to the ritual role of senior women. Within the larger framework of “Asia” there has been little attempt to deploy the interplay between religion, gender and age as a means of crossing the area studies boundaries which academia has constructed and maintains. While focussing on Southeast Asia, this chapter takes note of the similarities and differences in the position of older women as spirit mediums in “Asia” more generally. It argues that across Asia post-menopausal women did (and often still do) play an important role in communicating with the spirit world, but that this role has been progressively undermined by the advance of world religions and official views of spirit veneration as “backward.” In comparative terms, however, Southeast Asia has retained many of the older attitudes that have allowed female spirit mediumship to survive and in some cases, to flourish. },
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@bachelorthesis{Korne2018,
title = {Changing ideological and implementational spaces for minoritised languages in higher education: Zapotequización of language education in Mexico},
author = {Haley De Korne and Mario E López Gopar and Kiara Rios Rios},
doi = {10.1080/01434632.2018.1531876},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-10-29},
urldate = {2018-10-29},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {40},
number = {3},
pages = {1-14},
abstract = {Indigenous languages of Mexico have largely been excluded from formal education spaces. This ethnographic action research study highlights a context where Diidxazá/ Isthmus Zapotec, an Indigenous language of Oaxaca, has recently begun to be taught in higher education. We examine the ways that administrators, the teacher, and students in these classes have collaborated to create a new space within the institution. By tracing the power dynamics behind the implementational and ideological efforts that have made this possible, we aim to provide insight into the social change underway in this setting, as well as the concrete steps that were taken in the creation of this pluralist space for Indigenous language learning. We conclude with a discussion of the collective engagement that has been necessary in order to foster and develop a community of Indigenous-language learners, and the challenge of going beyond tokenistic inclusion of minoritised languages in education.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@inbook{Giles2018b,
title = {Epilogue: A Celebration of the Scholarship of Howard Giles},
author = {Howard Giles},
doi = {10.4324/9781315142807-53},
isbn = {9781315142807},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-10-26},
urldate = {2018-10-26},
pages = {306-318},
publisher = {Routledge},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Giles2018c,
title = {Interpersonal Accommodation and Situational Construals: An Integrative Formalisation},
author = {Howard Giles and Peter Ball and Miles Hewstone},
isbn = {9780429436178},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-10-26},
urldate = {2018-10-26},
pages = {263-286},
abstract = {This chapter provides some existing contributions to sociolinguistic theory from social psychology. It discusses the social-psychological contribution to sociolinguistic theory through a process of formulation and formalisation of existing theoretical ideas and their progressive integration with each other. In a number of theoretical publications, Howard Giles and colleagues have been developing speech accommodation theory. Social-psychological writing on intergroup relations has highlighted the importance of specifically intergroup processes, emergent from the intergroup context itself, as they affect the experience and actions of individual group members. Social psychology’s key theoretical contribution to sociolinguistics has been to elucidate the psychological complexities underlying the distributions of linguistic markers according to setting, participants, goals and other social factors which D. Hymes and others have placed on the taxonomic agenda. Speech is involved in encounter definition by creating some of the data on which definitional models are built, and also as a medium through which they are negotiated and expressed.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2018,
title = {'Eating mountains' and 'eating each other': Disjunctive modernization, infrastructural imaginaries and crisis in Greece},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Yannis Kallianos},
doi = {10.1016/j.polgeo.2018.08.009},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-10-23},
journal = {Political Geography},
volume = {67},
pages = {76-87},
abstract = {Since the eruption of the Greek crisis in 2010 it has been almost impossible for the Greek state authorities to initiate any infrastructural project without significant local and wider resistance. In this paper we seek to answer how infrastructures became novel arenas of political conflict in Greece. We suggest that crucial for understanding this process is the dynamic relationship between infrastructures and popular political imaginaries. During the recent ‘golden’ period of infrastructural development in the country (mid-1990s to mid-2000s) there was a mutually constitutive relationship between popular imaginations of progress and the materiality of infrastructures, which attempted to underplay the disjunctive modernization processes within which that development took place. Later though, this parallel relationship between the two was contested as the infrastructural imaginary.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Baider2018,
title = {Two subcategories of human names to be defined: status and function names: New approaches in lexical semantics},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Amalia Todirascu},
editor = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.1515/9783110586169-007},
isbn = {9783110586169},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-10-22},
pages = {229-250},
publisher = {De Gruyter},
abstract = {The names of humans represent a very broad class of names and have various morphological, syntactic and semantic characteristics. Their classification is therefore not an easy task given this variety (Schnedecker, 2015, this volume; Alexandrova, 2016; Cruse, 2000, 1986) and involves the mobilization of complex syntactic and semantic criteria (Flaux and Stosic, 2014, Gosselin, this volume). In this article, we study status and function names, in particular the classification criteria for these categories of human names, which have been little studied (Gross, 2009; Todirascu et al, 2014) and whose classification poses problems for speakers. . In fact, a preliminary survey of native speakers regarding the use of the status and function forms identified hesitations in the epilinguistic comments of speakers:},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Brookes2018,
title = {The role of gestural polysigns and gestural sequences in teaching mathematical concepts: The case of halving},
author = {Heather Brookes and Alice Ovendalev and Jean-Marc Colletta and Zain Davis},
doi = {10.1075/gest.00013.ove},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-10-19},
urldate = {2018-10-19},
journal = {Gesture},
volume = {17},
number = {1},
pages = {128-157},
abstract = {In this paper, we examine the conceptual pedagogical value of representational gestures in the context of teaching halving to first graders. We use the concept of the ‘polysign’ as an analytical tool and introduce the notion of a ‘mathematics gesture sequence’ to assess the conceptual role gestures play in explicating mathematical concepts. In our study of four teachers each teaching a lesson on halving, they produced representational polysign gestures that provided multiple layers of information, and chained these gestures in mathematical gestural sequences to spatially represent the operation of halving. Their use of gestures and their ability to use gestures accurately to convey mathematical concepts varied. During the lesson, learners, whose teachers used few representational gestures or used gestures that were conceptually incongruent with the mathematical concept, expressed more confusion than learners whose teachers used conceptually appropriate gestures. While confusion can be a productive part of the learning process, our analysis shows that producing conceptually appropriate gestures may be important in mediating concepts and the transition from concrete and personal symbolic processes to institutional mathematical signs.},
keywords = {Heather Brookes},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Costa2018b,
title = {The Digital Turn: New Directions in Media Anthropology},
author = {Elisabetta Costa and Sahana Udupa and Philipp Budka},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-10-16},
urldate = {2018-10-16},
pages = {14-17},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Pablé2018b,
title = {In what sense is integrational theory lay-oriented? Notes on Harrisian core concepts and explanatory terminology},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.1016/j.langsci.2018.10.001},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-10-01},
journal = {Language Sciences},
volume = {72},
number = {1},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Perrin2018bb,
title = {Multilingualism and media. Reconsidering practices and ideologies in media-linguistic research},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Maureen Ehrensberger-Dow and Marta Zampa},
isbn = {978-1-138-01417-6},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-10-01},
pages = {373-387},
publisher = {Routledge},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@proceedings{Coupe2018,
title = {South Asian perspectives on relative-correlative constructions},
author = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-09-28},
publisher = {51st International Conference on Sino-Tibetan Languages and LinguisticsAt: Kyoto University},
keywords = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {proceedings}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2018,
title = {Social class struggle as a Greek political discourse},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.1177/0957926518801080},
isbn = {095792651880108 },
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-09-28},
journal = {Discourse and Society},
volume = {30},
number = {1},
pages = {85-102},
abstract = {This article delves into the construction of social class division in Greek political discourse. More specifically, the focus is on ‘ταξική πάλη’ (class struggle) as a discourse that has started being carved in Greek media since the current leftist government party, Syriza, won the election in 2015 for the first time in the country’s political history. Contrary to Syriza, which always frames its arguments on the basis of a divisive class fight discourse between the elitists and laypeople, New Democracy, the liberal and main oppositional party, tries to play down this discourse by advocating a more unifying and social class inclusive discourse. The analysis suggests that social class struggle is a theme framed within a wider shifting (anti)populist discourse constantly being negotiated linguistically in ironic ways among political elites. Both the government and opposition parties engage in tactical maneuvering of competing political discourses that, in different ways, articulate attachments to the ‘people’. The theoretical contribution of this study is the discursive theorization of social class struggle as a digitally constructed and politically relevant discourse in the context of Greek populism and its discontents.},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Kirby2018c,
title = {Madurese},
author = {James Kirby and Misnadin Nadin},
doi = {10.1017/S0025100318000257},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-09-28},
urldate = {2018-09-28},
journal = {Journal of the International Phonetic Association},
volume = {50},
issue = {1},
pages = {1-18},
abstract = {Madurese ( bhâsa Madhurâ ) is a Malayo-Polynesian language spoken primarily on the island of Madura and a number of regions in East Java, Indonesia. Its further subgrouping has remained a matter of some dispute. Early work placed Madurese in a Malayo-Javanic subgroup containing Javanese, Sundanese, and Malay (Dyen 1963). Glottolog and Ethnologue use the more recent ‘Malayo-Sumbawan’ classification (Adelaar 2005a), which puts Malayic, Chamic, and the Balinese-Sasak-Sumbawa group into one branch with Madurese and Sundanese in two other branches, to the exclusion of Javanese. Robert Blust, rejecting the Malayo-Sumbawan hypothesis, tentatively places Madurese in a Malayo-Chamic subgroup (Blust 2009), but also suggests (Blust 2010) that, as Madurese is lexically similar to Malay but phonologically and morphologically quite different, it may once have subgrouped with Javanese and later underwent heavy relexicalization due to language contact (see also discussion in Kluge 2017: 3).
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Bhatia2018b,
title = {Discursive Illusions in Public Discourse},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
isbn = {9780367133788},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-09-27},
pages = {Routledge},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {This book presents a unique perspective into the investigation and analysis of public discourses, such as those of the environment, politics, and social media, springing from issues of key relevance to contemporary society, including the War on Terror, the ‘Arab Spring’, and the climate-change debate. Employing a qualitative approach, and drawing on data which comprises both written and spoken discourses, including policy documents, political speeches, press conferences, blog entries, informational leaflets, and corporate reports, the book puts forward a unique theoretical framework, that of the Discourse of Illusion. The research draws on discourse analysis, in order to develop and implement a multi-perspective framework that allows a closer look at the intentions of the producer/actor of various discourses, power struggles within social domains, in addition to the socio-political and historical contexts which influence the individual repositories of experience that create multiple, often contesting, arguments on controversial issues, consequently giving rise to discursive illusions. Discursive Illusions in Public Discourse: Theory and practice intensively explores the discourse of illusion within multifarious dimensions of contemporary public discourses, such as:

•　　　　　 Political Voices in Terrorism

•　　　　　Activist Voices in New Media

•　　　　　 Corporate Voices in Climate Change

This book will particularly appeal to researchers working within the field of discourse analysis, and more generally for students of postgraduate research and specialists in the field of language, linguistics, and media. The book can also be used as a guide for non-specialists in better understanding the complexities of public discourses, and how they shape society’s perceptions of some key social and political issues.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Tang2018b,
title = {Corrigendum: Acquisition of Classifier Constructions in HKSL by Bimodal Bilingual Deaf Children of Hearing Parents},
author = {Gladys Tang and Jia Li},
doi = {10.3389/fpsyg.2018.01637},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-09-19},
journal = {Frontiers in Psychology},
volume = {9},
abstract = {In the original article, we neglected to include the funder CUHK-Faculty of Arts, The Publication Subvention Fund to Gladys WL Tang. The authors apologize for this error and state that this does not change the scientific conclusions of the article in any way.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Fox2018,
title = {Needham, Rodney (1923–2006)},
author = {James Fox},
doi = {10.1002/9781118924396.wbiea2294},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-09-05},
urldate = {2018-09-05},
pages = {1-4},
abstract = {Rodney Needham was a formidable figure among a distinguished generation of British social anthropologists. As an ethnographer of Southeast Asia; an assiduous author, translator and editor; and a lecturer then professor in social anthropology at Oxford University, Needham offered his own distinctive cast to anthropology, focusing on the comparative analysis of social categories. For him, the most significant of these social categories were “relationship terminologies”—the categories by which societies distinguish individuals intimately and specifically.},
keywords = {James Fox},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@bachelorthesis{Fox2018b,
title = {Lévi‐Strauss, Claude (1908–2009)},
author = {James Fox},
doi = {10.1002/9781118924396.wbiea2007},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-09-05},
urldate = {2018-09-05},
pages = {1-7},
abstract = {Claude Lévi‐Strauss was a major figure in anthropology. After a formative period in Brazil and the United States, he was appointed, in 1959, to the chair of social anthropology at the Collège de France, a position he held for twenty‐three years. In 1973, he was elected to the Académie Française and eventually became its dean. He propounded a form of analysis known as structuralism. The influence of his structural analysis, while centered on anthropology, extended widely to other fields of inquiry. In a lifetime of over a century, he remained remarkably productive. His publications include major works on elementary forms of kinship, systems of complex social classification, and the logic of myth.
},
keywords = {James Fox},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@bachelorthesis{Fox2018c,
title = {Alliance Theory (Marriage Systems)},
author = {James Fox},
doi = {10.1002/9781118924396.wbiea1598},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-09-05},
urldate = {2018-09-05},
pages = {1 - 9},
abstract = {Alliance theory refers to a body of theoretical investigations on fundamental issues relating to marriage and exchange that date from the beginnings of anthropology. The present designation of these issues as “alliance theory” is a development of the 1960s, when “alliance theory” was conceived as a complement to “descent theory.” An understanding of the earliest development of ideas of alliance and their significance is essential to an appreciation of later developments in this field. These developments occurred in a succession of distinguishable efforts by key figures in anthropology over a period of almost a hundred years.
},
keywords = {James Fox},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2018b,
title = {Roads},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.1002/9781118924396.wbiea2187},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-09-05},
pages = {1-4},
abstract = {This entry aims to briefly review the position of roads and their ethnographic study within the history of sociocultural anthropology since the emergence of the discipline. It reveals the paradoxical relationship that anthropology had with roads for most of its history and it touches upon the turn toward roads and more generally the study of infrastructures within the discipline.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2018,
title = {Integrating automatic transcription into the language documentation workflow: Experiments with Na data and the Persephone toolkit},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Oliver Adams and Trevor Cohn and Graham Neubig and Séverine Guillaume},
issn = {1934-5275},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-09-01},
journal = {Language Documentation and Conservation},
volume = {12},
pages = {393-429},
abstract = {	Automatic speech recognition tools have potential for facilitating language documentation, but in practice these tools remain little-used by linguists for a variety of reasons, such as that the technology is still new (and evolving rapidly), user-friendly interfaces are still under development, and case studies demonstrating the practical usefulness of automatic recognition in a low-resource setting remain few. This article reports on a success story in integrating automatic transcription into the language documentation workflow, specifically for Yongning Na, a language of Southwest China. Using Persephone, an open-source toolkit, a single-speaker speech transcription tool was trained over five hours of manually transcribed speech. The experiments found that this method can achieve a remarkably low error rate (on the order of 17%), and that automatic transcriptions were useful as a canvas for the linguist. The present report is intended for linguists with little or no knowledge of speech processing. It aims to provide insights into (i) the way the tool operates and (ii) the process of collaborating with natural language processing specialists. Practical recommendations are offered on how to anticipate the requirements of this type of technology from the early stages of data collection in the field.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Noorden2018,
title = {Hesiod Transformed, Parodied, and Assaulted},
author = {Helen Van Noorden},
editor = {Alexander C Loney and Stephen Scully},
doi = {10.1093/oxfordhb/9780190209032.013.49},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-09-01},
urldate = {2018-09-01},
publisher = {The Oxford Handbook of Hesiod},
abstract = {This chapter covers pagan and early Christian authors of the period 50–250 ce, known as the “second sophistic.” The first section focuses on the Certamen, Athenaeus and Plutarch, considering their revisions of Hesiodic wisdom and the contemporary forms of scholarship on his poems. The second section uses Lucian to showcase “Hesiod parodied” before discussing Aelian, Babrius, and the Sibylline Oracles. Points treated include the cross-referencing of Hesiodic poems and the dominance of certain Hesiodic passages, such as Hesiod’s initiation by the Muses, the “Two Roads,” and the “Myth of the Races,” in appropriations of Hesiod for new (especially rhetorical) projects. Finally, “Hesiod assaulted” is discussed in view of the Christian apologists, in particular Clement of Alexandria and Theophilus, who attacked Hesiod’s inconsistency and immorality but, like Lucian, co-opted aspects of his narratives into their own.},
keywords = {Helen Van Noorden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Keating2018,
title = {Technologically Mediated Sociality: Negotiating Culture, Communication and Access, in Linguistic and Material Intimacies of Cell Phones, Joshua A. Bell and Joel C. Kuipers, eds},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
isbn = {9781315388380},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-08-30},
urldate = {2018-08-30},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {The nearly simultaneous adoption of mobile phones by people in many different societies offers an unprecedented opportunity to understand the adoption of technologies as a process involving designers, users, social conventions, belief systems, and economic forces – a process mediated through discourses about objects, persons, and everyday activities. This chapter focuses specifically on metacommentaries by users in 15 different countries as they manage a new communicative technology within established cultural conventions for moral behavior. Discussions people engage in when technologies are introduced are not merely, or only, expressions of sensation, wonder, frustration, hysteria, moral panic, or fear of change, but a vital part of technological adoption.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Ladegaard2018,
title = {Reconceptualising ‘home’, ‘family’ and ‘self’: identity struggles in domestic migrant worker returnee narratives},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1080/14708477.2018.1509984},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-08-26},
urldate = {2018-08-26},
journal = {Language and Intercultural Communication},
volume = {19},
number = {3},
pages = {1-15},
abstract = {This article reports on a study of domestic migrant worker returnee narratives. The stories were recorded in villages in Java, Indonesia, and the women talk about their experience of remigration. Because of years of separation, family members are ‘family’ only in name, and the familiar concept of ‘home’ has become a strange place. The homecoming therefore involves attempts to redefine ‘self’ and ‘home’, and to reconnect emotionally with estranged family members. The article also considers returnee narratives as a critique of current identity research, which assumes that everybody ‘has’ or ‘owns’ an identity, but fails to recognise that for many people in developing countries, identity is an enforced position for which there is no alternative. It has to be occupied and it is not attributed with any prestige and therefore, cannot be used a resource for enhancing privilege. Finally, the article argues that migrant workers’ experiences should be included in our thinking about globalisation and intercultural communication.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Ladegaard2018b,
title = {We're only here to help: Identity struggles in foreign domestic helper narratives. In D.v.d. Mieroop and S. Schnurr (Eds.) Identity Struggles: Evidence from Workplaces around the Wrold. Amsterdam: John Benjamins},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-08-22},
urldate = {2018-08-22},
pages = {427-443},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
abstract = {This chapter draws on a large corpus of the lives of foreign domestic helpers (FDHs) in Hong Kong. Narratives were recorded at a church shelter that provides temporary accommodation to domestic workers, and the analyses focus on the identity struggles the women are engaged in. They have to accept an enforced identity as maids, who cannot even claim the right to be respected as human beings, but they are also struggling to claim a positive identity as ‘helpers’ who are in Hong Kong to serve God and their families. The chapter argues that the women’s identity as Christian servants allows them to overcome their hardships. It also argues that scholars need to pay attention to how FDHs label themselves. It considers the women’s testimonies about themselves and it argues that marginalised groups should label themselves in ways that are meaningful to them.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Ladegaard2018bb,
title = {Workplace narratives. In B. Vine (Ed), Handbook of Language in the Workplace. London: Routledge},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-08-22},
urldate = {2018-08-22},
pages = {242-252},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {People use stories to recount and reflect on their lives, and as a means to connect with other people. This chapter outlines some of the major characteristics of narrative, and it discusses the main functions of storytelling in the workplace. Drawing on two large corpora of workplace talk and migrant worker narratives, it explores some of the well-documented functions of workplace narratives: amusement, ingroup-outgroup distinctiveness, and ingroup cohesiveness. It also explores some lesser-known functions: establishing corporate values, and exposing and alienating the cultural ‘other’. Finally, the chapter considers narrative as a safe ‘venue’ for talking about traumatic workplaces experiences.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Ladegaard2018bb,
title = {The destructiveness of distance: Unfaithful husbands and absent mothers in domestic migrant worker narratives},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-08-22},
urldate = {2018-08-22},
pages = {21-41},
publisher = {Peter Lang},
abstract = {This chapter focuses on the experience of long-term separation by foreign domestic helpers (FDHs) from Indonesia and the Philippines. It reports on an ongoing project on the lives and experiences of FDHs in Hong Kong, and their experiences of reintegration when they return home. Drawing on a corpus of more than 400 narratives, the paper focuses on ‘the destructiveness of distance’ (Pratt, 2012). It draws on Toolan’s (2001) linguistic approach to narratives, in combination with a narrative therapy approach (White & Epston, 1990), and analyses narratives in which FDHs talk about the infidelity they know their husbands are guilty of, but which they choose not to know about. They also talk about the separation from their children, which they are painfully aware of: a scenario of ‘feeling love but being unable to give it.’ The paper discusses the long-term impact of migration on families in Indonesia and the Philippines, and it identifies the women’s identity as sacrificial mothers, wives and daughters, and their faith in God, as a means for them to survive the destructiveness of distance.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Tsimpli2018,
title = {Morphophonology and compensation in specific language impairment: Evidence from Standard Modern Greek and Cypriot Greek Received 05 Jun 2018, Accepted 25 Jul 2018, Published online: 13 Aug 2018 Download citation https://doi.org/10.1080/02699206.2018.1505956},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Mastropavlou and Kakia Petinou and Anastasios M. Georgiou},
doi = {10.1080/02699206.2018.1505956},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-08-13},
urldate = {2018-08-13},
journal = {Clinical Linguistics & Phonetics},
volume = {34},
number = {3},
pages = {291-291},
abstract = {Abstract The current study investigates the role of the morphophonological realisation of grammatical features as a compensatory mechanism for morphosyntactic deficits in specific language impairment (SLI). The phenomenon examined is past tense formation in Standard Modern Greek (SMG) and Cypriot Greek (CG) as it manifests a distinction in morphophonological salience realisation in the two linguistic via differential use of a stress shift and stressed syllabic augment [é] required for past tense rule formation. Participants were pre-schoolers with typical language development (TD) and children with SLI. Subjects produced real verb (RV) and pseudo-verb (PV) in sentence completion tasks. Results indicated that morphophonological properties of past tense formation affected SLI but not TD performance. We attribute the results to the difference in the status of the augment in each variety and the effects it has on its realisation at the phonetic interface. Furthermore, verb contractibility appeared to pose particular difficulties in the performance of all groups.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Sitaridou2018,
title = {Parametric comparison and dialect variation: Insights from Southern Italy},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou and Cristina Guardiano and Dimitris Michelioudakis and Guido Cordoni and Monica Alexandrina Irimia and Nina V. Radkevich},
editor = {Lori Repetti and Francisco Ordóñez},
doi = {10.1075/rllt.14.07gua},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-08-13},
pages = {103-133},
address = {Romance Languages and Linguistic Theory 14},
chapter = {7},
abstract = {This paper applies the Parametric Comparison Method (PCM) to the description of syntactic variation in the nominal domain in a representative subset of Romance dialects of Southern Italy. We observe that, in order to perform successfully at the level of micro-comparison, the method must be supplemented by parameters specifically targeting this level of resolution. We sketch some such (micro-)parameters, investigate their interaction with the observed surface patterns, and show that their distribution broadly matches the received wisdom about the dialectal structure of Italo-Romance.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Giles2018d,
title = {Perceptions of police-civilian encounters: Intergroup and communication dimensions in the United Arab Emirates and the USA},
author = {Howard Giles and Charles W. Choi and Gholam Hassan Khajavy and Rana Raddawi},
doi = {10.1080/17513057.2018.1503317},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-08-06},
urldate = {2018-08-06},
journal = {Journal of International and Intercultural Communication},
volume = {12},
number = {1},
pages = {1-23},
abstract = {This study investigates the impact of perceived police accommodation on police–civilian interactions. Elaborating theoretically beyond a range of cross-cultural studies, we examine the cultural impact of accommodative communication in the United Arab Emirates and the USA, as the prior context demonstrates sociocultural parallels and differences including the influence of Sharia law. Between-country comparisons evaluate the mediating role of trust, affect, and intergroup orientation on various civic outcomes. Accommodative communication was the strongest predictor of trust for both nations and demonstrated a direct impact on moral alignment and willingness to help only in the United Arab Emirates.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Evers2018,
title = {Alienated at Home: The Role of Online Media as Young Orthodox Muslim Women Beat a Retreat from Marseille},
author = {Cécile Anne Marguerite Evers and Cecelia Cutler and Unn Røyneland},
doi = {10.1017/9781316135570.003},
isbn = {9781107091733},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-08-01},
urldate = {2018-08-01},
pages = {27-50},
keywords = {Cécile Anne Marguerite Evers},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Piller2018,
title = {Family language policy between the bilingual advantage and the monolingual mindset},
author = {Ingrid Piller and Livia Gerber},
doi = {10.1080/13670050.2018.1503227},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-08-01},
urldate = {2018-08-01},
journal = {International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism},
pages = {1 - 14},
abstract = {Open access: https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/13670050.2018.1503227 In contemporary Western societies, parenting has become the subject of a substantial body of advice and self-help literature. Within this literature, questions of bilingual parenting have begun to add yet another dimension to parental anxieties. Against this background, we examine how parents in a general Australian online parenting forum discuss the desires they have for their children's bilingualism and the challenges they experience to their bilingual parenting. We first demonstrate that individual bilingualism in the abstract is discussed in highly favourable terms and is widely conceptualised as a ‘gift’ from parents to children. However, posters’ belief in the bilingual advantage does not easily translate into effective bilingual parenting practices. First, many posters are concerned that bilingualism in the early years might be jeopardising their child's English language proficiency and hence school success. Second, a very narrow definition of ‘true’ bilingualism is connected with a relatively dogmatic belief in the ‘one parent, one language’ parenting strategy. As a result, consecutive bilinguals, particularly migrant fathers, come to be perceived as both problematic bilinguals and problematic parents. We close with implications for family language policy and advocacy in the face of entrenched institutional English monolingualism.
},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Piller2018c,
title = {Family language policy between the bilingual advantage and the monolingual mindset},
author = {Ingrid Piller and Livia Gerber},
doi = {10.1080/13670050.2018.1503227},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-08-01},
urldate = {2018-08-01},
journal = {International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism},
pages = {1-14},
abstract = {Open access: https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/13670050.2018.1503227 In contemporary Western societies, parenting has become the subject of a substantial body of advice and self-help literature. Within this literature, questions of bilingual parenting have begun to add yet another dimension to parental anxieties. Against this background, we examine how parents in a general Australian online parenting forum discuss the desires they have for their children's bilingualism and the challenges they experience to their bilingual parenting. We first demonstrate that individual bilingualism in the abstract is discussed in highly favourable terms and is widely conceptualised as a ‘gift’ from parents to children. However, posters’ belief in the bilingual advantage does not easily translate into effective bilingual parenting practices. First, many posters are concerned that bilingualism in the early years might be jeopardising their child's English language proficiency and hence school success. Second, a very narrow definition of ‘true’ bilingualism is connected with a relatively dogmatic belief in the ‘one parent, one language’ parenting strategy. As a result, consecutive bilinguals, particularly migrant fathers, come to be perceived as both problematic bilinguals and problematic parents. We close with implications for family language policy and advocacy in the face of entrenched institutional English monolingualism.},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Gupta2018,
title = {Promise of Infrastructure},
author = {Akhil Gupta and Nikhil Anand and Hannah Appel},
doi = {10.1215/9781478002031},
isbn = {978-1-4780-0018-1},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-08-01},
volume = {7},
number = {4},
publisher = { Duke University Press},
abstract = {From U.S.-Mexico border walls to Flint's poisoned pipes, there is a new urgency to the politics of infrastructure. Roads, electricity lines, water pipes, and oil installations promise to distribute the resources necessary for everyday life. Yet an attention to their ongoing processes also reveals how infrastructures are made with fragile and often violent relations among people, materials, and institutions. While infrastructures promise modernity and development, their breakdowns and absences reveal the underbelly of progress, liberal equality, and economic growth. This tension, between aspiration and failure, makes infrastructure a productive location for social theory. Contributing to the everyday lives of infrastructure across four continents, some of the leading anthropologists of infrastructure demonstrate in The Promise of Infrastructure how these more-than-human assemblages made over more-than-human lifetimes offer new opportunities to theorize time, politics, and promise in the contemporary moment.},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@bachelorthesis{Zarakol2018b,
title = {Forum: In the Beginning There was No Word (for it): Terms, Concepts, and Early Sovereignty},
author = {Ayse Zarakol and Julia Costa Lopez and Benjamin De Carvalho and Andrew A Latham and Jens Bartelson and Minda Holm},
doi = {10.1093/isr/viy053},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-07-26},
urldate = {2018-07-26},
journal = {International Studies Review},
volume = {20},
number = {2},
abstract = {It is difficult to overstate the importance of the concept sovereignty for international relations (IR). And yet, understanding the historical emergence of sovereignty in international relations has long been curtailed by the all-encompassing myth of the Peace of Westphalia. While criticism of this myth has opened space for further historical inquiry in recent years, it has also raised important questions of historical interpretation and methodology relevant to IR, as applying our current conceptual framework to distant historical cases is far from unproblematic. Central among these questions is the when, what, and how of sovereignty: from when can we use “sovereignty” to analyze international politics and for which polities? Can sovereignty be used when the actors themselves did not have recourse to the terminology? And what about polities that do not have recourse to the term at all? What are the theoretical implications of applying the concept of sovereignty to early polities? From different theoretical and methodological perspectives, the contributions in this forum shed light on these questions of sovereignty and how to treat the concept analytically when applied to a period or place when/where the term did not exist as such. In doing so, this forum makes the case for a sensitivity to the historical dimension of our arguments about sovereignty—and, by extension, international relations past and present—as this holds the key to the types of claims we can make about the polities of the world and their relations.},
keywords = {Ayse Zarakol},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Giles2018e,
title = {Ethnic Differences in Grandparent–Grandchild Affectionate Communication},
author = {Howard Giles and Quinten S. Bernhold},
doi = {10.1080/08934215.2018.1488984},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-07-24},
urldate = {2018-07-24},
journal = {Communication Reports},
volume = {31},
number = {3},
pages = {1-15},
abstract = {Researchers have repeatedly called for more careful attention to how ethnicity and culture influence grandparent–grandchild communication. Using affection exchange theory as our guiding lens, we examined how grandchildren’s perceptions of receiving affection from their grandparents differ according to grandparents’ ethnicity. After controlling for a range of potentially confounding factors, grandchildren of Asian American, European American, and Latina/o American grandparents differed in the love and esteem, caring, memories and humor, and celebratory affection they reported from grandparents. Grandparents’ ethnicity also moderated associations between love and esteem and closeness, as well as between memories and humor and closeness. Implications of these findings and directions for future research are considered.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2018bb,
title = {Codeswitching and emotional alignment: Talking about abuse in domestic migrant-worker returnee narratives},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404518000933},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-07-18},
urldate = {2018-07-18},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {47},
number = {5},
pages = {693-714},
abstract = {Early research on bilingualism and emotion suggests that bilingual speakers’ L1 may be preferred for emotional expression whereas L2 may be used for emotional detachment. The evidence comes primarily from surveys, interviews, and laboratory studies. Studies of bilingual codeswitching (CS) and emotion tend to focus on perception and recollection of experience rather than actual language data. This article uses data from domestic migrant-worker returnee narratives to explore the use of CS in storytelling. Domestic-worker returnees in Indonesia participated in sharing sessions in which they talked about the trauma they experienced while they worked overseas as domestic helpers. CS was widely used and, through a discourse analysis of selected excerpts, the article shows that CS is used for addressee specification and emotional alignment. The article concludes by considering how researchers may use the trauma narratives of repressed groups for social activism.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Tsimpli2018b,
title = {Cross-linguistic influence meets language impairment Determiners and object clitics in Russian-Greek bilingual children with typical development and with Specific Language Impairment},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Maria Andreou},
doi = {10.1075/sibil.52.15tsi},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-07-18},
urldate = {2018-07-18},
pages = {331–354},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company},
abstract = {Our study investigates the use of articles and object clitics in the L2-Greek of child speakers of Russian with and without Specific Language Impairment. Effects of language impairment were examined in the narratives of children whose languages differ in the expression of definiteness: Russian lacks articles and allows null objects with specific reference, while Greek requires object clitics in the same context and has definite and indefinite articles. Language impairment led to more article and clitic omission in obligatory contexts, as well as more substitution errors in clitics. The bilingual children with SLI lagged behind TD bilingual Russian-Greek peers in both grammatical knowledge of functional categories related to the D system in Greek and access to discourse information influencing definiteness.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Sitaridou2018b,
title = {Some introductory reflections},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou and Miriam Bouzouita and Enrique Pato},
editor = {Jennifer Cabrelli Amaro and Kimberly L. Geeslin},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1075/ihll.16.01bou},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-07-17},
pages = {1–12},
publisher = {John Benjaminns Publishing Company},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Clark2018b,
title = {Word meanings and semantic domains in acquisition},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
doi = {10.1075/tilar.24.02cla},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-07-13},
urldate = {2018-07-13},
pages = {22-43},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company},
chapter = {2},
abstract = {As children accumulate words, they build up semantic domains. In doing this, they start to link the meanings of words, depending on how they are related to each other. They rely on conceptual representations of objects and events, and on how adults talk about objects and events. Adults typically provide information along with new-word offers: facts about class membership, parts and properties, motion, sound, and function provide a basis for semantic relations. Semantic domains built up early include many general domains as well as some domains of intense interest (e.g., dinosaurs or cars), also elaborated with parental support. As children learn more words, they structure each domain and link new terms to ones they already know.},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Andaya2018b,
title = {Women, Globalization, and Religious Change in Southeast Asia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.4324/9781315458458-10},
isbn = {9781315458458},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-07-11},
pages = {139-153},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {Southeast Asia consists of eleven countries, namely Myanmar, Thailand, Cambodia, Laos, Vietnam, Philippines, Malaysia, Singapore, Brunei, Indonesia, and Timor Leste. The sixteenth century is also important historiographically because the increase in written sources, both indigenous and European, greatly expands the opportunities for documenting the female experience in Southeast Asian societies. During the sixteenth century the circumnavigation of the globe and regular voyages across the Pacific linked Europe, the Americas, Asia, and Africa, initiating the far-reaching changes that mark the "first globalization" of world history. Although there are marked differences in language, religion, economies and political cultures, it has long been argued that gender relations in this region have traditionally been relatively favorable to women. Women were inevitably caught up in the complexity of the religious interaction. Perhaps paradoxically, global reaction to the rise of extremist Islam and the subjugation of women have led many observers to see more liberal attitudes toward gender as markers of "modernity and progress".},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Giles2018f,
title = {Communicative Predictors of Older Adults’ Successful Aging, Mental Health, and Alcohol Use},
author = {Howard Giles and Quinten S. Bernhold and Jessica Gasiorek},
doi = {10.1177/0091415018784715},
isbn = {009141501878471},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-07-08},
urldate = {2018-07-08},
journal = {The International Journal of Aging and Human Development},
volume = {90},
number = {2},
abstract = {We examined how older adults’ communication about age-related topics is related to aging efficacy, successful aging, and well-being. Guided by the communicative ecology model of successful aging, three profiles of “environmental chatter”—that is, patterns of accommodation and overaccommodation older adults received from relational partners—were identified: positive, mixed-positive, and negative. Four profiles of individuals’ own age-related communication were identified, including a new profile: gloomy agers. Chatter profile membership and own age-related communication profile membership indirectly predicted successful aging, depressive symptoms, loneliness, and perceptions of unhealthy alcohol consumption via aging efficacy, but not self-reported alcoholic drinks consumed. Communication by both older adults and their relational partners may be consequential to experiences of successful aging and well-being.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Brookes2018b,
title = {Speech and gesture development of Xhosa speakers learning English},
author = {Heather Brookes and Gale Stam},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-07-06},
urldate = {2018-07-06},
keywords = {Heather Brookes},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {presentation}
}
@article{Stoffers2018,
title = {Strain-Induced Asymmetric Line Segregation at Faceted Si Grain Boundaries},
author = {Andreas Stoffers and Christian H Liebscher and Masud Alam and Liverios Lymperakis and Oana Cojocaru-Mirédin and Baptiste Gault and Jörg Neugebauer and Gerhard Dehm and Christina Scheu and Dierk Raabe},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevLett.121.015702},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-07-06},
journal = {Physical Review Letters},
volume = {121},
number = {1},
pages = {015702 (1-5)},
abstract = {The unique combination of atomic-scale composition measurements, employing atom probe tomog-raphy, atomic structure determination with picometer resolution by aberration-corrected scanning transmission electron microscopy, and atomistic simulations reveals site-specific linear segregation features at grain boundary facet junctions. More specific, an asymmetric line segregation along one particular type of facet junction core, instead of a homogeneous decoration of the facet planes, is observed. Molecular-statics calculations show that this segregation pattern is a consequence of the interplay between the asymmetric core structure and its corresponding local strain state. Our results contrast with the classical view of a homogeneous decoration of the facet planes and evidence a complex segregation patterning.},
keywords = {Andreas Stoffers},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2018bb,
title = {The Pragmatics of Financial Communication. Part 2: From Public Sphere to Investors},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Marlies Whitehouse and Rudi Palmieri},
doi = { 10.1177/2329488418779206},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-07-01},
journal = {International Journal of Business Communication},
volume = {55},
number = {3},
pages = {267-274},
abstract = {Research in financial communication has long been dominated by scholars in accounting and finance, who largely focused on the extratextual aspects of financial disclosures, such as the choice (not) to reveal information or the impact of new regulatory standards. In contrast, the past decade and a half has witnessed a significant shift of attention toward the linguistic and textual elements of financial communication. Finance scholars have started to develop text analysis approaches to investigate, in particular, market sentiment and its impact on stock prices. At the same time, accounting scholars have engaged in the so-called narrative turn by investigating the rhetorical aspects of voluntary disclosure. Recent developments in the field, however, dig deeper and are beginning to shed light on the crucial functions of language use in financial communication. There is a growing interest throughout the disciplines to analyze the interplay of micro and macro structure in financial communication, which has been clearly reflected in academic initiatives and rapidly evolving subject areas in recent years. Bringing together these initiatives on a higher level, the AILA (International Association of Applied Linguistics) research network in financial communication, set up in early 2018, enables scholars from all over the world to strengthen and elaborate on their research and its dissemination. The two parts of the special issue “The Pragmatics of Financial Communication” aim to reflect these recent developments and to foster current and future initiatives in the field.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Deumert2018bb,
title = {Language as world heritage?: Practices and Politics},
author = {Ana Deumert and Anne Storch},
doi = {10.4324/9780429507137-7},
isbn = {9780429507137},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-06-27},
journal = {Safeguarding Intangible Heritage: Practices and Politics},
pages = {102-117},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {In 2015 excited messages poured into the mailboxes of many linguists around the world: it had been announced that some of the digital collections of The Language Archive (TLA), at the Max Planck Institute for Psycholinguistics (Nijmegen, Netherlands), were to be included in the UNESCO Memory of the World Register. The following announcement was posted on the TLA webpage: The United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) has added to its Memory of the World register 64 collections from The Language Archive at the MPI. These materials contain documentation from 102 different languages spoken around the world. The Language Archive (TLA) at the Max Planck Institute for Psycholinguistics preserves language materials for the future, and makes them available for scientific research and use by the wider public, among other things.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Baider2018b,
title = {“Go to hell fucking faggots, may you die!” framing the LGBT subject in online comments},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.1515/lpp-2018-0004},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-06-26},
journal = {Lodz Papers in Pragmatics},
volume = {14},
number = {1},
pages = {69-92},
abstract = {This paper reports on a manual monitoring of online representations of LGBT persons in the Republic of Cyprus for the period April 2015–February 2016. The article contextualizes the prevalence of “hate speech” in online Greek Cypriot comments against LGBT individuals, and, more generally, against non-heterosexuals. Adopting a Foucauldian position vis-à-vis the social and discursive construction of sexuality, we outline, first, the socio-historical context (Fairclough 1989, 2003) with a focus on LGBT rights in the Republic of Cyprus and the nationalistic project construing sexualities. We then examine the different levels of discursive discrimination practices, providing a snapshot of the types of “hate speech” referring to this topic typically found in such an environment. The focus is on identification of the frames used to construct LGBT identities, and their perception. We use in our title the word subject as defined by post-modernists and by Butler in particular (2009 : iii): subject refers to “a socially produced ‘agent’ and ‘deliberator’ whose agency and thought is made possible by a language that precedes that ‘I’. In this sense the ‘I’ is produced through power. This paper focuses on the socially produced definition of the LGBT community in the context under study. We thus address the way in which sexuality is constructed within a compulsory and hegemonic heterosexuality and heteronormativity. We analyze our data i.e. comments focused on the LGBT community, with corpus linguistic tools (Baker et al. 2008; Brindle 2016) as well as through a qualitative examination of the identified frames. Our analysis confirms an interface between nationalism and compulsory hegemonic heteronormativity in the Republic as well as the influence of the Orthodox Church and its beliefs (Kamenou 2011a, 2011b, 2016).},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2018bb,
title = {Narrating hostility, challenging hostile narratives},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Monika Kopytowska},
doi = {10.1515/lpp-2018-0001},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-06-26},
journal = {Lodz Papers in Pragmatics},
volume = {14},
number = {1},
pages = {1-24},
abstract = {Lodz Papers in Pragmatics (LPP) is an international journal committed to publishing excellent theoretical and empirical research in the area of pragmatics and related disciplines focused on human communication, both in everyday interactions and in the media, whether spoken or written, and whether institutional or interpersonal. LPP editors understand linguistic pragmatics as research area which focuses on the contextual aspects of meaning, which invites interdisciplinary perspective on linguistic data and intersects traditional modules, such as phonetics, phonology, syntax, or text linguistics and discourse analysis.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vigouroux2018,
title = {Language, Culture and Society: Editorial 1:3 (2021)},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux and Miguel Pérez Milans and Patricia Baquedano-Lopez and Alfonso Del Percio},
doi = {10.1075/lcs.00031.edi},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-06-21},
journal = {Language Culture and Society},
volume = {3},
number = {1},
pages = {1-8},
abstract = {In our previous issues, we have outlined our commitment to strengthen the focus on Society by critically examining the categories on which we build our work as scholars of language […] But so far we have done this without explicitly addressing the very institutional position from which many of us produce knowledge: the University – the big elephant in the room. And it is not always easy to do so. After all, the university is the workplace that structures our knowledge production while at the same time providing the means which ratify the social and intellectual legitimacy of what we do (including having access to editorial positions), even if this is under conditions of increasing precarity and instability. […] The five articles in the present issue offer us, in our view, with avenues for deepening reflection on these matters. Although authors weren’t exactly reacting to a particular call, we read their contributions as speaking to these concerns. We do so with two goals in mind. First, to insist that it is worth keeping an eye on the social relations of inequality that we continue to mystify as knowledge producers who write from within higher education institutions. Second, to sustain venues where we can continue talking about this openly and honestly, in ways that don’t paralyse us but which rather propel us to generate productive forms of transgression and counter-conducts within our universities – not only in the sense envisioned by Foucault (2007) but also in connection with the reactivation of a variety of non-European indigenous systems of knowing (Mbembe, 2003). More specifically, the contributions in this issue help us delve in a critique of the relations of power and inequality that frame and inform our work and that we have shaped. This includes a critique of: (a) our roles as researchers and knowledge producers; (b) the categories we mobilize when doing research; (c) the histories of our own academic disciplines; (d) the learning spaces that we contribute to create as teachers; and (e) our recruitment practices in universities.},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks2018b,
title = {Caused motion across child languages: a comparison of English, German, and French},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Maya Hickmann and Anne Katharina Harr and Philippe Bonnet},
doi = {10.17863/CAM.25732},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-06-04},
urldate = {2018-06-04},
abstract = {Previous research on motion expression indicates that typological properties influence how speakers select and express information in discourse (Slobin, 2004; Talmy, 2000). The present study further addresses this question by examining the expression of caused motion by adults and children (three to ten years) in French (verb-framed) vs. English and German (satellite-framed). Participants narrated short animated cartoons showing an agent displacing objects and varying along several dimensions (Path, Manner). A significant increase with age was found in the number of expressed motion components in all languages, as well as an influence of Path (vertical>boundary crossing). However, at all ages, participants encoded more information in English and German than in French where more variation and structural changes occurred with increasing age. These findings highlight both cognitive and typological factors impacting the expression of caused motion in development. Implications of our findings are sketched in the discussion.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Kirby2018d,
title = {Mixed-effects design analysis for experimental phonetics},
author = {James Kirby and Morgan Sonderegger},
doi = {10.1016/j.wocn.2018.05.005},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-06-01},
urldate = {2018-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Phonetics},
volume = {70 },
abstract = {It is common practice in the statistical analysis of phonetic data to draw conclusions on the basis of statistical significance. While p-values reflect the probability of incorrectly concluding a null effect is real, they do not provide information about other types of error that are also important for interpreting statistical results. In this paper, we focus on three measures related to these errors. The first, power, reflects the likelihood of detecting an effect that in fact exists. The second and third, Type M and Type S errors, measure the extent to which estimates of the magnitude and direction of an effect are inaccurate. We then provide an example of design analysis (Gelman & Carlin, 2014), using data from an experimental study on German incomplete neutralization, to illustrate how power, magnitude, and sign errors vary with sample and effect size. This case study shows how the informativity of research findings can vary substantially in ways that are not always, or even usually, apparent on the basis of a p-value alone. We conclude by repeating three recommendations for good statistical practice in phonetics from best practices widely recommended for the social and behavioral sciences: report all results; design studies which will produce high-precision estimates; and conduct direct replications of previous findings.
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lu2018,
title = {Multiple scaffolding mechanisms for L2 syntactic processing—An Event-Related Potential study},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Po-Heng Chen and Chih Yeh and Shu-Kai Hsieh and Tai-Li Chou and Lily I-wen Su and Chia-Lin Lee},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Chinese Language Teaching},
volume = {15},
number = {2},
pages = {63-93},
abstract = {Native-like cognitive-neural mechanisms for syntactic processing have been shown to be less available for L2 learners. To compensate, learners may rely on lexical-semantic processing or the non-dominant hemisphere. To investigate these scaffolding effects, this study combined divided visual-field (VF) and Event-Related Potential (ERP) techniques to assess L2 learners’ brain responses across the left and right hemispheres (LH and RH). Participants judged the grammaticality of Chinese two-word phrases starting with a classifier. Our data showed that, compared to native speakers, L2 learners were less accurate in grammaticality judgments and elicited qualitatively different brain responses even to correct trials. Replicating our previous findings on left-lateralized structural processing in native speakers, native participants in this present study showed a P600 grammaticality effect with RVF/LH presentation only. L2 learners showed remarkable inter-subject variability in brain responses, and as a consequence, showed no statistically reliable ERP grammaticality effects. However, correlational analysis on individual learners' brain responses and behavioral language performance revealed important correlations. Specifically, better language performance was associated with smaller RVF/LH N400 grammaticality effects and smaller LVF/RH P600 grammaticality effects. Quartile split based on participants' language performance showed striking patterns, showing from bottom quartile to top quartile a gradual shift from an N400 grammaticality effect to a P600 grammaticality effect in the RVF/LH condition, and a P600 grammaticality effect to a later negativity effect in the LVF/RH condition. These results thus highlight the transitional roles of scaffolding mechanisms in language learning and suggest in particular that higher L2 syntactic processing co-occurs with less reliance on lexical-semantic processing in the dominant LH and disengagement of structural analysis from the non-dominant RH.},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2018b,
title = {Expect amazing! Branding Qatar as a sports tourism destination},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou and Julieta Alos},
doi = {10.1177/1470357218775005},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-06-01},
journal = {Visual Communication},
volume = {19},
number = {1},
abstract = {This article focuses on the ways in which, after its successful bid to host the ‘mega event’ of World Cup 2022, Qatar is branded as a sports tourism destination in the online semioscape and linguascape of sports events. The promotional multimodal digital material that Qatar has already released to launch its ambitious sports-related projects in both its English and Arabic versions is analysed from a critical perspective of multimodal discourse analysis and social semiotics, focusing on image making. This includes the strategic use of symbolic and material markers that construct Qatar as a distinctive destination offering its visitors high quality sports while also being good value for money as it brings the world to its visitors through sports, inter alia. Finally, the argument put forward is that Qatar constructs a politically appealing and distinctive campaign, oscillating between tradition-driven utopia and the remarkably transformed modern landscape of the country.},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Mannheim2018,
title = {The Future of the Oppressed Languages in the Andes},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
doi = {10.2307/j.ctvpj7f3c.11},
isbn = {9780268103712},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-05-30},
urldate = {2018-05-30},
pages = {207-230},
publisher = {University of Notre Dame Press},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Lu2018bb,
title = {Internal structures and Constructional Meanings: ‘Da-X-da-Y’ and Its Related Constructions in Mandarin Chinese},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and I-Ni Tsai and I-Wen Su and Te-Hsin Liu },
doi = {10.1007/978-3-030-04015-4_8},
isbn = {9783030040147},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-05-26},
pages = {91-106},
publisher = {Institute of Linguistics},
abstract = {Adopting the theoretical framework of Construction Grammar, the present paper aims to examine the internal structures and constructional meanings of six Mandarin idiomatic prefabs: da-X-da-Y ‘big-X-big-Y’, da-X-xiao-Y ‘big-X-small-Y’, xiao-X-xiao-Y ‘small-X-small-Y’, da-X-wu-Y ‘big-X-no-Y’ and wu-X-wu-Y ‘no-X-no-Y’. The analysis has not only identified five constructional meanings among them, but confirmed the weightiness of semantic integration between lexical and constructional senses. The semantic map approach is further applied to characterize these sense relations in illustration of any multiple inheritance nested among distinct constructional meanings. For instance, the sense of intensification or emphasis is prominent in parallel constructions: meanings inherited from the reduplication structure. On the contrary, non-parallel constructions may carry such senses as overallness, equivalence, contrast, or serve a subjunctive mood.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Lu2018bb,
title = {ACG Culture and Its Acceptance },
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Lv Jiarong},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-05-26},
pages = {85-94},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Bodomo2018h,
title = {The bridge is not burning down: Transformation and resilience within China's African diaspora communities},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-05-04},
journal = {African Studies Quarterly},
volume = {17},
number = {4},
pages = {22},
abstract = {Guangzhou, along with many other Chinese cities like Hong Kong and Yiwu where Africans visit, live, and engage in trading activities, is known for its ubiquitous pedestrian bridges. It is not uncommon to see many hawkers illegally displaying temporary stalls on these pedestrian bridges where they sell goods to mainly Africans and other foreign traders. From around 2012, the city security personnel, which has previously mostly turned a blind eye to these structures and activities, suddenly started clamping down on Africans on a regular basis as they became a prominent group of customers on these bridges in downtown Guangzhou—resulting in the sudden disappearance of Africans on these city center bridges and other prominent open door markets. This has led to some journalistic reports claiming that Africans were leaving China in large numbers. But if these Africans have all but disappeared from the pedestrian footbridges where are they now? Are they leaving China “in droves” or are they regrouping elsewhere in Guangzhou and other parts of China? How many Africans are in China and from which African countries do they come? What do they do in China? How are Africans responding to this and other unfavorable policy transformations such as an increasingly heavy-handed clamp down on illegal immigration? How resilient are African communities in China? This paper is built around, first, addressing these and other empirical questions towards an understanding of various categories of actors within China’s African diaspora communities before turning to examine the theoretical implications of seeing these African diaspora communities as bridge communities for strengthening Africa-China linguistic, cultural, and trade relations.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mitchell2018,
title = {Allusive References and Other‐Oriented Stance in an Affinal Avoidance Register},
author = {Alice Mitchell},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-05-01},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {28},
number = {1},
pages = {4-21},
abstract = {This paper analyzes the social‐relational dynamics of in‐law name avoidance in Datooga, a Nilotic language spoken in Tanzania. Datooga women avoid referring to their senior affines by birth name, while also avoiding words that “allusively” refer to these in‐laws by sharing lexical or phonetic material with their names. These acts of name avoidance are conceptualized here in terms of stance: each instance of avoidance orients the speaker toward her affinal kin. The analysis of this unusual phenomenon emphasizes how speakers construct social relations in discourse not only with immediate speech participants but also with absent others, across time and space.},
keywords = {Alice Mitchell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland2018bb,
title = {Naomi Ogi, Involvement and Attitude in Japanese Discourse: Interactive Markers. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 2017. Pp. xii + 232.},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Rie Obe},
doi = {10.1017/S0332586518000045},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-05-01},
urldate = {2018-05-01},
journal = {Nordic Journal of Linguistics},
volume = {41},
number = {1},
pages = {117-128},
abstract = {The Nordic Journal of Linguistics is published by Cambridge University Press for the Nordic Association of Linguists. The journal covers all branches of linguistics, with a special focus on issues related to the Nordic languages (including Finnish, Greenlandic and Saami) and on issues of general theoretical interest. The editors encourage submission of research articles, debate contributions and book reviews. One volume is published per calendar year, and each volume contains three issues, one of which is a thematic issue.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Clark2018c,
title = {References},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
doi = {10.1017/cbo9781316534175.022},
isbn = {9781107143005},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-05-01},
urldate = {2018-05-01},
pages = {460-544},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Clark2018d,
title = {Constructions and meanings},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
doi = {10.1017/cbo9781316534175.008},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-05-01},
urldate = {2018-05-01},
pages = {171-172},
abstract = {How do young children learn language? When does this process start? What does language acquisition involve? Children are exposed to language from birth, surrounded by knowledgeable speakers who offer feedback and provide extensive practice every day. Through conversation and joint activities, children master the language being used around them. This fully revised third edition of Eve V. Clark's bestselling textbook offers comprehensive coverage of language acquisition, from a baby's first sounds to a child's increasing skill in negotiating, explaining and entertaining with language. This book, drawing together the most recent findings in the field, and illustrated with examples from a wide range of experimental and observational studies, including the author's own diary observations, presents an essential and comprehensive guide to first language acquisition. It will be fascinating reading for students of linguistics, developmental psychology and cognitive science.},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Clark2018e,
title = {Glossary},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
doi = {10.1017/cbo9781316534175.021},
isbn = {9781107143005},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-05-01},
urldate = {2018-05-01},
pages = {452-459},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pablé2018c,
title = {Abandoning the simple by disintegrating the sign?: Semiological reflections on Edda Weigand’s (meta)theory},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.1075/ld.00006.pab},
issn = {2210-4119},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-04-26},
journal = {Language and Dialogue},
volume = {8},
number = {1},
pages = {84–101},
abstract = {In this comparative paper I suggest that linguistic theories need to be discussed in terms of the metatheoretical presuppositions sustaining them. In view of Edda Weigand’s rejection of the linguistic sign and her critique of Roy Harris’ integrational linguistics for failing to abandon the sign as its working concept and not adopting a holistic model that accounts for the complexity of human communication, I will argue that the key to understanding linguistic theories is semiology, including tacitly assumed – since ‘commonsensical’ – beliefs about what constitutes ‘language’, ‘a language’ and ‘communication’ (i.e. the metatheory). I will further argue that methodological considerations are not the primary domain of semiology. This paper is designed (i) as an integrational critique of Weigand’s conception of human communication as intentional and intersubjective and (ii) as an affirmation that linguistic indeterminacy concerns both form and meaning.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vigouroux2018b,
title = {Toward a Sociolinguistics of Modern Sub-Saharan African South–South Migrations},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux},
doi = {10.1093/acrefore/9780199384655.013.235},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-04-26},
abstract = {Despite their large demographic size, intra-continental African migrations have hardly been taken into account in the theorizing on migration in transnational studies and related fields. Research questions have been framed predominantly from a South-to-North perspective on population movements. This may be a consequence of the fact that the extent and complexity of modern population movements and contacts within Africa are hard to assess, owing mainly to lack of reliable data. For sociolinguists the challenge is even greater, partly because of the spotty knowledge of linguistic diversity in the continent and the scarcity of adequate sociolinguistic descriptions of the ways in which Africans manage their language repertoires. Despite these limitations, a sociolinguistics of intracontinental African migrations will contribute significantly to a better understanding of the conditions, nature, and periodicity of population contacts and interactional dynamics. It will help explain why geographic mobility entails reshaping sociocultural practices, including the language repertoires of both the migrants and the people they come in contact with. Moreover, the peculiarity of African economies, which rely heavily on informal noninstitutionalized practices, prompts a rethinking of assumptions regarding the acquisition of the host country’s language(s) as the primary facilitator of the migrants’ socioeconomic inclusion. A sociolinguistic understanding of migrations within Africa can help to formulate new questions and enrich the complex pictures that the study of other parts of the world has already shaped.
},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pham2018,
title = {Gender-bias in Vietnamese address terms, a statistical study},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham and Andrew Nguyen},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-04-20},
publisher = {Siem Reap, Cambodia},
abstract = {Inequality between men and women has been shown to exist in multiple countries and across a number of dimensions (eg, Sanchez & Rudman 2012; Blair & Lichter 1991; Joseph 1996; Gershuny & Robinson, 1988). Vietnamese traditional family and society are not an exception. Inequality between Vietnamese men and women has been reported in the areas of labor division in household chores, employment patterns, and domestic violence. Research on gender-related issues in Vietnam are abundant (eg, Drummond 2004, Marr 1981, Knodel et al 2004); however, issues on gender and language are scarcely studied. Those studies mainly focus on gender differences in politeness in speech acts (eg, Le 2010). In Vietnamese, three pronouns (the pair tao-mày ‘I-you’, and the third person, singular nó ‘he/she’) are gendered-neutral and hierarchical. They are normally used among siblings or close friends, but not spouses or couples in romantic relationships. This study is a statistical survey of the usage of these pronouns in intimate relationships among Vietnamese couples. The results show that among independent variables, education and career have a strong statistical significance, and are correlated to both dependent linguistic variables tao-mày ‘I-you’and nó ‘he/she’. Compared to a person with less education, an educated person is significantly more likely not to use these pronouns towards their partner. A person with a white-collar job is significantly more likely not to use these pronouns towards their partners. Other independent variables (gender, age, marriage status and region) are not significant.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2018,
title = {Semitic Languages},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann and Robert Hetzron and Alan S Kaye},
doi = {10.4324/9781315644936-33},
isbn = {9781315644936},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-04-17},
pages = {564-572},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {Originally limited to the area east of the Mediterranean, the Semitic languages spread into North Africa, southern Europe and the Horn of Africa. In antiquity, the Assyrian and Babylonian Empires were major centres of civilisation. Phoenician traders were establishing colonies all over the Mediterranean basin. Hebrew culture, through its monotheistic religion, Judaism, has exerted an exceptional influence, directly or indirectly (through the two religions that followed it: Christianity and Islam), on all of humankind. Arabic, in addition to being the carrier of an important medieval civilisation, has become one of the world’s major languages.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Fox2018d,
title = { The body of thinking and of emotions among the Rotenese},
author = {James Fox},
doi = {10.22459/EATE.04.2018.05},
isbn = {9781760461911},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-04-17},
urldate = {2018-04-17},
pages = {129-148},
chapter = {5},
abstract = {his chapter examines the language of thinking and feeling among the Rotenese of eastern Indonesia. It is divided into two complementary parts. Initially, I focus on the specific terms, idioms and ritual expressions that constitute the linguistic basis for the articulation of thinking and for the social expression of emotions. Among the Rotenese, thinking and the emotions are intimately located within an ‘inner person’. This ‘inner person’ is distinguished from the social semblance that the person presents to the world. Both the inner self and the semblance it presents are associated with specific parts of the body. One of the chief purposes in this section of the chapter is to explore, in some detail, the use of bodily metaphors in the expression of emotions and of thinking. In this analysis, I combine an examination of ordinary language usage with ritual language usage. Ritual language as a formal register highlights key modes of thought and emotion. Although these thoughts and emotions are those spoken of in ordinary language, ritual language gives emphasis to their particular qualities and, because of its formal dyadic structure, it pairs specific forms of thinking and feeling, often grounding them in metaphoric imagery. This is particularly the case in the ritual admonitions that encourage moral behaviour and insist on proper modes of action. In the second part of this chapter, I endeavour to locate the use of such metaphors in their social context. Social context is essential to understanding such linguistic usage. This discussion requires the grounding of thought and emotions in notions of the person and in the ideals and values that are given emphasis in Rotenese society. It also requires consideration of the historical development of Rotenese society, where such ideals and values have served as a motivating force for action.

Underlying the expression of the emotions and of thinking among the Rotenese is a specific cultural conception of the person. This conception credits maternal relatives with responsibility for a person’s physical being. Through the gift of a woman, wife-givers become life-givers. In  the Rotenese botanic idiom, they are regarded as ‘planting’ (sele) progeny among their wife-takers. These children are explicitly described as ‘plants’ (sele-dadi). A specific ritual relationship is established between the ‘mother’s brother of origin’ (or ‘trunk mother’s brother’: to’o-huk) and the  ‘plants’, his sister’s children, whom he tends throughout their life. All the rituals of the life cycle, which he directs, are concerned with promoting the vitality of the physical person and eventually conclude with the rituals of burial and the dispatch of that person. The mother’s brother of origin is duly acknowledged and compensated for his ministration to the physical person to the extent that, were a person to accidentally injure himself by drawing blood, the ‘mother’s brother of origin’ would demand compensation for the injury. This relationship continues for another generation. The ‘grandfather of origin’ (ba’i-huk) retains specific ritual rights over the children of his sister’s children.},
keywords = {James Fox},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Keating2018b,
title = {Technologically mediated sociality},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.4324/9781315388380-7},
isbn = {9781315388380},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-04-07},
urldate = {2018-04-07},
pages = {148-166},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Tsimpli2018c,
title = {Thank you to reviewers (2015–2018)},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Chung hye Han and Björn Köhnlein and Waltraud Paul and Johan Rooryck and Guido Vanden Wyngaerd},
doi = {10.5334/gjgl.665},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-04-05},
urldate = {2018-04-05},
journal = {Journal of general linguistics},
volume = {3},
number = {1},
abstract = {It has now been two years since Glossa went live on 1 April 2016. The anniversary of the journal seemed like a good moment to look back. Since the transition from Lingua to Glossa in the Fall of 2015, the editors of Glossa have sent out roughly 3350 invitations to review. These invitations have resulted in 2220 completed reviews by a total of 1168 individual reviewers.
The editors of Glossa would like to take this opportunity to thank all reviewers since the Fall of 2015 for the effort and expertise that they have contributed. Without these reviews, it is simply impossible to maintain the high standards of peer-reviewed journals. We fully realize that reviewing is insufficiently rewarded in academia, and therefore decided to publish a complete list of our reviewers below. We apologize if your name does not appear in this list while you did review for Glossa: the transition period was quite hectic. Do let us know and we will rectify the list.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jones2018,
title = {Indigenous illusionism and the global magic system},
author = {Graham Jones},
doi = {10.1080/17460654.2018.1512543},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-04-03},
journal = {Early Popular Visual Culture},
volume = {16},
number = {2},
pages = {146-156},
abstract = {A spectacular commodification of pure illusion, the modern magic of conjuring’s golden age was also part of a loose assemblage of cultural industries – including colonial anthropology – involved in visualizing ethnic differences in ways that tended to naturalize imperialist models of globalization by denying coevalness to cultural others. Inspired by the work of scholars who emphasize multiple, alternative and indigenous forms of global modernity, I ask whether it might be possible to decenter modern magic as a category and genre, writing its history from geographical and cultural margins, and speaking in the plural about contemporaneous, but not necessarily contiguous, ‘golden ages’. Shifting attention from the metropolitan theater as the iconic site of golden-age magic performance to other synchronic settings of visual display and cultural production more closely linked to colonial peripheries, I focus on the elaboration of intercultural magic performance as a form of tourist attraction and imperial spectacle in colonial contact zones. The resulting interpretation underscores the importance of power, conflict and resistance in magic performance.},
keywords = {Graham Jones},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jones2018b,
title = {Indigenous illusionism and the global magic system},
author = {Graham Jones},
doi = {10.1080/17460654.2018.1512543},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-04-03},
urldate = {2018-04-03},
journal = {Early Popular Visual Culture},
volume = {16},
number = {2},
pages = {146-156},
abstract = {A spectacular commodification of pure illusion, the modern magic of conjuring’s golden age was also part of a loose assemblage of cultural industries – including colonial anthropology – involved in visualizing ethnic differences in ways that tended to naturalize imperialist models of globalization by denying coevalness to cultural others. Inspired by the work of scholars who emphasize multiple, alternative and indigenous forms of global modernity, I ask whether it might be possible to decenter modern magic as a category and genre, writing its history from geographical and cultural margins, and speaking in the plural about contemporaneous, but not necessarily contiguous, ‘golden ages’. Shifting attention from the metropolitan theater as the iconic site of golden-age magic performance to other synchronic settings of visual display and cultural production more closely linked to colonial peripheries, I focus on the elaboration of intercultural magic performance as a form of tourist attraction and imperial spectacle in colonial contact zones. The resulting interpretation underscores the importance of power, conflict and resistance in magic performance.},
keywords = {Graham Jones},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Zuckermann2018b,
title = {Dictionary of the Barngarla Aboriginal Language of Eyre Peninsula, South Australia.},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-04-01},
publisher = {South Australia. http://www. dictionary. barngarla. org/},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Giles2018g,
title = {Intergroup Communication: Identities and Effective Interactions},
author = {Howard Giles and Cindy Gallois and Bernadette M Watson},
doi = {10.1093/joc/jqx016},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-04-01},
urldate = {2018-04-01},
journal = {Journal of Communication},
volume = {68},
number = {2},
pages = {309-317},
abstract = {Intergroup relations have been studied systematically for more than 60 years and have become embedded in mainstream communication studies. The intergroup communication (IGC) approach provides a crucial level of understanding beyond the interpersonal and the societal, highlighting the interconnections and mutual influences between groups and individuals. In this paper, we briefly describe the main features and history of IGC, pointing to ways of moving forward in the light of current challenges. We highlight the complexity and messiness of IGC and the need for more diversity in theory and method. The time is right for new thinking in IGC that leads to the improvement of communication within and across groups.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2018bb,
title = {The Pragmatics of Financial Communication. Part 1: From Sources to the Public Sphere},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Rudi Palmieri and Marlies Whitehouse},
doi = {10.1177/2329488418758449},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-04-01},
journal = {International Journal of Business Communication},
volume = {55},
number = {2},
pages = {127-134},
abstract = {Research in financial communication has long been dominated by scholars in accounting and finance, who largely focused on the extratextual aspects of financial disclosures, such as the choice (not) to reveal information or the impact of new regulatory standards. In contrast, the past decade and a half has witnessed a significant shift of attention toward the linguistic and textual elements of financial communication. Finance scholars have started to develop text analysis approaches to investigate, in particular, market sentiment and its impact on stock prices. At the same time, accounting scholars have engaged in the so-called narrative turn by investigating the rhetorical aspects of voluntary disclosure. Recent developments in the field, however, dig deeper and are beginning to shed light on the crucial functions of language use in financial communication. There is a growing interest throughout the disciplines to analyze the interplay of micro and macro structure in financial communication, which has been clearly reflected in academic initiatives and rapidly evolving subject areas in recent years. Bringing together these initiatives on a higher level, the AILA research network in financial communication, set up in early 2018, enables scholars from all over the world to strengthen and elaborate on their research and its dissemination. The two parts of the special issue “The Pragmatics of Financial Communication” aim to reflect these recent developments and to foster current and future initiatives in the field.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Piller2018b,
title = {Beatriz P.Lorente. Scripts of Servitude: Language, Labor Migration and Transnational Domestic Work},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
doi = {10.1111/josl.12281},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-03-30},
urldate = {2018-03-30},
journal = {Journal of Sociolinguistics},
volume = {22},
issue = {2},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Piller2018d,
title = {Beatriz P.Lorente. Scripts of Servitude: Language, Labor Migration and Transnational Domestic Work.},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
doi = {10.1111/josl.12281},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-03-30},
urldate = {2018-03-30},
journal = {Journal of Sociolinguistics},
volume = {22},
issue = {2},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Cardoso2018,
title = {The Creole of Diu in Hugo Schuchardt’s Archive},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
doi = {10.1080/02666030.2018.1440058},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-03-21},
urldate = {2018-03-21},
journal = {South Asian Studies},
pages = {1-16},
abstract = {With close to 200 speakers, the Indo-Portuguese Creole of Diu is currently spoken by a fraction of the island’s population and, despite a centuries-old history, has been largely unacknowledged. In the last decade, it was the object of linguistic documentation and description, making it available to researchers in the field of Creole Studies. Before that, however, the only significant source of linguistic information was a seminal 1883 article by Hugo Schuchardt, all the more relevant by the fact that it was one of the first publications dedicated to a creole by the pioneer of Creole Studies. To write it, Schuchardt relied on data obtained through a vast network of correspondents scattered across the globe. The recent edition of Schuchardt’s letter and manuscript archive, a collective effort coordinated by the Institute of Linguistics of the University of Graz, now makes it possible to reconstruct nineteenth-century interest in this language and ensuing scholarly debates. Here, we explore this archive and complementary sources to: (a) retrace Schuchardt’s steps in search of adequate informants; (b) observe Schuchardt’s process of data collection and analysis; (c) recover the opinions of several interlocutors about the status of Diu Creole; and (d) reconstruct the impact of the article’s publication.},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Bodomo2018f,
title = {The Routledge Handbook of African Linguistics},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Augustine Agwuele},
editor = {Adams Bodomo and Augustine Agwuele},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315392981},
isbn = {9781315392981},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-03-20},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {The Handbook of African Linguistics provides a holistic coverage of the key themes, subfields, approaches and practical application to the vast areas subsumable under African linguistics that will serve researchers working across the wide continuum in the field.

Established and emerging scholars of African languages who are active and current in their fields are brought together, each making use of data from a linguistic group in Africa to explicate a chosen theme within their area of expertise, and illustrate the practice of the discipline in the continent.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Giles2018h,
title = {Toward a Communication Model of Intergroup Interdependence},
author = {Howard Giles and Matt Giles and Rachyl Pines and Matt Giles and Antonis Gardikiotis},
doi = {10.1080/15456870.2018.1432222},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-03-15},
urldate = {2018-03-15},
journal = {Atlantic Journal of Communication},
volume = {26},
number = {2},
pages = {122-130},
abstract = {This article seeks to expand the theoretical base of intergroup communication by proposing a new model of interdependence. As a backdrop toward this end, historical and contemporary uses of the concept of interdependence are briefly reviewed across a range of different disciplines and research fields. Defining interdependence in terms of the embedded nature of groups, the foundations of a new communicative model of intergroup interdependence are introduced. Four propositions articulate how intergroup independence is associated with a variety of communicative outcomes. These outcomes include those relating to language attitudes, communication accommodations, and linguistic biases, together with the moderating conditions shaping the extent of these behavioral consequences. Finally, a diverse array of research questions that could fruitfully guide the future development of the model are suggested.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2018i,
title = {Intersections of Intergroup Communication Research},
author = {Howard Giles and Lauren Keblusek and Anne Maass and Antonis Gardikiotis},
doi = {10.1080/15456870.2018.1432618},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-03-15},
urldate = {2018-03-15},
journal = {Atlantic Journal of Communication},
volume = {26},
number = {2},
pages = {75-85 },
abstract = {In this prologue to a special issue on intergroup communication, we highlight areas of intersection across its field. To start, we provide a brief history of the field, simultaneously highlighting 6 central principles guiding the work in this area. We then review 4 key themes—areas of intersection uniting the contributions in this special issue: (a) a sustained interest in canonical intergroup theories and topics; (b) the notion that there are various conceptualizations of intergroup communication, both linguistic and nonlinguistic; (c) scholars’ strong interest in intercultural communication processes; and (d) the cross-disciplinary nature of intergroup communication scholarship. Thereafter, we present a 2-path model of inter- and intragroup communication that integrates interpersonal, media, and intergroup communication and overviews other contributions to this special issue.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta2018b,
title = {Rethinking the Anthropology of Corruption: An Introduction to Supplement 18},
author = {Akhil Gupta and Sarah Muir},
doi = {10.1086/696161},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-03-08},
journal = {Current Anthropology},
volume = {59},
number = {S18},
pages = {4-15},
abstract = {In our introduction to this special issue, we take stock of where the anthropological literature on corruption has come and where it might go next. Our goal is neither to provide an exhaustive literature review nor to summarize the papers gathered together in this issue. Rather, we aim to identify especially promising areas in need of more focused research and analytic attention and to articulate pressing questions within those areas. Toward that end, we theorize corruption as an object of analysis by framing it as a globalized concept, the practical and social life of which anthropology is especially well suited to study. Finally, we specify how such an approach is especially helpful in disentangling the stubborn problematics that have so persistently dogged both analytic and practical engagements with corruption.},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Costa2018c,
title = {Why We Post–a team approach to research dissemination},
author = {Elisabetta Costa and D Miller and L Haapio-Kirk and N Haynes and T McDonald and R Nicolescu and J Sinanan and J Spyer and S Venkatraman and XY Wang},
doi = {10.2307/j.ctt21c4tcm.40},
isbn = {9781787351127},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-03-06},
urldate = {2018-03-06},
journal = {Shaping Higher Education with Students: Ways to Connect Research and Teaching},
pages = {265-269},
abstract = {Why We Post - A team approach to research dissemination — the University of Groningen research portal Skip to main navigation Skip to search Skip to main content the University of Groningen research portal Logo Help & FAQ English Nederlands Home Profiles Research Units Research output Projects Datasets Prizes Activities Press / Media Search by expertise, name or affiliation Why We Post - A team approach to research dissemination Daniel Miller, Elisabetta Costa, Laura Haapio-Kirk, Nell Haynes, Tom McDonald, Razvan Nicolescu, Jolynna Sinanan, Juliano Spyer, Shriram Venkatraman, Xinyuan Wang Research output: Chapter in Book/Report/Conference proceeding › Chapter › Academic › peer-review Overview Original language English Title of host publication Shaping higher education with students Subtitle of host publication Ways to connect research and teaching Editors Vincent Tong.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Evers2018b,
title = { Not Citizens of a Classical Mediterranean: Muslim Youth from Marseille Elude a Linguistic Gentrification by the French State},
author = {Cécile Anne Marguerite Evers},
doi = {10.1086/696933},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-03-01},
urldate = {2018-03-01},
journal = {Signs and Society},
volume = {6},
number = {2},
pages = {435-474},
abstract = {A moral panic is afoot in contemporary France surrounding what place French-Muslim youth hold within the national identity. The French state, in particular, is actively engaged in regimenting what it means to be a young Muslim person from France. This article examines how, during Marseille’s year (2013) as the European Capital of Culture, the municipal government and the local branch of the Ministère de l’Éducation Nationale spearheaded several initiatives, a number of which focused on Arabic-language education, with the aim of transforming French-Muslim youth from Marseille’s housing projects into secular, upwardly mobile individuals. Ethnographic inquiry with the youth targeted by such “linguistic gentrification” programs reveals that the state’s reimagining of them in these terms remained largely at odds with how they themselves understood their identities. This article, as such, illustrates the analytical importance of attending to people’s uptake when evaluating the eventual scope of top-down discourses and projects, while also offering an example of how the label “Mediterranean” functions as a spatiotemporal shifter, deployed by different groups to activate alternative accounts of history, the present, and the future.},
keywords = {Cécile Anne Marguerite Evers},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Bodomo2018g,
title = {Tense and time-depth in the Mabia languages of West Africa: Testing the philosophy of linguistic relativity},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
editor = {Augustine Agwuele and Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.4324/9781315392981-24},
isbn = {9781315392981},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-03-01},
number = {438 - 449},
pages = {12},
publisher = {Routledge},
edition = {1st Edition},
abstract = {This chapter discusses aspects of the Sapir-Whorf hypothesis, a philosophy of linguistic relativity which claims that the structure of a person’s language is a determining factor in the way in which he or she understands reality and behaves with respect to it. An examination of the tense systems of the Mabia languages of northern Ghana and Burkina Faso, including Dagaare and Dagbane, reveals that the verbal elements of these languages exhibit a metrical tense structure calibrated into discrete time intervals. It is then shown that this structure seems to be mirrored in the real world behaviour of the Mabia with respect to time. Punctuality in traditional Mabia society is conceptualised not in terms of time points but in terms of time intervals. We also show however that other behavioural patterns of the Mabia are not reflected in these verbal systems. Various versions of the theory of linguistic relativity are then evaluated on the basis of these empirical linguistic facts.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Bodomo2018e,
title = {Africans in China: Social and Cultural Studies and Their Impact on Africa – China Relations},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
isbn = {978-7-5201-2260-3},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-03-00},
publisher = { Social Science Academic Press China SSAP (Social Science Academic Press)},
abstract = {Series Title: African Studies Series Pages: 196 ISBN: 978-7-5201-2260-3 Keywords: Africans | Community | Immigration | Bridge Immigration Community Theory Format: 16 Binding: Paperback Content Introduction With the rapid development of China-Africa relations With the development, the two-way immigration between China and Africa is increasing. It is particularly important to strengthen mutual understanding between the citizens of both sides. Through field visits and on-site interviews, this book has an impact on the immigration purposes, survival methods, organizational structure, social life and daily treatment of Africans in Guangzhou, Yiwu, Shanghai, Beijing, Hong Kong and Macau, as well as their impact on Chinese cities and local citizens. Conducted research. The author believes that we must pay attention to issues related to immigration, especially how to face this situation and the role of cultural understanding and exchange in Sino-foreign relations. About the author Bo Aiden is a professor at the Center for African Studies, University of Vienna, Austria. Li Anshan, PhD from the University of Toronto, Professor of the School of International Relations at Peking University, Director of the Center for African Studies. Tian Kaifang was named an associate researcher by Peking University in 1997. Since 1998, she has served as human resources manager and human resources director in a Danish company. In 2015, translated the book "American Public Opinion: The Constitution of American People's Political Topics after the War (1952～2004)". Li Lisha, associate professor, leader of business English major in Tourism Management Department of Hunan Radio and Television University. Table of Contents / 2 Table of Contents / 5 Photo List / 8 Preface / 1 Foreword / 1 Acknowledgement / 1 Chapter 1 Introduction of Africans in China / 1 Chapter 2 Africans in Guangzhou / 14 Chapter 3 Africans in Yiwu / 45 Chapter 4 Africans in Shanghai / 74 Chapter 5 Africans in Beijing / 96 Chapter 6 Africans in Hong Kong: A case study of a Ghanaian community / 110 Chapter 7 Africans in Macau / 134 Chapter 8 Africans in Beijing China and other countries/145 Chapter 9 Impact on Africa-China Relations/153 Chapter 10 Conclusion/169 Appendix A Overview of Portuguese-speaking African Community Association/174 Appendix B Author’s Fieldwork Log: Macau, July 5, 2010 Day/177 Appendix C Example of Internet search results: Massi’s post/179 References/181 Index/186 Figure Table of Contents Figure 1-1 Immigrants from Africa, Asia and the "West" / 7 Figure 2-1 Age of Respondents Duan (Guangzhou) / 19 Figure 2-2 The gender of the respondent (Guangzhou) / 19 Figure 2-3},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Deumert2018,
title = {Commentary - On Participation and Resistance: Towards a Politics of Language for Agency and Change},
author = {Ana Deumert},
isbn = {9781783099665},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-02-27},
pages = {289-299},
publisher = {The Multilingual Matters},
abstract = {The notion of linguistic citizenship is concerned with what Christopher Stroud (2001: 345) calls ‘political subjects’, and the ways in which they engage with language and linguistic forms in everyday life. It reflects the so-called ‘agentive turn’in the social sciences; a theoretical ‘turn’that was shaped by developments taking place during the second half of the 20th century in society and politics. Thus, from the 1960s onwards, social movements across the world have ‘reconfigured the relationship between state and society’, and within the academy, poststructuralist critiques ‘have called into question impersonal master narratives that leave no room for tensions, contradictions, and oppositional actions on the part of individuals and collectivities’(Ahearn, 2001: 110).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Jenks2018,
title = {Fabricating the American Dream in US media portrayals of Syrian refugees: A discourse analytical study},
author = {Aditi Bhatia and Christopher J. Jenks},
doi = {10.1177/1750481318757763},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-02-26},
journal = {Discourse and Communication},
volume = {12},
number = {3},
pages = {223-239},
abstract = {The months preceding and following the inauguration of Donald Trump as the 45th President of the United States have incited furious debate about the authenticity of media discourse in the shaping of reality (cf. fake news), including in particular the reporting of refugees from predominantly Muslim regions and their resettlement in Western nations. Much of this debate is rooted in how opposing discourse clans, such as liberal and conservative ideologies, construct a narrative of nationhood around contested views of refugees. Examining mainstream and alternative media from a critical discourse analytic perspective, the article uncovers how two key narratives about the Syrian refugee crisis emerge when the media attempt to orient their respective audiences to government policy through the discursive formation of the American Dream. Drawing on aspects of historicity, linguistic and semiotic action, and social impact, the analysis of the data reveals a discursive fracas between a humanistic perspective on the crisis that exploits a banal understanding of the American Dream and a more dichotomous narrative that homogenises refugees as a threat to the American way of life. These observations add to the growing body of literature that questions the ways in which the media discursively shapes, and is shaped by, political ideologies.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@phdthesis{Dalakoglou2018bb,
title = {Dimitris Dalakoglou talks to Debbie Humphry about his recent book},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Debbie Humphry},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-02-24},
abstract = {The Road Dimitris Dalakoglou talks to Debbie Humphry about his recent book The Road: An Ethnography of (im) mobility, Space, and Cross-border Infrastructures in the Balkans. Oxford University Press. Debbie: I wondered how this work related to the research you did in Greece for film Future Suspended that we discussed in a previous CITY interview? Dimitris: I was very interested in infrastructures since I was an undergraduate student in anthropology. I was interested in the ways that the coastal road of Athens and later the Attica ring road has changed some of the local communities in South Attica, places that were formerly villages but were gradually incorporated into the urban complex due to the roads. I was also politically interested in infrastructures as they were a privileged arena of social engineering in pre-Olympics Athens where I was growing up. Then for my PhD I wanted to study infrastructures as State-run projects, and Albania was the ideal place for this as it was the very first country in Europe to get a national highway system from the 1920s, firstly organised by the Italian Fascist Regime as an international development project, and then by the Communist Party that had the typical infrastructural fetishism of socialist regimes. The only problem was that very few people were using these roads, as the first private vehicles were only allowed in 1991 and there were travelling restrictions for periods in Albania. So in Albania there was the best material infrastructure one could imagine if you wanted to study infrastructures as a State ideological project, with miles after miles of hardly-used highway system in terms of mobility, but heavily used for social engineering purposes. Following looking at infrastructure as a purely State-run project, in Crisis-scapes I was studying infrastructures in south East Europe as Public-Private Partnership projects. In that case Greece was ideal as we had seen all three stages of the neoliberal circle in full flare, namely the privatisation of public infrastructures, the creative destruction and the creation of new ones under the PPP regime, and then the bust and the crisis where infrastructures are contested, and the same spaces that reflected the boom a few years ago became the sites per se of this contestation. A few months ago I started my third project infra-demos which is studying infrastructures and commons and their post-capitalist potentials.},
type = {Research},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {phdthesis}
}
@article{Costa2018,
title = {Affordances-in-practice: An ethnographic critique of social media logic and context collapse},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
doi = {10.1177/1461444818756290},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-02-19},
urldate = {2018-02-19},
journal = {New Media & Society},
abstract = {Drawing on data gathered during ethnographic fieldwork in Mardin, a medium-sized town in southeast Turkey, this article shows that social media users actively appropriate online platforms and change privacy settings in order to keep different social spheres and social groups apart. Keeping different online social contexts distinct from each other is taken for granted as a way of using social media in Mardin. By contrast, social media scholars have extensively discussed the effects of social media in terms of context collapse. The article highlights how context collapse is the result of patterns of usage within Anglo-American contexts and not the consequence of a platform’s architecture or social media logic. It then suggests a theoretical refinement of affordances, and proposes the concept of affordances-in-practice.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{deFina2018,
title = {Discourse and Identity},
author = {Anna Ed de Fina and Deborah Ed Schiffrin and Michael Ed Bamberg},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511584459},
isbn = {9780511584459},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-02-13},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {The relationship between language, discourse and identity has always been a major area of sociolinguistic investigation. In more recent times, the field has been revolutionized as previous models - which assumed our identities to be based on stable relationships between linguistic and social variables - have been challenged by pioneering new approaches to the topic. This volume brings together a team of leading experts to explore discourse in a range of social contexts. By applying a variety of analytical tools and concepts, the contributors show how we build images of ourselves through language, how society moulds us into different categories, and how we negotiate our membership of those categories. Drawing on numerous interactional settings (the workplace; medical interviews; education), in a variety of genres (narrative; conversation; interviews), and amongst different communities (immigrants; patients; adolescents; teachers), this revealing volume sheds light on how our social practices can help to shape our identities.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Giles2018j,
title = {Relational Change Following Hurtful Conflict: An Extension of Identity Implications Theory},
author = {Howard Giles and Quinten Bernhold and Norah Dunbar and Andy J Merolla},
doi = {10.1093/hcr/hqx005},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-02-07},
urldate = {2018-02-07},
journal = {Human Communication Research},
volume = {44},
number = {2},
abstract = {Using identity implications theory as a guiding lens, this study examined how siblings, dating partners, and friends pursue relational repair or relational distancing after a hurtful conflict. Identity implications theory addresses how people pursue goals, but few studies have examined how varying types of relationships fit into the theory’s framework. Using a convenience sample of young adults (N = 581), we found that relationship type interacted with type of goal to influence participants’ perceptions of face threats. Although no three-way interactions among type of goal, relationship type, and face threat predicted facework, several main effects and two-way interactions were noteworthy. The study’s results suggest the need to consider a range of factors that might moderate theoretical relationships.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Englund2018,
title = {The front line of free speech: Beyond parrhêsia in Finland's migrant debate: The front line of free speech},
author = {Harri Englund},
doi = {10.1111/amet.12602},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-02-01},
urldate = {2018-02-01},
journal = {American Ethnologist},
volume = {45},
number = {1},
pages = {100-111},
abstract = {Among Finland's public-service broadcasters, there is a contrast between professional ethics and the “fearless speech” of parrhêsia. This contrast reveals some of the diverse forms in which free speech is pursued in contemporary liberal polities. In 2015, Kansanradio (The people's radio), a popular Finnish radio show, became a site for fresh controversies over free speech when the so-called migrant crisis dominated its discussions. Caught between the parrhêsia of public intellectuals and bigoted listeners, Kansanradio’s hosts pursued a dialogical approach to truth telling. Whereas parrhêsia risks the relationship between interlocutors, this dialogical modality rests on a carefully cultivated multivocality of viewpoints. It challenges the assumption—common to both the scholarship on parrhêsia and some (but not all) liberal orientations—that voice is a person's private property. [free speech, parrhêsia, truth telling, migrant crisis, radio, voice, Finland].},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pablé2018d,
title = {Radical indeterminacy, idealism, realism: Benedetto Croce vs. Roy Harris},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.1016/j.langcom.2018.01.003},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-02-01},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {61},
number = {1},
pages = { 46-57},
abstract = {The present article compares the semiological theories of idealist Benedetto Croce and ‘realist’ Roy Harris. The two were among few thinkers in Western intellectual thought who championed the idea that sign-making is radically indeterminate. They argued respectively that language and communication cannot constitute objects of study of an empirical science because the external world cannot be detached from the individual mind that experiences it. This article takes as its point of departure Croce’s ‘Estetica’ (1902) and discusses Crocean thought from the critical vantage point of Harrisian integrationist theory in order to establish where the points of convergence and divergence lie. It will be argued that Crocean idealism and integrationism are ultimately incompatible philosophies, in spite of vast semiological common ground.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2018k,
title = {Communication accommodation in text messages: Exploring liking, power, and sex as predictors of textisms},
author = {Howard Giles and Aubrie Adams and Jai Miles and Norah Dunbar},
doi = {10.1080/00224545.2017.1421895},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-03},
urldate = {2018-01-03},
journal = {The Journal of Social Psychology},
volume = {158},
number = {4},
abstract = {This mixed-methods study applies Communication Accommodation Theory to explore how liking, power, and sex predict one’s likelihood for using textisms in digital interpersonal interactions. Textisms are digital cues that convey nonverbal meaning and emotion in text communication. The main experiment used a hypothetical texting scenario to manipulate textism amounts (none/many) and participant’s perceived power levels (low/equal/high) during texting interactions to examine the number of textisms participants used in subsequent responses in comparison to the number of textisms they viewed. Primary results show that (1) participants moderately converged to use similar amounts of textisms and (2) those with low power who viewed many textisms were more likely to use textisms themselves during subsequent responses. Through the examination of adaption behaviors in text messaging, scholars can better understand the contexts in which users will include textisms to intentionally convey nonverbal meaning and emotion in digital communication.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Cardoso2018b,
title = {Diu and the Diuese: Indian Ocean, Heritage, and Cultural Landscape},
author = {Hugo Cardoso and Pedro Pombo},
doi = {10.1080/02666030.2018.1439435},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-02},
urldate = {2018-01-02},
journal = {South Asian Studies},
volume = {34},
pages = {1-5},
abstract = {The island of Diu, off the coast of Gujarat in Western India, is peculiar. A laid-back and unassuming place in modern days, relatively hard to reach from anywhere but the Saurashtra peninsula above it (or Mumbai, from which there are now a few flights), most visitors will feel that it establishes a relationship of continuity with the surrounding state of Gujarat as much as it stands apart from it, and may be surprised to encounter a built heritage of a grandeur that seems at odds with its present quietness. While its Portuguese colonial past, which lasted from 1535 to December 1961, may be partly responsible for its specificity, the truth is that Diu was an especially dynamic place long before that. In fact, the historical centrality of Diu is largely unknown and rarely acknowledged, and the particular characteristics of the territory, of its inhabitants, and their culture are very much neglected.

As a contribution towards redressing this obscurity, the international congress, Diu and the Diuese: Multidisciplinary Perspectives, was held in Lisbon in October 2016.1 A selection of the papers presented on that occasion constitutes the contents of this special issue. The objectives of this congress were to locate Diu in broader geographies of research, going beyond its current peripherality to observe this territory not only as a player in former Portuguese colonial networks in Asia, but also in much wider networks of circulation. Granted, in such an endeavour, one must unavoidably approach Diu as a part of former Portuguese India and interpret its fortunes in connection with the strategies of empire in the Indian subcontinent and East Africa. But a highly relevant fact is that, in the sixteenth century, the urgency of the Portuguese in controlling the island derived from the fact that it was already one of the leading ports of western India, with a crucial role in the western Indian Ocean routes that linked East Africa, the Persian Gulf, and the Indian subcontinent. For centuries, dynamic trade transformed Diu town into a cosmopolitan settlement and brought in diverse communities, art forms, languages, cultures, and knowledge, the signs of which are still visible despite its decline as a bustling port city.

The congress, and therefore this special issue, were intended to be diverse. Participants encountered Diu and its people in different periods of time, met them in different geographies, read them in different sources, and interpreted them through the lenses of different academic disciplines. One of the key aspects of the conceptualization of the congress is revealed in its title and repeated in that of this special issue: ‘Diu and the Diuese’. Approaching Diu as a place plus its inhabitants, in the present as in the past, opens up interdisciplinary dialogues that are crucial to revisit and reinvent research fields. In the case of Diu, it enables us to engage with the stories that are kept alive in the memories of its inhabitants, to acknowledge the considerable impact of intense migratory fluxes to and from Diu, enmeshing colonial and post-colonial dichotomies, and to understand the transportation and transformation of cultural, religious, and linguistic practices.

As a result of the interdisciplinary gesture that underlay the congress, then, the contributions in this volume represent a variety of disciplines, chiefly anthropology, ethnomusicology, linguistics, and literature – though they exclude papers from the strict domain of history, which will feature in a separate publication. As we see it, the wealth of historical, artistic, and social complexities that they unveil stands as an illustration of the need to pay more attention to places, populations, and contexts seen as marginal or secondary. However, precisely because Diu has been in that position and, as such, may be relatively uncharted territory for many, we should start with a brief introduction of the place and its people, and of the extent to which the humanities and social sciences have engaged with them.},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2018bb,
title = {Ethnographing Gender Roles and Power in Intercultural Communication in Qatar},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou and Iglal Ahmed},
doi = {10.1080/21534764.2018.1533697},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-02},
journal = {Journal of Arabian Studies},
volume = {8},
number = {1},
pages = {141-160},
abstract = {This ethnographic study examines how gender roles associated with male and female Qatari students in intercultural communication courses in a university in Qatar are negotiated between them and their two female instructors from the US and Greece. Our aim is to contribute towards the development of good practice related to the teaching of information exchange among group members who are not culturally alike, ¹ by arguing that an efficient way of overcoming misunderstandings between instructors and students is to engage in a pedagogical approach, which we call “dialogical infotainment”. This serves the ultimate goal of sharing various types of power in order to sharpen our cultural sensitivity and subsequent tolerance and respect for each other’s gender role-related peculiarities.},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bhatia2018,
title = {Interdiscursive Performance in Digital Professions: The Case of YouTube Tutorials},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
doi = {10.1016/j.pragma.2017.11.001},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {124},
pages = {106-120},
abstract = {With over a billion users, YouTube constitutes almost a third of the online population, and is one of the most used video-sharing sites in the world, becoming a major part of popular culture. A primarily user-generated platform that relies on the creation of video-blogs (vlogs) by content creators (also known as YouTubers or vloggers), YouTube has been responsible for the development of a new strand of digital professions. Within these professions, vloggers create and market profitable channels, offering an informal learning environment which has given rise to an emerging professional genre of ‘how-to-tutorials’. Of this user-generated content, beauty has become YouTube's most competitive industry, with the publication of over 1.5 million beauty videos in 2015 alone (Pixability, 2015). It is for this reason, that this paper will focus on the digital beauty industry, to investigate the interdiscursive construction of expertise on YouTube, specifically the sub-category of beauty how-to-tutorials, drawing on Bhatia, 2008, Bhatia, 2010, Bhatia, 2017 framework of Critical Genre Analysis (CGA). Analysis of the data reveals that in the pursuit of establishing themselves as both engaged and interactive participants of the YouTube community but also expert and savvy users of YouTube keen on building their subscriber base, vloggers discursively exploit the boundaries between the expert and layperson by drawing on their discursive competence, disciplinary knowledge and professional practice},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Bouzouita2018,
title = {Studies in Historical Ibero-Romance Morphosyntax. Issues in Hispanic and Lusophone Linguistics series (IHLL)},
author = {Miriam Bouzouita and Ioanna Sitaridou},
editor = {Enrique Pato},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Bouzouita2018b,
title = {Studies in Historical Ibero-Romance Morpho-Syntax},
author = {Miriam Bouzouita and Ioanna Sitaridou and Enrique Pato},
editor = {Miriam Bouzouita and Ioanna Sitaridou and Enrique Pato},
isbn = {9789027200457},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Bhatia2018c,
title = {Narratives of Struggle and Legitimacy in the Arab Spring},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
editor = {Damian Rivers and Andrew Ross},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
pages = {151-168},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Ghosh2018,
title = {Language and the Nation: A Survey Report from Kolkata},
author = {Aditi Ghosh},
editor = {S. Imtiaz Hasnain and Shabana Hameed and Masood Ali Beg and Nazrin B. Laskar},
issn = {2249-1511},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
journal = {Aligarh Journal of Linguistics},
volume = {8},
number = {1},
pages = { 15-45},
abstract = {Like most cities in today’s world, Kolkata is an extremely linguistically and culturally diverse city, having residents from numerous language communities representing almost all major languages spoken in India. It is also one of the major cities in India, which has a long tradition of promoting nationalist ideologies of language which idealises monolingual polities. This paper explores the ideologies and attitudes regarding language in relation to the nation of a select section of those Kolkata residents, who do not belong to the locally dominant language community, i.e. Bengali. The aim of the paper is to see if the non-dominant language speakers also adhere to the national ideologies of primacy of one dominant language over others. The study is based on a large-scale interview based survey conducted 495 respondents from the target population. The results show that there is a general aversion towards linguistic diversity and that the individual’s linguistic background has some influences on their choice of language and in formation of their language attitude and ideologies.},
keywords = {Aditi Ghosh},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pablé2018e,
title = {Lay Perceptions of Historical English as Portayed in Rolahnd Joffé’s Screen Adaptation of The Scarlet Letter},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.25145/j.recaesin.2018.76.018},
issn = {2530-8335},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
journal = {Revista Canaria De Estudios Ingleses},
volume = {76},
number = {1},
pages = {255-268},
abstract = {is paper takes as its object of analysis a cinematic adaptation of an American literary clas-sic, i.e. Nathaniel Hawthorne’s e Scarlet Letter (1850), from the point of view of language. e lm under scrutiny is Roland Joé’s free adaptation of Hawthorne’s novel (Joé 1995). e present contribution suggests a dierent approach to the analysis of the language of period movies than one would typically adopt within the framework of dialectology. is perspective involves a paradigm shift from representation (objective) to perception (subjec-tive): in particular I propose to focus on the metalinguistic discourse of lm reviewers, both professionals and lay writers (writing for newspapers and blogs), with particular reference to their commentaries regarding linguistic phenomena in Joé’s e Scarlet Letter, namely accent, socio-pragmatic features and verbal morphology.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Gupta2018c,
title = {Introduction: Temporality, Politics, and the Promise of Infrastructure},
author = {Akhil Gupta and Hannah Appel and Nikhil Anand},
doi = {10.1215/9781478002031-001},
isbn = {978-1-4780-0203-1},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
pages = {1-38},
publisher = {The Promise of Infrastructure},
abstract = {Since 1970 the School for Advanced Research (formerly the School of American Research) has published over one hundred volumes in the Advanced Seminar series. These volumes arise from seminars held on sar’s Santa Fe
campus that bring together small groups of experts to explore a single issue. Participants assess recent innovations in theory and methods, appraise ongoing research, and share data relevant to problems of significance in anthropology and related disciplines. The resulting volumes reflect sar’s commitment to the development of new ideas and to scholarship of the highest caliber. The complete Advanced Seminar series can be found at www.sarweb.org
The settlers’ town is a strongly built town, all made of stone and steel. It is a brightly lit town; the streets are covered with asphalt, and the garbage cans swallow all the leavings, unseen, unknown and hardly thought about The town belonging to the colonized people. . . is a world without spaciousness; men live there on top of each other, and their huts are built one on top of the other. The native town is a hungry town, starved of bread, of meat, of shoes, of coal, of light.},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@proceedings{Rácz2018,
title = {Egocentric and allocentric learning of social-indexical meaning in American English, Datooga, and Murrinhpatha.},
author = {Péter Rácz and Alice Mitchell and Joe Blythe
},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
organization = {CogSci},
abstract = {We address competing perspectives on how social-indexical meaning is learned in language, using data from artificial language learning experiments and two studies in small-scale societies. Our results indicate that learning social-indexical meaning is primarily allocentric as opposed to egocentric: speaker success in learning a social-indexical meaning pattern depends on overall exposure to the pattern more than the pattern’s relative importance to the speaker. We base these claims on data from American English-speaking adults, Datoogaspeaking children, as well as adults and children speaking Murrinhpatha. The results highlight the importance of widening the sample of methods and data sources in studying how variation in language is learned and maintained.},
keywords = {Alice Mitchell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {proceedings}
}
@inbook{Deumert2018bb,
title = {Commentary - on participation and resistance},
author = {Ana Deumert},
doi = {10.21832/LIM9658},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
pages = {289-299},
publisher = {The Multilingual Citizen: Towards a Politics of Language for Agency and Change},
abstract = {The notion of linguistic citizenship is concerned with what Christopher Stroud  (2001:  345)  calls  ‘political  subjects’,  and  the  ways  in  which  they  engage with language and linguistic forms in everyday life. It refl ects the so-called ‘agentive turn’ in the social sciences; a theoretical ‘turn’ that was shaped by developments taking place during the second half of the 20th century in society and politics. Thus, from the 1960s onwards, social move-ments across the world have ‘reconfi gured the relationship between state and society’, and within the academy, poststructuralist critiques ‘have called into question impersonal master narratives that leave no room for tensions, contradictions, and oppositional actions on the part of individuals and col-lectivities’ (Ahearn, 20 01: 110). Once we move away from these master nar-ratives  –  from  the  grand  histories  of  languages  to  diverse  practices  of  speaking/writing – we are able look at what people ‘do’ with linguistic resources in their everyday lives. Adopting a practice-perspective allows us to focus on languaging (rather than speaking/writing ‘a language’), and this locates linguistic citizenship within longstanding philosophical traditions of performance and performativity, of language-as-a-mode-of-action. In this intellectual tradition, emphasis is placed on the ways in which language is embedded in practical activities, meaning is not given but situated and co-constructed, and language can bring about a change in the world.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Wong2018,
title = {Sinophone Linguistics: Language Politics in the Chinese Peripheries},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
abstract = {Sociolinguists have long been interested in communities on the geopolitical fringes of China proper. They have studied the linguistic ideologies and practices of various social groups in Taiwan (eg, Sandel 2003; Su 2008), in Hong Kong and Macau (eg, Chen 2008; Yan 2016), in “overseas Chinese”(huaqiao) communities (eg, Duff 2014; Li, ed. 2015), and in ethnic minority communities in mainland China (eg, Bulag 2003; Stanford & Evans 2012). Yet research in this area has so far lacked an overarching framework that can tie disparate studies together, promote dialogue and cross-fertilization, and present a set of common goals that researchers with different geographical foci can all pursue. I will argue in this presentation that Sinophone linguistics offers such a framework.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2018bb,
title = {Audible Pasts: History, Sound and Human Experience in Southeast Asia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.21315/kajh2018.25.s1.1},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
journal = {Kemanusiaan the Asian Journal of Humanities},
volume = {25},
number = {1},
pages = {1-19},
abstract = {Although historians of traditional Southeast Asian cultures rely primarily on written sources, the societies they study were intensely oral and aural. Research on sound in Southeast Asia has focused on music and musicology, but historians are now considering the wide variety of noises to which people were exposed, and how the interpretations and understanding of these sounds shaped human experience. This article uses an 1899 court case in Singapore concerning a noisy neighbour as a departure point to consider some of the ways in which “noise” was heard in traditional Southeast Asian societies. Focusing on Singapore, it shows that European attitudes influenced the attitudes of the colonial administration towards loud noise, especially in the streets. By the late 19th century, the view that sleep was necessary for good health, and that noise interfered with sleep, was well established. The changing soundscape of Singapore in the early 20th century led to increasing middle class demands for government action to limit urban noise, although these were largely ineffective. The regulations and public campaigns introduced over the last 60 years still face the problem of intrusive noise, both in the public and private domain. The richness of the Singapore material, only some of which has been consulted for this paper, suggests that the Southeast Asian region has the potential to make a significant contribution to the field of sensory history.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Lu2018b,
title = {The Emerging Construction of Form of Address in Subculture},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu},
issn = {1881−445X},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
booktitle = {The Emerging Construction of Form of Address in Subculture},
pages = {327-330},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Lu2018bb,
title = {The Emerging Construction of Form of Address in Subculture},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu},
issn = {1881−445X},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
pages = {327-330},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Perrin2018bb,
title = {Introduction: Transdisciplinarity in applied linguistics},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Claire Kramsch
},
doi = {10.1075/aila.00010.int},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
journal = {AILA Review},
volume = {31},
number = {1},
pages = {1-13},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2018bb,
title = {On, for, and with practitioners: A transdisciplinary approach to text production in real-life settings},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1075/aila.00013.per},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
journal = {AILA Review },
volume = {31},
number = {1},
pages = {53-80},
abstract = {This article explains how research “on” practitioners can be turned into research “for and with” practitioners ( Cameron, Frazer, Rampton, & Richardson, 1992 , p. 22) by including these practitioners in the research teams. Methodologically, it draws on two decades of multimethod research and knowledge transformation at the interface of applied linguistics and transdisciplinary action research on professional communication ( Perrin, 2013 ). Empirically, it is based on large corpora of data collected in multilingual and multicultural workplaces. First, the article outlines transdisciplinary action research as a theoretical framework that enables researchers and practitioners to collaboratively develop sustainable solutions to real-world problems in which language use in general and text production in particular play a substantial role ( Section 1 ). Then, Progression Analysis is explained as a multimethod approach to investigate text production practices in natural environments such as workplaces ( Section 2 ). Examples from four domains (education, finance, translation, and journalism) illustrate what value transdisciplinary collaboration between academic researchers and practitioners can add to knowledge generation in applied linguistics ( Section 3 ). For the case of journalism in increasingly global contexts, in-depth analyses offer step-by-step understanding of the trajectory from a real-world problem to a sustainable solution ( Section 4 ). The article concludes by suggesting empirically-based measures for research that contribute to the development of both theory and practice in applied linguistics ( Section 5 ).},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2018bb,
title = {Language Shift and Identity: Exploring Factors Which Condition Identity When a Traditional Language is Lost},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1163/26659077-02102002},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
journal = {MANUSYA},
volume = {21},
pages = {27 - 51},
abstract = {The loss of a minority group’s language may or may not be accompanied by the loss of the same group’s identity. This study explores the factors that appear to condition identity choices among minority communities. A number of language communities in advanced stages of language shift are chosen as case studies. Based on these case studies, a framework is proposed that organizes the factors involved in group identity choices into either language internal or language ecology factors, each with their own set of relevant characteristics. The benefit of this new approach over previous explanations is its ability to describe identity choices from a wide array of motivations. Such a framework will facilitate future researchers considering this question, providing them with a roadmap to navigate the various identity options.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Perrin2018bb,
title = {Identity Choices of Minoritized Communities: Testing the Identity Construction Factors},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
publisher = {Lean Publishing},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Katan2018,
title = {“Free free...set them free”: What deconstraining subtitles can do for AVT},
author = {David Katan},
doi = {10.4324/9781315268552},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
pages = {61 - 84},
abstract = {This chapter begins by questioning the subtitler’s traditional role and the (f)utility of constraining audiovisual translation into a single semiotic mode, disjoined from the action of the film. Nornes (1999) was the first to suggest that the “time is right” for abusive subtitling. Since then, a number of scholars have discussed the use of pop-up glosses, in the main captioned verbal glosses, to be added to the subtitles. However, even though these ideas are no different from those used by fansubbers and by a number of film and TV directors, the subtitling profession is still extremely unwilling to take these ideas on board. Indeed, it is the “control of the industry [that] keeps a firm lid on the potential spread of innovative subtitling” (Pérez-González 2012: 13). In this particular experiment, a short UK comedy TV sketch was transcreated into Italian using speech bubbles, thought balloons and visual pop-up glosses with the aim of not only reproducing the comedic effect but also of allowing the target audience to access at least some of the culture-bound associations available to the source audience. In particular, the experiment was designed to test the hypothesis that the use of thought balloons will actually help the viewer access the speaker’s culture-bound model of the world.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {David Katan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Baider2018bb,
title = {Elsewhere and elsewhere: linguistic markers of textual "rupture" or markers of argumentative continuation?},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.1051/shsconf/20184601006},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
journal = {SHS Web of Conferences},
volume = {46},
number = {4},
pages = {01006},
abstract = {In this article, we study in a contrasting way the expressions from elsewhere and elsewhere in oral and written data. Indeed, previous works have established from a corpus of interview with a politician: 1. The use of elsewhere during the exegesis of key arguments of a polemic; 2. A strategic function in the allocation of turns of this adverbial phrase; 3. The virtual absence of elsewhere in these data. This work takes these observations and compares them to the results obtained on written corpus and interviews of everyday conversation. In addition, one wonders about the functions of elsewhere in these new data since this phrase is described in a very similar way in lexicographical documents. We bring new proposals relating to the discursive functions of these two adverbial expressions, in particular the more frequent presence of elsewhere in the written discourse and a thematic and argumentative breaking function clearer than those proposed for elsewhere. Our corpus consists of spoken data (43,000 words of political interviews and 25,000 words of routine interview) and journalistic written data (over a million words). Our methodology includes corpus linguistics and our analysis falls within the framework of functional linguistics (Halliday and Matthiessen 2004, inter alia). Our corpus consists of spoken data (43,000 words of political interviews and 25,000 words of routine interview) and journalistic written data (over a million words). Our methodology includes corpus linguistics and our analysis falls within the framework of functional linguistics (Halliday and Matthiessen 2004, inter alia). Our corpus consists of spoken data (43,000 words of political interviews and 25,000 words of routine interview) and journalistic written data (over a million words). Our methodology includes corpus linguistics and our analysis falls within the framework of functional linguistics (Halliday and Matthiessen 2004, inter alia).},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Lupke2018,
title = {Language endangerment and language documentation in Africa},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
pages = {468-490},
publisher = {Cambridge University},
abstract = {Language endangerment and death is seen as a process that operates world-wide. The metaphors used to describe the situations of language change and shift1 captured under this umbrella term cast them as a human tragedy of the largest imaginable scale. Yet, when shifting our gaze to Africa, stories of resilience and adaptivity, of mobility, multilingualism and creativity, flank stories of disappearance and extinction. In this introduction I gauge how useful global perspectives on language endangerment and loss (henceforth LEL; see Mufwene forthcoming) are; whether they are really global; and what kind of mould they provide for describing locally anchored practices. A critique of universal scales and models and a quest for different perspectives on communicative practices on the African continent and for new ways to describe and document them is made in the remainder of the introduction, but runs through the chapter.},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Lupke2018b,
title = {Multiple Choice: Language Use and Cultural Practice in Rural Casamance between Convergence and Divergence},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
editor = {Jaqueline Knörr and Wilson Trajano Filho},
doi = {10.1163/9789004363397_011},
isbn = {9789004363397},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
pages = {179-208},
publisher = {Berghahn},
abstract = {Scholars studying western Africa are challenged by conundrums involving relationships between languages, social groupings, and cultures. People in western Africa define themselves principally according to kinship and occupational affiliations and only secondarily in linguistic terms. Indeed individuals and families change their languages and modify their social and cultural patterns in ways that are often perplexing to outsiders. Individuals may change their family names to assert their affiliation with elite families (captives once adopted slavemaster names), to express client relationships, apprenticeships, or religious affiliations, and for other reasons.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Haberland2018b,
title = {English as a world language in Scandinavia and elsewhere},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.4467/20834624SL.18.023.9317},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
urldate = {2018-01-01},
journal = {Studia Linguistica Universitatis Iagellonicae Cracoviensis 135(34): DOI:},
volume = {135},
number = {34},
pages = {253-260},
abstract = {This is a paper in two parts, both dealing with the localization of the concept of English as a “world” or “global language”. In the first part, a number of general notions like “globalization” are discussed, and a plea is made for studying the role of any language in a given context ecologically, i.e. in relationship to, and in interaction with, other languages.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Nakane2018,
title = {Rapport and discourse transformation in ethnographic interviews},
author = {Ikuko Nakane },
doi = {10.4324/9781315102122-5},
isbn = {9781315102122},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
urldate = {2018-01-01},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {This chapter explores Kanako’s 1989 and 2000 interviews by adopting an approach focusing on rapport, in which diachronic analysis of the data is embedded in the interview participants’ negotiation of identity and relationship in discourse. Stylistic features of the interview discourse such as regional variation, interactional particles, clause-final forms, as well as interaction dynamics are analyzed, while the life experiences of Kanako and the interview settings, are also considered. The analysis reveals a complex and nuanced negotiation of rapport between the researcher and Kanako as their social identities and shared aspects of life go through transformation over a decade.

},
keywords = {Ikuko Nakane},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@bachelorthesis{Pia2018b,
title = {Ghosts in the shell: the promises of water users’ associations and the afterlife of Ostrom’s Theory of Cooperation in rural China},
author = {Andrea E. Pia},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
urldate = {2018-01-01},
abstract = {Ghosts in the shell: the promises of water users’ associations and the afterlife of Ostrom’s Theory of Cooperation in rural China - LSE Research Online Cookies? Library Header Image Home Browse About Advanced Search Login Ghosts in the shell: the promises of water users’ associations and the afterlife of Ostrom’s Theory of Cooperation in rural China Pia, Andrea E. (2018) Ghosts in the shell: the promises of water users’ associations and the afterlife of Ostrom’s Theory of Cooperation in rural China. In: POLLEN: Political Ecology Network 2018 Biennial Conference, 2018-06-20 - 2018-06-22, Oslo Metropolitan University. Full text not available from this repository. Author Item Type: Conference or Workshop Item (Paper) Official URL: https://politicalecologynetwork.org/pollen-biannua... Additional Information: © 2018 The Author Divisions: Anthropology Subjects: G Geography. },
keywords = {Andrea E. Pia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Mannheim2018b,
title = {Preliminary Disciplines},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
doi = {10.1086/694552},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
urldate = {2018-01-01},
journal = {Signs and Society},
volume = {6},
number = {1},
pages = {111-119},
abstract = {The commonplace division of labor between linguistics and linguistic anthropology, on the one hand, and sociology and social anthropology, on the other, is predicated on a nominalist error, the belief that institutionally embedded and named fields denote discrete phenomena. An influential and much-cited twentieth-century bellwether of this division was Susanne Langer’s distinction between “discursive” and “presentational” form, a polythetic distinction that tacitly constructed a metaphysic. An examination of social interaction in its most elementary form suggests that no such distinction is warranted and that, instead, a systematic account of social interaction transcends the boundaries of these and several additional “preliminary disciplines.”},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Mannheim2018c,
title = {Cranial modification in the central Andes: Person, language, political economy},
author = {Bruce Mannheim and A.R. Davis and M.C. Velasco},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
urldate = {2018-01-01},
pages = {223 - 233},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Graham2018,
title = {Second language acquisition of intonation: Peak alignment in American English},
author = {Calbert Graham and rechtje Post},
doi = {10.1016/j.wocn.2017.08.002},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
urldate = {2018-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Phonetics},
volume = {66},
pages = {1-14},
abstract = {The objective of the present study was to investigate (1) whether, and to what degree, late bilinguals of different L1 backgrounds are comparable to native speakers in the phonetic implementation of tonal targets in their L2, (2) whether they exhibit general patterns of acquisition irrespective of the typological closeness of their L1 to their L2, and (3) whether learners’ choice of accent contours and the alignment of the high tone (H∗) proceeds in parallel with proficiency in the L2. More specifically, we examined the acquisition of the nuclear contour composition and the H∗ alignment of the American English (L)H∗L- (i.e. pitch accent and boundary tone combination) in initial-stressed and final-stressed words by Japanese and Spanish late bilingual speakers at varying proficiency levels in American English. Our results show that the L1 Spanish speakers were more comparable than the L1 Japanese speakers to the native English speakers in the phonological aspect of intonation (choice of pitch accent contour). In terms of peak alignment, we found that the late bilinguals generally tended to realise significantly later alignment than the native speakers, although the precise manifestation of this varied according to the L1 background of speakers and the stress pattern of words.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Sidnell2018,
title = {Children's responses to questions in peer interaction: A window into the ontogenesis of interactional competence},
author = {Jack Sidnell and Tanya Stivers and Clara Bergen},
doi = {10.1016/j.pragma.2017.11.013},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
urldate = {2018-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {124},
pages = {14-30},
abstract = {What is it about children's interactions that is distinctive from adults' interactions? This article relies on a conversation analytically informed quantitative analysis of video recordings of child-child interaction to address this question. We examined 2000 questions and their responses in spontaneous conversation among three-party groups of same age children between 4-8 years of age to investigate the frequency and distributional patterns related to norms governing question-response sequences. We show that school-age children exhibit similar frequency distributions to adults but respond to questions less often and are slower than adults, with minimal age-related differences. Still more important, we argue, is that children's responses show a lack of reflexive awareness of the underlying norms. We propose that it is children's turn designs that lead child interaction to feel distinctive because children at these ages are not differentiating their norm-following from norm-departing responses.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@conference{Kirby2018e,
title = {Inducing a lexicon of sociolinguistic variables from code-mixed text},
author = {James Kirby and Philippa Shoemark and Sharon Goldwater},
doi = {10.18653/v1/W18-6101},
year  = {2018},
date = {2018-01-01},
urldate = {2018-01-01},
pages = {1–6},
publisher = {Association for Computational Linguistics},
abstract = {Sociolinguistics is often concerned with how variants of a linguistic item (e.g., nothing vs. nothin’) are used by different groups or in different situations. We introduce the task of inducing lexical variables from code-mixed text: that is, identifying equivalence pairs such as (football, fitba) along with their linguistic code (football→British, fitba→Scottish). We adapt a framework for identifying gender-biased word pairs to this new task, and present results on three different pairs of English dialects, using tweets as the code-mixed text. Our system achieves precision of over 70% for two of these three datasets, and produces useful results even without extensive parameter tuning. Our success in adapting this framework from gender to language variety suggests that it could be used to discover other types of analogous pairs as well.
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Haberland2017,
title = {Review of Ammon, Ulrich (2015) The position of the German language in the world},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1075 / lplp.00010.hab},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-31},
urldate = {2017-12-31},
journal = {Language Problems & Language Planning},
volume = {41},
number = {3},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2017,
title = {Crosslinguistic influence is not necessarily Attrition},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
doi = {10.1075/lab.00021.tsi},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-31},
urldate = {2017-12-31},
journal = {Linguistic Approaches to Bilingualism},
volume = {7},
number = {6},
pages = {759-762},
abstract = {In their keynote article, Schmid & Köpke (2017; henceforth S&K) convincingly summarize that bilingualism is different from monolingualism: In the same individual, two languages in regular contact are bound to influence one another in more than one way and do so right from the onset of this contact. As soon as L2 development begins, early signs of this contact are found, the implication being that neither higher proficiency nor extensive exposure to the L2 are prerequisites. But, prerequisites for what? Unlike what S&K proposed, a distinction between L1 attrition and crosslinguistic influence (CLI) seems to be in order. Bilingualism is language contact which triggers CLI and this should be, by definition, bi-directional, ie, from L1 to L2 and from L2 to L1. How compatible is CLI with the definition of L1 attrition in S&K’s article?},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Clark2017,
title = {Semantic Categories in Acquisition},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
doi = {10.1016/b978-0-08-101107-2.00017-8},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-31},
urldate = {2017-12-31},
pages = {459-479},
publisher = {Elsevier, London},
chapter = {16},
abstract = {Both universal and language-specific meanings play a role as children map semantic categories onto linguistic forms in a first language. What sources do they draw from as they do this mapping? To what extent are their semantic categories informed by universal conceptual categories, and to what extent by the conventions of the language community? In this chapter, I consider some of the contributions of cognitive and social factors in children’s construction of semantic categories.},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2017,
title = {10 Translation in journalism: Local practices in multilingual newsflows},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Maureen Ehrensberger-Dow},
doi = {10.1515/9783110518269-010},
isbn = {9783110518269},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-31},
publisher = {De Gruyter Open Poland},
abstract = {n  an  increasingly  globalised  and  immediate  world,  journalists  are  faced  with  a plethora  of  multilingual  newsflows  originating  from  sources  other  than  established news agencies. Recorded by amateurs or local media, source materials such as video bites can contain utterances from all over the world in various languages. Our empirical research  suggests  that  the  challenges  that  this  diversity  presents  to  journalists  and editors  could  be  mitigated  by  conscious  language  planning  in  the  newsroom.  This chapter  looks  at  the  question  of  how  journalists  cope  with  multilingualism  in  their news production processes, focusing on quotes in languages they may not be familiar with  or  can  hardly  understand.  The  chapter  discusses  to  what  degree  knowledge gained from our multi-method approach can be applied to addressing this question. Specifically,  selected  findings  are  presented  to  illustrate  how  insights  from  this research  can  be  generalised  to  contribute  to  understanding  and  optimising  cross-cultural newsflows.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Chiaro2017,
title = {“Vivi Pericolosamente”: Christie Davies, Italians and dangerous things},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.7592/EJHR2017.5.4.chiaro},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-31},
journal = {European Journal of Humour Research},
volume = {5},
number = {4},
pages = {41},
abstract = {This essay provides a brief overview of English jokes targeting Italians, and sets out to show how internet memes are a progression of traditional jokes in which Italians are the butts but with a modern twist.},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2017,
title = {Spelling errors in thai made by chinese and lao students speaking thai as a foreign language},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint and Peng Hou},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-22},
abstract = {When learning a foreign language, it is important to learn how to accurately spell as it is crucial for communication. To accurately spell in the Thai language is challenging for both native and foreign learners of Thai. However, there are few studies that address the spelling errors made by foreign learners of Thai. Therefore, the purpose of this study is to analyze the patterns and causes of spelling errors made by Chinese and Lao students speaking Thai as a foreign language. In order to gather data for this analysis, thirty Chinese students and thirty Lao students took part in a composition writing and dictation exercise. A group of Thai students was also involved in the study as a basic group for comparison. The results suggest that the main spelling problem for Chinese students is spelling Thai vowels,whereas Lao students tend to misspell more Thai initial consonants. For Chinese students, the complexity of the Thai writing system and the interference from Chinese phonology are found to be the main causes of their spelling errors. As for the Lao students, apart from a few idiosyncratic errors, most of the errors are found to result from complexity of the Thai writing system, interference from Lao phonology, and differences between the Lao and Thai writing systems. The findings of this study imply that foreign learners of Thai made more intralingual errors than interlingual errors in spelling.most of the errors are found to result from complexity of the Thai writing system, interference from Lao phonology, and differences between the Lao and Thai writing systems. The findings of this study imply that foreign learners of Thai made more intralingual errors than interlingual errors in spelling.most of the errors are found to result from complexity of the Thai writing system, interference from Lao phonology, and differences between the Lao and Thai writing systems. The findings of this study imply that foreign learners of Thai made more intralingual errors than interlingual errors in spelling.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan2017,
title = {Urban melanesia},
author = {Christine Jourdan and Lamont Lindstrom},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-22},
journal = {Journal de la Societe des Oceanistes},
volume = {144},
number = {1-2},
pages = {5 - 22},
abstract = {‪In the 1970s, ethnographers Hal and Marlene Levine ‪
‪“rarely heard Papua New Guineans say a kind word about their towns. They complained of how expensive it was to live in the towns, and of the violence there, and of the danger and difficulties involved in living amid so many strangers” (Levine and Levine, 1979: 1). ‪
‪A decade earlier, a Port Moresby resident likewise described his town as “a rubbish place, there’s always trouble and too much drinking and fighting” (Rew, 1974: v). Now fifty years later, Melanesians continue to complain about urban living even though, during these years, Melanesian cities have transformed from colonial towns into national centers. Urban grievances from Vanuatu are typical. Soarum, who has lived many years in Port Vila since leaving Tanna, his home island, characteristically disparages life in town:‪
‪“Vila, if you don’t work you don’t eat. If you don’t eat, and live with nothing, this isn’t good. You have no energy, no power... When people leave their homes, and come to town, they adopt an urban lifestyle, a mixed culture. This causes big changes, and problems grow: They smoke marijuana, they steal, they are corrupted by movies. All this makes big trouble. They lose their own culture.”‪
‪Soarum’s urban worries about money, crime, marijuana (and wayward youth), and loss of culture are shared by many. These have been enduring concerns ever since Melanesians began moving into towns.},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2017,
title = {From stereotypes and prejudice to verbal and physical violence: Hate speech in context},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Monika Kopytowska},
doi = {10.1515/lpp-2017-0008},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-20},
journal = {Lodz Papers in Pragmatics},
volume = {13},
number = {2},
abstract = {Lodz Papers in Pragmatics (LPP) is an international journal committed to publishing excellent theoretical and empirical research in the area of pragmatics and related disciplines focused on human communication, both in everyday interactions and in the media, whether spoken or written, and whether institutional or interpersonal. LPP editors understand linguistic pragmatics as research area which focuses on the contextual aspects of meaning, which invites interdisciplinary perspective on linguistic data and intersects traditional modules, such as phonetics, phonology, syntax, or text linguistics and discourse analysis.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2017b,
title = {Conceptualising the Other: Online discourses on the current refugee crisis in Cyprus and in Poland},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Monika Kopytowska},
doi = {10.1515/lpp-2017-0011},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-20},
journal = {Lodz Papers in Pragmatics},
volume = {13},
number = {2},
pages = {203-233},
abstract = {Framed within cognitive linguistics, Critical Metaphor Analysis and social psychology, the present paper explores the dynamics of the online construction of the Other in the context of migration and current refugee crisis. Thematically, it scrutinizes online refugee- and migrant-related mainstream and social media discourses in two European countries, Cyprus and Poland, in 2015–2016. On the theoretical and methodological level, it looks at the constituted and constitutive nature of metaphorical conceptualisations of migrants/refugees, their axiological and emotional potential for threat construction, and thus impact on possible cognitive-affective attitudes of the host countries’ citizens. It is theorized here, in line with Conceptual Metaphor Theory, that the choices of particular metaphors and their frequency of usage are likely to influence the salience of issues among the public, activate certain moral evaluations and generate fear, thereby creating grounds for verbal and physical aggression targeted at the Other. The paper addresses the following questions: 1) How is the Other conceptualised as a THREAT in both physical and symbolic sense? 2) To what extent are particular metaphorical conceptualisations within the representation of migrants and refugees common to corpora from both countries and/or socio-cultural context dependent? 3) How can metaphors, including dehumanization, serve as a springboard for individual acts of prejudice, as well as systematic discrimination, and violence? The analysed data was collected within the European project C.O.N.T.A.C.T., exploring various aspects of hate speech and hate crime in ten EU countries},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Chiaro2017bb,
title = {End-user perception of screen translation: the case of Italian dubbing},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro and Chiara Bucaria},
doi = {10.11606/issn.2317-9511.tradterm.2007.47468},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-18},
journal = { Tradterm},
volume = {13},
pages = {91-118},
abstract = {Apesar da falta de atenção dada pelo mundo acadêmico à percepção e satisfação do público em relação à Tradução Audiovisual, é claro que vários elementos lingüístico-culturais de textos dublados podem ser problemáticos para os espectadores estrangeiros e, desta forma, merecem ser considerados. Por exemplo, como os espectadores lidam com as numerosas referências culturais em textos dublados? Eles estranham as expressões em italiano que soam pouco naturais e que obviamente são calques de outras línguas? E senão estranham, por que os toleram? Este artigo pretende preencher uma lacuna no campo da pesquisa em Tradução Audiovisual ao fornecer dados sobre a percepção do usuário final de programas dublados na televisão italiana. Com o intuito de esclarecer algumas destas questões, um estudo experimental foi conduzido. Um corpus de clips de uma série norte-americana de televisão dublada em italiano foi coletado e mostrado para grupos de espectadores formados por especialistas em cinema e tv, lingüistas, tradutores, dubladores bem como membros do público em geral. Cada um dos clips continha um exemplo dos elementos problemáticos descritos acima, com ênfase particular nas referências tipicamente culturais e exemplos de “dublês”. Após assistirem aos clips, os participantes responderam a um questionário que mediu a compreensão e a satisfação de cada seqüência. Os resultados apontaram para uma baixa compreensão de referências culturais e um grau variado de tolerância ao “dubbese”.},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan2017b,
title = {Haosgel: Kinship, class and urban transformations},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
doi = {10.4000/jso.7905},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-15},
journal = {Journal de la Société des océanistes},
volume = {144},
number = {144-145},
pages = {131-146},
abstract = {In Honiara, Solomon Islands, middle-class households routinely include young unmarried girls who hail from the villages to work as domestic help (haosgel in Solomon Islands Pijin) for their kin. Using data gathered in Honiara over the last 15 years, and more recently in 2015, the paper explores what is it to be a young haosgel in Honiara today while focusing on a set of issues that are central to the life of these young women: the power and transformation of kinship; the relationship between urban life and domesticity, and the link between agency, gender and resistance. Arguing that the presence of house girls contributes to the establishment of the middle-class, I seek to understand how these young women engage a complex situation in which their urban relatives, usually wealthier than their own parents, act out kinship while playing boss.},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan2017bb,
title = {Haosgel : Parenté, classes sociales et transformations urbaines à Honiara, îles Salomon},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
doi = {10.4000/jso.7787},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-15},
journal = {Journal de la Société des océanistes},
pages = {131 - 146},
abstract = {In Honiara, Solomon Islands, middle-class households routinely include young unmarried girls who hail from the villages to work as domestic help (haosgel in Solomon Islands Pijin) for their kin. Using data gathered in Honiara over the last 15 years, and more recently in 2015, the paper explores what is it to be a young haosgel in Honiara today while focusing on a set of issues that are central to the life of these young women: the power and transformation of kinship; the relationship between urban life and domesticity, and the link between agency, gender and resistance. Arguing that the presence of house girls contributes to the establishment of the middle-class, I seek to understand how these young women engage a complex situation in which their urban relatives, usually wealthier than their own parents, act out kinship while playing boss.},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan2017bb,
title = {Urbanization in MelanesiaUrban Melanesia},
author = {Christine Jourdan and Lamont Lindstrom},
doi = {10.4000/jso.7673},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-15},
urldate = {2017-12-15},
journal = {Journal of the Society of Oceanists},
pages = {5-22},
abstract = {Several articles in this folder (Jourdan Kraemer, Lindstrom, McDougall Rio) were presented during the session on urban Melanesia organized by C. Jourdan L. Lindstrom at the 10 th Congress of the European Society of Oceanists ( Esfo) held in Brussels in 2015. We thank Jenny Bryant-Tokalau, Willem Church, Annelin Eriksen, Tate LeFevre, Timothy Sharp and Chelsea Wentworth who also participated in this session. The other contributors responded to the call for papers published by the journal and we thank them. We thank the editor and staff of the journal for their attentive and generous help in preparing this large volume. We also thank the reviewers retained by the journal for the suggestions for improvements made to the introduction and to the articles in this volume.

Thanks also to the translators of the articles from English to French for the published version of this dossier (see Jourdan, Kraemer, Lindstrom, Lindstrom and Jourdan, Rio, Stern). For online publication, both versions of each article will be available.},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2017,
title = {Afterword},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1558/japl.26899},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-14},
journal = {Journal of Applied Linguistics and Professional Practice},
volume = {10},
number = {3},
abstract = {Commentary on the papers of the Special Issue of the Journal of Applied Linguistics and Professional Practice on Storytelling and Moral Work.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gasparini2017,
title = {Phonetics of Emphatics in Baṭḥari},
author = {Fabio Gasparini},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-13},
journal = {QuadRi},
pages = {69-85},
abstract = {Baṭḥari is one of the six Modern South Arabian languages spoken in Oman and Yemen and belonging to the Western branch of the Semitic family. Once supposedly spoken in a wider area at the extreme East of Dhofar region, recent fieldwork revealed that only 12 elders from the Baṭaḥira tribe remember the language at various degrees of proficiency. It is very likely that Baṭḥari will disappear in less than a couple of decades with the death of the last speakers and no action other than documentation and description can be made to secure memory of this language.The present paper presents the first results of an ongoing study conducted over a corpus sample of oral texts collected by prof. Miranda Morris and Khalifa Hamood al-Baṭḥari for the “Documentation and Ethnolinguistic Analysis of the Modern South Arabian languages” project. The concurrence of two phonetic processes in the Baṭḥari phonetic system, namely pharyngealization and glottalization, will be explored in detail. These two processes are involved in the realization of the socalled “emphatics”, which are known to show both kinds of realization in various contexts in MSAL (Watson & Bellem 2011; Ridouane & al. 2015). The analysis of Morris’ sample was followed by a period of fieldwork in Autumn 2016, in order to gather more material and gain a better knowledge on this heavily endangered language.},
keywords = {Fabio Gasparini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Bodomo2017,
title = {Towards the Harmonization of a Writing System for the Mabia Languages of West Africa},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Hasiyatu Abubakari},
isbn = {978-1-920294-12-0},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-10},
volume = {120},
pages = {159 - 181},
publisher = {Centre for Advanced Studies of African Society (CASAS)},
abstract = {Abstract In a bit to advance a harmonized writing technological system for the Mabia languages of West Africa, this paper discusses the typological relationships between five of these Mabia languages and shows that these languages exhibit strong ties in most aspects of linguistics, be it phonology, morphology, syntax, or semantics. The close relationship between these languages, seen more as a continuum of close linguistic varieties, provides reasons for us to rather consider them as more or less dialects of a single mega language instead of different languages on their own, for most practical purposes, though not all of these language varieties are mutually intelligible. Based on the consonantal and vocalic systems of the language varieties studied, along with other linguistic affinities, we propose a set of uniform graphemes that could be adopted by researchers working on these language varieties for the sake of uniformity, coherence, and consistency. The set of proposed graphemes serves as basis for a future project on developing a harmonized, common language keyboard and other kinds of writing technologies for the Mabia languages. Kyɛngmááó Te nang bóᴐ́rᴐ ká té ngmaa sɛ́goo tɛknólógyi bónyéni ko a Mabíá kᴐkᴐ́rɛ́ɛ́ náng bé a Áfíríka loorí sɛ́ng zuíng, a áátékel nyɛ̌ mánné lá a taapólóógyi yítáá yɛ́lɛ́ náng bé a Mabíá kᴐkᴐ́rɛ́ɛ́ anúú miné póᴐ́, a wuli séng ká a kᴐkᴐ́rɛ́ɛ́ nyɛ́ sorong yí lá táá yága a fonólógyi, mᴐᴐfólógyi, séntákse, ané sɛmántékse zû póᴐ́. A yítáá zuíng ná éng póᴐ́ lá ká té paa boᴐrᴐ ká te yeli ka a kᴐkᴐ́rɛ́ɛ́ nyɛ́ láng lá táá sóng a e kᴐkᴐ́yéni, hále gba ka tenéé’ńg bá tóᴐ wonó a kᴐkᴐ́rɛ́ɛ́ nyɛ́ yɛ́lɛ́ zaá. Te náng wa kaa a kᴐkᴐ́rɛ́ɛ́ nyɛ́ kónsónánteré ané a vááwelé yɛ́lɛ́ bááre, te nyɛ́ɛ́ lá ká te na bᴐ́ng vɛ́ng lá ka a kᴐkᴐ́rɛ́ɛ́ nyɛ́ taá gráfiim páré bónyéni ka kannekánmá máng tóᴐ dé tonᴐ́ né ba tómá. A gráfiim ámɛ te nang mánne na bᴐ́ng é lá bómá te náng na dê ngmaa né kᴐmpúúta kííbᴐ́ᴐ́de ko a Mabíá kᴐkᴐ́rɛ́ɛ́ nyɛ́.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@bachelorthesis{Kirby2017,
title = {On the r>h Shift in Kiên Giang Khmer},
author = {James Kirby and Đinh Lư Giang},
doi = {10524/52414},
issn = {1836-6821},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-10},
urldate = {2017-12-10},
journal = {Journal of the Southeast Asian Linguistics Society},
volume = {10},
pages = {66 - 85},
abstract = {This paper presents an acoustic and perceptual study of the r>h shift in the variety of Khmer spoken in Giồng Riềng district, Kiên Giang province, Vietnam. In Phnom Penh Khmer, /r/ is realized as [h] in syllable onsets and onset clusters, and accompanied by lowered pitch, breathiness, and in some cases a change in the quality of the following vowel. In Kiên Giang Khmer, the r>h shift is accompanied by pitch lowering, but without changes in aspiration or vowel quality, and spectral measures did not indicate substantial differences in voice quality. Consistent with their productions, users of this dialect appear to rely solely on differences pitch to identify these lexical items. We discuss the implications of our findings for Khmer dialectology, mechanisms of sound change, and variation in the realization of rhotics more generally.
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@book{Chiaro2017b,
title = {The language of jokes in the digital age: Viral humour},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro
},
doi = {10.4324/9781315146348},
isbn = {9781315146348},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-05},
abstract = {In this accessible book, Delia Chiaro provides a fresh overview of the language of jokes in a globalized and digitalized world. The book shows how, while on the one hand the lingua-cultural nuts and bolts of jokes have remained unchanged over time, on the other, the time-space compression brought about by modern technology has generated new settings and new ways of joking and playing with language. The Language of Jokes in the Digital Age covers a wide range of settings from social networks, e-mails and memes, to more traditional fields of film and TV (especially sitcoms and game shows) and advertising. Chiaro's consideration of the increasingly virtual context of jokes delights with both up-to-date examples and frequent reference to the most central theories of comedy.},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Lupke2017,
title = {African(ist) perspectives on vitality: Fluidity, small speaker numbers, and adaptive multilingualism make vibrant ecologies (Response to Mufwene)},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
doi = {10.1353/lan.2017.0071},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-04},
journal = {Language},
volume = {93},
number = {4},
pages = {e275-e279},
abstract = {This paper addresses language vitality from an Africanist perspective. I identify central components for the paradigm Mufwene (2017) invites us to conceive: the investigation of communicative practices in language ecologies (rather than the study of a language), of fluid speech and its relation to imaginary reifications, of indexical functions of speech and language, and of language ideologies and the perspectives contained in them. I argue that the study of small-scale multilingual ecologies driven by adaptivity, rather than by fixed ethnolinguistic identities and ancestral languages, and the recognition of small languages as causally related to language vitality, not to endangerment, are crucial for a rethinking of linguistic vitality and diversity.},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jones2017,
title = {HAU Journal of Ethnographic Theory},
author = {Graham Jones},
doi = {10.14318/hau7.3.026},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-01},
urldate = {2017-12-01},
journal = {HAU Journal of Ethnographic Theory},
volume = {7},
number = {3},
pages = {399-407},
keywords = {Graham Jones},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta2017,
title = {Future tense: Capital, labor, and technology in a service industry: The 2017 Lewis Henry Morgan Lecture},
author = {Akhil Gupta and Purnima Mankekar},
doi = {10.14318/hau7.3.004},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-01},
journal = {HAU Journal of Ethnographic Theory},
volume = {7},
number = {3},
pages = {67-87},
abstract = {Since its beginning in 2000, the Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) industry has grown to employ 700,000 young people in India. These workers spend their nights interacting by phone and online with customers in the United States, the United Kingdom, Australia, and elsewhere. In this article, we focus on the affective dimensions of work in this industry. BPOs have led to contradictory outcomes such as upward mobility accompanied by precarity. Our research explores the complex interplay between work, personal aspirations, social futures, and transformations in global capitalism. Our informants’ experiences with affective labor performed at a distance provide us with critical insights into capital, labor, and technology in our rapidly changing world. Movement characterizes the industry and its workers as they communicate across spatial, linguistic, and cultural distance, while simultaneously being emplaced by regimes of racialized labor. We draw on long-term fieldwork to analyze the complexity and density of interactions between imagination, aspiration, technology, and work for upwardly mobile classes in the Global South.},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2017,
title = {Impact of Undergraduate Language and Gender Research: Challenges and Reflections in the Context of Qatar},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.2478/genst-2018-0007},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-01},
journal = {Gender Studies 16(1):DOI:},
volume = {16},
number = {1},
pages = {71-86},
abstract = {The paper aims at raising female students’ awareness about sexism in language and designing and applying sociocultural linguistic interventions in Qatar. Contributing to the nascent feminist research tradition in this relatively new and rapidly up-and-coming country, it presents a tangible pedagogical proposal from the context of tertiary education. At the same time, in terms of its contribution to gender-related sociolinguistic theory this project can be seen as an attempt to offer a suggestion on how to theorise the positionality of sociolinguistic professionals in relation to issues and contexts they address.},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Baider2017bb,
title = {Young People’s Perception of Hate Speech},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Stavros Assimakopoulos and Sharon Millar and César Arroyo López and Tatsiana Chulitskaya and Anna Constantinou and Klaus Geyer and Łukasz Grabowski and Monika Kopytowska and Roberto Moreno López and Rasmus Nielsen and Valentina Oliviero and Anastasia Petrou and Ernesto Russo and Rebecca Vella Muskat and Anna Vibeke Lindø and Georgia Whitaker and Julita Woźniak},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-319-72604-5_4},
isbn = {978-3-319-72603-8},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-01},
pages = {53-85},
publisher = {Springer, Cham},
abstract = {The present chapter, much like the previous one, comprises a series of short sections, each focusing on a particular aspect arising from the interview discussions. The analyses adopt predominantly thematic qualitative approaches embedded within various theoretical perspectives and are meant to explore the ways in which young people perceive hate speech and matters associated with it. Again, it should be noted that even though each section is based on a particular national setting, the overall argumentation is of relevance to other contexts and to the wider discussion of the specific phenomenon in focus.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Baider2017bb,
title = {Introduction and Background},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Stavros Assimakopoulos and Sharon Millar and Natalie Alkiviadou and César Arroyo López and Roberto Moreno López},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-319-72604-5_1},
isbn = {978-3-319-72603-8},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-01},
pages = {1-16},
publisher = {Springer, Cham},
abstract = {Migration phenomena characterised by a large influx of populations can easily question our conception of territories and social relations. Since this conception is part and parcel of our identity, migration has the power to trigger political discourses on identity issues. One such occasion has indeed been unravelling lately, especially since the summer of 2015, with the arrival in the European Union (henceforth EU) of migrants from a variety of places, and in particular from regions in conflict, such as Syria, Libya or Iraq, countries under totalitarian regimes, such as Erythrea, as well as countries with high levels of poverty, such as Pakistan and Bangladesh. As a result, Europe has been politically and socially shaken: photos of thousands of migrants roaming across Europe have made the news, and such media images have been instrumentalised to serve different, often far-right, political agendas.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Baider2017bb,
title = {Analysis of Online Comments to News Reports},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Stavros Assimakopoulos and Pablo Tempesta and Anna Constantinou and Klaus Geyer and Łukasz Grabowski and Uladzislau Ivanou and Monika Kopytowska and Sharon Millar and Rasmus Nielsen and Anastasia Petrou and Ernesto Russo and Rebecca Vella Muskat and Anna Vibeke Lindø and Julita Woźniak},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-319-72604-5_3},
isbn = {978-3-319-72603-8},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-01},
pages = {25-52},
publisher = {Springer, Cham},
abstract = {Having outlined the common methodological perspective that C.O.N.T.A.C.T. partners adopted for both research strands of the project, it is now time to turn to a general discussion of the results obtained. To this end, this chapter will focus on the analysis of the comments corpora that were compiled at the first stage of our investigation; through the application of different techniques and against the background of various theoretical standpoints, the following sections touch on topics of central importance for the discourse-analytic discussion of hate speech, broadly construed.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Baider2017bb,
title = {The C.O.N.T.A.C.T. Methodological Approach},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Stavros Assimakopoulos and Sharon Millar},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-319-72604-5_2},
isbn = {978-3-319-72603-8},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-01},
pages = {17-23},
publisher = {Springer, Cham},
abstract = {As already hinted at in the previous chapter, the C.O.N.T.A.C.T. project covered two main strands of research: the expression of hate speech and its perception. To these ends, a multi-method approach was adopted, encompassing different types of data. In this chapter, we will outline the shared procedures of data collection and analysis in relation to both the production data, i.e. online comments to news reports, and the perceptual data, i.e. interviews.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Baider2017bb,
title = {Online Hate Speech in the European Union: A Discourse-Analytic Perspective},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Stavros Assimakopoulos and Sharon Millar},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-319-72604-5},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-12-01},
publisher = {Springer Nature},
abstract = {Although ‘hate speech’ is often incorporated in legal and policy documents, there is no universally accepted definition, which in itself warrants research into how hatred is both expressed and perceived. The research project synthesises discourse analytic and corpus linguistics techniques, and presents its key findings here. The focus is especially on online comments posted in reaction to news items that could trigger discrimination, as well as on the folk perception of online hate speech as revealed through semi-structured interviews with young individuals across the various partner countries.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Deumert2017,
title = {‘My tribe is the Hessequa. I’m Khoisan. I’m African’: Language, desire and performance among Cape Town’s Khoisan language activists},
author = {Ana Deumert and Justin Brown},
doi = {10.1515/multi-2017-4046},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-11-26},
journal = {Multilingua},
volume = {36},
number = {5},
pages = {571-594},
abstract = {In this article we provide a discussion of present-day Khoisan activism in Cape Town, South Africa. The main actors in this movement are people whose heritage is complex: their history can be traced back to the early days of the colonial settlement, reflecting the interactions and cohabitation of the indigenous Khoisan, slaves and the European settlers. Currently, their main languages are English and Afrikaans; yet, efforts are also made by activists to learn Khoekhoegwab. In discussing the Khoisan resurgence we draw on a wide range of sources. The data include: in-depth interviews with language activists; video and audio recordings of ceremonies and other cultural events; discussions and performance of language and identity on blogs and tweets; newspapers; linguistic landscapes; and, finally, artistic performances (with particular focus on the hiphop opera Afrikaaps). },
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Chiaro2017bb,
title = {The language of jokes and gender},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.4324/9781315146348-4},
isbn = {9781315146348},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-11-23},
pages = {70-120},
publisher = {The Language of Jokes in the Digital Age},
abstract = {This chapter focuses on instances of verbally expressed humour targeting gender that can be found on the internet with particular attention to humour that "goes viral" by means of social media. The portrayal of the mother-in-law in jokes is generally that of an intimidating battle-axe clutching a rolling pin. Christie Davies, in fact, puts the preponderance of jokes told by men about wives' mothers down to a gender divide, claiming that joke-telling is a masculine pastime. Although Davies does not mention the word "sexism" in his discussions, the language in which blonde jokes are couched does indeed strongly whiff of sexism. Stand-up female comedians appear to be especially fond of particular topics upon which they build a humorous discourse that is often self-deprecatory in nature and that makes up a large part of their repertoire. The basic scatological humour is multiplied because she is a young, attractive female.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Chiaro2017bb,
title = {The language of jokes online},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.4324/9781315146348-5},
isbn = {9781315146348},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-11-23},
pages = {121-155},
publisher = {The Language of Jokes in the Digital Age},
abstract = {Verbal language is of utmost importance in users' relationship with the internet; after all, it is principally words that drive the internet. In a real-life joke-capping session people will typically take turns at telling a succession of jokes, with each joke being different from the next and separated by laughter or at the very least by the verbal evaluation of the joke by other listeners. Starting with examples of purely verbal online humour, the chapter provides an overview of some of the different types of computer-mediated humour available on a variety of virtual platforms. Threads containing long stretches of ping-pong-punning (PPP) appear in online newspapers during live coverage of televised events. In contrast to joke-capping, in PPP there are no actual jokes involved. The chapter examines three sets of memes that target Italians; those regarding what is commonly considered to be Italians' excessive use of gesticulation, those regarding their obsession with food, and jokes about their military cowardice.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Chiaro2017bb,
title = {The language of jokes},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.4324/9781315146348-2},
isbn = {9781315146348},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-11-23},
pages = {6-34},
publisher = {The Language of Jokes in the Digital Age},
abstract = {The first Knowledge Resource (KR) that is essential in a joke is language. Jokes consist of words and the language resource explains how words/language are/is used to create humour. Traditionally, there has been much debate about jokes that play on language alone and those that play on world or encyclopaedic knowledge. Finally, jokes allow us to talk about many subjects that would be taboo outside the play frame of non-serious discourse. Salvatore Attardo's 1994 KRs highlight the interplay that exists between form and content in a joke. In all probability, Script Opposition is the most vital KR for both the creation and the recognition of verbal humour. However, what is interesting about much humorous material online is that so much of it is actually produced by users themselves. Online ping-pong-punning is more similar to a drawn out game of chess than ping-pong.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Baider2017bb,
title = {Thinking globally, acting locally: Analyzing the adaptation of mainstream supremacist concepts to a local socio-historical context (ELAM in Cyprus)},
author = {Fabienne Baider },
doi = {10.1075/jlac.5.2.02bai},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-11-23},
journal = {Journal of Language Aggression and Conflict},
volume = {5},
number = {2},
pages = {178-204},
abstract = {The aim of this study is to show how trans-national right-wing linguistic strategies and global xenophobic attitudes are reworked at national levels, and how, as a result, specialized country- and culture-specific coercion and legitimization strategies arise. Using a detailed, quantitative-qualitative method of analysis, we look at the Greek Cypriot extreme-right party ELAM to see how the party’s anti-migration rhetoric construes any foreign presence as threat, by proximizing it linguistically as ‘invasion.’ This strategy allows the conflation of the current ‘Other’ (migrants) with archetypical adversaries, such as Turkey. Indeed, anchoring the migration issue in the main national narrative, i.e., the long-standing Cypriot conflict, gives their xenophobic language conceptual coherence and strengthens its textual cohesion. In particular two figures of speech are the basis of this invasion script, the word metanasteftiko ‘the immigration phenomenon’ conceptualized as the kipriako (the Cyprus problem, i.e., the political division of the island). This parallelism opens the way for a number of inferences, while it also enables a conceptual shift from the real phenomenon known as globalization and multiculturalism to the imagined idea of a (white/Western) genocide. Data include comments responding to ELAM followers’ YouTube videos and mainstream press representations. Methodology includes corpus linguistics and discourse analysis focused on the fundamental metaphors found in the data such as migration as unbearable weight and migration as dirt .},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2017bb,
title = {Thinking globally, acting locally: Analyzing the adaptation of mainstream supremacist concepts to a local socio-historical context (ELAM in Cyprus)},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.1075/jlac.5.2.02bai},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-11-23},
journal = {Journal of Language Aggression and Conflict},
volume = {5},
number = {2},
pages = {178-204},
abstract = {The aim of this study is to show how trans-national right-wing linguistic strategies and global xenophobic attitudes are reworked at national levels, and how, as a result, specialized country- and culture-specific coercion and legitimization strategies arise. Using a detailed, quantitative-qualitative method of analysis, we look at the Greek Cypriot extreme-right party ELAM to see how the party’s anti-migration rhetoric construes any foreign presence as threat, by proximizing it linguistically as ‘invasion.’ This strategy allows the conflation of the current ‘Other’ (migrants) with archetypical adversaries, such as Turkey. Indeed, anchoring the migration issue in the main national narrative, i.e., the long-standing Cypriot conflict, gives their xenophobic language conceptual coherence and strengthens its textual cohesion. In particular two figures of speech are the basis of this invasion script, the word metanasteftiko ‘the immigration phenomenon’ conceptualized as the kipriako (the Cyprus problem, i.e., the political division of the island). This parallelism opens the way for a number of inferences, while it also enables a conceptual shift from the real phenomenon known as globalization and multiculturalism to the imagined idea of a (white/Western) genocide. Data include comments responding to ELAM followers’ YouTube videos and mainstream press representations. Methodology includes corpus linguistics and discourse analysis focused on the fundamental metaphors found in the data such as migration as unbearable weight and migration as dirt .},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2017b,
title = {Syntactic and Story Structure Complexity in the Narratives of High- and Low-Language Ability Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Maria Andreou},
doi = {10.3389/fpsyg.2017.02027},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-11-20},
urldate = {2017-11-20},
journal = {Frontiers in Psychology},
volume = {20},
abstract = {Although language impairment is commonly associated with the autism spectrum disorder (ASD), the Diagnostic Statistical Manual no longer includes language impairment as a necessary component of an ASD diagnosis (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). However, children with ASD and no comorbid intellectual disability struggle with some aspects of language whose precise nature is still outstanding. Narratives have been extensively used as a tool to examine lexical and syntactic abilities, as well as pragmatic skills in children with ASD. This study contributes to this literature by investigating the narrative skills of 30 Greek-speaking children with ASD and normal non-verbal IQ, 16 with language skills in the upper end of the normal range (ASD-HL), and 14 in the lower end of the normal range (ASD-LL). The control group consisted of 15 age-matched typically-developing (TD) children. Narrative performance was measured in terms of both microstructural and macrostructural properties. Microstructural properties included lexical and syntactic measures of complexity such as subordinate vs. coordinate clauses and types of subordinate clauses. Macrostructure was measured in terms of the diversity in the use of internal state terms (ISTs) and story structure complexity, i.e., children's ability to produce important units of information that involve the setting, characters, events, and outcomes of the story, as well as the characters' thoughts and feelings. The findings demonstrate that high language ability and syntactic complexity pattern together in ASD children's narrative performance and that language ability compensates for autistic children's pragmatic deficit associated with the production of Theory of Mind-related ISTs. Nevertheless, both groups of children with ASD (high and low language ability) scored lower than the TD controls in the production of Theory of Mind-unrelated ISTs, modifier clauses and story structure complexity.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2017c,
title = {Syntactic and story structure complexity in the narratives of high-and low-language ability children with autism spectrum disorder},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Maria Andreou},
doi = {10.17863/CAM.22205},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-11-20},
urldate = {2017-11-20},
journal = {Frontiers in psychology},
volume = {8},
pages = {2027},
abstract = {Although language impairment is commonly associated with the autism spectrum disorder (ASD), the Diagnostic Statistical Manual no longer includes language impairment as a necessary component of an ASD diagnosis (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). However, children with ASD and no comorbid intellectual disability struggle with some aspects of language whose precise nature is still outstanding. Narratives have been extensively used as a tool to examine lexical and syntactic abilities, as well as pragmatic skills in children with ASD. This study contributes to this literature by investigating the narrative skills of 30 Greek-speaking children with ASD and normal non-verbal IQ, 16 with language skills in the upper end of the normal range (ASD-HL), and 14 in the lower end of the normal range (ASD-LL). The control group consisted of 15 age-matched typically-developing (TD) children. Narrative performance was measured in terms of both microstructural and macrostructural properties. Microstructural properties included lexical and syntactic measures of complexity such as subordinate vs. coordinate clauses and types of subordinate clauses. Macrostructure was measured in terms of the diversity in the use of internal state terms (ISTs) and story structure complexity, i.e., children's ability to produce important units of information that involve the setting, characters, events, and outcomes of the story, as well as the characters' thoughts and feelings. The findings demonstrate that high language ability and syntactic complexity pattern together in ASD children's narrative performance and that language ability compensates for autistic children's pragmatic deficit associated with the production of Theory of Mind-related ISTs. Nevertheless, both groups of children with ASD (high and low language ability) scored lower than the TD controls in the production of Theory of Mind-unrelated ISTs, modifier clauses and story structure complexity.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Vaux2017,
title = {Consonant epenthesis and markedness},
author = {Bert Vaux and Bridget Diane Samuels},
doi = {10.1075/la.241.04vau},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-11-15},
urldate = {2017-11-15},
volume = {241},
pages = {69-100},
publisher = {Consonant epenthesis and markedness},
chapter = {4},
abstract = {In recent years, the role of markedness in shaping phonological patterns has been at the forefront of debate: while in Optimality Theory (OT; Prince and Smolensky 1993 [2004]) and related frameworks such as Harmonic Grammar (Pater 2009), markedness constraints play a major role in circumscribing the space of possible phonologies, a number of recent works in the tradition of Ohala (1981), including several chapters in this volume, argue that markedness is an epiphenomenon of extra-phonological factors. The present work takes the phenomenon of consonant epenthesis as a case study for comparing these two perspectives, showing that the range of consonants which are chosen for insertion cross-linguistically cannot be accounted for in terms of markedness. Specifically, here we focus on the empirical and theory-internal problems which arise for markedness-based accounts of consonant epenthesis. We provide an extensive empirical overview with a focus on English r-insertion and critique several markedness-based approaches to consonant epenthesis, including Lombardi (2002), de Lacy (2006), and Steriade (2009), concluding that a viable theory of synchronic phonology must allow for epenthesis of any segment, no matter how marked. This is consistent with the larger point that “unnatural” phonological patterns are the product of historical processes which may obscure phonetic motivation; specifically in this case, unusual epenthetic consonants may result from hypercorrection and reanalysis of deletion patterns (Blevins 2008).},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Costa2017,
title = {Contemporary Comparative Anthropology–The Why We Post Project},
author = {Elisabetta Costa and Daniel Miller and Laura Haapio-Kirk and Nell Haynes and Jolynna Sinanan and Tom McDonald and Razvan Nicolescu and Juliano Spyer and Shriram Venkatraman and Xinyuan Wang},
doi = {10.1080/00141844.2017.1397044},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-11-08},
urldate = {2017-11-08},
journal = {Ethnos},
volume = {84},
number = {2},
pages = {1-16},
abstract = {This paper confronts the disparity between a tradition that has defined anthropology as a comparative discipline and the practices which increasingly embrace cultural relativism and the uniqueness of each fieldsite. It suggests that it is possible to resolve this dilemma, through creating a vertical structure that complements the horizontal task of comparison across fieldsites. This vertical structure is composed of different methods of dissemination which make explicit a series of steps from a baseline of popular dissemination which stresses the uniqueness of individuals, through books and journal articles with increasing degrees of generalisation and comparison. Following this structure leads us up through analysis to the creation and employment of theory. This allows us to make comparisons and generalisations without sacrificing our assertion of specificity and uniqueness. We illustrate this argument though a recent nine-field site comparison of the use and consequences of social media in a project called ‘Why We Post.’},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2017,
title = {How to distinguish a wink from a twitch},
author = {Jack Sidnell and N. J. Enfield},
doi = {10.14318/hau7.2.038},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-11-07},
urldate = {2017-11-07},
journal = {HAU Journal of Ethnographic Theory},
volume = {7},
issue = {2},
pages = {457-465},
abstract = {Comment on Duranti, Alessandro. 2015. The anthropology of intentions: Language in a world of others. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Dalakoglou2017b,
title = {Critical Times in Greece},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
isbn = {9781138237773},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-11-05},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {This volume brings together new anthropological research on the Greek crisis. With a number of contributions from academics based in Greece, the book addresses a number of key issues such as the refugee crisis, far-right extremism and the psychological impact of increased poverty and unemployment. It provides much needed ethnographic contributions and critical anthropological perspectives at a key moment in Greece’s history, and will be of great interest to researchers interested in the social, political and economic developments in southern Europe. It is the first collection to explore the impact of this period of radical social change on anthropological understandings of Greece.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Heller2017,
title = {Critical Sociolinguistic Research Methods},
author = {Monica Heller and Sari Pietikäinen and Joan Pujolar},
isbn = {9781138825901},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-11-02},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {Critical Sociolinguistic Research Methods is a guide to conducting concrete ethnographic and discourse analytic research projects, written by top scholars for students and researchers in social science fields. Adopting a critical perspective focusing on the role of language in the construction of social difference and social inequality, the authors walk the reader through five key moments in the life of a research project: composing research questions, designing the project, doing fieldwork, performing data analysis and writing academic texts or otherwise engaging in conversation with different types of social actors about the project. These moments are illustrated by colour-coded examples from the authors’ experiences that help researchers and students follow the sequential stages of a project. Clear and highly applicable, with a detailed workbook full of practical tips and examples, this book is a great resource for graduate-level qualitative methods courses in linguistics and anthropology, as well as methods courses in the humanities and social sciences that focus on the role of language in research. It is a timely text for investigating language issues that matter and have consequences for people’s lives.},
keywords = {Monica Heller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Duranti2017,
title = {Action and Its Parts},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
doi = {10.14318/hau7.2.034},
issn = {2049-1115 (Online)},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-11-01},
journal = {HAU: Journal of Ethnographic Theory},
volume = {7},
number = {2},
pages = {427-435},
abstract = {Comment on Enfield, N. J. and Jack Sidnell. 2017. \emph{The Concept of Action}. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Duranti2017b,
title = {In and Out of Intersubjective Attunement},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
doi = {10.14318/hau7.2.040},
issn = {2049-1115 (Online)},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-11-01},
journal = {HAU: Journal of Ethnographic Theory},
volume = {7},
number = {2},
pages = {475–483},
abstract = {Response to comments on Duranti, Alessandro. 2015. \emph{The Anthropology of Intentions: Language in A World of Others.} Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta2017b,
title = {Changing Forms of Corruption in India},
author = {Akhil Gupta},
doi = {10.1017/S0026749X17000580},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-11-01},
journal = {Modern Asian Studies},
volume = {51},
number = {06},
pages = {1862-1890},
abstract = {This article has four important goals. First, I want to ask why liberalization and market-friendly reforms failed to curb corruption in India. Indeed, confounding the predictions of most proponents of reform, corruption seems to have increased after the neoliberal reforms of 1991. Second, I aim to develop a typology in which the importance of particular sectors to corrupt practices is highlighted and explained. Third, I point out that India has failed to make the ‘transition’ historically seen in low-income countries as they develop. Nation-states have in the past moved from a system of vertical corruption—marked by the extraction of small sums from a large number of transactions with citizens in everyday life—to a system of horizontal corruption, in which governmental elites extract large sums in a small number of transactions from corporate and commercial bodies. Finally, I argue that anti-corruption movements cannot be understood without paying attention to the affective and emotional ties that bind citizens to the state. We have to take account of contradictory feelings about the state: cynicism about the state and popular anger against corruption on one side, and an attachment to popular sovereignty and patronage on the other. These contradictory sentiments will better enable us to understand the conjunctures that lead to effective institutional change.},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Ladegaard2017,
title = {Language and Intercultural Communication in the Workplace. Critical Approaches to Theory and Practice},
author = {Hans Ladegaard and Christopher J. Jenks},
isbn = {978-1-138-20492-8},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-11-01},
urldate = {2017-11-01},
volume = {15},
number = {1},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {This book provides a greater understanding of workplace cultures, particularly the ways in which working in highly interconnected and multicultural societies shape language and intercultural communication. The chapters focus on critical approaches to theory and practice, in particular how practice is used to shape theory. The also question the validity and universality of existing models. Some of the predominant models in intercultural communication have been criticised for being Eurocentric or Anglocentric, and this volume proposes alternative frameworks for analysing intercultural communication in the workplace.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Bodomo2017c,
title = {The Globalization of Foreign Investment in Africa: The Role of Europe, China, and India},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.1108/9781787433571},
isbn = {978-1-78743-358-8},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-10-31},
number = {136},
publisher = { Emerald Publishing Limited},
abstract = {The 21st century era of globalization has opened up many investment alternatives for Africa. There is now a rush by governments and private companies to expand in the rapidly growing region, to the extent that we can begin to talk of a process of world-wide investment. Both traditionally powerful economies in the West and emerging powers such as China and India have contributed to a vast proliferation of investment, raising questions of what intense competition will mean for Africa’s economic development. The Globalization of Foreign Investment in Africa: The Role of Europe, China, and India compares the differing approaches between Asian and European players in Africa, with a particular focus on the role of foreign direct investment (FDI) in the socio-economic, socio-political, and socio-cultural development of the region. First documenting the historical context of Western dominance from European colonial powers, the book follows the paradigm shift that occurred with China’s 21st century foray into Africa in search of oil and other raw materials to fuel its own rapidly rising economy. Using an interdisciplinary approach, the author proposes that Africa will only get maximum benefits from high-level investment activities if it succeeds in evolving an Africa-driven foreign investment policy. This strategy presents the best scenario for an African economic renaissance in the 21st century. An important contribution to research on contemporary Afro-Asian dynamics, this book will be of interest to students and academics of African Studies, Asian Studies, globalization, and economics, as well as potential investors and investing agencies.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@conference{Tsimpli2017d,
title = {Lexical representation and parsing of morphologically complex words in non-fluent variant Primary Progressive Aphasia and Broca’s Aphasia},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-10-30},
urldate = {2017-10-30},
volume = {11},
abstract = {Morphological decomposition has been found to be impaired across both Broca’s aphasia (e.g. Luzzatti et al., 2001) and the three Primary Progressive Aphasia (PPA) subtypes (e.g. Wilson et al., 2014). However, morphological impairment in these populations has been predominantly defined in terms of the regular vs. irregular inflection dichotomy in verbs and nouns in language production, with the parsing procedures underlying the processing of morphologically complex words receiving less attention. The aim of the present study was to investigate the impact of morpho-orthographic and lexical parameters (frequency) during visual word recognition on individuals with non-fluent variant PPA and compare their performance to that of patients with Broca’s aphasia (Tsapkini et al., 2013).
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@proceedings{Bodomo2017b,
title = {Verb-Object Compounds and Idioms in Chinese},
author = {Adams Bodomo and So-sum Yu and Dewei Che},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-319-69805-2_27},
isbn = {978-3-319-69804-5},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-10-25},
booktitle = {Verb-Object Compounds and Idioms in Chinese},
pages = {383-396},
publisher = {Springer International Publishing},
organization = {International Conference on Computational and Corpus-Based Phraseology},
abstract = {This paper addresses central issues about the nature of a construction in the Chinese language that is referred to as Verb-Object Compounds (VOCs). It has long been noted that the relationship between the two or more morphemes of VOCs is partly morphological and partly syntactic in the sense that, on the one hand, they do combine to form a ‘word-like unit’, but on the other hand, some degree of separation is possible between the two parts [4, 8, 9, 10, 12, 16, 17, 22, among others]. The VOC has triggered intense interest and rigorous research on the issue of wordhood in Chinese due to its disharmonious behaviour shown in the two separate modules of syntax and morphology. However, these previous discussions mainly focus on the criteria that can identify a word in Chinese. This paper, rather than belabouring the issue of refining these criteria or proposing new ones, centres on the fact that this type of compound exhibits properties in syntax, as well as lexical features in morphology and semantics. The description and analysis of the syntactic and morphological characteristics of VOCs then provide a foundation for a generalized account of the representation of VOCs and Verb-Object (VO) idioms within the grammatical framework of Lexical-Functional Grammar (LFG).},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {proceedings}
}
@inbook{Fina2017bb,
title = {Dialect performances in super diverse communities: the case for ethnographic approaches to language variation},
author = {Anna De Fina},
editor = {Reem Bassiousey},
isbn = {9781315279732},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-10-24},
pages = {19},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {This chapter examines the use of Sicilian dialect in identity performances by children of a superdiverse fifth-grade classroom. It analyses how identities are indexed through the deployment of linguistic resources and investigates the significance attributed to language varieties in different contexts of interaction. Italian "dialects" are vernacular languages that mostly developed from Latin in interaction with local varieties. The status of dialect among language varieties spoken in Italy has been a focus of discussion and conjecture among linguists. The chapter focuses on the use of dialect in an elementary school by the children of a fifth-grade superdiverse classroom and their teachers. One taught science and math, while the other one taught Italian, history, and foreign language. There was also one teacher devoted to the special-needs student. All the girls in the classroom came from impoverished homes and environments in which dialect was very likely the most common language variety.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2017,
title = {Hetero-utopias: Squatting and spatial materialities of resistance in Athens at times of crisis},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Georgos Poulimenakos},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-10-20},
pages = {173-187},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {This chapter presents the most active and well-known squat that remained open after the wave of police attacks in 2012. Through the ethnography of the few remaining squats in Athens presented in the chapter, demonstrated the significance of space and materialities for the creation of potential resistance, and therefore exposed the spatial aspects of the new repressive strategy of the neoliberal state. A public space that on the one hand will increasingly be privatized and whose non-commercial dimension will be characterized as' anomie', and on the other will turn into a field of control and formation of subjectivities. The Foucauldian notion of heterotopias can provide an interesting perspective on the ethnographic findings of this research in terms of revealing prevalent political strategies and interpreting contemporary socio-spatial phenomena. In contrast to'utopias', Foucault developed the idea of'hetero-topias.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2017bb,
title = {Hetero-utopias},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Giorgos Poulimenakos},
doi = {10.4324/9781315299037-13},
isbn = {9781315299037},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-10-20},
pages = {173-187},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {This chapter presents the most active and well-known squat that remained open after the wave of police attacks in 2012. Through the ethnography of the few remaining squats in Athens presented in the chapter, demonstrated the significance of space and materialities for the creation of potential resistance, and therefore exposed the spatial aspects of the new repressive strategy of the neoliberal state. A public space that on the one hand will increasingly be privatized and whose non-commercial dimension will be characterized as' anomie', and on the other will turn into a field of control and formation of subjectivities. The Foucauldian notion of heterotopias can provide an interesting perspective on the ethnographic findings of this research in terms of revealing prevalent political strategies and interpreting contemporary socio-spatial phenomena. In contrast to'utopias', Foucault developed the idea of'hetero-topias.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Tsimpli2017e,
title = {Language external and language internal factors in the acquisition of gender: the case of Albanian-Greek and English-Greek bilingual children},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Kaltsa and Alexandra Prentza and Despina Papadopoulou},
doi = {10.17863/CAM.26014},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-10-20},
urldate = {2017-10-20},
journal = {International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism},
volume = {23},
number = {8},
pages = {981-1002},
abstract = {2017 Informa UK Limited, trading as Taylor & Francis Group The aim of this experimental study is to examine the development of gender assignment and gender agreement in bilingual Albanian-Greek and English-Greek children as well as the exploitation of gender cues on the noun ending in real and pseudo-nouns. Four gender tasks were designed, two targeting gender assignment (determiner + noun production) and two gender agreement (predicate adjective production). Performance is investigated in relation to the role of (positive) L1 transfer (Albanian vs. English), the role of the bilingual’s vocabulary knowledge in Greek as well the role of input factors including the monolingual/bilingual school contexts and the role of parental education as a proxy for socioeconomic status (SES). The results show a strong interaction between the bilinguals’ performance and their Greek vocabulary development and a negative link between gender accuracy and use of the other language.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2017bb,
title = {Gender role reversal in political debate?: French politicians’ verbal and para-verbal strategies during the socialist primaries},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Evi Kafetzi},
doi = {10.1075/ld.7.2.03bai},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-10-16},
journal = {Language and Dialogue},
volume = {7},
number = {2},
pages = {189-212},
abstract = {Focusing on the Aubry – Hollande debate that took place in the context of the 2011 French socialist party primaries, we observe a possible reversal of gender stereotypes and examine word choices as well as more subtle cues such as interruptions, hedges, etc. If the debate could be described as a stereotypical gender role-reversal, we suggest that these cues point to a more complex picture than a gender reversal, and that the pragmatics structuring the dialogue might be interpreted as a pattern of challenger/champion. Moreover contrasting press articles and comment in online forums on the same debate we invoke a ‘peri-performativity concept’ to explain the differences in interpretations of the politicians’ performances, and conclude that perlocutionary dimensions can be reinterpreted by dominant discourses, (de)/(re)-constructing the performativity of speech acts.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2017bb,
title = {Gender role reversal in political debate? French politicians’ verbal and para-verbal strategies during the socialist primaries},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Evi Kafetzi},
doi = {10.1075/ld.7.2.03bai},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-10-16},
journal = {Language and Dialogue},
volume = {7},
number = {2},
pages = {189-212},
abstract = {Focusing on the Aubry – Hollande debate that took place in the context of the 2011 French socialist party primaries, we observe a possible reversal of gender stereotypes and examine word choices as well as more subtle cues such as interruptions, hedges, etc. If the debate could be described as a stereotypical gender role-reversal, we suggest that these cues point to a more complex picture than a gender reversal, and that the pragmatics structuring the dialogue might be interpreted as a pattern of challenger/champion. Moreover contrasting press articles and comment in online forums on the same debate we invoke a ‘peri-performativity concept’ to explain the differences in interpretations of the politicians’ performances, and conclude that perlocutionary dimensions can be reinterpreted by dominant discourses, (de)/(re)-constructing the performativity of speech acts.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2017f,
title = {Language interference and inhibition in early and late successive bilingualism},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Antonella Sorace and Kyrana Tsapkini},
doi = {10.1017/S1366728917000372},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-10-11},
urldate = {2017-10-11},
journal = {Bilingualism: Language and Cognition},
volume = {21},
number = {5},
pages = {1-26},
abstract = {The present study explores whether age of onset of exposure to the second language affects interference resolution at the grammatical gender level and whether cognitive functions contribute to interference resolution. Early and late successive Serbian–Greek bilinguals living in the second language context, along with monolinguals, performed a picture-word interference naming task in a single-language context and a non-verbal inhibition task. We found that gender interference from the first language was only present in late successive bilinguals. Early bilinguals exhibited no interference from the grammatical gender of their mother tongue and showed more enhanced inhibitory abilities than the rest of the groups in the non-verbal task. The distinct sizes of interference from the grammatical gender of the first language across the two bilingual groups is explained by early successive bilinguals’ more enhanced domain-general inhibitory processes in the resolution of between-language conflict at the grammatical gender level relative to late successive bilinguals.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2017g,
title = {Biliteracy and reading ability in children who learn Greek as a second language},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Kyriakoula M Rothou},
doi = {10.1080/13670050.2017.1386614},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-10-11},
urldate = {2017-10-11},
journal = {International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism},
volume = {23},
number = {8},
pages = {1-15},
abstract = {The differences and similarities in the word recognition and reading comprehension skills of monoliterate Albanian-Greek (ML2), biliterate Albanian-Greek (BL2) and monolingual (L1) children in grades 3–6 were examined in two cross-sectional studies. Participants completed standardized and experimental tasks measuring cognitive, oral language and reading skills. The first study explored the effect of biliteracy on Greek word recognition taking into account the impact of oral expressive vocabulary in that language. 24 BL2 and 66 ML2 were compared to 78 L1 speakers in visual word recognition. It was revealed that the two groups of bilingual children differed in word recognition. In addition, it demonstrated that oral proficiency in the second language can play a key role in second language word reading. Study 2 examined the differences in reading comprehension skills of 21ML2, 13BL2 and 19L1 children. ML2 children performed proficiently on text comprehension as their monolingual peers. However biliterate Albanian-Greek children had poorer performance than their L1 peers.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2017h,
title = {Language interference and inhibition in early and late successive bilingualism},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Antonella Sorace and Kyrana Tsapkini},
doi = {10.17863/CAM.26081},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-10-11},
urldate = {2017-10-11},
journal = {Bilingualism: Language and Cognition},
volume = {21},
number = {5},
pages = {1009-1034},
abstract = {Copyright © Cambridge University Press 2017 The present study explores whether age of onset of exposure to the second language affects interference resolution at the grammatical gender level and whether cognitive functions contribute to interference resolution. Early and late successive Serbian–Greek bilinguals living in the second language context, along with monolinguals, performed a picture-word interference naming task in a single-language context and a non-verbal inhibition task. We found that gender interference from the first language was only present in late successive bilinguals. Early bilinguals exhibited no interference from the grammatical gender of their mother tongue and showed more enhanced inhibitory abilities than the rest of the groups in the non-verbal task. The distinct sizes of interference from the grammatical gender of the first language across the two bilingual groups is explained by early successive bilinguals’ more enhanced domain-general inhibitory processes in the resolution of between-language conflict at the grammatical gender level relative to late successive bilinguals.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2017,
title = {Paternal grandmothers benefit the most from expressing affection to grandchildren: An extension of evolutionary and sociological research},
author = {Howard Giles and Quinten Bernhold},
doi = {10.1177/0265407517734657},
isbn = {026540751773465},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-10-10},
urldate = {2017-10-10},
journal = {Journal of Social and Personal Relationships},
volume = {36},
number = {2},
pages = {514-534},
abstract = {This study explored how type of grandparent is related to grandparents’ affectionate communication and grandchildren’s relational closeness to grandparents. We predicted that grandchildren would be closest to and receive the most affection from maternal grandmothers, followed by maternal grandfathers, paternal grandmothers, and paternal grandfathers. We also hypothesized that type of grandparent would moderate the associations between affection and closeness. Using a convenience sample of grandchildren (n = 281), we found that grandchildren were closer to maternal grandparents rather than paternal grandparents. Grandchildren reported receiving more memories and humor from their paternal grandfathers rather than their maternal grandmothers. Type of grandparent moderated the associations between the love and esteem received from grandparents and closeness as well as the associations between the physical tokens of affection received from grandparents and closeness such that associations were amplified for paternal grandmothers. Findings are discussed in terms of their contributions to evolutionary and sociological research.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Clark2017b,
title = {Conversation and Language Acquisition: A Pragmatic Approach},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
doi = {10.1080/15475441.2017.1340843},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-10-06},
urldate = {2017-10-06},
journal = {Language Learning and Development},
volume = {14},
number = {3},
pages = {1-16},
abstract = {Children acquire language in conversation. This is where they are exposed to the community language by more expert speakers. This exposure is effectively governed by adult reliance on pragmatic principles in conversation: Cooperation, Conventionality, and Contrast. All three play a central role in speakers’ use of language for communication in conversation. Exposure to language alone, however, is not enough for learning. Children need to practice what they hear, and take account of feedback on their usage. Research shows that adults offer feedback with considerable frequency when young children make errors, whether in pronunciation (phonology), in word-from (morphology), in word choice (lexicon), or in constructions (syntax). Adults also offer children new words for objects, actions, and relations. And, along with new labels for such categories, they also provide supplementary information about the referents of new words—information about parts, properties, characteristic sounds, motion, and function, as well as about related neighboring objects, actions, and relations. All this helps children build up and organize semantic domains as they learn more words and more language.},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2017bb,
title = {Online retellings and the viral transformation of a twitter breakup story: New challenges},
author = {Anna De Fina and Brittany Toscano Gore},
doi = {10.1075/ni.27.2.03def},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-10-06},
journal = {Narrative Inquiry},
volume = {27},
number = {2},
pages = {235-260},
abstract = {The retelling and sharing of stories is not a new phenomenon. Many narrative analysts have devoted research to these processes. But the culture of participation ( Jenkins 2006 ) in the digital world has brought sharing to a completely new level by allowing users not only to broadcast their opinions and evaluations of a story but also to reappropriate it and recontextualize it in infinite recursions. We focus on such process of transformation of a narrative in different media and social media outlets through the analysis of the viral spread of a story posted by an individual Twitter user in 2015. Specifically, we illustrate how participation frameworks change from one retelling to another and how the original story becomes "nested" into a new meta-story centered on the twitter user as a character and on the viral spread of the story.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Fina2017bb,
title = {Introduction: New challenges},
author = {Anna De Fina and Sabina Perrino},
doi = {10.1075/ni.27.2.01def},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-10-06},
volume = {27},
number = {2},
publisher = {Narrative Inquiry},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Giles2017b,
title = {Grandparent-Grandchild Communication: A Review of Theoretically Informed Research},
author = {Howard Giles and Quinten Bernhold},
doi = {10.1080/15350770.2017.1368348},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-10-02},
urldate = {2017-10-02},
journal = {Journal of Intergenerational Relationships},
volume = {15},
number = {4},
pages = {368-388},
abstract = {This article reviews theoretically informed research on grandparent-grandchild (GP-GC) communication. Research has been organized herein according to whether it is guided by an intergroup theory, an affect theory, or another type of theory. After reviewing research under these three broad categories, a heuristic value and degree of support for each theory are proposed for helping future researchers in their theoretical selections. Each theory is then positioned in a two-dimensional space consisting of interpersonal and intergroup dimensions to visually demonstrate theoretical lacunae that future researchers can address. We end by discussing how researchers can utilize theory as a basis for probing the role of demographic characteristics in influencing GP-GC communication.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2017b,
title = {On the concept of action in the study of interaction},
author = {Jack Sidnell and N.J. Enfield},
doi = {10.1177/1461445617730235},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-10-01},
urldate = {2017-10-01},
journal = {Discourse Studies},
volume = {19},
issue = {5},
pages = {515-535},
abstract = {What is the relation between words and action? How does a person decide, based on what someone is saying, what would be an appropriate response? We argue that (1) every move combines independent semiotic features, to be interpreted under an assumption that social behavior is goal directed; (2) responding to actions is not equivalent to describing them; and (3) describing actions invokes rights and duties for which people are explicitly accountable. We conclude that interaction does not involve a ‘binning’ procedure in which the stream of conduct is sorted into discrete action types. Our argument is grounded in data from recordings of talk-in-interaction.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {On the concept of action in the study of interaction},
author = {Jack Sidnell and N.J. Enfield},
doi = {10.1177/1461445617730235},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-10-01},
urldate = {2017-10-01},
journal = {Discourse Studies},
volume = {19},
issue = {5},
pages = {515-535},
abstract = {What is the relation between words and action? How does a person decide, based on what someone is saying, what would be an appropriate response? We argue that (1) every move combines independent semiotic features, to be interpreted under an assumption that social behavior is goal directed; (2) responding to actions is not equivalent to describing them; and (3) describing actions invokes rights and duties for which people are explicitly accountable. We conclude that interaction does not involve a ‘binning’ procedure in which the stream of conduct is sorted into discrete action types. Our argument is grounded in data from recordings of talk-in-interaction.
},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2017,
title = {Seas, oceans and cosmologies in Southeast Asia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1017/S0022463417000534},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-10-01},
journal = {Journal of Southeast Asian Studies},
volume = {48},
number = {03},
pages = {349-371},
abstract = {This article discusses the changing spirit world of maritime communities in Southeast Asia by differentiating ‘oceans’ from ‘seas’ and by linking historical evidence to modern anthropological studies. Since the lives of seagoing peoples are fraught with unpredictability, propitiation of local sea spirits was a traditional means of ensuring good fortune and protection. As long-distance voyages expanded in the early modern period, the global reach of the world religions, extending beyond familiar seas into the more extensive ocean environment, held out particular appeal. Not only were the gods, deities and saints attached to larger religious systems themselves ocean travellers; in contrast to the unpredictability of indigenous spirits, they were always amenable to requests for help, even when the suppliant was far from home waters. At the same time, as world religions were incorporated into indigenous cosmologies, maritime peoples gained greater agency in negotiating relationships with the local spirits that still wield power in Southeast Asian seas.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2017b,
title = {Translation in the newsroom: Losing voices in multilingual newsflows},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Maureen Ehrensberger-Dow and Marta Zampa},
doi = {10.1386/ajms.6.3.463_1},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-10-01},
journal = {Journal of Applied Journalism & Media Studies},
volume = {6},
number = {3},
pages = {463-483},
abstract = {The information, events and voices that receive media attention are highly dependent on their linguistic form – when the language is accessible to journalists, the news is more likely to enter public discourse. If the voices are in languages other than that of the region the journalist is writing for, then translation strategies can influence not only the news style but also the selection and perspectivation of the information presented. In this article, we discuss how working between languages inside the newsroom can endanger the flow of accurate information. Among other stakeholders, we focus on journalists as key gatekeepers in global and local newsflows who need to cope with cross-linguistic communication in their processes of news production. Initial analyses show that translation matters in the newsroom, but it is far from being part of systematic professional socialization or subject to quality measures.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Sidnell2017c,
title = {The Concept of Action},
author = {Jack Sidnell and N.J. Enfield},
doi = {10.1017/9781139025928},
isbn = {9780521895286},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-09-29},
urldate = {2017-09-29},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {When people do things with words, how do we know what they are doing? Many scholars have assumed a category of things called actions: ‘requests’, ‘proposals’, ‘complaints’, ‘excuses’. The idea is both convenient and intuitive, but as this book argues, it is a spurious concept of action. In interaction, a person’s primary task is to decide how to respond, not to label what someone just did. The labeling of actions is a meta-level process, appropriate only when we wish to draw attention to others’ behaviors in order to quiz, sanction, praise, blame, or otherwise hold them to account. This book develops a new account of action grounded in certain fundamental ideas about the nature of human sociality: that social conduct is naturally interpreted as purposeful; that human behavior is shaped under a tyranny of social accountability; and that language is our central resource for social action and reaction.
},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Tsimpli2017i,
title = {Feature interpretability in L2 acquisition and SLI: Greek clitics and determiners},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Mastropavlou},
doi = {10.4324/9781315085340-6},
isbn = {9781315085340},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-09-25},
urldate = {2017-09-25},
pages = {142-183},
publisher = {Lawrence Erlbaum},
abstract = {This chapter evaluates a theory of learnability based on differences in the interpretability status of formal features. It presents the basic assumptions on which the hypothesis of the differences in the learnability status of interpretable and uninterpretable features is built. The chapter also presents information about the subjects who participated in this study, namely, child and adult L2 learners of Greek and Greek SLI children. It presents new data from six Greek SLI children of two different age groups, concentrates on their use of possessive genitive and accusative clitics, as well as of the definite and the indefinite article. Turning to SLI grammars, the notion of (in)accessibility of uninterpretable features refers to problems in the appropriate analysis of the input, due to the incomplete or deficient representation of the functional lexicon. The correlation in the use of third-person clitics and the definite article is also supported by the younger group of child L2 learners and by adult L2 learners.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Korne2017,
title = {Standardizing Minority Languages: Reinventing Peripheral Languages in the 21st Century},
author = {Haley De Korne and Costa James and Pia Lane},
isbn = {9781315647722},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-09-22},
urldate = {2017-09-22},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {This chapter looks at standardisation processes as a political domain where social actors use standards as semiotic resources for articulating discourses on society. Language standards have become naturalised and widely accepted as the normal forms of dominant European languages. The movement towards standardisation was bolstered through the rise of centralised governments and administration as well as compulsory education and the creation of unified economic and cultural markets, to use Bourdieu's terminology. The establishment of national language academies (in France, and later in Spain and elsewhere) also played a central role in amplifying purist and prescriptivist ideals and in naturalising the presence of a top-down authority over language practices, particularly in relation to writing. Within the academic community, there are several disciplines which have contributed to and/or investigated the phenomena of minority language standardisation, including linguistics, anthropology and language policy and planning.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Tsimpli2017j,
title = {The development of gender assignment and agreement in English-Greek and German-Greek bilingual children},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Kaltsa and Froso Argyri},
doi = {10.1075/lab.16033.kal},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-09-05},
urldate = {2017-09-05},
journal = {Linguistic Approaches to Bilingualism},
volume = {9},
number = {6},
abstract = {The aim of this experimental study is to examine the development of Greek gender in bilingual English-Greek and German-Greek children. Four gender production tasks were designed, two targeting gender assignment eliciting determiners and two targeting gender agreement eliciting predicate adjectives for real and novel nouns. Participant performance was assessed in relation to whether the ‘other’ language was a gender language or not (English vs. German) along with the role of the bilinguals’ Greek vocabulary knowledge and language input. The results are argued to contribute significantly to disentangling the role of crosslinguistic influence in gender assignment and agreement by bringing together a variety of input measures such as early and current amount of exposure to Greek, the role of area of residence (i.e. whether Greek is the minority or the majority language), the effect of maternal education and the amount of exposure to Greek in a school setting.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2017bb,
title = {Penelopegate : fake news et retravail d’ethos en ligne lors de la campagne présidentielle de 2017},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Maria Constantinou},
doi = {10.14746/strop.2017.443.001},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-09-05},
journal = {Studia Romanica Posnaniensia},
volume = {44},
number = {3},
pages = {9},
abstract = {The French politician François Fillon, for a long time considered the frontrunner in the French presidential campaign, saw his strong position crumble to the third in most of the polls, after the circulation of rumors against him and his family also known as Penelopegate. Such rumors were at the heart of the 2017 French and American presidential campaigns. In fact, the terms post truth, fake news and alternative facts could be seen as symbols of the current information crisis, i.e. the mistrust felt by many readers regarding the media. The present study sets out to investigate the argumentation used to deconstruct and reconstruct François Fillon’s ethos after dissemination of such rumors on social media. Drawing on the theoretical framework developed by Amossy (2014 et al.) and Maingueneau (2004 et al.) on the analysis of self-presentation and in particular on the concepts of (re)branding and scenography, we analyze the discursive strategies deployed by discussants in face management of the French politician’s image. Our data include two different genres (tweets and posts on newspaper forums) and our findings corroborate Amossy’s research (2014) on strategies used in such face work management as denial of responsibility (sympathy), victimization (empathy) or face threats against the opponents (anger). We have also observed the use of a catastrophic scenario (fear), which was not present in Amossy’s data.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland2017b,
title = {Introduction to Special Issue on Transience: Emerging Norms of Language Use},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Dorte Lønsmann and Spencer Hazel},
doi = {10.1111/jola.12168},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-09-01},
urldate = {2017-09-01},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {27},
number = {3},
pages = {264-270},
abstract = {In this introduction to the special issue, the concept of transience is introduced as a theoretical perspective and as an object of research. The perspective of transience foregrounds the temporality of norm formation, located within the practices of people on the move. The introduction suggests that it is beneficial to apply the concept of transience in order to understand processes of norm development, including those pertaining to language choice and language socialization. Working from an understanding that communities form and dissolve, we claim that it is useful to look at these processes, as it is in the process of communities coming into being that norms emerge. Transience, in spite of being ubiquitous, is not always salient for members or analysts, but to identify, fixate and theorize it as an object of study in linguistic anthropology invites new ways of conceptualizing the interdependence of language and social structure.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2017k,
title = {Aspectual distinctions in the narratives of bilingual children},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Andreou},
doi = {10.1515/iral-2017-0111},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-09-01},
urldate = {2017-09-01},
journal = {International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching},
volume = {55},
number = {3},
pages = {305-324},
abstract = {This study investigates the production of perfective and imperfective aspect in Greek by Greek-German and Greek-English bilingual children. Participants produced retellings of narratives (ENNI, Schneider et al. 2006), which were then coded for the use of grammatical aspect, perfective and imperfective, as well as for lexical and grammatical aspect combinations. Ninety children, 8 to 12 years old, participated in the study: thirty Greek-German bilinguals, thirty Greek-English bilinguals and thirty Greek monolinguals. Although German and English differ in the linguistic expression of aspect in that German lacks morphological aspect, while English marks the +/–progressive distinction, our results reveal that the two bilingual groups did not differ in their preference for perfective aspect. Perfective aspect was also preferred by the Greek monolingual children. Nevertheless, monolingual and Greek-German bilingual children produced fewer perfective verbs compared to the Greek-English children. Finally, all three groups preferred to use perfective aspect with accomplishment/achievement predicates, whereas a difference between the three groups is found in the use of imperfective aspect with stative, activity and semelfactive predicates. This provides partial support to theories which argue for lexical aspect guiding morphological aspect marking in developing grammars.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2017d,
title = {Parallel text: a theoretical and methodological strategy for promoting African language literature in the twenty-first century},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
isbn = {9788885622043},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-09-00},
journal = {Translation: A Transdisciplinary Journal},
pages = {36-52},
abstract = {This paper proposes a theoretical and methodological strategy for reconceptualizing African literature in the twenty-first century. Twentieth-century African literature was characterized by colonial concepts through which literature in indigenous African languages was largely neglected while literature in colonial languages was promoted with problematic notions such as “Anglophone African literature,” “Francophone African literature,” and “Lusophone African literature.” African literature needs to be reconceptualized as Afriphone literature, where the notion of African literature must prototypically subsume literature in languages indigenous to Africa. African literature must be reconceptualized first and foremost as African language literature. Many scholars interested in the documentation and revitalization of African languages and cultures, which constitute attempts to preserve the collective memory of these African traditional knowledge systems, are largely in agreement with this, but how to go about doing Afriphone literature remains a research challenge. This paper proposes an approach to addressing the problem based on the theoretical and methodological notion of parallel text.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Katan2017,
title = {Translation Theory and Professional Practice: A Global Survey of the Great Divide},
author = {David Katan},
doi = {10.7146/hjlcb.v22i42.96849},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-08-30},
journal = {Hermes – Journal of Language and Communication Studies},
pages = {42-2009},
abstract = {This paper is the result of a global survey carried out this year to around 1000 translators and interpreters, the majority of whom had university training in the area. The object of the survey was to investigate the habitus of the translator and to compare it with the academic belief in functionalism and the empowerment of the translator either as a mediator or as a social agent. The replies indicated strong responsibility towards the original text, and very little towards the reader or the wider community. Also, while the scholars appear to be convinced that their theories support the professional translator, in practice it would seem that university trained translators (and interpreters) rate theory very low on their list of ideal university training. Literature regarding the term "profession" is discussed as is what distinguishes an occupation from a profession. Classic trait theory suggests that a profession requires a number of minimum requisites, such as a well-grounded school of theory, infl uential professional bodies and professional exams. The 'professional' translators and interpreters were asked to explain in their own words what makes translating a profession. They also replied to questions on status. As a result of the replies it was possible to identify a large homogeneous yet scattered cottage industry. Their 'professionality' lies in their individually honed competencies in the fi eld. They are dedicated and mainly satisfi ed wordsmiths, who take pride in their job. They decry "the cowboys" (from secretaries to students) while realising the seriousness of the competition due mainly to the very low status accredited to translators worldwide. Interpreters, on the other hand, saw themselves – and were seen by translators – as having a relatively high professional autonomy. Interestingly, relatively few of the respondents had only one "main role". Gender is seen here as an important factor in this grouping Finally, as a result of the replies, it is asked whether we (academics/translation trainers) are providing the theory and the training that will encourage the development of the profession – if indeed it can be defi ned as one.},
keywords = {David Katan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Baider2017bb,
title = {Europe and the Front National Stance: Shifting the Blame: Doing and Undoing Europe},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Maria Constantinou},
doi = {10.1108/978-1-78714-513-920171006},
isbn = {978-1-78714-514-6},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-08-10},
pages = {113-135},
publisher = {Emerald Publishing Limited},
abstract = {This chapter focuses on the anti-European stance as it unfolds in Marine Le Pen’s and Jean-Marie Le Pen’s discourses. As most far-right parties in Europe, both politicians focus on the notion of freedom and national sovereignty, asserting a strong anti-European Union stance; however, they construct their anti-European momentum by playing on different strategies and emotions. By using corpus linguistics tools, the present study examines and analyses the discourse of both politicians in interviews and debates. It concludes that if they share most issues on which they base their political agenda such as the fear of increasing immigration because of the Schengen’s agreement, they differ as regards the ways they discursively address the same issue. Marine Le Pen relies more on a constructive/rational stance, by focusing on facts and figures as well as on solutions, while moving away from the strong and negative emotions which her father constantly used mainly as provocation strategies. This may have helped her build a favourable political momentum as witnessed in the 2014 European elections.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Clark2017c,
title = {Morphology in Language Acquisition},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
doi = {10.1002/9781405166348.ch19},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-08-01},
urldate = {2017-08-01},
pages = {374-389},
publisher = {Blackwell, Oxford, UK},
abstract = {Children typically begin to say their first words between twelve and twenty months of age. And they produce systematic morphological modulations of those words within their first year of talking. As they move to more complex expression of their meanings, they add grammatical morphemes – prefixes, suffixes, prepositions, postpositions, and clitics. On nouns, for example, they start to add morphemes to mark such distinctions as gender, number, and case; on verbs, they add markers for aspect, tense, gender, number, and person. Within a particular language, children's mastery of such paradigms may take several years. There are at least three reasons for this: (a) some meaning distinctions appear to be more complex conceptually than others, and so take longer to learn; (b) some paradigms are less regular than others, and they too take longer to learn; and (c) language typology may affect the process of morphological acquisition: suffixes, for instance, are acquired more readily, and earlier, than prefixes.},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Englund2017,
title = {Rights after Wrongs: Local Knowledge and Human Rights in Zimbabwe. Shannon Morreira},
author = {Harri Englund},
doi = {10.1111/amet.12540},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-08-01},
urldate = {2017-08-01},
journal = {American Ethnologist},
volume = {44},
number = {3},
pages = {554-555},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2017d,
title = {Ethical practice and techniques of the self at a yoga school in southern India},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1111/1467-8322.12361},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-08-01},
urldate = {2017-08-01},
journal = {Anthropology Today},
volume = {33},
issue = {4},
pages = {13-17},
abstract = {Foucault's conception of ethics as the self's relation to itself and as the practices by which the individual attempts to constitute itself as a particular kind of ethical subject is briefly sketched, along with three corollaries that follow from this. It is then suggested that ethics so conceived provides a useful framework within which to describe the activities at a yoga school in southern India.
},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Essegbey2017,
title = {Divergence and convergence among the Ghana-Togo Mountain languages},
author = {James Essegbey and Felix K. Ameka},
doi = {10.1515/stuf-2017-0013},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-07-26},
urldate = {2017-07-26},
journal = {Language Typology and Universals},
volume = {70},
issue = {2},
abstract = {The genetic unity and lineage of a group of fifteen languages spoken in the mountains of the Ghana-Togo border with an outlier across the Togo-Benin border have been debated for over a century. Some have concluded that they are not a genetic group. Instead they are a geographical and socio-cultural grouping (see Ian Maddieson 1998, Collapsing vowel harmony and doubly-articulated fricatives: Two myths about the phonology of Avatime. In Ian Maddieson & Thomas J. Hinnebusch (eds.), Language history and linguistic description in Africa, 155–166. Trenton: Africa World Press) or a typological grouping masquerading as a genetic unit (Roger Blench 2009, Do the Ghana-Togo mountain languages constitute a genetic group? Journal of West African Languages 36(1/2). 19–36). This paper investigates the latter claim. We argue that even though the languages share some typological features, there is enormous diversity among the languages such that they do not constitute a typological grouping by themselves. We examine four phonological and twelve morpho-syntactic features to show the convergence and divergence among the languages. We argue that while some of the features are inherited from higher level proto languages e.g. the noun class systems, others are contact-induced and yet others in their specificities could be seen as arising due to internal parallel development in the individual languages.},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Cardoso2017,
title = {Manuscritos portugueses do Arquivo Regional de Ernakulam, Índia},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-07-20},
urldate = {2017-07-20},
abstract = {A antiga Costa do Malabar do sudoeste indiano (actual Estado de Kerala) foi a primeira região asiática a acolher estabelecimentos portugueses e, por consequência, comunidades de língua portuguesa. A presença imperial portuguesa nesta costa durou cerca de um século e meio, desde o início do século XVI até ao momento em que, em meados do século XVII, as importantes fortalezas de Cochim, Coulão, Cananor e Cranganor foram tomadas pelos holandeses. A resiliência da implantação linguística fica demonstrada pelo facto de os crioulos indo-portugueses do Malabar terem sobrevivido até ao séc. XX ou, nalguns casos, XXI (v. Cardoso, Hagemeijer & Alexandre 2015) mas a evidência documental para reconstituir o uso do português nesta região durante o período holandês é extremamente limitada. Porém, o Arquivo Regional de Ernakulam [ARE], nas imediações de Cochim, preserva uma rara colecção de manuscritos em língua portuguesa compostos neste período. Ainda que a constituição do ARE não seja inteiramente clara, Bes (2012: 106), num estudo da documentação em língua holandesa, refere que parece congregar o Arquivo da Casa Real de Cochim e parte do Arquivo do Darbar (cortes anuais) de Cochim. Os documentos em português encontram-se dispersos por 2 colecções identificadas como “Portuguese Records” (série P) e “Dutch Records” (série D) e descritas de forma muito simplificada num catálogo de circulação interna. Este corpus documental, que não fora antes alvo de qualquer estudo, foi integralmente recolhido e transcrito entre 2015 e 2016. A recolha identificou 51 manuscritos em 42 pastas do Arquivo, datados de 1693 a 1816, incluindo: a) correspondência entre a Companhia Holandesa das Índias Orientais e autoridades do Malabar, em particular o Rei de Cochim (incluindo traduções de originais holandeses); b) correspondência entre autoridades católicas e o Rei de Cochim; c) petições/acordos referentes a transacções comerciais e financeiras; d) relações de mercadorias; e) cartas de teor pessoal e familiar; e f) documentos (relatórios e cartas) relativos às missões católicas no Malabar. Estes manuscritos, de dimensão, autoria e origem muito variadas, constituem um corpus de mais de 22.000 palavras que será aqui apresentado e contextualizado pela primeira vez. Pela sua raridade, este corpus é inestimável enquanto repositório da língua portuguesa produzida em Cochim/Malabar e noutras regiões da Ásia (já que contém documentos provenientes de Batávia e Bengala) e indicador dos domínios de uso que a língua aí preservou entre os séculos XVII e XIX. Do ponto de vista linguístico, como veremos, também se observa uma variação extrema, com registos muito próximos do português-padrão L1 da sua época, outros mais divergentes (e certos pontos de contacto com os crioulos locais) e ainda textos claramente produzidos por tradutores para quem o português era uma L2. - Bes, Lennart. 2012. Gold-leaf flattery, Calcuttan dust, and a brand new flagpole: Five little-known VOC collections in Asia on India and Ceylon. Itinerario 36(1): 91-106. - Cardoso, Hugo C., Tjerk Hagemeijer & Nélia Alexandre. 2015. Crioulos de base lexical portuguesa. In Maria Iliescu & Eugeen Roegiest (eds.), Manuel des anthologies, corpus et textes romans, 670-692. Berlim: Mouton de Gruyter.},
howpublished = {University of Lisbon},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {presentation}
}
@inbook{Baider2017bb,
title = {At night we’ll come and find you, traitors: Cybercommunication in the Greek-Cypriot ultra-nationalist space},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Maria Constantinou},
doi = {10.1075/dapsac.70.12bai},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-07-13},
pages = {413-454},
chapter = {12},
abstract = {Borrowing concepts from traditional semiotics, lexical semantics and critical discourse analysis, this chapter examines how the concept of “nationhood” is constructed via texts, as well as avatars and pseudonyms of Golden Dawn and ELAM (its Greek Cypriot counterpart) followers in virtual communication, while taking into consideration their discourses and the parties’ ideology as represented in official written texts and speeches. The study focuses on the emotions of pride (Self), contempt (Other) and empathy (Nation), especially in the Greek Cypriot context, and argues that the targets of these emotions are very much part of the socio-historical context of the community involved.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Tsimpli2017l,
title = {Crosslinguistic influence in the discovery of gender: the case of Greek–Dutch bilingual children},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Evelyn Egger and Aafke Hulk},
doi = {10.1017/S1366728917000207},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-07-07},
urldate = {2017-07-07},
journal = {Bilingualism: Language and Cognition},
volume = {21},
number = {4},
pages = {1-16},
abstract = {This study investigates the acquisition of grammatical gender in both languages of 21 simultaneous Greek–Dutch bilingual children living in the Netherlands. Greek and Dutch stand on the two opposite sides in terms of frequency and transparency of gender cues. Consequently, monolingual acquisition of gender in Greek is precocious with few overgeneralizations of the default value, neuter, in early stages. In contrast, monolingual acquisition of gender in Dutch is very late with errors in neuter nouns persisting up to the age of 7. Simultaneous Greek–Dutch bilingual children present an interesting test case of crosslinguistic influence in the form of acceleration (Greek affecting Dutch) or delay (Dutch affecting Greek). Children were tested on gender marking on determiners and adjectives in production and grammaticality judgment tasks. Input measures of Greek and Dutch and lexical skills were also considered. Results point to crosslinguistic influence in the form of acceleration of gender discovery in Dutch.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Keating2017,
title = {“They Blame, They Complain but They Don’t Understand”: Identity Clashes in Cross-Cultural Virtual Collaborations},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-319-58056-2_11},
isbn = {978-3-319-58055-5},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-07-07},
urldate = {2017-07-07},
pages = {225-240},
abstract = {Technology has enhanced the ability of diverse groups of people to work together, meaning that intercultural negotiations of identity are more and more part of a work day. In technologically-mediated settings, however, there is little cultural or social context available to facilitate learning about other cultures’ identity practices or how to accommodate to the diverse cultural notions of personhood that influence identity construction. In this paper I argue that attention to two sociological concepts, identity spoiling and status degradation, can help prioritize identity and the importance of regular and consistent identity ratification in cross cultural virtual professional collaborations.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Clark2017d,
title = {Becoming social and interactive with language: Studies in honor of Ayhan Aksu-Koç},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
doi = {10.1075/tilar.21.02cla},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-07-07},
urldate = {2017-07-07},
pages = {19-34},
chapter = {2},
abstract = {Children interact with others from early in infancy: They smile in response to smiles, follow adult gaze, attend to objects others are looking at, mimic adult intonation contours in their babbling, and make use of gestures and actions to attract attention. They interact more intensively as they advance from crawling to walking. When they begin to talk, they add words to their gestures and gradually move on to more complex utterances. But to communicate content effectively, children must take turns in conversational exchanges. For this, they need to contribute appropriate content and get the timing right so that they come in on time when they answer a question or make a further contribution to the ongoing conversation.},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Andaya2017b,
title = {Rulers, Regimes and Cross-Cultural Comparisons},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1080/14629712.2017.1389191},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-07-03},
journal = {The Court Historian },
volume = {22},
number = {2},
pages = {214-217},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2017b,
title = {Sociolinguistics and language creativity},
author = {Ana Deumert and Joan Swann},
doi = {10.1016/j.langsci.2017.06.002},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-07-01},
journal = {Language Sciences},
volume = {65},
number = {1-8},
abstract = {This paper introduces the special issue of Language Sciences on Sociolinguistics and Language Creativity. Current interest in language creativity is located within a wider interest in creativity in everyday life, evident across the humanities and social sciences. The paper argues that such vernacular creativity is particularly relevant to the concerns of sociolinguistics. The special issue considers how the adoption of a sociolinguistic lens may contribute to our understanding of creativity; and how the study of creativity in language may itself contribute to sociolinguistic and linguistic theory. Creativity is theorised here in terms of poetics (Jakobson, 1960); performance/critique (Bauman and Briggs, 1990; Hymes, 1981); Bakhtinian dialogics/heteroglossia (Bakhtin [1935] 1981); and aesthetics (e.g. Saito, 2015). We argue that a particular value of sociolinguistic analysis is its ability to reveal micro processes of creativity: for instance aesthetic performance that emerges in the moment, with the potential discursively to transform both language and social relations. Aesthetics, it is argued, ‘carries the politics of discourse’ and its study may therefore also enrich sociolinguistic theory. More broadly within linguistics, the study of creativity alerts us to the plasticity, or messiness, of language, challenging the concept of ‘linguistic rules’ that is embedded within linguistic thinking.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2017bb,
title = {Mimesis and mimicry in language–creativity and aesthetics as the performance of (dis-) semblances},
author = {Ana Deumert},
doi = {10.1016/j.langsci.2017.03.009},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-07-01},
journal = {Language Sciences},
volume = {65},
pages = {9-17},
abstract = {This paper approaches creativity from the perspective of an everyday, decolonial–postcolonial aesthetics. While creativity emphasizes human agency, improvisation and, more broadly, the process of ‘bringing novelty into the world’ (Bhabha, 1994), aesthetics is about the perception and experience of creative acts and products (Dewey, 1934; Saito, 2015). Core concepts in the discussion are mimesis (re-presentation) and mimicry (disruptive imitation), which refer to a conceptual space similar to that captured by recontextualization (Bauman and Briggs, 1990) and iteration (Derrida, 1988). Importantly, mimesis/mimicry draw our attention to iconic and indexical signs and the experientiality of perception. These theoretical reflections are developed further with reference to digital writing in South Africa: (a) the recontextualization of Futurist writing as an example of mimicry and decolonization, and (b) mimesis as creative and experiential re-presentation in the articulation of emotion.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2017c,
title = {Communication and group life: How language and symbols shape intergroup relations},
author = {Howard Giles and Lauren Keblusek and Anne Maass},
doi = {10.1177/1368430217708864},
isbn = {136843021770886},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-06-25},
urldate = {2017-06-25},
journal = {Group Processes & Intergroup Relation},
volume = {20},
number = {5},
abstract = {In this article, we review the different functions that language and symbols (in particular clothing) fulfill in group life; language and clothing are rarely, if ever, discussed together in the same conceptual space. Our review includes a consideration of how social identities are communicated and discredited, boundaries crossed, and group norms established, maintained, and regulated. Throughout, we integrate motivational and social-cognitive approaches, ending with proposals for future research and theory in intergroup communication.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2017bb,
title = {D’ AILLEURS , point d’orgue dans la stratégie discursive de Marine Le Pen},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.3917/ling.531.0087},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-06-19},
journal = {La Linguistique},
volume = {53},
number = {1},
pages = {87},
abstract = {The strategies used by Marine Le Pen to conduct/manage her verbal exchanges is a topic that has been little researched. Another little studied and related topic is the adverbial phrase d'ailleurs (moreover, by the way) which is extremely common in her interviews. Indeed using both recent and older interviews given by Le Pen, this study examines the adverbial phrase in terms of its discursive and interactional functions. Our investigation shows that the phrase serves as a mise en relief (underscoring) for Le Pen's denunciations, conclusions, and explanations. Moreover, the phrase d'ailleurs plays a fundamental role in the politician's interactional strategy, enabling her to achieve proximity with the audience, to manage the turns to disqualify her opponents, and to project herself as a credible president ('présidentiable'). Le Pen'sfrequent use of the phrase may merely reflect an individual speech preference but does point a discursive strategy. This study encourages more research into other discursive genres and politicians in order to test our hypotheses.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pablé2017,
title = {Communication theory and integrational semiology: The constitutive metamodel revisited},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-06-01},
journal = {Empedocles: European Journal for the Philosophy of Communication},
volume = {8},
pages = {55 - 67},
abstract = {In this article I critically engage with Robert Craig’s constitutive metamodel of communication theory from the vantage point of an integrational semiology, as developed by Oxford Professor Roy Harris in his book Signs, Language and Communication (1996). I argue that Harris’ dichotomy of a ‘segregational’ vs. an ‘integrational’ tradition of theorizing language and communication makes the metamodel redundant on the grounds that Craig’s communicational perspective on social reality is replaced by two semiologies sponsoring mutually exclusive ontologies and epistemologies.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2017bb,
title = {A luta continua - black queer visibilities and philosophies of hospitality in a South African rural town},
author = {Ana Deumert and Nkululeko Mabandla},
doi = {10.1111/josl.12238},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Sociolinguistics},
volume = {21},
number = {3},
pages = {397-419},
abstract = {In 1996, the inclusion of sexual orientation in the anti-discrimination clause of South Africa's post-apartheid constitution aligned LGBT+ rights with the larger struggle against oppression and inequality. In this paper we focus on a small, rural town in the Eastern Cape, a town we call Forestville. How are LGBT+ identities made visible in this town? How do residents respond to the diverse sexualities they encounter? How do they talk about diversity (sexual and otherwise)? The data was collected in the context of a long-term ethnographic project, which looks at responses to diversity in non-metropolitan settings. Reconstructing local philosophies of hospitality and looking at affective-discursive practice, we argue that social life in Forestville shows traces of what Derrida (2000) calls ‘absolute hospitality’. There is a sense of welcome and inclusivity, but, unlike in Derrida's conception, this hospitality is deeply embedded in the speech act of asking, indeed in curiosity. At the same time, hospitality remains fragile; it is always on the border of exclusion and judgment. The article explores Mignolo's (2000) idea of ‘critical border thinking’ as a core episteme for Southern theory and puts academic philosophy and everyday knowledges into dialogue with one another.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2017b,
title = {Sociolinguistic insights into chick lit: Constructing the social class of elegant poverty},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.1016/j.dcm.2017.05.007},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-06-01},
journal = {Discourse, Context & Media},
volume = {23},
pages = {70-79},
abstract = {Aiming at suggesting ways whereby the sociolinguistic paradigm can benefit from the analysis of chick lit, this paper explores the ways through which the social class of “elegant poverty” is stylistically constructed in Modern Greek chick lit texts. Although chick lit has been analyzed primarily in terms of gender identity construction, I argue that it can be also seen as a goldmine of styles pertinent to social class due to its rather extravagant but meticulous treatment of social class cultural models and the caustic stylistic representation thereof, both of which aim at increasing the sales of chick lit. More specifically, chick lit offers analytical insights into social classes that are powerful but are traditionally hard to get ethnographic access to, such as elegant poverty in Athens. Relatively recently formed, elegant poverty consists of primarily former wealthy northern Athenian suburbanites who due to the financial recession are characterized by the ownership of estate but absolute lack of cash. Drawing on excerpts from chick lit authored by Pavlina Nasioutzik, it is argued that in chick lit elegant poverty is represented as the amalgam of socioeconomic and cultural models, which are styled through irony, satire and code-switching.},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Baider2017bb,
title = {Burn the antifa traitors at the stak: Transnational political cyber-exchanges, proximisation of emotions},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Maria Constantinou},
doi = {10.1075/pbns.274.05bai},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-06-01},
pages = {75-102},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company},
chapter = {4},
abstract = {According to Kecskes (2013, 14), there are four main domains that define the field of intercultural pragmatics:(a) interaction between native and non-native speakers,(b) use of lingua franca in communication,(c) multilingual discourse, and (d) language use and development of multilingual individuals. The present contribution examines the use of lingua franca in communication since it focuses doi 10.1075/pbns. 274.05 bai© 2017 John Benjamins Publishing Company.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@bachelorthesis{Tsimpli2017m,
title = {Language Production and Comprehension in Bilingual SLI: Evidence from Complex Morphosyntactic Structures},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and George Pontikas and Theodoros Marinis},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-06-01},
urldate = {2017-06-01},
journal = {University of Reading Language Studies Working Papers},
volume = {8},
pages = {36-46},
abstract = {The last decade has seen an increase in the number of published studies in bilingual children with Specific Language Impairment (SLI) but the latter have focused mainly on language production. A substantially smaller body of research on comprehension primarily addresses the question whether children with SLI show a similar profile to bilingual typically developing (TD) children. However, research comparing bilingual and monolingual children with SLI remains comparatively limited. Moreover, this is also the case with research into language comprehension in bilingual children with SLI in isolation or compared to production within the same population. This paper outlines the background to Specific Language Impairment within a bilingual setting and the rationale for studying bilingual children with SLI as evidence for/against theories of language and language impairment. It further discusses directions for future research in order to bridge the gaps in the existing literature and a presentation of a series of morphosyntactic structures which have been described as “complex”.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Pia2017b,
title = {A Water Commons in China?},
author = {Andrea E. Pia},
doi = {10.22459/MIC.02.02.2017.05},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-06-01},
urldate = {2017-06-01},
journal = {Made in China Journal},
volume = {2},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2017bb,
title = {What is your dream? Fashioning the migrant self},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1016/j.langcom.2017.02.002},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-05-28},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {59},
pages = {42-52},
abstract = {In this paper I analyze a corpus of 15 video narratives of migration experiences posted on the United We Dream Movement website. The narratives are part of the group's campaign to convince the public and then President Obama to promote legislation to reform the migration system and help undocumented families stay together and not be deported. Based on a “narrative as practices” approach (De Fina and Georgakopoulou, 2008, 2012), I focus on the participation frameworks established through storytelling and on the linguistic and semiotic strategies used by narrators to present themselves as acceptable citizens. I illustrate how Dreamers negotiate both innovative identities as social activists and more “traditional” identities based on values largely shared in the host society.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2017bb,
title = {Linguistic diversity and social justice: An introduction to Applied Sociolinguistics, Ingrid Piller, (2016), Oxford: Oxford University Press, ISBN 978-0-19-993726-4. pp. 283 (pbk)},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.1558/sols.33777},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-05-26},
journal = {Sociolinguistic Studies},
volume = {11},
number = {(2-3-4)},
pages = {461-465},
abstract = {The book consists of eight chapters that delve into the concepts of ‘linguistic diversity’and ‘(social) justice’, which are the two core concepts running through the veins of the book. These two are discussed in the context of case studies from all over the world and an attempt is made for them to be anchored in social change owing to globalization and high levels of migration. Language is primarily discussed as a means of exclusion, discrimination and disadvantage, but the positive content of linguistic justice is also reflected upon at the end of the book. In the first introductory chapter, which provides an overview of the whole work, the intersection of language with gender, social class, status, race and legal status is highlighted and an attempt is made to spell out the three principal lines of inquiry: the dimensions of linguistic diversity related to economic inequality, cultural domination and imparity of political participation, respectively. The second chapter is titled ‘Linguistic diversity and stratification’and it provides a historical overview of linguistic ideological work focusing on attempts to homogenize (eg standardize) and (super) diversify languages and dialects. In addition, it makes the important argument that both these processes lay the groundwork for creating inequality, as they contribute towards the creation of linguistic domination and subsequent social stratification.},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams2017,
title = {Policy review: Wake me up in 2050! Formulating Language Policy in Wales},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.17863/CAM.9802},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-05-19},
journal = {Languages, Society & Policy},
abstract = {The revised Welsh language policy has set a very ambitious target of creating a million Welsh speakers by 2050 which is supported by all political parties.• Research into the priorities, decision-making and concerns of language policy formulators highlights the difficulties they face in realizing political promises and can point to evidence-based strategies for language revitalization.• Without substantial investment in formal education, teacher training, the child care sector and the economic development of predominantly Welsh speaking regions, the 2050 target is unlikely to be met.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2017n,
title = {Multilingual education for multilingual speakers},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
doi = {10.17863/CAM.9803},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-05-19},
urldate = {2017-05-19},
abstract = {In recent years, bilingualism and multilingualism have become a central concern for local and government authorities in the UK as around 1,700,000 primary and secondary school pupils in England speak English as an Additional Language. The Department for Education as well as charity organizations, have declared an active interest in research and dissemination of research findings to the wider public regarding bilingual children growing up and receiving education in the UK schools. Most of the relevant research reports, advice and guidelines to practitioners and parents concern school-age children from primary through to secondary schools. There are also government initiatives or charity organizations concerned with preschool childcare and education for children for whom English is not the home language. Specifically, the Early Years Foundation Stage (EYFS) framework, effective from September 2014, defines three ‘prime’areas as crucial for the framework’s principles: a) communication and language, b) physical development and c) personal, social and emotional development. As communication and language are the first of these prime areas in the framework, the role of multilingualism and the implementation of the framework for children with English as an additional language (EAL) is of direct relevance to the framework. EAL children are specifically mentioned in § 1.7, reproduced below:
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Bhatia2017,
title = {Book review: Chris Featherman, Discourses of Ideology and Identity: Social Media and the Iranian Election Protests},
author = {Aditi Bhatia },
doi = {10.1177/1750481317698625},
isbn = {9781138825581},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-05-18},
booktitle = {Discourses of Ideology and Identity: Social Media and the Iranian Election Protests},
volume = {11},
number = {3},
pages = {330-332},
publisher = {New York: Routledge},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Giles2017d,
title = {The fluency principle: Why foreign accent strength negatively biases language attitudes},
author = {Howard Giles and Marko Dragojevic and Anna-Carrie Beck and Nicholas T. Tatum},
doi = {10.1080/03637751.2017.1322213},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-05-16},
urldate = {2017-05-16},
journal = {Communication Monographs},
volume = {84},
number = {3},
pages = {1-21 },
abstract = {Two experiments tested the prediction that heavy foreign-accented speakers are evaluated more negatively than mild foreign-accented speakers because the former are perceived as more prototypical (i.e., representative) of their respective group and their speech disrupts listeners’ processing fluency (i.e., is more difficult to process). Participants listened to a mild or heavy Punjabi- (Study 1) or Mandarin-accented (Study 2) speaker. Compared to the mild-accented speaker, the heavy-accented speaker in both studies was attributed less status (but not solidarity), was perceived as more prototypical of their respective group, disrupted listeners’ processing fluency, and elicited a more negative affective reaction. The negative effects of accent strength on status were mediated by processing fluency and sequentially by processing fluency and affect, but not by prototypicality. Theoretical, methodological, and practical implications are discussed.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Pablé2017c,
title = {Language and social identity: A critical integrationist},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-05-15},
journal = {The Language Myth},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Cardoso2017b,
title = {Early Notices Regarding Creole Portuguese in Former Portuguese Timor},
author = {Hugo Cardoso and Alan Baxter},
doi = {10.1163/19552629-01002001},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-05-03},
urldate = {2017-05-03},
journal = {Journal of Language Contact},
volume = {10},
number = {2},
pages = {264-317},
abstract = {The area of ​​Bidau, in the East Timorese capital of Dili, was home to the only documented form of Portuguese Creole in Timor. Although Bidau Creole Portuguese is now extinct, by most accounts, a few scattered records allow a glimpse into what it must have been like, and reveal its clear relationship with other Southeast Asian Portuguese-based creoles; Baxter's (1990a) study of Bidau Creole Portuguese was based mostly on a set of recordings made in the context of the Timor Anthropological Mission ["Anthropological Mission to Timor", 1953-1954]. In this article, Baxter (1990a: 3) mentions that "[s]o far, the earliest located reference to Bidau Creole English, and one which contains some impressionistic examples of conversations and the verse of a song, is Castro (1943: 56) , 177)". However, since the publication of this study, a few earlier references to what can be interpreted as Portuguese-based creole in Timor have been located in unpublished archival sources. Hugo Schuchardt and José Leite de Vasconcelos were highly interested in determining whether Creole was spoken in Timor and what the local Portuguese was like. The present study introduces and contextualises these epistolary sources, discussing the linguistic and sociolinguistic material contained therein, and its relevance for the confirmation of different threads of language contact involving Portuguese. Hugo Schuchardt and José Leite de Vasconcelos were highly interested in determining whether Creole was spoken in Timor and what the local Portuguese was like. The present study introduces and contextualises these epistolary sources, discussing the linguistic and sociolinguistic material contained therein, and its relevance for the confirmation of different threads of language contact involving Portuguese. Hugo Schuchardt and José Leite de Vasconcelos were highly interested in determining whether Creole was spoken in Timor and what the local Portuguese was like. The present study introduces and contextualises these epistolary sources, discussing the linguistic and sociolinguistic material contained therein, and its relevance for the confirmation of different threads of language contact involving Portuguese.
},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Fox2017,
title = {Remembering and Recreating Origins: The Transformation of a Tradition of Canonical Parallelism among the Rotenese of Eastern Indonesia},
author = {James Fox},
doi = {10.1353/ort.2017.0009},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-05-01},
urldate = {2017-05-01},
journal = {Oral Tradition},
volume = {31},
issue = {2},
abstract = {I have been studying an oral tradition of strict canonical parallelism intermittently for nearly half a century. I began my research on this oral tradition based on the island of Rote in eastern Indonesia in 1965, and have continued these efforts, now with greater urgency, to the present. I have also been investigating issues in comparative parallelism for roughly the same period of time. In 2014 I published Explorations in Semantic Parallelism, which marked an important stage in this research. This volume is a collection of papers both new and old. For example, I reprinted my first survey of the field in 1977 published in honor of Roman Jakobson together with a longer paper on the "trajectory" of subsequent and continuing developments in the study of parallelism.

Explorations in Semantic Parallelism also reprints several of my papers on the study of the Rotenese tradition of canonical parallelism together with various papers that continue to extend my study of this tradition. My personal understanding of the Rotenese tradition of canonical composition has grown over several decades, while the tradition itself has been undergoing change. My perceptions of this change are intimately linked to my increasing comprehension of the tradition as a whole.

In this paper I take stock of the work on that tradition to date and to put it into perspective. I also describe the changes that have occurred in the tradition over the course of my research as I gradually gained new perceptions of its fundamental underpinnings. Much of my general research on Rote has been historically oriented. The island has its own extensive oral historical traditions as well as Dutch archival records that date to the mid-seventeenth century. Some of the changes in Rote's traditions of parallelism that I perceive as most significant were, on good historical evidence, begun a century earlier and have now taken over as ever more influential.},
keywords = {James Fox},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@inbook{Pablé2017d,
title = {Secular humanist discourses on rationality},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
editor = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.4324/9781315621760-3},
isbn = {9781315621760},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-05-01},
publisher = {Routledge},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Stoffers2017,
title = {Simultaneous optimization of electrical and thermal transport properties of Bi 0.5 Sb 1.5 Te 3 thermoelectric alloy by twin boundary engineering},
author = {Andreas Stoffers and Yuan Yu and Dong-Sheng He and Siyuan Zhang and Oana Cojocaru-Mirédin and Torsten Schwarz and Xiao-Yu Wang and Shuqi Zheng and Bin Zhu and Christina Scheu and Di Wu and Jia-Qing He and Matthias Wuttig and Zhong-Yue Huang and Fang-Qiu Zu},
doi = {10.1016/j.nanoen.2017.05.031},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-05-01},
journal = {Nano Energy},
volume = {37},
pages = {203-213},
abstract = {The strong interdependence between the Seebeck coefficient, the electrical and thermal conductivity makes it difficult to obtain a high thermoelectric figure of merit, ZT. It is of critical significance to design a novel structure that manages to decouple these parameters. Here, we combine a liquid state manipulation method for solidified Bi0.5Sb1.5Te3 alloy with subsequent melt spinning, ball milling, and spark plasma sintering processes, to construct dedicated microstructures containing plenty of 60° twin boundaries. These twin boundaries firstly scatter the very low-energy carriers and lead to an enhancement of the Seebeck coefficient. Secondly, they provide a considerable high carrier mobility, compensating the negative effect of the reduced hole concentration on the electrical conductivity. Thirdly, both experimental and calculated results demonstrate that the twin-boundary scattering dominates the conspicuous decrease of the lattice thermal conductivity. Consequently, the highest ZT value of 1.42 is achieved at 348 K, which is 27% higher than that of the sample with less twin boundary treated without liquid state manipulation. The average ZT value from 300 K to 400 K reaches 1.34. Our particular sample processing methods enabling the twin-dominant microstructure is an efficient avenue to simultaneously optimize the thermoelectric parameters.},
keywords = {Andreas Stoffers},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2017e,
title = {Action in interaction is conduct under a description},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404517000173},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-04-24},
urldate = {2017-04-24},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {46},
issue = {03},
pages = {1-25},
abstract = {Requests, offers, invitations, complaints, and greetings are some of the many action types routinely invoked in the description and analysis of interaction. But what is the ontological status of, for instance, a request? In what follows I propose that action is conduct under a description. Thus, for the most part, interaction is organized independently of any action description or categorization of conduct into discrete action types. Instead, participants in interaction draw on the details of the situation in which they find themselves in order to produce conduct that others will recognize and to which they are able to respond in fitted ways. ‘Action’ still plays a key role in the organization of interaction, however, because accountability attaches not to raw conduct but only to conduct under some particular, action-formulating description. (Action, interaction, description, conversation analysis, Anscombe.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Williams2017b,
title = {Whither Language Rights?},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.2.11196.64648},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-04-22},
journal = {International Association of Language Commissioners},
volume = {1},
pages = {1-32},
publisher = {International Association of Language Commissioners},
abstract = {1.1 On 7-9 March 2016, language commissioners, public servants, academics and other professionals from various parts of the world gathered in Galway, Ireland for the third conference of the International Association of Language Commissioners. Created in May 2013 in Dublin, Ireland, IALC supports and advances language rights, equality and diversity, and helps language commissioners work to the highest professional standards. Current membership includes representatives from regions and countries with language commissioners, including Canada (at Federal level, Ontario, New Brunswick and Nunavut), Catalonia, Ireland, Kosovo, South Africa, Sri Lanka and Wales.
1.2 The conference itself was organised and hosted superbly by the staff of An Coimisinéara Teanga, together with partners from NUIG. Rónán Ó Domhnaill and his colleagues deserve special thanks for arranging a stimulating mix of speakers, an excellent venue and abundant opportunities for the exchange of ideas, best practice principles and practice, and fellowship.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Ladegaard2017b,
title = {We’re only here to help: Identity struggles in foreign domestic helper narratives},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1075/dapsac.69.23lad},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-04-13},
urldate = {2017-04-13},
pages = {427-444},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
chapter = {23},
abstract = {This chapter draws on a large corpus of life stories of foreign domestic helpers (FDHs) in Hong Kong. Narratives were recorded at a church shelter that provides temporary accommodation to domestic workers, and the analyses focus on the identity struggles the women are engaged in. They have to accept an enforced identity as maids, who cannot even claim the right to be respected as human beings, but they are also struggling to claim a positive identity as ‘helpers’ who are in Hong Kong to serve God and their families. The chapter argues that the women’s identity as Christian servants allows them to overcome their hardships. It also argues that scholars need to pay attention to how FDHs label themselves. It considers the women’s testimonies about themselves and it argues that marginalised groups should label themselves in ways that are meaningful to them.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@misc{Dalakoglou2017bb,
title = {Roads and Anthropology: Ethnographic Perspectives on Space Time and Im Mobility},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Penny Harvey},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-04-08},
abstract = {The current text locates the anthropological study of roads within the wider context of studies on mobility and modernity. Besides introducing the articles of this special issue of Mobilities on roads and anthropology, this introduction also addresses some of the broader theoretical and epistemological implications of the anthropological perspective on roads, space, time and (im)mobility.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Sitaridou2017,
title = {Assessing the sociolinguistic vitality of Istanbulite Romeyka: an attitudinal study},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou and Laurentia Schreiber},
doi = {10.1080/01434632.2017.1301944},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-04-04},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {39},
number = {1},
pages = {1-16},
abstract = {We assess the sociolinguistic vitality of Romeyka, the only Asia Minor Greek variety, which, albeit endangered, is still spoken in the Black Sea region, Turkey (historically known as Pontus), by means of nine extralinguistic (i.e. sociological) and sociolinguistic factors, specially tailored for the situation of Romeyka. Our current vitality assessment addresses an Istanbulite community, although the results will be compared against a rural community in the Black Sea, namely ‘Anasta’ [Sitaridou, I. 2013. “Greek-Speaking Enclaves in Pontus Today: The Documentation and Revitalization of Romeyka.” In Keeping Languages Alive: Language Endangerment: Documentation, Pedagogy and Revitalization, edited by M. Jones and S. Ogilvie, 98–112. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press]. We used the direct approach to conduct an attitudinal survey – the first of its kind for Romeyka – which allows us to track the interrelation of vitality factors. The most relevant factors were (i) Turkish language policies and education; (ii) identity function of the language; and (iii) language competence. Furthermore, as an often-neglected factor, the language of data elicitation was shown to affect the answers of respondents. The following variables were also found pertinent: (iv) age, (v) gender, (vi) speech community; the latter is argued to constitute the most crucial factor for Romeyka’s vitality.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Meccariello2017,
title = {An Emendation In Apollonius Sophista's Lexicon Homericum},
author = {Chiara Meccariello},
doi = {10.1017/S0009838817000222},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-04-02},
urldate = {2017-04-02},
journal = {The Classical Quarterly},
volume = {67},
number = {1},
pages = {1-3},
abstract = {The beginning of the second entry of Apollonius Sophista's Lexicon Homericum reads as follows in the codex Coislinianus gr. 345, the only direct witness to this section (1, 14–15 Bekker): ἀάατος· ὁ ἀβλαβὴς καὶ εὐχερὴς καὶ δι’ οὗ ἄνευ ἄτης. ἐνίοτε δὲ τὸν ἐπιβλαβῆ καὶ δυσχερῆ … ἀάατος: ‘harmless’ and ‘easy’, and δι’ οὗ ‘without ἄτη’. But sometimes ‘hurtful’ and ‘difficult’.},
keywords = {Chiara Meccariello},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2017e,
title = {Language attitudes and intergroup dynamics in multilingual organizations},
author = {Howard Giles and Dajung Woo},
doi = {10.1177/1470595817701507},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-04-01},
urldate = {2017-04-01},
journal = {International Journal of Cross Cultural Management},
volume = {17},
number = {1},
pages = {39-52},
abstract = {This article takes an intergroup communication perspective to conceptualizing language-related issues in multilingual multinational corporations (MNCs). Language is one of the most salient identifiers of individuals and groups as well as an integral aspect of self-concept. Managers of multilingual teams and MNCs, where speakers of different first languages must rely on mutual interactions to achieve common goals, are likely to deal with communication challenges among many other managerial concerns. Adopting a corporate common language (CCL) provides MNCs benefits, such as efficiency and coherence, from standardizing employees’ use of language. Yet, the fact that a certain language is viewed as “standard” or common—and others as “nonstandard” and uncommon—can potentially create tensions between native and nonnative speakers of it. To increase scholarly attention to this topic, we discuss topics related to language attitudes that can affect communication processes in multilingual MNCs. The implications of, and organizational benefits for, sensitizing managers of MNCs that have adopted a CCL approach to these intergroup dynamics are discussed. We conclude the article with future research agenda for cross-cultural management researchers facing the global environment in which organizational, cultural, and sectoral boundaries are increasingly blurred and multilingualism impacts both internal and external functions of organizations.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Garcia2017,
title = {The Ambivalent Archive},
author = {Angela Garcia},
doi = {10.2307/j.ctv1168bd2.6},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-03-30},
urldate = {2017-03-30},
pages = {29-44},
keywords = {Angela Garcia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2017bb,
title = {Infrastructures, borders, (im)mobility, or the material and social construction of new Europe},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.7228/manchester/9781526109330.003.0008},
isbn = {9781526109330},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-03-06},
abstract = {This final chapter summarises the previous work suggesting some links between the mass contraction projects that took place in Europe after the end of Cold War and the border securitisation processes that the book described and how these are linked with contemporary phenomena.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Fina2017bb,
title = {Diversity in school: Monolingual ideologies versus multilingual practices},
author = {Anna De Fina},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-03-01},
pages = {191-208},
publisher = {Georgetown University Press},
chapter = {11},
abstract = {CONTACT ZONES, OR “SOCIAL
spaces where cultures meet, clash and grapple with eachother” (Pratt, 1991, 34) have become more and more widespread in the late mod-ern world as globalization has radically increased population flows and transnationalexchanges. Thus, even countries that have been traditional sites of emigration ratherthan immigration, such as Italy, have seen a complete reversal, turning into pointsof arrival for people from all over the globe. Indeed, economic migration of foreign workers has become one of the most significant phenomena in the social life of mod-ern Italy. Over the past thirty years, the country has transformed itself completelyfrom a site of massive emigration to a destination for millions of immigrants froma wide spectrum of countries and areas, from Eastern Europe, to Africa, to Asia.This change follows economic trends in all of the European Union. But, while in the1970s immigration was restricted to North European countries that sought foreign workers either from former colonies or from the Mediterranean basin to employthem in construction and factories (see Calvanese and Pugliese 1988), starting in the1980s a new kind of migration has taken shape (see King 1993; Cole 1997), involvingItaly as well as other southern Mediterranean countries. Recent statistics publishedby Caritas (2012) report that immigrants in Italy in 2012 were about five million andconstituted 18 percent of the population, while in 2003 they constituted only 3.4percent of the total population (Delli Zotti et al. 2011). According to Cole (1997),new migrants come mainly from non-European countries, and are mostly “unsolic-ited and often unregulated and undocumented” (4). New migrants started targetingItaly due to the absence of tight controls and the existence of a vast informal market.Hence their numbers have been growing exponentially from the 1990s to the pres-ent. As noted by Cole and Booth (2007), immigrants’ contribution to the economyin Italy depends on local markets (13). While in the North they find employment in the small and medium-sized factories, in other areas (particularly in the South) theyperform low-skilled, temporary jobs, mostly in domestic services, in agriculture astemporal workers, and in the tertiary industry.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Fina2017bb,
title = {Diversity and super-diversity: Sociocultural linguistic perspectives},
author = {Anna De Fina and Didem Ikizoglu and Jeremy Wegner},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-03-01},
publisher = {Georgetown University Press},
abstract = {Sociocultural linguistics has long conceived of languages as well-bounded, separate codes. But the increasing diversity of languages encountered by most people in their daily lives challenges this conception, and more recent scholarship complicates traditional associations between languages and social identities. Diversity-and even super-diversity-is now the norm. This volume examines the increasing diversity of linguistic phenomena and addresses the theoretical-methodological challenges that accounting for such phenomena pose to sociocultural linguistics. Diversity and Super-Diversity brings together top scholars in the field and stages the debate on super-diversity that will be sure to interest sociocultural linguists, generating discussion and informing future research.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Andaya2017bb,
title = {Editorial – networks and individuals in international organizations},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1017/S1740022816000309},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Global History},
volume = {12},
number = {01},
pages = {1-3},
abstract = {The Journal of Global History aims to be the leading scholarly outlet for comparative and connective accounts of world historical significance. JGH publishes articles that examine structures, processes and theories of global change, inequality and stability, as well as articles focusing on smaller scales that are in keeping with, or transcend, the boundaries of historical polities or environments. JGH particularly values creativity and originality in approaches to global history, as well as debates on the theories, methods and evidence underpinning major historical narratives.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pia2017,
title = {Back on the water margin: the ethical fixes of sustainable water provisions in rural China},
author = {Andrea E. Pia},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-03-01},
urldate = {2017-03-01},
journal = {Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute},
volume = {23},
number = {1},
pages = {120-136},
abstract = {The classical Chinese novel The water margin tells the story of a group of petty officials who take a collective stance against the widespread corruption and unfairness of imperial Chinese society. At the root of this story lies the deeply ethical conundrum of redressing injustice when unchecked power prevails. This article draws from this insight to explore some of the ethical dilemmas Chinese state bureaucrats in Yunnan face today when provisioning drinking water to rural communities. Yunnanese officials are burdened with these dilemmas by the state's conspicuous retreat from rural public services in favour of market‐based supply. Through their ethical interventions, Chinese bureaucrats are able to temporarily defer the collapsing of rural water provisions which is caused by the contradictions introduced by the marketization of water. However, such interventions may be followed by further damage to the environment.
},
keywords = {Andrea E. Pia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Garcia2017b,
title = {The Rainy Season: Toward a Cinematic Ethnography of Crisis and Endurance in Mexico City},
author = {Angela Garcia},
doi = {10.1215/01642472-3728020},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-03-01},
urldate = {2017-03-01},
journal = {Social Text},
volume = {35},
pages = {101-121},
abstract = {Based on ethnographic research and critical reflection on Carlos Reygadas’s film Post Tenebras Lux, this article explores the texture and temporality of crisis and endurance in Mexico. Specifically, it traces the transformation of one of Mexico City’s ubiquitous anexos (annexes), which names coercive drug treatment centers run by and for the informal working poor. In putting the ethnography of an anexo in dialogue with Reygadas’s film, this article develops a picture of precarious sociality in contemporary Mexico, one shaped by neoliberal reform and drug-related violence. Finally, it contemplates how the film and the anexo’s resonant “difficulty” upset sense and meaning, thereby suggesting new ways of attending to life within broader durations of politics and history.},
keywords = {Angela Garcia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Lupke2017b,
title = {Satellite- vs. Verb-Framing Underpredicts Nonverbal Motion Categorization: Insights from a Large Language Sample and Simulations},
author = {Friederike Lupke and Guillermo Montero-Melis and Sonja Eisenbeiss and Bhuvana Narasimhan and Iraide Ibarretxe-Antuñano and Sotaro Kita and Anetta Kopecka and Tatiana Nikitina and Ilona Tragel and T Florian Jaeger and Juergen Bohnemeyer},
doi = {10.1163/23526416-00301002},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-02-28},
journal = {Cognitive Semantics},
volume = {3},
number = {1},
pages = {36-61},
abstract = {Is motion cognition influenced by the large-scale typological patterns proposed in Talmy's (2000) two-way distinction between verb-framed (V) and satellite-framed (S) languages Previous studies investigating this question have been limited to comparing two or three languages at a time and have come to conflicting results. We present the largest cross-linguistic study on this question to date, drawing on data from nineteen genealogically diverse languages, all investigated in the same behavioral paradigm and using the same stimuli. After controlling for the different dependencies in the data by means of multilevel regression models, we find no evidence that S- vs. V-framing affects nonverbal categorization of motion events. At the same time, statistical simulations suggest that our study and previous work within the same behavioral paradigm suffer from insufficient statistical power. We discuss these findings in the light of the great variability between participants, which suggests flexibility in motion representation. Furthermore, we discuss the importance of accounting for language variability, something which can only be achieved with large cross-linguistic samples.},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2017bb,
title = {The road of/on transition},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.7765/9781526109354.00013},
isbn = {9781526109354},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-02-28},
publisher = {Manchester University Press},
abstract = {recently gained real estate in order to “wager” the cash in the pyramid schemes, while others “played” their migratory remittances. Following this loss, they also faced the fear of civil war. Today, almost twenty years on, it is still extremely commonplace to hear discussions about “1997” and the pyramid crisis in Albania. It has left an indelible mark on the collective identifications of Albanians. The greatest mystery related to this so-called war of 1997 is what happened to the $2 billion that vanished (Pettifer and Vickers 2006, 5). One of the most popular stories explaining the fate of the lost money claims that the money “escaped” to Greece along the highway in question. The various versions of this story all situate the action along the 29-kilometer section of the national road between Gjirokastër and the border checkpoint (Kakavijë). Marenglen, a “puro” Gjirokastrit, told me the most common version of this story:},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2017bb,
title = {The city and the road},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.7765/9781526109354.00011},
isbn = {9781526109354},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-02-28},
publisher = {Manchester University Press},
abstract = {The urban topography of Gjirokastër city, where part of the current ethnography was based, is under a continuous process of change during the last two decades. The city has in fact been relocated around the traffic infrastructure, centralising the road which leads to the Albanian-Greek border since the borders opened, in 1990. This appears to be a somewhat predictable spatial transformation for a city which has one third of its population living as migrants in Greece and consumes almost entirely imported Greek products since 1990. However, this transformation of the urban formation is a complex process. This chapter enlightens on how the postsocialist city is enlarged dramatically and how it is reconfigured spatially in reference to the road infrastructure. It will address two main processes, the postsocialist introduction of the car-related spatial practices and the relocation of the urban centre around the road.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Dalakoglou2017bb,
title = {The road},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.7765/9781526109354},
isbn = {9781526109354},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-02-28},
publisher = {Manchester University Press},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2017bb,
title = {Bibliography},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.7765/9781526109354.00018},
isbn = {9781526109354},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-02-28},
publisher = {Manchester University Press},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2017bb,
title = {Infrastructures, borders, (im)mobility, or the materialand social construction of new Europe},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.7765/9781526109354.00015},
isbn = {9781526109354},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-02-28},
publisher = {Manchester University Press},
abstract = {This final chapter summarises the previous work suggesting some links between the mass contraction projects that took place in Europe after the end of Cold War and the border securitisation processes that the book described and how these are linked with contemporary phenomena.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2017bb,
title = {The state(s) of the road},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.7765/9781526109354.00010},
isbn = {9781526109354},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-02-28},
publisher = {Manchester University Press},
abstract = {The road 34 kilometers appropriate for lighter travel had been constructed. Prior to their evacuation, however, Austro-Hungarian military personnel carried out a broad road-destruction project. The Italian and French armies, which had occupied the southwest and southeast of Albania respectively, also constructed a number of roads—including highways able to carry heavy vehicles—such as the Durres–Tirana road and the road between Vlora and the Albanian border through Tepelena (Scriven 1921; Skendi et al. 1957).
The subsequent regime of the post-WWI state was not particularly effective in carrying out road construction. Internal instability, power struggles, foreign occupation, and local rebellion contributed to the inability of the temporary Albanian governments of the time to conduct public works effectively (see Puto and Pollo 1981, 171–216).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2017bb,
title = {Fear of the road and the accident of postsocialism},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.7765/9781526109354.00012},
isbn = {9781526109354},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-02-28},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2017bb,
title = {Domesticating the road},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.7765/9781526109354.00014},
isbn = {9781526109354},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-02-28},
publisher = {Manchester University Press},
abstract = {In building these houses, Albanians familiarize and perhaps partly resolve the contradictions and controversies of what we could call postsocialism on a macroscale, something which is evident in the road-related narratives. In fact, house-making brings what we abstractly call postsocialism, transnationalism, and globalization or international dependency down to the familiar and affective sphere of home. These large-scale phenomena, which were examined earlier in reference to the roads, are condensed into the familiar sphere of domestic material culture and are reconfigured accordingly. House-making and road poetics have similar properties in providing a way for people to make sense of, familiarize with, and negotiate a fluid and dynamic everyday life.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2017bb,
title = {From dromocracy toward a new critical dromology},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.7765/9781526109354.00008},
isbn = {9781526109354},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-02-28},
publisher = {Manchester University Press},
abstract = {The road 2 the years 1926–30—not regarded by them as part of their way of life but something to be passively accepted or to be circumvented or ignored. To give one example: though the Administration compelled them to maintain wide roads it was noticeable that when a group of Azande walked down them they did so in single file as they were accustomed to do along their bush paths.(Evans-Pritchard 1960, 311)
Given the aforesaid trend toward remote ethnographic subjects, there was, in some respects, an unspoken competition between ethnologists to reach the most isolated and remote places, and as such the most primitive and exotic of peoples. Early anthropological accounts are full of references to isolated subjects accessed by poor-quality (mostly pre-automobile) roads.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2017bb,
title = {The road to Albania},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.7765/9781526109354.00009},
isbn = {9781526109354},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-02-28},
publisher = {Manchester University Press},
abstract = {The main ethnographic site of this book is the city of Gjirokastër in south Albania and a 29-kilometer highway linking the city with the cross-border passage of Kakavijë. Gjirokastër is a small city by international standards, yet in the southwest Balkans it is a significant urban center with an important geographic and historical position within the traveling routes of the region.
The boundary, the road, and the cross-boundary flows between Albania and Greece are ethnographically special, not because of their uniqueness but because they encapsulate processes typical of the recent past and present of Europe. Ethnographically, on and through the highway and its flows, it becomes possible, even necessary, to discuss a series of historical processes and sociocultural phenomena.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Dalakoglou2017bb,
title = {The road: An ethnography of (im)mobility, space and cross-border infrastructures in the Balkans},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.7228/manchester/9781526109330.001.0001},
isbn = {978-1-5261-0934-7},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-02-28},
publisher = {Manchester University Press},
abstract = {This book is an ethnographic and historical study of the main Albanian-Greek cross-border highway. It is not merely an ethnography on the road but an anthropology of the road. Complex sociopolitical phenomena such as EU border security, nationalist politics, transnational kinship, social–class divisions, or post–cold war capitalism, political transition, and financial crises in Europe—and more precisely in the Balkans—can be seen as phenomena that are paved in and on the cross-border highway. The highway studied is part of an explicit cultural–material nexus that includes elements such as houses, urban architecture, building materials, or vehicles. Yet even the most physically rooted and fixed of these entities are not static, but have fluid and flowing physical materialities.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Fina2017bb,
title = {Routledge Handbook of Migration and Language. (S. Canagarajah, Ed.). Narrative in the study of migrants},
author = {Anna De Fina and Amelia Tseng},
editor = {Suresh Canagarajah},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315754512},
isbn = {9780367581350},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-02-21},
abstract = {** Winner of AAAL Book Award 2020 **
**Shortlisted for the BAAL Book Prize 2018**

The Routledge Handbook of Migration and Language is the first comprehensive survey of this area, exploring language and human mobility in today’s globalised world. This key reference brings together a range of interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary perspectives, drawing on subjects such as migration studies, geography, philosophy, sociology and anthropology. Featuring over 30 chapters written by leading experts from around the world, this book:

# Examines how basic constructs such as community, place, language, diversity, identity, nation-state, and social stratification are being retheorized in the context of human mobility;

# Analyses the impact of the ‘mobility turn’ on language use, including the parallel ‘multilingual turn’ and translanguaging;

# Discusses the migration of skilled and unskilled workers, different forms of displacement, and new superdiverse and diaspora communities;

# Explores new research orientations and methodologies, such as mobile and participatory research, multi-sited ethnography, and the mixing of research methods;

# Investigates the place of language in citizenship, educational policies, employment and social services.

The Routledge Handbook of Migration and Language is essential reading for those with an interest in migration studies, language policy, sociolinguistic research and development studies.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Stoffers2017b,
title = {Correlating Atom Probe Tomography with Atomic-Resolved Scanning Transmission Electron Microscopy: Example of Segregation at Silicon Grain Boundaries},
author = {Andreas Stoffers and Juri Barthel and Christian H Liebscher and Baptiste Gault and Oana Cojocaru-Mirédin and Christina Scheu and Dierk Raabe},
doi = {10.1017/S1431927617000034},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-02-20},
journal = {Microscopy and microanalysis},
volume = {23},
number = {2},
pages = {291-299},
abstract = {In the course of a thorough investigation of the performance-structure-chemistry interdependency at silicon grain boundaries, we successfully developed a method to systematically correlate aberration-corrected scanning transmission electron microscopy and atom probe tomography. The correlative approach is conducted on individual APT and TEM specimens, with the option to perform both investigations on the same specimen in the future. In the present case of a Σ9 grain boundary, joint mapping of the atomistic details of the grain boundary topology, in conjunction with chemical decoration, enables a deeper understanding of the segregation of impurities observed at such grain boundaries.},
keywords = {Andreas Stoffers},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Tsimpli2017o,
title = {Perception of inflectional morphology in English L2 speakers with a rich L1},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Luca Cilibrasi and Lucie Jirankova},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-02-16},
urldate = {2017-02-16},
abstract = {1. Background. English inflections are realised in accordance with a specific morphophonological rule: they are voiced when applied to a stem ending in a voiced consonant and they are devoiced when following a stem with a devoiced consonant. For instance, "kill" becomes "killed", pronounced /kɪ:ld/ when inflected in the past, and "ask" becomes "asked", pronounced /ɑ:skt/ when inflected in the past. Using this rule it is possible to create non-words that contain potential bound morphemes, such as /vʌ:ld/, and non-words that end in phonemes that can have an inflectional value, but not in that specific phonological context, such as /vʌ:lt/ Previous work has shown that monolingual English speakers are sensitive to the presence of bound morphology in non-words, which means that they are sensitive to the morphosyntactic properties of words also in the absence of semantics. For instance, Post et al. (2008) showed that participants take longer to discriminate non-words that respect the morphophonological rules of regular English inflection than non-words that are based on non-productive rules of English morphophonology. In previous work (Cilibrasi, 2016) we showed that non-words with potential bound morphology take longer to be discriminated than non-words that do not contain potential bound morphology. These results suggest that a form of morpheme stripping takes place (Pinker & Ullman, 2002), and also that it takes place in the absence of meaning. In other words, it suggests that speakers look for the presence of bound morphology in words endings independently of the identity of the verb. The present study used the same methodology of Cilibrasi (2016), but the subjects investigated in this occasion were adult second language learners. This study investigated the perception of bound morphemes in second language learners of English having Czech as L1. Results show that second language speakers of English with Czech as L1 are sensitive to the presence of inflectional morphology very early on, and the pattern of performance does not change substantially with additional proficiency.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@misc{Eberhard2017,
title = {Bi-Phasic Nasals in Mamaindê: At the Fuzzy edge between Phonology and phonetics},
author = {David Eberhard},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.2.19412.81280},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-02-10},
abstract = {An Evaluation of three alternative analyses of bi-phasic nasals in Mamaindê: an Auto-segmental approach, an OT approach, and a Phonetic Implementation strategy},
keywords = {David Eberhard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {presentation}
}
@conference{Costa2017d,
title = {Media Anthropology Network European Association of Social Anthropologists (EASA) E-Seminar Series},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-02-07},
urldate = {2017-02-07},
abstract = {In this article, I explore the notion of presence, especially as it pertains to anthropological notions of ‘being there’and argue that studying with media significantly influences our physical presence as we are able to bring distant and not so distant places into our fields. Anthropology was founded on the notion of ‘being there’and it is still a crucial claim to knowledge for anthropologists. Digital anthropology has brought new challenges to the concept of ‘being there’, giving increasing depth to the arguments that physical presence is not a prerequisite for ethnographic studies or even for ‘being there’. In order to discuss how media might influence our presence in the field, I develop the notion of thick presence. I take a point of departure in my anthropological fieldwork with information activists and journalists in Egypt in 2012 and 2013 at the height of the revolutionary uprising.
The paper has been written by Nina Grønlykke Mollerup (Independent Researcher, Denmark), who has recently obtained her PhD from Roskilde University, Denmark, whose work focuses on media and social movements and who in the last years has made an invaluable contribution to the list. You can now read the full paper here: http://www. media-anthropology.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Fina2017bb,
title = {Narrative in the study of migrants},
author = {Anna De Fina and Amelia Tseng},
editor = { S. Canagarajah},
isbn = {9781138801981},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-02-03},
pages = {381-396},
publisher = {Routledge},
chapter = {Narrative in the Study of Migrants},
abstract = {Narratives are a basic mode of understanding and sharing of experience, and one of the most constitutive genres of human linguistic communication. In this chapter, we present an overview of contributions and future directions for narrative analysis in migration studies looking at different approaches, methodologies, and objects of study within sociolinguistics and other disciplines concerned with discourse in society. We begin with general definitions and considerations of the multiple roles that narratives carry in social life. We then proceed to discuss two key areas of study:(1) research on identities and representations by and about migrants, and (2) research on migrants’ storytelling practices within institutions and communities. This categorization and further subdivisions within these broad areas will be discussed following the general introduction. Telling stories is a way of sharing and making sense of experiences in the recent or remote past, and of recounting important, emotional, or traumatic events and the minutiae of everyday life. Stories are essential in conveying moral values and social norms and teaching them to children. They are central to the construction of individual and collective identities and are used to index ways of being and social identifications. Furthermore, stories carry weight in important institutional encounters such as employment and immigration processes. These many functions help explain narratives’ ubiquity in everyday life and their relevance and interest for scholars.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Ghosh2017b,
title = {A Few Notes on ‘Selfing’ and ‘Othering’ in Language},
author = {Aditi Ghosh},
doi = {10.5958/2231-4555.2017.00009.2},
issn = {2231-4555},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-02-01},
journal = {Journal of Exclusion Studies},
volume = {7},
number = {1},
pages = {90 - 101},
abstract = {Though speech, in general understanding, is often seen as a mere carrier of information, a bridge that connects the minds of human beings, it is also a very common tool for constructing boundaries by constituting the concept of the self and the other. The division between different language communities and the deligitimisation of non-standard speech varieties within the same language community are such commonly witnessed phenomena. However, the construction of the language based boundaries does not depend only on the degree of linguistic difference itself. Instead, it is consistently dependent on the recognition and/or validation of the difference as being significant enough to construct categories. Often the most minor linguistic differences are instrumental in creating strikingly different categories and at other times the most glaring differences in language structures are left unnoticed and are inconsequential in construction of any such categories. This paper explores how speech creates such categories and how certain norms become significant in some social groups creating margins that exclude those who are incompatible with the set norms.},
keywords = {Aditi Ghosh},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Fina2017bb,
title = {Diversity and Super-Diversity. Socicocultural Linguistic Perspectives},
author = {Anna De Fina},
editor = {Anna De Fina and Didem Ikizoglu and jeremy Wegner},
isbn = {9781626164222},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-02-01},
journal = {Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics},
pages = {VII-210},
publisher = {Georgetown University Press},
abstract = {Sociocultural linguistics has long conceived of languages as well-bounded, separate codes. But the increasing diversity of languages encountered by most people in their daily lives challenges this conception. Globalization has accelerated population flows, so that cities are now sites of encounter for groups that are highly diverse in terms of origins, cultural practices, and languages. New media technologies invent communicative genres, foster hybrid semiotic practices, and spread diversity as they intensify contact and exchange between peoples who often are spatially removed and culturally different from each other. Diversity--even super-diversity--is now the norm. In response, recent scholarship complicates traditional associations between languages and social identities, emphasizing the connectedness of communicative events and practices at different scales and the embedding of languages within new physical landscapes and mediated practices. This volume takes stock of the increasing diversity of linguistic phenomena and faces the theoretical-methodological challenges that accounting for such phenomena poses to sociocultural linguistics.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Vigouroux2017,
title = {The discursive pathway of two centuries of raciolinguistic stereotyping: Africans as incapable of speaking French},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404516000804},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-02-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {46},
number = {1},
pages = {5-21},
abstract = {This article is about the discursive pathway of grammatical structures such as y'a bon ‘there's good’, documenting how, in Hexagonal France, it has become an ‘enregistered emblem’ for indexing sub-Saharan Africans and, by extension, any African as allegedly incapable of speaking French competently. I argue that tracing pathways makes it possible to unveil the intricacy of the historicities of production, circulation, and interpretations of such racially based linguistic stereotypes. One of the central questions addressed in this article is: What are the sociohistorical conditions of the emergence and maintenance of these linguistic stereotypes? I show that these are grounded in long-standing linguistic ideologies of French as an exceptional language and of African languages and, therefore, their speakers, as primitive. I demonstrate how the rise of first age mass culture in the nineteenth century contributed to both the entextualization and the circulation of these stereotypical representations. (Stereotypes, mediatization, enregisterment, language ideology, France, Africa).},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vigouroux2017bb,
title = {Individuals, populations, and timespace Perspectives on the ecology of language revisited},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux},
doi = {10.1075/le.1.1.05muf},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-29},
pages = {75 - 103},
abstract = {In the present article we distinguish the concept of ECOLOGY OF LANGUAGE as articulated in Mufwene (2001ff) from that of ECOLINGUISTICS developed especially by Mühlhäusler (1996ff) , Fill and Mühlhäusler (2001) , Couto (2009) , and several contributors to Fill and Benz (to appear) . We explain how Mufwene’s ECOLOGY OF LANGUAGE concept, inspired primarily by macroecology, applies to language evolution. We articulate various factors internal and external to a language that bear on how it emerged phylogenetically, underwent particular structural changes, and, in some cases, may have speciated into separate varieties. The external ecology also influences the vitality of languages, rolling the dice on whether they thrive or are endangered. Because these particular phenomena have been elaborately discussed in Mufwene’s earlier publications, we devote more space to explaining how the notion of LANGUAGE ECOLOGY, as others call it, also applies as a useful heuristic tool to qualitative sociolinguistics.},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Eberhard2017b,
title = {Theory and Praxis in Community Based Language Development: preliminary findings from applications of the Guide for Planning the Future of Our Language},
author = {David Eberhard},
doi = {10.1515 / opli-2017-0013},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-28},
journal = {Open Linguistics},
volume = {3},
number = {1},
abstract = {This study will provide a critique of preliminary results obtained from the application of the ‘Guide for Planning the Future of Our Language’ (Hanawalt, Varenkamp, Lahn, & Eberhard 2015) in minority speech communities. This recent methodological tool was developed to enable and empower minoritized language groups to do their own language planning and to control their own language development. The tool is based on a theoretical approach to community based language development known as the ‘Sustainable Use Model’, or the SUM (Lewis & Simons 2016). The paper will begin with a brief introduction to the theoretical framework of the SUM. Next it will describe the basic structure of the ‘Guide for Planning the Future of Our Language’, and then ‘follow along’ as it is applied in various communities and workshops with mother tongue speakers. These applications were conducted by the author and others in 84 languages in Brazil, Colombia, Croatia, Indonesia, Malaysia, Myanmar, Nepal, Nigeria, Pakistan, Papua New Guinea, Peru, Philippines, Sao Tome e Principe, and Venezuela. This will be the first report of its kind on the broad applications of this rapidly growing methodology.},
keywords = {David Eberhard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Perrin2017bb,
title = {Language in the Media: The Process Perspective},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1515/9783110314755-013},
isbn = { 9783110314755},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-25},
publisher = {De Gruyter },
abstract = {Drawing on a case study of newswriting at Télévision Suisse Romande, this chapter presents media linguistics as a subdiscipline of applied linguistics (AL), dealing with a distinctive field of language use. Language in the media is characterized by specific environments, functions, and structures. Medialinguistic research, however, tends to overcome disciplinary boundaries and collaborate with neighboring disciplines such as psychology, sociology, politology, and cultural studies. In multi-, inter-, and transdisciplinary collaboration, it contributes to the development of empiricallygrounded studies of mediatized language use and solves practical problems. The chapter first outlines such a practical problem. After explaining key concepts of media lingustics, it focuses on the linguistics of newswriting and four related research methods. Finally, it discusses the value media linguistics can add to both theory and practice of language use and the media.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Williams2017bb,
title = {Chapter 14: English in Wales},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1515/9783110525045-014},
isbn = {9783110525045},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-23},
pages = {265-288},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
chapter = {14},
abstract = {The relationship between the English and Welsh languages in Wales is a rich experience of language contact, conflict, shift, and inter-penetration of cultures, mores, ideas and, to some extent, the joint venture of promoting the notion of Britishness within a unifed UK Crown and Polity. However, as England’s first colony the Welsh experience is replete with strategic, military, political, legal, and socio-economic patterns and processes which were transposed elsewhere as the reach of England and of the English language became more robust in geo-strategic and commercial terms. This essay considers the historical context of this relationship together with a specific focus on language, sociolinguistics, literature, education, language promotion, and group dynamics, official policy on language equality and legislation and a conclusion which emphasizes that the current attempt to promote an official bilingual society has to take cognisance of the increasingly plural and multicultural reality of contemporary Wales.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Ghosh2017c,
title = {Attitude towards the Official Languages: A survey report from Kolkata},
author = {Aditi Ghosh},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-21},
booktitle = {Attitude towards the Official Languages: A survey report from Kolkata},
publisher = {National Law University, Delhi},
organization = {National Law University, Delhi},
abstract = {In India, Hindi and English enjoy the status of official languages. Both these languages enjoy social prestige and functional importance all over India. Kolkata, one of the major cities of India and the capital of the state of West Bengal, represents that part of India which is diverse, multilingual, where Hindi is not a language spoken by the majority and where both Hindi and English possess some degree of prestige due to their official status as well as for various other social, cultural and functional reasons. In addition to these two, Bengali which is the majority language in the state and also the state official language has its due prestige in the city. Needless to say, a large section of long term Kolkata residents are not Bengali and are from diverse linguistic background. The paper seeks to analyse the attitude of this section of Kolkata residents towards Hindi and English as two major languages. The paper is based on the responses of 495 permanent residents of Kolkata, whose native language is not Bengali – the locally dominant language. Through a structured questionnaire their responses on various issues relating to the relevance of the two languages, i.e. Hindi and English, is collected and analysed and reported in the paper.},
keywords = {Aditi Ghosh},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Biagini2017,
title = {‘Patrick, the First Churchman’ in the Protestant Vision of Ernest Bateman of Booterstown},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-319-41531-4_14},
isbn = {978-3-319-41530-7},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-13},
urldate = {2017-01-13},
pages = {211-227},
abstract = {This chapter considers the case of the Reverend Ernest Bateman (1886–1979), Church of Ireland rector of Booterstown, County Dublin. Drawing on his sermons and other sources, the author examines how Bateman perceived and represented Patrick and then explores the implications of his Patrician model for his Protestant sense of Irish identity. At the time the episcopalian minority was still trying to come to terms with demotion from their long-held elite status, to what they regarded as second-class citizenship, while the Catholic church was relentlessly aggressive and intolerant in its attitude to the minority. An Irish patriot who became friendly with de Valera, Bateman continued nevertheless to maintain the Church of Ireland position, first set out by Archbishop Ussher in the seventeenth century, that the church founded by St Patrick was in all key respects more akin to the Church of Ireland than to the Catholic church. In that sense, Patrick represented the ‘first churchman’.},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Fina2017b,
title = {Chronotopic Identities: On the Timespace Organization of Who We Are},
author = {Anna De Fina and Jan Blommaert},
editor = {Anna De Fina and J. Wegner and D. Ikizoglu},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-11},
pages = {1-15},
publisher = {Georgetown University Press},
chapter = {1},
abstract = {SUPER-DIVERSITY OFFERS SCHOLARS a broad range of opportunities to revise and rethink parts of their conceptual vocabulary in attempts to arrive at more sensitive and accurate tools for thought and analysis. The recognition of a reality that might, in some respects and to some degree, have always been there but was never enregistered in theoretical and methodological frameworks might, in fact, be seen as the most productive outcome of the current debates over whether or not super-diversity is “new.” The perspective is indeed new, but it also allows us to return to old issues armed with some fresh ideas (cf. Blommaert 2015c; Silverstein 2015; Arnaut 2016; Parkin 2016). In what follows, we take these ideas to issues of identity.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Andaya2017bb,
title = {Glocalization and the Marketing of Christianity in Early Modern Southeast Asia1},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.3390/rel8010007},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-10},
journal = {Religions},
volume = {8},
number = {1},
pages = {7},
abstract = {The expansion of European commercial interests into Southeast Asia during the early modern period was commonly justified by the biblical injunction to spread Christian teachings, and by the “civilizing” influences it was said to foster. In focusing on areas where Christianity gained a foothold or, in the Philippines and Timor Leste, became the dominant faith, this article invokes the marketing concept of “glocalization”, frequently applied to the sociology of religion. It argues that the historical beginnings of the processes associated with the global/local interface of Christianity are situated in the sixteenth century, when Europe, Asia and the Americas were finally linked through maritime connections. Christian missionizing was undertaken with the assumption that the European-based “brand” of beliefs and practices could be successfully transported to a very different environment. However, the application of these ideas was complicated by the goal of imposing European economic control, by the local resistance thus generated, and by competition with other religions and among Christians themselves. In this often antagonistic environment, the degree to which a global product could be “repackaged” and “glocalized” so that it was appealing to consumers in different cultural environments was always constrained, even among the most sympathetic purveyors. As a result, the glocalization of Christianity set up “power-laden tensions” which both global institutions and dispersed consumers continue to negotiate.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Giles2017f,
title = {Aging and communication across cultures},
author = {Howard Giles and Robert M. Mccann and Hiroshi Ota},
doi = {10.1515/9781501500060-013},
isbn = {9781501500060},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-10},
urldate = {2017-01-10},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {This chapter examines and overviews research on aging and communication conducted in various corners of the world, and illuminates critical issues such as age stereotypes, the changing roles of family and older person norms, intra-and intergenerational communication perceptions in general, and the subjective health implications of intra-and intergenerational communication. Against the backdrop of rapid technological advancement and societal structural transformation, old age has increasingly been associated with negative meanings, especially in so-called Eastern countries, where the tradition of respect for older adults has been eroding. Under such circumstances, younger adults are likely to struggle and be dissatisfied in their communication with older adults, who consider communication with the latter to be rather problematic. Turning to the workplace, which has more recently garnered scholastic attention from intergenerational scholars, older adults tend to suffer from negative age stereotypes and discrimination in this context too. This chapter thus provides a synthesis of research on intergenerational communication across cultures both in and out of the workplace, and sets the stage for the promotion of a more positive and interactional intergenerational climate.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Lupke2017bb,
title = {Escaping the tyranny of writing: West African regimes of writing as a model for multilingual literacy},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
editor = {Kasper Juffermans and Constanze Weth},
isbn = {978-1350123113},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
pages = {129–148},
publisher = {Bloomsbury},
abstract = {This chapter discusses the challenges faced by Chinese and South Asian Hongkongers to acquire, develop and maintain literacy in standard written Chinese (SWC). Language acquisition or learning is mediated by speech (DeFrancis 2002; Erbaugh 2002; Perfetti and Dunlap 2008). The relative ease of literacy acquisition, development and maintenance depends largely on how closely speech sounds are mapped onto more or less discrete graphic units of the target language. Being non-alphabetic and morphosyllabic, Chinese characters (hanzi, 漢字) are orthographically deep, difficult to learn and easy to forget. Since the lexis and grammar of SWC are essentially based on Mandarin, speakers of Chinese ‘dialects’ such as Cantonese do not have the benefit of ‘writing as one speaks’. Considerable effort is needed to master Mandarin-based words, which in Hong Kong (and Macau) Special Administrative Region are taught and learnt in Cantonese. Although colloquial written Cantonese elements are widespread in mass and social media, they are banned and excluded from school literacy. E-gadgets being so widespread and convenient today, Chinese characters are increasingly inputted electronically rather than composed by hand. That trend accentuates the challenge of remembering and retrieving Chinese characters. If Cantonese-L1 Hongkongers find it difficult to develop and maintain literacy in their ‘mother tongue’, one can Writing Chinese: A Challenge for easily imagine the linguistic predicament faced by South Asian Hongkongers who need to struggle with learning Cantonese in addition, and who see their life chances significantly.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Lupke2017bb,
title = {Carrefour des langues, carrefour des paradigmes},
author = {Friederike Lupke and Alexander Cobbinah and Abbie Hantgan and Rachel Watson},
editor = {Michelle Auzanneau and Michelle Auzanneau and Margaret Bento and Malory Leclère},
isbn = {9782813002198},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
pages = {79-97},
publisher = {Éditions des archives contemporaines},
abstract = {This article presents the sociolinguistic and linguistic aspects of a plurilingual situation in a rural context in Casamance (Senegal). Based on ongoing interdisciplinary research, we introduce the heritage languages ​​associated with the villages we study. We then develop the dualism between heritage language as an identity construct and fluid use in discourse and identify the motivations for this dual strategy and how it fits into local, regional and national linguistic ideologies. We end by exposing the consequences of this type of long-lasting plurilingualism on linguistic systems and the challenge it poses for a descriptive tradition based on the notion of a language and not on that of a dynamic repertoire.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Lupke2017bb,
title = {Supporting vital repertoires, not revitalizing languages},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
editor = {Leanne Hinton},
isbn = {9781138674493},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
pages = {475-485},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {Taking stock of the African situation, this chapter argues against the revitalization of languages and advocates for supporting vital repertoires instead. After having summarized the roles of African languages and Africanists’ stances toward language endangerment and revitalization, I critically discuss the state-of-the-art of language revitalization, beginning with activities focusing on individual languages and concentrating on orthography development. I present research on multilingual ecologies and language-independent grass-roots literacies and on strengthening these long-standing Indigenous practices, rather than on replacing them with a limited number of standard languages. Finally, I introduce activities sustaining linguistic ecologies rather than focussing on language-based interventions.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Benjamin2017,
title = {Indigenous peoples: indigeneity, indigeny or indigenism?},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
editor = {Christoph Antons},
isbn = {9780415659406},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
pages = {362–377},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {The terms ‘indigenous people(s)’ and ‘indigeneity’ are multiply ambiguous. Their use without further qualification obscures key differences between the various real-world circumstances that they are typically applied to. This leads to confusion when the label ‘indigenous’ is employed in formal deliberations over political, cultural and land rights. To achieve clarity, some further distinctions need to be observed, most importantly between ‘indigeny’ and ‘indigenism’, between ‘tribal’ and ‘indigenous’, and between ‘indigeny’ and ‘exogeny’. Indigeny (the continued habitation of the same specific places that one’s familial ancestors always lived in) differs qualitatively in its cultural, economic and psychological consequences from all other circumstances that are labelled ‘indigenous’. Most of the latter arise within the tacitly exogenous context that underpins modernity, which is made possible by not living continuously where one’s ancestors lived. These usages are examples of ‘indigenism’ in its several varieties, rather than indigeny. The exogenous framework emphasises formal rationality and codified legal systems, which makes it difficult for the ‘native-title’ concerns of truly place-linked indigenous people to be argued for and judged fairly in court. Without due care, therefore, indigenist arguments may sometimes act against the interests of true place-linked indigenes. Further confusion results from the conventional use of ‘indigenous’ as a synonym of ‘tribal’, which brings together two distinct and sometimes antithetical social circumstances under a single label, since it is also authentically applicable to many peasant populations. Treating both tribespeople and peasants in an undifferentiated manner as simply ‘indigenous’ peoples misrepresents their distinct life-circumstances, especially with regard to matters of religion, language and mode of attachment to land. Examples drawn from several different Asian countries demonstrate the varying and sometimes antithetical ways in which the idea of ‘indigenous peoples’ has been applied – or ignored – and hence the necessity to employ it with more care than has usually been the case.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Tang2017,
title = {Sign Bilingualism in Deaf Education},
author = {Gladys Tang},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-319-02258-1_35},
isbn = {978-3-319-02257-4},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
pages = {191-203},
publisher = {Springer, Cham},
abstract = {In recent decades, empirical evidence from sign linguistics research has confirmed the natural language properties of sign languages used by Deaf members of the society. One consequence is to reintroduce sign language into the classroom for the deaf, to rectify the ban on sign language and Deaf teachers during the Milan Congress in 1880. Such a move led to the establishment of sign bilingualism in educating deaf and hard-of-hearing (DHH) students in deaf school settings. However, development of this approach constantly faces the challenge of oralism (i.e., the use of oral language with residual hearing only) supported by advanced assistive hearing devices until today, regardless of educational settings. This chapter addresses the combined effects of adopting sign bilingualism and co-enrollment in regular school settings where DHH and hearing students are supported by the collaborative teaching of a hearing teacher and a Deaf teacher in a bimodal bilingual fashion.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Giles2017g,
title = {Vitality theory},
author = {Howard Giles and Benjamin King Smith and Martin Ehala},
doi = {10.1093/acrefore/9780190228613.013.496},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
urldate = {2017-01-01},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {Group vitality is a widely invoked construct in the study of minority language maintenance and interethnic relations. Per the original framework introduced 40 years ago, the more vitality an ethnolinguistic group perceives itself to have, the more likely that it will thrive as a collective entity in an intergroup context. Consequently, research adopting this paradigm—herein termed vitality theory—has studied ways in which objective and subjective group vitality has manifested itself in the endurance of ethnolinguistic groups. The notion of objective vitality includes the factors of demographics, institutional support, and status that characterize the strength of a group in comparison to others present in an intergroup setting. Contrastively, subjective vitality was introduced to highlight how groups may cognitively and affectively perceive these same factors.

A large body of empirical research has been conducted within the vitality theory framework that has resulted in several stages of development. Evidence has shown that while the components of objective vitality (demographics, institutional support, status) do not typically manifest themselves as distinct components in the structure of subjective vitality, they do form a single component reflecting the perceived strength of the group. In addition, several other social psychological factors, such as perception of the legitimacy of intergroup relations, the level of ethnocentrism, and perception of intergroup distance, were incorporated into models of subjective vitality. Relatedly, these factors are shaped into group members’ discourse of vitality, which is a highly dialogical process of negotiation of subjective vitality of the groups engaged in intergroup contact.

The vitality framework has been usefully invoked beyond ethnolinguistic groups, embracing several intergroup settings including age, gender, and sexual orientation. Vitality, which has provoked some controversy in the literature, has also been widely adopted by very different approaches as an umbrella term to denote the long-term sustainability of a group. Scholars in linguistics, sociology, psychology, education, anthropology, and beyond have contributed much to the concept, helping to educate and raise awareness as to why languages die out and the effects of such languages dying out.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Giles2017h,
title = {Interaction coordination and adaptation},
author = {Howard Giles and Judee K Burgoon and Norah Dunbar},
doi = {10.1017/9781316676202.008},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
urldate = {2017-01-01},
pages = {78 - 96},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {A Biological and Social Imperative Adaptation is a biological and social imperative - biologically, for the survival of a species; socially, for the survival of a society. Vertebrates and invertebrates alike come equipped with reflexes that produce involuntary survival-related forms of adaptation in the form of fight or flight responses. In the face of a threat, a frightened organism may sound an alarm call, emit an odor, or display a visual signal that is recognized by species mates as fear. The fear triggers behavioral mimicry that leads the entire flock, herd, swarm, or school to take flight en masse. Or, rage by a single individual may fuel a contagion of aggression that turns into mob violence. These reciprocal actions may not be easily suppressed or controlled. Other forms of adaptation are volitional, intentional, and socially oriented. Humans may copy the speech patterns of their social “superiors” in hopes of being viewed as belonging to the same ingroup. Or one person’s antagonistic demeanor toward a target may elicit a docile, calming response by the victim. Both forms of adaptation - involuntary and voluntary - undergird social organization. As Martin Luther King Jr. observed in his Letter from a Birmingham Jail (1963), “we are caught in an inescapable network of mutuality.” By means of verbal and nonverbal communication, civilized societies negotiate access to scarce resources, work out their interpersonal relationships, and create their social organizations. Thus, communication is fundamentally an adaptive enterprise that reflects and channels these biological and social imperatives. How, when, and why such adaptation takes place is the topic of this chapter. Forms of Coordination and Adaptation It is perhaps unsurprising that given its fundamental role in social interaction, terms describing various forms of adaptation have proliferated, leading to conceptual and operational disarray. The same terms have been applied to different phenomena and different terms have been applied to the same phenomenon. Here we introduce the most common usage from scholars of communication, psychology and linguistics who over the course of forty years have largely converged on these definitions. These conceptual and operational definitions are summarized in Table 8.1. © Judee K. Burgoon, Nadia Magnenat-Thalmann, Maja Pantic and Alessandro Vinciarelli 2017.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Cardoso2017c,
title = {Portuguese descriptions of the languages ​​of Timor-Leste in the transition from the 19th centuries},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
urldate = {2017-01-01},
journal = {Moderna Sprak},
volume = {111},
number = {1},
pages = {1-34},
abstract = {Abstract In the second half of the 19th century, in response to a growing academic interest in the peoples and languages ​​of the world but also to a project to master the languages ​​of the European colonies for the purposes of administration and mission, the first descriptions of Timorese languages ​​began to appear. -East, at the time Portuguese colony. This study reconstitutes the sequence of grammars, dictionaries and didactic works produced in Portuguese, between that time and the Japanese occupation in the context of World War II, presenting their authors (mainly missionaries but also other colonial agents) and analyzing the context, motivation and methodology of its production. It also discusses the dynamics of collaboration or competition that it is possible to glimpse in these linguistic works and in other complementary documents, in which the dimension and constraints of pollination between different sources are perceived, as well as the impact of its publication on the process of (re)cognizing the linguistic diversity of the Timorese territory. Keywords: Timor-Leste; linguistic documentation; Linguistic description; Missionary Linguistics; Colonial linguistics. 1. Introduction Portuguese expansion was early accompanied by significant efforts in linguistic description, which, in some cases, provide us with the first known records of certain languages. In a first phase, this work was carried out by missionaries who saw it as an instrument for the expansion of the Catholic religion in Africa, the Americas and Asia-Pacific (for a summary, see Zwartjes 2001). Taking into account that the first of these works date from the century. XVI, the portion of Timor under Portuguese jurisdiction appears to have been ignored for a long time. In fact, it is necessary to wait until 1886 for the first dedicated work to be published 1 This work was financially supported by the Foundation for Science and Technology, through the FCT Researcher contract (IF/01009/2012), and results from my participation in the project 'The sciences of anthropological classification in Portuguese Timor (1894-1975)', developed at the Institute of Social Sciences of the University of Lisbon (ref. HC/0089/2009). I thank its coordinator, Ricardo Roque, for the encouragement and the numerous information he shared throughout the process, as well as two anonymous reviewers for their suggestions. Any errors and omissions are my sole responsibility.
},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Tsimpli2017p,
title = {Bilingual Children with High Functioning Autism Spectrum Disorder: Evidence From Oral Narratives and Non-verbal Executive Function Tasks},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Baldimtsi and Eleni Peristeri and Ageliki Nicolopoulou},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
urldate = {2017-01-01},
pages = {18-31},
publisher = {Cascadilla Press},
abstract = {This study investigated possible compensatory effects of bilingualism on ASD in language and non-verbal cognition. Six bilingual children with ASD were compared with 9 bilingual and 9 monolingual controls (Mean age: 9;8) with or without ASD. Children narrated a story to a multi-episode picture sequence that was analysed using story structure and appropriate referential forms. An online global-local attention task assessed children’s non-verbal inhibition and attention. The results partly supported our hypothesis. In the verbal task, TD bilinguals used the least number of ambiguous forms during narration, and bilinguals with ASD outperformed their monolingual controls. Furthermore, bilinguals with or without ASD and their controls used more story grammar elements than TD monolinguals. In the non-verbal task, children with ASD performed better in the local condition while children without ASD in the global condition. Thus, bilingualism seems to improve the verbal abilities of children with ASD more than their non-verbal abilities.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Tsimpli2017q,
title = {The Acquisition of Gender by Greek-Albanian Bilingual Children: the role of input and bi/monolingual schooling},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Kaltsa and Alexandra Prentza},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
urldate = {2017-01-01},
pages = {315-326},
abstract = {The aim of this study is to examine the development of gender assignment and gender agreement in bilingual Greek-Albanian children through the exploitation of gender cues on the noun ending in real and novel nouns. To this end, four gender tasks were designed, two targeting gender assignment and two gender agreement for both real and novel nouns. Performance is investigated in relation to the role of the bilingual’s vocabulary knowledge in Greek as well as the role of input factors including the monolingual/bilingual school contexts and the role of parental education as a proxy for socioeconomic status (SES). To test the bilingual acquisition of grammatical gender in Greek, 150 bilingual children aged 8 to 12 years old residing in Greece and in Albania, along with 57 Greek monolingual children conducted the four gender tasks targeting gender assignment and gender agreement for real and novel nouns. Background information was collected on a number of input related variables, such as age of onset of exposure to L2, home language strategies, literacy development in the L1 and L2 and language preferences for oral tasks, with the use of questionnaires administered to parents and to children. Additionally, the bilingual’s lexical abilities were measured by means of a standardized expressive vocabulary test in Greek (Vogindroukas et al., 2009) and a similar vocabulary test in Albanian (Kapia & Kananaj, 2013). The results show a strong interaction among the bilinguals’ performance and their Greek vocabulary development, the amount of oral Greek input and type of schooling they are attending. The novelty of this work is the examination of the effect of schooling in relation not to general academic achievement but in relation to the development of a specific grammatical feature category gender.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Zarakol2017,
title = {TRIPping Constructivism},
author = {Ayse Zarakol},
doi = {10.1017/S1049096516002183},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
urldate = {2017-01-01},
journal = {Political Science and Politics},
volume = {50},
number = {1},
pages = {75-78},
abstract = {PS: Political Science & Politics provides critical analyses of contemporary political phenomena and is the journal of record for the discipline of political science reporting on research, teaching, and professional development. PS, begun in 1968, is the only quarterly professional news and commentary journal in the field and is the prime source of information on political scientists' achievements and professional concerns. PS: Political Science & Politics is sold ONLY as part of a joint subscription with American Political Science Review and Perspectives on Politics.},
keywords = {Ayse Zarakol},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Costa2017b,
title = {Social Media as Practices: an Ethnographic Critique of Affordances and Context Collapse},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
urldate = {2017-01-01},
publisher = {Working Papers for the EASA Media Anthropology Network’s 60Th E-seminar},
abstract = {Drawing on data gathered during ethnographic fieldwork in Mardin, a medium-sized town in southeast Turkey, this paper examines people’s production of different online social spaces. The paper shows that social media users actively appropriate online platforms and change privacy settings in order to keep different social spheres and social groups apart. Social media users actively mould online social environments that largely resemble those existing in the offline world. Keeping different online social contexts divided from one another is the taken for granted way of using social media in Mardin. By contrast, social media scholars have extensively discussed the effects of social media in terms of context collapse (among others see Marvin 2013; Marwick and Boyd 2011; Marwick and Ellison 2012; Vitak 2012; Wesch 2008, 2009). This in turn has been described as a consequence of platform’s architecture and affordances. This paper shows that the theory of context collapse does not account for the uses of social media in Mardin. It demonstrates that the concept of affordance has been largely used to describe “intrinsic” properties of a platform and its architecture, which are instead the results of pattern of usage within Anglo-American contexts. The paper concludes by suggesting the importance of considering social media as an open set of situated practices, rather than architectures provided with unchangeable and intrinsic properties.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Costa2017c,
title = {Why we post: anthropology of social media},
author = {Elisabetta Costa and Daniel Miller and Jolynna Sinanan and Juliano Spyer and Laura Haapio-Kirk and Nell Haynes and Razvan Nicolescu and Shriram Venkatraman and Tom McDonald and Xinyuan Wang},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
urldate = {2017-01-01},
abstract = {Dr Daniel Miller (@ dannyanth) is Professor of Material Culture at the Department of Anthropology, University College London and a Fellow of the British Academy. He has specialised in the study of material culture and consumption. He is the author of many books and journal articles, including The Comfort of Things (Polity, 2008), Consumption and its Consequences (Polity, 2012), and, most recently, Social Media in an English Village.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Costa2017e,
title = {Why We Post–Taking Anthropology to The World},
author = {Elisabetta Costa and Daniel Miller and Laura Haapio-Kirk and Nell Haynes and Jolynna Sinanan and Tom McDonald and Razvan Nicolescu and Juliano Spyer and Shriram Venkatraman and Xinyuan Wang},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
urldate = {2017-01-01},
journal = {Anthropology News},
volume = {57},
number = {9-10},
pages = {4-5},
abstract = {While we should consider all anthropological projects to be of equal importance to our own discipline, studies which focus on topics such as the history of kinship are seldom anticipated by the general public with bated breath. But if you are engaged in a global study of what people actually do with social media and their consequences, the considerable popular interest in the topic carries with it additional responsibilities. By the same token this also presents a rare opportunity to demonstrate just what anthropology is capable of achieving in enhancing our understanding of our contemporary world, and you may not want to squander that chance. The good news is that if you work on digital media you can also appreciate that there is a whole slew of new ways in which we can engage in this form of popular dissemination. As a group of nine researchers in the Why We Post project, we find ourselves in just such a position. So this report is not about the results of our project, but it is rather an account of how we are trying to meet the challenge of sharing our results, and reconceptualising the whole process of reaching diverse audiences from the most academic to the most popular. Briefly, however, the project comprised a team of nine anthropologists who carried out simultaneous 15 month ethnographies. The fieldsites included one of the new factory towns and a rural town in China, a town on the Syrian-Turkish border, low income settlements in Brazil and Chile, an IT complex set between villages in South India, small towns in south Italy and Trinidad and a village in England.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Hendriks2017,
title = {Motion and Space across Languages},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Maya Hickmann and Helen Engemann and Eva Soroli and Coralie Vincent},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
urldate = {2017-01-01},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Kirby2017b,
title = {Topic and audience effects on distinctively Scottish vocabulary usage in Twitter data},
author = {James Kirby and Philippa Shoemark and Sharon Goldwater},
doi = {10.18653/v1/W17-4908},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
urldate = {2017-01-01},
pages = {59–68},
publisher = {Association for Computational Linguistics},
address = {Copenhagen, Denmark},
abstract = {Sociolinguistic research suggests that speakers modulate their language style in response to their audience. Similar effects have recently been claimed to occur in the informal written context of Twitter, with users choosing less region-specific and non-standard vocabulary when addressing larger audiences. However, these studies have not carefully controlled for the possible confound of topic: that is, tweets addressed to a broad audience might also tend towards topics that engender a more formal style. In addition, it is not clear to what extent previous results generalize to different samples of users. Using mixed-effects models, we show that audience and topic have independent effects on the rate of distinctively Scottish usage in two demographically distinct Twitter user samples. However, not all effects are consistent between the two groups, underscoring the importance of replicating studies on distinct user samples before drawing strong conclusions from social media data.
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Sitaridou2017b,
title = {Dufter, Andreas and Stark, Elisabeth, Manual of Romance Morphosyntax and Syntax},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
editor = {Andreas Dufter and Elisabeth Stark},
doi = {DOI 10.1515/9783110377088-003},
isbn = {978-3-11-037708-8},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
chapter = {3},
abstract = {This chapter provides an overview of objects in Romance, presenting de-scriptions and proposals for formal analyses of particular Romance object(-related)properties, which reveal a great deal of variation. After having given some basicdefinitions and properties of objects in all languages, the chapter presents some“object markers”in a broad sense, which never coexist in a single variety, but whichenable different subgroups of Romance languages to be distinguished–only Roma-nian, for example, has maintained morphological case distinctions for some lexicalcategories to date; most Romance varieties have developed Differential Object Mark-ing (DOM) for a subset of DOs whose properties are (mainly) semantically defined,and Romance varieties can also mark DOs by (overt marking of) past participleagreement. The agreement triggering conditions differ across the varieties, but oftenagreement on the participle marks some kind of“special”,i.e., non canonical (=lex-ical, postverbal) DO. In contrast to most Romance varieties, Romanian does admitDouble Object Constructions (DOC), and much variation is observed for clitic doublingand clitic climbing. Furthermore, object drop is frequently found in Romance varieties(especially for non-human and non-specific object referents), with Brazilian Portu-guese also admitting object drop for definite, specific referents. Subject-object asym-metries are finally observed with respect to the distribution of bare nouns,wh-extrac-tion asymmetries being confined to non-pro-droplanguages such as French and someRhaeto-Romance varieties.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Bhatia2017b,
title = {Interdiscursive Manipulation in Media Reporting: The Case of Panama Papers in India},
author = {Vijay K Bhatia and Aditi Bhatia},
editor = {Maurizo Gotti et al},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
publisher = {Power, persuasion and manipulation in specialised genres},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Bhatia2017c,
title = {Legal necessity or competitive advantage: a critical analysis of workplace diversity initiatives in Hong Kong},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
editor = {Jerome Tessuto},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
publisher = {Constructing Legal Discourses and Social Practices: Issues and Perspectives. Cambridge Scholars Publishing: UK},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Ghosh2017,
title = {The sounds of Bengali and French},
author = {Aditi Ghosh},
editor = {Mina dan},
issn = {2319-6165},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
journal = {Bulletin of the Department of LInguistics, University of Calcutta},
pages = {88 - 98},
abstract = {As competent Speakers of language, we arc all nwarc, that the different languages and language varieties that nrc spokt. It around us corry diffcrcnt socinl or other non.linguistic values., from a limgu istic point of view all languages are equal.bu1 the,re are differences that are crea1ed by the way 1hese languages are perceived by die socie1y. Studies on language anirude explores these social differences that are imposed on different languages or language varietics and by cxtcnsion its users.
In this paper, I give a short account of the signjficaocc of language attitude srudies in different areas of sociolinguistics. This pnper is divided in three mejor sections. The first section. along with its three subsections.deals ""'ith various aspects of language anhude including the di1Teren1 ea1egorisations relcv-dflt lo attitude studies, the effect of altitude in second language learning and its role in language standardisat·ion. The second $CCtion d.iscussc.11 brielly the impact of laoguagc attitude oo language poUcics. The third section deals ith methods to s1udy attitude and give account of a few sucl1studies.


},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Ghosh2017d,
title = {Language Attitude},
author = {Aditi Ghosh},
editor = {Mina Dan},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.2.15701.06880},
issn = {2319-6165},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
abstract = {As competent speakers of language, we are all aware, that the different languages and language varicties that are spoken around uscarry diffrent social or other non-linguistic values. From a linguistic point of view all languages are equal, but there are differences that are created by the way these languages are perceived by the socity. Studies on language attude explores these social differences that are imposed on different languages or language varie and by exten its usar.
In this paper, I give ashort account of the significance of language attude studies in diffrent areas of sociolinguistics. this paper divided in three major seetions. the first section, along withits three subsections. deals with various aspeets of language attude including the different categorisations relevantto attude studies, the effect of attude in second language learning and its role in language standardisation. the second sectiondiscusses briefly the impact of language attude on language policies. the third section deals with methods to study attude and given account of a few such studies.},
howpublished = {Language Use and Attitude: A Sociolinguistic Survey of 'Non-Bengalis' in Kolkata},
keywords = {Aditi Ghosh},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Coupe2017,
title = {Non-structural case marking in Tibeto-Burman and artificial languages},
author = {Alexander Robertson Coupe and Sander Lestrade},
doi = {10.1349/PS1.1537-0852.A.475},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
journal = {Linguistic Discovery },
volume = {15},
number = {1},
abstract = {This paper discusses the diachronic development of non-structural case marking in Tibeto-Burman and in computer simulations of language evolution. It is shown how case marking is initially motivated by the pragmatic need to disambiguate between two core arguments, but eventually may develop flagging functions that even extend into the intransitive domain. Also, it is shown how different types of case-marking may emerge from various underlying disambiguation strategies.},
keywords = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2017,
title = {Nàxī language / Naish languages},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Limin He and Yaoping Zhong},
doi = {10.1163/2210-7363_ecll_COM_00000247},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
journal = {Encyclopedia of Chinese Language and Linguistics},
volume = {2},
pages = {144-157},
abstract = {References: MICHAUD Alexis, HE Limin & ZHONG Yaoping, forthcoming. "Naxi (Naish)." In: Rint Sybesma, Wolfgang Behr, Zev Handel & C.T. James Huang (eds.), Encyclopedia of Chinese Language and Linguistics. Leiden: Brill.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Michaud2017b,
title = {André-Georges Haudricourt},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Guillaume Jacques},
doi = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1163/2210-7363_ecll_COM_000143},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
volume = {2},
publisher = {Rint Sybesma},
abstract = {Haudricourt's main legacies to the field of Chinese historical phonology are his systematic account of tonogenesis, and his reconstruction of final *-s and of labiovelars. The method that he proposed under the term of Panchronic Phonology holds special promise for the study of the languages of China in their universal context.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Fina2017bb,
title = {Storytelling in the Digital Age Special Issue Narrative Inquiry},
author = {Anna De Fina and Sabina Perrino},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
journal = {Narrative Inquiry},
volume = {27},
number = {2},
pages = {209-216},
abstract = {In recent years, narrative analysis, acentralareaof engagement for sociolinguists, linguistic anthropologists, and social scientists in many other disciplines, has ex-perienced asigni2cant shi0 fromatext-oriented to apractice-oriented paradigm (De9Fina&Georgakopoulou, 2012). Within this perspective, the emphasis is nei-ther on the formalcharacteristics of stories ( Labov&Waltezky, 1967) nor on their conversationalembedding (Ochs &Capps, 2001), rather, it is on their functioning within di1erent kinds of semiotic practices. 6e criticalre3ection spurred bythis recent orientation has brought withit an awareness of the manyaspects that con-tribute to the meaningmakingprocesses that take place within and throughstory-telling. Scholars have underscored the emergent qualities of stories as opposed to their static characteristics.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Vigouroux2017b,
title = {Rethinking (un)skilled migrants: Whose skills, what skills, for what, and for whom?},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
pages = {312-329},
publisher = {RoutledgeEditors: Suresh Canagarajah},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Lu2017b,
title = {Propagation and Acceptance of Subculture: Taking Japanese Loanwords in Taiwan as an Example},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Lu Kayo},
isbn = {978-4-908470-02-8},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
volume = {3},
pages = {119-141},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Lu2017bb,
title = {"From Barbarians to Foreigners: Cultural Exchanges from the Names of Foreign Races ", "The First Cultural Mobility and Knowledge Transmission-Cross-reference of Taiwanese Literature and Asia-Pacific Humanities"},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Jiarong Lv},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
pages = {541 -572},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Perrin2017bb,
title = {Einleitung, Introduction, Introduzione, Introduction},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Ulla Kleinberger and Gianni De Nardi and Marlies Whitehouse and Gianni De Nardi and Marlies Whitehouse},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Kulick2017,
title = {Human-Animal Communication},
author = {Don Kulick},
isbn = {978-0-8243-1946-5},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
pages = {357-378},
publisher = {Annual Reviews},
abstract = {Since the demise in the 1980s of research by psychologists who attempted to teach human language to apes, a range of other perspectives has arisen that explore how humans can communicate with animals and what the possibility of such communication means. Sociologists interested in symbolic interactionism, anthropologists writing about ontology, equestrian and canine trainers, people with autism who say they understand animals because they think like animals, and a ragbag of sundry New Age women who claim to be able to converse with animals through telepathy have started discussing human- animal communication in ways that recast the whole point of thinking about it. This review charts how interest in human-animal communication has moved from a concern with cognition to a concern with ethics, and it discusses the similarities and differences that exist among the range of writing on this topic.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Don Kulick},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Kulick2017b,
title = {New introduction to reprint of the article “The gender of Brazilian transgendered prostitutes”},
author = {Don Kulick},
isbn = {1939594227},
year  = {2017},
date = {2017-01-01},
pages = {236-240},
publisher = {Harrington Park Press},
abstract = {The essay discusses how an analysis of the gendered practices of Brazilian transgendered prostitutes (travestis) can illuminate the ways in which gender in Latin America is bound up with sexuality. The article suggests that the particular configurations of sex, gender, and sexuality in Brazil and other Latin American societies differ importantly from the dominant configurations in northern Europe and North America and generate different arrangements of gender, consisting not of men and women, but of men and not-men.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Don Kulick},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Vigouroux2016,
title = {9. Magic Marketing: Performing Grassroots Literacy: Recombining Spaces, Times and Language Practices},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux},
doi = {10.21832/9781783096800-011},
isbn = {9781783096800},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-12-31},
volume = {13},
number = {2},
publisher = {Engaging Superdiversity},
abstract = {This article shows how socially stigmatized ways of writing may be commodified by the scribers themselves in order to reap symbolic and/or economic benefits. I illustrate this point by examining African marabouts’ advertisements in France and the way they are read by the French. These cards promote marabouts’ spiritual powers with promises to bring back unfaithful spouses and, among other things, success in business. I argue that what French readers interpret as grassroots literacy should instead be analyzed as astroturf literacy, i.e. literacy that imitates or fakes popular grassroots ways of writing. I submit that display of seemingly poor literacy is an essential part of marabouts’ doing being African: By performing ‘non-standard’ literacy they become ‘authentic’ Africans, and therefore legitimate clairvoyants, according to the set of fantasized sociocultural stereotypes. Yet, by recycling socio-cultural stereotypes, the marabouts participate in the re-production of the social and moral orders that enable the possibilities of French readers’ meaning-making.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Baider2016bb,
title = {Gender, Language and the Periphery: Grammatical and social gender from the margins},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Julie Abbou},
isbn = {9789027266835},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-12-15},
volume = {264},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company},
abstract = {This volume aims to demonstrate that the centre/periphery tension allows for a theory of gender understood as a power relationship with implications for a political analysis of language structures, language uses and linguistic resistances. All of the 12 chapters included in this volume work on understudied languages such as Moldovan, Lakota, Cantonese, Bajjika, Croatian, Hebrew, Arabic, Ciluba, Cantonese, Cypriot Greek, Korean, Malaysian, Basque and Belarusian and they all explore from the margins different dimensions of social gender in grammar. The diversity of languages is reflected in the range of theoretical frameworks (linguistic anthropology, systemic functional linguistics, contrastive syntactical analysis to name a few) used by the authors in order to apprehend the fluidity of gender (-ed) language and identity, to highlight the social constraints on daily discourse and to identify discourses that resist gender norms. This book will be highly relevant for students and researchers working on the interface of gender with morpho-syntax, semantics, pragmatics and discourse analysis.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Fina2016b,
title = {Narrative discourse in the construction of Mapuche ethnic identity in context of displacement},
author = {Anna De Fina and María-Eugenia Merino and Sandra Becerra},
doi = {10.1177/0957926516676695},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-12-07},
journal = {Discourse & Society},
volume = {28},
number = {1},
pages = {60-80},
abstract = {This article examines the ways in which narrative discourse contributes to the construction of Mapuche ethnic identities within a context of displacement and investigates how such identities are negotiated in interactional contexts of communication. The larger study comprised 12 focus groups and 36 in-depth semi-structured interviews with members of Mapuche families living in four comunas (neighborhoods) of Santiago, Chile. For this article, the analysis is based on 12 interviews and six focus groups directed by a native speaker Mapuche woman interviewer and complemented by participant observations of everyday life and ceremonial events in the comunas. From a social constructivist framework, we focus on narrative genres and topics based on their emergence in interaction. Our method is through De Fina and Georgakopoulou’s ‘Social Interactional’ approach, which recognizes the discursive sedimented processes that produce, for example, recognizable genres and themes typical of a group or community. We demonstrate that storytelling has a crucial role in the connections of Mapuche to their southern roots through narrative references to family centered on traditional practices recreated in an urban context.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gürsu2016,
title = {Monumental architecture, cultural heritage management and local perceptions of Aspendos},
author = {Işılay Gürsu and Lutgarde Vandeput
},
doi = {10.18866/biaa2016.035},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-12-07},
urldate = {2016-12-07},
journal = {Heritage Turkey},
volume = {6},
pages = {35-37},
keywords = {Işılay Gürsu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Piller2016,
title = {Linguistic diversity and social justice: an introduction to applied sociolinguistics},
author = {Ingrid Piller

},
isbn = {9780199937264},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-12-01},
urldate = {2016-12-01},
number = {283},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
address = {Oxford},
abstract = {Understanding and addressing linguistic disadvantage must be a central facet of the social justice agenda of our time. This book explores the ways in which linguistic diversity mediates social justice in liberal democracies undergoing rapid change due to high levels of migration and economic globalization. Focusing on the linguistic dimensions of economic inequality, cultural domination and imparity of political participation, Linguistic Diversity and Social Justice employs a case-study approach to real-world instances of linguistic injustice. Linguistic diversity is a universal characteristic of human language but linguistic diversity is rarely neutral; rather it is accompanied by linguistic stratification and linguistic subordination. Domains critical to social justice include employment, education, and community participation. The book offers a detailed examination of the connection between linguistic diversity and inequality in these specific contexts within nation states that are organized as liberal democracies. Inequalities exist not only between individuals and groups within a state but also between states. Therefore, the book also explores the role of linguistic diversity in global injustice with a particular focus on the spread of English as a global language. While much of the analysis in this book focuses on language as a means of exclusion, discrimination and disadvantage, the concluding chapter asks what the content of linguistic justice might be.},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Graham2016b,
title = {Implicit learning of Latin stress regularities},
author = {Calbert Graham},
doi = {10.1017/S0272263116000371},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-12-01},
urldate = {2016-12-01},
journal = {Studies in Second Language Acquisition},
volume = {40},
number = {1},
abstract = {This study examines whether Japanese subjects can implicitly learn stress pattern regularities, not present in their L1, after a brief auditory exposure. In the exposure phase, the subjects listened to words bearing stress patterned after Latin, but with a highly restricted consonant inventory. They performed a judgement task designed to test whether they were able to extract stress pattern regularities from the brief listening experience. We assessed participants’ awareness of the inherent stress regularities by analysing confidence in making decisions and by verbal report. Results suggest that although participants remained unaware of the underlying stress regularities they performed significantly above chance in endorsing correctly stressed novel items even when they claimed to be guessing. In addition, there was no difference in confidence between correct and incorrect judgments. These results suggest that brief exposure resulted in implicit knowledge of abstract stress assignment rules. However, participants rejected correctly stressed words that contained consonants that were not present in the test phase. On the basis of this finding, we speculate that in the acquisition of second language phonology, a violation at the segmental level may be deemed more costly than a violation in the prosodic domain.},
keywords = {Calbert Graham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2016,
title = {Interactional Trouble and the Ecology of Meaning},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1515/plc-2016-0006},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-12-01},
urldate = {2016-12-01},
journal = {Psychology of Language and Communication},
volume = {20},
pages = {98 - 111},
abstract = {Drawing on the methods of conversation analysis (Sidnell, 2010; Sidnell and Stivers, 2012) and the data provided by recordings of ordinary interaction, in this paper I ask what a radically empirical approach to word meaning might look like. Specifically, I explore the possibility that we might investigate linguistic meaning through a consideration of interactional troubles. That is, when participants in interaction confront apparent troubles of meaning, what do those troubles consist in? What is the missing something that leaves participants in interaction feeling as though they do not understand what another means? Four types of trouble in interaction are discussed: troubles of exophoric or anaphoric reference, troubles of common ground, troubles of lexical meaning, troubles of sense.
},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@unpublished{Bhatia2016c,
title = {The Digital Media Phenomenon of YouTube Beauty Gurus: The Case of Bubzbeauty},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
doi = {10.1504/IJWBC.2016.080810},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-12-01},
abstract = {This paper, based on broader digital ethnographic research performed on YouTube, aims at framing issues of online popularity development through the examination of videos and user comments. To explore the phenomenon of beauty gurus, I analyse a purposeful sample of 80 videos from the channel Bubzbeauty and introduce an emerged typology of two video categories: tutorials and vlogs. Findings suggest that the strengthening of the guru’s role as a popular online personality is the result of two spheres of influence. The commercial side consists of YouTube as a business platform and is best represented by her tutorials. The community sphere, sustained by the power of affective ties with her audience, is represented by her vlogs. I argue that her market value as a renowned guru is built through her know-how expressed in straightforward tutorials. Conversely, her social value as an interesting, trustworthy personality is fostered by intimate vlogs.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {unpublished}
}
@article{Wong2016b,
title = {Same‐Sex Marriage, Context, and Lesbian Identity: Wedded but Not Always a Wife. Julie Whitlow and Patricia Ould. Lanham, MD: Lexington Books, 2015. xxi+ 179 pp.},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-12-01},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {26},
number = {3},
pages = {356-358},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Chiaro2016,
title = {Humosexually Speaking. Laughter and the Intersections of Gender},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro and Giuseppe Balirano},
editor = {Delia Carmela Chiaro and Giuseppe Balirano},
isbn = {2465-2415},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-12-01},
publisher = {De Genere},
abstract = {Humosexually Speaking - Laughter and the Intersections of Gender investigates the social function of humour produced in, against and about gender variant communities of speakers, in both verbal and multimodal forms. The editors’ leading idea was to ignite an academic discussion on the several and often hidden ways through which humour succeeds in constantly strengthening and/or re-interpreting, but also dismantling, the social dimension of language. One of the possible results of such a political and social act is the fostering of the cultural exclusion of some gendered, or rather de-generated – as some discriminated groups tend to be commonly alleged to be – minority communities. Additionally, since humour may also work to signify the recurring upsetting of pre-established social beliefs through the systematic threatening of the familiar, the normative, and what is universally deemed as socially acceptable or “normal”, debates on any form of humorous self-representation of gendered identities were also vivid in the editors’ minds. In particular, it seemed fascinating to encouraging a discussion on the way LGBTI communities, just like other marginalised groups, would employ humour to support and reinforce their own in-group sense of community, by mocking typically stereotyped representations of gender variant people who laugh at and with themselves. Although LGBTI humour is still a very hot topic in our western world, one reason for the lack of a real academic confrontation on its social and political mechanisms resides in the very difficult challenge of defining it. Specifically, despite a convincing semantic linguistic theory of humour introduced by Raskin (1985) and later developed by Attardo (1994; 2001), the cultural mechanisms underlying some jokes laughing about human relationships by queering the scene, for instance, are still an unexplored topic.},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Baider2016,
title = {Voice Quality and Gender Stereotypes: A Study of Lebanese Women With Reinke's Edema},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Nayla Matar and Cristel Portes and Leonardo Lancia and Thierry Legou},
doi = {10.1044/2016_JSLHR-S-15-0047},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-12-01},
journal = {Journal of Speech Language and Hearing Research},
volume = {59},
number = {6},
pages = {S1608 },
abstract = {Purpose: Women with Reinke's edema (RW) report being mistaken for men during telephone conversations. For this reason, their masculine-sounding voices are interesting for the study of gender stereotypes. The study's objective is to verify their complaint and to understand the cues used in gender identification. Method: Using a self-evaluation study, we verified RW's perception of their own voices. We compared the acoustic parameters of vowels produced by 10 RW to those produced by 10 men and 10 women with healthy voices (hereafter referred to as NW) in Lebanese Arabic. We conducted a perception study for the evaluation of RW, healthy men's, and NW voices by naïve listeners. Results: RW self-evaluated their voices as masculine and their gender identities as feminine. The acoustic parameters that distinguish RW from NW voices concern fundamental frequency, spectral slope, harmonicity of the voicing signal, and complexity of the spectral envelope. Naïve listeners very often rate RW as surely masculine. Conclusions: Listeners may rate RW's gender incorrectly. These incorrect gender ratings are correlated with acoustic measures of fundamental frequency and voice quality. Further investigations will reveal the contribution of each of these parameters to gender perception and guide the treatment plan of patients complaining of a gender ambiguous voice.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Stoffers2016,
title = {Correlative atom probe tomography and electron microscopy on energy materials},
author = {Andreas Stoffers and Christian Liebscher and Pyuck ‐ Pa Choi and Michael Herbig and Christina Scheu and Gerhard Dehm and Ivan Povstugar and Dierk Raabe},
doi = {10.1002/9783527808465.EMC2016.4442},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-11-30},
pages = {778-779},
publisher = {Wiley ‐ VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA},
abstract = {We present recent progress in correlative methods for the joint analysis of samples by Atom Probe Tomography (LEAP 3000, LEAP 5000) and Electron Microscopy (Cs corrected Titan Themis). Measurements are conducted on the same Atom Probe sample tips and in some cases atomic resolution is reached. Examples from functional and structural energy-related materials are presented including segregation effects in multicrystalline silicon solar cells and their relation to cell efficiency (Fig. 1), superalloys for advanced turbines and high strength steels (Fig. 2).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Andreas Stoffers},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Lupke2016bb,
title = {Uncovering small-scale multilingualism},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-11-29},
journal = {Critical Multilingualism Studies},
volume = {4},
number = {2},
pages = {35-74},
abstract = {This paper uncovers a particular type of multilingualism: small-scale multilingualism, meant here to designate communicative practices in heteroglossic societies in which multilingual interaction is not governed by domain specialization and hierarchical relationships of the different named languages and lects used in them, but by deeply rooted social practices within a meaningful geographic setting. These settings are mainly attested in areas of the globe that have been spared from Western settlement colonies. Their study is of great interest for advancing our understanding not just of language contact, but of the social conditions that have shaped language use and language structure for most of human history. Calling for an integrated approach combining sociolinguistic, psycholinguistic, descriptivetypological and ethnographic approaches, I present a number of case studies from West Africa, Amazonia, Northern Australia and Melanesia, and typologize them according to the language ideologies governing them and their known patterns of language use.},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Brookes2016,
title = {Augustine Agwuele (Ed.) (2015). Body talk and cultural identity in the African world: A review .},
author = {Heather Brookes},
doi = {10.1075/gest.15.3.08bro},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-11-28},
urldate = {2016-11-28},
journal = {Gesture},
volume = {15},
number = {3},
pages = {425-430},
abstract = {This anthology focuses on bodily communication among different cultural groups in Africa and the African diaspora. Its major theme is the interface between body, identity, and cultural and sociopolitical environments. Although the topic of body talk is much broader in scope than gesture studies, the emphasis on a contextual approach to the analysis and understanding of bodily expression, and its focus on understudied areas and groups, makes it a useful contribution to both those working on gesture and related fields.
The theoretical starting point of this volume is that meanings are derived from the sociocultural contexts in which they are embedded. Each chapter places culture and social environment as the framework for the analysis of different aspects of bodily communication in interaction. Body talk ranges from body art and dress to bodily action, stance, posture, gesture, facial expression and dance.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Baider2016b,
title = {Periphery, gender, language: Grammatical and social gender from the margins},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Julie Abbou},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-11-28},
pages = {1-22},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Fina2016bb,
title = {The Heart and the Island: A Critical Study of Sicilian American Literature},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1177/0957926516676695},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-11-24},
journal = {Italian Culture},
volume = {35},
number = {1},
pages = {65-67},
abstract = {This article examines the ways in which narrative discourse contributes to the construction of Mapuche ethnic identities within a context of displacement and investigates how such identities are negotiated in interactional contexts of communication. The larger study comprised 12 focus groups and 36 in-depth semi-structured interviews with members of Mapuche families living in four comunas (neighborhoods) of Santiago, Chile. For this article, the analysis is based on 12 interviews and six focus groups directed by a native speaker Mapuche woman interviewer and complemented by participant observations of everyday life and ceremonial events in the comunas. From a social constructivist framework, we focus on narrative genres and topics based on their emergence in interaction. Our method is through De Fina and Georgakopoulou’s ‘Social Interactional’ approach, which recognizes the discursive sedimented processes that produce, for example, recognizable genres and themes typical of a group or community. We demonstrate that storytelling has a crucial role in the connections of Mapuche to their southern roots through narrative references to family centered on traditional practices recreated in an urban context.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Vigouroux2016b,
title = {Magic marketing: Performing grassroots literacy},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux},
issn = {2079-6595},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-11-24},
volume = {13},
number = {2},
pages = {199-219},
publisher = {Magic Marketing: Performing Grassroots Literacy},
abstract = {This article shows how socially stigmatized ways of writing may be commodified by the scribers themselves in order to reap symbolic and/or economic benefits. I illustrate this point by examining African marabouts’ advertisements in France and the way they are read by the French. These cards promote marabouts’ spiritual powers with promises to bring back unfaithful spouses and, among other things, success in business. I argue that what French readers interpret as grassroots literacy should instead be analyzed as astroturf literacy, i.e. literacy that imitates or fakes popular grassroots ways of writing. I submit that display of seemingly poor literacy is an essential part of marabouts’ doing being African: By performing ‘non-standard’ literacy they become ‘authentic’ Africans, and therefore legitimate clairvoyants, according to the set of fantasized sociocultural stereotypes. Yet, by recycling socio-cultural stereotypes, the marabouts participate in the re-production of the social and moral orders that enable the possibilities of French readers’ meaning-making.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2016,
title = {Infrastructural gap: Commons, state and anthropology},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.1080/13604813.2016.1241524},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-11-17},
journal = {City},
volume = {20},
number = {6},
pages = {822-831},
abstract = {An infrastructural gap (IG) emerged after the outbreak of the crisis in 2008 and it refers to the difficulty of the state and the private sector in sustaining the level of infrastructural networks in the Western world. Yet, infrastructures comprise the realm where the state or the market materialize a great proportion of the social contract. Citizens therefore often experience IG as a challenge of the entire political paradigm. Nevertheless, as research in the country that is at the center of the current euro-crisis—Greece—records, we have novel and innovative forms of civil activity focused on the IG. Such activity, applying principles of self-organization and peer-to-peer relationships, along with practices of social solidarity and ideals of commons, attempts to address IG in innovative ways. However, such practices call for theoretical and empirical innovations as well, in order to overcome the social sciences’ traditional understandings of infrastructures. This paper—based on the inaugural professorial lecture I gave in acceptance of the Chair in Social Anthropology at the Vrije University Amsterdam—seeks to initiate a framework for understanding this shift in the paradigm of infrastructures’ governance and function, along with the newly emerging infrastructural turn in socio-cultural anthropology.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Garcia2016,
title = {The Blue Years: An Ethnography of a Prison Archive},
author = {Angela Garcia},
doi = {10.14506/ca31.4.06},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-11-15},
urldate = {2016-11-15},
journal = {Cultural Anthropology},
volume = {31},
number = {4},
pages = {571-594},
abstract = {This article is an ethnographic account of an archive of prison letters written by three generations of female kin. Based on long-term ethnographic research in rural New Mexico, it describes the context in which the letters were written, as well as the desires, preoccupations, and practices that transformed them into an archive. I have placed a particular focus on how dislocation and connection manifest in the letters and shape the kinds of narratives the archive tells. Themes of isolation, loss, and memory are explored within the wider context of colonial history and the acceleration of the carceral state. This article seeks to integrate these registers analytically, while elucidating the role of archiving for a subject's present life.},
keywords = {Angela Garcia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Roberts2016,
title = {Parameter typology from a diachronic perspective: The case of Conditional Inversion},
author = {Ian Roberts and Theresa Biberauer},
doi = {10.1075/la.234.10bib},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-11-11},
urldate = {2016-11-11},
pages = {259-292},
publisher = {Theoretical Approaches to Linguistic Variation},
abstract = {This paper considers the question of the nature of parameters from a diachronic perspective, focusing in particular on the case of Conditional Inversion (CI) in the history of English. The objective is to show that it is meaningful to think of parameters and their synchronic robustness and consequent diachronic stability in “size” terms. More specifically, we show that it is possible to discern a consistent, but ever more frayed parametric thread linking the availability of verb-movement operations in the history of English: while verb-movement at the earliest stages (Old and early Middle English) can be ascribed to the activation of a Verb Second grammar – conceived of as a grammar requiring verb-movement into the finite C-domain (Force or Fin) in matrix clauses (a mesoparameter) – verb-movement at the early modern stage was much more fragmented, triggered by a smaller class of finite Cs and also, as a result of the loss of V-to-T movement and the rise of a class of auxiliaries, affecting a smaller class of verbs (a microparameter); the situation in modern British and American English, where only had, should and certain uses of were trigger CI, is nanoparametric, a situation which is expected to be unstable, as various post-colonial varieties indeed show it to be. CI in the history of English, then, provides a window on parametric continuity and change.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Zuckermann2016bb,
title = {The Journeys of Besieged Languages},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann and Lorena Sekwan Fontaine and Brock Pitawanakwat and Kaiwipunikauikawēkiu Lipe and Vāhi Richaud and Mereana Selby and Michael Walsh and Bernard Spolsky and Claudia Soria and Ian Hancock and Nicole Dolowy-Rybinska and Michael Tresidder and Jeremy Evas and Wilson McLeod and Lenore A. Grenoble and Poia Rewi and Rawinia Higgins and Delyn M. Day},
isbn = {978-1-4438-9943-7},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-11-01},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pia2016,
title = {“We Follow Reason, Not the Law:” Disavowing the Law in Rural China},
author = {Andrea E. Pia},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-11-01},
urldate = {2016-11-01},
journal = {PoLAR: Political and Legal Anthropology Review},
volume = {39},
number = {2},
pages = {276-293},
abstract = {Recent debates about the moral climate in China have focused on its citizens’ purported loss of traditional values and interest in the public good. Chinese society, particularly in the countryside, is described in terms of a moral vacuum: the absence of shared values through which citizens’ public behavior might contribute to the nation's greater good. The Chinese state is reforming its judicial system with the aim of making it more accessible to its citizenry, so that law and legal rights create bonds between individuals and the collectivity. This approach envisions legal mediation as a vehicle to bring law to the countryside. This article, however, shows that in rural Yunnan, the law and legal rights are seen as instruments of disenfranchisement. This article demonstrates that Yunnanese rural society is better described as a moral “plenum” than as a “vacuum.” It also shows that Chinese law, via temporary use rights to local …
},
keywords = {Andrea E. Pia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pham2016b,
title = {Sound change in Vietnamese rhymes: the dialect of Hen village, Duc Tho district, Ha Tinh province},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-11-01},
journal = {Journal of Vietnamese Linguistics},
volume = {11},
pages = {7-26},
abstract = {This paper is a result of ongoing research on sound change in Vietnamese rhymes through dialect contact. The study aims to describe and compare local dialects which share certain features in their phonological systems. This paper describes a local dialect spoken in the hamlet of Hến, Trương Sơn commune, Đức Thọ county, Ha ̀ Tinh province in north central Vietnam. There is a vowel in this dialect not found anywhere outside the Quang Nam and Quang Ngai dialects of central Vietnam. By examining the phonological distribution and acoustic characteristics of this vowel, the paper argues that this is the low, back, unrounded vowel /ɑ/. This hypothesis explains why the vowel is found only in the speech of the Quang Nam and Quang Ngai people, whose ancestors migrated in waves from the north central region during the time of the Nguyễn Lords' reign in central and south Vietnam. The existence of /ɑ/ in the Hến dialect suggests that the Hến dialect is one of interdialects, connecting dialects of north central Vietnam to those of central Vietnam. The data were collected in the Hến hamlet in early 2016.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2016,
title = {RenaTorres Cacoullos, NathalieDion and AndréLapierre (eds.). Linguistic Variation: Confronting Fact and Theory. London: Routledge. 2015. 368 pp. Hb (9781138024540) £95.00 / Pb (9781138024557) £39.99.},
author = {Ana Deumert},
doi = {10.1111/josl.12222},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-11-01},
journal = {Journal of Sociolinguistics},
volume = {21},
number = {2},
pages = {138-142},
abstract = {In a recent paper, published in the Journal of Sociolinguistics, Leonie Cornips and Frans Gregersen (2016: 509) argue that ‘to get to grips with variation that does indeed involve semantics’ is one of the key challenges for work in variationist sociolinguistics. And it is this aspect of the volume under review, starting ‘to get to grips’ with not only syntactic structure but also meaning, which makes this collection an important contribution to the variationist literature. The ‘accountability principle’–the importance of including contexts where a variable could have occurred but didn’t–is particularly tricky when it comes to syntax and pragmatics, and to define the ‘envelope of variation’is often difficult. The volume under review is a welcome resource for anyone interested in, especially, the study of variation beyond phonetics/phonology.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Stoffers2016b,
title = {Topological Impurity Segregation at Faceted Silicon Grain Boundaries Studied by Correlative Atomic-Resolution STEM and APT},
author = {Andreas Stoffers and CH Liebscher and Oana Cojocaru-Mirédin and Baptiste Gault and Christina Scheu and Gerhard Dehm and Dierk Raabe},
doi = {10.1017/S1431927616012253},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-11-01},
journal = {Microscopy and Microanalysis},
volume = {22},
number = {S5},
pages = {46-47},
abstract = {Topological Impurity Segregation at Faceted Silicon Grain Boundaries Studied by Correlative Atomic-Resolution STEM and APT - Volume 22 Issue S5 - CH Liebscher, A Stoffers, O Cojocaru-Mirédin, B Gault, C Scheu, G Dehm, D Raabe},
keywords = {Andreas Stoffers},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Lu2016,
title = {The distribution of cultural values among East Asian proverbs},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu},
isbn = {978-989-98685-6-4},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-11-01},
pages = {520-535},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Williams2016,
title = {Francis M. Hult, David Cassels Johnson (eds.): Research Methods in Language Policy and Planning: A Practical Guide: Wiley Blackwell, Chichester, 2015, xiv + 259 pp, Hb £60 €75 ISBN 978 1 118 30838 7 Pb £26.99 €33.80 ISBN 978 1 118 30839 4},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1007/s10993-016-9421-3},
isbn = {978 1 118 30839 4},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-10-31},
journal = {Language Policy},
volume = {16},
number = {2},
pages = {233–235},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Ladegaard2016,
title = {The discourse of powerlessness and repression: Life stories of domestic migrant workers in Hong Kong},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.4324/9781315636597},
isbn = {9781315636597},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-10-26},
urldate = {2016-10-26},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {Drawing on a large corpus of narratives recorded at a church shelter for abused domestic helpers in Hong Kong, this monograph explores how the women discursively construct themselves in sharing sessions with other helpers. They see themselves as 'helpers' who have come to Hong Kong to help their families, to help the people in the city, and to serve God. A wide variety of competing identities are constructed in the narratives: submissive helper, sacrificial mother, daughter and wife, and powerless traumatised victim, but also resourceful indignant migrant women who, through sharing and peer support, become empowered to fight against abusive employers. This book provides a detailed discourse analysis of the women's narratives, but it also explores larger issues such as global migration, exploitation, language and power, abuse and the psychology of evil, intergroup communication, and peer support and empowerment.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Katan2016,
title = {Response by Katan to “Invariance Orientation: Identifying an Object for Translation Studies”},
author = {David Katan},
doi = {10.1080/14781700.2016.1234972},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-10-19},
journal = {Translation Studies},
volume = {10},
number = {3},
pages = {348-352},
keywords = {David Katan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2016bb,
title = {i-Dollar eyi one! Language, Communication Networks and Economic Participation, Towards an Inclusive Economy},
author = {Ana Deumert and Nkululeko Mabandla},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-10-18},
journal = {DPRU/TIPS conference, Johannesburg, South Africa, October},
pages = {18-20},
abstract = {This paper explores the importance of language and communication networks in socio-economic transformation, focusing on Cape Town’s ‘poor’residents. Two important aspects of the city’s economy will be discussed on the basis of survey data and anthropological interviews:(a) the labour market (section 1), and (b) informal entrepreneurial activities (including some observations on emerging consumption patterns; section 2). South Africa’s urban economies have been shaped to a large extent by the dynamics of rural-urban migration and the sample on which the analysis is based is drawn from two severely deprived areas in Cape Town with a high percentage (around 80%) of ruralborn residents: Imizamo Yethu (ward 74), and the old municipal hostel area in Guguletu’s NY1 (ward 42). In the conclusion of the paper the authors discuss the policy implications of the study.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Deumert2016b,
title = {Globalization Off the Beaten Track—Chinese Migration to South Africa’s Rural Towns},
author = {Ana Deumert and Nkululeko Mabandla},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-10-16},
pages = {15},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {In a recent paper, Xuan Wang and her colleagues (2014: 26) have argued that much existing work on globalization shows an urban bias: social scientists, including sociolinguists, have, by and large, focused their attention on ‘the huge contemporary metropolis with its explosive and conspicuous diversity in people and language, its hyper-mobility and constant flux’. Peri-urban and rural areas, on the other hand, have remained understudied. There is often an implicit assumption that the effects of globalization might be less pervasive and dramatic—and thus less interesting—in non-metropolitan contexts. In order to address this imbalance in current scholarship, it is necessary to look more closely at non-metropolitan contexts. This allows us to arrive at a more ‘complete’understanding of globalization by ‘adding insights from places not usually or immediately identified as “globalized”’(Wang et al. 2014: 38; similar concerns have been raised by human geographers, see Woods 2007, McCarthy 2008, and Hedberg and Haandrikman 2014).
Our ongoing collaborative work responds to the call for research in non-metropolitan contexts by studying globalization in two rural towns in South Africa’s Eastern Cape Province. These towns participate in what Xuan Wang and her colleagues have called ‘infrastructures of globalization’. Thus, communication technologies are available in the form of mobile phones and internet cafés. In addition, new forms of transnational economic activity have transformed retail trading and created new patterns of consumption and social relation. },
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Sitaridou2016,
title = {Recasting the typology of multiple wh-fronting: Evidence from Pontic Greek},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou and Dimitris Michelioudakis},
doi = {10.5334/gjgl.72},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-10-14},
journal = {Glossa a Journal of General Linguistics},
volume = {1},
number = {1},
pages = {1 - 40},
abstract = {In this paper we revisit and revise the typology of multiple questions and multiple wh-fronting (MWF) in the light of data from Romeyka, a Greek variety spoken in Pontus, Turkey, and from another Pontic Greek variety spoken in northern Greece. Both varieties provide evidence for wh-fronting as focus movement, their most striking feature being the availability of single-pair interpretations in spite of strict Superiority. It turns out that the parametric system deriving the space of variation in multiple wh-fronting must be extended to accommodate the facts presented here, which seem to instantiate a further type of MWF (with a corresponding type of non-MWF languages), not predicted by the existing typology. At the same time, put in a cross-linguistic perspective, the Romeyka facts may help us uncover independent restrictions on the possibilities that this parametric system makes available. We propose that the availability of peripheral positions and their activation in the left or low periphery may be a point of parametric variation. Furthermore, still complying with Bošković’s (2007) theory of Attract-1/all, certain Focus heads can be Attract-1, thus deriving the compatibility of Superiority with single pair readings. Finally, we present some speculations about a potential correlation between word order/head directionality in the clausal domain and the kind of information structure-related head (e.g. Topic vs. Focus) that can take on an Attract-1 feature.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@proceedings{Michelioudakis2016,
title = {Multiple wh-fronting across Pontic Greek dialects},
author = {Dimitris Michelioudakis and Ioanna Sitaridou},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.26220/mgdlt.v5i1.2603},
issn = {1792-3743 },
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-10-14},
volume = {1},
number = {1},
publisher = {Glossa: A Journal of General Linguistics},
abstract = {In this paper we revisit and revise the typology of multiple questions and multiple wh-fronting (MWF) in the light of data from Romeyka, a Greek variety spoken in Pontus, Turkey, and from another Pontic Greek variety spoken in northern Greece. Both varieties provide evidence for wh-fronting as focus movement, their most striking feature being the availability of single-pair interpretations in spite of strict Superiority. It turns out that the parametric system deriving the space of variation in multiple wh-fronting must be extended to accommodate the facts presented here, which seem to instantiate a further type of MWF (with a corresponding type of non-MWF languages), not predicted by the existing typology. At the same time, put in a cross-linguistic perspective, the Romeyka facts may help us uncover independent restrictions on the possibilities that this parametric system makes available. We propose that the availability of peripheral positions and their activation in the left or low periphery may be a point of parametric variation. Furthermore, still complying with Bošković’s (2007) theory of Attract-1/all, certain Focus heads can be Attract-1, thus deriving the compatibility of Superiority with single pair readings. Finally, we present some speculations about a potential correlation between word order/head directionality in the clausal domain and the kind of information structure-related head (e.g. Topic vs. Focus) that can take on an Attract-1 feature.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {proceedings}
}
@book{Snowden2016,
title = {Languages and Literacies as Mobile and Placed Resources},
author = {Collette Snowden and Sue Nichols},
editor = {Collette Snowden and Sue Nichols},
isbn = {978-1-138-79564-8},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-10-14},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {Languages and Literacies as Mobile and Placed Resources explores how languages and literacies are implicated in the complex relationship between place and mobility. It is a book that represents the next wave in literacy studies in which theories of mobility, networking and globalisation have emerged to account for the dynamic landscape of globally circulating communication resources. Authors in this volume take up a more complex way of thinking about resources, applying it to consider languages and literacies as assemblages or as parts of assemblages that are involved in learning, teaching and meaning-making. The book addresses forms of text and mobility that arise in contexts outside of formal education including marketing, charity, journalism, community organisation and parenting. It also addresses school contexts and higher education settings. Key topics explored include: •Consequences of workplace confinement •Literacies as placed resources in the context of rural communities •Literacy, sustainability and landscapes for learning •Documenting networked knowledge on tablets •Mobilising literacy policy through resources •Global Englishes as placed resources •Languages as contextualised resources •Shaping a digital academic writing resource in a transcultural space With an international range of carefully chosen contributors, this book is a must read text for all academics interested in semiotics and literacy studies.},
keywords = {Collette Snowden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Perrin2016,
title = {Call Thematic Section Scoms Perrin Zampa},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Marta Zampa},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-10-13},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Perrin2016b,
title = {Production research},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Michael Klemm and Sascha Michel},
editor = {Nina Maria Klug and Hartmut Stöckl},
doi = {10.1515/9783110296099-013},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-10-12},
urldate = {2016-10-12},
pages = {277-299},
publisher = {De Gruyter},
chapter = {12},
abstract = {Während  die  Struktur  multimodaler  Kommunikate  inzwischen  recht  gut  erforscht ist, weiß man immer noch wenig über deren konkrete Produktionsprozesse, also über die Verfahren und Muster des Doing Multimodality. Im Beitrag wird gezeigt, wie man mit ethnografischer Feldforschung, der Dokumentation und Reflexion von Textproduktionsprozessen sowie Experteninterviews die systematische Verknüpfung von  Sprache,  Bild  und  Ton  erfassen  und  dabei  zugleich  Redaktions-  und  Sender-kulturen sowie multimodale Stile oder Ideologien offenlegen kann. Zwei qualitative Verfahren werden vorgestellt: die langfristige Textproduktions- bzw. Schreibprozess-forschung,  mit  der  man  Produktionsprozesse  in  einem  spezifischen  redaktionellen  Kontext en  detail  erfassen  kann,  und  die  Kurzethnografie,  mit  der  unterschiedliche  Settings kontrastiv erforscht werden können. Als Fallbeispiele dienen die Produktion von Fernsehnachrichten und TV-Programmtrailern.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Snowden2016b,
title = {Shut in and shut up: Consequences of workplace confinement of journalists},
author = {Collette Snowden},
doi = {10.4324/9781315758268},
isbn = {9781315758268},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-10-07},
pages = {256 page},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {Languages and Literacies as Mobile and Placed Resources explores how languages and literacies are implicated in the complex relationship between place and mobility. It is a book that represents the next wave in literacy studies in which theories of mobility, networking and globalisation have emerged to account for the dynamic landscape of globally circulating communication resources. Authors in this volume take up a more complex way of thinking about resources, applying it to consider languages and literacies as assemblages or as parts of assemblages that are involved in learning, teaching and meaning-making. The book addresses forms of text and mobility that arise in contexts outside of formal education including marketing, charity, journalism, community organisation and parenting. It also addresses school contexts and higher education settings. © 2017 selection and editorial matter, S. Nichols and C. Snowden. All rights reserved.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collette Snowden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@bachelorthesis{Kirby2016,
title = {Effects of obstruent voicing on vowel F0: Evidence from “true voicing” languages},
author = {James Kirby and D. Robert Ladd},
doi = {10.1121/1.4962445},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-10-07},
urldate = {2016-10-07},
journal = {The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America},
volume = {140},
pages = { 2400 - 2411},
abstract = {This study investigates consonant-related F0 perturbations (“CF0”) in French and Italian by comparing the effects of voiced and voiceless obstruents on F0 to those of voiced sonorants. The voiceless obstruents /p f/ in both languages are found to have F0-raising properties similar to American English voiceless obstruents, while F0 following the (pre)voiced obstruents /b v/ in French and Italian patterns together with /m/, again similar to English [Hanson (2009). J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 125(1), 425–441]. In both languages, F0 is significantly depressed, relative to sonorants, during the closure for voiced obstruents, but cannot be differentiated from sonorants following the release of oral constriction. These findings are taken as support for a model on which F0 perturbations are fundamentally the result of laryngeal maneuvers initiated to sustain or inhibit phonation, regardless of other language-particular aspects of phonetic realization.
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@inbook{nokey,
title = {Communication Accommodation Theory},
author = {Howard Giles and Carolyn Shepard},
doi = {10.1002/9781118766804.wbiect056},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-10-01},
urldate = {2016-10-01},
pages = {33-56},
publisher = {Wiley},
chapter = {6},
abstract = {Communication accommodation theory (CAT) is a general theoretical framework for both interpersonal and intergroup communication. It seeks to explain and predict why, when, and how people adjust their communicative behavior during social interaction (including mediated contact), and what social consequences might result from such adjustments. This entry provides an overview of what constitutes accommodative and nonaccommodative moves (with particular attention devoted, albeit not exclusively, to convergence and divergence). Previous CAT principles are modestly refined, and directions for future research suggested.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Giles2016,
title = {Communication Accommodation Theory},
author = {Howard Giles and Carolyn A Shepard},
doi = {10.1002/9781118766804.wbiect056},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-10-01},
urldate = {2016-10-01},
publisher = {Wiley},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Giles2016b,
title = {Communication Accommodation Theory},
author = {Howard Giles},
doi = {10.1002/9781118766804.wbiect056},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-10-01},
urldate = {2016-10-01},
chapter = {6},
abstract = {Communication accommodation theory (CAT) is a general theoretical framework for both interpersonal and intergroup communication. It seeks to explain and predict why, when, and how people adjust their communicative behavior during social interaction (including mediated contact), and what social consequences might result from such adjustments. This entry provides an overview of what constitutes accommodative and nonaccommodative moves (with particular attention devoted, albeit not exclusively, to convergence and divergence). Previous CAT principles are modestly refined, and directions for future research suggested.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Keating2016,
title = {Words Matter: Communicating Effectively in the New Global Office},
author = {Elizabeth Keating and Sirkka L. Jarvenpaa},
isbn = {9780520291379},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-10-01},
urldate = {2016-10-01},
publisher = {University of California PressI},
abstract = {In a twenty-first-century global economy, in which multinational companies coordinate and collaborate with partners and clientele around the world, it is usually English that is the parlance of business, research, technology, and finance. Most assume that if parties on both ends of the conference call are fluent English speakers, information will be shared seamlessly and without any misunderstanding. But is that really true? Words Matter examines how communications between transnational partners routinely break down, even when all parties are fluent English speakers. The end result is lost time, lost money, and often discord among those involved. What’s going wrong? Contrary to a common assumption, language is never neutral. Its is heavily influenced by one’s culture and can often result in unintended meanings depending on word choice, a particular phrase, or even one’s inflection. A recent study of corporate managers found that one out of five projects fail primarily because of ineffective transnational communication, resulting in the loss of millions of dollars. In Words Matter, you will venture into the halls of multinational tech companies around the world to study language and culture at work; learn practical steps for harnessing research in communication and anthropology to become more skilled in the digital workplace; and learn to use the “Communication Plus Model,” which can be easily applied in multiple situations, leading to better communication and better business outcomes.
},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Bodomo2016b,
title = {Afriphone Literature as a Prototypical form of African Literature: Insights from Prototype Theory},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.7575/aiac.alls.v.7n.5p.262},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-10-01},
urldate = {2016-10-01},
journal = {Advances in Language and Literary Studies},
volume = {7},
number = {5},
abstract = {What is the most prototypical form of African literature? Shouldn’t we be using African languages to produce African literary texts, shouldn’t we produce more Afriphone African literature compared to Europhone African literature or Afro-Europhone literature? This issue underlies the reality that the vast majority of African writers presumably think in one language and express themselves (speak, enchant, or write) in another. This problematic, crystalized in major debates between Ngugi wa Thiongo and others, on the one hand, and Chinua Achebe and others, on the other hand, has resulted in great challenges as to how we can define or even conceptualize the discipline of African literature. Is it literature written by Africans in African languages for Africans or is it literature written by anybody including non-Africans in non-African languages? Or is it somewhere in-between these two extremes? The paper discusses several positions on this major question in African literature before advancing a novel proposal based on insights and evidence from proto-type theory within Linguistics and the Cognitive Sciences. This proposal leads to a somewhat provocative conclusion about the gradation of African literatures, where African language literatures or Afrophone literatures, comprise the core, proto-typical category in a 21st Century African literature constellation, whereas foreign language and diasporic literatures such as Afro-European literatures, Afro-American literatures, and Afro-Chinese literatures are the hybrid and thus more recessive, peripheral types of African literature. Keywords: Afriphone literature, African language literature, African literature, proto-type theory, linguistics, Cognitive Science},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Eberhard2016b,
title = {The Nominal Classifiers of the Mamaindê Language},
author = {David Eberhard},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.1.3126.4083},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-10-01},
keywords = {David Eberhard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Bhatia2016,
title = {Occupy Central and the rise of discursive illusions: A Discourse Analytical Study},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
doi = {10.1515/text-2016-0029},
issn = {1860-7330},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-09-20},
journal = {Text and talk},
volume = {36},
number = {6},
pages = {661-682},
abstract = {Drawing on Hong Kong’s “Occupy Central” movement, this paper explores the construction of discursive illusions in both China Daily and South China Morning Post’s (SCMP) contrasting coverage of the event. More specifically, the paper investigates how a multi-perspective analytical approach can enable a deeper study of how and to what extent abstract constructs with significant social implications are discursively formed. In order to do so, the framework draws on a three-pronged approach: historicity (habitus as key to the creation of discursive illusions, dealing with the change of perceptions over time); linguistic and semiotic action (subjective conceptualizations of the world to give rise to linguistic and semiotic actions, often through metaphorical and dominant rhetoric); and the degree of social impact (as language and actions engender many categories and stereotypes). The analysis reveals that data from both newspapers draws on similar linguistic and rhetorical tools, including temporal referencing, metaphor, category-pairings, and recontextualization in the discursive construction of a “double contrastive identity” (Leudar et al. [2004], On membership categorization: “Us”, “them” and “doing violence” in political discourse. Discourse & Society 15(2/3). 243–266.) of the movement and its participants in diametrically opposed ways around themes such as law versus lawlessness, victim versus aggressor, etc.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Kirby2016b,
title = {Laryngeal contrasts in the Tai dialect of Cao Bằng},
author = {James Kirby and Pittayawat Pittayaporn},
doi = {10.1017/S0025100316000293},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-09-13},
urldate = {2016-09-13},
journal = {Journal of the International Phonetic Association},
volume = {47},
issue = {1},
pages = {1-21},
abstract = {The Tai dialect spoken in Cao Bằng province, Vietnam, is at an intermediate stage between tonal register split and the accompanying transphonologization of a voicing contrast into a dual-register tone system. While the initial sonorants have completely lost their historical voicing distinction and developed a six-way tonal contrast, the obstruent series still preserves the original voicing contrast, leaving the tonal split incomplete. This paper presents the first acoustic study of tones and onsets in Cao Bằng Tai. Although f0, VOT, and voice quality were all found to play a role in the system of laryngeal contrasts, the three speakers considered varied in terms of the patterns of acoustic cues used to distinguish between onset types, particularly the breathy voiced onset / /. From the diachronic perspective, our findings may help to explain why the reflex of modal pre-voiced stops (*b) can be either aspirated or unaspirated voiceless stops.},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@conference{Graham2016,
title = {Vowel characteristics in the assessment of L2 intelligibility},
author = {Calbert Graham},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-09-09},
urldate = {2016-09-09},
keywords = {Calbert Graham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Costa2016f,
title = {Italian university students and digital technologies: some results from a field research},
author = {Elisabetta Costa and Paolo Ferri and Nicola Cavalli and Andrea Mangiatordi and Stefano Mizzella and Andrea Pozzali and Francesca Scenini},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-642-04757-2_38},
isbn = {978-3-642-04757-2},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-09-09},
urldate = {2016-09-09},
volume = {49},
pages = {357-365},
publisher = {Springer Berlin Heidelberg},
abstract = {Developments in information and communication technologies have raised the issue of how a kind of intergenerational digital divide can take place between “digital natives” and “digital immigrants”. This can in turn have important consequences for the organization of educative systems. In this paper we present the result of a research performed during the course of 2008 to study how university students in Italy make use of digital technologies. The methodology was based on a mix of quantitative and qualitative approaches. A survey research was done, on a sample of 1186 students of the University of Milan-Bicocca, based on a questionnaire administrated through the Intranet of the University. A series of focus groups and in depth interviews with students, parents, and new media experts was furthermore performed. The results are consistent with the presence of a strong intergenerational divide. The implications of the results for the future organization of educative systems are discussed in the paper.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Costa2016g,
title = {Italian university students and digital technologies: some results from a field research},
author = {Elisabetta Costa and Paolo Ferri and Nicola Cavalli and Andrea Mangiatordi and Stefano Mizzella and Andrea Pozzali and Francesca Scenini},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-642-04757-2_38},
isbn = {978-3-642-04757-2},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-09-09},
urldate = {2016-09-09},
volume = {49},
pages = {357-365},
publisher = {Springer Berlin Heidelberg},
abstract = {Developments in information and communication technologies have raised the issue of how a kind of intergenerational digital divide can take place between “digital natives” and “digital immigrants”. This can in turn have important consequences for the organization of educative systems. In this paper we present the result of a research performed during the course of 2008 to study how university students in Italy make use of digital technologies. The methodology was based on a mix of quantitative and qualitative approaches. A survey research was done, on a sample of 1186 students of the University of Milan-Bicocca, based on a questionnaire administrated through the Intranet of the University. A series of focus groups and in depth interviews with students, parents, and new media experts was furthermore performed. The results are consistent with the presence of a strong intergenerational divide.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Graham2016c,
title = {Vowel Characteristics in the Assessment of L2 English Pronunciation},
author = {Calbert Graham and Paula Buttery and Francis Nolan},
doi = {10.21437/Interspeech.2016-1630},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-09-08},
urldate = {2016-09-08},
pages = {1127 - 1131},
keywords = {Calbert Graham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Cardoso2016,
title = {Portuguese in contact in Asia and the Pacific},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
doi = {10.1515/9783110368840-005},
isbn = {9783110368840},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-09-01},
urldate = {2016-09-01},
pages = {68-97},
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},
abstract = {A partir do século XVI, a língua portuguesa teve grande difusão um pouco por toda a Ásia e o Pacífico, sobretudo em consequência de dinâmicas de expansão colonial mas também por outras vias, tais como a imigração. Este capítulo apresenta e ilustra a diversidade de contextos de contacto linguístico que este facto motivou, bem como os seus principais resultados: os empréstimos mútuos (sobretudo lexicais) entre o português e as línguas da região; a influência duradoura do português nas línguas de contacto posteriormente estabelecidas em contexto colonial; e o desenvolvimento de variedades asiáticas do português, muitas vezes em paralelo e articulação com o de línguas crioulas de base portuguesa, dando relevo às que subsistem, ao panorama atual dos estudos científicos sobre estas variedades e aos domínios de investigação em aberto.},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Costa2016d,
title = {Why We Post},
author = {Elisabetta Costa and Daniel Miller and Laura Haapio‐Kirk and Nell Haynes and Tom McDonald and Razvan Nicolescu and Juliano Spyer and Shriram Venkatraman and Xinyuan Wang},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-09-01},
urldate = {2016-09-01},
journal = {Anthropology News},
volume = {57},
number = {9},
pages = {44-47},
abstract = {While we should consider all anthropological projects to be of equal importance to our own discipline, studies which focus on topics such as the history of kinship are seldom anticipated by the general public with bated breath. But if you are engaged in a global study of what people actually do with social media and their consequences, the considerable popular interest in the topic carries with it additional responsibilities. By the same token this also presents a rare opportunity to demonstrate just what anthropology is capable of achieving in enhancing our understanding of our contemporary world, and you may not want to squander that chance. The good news is that if you work on digital media you can also appreciate that there is a whole slew of new ways in which we can engage in this form of popular dissemination. As a group of nine researchers in the Why We Post project, we find ourselves in just such a position. So this report is not about the results of our project, but it is rather an account of how we are trying to meet the challenge of sharing our results, and reconceptualising the whole process of reaching diverse audiences from the most academic to the most popular. Briefly, however, the project comprised a team of nine anthropologists who carried out simultaneous 15 month ethnographies. The fieldsites included one of the new factory towns and a rural town in China, a town on the Syrian-Turkish border, low income settlements in Brazil and Chile, an IT complex set between villages in South India, small towns in south Italy and Trinidad and a village in England.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Englund2016,
title = {Human Rights},
author = {Harri Englund and Felix Steinv and Sian Lazar and Matei Candea and Hildegard Diemberger and Joel Robbins and Andrew Sanchez and Rupert Stasch},
doi = {10.29164/16rights},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-09-01},
urldate = {2016-09-01},
journal = {Cambridge Encyclopedia of Anthropology},
abstract = {Human rights, as described in documents such as the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, are a set of moral and legal principles that apply to all human beings irrespective of their age, sex, religion, nationality, and other such characteristics. Yet they can only ever be claimed and applied in specific historical and cultural circumstances. It is from recognising this basic paradox between a universal principle and its practical application that the anthropological study of human rights arises. It allows anthropologists to confront some of the fundamental questions in their discipline, while also contributing a distinct perspective to actual human rights controversies. How wedded is the discipline to cultural and moral relativism? What can be learned from those anthropological studies of justice and morality that were written before the current interest in human rights began in the 1980s? What form of human rights activism can anthropological knowledge foster, or is anthropological analysis a necessarily separate type of pursuit from activism? This essay addresses these and other questions by considering anthropologists’ varied responses to the Universal Declaration of Human Rights​ and their efforts to harness anthropological knowledge in the service of human rights advocacy. Critical perspectives on actually existing human rights administrations are also discussed. While some anthropologists identify problems in activists’ and governments’ efforts in order to make human rights more acceptable locally, others demonstrate the extent to which the emphasis by human rights activists on liberties rather than socio-economic rights has been compatible with the continuing influence of political and business elites, in particular postcolonial contexts. Anthropological work has also asserted its separation from the human rights agenda by exploring what other means ordinary people have at their disposal to make their claims and grievances heard. The essay concludes by considering the future of human rights in the light of the penetration of human rights law into ever more intimate spheres of life, such as sexuality and gender relations. Anthropology’s particular strengths are also apparent here: kinship, the body, and personhood are classic themes that can provide unique perspectives on controversies over intimate human rights.},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2016bb,
title = {Storytelling and audience reactions in social media},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404516000051},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-09-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {45},
number = {04},
pages = {473-498},
abstract = {Storytelling is among the most common forms of discourse in human communication. The increasing influence of technology in our life is having a significant impact on the types of narrative that are told and on the way they are produced and received. In order to understand such impact we need to approach the discursive study of narrative from a perspective that privileges participant practices rather than texts. This is the approach taken in the present article, which analyzes a specific aspect of storytelling practice: audience participation within a blog open to comments. Using the notions of participation frameworks and frames as starting points, the analysis examines the frame focus of comments, the interactional dynamics established by participants among themselves, the tone of messages, and the media used in messages. Among the most important findings is a significant enhancement of reflexivity in comments as participants engage with the storytelling world much more than with the taleworld.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Lu2016b,
title = {"Construction of Vocabulary Resources Incorporating Cognition and Culture", (edited by Masaaki Yamanashi) "Cognitive Linguistics"},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Lu Kayo},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-09-01},
volume = {13},
pages = {305-344},
publisher = {Hitsuji Shobo},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2016,
title = {Translating the style of Aganaktismenoi (Indignants) on Facebook},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.1515/multi-2014-1019},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-09-01},
journal = {Multilingua},
volume = {35},
number = {5},
abstract = {The paper discusses translation challenges associated with the linguistic and multisemiotic stylistic ways (Kress 2010; Coupland 2007) Aganaktismenoi, the Greek indignants? movement, employ to produce a digital sense of their community and subsequent identities. It argues for the transfer of the cultural and sociopolitical element as being the hardest to translate into languages other than Greek. In light of this challenge, it is suggested that a functional variationist translation model (Theodoropoulou 2007), which takes into consideration the general context and the functions of individual illocutionary acts (Austin 1962), i.e. intended meanings, performed digitally could remedy this weakness by yielding translations that do justice to the original utterances. This is also enhanced by the fact that a multisemiotic style, such as a picture posted on Facebook Wall, offers lots of background information (e.g., colors and facial expressions, to mention just a few), which act synergistically in the deciphering and consequent translation of the text. The expansion of the use of the aforementioned sociopragmatic model of translation into multisemiotic texts is made on the basis of linguistic and multimodal analysis of posts with pictures and text from the Aganaktismenoi pages on Facebook and their translation into English.},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2016b,
title = {Mediatized vernacularization: On the structure, entextualization and resemiotization of Varoufakiology},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.1016/j.dcm.2016.08.003},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-09-01},
journal = {Discourse, Context & Media},
volume = {14},
pages = {28-39},
abstract = {This paper focuses on the structure of mediatized discourses on the former Greek minister of finance Yanis Varoufakis, which are labeled Varoufakiology. Through a multimodal discourse analysis of cartoons and photographs, which have been collected systematically in social and mainstream media through hypermedia ethnography, it is argued that neolectal stylistic features, including body posture, clothing and negotiation style are the emerging themes that prevail in mediatized communication with and about Varoufakis. In unison, they create a sense of semiotic vernacularization, translated into interacting linguistic and semiotic simplification, boldness and unconventionality associated with a controversial and multidimensional personality with intense and impactful political, academic and popular activity. In this sense, the overall argument put forward is that this mediatized vernacularization is not only a linguistic but also a widely semiotic type of communication, which reframes and positions Varoufakis as a political leader brought to light through controversial aspects of his identity, leadership and politics.},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Giles2016c,
title = {Communication accommodation theory: Negotiating personal relationships and social identities across contexts},
author = {Howard Giles},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781316226537},
isbn = {9781316226537},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-08-18},
urldate = {2016-08-18},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {Most people modify their ways of speaking, writing, texting, and e-mailing, and so on, according to the people with whom they are communicating. This fascinating book asks why we 'accommodate' to others in this way, and explores the various social consequences arising from it. Communication Accommodation Theory (CAT), revised and elaborated over the past 40 years, has been applied to a wide range of situations, from families to courtrooms, and from media to hospitals, by means of diverse methodologies in many disciplines, and across numerous languages and cultures. Bringing together a team of experts, this book demonstrates how the theory can help us towards a greater understanding of interpersonal communication in a multitude of contexts. Finally, it examines the principles of the theory, identifying a range of avenues along which research can move forward in future. A fascinating account of how and why we modify our way of speaking, texting, and e-mailing, and so on, according to the people with whom we are communicating. An invaluable resource for those already invoking Communication Accommodation Theory in their work, and for those yet to realize its potential. Furthers our understanding of interpersonal communication, and is of real significance to those studying new applied contexts, from families to courtrooms, and from media to hospitals.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Giles2016d,
title = {Accommodative strategies as core of the theory},
author = {Howard Giles and Marko Dragojevic and Jessica Gasiorek},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781316226537.003},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-08-18},
urldate = {2016-08-18},
pages = {36-59},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Giles2016e,
title = {CAT on trial},
author = {Howard Giles and Augusto Gnisci and Jordan Soliz},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781316226537.009},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-08-18},
urldate = {2016-08-18},
pages = {169-191},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Giles2016f,
title = {Intergroup accommodation, social categories, and identities},
author = {Howard Giles and Nicholas A. Palomares and Jordan Soliz and Cindy Gallois},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781316226537.007},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-08-18},
urldate = {2016-08-18},
pages = {123 - 151},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Giles2016g,
title = {Communication accommodation theory: Integrations and new framework developments},
author = {Howard Giles and C. Gallois and Jessica Gasiorek and Jordan Soliz},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781316226537.010},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-08-18},
urldate = {2016-08-18},
pages = {192 - 210},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Giles2016h,
title = {CAT and talk in action},
author = {Howard Giles and Cindy Gallois and Ann Weatherall},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781316226537.006},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-08-18},
urldate = {2016-08-18},
pages = {105 - 122},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Giles2016i,
title = {The social origins of CAT},
author = {Howard Giles},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781316226537.001},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-08-18},
urldate = {2016-08-18},
pages = {1-12},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Garcia2016b,
title = {Violence, addiction, recovery: An anthropological study of Mexicos anexos},
author = {Angela Garcia and Brian T Anderson},
doi = {10.1177/1363461516662539},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-08-17},
urldate = {2016-08-17},
journal = {Transcultural Psychiatry},
volume = {53},
number = {4},
abstract = {Informal, coercive residential centers for the treatment of addiction are widespread and growing throughout Latin America. In Mexico these centers are called “anexos” and they are run and utilized by low-income individuals and families with problems related to drugs and alcohol. This article draws on findings from a 3-year anthropological study of anexos in Mexico City. Participant observation and in-depth interviews were used to describe and analyze anexos, their therapeutic practices, and residents’ own accounts of addiction and recovery. Our findings indicate that poverty, addiction, and drug-related violence have fueled the proliferation of anexos. They also suggest that anexos offer valuable health, social, and practical support, but risk exacerbating the suffering of residents through coercive rehabilitation techniques. Emphasizing this tension, this article considers the complex relationship between coercion and care, and poses fundamental questions about what drug recovery consists of in settings of poverty and violence.},
keywords = {Angela Garcia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lupke2016,
title = {Pure fiction – the interplay of indexical and essentialist language ideologies and heterogeneous practices. A view from Agnack},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
editor = {Mandana Seyfeddinipur},
isbn = {978-0-9856211-6-2},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-08-14},
journal = {Language Documentation and Conservation},
volume = {10},
pages = {8-39},
abstract = {This paper investigates the complex interplay between different sets of language ideologies and multilingual practice in a village in Lower Casamance (Senegal). In this heterogeneous linguistic environment, which is typical of many African settings, individuals have large and adaptive linguistic repertoires. The local language ideologies focus on different aspects of identity which languages serve to index, but enable individuals to focus on different facets of identity according to context. National language ideologies are essentialist and have as their goal to put constructed homogeneous communities on the polyglossic map of Senegalese languages. In contrast to similarly essential Western ideologies, however, these national ideologies operating in Senegal are not linked to actual standard language practices. Using the example of individuals in two households and by presenting rich ethnographic information on them, the paper explores the relationship between language use and language ideologies before describing a sampling method for documenting language use in these contexts. It is argued that the documentation of these contexts cannot be achieved independently of an understanding of the language ideologies at work, as they influence what is presented as linguistic practice, and that arriving at a holistic description and documentation of the multilingual settings of Africa and beyond is central for advancing linguistic theory in sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics and contact linguistics.},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2016j,
title = {The Contexts and Dynamics of Science Communication and Language},
author = {Howard Giles and Ronald E. Rice},
doi = {10.1177/0261927X16663257},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-08-09},
urldate = {2016-08-09},
journal = {Journal of Language and Social Psychology},
volume = {36},
number = {1},
pages = {127-139},
abstract = {This final contribution to this special Journal of Language and Social Psychology issue on “using the science of language to improve translation of the language of science” places the articles in the context and nature of the broader literature on science communication, particularly as it relates to the media. This framework is crafted with a view to identifying the complex factors and processes that create translation problems, highlighting models and approaches that can improve science communication. Throughout, we propose a parsimonious set of research agenda items. Scholars wishing to move between different models of science communication should take into consideration the processes of formative evaluation, intergroup accommodation, and message design logics.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2016bb,
title = {Language vitality and language identity — which one is more important?: Tibetan-Chinese bilingual education in Maketang versus Huazangsi},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann and Chunlin Yao},
doi = {10.1075/lplp.40.2.04yao},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-08-04},
journal = {Language Problems and Language Planning},
volume = {40},
number = {2},
pages = {163-186},
abstract = {How to protect language diversity in the world is a hotly discussed topic in linguistic research. This study investigates the relationship between Tibetan language vitality and language users' identity in Maketang and Huazangsi Tibetan Autonomy County. On the basis of empirical data, the study suggests that there are no strong, positive correlations between Tibetan language vitality and the speakers' language identity (or with their language activities and inclinations). However, pragmatic matters constitute an important factor that influences speakers' activities and inclinations. These findings can be explained by conflicting functions performed by language: language as a communication tool on the one hand, and language as a receptacle of culture on the other. Bilingual (or multilingual) education can fulfill a useful role in balancing these two language functions. As a result of the evidence in this study, we argue that language protection cannot preserve both language vitality and language identity, and that, therefore, language protection should pay more attention to issues of language identity rather than to issues of language vitality.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Pauwels2016,
title = {Language maintenance and shift},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
isbn = {9781107618923},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-08-04},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {What motivates some linguistic minorities to maintain their language? Why do others shift away from it rather quickly? Are there specific conditions - environmental or personal - influencing these dynamics? What can families and communities do to pass on their 'threatened' language to the next generation? These and related questions are investigated in detail in Language Maintenance and Shift. In this fascinating book, Anne Pauwels analyses the patterns of language use exhibited by individuals and groups living in multilingual societies, and explores their efforts to maintain their heritage or minority language. She explores the various methods used to analyse language maintenance, from linguistic demography to linguistic biography, and offers guidance on how to research the language patterns and practices of linguistic minorities around the world.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2016b,
title = {Raids on migrant squats in Greece push solidarity efforts further to the margins},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Antonios Alexandridis},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-08-03},
journal = {The Conversation},
volume = {3},
abstract = {In a series of raids on July 27, the Greek police arrested and moved on dozens of migrants and refugees living in squats in the city of Thessaloniki. The clampdown on these squats, which were run by refugees, volunteers and anti-authoritarian groups, is an example of how refugees are being criminalised at the hands of the authorities across Europe.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2016b,
title = {Anaphora Resolution and Reanalysis During L2 Sentence Processing},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Ian Cunnings and Georgia Fotiadou},
doi = {10.1017/S0272263116000292},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-08-03},
urldate = {2016-08-03},
journal = {Studies in Second Language Acquisition},
volume = {1},
number = {4},
pages = {1-32},
abstract = {In a visual world paradigm study, we manipulated gender congruence between a subject pronoun and two antecedents to investigate whether second language (L2) learners with a null subject first language (L1) acquire and process overt subject pronouns in a nonnull subject L2 in a nativelike way. We also investigated whether L2 speakers revise an initial interpretation assigned to an ambiguous pronoun when information in the visual context subsequently biased against it. Our results indicated both L1 English speakers and Greek L2 English speakers rapidly used gender information to guide pronoun resolution. Both groups also preferentially coindexed ambiguous pronouns to a sentence subject and current discourse topic, despite the fact that overt subject pronouns in the learners’ L1 index a topic shift. We also observed that L2 English speakers were less likely to revise their initial interpretation than L1 English speakers. These results indicate that L2 speakers from a null subject background can acquire the interpretive preferences of overt pronouns in a nonnull subject L2. The eye-movement data indicate that anaphora processing can become qualitatively similar in native and nonnative speakers in the domain of subject pronoun resolution, but indicate reanalysis may cause difficulty during L2 processing.
},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2016,
title = {On the iconization of simplified Chinese},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-08-01},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {26},
number = {2},
pages = {184-203},
abstract = {Although iconization is widely recognized as a crucial process through which linguistic differences are accorded social significance, we know little about how iconic linkages travel across time and space. This article highlights the processual nature of iconization and reveals recontextualization as an important mechanism for the transformation of indexical signs into icons. Focusing on a well‐known poem that purportedly encapsulates the defects of the simplified Chinese script used in mainland China, this study shows how its recontextualization in Hong Kong's print and social media between 2000 and 2015 helped construct simplified Chinese as defective and map its “defects” onto mainlanders.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2016bb,
title = {Anthropologists in/of the neoliberal academy},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Tracey Heatheringtonb and Filippo M. Zerilli},
doi = {10.7340/anuac2239-625X-2437},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-08-01},
journal = {Anuac},
volume = {5},
number = {1},
pages = {41-90},
abstract = {Questo Forum raccoglie brevi interventi di antropologi che con ruoli diversi lavorano in differenti contesti universitari, allo scopo di riflettere su recenti esperienze di riforme neoliberiste del sistema pubblico dell'istruzione superiore. I contributi esplorano processi di neoliberalizzazione dell'università e cambiamenti istituzionali in corso in Australia e Nuova Zelanda, Romania, Danimarca, Grecia, Finlandia, Messico, Stati Uniti, Olanda, Spagna, Canada e Regno Unito. L'obiettivo è quello di costruire una piattaforma che possa ospitare riflessioni critiche sulle trasformazioni attuali dell'accademia e delle relative implicazioni per il futuro dell'antropologia. Auspichiamo che il Forum serva anche a indurre i colleghi alle prese con le conseguenze del vigente regime di austerità a formare una coalizione in favore di una idea di università diversa da quella oggi dominante. Contributi di Cris Shore & Susan Wright, Vintilă Mihăilescu, Sarah F. Green, Gabriela Vargas-Cetina & Steffan Igor Ayora-Diaz, Tracey Heatherington, Dimitris Dalakoglou, Noelle Molé Liston, Susana Narotzky, Jaro Stacul, Meredith Welch-Devine, Jon P. Mitchell.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2016bb,
title = {Do not become an idiot: A comment on neoliberalism and labour relationships within higher education},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.7340/anuac2239-625X-2457},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-08-01},
journal = {Anuac},
volume = {5},
number = {1},
pages = {67-70},
abstract = {As neoliberalism takes over academia, there is struggle going on. This is a struggle to keep the academic institutions as free as possible from “idiotic” (i.e. self-interested) forms of behaviour and especially from reproducing socially and politically such practices.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2016,
title = {Studies in Thai and Southeast Asian Histories by Charnvit Kasetsiri},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Patrick Jory},
doi = {10.1355/sj31-2g},
isbn = {9786167202656},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-07-30},
journal = {Journal of Social Issues in Southeast Asia},
volume = {31},
number = {2},
pages = {622-624},
abstract = {Thai and Southeast Asian Studies Thai Historiography from Ancient Times to the Modern Period Preliminary on Thai Historiography Siam/CivilizationThailand/Globalization Part I: Thai and Southeast Asian Studies Thai Historiography from Ancient Times to the Modern Period Preliminary on Thai Historiography Siam/Civilization—Thailand/Globalization:Things to Come? De L’ancien Regime Au Nouveau Regime Overview of Research and Studies on Southeast Asia in Thailand : “Where do we come from? Who are we? Where are we going?” Southeast Asian Studies in Thailand The Kingdom of Ayutthaya (1351-1767 AD) Origins of a Capital and Seaport: The Early Settlement of Ayutthaya and Its East Asian Trade Buddhism and Political Integration in Early Ayuttaya: 1351-1448 Zheng He-Sam Po Kong: History and Myth in Thailand Is’ Thai Studies still Possible? From Dynastic to National History : A Siam/Thailand Case Part II : From Siam to Thailand The Front Palace : The Office of the Heir Apparent? The First Phibun Government and Its Involvement in World War II Each Generation of Elites in Thai History 14 October 1973 From Siam to Thailand Part III: Siam and Indonesia A Nineteenth-Century Siamese Account of Bali with Introduction and Notes The Kingdom of Ayutthaya and Its Founder: King Uthong and Feasibility for Comparative Studies with Majapahit Dari Siam Ke Nusantara The Construction of National Heroes and /or Heroines Part IV : Siam and CVMV Thai-Burmese-Lao-Cambodian Border: A Survey Report Thailand-Combodia: A Love-Hate Relationship The Future of Monarchy in Cambodia Will the Mekong Survive Globalization?},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2016c,
title = {Against the hypothesis of a China - EU collaboration in Africa},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-07-22},
pages = {40-45},
abstract = {In this paper, it is argued that the often stated “Win-Win-Win” hypothesis (WWW-hypothesis) for a so-called trilateral cooperation between Africa, China, and the EU/West is all but a hackneyed hypothesis that is seriously flawed and yet it continues to be championed by media (as contained in many print magazines and online reporting) in the West and in Africa. If this flawed WWW-hypothesis is allowed to be repeated over and over again and remains unchallenged, it is at risk to develop into an (un)intended collusion between China and West that can scupper a rare chance for African development in the 21st century. Four main arguments are advanced against the WWW-hypothesis of China-West joint-operations in Africa as being beneficial for the three entities. Finally, an alternative proposal, the Africa-driven “Win-for-All” hypothesis (AWA-hypothesis), involving healthy competition for investments in Africa between all key players, including Brazil, China, India, Russia, and the West is outlined.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Albrecht2016,
title = {Functional listening as conversation skills in coaching},
author = {Christine Albrecht and Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-658-12854-8_39},
isbn = {978-3-658-12853-1},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-07-15},
pages = {426-436)},
publisher = {Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden},
abstract = {From the third international coaching congress “Coaching meets Research… Coaching in the Society of Tomorrow” in June 2014, the present anthology “Coaching as an individual response to social developments” was created. In terms of content, the volume comprises over forty compact congress contributions. Scientifically sound and practical, it deals with selected aspects of coaching as a response to current social developments and the challenges associated with them. In addition to this conference volume, the specialist book »Coaching und Gesellschaft. Research and Practice in Dialogue «published. It also deals with the topic of Coaching and Society},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2016bb,
title = {Refugees Without Agency},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Antonios Alexandridis},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-07-14},
journal = {Allegra Laboratory},
abstract = {The situation in Idomeni has been tense over the last weeks as rumors about the current operation spread. Protests and clashes became a daily phenomenon as the Greek police’s approach to the camp altered from one of tolerance towards refugees and the politicised independent volunteers to aggression.These ‘uncertified’ volunteers, have been carrying much of the burden of the humanitarian crisis since the summer of 2015 and justifiably had second thoughts about the policy.Simultaneously some well-known mechanisms from the recent past seem to have been remobilised as some of the ‘corrupted TV channels’ (as they were all too recently referred to by SYRIZA’s spokesmen) have changed their discourse to serve the governmental plans. Blaming this mysterious external factor (activists and volunteers) serves many purposes. First of all it reminds the refugees that they have no right to their own political agency. More widely it reminds them that they are non-citizens with very limited rights including the democratic right to protest. Moreover instead of focusing on the obvious ineffectiveness of the EU-Turkey agreement and the ill-functioning asylum relocation programme, which leads these people revolt, blame is put on volunteers with the implication being that arresting and kicking out the Anarchist volunteers will resolve the problem as refugees themselves are happy with this treatment.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Tsimpli2016,
title = {Formal linguistic approaches to heritage language acquisition: Bridges for pedagogically oriented research},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Jason Rothman and Diego Pascual y Cabo},
doi = {10.1075/sibil.49.02rot},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-07-11},
urldate = {2016-07-11},
pages = {13-26},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company},
abstract = {The goal of this chapter is to lay out the central themes of heritage language acquisition research adopting a formal/theoretical linguistic perspective. Specifically, we aim to provide a detailed discussion of the nature of heritage language grammars. In doing so, we will address the debates on how to explain heritage speaker competence differences from monolingual baselines and more. This chapter will not be limited to discussions of Spanish as a heritage language, but rather will highlight the important role that Spanish has played and will continue to play in the development of heritage language acquisition studies. Finally, we will offer some comments/insights on how the information covered regarding the formal linguistic properties of heritage speaker knowledge should be considered for and implemented in heritage language pedagogies and thus dealing with heritage speakers in the classroom setting.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2016bb,
title = {Brexit Referendum: first reactions from anthropology: Forum},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Sarah Francesca Green and Chris Gregory and Madeleine Reeves and Jane K Cowan and Olga Demetriou and Insa Koch and Michael Carrithers and Ruben Andersson and Andre Gingrich and Sharon Macdonald and Salih Can Acksoz and Thomas Hylland Eriksen and Chris Shore and Douglas R Holmes and Michael Herzfeld and Marilyn Strathern and Casper Bruun Jensen and Keir Martin and Georgos Poulimenakos and Stef Jansen and Carna Brkovic and Thomas M Wilson and Niko Besnier and Daniel Guiness and Mark Hann and Pamela Ballinger and Dace Dzenovska},
doi = {10.1111/1469-8676.12331},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-07-01},
journal = {Social Anthropology},
volume = {24},
number = {4},
pages = {478-502},
abstract = {Referenda can be sad affairs. This time last year, I was in Greece discussing with friends their referendum. It was a difficult visit with many painful conversations. Most were about what the EU meant, what might Grexit have meant, and the way material security was rapidly vanishing: having a decent salary, a job, money in the bank, valuables in bank deposit boxes; also knowing that trash would be collected, cars would run, food would be available. The conversations revealed a profound conceptual insecurity. Nobody knew what had happened. When Tsipras ‘renegotiated’ the agreement post-referendum, he accepted even worse (seeming to many, punitive) terms. Both the no and yes camps scored moral victories, but both had lost economically and socially. In Greece last year, nobody really knew what the referendum had been about: the memorandum, Grexit or European identity? The most painful part was the creeping populism from which we often drew.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2016,
title = {Language Matters: The Role of Linguistic Identity in the Establishment of the Lusophone African Community in Macau},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Roberval Teixeira e Silva},
doi = {10.1080/00020184.2012.668294},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-06-30},
journal = {African Studies},
volume = {71},
number = {1},
pages = {71-90},
abstract = {In this article we present results of a qualitative study of Africans in Macau, as part of the general phenomenon of African migration into China in the 21 st century. We focus on the African community from Portuguese-speaking countries in Macau, outlining its internal organisation, memberships, objectives, and activities. The results of this study indicate that this African community is the most established and the best organised African community in China. We argue that the common linguistic identity between members of this community and with other Portuguese speakers is a major factor in its relative success. This argumentation is anchored in our cross-cultural theory of community identity building, where factors such as commonality of language, food, and music play important roles in community bonding and community identity building among migrant groupings in cross-linguistic and cross-cultural settings. © 2012 Copyright Taylor and Francis Group, LLC.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2016b,
title = {Rivers, Oceans, and Spirits: Water Cosmologies, Gender, and Religious Change in Southeast Asia – ERRATUM},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1017/trn.2016.20},
isbn = { 2051-3658},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-06-23},
journal = {TRaNS Trans -Regional and -National Studies of Southeast Asia},
volume = {1},
number = {2},
pages = {1},
abstract = {TRaNS approaches the study of Southeast Asia by looking at the region as a place that is defined by its diverse and rapidly-changing social context, and as a place that challenges scholars to move beyond conventional ideas of borders and boundedness. TRaNS invites studies of broadly defined trans-national, trans-regional and comparative perspectives. Case studies spanning more than two countries of Southeast Asia and its neighbouring countries/regions are particularly welcomed.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Bhatia2016d,
title = {The Discursive Construction of Terrorism and Violence},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
editor = {John Flowerdew and John Richardson},
isbn = {9781315739342},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-06-21},
publisher = {Routledge},
edition = {1st Edition},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2016b,
title = {Shift Happens: Tarbutomics, Israeli CulturomicsTarbutomics, Israeli Culturomics},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1093/oso/9780199812776.003.0005},
isbn = {9780199812776},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-06-08},
pages = {165-185},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {This chapter explores, for the first time, culturomics in Israeli. Culturomics is a trans-disciplinary form of computational lexicology that studies human behaviour, language, and cultural and historical trends through the quantitative analysis of texts. My term tarbutomics is based on תרבות‎ tarbút, Israeli for ‘culture’, thus calquing (loan-translating) the term culturomics. Tarbutomics ought to be a new tool for evaluating the linguistic, cultural, and social trends occurring throughout a historical period. To see how Hebrew lexis has changed from 1500 until 2009, the chapter analyses data from Google Books. To do this, the Google Books database was downloaded. Tarbutomics takes the raw Hebrew 1-gram data and puts it in a relational database, allowing us to ask more sophisticated questions. It can shed light on questions about Israeli culture, Hebrew language reclamation, and about the development of the Israeli language throughout the twentieth century.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Baider2016bb,
title = {Du sens à la signification: de la signification aux sens. Mélanges offerts à Olga Galatanu . Sous la direction d’Ana-Maria Cozma, Abdelhadi Bellachhab et Marion Pescheux},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.1093/fs/knw153},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-06-05},
journal = {French Studies 70(3): DOI:},
volume = {70},
number = {3},
pages = {knw153},
abstract = {Twenty-two contributions make up this work devoted directly or indirectly to the lexical semantic theory of Olga Galatanu, a theory called 'Theoretical model of the semantics of argumentative possibilities', or SPA. This model wants to account for the stable part of the lexical meaning and its kinetism; it therefore merges theoretical tenants of semantics and pragmatics. The first part is the chapter by Georges Kleiber which rigorously demonstrates the possibility of a rule which would account for the massive / accounting opposition. The second part focuses on the axiological dimension of words. Laurence Rosier thus works on the semantics of updates (semantic reappropriation of the kernel.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Bodomo2016d,
title = {Africans in China: Guangdong and Beyond},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.1080/14631369.2019.1627514},
isbn = {139781937306403},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-06-01},
number = {176},
pages = {176},
publisher = {Diasporic Africa},
abstract = {Africa-China relations have increasingly constituted a prominent research topic in many humanities and social sciences disciplines since 2000. An important aspect of this research theme is dedicated to issues of migration between Africa and China and the formation of diaspora communities in these two parts of the world. This book is dedicated solely to exploring the African presence in China and the formation of African diaspora communities in Guangzhou, Yiwu, Shanghai, Beijing, Hong Kong, Macau, and many other prominent locations within Greater China. http://www.dafricapress.com/#!/Africans-in-China-Guangdong-and-Beyond/p/67159382/category=15726260},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Pham2016,
title = {French loanwords in Vietnamese: the role of input language phonotactics and contrast in loanword adaptation},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham and Yoonjung Kang and Benjamin Storme},
doi = {10.3765/amp.v2i0.3749},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-06-01},
journal = {Proceedings of the Annual Meetings on Phonology},
abstract = {This study examines the adaptation of French vowels in Vietnamese focusing on adaptation patterns that seem to defy a straightforward analysis based on native phonotactic restrictions or comparison of phonetic input-output similarity. A proper analysis requires reference to knowledge of the input language phonology. In the first case study, we observe that Vietnamese adapters extend the French phonotactic tendencies, i.e., Loi de Position, to loan adaptation productively. Such “intrusion” of L2 phonology knowledge may arise when phonetics underdetermines the adaptation and the adapters look to their knowledge of L2 phonology to arrive at adaptation. It is also notable that the L2 knowledge employed in adaptation is not native-like as the adaptation is not always isomorphic to the French input. In the second case study, the contrast of L2 phonology (/ʁ/ vs. /k/) is neutralized due to an L1 phonological restriction (i.e., no /ʁ/ in Vietnamese coda) but the Vietnamese adaptation systematically retains the contrast in the quality and length difference in the preceding vowel. There is plausible phonetic motivation for this adaptation pattern, but phonetically faithful mapping underdetermines the attested adaptation pattern, and reference to knowledge of L2 phonological contrasts is necessary. These findings illustrate the complexity of the loanword adaptation process, where a variety of different factors including L1 phonological restrictions, phonetic similarity, and L2 phonological knowledge, interact to affect adaptation.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2016,
title = {Talknology in the Service of the Barngarla Language Reclamation},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
url = { },
doi = {10.1093/oso/9780199812776.003.0007},
isbn = {9780199812776},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-06-01},
pages = {227-239},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {This chapter introduces the fascinating and multifaceted reclamation of the Barngarla Aboriginal language of Eyre Peninsula, South Australia. In 2012, the Barngarla community and I launched the reclamation of this sleeping beauty. The presence of three Barngarla populations, several hours drive apart, presents the revival linguist with a need for a sophisticated reclamation involving talknological innovations such as online chatting, newsgroups, as well as photo and resource sharing. The chapter provides a brief description of our activities so far and describes the Barngarla Dictionary App. The Barngarla reclamation demonstrates two examples of righting the wrong of the past: (1) A book written in 1844 in order to assist a German Lutheran missionary to introduce the Christian light to Aboriginal people (and thus to weaken their own spirituality), is used 170 years later (by a secular Jew) to assist the Barngarla Aboriginal people, who have been linguicided by Anglo-Australians, to reconnect with their very heritage. (2) Technology, used for invasion (ships), colonization (weapons), and stolen generations (governmental black cars kidnapping Aboriginal children from their mothers), is employed (in the form of an app) to assist the Barngarla to reconnect with their cultural autonomy, intellectual sovereignty, and spirituality.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Fox2016,
title = {Fox Farmers' Use of Pesticides in Indramayu},
author = {James Fox and Yunita Triwardani Winarto},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-06-01},
urldate = {2016-06-01},
pages = {63-97},
keywords = {James Fox},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Clark2016,
title = {Pragmatic inferences in context: Learning to interpret contrastive prosody},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark and Chigusa Kurumada},
doi = {10.1017/S0305000916000246},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-05-26},
urldate = {2016-05-26},
journal = {Journal of Child Language},
volume = {1},
number = {4},
pages = {1-31},
abstract = {Can preschoolers make pragmatic inferences based on the intonation of an utterance? Previous work has found that young children appear to ignore intonational meanings and come to understand contrastive intonation contours only after age six. We show that four-year-olds succeed in interpreting an English utterance, such as "It LOOKS like a zebra", to derive a conversational implicature, namely [but it isn't one], as long as they can access a semantically stronger alternative, in this case "It's a zebra". We propose that children arrive at the implicature by comparing such contextually provided alternatives. Contextually leveraged inferences generalize across speakers and contexts, and thus drive the acquisition of intonational meanings. Our findings show that four-year-olds and adults are able to bootstrap their interpretation of the contrast-marking intonation by taking into account alternative utterances produced in the same context.},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Kirby2016c,
title = {Tone-melody correspondence in Vietnamese popular song},
author = {James Kirby and D. Robert Ladd},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-05-26},
urldate = {2016-05-26},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Giles2016k,
title = {The Role of Communication Perceptions in the Mental Health of Older Adults: Views From Thailand and the United States},
author = {Howard Giles and Robert M. Mccann and Shaughan A. Keaton},
doi = {10.1080/10410236.2015.1099507},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-05-11},
urldate = {2016-05-11},
journal = {Health Communication},
volume = {32},
number = {1},
pages = {1-11},
abstract = {This study examines age ingroup and outgroup communication perceptions of older Thai and American adults to assess whether communication perceptions of self and others are associated with mental health outcomes such as personal self-esteem, collective self-esteem, and life satisfaction. Results suggest that more accommodation by same-age older others leads to greater personal self-esteem, greater group esteem, and greater life satisfaction, while more nonaccommodation by younger others leads to less life satisfaction for the Thais and Americans. More overaccommodation by younger others was found to lead to less personal self-esteem and less life satisfaction for the sample as a whole. Discriminant loadings show life satisfaction was the most important variable in distinguishing between the prototypical older Thai and American respondent. The overall profile shows the typical Thai older adult participants as perceiving members of their own age ingroup as communicatively avoidant and overaccommodating while also experiencing lower collective self-esteem and life satisfaction. Typical older Americans tended to be associated with higher collective self-esteem and life satisfaction.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {Processing Coordinate Subject-Verb Agreement in L1 and L2 Greek},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Kaltsa and Theodoros Marinis and Melita Stavrou},
doi = {10.3389/fpsyg.2016.00648},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-05-09},
urldate = {2016-05-09},
journal = {Frontiers in Psychology},
volume = {7},
number = {347},
abstract = {The present study examines the processing of subject-verb (SV) number agreement with coordinate subjects in preverbal and postverbal positions in Greek. Greek is a language with morphological number marked on nominal and verbal elements. Coordinate SV agreement however is special in Greek as it is sensitive to the coordinate subject’s position: when preverbal, the verb is marked for plural while when postverbal the verb can be in the singular. We conducted two experiments, an acceptability judgment task with adult monolinguals as a pre-study (Experiment 1) and a self-paced reading task as the main study (Experiment 2) in order to obtain acceptance as well as processing data. Forty adult monolingual speakers of Greek participated in Experiment 1 and a hundred and forty one in Experiment 2. Seventy one children participated in Experiment 2: 30 Albanian-Greek sequential bilingual children and 41 Greek monolingual children aged 10 to 12 years. The adult data in Experiment 1 establish the difference in acceptability between singular VPs in SV and VS constructions reaffirming our hypothesis. Meanwhile, the adult data in Experiment 2 show that plural verbs accelerate processing regardless of subject position. The child online data show that sequential bilingual children have longer reading times (RTs) compared to the age-matched monolingual control group. However, both child groups follow a similar processing pattern in both preverbal and postverbal constructions showing longer RTs immediately after a singular verb when the subject was preverbal indicating a grammaticality effect. In the postverbal coordinate subject sentences, both child groups showed longer RTs on the first subject following the plural verb due to the temporary number mismatch between the verb and the first subject. This effect was resolved in monolingual children but was still present at the end of the sentence for bilingual children indicating difficulties to reanalyze and integrate information. Taken together, these findings demonstrate that (a) 10-12 year-old sequential bilingual children are sensitive to number agreement in SV coordinate constructions parsing sentences in the same way as monolingual children even though their vocabulary abilities are lower than that of age-matched monolingual peers and (b) bilinguals are slower in processing overall.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams2016b,
title = {Translating y Cofnod : Translation policy and the official status of the Welsh language in Wales},
author = {Collin Williams and Diarmait Mac Giolla Chríost and Patrick Carlin},
doi = {10.1080/14781700.2015.1129987},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-05-03},
journal = {Translation Studies},
volume = {9},
number = {2},
pages = {212-227},
abstract = {It might safely be said that no issue is as politically contentious in Wales as that of the status of the Welsh language in society in general and in public life in particular, along with its relationship to the English language. This article draws upon a range of papers from within the National Assembly for Wales (NAfW) and the Welsh Government, some of which have been made available only as a result of a series of Freedom of Information (FOI) requests, in its careful examination of how the translation policy of the Welsh Assembly became the subject of a very excited and divisive public row. Moreover, the article shows how this translation problem evolved into a matter of constitutional difficulty, as yet unresolved, at the highest level of public life in Wales.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pia2016b,
title = {On Chinese Pedagogical Legalism (and Its Anthropological Ghost)# Fictions},
author = {Andrea E. Pia},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-05-01},
urldate = {2016-05-01},
volume = {5},
publisher = {Allegra Lab},
abstract = {“You have already been incredibly faithful towards the man. And you have been following all the relevant rules for establishing a co-operative. Now, what you need to do is to try to save your relationship as kin. It is not only about the business you are putting together. You need to understand that respecting the law also means respecting the particular circumstances in which your business partner appears to be. What I ask you to have is another pinch of faith and to fix this. Forget about this mandatory entry payment, put the money up yourself if you must, and go ahead! If you’re not convinced try out the administrative court, see how it goes there. What I need to tell you is that the result we can get here is in both parties’ interests. Do not ruin everything here, insulting each other and losing temper. What could you expect from your co-op if you establish it on unstable grounds?”
This was Master Du at his best. An extremely witty, vastly respected Yunnanese speaking party cadres who had been, throughout my fieldwork in South-West China, an omnipresent figure of extrajudicial dispute resolution. Once he had finished, the old man allegedly responsible of defaulting on his financial commitment towards a joint co-op project gave a contrived nod and promised he would pay his dues. In turn, the opposing party, who only a minute before was vehemently rejecting any possibility of reconciliation, promised he would not press charges. That day I was asked by Master Du to keep him company as he went through a long day of “mediation”(tiaojie gongzuo).},
keywords = {Andrea E. Pia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2016bb,
title = {'The road from capitalism to capitalism': Infrastructures of (Post)Socialism in Albania},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-04-14},
volume = {7},
number = {4},
pages = {113 - 128},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {The overarching question of this article is how can we develop a critical understanding of the social place of highways and automobility in the case of a non-capitalist European context such as socialist Albania? Socialism was a period of modernisation for Albania. Part of this modernisation project was the production of a modern built environment, especially infrastructures and urban spaces. Within this context during socialism thousands of miles of new roads were constructed in the country. The remarkably limited use of roads, combined with their systematic building and maintenance, kept this infrastructure’s materiality in a relatively good condition for many decades. Since the early 1990s, though, the end of the regime has signified a period of booming mobility and automobility. },
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@phdthesis{Zampa2016,
title = {Call for Papers - Thematic Section Studies in Communication Sciences},
author = {Marta Zampa and Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-04-12},
abstract = {Beyond the myth of journalistic storytelling. Why a narrative approach to journalism falls short.},
type = {Research},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {phdthesis}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2016bb,
title = {Europe’s last frontier: The spatialities of the refugee crisis},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.1080/13604813.2016.1170467},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-04-08},
journal = {City},
volume = {20},
number = {2},
abstract = {The Post-Cold War period has brought forth new conditions for the dominant European spatialities. First, that period signified a new condition for real estate and land ownership, second a radical transformation and increase of the built environment and third the securitization of a privileged European territory. As the European economy slows and the construction and real estate sectors are further deregulated, together with the promises that the post-Cold War period brought, what we observe coming to the surface in the context of the current refugee crisis is the manifestation of Europe’s most ugly and discriminatory spatiality—the preservation at all costs of its border security.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Benjamin2016b,
title = {Keynote address: Music-and-Culture in the Malay World and Beyond},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.2.24180.35201},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-04-02},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {presentation}
}
@article{Sidnell2016b,
title = {Proposals for Activity Collaboration},
author = {Jack Sidnell and Tanya Stivers},
doi = {10.1080/08351813.2016.1164409},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-04-02},
urldate = {2016-04-02},
journal = {Research on Language and Social Interaction},
volume = {49},
issue = {2},
pages = {148-166},
abstract = {This article examines two common ways that speakers propose a new joint activity—“Let’s X” and “How about X”—in an examination of video recordings of children playing. Whereas Let’s constructions treat the proposed activity as disjunctive with the prior, How about constructions treat the proposed activity as modifying the ongoing activity. We rely on distributional as well as turn-design evidence including phonetic and bodily resources of turn design. We also analyze deviant cases where we argue that speakers are working to either increase or decrease the distance between the new activity and the prior activity. Data are in Canadian English.
},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Kirby2016d,
title = {Tone and Phonation in Southeast Asian Languages},
author = {James Kirby and Marc Brunelle},
doi = {10.1111/lnc3.12182},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-04-01},
urldate = {2016-04-01},
journal = {Language and Linguistics Compass 10(4): DOI:},
volume = {10},
issue = {4},
pages = {191-207},
abstract = {Southeast Asia is often considered a quintessential Sprachbund where languages from five different language phyla have been converging typologically for millennia. One of the common features shared by many languages of the area is tone: several major national languages of the region have large tone inventories and complex tone contours. In this paper, we suggest a more fine-grained view. We show that in addition to a large number of atonal languages, the tone languages of the region are actually far more diverse than usually assumed, and employ phonation type contrasts at least as often as pitch. Along the same lines, we argue that concepts such as tone and register, while descriptively useful, can obscure important underlying similarities and impede our understanding of the behavior of phonetic properties, typological regularities, and diachrony. We finally draw the reader's attention to some issues of current interest in the study of tone and phonation in Southeast Asia and describe some technical developments that are likely to allow researchers to address new lines of research in years to come.},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2016bb,
title = {A History of Early Modern Southeast Asia, 1400–1830},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Leonard Y. Andaya and Nicholas Tarling},
doi = {10.1355/sj31-1i},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-03-31},
journal = {Journal of Social Issues in Southeast Asia},
volume = {31},
number = {1},
pages = {321-324},
abstract = {From the back cover Written by two experienced teachers with a long history of research this textbook provides students with a detailed overview of developments in ealry modern Southeast Asia, when the region became tightly integrated into the world economy because of international demand for its unique forest and sea products.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zampa2016b,
title = {Arguing with oneself. The writing process as an argumentative soliloquy},
author = {Marta Zampa and Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-03-24},
journal = {Journal of Argumentation in Context},
volume = {5},
number = {1},
pages = {9-28},
abstract = {Argumentation is generally conceived of as a dialogic activity between two or more participants. Nonetheless, it operates also at an intrapersonal level (Rocci 2005), in a soliloquy where protagonist and antagonist of the critical discussion are embodied in the same person. We argue this case by analyzing journalists’ argumentation about linguistic choices in newswriting processes. Empirically, we draw on data generated with progression analysis (Perrin 2003), in particular with cue-based retrospective verbal protocols. The data was produced by the journalists under investigation when they, while watching video recordings of their text production processes, reconstructed and verbalized their decisions (Perrin 2011: 60). In the detail analysis, we focus on one editorial by an experienced journalist of Corriere del Ticino, the main Italian-language newspaper in Switzerland.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2016bb,
title = {Arguing with oneself. The writing process as an argumentative soliloquy},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1075/jaic.5.1.01zam},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-03-24},
journal = {Arguing with oneself. The writing process as an argumentative soliloquy},
volume = {5},
number = {1},
pages = {9 - 28},
abstract = {Argumentation is generally conceived of as a dialogic activity between two or more participants. Nonetheless, it operates also at an intrapersonal level (Rocci 2005), in a soliloquy where protagonist and antagonist of the critical discussion are embodied in the same person. We argue this case by analyzing journalists’ argumentation about linguistic choices in newswriting processes. Empirically, we draw on data generated with progression analysis (Perrin 2003), in particular with cue-based retrospective verbal protocols. The data was produced by the journalists under investigation when they, while watching video recordings of their text production processes, reconstructed and verbalized their decisions (Perrin 2011: 60). In the detail analysis, we focus on one editorial by an experienced journalist of Corriere del Ticino, the main Italian-language newspaper in Switzerland.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2016bb,
title = {Who Cares for the Refugees?},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Antonios Alexandridis},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-03-15},
journal = {Open Democracy},
abstract = {Hardly any of the millions of euros given by UNHRC and EU for the refugees is visible on the island of Lesvos. At the arrival points, for example, until two months ago there were two camps operating. The first by a grassroots anarchist organization called ‘Platanos’ and the other by a small Swedish NGO-in-the-making called ´Lighthouse’. These groups provide rescue teams, receiving teams, medical aid groups, cooking groups, logistics and distribution of clothing, hospitality, interpreters and transportation. These services were not provided by the specialised and salaried staff of the large organizations. But they are delivered successfully by people who have no motivation other than to help the less privileged or who believe that the right to mobility should belong to all. Without these activists rescuing sinking dingy-boats and treating hypothermia at the arrival point, the casualties would have been higher. Nevertheless, although for now there is little sign of exhaustion, there is no guarantee that volunteers will have the stamina or resources to continue. Some of these grassroots activists have been there for many months, sleeping in tents and working day and night. In many cases on Lesvos, refugees have asked the anarchists of Platanos whether they are the UN, simply because the UN is not visible. By the time they reach Idomeni on the sealed-off Macedonian-Greek border where the No Borders-style ADM kitchen currently serves 8000 meals a day, most refugees have learned this lesson. As a refugee in Idomeni summed it up perfectly with reference to a large NGO ‘operating’ in the area: “First they turn on the camera and then they help, to get the money. When the camera runs out of its battery, they go back to the office”.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Graham2016d,
title = {Crowdsourcing a multilingual speech corpus: recording, transcription and annotation of the CROWDED CORPUS},
author = {Calbert Graham and Andrew Caines and Christian Bentz and Paula Buttery and Tim Polzehl},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-03-15},
urldate = {2016-03-15},
abstract = {We announce the release of the CROWDED CORPUS: a pair of speech corpora collected via crowdsourcing, containing a native speaker corpus of English (CROWDED_ENGLISH), and a corpus of German/English bilinguals (CROWDED_BILINGUAL). Release 1 of the CROWDED CORPUS contains 1000 recordings amounting to 33,400 tokens collected from 80 speakers and is freely available to other researchers. We recruited participants via the Crowdee application for Android. Recruits were prompted to respond to business-topic questions of the type found in language learning oral tests. We then used the CrowdFlower web application to pass these recordings to crowdworkers for transcription and annotation of errors and sentence boundaries. Finally, the sentences were tagged and parsed using standard natural language processing tools. We propose that crowdsourcing is a valid and economical method for corpus collection, and discuss the advantages and disadvantages of this approach.},
keywords = {Calbert Graham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Pablé2016d,
title = {Global Semiotics vs. Human Semiology},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.1515/css-2016-0004},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-03-11},
journal = {Chinese Semiotic Studies},
volume = {12},
number = {1},
abstract = {This paper adopts as its point of reference an integrational semiology as developed by Oxford Professor of linguistics Roy Harris. It contrasts two contemporary approaches to communication as proposed by global semiotics and Saussurean semiology. Against the former, integrational linguists argue that there is no ‘science’ of communication (i.e., there is no way to isolate communication as a ‘thing’ and only then decide what is rightly called communication), and against the latter that there are no impersonal languages determining for its speakers what counts as communication and what does not. The paper introduces the Harrisian semiological notion of radical indeterminacy and suggests that a linguistics of the 21st century should be ‘lay-oriented’ and should recognize that individuals possess unique communicational histories.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Wandl-Vogt2016,
title = {technische und soziale forschungsinfrastrukturen für die humanities. das beispiel dagaare - english - cantonese dictionary},
author = {Eveline Wandl-Vogt and Adams Bodomo and Karlheinz Mörth},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.1.1245.7369},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-03-10},
urldate = {2016-03-10},
abstract = {Introduction into a transformation of a dictionary project in the framework of research infrastructures.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {presentation}
}
@conference{Bodomo2016e,
title = {Technical and social Infrastructures for the Humanities: The Example of the Dagaare - English - Cantonese Dictionary.},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Eveline Wandl-Vogt and Karlheinz Mörth},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-03-10},
publisher = {DHd2016: Modellierung, Vernetzung, Visualisierung},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Giles2016l,
title = {The Role of Communication Perceptions in the Mental Health of Older Adults: Views From Thailand and the United States},
author = {Howard Giles and Norah Dunbar and Katlyn Gangi and Samantha I. Coveleski and Aubrie Adams and Quinten Bernhold
},
doi = {10.1080/10510974.2016.1146911},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-03-09},
urldate = {2016-03-09},
journal = {Communication Studies},
pages = {1 - 18},
abstract = {While deception is generally viewed as an undesirable and unethical action, people evaluate some lies as more detrimental than others. This study examined factors influencing deception assessments, including the seriousness of the lie and whom it benefits. The effect of an intergroup versus an interpersonal context for the lie was examined. Utilizing 24 vignettes varying in terms of these conditions, 259 participants evaluated a lie’s appropriateness, deceptiveness, and complexity. Altruistic and white lies were viewed as less deceptive and more acceptable than self-serving and more consequential lies. Lies evaluated as least acceptable were interpersonal, serious, and self-serving compared to altruistic lies and those embedded in an intergroup context. Intergroup and interpersonal deceptions are recognized as distinct forms of lying and are evaluated differently.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Clark2016b,
title = {First Language Acquisition},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781316534175},
isbn = {9781107143005},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-03-04},
urldate = {2016-03-04},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@misc{Eberhard2016bb,
title = {Nambikwara Evidentials},
author = {David Eberhard},
doi = {10.13140 / RG.2.1.3870.1846},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-03-03},
keywords = {David Eberhard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@book{Costa2016,
title = {How the world changed social media},
author = {Elisabetta Costa and Daniel Miller and Nell Haynes and Tom McDonald and Razvan Nicolescu and Jolynna Sinanan and Juliano Spyer and Shriram Venkatraman and Xinyuan Wang},
doi = {10.2307/j.ctvf3w1rp},
isbn = {9781787356542},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-02-29},
urldate = {2016-02-29},
volume = {1},
publisher = {UCL press},
abstract = {How the World Changed Social Media is the first book in Why We Post, a book series that investigates the findings of nine anthropologists who each spent 15 months living in communities across the world. This book offers a comparative analysis summarising the results of the research and exploring the impact of social media on politics and gender, education and commerce. What is the result of the increased emphasis on visual communication? Are we becoming more individual or more social? Why is public social media so conservative? Why does equality online fail to shift inequality offline? How did memes become the moral police of the internet? Supported by an introduction to the project’s academic framework and theoretical terms that help to account for the findings, the book argues that the only way to appreciate and understand something as intimate and ubiquitous as social media is to be immersed in the lives of the people who post. Only then can we discover how people all around the world have already transformed social media in such unexpected ways and assess the consequences.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Costa2016b,
title = {Social media in Southeast Turkey: Love, kinship and politics},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
doi = {10.2307/j.ctt1g69z14},
isbn = {9781910634547},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-02-29},
urldate = {2016-02-29},
volume = {3},
pages = {210},
publisher = {UCL Press},
abstract = {This book presents an ethnographic study of social media in Mardin, a medium-sized town located in the Kurdish region of Turkey. The town is inhabited mainly by Sunni Muslim Arabs and Kurds, and has been transformed in recent years by urbanisation, neoliberalism and political events. Elisabetta Costa uses her 15 months of ethnographic research to explain why public-facing social media is more conservative than offline life. Yet, at the same time, social media has opened up unprecedented possibilities for private communications between genders and in relationships among young people – Costa reveals new worlds of intimacy, love and romance. She also discovers that, when viewed from the perspective of people’s everyday lives, political participation on social media looks very different to how it is portrayed in studies of political postings separated from their original complex, and highly socialised, context.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Tang2016,
title = {Code-blending of functional heads in Hong Kong Sign Language and Cantonese: A case study},
author = {Gladys Tang and Mustafa çat},
doi = {10.1017/S1366728915000747},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-02-09},
journal = {Bilingualism: Language and Cognition},
volume = {1},
number = {4},
pages = {1-28},
abstract = {In analyzing code-switching in spoken languages, Chan (2003, 2008) proposes that only functional heads with their associated language determine the order of the complement. In this paper, we examine whether Chan's analysis can account for code-blending in Hong Kong Sign Language (HKSL) and Cantonese by a deaf child (2;0.26–6;6.26) and three deaf adult native signers. HKSL and Cantonese differ in head directionality so far as the functional elements of modals, negators, and auxiliaries are concerned. They are head-final in HKSL but head-initial in Cantonese. The HKSL–Cantonese code-blending data in this study largely conform to Chan's analysis, where the order of the complement is determined by which language the functional head appears in. However, code-blending the functional heads of a similar category in both languages leads to either order of the complement. Also, the deaf child's apparent violations of adult HKSL grammar reveal crosslinguistic influence from Cantonese to HKSL during code-blending.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2016b,
title = {The disquieting tension of ‘the other’: international students’ experience of sojourn in Hong Kong},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1080/01434632.2015.1134552},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-02-06},
urldate = {2016-02-06},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {38},
number = {3},
pages = {268-282},
abstract = {Recent research has shown that increasing the number of international students and staff in universities does not necessarily make the campus more ‘international’. Ladegaard and Cheng (201433. Ladegaard, H. J., and H. F. Cheng. 2014. “Constructing the Cultural ‘Other’: Prejudice and Intergroup Conflict in University Students’ Discourses about ‘The Other’.” Language & Intercultural Communication 14 (2): 156–175. doi: 10.1080/14708477.2013.849718View all references) found that local and non-local students live completely separate lives on campus and do not work together, let alone socialise, unless forced to do so by their teachers. This article argues that one of the major obstacles for successful integration between local and non-local students is negative outgroup stereotypes and prejudice. It reports on an ongoing study of international students’ experience of sojourn in Hong Kong. The article analyses examples from informal group discussions among non-local students, and the examples show that for some students, meeting ‘the other’ has been associated with disquieting tension more than anything. Despite their commitment to the intercultural endeavour, they feel their integration has been inhibited by their own or other students’ prejudice. The article suggests that intercultural dialogue, which addresses taboos and painful issues and seeks compromises, and the courage to criticise our own and other people's ethnocentric discourses, should be the way forward if local and non-local students are to integrate and work together in meaningful ways.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2016m,
title = {I Don't Like You Because You're Hard to Understand: The Role of Processing Fluency in the Language Attitudes Process},
author = {Howard Giles and Marko Dragojevic},
doi = {10.1111/hcre.12079},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-02-01},
urldate = {2016-02-01},
journal = {Human Communication Research},
volume = {42},
number = {3},
abstract = {Two experiments examined the effects of processing fluency—that is, the ease with which speech is processed—on language attitudes toward native- and foreign-accented speech. Participants listened to an audio recording of a story read in either a Standard American English (SAE) or Punjabi English (PE) accent. They heard the recording either free of noise or mixed with background white noise of various intensity levels. Listeners attributed more solidarity (but equal status) to the SAE than the PE accent. Compared to quieter listening conditions, noisier conditions reduced processing fluency, elicited a more negative affective reaction, and resulted in more negative language attitudes. Processing fluency and affect mediated the effects of noise on language attitudes. Theoretical, methodological, and practical implications are discussed.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2016,
title = {Britain, Ireland and the Italian Risorgimento, edited by Nick Carter, London, Palgrave Macmillan, 2015, xii + 233 pp., £60 (hardback), ISBN 978-1-137-29771-6},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1017/mit.2015.11},
isbn = {978-1-137-29771-6},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-02-01},
urldate = {2016-02-01},
journal = {Modern Italy},
volume = {21},
number = {1},
pages = {110-111},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2016b,
title = {The Irish Revolution, 1916–23},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1093/ehr/cew053},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-02-01},
urldate = {2016-02-01},
journal = {The English Historical Review},
volume = {131},
number = {548},
pages = {122-132},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta2016,
title = {Intimate Encounters: Affective Labor in Call Centers},
author = {Akhil Gupta and Purnima Mankekar},
doi = {10.1215/10679847-3320029},
issn = {1527-8271},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-02-01},
journal = {positions east asia cultures critique},
volume = {24},
number = {1},
pages = {17-43},
abstract = {By examining the affective regimes generated by call center workers in Bangalore, the authors argue that the forms of alienation and intimacy they generate are coimplicated, rather than in opposition, to each other. In contesting the presumption that the intimate is in contradistinction to the public, the authors join scholarly conversations that trace how relations of intimacy are constructed through processes of labor. This analysis of intimate encounters and affective labor draws upon several years of intensive ethnographic field research in call centers in the southern Indian city of Bangalore. The authors argue that the affective labor of call center agents is service work but that it takes the form of intimate labor provided at a distance. While intimacy implies a proximity that may be physical, corporeal, emotional, and/or geographical, the affective labor of the informants underscored the ways in which it reconstituted their very experience of time and space, proximity and distance. On the one hand, their success at work was contingent on their construction of a relationship of proximity with their clients, eliciting and producing affects that generated intimate encounters. However, although these workers did not engage in physical travel, their virtual and imaginative travel was generative of new modalities of proximity that compel the authors to review existing assumptions about intimacy and distance, and about the relation between intimacy and capital.},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2016n,
title = {Silencing nonstandard speakers: A content analysis of accent portrayals on American primetime television},
author = {Howard Giles and Marko Dragojevic and Dana Mastro and Alexander Sink},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404515000743},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-28},
urldate = {2016-01-28},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {1},
number = {1},
pages = {1-27},
abstract = {Accent is a potent cue to social categorization and stereotyping. An important agent of accent-based stereotype socialization is the media. The present study is the first quantitative content analysis to comprehensively examine accent portrayals on American primetime television. We focused our analysis on portrayals of Standard American (SA), Nonstandard American (NSA), Foreign-Anglo (FA), and Foreign-Other (FO) accents. Results provide clear evidence that American media's portrayals of different accents are biased, reflecting pervasive societal stereotypes. Whereas SA and FA speakers are over-represented on television, NSA and FO speakers are effectively silenced , by virtue of their sheer absence and gross under-representation. Moreover, when NSA and FO speakers do rarely appear on television, they tend to be portrayed less favorably on status-related traits and physical appearance than SA and FA speakers. These findings provide insight into the potential influence of media consumption on consumers’ social perceptions of different linguistic groups. (Accents, media, language attitudes, stereotypes, content analysis)*},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland2016bb,
title = {The lure of internationalization: paradoxical discourses of transnational student mobility, linguistic diversity and cross-cultural exchange},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Anne H Fabricius and Janus Mortensen},
doi = {10.1007/s10734-015-9978-3},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-25},
urldate = {2016-01-25},
journal = {Higher Education},
pages = {577–595},
abstract = {This paper scrutinizes a set of paradoxes arising from a mismatch between contemporary discourses that praise and promote mobility in and internationalization of higher education, and the everyday effects of mobility and internationalization on university teaching and learning practice. We begin with a general characterization of the discourse of mobility and internationalization in a European context and then turn to Denmark as a specific case in which we unfold and discuss three paradoxes in turn: internationalization and linguistic pluralism, internationalization and intercultural understanding and, finally, internationalization and competitiveness. We then link our deconstruction of the three paradoxes to a critique of the concept of “parallel language policy,” widely promoted in the Nordic context, and show how it potentially undermines the ideals of internationalization.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Clark2016c,
title = {The moustache sits down first: on the acquisition of metonymy},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark and Ingrid L Falkum and Marta Recasens},
doi = {10.1017/S0305000915000720},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-19},
urldate = {2016-01-19},
journal = {Journal of Child Language},
volume = {1},
number = {1},
pages = {1-33},
abstract = {This study investigates preschoolers' ability to understand and produce novel metonyms. We gave forty-seven children (aged 2;9-5;9) and twenty-seven adults one comprehension task and two elicitation tasks. The first elicitation task investigated their ability to use metonyms as referential shorthands, and the second their willingness to name animates metonymically on the basis of a salient property. Although children were outperformed by adults, even three-year-olds could understand and produce metonyms in certain circumstances. Our results suggest that young children may find it easier to produce a metonym than a more elaborate referential description in certain contexts, and that metonymy may serve as a useful strategy in referring to entities that lack a conventional label. However, metonymy comprehension appeared to decrease with age, with older children tending to choose literal interpretations of some metonyms. This could be a result of growing metalinguistic awareness, which leads children to overemphasize literal meanings.
},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Garcia2016c,
title = {'Spirituality' and 'cultural adaptation' in a Latino mutual aid group for substance misuse and mental health},
author = {Angela Garcia and Brian T Anderson},
doi = {10.1192/pb.bp.114.048322},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-12},
urldate = {2016-01-12},
journal = {BJPsych Bulletin 39(4):191-5 DOI:},
volume = {39},
number = {4},
pages = {191-195},
abstract = {A previously unknown Spanish-language mutual aid resource for substance use and mental health concerns is available in Latino communities across the USA and much of Latin America. This kind of '4th and 5th step' group is a 'culturally adapted' version of the 12-step programme and provides empirical grounds on which to re-theorise the importance of spirituality and culture in mutual aid recovery groups. This article presents ethnographic data on this organisation.
},
keywords = {Angela Garcia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Benjamin2016bb,
title = {Serendipity Island: twenty-two photographs of Pulau Seking in 1982},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.1.4107.7846},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-10},
abstract = {Pulau Seking, one of Singapore’s Southern Islands, disappeared several years ago, when it was flattened and joined to the neighbouring Pulau Semakau by a landfill made largely of refuse from the main island of Singapore. The photographs in this album were taken when the tiny island’s three villages were still inhabited by descendants of its original Orang Selat population. This document has been put together from the Island Nation Project’s website at http://islandnation.sg/story/serendipity-island. My original black-and-white medium-format photographs were scanned by Zakariah Zainal. The website was produced by Dean Loh. The primary ethnographer was Vivienne Wee.},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {presentation}
}
@inbook{Connell2016,
title = {Tone and Intonation in Mambila},
author = {Bruce Connell},
doi = {10.1515/9783110503524-005},
isbn = {9783110503524},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-07},
pages = {131-166},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {Mambila is a Bantoid language spoken in the Nigeria-Cameroon borderland. It is a language with four level lexical tones and two grammatical tones. Previous work by the author (see references) indicates that pitch realization in Mambila is rather tightly constrained with respect to downtrends, the intrinsic F0 of vowels, and the overall scaling of tones. The present chapter combines this earlier work with newly reported research to present an overview of tone and intonation in Mambila. The major question addressed is whether Mambila, with its complex and crowded tone space, uses F0 differences to signal differences in sentence type: declaratives, polar questions, and content questions. The results of a series of experimental investigations reveal no consistent contribution of F0 in distinguishing sentence type: Mambila is a language which does not have intonation, as this concept is usually understood. The implications of these findings for intonation theory are discussed in the closing paragraphs of the chapter.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Williams2016bb,
title = {Beasley [née James], (Catherine) Eileen (1921–2012), teacher and Welsh-language campaigner},
author = {Collin Williams and E Wyn James},
doi = {10.1093/ref:odnb/105629},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-07},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Mannheim2016,
title = {Development of teleological explanations in U.S. English-speaking and Peruvian Quechua-speaking preschoolers and adults},
author = {Bruce Mannheim and Ingrid Sánchez Tapia and Susan A Gelman and Michelle A Hollander and Erika M Manczak and Carmen Escalante},
doi = {10.1111/cdev.12497},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-05},
urldate = {2016-01-05},
journal = {Child Development},
volume = {87},
number = {3},
abstract = {Unlabelled: Teleological reasoning involves the assumption that entities exist for a purpose (giraffes have long necks for reaching leaves). This study examines how teleological reasoning relates to cultural context, by studying teleological reasoning in 61 Quechua-speaking Peruvian preschoolers (Mage = 5.3 years) and adults in an indigenous community, compared to 72 English-speaking U.S. preschoolers (Mage = 4.9 years) and university students. Data were responses to open-ended "why" questions ("Why is that mountain tall?"). Teleological explanations about nonliving natural kinds were more frequent for children than adults, and for Quechua than U.S. Participants: However, changes with age were importantly distinct from differences corresponding to cultural variation. Developmental and cultural differences in teleological explanations may reflect causal analysis of the features under consideration.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Korne2016,
title = {Ways of Talking (and Acting) About Language Reclamation: An Ethnographic Perspective on Learning Lenape in Pennsylvania},
author = {Haley De Korne and Nancy H. Hornberger and Miranda Weinberg},
doi = {10.1080/15348458.2016.1113135},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-02},
urldate = {2016-01-02},
journal = {Journal of Language Identity & Education},
volume = {15},
number = {1},
pages = {44-58},
abstract = {The experiences of a community of people learning and teaching Lenape in Pennsylvania provide insights into the complexities of current ways of talking and acting about language reclamation. We illustrate how Native and non-Native participants in a university-based Indigenous language class constructed language, identity, and place in nuanced ways that, although influenced by essentializing discourses of language endangerment, are largely pluralist and reflexive. Rather than counting and conserving fixed languages, the actors in this study focus on locally appropriate language education, undertaken with participatory classroom discourses and practices. We argue that locally responsible, participatory educational responses to language endangerment such as this, although still rare in formal higher education, offer a promising direction in which to invest resources.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@inbook{Lupke2016b,
title = {Atlantic classification},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
editor = {Rainer Vossen},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {Atlantic is one of the controversial branches of the Niger-Congo language family. Both its validity as a genetic group and its internal classification are far from being settled. The longstanding debate on the status and structure of Atlantic cannot be closed before the descriptive situation of these languages allows for sufficient and reliable lexical data; before attempts at applying the comparative method have been made; and before the extensive role of language contact for shaping the languages in question is taken into account. Although no typological feature or feature combinations characterizes the group as a whole, several features are considered typical for Atlantic languages, including noun class systems, consonant mutation, and complex systems of verbal derivation, which have been used to justify suggested genealogical groupings. Atlantic languages, with the exception of Fula, are attested in an area from Liberia to Senegal, stretching from the Atlantic coast to the hinterland.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Benjamin2016,
title = {Indigeny-Exogeny: The Fundamental Social Dimension?},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
doi = {10.5771/0257-9774-2016-2-513},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
journal = {Anthropos: International Review of Anthropology and Linguistics},
volume = {111},
number = {2},
pages = {513-531},
abstract = {The indigeny-exogeny dimension has received little attention from sociologists and anthropologists, even though it underlies most of the problems they have been interested in. Exogeny (inherited estrangement from place) is the basis of mo-dernity and of several earlier social forms. Reciprocally, indigeny (inherited embodiment by place) is the key factor in generating the cultural attitudes and social forms that are usually charac-terised as "traditional." This claim is discussed with reference to such issues as the difference between tribality and indigeny; relations between indigenes and exogenes; the linkage between exogeny and relative economic success; ideological uses of in-digenism and exogenism; the relations between exogeny, politics and culture.},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Haberland2016b,
title = {Transcription as Second-Order Entextualization: The Challenge of Heteroglossia},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Janus Mortensen},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-319-12616-6_23},
isbn = {978-3-319-12615-9},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
urldate = {2016-01-01},
pages = {581-600},
abstract = {This chapter argues that transcription should be conceived of as a special case of entextualization, viz., the reification or fixation of verbal interaction, making it transportable in space and time. The chapter discusses issues of readability and naturalness of representation, especially with regard to the representation of multilingual interaction and the use of non-Latin scripts in transcription.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Giles2016o,
title = {Conceptualizing the diversity of intergroup settings. The web model},
author = {Howard Giles and Martin Ehala and Jake Harwood},
editor = {Howard Giles and Anne Maass},
doi = {10.3726/b10467},
isbn = {9781433130311},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
pages = {301-316},
publisher = {Peter Lang},
abstract = {The authors propose a comprehensive model for analyzing the level of intergroup tensions in diverse settings defined by six parameters: 1) emotional attachment to group identity; 2) boundary impermeability; 3) ethnocentrism; 4) perceived ingroup strength, 5) perceived illegitimacy of intergroup power relations; and 6) perceived level of intergroup distrust. They argue that the combination of low values for all parameters is characteristic to “cold” groups, characterized by low level of group mobilization and little group based communication. “Hot” groups are characterized by high values for the parameters, are prone to collective action against the outgroups. The authors propose that the increase of the values of the six variables of the Web Model leads to what is metaphorically referred to as “ground zero” of intergroup communication – a state in which all dialogue between groups has ceased and a slightest symbolic or real act of aggression is likely to lead to the escalation of intergroup violence.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Giles2016p,
title = {Problematic intergenerational communication in the family: Elder abuse and neglect},
author = {Howard Giles and Mei-Chen Lin and Jordan Soliz},
editor = {L. N. Olson and M. Fine},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
urldate = {2016-01-01},
pages = {155 - 173},
publisher = {Peter Lang},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Cardoso2016b,
title = {Sincretismo diminutivo-feminino nos crioulos indo-portugueses},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
urldate = {2016-01-01},
journal = {Revista Internacional de Linguistica Iberoamericana},
volume = {14},
number = {2},
pages = {139-155},
abstract = {This article describes and analyzes the partial syncretism of diminutive and feminine identified in the Northern Indo-Portuguese Creoles (especially that of Diu and the extinct creóle of Bombay), which constitutes a significant divergence with their major lexifier, Portuguese. A general survey of the Asian-Portuguese creóles aimed at defining the geographical distribution of this phenomenon limits it to the northwestern region of India dominated by Indo-Aryan languages (Gujarati and Marathi). On the basis of this observation, we propose and discuss various explanatory factors, some universal and others connected with the contribution of substrate/adstrate languages, which may potentially have been involved in the development of a diminutive-feminine syncretism within this subgroup of Portuguese-lexified creóles.},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2016c,
title = {Narrative production in monolingual and bilingual children with specific language impairment},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Maria Andreou},
doi = {10.1017/S0142716415000478},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
urldate = {2016-01-01},
journal = {Applied Psycholinguistics},
volume = {37},
number = {1},
pages = {195-216},
abstract = {The aim of this study was to identify potential clinical markers of specific language impairment (SLI) in bilingual children with SLI by using the Greek version of the Multilingual Assessment Instrument for Narratives. Twenty-one Greek-speaking monolingual and 15 bilingual children with SLI participated, along with monolingual ( N = 21) and bilingual ( N = 15) age-matched children with typical development. Results showed differences between typically development children and children with SLI in microstructure, while bilingual children with SLI were found to attain similar levels of performance, and even to outperform monolingual children with SLI, in macrostructure. It is suggested that the retelling coding scheme could permit differential diagnosis of SLI among bilingual children within the scope of narrative assessment.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2016d,
title = {Narrative abilities in bilingual children},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Natalia Gagarina and Joel Walters},
doi = {10.1017/S0142716415000399},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
urldate = {2016-01-01},
journal = {Applied Psycholinguistics},
volume = {37},
number = {1},
pages = {11-17},
abstract = {The number of bilingual children is growing dramatically all over the world. In 2010 the International Organization of Migration documented 214 million migrants worldwide, many bilingual (Koser & Laczko, 2010). One of the challenges arising from the rapid increase of bilingual children is scientifically grounded assessment of linguistic proficiency in both of a child's languages in various language domains. Assessment in both languages is especially important to avoid misdiagnosis of language impairment. Specific language impairment (SLI) is among the most prevalent impairments, estimated to affect 7%–10% of children entering formal education (Grimm, 2003; Tomblin, Smith, & Zhang, 1997). Assessment tools for bilinguals in both the home language and the majority language are often lacking (for exceptions, see Gagarina, Klassert, & Topaj, 2010; Schulz & Tracy, 2011).
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2016e,
title = {Syntactic complexity does not affect verbal working memory capacity in non-fluent variant PPA},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Kyrana Tsapkini},
doi = {10.3389/conf.fpsyg.2016.68.00139},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
urldate = {2016-01-01},
journal = {Frontiers in Psychology},
volume = {7},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Tsimpli2016f,
title = {Narrative insights from 6-7-year-old Greek-Albanian children},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Andreou and Anila Kananaj and Enkeleida Kapia},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
urldate = {2016-01-01},
pages = {67-82},
abstract = {This study reports on the experimental investigation of narrative production by 6-7 year-old typically developing Greek-Albanian children. The aim is to examine bilingual production in story Telling and story Retelling in order to investigate the role of priming reference tracking but also lexical and grammatical aspects of narrative production. Studies employing story Retelling techniques report a positive effect of priming reference in production (Hendrickson & Shapiro 2001). The results of the investigation suggest that the children"s performance improved in Retelling on micro-and macrostructure in L1 and L2. Reference tracking also improves in the Retelling condition, more evidently in the dominant (Greek) than in the weaker language of the bilingual child.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Evers2016,
title = { Diasporic Belonging: The Life-Worlds and Language Practices of Muslim Youth from Marseille (Dissertation Abstract)},
author = {Cécile Anne Marguerite Evers},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
urldate = {2016-01-01},
abstract = {Since the 1980s, when it became clear that immigrants from France’s ex-colonies were likely to settle with their families in France, the French have repeatedly questioned the cultural compatibility of Muslim immigrants and their descendants with French Republican values. Recent security concerns about Islamic terrorism in Western countries have reinflamed this debate about French Muslims’ “assimilability,” albeit with a novel focus on the cultural affiliations of French Muslim youth, in particular. The French State and politicians are concerned about survey data showing that, even as such youth have acceded to legal citizenship, they nevertheless exhibit a greater adherence to Islamic norms and more numerous transnational links than their parents’ or grandparents’ generations, and may, for these reasons, pose a threat to French sovereignty. This dissertation investigates these top-down claims of French Muslim youth’s unprecedented religiosity and transnationalism, seeking to ethnographically test the veracity of such hypotheses and to offer a more nuanced, historically emplaced account of youth’s cultural identifications and practices. Based on long-term research with youth ages 13 to 30 who grew up in North, West, and East African Muslim households in Marseille’s northern housing projects, I demonstrate that such youth embody various emic forms of belonging to France, many of which stretch mainstream definitions of what constitutes Frenchness. Through ethnographic observation of these youth while they partook in Arabic classes, spent time with their peers and family, and navigated public space, this work reveals that youth more often perform local cultural belonging than are accorded French cultural citizenship, or the right to be seen and heard as French within the public sphere. I document the forms of alienation from Marseille that youth experience as a result, quite notable among them a gendered reverse migration phenomenon whereby orthodox-identified Muslim young women are planning to leave Marseille for their parents’ home countries and the Gulf States. Two further foci of the dissertation are the role of Arabic language education, both publicly provided and denominational, in shaping youth’s cultural trajectories, and also the analysis of youth’s language practices. I contend that, as diasporic youth draw upon—and play with—standard and non-standard varieties of French and Arabic, they afford the listener unique insight into where they are coming from and where they are headed, or their life-worlds and aspirations.
},
keywords = {Cécile Anne Marguerite Evers},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Costa2016c,
title = {The Morality of Premarital Romances: Social Media, Flirting and Love in Southeast Turkey},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
doi = {10.1163/18739865-00902006},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
urldate = {2016-01-01},
journal = {Middle East Journal of Culture and Communication},
volume = {9},
number = {2},
pages = {199-215},
abstract = {This article explores how young women use social media to experience premarital romances in Mardin, a medium-sized town in southeast Turkey. It argues that love stories mediated by social media are integral to the enactment of a gendered moral self. The ethnographic data presented here indeed highlight how premarital romances and Muslim morality are not two contradictory and opposing ideals, but rather two constitutive aspects of the same mediated practices. Secrecy, lack of physical co-presence and the performance of a virtuous self in public and semi-public online spaces are common elements of the new romances. Yet social norms ruling the use of the online platforms to start and live premarital relationships are not shared by everybody, and different understandings of religion, morality and modernity have generated different and contrasting expectations. The article aims to contribute not only to the study of the effects of social media on interpersonal relations, but also to the understanding of how, in Muslim societies, moral norms are entangled with everyday practices mediated by digital media.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Costa2016e,
title = {Introduction: Digital intimacies: Exploring digital media and intimate lives in the Middle East and North Africa},
author = {Elisabetta Costa and Laura Menin},
doi = {10.1163/18739865-00902002},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
urldate = {2016-01-01},
journal = {Middle East Journal of Culture and Communication},
volume = {9},
number = {2},
pages = {137-145},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Kirby2016e,
title = {Towards robust cross-linguistic comparisons of phonological networks},
author = {James Kirby and Philippa Shoemark and Sharon Goldwater and Rik Sarkar},
doi = {10.18653/v1/W16-2018},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
urldate = {2016-01-01},
pages = {110 - 120},
publisher = {Association for Computational Linguistics},
abstract = {Recent work has proposed using network science to analyse the structure of the mental lexicon by viewing words as nodes in a phonological network, with edges connecting words that differ by a single phoneme. Comparing the structure of phonological networks across different languages could provide insights into linguistic typology and the cognitive pressures that shape language acquisition, evolution, and processing. However, previous studies have not considered how statistics gathered from these networks are affected by factors such as lexicon size and the distribution of word lengths. We show that these factors can substantially affect the statistics of a phonological network and propose a new method for making more robust comparisons. We then analyse eight languages, finding many commonalities but also some qualitative differences in their lexicon structure.
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Bhatia2016b,
title = {Discursive Construction of the ‘Key’ Moment in the Umbrella Movement},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
doi = {10.1075/jlp.15.5.03bha},
issn = {1569-2159},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Language and Politics},
volume = {15},
number = {5},
pages = {551-568},
abstract = {A mass civil disobedience movement brought Hong Kong's key business and commercial districts to a standstill in September 2014 when low-key class boycotts coalesced into a wide-scale social movement propelled by thousands of people who flocked to the support of student protestors after an 'unwarranted' 87 rounds of tear gas were fired by the police. This paper will explore the discursive construction of this key precipitant (Kimmel 1990), that is a 'key' moment, which recontextualised an on-going universal suffrage campaign into an historical event that allowed, "deeply seated structural forces to emerge as politically potent and begin to mobilize potential discontents" (Kimmel 1990, 9-10). Drawing on the multi-perspective framework of the Discourse of Illusion (Bhatia 2015a) the paper will analyse this key 'moment' in Hong Kong's local memory, which represented one unitary moment of change that transformed the intended course of events. The Discourse of Illusion in this respect will draw on three interrelated components: historicity (one's habitus as key to the creation of discursive illusions, dealing as it does with the growth and change of perceptions over time); linguistic and semiotic action (subjective conceptualisations of the world give rise to one's linguistic and semiotic actions, often through dominant metaphorical rhetoric); and the degree of social impact (as language and actions of individuals and groups engender many categories and stereotypes).},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Guardiano2016,
title = {A syntactic approach to Greek and Romance microvariation},
author = {Cristina Guardiano and Dimitris Michelioudakis and Andrea Ceolin and Monica Alexandrina Irimia and Giuseppe Longobardi and Nina Radkevich and Giuseppina Silvestri and Ioanna Sitaridou},
issn = {0085-2295},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
journal = {L' Italia Dialettale},
volume = {77},
pages = {95-116},
abstract = {This article argues for the relevance of parametric syntax in the contrastive analysis and historical classification of varieties that are closely intertwined geographically, genealogically and sociolinguistically. We show that Longobardi and Guardiano’s (2009) Parametric Comparison Method, already successfully applied to the macroclassification of a number of scattered Indo-European languages (Longobardi et al 2013), can analyze microvariation equally successfully. Just by departing from the nominal syntactic database used for the core Indo-European languages and improving on it, the nominal syntax of several contemporary Romance and Greek varieties could be revealingly analyzed. On this basis, we are able to move towards sketching a reliable picture of the history and the geocultural factors that shaped linguistic diversity in the South-Central and East Mediterranean up to the Black Sea. The analysis attempts to lay down some grounding problems, tools, and hypotheses for a novel quantitative framework in the study of syntactic dialectology.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Pablé2016b,
title = {Was Benedetto Croce an integrationist avant la lettre?},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
booktitle = {Integrationist Colloquium Hong Kong},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Pablé2016f,
title = {Unorthodox reflections on English (linguistics) in Switzerland},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
abstract = {The   present  article  constitutes  a  critique   of   orthodox   linguistics   based   on  language-philosophical reflections. Taking  the ‘Pan Swiss English  Project’ as  a typical example  of  how linguists at Swiss universities approach the topic of English in Switzerland (Pablé, 2013), I will argue that the results and conclusions drawn from this kind of research tell us little  per se; the reason for  this  being that  linguists  assume their  view  about the world and the  languages that  inhabit it to be in no need of further explanations or justifications – in other words, they do not regard their  own  philosophy of language   and linguistics  as  determining the kind   of research questions asked.  Instead linguists  working on  Lingua Franca  English,  and more  generally on  World Englishes, are busy collecting ‘data’ as a means of ascertaining whether a newly discovered variety of English ‘out there’ exists or not. This article introduces the reader to a non-mainstream approach within linguistics called integrationism or integrational linguistics (Harris, 1996; 1998) that advocates a semiology that makes a belief in ‘languages’, ‘dialects’, ‘varieties’ as first-order  realia.  Integrationists   believe that   an   integrational semiological   theory  is  preferable   to any mainstream semiological theories presently on offer because only the former is in accord with our  everyday lay linguistic (i.e. communicational) experience.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Michaud2016,
title = {Z in company names: trendy clothing for a typical Vietnamese sound Z in company names: trendy clothing for a typical Vietnamese sound 1},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Minh-Chau Nguyen and Hien Pham},
issn = {0147-5207},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
journal = {Mon-Khmer Studies},
volume = {45},
pages = {53-65},
abstract = {The letter Z is not part of the Vietnamese alphabet, any more than F, J and W. But  it  is  far  from  uncommon  in  language  use.  It  appears  in  the  names  of companies  that  target a popular audience,  e.g.  Zing  for a local  competitor  to Yahoo.  Why  is  Z,  the least  used  letter of  the  English alphabet,  so  trendy  in present-day Vietnamese? The  evidence reported here suggests that the letter  Z constitutes foreign-looking clothing for a typical Vietnamese sound. In Hanoi Vietnamese, historical /ð/, /ʒ/ and /r/ (orthographic D, GI and R) merged to /z/, making the voiced  alveolar fricative a highly  frequent sound –  and a potential identity marker for Hanoian speakers, with Z as a unified written rendering. The results  of  an automated  search  through a  large  corpus of  contemporary  texts support the conclusions drawn from the qualitative analysis of examples.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mitchell2016,
title = {Words That Smell like Father-in-Law: A Linguistic Description of the Datooga Avoidance Register},
author = {Alice Mitchell},
doi = {10.1353/anl.2016.0004},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
journal = {Anthropological Linguistics},
volume = {57},
number = {2},
pages = {195-217},
abstract = {This article describes an avoidance register of Datooga, a Nilotic language of Tanzania. Datooga women show respect to their senior in-laws by avoiding not only these in-laws' names but also lexically related and similar-sounding words. Near-homophone avoidance is partly determined by phonological criteria but also by idiosyncratic metalinguistic judgments and social convention. To avoid taboo words, women have developed a conventionalized avoidance vocabulary, assembled by means of various linguistic strategies, including consonant replacement, borrowing, and derivation. Avoidance words make use of a wide range of linguistic resources and illustrate well the heterogeneous results of taboo-motivated language change.},
keywords = {Alice Mitchell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Fina2016,
title = {Narrative Analysis},
author = {Anna De Fina},
editor = {Zu Hua},
doi = {10.1002/9781119166283.ch22},
isbn = {978-1-118-83743-6},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
pages = {327-342},
publisher = {Wiley Blackwell},
abstract = {This chapter reviews some of the main current trends in narrative analysis and discusses its applications to the study of Intercultural Communication. It proposes some broad theoretical-methodological distinctions among narrative approaches and focuses on two main areas: research on narratives as ways of telling, and research on narratives as reflecting and shaping identities and experiences. Ethnographic based studies of storytelling by different groups have also been conducted by scholars interested in investigating the role of storytelling in education and socialization. Some research on cross-cultural differences in storytelling has been conducted also through experimental methodologies, in particular when inspired by interest in cognitive issues. Research on autobiographical narrative tends to use elicited narratives or existing written biographies and focuses on the texts produced. Positioning analysis has been widely applied to the study of identity display in narratives in different environments: from conversational stories to interview based narratives.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Fina2016bb,
title = {Narrative Analysis},
author = {Anna De Fina},
editor = {Zu Hua},
doi = {10.1002/9781119166283.ch22},
isbn = {978-1-118-83743-6},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
pages = {327-342},
publisher = {Wiley Blackwell},
abstract = {This chapter reviews some of the main current trends in narrative analysis and discusses its applications to the study of Intercultural Communication. It proposes some broad theoretical-methodological distinctions among narrative approaches and focuses on two main areas: research on narratives as ways of telling, and research on narratives as reflecting and shaping identities and experiences. Ethnographic based studies of storytelling by different groups have also been conducted by scholars interested in investigating the role of storytelling in education and socialization. Some research on cross-cultural differences in storytelling has been conducted also through experimental methodologies, in particular when inspired by interest in cognitive issues. Research on autobiographical narrative tends to use elicited narratives or existing written biographies and focuses on the texts produced. Positioning analysis has been widely applied to the study of identity display in narratives in different environments: from conversational stories to interview based narratives.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Fina2016bb,
title = {Narrative analysis in migrant and transnational contexts},
author = {Anna De Fina and Mike Baynham},
editor = {Martin Jones and Martin},
isbn = {9781315405346},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
pages = {31-45},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {It is thanks to the ‘narrative turn’in the social sciences (Bruner, 1991; Riessman, 1993) that researchers have started shifting their attention from stories towards storytelling. Indeed, narrativeturn analysts promoted an antipositivist, poststructuralist stance on research that put the stress on qualitative methods and a reevaluation of narratives as an essential site for the articulation of subordinate subjects’ own voices. As a result, narrative analysis has become a primary method for the elicitation of migrants’ and diasporic individuals’ talk about their own experiences and stances.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Omar2016,
title = {Teori Asas Nahu},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9789834616755},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
publisher = {Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka (DBP)},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Andaya2016bb,
title = {Malaysia’s Original People: Past, Present and Future of the Orang Asli ed. by Kirk Endicott},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1353/ras.2016.0034},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
journal = {Journal of the Malaysian Branch of the Royal Asiatic},
volume = {89},
number = {2},
pages = {152-155},
abstract = {The Malay-language term used for indigenous minority peoples of Peninsular Malaysia, Orang Asli, covers at least 19 culturally and linguistically distinct subgroups. Until about 1960 most Orang Asli lived in small camps and villages in the coastal and interior forests, or in isolated rural areas, and made their living by various combinations of hunting, gathering, fishing, agriculture, and trading forest products. By the end of the century, logging, economic development projects such as oil palm plantations, and resettlement programmes have displaced many Orang Asli communities and disrupted long-established social and cultural practices.

The chapters in the present volume provide a comprehensive survey of current understandings of Malaysia's Orang Asli communities, covering their origins and history, cultural similarities and differences, and they ways they are responding to the challenges posed by a rapidly changing world. The authors, a distinguished group of Malaysian (including Orang Asli) and international scholars with expertise in anthropology, archaeology, biology, education, therapy, geography and law, also show the importance of Orang Asli studies for the anthropological understanding of small-scale indigenous societies in general.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2016bb,
title = {The Bible and Asia: From the Pre-Christian Era to the Postcolonial Age by R. S. Sugirtharajah},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1353/jwh.2015.0022},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
journal = {Journal of World History},
volume = {26},
number = {3},
pages = {652-655},
abstract = {The study of Christianity outside Europe has typically been treated as a movement from West to East, with the peoples of Asia as recipients rather than agents. The Bible and Asia by the biblical scholar R. S. Sugirtharajah is therefore a welcome corrective. In countering Western dominance of biblical hermeneutics, he tracks the various ways in which Asian and European individuals have read the Bible and the cross-cultural conversations generated by Asian interrogation of Christian scriptures. Following a brief introduction, the book is divided into seven semiindependent chapters. In the first Sugirtharajah highlights an often neglected aspect of the Bible: the references to localities, goods, animals, and plants that can lie only in Asia. Although he acknowledges that the depth of ancient connections remains speculative, trading connections meant the exchange of ideas and cross-fertilizing influences, especially with India. However, early Christian writings did not view Asia and Asians sympathetically, and the Acts of Thomas (omitted from the New Testament) saw India—idolatrous, poor, and intolerant—as ripe for evangelism. Chapter 2 introduces us to two men, John Holwell (1711–1798), a surgeon and employee of the East India Company, and Louis Jacolliot (1837–1890), a judge in the French East Indies. They were convinced that traces of Vedic texts were present in the Old Testament, and that even the depiction of Christ revealed links to Hindu deities. They thus disagreed with other European commentators, who contended that Indian religions were derived from biblical traditions. In Sugirtharajah’s opinion, however, the two men were fundamentally Orientalist in outlook. [End Page 652] Despite their conviction that Christians should look beyond the Semitic heritage, they were preoccupied with the stereotype of a “pure” Indian religious past that in their view had been degraded by Brahmin priests. Chapter 3 analyzes Asian interpretations of the Bible as exemplified by the Hindu reformer Raja Rammohan Roy (1772–1833), the Chinese Taiping leader Hong Xiuquan (1814–1864), and the Indian economist and nationalist J. C. Kumarappa (1892–1960). Roy sought to extract from “doctrinal entanglements” the essential ethics of Christian teaching, but his rejection of the concept of the Trinity generated missionary antagonism. Hong Xiuquan fared better, even though he claimed to be a younger brother of Jesus, primarily because of his monotheistic belief in a “true God.” By tapping biblical scriptures, he could both justify opposition to the Manchus and validate his new Heavenly Kingdom on earth. Nearly a century later Kumarappa, a highly educated Christian, understood the Gospel message as supportive of Indian aspirations and implicitly critical of British colonialism—a position that predictably aroused the ire of the church hierarchy. As Sugirtharajah points out, all three men envisaged the Bible as a spiritual tool for Asian peoples, but they read the scriptures selectively in relation to their own goals and interests. Chapter 4 concentrates on a single individual, the Sinhalese nationalist Anagarika Dharmapala (1864–1933), who dismissed the Bible as a mythical, irrelevant, and misleading text, unsuited to Asian societies. Although he roundly denounced colonialism’s missionary allies, he also maintained that a drastically revised version could bring biblical teachings closer to Buddhist ideals. Nonetheless, Sugirtharajah reminds readers that the nationalist Buddhism Dharmapala promoted left little space for cooperation with Sri Lanka’s Hindus and Muslims. The departure point for chapter 5 is Paul’s dominance in the evolution of Christian theology in the West. In Asia, by contrast, Paul has received much less attention. For colonial missionaries his loyalty to Rome and his evangelism among both Jews and Gentiles paralleled their own goals, especially in India; Asian converts were attracted by Paul’s direct experience of a risen Christ, while some Japanese felt that Paul embodied the values associated with samurai culture. Conversely, Asian feminists deplored his misogynist attitudes, while for others his insistence on social hierarchies and his allegiance to Rome provided implicit support for colonialism and the imperialist project. In Christian thinking, Sugirtharajah concludes, the “real” Paul will remain enigmatic.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2016b,
title = {Another perspective on Bennett’s ‘Agreement, dependencies, and Surface Correspondence in Obolo and beyond’},
author = {Bruce Connell},
doi = {10.5842/48-0-679},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
journal = {Stellenbosch Papers in Linguistics Plus},
volume = {48},
abstract = {Bennett (2014) presents an analysis of phonotactic restrictions on nasal consonants in Obolo [ann] within the confines of Optimality Theory (OT) and Surface Correspondence (SC). My intention here is not to challenge Bennett’s OT/SC view of nasal consonants as being somehow wrong, though I think such accounts are not very satisfactory in understanding why a language is the way it is. Different theories may describe different aspects of the synchronic behaviour of a language reasonably well, though none perhaps entirely adequately. Rather, given that languages are shaped by a variety of influences, including their history, I look at the comparative and diachronic side of the Obolo data to provide what is both a complementary and alternative view to why the restrictions on nasal Cs in Obolo are what they are.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Lu2016bb,
title = {Syllabus Survey of Japanese Culture Subjects at National Taiwan University},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Lu Kayo},
isbn = {978-4-908470-01-1},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
volume = {2},
pages = {89-103},
publisher = {Secretariat, International Exchange Center, Kyoto University},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Wyss2016,
title = {In telling the stories. The analysis of narration in public communication},
author = {Vinzenz Wyss and Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-658-01656-2_15},
isbn = {978-3-658-01656-2},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
pages = {241-255},
publisher = {Springer VS, Wiesbaden},
abstract = {Dieses Kapitel steckt einen Weg ab, dem Ideal der Analyse von Public Storytelling näherzukommen: Wir gehen aus von einem Fallbeispiel (Teil 1), skizzieren Narration als Sprachhandlungsmuster (2) und Funktion in öffentlicher Kommunikation (3), hinterfragen und operationalisieren den Narrationsbegriff aus kommunikationswissenschaftlicher Perspektive (4), leiten daraus einen integrativen Ansatz zur Analyse von Public Storytelling ab (5), verorten ihn im methodologischen Umfeld (6) und stecken ab, was zu tun bleibt, um gültiger und zuverlässiger erfassen zu können, welche Rolle Narration in der Entstehung von Öffentlichkeit spielt (7).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2016bb,
title = {Investigating the Backstage of Newswriting with Process Analysis},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1057/9781137541949_11},
isbn = {978-1-349-55303-7},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
pages = {161-177},
publisher = {Advancing Media Production Research},
abstract = {What product-oriented approaches conceptualize as journalistic stance in news items is, from a process perspective, the result of newswriting: a complex and emergent interplay of situated production, reproduction and recontextualization activities (Catenaccio et al., 2011; Van Hout, Pander Maat and De Preter, 2011; Perrin, 2013) with individuals’ psychobiographies, social settings such as newsrooms, and contextual resources such as ‘glocalization’ (Khondker, 2004). In this first section of the chapter, I address stance from such a process perspective, as stanc-ing. The rest of the chapter then draws on the case of stance vs. stancing to explain and contextualize Progression Analysis, a multi-method approach to newswriting that is informed by Applied Linguistics (AL).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@misc{Eberhard2016,
title = {In Defense of Minority Languages of Brazil},
author = {David Eberhard},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
abstract = {Preamble The weakening and disappearance of hundreds of minority languages ​​around the world has been recognized as a matter of global urgency by linguists and anthropologists over the past two decades. One of the initial warnings, and certainly the most cited, was given by the linguist Michael Krauss (1992) 1 , who woke us up to the reality of the extinction process that many languages ​​are experiencing today, and the great possibility of the imminent loss of a frightening percentage (90%) of the planet's languages. 2 Fortunately, the mass loss has been less accelerated than originally predicted by Krauss. Even so, today we know that 37% of the world's languages ​​are in the process of being lost, and a significant part of this loss is happening here in Brazil (Simons and Lewis, 2011; Lewis et al, 2013). 3 UNB linguist Aryon Rodrigues (2002) states that language loss has become a global phenomenon. Fifteen years ago, the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization warned nations that the world's cultural knowledge is dwindling. The variety of knowledge. With globalization, the process of eliminating minorities in one way or another is intensifying. And that takes away languages ​​and the knowledge that is transmitted through them. And this is a global phenomenon. On the one hand, it is a natural process, as all the languages ​​of the world are always in the process of change, and the abandonment of minority languages ​​in favor of majority languages ​​has been going on since the time when the first human societies began to speak and get in touch with each other. This change is caused by several factors, such as war, death, economy, or simply small cultural decisions that, in the long run, turn into big linguistic steps. But on the other hand, we are, for the first time in history, better understanding the community ramifications (social losses and loss of identity) implicit in these linguistic changes, losses that could be avoided if specific decisions were made in advance by the communities in question. 4 losses that could be avoided if specific decisions were taken in advance by the communities in question. 4 losses that could be avoided if specific decisions were taken in advance by the communities in question. 4},
keywords = {David Eberhard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Eberhard2016bb,
title = {A tale of two worlds: A comparative study of language ecologies in asia and the americas},
author = {David Eberhard and Stan Anonby},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
volume = {10},
pages = {601 - 628},
abstract = {Language use patterns of individual speech communities are largely conditioned by the different language ecologies in which they are immersed. We believe this ecological stance helps explain why minority languages of Asia are more likely to be sustainable than those in the Americas. We have identified fourteen traits which characterize ecologies in general, describing how they play out differently in the Americas versus Asia. Each trait is considered to be on a continuum, with opposing values that measure whether conditions are more or less favorable to language maintenance. On one side of the continuum, we discuss the values in the Americas, and explain how these are more favorable to language shift. On the other side of the scale, we talk about the values in Asia, and explain how these are more conducive to language maintenance. To show the application of these traits, the paper also includes two in-depth case studies as prototypical examples from each area, one from the Americas and one from Asia. We conclude with some comments about how these traits can be useful for those engaged in language development work.},
keywords = {David Eberhard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Chiaro2016b,
title = {Filthy Viewing, Dirty Laughter},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.1057/978-1-137-59338-2_11},
isbn = {978-1-137-59338-2},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
pages = {191-208},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {This chapter sets out to identify the diverse types and functions of laughter occurring in How Clean Is Your House?, a lifestyle makeover show that ran for five seasons on UK Channel 4 between May 2003 and September 2009. While this ‘before and after’ format is instructive in terms of tips regarding household tasks, it is also very funny. In fact, rather than simply occurring in response to the shocking yet comical situations presented at the start of each episode, much laughter in the series conveys nervousness and embarrassment as well as residents’/culprits’ alignment and dis-alignment with Woodburn and MacKenzie’s laughter and/or admonishments. Laughter particles also occur in the speaker’s voice-over, therefore highlighting the program’s importance of not being earnest.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2016bb,
title = {Greek Left is Dead-Long life to the Grassroots movement (La Izquierda griega está muerta - Vivan los Movimiento de Base)},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
journal = {Abaco Revista de cultura y ciencias sociales},
number = {83/84},
pages = {78-81},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2016bb,
title = {Towards an Anthropology of the Roads},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.3167/mih.2017.080103},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
journal = {Mobility in History},
volume = {7},
number = {1},
abstract = {The cross-pollination made possible by bringing critical studies of mobility from different disciplines into conversation with one another is a goal of T2M and Mobility in History generally, and this special section on roadways in history and anthropology specifically. Anthropologists and historians of mobility, roads, and automobility have a great deal to share with one another and with our colleagues in other disciplines. As an anthropologist, a representative of a still relatively new discipline in the pages of Mobility in History, I’ve been invited to open this section with a review of how my discipline has approached the subject of roads.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2016bb,
title = {The Political Economy of terror in Europe},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Georgos Poulimenakos
},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
journal = {Voices From Around the World},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Baider2016bb,
title = {Periphery, Gender, Language: An Introduction},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Julie Abbou},
year  = {2016},
date = {2016-01-01},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2015,
title = {Diglossia},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.1016/B978-0-08-097086-8.53006-2},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-12-31},
journal = {International Encyclopedia of the Social & Behavioral Sciences},
pages = {417-423},
abstract = {The article reviews the basic literature on diglossia with special reference to its linguistic and social features. A number of diglossic cases are discussed with special emphasis on diglossia in the Greek-speaking world, the Arab-speaking world, and Switzerland. The main argument put forward is that as it currently stands the term ‘diglossia’ does not do justice to the peculiarities found in the various contexts of diglossia.},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Kirby2015,
title = {Re-assessing tonal diversity and geographical convergence in Mainland Southeast Asia},
author = {James Kirby and Marc Brunelle},
editor = {N. J. Enfield and Bernard Comrie},
doi = {10.1515/9781501501685-004},
isbn = {978-1-5015-0843-1},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-12-31},
urldate = {2015-12-31},
pages = {80 - 108},
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},
abstract = {Mainland Southeast Asia (MSEA) is often described as the quintessential Spra-chbund, or language area, in which languages belonging to different language families converge as a result of contact (Alieva 1984; Enfield 2005). While we hold this to be true in a general sense, we suspect that there is little to be gained in arguing about what defines a language area or in determining the exact boundary of this language area (e.g., should it just include the mainland or insular Southeast Asia as well?). What seems much more interesting to us is to gain a better understanding of how convergence happens for specific features, especially phonological and phonetic ones. In this paper, we look in detail at a specific phonological feature, tone, and at two of its phonetic correlates, pitch and voice quality. Based on a database of 197 languages and dialects (Section 2), we assess the extent of tonal diversity in MSEA languages (Section 3) and con-struct a statistical model of the degree to which tonal inventories can be pre-dicted on the basis of geographic proximity, genealogical relatedness and popu-lation size (Section 4).   Although it is generally agreed that MSEA languages are highly tonal, this characterization is often based on large national languages. Furthermore, there is often little attention paid to the types of phonetic properties that characterize tonal inventories. To our knowledge, the only systematic attempt to establish a topography of tone in Southeast Asia is Henderson (1965), who looked, among other features, at lexically contrastive pitch, phonation type, and combinations thereof. In this study, Henderson showed convincingly that tone is more preva-lent on the mainland than in the archipelago and that phonation type plays a crucial role in MSEA lexical contrasts. However, because of the state of the field in 1965, Henderson’s observations were only based on 31 MSEA languages, and she had limited access to phonetic data.  },
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Englund2015,
title = {Law, law everywhere},
author = {Harri Englund},
doi = {10.14318/hau5.3.017},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-12-23},
urldate = {2015-12-23},
journal = {HAU Journal of Ethnographic Theory},
volume = {5},
number = {3},
pages = {267-271},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2015,
title = {Entrevista com Ana Deumert},
author = {Ana Deumert},
doi = {10.5007/1984-8420.2015v16n2p239},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-12-21},
journal = {Working Papers em Linguística},
volume = {16},
number = {2},
pages = {239-241},
abstract = {Os direitos autorais de trabalhos publicados são dos autores, que cedem à Revista Working Papers em Linguística o direito de publicação, ficando sua reimpressão, total ou parcial, sujeita à autorização expressa da Comissão Editorial da revista. Deve ser consignada a fonte de publicação original. Os nomes e endereços de e-mail neste site serão usados exclusivamente para os propósitos da revista, não estando disponíveis para outros fins. The names and email addresses entered in this journal site will be used exclusively for the stated purposes of this journal and will not be made available for any other purpose or to any other party.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@phdthesis{Fina2015,
title = {Chronotopic Identities},
author = {Anna De Fina and Jan Blommaert},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.1.3087.1125},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-12-19},
abstract = {SUPER-DIVERSITY OFFERSSCHOLARS abroad range of opportunities to revise and rethink parts of their conceptual vocabulary in attempts to arrive at more sensitive and accurate tools for thought and analysis. The recognition of a reality that might, in some respects and to some degree, have always been there but was never enregistered in theoretical and methodological frameworks might, in fact, be seen as the most productive outcome of the current debates over whether or not super-diversity is “new.” The perspective is indeed new, but it also allows us to return to old issues armed with some fresh ideas (cf. Blommaert 2015c; Silverstein 2015; Arnaut 2016; Parkin 2016). In what follows, we take these ideas to issues of identity. Reflections and theorizations on identity within sociolinguistics and discourse analysis in the last two decades have moved more and more toward context-sensitive, social constructionist understandings (see Bucholtz and Hall 2005; Benwell and Stokoe 2006; De Fina, Schiffrin, and Bamberg 2006; De Fina 2011). Yet, even within these new paradigms, identities are often still understood in dichotomous terms as either micro or macro, individual or social, local or global, etc., with hyphenations allowing for a limited degree of complexity, and with language separated from specific identities by “and”(see, eg, papers in Preece 2016). In this chapter we explore the Bakhtinian notion of the chronotope as a source of inspiration for the development of an approach to identities that avoids such simplifications by taking into account the complex interactions between practice, iteration, and creativity in social life.},
type = {Research},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {phdthesis}
}
@article{Pablé2015e,
title = {Putting it integrationally: Notes on Teubert and Sealey},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.1075/ld.5.3.05pab},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-12-17},
journal = {Language and Dialogue},
volume = {5},
pages = {449-470},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zarakol2015,
title = {States and Ontological Security: A Historical Rethinking},
author = {Ayse Zarakol},
doi = {10.1177/0010836716653158},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-12-17},
urldate = {2015-12-17},
journal = {Cooperation and Conflict},
volume = {52},
number = {1},
abstract = {In this brief essay, I explore the relationship between ‘states’ (or more broadly, institutions of political authority) and ontological security. Drawing from historical examples, I argue that it is a mistake to assume that all ‘states’ seek ontological security: this generalisation applies only to those polities that claim to be the main ontological security providers. I then develop a typology of institutional ontological security provision arrangements as have existed throughout history, arguing that another reason the concept of ontological security is valuable for international relations (IR) is because it offers a way to compare systems across time and space without assuming the primacy of politics or religion. In summary, IR does not have to limit its use of the concept of ontological security to a synonym for ‘state identity’ – ontological security can offer much more than that by helping the discipline reach across time and space.},
keywords = {Ayse Zarakol},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gürsu2015,
title = {Aspendos: cultural heritage management and the theatre},
author = {Işılay Gürsu and Lutgarde Vandeput},
doi = {10.18866/biaa2015.122},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-12-09},
urldate = {2015-12-09},
journal = {Heritage Turkey},
volume = {5},
pages = {34-35},
keywords = {Işılay Gürsu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Mannheim2015f,
title = {What kind of text was Guaman Poma’s Warikza arawi?},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
editor = {Rolena Adorno and Ivan Boserup},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-12-04},
urldate = {2015-12-04},
pages = {161-182},
publisher = {Museum Tusculanum Press},
abstract = {It is commonplace to treat the sixteenth-and seventeenth-century South American sources as primarily referential and to mine them for specific information that they bring to bear on their subjects, be they colonial or pre-conquest. Within this vision, a historiography of these sources is primarily external: to understand the relationships they have with other texts from the same period, to identify the social and political position of the author within the colonial world, and to trace the lines of influence from one writer to another. The historiography of Guaman Poma’s El primer nueva corónica y buen gobierno has been twice transformed over the past thirty-five years. The first was through a deeply nuanced and complex historiography that drew on all of these dimensions, beginning with Rolena Adorno’s 1974 Ph. D. dissertation (2000 [1986]) and through subsequent work by Adorno (2002), and others, which identified Guaman Poma’s social trajectory and the contexts of production of the Nueva corónica. The second was the location and publication of the two manuscripts of Martín de Murúa’s earlier chronicle (Adorno and Boserup 2008; Murúa 2004 [1596], 2008 [1616]; Ossio 1997, 2001), which provide a genealogy of the structure, illustrations, and some of the text of the Nueva corónica, bringing it squarely into a tradition, and so leaving it less the singular, orphan text that it appeared to be to an earlier generation (Condarco Morales 1967, 302–5). In this essay, I take on a different angle of colonial historiography by focusing on three internal, linguistic aspects of the Nueva corónica: specificity, production format, and genre.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@misc{Eberhard2015b,
title = {Pre-Oralized Nasal Codas in Mamainde slideshow},
author = {David Eberhard},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-12-04},
keywords = {David Eberhard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Stoffers2015,
title = {Complex Nanotwin Substructure of an Asymmetric Σ9 Tilt Grain Boundary in a Silicon Polycrystal},
author = {Andreas Stoffers and Benedikt Ziebarth and Juri Barthel and Oana Cojocaru-Mirédin and Christian Elsässer and Dierk Raabe},
doi = {10.1103/PhysRevLett.115.235502},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-12-02},
journal = {Physical review letters},
volume = {115},
number = {23},
pages = {235502},
abstract = {Grain boundaries in materials have substantial influences on device properties, for instance on mechanical stability or electronic minority carrier lifetime in multicrystalline silicon solar cells. This applies especially to asymmetric, less ordered or faceted interface portions. Here, we present the complex atomic interface structure of an asymmetric Σ9 tilt grain boundary in silicon, observed by high resolution scanning transmission electron microscopy (HR-STEM) and explained by atomistic modeling and computer simulation. Structural optimization of interface models for the asymmetric Σ9 and related symmetrical Σ9 and Σ3 tilt grain boundaries, by means of molecular-statics simulations with empirical silicon potentials in combination with first-principles calculations, results in a faceted asymmetric interface structure, whose grain-boundary energy is so low that it is likely to exist. The simulated local atomic structures match the observed HR-STEM images very well.},
keywords = {Andreas Stoffers},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Stoffers2015bb,
title = {Complex Nanotwin Substructure of an Asymmetric Σ9 Tilt Grain Boundary in a Silicon Polycrystal},
author = {Andreas Stoffers and Benedikt Ziebarth and Juri Barthel and Oana Cojocaru-Mirédin and Christian Elsässer and Dierk Raabe},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-12-02},
journal = {Physical review letters},
volume = {115},
number = {23},
pages = {235502},
abstract = {Grain boundaries in materials have substantial influences on device properties, for instance on mechanical stability or electronic minority carrier lifetime in multicrystalline silicon solar cells. This applies especially to asymmetric, less ordered or faceted interface portions. Here, we present the complex atomic interface structure of an asymmetric Σ9 tilt grain boundary in silicon, observed by high resolution scanning transmission electron microscopy (HR-STEM) and explained by atomistic modeling and computer simulation. Structural optimization of interface models for the asymmetric Σ9 and related symmetrical Σ9 and Σ3 tilt grain boundaries, by means of molecular-statics simulations with empirical silicon potentials in combination with first-principles calculations, results in a faceted asymmetric interface structure, whose grain-boundary energy is so low that it is likely to exist. The simulated local atomic structures match the observed HR-STEM images very well.},
keywords = {Andreas Stoffers},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Katan2015,
title = {Translating the “literary” in literary translation in practice},
author = {David Katan},
doi = {10.1285/i22390359v14p7},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-12-01},
journal = {Lingue e Linguaggi},
volume = {14},
abstract = {Abstract - The aim of this paper is to explore the ‘literary’ in literary translation. It begins with a discussion of what makes a text literary, focussing on some very famous literary works which did not (and indeed do not) necessarily fit what is generally considered the literary canon. The features that translators should identify when first reading a text, on the look-out for potential literary value, are then outlined. These features are both textual (covering non-casual language, rhetorical features and equivalences) and contextual (connotations, implicatures, intratextual and culture-bound associations). The paper then discusses changing translation theory and practice, in particular illustrating points with comments made by translators and theorists in this book and elsewhere. Importance is also given to the profession itself, to literary translator beliefs about their role, the changing importance of the model reader and to changing beliefs about accepted style, making reference also to results of a global survey recently carried out on the subject. Riassunto -L’articolo si propone di esplorare il “letterario” nella traduzione letteraria. Si parte da una discussione di ciò che rende letterario un testo, facendo riferimento ad alcune opere letterarie molto famose che non rientravano (e non rientrano tuttora) in ciò che viene generalmente ritenuto il canone letterario. Si definiscono, poi, gli aspetti che i traduttori dovrebbero individuare leggendo un testo per la prima volta nella prospettiva di ricerca di un potenziale valore letterario. Tali aspetti sono sia testuali (il linguaggio ‘non casuale’, le figure retoriche e le equivalenze) sia contestuali (connotazioni, implicature, associazioni intratestuali e legate alla cultura). L’articolo discute, poi, l’evolversi della teoria e pratica della traduzione, illustrando in particolare alcuni punti commentati da traduttori e teorici di questo volume e al di fuori. Si sottolinea inoltre l’importanza della professione del traduttore e della percezione che il traduttore letterario ha del proprio ruolo, mettendo in evidenza come l’importanza del lettore modello e dei valori relativi a uno stile condiviso stia cambiando, facendo anche riferimento ai risultati di una recente intervista globale sull’argomento.},
keywords = {David Katan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Theodoropoulou2015b,
title = {Intercultural Communicative Styles in Qatar: Greek and Qataris},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.1007/978-981-287-254-8_2},
isbn = {978-981-287-254-8},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-12-01},
pages = {11-25},
publisher = {Springer, Singapore},
abstract = {This chapter investigates the intercultural communicative styles used by female Qatari students and their Greek instructor in their academic interactions at Qatar University. “Intercultural communicative style,” namely the way we share information with others through language, is seen as both shaping and shaped by oneʼs culture. The two research questions pursued are the following: (1) What are the basic communicative styles used by female Qatari students and their instructor and how are they similar to and different from each other? and (2) how do they contribute toward the construction of these peopleʼs perceptions of culture? My methodology includes linguistic ethnography, translating into participant observation, field notes from both inside and outside the classroom, and ethnographic interviews with my students. In addition, my data include e-mail exchanges in the context of lectures from sociolinguistics, discourse analysis, and language and culture courses I taught at Qatar University during the period 2010–2013, and interview data, where my students are asked to reflect upon their intercultural communicative experience from their interaction with me. The rationale behind having these diverse data is to validate my findings through the comparison between the levels of production (i.e., linguistic behavior inside the classroom) and perception (i.e., what people think they are doing in terms of their intercultural communicative performance). The analysis sheds light on the ways whereby communicative styles help us decipher the whole process of culture construction, and it is set to explore the potential ways whereby sociolinguistics and cultural studies can be used as a means of improving peopleʼs (academic) lives in Qatar and elsewhere.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Baider2015,
title = {Jean-Marie Le Pen vs. Marine Le Pen: a different 'emotional ethos'?},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Maria Constantinou},
doi = {10.14746 / strop.2015.424.001},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-12-01},
journal = {Study Romanesque Posnaniensia},
volume = {42},
number = {4},
pages = {3},
abstract = {This paper examines how the Front National's electoral victories could be explained, partially, in terms of a new discursive rhetoric adopted by Marine Le Pen. In order to compare rhetorical strategies used by both Marine and Jean-Marie Le Pen and their impact on their followers, we use comparable data, which consist of press articles published during the presidential campaigns of each politician and postings by online discussants related to interviews. Using corpus linguistics tools and lexical semantics, we assess how differently both leaders position themselves emotionally and how this emotional positioning is reconstructed within the postings of the viewers. Although no important quantitative difference can be observed in the number of emotion key-words they used respectively, a shift in both politicians' rhetoric positioning can be observed when analyzing the context in which these keywords are embedded. If Jean-Marie Le Pen focuses on negative feelings towards the Other (anger, resentment), Marine Le Pen promotes a positive ethos (empathy) in order to detoxify the image of her party and broaden her electoral base.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2015b,
title = {Language autobiographies, reflective texts, methodological approach},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Maria Kounouni},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-12-01},
journal = {Language and man: Revue de didactique du français},
volume = {50},
pages = {59-80},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Giles2015,
title = {Communication Accommodation Theory},
author = {Howard Giles and Marko Dragojevic and Jessica Gasiorek},
doi = {10.1002/9781118540190.wbeic006},
isbn = {9781118306550},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-12-01},
urldate = {2015-12-01},
pages = {1-21},
publisher = {Wiley},
abstract = {Communication Accommodation Theory (CAT) is a general theoretical framework of both interpersonal and intergroup communication. It seeks to explain and predict why, when, and how people adjust their communicative behavior during social interaction, and what social consequences result from those adjustments. In this entry, a brief historical overview of CAT's development is first provided, and some of its basic concepts are introduced. Second, the different adjustment strategies that speakers may enact are explained, and objective and subjective measures of accommodation are distinguished. Third, the motivations underlying communicative adjustment are examined, and the ways in which they can be shaped by the sociohistorical context in which an interaction is embedded are discussed. Fourth, the social consequences of communicative adjustment (and nonadjustment) are explored, and some of the many factors that mediate and moderate people's evaluations of others’ behavior are discussed. Finally, previous CAT principles are refined and elaborated, and directions for future research are suggested.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Costa2015,
title = {The Life Informatic: Newsmaking in the Digital Era by Dominic Boyer Ithaca},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-12-01},
journal = {American Anthropologist},
volume = {117},
number = {4},
pages = {819-820},
abstract = {This book connects discourses on value, gender, and textile wealth and demonstrates how they relate to notions of nationhood and home. There are now at least as many Tongans in the diaspora as there are in Tonga itself, and family ties form an ethnoscape marked by―Tongan‖ practices of gift giving. Ping-Ann Addo‘s multisited research in Tonga and with Tongan families in New Zealand and the United States discusses the ways in which Tongan commoner women, especially second-generation migrants, lead Tonga‘s modernity as a multiterritorial nation, creating and exchanging gifts and investing in the―creative possibilities in this tension between movement and dwelling‖(p. 30). This approach opens a microscopic perspective on the options and strategies of Tongan women and textile wealth, called koloa.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Costa2015b,
title = {The Life Informatic: Newsmaking in the Digital Era by Dominic Boyer Ithaca},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-12-01},
urldate = {2015-12-01},
journal = {American Anthropologist},
volume = {117},
number = {4},
pages = {819-820},
abstract = {This book connects discourses on value, gender, and textile wealth and demonstrates how they relate to notions of nationhood and home. There are now at least as many Tongans in the diaspora as there are in Tonga itself, and family ties form an ethnoscape marked by―Tongan‖ practices of gift giving. Ping-Ann Addo‘s multisited research in Tonga and with Tongan families in New Zealand and the United States discusses the ways in which Tongan commoner women, especially second-generation migrants, lead Tonga‘s modernity as a multiterritorial nation, creating and exchanging gifts and investing in the―creative possibilities in this tension between movement and dwelling‖(p. 30). This approach opens a microscopic perspective on the options and strategies of Tongan women and textile wealth, called koloa.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2015,
title = {Beyond the Balkans: Towards an Inclusive History of Southeastern Europe, ed. Sabine Rutar},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1093/ehr/cev266},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-12-01},
urldate = {2015-12-01},
journal = {The English Historical Review (): DOI:},
volume = {130},
number = {547},
pages = {1582-1584},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jones2015,
title = {“There's no rules. It's hackathon.”: Negotiating Commitment in a Context of Volatile Sociality},
author = {Graham Jones and Beth Michelle Semel and Audrey Le},
doi = {10.1111/jola.12104},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-12-01},
urldate = {2015-12-01},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {25},
number = {3},
pages = {322-345},
abstract = {How do people negotiate commitments to engaging in joint activity while at the same time anticipating and managing the inherent risks of collaboration? We explore this question through the ethnographic example of a hackathon, a collaborative software-design competition. We focus specifically on the earliest and, in many ways, most uncertain phase of collaboration, in which commitment and activity simultaneously emerge: team formation. We analyze mercurial allegiances in terms of a technoliberal participation ideology closely associated with the mores of the digital economy, which paradoxically emphasizes intensive project-based collaboration but limited interpersonal responsibility. We examine the verbal and nonverbal resources (such as stance-taking, politeness, reported speech, humor, and gesture) that prospective teammates use to modulate expressions of commitment, and the ways in which they pursue self-interested projects while maintaining social relatedness in order to accomplish joint activity in a context of social volatility.},
keywords = {Graham Jones},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2015b,
title = {How Does Oppression Work?},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-11-30},
journal = {Language, Sexuality, and Power: Studies in Intersectional Sociolinguistics},
volume = {19},
abstract = {Intersectionality theory has attracted increasing attention from sociolinguists in recent years (see, eg, Mallinson 2006; Morgan 2007; Lanehart 2009; Levon 2011). For those familiar with the study of language variation and change, the word intersectionality immediately brings to mind the interaction of social variables like gender, ethnicity, and social class. As a theory, however, intersectionality is not just about the interaction of social variables. It grew out of black feminists’ attempts to expose the limitations of gender as a single analytical category (hooks 1981; Davis 1983). The term intersectionality, coined by legal scholar Kimberlé Crenshaw (1989, 1991), was originally used to critique the tendency to treat race and gender as mutually exclusive categories, which was commonplace in academic research, antiracist politics, and the feminist movement. Sociologist Patricia Hill Collins (2000), another major figure in this area, provides a succinct explanation in her book Black Feminist Thought:},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2015bb,
title = {How Does Oppression Work?},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-11-30},
journal = {Language, Sexuality, and Power: Studies in Intersectional Sociolinguistics},
volume = {19},
abstract = {Intersectionality theory has attracted increasing attention from sociolinguists in recent years (see, eg, Mallinson 2006; Morgan 2007; Lanehart 2009; Levon 2011). For those familiar with the study of language variation and change, the word intersectionality immediately brings to mind the interaction of social variables like gender, ethnicity, and social class. As a theory, however, intersectionality is not just about the interaction of social variables. It grew out of black feminists’ attempts to expose the limitations of gender as a single analytical category (hooks 1981; Davis 1983). The term intersectionality, coined by legal scholar Kimberlé Crenshaw (1989, 1991), was originally used to critique the tendency to treat race and gender as mutually exclusive categories, which was commonplace in academic research, antiracist politics, and the feminist movement. Sociologist Patricia Hill Collins (2000), another major figure in this area, provides a succinct explanation in her book Black Feminist Thought.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Omar2015bb,
title = {Languages in the Malaysian Education System: Monolingual strands in multilingual settings},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
editor = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9781138948754},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-11-27},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {This book provides an overview of language education in Malaysia, covering topics such as the evolution of the education system from pre-independence days to the present time, to the typology of schools, and the public philosophy behind every policy made in the teaching of languages. The book consists of chapters devoted to the teaching of languages that form separate strands but are at the same time connected to each other within the education system.

These chapters discuss:
* Implementing the national language policy in education institutions
* English in language education policies and planning in Malaysia
* Chinese and Tamil language education in Malaysia
* Teaching of indigenous Malaysian languages
* The role of translation in education in Malaysia
　
It also discusses the development of language which enables the national language, Malay, to fulfil its role as the main medium of education up to the tertiary level. This book will be of interest to researchers studying language planning, teacher education and the sociology of education, particularly, within the Malaysian context.},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Clark2015,
title = {Turn-taking, timing, and planning in early language acquisition},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark and Marisa Casillas and Susan C Bobb},
doi = {10.1017/S0305000915000689},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-11-25},
urldate = {2015-11-25},
journal = {Journal of Child Language},
volume = {1},
number = {6},
pages = {1-28},
abstract = {Young children answer questions with longer delays than adults do, and they don't reach typical adult response times until several years later. We hypothesized that this prolonged pattern of delay in children's timing results from competing demands: to give an answer, children must understand a question while simultaneously planning and initiating their response. Even as children get older and more efficient in this process, the demands on them increase because their verbal responses become more complex. We analyzed conversational question-answer sequences between caregivers and their children from ages 1;8 to 3;5, finding that children (1) initiate simple answers more quickly than complex ones, (2) initiate simple answers quickly from an early age, and (3) initiate complex answers more quickly as they grow older. Our results suggest that children aim to respond quickly from the start, improving on earlier-acquired answer types while they begin to practice later-acquired, slower ones.},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta2015b,
title = {An Anthropology of Electricity from the Global South},
author = {Akhil Gupta},
doi = {10.14506/ca30.4.04},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-11-23},
journal = {Cultural Anthropology},
volume = {30},
number = {4},
pages = {555-568},
abstract = {I am returning full circle in this essay to ask a question that I never thought important while I was working in the electrical power industry: What can anthropology contribute to the study of electricity, and what can electricity contribute to the study of anthropology? Why do we need an anthropology of electricity? This essay is available from the wonderful, open-access journal Cultural Anthropology.},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2015b,
title = {Don't touch that dial: Accommodating musical preferences in interpersonal relationships},
author = {Howard Giles and Amanda Denes and Jessica Gasiorek},
doi = {10.1177/0305735615609799},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-11-04},
urldate = {2015-11-04},
journal = {Psychology of Music},
volume = {44},
number = {5},
abstract = {How we adapt our behavior for others’ preferences in interpersonal interactions—particularly when those preferences differ from our own—can be a means to nonverbally communicate our attention, interest, and concern for them. Invoking communication accommodation theory (CAT), this vignette study examined how relational closeness and attraction influenced accommodation to others’ musical tastes. One hundred and fifty-nine individuals completed questionnaires assessing their imagined musical accommodation in response to the scenarios detailed in the vignettes. As hypothesized, we found that accommodation of musical preferences was generally predicted by how relationally close or attractive these others were considered to be. However, how important individuals self-reported music to be did not moderate these results. These findings suggest that accommodating to another person’s musical tastes may be a nonverbal way of showing concern for another’s preferences and may communicate closeness and attraction. In this way, musical accommodation may help build, sustain, and manage social relationships. These results extend CAT into a new applied domain and the implications of the findings are discussed.
},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2015bb,
title = {From the genesis of language to the Internet: variations in forms, modalities and languages ​​in contact},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.1093/fs/knv261},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-11-03},
journal = {French Studies},
volume = {70},
number = {1},
pages = {knv261},
abstract = {Michaël Abecassis and Gudrun Ledegen have to their credit three other collections published in 2010 and 2013 in the same collection, the common vector for these publications being to bring together works devoted to identity construction and language variation. It is also this identity / language interface, contained in the subtitle of the book listed here, which holistically explains the essence of this collection, rather than the title itself, which could suggest a diachronic approach mainly present. in the stimulating retrospective of Jean Pruvost on the electronic evolution of the reference works that are the dictionaries. The coherence of the work, composed of twelve studies presented at a colloquium which took place in Oxford in 2013, is therefore ensured by the presence of the double ...},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Piller2015,
title = {Monolingual ways of seeing multilingualism},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
doi = {10.1080/17447143.2015.1102921},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-11-02},
urldate = {2015-11-02},
journal = {Journal of Multicultural Discourses},
volume = {11},
issue = {1},
pages = {1-9 },
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@conference{Giles2015c,
title = {When is it acceptable to lie? Examining the effects of group membership on ethical perspectives of de},
author = {Howard Giles and Norah Dunbar and Katlyn Gangi and Samantha I. Coveleski and Aubrie Adams and Quinten Bernhold},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-11-01},
urldate = {2015-11-01},
abstract = {While deception is generally viewed across communities as an undesirable an unethical action, people evaluate some lies as more detrimental or more benign than others. This study examined the various factors influencing deception assessments. These factors included the seriousness of the lie and whom the lie benefits. As a novel addition, the role of intergroup versus an interpersonal context for the lie was examined. Utilizing 24 vignettes depicting deception as self-serving or altruistic, a consequential or a white lie, and pertaining to an interpersonal or intergroup context, 259 participants provided evaluations of the appropriateness of the lie, the deceptiveness of the lie, the complexity of the lie and their own certainty that deception had indeed occurred. Altruistic lies were viewed as less deceptive and more acceptable than self-serving lies. White lies were rated less deceptive and more acceptable than more consequential lies. Lies evaluated as least acceptable were interpersonal, serious and self-serving. Lies seen as the most acceptable were serious, altruistic, and in an intergroup context. Additional interaction effects are discussed at length. The results indicate that intergroup and interpersonal deception are recognized as distinct forms of lying and are evaluated differently. It is proposed that deception researchers extend their scope to include intergroup variables.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Fina2015b,
title = {William Labov, The language of life and death: The transformation of experience in oral narrative. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2013. Pp. 239. Pb. $27.99.},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404515000640},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-11-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {44},
number = {05},
pages = {733-736},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Williams2015,
title = {Legislative Devolution and the Enactment of the Official Status of Welsh in Wales},
author = {Collin Williams},
editor = {Inigo Urrutia and Jean-Pierre Massia and Xabier Irujo},
isbn = {978 2 37032 053 7},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-11-01},
pages = {183-203},
publisher = {Institut Universitaire Varenne},
chapter = {13},
abstract = {The answers to this question lie well beyond the domestic interests of Wales for what legislative devolution occasions is a different constitutional configuration within the UK as a multi-level state. This reform also has implications for the working of the National Assembly for Wales as a primary legislative body, in other words a Parliament, for relations between Westminster and Cardiff and for the treatment of the Welsh language as an official language both within Wales and by extension in a wider international community.
The question of the official status of Welsh has been an epiphenomenal legal and socio-political issue for over five centuries, ever since the Henrican reforms of the Acts of Union of 1535/6 and 1542/31. The introduction of the English common law was accompanied by an injunction that a knowledge of English should be an essential qualification to hold public office.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Clark2015b,
title = {Early Verb Constructions in French: Adjacency on the Left Edge},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
doi = {10.1017/S0305000915000471},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-10-21},
urldate = {2015-10-21},
journal = {Journal of Child Language},
volume = {1},
number = {6},
abstract = {Children acquiring French elaborate their early verb constructions by adding adjacent morphemes incrementally at the left edge of core verbs. This hypothesis was tested with 2657 verb uses from four children between 1;3 and 2;7. Consistent with the Adjacency Hypothesis, children added clitic subjects first only to present tense forms (as in il saute ‘he jumps’); modals to infinitives (as in faut sauter ‘has to jump’); and auxiliaries to past participles (as in a sauté ‘has jumped’). Only after this did the children add subjects to the left of a modal or auxiliary, as in elle veut sauter ‘she wants to jump’, or elle a sauté ‘she has jumped’. The order in which these elements were added, and the development in the frequencies of the constructions, all support the predictions of the Adjacency Hypothesis for left edge development in early verb constructions.},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Englund2015b,
title = {Multivocal morality: Narrative, sentiment, and Zambia’s radio grandfathers},
author = {Harri Englund},
doi = {10.14318/hau5.2.015},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-10-20},
urldate = {2015-10-20},
journal = {HAU Journal of Ethnographic Theory},
volume = {5},
number = {2},
pages = {251-273},
abstract = {Multivocal morality concentrates attention on the ideologies of voice in efforts to narrate boundary-crossing moral dilemmas. This article’s focus on the relationship between narrative and sentiment in moral transgression brings together two distinct bodies of literature. One is anthropologists’ recent statements about a disciplinary shift from the study of law-like morality to ethical reasoning. The other is literary scholars’ emphasis on the novel as the privileged genre of narrative in generating moral sentiments such as sympathy and compassion. While anthropologists risk turning a blind eye to their discipline’s past achievements in understanding the complex interplay between customary obligation and moral sentiment, literary scholars foreclose an open discussion about the genres and media by which narrative may generate moral sentiments. The importance of attending to the notion of voice is elaborated through the work of two self-styled grandfathers on Zambian radio who, thirty years apart, performed the same story about strangers within. Despite the different eras of broadcast, they both assembled multiple voices in order to generate the moral sentiment of sympathy. The customary codes of elderhood informed multivocality not by giving others their voices as an act of charity or justice but by having moral authority to assemble those voices in the first place.},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Lupke2015b,
title = {Ideologies and typologies of language endangerment in Africa},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
editor = {James A Essegbey and Brent Henderson and Fiona Mc Laughlin},
doi = {10.1075/clu.17.03lup},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-10-15},
pages = {59–106},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
abstract = {This chapter aims at redressing the deplorable fact that African languages, their social life and vitality, are assessed according to ideas of Africa grounded in Western language ideologies and based and on language criteria developed based on American and Australian contexts of language endangerment. The chapter challenges the validity of these ideologies to account for language use in African setting and starts out by providing the necessary background on the history of description of African languages and on assumptions on their vitality as driven by colonial actors. It then paints a radically different picture of African languages by looking at them as codes in the multilingual repertoires of the language ecologies in which they are used and by describing the social factors that nurture the astonishing linguistic diversity on the continent. In order to do justice to the specificity of African language situations, where settlement colonies creating the conflictual polyglossic situations typical for America and Australia remain an exception, an alternative set of vitality parameters for African languages is proposed. The chapter closes with the observation that multilingual language use as a socially embedded practice in complex linguistic ecologies needs to become a focus of descriptive and documentary research on African languages.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Fox2015,
title = {Eastern Indonesia in Austronesian Perspective: The Evidence of Relational Terminologies},
author = {James Fox},
doi = {10.4000/archipel.381},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-10-15},
urldate = {2015-10-15},
journal = {Archipel},
volume = {90},
issue = {90},
pages = {189-216},
abstract = {This paper considers eastern Indonesia from two directions: from the direction of western Austronesia (including Taiwan) and from the direction of Oceania. The paper is concerned with regional variation in terminological relations: what terminological patterns have carried through to eastern Indonesia from the western Austronesian region; what patterns have been transformed; what patterns are distinctive of the region; and what relational patterns continue on into Oceania. Eastern Indonesia is a transition zone and is by no means uniform: hence the paper is also concerned to identify patterns of local variation within eastern Indonesia.
},
keywords = {James Fox},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2015,
title = {Fortress Europe Continues to treat migrants as criminals},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Antonios Alexandridis},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-10-14},
journal = {The Conversation},
abstract = {The European Union, one of the strongest economies in the world and home to some of the most advanced state apparatuses in human history, is preparing to shut down its borders, one after the other, because it can’t cope with the number of refugees arriving from war in the Middle East. These same institutions were of course able to find the resources to finance an expensive military operation on the European sea borders against the same refugees.Despite the poor and ideologically fuelled responses of EU states, citizens in different countries of Europe have welcomed the flows of their fellow people. In Germany people applauded migrants and refugees as they arrived by train. In Greece dozens of self-organised hotspots have been created by different groups and initiatives, with great success. Citizens of the debt-ridden country offer clothing, food and other items in order for them to be distributed to the refugees. In many ways they are filling the gaps created by the lack of state protection.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zarakol2015b,
title = {Hierarchies in World Politics},
author = {Ayse Zarakol and Janice Bially Mattern},
doi = {10.1017/S0020818316000126},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-10-13},
urldate = {2015-10-13},
journal = {International Organization},
volume = {1},
number = {3},
abstract = {Hierarchy-centered approaches to IR promise to deliver what anarchy-centered approaches have not: a framework for theorizing and empirically analyzing world politics as a global system rather than just an international one. At the core of this proposition are three features of hierarchical systems as they are represented across the growing IR literature on the topic. First, the structures of differentiation at the core of hierarchical systems are deeply implicated with power. Hierarchical systems are thus intrinsically political. Second, in world politics, hierarchies stratify, rank, and organize the relations not only among states but also other kinds of actors as well, and often even a mix of different actors within a single structure of differentiation. Third, there are many different kinds of hierarchical relations in world politics, each of which generate different “logics” influencing social, moral, and behavioral outcomes. Hierarchy has been understood in the IR literature in two ways: narrowly, as a relationship of legitimate authority; and broadly, as intersubjective manifestations of organized inequality. Hierarchy operates in a variety of different ways that range from ordering solutions to deep structures. We identify three such “logics” that have been fruitfully explored in IR scholarship and that can form the basis of a future research agenda: hierarchy as an institutionalized functional bargain between actors (a logic of trade-offs); hierarchy as differentiated social and political roles shaping behavior (a logic of positionality); and hierarchy as a productive political space or structure (a logic of productivity).},
keywords = {Ayse Zarakol},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Essegbey2015,
title = {Is this my language?},
author = {James Essegbey},
doi = {10.1075/clu.17.06ess},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-10-09},
urldate = {2015-10-09},
pages = {153-176},
publisher = {John Benjamins publishing Company},
abstract = {It used to be taken for granted that language documenters would develop an orthography for the language which they document in cases where no writing system exists already. Such systems facilitate the production of materials for revitalization of the languages. Lately however questions have been raised as to whether the time and money expended in such endeavors are worth it. Two main reasons are that the orthographies are not often used anyway and, where they are successful, since they are often standard orthographies, they destroy variation in languages. In this paper, I argue that standardization goes with literacy development, and is desirable in situations where it is clear that such languages would be used in school situations. However, most languages of endangered communities do not have any prospect of being used in school. Because of this rather than focus on the development of a standard orthography system, documenters should rather develop systems that enable communities to write in the vernacular. Such systems use “orthographic transcription” which minimally ensures the association of sounds with letters. Beyond that, speakers are allowed to write as they speak. This means that colloquial expressions and dialectal differences would be incorporated into the system of writing. The advantage of this system is that adults particularly do not have to spend a long time learning to represent their languages in ways that may not necessarily be the same as the way they speak. I discuss the experience I had with Nyagbo where my development of a vernacular writing system proved more successful with the community than an attempt to develop a standard orthography.},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Connell2015,
title = {The role of colonial languages in language endangerment in Africa},
author = {Bruce Connell},
doi = {10.1075/clu.17.04con},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-10-09},
volume = {107-130},
pages = {107-130},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
abstract = {There has been some discussion in the literature on endangered languages about the role – or lack thereof – of colonial languages in presenting a threat to African languages. The view most often offered suggests that in Africa it has typically been African languages, in the form of national languages and regional lingua francas, that endanger smaller, local languages. If this is the case, the task of linguists concerned with the causes of language endangerment is to understand why Africa has not felt the threat of colonial languages in the same way or to the same extent as other regions of the world, such as the Americas or Australia. In this paper I re-examine the question of the role of colonial languages in language endangerment in Africa. A review of literature on colonialist language ideologies and attitudes towards African languages, together with the results of several sociolinguistic surveys into language choice and attitudes, leads me to question the prevailing view. Whether colonial languages are replacing – i.e. directly replacing – African languages is only part of the story. Their use reduces African languages in terms of both prestige and structure, and this contributes to their endangerment. Finally, and from a more general perspective, the pressure to create a ‘modern nation state’, on a Western (colonial) model, in requiring a single unifying language, must be seen as an important factor in language endangerment in Africa.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Baider2015bb,
title = {Presidentiality assessment (at the interface of lexical semantics and corpus linguistics)},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10,4000 / words 22036},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-10-06},
journal = {Mots},
pages = {103-128},
abstract = {This study is anchored in the theoretical framework proposed by Pierre Cadiot and Yves-Marie Visetti and focuses on the assessment of presidency. Initially, the use of corpus linguistics tools makes it possible to determine, from the most frequent lexical associations with the term presidentiality , the “reasons” for this (competence, legitimacy, etc.). We analyze these reasons quantitatively and qualitatively in data focused on Martine Aubry and François Hollande, during the socialist primary of 2011, in the daily Le Monde.. The notions of semantic preference and prosody are implemented in order to analyze the contexts in which are anchored the statements evaluating the competence, legitimacy, etc., of these two politicians. At the end of our work, we conclude on the importance of taking into account the role of transversality in the evaluative discourse, transversality which refers to the construction "over the texts" of a favorable or unfavorable evaluation of a entity, the proper name taking care of the cumulative effects of the co-occurrences of which it is the object.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tang2015,
title = {Bimodal Bilingualism: Factors yet to be explored},
author = {Gladys Tang},
doi = {10.1017/S1366728915000589},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-10-06},
journal = {Bilingualism: Language and Cognition},
volume = {19},
number = {2},
pages = {1-2},
abstract = {Recent years have seen increasing research into bimodal bilingualism from a variety of paradigms such as bilingual acquisition, language processing, neural systems, and cognitive skills, with the underlying assumption that successful bimodal bilingualism entails the knowledge representations and processing of two grammars each of which via a distinct modality, auditory-oral versus visual-gestural. As such, it opens up an arena of cutting-edge research enabling comparisons of the linguistic and cognitive effects of monolingualism versus bilingualism, as well as unimodal bilingualism versus bimodal bilingualism.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2015d,
title = {Book Review: The common language of homicide and suicide},
author = {Howard Giles},
doi = {10.1177/0261927X15610670},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-10-06},
urldate = {2015-10-06},
journal = {Journal of Language and Social Psychology},
volume = {35},
number = {2},
pages = {241-243},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Benjamin2015,
title = {The unseen presence: a theory of the nation-state and its mystifications},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
doi = {10.1080/14649373.2015.1103071},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-10-02},
journal = {Inter-Asia Cultural Studies},
volume = {16},
number = {4},
pages = {548-585},
abstract = {Primary nation-state formation took place in Europe between the 12th and 19th centuries, along with the emergence of a system of industry-based international relations. These processes kept mostly in step with changes in the cultural consciousnesses of their citizenries. The institutional pattern so produced was then imitated throughout the rest of world in more than 160 secondary nation-states. Unlike the primary nation-states, the secondary nation-states were declared into being overnight by political entrepreneurs concerned to ensure that their own territories could deal equally under international law with other such states. These rapid, externally generated processes generated a gap in consciousness between the statesmen and the rest of their populations that had to be closed before the secondary states could begin to fulfil their (mainly economic) international roles. The gap has been bridged by the deliberate engineering of concern for ethnic, gender, linguistic, class, cultural and religious “identity.” An abstract, outward-looking, gesellschaftlich mode of consciousness could now be taken for granted by the people as the unspoken terms on which they must live their lives. This process has been aided by the widespread employment of functionalist and systems-based approaches in the social sciences and humanities, which properly apply only to the nation-state. Consequently, a politically constructed institution has been made into the “natural” archetype against which all other phenomena are to be measured.},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2015,
title = {Discourse, democracy and diplomacy: A pragmatic analysis of the Occupy Central movement in Hong Kong},
author = {Hans Ladegaard and Jacob L. Mey},
doi = {10.1080/00437956.2015.1112949},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-10-02},
urldate = {2015-10-02},
journal = {Word},
volume = {61},
number = {4},
pages = {319-334},
abstract = {Wars over words have raged for centuries. In recent times, a pragmatic war about the meaning of words has played out in the debates in the media and other public fora in Hong Kong. Our article analyzes the discourse of democracy in Hong Kong by looking at contentious words and how they are being used by the opposing sides; we explain why it is impossible to have a meaningful debate about ‘democracy’ until both sides have reached consensus about what it is they are talking about. Language not only reflects, but also creates reality; when words mean different things to different people, the words both create and sustain different versions of ‘reality’; such competing versions are at the core of the debates about democracy and universal suffrage in Hong Kong. A pragmatics-based, intercultural approach to the discourse of democracy may offer some insights into how and why the opposing sides in the Hong Kong democracy debates keep communicating at cross-purposes. Here. the ideological and socio-cultural differences between Hong Kong and Mainland China, which are the root causes of the conflict, need to be acknowledged and discussed in order for the debate about democracy and political reform to move forward.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim2015b,
title = {Teleological talk in parent-child conversations in Quechua},
author = {Bruce Mannheim and Susan A Gelman and Carmen Escalante and Ingrid Sanchez Tapia},
doi = {10.1177/0142723715596646},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-10-01},
urldate = {2015-10-01},
journal = {First Language},
volume = {35},
number = {4 - 5},
abstract = {Southern Peruvian Quechua is an indigenous language spoken primarily in rural communities in the Peruvian Andes. The language includes a syntactic construction, '-paq', that expresses purpose or function, thus providing an opportunity to trace how parents and children with little formal education express teleological concepts. The authors recorded parent-child dyads (N = 36; children aged 3-5 years) talking about items in a picture book, and coded uses of -paq (e.g., 'What is that little [toy] bear for?' ['Chay usuchari imapaqtaq?']. For younger children (3-4 years) and their parents, -paq was infrequent and equivalent across domains. For older children (5-year-olds) and their parents, -paq increased dramatically and differentially by domain (most commonly produced for artifacts, food, and animals). These results provide new evidence that speaks to existing developmental accounts regarding the domain-specificity vs. domain-generality of teleological concepts in development.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{King2015,
title = {Wikipedia writing as praxis: Computer-mediated socialization of second-language writers},
author = {Brian King},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-10-01},
urldate = {2015-10-01},
journal = {Language, Learning and Technology},
volume = {19},
number = {3},
pages = {106-123},
abstract = {This study explores the writing of Wikipedia articles as a form of authentic writing for learners of English in Hong Kong. Adopting Second Language Socialization and Identity approaches to language learning inquiry, it responds to an identified shortage of research on computer-mediated socialization and language socialization. Focus is placed on the development of participant identities as valid writers of English texts for a perceived mass public. As part of Wikipedia writing praxis, writers are, to varying degrees, socialized into the community of Wikipedians. This study focuses on Hong Kong university students’ reported experiences as legitimate peripheral participants, looking at the early stages of potential community membership. Ethnographic observations serve to provide a description of both the classroom and the Wikipedia site as dynamic social settings. Data sources include field notes, participant-generated written reflections, and transcripts of focus group interviews. Through these various channels it becomes clear that perception of a potentially vast reading public wields a subtle but important influence, and experiences with the Wikipedia community also play a role, motivating some participants to think deeply about their writing and prompting them to invest in writer identities online and in their local context.},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2015b,
title = {The correspondence of Henry Edward Manning and William Ewart Gladstone},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1017/S0022046915000998},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-10-01},
urldate = {2015-10-01},
journal = {The Journal of Ecclesiastical History},
volume = {66},
number = {4},
pages = {908-909},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Hendriks2015,
title = {How adult language learners of French express caused motion: A comparison with English and French natives},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Maya Hickmann and Annie-Claude Demagny},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-10-01},
urldate = {2015-10-01},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Pauwels2015,
title = {Vale Michael Clyne 1939-2010},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
doi = {10.1111/j.1467-9841.2010.00468.x},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-10-01},
journal = {Journal of Sociolinguistics},
volume = {25},
number = {1},
abstract = {In October 2010 Professor Michael Clyne passed away at his home in Melbourne. With his passing we have lost not only a leading scholar of sociolinguistics but also a dedicated activist for bilingualism, bilingual and plurilingual education. In his professional life he was committed to furthering our understanding of all aspects of multilingualism and linguistic diversity as well as to applying the results of scholarly research in education and the workplace. Michael’s trajectory as a linguistic scholar started when he enrolled at the University of Melbourne to study languages and linguistics. Already bilingual in German and English, he expanded his linguistic repertoire to include Dutch, Frisian and (Old) Icelandic besides French which he had learnt at school. Later he would add Norwegian, Swedish, Italian and Hungarian.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Cardoso2015,
title = {Portuguese lexical-based Creoles},
author = {Hugo Cardoso and tjerk hagemeijer and Nélia Alexandre},
doi = {10.1515/9783110333138-043},
isbn = {9783110333138},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-09-25},
urldate = {2015-09-25},
pages = {670–692},
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},
abstract = {Portuguese lexical-based creoles were, in most cases, oral languages ​​until the 19th century, when the first collections of oral traditions, texts and translations began to appear. As they lack a robust and generalized written tradition, our collection and description encompass, in addition to anthologies, materials that, not being anthologies in the strict sense, result from a work of compilation of written or oral sources.},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Perrin2015,
title = {Perrin},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
isbn = {978-3-8252-4362-3},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-09-22},
abstract = {Dieses Lehrbuch führt in zentrale Fragen, Methoden und Befunde der Sprachwissenschaft ein und bezieht sie systematisch auf den Sprachgebrauch in den Medien. Der Schwerpunkt gilt dabei der journalistischen Textproduktion. Daniel Perrin erklärt, wie Medientexte entstehen, wie solche Prozesse erforscht werden und wie ein medienlinguistischer Ansatz dazu beiträgt, medienvermittelte öffentliche Kommunikation zu verstehen und zu verbessern. Fallbeispiele, Übungen und Lösungen aus Theorie und Medienpraxis ergänzen die Einführung. Auf der Website zum Buch wird das Angebot laufend ausgebaut: www.medienlinguistik.net.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Perrin2015b,
title = {Media linguistics},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-09-22},
urldate = {2015-09-22},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@conference{Fina2015bb,
title = {Ethnography as complexifying lenses for sociolinguistic analysis},
author = {Anna De Fina},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-09-16},
booktitle = {Sociolinguistics of Globalization},
volume = {146},
number = {1},
publisher = {Tilburg Papers in Culture Studies},
abstract = {The notion of complexity has attracted a great deal of attention thanks to the adoption of Complexity Theory in many diverse disciplines, such as mathematics, physics, computer science, biology, neuroscience, climatology, and so forth. In recent years applications have started to gain momentum also in the social sciences (see Byrne 2014). Linguists have been slower to follow the trend. Indeed, reflections on complexity in linguistics until recently have been confined to issues of structural and developmental differences between languages and how those may affect language acquisition and learning (see for example Givon & Shibatami 2009, Kusters 2008, Miestamo et al. 2008). The questions asked within this approach are of interests mainly for researchers involved in creolization, indigenization, contact and historical linguistics who work within structuralist and functionalist perspectives. However, more recently, complexity theory and its implications for the study of language in society have also been introduced to sociolinguists and applied linguists in the light of a more general theoretical-methodological rethinking in the area. I will refer in particular to work by Larsen-Freeman (1997) and Blommaert (2014) who have offered stimulating reflections on the implications of complexity for socio and applied linguistics. },
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Graham2015b,
title = {Incremental Dependency Parsing and Disfluency Detection in Spoken Learner English},
author = {Calbert Graham and Russell Moore and Andrew Caines and Paula Buttery},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-319-24033-6_53},
isbn = {978-3-319-24032-9},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-09-14},
urldate = {2015-09-14},
volume = {9302},
pages = {470 - 479},
abstract = {This paper investigates the suitability of state-of-the-art natural language processing (NLP) tools for parsing the spoken language of second language learners of English. The task of parsing spoken learner-language is important to the domains of automated language assessment (ALA) and computer-assisted language learning (CALL). Due to the non-canonical nature of spoken language (containing filled pauses, non-standard grammatical variations, hesitations and other disfluencies) and compounded by a lack of available training data, spoken language parsing has been a challenge for standard NLP tools. Recently the Redshift parser (Honnibal et al. In: Proceedings of CoNLL (2013)) has been shown to be successful in identifying grammatical relations and certain disfluencies in native speaker spoken language, returning unlabelled dependency accuracy of 90.5% and a disfluency F-measure of 84.1% (Honnibal & Johnson: TACL 2, 131-142 (2014)). We investigate how this parser handles spoken data from learners of English at various proficiency levels. Firstly, we find that Redshift’s parsing accuracy on non-native speech data is comparable to Honnibal & Johnson’s results, with 91.1% of dependency relations correctly identified. However, disfluency detection is markedly down, with an F-measure of just 47.8%. We attempt to explain why this should be, and investigate the effect of proficiency level on parsing accuracy. We relate our findings to the use of NLP technology for CALL and ALA applications.
},
keywords = {Calbert Graham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Giles2015e,
title = {Subjective Health: The Roles of Communication, Language, Aging, Stereotypes, and Culture},
author = {Howard Giles and Shaughan A. Keaton},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-09-10},
urldate = {2015-09-10},
journal = {Journal of Society, Culture & Language},
volume = {2015},
abstract = {A consensually-agreed position among scholars of communication and aging is that while psychological and physical health mutually impact each other, the quality of language to and from older adult individuals shape each of these—and are shaped by them. Encounters with others inside and outside of one's age ingroup involve stereotyped expectations with regard to language and other speech behaviors, resulting in reinforcement of age-based stereotypes and changes in social interaction, personal control, and self-esteem. These outcomes interfere with the quality of care an older adult receives from medical practitioners as older patients simply enjoy more communication satisfaction with supportive physicians than those who utilize negative age stereotypes and language. Many studies have been language-oriented as evident in attention to patronizing talk, painful self-disclosures, and stereotypes. We overview some of the major findings arising from the study of language and aging, with a view to articulating a more cohesive, integrative model that can coalesce previous theoretical and empirical efforts.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2015b,
title = {Language and intercultural communication in the workplace: critical approaches to theory and practice},
author = {Hans Ladegaard and Christopher J Jenks},
doi = {10.1080/14708477.2014.985302},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-09-04},
urldate = {2015-09-04},
journal = {Language and Intercultural Communication},
volume = {15},
number = {1},
pages = {1-12},
abstract = {Hans J. Ladegaarda* and Christopher J. Jenksb aDepartment of English, Hong Kong Baptist University, Ho Sin Hang Campus, Waterloo Road, Kowloon Tong, Hong Kong; bDepartment of English, University of South Dakota, Dakota Hall 231, 414 E. Clark Street, Vermillion, SD 57069, USA
In much contemporary theorising on culture and globalisation, it is argued that the emerging international network of sociopolitical systems has led to a weakening of the nation as a source of identity (cf. Blasco, 2004). Giddens (2002) points out that despite its sudden popularity, it is often not clear what different people mean by globalisation, although there seems to be a general consensus that it has something to do with the thesis that we now live in one world.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Chiaro2015,
title = {Food and translation, translation and food},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro and Linda Rossato},
doi = {10.1080/13556509.2015.1110934},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-09-02},
journal = {The Translator},
volume = {21},
number = {3},
pages = {237-243},
abstract = {Food, the cornerstone of life, lies at the heart of our cultural identity. Vital for our health and well-being, our awareness of its economic, cultural and social significance - how the language of food and related practices travel across languages and cultures cannot be disregarded. Despite a rapidly expanding market for translation of food related texts: cookery books and TV programmes, magazines and food labels, to name just a few, and despite fast-pace evolving eating habits and phenomena, the relationship between food, culture and translation remains under-researched. By bringing these issues to light, this special issue aims to be a truly interdisciplinary reference work that brings together expert scholars writing on food related topics from a translational and intercultural perspective.},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sitaridou2015,
title = {Variation and optionality in clitic climbing in Argentinean Spanish},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou and Helen Whimpanny and Laura Ayres},
doi = {10.5565/rev/isogloss.21},
issn = {2385-4138},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-09-01},
journal = {Isogloss A journal on variation of Romance and Iberian languages},
volume = {1},
number = {2},
pages = {247-291},
abstract = {Since Cinque’s (2006:31-32) four-way typology of languages in terms of clitic climbing (CC, herein), those in which CC displays optionality, such as Argentinean Spanish (ArgSp, herein), remain poorly understood. This paper aims to address this need. Here, we show that: (i) empirically, CC has remained a prevalent option in spoken ArgSp since its incipient stage (Davies 1995), yet at the same time we reveal significant diatopic variation in terms of optionality; (ii) theoretically, we capture this optionality partly in terms of ‘parametric hierarchies’ (Biberauer & Roberts 2012) with no considerable impact otherwise on any macro/meso-parameter in this variety. However, in order to fully explain our data, we postulate that the macro-parameter setting makes a Pool of Variants (in the spirit of Adger (2013) and Adger & Smith (2007)) available, in which there are options for CC spell out: proclisis on the matrix or enclisis on the embedded verb(s). Crucially these options do not yield interpretive effects and, therefore, the drive behind the clitic position is lexical. The probability with which one of the clitic spell out positions is selected is claimed to depend at least in part on frequency, behind which we expect a variety of sociolinguistic factors.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta2015c,
title = {State, corruption, postcoloniality: A conversation with Akhil Gupta on the 20th anniversary of “Blurred Boundaries”},
author = {Akhil Gupta and David Nugent and Shreyas Sreenath},
doi = {10.1111/amet.12157},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-09-01},
journal = {American Ethnologist},
volume = {42},
number = {4},
abstract = {Blurred Boundaries: The Discourse of Corruption, the Culture of Politics, and the Imagined State,” by Akhil Gupta, first appeared in print in 1995 in the pages of American Ethnologist. It went on to become one of the most important and influential articles of recent decades. We talked with Akhil Gupta about how the argument put forward in “Blurred Boundaries” came to be. Our conversation touched on the background of the article and the difficulties in getting it published; the relationship of the article to postcolonial scholarship, subaltern studies, feminist studies, and the then emerging literature on globalization; its relationship with other theorists of the state through themes such as Eurocentrism, reification, fantasy, fetishism, and the role of culture in the analysis of the state; and future directions in research on the state, among them, examining emotion and affect, studying the most powerful bureaucracies in nation-states, and developing the emergent literature on corruption.},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vaux2015,
title = {Explaining vowel systems: Dispersion theory vs natural selection},
author = {Bert Vaux and Bridget Diane Samuels},
doi = {10.1515/tlr-2014-0028},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-09-01},
urldate = {2015-09-01},
journal = {The Linguistic Review},
volume = {32},
number = {3},
pages = {573-599},
abstract = {We argue that the cross-linguistic distribution of vowel systems is best accounted for by grammar-external forces of learnability operating in tandem with cognitive constraints on phonological computation, as argued for other phonological phenomena by Blevins (2004). On this view, the range of possible vowel systems is constrained only by what is computable and learnable; the range of attested vowel systems is a subset of this, constrained by relative learnability (Hale and Reiss 2000a, Hale and Reiss 2000b; Newmeyer 2005). A system that is easier to learn (e.g., one whose members are more dispersed in perceptual space) is predicted by our model to become more common cross-linguistically over evolutionary time than its less learnable competitors. This analysis efficiently accounts for both the typological patterns found in vowel systems and the existence of a non-trivial number of "unnatural" systems in the world's languages. We compare this model with the leading forms of Dispersion Theory (notably Flemming's (1995) implementation in Optimality Theory), which seek to explain sound patterns in terms of interaction between conflicting functional constraints on maximization of perceptual contrast and minimization of articulatory effort. Dispersion Theory is shown to be unable to generate the attested range of vowel systems or predict their interesting properties, such as the centralization typically found in two-vowel systems and the quality of epenthetic segments.},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Meccariello2015,
title = {Plutarch’s Sympotic Forge and a Variant Reading in P.Oxy. LXXVIII 5156},
author = {Chiara Meccariello and James Brusuelas},
doi = {10.1515/apf-2015-0004},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-09-01},
urldate = {2015-09-01},
journal = {Archiv für Papyrusforschung und verwandte Gebiete},
volume = {61},
number = {1},
abstract = {P.Oxy. LXVIII 5156, a second century witness to Plutarch’s Quaestiones Convivales, reads τηρε[ῖ instead of the mediaeval manuscripts’ ποιεῖ at 660 c 7. The passage suggests a parallel between the effect of conversation on wine drinking and that of marble on heated iron during a puzzling metallurgical process. In this paper we identify and explain this process in the context of ancient ironworking technology, and discuss the two readings and their implications for the understanding of the simile.},
keywords = {Chiara Meccariello},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Meccariello2015b,
title = {Proteus: A platform for born digital critical editions of literary and subliterary papyri},
author = {Chiara Meccariello and Alex Williams and Annapaola Santarsiero and Gertjan Verhasselt and Hyrum Dalley Carroll and John F. Wallin and Dirk Obbink and James H. Brusuelas},
doi = {10.1109/DigitalHeritage.2015.7419546},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-09-01},
urldate = {2015-09-01},
pages = {453 - 456},
keywords = {Chiara Meccariello},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Katan2015b,
title = {Translation at the cross-roads: Time for the transcreational turn?},
author = {David Katan},
doi = {10.1080/0907676X.2015.1016049},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-08-28},
journal = {Perspectives Studies in Translatology},
volume = {24},
number = {3},
pages = {1-16 },
abstract = {This paper focusses on the real problems involved in promoting the translator's role and status to that of intercultural mediator. Ever since the cultural turn in the 1980s, academics have been equating translation with intercultural mediation (IM) and translators as mediators. The paper first looks at how mediation has been understood in translation, and then investigates a number of issues regarding intervention, both at a theoretical and at a practical level. In theory, as a result of the cultural turn, there should be a more context-based understanding of communication, and hence a more intervenient role for the translator. At a practical level, however, normative roles follow a conduit theory of translation based on language transfer. While academia and the profession wrangle over IM, a number of other options are emerging to cater for the ever-increasing real need for translation and IM. This competition is potentially marginalizing translators and interpreters. It will be suggested that ‘transcreation’ may be a way forward, though optimism is tempered with the profession's own beliefs regarding intervention and towards change.},
keywords = {David Katan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Englund2015c,
title = {Forget the Poor},
author = {Harri Englund},
doi = {10.1086/682059},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-08-27},
urldate = {2015-08-27},
journal = {Current Anthropology},
volume = {56},
number = {S11},
pages = {S000-S000},
abstract = {Gogo Breeze, a popular radio personality in Zambia’s Eastern Province, responds to his listeners’ frequent evocations of poverty by refusing to consider them as members of the generic poor. Instead, he deploys idioms of kinship by which his status as the listeners’ grandfather on air assigns him moral authority that is both intimate and infallible. In this article I examine radio kinship in the context of abundant labor and scarce opportunities to be gainfully employed in Chipata, the provincial capital. A labor dispute between Zambian workers and Chinese management brought to the fore grievances about wages and conditions. When the grievances fell on deaf ears with both management and the government, the workers turned to Gogo Breeze with a letter in which they asserted themselves as children. The radio grandfather responded by visiting the provincial labor office and by broadcasting a richly allusive story about exploitation. The article concludes by discussing hierarchy and conflict as intrinsic to the mutuality and dependence that the workers yearned for. Radio kinship as one modality of mutual dependence offered a frame for making claims that was compatible with what the workers demanded.},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2015,
title = {Ratings of age of acquisition of 299 words across 25 languages: Is there a cross-linguistic order of words?},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Magdalena Łuniewska and Ewa Haman and Sharon Armon-Lotem and Bartłomiej Etenkowski and Frenette Southwood and Darinka Anđelković and Elma Blom and Tessel Boerma and Shula Chiat and Pascale Engel de Abreu and Natalia Gagarina and Anna Gavarró and Gisela Håkansson and Tina Hickey and Kristine Jensen de López and Theodoros Marinis and Maša Popović and Elin Thordardottir and Agnė Blažienė and Myriam Cantú Sánchez and Ineta Dabašinskienė and Pınar Ege and Inger-Anne Ehret and Nelly-Ann Fritsche and Daniela Gatt and Bibi Janssen, Maria Kambanaros and Svetlana Kapalková and Bjarke Kronqvist and Sari Kunnari and Chiara Levorato and Olga Nenonen and Siobhán Nic Fhlannchadha and Ciara O’Toole and Kamila Polišenská and Barbara Pomiechowska and Natalia Ringblom and Tanja Rinker and Maja Roch and Maja Savić and Daniela Slančová and Özlem Ünal-Logacev},
doi = {10.3758/s13428-015-0636-6},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-08-15},
urldate = {2015-08-15},
journal = {Behavior Research Methods},
volume = {48},
number = {3},
abstract = {We present a new set of subjective age-of-acquisition (AoA) ratings for 299 words (158 nouns, 141 verbs) in 25 languages from five language families (Afro-Asiatic: Semitic languages; Altaic: one Turkic language: Indo-European: Baltic, Celtic, Germanic, Hellenic, Slavic, and Romance languages; Niger-Congo: one Bantu language; Uralic: Finnic and Ugric languages). Adult native speakers reported the age at which they had learned each word. We present a comparison of the AoA ratings across all languages by contrasting them in pairs. This comparison shows a consistency in the orders of ratings across the 25 languages. The data were then analyzed (1) to ascertain how the demographic characteristics of the participants influenced AoA estimations and (2) to assess differences caused by the exact form of the target question (when did you learn vs. when do children learn this word); (3) to compare the ratings obtained in our study to those of previous studies; and (4) to assess the validity of our study by comparison with quasi-objective AoA norms derived from the MacArthur-Bates Communicative Development Inventories (MB-CDI). All 299 words were judged as being acquired early (mostly before the age of 6 years). AoA ratings were associated with the raters' social or language status, but not with the raters' age or education. Parents reported words as being learned earlier, and bilinguals reported learning them later. Estimations of the age at which children learn the words revealed significantly lower ratings of AoA. Finally, comparisons with previous AoA and MB-CDI norms support the validity of the present estimations. Our AoA ratings are available for research or other purposes.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Michaud2015,
title = {Influences of speaker attitudes on glottalized tones: a study of two Vietnamese sentence-final particles},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Dang-Khoa Mac and Lan Nguyen and Do Dat Tran},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-08-14},
booktitle = {Influences of speaker attitudes on glottalized tones: a study of two Vietnamese sentence-final particles},
volume = {2},
abstract = {Attitudinal information in a spoken utterance can be lexically encoded; it can also be conveyed by intonation, including modification of voice quality. This study aims to investigate how speaker attitude affects the realization of glottalized tones in Vietnamese. A specific recording setup was designed; a corpus containing attitudinal sentence-final particles (SFPs) was recorded by ten speakers. The present report contains qualitative observations and quantitative assessments for two glottalized tones (B2, the " drop tone " , and C2, the " broken tone ") in utterances realized with attitudes of SURPRISE or IRRITATION, as contrasted with simple DECLARATION. The results suggest that there is a considerable range of intonational (allotonic) variation in the realization of glottalization, and that it contributes to expressing speaker attitude – and is not unlikely to convey other types of prosodic information as well.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{nokey,
title = {Temporal and spectral properties of Madurese stops},
author = {James Kirby and Misnadin Nadin and Bert Remijsen},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-08-13},
urldate = {2015-08-13},
abstract = {Madurese is a language with a three-way laryngeal contrast and an unusual consonant-vowel co-occurrence restriction. We provide new data on the phonetic realisation of Madurese stops from a sample of 15 native speakers by examining VOT, f0 and two acoustic correlates of voice quality, H1*-H2* and H1*-A3*. Our data indicate that while f0 distinguishes voiced from voiceless (aspirated and unaspirated) stops, at least one voice quality measure contrasts voiced and voiceless aspirated stops with voiceless unaspirated stops, suggesting that the relationship between these features may be more complex than has previously been assumed. Madurese appears to be best described as ‘register system’ of the Mon-Khmer type, albeit one in which pitch and voice quality are dissociated.
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Graham2015c,
title = {Phonetic and prosodic features in automated spoken language assessment},
author = {Calbert Graham},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-08-12},
urldate = {2015-08-12},
abstract = {The traditional approach of using trained human assessors to evaluate spoken language proficiency has proven to be both expensive and time-consuming. This has led to renewed effort to develop tools for the automated assessment of non-native speech. Previous work on automated assessment has generally not focused on acoustic features, although it has long been established that listeners use such features in judging the naturalness of L2 pronunciation. Including such features in assessment will go a long way in making the implicit knowledge examiners use in assessing pronunciation more explicit, and can be very useful, for instance, in a computer-assisted language learning (CALL) pronunciation training programme. In this paper, we describe one strand of research in our ALTA project and discuss the role of phonetic features in automated assessment of non-native speech. We will briefly discuss some of the challenges we face in automatically measuring phonetic/prosodic features, and how we go about striking a compromise between what may be a linguistically meaningful feature and what is actually measurable given the constraints of our system.
},
keywords = {Calbert Graham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Michaud2015b,
title = {Phonemic and Tonal Analysis of the Pianding Dialect of Naxi (Dadong County, Lijiang Municipality)},
author = {Alexis Michaud and He Likun},
issn = {0153-3320},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-08-12},
urldate = {2015-08-12},
journal = {Cahiers de Linguistique Asie Orientale},
volume = {44},
number = {1},
pages = {1-35},
abstract = {This article sets out a phonemic and tonal analysis of the second author's native language: the (heretofore undescribed) Naxi dialect spoken in the village of Pianding (Dadong County, Lijiang Municipality, Yunnan). A distributional inventory brings out two pairs of phonemes that are of special interest to Naxi dialectology: (i) two apicalized vowels, / ɿ̟ / and / ɿ̠ /, and (ii) two rhotic vowels, / ɚ / and / ɯ˞ /, instead of only one apicalized vowel and one rhotic vowel in Old Town Naxi, the best-described dialect to date. These observations confirm and complement reports from other dialects; information on the lexical distribution of these conservative oppositions enriches the empirical basis for comparative – historical studies within the Naish subgroup of Sino – Tibetan. In the course of the discussion, observations about the Pianding dialect are placed in cross-dialect perspective; this article can thus serve as an introduction to key aspects of Naxi phonemics. This article presents an analysis of the phonemes and tones of the second author's mother tongue: the Naxi dialect (not described so far) from Pianding village (Dadong county, Lijiang municipality, Yunnan). A distributional inventory reveals two pairs of phonemes that are of particular interest for the Naxi dialectology: two apical vowels, / ɿ̟ / and / ɿ̠ /, and two rhotic vowels, / ɚ / and / ɯ˞ /, where the dialect of Lijiang Old Town (Dayanzhen) - the best-described dialect to date - has only an apicalized vowel and a rhotic vowel. The lexical distribution of these conservative oppositions, which had already been reported in other dialects, is set out here in detail, which consolidates the empirical basis necessary for the study of the historical phonology of the Naish language group. As the talk progresses, the characteristics of Pianding's speech are compared with those of other dialects, so this article can serve as an introduction to the central issues in Naxi phonology.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2015b,
title = {Character reference in Greek-German bilingual children’s narratives},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Andreou and Eva Knopp and Christiane Bongartz},
doi = {10.1075/eurosla.15.01and},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-08-11},
urldate = {2015-08-11},
journal = {EUROSLA Yearbook},
volume = {15},
number = {3},
abstract = {This study investigates reference management of two groups of 8–12 year old Greek–German bilinguals, resident in Greece (Bilinguals_GR N = 38) and in Germany (Bilinguals_GE N = 39). We analyze the bilinguals’ retellings in each language and compare them with data from two monolingual control groups of Greek and German children (Monolinguals_GR and Monolinguals_GE, N = 20 respectively). We seek to establish how the use of referential forms in character introduction, maintenance and reintroduction in the bilinguals’ narrative retellings is affected by language dominance and whether proficiency in each language patterns similarly with respect to dominance in input. Our results indicate that differences in choice of referential form can be attributed to language dominance. Bilingual production of referential expressions differed from that of monolinguals when exposure to one language outweighed the other, as in the case of Bilinguals_GE. Similarly, proficiency in terms of vocabulary, verb diversity and syntactic complexity was affected in the weaker language for this group, which showed a strong dominance in German input. When exposure was more balanced (Bilinguals_GR), proficiency measures in both languages were affected, but to a lesser degree.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Mannheim2015,
title = {The social imaginary, unspoken in verbal art},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-08-11},
urldate = {2015-08-11},
pages = {58-75},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {Central to social life is the construction of a “social imaginary,” a set of interpretive images, figures, and forms that project an implicit social ontology, sanctioning everyday understandings and making sense of them in deeply institutional terms. In a passage that recalls Sapir’s (1929: 162) observation that grammatical categories project a compulsive reality for speakers of a language, Cornelius Castoriadis (1975: 293) argues that the social imaginary is radically compulsive, such that “society could not recognize itself as making itself, as institution of itself, as self-institution.” 1 It is in analogy with Sapir’s view that what there is–social and otherwise–is built up out of the compulsory categories with which everyday interactions are structured that I find Castoriadis compelling; analogously, the roots of the social ontology are to be found in everyday practices, some apparently inconsequential from a material standpoint.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Kirby2015b,
title = {Stop voicing and F0 perturbations: evidence from French and Italian},
author = {James Kirby and D Robert Ladd},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-08-10},
urldate = {2015-08-10},
abstract = {We report new experimental evidence on consonant-induced F0 perturbations in two languages with prevoiced stops, French and Italian. A positive correlation between duration of voicing lead and F0 at the onset of post-release voicing is observed, consistent with the predictions of an automatic or biomechanical account of the source of this effect. While the findings do not strictly rule out a role for onset F0 as a controlled enhancement, they support the proposal that, if anything, the enhancement is of [-voice] or [stiff] rather than [+voice].
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Michaud2015c,
title = {Phonetic insights into a simple level-tone system: ‘careful’ vs. ‘impatient’ realizations of Naxi High, Mid and Low tones},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Jacqueline Vaissiere and Minh-Chau Nguyen},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-08-10},
volume = {1},
abstract = {The Naxi language has three level tones: H, M and L (plus a marginal Rising tone). The present study aims to offer phonetic insights into this simple system through examination of production data from three male speakers and one female speaker: realizations of the three level tones on CV syllables, under two reading conditions, labelled as ‘CAREFUL’ and ‘IMPATIENT’. Fundamental frequency (F0), glottal open quotient (Oq), and formant frequency characteristics are estimated. The three level tones span about 8 semitones under ‘CAREFUL’ reading and 11 semitones under ‘IMPATIENT’ reading. The average distance separating H from M is on the same order as that separating M from L. Under ‘IMPATIENT’ reading, F0 register is higher. Oq follows speaker-specific patterns. No clear pattern of influence of tone or reading condition on vowel articulation was found. These findings (along with the original data, made available in full) offer a basis for cross-linguistic comparison.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Snowden2015,
title = {“We don't tend to have that here”: exploring child and adult relationships to trans-contextual objects in early childhood education institutions},
author = {Collette Snowden and Sue Nichols},
doi = {10.1080/10350330.2015.1059580},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-08-08},
journal = {Social Semiotics},
volume = {25},
number = {4},
pages = {465-483},
abstract = {The project reported in this chapter examined the subject of sustainable consumption from the perspective of early childhood educators and young children. This chapter focuses on the meaning of trans-contextual objects, that is, objects that pass between homes and sites of early education either materially or in the form of representations. Interviews with practitioners revealed that early childhood sites were expected to act as a haven from the perceived negative influence of consumer culture, individualism and associated object relations. In an action research phase, children were given the opportunity to bring in and speak about significant objects, which were ordinarily excluded from these sites. Analysis of the children's talk and of the objects themselves challenges the adult perspectives. Through their semiotic practices children had the means of breaching the barriers that had been erected, via institutional regulation, on the passage of objects from “there” to “here”.},
keywords = {Collette Snowden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2015f,
title = {The Role of Inferred Motive in Processing Nonaccommodation: Evaluations of Communication and Speakers},
author = {Howard Giles and Jessica Gasiorek},
doi = {10.1080/10570314.2015.1066030},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-08-08},
urldate = {2015-08-08},
journal = {Western Journal of Communication},
volume = {79},
number = {4},
pages = {456-471},
abstract = {Building on recent revisions to communication accommodation theory (CAT), we propose and test a model relating inferred motives, perceptions of accommodation, and evaluative responses to nonaccommodation. In a vignette scenario, inferring a positive (i.e., helping) motive was found to influence evaluative responses to nonaccommodative communication, and the same communicative behavior was experienced as more accommodative (i.e., appropriately adjusted) to the extent that it was seen as more positively motivated. Our results also indicate that the consistent differences in evaluations of over versus underaccommodation found in previous research can be a result of listeners’ inferences about speakers’ motives.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks2015c,
title = {How language impacts memory of motion events in English and French},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Helen Engemann and Eva Soroli and Maya Hickmann and Coralie Vincent},
doi = {10.1007/s10339-015-0696-7},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-08-02},
urldate = {2015-08-02},
journal = {Cognitive Processing},
volume = {1},
number = {1},
pages = {209-213},
abstract = {This paper examines whether cross-linguistic differences in motion encoding affect event processing, specifically memory performance. We compared speakers of two languages which differ strikingly in how they habitually encode MANNER and PATH of motion (Talmy in Toward a cognitive semantics: typology and process in concept structuring, 2nd edn, vol 2. MIT Press, Cambridge, 2000). We tested French and English adult native speakers across three tasks that recruited and/or suppressed verbal processing to different extents: verbal event descriptions elicited on the basis of dynamic motion stimuli, a verbal memory task testing the impact of prior verbalisation on target recognition, and a non-verbal memory task, using a dual-task paradigm to suppress internal verbalisation. Results showed significant group differences in the verbal description task, which mirrored expected typological tendencies. English speakers more frequently expressed both MANNER and PATH information than French speakers, who produced more descriptions encoding either PATH or MANNER alone. However, these differences in linguistic encoding did not significantly affect speakers' memory performance in the memory recognition tasks, neither in the verbal nor in the non-verbal condition. The findings contribute to current debates regarding the conditions under which language effects occur and the relative weight of language-specific and universal constraints on spatial cognition.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Tang2015b,
title = {Awareness of Hong Kong Sign Language and Manually Coded Chinese by Deaf Students Learning in a Sign Bilingual and Co-enrollment Setting},
author = {Gladys Tang and Chris Kun-Man Yiu and Scholastica Lam},
doi = {10.1093/acprof:oso/9780190215194.003.0006},
isbn = {9780190215194},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-08-01},
pages = {117-148},
publisher = {Oxford Scholarship Online},
abstract = {This chapter reports on a study that explored whether severely and profoundly deaf students studying in a sign bilingual and co-enrollment environment were aware of the existence of two forms of signing—Hong Kong Sign Language (HKSL) and manually coded Chinese (MCC)—in the learning environment, and how they differentiated one form of signing from the other. To investigate this issue, we recruited 18 severe to profoundly deaf students studying in this environment to participate in a language differentiation task, a questionnaire survey, and a focus group discussion. Results showed that there was growing language awareness between HKSL and MCC among the students, and their language differentiation ability was correlated with HKSL but not Cantonese or written Chinese proficiency. Data from the other two tasks found interesting preferences for communication modes in class, subject to the hearing status of the teachers as well as pedagogical motivations.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Fina2015bb,
title = {Handbook of Narrative Analysis},
author = { Anna De Fina and Alexandra Georgakopoulou},
isbn = {978-1-118-45815-0},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-08-01},
publisher = {Wiley-Blackwell},
abstract = {No single period or society can do without narratives. And, a good number of contemporary thinkers hasten to add, whatever you say and think about a certain time or place becomes a narrative in its own right. From the oldest myths and legends to postmodern fabulation, narration has always been central. Postmodern philosophers may submit that there are no longer any grand, encompassing narratives, but they also contend that everything amounts to a narrative, including the world and the self. If that is correct, then the study of narrative is not just a pastime for literary theorists in their ivory towers. Instead it unveils fundamental culture-specific opinions about reality and humankind, which are narrativized in stories and novels.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Baider2015bb,
title = {Apprentissage, enseignement et affects},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Georgeta Cislaru and Simon Coffey},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-08-01},
journal = {Le Langage et l'Homme},
volume = {50},
number = {1},
pages = {3-6},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2015d,
title = {Strata of standardization: The Phong Nha dialect of Vietnamese (Quảng Bình Province) in historical perspective},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Michel Ferlus and Minh-Chau Nguyen},
doi = {10.1075/ltba.38.1.04mic},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-07-16},
journal = {Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman Area},
volume = {38},
number = {1},
pages = {124-162},
abstract = {The present research, based on first-hand data, is intended as a contribution to the study of the present-day diversity of lesser-described Vietnamese dialects, and of the range of evolutionary paths to which they testify. The Vietnamese dialect of the hamlet of Phong Nha (commune of Sơn Trạch, county of Bố Trạch, Quảng Bình) is one of the “heterodox” dialects of Vietnamese, which are known to present considerable interest for the historical study of Vietnamese and of the Vietic group at large. These dialects are the product of the southerly expansion of Vietnamese over related (Vietic) languages, a process which involved various interferences. Comparative evidence reveals strata of standardization: some words are phonologically identical to Standard Vietnamese; others are of Southern Vietic stock, as demonstrated by the absence of telltale historical changes that took place in Vietnamese, such as the spirantization of medial stops; still others appear to be the result of hybridization.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Kirby2015e,
title = {Bias and population structure in the actuation of sound change},
author = {James Kirby and Morgan Sonderegger},
doi = {10.48550/arXiv.1507.04420},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-07-15},
urldate = {2015-07-15},
pages = {30},
abstract = {Why do human languages change at some times, and not others? We address this longstanding question from a computational perspective, focusing on the case of sound change. Sound change arises from the pronunciation variability ubiquitous in every speech community, but most such variability does not lead to change. Hence, an adequate model must allow for stability as well as change. Existing theories of sound change tend to emphasize factors at the level of individual learners promoting one outcome or the other, such as channel bias (which favors change) or inductive bias (which favors stability). Here, we consider how the interaction of these biases can lead to both stability and change in a population setting. We find that population structure itself can act as a source of stability, but that both stability and change are possible only when both types of bias are active, suggesting that it is possible to understand why sound change occurs at some times and not others as the population-level result of the interplay between forces promoting each outcome in individual speakers. In addition, if it is assumed that learners learn from two or more teachers, the transition from stability to change is marked by a phase transition, consistent with the abrupt transitions seen in many empirical cases of sound change. The predictions of multiple-teacher models thus match empirical cases of sound change better than the predictions of single-teacher models, underscoring the importance of modeling language change in a population setting.},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Cardoso2015b,
title = {Schuchardt's archive and the 'lost' Asian-Portuguese creoles},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-07-07},
abstract = {Tranquebar, Mylapore, and Madras / Chennai), the Bengal region (including modern-day Bangladesh), Burma / Myanmar, and the Indonesian island of Flores. References: Schuchardt, H. (1882) Creole studies II. About the Indo-Portuguese from Cochim. Session reports of the Imperial Academy of Sciences in Vienna (philosophical-historical class) 102: 799-816. Schuchardt, H. (1883a) Creole Studies III. About the Indo-Portuguese of Diu. Session reports of the Imperial Academy of Sciences in Vienna (philosophical-historical class) 103: 3-18. Schuchardt, H. (1883b). Creole Studies VI. About the Indoportuguese of Mangalore. Session reports of the Imperial Academy of Sciences in Vienna (philosophical-historical class), 105 (III): 882-904. Schuchardt, H. (1889a) Contributions to the knowledge of Creole Romansh: VI. To the Indo-Portuguese of Mahé and Cannanore. Journal of Romance Philology 13: 516-524. Schuchardt, H. (1889b) Contributions to the knowledge of Creole Romani. V. More general information about Indoportuguese (Asioportuguese). Journal of Romance Philology 13: 476-516. Schuchardt, H. (1890). Creole Studies IX. Via the Malay Portuguese of Batavia and Tugu. Session reports of the Imperial Academy of Sciences in Vienna (philosophical-historical class) 122 (9): 1-256. Via the Malay Portuguese of Batavia and Tugu. Session reports of the Imperial Academy of Sciences in Vienna (philosophical-historical class) 122 (9): 1-256. Via the Malay Portuguese of Batavia and Tugu. Session reports of the Imperial Academy of Sciences in Vienna (philosophical-historical class) 122 (9): 1-256.},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {presentation}
}
@article{Mannheim2015c,
title = {La historicidad de imágenes oníricos quechuas sudperuanos},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
doi = {10.30920/letras.86.123.1},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-07-07},
urldate = {2015-07-07},
journal = {Letras (Lima)},
volume = {86},
number = {123},
pages = {5-48},
abstract = {Las imágenes semióticas están enlazadas a sus modos de interpretación y siempre, de una forma específica, a una cultura. Para este estudio usamos la descripción de la interpretación de sueños quechuas sudperuanos presente en el Ritual formulario de Pérez Bocanegra junto a la etnografía contemporánea. Nuestro objetivo es mostrar que el modo de interpretación de los signos oníricos es distinto de los signos narrativos y rituales, aun cuando los mismos signos se usen a través de estos medios. Los signos narrativos se anclan en relaciones sintácticas, los signosrituales en relaciones tanto sintácticas como pragmáticas. Por lo tanto,estos últimos tienen una estabilidad diacrónica mayor que los signos oníricos. Este trabajo es un paso a una teoría general de la estabilidad de formas culturales, a través de anclas y replicadores semióticos. Semiotic images are bound to their culture-specific mode of interpretation. Drawing on Pérez Bocanegra’s 1631 discussion of dream interpretation in his Ritual formulario and on contemporary field research in the same parish in which Pérez Bocanegra worked, I show that the semiotic mode of interpretation of Southern Peruvian Quechua dream signs is distinct from that of narrative signs and ritual signs, even when the same signs are deployed across these media. Narrative signs are anchored syntactically, and ritual signs syntactically and pragmatically they have great historical stability than do dream signs, which are relatively fluid. This represents a step toward a theory of semiotic anchors and replicators.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@phdthesis{Benjamin2015b,
title = {Irrealis -m- in Temiar},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.1.3577.9682},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-07-06},
abstract = {Temiar, a Central Aslian (Austroasiatic) language of Peninsular Malaysia, exhibits a significant degree of phonaaesthetic iconicity in its grammar and lexicon. This includes the employment of the closed-mouth preverbal clitic m to indicate a range of ‘irrealis’ meanings – intentive, purposive, future, imperative, counterfactual, conditional, avertive, and proximative. Analysis of examples taken from dictated Temiar texts and spontaneous speech shows that these meanings all refer to situations thought of as not yet having come about, and therefore as being held subjectively in the imagination. As a speech sound, the completely closed-mouth articulation of [m] is highly suited to express directly the feelings one has when about to do something: the deliberate sonance is itself an action, but it is held back by the lips until ready to be released by opening up to the outside world. However, as a grammatical element in Temiar the ‘irrealis’ clitic m is not always attached to the participant regarded as the locus of that subjectivity, but is displaced instead onto one or more of the other participants. Extra-linguistic reasons are suggested for this. Brief discussion is also accorded to the possible sources and iconic parallels of clitic m in relation to wider Austroasiatic and Austronesian data.},
type = {Research},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {phdthesis}
}
@article{Baider2015bb,
title = {Anne-Marie Gingras (dir.), Genre et Politique dans la presse en France et au Canada},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.4000/lectures.18586},
isbn = {978-2-7605-4128-3},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-07-06},
journal = {Lectures},
abstract = {The book edited by Anne-Marie Gingras is a first. Indeed, to our knowledge, no publication has focused on the representations of women politicians in order to examine the existence of differences between Canada and France with regard to these representations. The work is divided into two parts guided by a comparative ambition: the first part focuses on the representation of women politicians in France and Canada},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Zarakol2015c,
title = {The interplay between regional international societies: a response to Thomas Linsenmaier},
author = {Ayse Zarakol},
doi = {10.1080/23269995.2015.1053243},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-07-03},
urldate = {2015-07-03},
journal = {Global Discourse},
volume = {5},
number = {3},
pages = {467-469},
keywords = {Ayse Zarakol},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Bodomo2015,
title = {African soft power in China},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
url = {http://dx.doi.org/10.7552/0-1-2-160},
doi = {10.7552/0-1-2-160},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-07-02},
journal = {African East-Asian Affairs},
volume = {0},
number = {1-2},
pages = {76-97},
abstract = {This paper comprises an account of outstanding performance by some Africans living in China in the practice of their professions, in their studies, in public service, and in their general interaction with the Chinese people and the Chinese state. The paper argues that these activities, recognised as outstanding by the Chinese and widely reported in the Chinese and international media, constitute the building blocks of African soft power in China. The consequences of this argumentation include the fact that if the governments of Africa and China want to promote people-to-people relations in the third decade of 21 st Century Africa-China relations under the aegis of the Forum for Africa-China Cooperation (FOCAC), more of such activities by diaspora Africans in China and diaspora Chinese in Africa must be recognised, promoted, rewarded, and institutionalised within the formal FOCAC framework.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Bodomo201z,
title = {African Students in China},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-07-01},
abstract = {In this talk I review a Forum on China-Africa Cooperation (FOCAC) plan of action to increase the number of Africans studying in China with Chinese government support. This generous commitment from the Chinese government has led to a conspicuous presence of Africans in Chinese universities. I outline the issues and challenges that newly-arrived African students face, from problems in using Chinese as a language of instruction to cross-cultural challenges in cuisine and Chinese society.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {presentation}
}
@misc{Eberhard2015,
title = {Guide for Planning the Future of Our Language},
author = {David Eberhard and Charlie Hanawalt and Bryan Varenkamp and Carletta Lahn},
doi = {10.13140 / RG.2.1.4219.0164},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-07-01},
abstract = {Updated regularly at: http://www.leadimpact.org/language/#the-future-of-our-language. This guide is to be used for language development by the speakers of minority languages themselves. It is particularly helpful to endangered language communities by providing awareness of their general sociolinguistic situation and current patterns of language use. During the application of this tool, the community will assess the vitality of their mother tongue, become aware of how sustainable that current vitality is, and decide if they want to strengthen it any further or not. If they decide to strengthen their language, the costs of doing so are made clear, and they are guided thru the process of developing a plan of action. This tool assumes that sustainable language development must be built on community ownership.},
keywords = {David Eberhard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Tsimpli2015c,
title = {Exploring the source of differences and similarities in L1 attrition and heritage speaker competence: Evidence from pronominal resolution},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Kaltsa and Jason Rothman},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2015.06.002},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-07-01},
urldate = {2015-07-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {164},
abstract = {Several studies of different bilingual groups including L2 learners, child bilinguals, heritage speakers and L1 attriters reveal similar performance on syntax-discourse interface properties such as anaphora resolution (Sorace, 2011 and references therein). Specifically, bilinguals seem to allow more optionality in the interpretation of overt subject pronouns in null subject languages, such as Greek, Italian and Spanish while the interpretation of null subject pronouns is indistinguishable from monolingual natives. Nevertheless, there is some evidence pointing to bilingualism effects on the interpretation of null subject pronouns too in heritage speakers' grammars (Montrul, 2004) due to some form of 'arrested' development in this group of bilinguals. The present study seeks to investigate similarities and differences between two Greek Swedish bilingual groups, heritage speakers and L1 attriters, in anaphora resolution of null and overt subject pronouns in Greek using a self-paced listening with a sentence-picture matching decision task at the end of each sentence. The two groups differ in crucial ways: heritage speakers were simultaneous or early bilinguals while the L1 attriters were adult learners of the second language, Swedish. Our findings reveal differences from monolingual preferences in the interpretation of the overt pronoun for both heritage and attrited speakers while the differences attested between the two groups in the interpretation of null subject pronouns affect only response times with heritage being faster than attrited speakers. We argue that our results do not support an age of onset or differential input effects on bilingual performance in pronoun resolution.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Clark2015c,
title = {Turn-taking: A case study of early gesture and word use in answering WHERE and WHICH questions},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark and Kate L Lindsey},
doi = {10.3389/fpsyg.2015.00890},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-07-01},
urldate = {2015-07-01},
journal = {Frontiers in Psychology},
volume = {6},
number = {890},
abstract = {When young children answer questions, they do so more slowly than adults and appear to have difficulty finding the appropriate words. Because children leave gaps before they respond, it is possible that they could answer faster with gestures than with words. In this study, we compare gestural and verbal responses from one child between the ages of 1;4 and 3;5, to adult Where and Which questions, which can be answered with gestures and/or words. After extracting all adult Where and Which questions and child answers from longitudinal videotaped sessions, we examined the timing from the end of each question to the start of the response, and compared the timing for gestures and words. Child responses could take the form of a gesture or word(s); the latter could be words repeated from the adult question or new words retrieved by the child. Or responses could be complex: a gesture + word repeat, gesture + new word, or word repeat + new word. Gestures were the fastest overall, followed successively by word-repeats, then new-word responses. This ordering, with gestures ahead of words, suggests that the child knows what to answer but needs more time to retrieve any relevant words. In short, word retrieval and articulation appear to be bottlenecks in the timing of responses: both add to the planning required in answering a question.},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lin2015,
title = {Overcoming Barriers to Health Care Access: A Qualitative Study among African Migrants in Guangzhou, China.},
author = {Lavinia Lin and Katherine B Brown and Brian J Hall and Fan Yu and Jingqi Yang and Jason Wang and Joshua M Schrock and Adams Bodomo and Ligang Yang and Bin Yang and Eric J Nehl and Joseph D Tucker and Frank Y Wong},
doi = {10.1080/17441692.2015.1076019},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-06-30},
pages = {1135-1147},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hu2015,
title = {Are the Most Interactive Learners on Web‐based Learning Systems the Best Output Performers?},
author = {Yuxiu Hu and Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.14355/jitae.2015.04.002},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-06-25},
journal = {Journal of Information Technology and Application in Education},
volume = {4},
number = {0},
pages = {8},
abstract = {In various learning platforms that comprise face‐to‐face, web‐based, and hybrid learning systems, interactivity, as a concept addressing how learners engage with the learning environment, is a much discussed theme. The assumption in such discussions is that the more interactive learners are the more learning will take place; increasing interactivity then would be a desirable goal in designing learning systems. Surprisingly, however, there are no studies thus far that have empirically established a link between interactivity and output performance in a learning situation. This paper reports on a study linking interactivity with output performance in a course that involves both face‐to‐face and web‐based learning. An experiment based on linear correlation statistical analysis tests the hypothesis whether the most interactive learners are the best output performers. It is shown that there is positive correlation between high interactive learning, as defined in terms of online usage statistics, and high output performance, as defined in terms of final course marks.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2015b,
title = {African Languages, Linguistics, and Literatures: Exploring Global Interdisciplinary Research Trends in the Humanities},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.1.1463.3127},
isbn = {978-3-941267-86-2},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-06-11},
volume = {1},
pages = {50},
abstract = {This is a shorter, preliminary version of the author's Inaugural Lecture (Antrittsvorlesung) for a Chair Professorship in African Languages and Literatures at the University of Vienna. A longer, more definitive version is expected to be published later. Comments are welcome!},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan2015,
title = {The invention of ice cider},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-06-01},
journal = {Liberte},
pages = {26-28},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams2015b,
title = {Book Review: Decline and prospects of the English-speaking communities of Quebec},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1177/0261927X15581711},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Language and Social Psychology},
volume = {34},
number = {3},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Dalakoglou2015b,
title = {From infrastructures to house: the private-public 'division' and too late modernisation in Greece of crisis},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-06-01},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Tsimpli2015d,
title = {Tsimpli, I. M., Andreou, Μ., Agathopoulou, E. & Masoura, E. (2014). Narrative production, bilingualism and working memory capacity: a study of Greek-German bilingual children. Proceedings of the 11th International Conference on Greek Linguistics},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Andreou and Eleni Agathopoulou and Elvira Masoura},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-05-28},
urldate = {2015-05-28},
journal = {Proceedings of the 11th International Conference on Greek Linguistics},
abstract = {We investigate narrative production of 8-10 year old typically developing bilingual children. One group of these children grow up in Germany and attend German schools with exposure to Greek in afternoon classes only, while the other group attends the German School of Thessaloniki. Biographical data were gathered through a detailed questionnaire, allowed us to determine age of onset and input measures. A vocabulary production task was used as an independent measure of language proficiency. The results reveal correlations between working memory function and type of bilingualism. Vocabulary measures seem to correlate with narrative production both in qualitative and quantitative terms.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Graham2015,
title = {Fundamental Frequency Range in Japanese and English: The Case of Simultaneous Bilinguals},
author = {Calbert Graham},
doi = {10.1159/000381627},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-05-20},
journal = {Phonetica},
volume = {71},
number = {4},
pages = {271-295},
abstract = {This article reports an experiment to test whether Japanese and English speakers vary their fundamental frequency (f0) range as a function of the language spoken. Speech samples of Japanese-(American) English simultaneous bilinguals (5 males, 5 females; all undergraduates at UC Berkeley) performing comparable reading tasks in their two native languages were analysed. The study builds on a relatively new approach to measuring f0 range that computes its high and low points from tonal targets in the intonational phonology. Unlike in most previous studies where f0 range is traditionally treated as a one-dimensional measure, f0 range in this study is measured along two quasi-independent dimensions: level and span. Findings revealed statistically significant crosslanguage differences between Japanese and English in both dimensions. This provides new insights into the relation between prosodic structure and f0 range in these two typologically different prosodic systems. © 2015 S. Karger AG, Basel.},
keywords = {Calbert Graham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Bhatia2015b,
title = {Discursive Illusions in Public Discourse: Theory and Practice},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
doi = {10.4324/9781315776903},
isbn = {9781315776903},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-05-15},
volume = {53},
number = {2},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {This book presents a unique perspective into the investigation and analysis of public discourses, such as those of the environment, politics, and social media, springing from issues of key relevance to contemporary society, including the War on Terror, the `Arab Spring', and the climate-change debate. Employing a qualitative approach, and drawing on data which comprises both written and spoken discourses, including policy documents, political speeches, press conferences, blog entries, informational leaflets, and corporate reports, the book puts forward a unique theoretical framework, that of the Discourse of Illusion. The research draws on discourse analysis, in order to develop and implement a multi-perspective framework that allows a closer look at the intentions of the producer/actor of various discourses, power struggles within social domains, in addition to the socio-political and historical contexts which influence the individual repositories of experience that create multiple, often contesting, arguments on controversial issues, consequently giving rise to discursive illusions. Discursive Illusions in Public Discourse: Theory and practice intensively explores the discourse of illusion within multifarious dimensions of contemporary public discourses, such as:

* Political Voices in Terrorism
* Activist Voices in New Media
* Corporate Voices in Climate Change

This book will particularly appeal to researchers working within the field of discourse analysis, and more generally for students of postgraduate research and specialists in the field of language, linguistics, and media. The book can also be used as a guide for non-specialists in better understanding the complexities of public discourses, and how they shape society's perceptions of some key social and political issues.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Giles2015g,
title = {Patient-Provider Health Interactions: A Communication Accommodation Theory Perspective},
author = {Howard Giles and Sina Farzadnia},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-05-13},
urldate = {2015-05-13},
journal = {International Journal of Society, Culture, and Language},
volume = {3},
pages = {1-18},
abstract = {This paper critically reviews studies that have interpretively invoked communication accommodation theory (CAT) for the study of patient-provider interaction. CAT's sociolinguistic strategies—approximation, interpretability, interpersonal control, discourse management, and emotional expression—are succinctly introduced and their use in studies of patient-provider interaction discussed. The major findings of this analytical review are five-fold: (1) Both parties have problems approximating each other; (2) Both parties attempt to account for the other's knowledge and disposition; (3) A struggle for control is evident, mainly from the provider's side of the interaction; (4) Providers are better managers of discourse than patients; and (5) How or when providers express emotions has been the primary research focus, and not those of patients. This narrative review of the literature concludes that CAT is a productive approach to understanding linguistic as well as socio-psychological aspects of patient-provider health interactions. Noting providers' and patients' communicative behaviors, accounting for underlying motives and motivations, and attending to the sociolinguistic strategies guiding their behaviors may shed further light on the darker side of patient-provider interaction.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Roberts2015,
title = {The Clausal Hierarchy, Features, and Parameters: The Cartography of Syntactic Structures, Volume 10},
author = {Ian Roberts and Theresa Biberauer},
doi = {10.1093/acprof:oso/9780190210588.003.0016},
isbn = {9780190210588},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-05-07},
urldate = {2015-05-07},
pages = {295-313},
publisher = {Beyond Functional Sequence},
abstract = {This chapter addresses the question of the role and nature of formal hierarchies in current syntactic theory. Three types of hierarchy are highlighted: (1) cartographic-type hierarchies, (2) formal feature hierarchies of the kind proposed by Harley and Ritter (2002), and (3) parameter hierarchies of the kind first proposed by Baker (2001) and currently being elaborated on the Cambridge-based “Rethinking Comparative Syntax” project. We propose a unification of these three types, postulating a single formal hierarchy that is not predetermined by UG, but instead arises as an emergent property of the interaction of the three factors of language design introduced by Chomsky (2005), namely UG (F1), Primary Linguistic Data for language acquisition (PLD, F2), and third-factor considerations of cognitive computational conservativity (F3). We will also suggest some diagnostics for showing the unity of the hierarchies, with Relativized Minimality playing a central role in this connection.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Bodomo2015c,
title = {Counting Beans: Some Empirical and Methodological Problems for Calibrating the African Presence in Greater China},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Caroline Pajancic},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-05-01},
journal = {Pan African Studies},
volume = {7},
number = {1},
pages = {126-143},
abstract = {In the last 10 years, much research has gone into finding answers to key questions about the African presence in Greater China (mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan). We now have fairly good answers to questions like why Africans go to China, the major cities Africans live in and visit, what they do there, and how they are received by the Chinese state and the Chinese people. What has, however, been elusive to date is calculating fairly exact or accurate numbers about Africans in China. Apart from issues about the usefulness of such an enterprise, there are a number of reasons that make this an arduous task, including the fact that accurate and realistic official records hardly exist on the numbers of foreigners in China, the preponderance of 'qualitative' research does not allow for accurate extrapolations of Africans in China based on extensive questionnaire surveys, and the very nature of the linguistic phrase 'Africans in China' may cause confusion whether it means Africans permanently living in China or whether the term includes those on frequent visits as well. In this paper we discuss these and other challenges for quantifying the African presence in China before proposing some methods and strategies that we have used to estimate the numbers of Africans in China in any one year at half a million people, and that we are using to constantly update quantitative measures to continue monitoring the African presence in Greater China. Beyond these issues of numbers the discussion here has implications for larger questions about the dichotomy between qualitative and quantitative methodologies in the humanities and social sciences.
},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pablé2015b,
title = {Polylanguaging, integrational linguistics and contemporary sociolinguistic theory: a commentary on Ritzau},
author = {Adrian Pablé and Jon Orman},
doi = {10.1080/13670050.2015.1024606},
issn = {1367-0050},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-05-01},
journal = {International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism},
volume = {19},
number = {5},
pages = {592-602 },
abstract = {In this article, we take up and expand upon a number of issues of linguistic theory raised in Ursula Ritzau's recent article ‘Learner language and polylanguaging: how language students’ ideologies relate to their written language use’ published in the Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism. The present critique is informed by an integrational linguistic approach, from which perspective polylanguaging was recently discussed by one of the present authors. In the first part of this commentary we pinpoint and offer a critical analysis of some of the claims raised in Ritzau's article, providing a rationale for these claims from the perspective of the polylanguaging theorist and discussing its implications. In the second part we embark on a more general critique of polylanguaging and related branches of modern sociolinguistics by making explicit reference to an integrational semiology, showing that the linguistic philosophy of the former rests on the same mythical assumptions as the founding school they criticise (i.e. Saussurean structuralism). We also respond to some of the - in our view, inadequately grounded - criticisms that Ritzau raises in respect of integrational linguistics.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Stoffers2015b,
title = {Grain boundary segregation in multicrystalline silicon: Correlative characterization by EBSD, EBIC, and atom probe tomography},
author = {Andreas Stoffers and Oana Cojocaru ‐ Mirédin and Winfried Seifert and Stefan Zaefferer and Stephan Riepe and Dierk Raabe},
doi = {10.1002/pip.2614},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-05-01},
journal = {Progress in Photovoltaics: Research and Applications},
volume = {23},
number = {12},
pages = {1742-1753},
abstract = {This study aims to better understand the influence of crystallographic structure and impurity decoration on the recombination activity at grain boundaries in multicrystalline silicon. A sample of the upper part of a multicrystalline silicon ingot with intentional addition of iron and copper has been investigated. Correlative electron-beam-induced current, electron backscatter diffraction, and atom probe tomography data for different types of grain boundaries are presented. For a symmetric coherent Σ3 twin boundary, with very low recombination activity, no impurities are detected. In case of a noncoherent (random) high-angle grain boundary and higher order twins with pronounced recombination activity, carbon and oxygen impurities are observed to decorate the interface. Copper contamination is detected for the boundary with the highest recombination activity in this study, a random high-angle grain boundary located in the vicinity of a triple junction. The 3D atom probe tomography study presented here is the first direct atomic scale identification and quantification of impurities decorating grain boundaries in multicrystalline silicon. The observed deviations in chemical decoration and induced current could be directly linked with different crystallographic structures of silicon grain boundaries. Hence, the current work establishes a direct correlation between grain boundary structure, atomic scale segregation information, and electrical activity. It can help to identify interface–property relationships for silicon interfaces that enable grain boundary engineering in multicrystalline silicon.},
keywords = {Andreas Stoffers},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2015bb,
title = {Comprehensibility and comprehensiveness of financial analysts’ reports},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Marlies Whitehouse},
doi = {10.1016/j.scoms.2015.03.007},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-05-01},
journal = {Studies in Communication Sciences},
volume = {15},
number = {1},
pages = {111-119},
abstract = {Financial analysts and their texts play a key role in the financial community. Despite their importance, both the analysts as writers and the texts themselves are widely under-researched, as a review of the literature in the field reveals. This is the gap that our large research project on financial analysts’ written communication aims to close. Based on a context-annotated corpus of roughly 1500 financial analysts’ company reviews (in German, English, and Japanese), we investigate the cultural, organizational, and individual variety of the texts’ communicative potential for investors. The final goal of the entire research project is to identify critical situations and situative good practices of cross-disciplinary communication in the financial community. In the present paper, we focus on one specific genre, a small qualitative sample, a product-only approach, and on one specific research question from the financial communication project: why do equity analysts’ company updates for investors fail to reach their communicative potential? We start by systematically contextualizing the genre in the light of the research question (Section 1). Based on a qualitative English sub-corpus (Section 2), we then explain how we used pragmatic text analysis to investigate the texts’ comprehensibility and comprehensiveness in cross-disciplinary communication (Section 3). The results suggest that these texts bear the risk of partial communicative failure (Section 4) and what actions can improve their communicative potential (Section 5).},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Fina2015bb,
title = {De Fina and King DIS},
author = {Anna De Fina and Kendall A. King
},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-04-28},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@inbook{Bodomo2015d,
title = {African traders in Guangzhou: A bridge community for Africa-China relations},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
url = {http://www.scopus.com/inward/record.url?eid=2-s2.0-84958614348&partnerID=MN8TOARS},
doi = {10.4337/9781782544210.00014},
isbn = {9781782544203},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-04-24},
pages = {133-166},
publisher = {Edward Elgar PublishingEditors: Carla Freeman},
chapter = {7},
abstract = {In this age of globalization, migrant communities are becoming increasingly salient features in urban environments, particularly in the megacities of the world. At the same time, people never migrate empty handed. They carry their source cultures, values, and native languages with them. In addition to what migrants bring from their source communities, however, migration to new places also involves learning by migrants about the cultures, languages, and value systems of their host communities. Many decades after the Bandung conference in April 1955 marked the beginning of Afro-Asian relations, we are beginning to see the establishment of African communities in megacities across Asia. In China, African communities have emerged in most top-tier cities, including Beijing, Nanjing, Shanghai, in both Guangzhou and the nearby Special Administrative Regions (SARs) of Hong Kong and Macau. Estimates of the number of African migrants in Guangzhou vary by source, but in 2009, the Guangzhou Municipal Academy of Social Sciences estimated the number at more than 100,000, with numbers rising every year.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Pablé2015c,
title = {Signs, Meaning and Experience: Integrational Approaches to Linguistics and Semiotics},
author = {Adrian Pablé and Christopher Hutton},
doi = {10.1515/9781501502286},
isbn = {9781501502286},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-04-24},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton; 1st edition },
abstract = {Integrationism offers a radically contextual approach to the sign and represents a direct challenge to academic linguistics. This book sets out for the general reader its key claims and insights and explores criticisms offered of its approach, as well as the paradoxes that arise from its attack on the notion of linguistic expertise. For the first time integrationism is subjected to an extended contrastive analysis with semiotics.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Bhatia2015,
title = {Construction of discursive illusions in the ‘Umbrella Movement’},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
doi = {10.1177/0957926515576635},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-04-22},
journal = {Discourse & Society},
volume = {26},
number = {4},
pages = {407–427},
abstract = {Using the Umbrella Movement in Hong Kong as an example, this article explores the construction of discursive illusions in the South China Morning Post’s (SCMP) coverage of the event under discussion. More specifically, the article investigates how a multi-perspective analytical approach, namely that of the discourse of illusion, can allow a closer look at how and to what extent abstract constructs with significant social implications are discursively formed. In this respect, the framework draws on three interrelated components: historicity (habitus as key to the creation of discursive illusions, dealing as it does with the growth and change of perceptions over time), linguistic and semiotic action (subjective conceptualisations of the world give rise to certain linguistic and semiotic actions, often through metaphorical and dominant rhetoric) and the degree of social impact (as language and actions of individuals and groups engender many categories and stereotypes). The analysis reveals the use of various linguistic and rhetorical tools, including insinuation, temporal referencing, metaphor, recontextualisation and (re)framing by the SCMP, the most prominent English newspaper in Hong Kong, in its creation of multiple identity categories.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{King2015c,
title = {Language and sexuality in education},
author = {Brian King},
editor = {Patricia Whelehan and Anne Bolin},
doi = {10.1002/9781118896877.wbiehs258},
isbn = {978-1-4051-9006-0},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-04-20},
urldate = {2015-04-20},
pages = {649-719},
publisher = {Wiley and Sons},
abstract = {Language use mediates knowledge of sexuality, a fact that leads to important questions about the “putting into words” of sex and sexuality in educational contexts. In the broader institutional environment of “school,” language plays a key role in the narrowly gendered construction of heterosexualities and the problematic othering of non-normative sexualities. In sexuality education classes (i.e., classes where sexuality enjoys a sustained pedagogical focus), the same themes arise, but it is through talk that students begin to come to terms with their own identities as sexual subjects in control of their desires. Talk plays a similarly important role during the learning of additional languages, for sexuality cannot be separated from the formation of identities in the new language. Through inquiry into cultural discourses around sexuality, learners can acquire an understanding of socio-sexual literacy in a target culture. Sexual desires and identities can also be closely tied to language learning investments and motivations, thereby influencing success or failure with language learning as well as specific learning pathways.},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Zuckermann2015,
title = {Let My People Know!: Towards a Revolution in the Teaching of the Hebrew Bible},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann and Gitit Holzman},
doi = {10.31046/anztla.vi11.258},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-04-19},
journal = {ANZTLA EJournal},
volume = {11},
pages = {21-23},
abstract = {In 1996 President Ezer Weizman visited the University of Cambridge to familiarise himself with the famous collection of medieval Jewish manuscripts known as the Cairo Genizah. He was introduced to the Regius Professor of Hebrew. Hearing ‘Hebrew’, the friendly president clapped the don on the shoulder and asked ma nishma, the common Israeli ‘what’s up?’greeting, which is, in fact, a loan translation of the Yiddish phrase vas hert zikh, usually pronounced vsertsekh and literally meaning ‘what’s heard?’.
To Weizman’s astonishment, the distinguished Hebrew professor did not have the faintest clue whatsoever about what the president ‘wanted from his life’. As an expert of the Old Testament, he wondered whether Weizman was alluding to Deuteronomy 6: 4: Shema’Yisra’el (Hear, 0 Israel). Knowing neither Yiddish, Russian (chto slyshno),},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland2015,
title = {Jan Leon Katlev (†2013)},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1080 / 03740463.2015.1031473},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-04-18},
urldate = {2015-04-18},
journal = {Acta Linguistica Hafniensia},
volume = {47},
number = {1},
pages = {1-3},
abstract = {“expressing with words”, ie squeezing words out of the mouth with help of the respiratory air. exp-in Latin words can both become esp-and sp-. eg expropriare “to expropriate” becomes both espropriare and spropriare; and experimentare “to experiment, to experience” to either esperimentare or sperimentare; forms with sp-are considered more vernacular and those with esp-more latinate. With some verbs there is a certain nuance in meaning between esp-and sp-. Thus Latin expandere becomes both espandere “to expand” and spandere “to scatter, to spread”. explantare becomes both espiantare “to cultivate tissue externally” and spiantare “to uproot”. Explicare becomes both esplicare and spiegare which both mean “to explain”, but esplicare also “to perform” and spiegare also “to unfold”.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Fina2015bb,
title = {Discourse Analysis and Narrative},
author = {Anna De Fina and Barbara Johnstone},
editor = {Deborah Tannen and Heidi E. Hamilton and Deborah Schiffrin},
doi = {10.1002/9781118584194.ch7},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-04-17},
pages = {152-167},
publisher = {John Wiley & Sons},
chapter = {2},
abstract = {In this chapter we describe the development of narrative analysis within discourse studies from its initial focus on the structural properties of stories to its current emphasis on narration as discursive practice embedded in interactional context. Besides comparing structural and interactional approaches, we also review major trends in narrative research such as the “narrative turn” in the social sciences, and significant fields of investigation such as research on narratives in socialization and in institutional contexts. We end the chapter with a note on current issues and envisaged future developments.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Biagini2015c,
title = {The Irish Parliamentary Party and the Third Home Rule Crisis, by James McConnel},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1093/ehr/cev011},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-04-16},
urldate = {2015-04-16},
journal = {The English Historical Review},
volume = {130},
number = {543},
pages = {487-488},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@phdthesis{Benjamin2015bb,
title = {Who gets to be called ‘indigenous’, and why?},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.1.3460.0482},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-04-14},
abstract = {Accepted for publication in a volume edited by Ramy Bulan (probably NIAS, Copenhagen), this is slightly revised text of the author's keynote address (10 April 2015) at the International Conference on Access to Justice for Indigenous Peoples, held at the Centre for Malaysian Indigenous Studies (CMIS) and Faculty of Law, University of Malaya, Kuala Lumpur, 9–11 April 2015.},
type = {Research},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {phdthesis}
}
@article{Tsimpli2015e,
title = {Testing accessibility: A cross-linguistic comparison of the syntax of referring expressions},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Jacopo Torregrossa and Christiane Bongartz },
doi = {10.3765/exabs.v0i0.3046},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-04-13},
urldate = {2015-04-13},
journal = {LSA Annual Meeting Extended Abstracts},
abstract = {Focusing on the discourse conditions that license the use of null subjects (pro) in Greek and Italian, this paper shows that the distribution of referring expressions (RE, e.g., overt and null pronoun, clitic, definite description, etc.) does not only depend on the referents’ discourse status (alias accessibility). Syntactic constraints play an important role too.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo201_29,
title = {Special Issue Papers Africans In China},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Caroline Pajancic},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-04-13},
journal = {Special Issue of The Journal of Pan African Studies (JPAS)},
volume = {7},
number = {10},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Fina2015bb,
title = {Narrative and Identities},
author = {Anna De Fina},
editor = {Anna De Fina and Alexandra Georgakopoulou},
doi = {10.1002/9781118458204.ch18},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-04-10},
pages = {351-368},
publisher = {Wiley Blackwell},
chapter = {6},
abstract = {Narrative and identity are often regarded as closely connected. Narratives are seen as the prime vehicle for expressing identity, and narrative analysts have gone so far as to argue that the stories one tells mold us into what we are. This chapter focuses on the main trends in ways of theorizing the connections between narrative and identity. It discusses only the approaches and concepts that have been most influential in discourse-oriented narrative investigations. There is little disagreement on the fact that narratives are often used to express and negotiate both individual and collective identities. There is also a large degree of consensus among narrative analysts on some fundamental principles that have been popularized by poststructuralist thinkers. Social constructionist thinkers such as Stuart Hall and Anthony Giddens have profoundly influenced the field of identity studies in general with their anti-essentialist stance.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Garcia2015,
title = {Fourth and Fifth Step Groups: A New and Growing Self-Help Organization for Underserved Latinos with Substance Use Disorders},
author = {Angela Garcia and Brian T Anderson and Keith Humphreys},
doi = {10.1080/07347324.2015.1018784},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-04-03},
urldate = {2015-04-03},
journal = {Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly},
volume = {33},
number = {2},
pages = {235-243},
abstract = {This article reports results from a preliminary ethnographic study of a new and largely unknown self-help organization for Latinos with substance use disorders, known as “4th and 5th Step Group” (in Spanish, Grupo de Cuarto y Quinto Paso, “CQ”). It describes the nature of CQ, aspects of group membership, and members' experiences of the organization. Although findings are preliminary, they provide critical information on a potentially important therapeutic resource. More rigorous research with larger and more diverse samples of Latinos participating in CQ is warranted.},
keywords = {Angela Garcia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2015bb,
title = {Coping with trauma in domestic migrant worker narratives: Linguistic, emotional and psychological perspectives},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1111/josl.12117},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-04-01},
urldate = {2015-04-01},
journal = {Journal of Sociolinguistics},
volume = {19},
number = {2},
abstract = {Trauma can be defined as an event that goes beyond ordinary modes of experience and linguistic representation. It represents a break not just with a particular form of representation but with the possibility of representation at all. Drawing on a large corpus of domestic migrant worker narratives, the article analyses trauma narratives in which migrant women share their experiences while working for abusive employers. The stories deal with unspeakable suffering and humiliation, and the article attempts to outline the narrative structures that characterise trauma storytelling: broken narratives with voids in the narrative flow. It also analyses the emotional component of trauma narratives focusing on crying, which is seen as an authentication of feeling and meaning. Finally, the article considers how the women make sense of their traumatic experiences, and how peer support becomes essential in the narrators' attempts to rewrite their life stories from victimhood to survival and beyond.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Steinmüller2015,
title = {Like a virgin? Hymen restoration operations in contemporary China},
author = {Hans Steinmüller and Tongxue Tan},
doi = {10.1111/1467-8322.12165},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-04-01},
urldate = {2015-04-01},
journal = {Anthropology Today},
volume = {31},
number = {2},
abstract = {In this article, the authors use the example of hymen repair surgeries to discuss the reconfigurations of patriarchal practices in the People's Republic of China. Following a brief overview of concepts of virginity and the importance of the hymen in China, they describe the spread of hymen restorations in the reform era. These surgeries link up traditionalist and ‘patriarchal’ practices and relationships with particular expressions of sexual liberalism in contemporary China.},
keywords = {Hans Steinmüller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vigouroux2015,
title = {Genre, heteroglossic performances, and new identity: Stand-up comedy in modern French society},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404515000068},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-04-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {44},
number = {2},
pages = {243-272},
abstract = {This article analyses the ways in which stand-up comedy has been taken up by French comics of North and sub-Saharan African origins as a space of visibility and hearability. Following Bakhtin (1986), who argues that a genre reflects the social changes taking place in a society, I argue that such an appropriation should be considered as an important sociolinguistic fact that gives us privileged access to Hexagonal France's contemporary sociopolitical dynamics. I show that through their display of heteroglossic repertoires (viz. Maghrebi Arabic, several varieties of vernacular French, Hexagonal standard French, mesolectal African French, stylized chunks of English) comics challenge, at least symbolically, France's monoglot and highly centralized linguistic ideology. They also contribute to unsettling France's Republican model, which is marked by the institutional denial of the social and cultural diversity of the French population. The comics use heteroglossic resources to align with and disalign from multiple chronotopes associated with different social personae. From this emerges a new identity, urban, which both encompasses and transcends racial and ethnic categories. By contrast, I show that this identity is constructed through and received by the nonratified audience with ambivalence. (France, stand-up comedy, genre, urban, identity, chronotope, intertextuality.},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vigouroux2015b,
title = {Introduction: Heteroglossia, performance, power, and participation},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux and Alexandra Jaffe and Michele Koven and Sabina Perrino

},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404515000019},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-04-01},
journal = {Language in Society 44(02): DOI:},
volume = {44},
number = {2},
pages = {135-139},
abstract = {In this special issue, we build on Bauman's seminal observation about performance, that ‘the act of expression is put on display, objectified, marked out to a degree from its discursive surrounding and opened up to interpretive scrutiny and evaluation by an audience’ (2000:1). More recently, scholars have moved to examining the performative role of heteroglossia, that is, the use of multiply sourced, semiotic (verbal and nonverbal) forms. In particular, this line of research has shown how attention to heteroglossic performances and their local interpretations can illuminate the subtle politics of dominant and nondominant identities in different ethnographic contexts. This is particularly true of what Coupland (2007) calls ‘high performances’, which, as Bell & Gibson (2011:558) write, are privileged sites for allowing participants to indexically associate expressive forms with social personae. Thus, while all performances are inherently reflexive, heteroglossic performances particularly amplify that reflexivity with respect to their multiple frames, voices, and stances that they presuppose and establish},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Costa2015c,
title = {Social media e nuovi confini nel sud-est turco Tra pubblico e privato},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-03-30},
urldate = {2015-03-30},
abstract = {Social media e nuovi confini nel sud-est turco Tra pubblico e privato — the University of Groningen research portal Skip to main navigation Skip to search Skip to main content the University of Groningen research portal Logo Help & FAQ English Nederlands Home Profiles Research Units Research output Projects Datasets Prizes Activities Press / Media Search by expertise, name or affiliation Social media e nuovi confini nel sud-est turco Tra pubblico e privato Elisabetta Costa Research output: Other contribution › Popular Overview Original language Italian Type Doppiozero, web magazine Media of output internet Publication status Published - 30-Mar-2015 Externally published Yes Access to Document http://www.doppiozero.com/materiali/lidentico-e-il-diverso/social-media-e-nuovi-confini-nel-sud-est-turcoLicence},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Giles2015h,
title = {The Role of Communication in Aging Well: Introducing the Communicative Ecology Model of Successful Aging},
author = {Howard Giles and Craig Fowler and Jessica Gasiorek},
doi = {10.1080/03637751.2015.1024701},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-03-25},
urldate = {2015-03-25},
journal = {Communication Monographs},
volume = {82},
number = {4},
pages = {1-27},
abstract = {This study introduces the communicative ecology model of successful aging (CEMSA). The CEMSA is predicated on the belief that individuals have agency over the aging process and, through communicative practices, construct ecologies within which they are able to age more successfully. According to the model, uncertainty about aging stimulates affective and communicative responses, and, in turn, perceived efficacy to manage growing older. These feelings of efficacy are hypothesized to determine the judgment that one is aging successfully. Hypotheses were tested via structural equation modeling using data from 458 middle-aged and older New Zealanders. Three of seven communicative behaviors investigated had significant indirect effects on successful aging via affect and/or efficacy. This study concludes by suggesting a future research agenda and theoretical refinements relating to the role of uncertainty which, although predictive of affect and efficacy, was less effective as a predictor of communicative behavior.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{King2015d,
title = {Online Writing as a Discovery Process: Synchronous Collaboration},
author = {Brian King},
editor = {Alice Chik and Tracey Costley and Martha C Pennington},
isbn = {9781781791059},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-03-15},
urldate = {2015-03-15},
pages = {321-345},
publisher = {Equinox},
chapter = {16},
abstract = {Online writing as a discovery process - CityU Scholars | A Research Hub of Excellence Researcher login City University of Hong Kong City University of Hong Kong City University of Hong Kong CityU Scholars A Research Hub of Excellence Home Researchers Research Units Research Output Projects Activities Prizes/Honours Student Theses Datasets Impact Press/Media Online writing as a discovery process : Synchronous collaboration Research output: Chapters, Conference Papers, Creative and Literary Works (RGC: 12, 32, 41, 45) › 12_Chapter in an edited book (Author) Overview View graph of relations Author(s) Brian Walter KING Related Research Unit(s) Department of English Detail(s) Original language English Title of host publication Creativity and Discovery in the University Writing Class Editors Martha Pennington, Tracey Costley.},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Perrin2015bb,
title = {Realism, social cohesion, and media policymaking: The case of Swiss public broadcasting},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1515/eujal-2015-0007},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-03-10},
journal = {European Journal of Applied Linguistics},
volume = {3},
number = {1},
abstract = {More than any other integrative social theory, Realist Social Theory (RST) focuses on the different ontological properties of agency and structure, such as their distinct power and durability. RST explains social change as being caused by outcomes emerging from human agency and complex, more or less durable structures that constrain and enable agency in ways that actors often are not aware of. This unique focus of RST helps understand, explain and elaborate media policy in multilingual environments.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2015bb,
title = {Politeness on Facebook: The case of Greek birthday wishes},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.1075/prag.25.1.02the},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-03-01},
journal = {Pragmatics},
volume = {25},
number = {1},
pages = {23-45},
abstract = {Facebook forms one of the most widely used online social networks, through which people manage their communication with diverse contacts or ‘friends’, ranging from members of the family and schoolmates to work colleagues and popular cultural idols or other people, whom they admire. Hence, it can be seen as an integral part of people’s digital presence. Against this backdrop, the aim of this paper is to investigate the ways politeness is constructed in a context, in which it is not very typical to find politeness in the Western world: The reception of birthday wishes. The focus is on the (para)linguistic reception of birthday wishes on behalf of 400 native Greek users of Facebook, aged between 25–35 years old, as evidenced in the ways they respond to birthday wishes posted on their walls. By using a combination of interactional sociolinguistics, discourse-centered online ethnography and offline ethnographic interviews, I argue that native speakers of Greek do not just stick to the politic behavior found in other languages, like English, of personally thanking their friends for their birthday wishes; rather, they employ contextualization cues, such as shifts in spelling, emoticons and punctuation markers, in order to construct frames and footings of politeness by actually reciprocating the wishes they received from their friends. The value of this study lies not only in being, to my knowledge, the first description and interpretation of an important cultural phenomenon for Greeks, which is the exchange of birthday wishes, but also it contributes towards understanding politeness in online environments, such as Facebook, which in turn is used for establishment and maintenance of interpersonal relationships, hence it can lead to smooth communication.},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2015i,
title = {What Does Successful Aging Sound Like? Profiling Communication About Aging},
author = {Howard Giles and Jessica Gasiorek and Craig Fowler},
doi = {:10.1111/hcre.12060},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-03-01},
urldate = {2015-03-01},
journal = {Human Communication Research},
volume = {41},
number = {4},
abstract = {We draw on the recently developed communicative ecology model of successful aging (CEMSA) to examine how adults communicate about aging and how these communication patterns relate to experiences of successful aging. Using latent class analysis across 2 datasets collected in New Zealand and the United States, we identify 3 distinct classes of agers (disengaged, engaged, and bantering) defined by different profiles of communication behavior. Across samples, an engaged profile was generally associated with the most positive experiences of aging, whereas a disengaged profile was associated with the least positive experiences, although these differences were surprisingly small. Our results highlight the diverse ways in which individuals communicatively engage with the process of aging and experience aging as positive and successful.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2015j,
title = {Accommodating New Vistas},
author = {Howard Giles and Jessica Gasiorek and Jordan Soliz},
doi = {10.1016/j.langcom.2014.10.001},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-03-01},
urldate = {2015-03-01},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {41},
pages = {1-5},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@phdthesis{Pia2015,
title = {The vanishing margin: an ethnography of state water provisions in the environmentally degraded Chinese countryside},
author = {Andrea E. Pia},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-03-01},
urldate = {2015-03-01},
abstract = {Based on 16 months of ethnographic fieldwork between September 2011 and December 2013 in rural Yunnan, this dissertation explores the political and technical project of making water available to human use in a time of drought and environmental stress. In particular, it focuses on the collective challenge undertaken by people in this part of China to keep the water flowing through their land and their communities against many and diverse odds. The main questions it addresses are: How is water shortage experienced and confronted by Chinese citizens? How is water circulated among different people and what kind of cultural practices and institutions do they create in the attempt to meet this very basic human need? What kind of social relationships and relationships with the environment ensue from this attempt? What does it take to keep the water flowing in present day, environmentally degraded rural China? The overarching argument of the dissertation is that if fresh water still remains available in north-eastern Yunnan, this is not solely thanks to State policies or to the rational strategies adopted by public and private entities, but more significantly to the commitment of ordinary villagers and local officials who are doing their best to keep flourishing in what has now become a water-poor area. Because water keeps running thanks largely to the technical knowledge and dedication of ordinary people, it can be said that its management has a human dimension. Relationships of care and dependence, but also of mistrust and antagonism, are implicated in the active project of distributing and allocating fresh water for human use, inflecting the modalities and direction of its course. Securing water for human consumption is, above all else, a cooperative project: one pursued by people who are differently positioned across the social spectrum. By committing to this project, they also tighten and sustain human relationships, and envision the possibilities of a differently organised society in which water could be available to all.},
keywords = {Andrea E. Pia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {phdthesis}
}
@article{Garcia2015b,
title = {Serenity: Violence, Inequality, and Recovery on the Edge of Mexico City: Violence, Inequality, and Recovery in Mexico City},
author = {Angela Garcia},
doi = {10.1111/maq.12208},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-03-01},
urldate = {2015-03-01},
journal = {Medical Anthropology Quarterly},
volume = {29},
number = {4},
abstract = {Over the last decade, there has been a sharp increase in drug addiction in Mexico, especially among the urban poor. During the same period, unregulated residential treatment centers for addiction, known as anexos, have proliferated throughout the country. These centers are utilized and run by marginalized populations and are widely known to engage in physical violence. Based on long-term ethnographic research in Mexico City, this article describes why anexos emerged, how they work, and what their prevalence and practices reveal about the nature of recovery in a context where poverty, drugs, and violence are existential realities. Drawing attention to the dynamic relationship between violence and recovery, pain, and healing, it complicates categories of violence and care that are presumed to have exclusive meaning, illuminating the divergent meanings of, and opportunities for, recovery, and how these are socially configured and sustained. [addiction, violence, Mexico, drug war, informality] This article is protected by copyright. All rights reserved. This article is protected by copyright. All rights reserved.},
keywords = {Angela Garcia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lin2015b,
title = {Ebola Outbreak: From the Perspective of African Migrants in China},
author = {Lavinia Lin and Brian J Hall and Levina Chandra Khoe and Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.2105/AJPH.2015.302649},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-02-25},
abstract = {We strongly support Rothstein's statement that ethical principles of public health emergency response require coordinated individual and collective actions.(1) In response, we offer a motivating example from China of how stigma toward migrant populations can affect efficacious Ebola response. (Am J Public Health. Published online ahead of print March 19, 2015: e1. doi:10.2105/AJPH.2015.302649).},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta2015,
title = {Paradoxical Infrastructures: Ruins, Retrofit, and Risk},
author = {Akhil Gupta and Cymene Howe and Jessica Lockrem and Hannah Appel and Edward Hackett and Dominic Boyer and Randal Hall and Matthew Schneider-Mayerson and Albert Pope and Elizabeth Rodwell and Andrea Ballestero and Trevor Durbin and Fares el-Dahdah and Elizabeth Long and Cyrus C. M. Mody},
doi = {10.1177/0162243915620017},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-02-23},
journal = {Science, Technology & Human Values},
volume = {41},
number = {3},
pages = {547-565},
abstract = {In recent years, a dramatic increase in the study of infrastructure has occurred in the social sciences and humanities, following upon foundational work in the physical sciences, architecture, planning, information science, and engineering. This article, authored by a multidisciplinary group of scholars, probes the generative potential of infrastructure at this historical juncture. Accounting for the conceptual and material capacities of infrastructure, the article argues for the importance of paradox in understanding infrastructure. Thematically the article is organized around three key points that speak to the study of infrastructure: ruin, retrofit, and risk. The first paradox of infrastructure, ruin, suggests that even as infrastructure is generative, it degenerates. A second paradox is found in retrofit, an apparent ontological oxymoron that attempts to bridge temporality from the present to the future and yet ultimately reveals that infrastructural solidity, in material and symbolic terms, is more apparent than actual. Finally, a third paradox of infrastructure, risk, demonstrates that while a key purpose of infrastructure is to mitigate risk, it also involves new risks as it comes to fruition. The article concludes with a series of suggestions and provocations to view the study of infrastructure in more contingent and paradoxical forms.},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Andaya2015,
title = {A History of Early Modern Southeast Asia, 1400–1830},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Leonard Y. Andaya},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781139051323},
isbn = {9781139051323},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-02-19},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {Written by two experienced teachers with a long history of research, this textbook provides students with a detailed overview of developments in early modern Southeast Asia, when the region became tightly integrated into the world economy because of international demand for its unique forest and sea products. Proceeding chronologically, each chapter covers a specific time frame in which Southeast Asia is located in a global context. A discussion of general features that distinguish the period under discussion is followed by a detailed account of the various sub-regions. Students will be shown the ways in which local societies adapted to new religious and political ideas and responded to far-reaching economic changes. Particular attention is given to lesser-known societies that inhabited the seas, the forests, and the uplands, and to the role of the geographical environment in shaping the region's history. The authoritative yet accessible narrative features maps, illustrations, and timelines to support student learning. A major contribution to the field, this text is essential reading for students and specialists in Asian studies and early modern world history.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{King2015e,
title = {Investigating digital sex talk practices: A reflection on corpus-assisted discourse analysis},
author = {Brian King},
editor = {Rodney H. Jones and Alice Chik and Christoph A. Hafner},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-02-18},
urldate = {2015-02-18},
pages = {130-143},
publisher = {Routledge},
chapter = {9},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@misc{Fina2015bb,
title = {afterword analyzing second language agency},
author = {Anna De Fina},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-02-11},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Michaud2015f,
title = {Speech data acquisition: the underestimated challenge},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Oliver Niebuhr},
issn = {2364-2440},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-02-04},
journal = {Kieler Arbeiten in Linguistik und Phonetik (KALIPHO)},
volume = {3},
pages = {1-42},
abstract = {The second half of the 20th century was the dawn of information technology; and we now live in the digital age. Experimental studies of prosody develop at a fast pace, in the context of an "explosion of evidence" (Janet Pierrehumbert, Speech Prosody 2010, Chicago). The ease with which anyone can now do recordings should not veil the complexity of the data collection process, however. This article aims at sensitizing students and scientists from the various fields of speech and language research to the fact that speech-data acquisition is an underestimated challenge. Eliciting data that reflect the communicative processes at play in language requires special precautions in devising experimental procedures and a fundamental understanding of both ends the elicitation process, speaker and recording facilities. The article compiles basic information on each of these requirements and recapitulates some pieces of practical advice, drawing many examples from prosody studies, a field where the thoughtful conception of experimental protocols is especially crucial.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2015j,
title = {Tone and intonation: introductory notes and practical recommendations},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Jacqueline Vaissière},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-02-04},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{French2015,
title = {Anthropologies in and of Ireland: Postcolonial Subjectivities and Institutional Locations},
author = {Brigittine French},
doi = {10.1111/aman.12176},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-02-03},
journal = {American Anthropologist},
volume = {117},
number = {1},
pages = {143-144},
abstract = {In this valuable book, ethnographer and anthropologist Brigittine French mobilizes new critical-theoretical perspectives in linguistic anthropology, applying them to the politically charged context of contemporary Guatemala. Beginning with an examination of the "nationalist project" that has been ongoing since the end of the colonial period, French interrogates the "Guatemalan/indigenous binary." In Guatemala, "Ladino" refers to the Spanish-speaking minority of the population, who are of mixed European, usually Spanish, and indigenous ancestry; "Indian" is understood to mean the majority of Guatemala's population, who speak one of the twenty-one languages in the Maya linguistic groups of the country, although levels of bilingualism are very high among most Maya communities. As French shows, the Guatemalan state has actively promoted a racialized, essentialized notion of "Indians" as an undifferentiated, inherently inferior group that has stood stubbornly in the way of national progress, unity, and development - which are, implicitly, the goals of "true Guatemalans" (that is, Ladinos)." "French shows, with useful examples, how constructions of language and collective identity are in fact strategies undertaken to serve the goals of institutions (including the government, the military, the educational system, and the church) and social actors (including linguists, scholars, and activists). But by incorporating in-depth fieldwork with groups that speak Kaqchikel and K'iche' along with analyses of Spanish-language discourses, Maya Ethnolinguistic Identity also shows how some individuals in urban, bilingual Indian communities have disrupted the essentializing projects of multiculturalism. And by focusing on ideologies of language, the author is able to explicitly link linguistic forms and functions with larger issues of consciousness, gender politics, social position, and the forging of hegemonic power relations.},
keywords = {Brigittine French},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2015h,
title = {Phrasing, prominence, and morphotonology: How utterances are divided into tone groups in Yongning Na},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
doi = {10.1163/2405478X-00801006},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-02-01},
journal = {Bulletin of Chinese Linguistics},
volume = {8},
pages = {112-152},
abstract = {Yongning Na is a Sino-Tibetan language spoken in an area straddling the border between Yunnan and Sichuan. The Yongning Na tone system is based on three levels: L, M, and H. It comprises a host of rules that are specific to certain morphosyntactic contexts. These rules represent the bulk of what language learners must acquire to master the tone system. Different rules apply in the association of a verb with a subject or an object, the association of two nouns into a compound, that of a numeral and classifier, and that of a word and its affixes, for instance. The domain of tonal computation is referred to here as the tone group; tonal processes never apply across tone-group junctures. The present study investigates how utterances are divided into tone groups in Yongning Na, building on examples from narratives and elicited combinations. There is no hard-and-fast correspondence between syntactic structure and tone group divisions: several options are generally open for the division of an utterance into tone groups. The choice among these options depends on considerations of information structure. This study is intended as a stepping-stone towards the long-term goal of modelling the Na tonal system (its morpho-phonology and its phonetics), and placing the findings in a typological perspective.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2015bb,
title = {Transnational spaces of identity construction: Latinos in the United States},
author = {Anna De Fina},
editor = {Maria Vittoria Calvi and Irina Bajini and Mifflin Bonomi},
doi = {10.7359/700-2014-defi},
isbn = {9788879167000},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-02-01},
journal = {Lingue Migranti e Nuovi Paesaggi},
pages = {215-232},
abstract = {La cosiddetta linguistica ‘socioculturale’sta attraversando un periodo di ridefinizione creativa e di ripensamenti profondi, che a mio avviso costituiscono una risposta vitale e necessaria alle condizioni di vita e di comunicazione in rapida trasformazione del nostro mondo tardo moderno. Le società in cui viviamo, secondo molti teorici delle scienze sociali, sono caratterizzate in maniera fondamentale da processi di globalizzazione che permeano ogni aspetto della vita e della cultura umana (Appadurai 1996; Held et al. 1999; Fairclough 2006). Tali processi sono di fondamentale importanza per capire le trasformazioni che avvengono nelle lingue ‘migranti’, così definite o perché si spostano insieme a intere popolazioni o perché di esse si appropriano gruppi sociali con cui non erano mai state in contatto. },
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2015f,
title = {Reference and referentiality in native and learner grammars},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Elma Blom and Jeannette Schaeffer},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2015.01.005},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-02-01},
urldate = {2015-02-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {155},
pages = {1-154},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks2015d,
title = {Finding One's Path Into Another Language: On the Expression of Boundary Crossing by English Learners of French},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Maya Hickmann},
doi = {10.1111/j.1540-4781.2015.12176.x},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-02-01},
urldate = {2015-02-01},
journal = {Modern Language Journal},
volume = {99},
number = {S1},
pages = {14-31},
abstract = {Languages vary considerably in how they represent motion. One major source of variation (Talmy, 2000) depends on whether linguistic systems lexicalize path in the verb (verb-framed languages) or in satellites (satellite-framed languages). This typological difference involves more than different verb types in that it also affects elements outside the verb. The current study is concerned with the implications of such typological properties for second language learning, specifically studying speakers of a satellite-framed language (English) acquiring a verb-framed language (French). We hypothesize that typological differences between source and target languages should present some difficulties to learners. For English learners of French, an additional difficulty should result from the fact that French is not entirely consistent in its patterning, allowing English-like lexicalization patterns in some cases, but not in others. This requires the learners to discover the nature of the regularities from a target input that presents them with constrained variability.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Snowden2015b,
title = {Mixed messages: public communication about higher education and non-traditional students in Australia},
author = {Collette Snowden and Sally Lewis},
doi = {10.1007/s10734-014-9858-2},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-29},
journal = {Higher Education},
volume = {70},
number = {3},
pages = {585–599},
abstract = {Australian Government participation targets recommended in the Review of Australian Higher Education (Bradley In Review of Australian higher education: Final report, Commonwealth of Australia 2008) presented a complex public communication challenge to higher education participation. This research discusses the content of communication messages about Australian universities propagated in the period following the implementation of new national student participation goals. It argues that despite the stated policy objectives and increasing public rhetoric about broadening access to university such messages continued to position universities as elite and exclusive, while vocational training colleges continued to be promoted as having less rigorous academic standards suited to those who aspire to develop trade employment skills. Australian universities are part of a wider communication system that includes other tertiary education organisations including the vocational education sector, State and Federal Governments and the news and information media. The communication of messages about the value of higher education and differences between institutions in this system contributes to the formation of public beliefs and attitudes. The paper argues that the persistence of communication practices and messages that promote the superiority of university and the low success rates of students from disadvantaged backgrounds contributes to the persistence of entrenched views about post-secondary education. The limited discursive framing of university education in Australia in those messages is likely to prevent universities from increasing the participation rates of students from non-traditional higher education backgrounds and thus undermine national educational and associated economic goals, while contributing to an increasing social divide where educational achievement is the fault line.},
keywords = {Collette Snowden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2015i,
title = {Locky's Naxi-English Encyclopedia Pinyin System and International Phonetic Alphabet},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Boyd Michailovsky and Xueguang He},
url = {https://halshs.archives-ouvertes.fr/halshs-00376259},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-26},
volume = {4},
pages = {119-124},
abstract = {This article provides a concise introduction to facilitate readers to better understand the phonetic system used by Joseph Locke in his Naxi English Dictionary (Rock 1963 1972). This paper provides a simple guide for deciphering the idiosyncratic phonetic notation used by J.F. Rock in his Na-khi﹣English dictionary. Correspondences with the International Phonetic Alphabet are set out on the basis of a phonemic analysis. 
},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2015g,
title = {International Phonetic Alphabet correspondences for the phonetic notations used by J.F. Rock in his Nakhi-English dictionary},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Boyd Michailovsky and Xueguang He},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-23},
journal = {Chama Gudao Yanjiu Jikan},
volume = {4},
pages = {119-124},
abstract = {This article provides a concise introduction based on the phoneme of Lijiang Naxi language to facilitate readers to better understand the phonetic system used by Joseph Locke in his "Naxi English Dictionary" (Rock, 1963 1972) . This paper provides a simple guide for deciphering the idiosyncratic phonetic notation used by JF Rock in his Na-khi﹣English dictionary. Correspondences with the International Phonetic Alphabet are set out on the basis of a phonemic analysis.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Englund2015d,
title = {Anti Anti-Colonialism: Vernacular Press and Emergent Possibilities in Colonial Zambia},
author = {Harri Englund},
doi = {10.1017/S0010417514000656},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-06},
urldate = {2015-01-06},
journal = {Comparative Studies in Society and History},
volume = {57},
number = {1},
pages = {221-247},
abstract = {African newspapers published in vernacular languages, particularly papers sponsored by colonial governments, have been understudied. A close reading of their contents and related archival sources provides insights into diverse ways in which the colonized framed and made claims. New kinds of claims were mediated by the government-sponsored vernacular press no less than by nationalists. Just as vernacularism was not nativism, African aspirations that posed no direct challenge to the colonial order did not necessarily entail mimicry. I show also how Europeans who debated a newspaper for Africans in the 1930s Zambia voiced diverse approaches to print culture, addressing a variety of objectives. The newspaper that emerged, Mutende, was replaced by provincial newspapers in the 1950s, and I focus on one of these: the Chinyanja-language Nkhani za kum'mawa, published under African editorship in Eastern Province between 1958 and 1965. Its modes of addressing African publics were neither nationalist nor colonial in any straightforward senses. Its editors and readers deliberated on what it meant to be from the province in an era of labor migration, how African advancement and dependence on Europeans were to be envisaged, and how relationships between women and men should be reconfigured. To hold divergent views on a world in flux, they had to keep something constant, and the order of governance itself remained beyond dispute. But this did not preclude emergent possibilities. The newspaper's columns and letters to the editor reveal claims on novel opportunities and constraints of a sort that mainstream nationalist historiography, with its meta-narrative of anti-colonialism, has rendered invisible.},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2015,
title = {Language structure and social agency: Confirming polar questions in conversation},
author = {Jack Sidnell and N. J. Enfield},
doi = {10.1515/lingvan-2014-1008},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-05},
urldate = {2015-01-05},
journal = {Linguistics Vanguard},
volume = {0},
abstract = {While it has been shown that languages can select quite different formal resources for performing similar pragmatic functions in social interaction, our focus in this paper is the possibility that some types of form-function mapping are essentially universal. Our case study looks at how polar questions are confirmed. For confirming a polar question like ‘Have they gone?’, all languages provide two basic alternatives: an interjection type strategy (something like ‘Yes’) and a repetition type strategy (something like ‘They have gone’). Combinations of these are also possible. Does selection of one of these options have a definable pragmatic function? An analysis of cases from English telephone calls shows that interjection type confirmations are used when the confirmation is relatively straightforward in interactional terms, and where the epistemic terms of the question are accepted by the person who is confirming. By contrast, repetition type confirmations are associated with pragmatic functions where the answerer is in some way resisting the epistemic terms of the question, or dealing with a perturbation of the interactional sequence. We argue that the inherent semiotics of the two strategies explain why they have this distribution; i.e., we do not expect that interjection forms would be standardly used for non-straightforward confirmations, etc. In other words, the form-function mapping observed in English is a non-arbitrary one. Given that this semiotic motivation for choosing one over the other alternative for confirming polar questions should be present in other languages as well, we predict that the mapping observed in English will be observed in other languages as well.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Theodoropoulou2015bb,
title = {Intercultural communicative style in Qatar: Greek and Qataris. In Raddawi, Rana (ed.) (2015). Intercultural Communication with Arabs: Studies in Education, Professional, and Societal Contexts. New York: Springer},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
isbn = {978-981-287-254-8},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-05},
pages = {11-26},
publisher = {Springer, Singapore},
abstract = {This chapter investigates the intercultural communicative styles used by Qatari female students and me, their Greek instructor, in their academic interactions at Qatar University. "Intercultural communicative style" is the way in which we share information with others through language. This way is seen as both shaping and shaped by one's culture. The two research questions pursued are: 1) what are the basic communicative styles used by my various Qatari students and me, and how are they similar and different from each other? 2) how do they contribute towards the construction of these people's perceptions of culture? In light of the aforementioned research questions, my methodology includes linguistic ethnography (Rampton et al., 2004), translating into participant observation, field notes from both inside and outside the classroom, and ethnographic interviews with my students. In addition, my data include email exchanges in the context of lectures from sociolinguistics, discourse analysis, and language and gender courses, which I have taught during the period 2010-2013 at Qatar University, and interview data, where my students are asked to reflect upon their intercultural communicative experience they (have) gain(ed) from their interaction with me. The rationale behind having these diverse types of data is to validate my findings through the comparison between the levels of production (i.e. linguistic behavior inside the classroom) and perception (i.e. what people think they are doing in terms of their intercultural communicative performance). In my analysis, which is embedded within the analytical traditions of interactional sociolinguistics and cultural studies, I draw on Coupland's (2007) and Tannen's (2005) work on style, and Shaules' (2007: 11-12) notion of "deep culture".},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pablé2015g,
title = {Integrating Rorty and (Social) Constructivism: A View from Harrisian Semiology},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.1080/02691728.2013.782587},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-02},
journal = {Social Epistemology},
volume = {29},
number = {1},
pages = {95-117},
abstract = {This article considers questions of epistemology and ontology within the work of philosopher Richard Rorty from a hitherto unexplored perspective. In fact, it constitutes the present author’s attempt to come to terms with Rorty’s own brand of constructivism, termed “pragmatism”, by means of an integrational linguistic approach, as laid out by its founder Roy Harris. The paper aims at shedding light on how an integrational critique of Rortian constructivism differs epistemologically from a realist critique when it comes to the notions of what constitutes knowledge, reality and truth. What emerges from the present intellectual endeavour to align these two important thinkers is a very complex picture of two positions with strong affinities but also with different points of emphasis. In this respect, the present paper is also an attempt at placing Harrisian integrationism in its proper context within the History of Idea.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Clark2015d,
title = {Common Ground},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-02},
urldate = {2015-01-02},
pages = {328-353},
abstract = {Where does common ground come from? When do infants and young children start to make use of common ground as they communicate? How do they assess what their interlocutor knows? And how do they mark information as given (in common ground) vs. new (to be added to common ground)? These are some of the questions addressed in the present chapter. Common ground, I suggest, originates in infants' everyday settings and routines where they can rely on caregivers' knowledge. Common ground depends from the first on joint attention, physical co-presence, and conversational co-presence, so it is intrinsic to communication from the start. But children have to learn how to indicate linguistically that information is given or new, how to assess what their addressees do and don't know on each occasion, and how to design utterances based on such assessments.},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Lupke2015,
title = {Denorthernising multilingualism and multilingualism research framing language in the Global North},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
journal = {VOICES from around the world, special issue on multilingualism in the Global South},
number = {3},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Zuckermann2015b,
title = {ENGAGING: A Guide to Interacting Respectfully and Reciprocally with Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People, and their Arts Practices and Intellectual Property},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
publisher = {Government of Australia},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@misc{Zuckermann2015bb,
title = {A free MOOC (Massive Open Online Course) Language Revival: Securing the Future of Endangered Languages},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
abstract = {Language is an integral part of society. Wherever we come from, the words we use and the way in which we use them are fundamental to our cultural identity. In today’s increasingly globalised world, however, ‘linguicide’ – the loss of a language – is becoming all too common. But there is hope. The language revival movement has emerged as an important and effective response, and this course will introduce you to its key principles and techniques. After discussing powerful answers to the question of why languages should be revived, we’ll investigate how. Far more than just a simple process of recovering literacy and lost letters, language revival involves a deep and complex engagement with history, human rights, identity and wellbeing. You will also learn what’s being done around the world right now, and how effective these techniques have been.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {presentation}
}
@inbook{Ladegaard2015bb,
title = {Personal Experience and Cultural Awareness as Resources in Teaching Intercultural Communication: A Hong Kong Case Study},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1057/9781137475145_7},
isbn = {978-1-349-69287-3},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
urldate = {2015-01-01},
pages = {111-134},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, New York},
abstract = {The first line of Kipling’s famous poem has often been quoted in isolation as an example of the author’s pessimistic attitudes toward race and the Empire, but the essential point is actually in the final line: When people meet—face to face—race, nationality, class, and geography cease to exist as dividing lines between people. The refrain from Kipling’s poem is still relevant today. Research shows that when people have no first-hand experience with people from other ethnic or cultural groups, they tend to rely on stereotypical accounts they get from the media or from other people, and the result is often prejudice and cultural generalizations. But if they meet and have personal encounters with “the other,” the stereotypes they form tend to be more positive (see, for example, Kashima, Fiedler, and Freytag 2008; Ladegaard 2011c).},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Haberland2015b,
title = {Womit identisch?},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.5278/ojs.globe.v1i0.1087},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
urldate = {2015-01-01},
journal = {Globe: A Journal of Language, Culture and Communication},
volume = {1},
abstract = {Identity is one of those terms that is so easy to put on your mouth; everyone seems to understand something by it and whoever uses it is rarely challenged to define it. We already know what we're talking about. In sociolinguistics, or to use a term developed by Bucholtz and Hall, socio-cultural language studies (2005: 586), people have become accustomed to ascribing an important role in the exploration of identity to the study of language since the 1980s. But what is identity anyway and how does language relate to it?
It is not only socially oriented linguists who regard identity as a useful umbrella term for what they teach and what they research. I myself work at an institute for culture and identity, which has given itself this name when philosophy, history, cultural studies as well as linguistics and literary studies were combined in one institute in 2006 through a university-political and administrative measure.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Giles2015k,
title = {Social Psychology of Gangs: An Intergroup Communication Perspective},
author = {Howard Giles and Dajung Woo and M.A. Hogg and L. Goldman},
editor = {Scott H. Decker and David C. Pyrooz},
doi = {10.1002/9781118726822.ch8},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
urldate = {2015-01-01},
pages = {136 - 156},
publisher = {Wiley},
abstract = {This chapter focuses on social psychological processes that may be operating when youth decide to join a gang. First, it argues that gang membership can be an alternative attractive option for youth who lack a clear sense of their social identity and are marginalized by their peers or community. Then, it discusses why young people join gangs, focusing on social identity, identification and categorization processes, and what happens when gang members develop strong identification after joining a gang. The chapter emphasizes the importance of communication, specifically the messages communicated by, among, and to gang members. The discussion here focuses on four topics related to communication: communicating gang identity and activities; communicating loyalty and commitment through socialization; communicating adults' expectations to youth; and the influence of media on youths' aspiration for gang membership. Finally, the chapter outlines implications for preventing youth from turning to gangs, and sketches some future research directions.
},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pia2015b,
title = {All We Are is Dust in the Wind: The Constant Threat of Sand Drifts},
author = {Andrea E. Pia and Maïka De Keyzer and Nabaraj Guatam and Yolanda Cristina M Trigo and Nemer Narchi Narchi and Shigeo Watanabe and Katharine N Farrell and Vicente Cendrero Almodovar and Miguel Laborda Pemán and José Miguel Lana Berasain and Dinesh Pratap and Hannu Autoros and Teruk and Shuji Kurimoto and Sadao Harada and Keizo Hayasaka and Tine de Moor and Jesper Larsson and Fekadu Tarekegne Teshale and Joana Dias Pereira and Maria Ojanen and Baruani Mshale and Sue Helen Nieto and Louis Durey and Daniel C Miller and Esther Mwangroof and Gilli and Fikret Berkes and Derek Johnson and Marila Lázaro and Rodrigo P Medeiros and Ryan Plummer and Chananchida Tipyan and Farung Mee-Udon and Johanna Goetter and Regina Neudert and Maria Angelica O Salas},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
urldate = {2015-01-01},
abstract = {Practically every Pre-modern society experiences a sort of risk or natural hazard. Even in the moderate climate zone of Europe natural hazards such as floods, storm surges and sand drifts threatened entire societies and could eradicate occupation and exploitation in a region. Some societies, however, were able to withstand such hazards and reduce them to natural events, while others were unable to mitigate such shocks and suffered from the disaster that followed. The question therefore remains, why some societies were able to cope and create subcultures of disaster, while others could not. By looking at the late medieval Campine area, located in the cover sand belt that was prone to produce sand drifts, I will advance that we have to look in to the institutional arrangements, property structures, power balances and commercial strategies to understand why a region was able to succeed in a region of risk.},
keywords = {Andrea E. Pia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Mannheim2015d,
title = {All translation is radical translation},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
editor = {Carlo Sever and William F. Hanks},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
urldate = {2015-01-01},
pages = {199-219},
publisher = {Hau Books},
abstract = {Radical tRanslation in his influential Word and object (1960) and in related essays, the philosopher WV o. Quine introduced the notion of radical translation through a parable: imagine a linguist in a forest making contact with an individual who speaks only a language that the linguist does not; the linguist has no intermediaries, no translation manuals such as bilingual dictionaries, and no interpreter. during their interaction, a rabbit darts by, and the linguist’s interlocutor points to it and says “gavagai.” The linguist makes a mental note of it as gavagai= rabbit. But, Quine observers, the linguist’s equivalence, gavagai= rabbit is not warranted by the stimulus. For example, it might be a guess on the part of the linguist’s interlocutor, as rabbits had been seen in the area; it might be rather “animal,” its color,“rabbit flies,”“it runs,” and so forth. These can be tested by aligning the linguist’s “stimulus meanings” with the interlocutor’s. But even were the linguist to pin down precisely what objects are pointed to, it would not disambiguate the reference as we cannot be certain that “gavagai” denotes “rabbit” rather than “undetached rabbit parts.” Here Quine suggests that the denotational treatment of “rabbit” as an integral whole is a product of the obligatory grammatical categories of English (in the Boasian sense; Jakobson 1959; Whorf 1945).},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Mannheim2015e,
title = {Wak'as: Entifications of the Andean Sacred},
author = {Bruce Mannheim and Guillermo Salas Carreño},
editor = {Tamara Bray},
doi = {10.5876/9781607323181.c003},
isbn = {9781607323181},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
urldate = {2015-01-01},
pages = {46-72},
publisher = {University of Colorado Press},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{King2015b,
title = {Reclaiming masculinity in an account of lived intersex experience: Language, desire, and embodied knowledge},
author = {Brian King},
editor = {Tommaso Milani},
doi = {10.4324/9781315759357},
isbn = {9781138791961},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
urldate = {2015-01-01},
pages = {220-242},
publisher = {Routledge},
chapter = {11},
abstract = {This paper applies a queer lens to one person’s account of an intersex body and self in order to examine the ‘intersections’ of masculinity with constructions of biologically grounded innateness. The approach taken to the analysis of discourse is poststructuralist in orientation, drawing on data from media interviews and group discussion recordings. Its application reveals the limitations of the social category ‘man’ as a location for masculinity. Through narrative and talk in interaction the informant strategically mobilises normative discourses of masculinity, appropriating these dominant discourses and constructing a subject position as intersex while drawing upon binary terminology (both biological and social) in order to construct a non-binary body and self. The examination of masculinity in this person’s case cannot be separated from questions of the innate. This is because innate difference forms an important part of the informant’s experience with masculinity. To some extent, masculinity and femininity ‘float free’ of body parts or characteristics which have been consolidated as direct indexes of maleness and femaleness, yet this case study supports the idea that the freedom to float has limits. Therefore, to dismiss innateness from discussions of masculinity is to place limits upon our ability to hear and see, and thus to perpetuate the unintelligibility of intersex experience.
},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Graham2015d,
title = {Automated assessment of non-native speech using vowel formant features},
author = {Calbert Graham and Francis Nolan and Andrew Caines and Paula Buttery},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
urldate = {2015-01-01},
keywords = {Calbert Graham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@book{Keating2015,
title = {The Role of the Body and Space in Digital Multimodality},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
isbn = {9781315694344},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
urldate = {2015-01-01},
abstract = {Language is a tool of unparalleled power for creating and sharing information, perspectives and plans, and has been a focus of countless fascinating research studies. Other non-verbal modalities for communication have been far less studied for what they contribute to culture and social transmission (see Jewitt, this volume). This is in part because of prior diculties in studying and recording human interaction, and in part due to the historical privileging of written texts in scholarly work. The recent development of low-cost digital image recording technologies, however, has enabled the close analysis of multimodality in human communication, and studies are proliferating on the topic of multimodality. This includes both discrete aspects of visual semiotic modalities, such as gesture (e.g., Kendon 2004; Kita 2003; Streeck 2009), gaze (e.g., Goodwin & Goodwin 1987; Kendon 1990), the body, and space, as well as the inter-relatedness of modalities (e.g., Deppermann 2013; Goodwin & Goodwin 1996; Jewitt, Kress, & Mavers 2009; Mondada 2011; Streeck, Goodwin, & LeBaron 2011). Video recordings have enabled researchers to better understand the coordination of modalities in terms of simultaneity and sequentiality. The world’s many sign languages, now being extensively documented, are also a resource for multimodality study. In sign language, signs made with the hands work in complex coordination with signs made with the face, head movements, torso shifts, gaze, gestures, and mimetic moves.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Keating2015b,
title = {Space and Place},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
urldate = {2015-01-01},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Solopova2015,
title = {The Texts},
author = {Elizabeth Solopova and Stuart Lee},
doi = {10.1057/9781137454706_4},
isbn = {978-1-137-45469-0},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
urldate = {2015-01-01},
pages = {71-355},
abstract = {The lengthy and tragic tale of Túrin Turambar, son of Húrin, is one of the great stories from the First Age of Middle-earth contained in The Silmarillion, but also repeated several times in Tolkien’s writings (notably in the ‘Narn I Hîn Húrin’ in Unfinished Tales, The Lays of Beleriand, and The Children of Húrin). With his family cursed by Morgoth, Túrin’s tale is a lengthy one of a man spiralling downwards through a series of tragedies and ill-fated choices. Most notably in one important episode he seduces and marries a beautiful young woman only to discover from the dragon Glaurung, as Túrin slays him, that the woman is in fact Túrin’s long-lost sister — Nienor Níniel. Unable to live with the news Níniel kills herself, and Túrin, upon hearing this, slays himself by his own sword.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Solopova},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Solopova2015b,
title = {How to Use This Book},
author = {Elizabeth Solopova and Stuart Lee
},
doi = {10.1057/9781137454706_1},
isbn = {978-1-137-45469-0},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
pages = {1-1},
abstract = {The main part of this book consists of a series of medieval texts presented in both their original forms and in translation, based on episodes highlighted in The Silmarillion, The Hobbit, and The Lord of the Rings. Whilst this does not represent the full corpus of Professor Tolkien’s fiction, other works are referenced throughout the book.
},
keywords = {Elizabeth Solopova},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Solopova2015bb,
title = {How to Use This Book},
author = {Elizabeth Solopova and Stuart Lee
},
doi = {10.1057/9781137454706_1},
isbn = {978-1-137-45469-0},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
urldate = {2015-01-01},
pages = {1-1},
abstract = {The main part of this book consists of a series of medieval texts presented in both their original forms and in translation, based on episodes highlighted in The Silmarillion, The Hobbit, and The Lord of the Rings. Whilst this does not represent the full corpus of Professor Tolkien’s fiction, other works are referenced throughout the book.
},
keywords = {Elizabeth Solopova},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@bachelorthesis{nokey,
title = {The Editions},
author = {Elizabeth Solopova},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
pages = {68-70},
keywords = {Elizabeth Solopova},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@book{Clark2015e,
title = {First language acquisition},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark and M. Casillas},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
urldate = {2015-01-01},
publisher = {Cornell University Press},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Noorden2015,
title = {Playing Hesiod},
author = {Helen Van Noorden},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781139019347},
isbn = {9781139019347},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
urldate = {2015-01-01},
pages = {350 pages},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {This book offers a new description of the significance of Hesiod's' myth of the races' for ancient Greek and Roman authors, showing how the most detailed responses to this story go far beyond nostalgia for a lost'Golden'age or hope of its return. Through a series of close readings, it argues that key authors from Plato to Juvenal rewrite the story to reconstruct'Hesiod'more broadly as predecessor in forming their own intellectual and rhetorical projects; disciplines such as philosophy, didactic poetry and satire all engage in implicit questions about'Hesiodic'teaching. The first chapter introduces key issues; the second re-evaluates the account in Hesiod's Works and Days. A major chapter outlines Plato's use of Hesiod through close study of the Protagoras, Republic and Statesman. Subsequent chapters focus on Aratus' Phaenomena and Ovid's Metamorphoses; the final chapter, on the Octavia attributed to Seneca and Juvenal's sixth Satire, broadens ideas of Hesiod's reception in Rome.
},
keywords = {Helen Van Noorden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Hendriks2015b,
title = {Time talk in narrative discourse: evidence from child and adult language acquisition},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Maya Hickmann},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
urldate = {2015-01-01},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Sidnell2015b,
title = {Relations All the Way Down},
author = {Jack Sidnell and N. J. Enfield},
doi = {10.1086/681538},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
urldate = {2015-01-01},
journal = {Current Anthropology},
volume = {56},
issue = {3},
pages = {485},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Essegbey2015b,
title = {Language use at home and performance in English composition in multilingual Ghana},
author = {James Essegbey and Sika Ahadzie and Felix K. Ameka},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
urldate = {2015-01-01},
journal = {Afrikanistik-Aegyptologie-Online (AAeO)},
volume = {2015},
abstract = {Ghana has witnessed a recurrent debate on the usefulness of indigenous Ghanaian languages in childhood education. It is assumed that using the mother tongue as a Medium of Instruction (MOI) during the early years improves children’s ability to acquire knowledge and other languages. Not everybody subscribes to this view though. There are those who feel that a solid start in English offers children a better chance of succeeding in school and in their careers. Presently, some parents who subscribe to the latter view have taken the extra step of stopping the use of indigenous Ghanaian languages at home. This paper presents the results of our investigation into whether the home language practices of Ghanaian students have any impact on their performance in English written argumentative discourse. The results are based on an analysis of an assigned essay of 92 students from one of Ghana’s best senior high schools. We then correlated their performance with responses they gave to a questionnaire interrogating their background and language use at home. While some speak the native language at home, others grew up speaking exclusively English. We show that students who combine English and native Ghanaian languages at home performed better than those who used only English or only Ghanaian languages.},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Duranti2015,
title = {The Anthropology of Intentions: Language in a World of Others},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781139207706},
isbn = {9781107652033},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
journal = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {How and to what extent do people take into account the intentions of others? Alessandro Duranti sets out to answer this question, showing that the role of intentions in human interaction is variable across cultures and contexts. Through careful analysis of data collected over three decades in US and Pacific societies, Duranti demonstrates that, in some communities, social actors avoid intentional discourse, focusing on the consequences of actions rather than on their alleged original goals. In other cases, he argues, people do speculate about their own intentions or guess the intentions of others, including in some societies where it was previously assumed they avoid doing so. To account for such variation, Duranti proposes an 'intentional continuum', a concept that draws from phenomenology and the detailed analysis of face-to-face interaction. A combination of new essays and classic re-evaluations, the book draws together findings from anthropology, linguistics and philosophy to offer a penetrating account of the role of intentions in defining human action.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sitaridou2015b,
title = {Reframing the phylogeny of Asia Minor Greek: The view from Pontic Greek},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
journal = {CHS Research Bulletin},
volume = {4},
number = {1},
abstract = {In this article we discuss some of the crucial issues pertaining to the evolution and classification of Pontic Greek. In particular, we examine the extent to which Pontic Greek participated in the koineization process. In light of the Romeyka data (still spoken in North-East Turkey in the area traditionally known as Pontus), we present our cue-based (in the sense of Lightfoot 2002) reconstruction method (see also Willis 2011), which, according to Sitaridou’s (2014a/b) study of the Romeyka infinitive, has, so far, yielded a phylogeny advocating the Hellenistic Greek roots of Pontic Greek with ‘leap-frog’ contact with other Greek varieties during the medieval period. We test this further by presenting evidence from the negation system, which seems to confirm this thesis. Finally, we compare these findings with the ones stemming from a recent computational phylogenetic study based on microparameters (Guardiano et al. in press), and the results are shown to be compatible.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Izquierdo2015,
title = {La anteposición de participio en español antiguo debida a la estructura de la información del discurso},
author = {Marta López Izquierdo and Mónica Castillo Lluch and Ioanna Sitaridou},
editor = {Marta López Izquierdo and Mónica Castillo Lluch},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
pages = {111-140},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Bhatia2015e,
title = {The Discursive Portrayals of Osama bin Laden},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
editor = {Susan Jeffords},
doi = {10.5406/illinois/9780252038860.003.0002},
isbn = {9780252038860},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
pages = {20-34},
publisher = {University of Illinois Press},
abstract = {This chapter illustrates how the creation of illusive categories and perceptions through the use of religious metaphor, among other rhetorical tools, culminated in the inevitable dichotomy in the way the world perceived Osama bin Laden. It thus conceptualizes bin Laden's discourse as a set of discursive illusions, in which the dual faces created of and by him turn out to be two sides of the same coin. Drawing on a combination of analytical tools, which include the historical approach, membership categorization analysis, and discourse as metaphor, the chapter analyzes a selection of speeches by Osama bin Laden and George W. Bush in an attempt to illustrate how both parties use almost identical forms of discourse in order to produce diametrically opposed conceptualizations of reality. It illustrates how Osama bin Laden played the role of both the evil terrorist and the brave champion of Islam through the creation of discursive illusions.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Lovegren2015,
title = {The Wala Language of Malaita, Solomon Islands.},
author = {Jesse Lovegren and Alice Mitchell and Natsuko Nakagawa},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
keywords = {Alice Mitchell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mitchell2015,
title = {Linguistic avoidance and social relations in Datooga},
author = {Alice Mitchell},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
abstract = {This dissertation investigates an unusual sociolinguistic practice in Datooga, a Southern Nilotic language spoken in northern and central Tanzania. In Datooga, an elaborate avoidance vocabulary has developed out of a cultural prohibition on women uttering the names of their senior in-laws as well as words sounding similar to those names. While comparable sociolinguistic phenomena have been described in a handful of other societies, this dissertation is the first study of an avoidance register in use. Based on ten months of fieldwork in Tanzania, it explores the phonological basis for linguistic avoidance (ie, how speakers decide which words to avoid), the linguistic strategies involved in constructing the avoidance vocabulary, and the use of avoidance language in everyday interaction. },
keywords = {Alice Mitchell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mitchell2015b,
title = {Extra-ordinary morphology in an avoidance register of Datooga.},
author = {Alice Mitchell},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
abstract = {Datooga belongs to the Southern Nilotic language family and refers to a dialect cluster spoken in northern and central Tanzania (Rottland, 1982). The Languages of Tanzania Project gives an estimated speaker number of 138,800 (Muzale & Rugemalira, 2008), with speakers of the Barabaiga dialect constituting the largest subgroup (Rottland, 1982). An unusual property of Datooga is the existence of an avoidance register used by married women. As an expression of respect towards their husbands’ kin, Datooga women avoid saying the names of their senior in-laws as well as any ordinary words in the language which sound like those names. In place of the taboo forms, they use words from a conventionalized avoidance vocabulary, a practice known as gıing’áwêakshooda. For example, if a woman’s father-in-law is called Gidabasooda, a name which consists of the masculine name prefix gida-and the common noun básooda ‘lake’, she will refrain from ever saying this name or the word básooda. 1 In place of the latter, she will say héywanda, a form which is unique to gıing’áwêakshooda, having no known meaning in the ordinary language. Using this conventionalized alternative is unlikely to impede communication since most speakers of the language, men and children included, are well accustomed to the avoidance register.},
keywords = {Alice Mitchell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2015,
title = {Tongzhi},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
journal = {The International Encyclopedia of Human Sexuality},
abstract = {In the last two decades, tongzhi (often glossed as “comrade”) has emerged as the most well‐known Chinese label for lesbians, gay men, bisexuals, and transgender (LGBT) people. A general address term in Communist China, it was appropriated by LGBT activists in Hong Kong in the late 1980s to refer to members of sexual minorities. For many Chinese LGBT activists, it has the advantage of highlighting the cultural distinctiveness of Chinese same‐sex relationships. Nevertheless, the label has not been universally accepted by LGBT Chinese or those in the wider community. Though its future remains to be seen, tongzhi has no doubt helped Chinese LGBT activists raise awareness about issues concerning sexual minorities, and offered linguists a rare opportunity for examining the social embedding of semantic variation and change.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2015bb,
title = {A Quest for Linguistic Authenticity: Cantonese and Putonghua in Postcolonial Hong Kong},
author = {Andrew Wong},
doi = {10.20354/B4414110022},
issn = {2377-1666},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
journal = {Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society},
volume = {41},
number = {41},
abstract = {Authenticity has attracted increasing attention from sociolinguists and linguistic anthropologists (see, eg, Lacoste et al. 2014, Wilce and Fenigsen 2015). The word authentic brings to mind something that is real, natural, and original. In sociolinguistics, the authentic (eg,“authentic speaker,”“authentic language”) has traditionally been viewed as an object to be discovered. Mary Bucholtz and Kira Hall have challenged this view in a series of articles (Bucholtz 2003, Bucholtz and Hall 2005). First, they argue that we should turn our attention from authenticity to authentication. This requires us to analyze authenticity as an outcome of linguistic practices and take a close look at the semiotic processes through which authenticity is produced. Second, since identity is a relational phenomenon, we ought to study authentication in tandem with denaturalization, which calls attention to the ways in which claims to the “inherent rightness of identities”(Bucholtz and Hall 2005: 602) are subverted. Researchers (eg, Jaffe 2009, Shenk 2007) have taken heed of these insights and used discourse data to examine the use of linguistic resources to assert or challenge claims to authenticity in social interaction. This case study takes a different approach: it analyzes metadiscursive data from print and social media to illuminate the popular use of linguistics in the authentication and denaturalization of identity. In the last few years, many Hongkongers have clamored for the protection of Cantonese against the encroachment of Putonghua. Cantonese is the mother tongue of over 90% of the city’s population (Hong Kong Census and Statistics Department 2013). },
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Omar2015,
title = {Susur Galur Bahasa Melayu},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9836298266},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
abstract = {This book is written in Malay. We always ask why the Malay language has so many dialects and why the language changes from region to region, even from mukim to mukim. We also often ask why there is a dialect group whose members are close to each other and apart from their characteristics with the other group. The answer is in this book. Kita selalu bertanya mengapakah bahasa Melayu mempunyai begitu banyak dialek atau loghat, dan mengapakah bahasa berubah dari kawasan ke kawasan, bahkan dari mukim ke mukim. Kita juga sering bertanya mengapakah pula ada kumpulan dialek yang anggota-anggotanya berdekatan satu sama lain dan berjauhan pula dari segi ciri-cirinya dengan kumpulan yang satu lagi. Jawapannya ada di dalam buku ini.},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Omar2015b,
title = {Riwayat Ungku Aziz},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar and Ungku A. Aziz},
isbn = {978-983-46-1444-7},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
publisher = {University of Malaya Press},
abstract = {Profesor Diraja Ungku Abdul Aziz merupakan seorang tokoh akademik ternama yang banyak menyumbang kepada pembangunan negara. Buku Riwayat Ungku Aziz boleh dilihat sebagai tambahan kepada penulisan tentang tokoh tersebut dalam beberapa karya lain. Buku ini terdiri daripada lapan bab yang menerangkan tentang latar belakang Ungku Aziz, susur galur dan salasilah beliau, ketokohan, kepimpinan serta jasa beliau kepada pembangunan Malaysia.

Hubungan yang baik antara penulis dan Ungku Aziz merupakan kekuatan buku ini. Bahan yang menjadi kandungan buku ini sebahagiannya diambil daripada khazanah ingatan penulis sendiri dengan pengalaman bekerja di Universiti Malaya, dan khususnya di bawah pentadbiran Ungku Aziz sebagai Naib Canselor. Khazanah ingatan ini disokong oleh buku-buku catatan harian ketika penulis menjadi Pengarah Pusat Bahasa dan Timbalan Naib Canselor (Perjawatan), Universiti Malaya dan temu bual bersama Ungku Aziz sendiri.

Diharap buku ini dapat menjadi pelengkap kepada karya mengenai Ungku Aziz dan menjadi contoh ikutan masyarakat.},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Omar2015bb,
title = {Dasar Bahasa Kebangsaan},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9834617534},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Andaya2015b,
title = {The Chulia in Penang: Patronage and Place-Making around the Kapitan Kling Mosque 1786–1957 by Khoo Salma Nasution},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1353/ras.2015.0005},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
journal = {Journal of the Malaysian Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society},
volume = {88},
pages = {131-133},
abstract = {It is very hard in this short review to do justice to the years of meticulous research and the personal commitment that will make The Chulia in Penang required reading not only for Penang specialists but for those working on Malaysia, British imperialism, and Indian diasporas more generally. Anchored by the history of the Kapitan Kling Mosque, the narrative traces the fortunes of Penang’s Tamil Muslim community in over 500 richly illustrated pages, from 1786 until the declaration of Malaya’s independence in 1957. The material is organized in six parts, each subdivided into chapters. Part One discusses the long-standing role of the Chulias in maritime trade, their position as Muslims in India, and early Chulia settlement in Penang, introducing readers to the Kapitan Kling mosque and the Chulia ‘captain’, Cauder Mohuddeen. The second part concentrates on the first half of the nineteenth century, using case studies to track the evolution of a new ‘Jawi Pekan’ identity as Chulia men married local women. Part Three begins with the British Government’s assumption of authority over former East India Company possessions in 1867. The management of Muslim endowments—buildings, lands and institutions—became progressively more subject to British oversight, with inevitable controversies and compromises. The fourth part highlights Chulia involvement in Islamic reformist movements and the Muhammadan Advisory Board, while the outbreak of World War and associated anti-colonialism drew some Chulia towards Pan-Islam and Indian nationalism. Part Five focuses on Chulia business activities, especially in relation to trade and shipping, where Tamil Muslim specialization was everywhere evident. A final section deals with the Penang experience during in the Second World War. The book concludes with a discussion of the new questions faced by Chulia descendants, initially uneasily positioned between the demands of their Indian heritage and their allegiance to independent Malaya in 1957, but for the most part successfully adjusting to the new order. Testifying to years of committed digging, the detail presented here could only have been amassed by a true Penangite who knows where to look for sources, for maps, for photographs, for paintings, for informants, and who has the tenacity to follow up every possible lead. It has also opened up avenues for further research, especially for those who can read Tamil, such as Chulia relations with the Nattukottai Chettiar, the powerful Indian financier caste. Of course, organizing this wide-ranging body information posed challenges, and the chapter divisions in some of the six parts cohere better than others. A degree of overlap was probably inevitable, so that there is some repetition of names of locations, events and individuals, but the index is a useful tool for researchers tracking a particular topic. The text is clear and eminently accessible, carefully referenced, with all the necessary explanatory notes. The illustrations, from private collections, archives and family albums, represent an unparalleled depository of visual sources on Penang, with captions that help identify people and places. Urban renewal in the 1920s and early 1930s transformed much of the waqf areas, as old areas were razed and communities displaced, while the destruction of buildings by Allied bombs during the Second World War makes the photographs of buildings that are no longer extant all the more valuable. The thoughtful foreword by Professor Rajeswary Ampalavanar Brown combines scholarship and readability, setting the tone for the entire book. Produced with the assistance of Think City, the price is extremely reasonable for such an encyclopedic volume, and Areca Books should be congratulated for a superb production overall. One of the ‘take-aways’ from this book is obviously the Chulia contribution to Penang’s economy and its cosmopolitan culture. Their connections with India and the surrounding region helped make Penang a global pathway, the crossroads for incoming ideas, especially in regard to Islam, but also in many other aspects, from mamak cuisine to popular entertainment like the Boria or Bangsawan. At the same time, the Chulia community developed a strong sense of local identity, much of which can be attributed to Cauder Mohuddeen, his descendants and their families.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Frellesvig2015,
title = {Differential Object Marking in Old Japanese},
author = {Bjarke Frellesvig and Stephen W. Horn and Yuko Yanagida},
doi = {10.1075/cilt.334.11fre},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
pages = {195-212},
publisher = { Historical Linguistics},
abstract = {Within the past few decades, various proposals have been made about marking of objects in Old Japanese (e.g., Matsunaga 1983, Motohashi 1989, Yanagida 2006, Kuroda 2008, Yanagida & Whitman 2009, Wrona & Frellesvig 2010, Kinsui 2011, Miyagawa 2012), but there is still no consensus about the exact circumstances determining when direct objects are bare or accusative case marked in Old Japanese. We use the material in the Oxford Corpus of Old Japanese to examine in detail the distribution of bare and accusative case marked objects in Old Japanese texts and show that Old Japanese had ‘differential object marking (DOM)’ associated with a specific/non-specific distinction (Yanagida & Whitman 2009). Thus, in Old Japanese, accusative case marked objects are specific, but bare objects are non-specific. This paper briefly discusses cases in which accusative case is dropped from specific objects.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Lu2015,
title = {Inspiration and Tokimeki Onomatopoeia},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Lu Kayo},
isbn = {978-4-908470-00-4},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
volume = {1},
pages = {127-165},
publisher = { Kyoto University International Exchange Center Secretariat},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Perrin2015bb,
title = {Institutional learning from a newsroom minority: The case of the Swiss public service broadcasting company},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1386/ajms.4.1.169_1},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Applied Journalism & Media Studies},
volume = {4},
number = {1},
pages = {169-187},
abstract = {Promoting public understanding is what the programming mandate asks the Swiss public broadcasting company SRG SSR to do. From a sociolinguistic perspective, this means linking speech communities with other speech communities, both between and within the German-, French-, Italian- and Rumantsch-speaking parts of Switzerland. In the Idée suisse project, we investigated whether and how SRG, caught between public service demands and market forces, should and actually does fulfil such language policy requirements. Four research modules were combined: module A focused on language policy expectations; B on media management’s interpretation; C on media production and D on media reflection in the newsrooms. Interviews with policy-makers and media managers were triangulated with in-depth analyses of text production processes and workplace conversations. The overall findings: whereas the managers are usually frustrated by the expectations of media policy-makers, a minority of experienced journalists in the newsroom find emergent solutions to overcome the conflict between the public mandate and the market. This tacit knowledge can be identified and made explicit to the entire organization in systemic knowledge transformation.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2015bb,
title = {Which oral language - which written form? : Language under media conditions},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Stefan Hauser and Erika Linz and Martin Luginbühl},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
journal = {Publikationen der Internationalen Vereinigung für Germanistik (IVG)},
abstract = {The volume documents the linguistic sections of the congress of the International Association for German Studies (IVG) in Shanghai 2015. It begins with the sections “Relationship Formation through Language” and “Discourse and Politics”. This is followed by 'which oral language, which written form? Language under media conditions' and 'The poetic nature of language'. The sections 'Meaning of Discourse and Grammar: Transtextual and Cross-Discussion Aspects of Grammatical Inventories' and 'Contrastive Textology' conclude the volume.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Dalakoglou2015bb,
title = {Infrastructures as Common and Common Infrastructure},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@book{Dalakoglou2015bb,
title = {Roads and Anthropology: Ethnography, Infrastructures,(im) mobility},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Penny Harvey},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {Roads and the powerful sense of mobility that they promise carry us back and forth between the sweeping narratives of globalisation, and the specific, tangible materialities of particular times and places. Indeed, despite the fact that roads might, by comparison with the sparkling agility of virtual technologies, appear to be grounded in twentieth century industrial political economy they could arguably be taken as the paradigmatic material infrastructure of the twenty-first century, supporting both the information society (in the ever increasing circulation of commoditized goods and labour), and the extractive economies of developing countries on which the production and reproduction of such goods and labour depends. Roads and Anthropology is the first collection of road ethnographies, edited by two pioneers in the anthropological explorations of infrastructures, the essays published in the book aim to pave the way for this rising field of anthropological research. This book was published as a special issue of Mobilities.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@conference{Dalakoglou2015bb,
title = {The xenophobic city: security, neoliberalisation and violence from the bottom of Aegean Sea to the centre of Athens},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Penelope Harvey},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
abstract = {Roads and the powerful sense of mobility that they promise carry us back and forth between the sweeping narratives of globalisation, and the specific, tangible materialities of particular times and places. Indeed, despite the fact that roads might, by comparison with the sparkling agility of virtual technologies, appear to be grounded in twentieth century industrial political economy they could arguably be taken as the paradigmatic material infrastructure of the twenty-first century, supporting both the information society (in the ever increasing circulation of commoditized goods and labour), and the extractive economies of developing countries on which the production and reproduction of such goods and labour depends. Roads and Anthropology is the first collection of road ethnographies, edited by two pioneers in the anthropological explorations of infrastructures, the essays published in the book aim to pave the way for this rising field of anthropological research. This book was published as a special issue of Mobilities.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@book{Baider2015bb,
title = {Apprentissage, enseignement et affects, Le Langage et l'Homme L-1},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Georgeta Cislaru and Simon Coffey},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
volume = {50},
number = {1},
publisher = {EME & InterCommunications},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Baider2015bb,
title = {Reverse speech? Marine Le Pen and her identity as a language resource},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.7202/1035937ar},
year  = {2015},
date = {2015-01-01},
journal = {Nouvelles perspectives en sciences sociales},
abstract = {This study takes stock of computerized research analysis of political discourse, and in particular of populist discourse. The perspective adopted is that of the study of the construction of the empathetic identity of Marine Le Pen, in accordance with female stereotypes, and with the objective of precise political positions and in accordance with the fundamentals of the National Front. Computer tools make it possible to detect discursive tendencies by identifying key words such as solidarity, suffering, tendencies which can then be refined by qualitative studies. On the one hand, this work confirms the political performativity of emotions when they conform to gender stereotypes. On the other hand, it attests to the presence of rhetorical peculiarities of an anti-system party (with key notions remaining present over the years) which are adapted to new political conditions (the point of view and the focus are reworked). Thus the intervention style of Marine le Pen would rhetorically switch a discourse focused on resentment, contempt and nostalgia (that of Jean-Marie Le Pen) into a discourse that we analyze as playing on positive emotions, in particular , here, empathy more in line with a feminine ethos.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Fina2014,
title = {15 Afterword: Interdisciplinary Approaches},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.21832/9781783092901-017},
isbn = {9781783092901},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-12-31},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Baider2014bb,
title = {Language of Cyber-Politics: "Imaging/Imagining" Communities},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Maria Constantinou},
doi = {10.1515/lpp-2014-0012},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-12-29},
journal = {Lodz Papers in Pragmatics},
volume = {10},
number = {2},
pages = {213-243},
abstract = {Assuming that “YouTube provides a deindividuated interactional context where social identity, including ethnic identity, is salient” (Garcés-Conejos Blitvich et al. 2013, our emphasis), we focus our analysis on the online discussants’ identity narratives (i.e. avatars, pseudonyms and comments) in order to investigate what makes each identity narrative into a cohesive specific ethos and how this ethos is coherent with the positioning of the party and their leaders. Our methodology includes qualitative analysis (avatars and pseudonyms) as well as a quantitative approach (comments vs leadership speeches). Our findings confirm that the emotions and ideologies salient in the leadership speeches and keywords are perpetuated, reinvented and re-enacted in avatars, pseudonyms and comments, constructing therefore a coherent virtual community. We also conclude that the ethos of this virtual community was built on the concept of resisting the loss of sovereignty (among other things to resist), symbolically co-constructed with myths, memories and a glorious past, instilling pride and unity, while cultivating anger, resentment and contempt against the “enemy”.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Tsimpli2014,
title = {Pronoun ambiguity resolution in Greek: Evidence from monolingual adults and children},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Despina Papadopoulou and Eleni Peristeri and Evagelia Plemenou and Theodoros Marinis},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2014.09.006},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-12-24},
urldate = {2014-12-24},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {155},
abstract = {A large body of psycholinguistic research has revealed that during sentence interpretation adults coordinate multiple sources of information. Particularly, they draw both on linguistic properties of the message and on information from the context to constrain their interpretations. Relatively little however is known about how this integrative processor develops through language acquisition and about how children process language. In this study, two on-line picture verification tasks were used to examine how 1st, 2nd and 4th/5th grade monolingual Greek children resolve pronoun ambiguities during sentence interpretation and how their performance compares to that of adults on the same tasks. Specifically, we manipulated the type of subject pronoun, i.e. null or overt, and examined how this affected participants’ preferences for competing antecedents, i.e. in the subject or object position. The results revealed both similarities and differences in how adults and the various child groups comprehended ambiguous pronominal forms. Particularly, although adults and children alike showed sensitivity to the distribution of overt and null subject pronouns, this did not always lead to convergent interpretation preferences.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Baider2014bb,
title = {Hybrid strategic identities as gendered resources in french politics (Martine Aubry and Marine Le Pen)},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.33115/udg_bib/cp.v3i05.22097},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-12-20},
journal = {Communication Papers},
volume = {3},
number = {5},
pages = {91-102},
abstract = {Many researchers such as Sineau (2001), Bertini (2002), Achin et al (2007) have been for years denouncing the “male norm or the male political order” in French politics. They also argue that explanations for such a gendered field should not be based on status differences between men and women but should focus on how dominant relationships differentiate male behavior and female behavior in politics. In this paper, we examine how, in their 2012 presidential campaigns, Martine Aubry (a socialist leader) and Marine Le Pen (an extreme-right party leader) adopted traditionally masculine strategic identities, and how these were portrayed in the French press. Both female politicians were known for their ‘toughness’; however Aubry was noted as being emotional, while Le Pen was seen to emphasize family life. They embodied a ‘femininity with a twist’. In order to examine the reception of such hybrid personas in journalistic discourse, we examine articles published in the French mainstream press, using quantitative and qualitative approaches. We point out the shared and different strategies and conclude on the periperformativity on the part of the newspapers as far as these ‘gender acts’ are concerned.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2014,
title = {Africa - Asia Relations through the Prism of Television Drama: How Africans in Hong Kong Conceptualize Korean Culture},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Eun-Sook Chabal},
doi = {10.1163/15692108-12341319},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-12-15},
journal = {African and Asian Studies},
volume = {13},
number = {4},
pages = {504–529},
abstract = {Even though many African and Asian countries share a common history of European colonialism and thus a model of economic development shaped within the aegis of center-periphery analysis, many Asian countries have been able to ride through the burden of center-periphery economics and built more successful political economies than most African countries. This state of affairs has often led many African analysts to point to Asian success stories like China and South Korea for comparative analysis and often see these Asian countries as models of socio-economic and socio-cultural success to emulate. In particular, Africans in the Diaspora, especially Africans in China, tend to compare very frequently the socio-economic and socio-cultural conditions of their host countries with those of their source countries. This paper outlines and discusses how a group of Africans living in Hong Kong and other parts of Asia see Korea and Korean culture through the prism of Korean television dramas, which constitute a popular cultural phenomenon among Hong Kong/Asian youths. Through qualitative and quantitative survey methods, participant-observation, and questionnaire surveys, the paper reports on how African community members of Hong Kong and others think of Koreans. We show that Africans draw a lot of comparisons between Korean and African ways of conceptualizing the world. http://www.bandungspirit.org/IMG/pdf/bodomo-chabal-halyu_brill.pdf Keywords Africa, Asia, Korean wave, Hallyu, African diaspora in Asia, Hong Kong},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Deumert2014,
title = {Sociolinguistics and mobile communication},
author = {Ana Deumert},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-12-11},
publisher = {Edinburgh University Press},
abstract = {Have wireless mobile communication technologies changed the way people talk to one another? What does it mean to be able to speak or write to anyone, anywhere, 24/7/365, and get an immediate response? And what does the current profusion of these technologies mean for the study of language in social life? Do we need to develop new approaches, methodologies and theories? Taking a global perspective, this volume provides readers with a nuanced, ethnographically-informed understanding of mobile communication and sociolinguistics. The text explores a wide range of digital applications, including SMS, email, tweeting, Facebook, YouTube, chatting, blogging, Wikipedia, Second Life and gaming Raising important questions about the nature of language and the creativity of speakers, Ana Deumert examines the role of multimodality and intertextuality in creating meaning, as well as the realities and consequences of digital linguistic inequality. Key features. • Illustrates core concepts in sociolinguistics and linguistic anthropology • Applies sociolinguistic theories of language from Humboldt and Sapir to post-structuralism to new media • Provides a global and multilingual perspective on digital communication practices and discusses digital inequality and its consequences for sociolinguistic research • Includes a focus on linguistic creativity and poetic language. Drawing on examples from across the world, as well as original multilingual data and analyzes from South Africa.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Weinberg2014b,
title = {Praxis, Interaction and the Loss of Self-Control},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
doi = {10.1057/9781137008336_12},
isbn = {978-1-137-00834-3},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-12-09},
urldate = {2014-12-09},
pages = { 232 - 244},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {Our remit in this section of the book is to speak to the relevance of self to our understanding of intoxication and intoxicant use. In her chapter, Cathy Shrank looks at the images and explanations of the loss of self-possession pertaining to intoxicants in sixteenth- and seventeenth-century medical, poetic and political texts. Ciaran Regan, in his chapter, tells of the neurological plasticity of the human brain, our neurological distinctiveness as individuals and the relation of these phenomena to intoxication. For my part, I want to focus on the self as social agent or as active participant in social interaction and how addictions to intoxicants emerge in the course of social interaction as surrogates for that self. My argument is that by so doing, we may begin to address an element of addiction that, while central to the meaning of this concept, has proven equally elusive to both the biomedical and the social sciences of addiction. That is, the identification of instances in which people are empirically observed not only to have engaged in socially disapproved or even dangerous drug use but to have actually succumbed to addiction, or to have lost control of their drug use. Because it is in and through social interaction with one another, rather than esoteric analyses of our minds or bodies, that evidence of addiction is normally gathered, a systematic understanding of what counts as interactional evidence of addiction should be a particularly important scientific priority.
},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Haberland2014,
title = {The position of danish, English and other languages at danish universities in the context of danish society},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Bent Preisler},
doi = {10.21832/9781783092765-004},
isbn = {9781783092765},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-12-05},
urldate = {2014-12-05},
pages = {15-42},
publisher = {Multilingual Matters },
abstract = {Ranked lists (Wee, 2011) and language hierarchies (Risager, 2012) are in vogue. De Swaan’s (2001) hierarchy of one hypercentral language (English), 12 supercentral languages (Arabic, Chinese, English, French, German, Hindi, Japanese, Malay, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish and Swahili), about 100 central languages and a great many peripheral languages (the rest) is well known. Danish fits the description of a central language given by de Swaan: it is used in elementary as well as secondary and tertiary education, and it appears in newspapers, textbooks and fiction, as well as on radio and television (de Swaan, 2001: 4f). Actually, it fits the description of a central language better than many of the others (it is not essential for a central language to have television programmes).},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Noorden2014,
title = {Hesiod’s races and your own: Socrates’ Hesiodic project},
author = {Helen Van Noorden},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-12-05},
urldate = {2014-12-05},
pages = {176-200},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
chapter = {3},
abstract = {This chapter approaches the question of Hesiod’s importance for Plato by reassessing the use of ‘Hesiod’s races’ in the Republic. Critical evaluations of the ways in which Platonic philosophia itself ‘invokes, confronts and absorbs poetic texts’(Halliwell 2000, 95) have often begun from the discussion of mimesis in Republic Book 10, in which Socrates2 seems to have nothing to say about Hesiod that distinguishes him from Homer,‘leader and teacher of the tragedians’(eg 595c1–3). 3 By focusing on a different section of Socrates’ dialogue with Glaucon and Adeimantus, however, this chapter aims to show why it is insufficient merely to bracket Hesiod with Homer in his importance for Plato’s construction of ‘philosophical’discourse. },
keywords = {Helen Van Noorden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Fina2014bb,
title = {De Fina. A. (2014). Prologue. Theorizing and analyzing agency in Second language learning},
author = {Anna De Fina},
editor = {Ping Deters and Xuesong Gao and Elizabeth R. Miller and Gergana Vitanova},
isbn = {9781783092888},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-12-05},
pages = {271-277},
publisher = {Multilingual matters},
chapter = {Afterword},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Baider2014,
title = {How to Make People Feel Good When Wishing Hell: Golden Dawn and National Front Discourse, Emotions and Argumentation},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Maria Constantinou},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-319-06007-1_9},
isbn = {978-3-319-06006-4},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-12-05},
pages = {179-210},
publisher = {Springer, Cham},
abstract = {Drawing on Kristeva’s thesis that nationalism is a pervasive discourse of exclusion based on “a defensive hatred” where “the cult of origins easily backslides to a persecuting hatred” (Kristeva 1993), the main argument of this chapter is to demonstrate that extreme right parties such as the National Front in France and Golden Dawn in Greece are constructing a different ethos, having the same far-right political aims. In particular, the analysis of their discursive practices for constructing differently their political arguments (defensive resentment vs persecuting hatred) are based on different emotions as well (contempt vs. pride) while appealing to the same argumentative stance (the cults of origins for instance). Indeed, if they both deliver the same nationalistic discourse of “reciprocal exclusion”, Marine Le Pen’s persona, discourse and behaviour are based, as will be argued here, on a “defensive resentment”, focusing on the Self via the emotion of pride. On the other hand, Golden Dawn’s leader, Nikos Michaloliakos, uses gestures, speeches and symbols, which encourage a virulent “persecuting hatred”, focusing on the despised Other via the emotion of contempt. Focusing on the metaphors and linguistic symbolisms used to embody these emotions, we will show using van Dijk’s theory of ideology in discourse and corpus linguistic methodology, that these tropes are conducive to legitimating, triggering and perpetuating social practices of exclusion of some specific communities as well as symbolic or physical violence against the same communities.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Coupe2014,
title = {Strategies for analyzing tone languages},
author = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-12-01},
volume = {8},
pages = {462—489},
abstract = {This paper outlines a method of auditory and acoustic analysis for determining the tonemes of a language starting from scratch, drawing on the author’s experience of recording and analyzing tone languages of north-east India. The methodology is applied to a preliminary analysis of tone in the Thang dialect of Khiamniungan, a virtually undocumented language of extreme eastern Nagaland and adjacent areas of the Sagaing Division Myanmar (Burma). Following a discussion of strategies for ensuring that data appropriate for tonal analysis will be recorded, the practical demonstration begins with a description of how tone categories can be established according to their syllable type in the preliminary auditory analysis. The paper then uses this data to describe a method of acoustic analysis that ultimately permits the representation of pitch shapes as a function of absolute mean duration. The analysis of grammatical tones, floating tones and tone sandhi are exemplified with Mongsen Ao data, and a description of a perception test demonstrates how this can be used to corroborate the auditory and acoustic analysis of a tone system.},
keywords = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2014b,
title = {Gathering ‘Knowledge’ in the Bay of Bengal: The Letters of John Adolphus Pope, 1785–1788},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1353/ras.2014.0013},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-12-01},
journal = {Journal of the Malaysian Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society},
volume = {87},
number = {2 (307)},
pages = {1-19},
abstract = {In 1992 the poet and independent researcher Anne Bulley published the letters of a youth named John Adolphus Pope who at the age of fourteen became Third Officer on an English country ship, the Princess Royal. These letters have been little used by historians of Southeast Asia, but they are an extraordinarily rich source for this period. On his arrival in India Pope was recruited by the Orientalist Sir William Jones to collect information and specimens of places he visited. Beginning in December 1785 and ending in September 1788, his letters to his friend George provide a personal view of trading operations in ports stretching from Madras, Kolkata and Mumbai to Rangoon (Yangon), Aceh, Penang, Kedah and ultimately China. Drawing on the books available to him, the information supplied by fellow country traders, his own observations and particularly the material supplied by local informants, Pope’s letters offer intriguing insights into the ways in which a younger mind determined the kind of knowledge that was useful and worthy of transmittal. Written at a time when British ascendancy was an ambition rather than an actuality, his opinions and attitudes highlight an environment where competition could reinforce European bigotry and prejudice, but where the need for commercial co-operation could also foster genuine cross-cultural communication.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2014,
title = {Investigating Qatari Traditional Architecture from an Interdisciplinary Approach},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou and Yasser Mahgoub},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-12-01},
journal = {Journal of Humanities and Social Sciences},
volume = {3},
number = {4},
pages = {477–485},
abstract = {This paper presents the findings of an Undergraduate Research Experience Program (UREP) research project funded by Qatar National Research Fund (QNRF). This interdisciplinary research project brings together architecture and sociolinguistics students and faculty members to develop a socio-cultural understanding and interpretation of the structures, designs, and physical dimensions of traditional elements employed by the members of the traditional society of Qatar from two complementary perspectives. The focus of this study is on identifying the multiple meanings and physical representations associated with elements of architecture, exemplified in the case of Qatari traditional architecture. These multiple meanings are dealt with from both architectural and multimodal discursive perspectives. The rationale behind this interdisciplinary approach is the fact that these two approaches are complementary to each other. This is because architecture spaces and elements act as a field and context where peoples' practices and activities take place, Hence, these practices are intricately interwoven with the architectural, i.e. structural and design, peculiarities of the individual spaces. One hundred Qatari traditional elements were selected for the purpose of this investigation within a framework of multimodal analysis. This approach takes into consideration the multiple modes through which meanings are constructed, i.e. building materials, structures and shapes of buildings, types of people who are entitled to use a particular building, activities that are organized around a space, to mention just a few. The project offers the opportunity to undergraduate students and faculty members from diverse disciplines to collaborate in an interdisciplinary research project, and thus to benefit from each other's background knowledge, ideas, and skills. The study recommends that this multidisciplinary approach be applied in undergraduate, postgraduate and other scholarly research pertaining to the study of traditional architecture and urban heritage. It proved to provide a better understanding and to serve as a strong motivation for students to engage themselves in research than an unidisciplinary approach.},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gasparini2014,
title = {Grammaticalization of Adnominal Demonstratives in Neo-Aramaic. Towards the creation of a simple determiner},
author = {Fabio Gasparini},
doi = {10.13135/2384-8987/632},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-12-01},
journal = { Ricognizioni. Rivista di Lingue e Letterature straniere e Culture moderne},
volume = {1},
number = {2},
pages = {95-107},
abstract = {This paper focuses on the grammaticalization of adnominal demonstratives towards simple determiners in Neo-Aramaic, a dialectal cluster belonging to the Semitic family. Scholars still do not agree about the presence of a definite article in NA and in Aramaic dialectology the systems of demonstratives and determiners have not yet received sufficient attention from a comparative point of view. New grammaticalized items seem not to act like traditional determiners since they encode, besides definiteness, a related though not totally overlapping feature: specificity.},
keywords = {Fabio Gasparini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jones2014,
title = {The Brotherhood of Freemason Sisters: Gender, Secrecy, and Fraternity in Italian Masonic Lodges by Lilith Mahmud},
author = {Graham Jones},
doi = {10.1111/aman.12162_16},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-12-01},
urldate = {2014-12-01},
journal = {American Anthropologist},
volume = {116},
number = {4},
abstract = {Profound paradoxes motivate Lilith Mahmud’s singular ethnography of Italian Freemason women: although the Enlightenment’s core democratic values of liberty, equality, and fraternity in many ways originated within Euro-American Freemasonry, most Italians suspect present-day Freemasons of involvement in nefarious antidemocratic conspiracies. Moreover, Freemasons’ marginalization of women betrays how deep-rooted exclusivity compromises their guiding principle of universal brotherhood. It is among the social networks of women who nevertheless gravitate to Freemasonry’s official auxiliary societies and to mixed-gender or women-only lodges not sanctioned by Freemasonry’s paramount governing body that Mahmud conducts a form of ethnography she terms “profane”—mostly (but not always) outside sacred ritual spaces. In describing how these women style themselves as “brothers” and aspire to enact fraternity as a genderless value, Mahmud casts light on the broader tradition of European liberal humanism and its limitations.},
keywords = {Graham Jones},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2014,
title = {Perceived institutional support among young indigenous and mestizo students from Chiapas (México): a group vitality approach},
author = {Howard Giles and Moises Esteban-Guitart and María Àngels Viladot},
doi = {10.1080/01434632.2014.898645},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-11-24},
urldate = {2014-11-24},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {36},
number = {2},
pages = {1-12},
abstract = {Ethnolinguistic Vitality Theory (EVT) asserts that status, demographic and institutional support (IS) factors make up the vitality of ethnolinguistic groups within intergroup relations. Specifically, IS factor refers to the extent to which a language group enjoys representation in the various institutions of a society, in particular, mass media, education, government services, industry, religion, culture and politics. However, some scholars suggest that EVT underestimates the strength of ethnic institutions. This article addresses the perceived IS among indigenous and mestizo students and perceived community support among indigenous students in Chiapas. The results show significant differences between indigenous perceived IS and community support. Based on this finding, we suggest that studies of ethnolinguistic vitality can be enriched by the use of new scales to measure ethnic groups' own institutions involved in fostering their native languages and traditions in contexts where the mainstream institutions do not give any formal or informal support.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2014,
title = {Nominalization as a marker of detachment and objectivity in Thai academic writing},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
doi = {10.1163/26659077-01703001},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-11-20},
journal = {Journal of Humanities},
pages = {1-10},
abstract = {This study is about whether academic writing in every language is marked by nominaliza-tion, and what role nominalization plays in academic writing. Since there has been no study that analyzes Thai academic writing specifically, this study aims to analyze academic writing in Thai with a focus on nominalization and find out what function nominalization performs in this genre. In order to find out whether nominalization is an outstanding feature of academic writing, I compared this genre with editorials with reference to nominalization. This study is about whether academic writing in every language is marked by nominaliza-tion, and what role nominalization plays in academic writing.
},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sitaridou2014,
title = {Discourse-driven V-to-C in Early Modern Romanian},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou and Gabriela Alboiu and Virginia Hill},
doi = {10.1007/s11049-014-9270-8},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-11-14},
journal = {Natural Language & Linguistic Theory},
volume = {33},
number = {4},
pages = {1 - 33},
abstract = {The Moldavian Chronicles of the 17th and 18th centuries are the first literary texts written directly in Romanian. In these Early Modern Romanian (EMR) texts, declarative clauses display an alternation between clitic > V(erb) and V(erb) > clitic orders, which reflects low verb movement (Verb-to-Tense/V-to-T) or high verb movement (Verb-to-Complementizer/V-to-C), respectively. The analysis concentrates on V-to-C, and demonstrates that, within a cartographic approach to the left periphery of the clause, V-to-C is actually V-to-Focus. Hence, the paper argues for discourse-driven (versus structure-preserving/formal) verb movement to C in EMR, and thus contributes to current studies that view V-to-C in Old Romance as an epiphenomenon of the information packaging at the left periphery of clauses.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Fina2014b,
title = {Language ideologies and practices in a transnational community},
author = {Anna De Fina},
editor = {R. Marquez Reiter and L. Martin Rojo},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-11-13},
pages = {48-65},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {Globalization has radically transformed the way we live, conceive of ourselves, and communicate by opening up the world’s frontiers to the movement of goods, ideas, and people (see Appadurai, 1996; Coupland, 2003; Fairclough, 2006). One of the most important effects of globalization has been the heightened centrality of transnationalism (Vertovec, 2009), as not only do people move more often and in higher numbers from one geographical area to another, but they are also afforded greater opportunities to maintain contacts with their places of origin. Thus, members of transnational communities often “become involved in the chronic maintenance”(Rouse, 2004, p. 30) of different worlds, a process fraught with ambiguities and contradictions. Indeed, while languages and identities are traditionally defined in mainstream discourses in either/or terms, the experience of transnational people is always one of in-betweenness. Recent research on transnational and new urban communities points indeed to widespread tendencies toward the incorporation of notions of diversity in their everyday practices (see Blommaert & Rampton, 2011) as a result of continued contact and interaction. Thus, people in situations where movement across different geographical areas and/or contact with other ethnicities and languages are the norm tend to creatively incorporate diversity in their everyday lives, navigating between old and new identity categories and conflicting language ideologies.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Giles2014b,
title = {Going to extremes: Social identity and communication processes associated with gang membership},
author = {Howard Giles and Liran Goldman and Michael A. Hogg},
doi = {10.1177/1368430214524289},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-11-11},
journal = {Group Processes & Intergroup Relations},
volume = {17},
number = {6},
pages = {813-832},
abstract = {Gang violence, endemic to many communities in the United States and around the world is a very significant social problem. Given that the messages conveyed by, and the rivalries associated with, gang identities readily invoke constructs and processes familiar to the social psychological study of social identity, intergroup relations, and communication (Lauger, 2012), it is surprising that social psychologists have not advanced such an analysis of gangs. In attempt to fill this void and set a research agenda, this theoretical article examines the role social identity and identity-related communication play in promoting affiliation with gangs, particularly among youth who confront uncertainties and strive for family-like protection. The article discusses messaging communicated by gang members and reasons why youth adopt antisocial (e.g., violent) rather than prosocial behaviors. It also explores ways to diminish the allure of gang membership and raises questions for future research.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2014bb,
title = {Going to extremes: Social identity and communication processes associated with gang membership},
author = {Howard Giles and Liran Goldman and Michael A. Hogg},
doi = {10.1177/1368430214524289},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-11-11},
urldate = {2014-11-11},
journal = {Group Processes & Intergroup Relations},
volume = {17},
number = {6},
pages = {813-832},
abstract = {Gang violence, endemic to many communities in the United States and around the world is a very significant social problem. Given that the messages conveyed by, and the rivalries associated with, gang identities readily invoke constructs and processes familiar to the social psychological study of social identity, intergroup relations, and communication (Lauger, 2012), it is surprising that social psychologists have not advanced such an analysis of gangs. In attempt to fill this void and set a research agenda, this theoretical article examines the role social identity and identity-related communication play in promoting affiliation with gangs, particularly among youth who confront uncertainties and strive for family-like protection. The article discusses messaging communicated by gang members and reasons why youth adopt antisocial (e.g., violent) rather than prosocial behaviors. It also explores ways to diminish the allure of gang membership and raises questions for future research.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks2014,
title = {Convergence of temporal reference frames in sequential bilinguals: Event structuring unique to second language users},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Norbert Vanek},
doi = {10.1017/S1366728914000765},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-11-11},
urldate = {2014-11-11},
journal = {Bilingualism: Language and Cognition},
volume = {1},
number = {4},
pages = {1-16},
abstract = {Previous research suggests that the way grammatical aspect is encoded in the speaker's L1 influences event conceptualisation and its subprocesses even in highly advanced L2. Given the lack of consensus regarding the susceptibility to restructuring L1 principles in L2, this work contributes to the debate with two innovative components: it tests whether the susceptibility to adjust L1 (Czech and Hungarian) structuring principles in L2 (English) is dependent on a specific degree of L1-L2 overlap in aspect marking, and it examines unique learner-specific structuring techniques that surface in picture descriptions and film retellings, to illustrate how bilinguals’ temporal reference frames converge. Besides signalling the construction of a unitary conceptual frame, L2 results clearly show the importance of language distance for explaining the nature of sequential bilinguals’ temporal structuring. To embrace the implications of the reported phenomenon, a novel proposal is developed, incorporating grammatical knowledge types already at the stage of conceptualisation.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2014,
title = {Crying as Communication in Domestic Helper Narratives: Towards a Social Psychology of Crying in Discourse},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1177/0261927X14538823},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-11-10},
urldate = {2014-11-10},
journal = {Journal of Language and Social Psychology},
volume = {33},
number = {6},
pages = {579-605},
abstract = {Most research on adult crying is based on questionnaires or laboratory studies, and few studies have looked at crying in discourse. This article reports on a study of life stories of foreign domestic helpers (FDHs) in Hong Kong. The stories, which were recorded in a church shelter, are trauma narratives characterised by repeated crying. The article provides first, an overview of the themes that led the women to cry in the 89 crying events that were identified, and second, a discourse analysis of six selected excerpts. The analyses suggest that crying events should be seen as discursive accomplishments among group members. The article also provides evidence of a link between crying and catharsis, and it questions the common assumption that crying is a desirable form of emotional expression. Finally, the article discusses some possible functions of crying and proposes the first step towards a social psychological theory of crying in discourse.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim2014,
title = {Un triunfo de dos},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
doi = {10.5195/bsj.2014.93},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-11-06},
urldate = {2014-11-06},
journal = {Bolivian Studies Journal/Revista de Estudios Bolivianos},
volume = {20},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Duranti2014,
title = {Attention, Ritual Glitches, and Attentional Pull: The President and the Queen},
author = {C. Jason Throop and Alessandro Duranti},
doi = {10.1007/s11097-014-9397-4},
issn = {1568-7759},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-11-05},
issuetitle = { Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences, 14(4)},
journal = {Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences},
series = {UCLA Previously Published Works},
abstract = {This article proposes an analysis of a ritual glitch and resulting “misfire” from the standpoint of a phenomenologically informed anthropology of human interaction. Through articulating a synthesis of some of Husserl‘s insights on attention and affection with concepts and methods developed by anthropologists and other students of human interaction, a case is made for the importance of understanding the social organization of attention in ritual encounters. An analysis of a failed toast during President Obama’s 2011 State Visit to the United Kingdom is used to illustrate how attention is directed toward certain participants, actions, and objects – as opposed to others. Affect-loaded empathic reactions are explained by the protracted temporal unfolding of an action whose successful conclusion – or “repair” - is ostensively and publicly delayed},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Dalakoglou2014bb,
title = {Towards a critical anthropology of material infrastructures: infrastructural politics and poetics of the Greek expansion to the Balkans and the Greek debt crisis},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-11-01},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Giles2014d,
title = {Group and intergroup parameters of gang activities: An introduction and research agenda},
author = {Howard Giles and Jane Louise Wood},
doi = {10.1177/1368430214548620},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-11-01},
urldate = {2014-11-01},
journal = {Group Processes & Intergroup Relations},
volume = {17},
number = {6},
pages = {704-709},
abstract = {In introducing this Special Issue on gangs, we overview the thrust of its papers, demonstrating how they assist in plugging research gaps from the dearth of psychological attention to gangs. The papers therein raise important theoretical considerations of group process effects, social identity, and communication influences in gangs. Also included are empirical examinations of how attitudes to formal organized crime groups may nurture progang views, how social networks bridge gang divides, the dehumanization and social dominance association with gang membership, and how membership longevity associates with gang members’ attitudes to their group. We conclude with theoretical prospects and empirical vistas for future work. For instance, vitality theory may help explain members’ immersion in gangs, discursive strategies could explain how youth are enticed into gangs, and examinations of community and law enforcement attitudes to gangs may provide insight into how oppositional attitudes are fostered on both sides of the gang divide.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{King2014c,
title = {Gender and Pragmatics},
author = {Brian King and Janet Holmes},
editor = {Carol A. Chapelle},
doi = {10.1002/9781405198431.wbeal1453},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-11-01},
urldate = {2014-11-01},
publisher = {Blackwell},
abstract = {In the field of language and gender, there is a widely accepted origin narrative in which Robin Lakoff's seminal article is identified as the inaugural publication that launched investigations of a relationship between men, women, and language. Following its publication, there was a veritable explosion in language and gender research, with pragmatic issues attracting a good deal of attention. In the earliest decades, researchers examined features which could be interpreted as interactional dominance or power strategies, such as the distribution of turns of talk, the number of interruptions, and the amount of feedback contributed by women and men in different contexts, as well as features which expressed politeness, such as linguistic hedges and intensifiers.},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Roberts2014,
title = {Complexity in comparative syntax: the view from modern parametric theory},
author = {Ian Roberts and Theresa Biberauer and Anders Holmberg and Michelle Sheehan},
doi = {10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199685301.003.0006},
isbn = {9780199685301},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-10-30},
urldate = {2014-10-30},
pages = {103-127},
publisher = {Measuring Grammatical Complexity},
abstract = {The theory of principles and parameters offers a promising approach to the question of explanatory adequacy. It is less clear whether this approach offers a way of approaching questions of complexity. The chapter addresses the question of what parametric theory can tell us about the complexity of grammatical systems. It presents an ‘emergentist’ view of parametric variation in which parametric options emerge from the interaction of an underspecified Universal Grammar, the primary linguistic data, and acquisition strategies. The chapter describes how this view gives rise to parameter hierarchies, and sketches five such hierarchies. It then investigates typological features of some example languages, showing how the complexity of these features can be calculated as a function of their position on the parametric hierarchies. In other words, this version of parameter theory gives a measure of the relative complexity of grammars.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Jones2014b,
title = {Secrecy},
author = {Graham Jones},
doi = {0.1146/annurev-anthro-102313-030058},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-10-21},
urldate = {2014-10-21},
journal = {Annual Review of Anthropology},
volume = {43},
number = {1},
pages = {53-69},
abstract = {Although expansions of state secrecy and the countervailing leaks of classified documents imbue the anthropology of secrecy with urgent relevance, secrecy has a long-standing status as a paradigmatically anthropological topic. In the ethnographic record, initiatory secrets often stand for the quiddity of culture, and the revelation of concealed realities is an organizing trope in much ethnographic writing. While situating research on secrecy as a reflection of epistemological and ethical dimensions of cultural anthropology more broadly, this review simultaneously explores parallels between different anthropological traditions by focusing on descriptions of the media through which social relations involving secrecy are transacted. Attending to ethnographic accounts of the way secrets travel across different media and coexist simultaneously in various mediated states provides both a novel intellectual framework for surveying recent research and a basis for conceptualizing the anthropology of secrecy itself as a practice that involves intermedial and transmedial knowledge flows.},
keywords = {Graham Jones},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Fina2014bb,
title = {Afterword. In R. Piazza and A. Fasulo (eds.) Marked identities. Narrating Lives Between Social Labels and Individual Biographies. 192-197. Basingstoke: Palgrave.},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.13140/2.1.2796.6241},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-10-09},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Lin2014,
title = {Health Care Experiences and Perceived Barriers to Health Care Access: A Qualitative Study Among African Migrants in Guangzhou, Guangdong Province, China},
author = {Lavinia Lin and Katherine B Brown and Fan Yu and Jingqi Yang and Jason Wang and Joshua M Schrock and Adams Bodomo and Ligang Yang and Bin Yang and Eric J Nehl and Joseph D Tucker and Frank Y Wong},
doi = {10.1007/s10903-014-0114-8},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-10-08},
journal = { Journal of Immigrant and Minority Health},
abstract = {Guangzhou, one of China’s largest cities and a main trading port in South China, has attracted many African businessmen and traders migrating to the city for financial gains. Previous research has explored the cultural and economic roles of this newly emerging population; however, little is known about their health care experiences while in China. Semi-structured interviews and focus groups were used to assess health care experiences and perceived barriers to health care access among African migrants in Guangzhou, China. Overall, African migrants experienced various barriers to accessing health care and were dissatisfied with local health services. The principal barriers to care reported included affordability, legal issues, language barriers, and cultural differences. Facing multiple barriers, African migrants have limited access to care in Guangzhou. Local health settings are not accustomed to the African migrant population, suggesting that providing linguistically and culturally appropriate services may improve access to care for the migrants. http://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s10903-014-0114-8},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Williams2014,
title = {Minority Nationalist Historiography},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.4324/9781315749761-13},
isbn = {9781315749761},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-10-03},
pages = {203-221},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {This chapter argues that in the main geographic forays into the field of nationalism have tended to tell the victor's side of the story and have left the vanquished to cry in the wilderness. It highlights two tendencies which serve to gloss over the origins of selected nationalist movements and to reduce the significance of nationalist historiography in our reconstruction of the past. It emphasise the significant role of key nationalist actors. Religion was a central plank of some nationalist theorising. Tracing one's cultural lineage to the Judaeo-Christian origins of European civilisation was an obvious means of legitimising one's national past in a common heritage. The chapter examines the three senses, illustrated by a leading Welsh nationalist theoretician. It focuses on Christian idealism as a source of socio-political action for it figures prominently in the arguments and theories of prominent nationalists such as Sabino de Arana, Saunders Lewis and Daniel O'Connell.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Williams2014b,
title = {Minority Nationalist Historiography},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.4324/9781315749761-13},
isbn = {9781315749761},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-10-03},
pages = {203-221},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {This chapter argues that in the main geographic forays into the field of nationalism have tended to tell the victor's side of the story and have left the vanquished to cry in the wilderness. It highlights two tendencies which serve to gloss over the origins of selected nationalist movements and to reduce the significance of nationalist historiography in our reconstruction of the past. It emphasise the significant role of key nationalist actors. Religion was a central plank of some nationalist theorising. Tracing one's cultural lineage to the Judaeo-Christian origins of European civilisation was an obvious means of legitimising one's national past in a common heritage. The chapter examines the three senses, illustrated by a leading Welsh nationalist theoretician. It focuses on Christian idealism as a source of socio-political action for it figures prominently in the arguments and theories of prominent nationalists such as Sabino de Arana, Saunders Lewis and Daniel O'Connell.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Lupke2014,
title = {Beneath the surface - contemporary Ajami writing in West Africa exemplified through Wolofal},
author = {Friederike Lupke and Sokhna Bao-Diop},
editor = {Kasper Juffermans and Yonas Mesfun Asfaha and Ashraf Abdelhay},
isbn = {9781443858335},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-10-02},
pages = {86-114},
publisher = {Cambridge Scholars},
abstract = {Despite being (near to) invisible to educators, language planners and development activists, a pre-colonial literacy tradition continues to be practiced throughout those areas of Africa that are in the sphere of influence of Islam. This writing tradition uses Arabic-based scripts (also called Ajami) for the writing of African languages. The historical role of the most influential Ajami scripts–eg for Hausa, Fula, Swahili, and Wolof–is well-documented. Their contemporary weight is less well understood, partly because of their survival in informal and religious contexts only, and partly because of dominant ideologies of missionaries, language planners and official bodies that insist on literacy in Roman scripts (see Pasch 2008 for a good overview). In this chapter, we provide an overview of the main Ajami scripts used in present-day West Africa and what functions they assume. Examples from our own fieldwork in Guinea, Cameroon and Senegal illustrate how Ajami writing becomes visible as soon as a Eurocentric perspective on reading and writing is abandoned. A case study on Wolofal (the name for the Ajami tradition for the de facto national language of Senegal, Wolof) focuses on its importance for the linguistic landscape of Senegal, especially in the religious and commercial city of Touba. In contrast to the Ajami writing of Pulaar, which is in decline in Senegal, Wolofal continues to thrive.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Michaud2014,
title = {The transfer of nasalization characteristics in historical evolution-from consonant initials to vowels? Or is it a vowel to a consonant initial?},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Guillaume Jacques and Robert L. Rankin},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-10-01},
journal = {Eastling},
volume = {14},
pages = {159-188},
abstract = {Comparing the relevant data of several language families, it can be seen that the transfer of nasalization features occurs between the first consonant cluster of the syllable and the subsequent vowels. This article summarizes the data discovered so far and makes a new analysis of a set of Sino-Tibetan languages. It shows that this kind of evolution occurs in two directions at the same time: from the consonant initials to the subsequent vowels appearing in the Zhuang-Dong language family (Taiwan-Kadai language family), Austro-Asian language family, Sino-Tibetan language family, Niger-Congo language family (Kwa language) In the Indo-European language family (Celtic); the shift from vowels to consonants occurs in Su language. Carefully examine the conditions of evolution and bring out a (regular) asymmetry. In most cases, the transfer of nasal features is from the consonant initials to the subsequent vowels. Regular changes in the opposite direction often require any one of the following restrictions on nasal sounds: (i) nasal consonants are nonphonemic (contextual predictable); or (ii) nasal vowels and accent vowels after nasal consonants The opposition occurs in neutralization (preferably nasal vowels). This is a translation of: Michaud, Alexis, Guillaume Jacques & Robert L. Rankin. 2012. "Historical transfer of nasality between consonantal onset and vowel: from C to V or from V to C?" Diachronica 29(2). 201- 230 (also available from the HAL preprint archive). The Abstract of the original is as follows: Comparative data from several language families show that nasality can be transferred between a syllable-initial consonant cluster and the following vowel. The cases reported to date are summarized,},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Theodoropoulou2014b,
title = {Sociolinguistics of Style and Social Class in Contemporary Athens},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.1075/dapsac.57},
isbn = {9789027269706},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-09-24},
volume = {57},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company},
abstract = {This ethnographic study deals with the ways people in Athens, Greece, use style to construct their social class identities. Including a rich dataset comprising ethnographic interviews with actual people who live in the stereotypically seen as leafy and posh northern suburbs and in the stereotypically treated as working class western suburbs of Athens coupled with data from popular literary novels, TV series and Greek hip hop music, it argues that the relationship between style and social class identity is mediated by complex social meanings encompassing features from and discourses relevant to both areas, which are structured across different orders of indexicality depending on the genre of speech in which they are created. As such, it will be of interest to scholars in sociolinguistics, discourse analysis, anthropology, sociology, Modern Greek studies, and to everyone who is interested in how social class is constructed via language.},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Perrin2014,
title = {Ce que le quotidien des journalistes nous apprend sur les tensions des discours médiatiques},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Marcel Burger},
editor = {Anne-Claude Berthoud and Marcel Burger},
isbn = {9782801117347},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-09-20},
pages = {165-194},
publisher = {De Boeck, Duculot, Brussels},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Sitaridou2014c,
title = {Modality, antiveridicality and complementation: The Romeyka infinitive as a negative polarity item},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2014.05.017},
issn = {0024-3841},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-09-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {148},
number = {1},
pages = {118-146},
abstract = {In this paper I examine the syntax–semantics of the Romeyka infinitive, still to be found in an endangered Greek variety uninterruptedly spoken in the historical region of Pontus, Turkey. It is shown that the infinitive is found: (a) as a complement to negated past tense modals; (b) in before-clauses; (c) in counterfactuals. My proposal is that the Romeyka infinitive is licensed as a NPI. It is argued that antiveridicalidity (in the sense of Giannakidou, 1998 et seq.) licenses the infinitive and therefore explains the unavailability of the Romeyka infinitive in other nonveridical contexts such as: (i) questions, (ii) nonveridical conditionals, (iii) present and imperfect tense negated modals. The analysis set out here (i) proposes a new type of NPI, namely an infinitive; (ii) reinforces the disengagement between morphological negation and antiveridicality; (iii) highlights parallels with Romance polarity subjunctives, which, like the infinitive, also share a T-C dependency; the latter may have rendered the Romeyka infinitive diachronically more prone to developing a neg-dependency too (Sitaridou, 2014).},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2014bb,
title = {Infrastructural flows, interruptions and stasis in Athens of the crisis},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Yannis Kallianos},
doi = {10.1080/13604813.2014.939473},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-09-01},
journal = {City: analysis of urban trends},
volume = {18},
number = {(4-5)},
pages = {526-532},
abstract = {The paper discusses infrastructural flows enacted/activated in the context of the crisis in Athens, focusing on waste flows and treatment. The argument is that disorder and deregulation, which are reflected in the disruption of patterns and flows, are endemic characteristics of the neo-liberal governance, but also of the wider infrastructural existence. Considering such activations of flows as working parallel with de-activations and the crisis-related arrhythmia of social, economic and political processes, the paper attempts to offer a re-reading of the crisis via some of the key urban infrastructural processes. In this regard, the diverse codifications of waste flows at play are explored anthropologically as infrastructural processes that reflect both an institutional and an informal social shift in the urban scale.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2014bb,
title = {Beyond transition(s): anthropology of Europe during the Euro-Crisis},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-09-01},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Giles2014e,
title = {Language attitudes: the social determinants and consequences of language variation},
author = {Howard Giles and Tamara Rakić},
editor = {Thomas M. Holtgraves},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-09-01},
urldate = {2014-09-01},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Gupta2014,
title = {Authorship, research assistants and the ethnographic field},
author = {Akhil Gupta},
doi = {10.1177/1466138114533460},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-08-20},
journal = {Ethnography},
volume = {15},
number = {3},
pages = {394-400},
abstract = {Th is rich specia l issue opens up a large se t of questions abou t authorshi p that goes well beyond the question of resea rch assistants in the field. I will first explore this issue, and then atten1pt to position the question of research assistants in a wider 'field. I will argue that Midd leton and Cons (and their contribut ors) are quite righ t to focus on research assistants in the field , because the neglect of this topic leaves a la rge gap i n anth ropology's sel f-reflex ivity. More importa ntly, and this will be my final poin t, a focus on field assistants pushes the bounda ries of 'the field ' itsel f. This point, along with other emergent reconceptualizations of 'the field', has the poten­ tial to radically rethink the temporal and spatial configu ration of fieldwork.},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2014b,
title = {Early, late or very late?: Timing acquisition and bilingualism},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
doi = {10.1075/lab.4.3.01tsi},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-08-12},
urldate = {2014-08-12},
journal = {Linguistic Approaches to Bilingualism},
volume = {4},
number = {3},
abstract = {Research on child bilingualism accounts for differences in the course and the outcomes of monolingual and different types of bilingual language acquisition primarily from two perspectives: age of onset of exposure to the language(s) and the role of the input (Genesee, Paradis, & Crago, 2004; Meisel, 2009; Unsworth et al., 2014). Some findings suggest that early successive bilingual children may pattern similarly to simultaneous bilingual children, passing through different trajectories from child L2 learners due to a later age of onset in the latter group. Studies on bilingual development have also shown that input quantity in bilingual acquisition is considerably reduced, i.e., in each of their two languages, bilingual children are likely exposed to much less input than their monolingual peers (Paradis & Genesee, 1996; Unsworth, 2013b). At the same time, simultaneous bilingual children develop and attain competence in the two languages, sometimes without even an attested age delay compared to monolingual children (Paradis, Genesee & Crago, 2011). The implication is that even half of the input suffices for early language development, at least with respect to ‘core’ aspects of language, in whatever way ‘core’ is defined. My aim in this article is to consider how an additional, linguistic variable interacts with age of onset and input in bilingual development, namely, the timing in L1 development of the phenomena examined in bilingual children’s performance. Specifically, I will consider timing differences attested in the monolingual development of features and structures, distinguishing between early, late or ‘very late’ acquired phenomena. I will then argue that this three-way distinction reflects differences in the role of narrow syntax: early phenomena are core, parametric and narrowly syntactic, in contrast to late and very late phenomena, which involve syntax-external or even language-external resources too. I explore the consequences of these timing differences in monolingual development for bilingual development. I will review some findings from early (V2 in Germanic, grammatical gender in Greek), late (passives) and very late (grammatical gender in Dutch) phenomena in the bilingual literature and argue that early phenomena can differentiate between simultaneous and (early) successive bilingualism with an advantage for the former group, while the other two reveal similarly (high or low) performance across bilingual groups, differentiating them from monolinguals. The paper proposes that questions about the role of age of onset and language input in early bilingual development can only be meaningfully addressed when the properties and timing of the phenomena under investigation are taken into account.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2014c,
title = {Early, late or very late: Timing acquisition and bilingualism: A reply to peer commentaries},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
doi = {10.1075/lab.4.3.17tsi},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-08-12},
urldate = {2014-08-12},
journal = {Linguistic Approaches to Bilingualism},
volume = {4},
number = {3},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Benjamin2014b,
title = {Announcing a new book: "Temiar Religion, 1964-2012: Enchantment, Disenchantment and Re-enchantment in Malaysia's Uplands"},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
doi = {10.2307/j.ctv1qv345},
isbn = {9789971697068},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-08-01},
publisher = {NUS Press},
abstract = {The Temiars, a Mon-Khmer-speaking Orang Asli society living in the uplands of northern Peninsular Malaysia, have long attracted popular attention in the West for reports that ascribed to them the special psychotherapeutic known as ‘Senoi Dreamwork’. However, the reality of Temiar religion and society, as studied and recorded by Geoffrey Benjamin over 50 years, is even more fascinating than that popular portrayal – which is shown to be based on a serious misrepresentation of Temiar practice. When Benjamin first lived in the isolated villages of the Temiars between 1964 and 1965, he encountered a people who lived by swidden farming supplemented by hunting and fishing. They practised their own unexportable, localised animistic religion in an area where the main religion of civilisation was formerly Mahayana Buddhism and is now Islam. Fifty years later, the Temiars have become much more embedded in broader Malaysian society, while retaining their distinctive way of life, including continuing involvement with their complex shamanic religion. Benjamin’s ongoing fieldwork in the 1970s, 1990s and 2000s followed the Temiars through processes of religious dis-enchantment and re-enchantment, as they reacted in various ways to the advent of Baha’i, Islam and Christianity. Some Temiars even developed a new religion of their own. In addition to its rich ethnographic reportage, the book proposes a novel theory of religion and develops a deeply insightful account of the changing intellectual framework of anthropology over the past half-century.},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Fox2014,
title = {Explorations in Semantic Parallelism},
author = {James Fox},
doi = {10.22459/ESP.07.2014},
isbn = {9781925021066},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-07-28},
urldate = {2014-07-28},
publisher = {Australian National University Press},
abstract = {This collection of eighteen papers explores issues in the study of semantic parallelism — a world-wide tradition in the composition of oral poetry. It is concerned with both comparative issues and the intensive study of a single living poetic tradition of composition in strict canonical parallelism. The papers in the volume were written at intervals from 1971 to 2014 — a period of over forty years. They are a summation of a career-long research effort that continues to take shape. The concluding essay reflects on possible directions for future research.

},
keywords = {James Fox},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Roberts2014b,
title = {Parameters and the three factors of language design},
author = {Ian Roberts and Anders Holmberg},
doi = {10.1093/acprof:oso/9780198702894.003.0004},
isbn = {9780198702894},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-07-24},
urldate = {2014-07-24},
pages = {61-81},
publisher = {Linguistic Variation in the Minimalist Framework},
abstract = {This chapter argues that the notion of ‘parameter’ has merit for the theory of syntax, and in particular for comparative syntax and the general attempt to construct a theory of the innate linguistic endowment, Universal Grammar. More specifically, for two things: first, a general ‘emergentist’ approach to parameters, arguing that, like many other linguistically significant notions, they emerge from the interaction of the three factors of language design discussed in Chomsky (2005) and elsewhere. Second, the chapter argues that, pace Berwick & Chomsky (2011) and Sigurðsson (2011b), that there must be parametric variation in the narrow syntax.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Fox2014b,
title = {Tracing Genealogies: Toward an International Multicultural Anthropology 1},
author = {James Fox},
doi = {10.7454/ai.v0i69.3450},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-07-22},
urldate = {2014-07-22},
journal = {Antropologi Indonesia},
keywords = {James Fox},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2014,
title = {Historical Perspectives on Prostitution in Early Modern Southeast Asia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.7454/ai.v0i66.3423},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-07-22},
journal = {Antropologi Indonesia},
abstract = {Kajian-kajian tentang pelacuran di Indonesia, seperti halnya penelitian gender dan perempuan pada umumnya, lebih terfokus pada masa abad ke-20. Kajian-kajian tersebut memfokus pada konteks lokal yang spesifik dan kurang melakukan perbandingan secara lebih luas. Tulisan ini mencoba memberikan dasar historis dan komparatif yang lebih mendalam untuk mendiskusikan pelacuran di Indonesia dengan menempatkannya dalam kerangka perdagangan global di Asia Tenggara antara abad ke-17 dan 18...[...] Penelitian akhir-akhir ini tentang gender dan seksualitas hampir selalu melihat'perubahan'sebagai sebuah fenomena modern. Tulisan ini berpendapat bahwa asal mula pelacuran di Indonesia dapat dilacak ke masa sebelum abad ke-19, pada masa ketika urbanisasi, perbudakan, kehadiran orang-orang asing, dan pertumbuhan komersialisasi mentransformasikan masyarakat-masyarakat lokal. Sampai sekarang, perempuan miskin dan tidak terdidik masih sering melihat partisipasi dalam perdagangan seks sebagai satu-satunya cara untuk mempertahankan kelangsungan ekonomi mereka.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2014bb,
title = {Language and identities in US communities of Italian origin},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1177/0014585814529227},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-07-11},
journal = {Forum Italicum},
volume = {48},
number = {2},
pages = {253-267},
abstract = {In this article I discuss relationships between language use and identity among Italian Americans. I argue that the study of identities needs to abandon essentialist stances that are particularly common in research on Italian Americans, and approach identity construction as a process that takes place within concrete social practices enacted by specific communities. I provide a brief overview of the linguistic development of Italian Americans in the USA in order to provide a frame of reference to the discussion of the links between language use and identities. I then focus in particular on the following phenomena: symbolic uses of individual Italian words or expressions within talk in English, engagement with the heritage language in Italian-American families and storytelling, to illustrate how Italianness is constructed through those practices in different communities. I use these examples also to problematize the idea that knowledge of the heritage language is central to ethnic identification. © The Author(s) 2014 Reprints and permissions: sagepub.co.uk/journalsPermissions.nav.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2014bb,
title = {Book review: Jose Marichal, Facebook Democracy: The Architecture of Disclosure and the Threat to Public Life},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.1177/0957926513508859b},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-07-07},
journal = {Discourse and Society},
volume = {25},
number = {4},
pages = {569-571},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels2014,
title = {The teaching of languages at university in the context of super-diversity},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1080/14790718.2014.921177},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-07-03},
journal = {International Journal of Multilingualism},
volume = {11},
number = {3},
pages = {307-319},
abstract = {In this paper, I explore the impact of linguistic super-diversity on the teaching of languages at tertiary level. Through a small-scale study of university-based language teachers in Australia and the United Kingdom, I examine to what extent these teachers have become aware of the changed language profiles that their students are bringing to the classroom and how they have accommodated their teaching approaches to reflect these changes. The results of the study reveal a rather limited level of engagement with the consequences of linguistic super-diversity. I provide some explanations and suggestions for how this could be changed.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sitaridou2014b,
title = {The Romeyka infinitive: Continuity, contact and change in the Hellenic varieties of Pontus},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
doi = {10.1075/dia.31.1.02sit},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-07-01},
volume = {31},
number = {1},
pages = {23 - 73},
abstract = {One Pontic Greek variety, Romeyka of Of, Turkey, today preserves a robust infinitive usage. Comparing the current infinitival distribution in Romeyka with previous stages of Greek, I argue that: (a) the Romeyka infinitive has roots in Ancient Greek due to preservation of the construction prin “before” with infinitive, which remains extremely productive, but which did not survive in other varieties into early medieval times and is only found as a learned construction in ‘high’ registers of the Medieval Greek record; (b) neither the survival of the plain and personal infinitive, nor the emergence of the inflected one can be due to contact with Turkish; (c) the Romeyka infinitive, part of a conservative medieval variety with Hellenistic features, once cut off from other medieval varieties (as early as the 11th c. ce and as late as the 16th c. ce), was reanalyzed as a negative polarity item. Such reanalysis feeds into the discussion that NPIs belong to various syntactic categories, such as nominal NPIs, NPI adverbs, NPI verbs, NPI focus particles, minimizers and now an infinitive, too.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sitaridou2014d,
title = {Contrastivity in Pontic Greek},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou and Maria Kaltsa},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2014.04.005},
isbn = {0024-3841},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-07-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {146},
number = {1},
pages = {1-27},
abstract = {Efforts to impose linguistic uniformity have resulted in significant loss of dialectal variation in Greece thus rendering Greek dialectal syntax difficult to study. The present article aims to shed light on an understudied area of Greek dialectal syntax, namely the organization of information structure in Pontic Greek. Through empirical work, it is argued that [contrast] is an autonomous structural notion (in line with 0495 and 0265) in Pontic Greek rather than a sub-feature of Focus, as traditionally held for Standard Modern Greek. In particular, is claimed that Pontic Greek (i) employs a rich particle system to express contrast; (b) CLLD does not have the same pragmatic import as in Standard Modern Greek, and; (c) “pa”-phrases are almost exclusively associated with a non-exhaustive reading, whereas focus movement is always associated with an exhaustive one; (d) information focus is obligatorily in the left periphery. On the basis of our findings we argue that there is evidence in favour of a Contrast projection in the CP domain.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2014b,
title = {AILA Research Network on Media Linguistics: Transwriting the News: Brisbane On-line Pre-conference on YouTube},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Geert Jacobs},
editor = {Mai Zaki},
doi = {10.1111/ijal.12066_6},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-07-01},
journal = {International Journal of Applied Linguistics},
volume = {24},
number = {2},
pages = {147-292},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Tang2014,
title = {Bilingualism and Bilingual Deaf Education},
author = {Gladys Tang and Gladys Tang and Harry Knoors},
doi = {10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199371815.003.0001},
isbn = {978-0-19-937181-5},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-07-01},
publisher = {Oxford University Press, NY},
abstract = {In Bilingualism and Bilingual Deaf Education, volume editors Marc Marschark, Gladys Tang, and Harry Knoors bring together diverse issues and evidence in two related domains: bilingualism among deaf learners - in sign language and the written/spoken vernacular - and bilingual deaf education. The volume examines each issue with regard to language acquisition, language functioning, social-emotional functioning, and academic outcomes. It considers bilingualism and bilingual deaf education within the contexts of mainstream education of deaf and hard-of-hearing students in regular schools, placement in special schools and programs for the deaf, and co-enrollment programs, which are designed to give deaf students the best of both educational worlds. The volume offers both literature reviews and new findings across disciplines from neuropsychology to child development and from linguistics to cognitive psychology. With a focus on evidence-based practice, contributors consider recent investigations into bilingualism and bilingual programming in different educational contexts and in different countries that may have different models of using spoken and signed languages as well as different cultural expectations. The 18 chapters establish shared understandings of what are meant by "bilingualism," "bilingual education," and "co-enrollment programming," examine their foundations and outcomes, and chart directions for future research in this multidisciplinary area. Chapters are divided into three sections: Linguistic, Cognitive, and Social Foundations; Education and Bilingual Education; and Co-Enrollment Settings. Chapters in each section pay particular attention to causal and outcome factors related to the acquisition and use of these two languages by deaf learners of different ages. The impact of bilingualism and bilingual deaf education in these domains is considered through quantitative and qualitative investigations, bringing into focus not only common educational, psychological, and linguistic variables, but also expectations and reactions of the stakeholders in bilingual programming: parents, teachers, schools, and the deaf and hearing students themselves.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Zarakol2014,
title = {What made the modern world hang together: Socialisation or stigmatisation?},
author = {Ayse Zarakol},
doi = {10.1017/S1752971914000141},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-07-01},
urldate = {2014-07-01},
journal = {International Theory},
volume = {6},
number = {2},
pages = {311-332},
abstract = {Contrary to what is often assumed, norm-internalisation does not always lead to compliance. Normative judgements may be simultaneously internalised and outwardly rejected. Non-compliance is at times a result of hyper-awareness of the particular origin of norms, rather than an unwillingness of the would-be-recipients to do ‘good’ deeds, or their inability to understand what is ‘good’. Such is often the case for non-Western states, as I demonstrate in this article by utilising the sociological concepts of stigma and stigmatisation. In its inability to acknowledge this dynamic, which has its roots in the colonial past of the international order, the constructivist model of norm-diffusion commits two errors. On the one hand, it falls short as a causal explanation, conflating internalisation with socialisation, and socialisation with compliance. On the other hand, it reproduces existing hierarchies in the international system, treating only non-compliance as endogenously driven, but compliance as a result of external stimuli. As there is a great deal of correlation between non-compliance and political geography, such a depiction, coupled with the fact that most norms under scrutiny are ‘good’ norms, once again casts non-Western states as having agency only when they commit ‘bad’ deeds.},
keywords = {Ayse Zarakol},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2014,
title = {The Risorgimento Revisited: Nationalism and Culture in Nineteenth-century Italy},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1080/13532944.2014.935092},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-07-01},
urldate = {2014-07-01},
journal = {Modern Italy},
volume = {19},
number = {3},
abstract = {Recent works on the Risorgimento Edited by Andrea del Cornò and Nick Carter - The Risorgimento Revisited: Nationalism and Culture in Nineteenth-century Italy, edited by Silvana Patriarca and Lucy Riall, Palgrave Macmillan, Basingstoke, 2012, xii +303 pp., £67.00 (hardback), ISBN 9-780230-248007 - Volume 19 Issue 3 - Eugenio F. Biagini},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Clark2014,
title = {Pragmatics in acquisition},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
doi = {10.1017/S0305000914000117},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-07-01},
urldate = {2014-07-01},
journal = {Journal of Child Language 41 Suppl },
volume = {1},
number = {41 Suppl 1},
pages = {105-116},
abstract = {ABSTRACT Recent research has highlighted several areas where pragmatics plays a central role in the process of acquiring a first language. In talking with their children, adults display their uses of language in each context, and offer extensive feedback on form, meaning, and usage, within their conversational exchanges. These interactions depend critically on joint attention, physical co-presence, and conversational co-presence - essential factors that help children assign meanings, establish reference, and add to common ground. For young children, getting their meaning across also depends on realizing language is conventional, that words contrast in meaning, and that they need to observe Grice's cooperative principle in conversation. Adults make use of the same pragmatic principles as they solicit repairs to what children say, and thereby offer feedback on both what the language is and how to use it.},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Tang2014b,
title = {Perspectives on Bilingualism and Bilingual Education for Deaf Learners},
author = {Gladys Tang and Marc Marschark and Harry Knoors},
doi = {10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199371815.003.0018},
isbn = {9780199371815},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-06-30},
urldate = {2014-06-30},
pages = {445-476},
publisher = {Oxford University Press, USA},
abstract = {Writing the concluding chapter of an edited book has advantages and disadvantages. One advantage, of course, is that having read the various contributions multiple times, we have the opportunity to bring together their common threads while noting theoretical and empirical differences. One disadvantage is that having read the various contributions multiple times, we have the challenge of bringing together their common threads while accommodating their theoretical and empirical differences. Some of the more obvious differences among the contributors, at least in this volume, are the result of their diverse disciplinary backgrounds, including linguistics,(deaf) education, psychology, child development, and others. Anyone familiar with deaf education also will understand that in a group of contributors of this size, beyond personal and professional interests in the various facets of deaf studies, language, and education, there are also going to be philosophical differences with regard to raising and educating deaf children and the language (s) involved in doing so. Our goal in this chapter therefore is to bring all of these perspectives and findings together, if not into a set of unequivocal, mutually agreeable conclusions, at least into a coherent whole that moves us forward in both research and practice. In part because of the international and interdisciplinary nature of this book’s contributors, there is both overlap and disjunction among the various chapters.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Tang2014bb,
title = {Social Integration of Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Students in a Sign Bilingual and Co-enrollment Environment},
author = {Gladys Tang and Kun-mim Chris Yiu},
doi = {10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199371815.003.0014},
isbn = {9780199371815},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-06-30},
urldate = {2014-06-30},
pages = {313-341},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {Recent advancement in research on sign linguistics and sign language acquisition has enabled us to reconsider the possibility that signed language may partner with spoken language in supporting the linguistic, cognitive, and psychosocial development of deaf and hard-of-hearing (DHH) children. As such, sign bilingual programming has been promoted to maximize the educational opportunities of DHH students and their literacy development (Grosjean, 2010; Padden & Ramsey, 2000; Plaza-Pust & López, 2008; Swanwick, Hendar, Dammeyer, Kristoffersen, Salter, & Simonsen, Chapter 12 of this volume). Although this mode of education has been conventionally adopted in special settings, recent developments in deaf education also attempt to incorporate sign bilingualism into mainstream settings supported by co-enrollment practices. Such attempts imply that sign bilingualism transcends the physical boundaries defined by segregation and inclusion in deaf education, and that co-enrollment draws on not only DHH students’ but also hearing students’ existing linguistic, intellectual, as well as psychosocial resources in the process of mutually supporting each other’s bilingual education (see Hintermair, Chapter 7 of this volume). One crucial question regarding educating DHH students in a mainstream setting is whether social integration between DHH and hearing students can be achieved. This question derives from concerns about DHH students experiencing difficulty in integration or gaining social membership when educated in a majority hearing school community (Keating & Mirus, 2003; McKee, 2008; Stinson & Antia, 1999; Tvingstedt, 1995).},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Clark2014b,
title = {Speaker Perspective and Lexical Acquisition},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
doi = {10.3765/bls.v20i1.1469},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-06-25},
urldate = {2014-06-25},
journal = {Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society},
volume = {20},
number = {1},
abstract = {Speaker perspective and lexical acquisition - Eve V. Clark, Trisha Svaib, 1991 Skip to main content Menus SAGE Journals Profile logged-in Search MENU Search search-icon Browse Resources Authors Librarians Editors Societies Advanced Search IN THIS JOURNAL Journal Home Browse Journal Current Issue OnlineFirst Accepted Manuscripts All Issues Free Sample Journal Info Journal Description Aims and Scope Editorial Board Submission Guidelines Abstracting/Indexing Reprints Journal Permissions Subscribe Recommend to Library Advertising & Promotion Stay Connected Email Alerts RSS Feed Feedback / Contact SAGE Submit Paper Advanced Search SAGE Journals Search search-icon Browse Resources Authors Librarians Editors Societies Advanced Search Sign In Institution Society Access Options You can be signed in via any or all of the methods shown below at the same time.},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2014b,
title = {Finding social and political prejudices in public discourse? A case study of the 2007 and 2012 presidential France campaigns},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.46298 / jdmdh.3},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-06-24},
journal = {Journal of Data Mining & Digital Humanities},
volume = {2014},
abstract = {In this research we suggest that working on a journalistic corpus with specific softwares can help studying linguistic patterns and choices which are made on the basis of political affiliation or gender stereotypes. The software SEMY for instance gives semantic profiles semi-automatically, ANTCONC gives useful KWIC abstracts and TERMOSTAT works on discourse specificities. Using all of these tools we found convergent striking asymmetries between female and male candidates in journalistic discourse (however conditionally) as far as our corpus dedicated to the 2007 and the 2012 presidential campaigns are concerned. Social gender '(ie stereotypical expectations about who will be a typical member of a given category) and / or political favoritism affect the representation of leadership in discourse and may affect in turn the readership.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2014b,
title = {The African Traveller and the Chinese Customs Official: Ethnic Minority Profiling at Border Check Points in Hong Kong and China?},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.1007/s12111-014-9289-2},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-06-22},
journal = {Journal of African American Studies},
volume = {19},
abstract = {Stronger government-to-government relations between Africa and China in the first two decades of the twenty-first century have led to an increasing presence of African travellers at Chinese border check points. This is a novel situation involving cross-linguistic and cross-cultural communication dynamics that we need to understand from different research perspectives: linguistic, socio-economic, and legal, among others. Academic studies are already detailing some misunderstandings between Chinese customs, immigration and public security officials and African travellers and immigrants, who are clearly a visible minority group, both at border check points and in the wider Chinese communities (Bodomo 2010; Bodomo and Ma 2010; Bodomo 2012). A number of questions may be asked towards understanding the cross-cultural dynamics involved in this novel situation. What are Chinese immigration and customs officials’ experiences with African travellers and how do they see and handle this visible minority ethnic group? What are, in turn, African experiences with Chinese immigration, customs, and public security, officials both at border check points and in the wider Chinese communities in places like mainland China and Hong Kong? To answer these questions, a profile of the most frequent African visitors to Hong Kong and China is constructed, based on research among Africans in China, particularly Guangzhou. An outline is then made of what Africans think of Chinese customs and immigration officials as a whole, what kind of treatment they expect on arrival in China and how they prepare for it. It is then claimed that the most fundamental issue that causes friction, unhappiness and sometimes lack of cooperation from African travellers at immigration and customs check points in Hong Kong and other places in China is not so much due to linguistic and cultural misunderstanding as it is due to stereotyping and, in extreme cases, (un)conscious racial profiling. Finally, it is proposed that the best way for Hong Kong and other Chinese customs personnel to serve African immigrants is to apply immigration rules using systematically fair, just and colour-blind strategies.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Stoffers2014,
title = {Grain boundary characterization in multicrystalline silicon using joint EBSD, EBIC, and atom probe tomography},
author = {Andreas Stoffers and Oana Cojocaru-Mirédin and Otwin Breitenstein and Winfried Seifert and Stefan Zaefferer and Dierk Raabe},
doi = {10.1109/PVSC.2014.6925089},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-06-09},
booktitle = {2014 IEEE 40th Photovoltaic Specialist Conference (PVSC)},
pages = {0042-0046},
publisher = {IEEE},
abstract = {The efficiency of multicrystalline silicon solar cells suffers from the presence of extended defects like dislocations and grain boundaries. In fact, the defects themselves do not implicitly have to be harmful, but their interaction with impurities makes them detrimental for the cell efficiencies. Here, we present a systematic method to correlate the grain boundary charge recombination activity with local grain boundary properties and the site specific segregation information. For that, electron beam induced current is used to characterize the recombination activity at the grain boundaries, while electron backscatter diffraction is used to map the grain boundary crystallography. Atom probe tips containing the desired grain boundary are cut by using a novel site-specific sample preparation. Finally, atom probe tomography is used to reveal the 3D distribution of the impurities at the selected grain boundary. In conclusion, this work is one of the first studies based on understanding the correlation between the charge recombination activity and structural as well as chemical properties at grain boundaries in multicrystalline silicon solar cells.},
keywords = {Andreas Stoffers},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Tsimpli2014d,
title = {Ostracism effects in children and adults with high functioning autism},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Kipling D Williams},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-06-04},
urldate = {2014-06-04},
abstract = {Introduction. High-functioning autistic (HFA) individuals are frequently reported to express difficulty with understanding others' communicative intentions and emotions. The source of this deficit is difficult to pinpoint, since affective and social processes are diverse and primarily defined by what they are not (cognitive). Purpose of the Study. Our goal was to understand (i) where the affective and social interaction domain breaks down in HFA and whether social cognition and emotion-regulation abilities in HFA adults are (dis)continuous with those observed in HFA children, and (ii) highlight a possible dissociation between cognitive and social-affective subparts in the Theory of Mind construct through HFA. Method. Eleven HFA adults, ten HFA children and two groups of chronological age-matched controls participated in the Cyberball game, a method of inducing ostracism in laboratory settings. Each participant identified with a computerized agent participating in ball-tossing with two other players. The participant either received the ball (inclusion condition), or got completely excluded (exclusion condition). After the game, participants were asked to fill a reflexive questionnaire assessing their perceived social needs and emotions. Findings and Results. Several features of social adaptation in the ostracized condition were found to be unimpaired in both HFA groups when compared with the controls. However, HFA participants' emotional responses to the Cyberball game were found to be disproportionally inappropriate, with HFA adults showing gross deviations from the pattern exhibited by their age-matched controls in perceived emotions. Conclusions. The findings point towards a discontinuity between social cognition and affect in HFA. Crucially, this dissociation was found to be more striking in HFA adults relative to HFA children.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Katan2014,
title = {Translating cultures: An introduction for translators, interpreters and mediators},
author = {David Katan},
doi = {10.4324/9781315759692},
isbn = {9781315759692},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-06-03},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {As the 21st century gets into stride so does the call for a discipline combining culture and translation. This second edition of Translating Cultures retains its original aim of putting some rigour and coherence into these fashionable words and lays the foundation for such a discipline. This edition has not only been thoroughly revised, but it has also been expanded. In particular, a new chapter has been added which focuses specifically on training translators for translational and intercultural competencies.},
keywords = {David Katan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Katan2014b,
title = {Translating Cultures: An Introduction for Translators, Interpreters and Mediators},
author = {David Katan},
doi = {10.4324/9781315759692},
isbn = {9781315759692},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-06-03},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {As the 21st century gets into stride so does the call for a discipline combining culture and translation. This second edition of Translating Cultures retains its original aim of putting some rigour and coherence into these fashionable words and lays the foundation for such a discipline. This edition has not only been thoroughly revised, but it has also been expanded. In particular, a new chapter has been added which focuses specifically on training translators for translational and intercultural competencies. The core of the book provides a model for teaching culture to translators, interpreters and other mediators. It introduces the reader to current understanding about culture and aims to raise awareness of the fundamental role of culture in constructing, perceiving and translating reality. Culture is perceived throughout as a system for orienting experience, and a basic presupposition is that the organization of experience is not 'reality', but rather a simplified model and a 'distortion' which varies from culture to culture. Each culture acts as a frame within which external signs or 'reality' are interpreted. The approach is interdisciplinary, taking ideas from contemporary translation theory, anthropology, Bateson's logical typing and metamessage theories, Bandler and Grinder's NLP meta-model theory, and Hallidayan functional grammar. Authentic texts and translations are offered to illustrate the various strategies that a cultural mediator can adopt in order to make the different cultural frames he or she is mediating between more explicit.},
keywords = {David Katan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Tang2014bb,
title = {Language Development of Deaf Children in a Sign Bilingual and Co-enrollment Environment},
author = {Gladys Tang and Scholastica Lam and Kun-man Chris Yiu},
doi = {10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199371815.003.0013},
isbn = {9780199371815},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-06-02},
urldate = {2014-06-02},
pages = {313-341},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {The impetus for linguistic research on American Sign Language (ASL) and British Sign Language (BSL) between the 1960s and the 1980s (Klima & Bellugi, 1979; Kyle & Woll, 1985; Stokoe, Casterline, & Croneberg, 1965) has led to a continuous growth of linguistic evidence of the properties of many natural signed languages throughout the world. That work has confirmed that the abstract principles of structural organization observed in spoken languages are also shared by signed languages (see Brentari, 2010; Pfau, Steinbach, & Woll, 2012; Sandler & Lillo-Martin, 2006, for updates of the existing literature). Some studies in the 1980s also examined how deaf or hearing children born to deaf parents acquired signed language. The results revealed a developmental profile resembling that reported in the acquisition literature of spoken languages (Lillo-Martin, 1991; Newport & Meier, 1985; Petitto, 1983, 1987, 1990).
Contrary to the burgeoning of positive research findings based on sign linguistics and sign language acquisition, however, there was a lack of consensus on the role of natural signed language in raising and educating deaf children. Generally speaking, research findings revealed that deaf children lagged behind their hearing age norms in oral language, reading comprehension, and literacy development in the spoken language. The controversy regarding the linguistic advantage of deaf children born to deaf parents in literacy development still persists.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{King2014,
title = {Inverting virginity, abstinence, and conquest: Sexual agency and subjectivity in classroom conversation},
author = {Brian King},
doi = {10.1177/1363460713516337},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-06-01},
urldate = {2014-06-01},
journal = {Sexualities},
volume = {17},
number = {3},
pages = {310-328},
abstract = {This study examines youth sexual agency during sexuality lessons in a New Zealand secondary school. Employing poststructuralist discourse analysis, examples are highlighted in which girls (and boys) gain access to sexual agency. Through conversation, girls are simultaneously positioned as ‘asked’ and ‘pursuer’ and boys as ‘asker’ and ‘pursued’ whilst abstinence and virginity are imbued with sexual agency for both sexes. This study demonstrates that it is discursive versions of agency which hold central importance in youth sexual development. Thus the ‘capacities for sexual action’ which are fostered in classroom conversation cannot plausibly be separated from agentive sexual practices of young people beyond the classroom’s walls.},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2014b,
title = {John Bright: Statesman, Orator, Agitator, by Bill Cash},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1093/ehr/ceu083},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-06-01},
urldate = {2014-06-01},
journal = {The English Historical Review},
volume = {129},
number = {538},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pham2014,
title = {Language change and fate of the vowel / a / in Quang Nam [Issues in language change and the phonemic status of / a / in the Quang Nam dialect]},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Vietnamese Linguistics},
volume = {6},
pages = {10-18},
abstract = {This paper addresses methodological approaches in phonemic analyses and issues in language change in a discussion of the status of vowel /a/ in the Quang Nam dialect. A recent publication claims that there is no vowel /a/ in this dialect, and that the phonemic system of this dialect results from the accent of Cham people speaking Vietnamese during the coexistence between Cham and Viet people from the 14th to the 17th centuries. Using data from recent fieldwork, this paper describes how a dialect or language is examined synchronically. Not only does Quang Nam dialect have the vowel /a/, but length is also distinctive. Migration and language contact between the Cham and the Viet people could trigger, even accelerate changes; however, inherent tendencies of human language seem to be the underlying causes, and the changes are regular. Without recognizing these tendencies and comparing the two languages during the mentioned periods, the claim that those “peculiar” rhymes of the Quang Nam dialect are results from Cham’s accent has no linguistic foundation.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pham2014b,
title = {Language change and fate of the vowel / a / in Quang Nam [Issues in language change and the phonemic status of / a / in the Quang Nam dialect]},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Vietnamese Linguistics},
number = { 6},
pages = {10-18},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2014b,
title = {Digital Superdiversity: A Commentary},
author = {Ana Deumert},
doi = {10.1016/j.dcm.2014.08.003},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-06-01},
journal = {Discourse, Context & Media},
volume = {4-5},
pages = {116-120},
abstract = {Superdiversity has emerged as an important keyword in the field of sociolinguistics. In this article, I argue that the use of ‘superdiverse’ as a descriptive adjective is a theoretical cul-de-sac, because the complexities brought about by diversity in the social world ultimately defy numerical measurement (as it would require infinitely more fine-grained categories of difference). Consequently, superdiversity is best used as a conceptual device, that is, as a theoretical perspective on language and social life (e.g. Blommaert and Rampton 2011). As a conceptual tool, rather than an empirical fact, superdiversity is part of a broader concern in contemporary sociolinguistics to develop a new theoretical vocabulary. The articles collected in this special issue respond to this call and illustrate the diversities of digital engagement. However, while superdiversity directs our attention towards complexity and unpredicability, the papers collected also draw attention to a counter-movement: a persistent desire for normativity and predictability. In the final section of the article, I suggest that it would be fruitful to bring together on-going work on superdiversity with equally on-going work on creativity, as both share a focus on the unexpected and creative uses of language. Both thus provide a counter-narrative to the desire for normativity and predictability, and allow us to develop a theoretical perspective which moves beyond statistical patterns and conventions, and recognizes language as a fundamentally open system.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan2014,
title = {Pijin and shifting language ideologies in urban Solomon Islands},
author = {Christine Jourdan and Johanne Angeli},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404514000190},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-06-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {43},
number = {3},
pages = {265-285},
abstract = {Through the analysis of the various language ideologies that have shaped the sociolinguistic history of Pijin, the lingua franca of Solomon Islands, this article attempts to shed light on the peculiar complexity of the postcolonial linguistic situations where more prestigious and less prestigious languages coexist in the same sociological niche. These ideologies are: reciprocal multilingualism, hierarchical multilingualism, linguistic pragmatism, and linguistic nationalism. Specifically, the article focuses on the development and coalescence of linguistic ideologies that lead Pijin speakers to shift perceptions of Pijin—in a context of urban identity construction that acts as a force of its own. In the case of Pijin, linguistic legitimacy seems to be lagging behind social legitimacy. We show that the development of new ideologies can lead to the re-evaluation of the meaning of symbolic domination of one language (in this case English) over another one (Pijin), without necessarily challenging this symbolic domination. (Language ideology, youth, urbanization, pidgins and creoles, Solomon Islands)},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Perrin2014bb,
title = {Jakobs, Perrin (2014) Handbook of Writing and Text Production},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Eva-Maria Jakobs},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-05-26},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Michaud2014b,
title = {Towards the automatic processing of Yongning Na (Sino-Tibetan): developing a 'light' acoustic model of the target language and testing 'heavyweight' models from five national languages},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Thi-Ngoc-Diep Do and Eric Castelli},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-05-14},
journal = {Proceedings of the 4th International Workshop on Spoken Language Technologies for Under-resourced Languages},
pages = {153-160},
abstract = {Automatic speech processing technologies hold great potential to facilitate the urgent task of documenting the world’s languages. The present research aims to explore the application of speech recognition tools to a littledocumented language, with a view to facilitating processes of annotation, transcription and linguistic analysis. The target language is Yongning Na (a.k.a. Mosuo), an unwritten Sino-Tibetan language with less than 50,000 speakers. An acoustic model of Na was built using CMU Sphinx. In addition to this ‘light’ model, trained on a small data set (only 4 hours of speech from 1 speaker), ‘heavyweight’ models from five national languages (English, French, Chinese, Vietnamese and Khmer) were also applied to the same data. Preliminary results are reported, and perspectives for the long road ahead are outlined. },
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2014b,
title = {Constructing the cultural ‘other’: prejudice and intergroup conflict in university students' discourses about ‘the other’},
author = {Hans Ladegaard and Ho Fai Cheng},
doi = {10.1080/14708477.2013.849718},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-05-14},
urldate = {2014-05-14},
journal = {Language and Intercultural Communication},
volume = {14},
number = {2},
pages = {156-175},
abstract = {This article analyses how university students in Hong Kong talk about ‘self’ and ‘other’. Three groups of students, Hong Kong Chinese, Mainland Chinese, and Overseas Exchange students, were asked to characterise these three groups in a pre-discussion questionnaire, and subsequently discuss freely what they had written. Selected excerpts from these discussions are analysed, and the analyses show that there are significant differences between the written and the oral responses. The pre-discussion stereotypes appear to be predominantly positive, whereas the students jointly construct predominantly negative stereotypes about ‘the other’ during their discussions. Different discourse strategies are employed by the three groups to discredit ‘the other’ and, at the same time, enhance intergroup differentiation and a positive ingroup identity. The findings are discussed vis-à-vis predominantly social psychological theories, and the study highlights that the attempt to create more internationalised universities may be jeopardised if negative intergroup stereotypes prevail. The article suggests that universities should take a more proactive role in promoting anti-racist multicultural education to counter intergroup prejudice and potential conflict.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sitaridou2014e,
title = {Contrastivity and information structure in the old Ibero-Romance languages},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou and Kristine Eide},
doi = {10.1075/la.213.14eid},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-05-07},
pages = {377 – 412},
abstract = {In this article, we discuss how contrastivity can be identified in historical texts where we have no direct access to prosodic features such as stress and intonation. We depart from our knowledge of contrastivity in the modern languages and their exponence in Modern Spanish and Portuguese, where both word order and prosody play a role in expressing contrast, and compare the analysis of the modern languages to our data of Old Spanish and Old Portuguese. Our findings indicate that very little has changed with regard to the expression of contrastivity through word order. Therefore, any word order changes should be attributed to other changes in syntax and information structure, in particular changes along the given-new axis, such as the loss of preverbal information focus in Old Spanish, the loss of IP scrambling in Portuguese and the fact that, unlike today, the SV order was linked to the topicality of the subject.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Cavanaugh2014,
title = {What Words Bring to the Table: The Linguistic Anthropological Toolkit as Applied to the Study of Food},
author = {Jillian R. Cavanaugh and Kathleen C. Riley and Alexandra Jaffe and Christine Jourdan and Martha Karrebæk and Amy L. Paugh},
doi = {10.1111/jola.12038},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-05-01},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {24},
number = {1},
pages = {84-97},
abstract = {This article offers an introduction to the methods being developed by scholars interested in studying food and language as interrelated phenomena. First, we explore a few of the intriguing parallels that have inspired a number of researchers to study food and language simultaneously. Then, we look at how the study of language led each of us to the study of food and consider if and how the methods we have used for this new enterprise differ from linguistic anthropological methods used to study other cultural material. Finally, we expand upon the specific methods we have developed for studying how foodways and language use are intertwined. In passing, we note some of the new research terrains and theoretical questions that may be explored by interweaving food-and-language methodologies in these ways. This multiauthored article, which emerged from a roundtable at the 2013 American Anthropological Association Annual meeting on the same topic, has a dialogic structure that reflects the ongoing conversation in which we are engaged while also manifesting the unfinished nature of the project.},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Dalakoglou2014b,
title = {Crisis-Scapes: Athens and Beyond},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
isbn = {978-1-938660-15-3},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-05-01},
publisher = {The City at a Time of Crisis},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@conference{Tsimpli2014e,
title = {Print exposure on lexical processing among Greek adults},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Georgia Fotiadou and Eleni Fleva and Maria Katsiperi},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-05-01},
urldate = {2014-05-01},
abstract = {In 1992 Stanovich & Cunningham introduced the term print exposure to describe the degree of investment a person dedicates in reading and literacy activities (Payne et al. 2012). A number of studies have shown that familiarity with print is positively correlated to greater word recognition abilities. Therefore, one could argue that an enriched vocabulary may be due, in part, to greater familiarity with written language. To assess individual differences in print exposure, the Author Recognition Test (ART) and the Magazine Recognition Test (MRT) (Stanovich & West 1989) have extensively been used. Both measurements employ a signal-detection logic, in which participants are required to recognize actual target items (real authors and real magazines), when they are embedded among foils (names that are not authors or magazine titles, respectively). Stainthorp (1997) proposed that the ART and MRT are culturally sensitive instruments and highlighted the need to develop culturally specific equivalents. Thus, the aim of this study is twofold: (1) to develop the ART and the MRT checklist adapted to the Greek culture; and (2) to assess relation between familiarity with written language and word recognition abilities. Participants, 70 male and female Greek adults (age range = 18–81, mean age = 40.85), completed three measurements of print exposure, the ART, MRT (Stanovich & West 1989) and a modified version of the Reading Habits Self-Report (Acheson, Wells & MacDonald 2008). Next, participants were asked to complete an online self-generated word recognition task, in which both participants’ accuracy and reaction times were assessed. Results indicated that participants with higher vs. lower exposure to reading materials exhibited greater word recognition skills (higher accuracy and shorter reaction times). This study also paves the path for the development of print exposure measurements specifically for the Greek population, although further research is needed.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Garcia2014,
title = {Regeneration: Love, drugs and the remaking of Hispano inheritance},
author = {Angela Garcia},
doi = {10.1111/1469-8676.12070},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-05-01},
urldate = {2014-05-01},
journal = {Social Anthropology},
volume = {22},
number = {2},
abstract = {This article explores the changing nature of inheritance among Hispanos in northern New Mexico. Specifically, it examines how Hispano families have reworked the traditional application of inheritance, referring to property passed down the generations, to conceive of heroin addiction as ‘inherited’. It shows how this emerging formation of inheritance is shaped by, and refracts back upon, past configurations of property and belonging. This article reflects on intergenerational addiction as a modality of connection and continuity, but one that is entangled with experiences of loss. It highlights the implications of this tension for anthropological understandings of inheritance, addiction and the embodiment of history.},
keywords = {Angela Garcia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {Negotiation of power and solidarity in email: The case of students learning Japanese as a foreign language and their facilitators},
author = {Satoko Tokumaru and Chihiro Thomson and Ikuko Nakane

},
doi = {10.1075/japc.24.1.04nak},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-04-24},
urldate = {2014-04-24},
journal = {Journal of Asian Pacific Communication},
volume = {24},
abstract = {The issue of e-politeness has been attracting increasing attention in the field of foreign language teaching and learning. This article examines how students of Japanese as a foreign language in Australia negotiated power and solidarity in their email correspondence with ‘facilitators’ in Japan who provided support in essay writing tasks. Their relationships, which were neither completely status-unequal nor status-equal, offer a unique social context for an examination of politeness. The study examines whether and how power and solidarity shifted over the 12 weeks of email exchanges. The results show varying levels of rapport and orientations to politeness developing over time, as well as evidence of students applying implicit input from the facilitators’ email messages. The article also considers the impacts, on the politeness phenomena in the data, of students’ cultural backgrounds and prior exposure to casual Japanese. The findings are discussed in relation to the question of ‘appropriateness’ in fostering foreign language learner ability to negotiate power and solidarity in intercultural communication.
},
keywords = {Ikuko Nakane},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tang2014bb,
title = {The development of discourse referencing in Cantonese of deaf/hard-of-hearing children},
author = {Gladys Tang and Felix Sze and Tammy Lau and Emily Lam and Chris Yiu},
doi = {10.1017/S030500091400004X},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-04-08},
urldate = {2014-04-08},
journal = {Journal of Child Language},
volume = {42},
number = {2},
pages = {1-43},
abstract = {This paper investigates the development of discourse referencing in spoken Cantonese of fifteen deaf/hard-of-hearing children studying in a sign bilingual and co-enrolment education programme in a mainstream setting in Hong Kong. A comparison of their elicited narratives with those of the hearing children and adults shows that, despite a delay in acquiring the grammatical markings for (in)definiteness in Cantonese, these d/hh children show sensitivity towards the referential properties of different types of nominal expressions and their corresponding mappings with discourse functions. Specifically, they produced more bare nouns across all discourse contexts but fewer existential constructions, pronouns, demonstratives, and classifier-related constructions. Their choice of nominal expressions and the observed errors show striking similarities to the productions by the younger hearing children in this study, suggesting that the d/hh children's route of development of discourse referencing is likely to be similar to that of hearing children despite a slower rate of development.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Brookes2014,
title = {Bilinguals and Bilingualism},
author = {Heather Brookes and Guadalupe Valdes and Christina Chavez},
doi = {10.4324/9781410607249-2},
isbn = {9781410607249},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-04-04},
urldate = {2014-04-04},
pages = {25-61},
publisher = {Lawrence Erlbaum},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Brookes2014b,
title = {A social history of urban male youth varieties in Stirtonville and Vosloorus, South Africa},
author = {Heather Brookes},
doi = {10.2989/16073614.2014.992642},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-04-03},
urldate = {2014-04-03},
journal = {Southern African Linguistics and Applied Language Studies},
volume = {32},
number = {2},
pages = {149-159},
abstract = {Informal male youth varieties are a widespread phenomenon of township life across South Africa. A common view is that there are two varieties with separate origins: a Bantu language-based variety, called Iscamtho, and an Afrikaans-based variety called Tsotsitaal that has decreased in use because of the unpopularity of Afrikaans. This article examines the origins and relationship between these two varieties by investigating the social history of Bantu- and Afrikaans-based varieties in two townships east of Johannesburg: Stirtonville (a mixed-race township) and its successor, Vosloorus, to where, Bantu language speaking Stirtonville residents were forcibly moved in 1964. Young men who were old enough to participate in male youth street social networks in Stirtonville mainly used an Afrikaans-based slang. When Stirtonville residents moved to Vosloorus, the grammatical base of the male youth variety shifted from Afrikaans to Zulu and South Sotho. These findings suggest that the Afrikaans and Bantu language-based youth varieties are not separate phenomena with different origins. Rather, they support more recent work on male youth communicative practices showing that these informal varieties are not separate languages, but manifestations of one phenomenon, a performative style of speaking among young men involving the insertion of a slang lexicon into a local language.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Brookes2014c,
title = {Male youth talk in the construction of black lesbian identities},
author = {Heather Brookes},
doi = {10.2989/16073614.2014.992641},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-04-03},
urldate = {2014-04-03},
journal = {Southern African Linguistics and Applied Language Studies},
volume = {32},
number = {2},
pages = {199-214},
abstract = {This study focuses on young black lesbians’ use of male township youth’s ways of talking. Data come from ethnographic work among four lesbians in a township near Mafikeng, the capital city of North-West province in South Africa. Our analysis draws on audio- and videorecorded spontaneous interactions, observation, and interviews. The participants use a limited repertoire of well-known lexical items considered part of what is sometimes referred to as tsotsitaal or by its male users as go ringa1 ‘to talk.’ They also engage in ritual verbal duelling associated with male youth interactions. Lesbians who self-identify as butch draw on the tsotsitaal lexicon to enact a streetwise township identity and to express their sexual identities and roles in their lesbian partnerships. Lesbians, who self-identify as femme, avoid using the tsotsitaal lexicon. Since our participants do not use tsotsitaal in a unified way, we conclude that lesbians do not ‘speak tsotsitaal,’ and there is no identifiable language unique to them. Instead, lesbians draw on features associated with male ways of talking as semiotic resources to express aspects of their identities as well as enact sexual roles, relationships and desires.},
keywords = {Heather Brookes},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2014f,
title = {The local-global dimension in cognitive control after left lateral prefrontal cortex damage: Evidence from the verbal and the non-verbal domain},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Kyrana Tsapkini},
doi = {10.3389/conf.fpsyg.2014.64.00089},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-04-01},
urldate = {2014-04-01},
journal = {Frontiers in Psychology},
volume = {5},
abstract = {Introduction The local-global dimension (Navon, 1977) has been studied extensively in healthy controls and preference for globally processed stimuli has been validated in both the visual and auditory modalities. Critically, the local-global dimension has an inherent interference resolution component, a type of cognitive control, and left-prefrontal-cortex-damaged (LPFC) individuals have exhibited inability to override habitual response behaviors in item recognition tasks that involve representational interference (Hamilton & Martin, 2005; Novick, Trueswell, & Thompson-Schill, 2005). However, very little is known about how the local-global attentional dimension affects LPFC-damaged individuals with aphasia in language and non-language domains that involve cognitive control mechanisms. Methods Eight patients with damage in the left PFC and twenty age- and education-matched language-unimpaired adults have participated in the study. Non-verbal tasks included an online Global-Local Identification task (designed after Navon, 1977) asking from participants to identify global geometrical shapes, which were made up of smaller (local) geometrical configurations while inhibiting local ones, and vice versa. In congruent trials, local and global shapes coincided whereas in incongruent trials they did not. Apart from the local and global condition, the task included a mixed local-global condition, in which participants were asked to identify global and local shapes interchangeably. Participants’ updating functions were independently measured by an online 2-back digit task where individuals were presented with digit sequences and were asked to respond by pressing a pre-specified key once a digit matched the digit occurring two digits earlier. The study also involved four online language tasks: (a) a task testing the interpretation of pronouns (Peristeri & Tsimpli, 2013) in globally ambiguous sentential contexts, (b) a task testing the interpretation of homophones in sentences requiring global processing, (c) a task testing the participants’ sensitivity to local, grammatical gender conflicts of single words in a picture-word interference task, and, (d) a task testing participants’ sensitivity to local orthographic violations in the stems and suffixes of single words in a semantic judgment task. Results In the Global-Local Identification task, LPFC-damaged patients with non-fluent aphasia performed more poorly in both accuracy (42% correct) and RTs on the local incongruent trials—where identification of the local shape presupposed inhibition of the global configuration—than any other global incongruent or congruent category. Controls were slower (but accurate) in local incongruent trials. On the other hand, PFC-damaged patients (along with controls) performed at ceiling level in the 2-back digit task, thus, indicating no deficit in their updating abilities. With respect to the language tasks, the patients performed more poorly in RTs in the tasks tapping on the integration of local cues relative to the tasks where conflict resolution was critically dependent on the parser’s sensitivity to global context. Discussion Overall, the local-global dimension seems to critically influence the performance of LPFC-damaged individuals with non-fluent aphasia in both language and non-language domains. A possible interpretation is that participants were able to override conflict more easily in tasks tapping on global than local processing. Broader implications for distinct types of inhibitory processes depending on the level of processing will be discussed.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Lupke2014b,
title = {When number meets classification. The linguistic expression of number in Baïnounk languages},
author = {Friederike Lupke and Alexander Cobbinah},
editor = {Gerrit Dimmendaal and Anne Storch},
doi = {10.1075/slcs.151.08cob},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-03-19},
pages = {199-220},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
abstract = {This paper presents an account of number marking in two Baïnounk languages, Gubëeher and Gujaher, also taking data from the Baïnounk language Guñaamolo into account. Number distinctions in these languages are coded epiphenominally through the paradigmatic relationships and combinatorial semantics of prefixes and roots within the nominal classification system. In addition, number can be marked through a dedicated plural suffix of the form-Vŋ. In line with observations made for Bantu and other Atlantic languages, we analyse number marking within the noun class system (and, to some extent also through the number suffix) as derivational, not inflectional. Additionally, we demonstrate that number values do not reside in noun class prefixes themselves, but arise through the paradigmatic relationships holding between prefix and root and between prefix-root combinations in a paradigm. This account goes against a widespread analytical template of assigning singular and plural values to prefixes and assuming number correspondences between them.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Baider2014bb,
title = {Linguistic Approaches to Emotions in Context},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Georgeta Cislaru},
doi = {10.1075/pbns.241.01bai},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-03-15},
volume = {241},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
abstract = {This book presents new issues in the study of the interface of emotions and language, and their use in social context. Two fundamental questions are tackled: the way different languages encode emotional information and the core role emotions play in languages' structure, use and learning. Seldom treated means of expressing emotions (such as interjections, conditionals, scalarity, allocentric constructions), the social and professional impact of emotions and the latest developments in the interface of speech recognition / emotions are some of the key contributions to this volume. The cross-cultural perspective contrasts new couples of languages (among which Australian aboriginal languages, Cypriot Greek, Italian, Japanese, Romanian, Russian) and addresses sociolinguistic, pragmatic and discursive issues. Most of the papers attempt interesting theoretical articulations that aim at a better understanding of the linguistic and sociolinguistic nature of emotions. This book will be highly relevant for students and researchers interested in emotions, semantics, pragmatics, discourse analysis, as well as prosody and philosophy of language.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Baider2014bb,
title = {Bad feelings in context},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.1075/pbns.241.11bai},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-03-15},
pages = {189-212},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
abstract = {This article reevaluates Wierzbicka’s definition (1998) for anger, and includes a proposal regarding cross-cultural data collection in the framework of the Natural Semantic Metalanguage model (see Wierzbicka 1991 and 1999). Since in order to write a NSM definition, it is imperative to identify the most pertinent semantic associations of a concept, we suggest using the socio-cognitive approach (SCA), based on Giora’s concept of saliency (2003). As a case in point, we study the two concepts hatred and anger as socio-culturally and linguistically defined in two different linguistic and cultural communities (in Franco-French and Cypriot Greek communities). We collected both oral and written data in order to define the salient features of both concepts. When the two corpora are contrasted, some differences regarding the referential dimension have been noted. However semantically a similar categorization for anger and hatred can be drawn from the data in both communities. This study hightlights the fact that revenge occurs by default with hatred, but not with anger as previously suggested.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Williams2014bb,
title = {The Lightening Veil: Language Revitalization in Wales},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.3102/0091732X13512983},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-03-06},
journal = {Review of Research in Education},
volume = {38},
number = {1},
pages = {242-272},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2014bb,
title = {Transwriting the News},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Geert Jacobs},
doi = {10.1111/ijal.12059_2},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-03-01},
journal = {International Journal of Applied Linguistics},
volume = {24},
number = {1},
pages = {141-141},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2014bb,
title = {Public space reasserts its political role},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Setha Low and Maneesa McCleave-Maharawal},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-03-01},
journal = {Oculus: A publication of American Institute of Architecture, New York Chapter},
volume = {76},
number = {1},
pages = {24-25},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Garcia2014b,
title = {The Promise: On the Morality of the Marginal and the Illicit},
author = {Angela Garcia},
doi = {10.1111/etho.12038},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-03-01},
urldate = {2014-03-01},
journal = {Ethos},
volume = {42},
number = {1},
abstract = {Moral engagement in the setting of drug addiction is often at odds with prevailing moral discourse and is treated in punitive terms. In this article, I explore how one moral gesture—a promise between a heroin-using mother and daughter—embodies the difficulty and ambiguity of moral experience in the context of addiction and offers insight into how it is profoundly shaped by social processes. By offering a close description of the promise over time, I show how morality is lived through sentiments and practices of care and commitment, which are vulnerable to isolation, punishment, and wounding. The story of the promise thus offers a way to reflect upon morality as the blurring of these different intensities.},
keywords = {Angela Garcia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Costa2014,
title = {Book review: Facebook Democracy: The Architecture of Disclosure and the Threat to Public Life},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-03-01},
urldate = {2014-03-01},
journal = {Cultural Sociology},
volume = {8},
number = {1},
pages = {122-123},
abstract = {Book review: Facebook Democracy: The Architecture of Disclosure and the Threat to Public Life - Elisabetta Costa, 2014 Skip to main content Menus SAGE Journals Profile logged-in Search MENU Search search-icon Browse Resources Authors Librarians Editors Societies Advanced Search IN THIS JOURNAL Journal Home Browse Journal Current Issue OnlineFirst Accepted Manuscripts All Issues Free Sample Journal Info Journal Description Aims and Scope Editorial Board Submission Guidelines Abstracting/Indexing Reprints Journal Permissions Subscribe Recommend to Library Advertising & Promotion Stay Connected Email Alerts RSS Feed Feedback / Contact SAGE Submit Paper Advanced Search SAGE Journals Search search-icon Browse Resources Authors Librarians Editors Societies Advanced Search Sign In Institution Society Access Options You can be signed in via any.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Kirby2014,
title = {Assessing incomplete neutralization of final devoicing in German},
author = {James Kirby and Timo B. Roettger and Bodo Winter and Sven Grawunder and Martine Grice},
doi = {10.1016/j.wocn.2014.01.002},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-03-01},
urldate = {2014-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Phonetics},
volume = {43},
issue = {2},
pages = {11-25},
abstract = {It has been claimed that the long established neutralization of the voicing distinction in domain final position in German is phonetically incomplete. However, many studies that have advanced this claim have subsequently been criticized on methodological grounds, calling incomplete neutralization into question. In three production experiments and one perception experiment we address these methodological criticisms. In the first production study, we address the role of orthography. In a large scale auditory task using pseudowords, we confirm that neutralization is indeed incomplete and suggest that previous null results may simply be due to lack of statistical power. In two follow-up production studies (Experiments 2 and 3), we rule out a potential confound of Experiment 1, namely that the effect might be due to accommodation to the presented auditory stimuli, by manipulating the duration of the preceding vowel. While the between-items design (Experiment 2) replicated the findings of Experiment 1, the between-subjects version (Experiment 3) failed to find a statistically significant incomplete neutralization effect, although we found numerical tendencies in the expected direction. Finally, in a perception study (Experiment 4), we demonstrate that the subphonemic differences between final voiceless and “devoiced” stops are audible, but only barely so. Even though the present findings provide evidence for the robustness of incomplete neutralization in German, the small effect sizes highlight the challenges of investigating this phenomenon. We argue that without necessarily postulating functional relevance, incomplete neutralization can be accounted for by recent models of lexical organization.},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Kirby2014b,
title = {Incipient tonogenesis in Phnom Penh Khmer: Acoustic and perceptual studies},
author = {James Kirby},
doi = {10.1016/j.wocn.2014.02.001},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-03-01},
urldate = {2014-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Phonetics},
volume = {43},
issue = {1},
pages = {69–85},
abstract = {Unlike many languages of Southeast Asia, Khmer (Cambodian) is not a tone language. However, in the colloquial speech of the capital Phnom Penh, /r/ is lost in onsets, reportedly supplanted by a range of other acoustic cues such as aspiration, a falling- or low-rising f0 contour, breathy voice quality, and in some cases diphthongization, e.g. /krɑː/ ‘poor’>[kɑ], [khɔˇɑ], [kɔ¨ɑ¨], /kruː/ ‘teacher’>[ku`ː], [khuˇː], [ku¨ː]. This paper presents the results of production and perception studies designed to shed light on this unusual sound change. Acoustic evidence shows that colloquial /CrV/ forms differ from reading pronunciation forms in terms of VOT, f0, and spectral balance measures, while a pair of perceptual studies demonstrate that f0 is a sufficient cue for listeners to distinguish underlying /CrV/-initial from /CV/-initial forms, but that F1 is not. I suggest that this sound change may have arisen via the perceptual reanalysis of changes in spectral balance, coupled with the coarticulatory influence of the dorsal gesture for /r/.},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2014,
title = {Let my people know!: Towards a revolution in the teaching of the Hebrew bible},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann and Gitit Holzman},
doi = {10.1515/ijsl-2013-0075},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-02-28},
journal = {International Journal of the Sociology of Language},
volume = {2014},
number = {226},
pages = {57-82},
abstract = {Acquiring knowledge of the Hebrew Bible and comprehension of the language are major aims of the Israeli education system. Yet for most students, it fails on both counts. This article proposes that these failures are closely connected: both are rooted in an erroneous linkage between Biblical Hebrew and the language spoken in modern Israel. Modern Hebrew-or more appropriately: "Israeli"-is a hybrid of Hebrew, Yiddish and other languages. Its grammar is distinct from that of Hebrew, and it has been the mother tongue of most Israeli-born Jews for about a hundred years there is a fundamental difference between the acquisition and usage of mother tongues and those of any other language. Since Biblical Hebrew is a foreign language for modern Israelis, it ought to be taught as such. Israeli should be acknowledged as a legitimate, distinct tongue.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Katan2014bb,
title = {Look Who’s Talking},
author = {David Katan and Francesco Straniero-Sergio},
doi = {10.1080/13556509.2001.10799102},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-02-21},
journal = {Translator},
volume = {7},
number = {2},
pages = {213-237},
abstract = {The role of interpreters working on Italian television is undergoing change. The traditional role, that of an invisible black box, is being challenged by what we define as an ethics of entertainment. The three principal factors affecting this ethics are professional performing capacity, ‘the comfort factor’, and the context of culture. A corpus of 200 hours of Italian talk show interpreting is drawn on to illustrate the tension between the traditional norms of fidelity or invisibility and the needs of TV emotainment (visible involvement and performance). In analyzing the successful interpreter’s strategies and behaviour we suggest that a solution to this double bind lies in an expansion of the traditional role toward multivariate mediation encompassing varying perceptual positions and sensitivity to context.},
keywords = {David Katan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Chiaro2014,
title = {Translational and Marketing Communication},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.1080/13556509.2004.10799182},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-02-21},
journal = {Translator},
volume = {10},
number = {2},
pages = {313-328},
abstract = {One of the many effects of the new economy has been the deconstruction of traditional market channel distribution. Today, the traditional ‘producer-wholesaler-retailer-consumer’ sequence of buying and selling is changing as the World Wide Web has created a direct link between producer and customer (B2C) and between producer and producer (B2B). Like many other economies, the Italian one, which is largely based on small and medium sized industries, has had to come to terms with the challenge of competing in this new marketplace, with the handicap of having to do so in a language other than its own. This paper sets out to investigate how the Italian agro-food sector promotes its products beyond the national market. In order to examine the interdependence between medium and message, a corpus of electronic promotional texts for Italian foodstuff is compared and contrasted with a comparable corpus of printed advertising material from specialized magazines in English. After examining common strategies adopted in the two media, specific translation strategies adopted in the web corpus are analyzed.},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2014c,
title = {Information Structure in Asia: Yongning Na (Sino-Tibetan) and Vietnamese (Austroasiatic)},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Marc Brunelle},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-02-13},
journal = {Oxford University Press},
pages = {2048-2070},
abstract = {Languages of Asia are highly diverse. Rather than attempting a review of the literature about information structure in this huge linguistic area, this chapter provides observations about two languages that differ sharply in terms of how they convey information structure. Yongning Na (Sino-Tibetan) is an example of a language with abundant morphemes expressing information structure, whereas Vietnamese (Austroasiatic) makes little use of such morphemes. Along with key morphosyntactic facts, this chapter presents the role played by intonation in conveying information structure in these two tonal languages.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2014g,
title = {The prefunctional stage of first language acquisition: A crosslinguistic study},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
doi = {10.4324/9781315857190},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-02-03},
urldate = {2014-02-03},
journal = {The Prefunctional Stage of First Language Acquisition: A Crosslinguistic Study},
pages = {1-254},
abstract = {This book provides a theory of first language acquisition in the syntactic framework of the theory of Universal Grammar. It addresses issues related to the earliest stage of development which ends roughly around the child’s second birthday. The theory put forward capitalises on the traditional observation that early child grammars characteristically lack lexical and morphological elements which belong to the ‘closed-class’ system. This book provides an account of the grammatical differences between the set of functional categories and the substantive categories.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Kirby2014c,
title = {Incipient tonogenesis in Phnom Penh Khmer: Computational studies},
author = {James Kirby},
doi = {10.1515/lp-2014-0008},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-02-01},
urldate = {2014-02-01},
journal = {Laboratory Phonology},
volume = {5},
issue = {1},
abstract = {In the colloquial Phnom Penh dialect of Khmer (Cambodian), lexical use of F0 is emerging together with an intermediate VOT category and breathy phonation following the loss of /r/ in onsets (e.g., `teacher' > []). I show how this incipient tonogenesis might arise in a series of computational simulations tracing the evolution of multivariate phonetic category distributions in a population of ideal observers. Acoustic production data from a fieldwork study conducted in Phnom Penh was used as the starting point for the simulations. After establishing that the basic framework predicted relative stability over time, two possible responses to a phonetic production bias were considered: one in which agents correctly identified the source of (and thereby compensated for) the effects of the bias, and one in which agents misattributed the acoustic effects of the bias as a property of the onset. Good qualitative fits to the empirical production data were found for the latter group of learners, while the outcome for compensating learners resembled production data from a related dialect. These results are consistent with the sudden and discontinuous nature of many sound changes, and suggest that what appear to be enhancement effects may also emerge under different assumptions about the number of cue dimensions accessible to or deemed relevant by the learner.
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2014bb,
title = {Athens after the Olympics: the making of the film Future suspended},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Jaya-Klara Brekke and Ross Domoney},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-02-01},
journal = {The Guardian},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2014bb,
title = {The EU presidency and the bottom of Aegean Sea},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-02-01},
journal = {TruthOut ?weblog article, 4 February 2014?},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2014bb,
title = {Future suspended},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Ross Domoney and Jaya-Klara Brekke and Christos Filippidis and Antonis Vradis},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-02-01},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{King2014d,
title = {Trivial, mundane, or revealing? Food as a lens on ethnic norms in workplace talk},
author = {Brian King and Meredith Marra and Janet Holmes},
doi = {10.1016/j.langcom.2013.08.004},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-31},
urldate = {2014-01-31},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {34},
number = {1},
pages = {46-55},
abstract = {Talk about food has often been overlooked in existing investigations of workplace discourse. In earlier research, we established that food talk clearly ‘indexes’ interactional boundaries and informality in typical New Zealand workplaces. In this paper we identify the very different status of food as a legitimate topic in Māori workplaces. Within the normative constraints of the meeting genre, analysis compares food talk as mundane in a Māori organisation, but trivial in a Pākehā (majority group) context. Food talk thus provides an unexpected means of accessing information about distinctive cultural norms, offering an innovative lens on areas of cross-cultural sensitivity.},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2014bb,
title = {Language of Cyber-Politics: "Imaging/Imagining" Communities},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Maria Constantinou},
doi = {10.1515/lpp-2014-0012},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-29},
journal = {Lodz Papers in Pragmatics },
volume = {10},
number = {2},
abstract = {Assuming that “YouTube provides a deindividuated interactional context where social identity, including ethnic identity, is salient” (Garcés-Conejos Blitvich et al. 2013, our emphasis), we focus our analysis on the online discussants’ identity narratives (i.e. avatars, pseudonyms and comments) in order to investigate what makes each identity narrative into a cohesive specific ethos and how this ethos is coherent with the positioning of the party and their leaders. Our methodology includes qualitative analysis (avatars and pseudonyms) as well as a quantitative approach (comments vs leadership speeches). Our findings confirm that the emotions and ideologies salient in the leadership speeches and keywords are perpetuated, reinvented and re-enacted in avatars, pseudonyms and comments, constructing therefore a coherent virtual community. We also conclude that the ethos of this virtual community was built on the concept of resisting the loss of sovereignty (among other things to resist), symbolically co-constructed with myths, memories and a glorious past, instilling pride and unity, while cultivating anger, resentment and contempt against the “enemy”.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{King2014b,
title = {Tracing the emergence of a community of practice: Beyond presupposition in sociolinguistic research},
author = {Brian King},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404513000870},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-27},
urldate = {2014-01-27},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {43},
number = {1},
pages = {61-81},
abstract = {This study examines the language-driven aspects of the formation of a classroom-based community of practice (CofP), placing emphasis on ways in which researchers can verify the status of observed practices. Discourse analysis is reinforced by such an evidence-based understanding of the social milieu of a research site. However, when determining whether an aggregate of people is functioning as a CofP, the nature of the measuring stick is a vital question. When institutional forces have brought a group of participants together, how can an observer verify empirically the dynamic development of mutual engagement, joint enterprise and shared repertoire? In a sample case study, representative features outlined by Wenger (1998:130–31) are identified, and their emergence traced, via analysis of ethnographic fieldnotes and audio recordings. These features provide evidence of the development of localised practices (i.e. ways of doing grounded in this community) as distinct from more widely recognisable practices. Identifying the difference increases the likelihood that results of discourse analysis can be useful to educators.},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2014f,
title = {Identidad nacional, vitalidad etnolingüística e indigenismo en Chiapas (México)},
author = {Howard Giles and María Àngels Viladot and Luis-Fernando Bolaños and Moises Esteban-Guitart},
doi = {10.1174/021093913805403147},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-23},
urldate = {2014-01-23},
journal = {Estudios de Psicología},
volume = {34},
number = {1},
pages = {89-93},
abstract = {En este artículo se presentan algunos resultados de una investigación más amplia sobre la vitalidad etnolingüística en indígenas y mestizos de Chiapas (México). Participaron en el estudio un total de 190 estudiantes de la U niversidad Intercultural de Chiapas: 115 indígenas y 75 mestizos. Los resultados muestran una fuerte identificación como mexicanos en ambos grupos, así como la consideración de que según los participantes “los indígenas son los auténticos mexicanos”. Se comparan los resultados en indigenismo y vitalidad etnolingüística general. Se discuten los resultados a la luz de los perfiles de vitalidad etnolingüística hallados en la literatura previa y la obra de Bonfill México profundo.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Roberts2014c,
title = {On Recursion},
author = {Ian Roberts and Marc D Hauser and Jeffrey Watumull and Norbert Hornstein},
doi = {10.3389/fpsyg.2013.01017},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-07},
urldate = {2014-01-07},
journal = {Frontiers in Psychology},
volume = {4},
pages = {1017},
abstract = {It is a truism that conceptual understanding of a hypothesis is required for its empirical investigation. However, the concept of recursion as articulated in the context of linguistic analysis has been perennially confused. Nowhere has this been more evident than in attempts to critique and extend Hauseretal's. (2002) articulation. These authors put forward the hypothesis that what is uniquely human and unique to the faculty of language-the faculty of language in the narrow sense (FLN)-is a recursive system that generates and maps syntactic objects to conceptual-intentional and sensory-motor systems. This thesis was based on the standard mathematical definition of recursion as understood by Gödel and Turing, and yet has commonly been interpreted in other ways, most notably and incorrectly as a thesis about the capacity for syntactic embedding. As we explain, the recursiveness of a function is defined independent of such output, whether infinite or finite, embedded or unembedded-existent or non-existent. And to the extent that embedding is a sufficient, though not necessary, diagnostic of recursion, it has not been established that the apparent restriction on embedding in some languages is of any theoretical import. Misunderstanding of these facts has generated research that is often irrelevant to the FLN thesis as well as to other theories of language competence that focus on its generative power of expression. This essay is an attempt to bring conceptual clarity to such discussions as well as to future empirical investigations by explaining three criterial properties of recursion: computability (i.e., rules in intension rather than lists in extension); definition by induction (i.e., rules strongly generative of structure); and mathematical induction (i.e., rules for the principled-and potentially unbounded-expansion of strongly generated structure). By these necessary and sufficient criteria, the grammars of all natural languages are recursive.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{King2014e,
title = {Response to Donna Gabaccia, Spatializing gender and migration: the periodization of Atlantic Studies, 1500 to the present},
author = {Brian King},
doi = {10.1080/14788810.2014.870704},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-02},
urldate = {2014-01-02},
journal = {Atlantic Studies},
volume = {11},
number = {1},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Benjamin2014,
title = {Aesthetic elements in Temiar grammar},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.1.3853.2646},
isbn = {9781107007123},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
pages = {36–60},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {For non-literate people, a language consists primarily in the sounds and/or oral (articulatory) gestures of speech. A major reason for both a priori and a posteriori linguistic iconicity is economy of expression: a degree of semantic condensation is therefore an inevitable feature of all grammars. Iconicity is typically felt (a matter of aesthesis) rather than known through the intellect, and iconic meanings are held in mind as condensed notions rather than articulated concepts. Single-stranded situations predispose people to view linguistic meaning as primarily referential, but many-stranded situations (such as those typically experienced by the Temiars) predispose people to view implicational and allusive (‘poetic’) forms of expression as normal. The ‘meaning’ then pertains not solely to the ostensible referential meaning of the speakers’ utterances, but also to the cultural and psychological ‘figure’ presented by the grammatical and lexical patterns of the language. In Temiar, an Austroasiatic (Aslian) language of northern Peninsular Malaysia, a set of grammatical and lexical features display the iconic-aesthetic effects of contrasting deictic gestures made by the vocal organs: (1) opening the mouth wide, as if addressing oneself to OTHER, the rest of the world, and (2) closing the mouth in self-contemplation, as if in temporary retreat from the world. The salience accorded in Temiar grammar to the SELF–OTHER dialectic directly reflects the prominence of this dialectic as an organising principle of the Temiar cultural regime. This dialectical framework did not just ‘happen’, but was deliberately cultivated in response to the specific societal and environmental circumstances of Temiar life. The article demonstrates in detail how these principles are expressed morphologically in the following domains of Temiar grammar: reduplicative incopyfixation in the' imperfective' aspect of the verb; the infixation of -a- ‘salient other’ in deponent verbs, middle-voice nouns and ‘undergoer’ nominalisations; and expressives.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Zuckermann2014b,
title = {Native Tongue Title: Compensation for the loss of Aboriginal languages},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann and Shiori Shakuto-Neoh and Giovanni Matteo Quer},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
journal = {Australian Aboriginal Studies},
number = {1},
pages = {55-71},
abstract = {This paper proposes the enactment of an ex gratia compensation scheme for loss of Indigenous languages in Australia. Although some Australian states have enacted ex gratia compensation schemes for the victims of the Stolen Generation policies, the victims of linguicide (language killing) are largely overlooked by the Australian Government. Existing grant schemes to support Aboriginal languages are inadequate, and they should be complemented with compensation schemes, which are based on a claim of right. The proposed compensation scheme for the loss of Aboriginal languages should support the effort to reclaim and revive the lost languages. We first outline the history of linguicide during colonisation in Australia. We then put a case for reviving lost Aboriginal languages by highlighting the benefits of language revival. After evaluating the limits of existing Australian law in supporting the language revival efforts, this paper proposes a statute-based ex gratia compensation scheme, which can be colloquially called Native Tongue Title.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2014bb,
title = {One Zoonym, Two Parents: Mendele’s Phono-Semantic Matching of Animal Terms, and Later Developments of Lexical Confluence in Modern Hebrew Zoonymy},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann and Ephraim Nissan},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-642-45327-4_14},
isbn = {978-3-642-45326-7},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
pages = {537-561},
publisher = {Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg},
abstract = {In this study, we sift through the Hebrew animal names neologised by Abramowitsch (1866) in his natural history of birds. We identify and discuss a few such coinages of his which exhibit folk-etymological nativisation, by phono-semantic matching. Moreover, we trace occurrences of application of devices of lexical conflation by covert borrowing also in Hebrew zoonyms coined more recently than in Abramowitsch’s Natural History. Studying the latter’s neologised animal names is important because it illustrates a phenomenon (lexical conflation as a way to nativise loanwords) which has occurred in several modernised languages, and because Abramowitsch’s work was at a time when there arose modernisers also for other languages.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Brookes2014d,
title = {Gesture in the communicative ecology of a South African Township},
author = {Heather Brookes},
doi = {10.1075/z.188.04bro},
isbn = {978 90 272 0829 3},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
pages = {59-73},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
abstract = {In his work among Neapolitans, Kendon asks why a particular gesture profile should have come to exist. He suggests investigating communicative styles from historical and ecological perspectives to explain how different cultural patterns of communication develop and are sustained. This chapter explores gesturing in the communicative ecology of a South African township. It examines the nature of gestures, their communicative and social functions, how cultural norms of conduct and the physical environment influence gestural behaviour, and how gestural behaviours index different social meanings that are shaped by social structures and the history of South African township life. It compares South African township life and Naples identifying common factors that may have given rise to similar gestural behaviour in both communities.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Brookes2014e,
title = {Urban Youth Languages in South Africa: A Case Study of Tsotsitaal in a South African Township},
author = {Heather Brookes},
doi = {10.1353/anl.2014.0018},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
journal = {Anthropological Linguistics},
volume = {56},
number = {3-4},
pages = {356-388},
abstract = {Urban male youth “language” spoken in many townships in South Africa is a multimodal performance register through which status is negotiated and identities are expressed. Locally dominant languages act as a grammatical base into which a slang lexicon is inserted, accompanied by distinctive patterns of intonation and gesture. Variation reflecting social level, ranging from styles close to urban varieties of Bantu languages to metaphorically dense styles exhibiting features of antilanguages, and associated with a streetwise urban identity, is illustrated on the basis of naturally occurring videotaped conversations. Creative speakers coin new expressions that then spread based on the speakers’ linguistic skill and social status. Implications of these findings for the study of African urban youth languages are discussed. © 2014, Indiana University Anthropological Linguistics. All rights reserved.},
keywords = {Heather Brookes},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2014g,
title = {The Reference Frame Effect: An Intergroup Perspective on Language Attitudes},
author = {Howard Giles and Marko Dragojevic},
doi = {10.1111/hcre.12017},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
journal = {Human Communication Research},
volume = {40},
number = {1},
abstract = {Invoking self-categorization and social identity theories, this study predicted that ingroups would be evaluated more favorably than outgroups, but that ingroup membership would change as a function of reference frame. Using the matched-guise technique, moderate and broad American Southern English accented guises were presented to Californian listeners (N = 175). These were paired either with a Californian-accented (interregional reference frame) or Punjabi-accented English speaker (international reference frame). Listeners reported a stronger sense of connection with the Southern-accented guises, perceived their accents as more similar, and upgraded them on solidarity traits when reference frame was international (i.e., ingroup categorization) rather than interregional (i.e., outgroup categorization). Reference frame had no effect on status ratings. Implications of this reference frame effect are discussed.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2014h,
title = {Communication accommodation theory: a situated framework for interpersonal, family, and intergroup dynamics},
author = {Howard Giles and Jordan Soliz},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
journal = {Engaging Interpersonal Theories},
pages = {159-167},
abstract = {Communication Accommodation Theory (CAT) is a general theoretical framework of both interpersonal and intergroup communication. It seeks to explain and predict why, when, and how people adjust their communicative behavior during social interaction, and what social consequences result from those adjustments. In this entry, a brief historical overview of CAT's development is first provided, and some of its basic concepts are introduced. Second, the different adjustment strategies that speakers may enact are explained, and objective and subjective measures of accommodation are distinguished. Third, the motivations underlying communicative adjustment are examined, and the ways in which they can be shaped by the sociohistorical context in which an interaction is embedded are discussed. Fourth, the social consequences of communicative adjustment (and nonadjustment) are explored, and some of the many factors that mediate and moderate people's evaluations of others’ behavior are discussed. Finally, previous CAT principles are refined and elaborated, and directions for future research are suggested.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2014i,
title = {Relational and Identity Processes in Communication: A Contextual and Meta-Analytical Review of Communication Accommodation Theory},
author = {Howard Giles and Jordan Soliz},
doi = {10.1080/23808985.2014.11679160},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
journal = {Annals of the International Communication Association},
volume = {38},
number = {1},
pages = {106-143},
abstract = {Communication Accommodation Theory (CAT) has served as a cross-disciplinary framework for understanding the adjustments individuals make to create, maintain, or decrease social distance in interactions. We provide a systematic review of CAT by examining 149 articles (1973–2010) to identify categories and trends in the contexts of inquiry, sample characteristics, and locus of assessment. Next, we summarize a meta-analysis of a subset of these articles (k = 76, N = 18,382) to identify effect sizes for specific behaviors (e.g., nonaccommodation, reluctant accommodation) and correlates of these behaviors (e.g., quality of contact, relational solidarity). Theoretical and methodological considerations are discussed. Indicates manuscript was used in contextual or meta-analysis.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Giles2014j,
title = {Language and interpersonal communication: Their intergroup dynamics},
author = {Howard Giles and Marko Dragojevic},
doi = {10.1515/9783110276794.29},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
pages = {29-51},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {Intergroup communication occurs when either person in a social interaction defines self or other in terms of their social identity (i.e., as a group member) rather than their personal identity (i.e., as a unique individual). In this chapter, we argue that most interactions traditionally considered interpersonal are actually intergroup in nature. Positioning our argument in light of intergroup theories, we first discuss the dynamic nature of communication, noting how conversation can quickly shift between various degrees of interpersonal and intergroup salience. Second, we describe the social categorization process, with particular emphasis on the ways in which social identities are marked, established, and negotiated communicatively through various verbal (e.g., language, topic) and nonverbal (e.g., clothing, makeup) cues. Next, some of the features that characterize intergroup interactions are developed, focusing on changes in perception, language use, as well as various communicative adjustments and misadjustments. Then, we note some ways in which intergroup encounters may be redefined in more interpersonal terms. Finally, several principles of intergroup communication are proposed and avenues for future research are discussed.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Giles2014k,
title = {End-of-Life Interactions},
author = {Howard Giles and Chan L. Thai and Abby Prestin
},
editor = {Jon F. Nussbaum},
isbn = {9781433122651},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
pages = {405-423},
publisher = {Peter Lang},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Cardoso2014,
title = {Factoring sociolinguistic variation into the history of Indo-Portuguese},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
journal = {Revista de Crioulos de Base Lexical Portuguesa e Espanhola},
volume = {5},
pages = {87 - 115},
abstract = {Given that the Portuguese-lexified creoles of South Asia are currently spoken by relatively small and close-knit communities, it is often assumed that little sociolinguistic variation will be found within them and/or that this must have been the case throughout their history. This article, however, explores how modern and earlier (18th-/early-20th-century) descriptions and commentaries on the Indo-Portuguese communities reveal a somewhat stratified linguistic repertoire not unlike that of various other creoles around the world. Based on a survey of sources of different periods and character, I argue that there is good reason to assume a considerable degree of sociolinguistic variation in the Indo-Portuguese communities even when the available sources do not record it, and that failure to do so may compromise the validity of our linguistic studies.
},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Cardoso2014b,
title = {Language endangerment and preservation in South Asia},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
isbn = {978-0-9856211-4-8},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
publisher = {University of Hawai'i Press },
abstract = {When it comes to language, few corners of the globe are as diverse as South Asia. Throughout history, this has been an area of high multilingualism and intense linguistic contact, leading to often extreme processes of change, linguistic conflict and accommodation, as well as the emergence of new languages. However, while diversity may be the order of the day in South Asia, language obsolescence and loss have now become equally conspicuous. As a matter of fact, the most linguistically diverse countries in this region feature prominently in the worlwide charts of linguistic endangerment. In UNESCO’s online (and constantly evolving) Atlas of the World’s Languages in Danger, for instance, India has more entries than any other country, viz. 197 (in December 2012). Other countries in the region with a significant presence in the Atlas include Nepal (71 languages listed), Pakistan (28), Afghanistan (23) and Bhutan (19); only the Maldives are absent. In South Asian nations, there is an established tradition of research and reflection on the preservation of linguistic and cultural diversity. Yet, given the enormity of the task, more needs to be done to understand the causes of linguistic endangerment and design solutions. It is the intention of this volume to contribute to the debate by focusing on specifically South Asian problems, processes and constraints, from both a synchronic and a diachronic perspective. As expected, most of the languages studied are, by most definitions, currently endangered - the type of languages that might feature in UNESCO’s Atlas. However, some authors also discuss languages whose vitality (and even dominance in some domains) seems assured in the near future. Their articles are a reminder that language endangerment is a complex and multi-faceted issue, and call for long-term approaches to language preservation.},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Pia2014,
title = {History of Chinese Anthropology},
author = {Andrea E. Pia},
isbn = {9788889473481},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
number = {296},
publisher = {Seid Editori},
series = {Anthropology},
abstract = {History of Chinese anthropology: There is a revolution that is taking place before our eyes: the ascent of the People's Republic of China towards the empyrean of the world superpowers. In the daily life of an increasing number of people, this rise is evident in consumption, in work relationships and in travel destinations. We meet China every day, but we know little about it. Many ignore its heterogeneous culture, popular customs and the irreversible effects that an astonishing economic development is having on them. To understand today's China it is necessary to know deeply the process of national and cultural formation, the way in which modernity was built in this country. Similarly to what happened during the industrialization in Europe process guided by new ideas about society and its development - a crucial part in this national training course in China has been covered by anthropology. A new discipline, imported from the West, but which immediately found vast interest in this country due to its comparative scope and its ability to identify structural phenomena in transition societies. Phenomena that if known could be directed and modified. Hu Hongbao, Zhang Haiyang and Wang Jianmin guide us to discover the advent of anthropological thought in China, tracing its historical antecedents, identifying the reasons for its success and providing a detailed picture of the institutionalization of this discipline ... anthropology. A new discipline, imported from the West, but which immediately found vast interest in this country due to its comparative scope and its ability to identify structural phenomena in transition societies. Phenomena that if known could be directed and modified. Hu Hongbao, Zhang Haiyang and Wang Jianmin guide us to discover the advent of anthropological thought in China, tracing its historical antecedents, identifying the reasons for its success and providing a detailed picture of the institutionalization of this discipline ... anthropology. A new discipline, imported from the West, but which immediately found vast interest in this country due to its comparative scope and its ability to identify structural phenomena in transition societies. Phenomena that if known could be directed and modified. Hu Hongbao, Zhang Haiyang and Wang Jianmin guide us to discover the advent of anthropological thought in China, tracing its historical antecedents, identifying the reasons for its success and providing a detailed picture of the institutionalization of this discipline ... Phenomena that if known could be directed and modified. Hu Hongbao, Zhang Haiyang and Wang Jianmin guide us to discover the advent of anthropological thought in China, tracing its historical antecedents, identifying the reasons for its success and providing a detailed picture of the institutionalization of this discipline ... Phenomena that if known could be directed and modified. Hu Hongbao, Zhang Haiyang and Wang Jianmin guide us to discover the advent of anthropological thought in China, tracing its historical antecedents, identifying the reasons for its success and providing a detailed picture of the institutionalization of this discipline ...

},
keywords = {Andrea E. Pia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Pia2014b,
title = {History of Chinese anthropology},
author = {Andrea E. Pia and Hu Hongbao and Wang Jianmin and Zhang Haiyang},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
publisher = {Are},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Mannheim2014b,
title = {Riqsichikuynin},
author = {Bruce Mannheim	},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
publisher = { HTARYQ},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Mannheim2014c,
title = {Un zorro escondido. Prefacio},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
pages = {17-21},
publisher = {EDUNSE},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{King2014f,
title = {Marra M H, King B W, Holmes J, Trivial, mundane or revealing? A study of topic and ethnic norms in meeting discourse},
author = {Brian King and Marra M H and Janet Holmes},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
journal = {Language and Communication},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Weinberg2014,
title = {Contemporary social constructionism: Key themes},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
publisher = {Temple University Press},
abstract = {In Contemporary Social Constructionism, Darin Weinberg provides a detailed, critical overview of the key themes of this school of thought, which explains how phenomena and ways of thinking develop in their social contexts. Weinberg traces the multiple roots of social constructionism, and shows how it has been used, critiqued, and refined within the social and human sciences. Contemporary Social Constructionism illuminates how constructionist social science developed in relation to positivism, critical and hermeneutic philosophy, and feminism and then goes on to distinguish the concept from postmodernism and deconstructionism. In addition, Weinberg shows how social constructionists have contributed to our understanding of biology, the body, self-knowledge, and social problems. The result is a contemporary statement of social constructionism that shores up its scientific veracity and demonstrates its analytic power, promise, and influence. The book concludes with a look toward the future of the concept and its use.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Clark2014c,
title = {Two Pragmatic Principles in Language Use and Acquisition},
author = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
doi = {10.1075/tilar.10.07cla},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
pages = {105-120},
abstract = {Speakers, adults and children, rely on two pragmatic principles in language use: conventionality in the meanings of the words chosen to convey their intentions, and contrast among these meanings. Early recognition of these two principles allows children to add readily to their lexical repertoire on the assumption from contrast that any difference in form marks some difference in meaning. Evidence for the role of these principles in acquisition comes from early word uses, adherence to the word (s) learnt for a category, repairs to lexical choices, the construction of lexical domains, and patterns of acquisition in the uptake of unfamiliar words.},
keywords = {Eve Vivienne Clark},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@bachelorthesis{Piller2014,
title = {Editorial: Linguistic diversity and social inclusion in Australia},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
doi = {10.1075/aral.37.3},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
journal = {Australian Review of Applied Linguistics},
volume = {37},
issue = {3},
pages = {189-197},
abstract = {This editorial introduction orients the reader to current public debates and the state of research with regard to the intersection of linguistic diversity and social inclusion in contemporary Australia. These are characterised by a persistent lack of attention to the consequences of linguistic diversity for our social organisation. The editorial introduction serves to frame the five original research articles that comprise this special issue and identifies the key challenges that linguistic diversity presents for a fair and just social order. These challenges run as red threads through all the articles in this issue and include the persistent monolingual mindset which results in a pervasive language blindness and an inability to even identify language as an obstacle to inclusion. Furthermore, where language is recognised as an obstacle to inclusion this usually takes the form of assuming that an individual suffers from a lack of English language proficiency. Improving English language proficiency is then prescribed as a panacea for inclusion. However, on close examination that belief in itself can constitute a form of exclusion with detrimental effects both on language learning and equal opportunity. © 2014 Applied Linguistics Association of Australia. All Rights Reserved.},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@bachelorthesis{Piller2014b,
title = {Editorial: Linguistic diversity and social inclusion in Australia},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
doi = {10.1075/aral.37.3},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
journal = {Australian Review of Applied Linguistics},
volume = {37},
issue = {3},
pages = {189-197},
abstract = {This editorial introduction orients the reader to current public debates and the state of research with regard to the intersection of linguistic diversity and social inclusion in contemporary Australia. These are characterised by a persistent lack of attention to the consequences of linguistic diversity for our social organisation. The editorial introduction serves to frame the five original research articles that comprise this special issue and identifies the key challenges that linguistic diversity presents for a fair and just social order. These challenges run as red threads through all the articles in this issue and include the persistent monolingual mindset which results in a pervasive language blindness and an inability to even identify language as an obstacle to inclusion. Furthermore, where language is recognised as an obstacle to inclusion this usually takes the form of assuming that an individual suffers from a lack of English language proficiency. Improving English language proficiency is then prescribed as a panacea for inclusion. However, on close examination that belief in itself can constitute a form of exclusion with detrimental effects both on language learning and equal opportunity. © 2014 Applied Linguistics Association of Australia. All Rights Reserved.},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Piller2014c,
title = {Language, employment, and settlement: Temporary meat workers in Australia},
author = {Ingrid Piller and Loy Lising},
doi = {10.1515/multi-2014-0003},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
journal = {Multilingua},
volume = {33},
issue = {1-2},
pages = {35-39},
abstract = {Australia is one of the world’s largest beef exporters. However, meat processing jobs are widely considered undesirable and are increasingly filled with employer-sponsored migrant workers on temporary long-stay visas. Against this background, our paper explores the role of language in the employment and migration trajectories of a group of meat processing workers from the Philippines in a small town in rural Australia. Methodologically, we employ a case study approach combining macro-data from language and migration policy documents and media reports with micro-data from ethnographic fieldwork. We explore the role of language in recruitment, in the workplace, during leisure time, and in gaining permanent residence in Australia. To begin with, language is not a recruitment criterion as the primary visa holder is hired on the basis of a so-called ‘trade test,’ i.e., observed at butchering work in the Philippines by an Australian recruiter. Spouses of the primary visa holder are also issued a temporary visa and are offered unskilled employment in the same plant. Once in Australia, the participants had few opportunities to practice English at work or in the community. In this way, temporary migrants came to Australia with limited English and had limited opportunities to improve their English in the country. However, visa extensions or the conversion of their temporary visa to a permanent residency visa is contingent upon their English language proficiency and only granted if they achieve a score of Level 5 or above on the IELTS (International English Language Testing System). Because of their limited education and limited practice opportunities, this proficiency level was out of the reach of most of our participants. We conclude by arguing that – in a context where},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Sidnell2014,
title = {The architecture of intersubjectivity revisited},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781139342872.018},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
pages = {364  - 399},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {This chapter emphasizes the diversity of local interpretive norms as well as putatively culture-specific ideas about the relative transparency or opacity of other minds. It deals with a quick review of some of the ways in which intersubjectivity has been conceptualized before turning to sketch the structures of interaction through which it is constituted. The human form of intersubjectivity, centrally involves joint attention and shared intentionality thus allowing two or more individuals to focus on the same object while simultaneously attending to the attention of the other. A series of positions within architecture of intersubjectivity: same turn/first position, transition space, next turn/second position, third position is identified. These are arranged serially as positions within an unfolding course of talk and their organization reflect then the fact that understanding, in interaction, is not static but in a certain basic sense emergent. The chapter discusses issues of cross-cultural diversity and species-uniqueness.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Sidnell2014b,
title = {The architecture of intersubjectivity revisited},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781139342872.018},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
pages = {364  - 399},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {This chapter emphasizes the diversity of local interpretive norms as well as putatively culture-specific ideas about the relative transparency or opacity of other minds. It deals with a quick review of some of the ways in which intersubjectivity has been conceptualized before turning to sketch the structures of interaction through which it is constituted. The human form of intersubjectivity, centrally involves joint attention and shared intentionality thus allowing two or more individuals to focus on the same object while simultaneously attending to the attention of the other. A series of positions within architecture of intersubjectivity: same turn/first position, transition space, next turn/second position, third position is identified. These are arranged serially as positions within an unfolding course of talk and their organization reflect then the fact that understanding, in interaction, is not static but in a certain basic sense emergent. The chapter discusses issues of cross-cultural diversity and species-uniqueness.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Sidnell2014c,
title = {The architecture of intersubjectivity revisited},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781139342872.018},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
pages = {364  - 399},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {This chapter emphasizes the diversity of local interpretive norms as well as putatively culture-specific ideas about the relative transparency or opacity of other minds. It deals with a quick review of some of the ways in which intersubjectivity has been conceptualized before turning to sketch the structures of interaction through which it is constituted. The human form of intersubjectivity, centrally involves joint attention and shared intentionality thus allowing two or more individuals to focus on the same object while simultaneously attending to the attention of the other. A series of positions within architecture of intersubjectivity: same turn/first position, transition space, next turn/second position, third position is identified. These are arranged serially as positions within an unfolding course of talk and their organization reflect then the fact that understanding, in interaction, is not static but in a certain basic sense emergent. The chapter discusses issues of cross-cultural diversity and species-uniqueness.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Sidnell2014d,
title = {Process and formation},
author = {Jack Sidnell and N. J. Enfield and Paul Kockelman},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781139342872.036},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
pages = { 183  - 186},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {The formations of meaning explored in Part I include not only languages and cultures as highly complex systems, they also include linguistically competent and culturally socialized agents, as well as the capacities to speak languages and to inhabit cultures. What explains the nature of those formations? D’Arcy Thompson (On Growth and Form, Cambridge University Press, 1917) famously stressed the role of development: "Everything is this way because it got this way." The chapters in Part II explore the processes that create linguistic and cultural formations. These processes include diverse causal mechanisms, affecting different sites and unfolding on various scales, among which are the evolutionary, historical, developmental/biographical, interactional, and psychological. In surveying broad literatures, the chapters in Part II offer a rich picture of the causal mechanisms and temporal dynamics of human-specific modes of meaning. We begin our lives surrounded by language but unable to use it. One of the most remarkable developmental processes in our earliest years is the acquisition of a first language, through which in a few years we go from having zero linguistic competence to having mastered a significant proportion of the grammar of whatever language is being spoken in our community. The chapter by Brown and Gaskins treats first language learning in terms of two concomitant processes.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Sidnell2014e,
title = {Interaction and intersubjectivity},
author = {Jack Sidnell and N. J. Enfield and Paul Kockelman},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781139342872.037},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
pages = {343 - 346},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {The distinctive character of human social interaction - including the capacities that underlie it and the consequences that flow from it - forms an important pillar of research in linguistic anthropology. The five essays in this Part address a range of aspects of interaction and intersubjectivity. A basic premise underlying the chapters in this Part is the idea that human thinking is intentional. As Brandom puts it in his chapter, "This is the idea of a kind of contentfulness that is distinctive of at least some of our psychological states and linguistic utterances." Many mental states, "thoughts" in common parlance, are directed at something, where "thing" receives the broadest possible construal. Brandom reviews a number of crucial distinctions within the domain of intentionality (e.g., practical vs. discursive, representational vs. propositional) before arguing for the fundamentally normative - and thus collective - character of discursive intentionality. For people, intentional mental states do not exist in isolation from the mental states of others. There are many ways in which this is the case but perhaps most important is that many of our mental states are about the mental states of others. "He suspects that she thinks the movie was boring," and so on. Minds are fundamentally and irreducibly linked to other minds in this respect. Face-to-face social interaction, in all its forms, constitutes the primordial (as Schegloff often puts it) scene of social life and thus perhaps the most basic, primitive way in which minds are linked to one another. When a human infant follows the gaze of its mother toward a toy, we assume it is constructing, at some level, a representation of the mother’s mental state - mother is thinking about the toy, etc. Here the mother’s gaze direction (or change thereof) becomes the sign of her mental state of attention and evaluation.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Sidnell2014f,
title = {Community and social life},
author = {Jack Sidnell and Paul Kockelman and N. J. Enfield},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781139342872.038},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
pages = {481 - 484},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {The ancient Greeks divided the study of discourse into three parts: grammar, logic, and rhetoric. The study of grammar is premised on the idea that language is structured while the study of logic acknowledges that it can be used to say things that are true or false. The study of rhetoric, on the other hand, is based on the idea that speaking is consequential. Aristotle defined rhetoric as the "faculty of observing in any given case the available means of persuasion." Language is effective to the extent that a speaker is able to affect and direct the agency of others, and language, along with associated forms of conduct, can be conceptualized as the means to accomplish this. Language, on this view, is a tool. It is a means not only for harnessing the agency of others but also for constituting the very social groups whose agency is enlisted and distributed.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Sidnell2014g,
title = {The cambridge handbook of linguistic anthropology},
author = {Jack Sidnell and N. J. Enfield and Paul Kockelman},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781139342872},
isbn = {9781139342872},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {The field of linguistic anthropology looks at human uniqueness and diversity through the lens of language, our species’ special combination of art and instinct. Human language both shapes, and is shaped by, our minds, societies, and cultural worlds. This state-of-the-field survey covers a wide range of topics, approaches and theories, such as the nature and function of language systems, the relationship between language and social interaction, and the place of language in the social life of communities. Promoting a broad vision of the subject, spanning a range of disciplines from linguistics to biology, from psychology to sociology and philosophy, this authoritative handbook is an essential reference guide for students and researchers working on language and culture across the social sciences.
},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@bachelorthesis{Sidnell2014h,
title = {Introduction: Directions in the anthropology of language},
author = {Jack Sidnell and N. J. Enfield and Paul Kockelman},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781139342872.001},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
journal = { The Cambridge Handbook of Linguistic Anthropology},
pages = {1 - 24},
abstract = {This introductory chapter points out some issues that are central to the anthropology of language. The subdiscipline of linguistic anthropology in the narrow sense is an indispensable source of questions, methods, and solutions in the anthropology of language. The chapter raises some challenges that linguistic anthropology must meet, articulates the questions that define these challenges. It focuses on the implications of a causal account of linguistic transmission, given that the human mind is the niche in which language is propagated and to which language systems come to be adapted. A way to look at the language-culture relation is to examine how the grammatical structures and sub-systems of different languages encode semantic distinctions that appear to correlate with special cultural concerns of the language’s speakers. The chapter provides how the other chapters are organized in the book.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Michaud2014e,
title = {Documenting and researching endangered languages: the Pangloss Collection},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Boyd Michailovsky and Martine Mazaudon and Evangelia Adamou and Séverine Guillaume and Alexandre François},
issn = {1934-5275},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
journal = {University of Hawaiʻi Press },
volume = {8},
pages = {119-135},
abstract = {The Pangloss Collection is a language archive developed since 1994 at the Langues et Civilisations à Tradition Orale (LACITO) research group of the French Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS). It contributes to the documentation and study of the world's languages by providing free access to documents of connected, spontaneous speech, mostly in endangered or under-resourced languages, recorded in their cultural context and transcribed in consultation with native speakers. The Collection is an Open Archive containing media files (recordings), text annotations, and metadata; it currently contains over 1,400 recordings in 70 languages, including more than 400 transcribed and annotated documents. The annotations consist of transcription, free translation in English, French and/or other languages, and, in many cases, word or morpheme glosses; they are time-aligned with the recordings, usually at the utterance level. A web interface makes these annotations accessible online in an interlinear display format, in synchrony with the sound, using any standard browser. The structure of the XML documents makes them accessible to searching and indexing, always preserving the links to the recordings. Long-term preservation is guaranteed through a partnership with a digital archive. A guiding principle of the Pangloss Collection is that a close association between documentation and research is highly profitable to both. This article presents the collections currently available; it also aims to convey a sense of the range of possibilities they offer to the scientific and speaker communities and to the general public.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2014f,
title = {EFEO-CNRS-SOAS Word List for Linguistic Fieldwork in Southeast Asia},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Frederic Pain and Michel Ferlus and Thị Thu Hà Phạm},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
abstract = {This word list aims to allow researchers (i) to conduct in-depth lexical investigation when doing fieldwork on languages of Southeast Asia, and (ii) to navigate between languages and dialects, through the use of a unique identifier for each lexical entry. The first version of this word list was created by Ecole Française d'Extrême-Orient (EFEO) for a broad investigation launched in 1938 and interrupted by the war in 1940. A second version of the word list was elaborated at the CNRS laboratory CeDRASEMI (Centre de documentation et de recherche sur l'Asie du Sud-Est et le monde insulindien). This overhaul was supervised by Lucien Bernot, probably between 1960 et 1970; the list was jointly prepared by the Centre de documentation et de recherche sur l'Asie du Sud-Est et le monde insulindien (EPHE-CNRS, Paris) and the Department of South Asia and Oceania of the School of Oriental Studies (University of London) with a view to creating an Ethnolinguistic Atlas of Southeast Asia. Michel Ferlus re-typed the 22-page list to adopt a format suitable for use in the field. As the list remained insufficiently comprehensive for in-depth linguistic fieldwork, Michel Ferlus added further items in the course of his field trips to Vietnam in the 1990s. This list was circulated among Michel Ferlus's colleagues and collaborators. Khmer glosses were added by Frédéric Pain, based on a version of the CeDRASEMI-SOAS list to which Marie Martin had added Khmer glosses. The present version was updated at the International Research Institute MICA in 2013-2014. Chinese glosses were added; English glosses were supplemented; and Vietnamese glosses were revised. The word list is offered online in Open Office format (.ods). The PDF printout constitutes a preview; for reasons of page layout, the PDF does not include all the data, eg indications of semantic field.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Childs2014,
title = {Beyond the ancestral code: Towards a model for sociolinguistic language documentation},
author = {Tucker Childs and Jeff Good and Alice Mitchell},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
journal = {Language Documentation & Conservation},
volume = {8},
pages = {168-191},
abstract = {Most language documentation efforts focus on capturing lexico-grammatical information on individual languages. Comparatively little effort has been devoted to considering a language’s sociolinguistic contexts. In parts of the world characterized by high degrees of multilingualism, questions surrounding the factors involved in language choice and the relationship between ‘communities’ and ‘languages’ are clearly of interest to documentary linguistics, and this paper considers these issues by reporting on the results of a workshop held on sociolinguistic documentation in Sub-Saharan Africa. Over sixty participants from Africa and elsewhere discussed theoretical and methodological issues relating to the documentation of language in its social context. Relevant recommendations for projects wishing to broaden into the realm of sociolinguistic language documentation include: a greater emphasis on conversational data and the documentation of naturally occurring conversation; developing metadata conventions to allow for more nuanced descriptions of socio-cultural settings; encouraging teamwork and interdisciplinary collaboration in order to extend the scope of sociolinguistic documentation; collecting sociolinguistic data which can inform language planning and policy; and creating opportunities for training in sociolinguistic documentation. Consideration of sociolinguistic language documentation also raises significant questions regarding the ways in which Western language ideologies, which have been especially prominent in shaping documentary agendas, may be unduly influencing documentary practice in other parts of the world.},
keywords = {Alice Mitchell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2014b,
title = {A Folk Taxonomy of Terms for Ghosts and Spirits in Thai},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint and Manasikarn Hengsuwan},
doi = {10.1163/26659077-01702003},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Humanities},
volume = {17},
number = {2},
pages = {29-49},
abstract = {Previous studies show that Thai people’s ways of life and traditions from birth to death are related to ghosts. Most of the studies deal with the role of ghosts in Thai society but there has been no study on ghost terms in Thai, which would reflect the ghost system in Thai thoughts. Thus, this study aims to analyze the system and categorization of terms for ghosts and spirits in Thai. Folk taxonomy, which is a method in the ethnosemantic approach, has been adopted for the analysis.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2014c,
title = {Ethnic Relations and Nation Building, The Way Forward edited by Maya Khemlani David, James McLellan, Ngeow Yeok Meng, Lean Mei Li, and Wendy Yee Mei Tien. 2010. Petaling Jaya},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
journal = {Humanities: Journal of Humanities},
volume = {17},
number = {2},
pages = {96-98},
abstract = {The book is a collection of thirteen articles, most of which are papers originally presented at the International Conference on Ethnic Relations held in Kuala Lumpur in 2008. The rest are papers from invited writers. All the thirteen articles are grouped into three parts under themes corresponding to the concepts mentioned in the aim, as follows.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Deumert2014bb,
title = {The performance of a ludic self on social network(ing) sites},
author = {Ana Deumert},
doi = {10.1057/9781137029317_2},
isbn = {978-1-349-44013-9},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
pages = {23-45},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {This chapter explores contemporary social network(ing)1 applications as a space for the performance of a ludic self and the carnivalesque. Although digital media are also used for serious, information-focused communication, many interactions appear to follow the broad conversational maxim of ‘keep it light/fun’, and as such these media have become a vehicle for what the philosopher Jos de Mul (2005) has called ‘ludic self-construction’, that is, they provide a space in which we relate to ourselves and others in a playful manner.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Wong2014,
title = {Branding and Linguistic Anthropology: Brand Names, Indexical Fields, and Sound Symbolism},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
journal = {Practicing Anthropology},
volume = {36},
number = {1},
pages = {38-41},
abstract = {While the last few decades have witnessed a growing interest in the value of sociocultural anthropol ogy to marketing and advertising (eg, Sherry 1995; Sunderland and Denny 2007), linguistic anthropology has re ceived significantly less attention from marketing theorists and practitioners. One notable exception is linguistic and linguistic-anthropological research on sound symbolism (eg, Nuckolls 1999). Sound symbolism is the idea that speech sounds (ie, vowels and consonants) by themselves convey meanings. For in stance, the high front vowel [i] has been found to suggest small size to speak ers of different languages around the world. Marketers have taken notice of ideas like this and used them to develop brand names that highlight brand-and product-related information. In recent years, linguistic anthropolo gists and sociolinguists have further explored the symbolic properties of speech sounds. },
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2014b,
title = {Branding and Linguistic Anthropology: Brand Names, Indexical Fields, and Sound Symbolism},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
journal = {Practicing Anthropology},
volume = {36},
number = {1},
pages = {38-41},
abstract = {While the last few decades have witnessed a growing interest in the value of sociocultural anthropol ogy to marketing and advertising (eg, Sherry 1995; Sunderland and Denny 2007), linguistic anthropology has re ceived significantly less attention from marketing theorists and practitioners. One notable exception is linguistic and linguistic-anthropological research on sound symbolism (eg, Nuckolls 1999). Sound symbolism is the idea that speech sounds (ie, vowels and consonants) by themselves convey meanings. For in stance, the high front vowel [i] has been found to suggest small size to speak ers of different languages around the world. Marketers have taken notice of ideas like this and used them to develop brand names that highlight brand-and product-related information. In recent years, linguistic anthropolo gists and sociolinguists have further explored the symbolic properties of speech sounds. },
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2014b,
title = {Rethinking the learning of languages in the context of globalization and hyperlingualism},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
pages = {41-56},
publisher = {Peter Lang},
abstract = {Pauwels, Anne (2014) 'Rethinking the learning of languages in the context of globalization and hyperlingualism.' In: Abendroth-Timmer, Dagmar and Henning, Eva, (eds.), Plurilingualism and multiliteracies: International research on identity construction in language education. Frankfurt: Peter Lang, pp. 41-56 … Full text not available from this repository … There is no Altmetric data currently associated with this item … SOAS Research Online is powered by Eprints3 and is hosted by ULCC.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Omar2014,
title = {Nahu Melayu Mutakhir},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9834600933},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
abstract = {This book is written in Malay. This 5th edition of Malay Gramma book uses a systemic-functional method in explaining the use of language forms based on the Malay language system. Buku Nahu Melayu Mutakhir Edisi Kelima menggunakan kaedah sistemik-fungsional, yang sememangnya bersifat maksimalis dalam menerangkan penggunaan bentuk-bentuk bahasa berdasarkan sistem bahasa Melayu serta fungsi bentuk-bentuk itu dalam unsur-unsur nahu seperti frasa, klausa dan ayat.},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Omar2014b,
title = {Za'ba: Ahli Fikir dan Ahli Bahasa},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9789834611507},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
publisher = { Kuala Lumpur :  Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka},
abstract = {Za'ba pernah berkata, "Pekerjaan yang saya gemar sekali ialah mengarang, menulis." Kerjayaanya sebagai guru dan pegawai pelajaran menjadikan Za'ba ahli bahasa Melayu ulung yang meletakkan peraturan-peraturan asas dalam nahu dan fonologi (melalui ejaan Jawi dan Rumi) Melayu. Kupusannya yang mendalam mengenai gejala-gejala masyarakat serta sikap dan perilaku manusia di dalamnya berlandaskan konsep-konsep yang tersimpul dalam kata dan ungkapan yang ada dalam bahasa Melayu dan juga bahasa Arab. Buku ini menelusuri pertumbuhan dan perkembangan kegemarannya itu sejak beliau masih kanak-kanak lagi hinggalah beliau menghasilkan karya-karya unggul dalam bentuk buku dan makalah.},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Omar2014bb,
title = {The Mah Meri Language: An Introduction},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9831007123},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
publisher = {University of Malaya Press},
abstract = {This book is a holistic description of the Mah Meri language from phonology to syntax, extending to discourse and the lexis. As the title shows, it is meant to introduce to researchers in linguistics and related disciplines not only the basic systems and structures, but also the culture and belief system that goes with the language.},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Lu2014,
title = { The interplay between lexical polysemy and cultural model},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
journal = {Proceedings of the 14th Annual Meeting of the Japanese Cognitive Linguistics Association},
volume = {14},
pages = {36-47},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Snowden2014,
title = {Academic armour: Social etiquette, social media and higher education},
author = {Collette Snowden and Leanne Glenny},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
pages = {9 page},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {This chapter considers the many ways academic libraries can use Facebook, including reference and research help, marketing and promotion, library branding, and user interaction and feedback. In 2007, Mack et al. observed that most of the library literature about Facebook 'focused on giving background information on Facebook, and explaining to librarians why we should care about it'. In 2011, Gary Wan set out to study the Facebook pages of university libraries that were members of the Association of Research Libraries (ARL). He found that 90" of the 115 ARL libraries had at least one Facebook page. Gerolimos examined the Facebook wall posts of 20 US academic libraries, chosen for their robust Facebook presences and a certain specified number of wall posts. Many academic libraries have begun to offer 'real-time' chat and text message reference services plus more traditional services found at the reference desk. Some librarians have ethical concerns about the increased use of Facebook by academic libraries.},
keywords = {Collette Snowden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2014bb,
title = {Introduction and research roadmap: Writing and text production},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Eva-Maria Jakobs},
editor = {Eva-Maria Jakobs and Daniel Perrin},
isbn = {978-3-11-0222063-6},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
pages = {1-26},
publisher = {De Gruyter},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2014bb,
title = {Introduction: Theory and methodology in text production research},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Eva-Maria Jakobs},
editor = {Eva-Maria Jakobs and Daniel Perrin},
isbn = {978-3-11-0222063-6},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
pages = {27-30},
publisher = {De Gruyter},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2014bb,
title = {Narrative analysis in communication science},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Vincent Wyss},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-658-05723-7_15-1},
isbn = {978-3-658-05723-7},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
urldate = {2014-01-01},
pages = {1-12},
publisher = {Springer VS, Wiesbaden},
abstract = {This chapter marks out a way to come closer to the ideal of the analysis of public storytelling: We start from a case study (part 1), sketch narration as a linguistic behavior pattern (2) and function in public communication (3), question and operationalize the concept of narration from a communication-scientific perspective Perspective (4), derive an integrative approach to the analysis of public storytelling (5), locate it in the methodological environment (6) and define what remains to be done in order to be able to grasp more validly and reliably the role of narration in the Creation of public plays (7).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2014bb,
title = {Production modes: writing as materializing and stimulating thoughts},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Geert Jacobs},
doi = {10.1515/9783110220674.181},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {In  this  chapter,  we  systematize  and  discuss  research  on  writing  and  text  production as a highly interrelated mode of language use. We start from two examples of professional writing that complement each other: one is about writing in financial communication, the other about not writing in public discourse (Part 1). These exam-ples help us illustrate the transition from a detached to an integrative view of writing in text production research (2). We then develop a framework for the integrative anal-ysis of writing as a key mode of language use (3). Within this framework, challenges for and controversial issues of contemporary writing research are identified (4). This allows  us  to  outline  what  such  research  can  contribute  to  and  benefit  from  applied  linguistics (5) and to sketch a related research roadmap (6). In the reference section, we focus on work explaining the interplay of writing and other modes of language use as mental and societal processes.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Chiaro2014b,
title = {Humor and Gender: Interdisciplinary and International Perspectives},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro and Raffaella Baccolini},
doi = {10.4324/9781315814322},
isbn = {9781315814322},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {In the mid-seventies, both gender studies and humor studies emerged as new disciplines, with scholars from various fields undertaking research in these areas. The first publications that emerged in the field of gender studies came out of disciplines such as philosophy, history, and literature, while early works in the area of humor studies initially concentrated on language, linguistics, and psychology. Since then, both fields have flourished, but largely independently. This book draws together and focuses the work of scholars from diverse disciplines on intersections of gender and humor, giving voice to approaches in disciplines such as film, television, literature, linguistics, translation studies, and popular culture.},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Dalakoglou2014,
title = {Roads and Anthropology},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
isbn = {978-1138803572},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {The current text locates the anthropological study of roads within the wider context of studies on mobility and modernity. Besides introducing the articles of this special issue of Mobilities on roads and anthropology, this introduction also addresses some of the broader theoretical and epistemological implications of the anthropological perspective on roads, space, time and (im)mobility.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Dalakoglou2014bb,
title = {Disorder of the Day},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
publisher = {Occupied London},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2014bb,
title = {Flows Infrastructures Networks},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
pages = {8 page},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Dalakoglou2014bb,
title = {Anthropology and infrastructures},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2014bb,
title = {Perceptual dialectology of the Arab world},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou and Joseph Tyler},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
journal = {Al-cArabiyya},
volume = {47},
pages = {21 - 39},
abstract = {This study discusses perceptions of variation across dialects of Arabic in the Arab world as revealed through a perceptual dialectology map task. On a map of the Arab world, female undergraduate students at Qatar University provided information about boundaries where people speak differently and labels for those boundaries. A correlation analysis of the boundaries showed that participants viewed Arabic dialects as constituting five major dialect groups: the Maghreb, Egypt and Sudan, the Levant, the Gulf, and Somalia. A closer analysis of the content of the labels revealed variation in terms of the principal (Goffman 1981) on which they draw in their judgments, being either individual, regional (intermediate), or wide-scope generic. This analysis not only identifies more granularity in the concept of principal, it also quantifies the different kinds of principal and identifies statistical relationships between them, the labels, and the boundaries.},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2014bb,
title = {Analyzing Journalistic Discourse and Finding Opinions Semi-Automatically?},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
abstract = {The software TERMOSTAT which works on discourse specificities, frequencies and most used morpho-syntactic patterns. Convergent asymmetries between female and male candidates in journalistic discourse (however conditionally) were found as far as our data dedicated to the 2007 and the 2012 presidential campaigns are concerned. We conclude that social gender (i.e. stereotypical expectations about who will be a typical member of a given category) and / or political favoritism may affect the representation of leadership in discourse and may affect in turn the readership, hence the electorate. Thus the paper recommends the use of corpus linguistic tools to support semi-automatic investigation of characteristics of political texts.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2014bb,
title = {European discourses and authorizer discourse : Resemanticization of the concepts of gender and women?},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
volume = {10},
pages = {17-32},
abstract = {This article is a quantitative and qualitative discourse analysis of the construction of the concepts women and gender in a European call for proposals focusing on gender mainstreaming in the decision making processes. We are using corpus linguistics tools such as AntConc and SketchEngine for the quantitative aspect. The findings are compared to those obtained through the analysis of European Parliament speeches (EUROPARL database). Our analysis takes into account lexical frequencies, collocations. The qualitative aspect focuses on the analysis of extracts called Keyword in Context (KWIC). This lexical study shows how the discourse of this call for projects tends to devalue the concept of women whilst constructing the concept of gender as the only hope for change and economic growth. We then highlight a possible shift of the concept of gender into a commodified financial variable. The proposed further research avenue would be looking into the assumption that some of the calls for proposals support a neo-liberal policy.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2014bb,
title = {"Abdel prepares a quiche-Lorraine". The avatars of social relations of ethnicity, gender and class in FSL teaching},
author = {Fabienne Baider and A. Papaioannou and K. Nossenko},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
volume = {40},
pages = {137 - 153},
abstract = {"Abdel is preparing a quiche-Lorraine" is the theme of a chapter of Festival 2 which was the source of this research. This FLE manual, remarkable for its efforts to integrate multi-ethnicity, courageously presented Abdel, a very modern young man, who wanted to help his companion Paola (great interculturality!) By preparing dinner. The problem is that Abdel's choice focused on a Lorraine quiche and therefore a recipe with bacon. If a priori this does not seem to shock in France (if not why this choice?), These manuals are also used in regions of the world where such an association cannot be presented without very long explanations1. The difficult balance between all the parameters that "textbook thinkers" must respect is the subject of this study: how to do intercultural without stereotype? offer inter-ethnicity while respecting religions? promote gender parity with an inequitable social reality? mention homosexuality without the risk of seeing the manual not selling? On the basis of a corpus made up of six FLE textbooks used in our region, we examined how these adapted (i) to the demands for political inclusion of ethnic minorities (most often resulting from immigration) , (ii) demands for gender equality, (iii) new laws relating to marriage and sexual orientation. Our study is both qualitative and comparative of the iconography and the speeches chosen in three series: Festival 1 and 2, Oh là là college (iii) new laws relating to marriage and sexual orientation. Our study is both qualitative and comparative of the iconography and the speeches chosen in three series: Festival 1 and 2, Oh là là college (iii) new laws relating to marriage and sexual orientation.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2014bb,
title = {La fureur de gagner, la rage de perdre. Etude contrastive des concepts de rage / οργή et de fureur / λύσσα en grec et en français.},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Maria Constantinou},
year  = {2014},
date = {2014-01-01},
abstract = {For the past four decades, the affect of anger has not ceased to arouse the interest of researchers and to be the subject of several works from different perspectives (Lakoff & Johnson 1980; Greimas 1981; Kövecses 1986 and passim 2000 and passim; Pesetsky 1995: 56; Wierzbicka 1999; Harkins & Wierzbicka 2001). However, its comparison and its differentiation in a contrasting perspective with its synonyms rage and fury seems until now to have escaped the attention of linguists; indeed, these quasi-synonyms either went unnoticed or were included in previous research (Lakoff & Johnson 1980; Soriano 2003; Leeman 1995). A recent study (Baider & Constantinou 2014), based on the most frequent collocations with anger / rage and their discourse, had identified the salient features of these two affects. We then concluded on their potential differences from a contrastive perspective with Greek. In particular, we recommended taking into account the employment contexts in which these terms appear. This article broadens the spectrum of terms belonging to the paradigm which could be defined a priori as describing an “intense emotional state which results in violent behavior”, by adding fury for French, λύσσα and μένος for Greek.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Andaya2013,
title = {Response to Prasenjit Duara, “Asia Redux”: Conceptualizing a Region for Our Times},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1355/9789814414517-007},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-12-31},
volume = {69},
number = {4},
pages = {1015-1020},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {In his provocative essay, Prasenjit Duara argues that prior to the nineteenth century, the web of maritime trade networks infused the ill-defined area we call “Asia” with a genuine coherence, providing a conduit for cultural flows that readily permitted interactive relationships and the mutual adoption of new beliefs and practices. By the late nineteenth century, however, the imperial powers sought to ensure their global dominance by creating regional blocs consisting of territories that were economically subservient to the metropole. The consequent focus on the establishment of territorial boundaries encouraged a “nationalist congruence between state and culture” that gathered pace over the next hundred years.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Vigouroux2013,
title = {10. Informal Economy and Language Practice in the Context of Migrations: A Critical Sociolinguistic Perspective on Institutions and Work},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux},
doi = {10.21832/9781783091010-011},
isbn = {9781783091010},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-12-31},
pages = {296- 328},
publisher = {Bristol: Multilingual Matter},
abstract = {When I started my research on French-speaking African migrants in Cape Town in 1997,
I often got in answer to my question what kind of job do you do here the recurrent answer I don’t
work. In such cases I ventured a follow-up question about how the person earns money to sustain
their basic needs such as food and accommodation; and I got surprised when I heard I am a
security (‘a security guard’) or a car watcher. I realized then that there was a clear discrepancy
between what I was defining as work, ‘a way to make money in order to sustain oneself’, and
what my interlocutors were considering as work. Actually, I don’t know exactly how they
constructed the category WORK since I never asked them. I can just infer from the answers I
received that the activity of earning money they were referring to was typically low-paid, at the
bottom of the socioeconomic ladder and not clearly defined institutionally. Such a discrepancy
between the researcher’s categories and those of his/her subjects is not new; it has been amply
documented in the literature. Yet, it calls for an investigation of how categories are constructed in
the social environment in which they emerge and where they are discursively articulated in order
to understand, on the one hand, how the subject positions himself/herself and, on the other, how
the categorization lends meaning to her own and others’ social practices. },
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Perrin2013,
title = {Investigating language and the media: The case of newswriting},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1075/aila.26.05per},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-12-31},
journal = {AILA Review},
volume = {26},
number = {1},
pages = {57 - 78},
abstract = {Drawing on a case study of newswriting, this article presents media linguistics as a subdiscipline of applied linguistics (AL), dealing with a distinctive field of language use. Language in the media is characterized by specific environments, functions, and structures. Medialinguistic research, however, tends to overcome disciplinary boundaries. In multidisciplinary collaboration, it accesses a wide range of knowledge generation and transformation methods. In interdisciplinary collaboration, it contributes precise analyses of situated linguistic activity to the development of empirically-grounded communication studies. In transdisciplinary collaboration, it tests these theories against reality and solves practical problems. The article first outlines such a practical problem (Section1). After explaining key concepts of media lingustics (2), it focuses on the linguistics of newswriting (3) and four related research methods (4). Finally, it discusses how the value media linguistics can add to both theory and practice of language use and the media (5).},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Piller2013,
title = {Language Work Aboard the Low-cost Airline: A Critical Sociolinguistic Perspective on Institutions and Work},
author = {Ingrid Piller and Kimie Takahashi},
doi = {10.21832/9781783091010-006},
isbn = {9781783091010},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-12-31},
urldate = {2013-12-31},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Gupta2013,
title = {Messy bureaucracies},
author = {Akhil Gupta},
doi = {10.14318/hau3.3.029},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-12-23},
journal = {HAU Journal of Ethnographic Theory},
volume = {3},
number = {3},
pages = {435-440},
abstract = {In Government of paper, Matthew Hull has given us one of the most finely grained, ethnographically rich analyses of the role of material artifacts in the working of states. His focus on files, maps, the parchi and the petition, and lists and land records, is a sorely needed addition to the ethnographic record. As a linguistic anthropologist, he is uniquely positioned to reflect on the linguistic properties of such documents; as a broadly-trained sociocultural anthropologist, he is able to tease out the social and political implications of how these inscriptions function in the social world, what they enable people to do, and how their materiality limits their possible uses and their possible users. This book also sets up very interesting comparative possibilities for research about the state in South Asia. For example, although Hull’s concerns are not identical to those raised in my recent book on Indian bureaucracy, Red tape (2012), it is interesting to read both books to ask the question of how much difference the postcolonial histories of India and Pakistan have made to their respective bureaucracies. On the one hand, the continuities exhibited by the two bureaucracies in the wake of colonial rule are truly astonishing. It has been more than sixty years since the subcontinent achieved Independence. In that time, a minirevolution has taken place in organizing and running offices. Handwriting was first replaced by typewritten documents, and then computers substituted typewriters. Techniques of filing moved from tying bundles of paper within a cardboard cover secured by tape and stored horizontally, to papers being stored in tabbed folders open on one side and stored vertically in filing cabinets, to electronic files being stored on computers and backed up in the cloud and on hard drives. Government bureaucracies in all three countries in British India (Pakistan, India, and Bangladesh) have displayed a stubborn attachment to colonial practices, including forms filled out in triplicate, files tied with ribbons, the design of office space, the hierarchies of bureaucratic offices, et cetera. I emphasize “government bureaucracies” in the previous sentence because the bureaucracies found in private corporations have moved their office practices to resemble businesses in the global North. Few managers in corporations, even customer-facing ones, would run an
office like Zaffar Khan’s (that Hull describes so vividly), where several, unrelated, groups of clients were being entertained simultaneously. Hull and I were writing our books at the same time and we produced very similar descriptions of office practices in bureaucracies separated by national boundaries and by sixty years of postcolonial governance. This coincidence has less to do with us as observers, and more with the fact that the offices themselves resemble each other. A photograph by Jan Banning from his exhibition and subsequent book, Bureaucratics (2008), graces the cover of Red tape. What is interesting to me is the number of lay people who have told me that photograph looks exactly like the office where they had recently gone to do a task involving a government agency. That it was in a different state and in a different bureaucracy seemed not to matter; and I am sure that when people in the subcontinent read Hull’s wonderfully evocative descriptions of the
CDA, they will have a sense of déjà vu.},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2013,
title = {Positioning level 3: Connecting local identity displays to macro social processes},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1075/ni.23.1.03de},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-12-19},
journal = {Narrative Inquiry},
volume = {23},
number = {1},
pages = {40-61},
abstract = {In this article I discuss the positive impact of the concept of positioning on identity studies, with particular reference to the analysis of narratives. I argue that the notion of positioning (particularly as developed in Bamberg’s 1997 three levels model), together with other constructs such as indexicality, has helped enormously in bridging the gap (particularly in interview based research) between interactionally-oriented and more traditionally oriented studies of narrative identities. I focus on level 3 positioning to argue that this construct allows for an approach to the construction of identity in discourse that occupies a middle ground between talk-in-interaction approaches that center exclusively on participant orientations at the local level and approaches that regard identity as basically determined by macro social processes and only manifested in discourse. To illustrate level 3 positioning I analyze a narrative taken from a corpus of stories of language conflict told by Latin American immigrant women to the US. I show that the narrator constructs her identity in relation to Discourses and ideologies about language and migration showing that interpretation of her positioning is based on close analysis of discourse at the local level, ethnographic data and understanding of macro social processes underlying power relations.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Sitaridou2013c,
title = {Greek-speaking enclaves in pontus today: The documentation and revitalization of Romeyka},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781139245890.009},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-12-13},
pages = {98-112},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {Introduction: Romeyka is the last surviving variety of Greek spoken in Turkey. It comprises a number of subdialects and is located in north-eastern Turkey, in the area traditionally known as Pontus. Due to contact with Turkish, the majority language, Romeyka is severely endangered. It is also relatively undocumented (Parcharidis 1880, Deffner 1878, Dawkins 1937, Mackridge 1987, 1995, 1996, Bortone 2009; but see, more recently, Michelioudakis and Sitaridou 2012). Currently, the three remaining Greek-speaking enclaves are those of Of (Çaykara), Sürmene, and Tonya (see Figure 8.1). The Exchange of Populations between Greece and Turkey, which occurred under the Treaty of Lausanne in 1923, saw all Christians of Asia Minor ‘relocate’ to Greece and all Muslims of Greece ‘relocate’ to Turkey, with the exception of the Muslim population in Western Thrace and the Greek population of Istanbul. As religion was the defining criterion behind this, Romeyka speakers, by virtue of being Muslims, were allowed to stay in their Asia Minor homeland, but Greek-speaking Christians had to leave Pontus, which explains why Greek survives only in small enclaves in this area.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Mannheim2013,
title = {El aprendizaje de los conceptos genéricos entre niños quechuahablantes monolingües},
author = {Bruce Mannheim and Susan A Gelman},
doi = {10.4000/bifea.4132},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-12-09},
urldate = {2013-12-09},
journal = {Bulletin de l’Institut Français d’Études Andines 42(42 (3)): DOI:},
volume = {42},
number = {42(3)},
pages = {353-368},
abstract = {Generic expressions play a critical role in the conceptual development of monolingual Southern Peru Quechua children. This article discusses different theories about aquisition and conceptual development of young children and makes a characterization of generic concepts referring to abstract categories. It deepens how these are expressed in Quechua by the presentation of data from a series of surveys on the acquisition of generic concepts among Quechuaphone children. Results confirm that they differentiate generics from specific utterances as well as from quantifiers. They coincide with the results obtained with English and Mandarin speakers. Significant correlations are observed in the interpretation of generic concepts by speakers of worldwide different languages. Another important result is that Quechuaphone children assign generic interpretations to linguistically unmarked utterances. Universal conceptual capacities interact with particular cultural and linguistic contexts to guide conceptual development. Generic expressions —though unmarked morphologically— are one important point of contact between general cognitive processes and the particularities of languages and cultures, the matrix of a specifically Quechua conceptual framework and ontology.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Benjamin2013,
title = {Why Have the Peninsular “Negritos” Remained Distinct?},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
doi = {10.3378/027.085.0321},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-12-01},
journal = {Human Biology},
volume = {85},
number = {1-3},
pages = {445-483},
abstract = {The primary focus of this article is on the so-called negritos of Peninsular Malaysia and southern Thailand, but attention is also paid to other parts of Southeast Asia. I present a survey of current views on the "negrito" phenotype-is it single or many? If the phenotype is many (as now seems likely), it must have resulted from parallel evolution in the several different regions where it has been claimed to exist. This would suggest (contrary to certain views that have been expressed on the basis of very partial genetic data) that the phenotype originated recently and by biologically well-authenticated processes from within the neighboring populations. Whole-genome and physical-anthropological research currently support this view. Regardless of whether the negrito phenotype is ancient or recent-and to the extent that it retains any valid biological reality (which is worth questioning)-explanations are still needed for its continued distinctiveness. In the Malay Peninsula, a distinctive "Semang" societal pattern followed by most, but not all, so-called negritos may have been responsible for this by shaping familial, breeding, and demographic patterns to suit the two main modes of environmental appropriation that they have followed, probably for some millennia: nomadic foraging in the forest, and facultative dependence on exchange or labor relations with neighboring populations. The known distribution of "negritos" in the Malay Peninsula is limited to areas within relatively easy reach of archaeologically authenticated premodern transpeninsular trading and portage routes, as well as of other non-negrito, Aslian-speaking populations engaged in swidden farming. This suggests that their continued distinctiveness has resulted from a wish to maintain a complementary advantage vis-à-vis other, less specialized populations. Nevertheless, a significant degree of discordance exists between the associated linguistic, societal-tradition, and biological patterns which suggests that other factors have also been at play.},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2013b,
title = {Tourism: An intergroup communication model with Russian inflections},
author = {Howard Giles and Hiroshi Ota and Megan Foley},
doi = {10.1080/19409419.2013.819461},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-12-01},
urldate = {2013-12-01},
journal = {Russian Journal of Communication},
volume = {5},
number = {3},
pages = {229-243},
abstract = {Tourism is big business globally, as witnessed by the World Tourism Organization's estimation that there were more than a billion tourists in 2012. Surprisingly, the fields of intergroup and intercultural communication have, as yet, only spawned a few studies on understanding host–tourist language practices. Drawing on communication accommodation theory (with reflections on touristic experiences in St. Petersburg), a model is proposed not only for understanding past research on tourist–host communication, but also as a blueprint for guiding future research of this genre in Russia.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2013,
title = {Grammatical gender and the notion of default: Insights from language acquisition},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Aafke Hulk},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2013.09.001},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-12-01},
urldate = {2013-12-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {137},
pages = {128–144},
abstract = {The aim of this study is to investigate the contrast in the timing of acquisition of grammatical gender attested in Dutch and Greek child learners. Greek children show precocious acquisition of neuter gender in particular, while Dutch children experience a long delay in the acquisition of neuter nouns, which extends to school age. For both Dutch and Greek, neuter has been claimed to be the default gender value on grounds of syntactic distribution in contexts where gender agreement is inert. To reconcile the contrast between the learner and the language facts in Dutch, as well as the contrast in the timing between Greek and Dutch monolingual child learners, we consider two sets of criteria to define the notion of default: one set pertains to the notion of linguistic default and the other to the notion of learner default. We suggest that, whereas Greek neuter is both the linguistic and the learner default value, Dutch neuter is the linguistic but not the learner default, leading to a learnability problem.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Duranti2013b,
title = {Comment on Eitan Wilf. “Toward an Anthropology of Computer-Mediated, Algorithmic Forms of Sociality},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-12-01},
booktitle = {Current Anthropology},
journal = {Current Anthropology},
volume = {54},
number = {6},
pages = {730-731},
abstract = {I see traces of two projects in this article: an empirical project— with theoretical implications—on contemporary pedagogy for improvisation and a theoretical project—with methodological implications—on the relevance of established analytical distinctions within anthropology. Eitan Wilf is committed to both projects. He has published insightful accounts of the ways in which colleges, universities, and conservatories try to create new contexts and activities for transmitting or renewing an established art form, for example, jazz (Wilf 2010, 2011, 2012), and he has used his insider-outsider observations of music production and performance to theorize about paradoxes hidden in our very notions of tradition and innovation},
type = {Comment},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Bodomo2013,
title = {African diaspora remittances are better than foreign aid funds: diaspora-driven development in the 21st Century},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-12-01},
journal = {World Economics Journal},
volume = {14},
abstract = {In this article two sources of socio-economic development finance, African Diaspora remittance funds and Overseas Development Assistance (ODA) funds, for Africa are compared. It is argued that Diaspora remittance funds constitute a better alternative to ODA funds for the development of Africa for a number of reasons. Not only have Diaspora remittance funds outpaced ODA funds but they are more efficiently deployed for the development of the African continent in three main ways. The funds are less likely to be misspent as compared to the misappropriations and legendary inefficiencies in the foreign aid industry. Diaspora remittance funds, as gifts of love, are better focused on building the family and hence the nation. The distribution of these Diaspora remittance funds is far more efficient than ODA funds since these monies go directly to paying school fees, building houses, and growing businesses. Some proposals are made to indicate how African governments can facilitate more remittance funds over and above ODA funds.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2013b,
title = {Wyatt Don. The Blacks of Premodern China. Philadelphia: The University of Pennsylvania Press},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.1017/asr.2013.91},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-12-01},
journal = {African Studies Review},
volume = {56},
pages = {244-246},
abstract = {WyattDon. The Blacks of Premodern China.Philadelphia: The University of Pennsylvania Press, 2010. Encounters With Asia series. 198 pp. Maps. Photographs. Illustrations. Notes. Bibliography. Index. $65.00. Cloth. - Volume 56 Issue 3 - Adams Bodomo},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2013e,
title = {Studying level-tone systems in Asia: the case of the Naish languages},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
isbn = {978-962-442-371-6},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-12-01},
journal = {Department of Chinese, Translation and Linguistics, City University of Hong Kong},
pages = {1-6},
abstract = {This paper discusses the prosody of Naxi, Yongning Na and Laze, three Sino-Tibetan languages of the Naish subgroup. These three languages have three level tones (High, Mid and Low). Level tones are not unattested in China and Southeast Asia, but have received somewhat less attention than the phonetically complex tones typically found in Sinitic and other families in the area. The study of level-tone systems in Asia appears as a promising field of research, now still in an early stage of development. Central issues concern these languages ’ place in prosodic typology, and the ways in which intonation interacts with level tones. The paper explains how answers to these questions gradually emerged. The three languages considered here illustrate the great diversity of situations that one may expect to encounter in the field: the tones of Laze and Yongning Na fall squarely in the level-tone type, whereas Naxi is somewhat of an outlier among level-tone systems.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Michaud2013f,
title = {The tone patterns of numeral-plus-classifier phrases in Yongning Na: a synchronic description and analysis},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
url = {https://halshs.archives-ouvertes.fr/halshs-00821180},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-12-01},
volume = {34},
number = {1},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {In Yongning Na, there exists a bewildering diversity of tone patterns on numeral-plus-classifier phrases. A systematic investigation brings out no less than nine sets of classifiers on the basis of their tonal behaviour in association with numerals. These phenomena are analyzed here as part of the irregular tonal morphology found in Yongning Na. The present work represents a contribution towards a complete description of the rich tonal morphology of this language.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2013,
title = {‘From the Bottom of the Aegean Sea’ to Golden Dawn: Security, Xenophobia, and the Politics of Hate in Greece},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.1111/sena.12054},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-12-01},
journal = {Studies in Ethnicity and Nationalism},
volume = {13},
number = {3},
pages = {514-522},
abstract = {‘Greece belongs to the West’declared, simplistically, one of the most famous political leaders of the Greek Right in the 1970s. However, his family name was Karamanlis, stemming etymologically from the Turkish language. Precisely like the surnames of a lot of Greeks including several nationalists, even leading neo-Nazis of the Golden Dawn party. 2 As perhaps is expected, neither of them would consider Turkey Western or European. The press officer and MP of Golden Dawn, Kassidiaris, has stated repeatedly the hate of the party for Turks, Muslims, Jews, non-white people, migrants, communists, anarchists, and more or less the rest of humanity apart from Nazis. Unfortunately for him, he fell victim to his own ideology, when the extreme-Right online forum ‘Stormfront’published his photograph, in August 2013, setting the question to its users whether they felt he looked like a white man. 3 Kassidiaris’ fellow Nazis were quite vocal on the subject; most of them concluding that he does not look like a white man. 4
The aforementioned incident about Kassidiaris along with Karamanlis’ statement highlight a fundamental problem preoccupying public life in modern Greece. If one wants to summarize that problem, they could talk about a main tension between at least two wide identity schemes: a supposedly Western-European version of collective self and a non-Western idiom of selfhood. The country became the case study of Herzfeld (2005) when he wanted to talk about the distinction between the elements of a national self that are displayed and the elements that remain hidden or underplayed.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Dalakoglou2013b,
title = {The crisis before ?the crisis?: violence and urban neoliberalisation in Athens},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-12-01},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2013,
title = {The Dutch language in Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Michael Clyne},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110261332.858},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-11-27},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {Dutch emigration to Australia occurred mainly over a very compact period in the 1950s with the peak years being 1955 (15,011) and 1959 (16,769). To the 100,000 migrants from the Netherlands we should add more than 142,000 Australian-born of one or both Dutch parents (a statistic from the 1996 Census) and perhaps about 700 Belgian-born Dutch speakers. Some 1000 Dutch nationals (including children) had remigrated from the Dutch East Indies (now Indonesia) during and immediately after World War II. Dutch migration was facilitated by an assisted migrant scheme for Dutch migrants, who were considered desirable because of their cultural and physical similarities to mainstream Anglo-Australians at a time when Australia was striving to build up its European population and develop its secondary industry. },
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Fina2013bb,
title = {Transnational Identities},
author = {Anna De Fina and Sabina Perrino},
doi = {10.1093/applin/amt024},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-11-22},
journal = {Applied Linguistics},
volume = {34},
number = {5},
pages = {509-515},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2013c,
title = {Review of Don Wyatt's 'The Blacks of Premodern China'},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-11-20},
journal = {African Studies Review},
volume = {56},
abstract = {This is a critical review of Don Wyatt's provocative argument that the Chinese, like the Americans, once owned black Africans as slaves.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2013d,
title = {Africa – China Cooperation: A note on the role of Diaspora Africans and Diaspora Chinese Invited Paper for the FOCAC Seminar on Governance and Development Experience of African Countries and China Institute for International Strategic Studies},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-11-19},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2013b,
title = {Morphological decomposition in Broca’s aphasia},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maurizo Gotti et al},
doi = {10.1080/02687038.2013.853022},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-11-18},
urldate = {2013-11-18},
journal = {Aphasiology},
volume = {28},
number = {3},
pages = {296-319},
abstract = {Background: Few studies have investigated how individuals diagnosed with post-stroke Broca's aphasia decompose words into their constituent morphemes in real-time processing. Previous research has focused on morphologically complex words in non-time-constrained settings or in syntactic frames, but not in the lexicon. Aims: We examined real-time processing of morphologically complex words in a group of five Greek-speaking individuals with Broca's aphasia to determine: (1) whether their morphological decomposition mechanisms are sensitive to lexical (orthography and frequency) vs. morphological (stem-suffix combinatory features) factors during visual word recognition, (2) whether these mechanisms are different in inflected vs. derived forms during lexical access, and (3) whether there is a preferred unit of lexical access (syllables vs. morphemes) for inflected vs. derived forms. Methods & Procedures: The study included two real-time experiments. The first was a semantic judgment task necessitating participants' categorical judgments for high- and low-frequency inflected real words and pseudohomophones of the real words created by either an orthographic error at the stem or a homophonous (but incorrect) inflectional suffix. The second experiment was a letter-priming task at the syllabic or morphemic boundary of morphologically transparent inflected and derived words whose stems and suffixes were matched for length, lemma and surface frequency. Outcomes & Results: The majority of the individuals with Broca's aphasia were sensitive to lexical frequency and stem orthography, while ignoring the morphological combinatory information encoded in the inflectional suffix that control participants were sensitive to. The letter-priming task, on the other hand, showed that individuals with aphasia-in contrast to controls-showed preferences with regard to the unit of lexical access, i.e., they were overall faster on syllabically than morphemically parsed words and their morphological decomposition mechanisms for inflected and derived forms were modulated by the unit of lexical access. Conclusions: Our results show that in morphological processing, Greek-speaking persons with aphasia rely mainly on stem access and thus are only sensitive to orthographic violations of the stem morphemes, but not to illegal morphological combinations of stems and suffixes. This possibly indicates an intact orthographic lexicon but deficient morphological decomposition mechanisms, possibly stemming from an underspecification of inflectional suffixes in the participants' grammar. Syllabic information, however, appears to facilitate lexical access and elicits repair mechanisms that compensate for deviant morphological parsing procedures.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Dalakoglou2013bb,
title = {Disorder of the Day: Occupied London# 5},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and B Ali and John Berger and Gal Kirn and Tucker Landesman and Alessio Lunghi and Andy Merrifield and Occupied London and Jacken Waters},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-11-17},
volume = {5},
publisher = {Occupied London},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Ladegaard2013,
title = {Laughing at Adversity: Laughter as Communication in Domestic Helper Narratives},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1177/0261927X13489301},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-11-06},
urldate = {2013-11-06},
journal = {Journal of Language and Social Psychology},
volume = {32},
number = {4},
pages = {390-411},
abstract = {This article analyses excerpts from narratives told by foreign domestic helpers in a Hong Kong church shelter. The stories are trauma narratives about physical assault, sexual abuse, starvation, and other forms of exploitation, and the women also suffer the pains of being separated from their families. Therefore, it is to be expected that crying is a salient paralinguistic feature, but it is more surprising that laughter is equally salient. The article analyses selected excerpts from foreign domestic helper narratives focusing on the functions of laughter. Theories of laughter are reviewed and it is argued that existing theoretical frameworks do not adequately account for the examples identified in these narratives. Here, laughter has little to do with humour but is used to express “the seriousness of social life”. A model expressing the tragi-comic span of life experiences is proposed as the way forward in further in-depth studies of laughter in discourse.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2013e,
title = {The First Tagged Corpus of Cantonese Ideophones},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-11-05},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2013b,
title = {Media Linguistics},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Geert jacobs},
doi = {10.1111/ijal.12048_6},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-11-01},
urldate = {2013-11-01},
journal = {International Journal of Applied Linguistics},
volume = {23},
number = {3},
pages = {400-402},
abstract = {Media linguistics investigates the relationship between language use and public discourse conveyed through the media. In this context, we regard language use as an interface between cognitive and social (specific to culture, domain, institution or organisation) communication practices – in other words, as a window to people and their communities.

We create and disseminate knowledge and methods for analysing and optimising products, processes and contexts of public discourse. In doing so, we analyse, among other things, how social media are changing communication and how these media can be utilised effectively in journalism and organisations.

We are positioned in the scientific field of applied linguistics through national and international research projects. In the fields of journalism and organisational communication, we offer research-based academic programmes and continuing education courses as well as consulting. Our spectrum includes training and coaching sessions as well as organisational development projects.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Dalakoglou2013bb,
title = {Cosmoeconomics},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-11-01},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Dalakoglou2013bb,
title = {When things do wrong},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-11-01},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2013bb,
title = {State, violence, infrastructures and public spaces in European periphery},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Julie Billaud},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-11-01},
journal = {Allegra Lab},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2013c,
title = {Pronoun processing in Broca’s aphasia: Discourse–syntax effects in ambiguous anaphora resolution},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri},
doi = {10.1080/02687038.2013.828344},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-11-01},
journal = {Aphasiology},
volume = {27},
number = {11},
pages = {1381-1407},
abstract = {Background: The interpretation of ambiguous subject pronouns in a null subject language, like Greek, requires that one possesses grammatical knowledge of the two subject pronominal forms, i.e., null and overt, and that discourse constraints regulating the distribution of the two pronouns in context are respected.Aims: We investigated whether the topic-shift feature encoded in overt subject pronouns would exert similar interpretive effects in a group of seven participants with Broca's aphasia and a group of language-unimpaired adults during online processing of null and overt subject pronouns in referentially ambiguous contexts.Method & Procedures: An offline picture-sentence matching task was initially administered to investigate whether the participants with Broca's aphasia had access to the gender and number features of clitic pronouns. An online self-paced listening picture-verification task was subsequently administered to examine how the aphasic individuals resolve pronoun ambiguities in contexts with either null or overt subject pronouns and how their performance compares to that of language-unimpaired adults.Outcomes & Results: Results demonstrate that the Broca group, along with controls, had intact access to the morphosyntactic features of clitic pronouns. However, the aphasic individuals showed decreased preference for non-salient antecedents in object position during the online resolution of ambiguous overt subject pronouns and preferred to pick the subject antecedent instead.Conclusions: Broca's aphasic participants' parsing decisions in the online task reflect their difficulty with establishing topic-shifted interpretations of the ambiguous overt subject pronouns. The presence of a local topic-shift effect in the immediate temporal vicinity of the overt pronoun suggests that sensitivity to the marked informational status of overt pronouns is preserved in the aphasic individuals, yet, it is blocked under conditions of global sentential processing.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2013cb,
title = {Pronoun processing in Broca’s aphasia: Discourse–syntax effects in ambiguous anaphora resolution},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri},
doi = {10.1080/02687038.2013.828344},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-11-01},
urldate = {2013-11-01},
journal = {Aphasiology},
volume = {27},
number = {11},
pages = {1381-1407},
abstract = {Background: The interpretation of ambiguous subject pronouns in a null subject language, like Greek, requires that one possesses grammatical knowledge of the two subject pronominal forms, i.e., null and overt, and that discourse constraints regulating the distribution of the two pronouns in context are respected.Aims: We investigated whether the topic-shift feature encoded in overt subject pronouns would exert similar interpretive effects in a group of seven participants with Broca's aphasia and a group of language-unimpaired adults during online processing of null and overt subject pronouns in referentially ambiguous contexts.Method & Procedures: An offline picture-sentence matching task was initially administered to investigate whether the participants with Broca's aphasia had access to the gender and number features of clitic pronouns. An online self-paced listening picture-verification task was subsequently administered to examine how the aphasic individuals resolve pronoun ambiguities in contexts with either null or overt subject pronouns and how their performance compares to that of language-unimpaired adults.Outcomes & Results: Results demonstrate that the Broca group, along with controls, had intact access to the morphosyntactic features of clitic pronouns. However, the aphasic individuals showed decreased preference for non-salient antecedents in object position during the online resolution of ambiguous overt subject pronouns and preferred to pick the subject antecedent instead.Conclusions: Broca's aphasic participants' parsing decisions in the online task reflect their difficulty with establishing topic-shifted interpretations of the ambiguous overt subject pronouns. The presence of a local topic-shift effect in the immediate temporal vicinity of the overt pronoun suggests that sensitivity to the marked informational status of overt pronouns is preserved in the aphasic individuals, yet, it is blocked under conditions of global sentential processing.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Lv2013,
title = {Cultural Exchanges from the Evolution of the Names of Outsiders, 2013 Taiwan Literature Cross-Border Forum and Liberal Arts Academy’s “Miding Project Results Release Workshop},
author = {Jiarong Lv and Barbarians},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-10-19},
pages = {66-84},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@misc{Fina2013b,
title = {Top-Down and Bottom-Up Strategies of Identity Construction in Ethnic Media},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1093/applin/amt026},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-10-15},
abstract = {In this article, I investigate the construction of Latin@ identities within a Spanish language radio station broadcasting to a Latin American audience in the Washington–Baltimore area. I argue that ethnic media such as this radio station provide a channel for the enactment of interests and strategies at different local and translocal scales and that therefore the analysis of discourse and communi-cation processes within such media provides a glimpse into the complexities that underlie identity construction among transnational communities. I focus on the contrast between top-down strategies used by the radio owners, advertisers and other agents to build a Latin@ identity and bottom-up processes of identity negotiation among hosts within the radio. While top-down strategies converge in proposing an image of local Latin@s as a homogeneous, culturally and lin-guistically united transnational community, concrete identity negotiations among hosts complicate this picture, illustrating potential divisions within such imagined community. I focus on exchanges involving English and Spanish by Spanish-or English-dominant hosts to illustrate diverging percep-tions about the significance for identity claims of using hybrid English–Spanish talk and accented or unaccented varieties of English.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Sitaridou2013b,
title = {A comparative study of word order in Old Romance},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
doi = {10.1515/flin.2012.019},
issn = {0165–4004},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-10-13},
journal = {Folia Linguistica},
volume = {46},
number = {2},
pages = {553–604},
abstract = {The main objective of this article is to discuss word-order phenomena in Old French, Old Spanish, Old Portuguese, and Old Occitan from a comparative perspective. In particular, the following are examined: (i) the empirical evidence in order to assess the theoretical arguments for and against a verbsecond analysis of the Old Romance languages; (ii) verb movement in Old Romance; and (iii) whether the changes in the word-order patterns in the history of the Romance languages can be captured as yet another instance of grammaticalisation. By means of a uniform methodology and statistical analysis of novel data, it is claimed that: (a) Old Romance does not possess a Germanic V2; (b) there is variation in terms of word order among Old Romance languages, which is shown to be linked to the individual history of the languages; (c) V2 order is mostly an epiphenomenon of the discourse mechanisms and the nature of the left functional field in these languages.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Coupe2013,
title = {Tense, But in the Mood: Diachronic Perspectives on the Representation of Time in Ao},
author = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-10-01},
journal = {Language and Linguistics},
volume = {14},
number = {6},
pages = {1105-1138},
abstract = {Ao demonstrates some typologically intriguing characteristics that shed light on the diachronic development of its tense marking morphology. The paper proposes that the language originally had a binary mood system contrasting a zero-marked realis with an overtly marked irrealis mood. It then extended the functions of two of its nominalizers to encoding temporal distinctions, and the old zero-marked realis mood became integrated into the newly grammaticalized system of temporal deixis as the zero-marked past tense category. The irrealis marker occurs in paradigmatic opposition with these newly grammaticalized tense markers, but continues to encode an independent category of mood that is not constrained to any particular temporal deictic setting. Drawing on additional evidence from other languages, it is demonstrated that nominalizing morphology turns out to be a rather commonly exploited source for the grammaticalization of tense markers.},
keywords = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan2013,
title = {Le storie di vita di Resina},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
doi = {10.14672/ada2012177%25p},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-10-01},
urldate = {2013-10-01},
journal = {Antropologia},
volume = {9},
abstract = {Le storie di vita sono storie vere e proprie, esattamente come questo saggio, che racconta come si è sviluppata nel tempo la registrazione di una storia di vita che poi è andata ad intrecciarsi gradualmente all’amicizia tra un informatore privilegiato e il suo etnografo. Le storie di vita, però, non sono delle semplici narrazioni.},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2013bb,
title = {The politics of knives},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Ross Domoney and Jaya Brekke},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-10-01},
abstract = {This film is part of the research project crisis-scape.net The neo-?azi party Golden Dawn has been active in Greece since the mid-1980s. Through the years, GD has attacked migrants, antifascists and homosexuals, often with the tolerance or even the collaboration of parts of the Greek police force. In recent years, the party saw a largely unexplained soaring in its funding, a broad coverage of its activities (whether real or fictitious) by mainstream media and the opening up of more than fifty local branches across Athenian neighborhoods and Greek cities. The ostensibly meteoric rise of the GD in mainstream political discourse came at an extremely critical conjuncture, amidst the global financial crisis that hit Greece hard from approximately 2008/09 onward. In the 2009 national elections, GD had received a mere 0.2% of the vote; in 2012, its share sky-rocketed to approximately 7%. The electoral success of GD was matched by the introduction of anti-migration policies by the government coalition, often-encountered police operations specifically targeting anti-fascist activists in Athens and other Greek cities and the rise of racist attacks in the country. On September 17th a self-confessed GD member, Giorgos Roupakias, stabbed anti-fascist rap musician Pavlos Fyssas (aka Killah-P) to death. In the aftermath of the assassination the GD leader, Nikos Mihaloliakos, and key GD MPs and members have been arrested and charged. Only now, after decades of presence in the Greek political landscape, the GD?s connections to the country?s security forces and political establishment are untangled and exposed in mainstream political discourse and in the media.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Duranti2013d,
title = {Husserl},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
editor = {R. Jon McGee and Richard L. Warms},
isbn = {ISBN-13: 978-1412999632 ISBN-10: 1412999634},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-09-27},
booktitle = {In Encyclopedia of Theory in Social and Cultural Anthropology},
pages = {Hardcover : 1056 pages},
publisher = {Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage},
edition = {1st Edition},
howpublished = {In Encyclopedia of Theory in Social and Cultural Anthropology},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Perrin2013bb,
title = {The Linguistics of Newswriting},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
isbn = {978 90 272 0527 8},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-09-25},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
abstract = {The Linguistics of Newswriting focuses on text production in journalistic media as both a socially relevant field of language use and as a strategic field of applied linguistics. The book discusses and paves the way for scientific projects in the emerg­ing field of linguistics of newswriting. From empirical micro and theoretical macro perspectives, strategies and practices of research development and knowledge transformation are discussed. Thus, the book is addressed to researchers, teachers and coaches interested in the linguistics of professional writing in general and news­writing in particular. Together with the training materials provided on the internet www.news-writing.net , the book will also be useful to anyone who wants to become a more “discerning consumer" (Perry, 2005) or a more reflective producer of language in the media.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Solopova2013,
title = {BRITT MIZE. Traditional Subjectivities: The Old English Poetics of Mentality},
author = {Elizabeth Solopova},
doi = {10.1093/res/hgt108},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-09-23},
urldate = {2013-09-23},
journal = {The Review of English Studies},
volume = {65},
number = {271},
pages = {730-731},
keywords = {Elizabeth Solopova},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Duranti2013c,
title = {On the future of anthropology: Fundraising, the job market and the corporate turn},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
doi = {10.1177/1463499613492089},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-09-05},
journal = {Anthropological Theory},
volume = {13(3)},
pages = {201-221},
abstract = {Building on the author’s participant observation in academic leadership roles over the
last two decades, this article reviews four areas of engagement for anthropology within
the larger context of US higher education: a) fundraising; b) training and placing of
students; c) the so-called ‘corporate turn’ and its alleged effects on current evaluation
measures; and d) the popularity of anthropology among college students in the context
of a highly self-critical discourse among professional anthropologists and a challenging
academic job market. On the basis of the data presented, I argue that (1) fundraising
activities are nothing new in anthropology and might play a role in continuing to support
a holistic view of anthropology, (2) programs in anthropology should embrace rather
than be skeptical of the potential for the employment of anthropologists in other fields
or non-academic professions, (3) being students of society, anthropologists should be
more engaged in the running of the university including its financial aspects and should
teach their students to be more entrepreneurial, and (4) the applied and public aspects
of anthropological research should be foregrounded and rewarded.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Steinmüller2013,
title = {Le savoir-rire en Chine},
author = {Hans Steinmüller},
doi = {10.4000/terrain.15157},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-09-04},
urldate = {2013-09-04},
journal = {Terrain},
volume = {61},
number = {61},
pages = {40-53},
abstract = {In China, there are explicit handbooks, lectures, and lessons in the etiquette of smiles and laughter. The instructions are quite clear that laughter cannot be learned out of context, but has to be understood against the social situation in which it occurs. In context, laughter and smile can produce “communities of complicity”, that is communities that share implicit understandings of the incongruity of social forms and discourses. I deal specifically with the “incongruity” between official and vernacular codes; and I argue that they imply different forms of etiquette and different kinds of laughter and smile. Understanding the etiquette, the historical background and the social situation can give us context clues as to the meaning of laughter. Ambiguities always remain, but capable social actors interpret them pragmatically so that communication can ensue. If this is true for language in general, laughter emphasizes the ambiguity of interpretation in action and it is this feature which is at the core of its social efficacy.},
keywords = {Hans Steinmüller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2013b,
title = {Demonising the cultural Other: Legitimising dehumanisation of foreign domestic helpers in the Hong Kong press},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1016/j.dcm.2013.06.002},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-09-01},
urldate = {2013-09-01},
journal = {Discourse, Context & Media 2(3): DOI:},
volume = {2},
number = {3},
pages = {131–140},
abstract = {Recent research has provided evidence of the widespread abuse and exploitation of foreign domestic helpers (FDHs) in Hong Kong. This article explores how domestic abuse of foreign labour may be legitimised through public discourses. It analyses examples from the press of court cases involving FDHs, and compares the media's version of events with the domestic worker's story as it was recorded at a church shelter for abused migrant women. The analyses show that the press engages in positive us-presentation and negative them-presentation. Employers’ crimes against FDHs are consistently mitigated and explained, whereas FDHs’ offences against their employers are characterised as evil actions committed by ‘aliens’ with a flawed character. The article argues that FDHs are dehumanised in the press which contributes to their moral exclusion. Thus, a culture of indifference has developed where public.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2013,
title = {Dilemmas of decline: British intellectuals and world politics},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1080/09557571.2013.820081},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-09-01},
urldate = {2013-09-01},
journal = {Cambridge Review of International Affairs},
volume = {26},
number = {3},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Piller2013b,
title = {Yasemin Yildiz, Beyond the mother tongue: The postmonolingual condition},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
doi = {10.1017/S004740451300050X},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-09-01},
urldate = {2013-09-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {42},
issue = {4},
pages = {463-466},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Sidnell2013,
title = {The Problem of Peers in Vietnamese Interaction},
author = {Jack Sidnell and Merav Shohet},
doi = {10.1111/1467-9655.12053},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-09-01},
urldate = {2013-09-01},
journal = {Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute},
volume = {19},
issue = {3},
abstract = {In Vietnamese, address (second-person reference) is typically accomplished by the use of a kin term regardless of whether the talk's recipient is a genealogical relative or not. All Vietnamese kin terms encode a specification of either relative age or relative generation of participants, and there are no reciprocal terms akin to English ‘brother’ or ‘sister’; rather, a speaker must select between terms such as ‘older brother’ (anh) or ‘younger sibling’ (em). Since generation is normatively associated with a difference in age, the result is a ubiquitous indexing of age and status hierarchies in all acts of address. This results in a problem for peers. How, in such a system, should they address one another (and also self-refer)? In this article, we describe the various practices that speakers use to subvert the system and thus avoid indexing differences of age or station. Specifically, we describe four practices: (1) the use of true pronouns in address and self-reference; (2) the use of proper names in address and self-reference; (3) the use of kin terms in address and pronouns in self-reference; and (4) the ironic use of kin terms in address. We conclude that the Vietnamese system well illustrates what is likely a universal tension between hierarchy and equality in acts of address and self-reference, by showing how speakers deconstruct the vector of age and indicate that they consider one another peers. We further suggest that although the literature in this area has focused on the ways in which languages convey differences of status and rank, social order is built as much upon relations of parity and sameness – on identification of the other as neither higher nor lower than me – as it is upon relations of hierarchy.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Bhatia2013c,
title = {A Critical Study of the British WMD Dossier},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
editor = {Adam Hodges},
doi = {10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199937271.003.0005},
isbn = {9780199937271},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-09-01},
volume = {24},
number = {3},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {This chapter examines the Weapons of Mass Destruction Dossier (WMDD) released by the British government of Prime Minister Tony Blair in 2002. The WMDD played an important role in justifying the UK’s involvement in the Iraq war by positioning Iraq as a global threat in relation to a world of law-abiding nations positioned to deal with that threat. The chapter shows how the dossier differed significantly in terms of rhetorical strategy from other political discourses at the time of its release—discourses often conveyed in the form of emotionalized political speeches and pleas—since it presented a justification for war in a more studied and strategic manner. War was conceptualized in the dossier not in terms of more traditionally entrenched concepts of chaos, violence, and collateral damage, but rather reconceptualized as a rational action to undertake in the quest for a more desired possible world of peace.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Pablé2013,
title = {Who wants Swiss English?},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.1017/S026607841300028X},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-09-01},
journal = {English Today},
volume = {29},
number = {3},
pages = {26 - 33},
abstract = {Recently, new varieties of English, in particular insular ones, have been discovered and described by sociolinguists: Bermuda English, Falkland Islands English, St Helena English, Tristan da Cunha English, to name but a few. Concomitantly, applied linguists have started to take an interest in 'lingua franca English' as used in countries where English has no official status. Euro-English and, more recently, Swiss English are examples of such English as a Lingua Franca (hereafter, ELF) varieties. Any scientific exploration into unknown territory presupposes that there is something to be found-ideally something that already has a name. Quests for new varieties of English are motivated by the same fundamental desire, namely, to find 'X-an English' (Groves, 2011: 35).},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2013,
title = {Texting Africa: Writing as Performance},
author = {Ana Deumert and Kristin Vold Lexander},
doi = {10.1111/josl.12043},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-09-01},
volume = {17},
abstract = {This paper discusses African multilingual digital writing, focusing on one digital genre: texting. Our analysis draws on quantitative and qualitative data from five highly multilingual African countries: Côte d'Ivoire, Ghana, Nigeria, Senegal and South Africa. Writers are shown to draw on local as well as global linguistic resources in crafting their messages. Being a good texter requires the performance of ‘textual linguistic dexterity’: the ability to articulate meaning through the skillful use of both global and local forms. Good texters are valued by their audiences not only for the speed with which they reply, but also their ability to ‘play with words’. The quantitative data shows such practices to be widespread, while the qualitative data allows us to understand writers’ motivations and underlying linguistics ideologies. Texting is frequently used in intimate interactions, especially for expressions of love, affection and attraction. Through the juxtaposition of linguistic material, and drawing on the social meanings of different resources within their multilingual repertoires, writers are able to project particular personae and to negotiate various forms of emotional attachment.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Michaud2013c,
title = {The interplay of intonation and complex lexical tones: how speaker attitudes affect the realization of glottalization on Vietnamese sentence-final particles},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Lan Nguyen and Do Dat Tran and Dang-Khoa Mac and Dang -Khoa},
doi = {10.13140/2.1.2748.0961},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-08-25},
booktitle = {The interplay of intonation and complex lexical tones: how speaker attitudes affect the realization of glottalization on Vietnamese sentence-final particles},
publisher = {Lyon, France},
abstract = {A salient aspect of the tone system of Hanoi Vietnamese is its use of phonation-type characteristics. This pilot study investigates intonational variation in the realization of two tones: tone 3 (ngã), a rising tone with a strong glottalization in its first half, and tone 6 (nặng), which starts on a middle pitch and usually falls dramatically because of a strong glottalization in its second half. This study focuses on how speaker attitude affects the realization of glottalization on two sentence-final particles (SFPs) carrying tones 3 and 6: đã [IPA: ɗa3], conveying tense-aspect-modality information, and ạ [IPA: a6], conveying politeness. Audio and electroglottographic recordings from 4 male speakers suggest that glottalization is phased earlier for surprise than for declaration. Irritation also tends to be reflected in earlier glottalization, but with an added glottal constriction at the very end. A methodological challenge is that phonetic realizations of tones 3 and 6 span a wide range of states of the glottis. A procedure is proposed for detecting the complex-repetitive patterns found in cases of lapse into creaky phonation (vocal fry). This helps quantify glottalization phenomena, with a view to arriving at a model that can be used in speech processing.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Graham2013,
title = {Realisation of tonal alignment in the English of Japanese-English late bilinguals},
author = {Calbert Graham and Brechtje Post},
doi = {10.21437/Interspeech.2013-557},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-08-25},
urldate = {2013-08-25},
keywords = {Calbert Graham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Tsimpli2013e,
title = {On the optionality in L2 pronominal production and interpretation: What (more) can VP-coordination structures tell us?},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Alexandra Prentza},
doi = {10.1075/eurosla.13.04pre},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-08-15},
urldate = {2013-08-15},
journal = {EUROSLA Yearbook},
volume = {13},
abstract = {This paper aims to contribute to the discussion pertaining to the source of optionality in second language (L2) pronominal interpretation. We examined pronominal use not only in L2 English adverbial – adjunct CP clauses (‘The student was upset because he had failed the test’), but also in English VP-coordination structures (‘Jane had studied hard and (she) passed the exam’), an area which has never been investigated before. While English adjunct CP clauses represent a context in which overt pronominal subjects are obligatory, in VP-coordination pronouns can be apparently dropped. These structures were tested by means of two English production tasks: a Sentence Completion task and a Cloze Test. Our results showed that compared to the English controls the Greek learners used (a) significantly more ungrammatical null subjects in adjunct CP clauses and, crucially, (b) significantly more overt pronominal subjects in VP-coordination structures. After examining two possible accounts for the observed optionality, namely, the Interface Hypothesis and the Interpretability Hypothesis, we argue that a language internal syntax explanation best addresses our data both in the adjunct CP clauses and in the VP-coordination structures.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan2013b,
title = {Tensions internationales autour d’un concombre tueur},
author = {Christine Jourdan and Stephanie Hobbis},
doi = {10.7202/1017911ar},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-08-15},
journal = {Anthropologie et Sociétés},
volume = {37},
number = {2},
pages = {173},
abstract = {Au printemps 2011, des consommateurs de l’Allemagne du nord tomberent gravement malades, et certains moururent, apres avoir, dit-on, consomme des concombres et des tomates provenant d’Espagne infectes par la bacterie ECEH. Dans cet article, nous proposons de faire l’analyse de cette crise alimentaire en nous interessant a sa representation dans les courriers des lecteurs de trois journaux europeens (Die Welt, El Mundo, Le Monde). Nous montrons comment cette crise alimentaire s’est doublee d’une crise de conscience de la part des consommateurs et de confiance dans le systeme global alimentaire, les partenaires economiques ainsi que dans les institutions nationales et internationales sensees garantir la securite alimentaire.},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2013c,
title = {Vitalidad etnolingüística, medios de comunicación e identidad étnica. Un estudio con grupos indígenas de Chiapas. Ethnolinguistic vitality, mass media, and ethnic identity: A study with indigenous groups in the Chiapas},
author = {Howard Giles and María Àngels Viladot and Jessica Gasiorek and Moises Esteban-Guitart},
doi = {10.1558/sols.v6i3.471},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-08-03},
urldate = {2013-08-03},
journal = {Sociolinguistic Studies},
volume = {6},
number = {3},
abstract = {This study is the first exploration of television use and program selection by indigenous groups in Chiapas (Mexico); more specifically, how members of these groups select specific media messages for reasons of ethnicity, and how this is related to social mobility strategies is examined. Data from 173 indigenous students of the Intercultural University of Chiapas indicated that watching television and selecting programs on the basis of their ethnicity is an important viewing activity for 77 members of this sample. These results encourage more programmatic future research on these issues in Chiapas and are discussed in terms of the representation of ethnic groups there on TV. Este estudio es la primera exploracion del uso de la television y la seleccion de programas por parte de grupos indigenas en Chiapas. Mas especificamente, se examina como los miembros de estos grupos seleccionan mensajes especificos de los medios por razones de etnicidad, y como esto tiene que ver con las estrategias de movilidad social. Los datos de 146 indigenas estudiantes de la Universidad Intercultural de Chiapas indicaron que ver television y seleccionar programas sobre la base de su origen etnico es una importante actividad de visualizacion para 77 miembros de esta muestra. Estos resultados se discuten en terminos de la representacion de los grupos etnicos que aparecen en la television y motivan a la realizacion de futuras investigaciones sobre estos temas en Chiapas.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Haberland2013,
title = {Universals, explanations and pragmatics},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Lars Heltoft},
doi = {10.1515/9783110851656.17},
isbn = {9783110851656},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-07-31},
urldate = {2013-07-31},
pages = {17-26},
abstract = {Martin Joos suggested that languages differ in all conceivable ways and to all possible degrees (Philippaki-Warburton 1981: 181; Joos 1957: 96). The universaliste'claim is that they do not but rather that they vary"... only within certain, not necessarily logically determined or obvious limits"(Coulmas et al. 1983: 1235). The linguist's task then is" to state those limits"(ibid.). This is correct but it is only half the task. The other half is to explain those limits.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Biagini2013b,
title = {The Minority Voice: Hubert Butler and Southern Irish Protestantism},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1093/ehr/cet173},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-07-26},
urldate = {2013-07-26},
journal = {The English Historical Review},
volume = {128},
number = {533},
pages = {1000-1002},
abstract = {In recent years in Ireland there has been a considerable increase of scholarly interest in the history both of religious minorities and of social attitudes to ethnic and cultural diversity. The sources available are rich and diverse, ranging from church and business records to the writings and private correspondence of community leaders such as the man-of-letters, public moralist and human rights campaigner Hubert Butler. The latter left copious records covering a substantial part of the twentieth century, a collection that offers the opportunity to reconstruct a multi-faceted and intimate picture of the experience, world-view and social networks of a certain social group within the Southern minority. Hailing from a distinguished Kilkenny family, Butler belonged to the generation shaped by the 1916–23 wars. These conflicts ended the Union, destroyed whatever remained of the Ascendancy and caused a mass exodus of Southern Protestants.},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2013c,
title = {'Solitary and Wild': Frederick MacNeice and the Salvation of Ireland, by David Fitzpatrick * Synge and Edwardian Ireland, ed. Brian Cliff and Nicholas Grene},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1093/ehr/cet174},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-07-26},
urldate = {2013-07-26},
journal = {The English Historical Review},
volume = {128},
number = {533},
pages = {1002-1004},
abstract = {The centenary commemorations of the signing of the 1912 Ulster Solemn League and Covenant have provided opportunities to revisit and reassess the wider context and some of the protagonists of this event, which set the stage for the Irish Revolution. Among the characters who have been rediscovered, one of the most interesting is Frederick MacNeice, a controversial Protestant church leader who opposed Edward Carson’s policy. In 1912 Frederick MacNeice was rector of Carrickfergus, Co. Antrim, and was to spend the rest of his career in the North. However, in terms of background and formative experiences, he was a Southerner. He had been brought up in Connemara, where his parents worked with the Irish Church Missions to Roman Catholics.},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2013bb,
title = {Xhosa in town (revisited) – space, place and language},
author = {Ana Deumert},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-07-16},
journal = {International journal of the sociology of language},
volume = {2013},
number = {222},
pages = {51-75},
abstract = {This article looks at a particular type of migration, that is, the often cyclical and pendulum-like movements from the villages of the Eastern Cape to Cape Town (South Africa). The ethnographic analysis focuses on the semiotic practices migrants engage in as they make the city their home, and develop urban styles of speaking and being (i.e. fashion themselves as urban personae). Drawing on Bank (2011) and Dick (2010, 2011), these two processes are referred to as place-making and people-making. Two urban ways of speaking are discussed in some detail: the emblematic use of English material in an isiXhosa frame (indexing aspiration and mobility), and the symbolic meanings of Tsotsitaal as a quintessentially urban speech style which indexes social as well local (neighborhood) identity. However, as speakers navigate the complex, shifting and often stylized variety space of the city they draw not only on speech forms which are indexical of urbanity, but also on “deep” isiXhosa, that is, a style of speaking which evokes the normativities of traditional, rural authenticity.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2013,
title = {A comparison of the semantic networks for on in English and shàngmiàn'upside'in Mandarin Chinese},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint and Chuan-Chi Chang},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-07-01},
journal = {Linguistics Journal},
volume = {7},
number = {1},
abstract = {This study aims at analyzing the semantic network for the Mandarin Chinese localizer, shàngmiàn ‘upside’and comparing it with that for on in English. The analysis is based on the entries from Sinica Corpus, a corpus database for modern Mandarin Chinese in both spoken and written texts. The Mandarin Chinese localizer, shàngmiàn ‘upside’was searched, and the first 500 entries were selected as the sample. Since the study emphasizes the construction: zài+ NP+shàngmiàn, the entries which meet the construction were extracted. Those valid entries were analyzed and categorized based on Principled Polysemy (Tyler & Evans, 2003) to define the proto-scene and create the semantic network. The result suggests that the protoscene of shàngmiàn ‘upside’covers a wider range than that of on. In addition, the comparison between the semantic networks for shàngmiàn ‘upside’and on shows the similarities and differences.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2013bb,
title = {Landscapes of emergency},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Ross Domoney and Christos Filippidis},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-07-01},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2013d,
title = {Intergenerational Communication and Age Boundaries in Mongolia and the United States},
author = {Howard Giles and Charles W. Choi and Gholam Hassan Khajavy and Christopher Hajek},
doi = {10.1080/08934215.2013.790981},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-07-01},
urldate = {2013-07-01},
journal = {Communication Reports},
abstract = {This article examines Mongolian and American young adults' perceptions of prior experiences of intergenerational communication. Irrespective of culture, as age of targets increased from young adulthood to older adulthood, so did attributions of benevolence, norms of politeness and deference, and communicative respect and avoidance; conversely, stereotypes of personal vitality decreased linearly. Mongolian youth expressed more stereotypic personal vitality and less normative politeness, yet more normative deference and less communicative avoidance toward older adults. In addition, differences were revealed across the nations with regard to when young adulthood and middle age begins and ends, and when elderliness begins.
},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2013e,
title = {Investigating Stepparent-Stepchild Interactions: The Role of Communication Accommodation},
author = {Howard Giles and Rebecca B. Speer and Amanda Denes},
doi = {10.1080/15267431.2013.768248},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-07-01},
urldate = {2013-07-01},
journal = {Journal of Family Communication},
volume = {13},
number = {3},
pages = {218-241},
abstract = {This study examined the utility of communication accommodation theory (CAT) to investigate stepchildren's perceptions of communication patterns in typical interactions with their stepparents. A total of 133 stepchildren completed an online survey about their perceptions of their stepparents’ accommodative and nonaccommodative behaviors. A measure of accommodation, overaccommodation, and underaccommodation was created for this study and items were tested with factor analysis. Findings indicate support for CAT's predictions: perceptions of stepparent accommodation, underaccommodation and overaccommodation predict stepchildren's accommodative behavior in typical interactions, as well as their conversation satisfaction, relational closeness and perceptions of shared family identity with their stepparents. Further, stepchildren's perceptions of shared family identity with stepparents correlate positively with their reports of satisfaction with blended family life.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2013f,
title = {The gender-linked language effect: An empirical test of a general process model},
author = {Howard Giles and Anthony Mulac and James J. Bradac and Nicholas A. Palomares},
doi = {10.1016/j.langsci.2012.12.004},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-07-01},
urldate = {2013-07-01},
journal = {Language Sciences},
volume = {38},
pages = {22-31},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{King2013,
title = {How permeable is the formal-informal boundary at work? An ethnographic account of the role of food in workplace discourse},
author = {Brian King and Janet Holmes and Meredith Marra},
editor = {Cornelia Gerhardt and Maximiliane Frobenius and Susanne Ley},
doi = {10.1075/clu.10.08hol},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-07-01},
urldate = {2013-07-01},
pages = {191-209},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
abstract = {Talk about food at work is typically overlooked as peripheral, just like other relationally-oriented discourse (e.g. small talk and humour). Drawing on a data set of workplace interactions recorded in formal and informal settings, we demonstrate how food talk erodes and troubles formality boundaries. The distinctive distribution of food talk at the boundaries of workplace interaction creates a duality: because it occurs at boundaries, food talk is regarded as irrelevant; when it occurs in non-boundary positions, it has the interactional effect of reducing formality, regardless of its legitimacy as a business topic. In practice, food talk “indexes” boundaries and informality. Each time it occurs at boundaries, or creates informality, this indexicality is reinforced. We demonstrate just how food talk indexes informality in meeting talk.},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2013,
title = {Book review: David Machin, Analysing Popular Music: Image, Sound, Text},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.1177/0957926513486580b},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-06-28},
journal = {Discourse and Society},
volume = {24(4):},
number = {4},
pages = {508-510},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Haberland2013bb,
title = {Language Alternation, Language Choice and Language Encounter in International Tertiary Education},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Dorte Lønsmann and Bent Preisler},
doi = {10.1007/978-94-007-6476-7},
isbn = {9789400764750},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-06-26},
urldate = {2013-06-26},
publisher = {Springer},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Haberland2013bb,
title = {Language Alternation, Language Choice and Language Encounter in International Tertiary Education},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Dorte Lønsmann and Bent Preisler},
doi = {10.1007/978-94-007-6476-7},
isbn = {9789400764750},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-06-26},
urldate = {2013-06-26},
publisher = {Springer},
abstract = {Reflecting the increased use of English as lingua franca in today’s university education, this volume maps the interplay and competition between English and other tongues in a learning community that in practice is not only bilingual but multilingual. The volume includes case studies from Japan, Australia, South Africa, Germany, Catalonia, China, Denmark and Sweden, analysing a range of issues such as the conflict between the students’ native languages and English, the reality of parallel teaching in English as well as in the local language, and classrooms that are nominally English-speaking but multilingual in practice. The book assesses the factors common to successful bilingual learners, and provides university administrators, policy makers and teachers around the world with a much-needed commentary on the challenges they face in increasingly multilingual surroundings characterized by a heterogeneous student population. Patterns of language alternation and choice have become increasingly important to the development of an understanding of the internationalisation of higher education that is occurring world-wide. This volume draws on the extensive and varied literature related to the sociolinguistics of globalisation – linguistic ethnography, discourse analysis, language teaching, language and identity, and language planning – as the theoretical bases for the description of the nature of these emerging multilingual communities that are increasingly found in international education. It uses observational data from eleven studies that take into account the macro (societal), meso (university) and micro (participant) levels of language interaction to explicate the range of language encounters – highlighting both successful and problematic interactions and their related language ideologies. Although English is the common lingua franca, the studies in the volume highlight the importance of the multilingual resources available to participants in higher educational institutions that are used to negotiate and solve their language problems. The volume brings to our attention a range of important insights into language issues found in the internationalisation of higher education, and provides a resource for those wishing to understand or do research on how language hybridity and multilingual communicative practices are evolving there. Richard B. Baldauf Jr., Professor, The University of Queensland.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Michaud2013h,
title = {André-Georges Haudricourt (1911-1996)},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Guillaume Jacques},
url = {https://halshs.archives-ouvertes.fr/halshs-00793597},
doi = {10.1163/2210-7363_ecll_com_000143},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-06-20},
journal = {Brill},
volume = {2},
pages = {349-354},
abstract = {Haudricourt's main legacies to the field of Chinese historical phonology are his systematic account of tonogenesis, and his reconstruction of final *-s and of labiovelars. The method that he proposed under the term of Panchronic Phonology holds special promise for the study of the languages of China in their universal context.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{French2013,
title = {Ethnography and “Postconflict” Violence in the Irish Free State},
author = {Brigittine French},
doi = {10.1111/aman.12001},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-06-01},
journal = {American Anthropologist},
volume = {115},
number = {2},
pages = {160-173},
abstract = {Here I offer a reengagement with Conrad Arensberg and Solon Kimball's (Arensberg 1968[1937]; Arensberg and Kimball 1940) canonical ethnographies of rural western Ireland along with a new consideration of data the ethnographers never analyzed in their publications. I argue that epistemological debates and commitments in U.S. anthropology fueled Arensberg and Kimball's structural-functionalist orientation because of the ways this theory became emblematic of a scientific, value-free perspective to which these scholars were committed in ways that precluded analysis of state governmentality and violence. The new analysis of Arensberg and Kimball's unpublished ethnographic materials shows how local social life was shaped by the persistence of political violence in the "postconflict" democratic Irish Free State well after the war was officially over. I focus particularly on the nascent district court system to show how the judiciary and its participants were key agents in establishing and contesting the legitimacy of the postwar political system.},
keywords = {Brigittine French},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2013bb,
title = {Neo-Nazism and Neoliberalism: A Few Comments on Violence in Athens At the Time of Crisis},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.1111/wusa.12044},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-06-01},
journal = {WorkingUSA},
volume = {16},
number = {2},
abstract = {The so-called Greek crisis implies a rapid transition towards a regime of extreme neoliberalism, but it also implies the rise of the extreme Right. This article examines briefly the rise of Greek neo-Nazism and a genealogy of its violence. It emphasizes the links between formal and informal violent state apparatuses, focusing on the paradigmatic turn of the form of governance in Greece towards authoritarianism and extreme-Right wing discourses and practices.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2013bb,
title = {Fighting Neo-Nazis in Public: A Story about an Antifascist Motorbike Patrol},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-06-01},
journal = {www.crisis-scape.net},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2013,
title = {Cultural Stereotypes and Linguistic Clichés: Usefulness in Intercultural Competency},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.20533/ijcdse.2042.6364.2013.0164},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-06-01},
journal = {International Journal for Cross-Disciplinary Subjects in Education},
volume = {4},
pages = {1166 - 1171},
abstract = {This paper addresses the selection of ‘typical images’ and linguistic clichés in language textbooks and attempts to evaluate their usefulness in teaching and learning intercultural competency. After definingcultural clichés and linguistic phrases, we draw on previous studies to point out their importance in learningand teaching a foreign language. We then present our own study, namely a survey of such culturally typical images and idioms as presented in popular textbooksused to teach French as a foreign language in our region (Cyprus). We then map out the criteria that might justify the editors’ selection, and suggest modifications on the basis of our analysis of a selection of images, comments and phrases. Our suggestions are driven by research in sociolinguistics and intercultural pragmatics. We aim at promoting the most effective use of cultural clichés and idiomatic phrases in foreign language teaching as well as drawing attention to the potential danger of falling into counterproductive stereotyping.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Roberts2013,
title = {The syntax–morphology relation},
author = {Ian Roberts and Anders Holmberg},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2012.10.006},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-06-01},
urldate = {2013-06-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {130},
pages = {111–131},
abstract = {We review and discuss some issues to do with the relation between morphology and syntax which have played a prominent part in generative linguistic research in the past three decades. Focusing on verbal inflection, we first discuss the relation between inflection and verb placement, with special attention given to verb-initial languages. We then discuss the relation between pro-drop and agreement, where we articulate a partly new understanding of Huang's (1989) generalization that pro-drop is characteristic of languages with rich agreement and languages with no agreement, but not languages that are in-between. We then present and discuss the Mirror Principle, one of the most significant findings in recent linguistic research. We pay special attention to the Mirror Principle as it applies in head-final languages, in the context of a model adopting Kayne's (1994) Linear Correspondence Axiom. The idea is to show how fairly complex aspects of clausal syntax, including word order and the possibility of phonetically silent arguments of a predicate, may be correlated with readily observable and, in themselves, rather simple properties of verbal inflection, and to show how, given a restrictive theory of Universal Grammar, this follows from the fact that inflections are syntactic categories, albeit realized as parts of words.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ferguson2013,
title = {Declarations of Dependence: Labour, Personhood, and Welfare in Southern Africa},
author = {James Ferguson},
doi = {10.1111/1467-9655.12023},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-06-01},
urldate = {2013-06-01},
journal = {Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute},
volume = {19},
issue = {2},
pages = {223-242},
abstract = {Dependence on others has often figured, in liberal thought, as the opposite of freedom. But the political anthropology of southern Africa has long recognized relations of social dependence as the very foundation of polities and persons alike. Reflecting on a long regional history of dependence ‘as a mode of action’ allows a new perspective on certain contemporary practices that appear to what we may call ‘the emancipatory liberal mind’ simply as lamentable manifestations of a reactionary and retrograde yearning for paternalism and inequality. Instead, this article argues that such practices are an entirely contemporary response to the historically novel emergence of a social world where people, long understood (under both pre-capitalist and early capitalist social systems) as scarce and valuable, have instead become seen as lacking value, and in surplus. Implications are drawn for contemporary politics and policy, in a world where both labour and forms of social membership based upon it are of diminishing value, and where social assistance and the various cash transfers associated with it are of increasing significance.
},
keywords = {James Ferguson},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Bourne-Taylor2013,
title = {Morgan: Three Plays},
author = {Carole Bourne-Taylor and Charles Morgan and Roger Morgan},
isbn = {9781849431828},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-05-31},
urldate = {2013-05-31},
abstract = {Includes the plays The River Line, The Flashing Stream and The Burning Glass. Charles Morgan was a distinguished novelist before he moved onto stage drama, with his reputation as a major dramatist established by his first play, The Flashing Stream. Morgan was unique for combining the roles of principal dramatic critic of The Times withthat of a practicing dramatist. The Daily Herald wrote that The Flashing Stream would ‘indefinitely refute the old idea about the gulf between our preaching and the practice’. It was hailed as ‘a masterpiece’ by the Manchester Guardian, and also drew praise from The Telegraph who noted that ‘it handles a major problem of humanity with passion and intelligence’. The combination of serious themes with dramatic tension and masterly craftsmanship was continued in his other plays, The River Line and The Burning Glass, which are also included in this collection. The River Line was revived in the West End in Oct 2011, at the Jermyn Street Theatre.},
keywords = {Carole Bourne-Taylor},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@mastersthesis{Pham2013,
title = {Vowel Chains in Vietnamese},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.1.5041.1682},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-05-29},
abstract = {n
Page 1. Vowel Chains in Vietnamese Andrea Hoa Pham University of Florida Presentation at SEALS XXIII Chulalongkorn University, Thailand May 29-31, 2013 Page 2. • Comparison of two Vietnamese speech communities, Hà Nội (northern dialects) and Quảng Nam province: the vowel shifts in closed syllables. Page 3. Where is Quảng nam? Page 4. • Peculiar features in the rhyme that are maintained by members of the QN community. How different from northern dialects? • Characteristics of the vowel shift. Why only in (C)VC the vowel changes in quality? Are these changes context-sensitive or random? • Are there any internal factors that affect the 'changes'? Page 5. Champa Kingdom 192-1832 -1306 King Jaya Sinhavarman III offered Vietnam two northern provinces (roughly corresponded to Quảng Bình, Quảng Trị, Thừa Thiên), as a gift to marry Princess Huyền Trân.},
type = {Research},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {mastersthesis}
}
@article{Wong2013b,
title = {Media, Politics, and Semantic Change},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-05-29},
journal = {Data Collection in Sociolinguistics: Methods and Applications},
pages = {314},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Lupke2013bb,
title = {Language dynamics},
author = {Friederike Lupke and Anne Storch},
doi = {10.1515/9781614511946.267},
isbn = {978-1-61451-251-6},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-05-28},
pages = {267-344},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {The African continent is one of the world’s hotspots of linguistic diversity. Even the seemingly most uniform language group spoken on the continent, Bantu, is now no longer seen as having spread in a simple way anymore (Blench forthcoming; Good 2010; Mufwene 2001)–diversity appears as soon as anybody can be bothered to look. Little is known about the true extent of this diversity, neither at the level of linguistic structure and its change, nor of sociolinguistic configurations and self-representations, and even less about the connections and feedback between structure and conditions of language use, for instance in language contact resulting from widespread, long-term and different situations of multilingualism. This observation holds for the overwhelming majority of African linguistic settings. A lack of linguistic resources is one reason for this distressing state.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Giles2013g,
title = {14th International Conference on Language and Social Psychology},
author = {Howard Giles},
doi = {10.1177/0261927X13489442},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-05-20},
urldate = {2013-05-20},
journal = {Journal of Language and Social Psychology},
volume = {32},
number = {2},
pages = {119-120},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Bourne-Taylor2013b,
title = {Dramatic Critic: Selected Reviews (1922-1939)},
author = {Carole Bourne-Taylor and Charles Morgan and Roger Morgan},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-05-20},
urldate = {2013-05-20},
abstract = {Charles Morgan was the dramatic critic of The Times for most of the years between 1922 and 1939. The reviews for this small selection are taken from thousands written for The Times and from his weekly articles for The New York Times on the London theatre. Morgan was widely regarded as the most influential critic of his day. His fellow critic, James Agate, wrote ‘When Charles is on form he has us all whacked.’ Though most were written overnight for the following day’s paper, they were given space allowed to no modern critic. Beautifully written, they bring to life many of the great actors and actresses and the dramatists, old and new, as the theatre moved from the frivolous Twenties into the shadow of another war and towards the modern theatre of today. As they mirror the development of English theatrical taste in the interwar years, they are as much a delight to read, both witty and erudite, as they are an important historical record.},
keywords = {Carole Bourne-Taylor},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Lupke2013,
title = {Not languages: repertoires as lived and living experience},
author = {Friederike Lupke and Anne Storch},
doi = {10.1515/9781614511946.345},
isbn = {978-1-61451-251-6},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-05-17},
volume = {5},
pages = {345-359},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {Languages, in this book, are people and their towns and villages, their life stories and experiences as in chapter 1, their social relationships, rituals and masks (chapter 2), ideas and symbols (chapter 3), their tales, memories, monuments, libraries and pictures (chapter 4), and their mobilities, constant journeys, searches, and unhealed antagonisms (chapter 5). To us, language is substantial in the actual sense of the word, and tangible, but at the same time fluid and flexible, and constantly changing its shades of colour such that it seems to be abstract and immaterial, so that the only way to describe and possess it seems to be to number, write and store it. We have therefore dwelt much upon the production of knowledge on languages and repertoires, so as to make transparent exactly what such descriptions and documentations are and what they aren’t. },
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Lupke2013b,
title = {Language and knowledge},
author = {Friederike Lupke and Anne Storch},
doi = {10.1515/9781614511946.181},
isbn = {978-1-61451-251-6},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-05-17},
pages = {181-266},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {The fact of the matter is that, until now, Western interpreters as well as African analysts have been using categories and conceptual systems which depend on a Western epistemological order. Even in the most explicitly ‘Afrocentric’descriptions, models of analysis explicitly or implicitly, knowingly or unknowingly, refer to the same order. Does this mean that African Weltanschauungen and African traditional systems of thought are unthinkable and cannot be made explicit within the framework of their own rationality? My own claim is that thus far the ways in which they have been evaluated and the means used to explain them relate to theories and methods whose constraints, rules, and systems of operation suppose a non-African epistemological focus.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Sitaridou2013,
title = {Coping With Stigmatized Linguistic Identities: Identity and Ethnolinguistic Vitality Among Andalusians},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou and Rusi Jaspal},
doi = {10.1080/15283488.2012.747439},
issn = {1528-3488},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-05-06},
journal = {Identity},
volume = {13},
number = {2},
pages = {95-119},
abstract = {This study was an investigation of the impact of language stigma for identity functioning among speakers of Andalusian Spanish. Fifteen Andalusian Spa- niards were interviewed using a semistructured interview schedule. Qualitative thematic analysis was used to analyze the data guided by identity process theory and the ethnolinguistic vitality framework. The following themes are outlined: (a) threatened linguistic identity and vitality (re)constructions; (b) relocating the sociopsychological value in one’s linguistic variety; and (c) mul- tiple linguistic identities: threat and management. This article elucidates how perceived threats to ethnolinguistic vitality can induce identity threat. Weak social status may jeopardize self-esteem, while weak institutional support may threaten self-efficacy. The belonging principle may be vulnerable to threat in contexts in which the stigmatized group has minority status. Relevant socio- linguistic concepts are discussed in relation to the intrapsychic level of identity functioning. Potential strategies for coping are discussed.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bhatia2013b,
title = {The discourse of culture and identity in national and transnational contexts},
author = {Aditi Bhatia and Christopher Jenks and Jackie Jia Lou},
editor = {Aditi Bhatia and Christopher Jenks and Jackie Jia Lou},
doi = {10.1080/14708477.2013.770862},
isbn = {9781138060463},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-05-01},
journal = {Language and Intercultural Communication},
volume = {13},
number = {2},
pages = {121-125},
abstract = {This collection examines and uses discourse to promote a better understanding of culture and identity, with the primary goal of advancing an understanding of how discourse can be used to examine social and linguistic issues. Many of the contributions explore how the formation of culture and identity is shaped by national and transnational issues, such as migration, immigration, technology, and language policy.
The collection contributes to a better understanding of the process of intercultural communication research, as each author takes a different theoretical or methodological approach to examining discourse. Although different aspects of discourse are analyzed in this collection, each contribution examines issues and concepts that are central to understanding and carrying out intercultural communication research (e.g., structure and agency, static and dynamic cultural constructs, sociolinguistic scales, power and discourse, othering and alienness, native and non-native). This book was originally published as a special issue of Language and Intercultural Communication.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{French2013b,
title = {“And he knew our language”: Missionary Linguistics on the Pacific Northwest Coast edited by Marcus Tomalin . Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publishing Company, 2011. ix + 203 pp.},
author = {Brigittine French},
doi = {10.1111/j.1548-1395.2013.01161.x},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-05-01},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {23},
number = {1},
pages = {105-107},
keywords = {Brigittine French},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan2013bb,
title = {Pijin at school in Solomon Islands: Language ideologies and the nation},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
doi = {10.1080/14664208.2013.818510},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-05-01},
journal = {Current Issues in Language Planning},
volume = {14},
number = {2},
pages = {270-282},
abstract = {In this article, I analyze the reasons that have excluded Pijin, the lingua franca of Solomon Islands, South West Pacific, from being used as a medium of instruction, and why this may now become possible. Following a short sociolinguistic sketch, I present the colonial and post-colonial linguistic ideologies that shaped sociolinguistic relationships in Solomon Islands. I then analyze the dynamics between Pijin and English as expressed by various interest groups, and then outline the development of nationalist ideologies that consider Pijin in a new light. The article concludes with a discussion of the impact of PRIDE (Pacific regional initiatives for the delivery of basic education) on the possible integration of Pijin as a medium of instruction in primary schools particularly.},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan2013bb,
title = {Vernacular and culturally based education in Oceania today: Articulating global, national and local agendas},
author = {Christine Jourdan and Marie Salaün},
doi = {10.1080/14664208.2013.821388},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-05-01},
journal = {Current Issues in Language Planning},
volume = {14},
number = {2},
pages = {205-216},
abstract = {Much research has focused on a linguistic view of vernacular or culturally based education programmes, while the political aspects of creating such programmes have been less frequently addressed. Throughout Oceania, formal schooling is linked to the colonial encounter, and although the legacy of colonial education continues to shape current educational initiatives, school reforms are thus part of the efforts to reverse ongoing experiences of colonialism. Using a critical approach, and paying attention to the political situations that shape educational reforms, our article focuses on the tensions that make such reforms difficult to implement: tensions between State logics and indigenous claims, between 'equal opportunity' in school and discrimination based on race or culture; and between the various motives of vernacular education (patrimonial, political, pedagogical).},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2013bb,
title = {Neoliberalism and Neo-Nazism: Violence in Athens in Times of Crisis},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
editor = {Cédric Durand},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-05-01},
publisher = {La Fabrique},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2013bb,
title = {Rethink (ing) Athens: an ethnographic view from the centre of the city},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-05-01},
journal = {crisis-scape.net},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2013h,
title = {Accommodating the Interactional Dynamics of Conflict Management},
author = {Howard Giles and Jessica Gasiorek},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-05-01},
urldate = {2013-05-01},
journal = {Iranian Journal of Society, Culture & Language},
pages = {10-21},
abstract = {In this paper, we discuss the ways that communicationaccommodation theory (CAT) can be a useful frameworkfor understanding and diagnosing interactional issues ininterpersonal and intergroup conflict situations. We arguethat the theory’s construct of attuning strategies provides amultidimensional view of mutual adjustment, leading toinsights relevant to successful versus unsuccessful conflictmanagement. We then connect this framework to work onimprovisation and logics of exchange. Finally, we discusshow contextual variables suggested by CAT may impact thenature of communication in a conflict situation and, thus,the course that a conflict interaction may take.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Essegbey2013,
title = {Possibility and necessity modals in Gbe and Surinamese creoles},
author = {James Essegbey and Margot van den Berg and Marleen van de Vate},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2012.03.009},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-05-01},
urldate = {2013-05-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {129},
pages = {67–95},
abstract = {In this paper we compare positive possibility and necessity modals in the Gbe languages and Surinamese creoles that emerged out of language contact between European and African languages, most importantly the Gbe languages. We propose that different varieties of Gbe languages played a role in the development of the modals in the creoles. A comparison of the influence of the modals on the temporal interpretations of the sentences in which they occur in the substrate languages with that of equivalent modals in superstrate languages suggest that while there is indeed substrate influence in the development of the modals, the influence from the superstrate cannot be discounted. The findings nuance earlier proposals that explain the emergence of the modality system as deriving from a Gbe model.
},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Tsimpli2013f,
title = {Verbal and non-verbal performance in an intellectually gifted and an Asperger’s Syndrome child: a profile comparison},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Zoe Bablekou and Elisavet Chrysochoou},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-04-01},
urldate = {2013-04-01},
abstract = {Introduction. Giftedness in childhood generally manifests itself with outstanding mental abilities or extraordinary abilities in specific domains (Gross, 1989). Some cognitive features often ascribed to giftedness, like advanced/sophisticated vocabulary and highly focused interests, resemble certain behavioral characteristics of children with Asperger’s Syndrome (AS) (Burger-Veltmeijer, 2003). Relevant literature also refers to serious communication problems, emotional difficulties and social ostracism often experienced by gifted children, under the pressure of having to conform to prevalent social norms in order to be able to interact with age-peers (Csikszentmihalyi et al., 1993; Winner, 2000). This means that certain features in both giftedness and AS often tend to look alike and modify or mask one another, thus making accurate identification more difficult. Although examination of cognitive and linguistic profiles in AS individuals is not new in the field of psycholinguistics (e.g., Mayes & Calhoun, 2003; Ozonoff & Griffith, 2000), these data yield limited information regarding differential diagnosis between giftedness and AS. The present study is one of the first to examine the verbal and non-verbal profile of a highly gifted and an age-matched child with AS, and identify how these profiles are unique to each individual by referring to the local vs. global processing theory. Method. Two Greek-speaking primary school children, a gifted boy (ΑΑ, age: 6;3 yrs.) attending 1st grade and a boy with Asperger syndrome attending 2nd grade (MP, age: 7;2), participated in our study along with two age-matched typically-developing children as controls. The gifted and the AS boys were diagnosed as such on the basis of (i) psychiatric assessment, and (ii) the results of Intelligence Tests, namely Raven’s Colored Progressive Matrices (administered to ΑΑ, Raven Score: 36/36) and the Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children/WISC (administered to MP, General Intelligence Index: 117), among others. Children were administered a series of online and offline tasks: an online ambiguous pronoun resolution task (Papadopoulou et al., 2011), clitic production (Tuller et al., 2004), expressive vocabulary (Vogindroukas et al., 2009), sentence repetition (Stavrakaki & Tsimpli, 1999), a local coherence task testing subjects’ ability to make contextually meaningful connections between linguistic information (Jolliffe & Baron-Cohen, 1999), a compilation of tasks testing cognitive and affective Theory of Mind (ToM) abilities, and a battery of tasks testing verbal working memory abilities (Chrysochoou, 2006; Chrysochoou & Bablekou, 2011); spatial target-stimulus locating task testing inhibition and negative priming effects (Treccani et al., 2009) and the Visual Patterns Test/VPT (Della Sala et al., 1997) testing visuo-spatial working memory abilities were also administered. Results and Discussion. According to the subtest level analysis, both the AS and the gifted child far outperformed (p=.000) their age-matched controls in expressive vocabulary, sentence repetition, verbal working memory (all 6 tasks), as well as in the VPT task. Performance differences between the gifted and the AS student were not apparent on the measures of cognitive ToM, clitic production, expressive vocabulary, sentence repetition, visuo-spatial working memory ,and most of the verbal working memory tests. On the other hand, the gifted child was found to score significantly higher (p<.05) in the coherence, affective ToM and non-word list recall tests, while he exhibited superior abilities in the non-verbal inhibition and in the ambiguous pronoun resolution tasks. Our results bear directly on the local vs. global processing distinction underlying each child’s distinctive developmental pattern (i.e. giftedness and AS), in the sense that AS is characterized by a broad deficit in global processing that affects both language and cognition and has wide-ranging effects, from word segmentation to inferences about pragmatic constraints and affective understanding (Arnold et al., 2009; Pijnacker et al., 2009; Snedeker, Diehl, & Paul, 2010; Tager-Flusberg, 2000). On the other hand, the results offer clear evidence on the gifted child’s superior ability to exploit both local and global cues and to effectively depend on inhibitory/control processes, appearing to develop in an adult-like manner in the specific individual. Selected References Chrysochoou, E. & Bablekou, Z. (2011). Phonological loop and central executive contributions to oral comprehension skills of 5.5 to 7.5 years old children. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 25, 576-583. doi:10.1002/acp. 1723.Csikszentmihalyi, M., Rathunde, K., & Whalen, S. (1993). Talented teenagers: The roots of success and failure. New York: Cambridge University Press. Della Sala, S., Gray, C., Baddeley, A.D.,& Wilson,L. (1997). Visual Patterns Test. Bury St Edmunds: Thames Valley Test Company. Gross, M. U. M. (1989). The pursuit of excellence or the search for intimacy? The forced-choice dilemma of gifted youth. Roeper Review, 11 (4), 189-194. Papadopoulou, D., Plemmenou, L., Marinis, T., & Tsimpli, I. M. (2008). Pronoun ambiguity resolution : Evidence from adult and child Greek , oral presentation , ( A ) Child Language Seminar , Reading ,UK & ( B ) 11th International Congress for the Study of Child Language, Edinburgh, UK. Stavrakaki, S. & Τsimpli, I. M. (2000). Diagnostic verbal IQ test for school and preschool children: Standardization, statistical analysis, and psychometric properties. Proceedings of the 8thconference of the Panhellenic Association of Speech and Language Therapists. Athens: Ellinika Grammata: 95-106. Treccani, B., Argyri, E., Sorace, A., & Della Sala, S. (2009). Spatial negative priming in bilingualism. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 16, 320 – 327. Winner, E. (2000). The origins and ends of giftedness. American Psychologist, 55, 159-169.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2013bb,
title = {Virtues, sweepers and changing values},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-04-01},
journal = {crisis-scape.net},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2013g,
title = {Study of the production of clitic pronouns in bilingual children with Special Language Disorder},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Maria Andreou},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-03-21},
urldate = {2013-03-21},
journal = {Psychology},
volume = {20},
pages = {302 - 320},
abstract = {1 ELENI PERISTERI 2 MARIA ANDREOU 3 Utilizing the language performance of children with Special Language Disorder (SLE) in control projects for the production of clitic pronouns as a clinical indicator of this disorder is one of the controversial dilemmas of the field of pre-scientific research with children. diagnosis EPD linguistically. Although findings from a number of interlingual studies indicate that the production of clitic pronouns is particularly problematic in SEN, studies conducted on Greek-speaking children with SLE do not seem to converge in their results. Five groups of children, of which two with monolingual and bilingual children with SEN and the rest with typically developing children equal in chronological age or verbal intelligence with children with SEN, participated in the present study. The study examined two general hypotheses: (a) whether the difficulty of children with SEN in producing clitic pronouns constitutes a time lag in language development or the emergence of a qualitatively distinct developmental course in SEN, and (b) whether the bilingualism of children with SEN will compensate for their language difficulty. The results showed that the performance of children with SEN was inferior to that of typically developing children of the same chronological age, therefore in favor of the theory of time delay in SEN. Also, the bilingualism of children with SEN was not found to have a significant positive or negative effect on children's performance. Keywords: Clitic pronouns, Bilingualism, Special Language Disorder. SUMMARY 1. Address: Department of English Language and Literature,
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Perrin2013bb,
title = {Applying a newswriting research approach to translation},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Peter Stücheli-Herlach},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-531-19621-3_1},
isbn = {978-3-531-19620-6},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-03-13},
urldate = {2013-03-13},
pages = {15-38},
publisher = {Springer VS, Wiesbaden},
abstract = {Writing for public relations (PR) is a tricky business: it does open up the opportunity to achieve long-term and long-term communication success. But there is a risk of neglect and misunderstandings. Anyone who writes to address target groups and wants to move them therefore tries to take advantage of opportunities for communication and to reduce or avoid risks. From an environmental perspective, writing for PR is a form of public storytelling management (1.).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Deumert2013b,
title = {‘Every day a new shop pops up’ – South Africa's ‘New’ Chinese Diaspora and the Multilingual Transformation of Rural Towns},
author = {Ana Deumert and Nkululeko Mabandla},
doi = {10.1017/S0266078412000508},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-03-01},
journal = {English Today},
volume = {29},
number = {1},
pages = {44-52},
abstract = {In this paper we will provide a preliminary overview of the Chinese diaspora in South Africa, with particular focus on non-metropolitan, rural contexts. The migrations of the nineteenth, twentieth and twenty-first centuries have produced a complex array of Chinese communities around the world. While we know a fair amount about the Chinese diasporas in the United States, United Kingdom, Canada, Australia and also diasporic communities within Asia, Africa's Chinese community remains a vastly understudied aspect of this larger Chinese diaspora (Ma & Cartier, 2003). Yet there have been long-standing ties between Africa and China, going back to the fifteenth century, and presently China is one of Africa's biggest trade partners and investors (Rotberg, 2008).},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Lu2013,
title = {"The Chain of Blending and the Development of Metaphors in Social Practice", "The Creation and Physicality of Languages"},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Lu Kayo},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-03-01},
pages = {175-189},
publisher = {Tokyo: Hitsuji Shobo Publishing Co.},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Williams2013,
title = {Perfidious Hope: The Legislative Turn in Official Minority Language Regimes},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1080/13597566.2012.754353},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-03-01},
journal = {Regional & Federal Studies 23(1): DOI:},
volume = {23},
number = {1},
pages = {101-122},
abstract = {Minority language transmission is no longer based solely on family, associated networks and statutory education but is increasingly influenced by the so-called ‘legislative turn’. This paper focuses on some of the side-effects of this latter trend as they appear in two of the most advanced cases in that field (the Basque Country and Ireland). The aim is to identify the reach and significance of the appeal to law and to anticipate some of the more challenging aspects for official language policy in terms of professionalization, juridical relationship between the minority and the majority and between the individual citizen, the language community and the state.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2013h,
title = {The on-line processing of unaccusativity in Greek agrammatism},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Kyrana Tsapkini},
doi = {10.1017/S0142716411000683},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-03-01},
journal = {Applied Psycholinguistics},
volume = {34},
number = {2},
pages = {1 - 44},
abstract = {We investigated the on-line processing of unaccusative and unergative sentences in a group of eight Greek-speaking individuals diagnosed with Broca aphasia and a group of language-unimpaired subjects used as the baseline. The processing of unaccusativity refers to the reactivation of the postverbal trace by retrieving the mnemonic representation of the verb's syntactically defined antecedent provided in the early part of the sentence. Our results demonstrate that the Broca group showed selective reactivation of the antecedent for the unaccusatives. We consider several interpretations for our data, including explanations focusing on the transitivization properties of nonactive and active voice-alternating unaccusatives, the costly procedure claimed to underlie the parsing of active nonvoice-alternating unaccusatives, and the animacy of the antecedent modulating the syntactic choices of the patients.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2013i,
title = {The on-line processing of unaccusativity in Greek agrammatism},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Kyrana Tsapkini},
doi = {10.1017/S0142716411000683},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-03-01},
urldate = {2013-03-01},
journal = {Applied Psycholinguistics},
volume = {34},
number = {2},
pages = {1 - 44},
abstract = {We investigated the on-line processing of unaccusative and unergative sentences in a group of eight Greek-speaking individuals diagnosed with Broca aphasia and a group of language-unimpaired subjects used as the baseline. The processing of unaccusativity refers to the reactivation of the postverbal trace by retrieving the mnemonic representation of the verb's syntactically defined antecedent provided in the early part of the sentence. Our results demonstrate that the Broca group showed selective reactivation of the antecedent for the unaccusatives. We consider several interpretations for our data, including explanations focusing on the transitivization properties of nonactive and active voice-alternating unaccusatives, the costly procedure claimed to underlie the parsing of active nonvoice-alternating unaccusatives, and the animacy of the antecedent modulating the syntactic choices of the patients.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zarakol2013,
title = {Revisiting Second Image Reversed: Lessons from Turkey and Thailand},
author = {Ayse Zarakol},
doi = {10.2307/41804854},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-03-01},
urldate = {2013-03-01},
journal = {International Studies Quarterly},
volume = {57},
number = {1},
pages = {150-162},
abstract = {This article draws attention to some surprising similarities between the recent political trajectories of Turkey and Thailand in order to argue that international norms strongly shape domestic cleavage formations. The timing and the manner of incorporation of particular states into the international system affects not only their political and economic development, but also the way various domestic groups see their mission, their identity, and their opposition. In both Turkey and Thailand, what development has brought is neither the opposition between traditional status groups and the market generated social forces, nor the tradition/religion-based opposition to modernization and democracy that is typically assumed to mark developing societies. What we find in both cases instead is a modernization-generated statist/bureaucratic social middle class that justifies its skepticism of democratization on the basis of norms upheld by the international society itself.},
keywords = {Ayse Zarakol},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Steinmüller2013b,
title = {Communities of complicity: Everyday ethics in rural China},
author = {Hans Steinmüller},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-03-01},
urldate = {2013-03-01},
journal = {Communities of Complicity: Everyday Ethics in Rural China},
volume = {10},
pages = {1 - 276},
abstract = {Everyday life in contemporary rural China is characterized by an increased sense of moral challenge and uncertainty. Ordinary people often find themselves caught between the moral frameworks of capitalism, Maoism and the Chinese tradition. This ethnographic study of the village of Zhongba (in Hubei Province, central China) is an attempt to grasp the ethical reflexivity of everyday life in rural China. Drawing on descriptions of village life, interspersed with targeted theoretical analyses, the author examines how ordinary people construct their own senses of their lives and their futures in everyday activities: building houses, working, celebrating marriages and funerals, gambling and dealing with local government. The villagers confront moral uncertainty; they creatively harmonize public discourse and local practice; and sometimes they resolve incoherence and unease through the use of irony. In so doing, they perform everyday ethics and re-create transient moral communities at a time of massive social dislocation.},
keywords = {Hans Steinmüller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Weinberg2013,
title = {Post-humanism, addiction and the loss of self-control: Reflections on the missing core in addiction science},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
doi = {10.1016/j.drugpo.2013.01.009},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-02-25},
urldate = {2013-02-25},
journal = {The International journal on drug policy},
volume = {24},
number = {3},
abstract = {The core criterion of addiction is the loss of self control. Ironically enough, however, neither the social nor the biomedical sciences of addiction have so far made any measurable headway in linking drug use to a loss of self control. In this essay I begin by demonstrating the limitations in this regard suffered by the social and bio-medical sciences. Whereas the social sciences have variously reduced addicted drug use to deviant, but nonetheless self-governed, behaviour or discourses thereof, the bio-medical sciences have completely failed to adequately specify, let alone empirically analyse, how we might distinguish addicted from self-governed behaviour. I then show how these limitations can be very easily overcome by the adoption of a post-humanist perspective on self control and the various afflictions, including addiction, to which it is regarded heir. This argument provides occasion to acquaint readers with post-humanist scholarship concerning a spectrum of relevant topics including the human body, disease, drug use and therapeutic intervention and to show how these lines of investigation can be combined to provide an innovative, theoretically robust and practically valuable method for advancing the scientific study of addiction specifically as the loss of self control. The essay concludes with a discussion of some of the more important ramifications that follow from the adoption of this post-humanist approach for drug policy studies.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{French2013bb,
title = {Monica Heller. Paths to Post-Nationalism: A Critical Ethnography of Language and Identity. Oxford, U.K.: Oxford University Press. 2011. 223 pp. Pb (9780199746859) $39.95.},
author = {Brigittine French},
doi = {10.1111/josl.12021},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-02-25},
journal = {Journal of Sociolinguistics},
volume = {17},
number = {1},
pages = {133-136},
keywords = {Brigittine French},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Alexis2013,
title = {Naxi (Naish)},
author = {Michaud Alexis and He Limin and Zhong Yaoping},
doi = {10.1163/2210-7363_ecll_COM_00000247},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-02-22},
journal = { Brill},
volume = {3},
pages = {144-157},
abstract = {In: Rint Sybesma, Wolfgang Behr, Zev Handel & C.T. James Huang (eds.), Encyclopedia of Chinese Language and Linguistics. Leiden: Brill, 2013. — 23 p.‘Naxi’ (Nàxī 納西) is commonly used in Chinese scholarship as a cover term for a range of language varieties related to the Naxi language as spoken in Lìjiāng 麗江, in Northwestern Yunnan. The same usage was followed until recently in the Ethnologue inventory of languages (code: NBF). The diversity of this set of ‘dialects’ or ‘languages’ is increasingly recognized, however; witness the creation of two distinct entries in Ethnologue as from May 2011: NXQ for Lijiang Naxi (‘Naxi proper’), and NRU for Na/Narua. The latter variety is also referred to as Mósuō 摩梭, taking up a name formerly used for Naxi in Chinese chronicles, whose textually-attested variant forms include Mósuō 摩娑, Móshā 摩沙, Móxiē 麼些, Móxiē 磨些 and Mòxiē 末些 (see Bacot 1913; Fu Maoji 1940; Jacques and Michaud 2011). The technical term ‘Naish’, based on the endonym [nɑ], is used here for this entire low-level grouping within Sino-Tibetan, i.e. covering the same speech varieties as ‘Naxi dialects’ (Nàxīyǔ fāngyán 纳西语方言) in Chinese scholarship, and as the former language code NBF.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2013i,
title = {Naxi (Naish)},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Yaoping Zhong and Limin He},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-02-22},
journal = {Brill},
volume = {3},
pages = {144-157},
abstract = {References: MICHAUD Alexis, HE Limin & ZHONG Yaoping, forthcoming. "Naxi (Naish)." In: Rint Sybesma, Wolfgang Behr, Zev Handel & C.T. James Huang (eds.), Encyclopedia of Chinese Language and Linguistics. Leiden: Brill.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2013i,
title = {The dark side of family communication: A communication model of elder abuse and neglect},
author = {Howard Giles and Mei-Chen Lin},
doi = {10.1017/S1041610212002347},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-02-07},
urldate = {2013-02-07},
journal = {International Psychogeriatrics},
volume = {25},
number = {8},
pages = {1-16},
abstract = {ABSTRACT To further address the potential factors that lead up to elder abuse in domestic settings, this paper proposes a model from a communication approach to explain dyadic influences between the family caregiver and the elderly care receiver that give rise to the abuse. That is, dysfunctional communication between the caregivers and care receivers may, therefore, increase the likelihood of elder abuse. Grounded in Bugental and her colleagues' work (1993, 1999, 2002) on child abuse, we propose a power-oriented communication model based, in part, on research in the fields of family violence and intergenerational communication to explain the likelihood of occurrence of elder abuse in family caregiving situations. We argue that certain risk factors pertaining to caregivers' characteristics - those who perceive high stress in caregiving, have mental health issues, have a history of substance abuse, and/or display verbal aggressiveness - may be more likely to attribute considerable power to those elderly under their custodianship. At the same time, such caregivers tend to feel powerless and experience loss of control when interacting with their elderly counterparts. When an elderly care receiver displays noncompliant behaviors, caregivers may be prone to employ abusive behaviors (in our model, it refers to physical abuse, verbal abuse, or communication neglect) to seek such compliance. Consequences of such abuse may result in lower self-esteem or lower confidence in one's ability to manage his/her life. It is suggested that researchers and practitioners investigate both parties' interactions closely and the role of elderly care receivers in order to detect, intervene, and prevent elder abuse.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Haberland2013b,
title = {Reflections about minority languages in the European Community},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1515/9783110877137.179},
isbn = {9783110877137},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-02-06},
urldate = {2013-02-06},
pages = {179-194},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {Any language policy-be it a policy of language spread or promotion (Amnion 1989), or just the attempt to regulate the ways people interact in a given community-should have as its prerequisite a survey of the language situation. Thus the Ford Foundation supported early sociolinguistic research in the form of language surveys which were to form the basis of language promotion programmes supported by the Foundation. It is surprising-at least to linguists-that such surveys are rarely carried out before a policy is implemented. Politicians seem to shy away from the acquisition of detailed knowledge before taking action. Perhaps this attitude is related to the fear of more harm being done by legislation than by laissez-faire. At the Bad Homburg conference, Nick Roche told the story about the sad fate of the rhinoceros. In 1973 a conference decided to launch a program to rescue the animal from extinction.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Benjamin2013b,
title = {Indigenous migrations, Southeast Asia},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
editor = {Immanuel Ness},
doi = {10.1002/9781444351071.wbeghm583},
isbn = {9781444351071},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-02-04},
publisher = {Wiley-Blackwell},
abstract = {Southeast Asia – and the Malay World in particular – is often characterized as the pathway through which the Indo-Pacific region was originally populated. This idea has undoubtedly been influenced by the funnel-like shape of the Malay Peninsula, through which ancient migrants supposedly poured from a heavily populated Asian mainland into a presumptively empty archipelago. One consequence has been the repeated assertion in the popular and semi-scholarly literature since the 19th century that the region has witnessed successive racial “waves” (such as “Negrito,” “Proto-Malay,” “Deutero-Malay”) of north to south migration at intervals of several millennia. The claimed number of such waves has varied with the number of distinct “races” and “cultures” thought of as constituting the ethnically plural character of current Southeast Asian polities. On the basis of this “layer cake” approach, the present-day ethnic and “racial” differences in the region are still often regarded as the unaltered and stratified residue of differential migrations that took place in prehistoric times – a view that continues to be presented in many of the textbooks studied in the region's schools and universities.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Ladegaard2013bb,
title = {Beyond the reach of ethics and equity? Depersonalisation and dehumanisation in foreign domestic helper narratives},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1080/14708477.2012.748789},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-02-01},
urldate = {2013-02-01},
journal = {Language and Intercultural Communication},
volume = {13},
number = {1},
pages = {44-59},
abstract = {This paper analyses narratives told by foreign domestic helpers (FDHs) in a Hong Kong church shelter. The narratives provide evidence that FDHs appear to be untouched by the ethics and equity of Hong Kong society. They are denied the rights that apply to other groups: the right to eat, rest and talk; they are humiliated and denigrated, and the analyses show that this treatment may affect their self-perception. The paper considers local stereotypes and ideological representations as a possible cause for legitimising the exploitation of FDHs, and it recommends that researchers become engaged in social activism in the attempt to help FDHs rewrite their narratives of repression.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Piller2013c,
title = {Neoliberalism as Language Policy},
author = {Ingrid Piller and Jinhyun Cho},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404512000887},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-02-01},
urldate = {2013-02-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {42},
issue = {1},
abstract = {This article explores how an economic ideology—neoliberalism—serves as a covert language policy mechanism pushing the global spread of English. Our analysis builds on a case study of the spread of English as a medium of instruction (MoI) in South Korean higher education. The Asian financial crisis of 1997/98 was the catalyst for a set of socioeconomic transformations that led to the imposition of “competitiveness” as a core value. Competition is heavily structured through a host of testing, assessment, and ranking mechanisms, many of which explicitly privilege English as a terrain where individual and societal worth are established. University rankings are one such mechanism structuring competition and constituting a covert form of language policy. One ranking criterion—internationalization—is particularly easy to manipulate and strongly favors English MoI. We conclude by reflecting on the social costs of elevating competitiveness to a core value enacted on the terrain of language choice. (English as a global language, globalization, higher education, medium of instruction (MoI), neoliberalism, South Korea, university rankings.},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2013b,
title = {New voices from Southeast Asian women: A review essay},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1017/S0022463412000665},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-02-01},
journal = {Journal of Southeast Asian Studies},
volume = {44},
number = {1},
pages = {145-169},
abstract = {Historians may have come late to the study of women and gender in Southeast Asia, but when these three books are placed along a historiographical spectrum one can only be impressed at how far the field has moved in approach and methodology. Exploiting previously untapped sources that emanate from very different sites — a Dutch East India Company courtroom, the women's quarters of a Malay palace, the privacy of a Javanese home — the authors open up new avenues by which to explore the complexity of Southeast Asia's gender history. Though the contexts are very different, the movement through time ( Wives , slaves and concubines is set in the late eighteenth century, Victorious wives in the nineteenth, and Realizing the dream in the twentieth) provides an opportunity to gauge shifts in representations of ‘femaleness’, attitudes towards gender roles, and women's responses to change.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Kirby2013,
title = {The role of probabilistic enhancement in phonologization},
author = {James Kirby},
doi = {10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199573745.003.0011},
isbn = {9780199573745},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-24},
urldate = {2013-01-24},
pages = {228-246},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {This chapter argues for the role of probabilistic enhancement in phonologization through computational simulation of an ongoing sound change in Seoul Korean. Two challenges faced by a phonologization model of sound change are addressed: explaining which cues are selected for phonologization, and explaining why phonologization is often accompanied by dephonologization. It is proposed that cues are targeted for enhancement as a probabilistic function of their statistical reliability in signaling a contrast. Simulation results using empirically derived cue values are taken to support the idea that loss of contrast precision may drive the phonologization process.},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pablé2013b,
title = {An integrational response to Searlean realism, or how language does not relate to consciousness},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.1515/sem-2013-0006},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-22},
journal = {Semiotica},
volume = {2013},
number = {193},
pages = {101 - 118},
abstract = {The relationship between language and a science of consciousness is rarely treated as crucial for the field's metatheory (i.e., its underlying philosophical assumptions about the role and nature of language). John Searle is among those thinkers who has given language due attention as part of his realist philosophy, and semantic questions turn out to be in the forefront of his plea for a scientific approach to the phenomenon of consciousness. This paper will consider Searle's philosophy of language in the light of an integrational theory of communication (Harris 1981, 1996, 1998). It is argued here that Searlean realism is grounded in a "reocentric" conception of the world, which (wrongly) assumes an isomorphic relation between language and what language refers to.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Lupke2013bb,
title = {Repertoires and Choices in African Languages},
author = {Friederike Lupke and Anne Storch},
doi = {10.1515/9781614511946},
isbn = {9781614511946},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-17},
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},
abstract = {Most African languages are spoken by communities as one of several languages present on a daily basis. The persistence of multilingualism and the linguistic creativity manifest in the playful use of different languages are striking, especially against the backdrop of language death and expanding monolingualism elsewhere in the world. The effortless mastery of several languages is disturbing, however, for those who take essentialist perspectives that see it as a problem rather than a resource, and for the dominating, conflictual, sociolinguistic model of multilingualism. This volume investigates African minority languages in the context of changing patterns of multilingualism, and also assesses the status of African languages in terms of existing influential vitality scales. An important aspect of multilingual praxis is the speakers' agency in making choices, their repertoires of registers and the multiplicity of language ideology associated with different ways of speaking. The volume represents a new and original contribution to the ethnography of speaking of multilingual practices and the cultural ideas associated with them.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Haberland2013bb,
title = {ELF and the bigger picture},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1515/jelf-2013-0010},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-14},
urldate = {2013-01-14},
journal = {Journal of English as a Lingua Franca},
volume = {2},
number = {1},
abstract = {There appears to be a definite connection between English and globalization. The precise nature of the connection has to be determined, of course. The con nection is not that English is everywhere (it is not) and probably not either that globalization as we experience it would have been impossible without English. English has attained a degree of global spread (or “globality” in the sense of Beck 2000) unprecedented by any language before. But this does not mean that English is the only language that the present globalization processes have had an impact on.(Mind you, googling “français” and “mondialisation” will still give you 7,300,000 hits.)
If it is to make sense to talk about English in a global context, it would be English used as a lingua franca. English could not have become global in sce narios which only involve firstlanguage speakers.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{nokey,
title = {Sign language bilingual and inclusive education},
author = {Gladys Tang},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
publisher = {Taipei Normal University},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Tang2013,
title = {Sign language bilingual and inclusive education},
author = {Gladys Tang},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
publisher = {Taipei Normal University},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Haberland2013bb,
title = {The position of Danish and other languages in Denmark and at Danish universities},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Bent Preisler},
editor = {F. Xavier Vila},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
volume = {41},
number = {3},
pages = {314-320},
publisher = {Multilingual Matters},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Haberland2013bb,
title = {English as Language in high-tech Capitalism},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Studia Linguistica Universitatis Iagellonicae Cracoviensis},
volume = {136},
number = {1},
pages = {25-36},
abstract = {English appears to be lingua franca of the world at present. But English is far from the only language relevant for transnational communication under the conditions of high-tech capitalism. Ironically, technical development (as manifest in the increasingly multilingual and multiscript character of the World Wide Web) makes high-tech capitalism less dependent on the existence of a single world language. The special status of English today is seen as a form of hegemony that makes its dominance appear as natural and unquestioned. Haberland uses historical examples of dominant languages in Europe (Greek, Latin) to argue that language hegemonies develop out of political, economical and military hegemony but take on a life of their own that can outlast the dominance relations that helped to create it. Some of the problems of the existence of a hegemonic language are discussed and a warning is made against language protectionism.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Giles2013,
title = {Successful Aging: A Communication Guide to Empowerment},
author = {Howard Giles and Shardé M. Davis and and Jessica Gasiorek and Jane Giles},
isbn = {9788493959746},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
publisher = {Aresta Publications},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Giles2013j,
title = {Successful Aging: A Communication Guide to Empowerment},
author = {Howard Giles and Shardé M. Davis and Jessica Gasiorek and Jane Giles},
isbn = {9788493959746},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
publisher = {Aresta Publications},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {The Interpretability of Features in Second Language Acquisition: Evidence from Null and Postverbal Subjects in L2 English},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Alexandra Prentza},
doi = {10.1163/15699846-13130204},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Greek Linguistics},
volume = {13},
number = {2},
pages = {323-365},
abstract = {We examine the microparameters of null and postverbal subjects in the Greek L1/English L2 interlanguage, exploring the role of interpretability in interlanguage representations. Our results suggest that while uninterpretable features are inaccessible in L2 acquisition, interpretable features are available and play a compensatory role. Although the abstract L1 properties of subject-verb agreement seem to transfer to the L2 representation, the effects appear scattered and transfer is not direct. We thus suggest that Greek-learner L2 English grammar exhibits non-random optionality in the properties of null and postverbal subjects, regulated by parameter-resetting (feature re-valuation) which is, however, neither the L1 (Greek) nor the target L2 (English) option.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2013j,
title = {Evidence for the language instinct},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511980435.006},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
journal = {The Cambridge Handbook of Biolinguistics},
pages = {49-68},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2013k,
title = {The signs of a Savant: Language against the odds},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Neil Smith and Gary Morgan and Bencie Woll},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511780530},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
journal = {The Signs of a Savant: Language Against the Odds},
pages = {1-219},
abstract = {Every once in a while nature gives us insight into the human condition by providing us with a unique case whose special properties illuminate the species as a whole. Christopher is such an example. Despite disabilities which mean that everyday tasks are burdensome chores, Christopher is a linguistic wonder who can read, write, speak, understand and translate more than twenty languages. On some tests he shows a severely low IQ, hinting at ineducability, yet his English language ability indicates an IQ in excess of 120 (a level more than sufficient to enter university). Christopher is a savant, someone with an island of startling talent in a sea of inability. This book documents his learning of British Sign Language, casting light on the modularity of cognition, the modality neutrality of the language faculty, the structure of memory, the grammar of signed language and the nature of the human mind. © Neil Smith, Ianthi Tsimpli, Gary Morgan and Bencie Woll 2011.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Tsimpli2013l,
title = {Resolution of pronominal ambiguity in Greek: syntax and pragmatics},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Alexandra Prentza},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
abstract = {Our study explores the individual effects as well as the interaction of two variables relevant in pronominal anaphora: a) Pronoun Type which refers to the parametric choices of subject pronoun (null and overt) in languages like Greek and the related interpretive distinctions and b) Pragmatic Plausibility which refers to whether the choice of an antecedent is highly plausible or neutral. Our aim is to investigate whether parametric choices of subject pronoun and the associated interpretive distinctions remain relevant in pronominal anaphora when factors like pragmatic plausibility are present. In the pragmatically neutral condition our results are in line with findings from similar studies: null pronouns are linked to subject antecedents, while overt pronouns to object ones. In the pragmatically biased condition, we found that although Pragmatic Plausibility affected responses, interestingly, parametric choices still affected the choice of an antecedent. In the subject biased items subject responses were chosen significantly more when the pronoun was null than overt, while in the object biased items object responses were chosen significantly more when the pronoun was overt than null. Our claim is that, and this is the contribution of the current work, that in a language like Greek pragmatic considerations may not cancel the application of the antecedent assignment strategy which is based on the interpretive distinction between null and overt pronominal subjects.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Garcia2013,
title = {The Elegiac Addict},
author = {Angela Garcia},
doi = {10.1215/9780822395874-002},
isbn = {978-0-8223-5350-8},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
pages = {36-60},
keywords = {Angela Garcia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Mannheim2013b,
title = {Confession},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
doi = {10.2307/3853314},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
volume = {54},
number = {4},
pages = {86-90},
publisher = {University of Texas Press},
abstract = {First, the practices brought to the New World reflected an institution that was in a process of radical change in Europe, not only in decisions made during the Council of Trent but in accretions throughout the seventeenth century. At a purely material level, the confessional itself, with a grill whose holes were to be no larger than a pinky finger, is a late sixteenth-century innovation. Second, the theology of confession underwent substantial reformulation from the Fourth Lateran Council (1215) to the Council of Trent (1545–1563), increasingly focused on the spiritual over the material and the individual over the social. Here again, the practices of confession varied substantially over this period. The individual-centered confession recommended at Trent was innovative at the very moment of the evangelization of the New World; hence it was not yet normative in the Roman Catholic world.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Graham2013b,
title = {Realisation of tonal alignment in the English of japanese-english late bilinguals},
author = {Calbert Graham and Brechtje Post},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Proceedings of the Annual Conference of the International Speech Communication Association, INTERSPEECH},
pages = {2390 - 2394},
abstract = {Several factors have been attested to affect the temporal synchronisation of tonal targets such as syllable duration, segmental structure and proximity to word or intonational boundaries, e.g. [1], [2], [3]. Given the apparent language-specific nature of tonal alignment [4], it can be expected that late bilinguals who are acquiring a second language will need to learn the alignment implementation rules of that language, in addition to other aspects. This study compared the tonal alignment patterns of Japanese late bilingual English speakers and monolingual English speakers in order to investigate to what extent learners transfer their native implementation strategies to the interlanguage, and whether alignment changes with proficiency. The results show that, although initial-accented words were aligned later than final-accented words for all groups, as expected, the Japanese bilinguals aligned the former significantly later than the monolinguals. Further analyses revealed that their off-target realisations were generally limited to a specific type of syllable structure that we speculate may be linked to peak delay in their L1.These results are taken as evidence of prosodic transfer and suggest that late bilinguals will need to learn the L2 phonetic implementation rules of alignment independently of their acquisition of the phonology.},
keywords = {Calbert Graham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Graham2013c,
title = {Revisiting f0 Range Production in Japanese-English Simultaneous Bilinguals},
author = {Calbert Graham},
doi = {10.5070/P78WP244GC},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Berkeley Phonology Lab Report},
volume = {9},
keywords = {Calbert Graham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Weinberg2013b,
title = {Starting the Conversation},
author = {Darin Weinberg and Jonathan Herring and Ciaran Regan and Phil Withington},
doi = {10.1057/9781137008336_1},
isbn = {978-1-137-00834-3},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
pages = {1-30},
publisher = {Macmillan Education UK},
abstract = {Substances that alter the mental and physiological state of the person — here termed intoxicants — are a modern obsession. Debates over licensing and ‘binge drinking’; the categorization and policing of ‘addictive’ substances; the rights and wrongs of smoking in ‘public’ places; the relationship between intoxicants and notions of the self; the aesthetic and symbolic significance of intoxicants: all testify to the central place of intoxicants in contemporary society. They also demonstrate that the problem of intoxication transcends the boundaries of any single academic discipline. It is trans-historical and trans-cultural and also traverses the divide between the natural and social sciences since the physical characteristics and effects of intoxicants only take on significance within particular social contexts. For example, modern concepts of ‘addiction’ depend as much on medical and legal discourses as on a substance’s molecular structure; ‘taste’ is something learnt, practised and displayed as well as biologically embedded; and the meaning and significance of substances are always representational as well as innate. Likewise, the peculiar relationship between intoxicants and medicine clearly illustrates how the history of medicine is integral to the history of societies (and vice versa). New intoxicants commonly derive their initial legitimacy from medical theory and practice. This was true for tobacco in the sixteenth century and cocaine in the nineteenth century.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Costa2013,
title = {Introduzione all'edizione italiana},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
publisher = {Ledizioni},
abstract = {Introduzione all'edizione italiana — the University of Groningen research portal Skip to main navigation Skip to search Skip to main content the University of Groningen research portal Logo Help & FAQ English Nederlands Home Profiles Research Units Research output Projects Datasets Prizes Activities Press / Media Search by expertise, name or affiliation Introduzione all'edizione italiana Elisabetta Costa Research output: Chapter in Book/Report/Conference proceeding › Foreword/postscript › Academic Overview Original language Italian Title of host publication Per un'antropologia delle cose Place of Publication Milano Publisher Ledizioni ISBN (Print) 9788867051243 Publication status Published - 2013 Externally published Yes Access to Document http://www.ledizioni.it/prodotto/daniel-miller-unantroplogia-delle-cose/ Cite this APA Author BIBTEX Harvard Standard RIS Vancouver Costa, E. (2013).},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Costa2013b,
title = {Translation of the book: Miller D. 2009. Stuff. Cambridge: Polity Press.},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
isbn = {9788867051243},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
pages = {146},
abstract = {Translation of the book: Miller D. 2009. Stuff. Cambridge: Polity Press. (Miller D. 2013. Per un’Antropologia delle Cose. Milano: Ledizioni) — the University of Groningen research portal Skip to main navigation Skip to search Skip to main content the University of Groningen research portal Logo Help & FAQ English Nederlands Home Profiles Research Units Research output Projects Datasets Prizes Activities Press / Media Search by expertise, name or affiliation Translation of the book: Miller D. 2009. Stuff. Cambridge: Polity Press. (Miller D. 2013. Per un’Antropologia delle Cose.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Hendriks2013,
title = {Developmental perspectives on the expression of motion in speech and gesture},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Maya Hickmann and Marianne Gullberg},
editor = {Dominique Bassano and Maya Hickmann},
doi = {10.1075/bct.50.06hic},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
pages = {129-155},
publisher = {Benjamins Publishers},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Sidnell2013b,
title = {Conversational Repair and Human Understanding},
author = {Jack Sidnell and Geoffrey T Raymond and Makoto Hyashi},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511757464.001},
isbn = {1107002796},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {Humans are imperfect, and problems of speaking, hearing and understanding are pervasive in ordinary interaction. This book examines the way we 'repair' and correct such problems as they arise in conversation and other forms of human interaction. The first book-length study of this topic, it brings together a team of scholars from the fields of anthropology, communication, linguistics and sociology to explore how speakers address problems in their own talk and that of others, and how the practices of repair are interwoven with non-verbal aspects of communication such as gaze and gesture, across a variety of languages. Specific chapters highlight intersections between repair and epistemics, repair and turn construction, and repair and action formation. Aimed at researchers and students in sociolinguistics, speech communication, conversation analysis and the broader human and social sciences to which they contribute - anthropology, linguistics, psychology and sociology - this book provides a state-of-the-art review of conversational repair, while charting new directions for future study.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Sidnell2013c,
title = {The ontology of action, in interaction},
author = {Jack Sidnell and N. J. Enfield},
editor = {N. J. Enfield and P. Kockelman and Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781139342872.020},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
pages = {423 - 446},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {Any account of social action presupposes an ontology of action whether this is made explicit or not. This chapter reviews the problem of defining and analyzing action in interaction, and to propose a solution. It describes three dimensions of contrast in the analysis of action. A first point is that both purposive action and non-intentional effects can be seen as ways to do things with words but, as we shall see, they differ in many respects. Second, there is a need to distinguish explicit from primary in action. And third, one can need to distinguish between the constitution of action, on the one hand, and the ex post facto description of action, on the other. The chapter describes the components and types of action in interaction. It discusses two case studies: how it is that actions are recognized and thereby consummated, both by participants in social interaction and by analysts.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Sidnell2013d,
title = {Language presupposes an enchronic infrastructure for social interaction},
author = {Jack Sidnell and N. J. Enfield},
editor = {D. Dor and C. Knight and J. Lewis},
doi = {10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199665327.003.0008},
isbn = {9780199665327},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
pages = {92–104},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {If we are going to understand the social functions of language, we must examine data from social interaction, and with a perspective on language that begins with its role in social action. The chapter argues that the human capacity for language is supported by an infrastructure that is partly grounded in human social cognition and that partly emerges from language use in sequences of interaction. The chapter demonstrates some of the central features of this infrastructure, concentrating on the systems for turn-taking in conversation and for the repair of misunderstandings and other issues, and taking an ‘enchronic’ perspective on language, that is, looking at causal processes that apply in ‘conversational time’, where each linguistic utterance or move is linked to the next in terms of socially accountable relations of relevance.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {Conversational repair and human understanding. An introduction},
author = {Jack Sidnell and M. Hayashi and Geoffrey T Raymond},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Conversational Repair and Human Understanding},
volume = {1},
issue = {40},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ferguson2013b,
title = {How to Do Things with Land: A Distributive Perspective on Rural Livelihoods in Southern Africa},
author = {James Ferguson},
doi = {10.1111/j.1471-0366.2012.00363.x},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Agrarian Change},
volume = {13},
issue = {1},
abstract = {Discussions on land use and land reform too often reduce the land question to the agrarian question. Yet a rich empirical literature in the region shows that producing agricultural goods is really only one of many, many ways in which land is used, and not necessarily the most important. This paper argues that many of the ways in which land is used (often labelled 'social' or 'cultural') are in fact best understood as part of processes of distribution that are a vital part of many poor Southern Africans' livelihoods. An exclusive focus on production as the problem, and more productive agriculture as the solution, blinds us both to most of the things that people, in fact, do with land, and to many of the most important issues facing low-income rural people. Giving a more central place to processes of distribution may help us to see just how much is lost if we allow distribution to be treated as an afterthought to production – or the land question to be reduced to the agrarian question.},
keywords = {James Ferguson},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fox2013,
title = {Sister's child as plant: Metaphors in an idiom of consanguinity},
author = {James Fox},
doi = {10.4324/9781315017501},
isbn = {9781315017501},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Rethinking Kinship and Marriage},
pages = {219 - 252},
abstract = {This volume is concerned with two of the fundamental topics of social anthropology, kinship and marriage, approached from a variety of viewpoints by an international group of contributors of diverse experience and background. The wide range of subjects examined includes: Incest, epistemology, linguistics, prescriptive alliance and methodology. Fieldwork from the following countries is drawn on: Burma, Sri Lanka, New Guinea, Australia, Africa and South America.},
keywords = {James Fox},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Fox2013b,
title = {The Flow of Life: Essays on Eastern Indonesia},
author = {James Fox and Marie Jeanne Adams and Robert H. Barnes and Brigitte Clamagirand and Shepard Forman and Gérard Francillon and Claudine Friedberg and John L. Gordon and P. E. de Josselin de Jong and N. L. Kana and Rodney Needham and L. Onvlee and H. G. Schulte Nordholt and Elizabeth Traube and Valerio Valeri},
doi = {10.4159/harvard.9780674331907},
isbn = {9780674331907},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
volume = {2},
publisher = {Harvard University Press},
abstract = {Indonesia east of Bali is perhaps the least known of all major cultural areas of Southeast Asia. Yet the anthropology of the region has long held a prominent place in the development of structuralist theories of marital exchange and symbolic classification. Falling in a distinguished lineage running from van Wouden to Lévi-Strauss to Rodney Needham, The Flow of Life presents a comprehensive set of essays by a distinguished group of international scholars, which provides both a full picture of this culturally rich area and an important extension of earlier structuralist theory. This volume is bound to become the standard source on the social anthropology of eastern Indonesia. But it is a work of more than regional significance, providing a variety of empirical resources to address the questions which lie at the bottom of much structuralist thought about mind and society: what is the nature of symbolic thought? how does consciousness intertwine with society and ecology? what is the difference between “primitive” and “modern” society?},
keywords = {James Fox},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Duranti2013,
title = {Anthropologie et linguistique : influences, séparations et dialogues},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
editor = {Danielle Londei and Laura Santone},
isbn = {978-3-0343-1470-1 hr. },
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
booktitle = {Entre linguistique et anthropologie },
volume = {Vol. 35},
pages = {51-71},
publisher = {Bern: Peter Lang},
abstract = {Au debut du vingtieme siecle naissent deux projets foncierement differents dans l' etude de la langue en tant que faculte humaine et des langues comme realisations historico-naturelles de cette faculte : un projet nord-americain (aux Etats-Unis et au Canada), fonde par le geographe Franz Boas, s'etant converti en linguiste et en ethnographe « sur le terrain », et un projet saussurien ayant pour but de repenser, en lui donnant un plus juste dimensionnement, la linguistique historique des langues indo-europeennes et legitimer une linguistique synchronique. Dans les deux cas on se trouve face a de veritables «revolutions scientifiques » (selon l'acception de Khun). Aussi bien Boas que Saussure veulent qu' on reexamine le concept meme de langue et la fa<;on de faire de la linguistique, mais ils le font dans des contextes differents, avec des consequences qui avec le temps ameneront a un conflit entre la linguistique autonome et la linguistique contextuelle. Dans le contexte nord-americain ce sera Chomsky qui, en partant de la linguistique structuraliste de Harris, representera une version saussurienne de la linguistique synchronique avec des tons cognitivistes, qui resteront vagues, tandis que les travaux de Boas ouvriront la voie qui permettra a la linguistique nord-americaine de naitre et de se developper a l'interieur des departements d'anthropologie, une confluence impensable, jusqu'aux temps recents, dans le contexte europeen. On verra par la suite comment l' etude des formes 52 Alessandro Duranti linguistiques en linguistique et en anthropologie a continue a se mouvoir le long de voies paralleles qui se rencontrent rarement sur le plan empirique ou theorique.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Bhatia2013,
title = {International Genre, Local Flavour: Analysis of PetroChina’s Sustainability Report},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
doi = {10.4067/S0718-09342013000300002},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Revista Signos},
volume = {46},
number = {83},
pages = {307-331},
abstract = {In spite of the recent globalization of trade and industry under the aegis of World Trade Organisation and the current international awareness about global warming, climate change, and other environmental issues, corporations differ significantly in the way, and the extent to which, they fulfil their responsibility and obligations regarding sustainable industrial development and reporting of their actions as well as intentions. There has been considerable awareness in the West about corporate social responsibility reporting, but a relatively modest inclination to meet such obligations is seen in other parts of the world. In the Peoples Republic of China, the government seems to have actively encouraged their key industries to take their social responsibilities more seriously and to report on their actions and achievements, but no studies have reported, so far, the nature and function of corporate social responsibility reporting practices in China. This paper, taking as its data PetroChina's Sustainability Reports, employs certain specific aspects of genre analytical framework (Bhatia, 2004, 2008, 2010) in order to explore how the corporate social responsibility reports are discursively constructed, why they are constructed in this manner, and what their intended communicative functions are. Analysis of the linguistic and rhetorical resources exploited in this reporting genre helps reveal the extent to which such disclosure practices meet the expectations of various stakeholders, and how the fairly flexible adoption of corporate social responsibility practices has hybridized the reporting genre with expression of promotion and self-justification. © 2013 PUCV.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2013f,
title = {Ubiquitous Conversations: A case study of interactivity enhancement in web-based learning},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Yuxiu Hu},
doi = {10.18848/1835-9795/CGP/v05i01/40356},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Ubiquitous Learning: An International Journal},
volume = {5},
pages = {1-14},
abstract = {In this paper we propose a learning model, The Conversational Learning Community that we have been developing mostly through web-based course activities. We show that the core features of this learning model involve strategies to manage knowledge and enhance user interaction of the world wide web, particularly instructional interactivity. We identify three main types of instructional interactivity: learner-learner, learner-instructor, and learner-resource. We then argue that the most important feature embedded within the Blackboard WebCT platform, an online proprietary virtual learning system, on which we develop our model that can be exploited for achieving interactivity and eventually knowledge construction, is the Discussion forum. As empirical evidence for this argument we present a report of activities from a recently taught course on Language and Information Technology. The report shows that of all the sections within the WebCT platform such as Course Notes, Glossary, Quiz Section, Presentation Forum, etc., the Discussion forum was by far the most patronized by students. We also propose certain facilitative measures that various agents within the Blackboard WebCT platform knowledge management group (as well as other learning platforms), such as technical support staff, can do to enhance the use of online learning tools like Blackboard WebCT for achieving an interactive learning community for knowledge construction such as the Conversational Learning Community that we have developed over the years.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Bodomo2013g,
title = {The Blacks of Premodern China by Don Wyatt (review)},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
journal = {African Studies Review},
volume = {56},
pages = {244-246},
abstract = {This slender book is a provocative piece of writing, or at least it seeks to be, both in terms of the theses the author sets out to defend and the way he expresses his ideas. The author presents three main theses: (1) that there were black slaves in premodern China; (2) that some of these blacks were of African origin; and (3) that these black slaves were owned by Chinese. All three theses have the ultimate aim of implicating China as an entity that, like the United States and other Western countries, once took part in one of the most horrendous events in human history: the buying and selling of Africans as slaves. With respect to highlighting the historical fact that there were black slaves in premodern China, the book is groundbreaking. Throughout the book’s three chapters (“From History’s Mints,” “The Slaves of Guangzhou,” and “To the End of the Western Sea”) the author sifts various pieces of historical evidence and queries and problematizes key words such as Kunlun and heiren. These terms, the author claims, point to the fact that the premodern Chinese had interactions with blacks and that there were asymmetrical relations between the two populations, suggesting that many of these black people served the Chinese as slaves. But does the fact that one can ascertain the presence of blacks in premodern China indicate that these blacks were African? Whereas the book is very successful in signaling the presence of blacks, it does not appear, in my opinion, to have achieved the same amount of success in showing that any of them were of African origin, let alone that the Chinese of that era owned African slaves. For example, as the author himself acknowledges frequently, the Chinese of that era and even to this day often refer to ethnicities in South and Southeast Asia such as the Malays as “blacks.” The author’s third thesis, that the Chinese of premodern China owned African slaves, is supported by the proposition that since the Arabs of the era traded in African slaves, and since the Chinese traded with the Arabs, the Chinese could have bought African slaves from the Arabs. But again this thesis, arguably, is not proved sufficiently by the available historical evidence. In fact, the historical data in the book suggest an alternative thesis: that whereas Africa’s relations with Europe were mostly those of master and slave (i.e., the trans-Atlantic slave trade), Africa’s relations with China were altogether different. There was neither a trans-Indian nor a trans-Pacific slave trade involving the buying of Africans by the Chinese. As I have argued in my own book (Africans in China, Cambria Press, 2012), Africans and Chinese met for the first time in the fifteenth century, on equal footing for the most part, and Africans and Chinese never owned each other on any large scale or in any systematic manner. Several studies (e.g., by Lila Abu-Lughod, Richard Gould, and Louis Levathes) suggest that this first-time meeting between Africans and Chinese came about following the wreck of a ship captained by Admiral Zheng He, a Ming-era seafarer on the East Coast of Africa, with the Africans helping the Chinese to land on shore. There are no available records suggesting that Zheng He sent back slaves to China, even though he sent many African goods and acquisitions, including giraffes and African spices. Unfortunately, readers of Wyatt’s book may be left with the impression that many groups of people in the world—from East to West—owned Africans as slaves in the past, even though Wyatt does not state this explicitly and may not have even intended to suggest this. Perhaps inadvertently, however, the book bolsters a conceptualization of African history and of Africa’s historical connections with the rest of the world as a history of slavery, as we see in far too many African American studies and African history programs in North America. This tendency is a bit worrying, as is the over-emphasis on colonialism among European Africanists. The history of Africa’s contact with other races should not always be defined by master–slave relations. Nevertheless, the...},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Michaud2013j,
title = {Review of: Pinson, Thomas M. 2012. A Naxi-Chinese-English Dictionary (Naqxi-Habaq-Yiyu Ceeqdiail / Naxi Chinese-English Dictionary)},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman Area},
volume = {36},
number = {2},
pages = {129-137},
abstract = {This is a review of: Pinson, Thomas M. 2012. A Naxi-Chinese-English Dictionary (Naqxi-Habaq-Yiyu Ceeqdiail / Naxi Chinese-English Dictionary)},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pham2013b,
title = {Synchronic Evidence For Historical Hypothesis–Vietnamese Palatals},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
journal = {LACUS (Linguistic Association of Canada and the United States) Forum},
pages = {39},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Pham2013bb,
title = {Chain Shift in Vietnamese},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
abstract = {Page 1. Chain Shift in Vietnamese Andrea Hoa Pham University of Florida SEALS XXIII, 2013 Page 2. • Comparison of two Vietnamese speech communities, Hà Nội (northern dialects) and Quảng Nam province: the 'vowel shifts' in closed syllables. Page 3. Where is Quảng nam? Page 4. • Peculiar features in the rhyme that are maintained by members of the QN community. How different from northern dialects? • Characteristics of the vowel shift. Why only in (C)VC the vowel changes in quality? Are these changes context-sensitive or random? • Are there any internal factors that affect the 'changes'? Page 5. Champa Kingdom 192-1832 -1306 King Jaya Sinhavarman III offered Vietnam two northern provinces (roughly corresponded to Quảng Bình, Quảng Trị, Thừa Thiên), as a gift to marry Princess Huyền Trân. -1402 lost Indrapura (Quảng Nam and Quảng Ngãi).},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Wong2013,
title = {Brand names and unconventional spelling: A two-pronged analysis of the orthographic construction of brand identity},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Written Language & Literacy},
volume = {16},
number = {2},
pages = {115-145},
abstract = {This article explores the creative use of unconventional spelling in brand names. Using insights from the indexical approach to the linguistic construction of identity, it demonstrates how unconventional spelling produces a myriad of effects and meanings, which in turn help construct brand identities. First, it identifies the various strategies of unconventional spelling, investigates their potential to convey distinctiveness, and examines other effects and meanings that they produce. It then presents a case study to further illustrate how unconventional spelling works with other marketing materials to create a unique brand identity. Unconventional spelling, because of its polarizing nature, can be a risky resource for constructing brand identities. Not only does this study contribute to an under-researched area in the sociolinguistics of orthography.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2013bb,
title = {Narratives as Practices: Negotiating Identities through Storytelling},
author = {Anna De Fina},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Narrative Research in Applied Linguistics},
pages = {154-175},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2013b,
title = {Challenges of globalisation and plurilingualism for the teaching of languages at university},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
pages = {19-38},
publisher = {Riveneuve Editions},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Andaya2013bb,
title = {Gates, elephants, cannon and drums: Symbols and sounds in the creation of a Patani identity},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
pages = {31-52},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Omar2013b,
title = {Crossing the Malay Linguistic Divide},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9789834611736},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
publisher = {Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Vigouroux2013b,
title = {Informal economy and language practice in the context of migrations},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux},
isbn = {978-1-78309-099-0},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
pages = {225-247},
publisher = { Multilingual Matters},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Jourdan2013bb,
title = {Tensions internationales autour d'un concombre 'tueur': Confiance et glocalisation alimentaire},
author = {Christine Jourdan and Stephanie Hobbis},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Anthropologie et Sociétés},
volume = {37},
number = {2},
pages = {173-192},
abstract = {In the spring of 2011, German consumers fell gravely ill, and some died, after having supposedly eaten cucumbers and tomatoes originating from Spain and allegedly infected with the ECEH bacteria. Frightened, some European countries put a ban on the importation of all fresh Spanish produce thus severely threatening the agricultural economy of Spain, and that of Germany as well. In this article, we analyze this food crisis by focusing on how the readers of 3 European newspapers (the German Die Welt , the Spanish El Mundo , and the French Le Monde) reacted to it. We show how the ECEH episode is best understood as a crisis of conscience and a crisis of confidence in the global food system, the economic partners and the institutions that are expected to guarantee food safety.},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan2013bb,
title = {Presentation: Food glocalization},
author = {Christine Jourdan and Kathleen C. Riley},
doi = {10.7202/1017903ar},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Anthropology and Societies},
volume = {37},
number = {2},
pages = {9 page},
abstract = {Our featured issue examines how dietary changes shape and have been shaped by complex socio-cultural interactions. The circulation (and the contacts that this circulation generates) of the eaters themselves, of ideologies, of culinary practices and of foodstuffs are at the heart of the questions raised here. The articles show that the cultural contacts produced by globalization have given rise to reworked and diversified food practices and symbols, consequences of the constraints undergone and the choices made by producers and consumers, processors and distributors, cooks and eaters. in varied and specific contexts, manipulated by political, economic, and socio-cultural forces. To study these dietary changes, the volume sets aside the representation of cultural contacts as a Newtonian collision (the “clash culture”) and instead appeals to the analytical frameworks closer to the Bakhtinian dialogue (Bakhtin 1981): syncretism (Wallace 1956). ; Shaw and Stewart 1994; Greenfield 1998, among others), creolization (Drummond 1980; Hannerz 1987; see Friedman 1994 for a review and Palmié 2006 for a full analysis; Glissant 1997; Benoist 1999; Palmié 2009; Tibère, this volume); translocality (Brickell and Datta 2011); cosmopolitanism (Hannerz 1996; Appiah 2006) and hybridity (Garcia Canclini 1995; Pieterse 2009). These models focus on the appropriation of ideologies and practices, technologies and goods, information and institutions, by the producer and the consumer, in an eclectic and merging way in various parts of the world even when these mixtures are made in the face of structural impositions. In general, these approaches are based on a vision of change as a process inherent in any society and which includes not only “dialogues” between equal interlocutors, but also imposed and hegemonic discourses; which has various results: acquiescence or almost total rejection, accommodations (out of politeness or fear), required or strategic compromise. Note however that to speak of the phenomena of appropriation, Appadurai shows the importance of processes such as "agency, selectivity, but also irony and resistance" (Appadurai 1996: 7). However, the main fusionist paradigm that we wish to use and reformulate here is that ofglocalization. A portmanteau word that combines globalization and localization, the term was introduced into the academic lexicon by sociologist Roland Robertson (1994, 1995). Borrowed from Japanese salespeople, the term describes the means by which multinational companies can strategically improve the sales of their products by tailoring them to the tastes of local consumers. In fact, the first occurrence of this word describes how agricultural techniques must be adapted to the new environments in which they are introduced (Khondker 2004). But in marketing, that term mostly refers to how McDonalds, for example, had to transform the Big Mac sandwich to satisfy the palates of consumers around the world. Anyway, the meaning given to this attractive portmanteau has been modified according to authors working in the fields of marketing (Kjeldgaard and Askegaard 2006), political economy (Mendis 2007), linguistic anthropology (Roth-Gordon 2007), and the anthropology of education (Jungck and Kajorsin 2003). The term has also been used in some analyzes of dietary changes by Wilk (1999), Matejowsky (2007), Möhring (2008), and Jourdan (2010). Although it has sometimes been sidelined because of its association with the rhetoric of neoliberal development, we wish to take a fresh look at the possibilities it offers, particularly with regard to the analysis of the multiple forms of development. dialogical interdependence of the local and the global. From ... political economy (Mendis 2007), linguistic anthropology (Roth-Gordon 2007), and educational anthropology (Jungck and Kajorsin 2003). The term has also been used in some analyzes of dietary changes by Wilk (1999), Matejowsky (2007), Möhring (2008), and Jourdan (2010). Although it has sometimes been sidelined because of its association with the rhetoric of neoliberal development, we wish to take a fresh look at the possibilities it offers, particularly with regard to the analysis of the multiple forms of development. dialogical interdependence of the local and the global. From ... political economy (Mendis 2007), linguistic anthropology (Roth-Gordon 2007), and educational anthropology (Jungck and Kajorsin 2003). The term has also been used in some analyzes of dietary changes by Wilk (1999), Matejowsky (2007), Möhring (2008), and Jourdan (2010). Although it has sometimes been sidelined because of its association with the rhetoric of neoliberal development, we wish to take a fresh look at the possibilities it offers, particularly with regard to the analysis of the multiple forms of development. dialogical interdependence of the local and the global. From ... The term has also been used in some analyzes of dietary changes by Wilk (1999), Matejowsky (2007), Möhring (2008), and Jourdan (2010). Although it has sometimes been sidelined because of its association with the rhetoric of neoliberal development, we wish to take a fresh look at the possibilities it offers, particularly with regard to the analysis of the multiple forms of development. dialogical interdependence of the local and the global. From ... The term has also been used in some analyzes of dietary changes by Wilk (1999), Matejowsky (2007), Möhring (2008), and Jourdan (2010). Although it has sometimes been sidelined because of its association with the rhetoric of neoliberal development, we wish to take a fresh look at the possibilities it offers, particularly with regard to the analysis of the multiple forms of development. dialogical interdependence of the local and the global.},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Jourdan2013bb,
title = { Language Planning and Indigenous Language Education in the Pacific},
author = {Christine Jourdan and Marie Salaün},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Snowden2013,
title = {Bullying on the back-channels: Everyday telephone talk, as a space for covert professional manipulation},
author = {Collette Snowden and J. Cook},
isbn = {9781315564388},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Rethinking Violence in Health Care Settings: A Critical Approach},
pages = { 201 - 219},
abstract = {While bullying as a social interaction is widely known and understood within the culture of everyday life, and is further considered to be an increasing practice within the professional workforce (Alexander and Fraser 2004, Bowie 2002, McCarthy and Barker 2000, Budd 1999, Roberts 1983), such practices largely remain hidden from direct public scrutiny. Experiences of bullying, for both victim and perpetrator, are connected to complex issues of self esteem and social shame. Attempts in recent decades to write policies which regulate bullying behaviours within social institutions and workplaces have, this chapter suggests, driven such conduct into even more covert locations and forms of enactment. The use for instance of communicative technologies which are considered ‘private’ or ‘personal’ – such as the telephone – makes both institutional scrutiny and researchbased analysis harder than ever.},
keywords = {Collette Snowden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Snowden2013b,
title = {Bullying on the back-channels: Everyday telephone talk, as a space for covert professional manipulation},
author = {Collette Snowden and J. Cook},
isbn = {9781315564388},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Rethinking Violence in Health Care Settings: A Critical Approach},
pages = { 201 - 219},
abstract = {While bullying as a social interaction is widely known and understood within the culture of everyday life, and is further considered to be an increasing practice within the professional workforce (Alexander and Fraser 2004, Bowie 2002, McCarthy and Barker 2000, Budd 1999, Roberts 1983), such practices largely remain hidden from direct public scrutiny. Experiences of bullying, for both victim and perpetrator, are connected to complex issues of self esteem and social shame. Attempts in recent decades to write policies which regulate bullying behaviours within social institutions and workplaces have, this chapter suggests, driven such conduct into even more covert locations and forms of enactment. The use for instance of communicative technologies which are considered ‘private’ or ‘personal’ – such as the telephone – makes both institutional scrutiny and researchbased analysis harder than ever.},
keywords = {Collette Snowden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Williams2013b,
title = {The Logic of Best-Practice Language Strategy},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9781137000842_7},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
pages = {196-229},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {The most formal document which outlines a government’s approach to the protection and promotion of one or more minority languages is an official language strategy, and nearly all EU jurisdictions now have such a provision. However, the debate as to what constitutes a good language strategy is rarely conducted in public and only occasionally behind closed doors in government circles — usually when there is a crisis or an apparent breakdown of communication between an arm of government and one of its several partners tasked with delivering an important element of strategy. In this chapter we move from an overview description of how language strategies are constructed, measured and evaluated to a more prescriptive and normative assessment of what makes a good language strategy. The interpretation identfies significant elements of current best practice from within the case studies surveyed and recommends their emulation elsewhere in Europe, North America and parts of Africa and Asia.1},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Williams2013bb,
title = {Managing Official Language Legislative Regimes},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9781137000842_2},
isbn = {978-1-349-43344-5},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
urldate = {2013-01-01},
pages = {12-33},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {Managing linguistic diversity as a public good is a challenge in any political system. Doing so in the name of a variety of constituent minorities, as happens in several European multilingual states, is a more daunting challenge. Even if the central state apparatus recognizes the legitimacy of dealing with many of its citizens in a language other than the hegemonic one, there remains the tendentious issue of parity of esteem within and between the constituent language minorities. To take the UK and Spain as examples, it does not necessarily follow that once the British and Spanish state have accorded Welsh or Catalan a certain degree of recognition and responsibility, the same degree of recognition will necessarily be offered for Gaelic in Scotland, Irish in Northern Ireland or Basque and Galician in Spain.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Williams2013bb,
title = {Official Language Strategies in Comparative Perspective},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9781137000842_6},
isbn = {978-1-349-43344-5},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
pages = {123-195},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {Hitherto we have been concerned with the protection and promotion of official language minorities by evaluating the extent to which policy and legislation reinforce each other. This chapter develops this discussion by comparing the approach taken by a variety of governments to developing their official languages strategies. A great deal can be gleaned from the official pronouncements of government in terms of State traditions, the nature of language regimes, the balance between corpus, status and acquisition planning and the like. Application of the lessons learned will be discussed in the next chapter which will summarize the best practice available so as to provide guidelines and recommendations for improving government language planning policy, to be used at a number of levels, from the European to the local government level.1},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Williams2013bb,
title = {The Mask of Piety},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9781137000842_1},
isbn = {978-1-349-43344-5},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
pages = {1-11},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {In this volume I offer an extended treatment of the official language strategies and minority language policies as a diagnostic indicator of the vitality and standing of selected international cases drawn from the European Union (EU) and Canada. The analysis is concerned with the relationship between the promotion, protection and regulation of official minority languages.1 Perhaps ‘minoritized’ languages would be closer to the truth for that represents an historical process, whereas Catalan speakers today would object to my describing them as speaking a minority language when there are more Catalan speakers than Swedes, Danes or Norwegians. I argue that for the past 40 years or so several polities and sub-state regions have witnessed a sustained attempt to navigate selected languages into the mainstream of public policy, especially within the fields of statutory education, local government, the media and community affairs. Having gained an element of success, through promotion and planning, many of the language regimes under review have opted for an increase in the legislative underpinning which gives purchase to the rights and expectations of identifiable groups and citizens. This empowering legislation reflects a recognition that the state should construct a supportive framework within which target official languages can be used as a matter of choice in the provision of public services, in the courts of law and in the realm of public administration as a language of work as well as of service delivery.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Williams2013bb,
title = {Legislative Frameworks and Comparative Language Acts},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9781137000842_3},
isbn = {978-1-349-43344-5},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
pages = {34-89},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {In a volume devoted to the relationship between the promotion, protection and regulation of language the critical questions are what sort of language policy is being promulgated and to what extent are the language rights or available services actually upheld as a matter of routine, daily behaviour. Typically, an examination of the manner in which specific language regimes operate demands some consideration of the wider legal and political context.1 I will scrutinize this by focusing on aspects of the European legislative landscape, teasing out what may be said about human rights and language standards as far as the official EU and Council of Europe recommendations and treaty obligations are concerned. This information will then be used to interpret and calibrate the findings of the From Act to Action Project, which was a systematic analysis of the implementation of official language legislation in three EU contexts: Finland, Ireland and Wales. The project’s aim was to ascertain to what extent legislative acts are put into action by responsible authorities and with what consequence for the implementation of official language strategies. The chapter will close by offering a series of considerations, derived from the project, which have purchase for many other EU contexts where bilingualism and multilingualism are officially recognized in domestic and international law.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Williams2013bb,
title = {Policy Implications and Recommendations},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9781137000842_5},
isbn = {978-1-349-43344-5},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
pages = {111-122},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {Language regimes tend to reflect the political culture and administrative styles of their respective states. This will be demonstrated by reference to the most important policy implications drawn from the case studies of the implementation of language legislation in Finland, Ireland and Wales. The policy analysis recognizes the status of Language Acts as being fundamental for the protection of linguistic diversity, but also recognizes the importance of institutions and mechanisms supporting the active implementation of language rights and duties as stated in the respective Language Acts. The chapter concludes with a set of recommendations to be considered at various levels of implementation.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Williams2013bb,
title = {The Embedded Nature of Language Legislation},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9781137000842_4},
isbn = {978-1-349-43344-5},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
pages = {90-110},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {The context within which language law and policy operate is an important feature to analyze. Language policy need not necessarily be related to a particular legislative system or specific Language Acts. However, constitutionally entrenched or statutorily binding language policy tends to be more explicit if it operates within a robust and stable framework. Conventionally, legal specialists are prone to interpret language legislation in terms of its effect on other aspects of the legal system, the constitution of the host state and on the rights and ethno-linguistic vitality of the individual or community to which specific rights apply. A secondary concern is how legislation is analyzed in terms of its impact on institutional systems and organizational culture. A third is in terms of language and law in practice in trial situations, or from the perspective of the language and power school of legal anthropology as detailed by Matesoia (2013).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Williams2013bb,
title = {The Mask of Piety and the Faltering Polity},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9781137000842_9},
isbn = { 978-1-349-43344-5},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
pages = {294-299},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {One dominant theme of this volume has been the relationship between protection, promotion and regulation. Another has been the manner in which official language strategies and frameworks have been managed in the delicate transition process either from a post-welfare State to a neo-liberal State as in the UK and Ireland or from an authoritarian State to a more liberal State as in Spain. I have argued that there is a tendency for the public rhetoric regarding the promotion of official languages to be hidden behind a Mask of Piety. The everyday reality is quite different from the strategies, rights and programmes trumpeted by officialdom. In part this divergence reflects a lack of commitment to the full implementation of policy and in part it reflects a broader structural approach wherein selected hegemonic forces have been simultaneously hollowing out the state and the conceptions of citizenship. This has been done in such a manner that governments give the impression that by transferring ownership of the processes of sociocultural reproduction they have increased the level of community control and accountability over language, public service delivery systems and educational matters. However, no amount of increased sponsorship, partnership development and greater recognition of the lived diversity of multicultural pluralism can hide the fact that, for the most part, the target groups under discussion feel that they are facing increasing threats to their survival, integrity and treatment as coequal official language speakers},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Williams2013bb,
title = {Official Language Commissioners},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9781137000842_8},
isbn = {978-1-349-43344-5},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
pages = {230-293},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {The final part of this volume is concerned with the regulation and compliance functions which pertain to official language legislation. I have argued that despite the greater specification of the role of law, of language rights and of the statutory obligations on public bodies in particular, there remains a tension between the promotional and the regulatory aspects of language policy. Providing an opportunity to use a target language within the affairs of the central or local State is one thing, regulating and upholding its application is quite another. Typically, the law provides a range of mechanisms by which official language minorities may be recognized and their rights and services protected and, if need be, redressed through due process. These would include the establishment of permanent parliamentary committees on official languages, legal remedies before the courts of law, the specification of a range of government services and, significantly for this analysis, the Office of Official Language Commissioner or a combination of some or all of these. Within several jurisdictions Language Commissioners are becoming increasingly central to the implementation of Language Acts and of securing access to social justice. This chapter will critique the longest-established example, that of Canada, before turning to two more recent variants, as exemplified by Ireland and Wales.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Williams2013bb,
title = {Minority Language Promotion, Protection and Regulation},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9781137000842},
isbn = {978-1-137-00083-5},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
journal = {The Mask of Piety},
abstract = {This is an analysis of the promises and contradictions surrounding contemporary minority language policy. It draws on theoretical and real-world perspectives and interviews with key players within European institutions together with field work undertaken principally in Ireland, Scotland, Wales, the Basque Country, Catalonia and Canada.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams2013bb,
title = {11. Political Institutions, Policy Preferences and Public Opinion in Wales and Brittany},
author = {Colin Williams and Alistair Cole and J. Barry Jones and John Loughlin and Alan Storer},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Contemporary Wales},
volume = {15},
number = {1},
pages = {89-110},
abstract = {The research project from which this article is drawn investigates processes of regional governance in two cognate yet distinctive regions: Wales and Brittany. It is a binary comparison that does not pretend to exhaust the possibilities of other binary or multivariate comparisons. Starting from the premise that the common challenges of regional governance are at least as important as its institutional variations, we engage in three distinct exercises in comparative investigation; at the level of policy communities (through in-depth interviews in the two regions) issue-networks (via a detailed questionnaire) and public opinion (through a mass opinion poll carried out in both regions in July-August 2001). 2 This article presents some important results of the attitudinal surveys carried out in Wales and Brittany in 2001. These findings illustrate what people living in Wales and Brittany think of their regions and how they envisage their future development.
Why compare Wales and Brittany? Before addressing this issue, we need to determine what is the function of comparison? For policy-makers, comparison is bound up with practical politics. Within the policy community, comparison is envisaged primarily in aspirational terms. This process is important, as the National Assembly for Wales is currently working out its diplomatic priorities. The most obvious comparators are those within the UK itself, as the Welsh look with some envy on the Scottish Parliament with its primary legislative and tax-raising powers. Outside of the UK, Welsh policy-makers look to regions such as Catalonia, or to nation-states such as Ireland or Denmark as models3. },
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Perrin2013bb,
title = {Writing and text production},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Eva-Maria Jakobs},
doi = {10.1515/9783110220674},
isbn = {9783110220674},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {Writing matters, and so does research into real-life writing. The shift from an industrial to an information society has increased the importance of writing and text production in education, in everyday life and in more and more professions in the fields of economics and politics, science and technology, culture and media. Through writing, we build up organizations and social networks, develop projects, inform colleagues and customers, and generate the basis for decisions. The quality of writing is decisive for social resonance and professional success. This ubiquitous real-life writing is what the present handbook is about.

The de Gruyter Handbook of Writing and Text Production brings together and systematizes state-of-the-art research. The volume contains five sections, focussing on (I) the theory and methodology of writing and text production research, as well as on problem-oriented and problem-solving approaches related to (II) authors, (III) modes and media, (IV) genres, and (V) domains of writing and text production. Throughout the 21 chapters, exemplary research projects illustrate the theoretical perspectives from globally relevant research spaces and traditions.

Both established and future scholars can benefit from the handbook’s fresh approach to writing in the context of multimodal, multi-semiotic text production.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Perrin2013bb,
title = {Zuhören im Coaching},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Christine Albrecht},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-531-19781-4},
isbn = {978-3-531-19780-7},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
publisher = {VS Springer, Wiesbaden},
abstract = {Was macht Zuhören im Coaching aus? Wie kann es gelingen? Und warum ist es entscheidend für den Erfolg von Coachings? – In präziser Analyse arbeiten die Autoren heraus, wie sich Zuhören im Coaching beschreiben, erklären, verstehen und schließlich optimieren lässt. Theoretisch und empirisch erweist sich funktionales, achtsames Zuhören als dreifache Chance: Die Coachee löst damit ihre Probleme leichter; der Coach nimmt das Veränderungspotenzial differenzierter wahr – und die Beratungswissenschaftlerin kann zeigen, wo im Gespräch Emergenz stattfindet und der Coaching- Erfolg beginnt.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Perrin2013bb,
title = {Schreiben mit System. PR-Texte planen, entwerfen, verbessern. Handbuch für Studium und Praxis},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Peter Stücheli-Herlach},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-531-19621-3},
isbn = {978-3-531-19620-6},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
publisher = {Springer VS, Wiesbaden},
abstract = {Das Schreiben prägt den Berufsalltag in der PR. Dieses Handbuch präsentiert theoretische Modelle und praktische Methoden für ein Schreiben mit System, das Chancen der medienkonvergenten Kommunikation nutzt und deren Risiken meidet. Spezialisten der anwendungsorientierten Kommunikationsforschung legen dar, wie PR-Texte auf die Bedürfnisse von Wirtschaft, Politik, Wissenschaft und Journalismus zugeschnitten werden können. Sie zeigen auf, wie Schreibstrategien und Schreibprozesse für die Unternehmens- und Produkte-PR, für Corporate Publishing und fürs WorldWideWeb, für rednerische Auftritte und den Mailverkehr gestaltet werden können. Instruktive Fallbeispiele, Checklisten und Weblinks gewährleisten den Praxisnutzen. Ein Glossar klärt die Begriffe und vermittelt einen Überblick. Der Inhalt Schreiben für die PR in Wirtschaft, Wissenschaft, Politik und Medien.- Schreiben in besonderen Formen und Situationen.- Glossar. Die Zielgruppen Dozierende und Studierende der unterschiedlichsten Fächer, die Texte verfassen LinguistInnen GermanistInnen SchreibtrainerInnen DeutschlehrerInnen JournalistInnen Die Herausgeber Dr. Peter Stücheli-Herlach ist Professor für Organisationskommunikation und Öffentlichkeit an der ZHAW Zürcher Hochschule für Angewandte Wissenschaften. Dr. Daniel Perrin ist Professor für Angewandte Linguistik an der ZHAW Zürcher Hochschule für Angewandte Wissenschaften.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Perrin2013bb,
title = {Und jetzt: Das Verstandene umsetzen},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Christine Albrecht},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-531-19781-4_3},
isbn = {978-3-531-19780-7},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
pages = {73-82},
publisher = {Springer VS, Wiesbaden},
abstract = {Was also ist achtsames Zuhören, wie kann es gelingen, und warum ist es wichtig für Coachings? – Wir haben bisher diese Fragestellung (Teil 1) theoretisch verortet (2.1) und dann gesprächsanalytisch untersucht auf den drei semiotischen Ebenen kommunikativen Handelns: Auf der Zeichenebene steht Aufmerksamkeit im Vordergrund (2.2), auf der Bedeutungsebene Nondualität (2.3), auf der Handlungsebene Emergenz (2.4).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2013bb,
title = {This is what it's about: Researching and improving listening in coaching},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Christine Albrecht},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-531-19781-4_1},
isbn = {978-3-531-19780-7},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
pages = {11-21},
publisher = {Springer VS, Wiesbaden},
abstract = {Dieses Buch handelt vom aufmerksamen, nondualen, emergenten – kurz: vom achtsamen Zuhören im Coaching … und davon, wie wir es untersuchen. Warum und wie wir das tun, das beschreibt die Einleitung.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2013bb,
title = {The analysis: from attentive to nondual, emergent listening},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Christine Albrecht},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-531-19781-4_2},
isbn = {978-3-531-19780-7},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
pages = {23-71},
publisher = {Springer VS, Wiesbaden},
abstract = {Funktionales Zuhören im Coaching beschreiben, erklären und verstehen als achtsames Zuhören – dazu bietet dieser Hauptteil des Buchs die theoretische und empirische Basis.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Eberhard2013,
title = {In Defense of Minority Languages of Brazil},
author = {David Eberhard},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
keywords = {David Eberhard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Chiaro2013,
title = {Passionate about food},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.1075/clu.10.03chi},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
pages = {83-102},
publisher = {Culinary Linguistics},
abstract = {Despite the nation’s poor reputation in terms of cuisine, cookery shows abound on UK television with Jamie Oliver and Nigella Lawson being two of TV’s most popular chefs. Following a brief overview of popular cookery programs broadcast in the UK over the past fifty years, this essay will focus on Jamie and Nigella through a description of a series of linguistic features adopted by each, such as their idiosyncratic uses of terminology when giving instructions; modes of interaction with the audience and expressions of emotion. It will emerge that the chefs’ performances, especially in terms of language, take front stage with respect to the dishes they present.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2013bb,
title = {The Crisis before " The Crisis " : Violence and Urban Neoliberalization in Athens},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Social justice (San Francisco, Calif.)},
volume = {39},
number = {1 (1270},
pages = {24-42},
abstract = {Matsaganis and Leventi 2011, 5). However, a substantial portion of the country's population was partially excluded or had a very unfair share of the material benefits that were linked to that growth. The first victims of exclusion were migrant populations. Between 1991 and 2001, over 600,000 migrants moved to Greece, mostly coming from other parts of the Balkans-Albania in particular. Due to the political and economic meltdown of socialist countries, but also to the lack of migration control apparatuses in Greece, most of these newcomers migrated without documents (Kapsalis 2007a; Dalakoglou 2010a). The first serious attempt at a regularization policy in Greece did not come until 2001 (Kapsalis 2007b). Most of these migrants therefore spent several years in Greece either with temporary documents or entirely without papers.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2013bb,
title = {Greetings from Athenian democracy},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Open Democracy},
volume = {14},
abstract = {The rise of Golden Dawn as a political force on the streets of Athens has provided the Greek state the opportunity to adopt a xenophobic agenda and forcefully eliminate threats to government austerity. The detention and torture of migrant groups and political opponents in the city, seriously call into question the future credibility of Greek democracy.
Over the final few months of 2012, Greek mainstream media have ceased reporting on the neo-Nazi attacks on migrant communities which have blighted Athens for over a year now. Yet in mid-January 2013 one attack did warrant the media’s attention: in the Petralona district of Athens, two Greek men on a motorbike stabbed a Pakistani migrant to death. Thanks to an eye witness the two murderers were arrested a few minutes later. However, there is an evident disjuncture between the infrequent arrests linked to racially motivated violence, and the anecdotal evidence of daily harassment and violence directed at migrant communities in the city. Fear of retribution and the known links between the Greek police force and far-right groups operate to dissuade victims and eye-witnesses from reporting racially-motivated crimes, thus obscuring statistics on racist violence across the country.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Dalakoglou2013bb,
title = {En finir avec l'Europe},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Cedric Durand},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
publisher = {La Fabrique},
abstract = {What is Europe, or rather the European Union? The culmination of a project launched in the 1950s under pressure from the United States, a tool for the internationalization of capital, a concerted scrapping of workers' rights, a single currency putting the countries of the periphery to the shadow of the German economy, a negation of the will of the people through bureaucratic Caesarism ...
"This is why any political project that takes seriously the objective of breaking with neoliberalism must ask itself the question of breaking with the euro, and therefore accept to fight against the EU itself."},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2013bb,
title = {Towards a Critical Anthropology of Material Infrastructures in South-East Europe},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Paper given in CUNY Graduate Center, Center for Place, Culture and Politics},
abstract = {Dalakoglou, D 2013, Towards a critical anthropology of material infrastructures in South-East Europe. in CUNY, Graduate Centre, LEcture in the Center fro Place, Culture and Politics … Towards a critical anthropology of material infrastructures in South-East Europe. / Dalakoglou, D … CUNY, Graduate Centre, LEcture in the Center fro Place, Culture and Politics. 2013.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2013bb,
title = {State, Violence, Infrastructures and Public Spaces in the European Periphery},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Allegra Lab},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2013bb,
title = {"Take everything"},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
journal = {crisis-scape.net},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2013bb,
title = {The city at a time of crisis: Transformations of public space in Athens},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
journal = {presentation at University of Oxford European Studies Centre conference Agency in the time of Structural Adjustment: Social perspectives on contemporary Greece},
volume = {9},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2013bb,
title = {Careless Talk: Social Reproduction and Fault-Lines of Crisis in the UK},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Gareth Brown and Emma Dowling and Nicola Montagna and Keir Milburn and Sue Mew and David Harvie and Paolo Gerbaudo},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
volume = {39},
pages = {78 - 98},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2013b,
title = {Sociolinguistic Variation in Athenian Suburban Speech},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.1163/15699846-13130104},
year  = {2013},
date = {2013-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Greek Linguistics},
volume = {13},
number = {1},
pages = {30-53},
abstract = {This article focuses on the description and interpretation of the social meaning of sociolinguistic variation in Athenian suburban speech. A descriptive statistical and a Varbrul analysis of the syntactic variable Verb and presence or absence of Prepositional Phrase (V +/– PP), as it is used by native northern and western suburbanites of Athens, suggests that primarily the area (northern and western suburbia) and, to a lesser extent, the sex of the speakers are statistically significant macro social factors constraining variation. In an effort to tease out the social meaning of the variation, a further analysis of some micro factors within each area, including the group of speakers, the topic, and the stance towards the rivalry between the aforementioned suburban areas, suggests that variation in both areas is interactionally constrained, but in the northern area it tends to be more friendship group-constrained, while in the western area it is more education-constrained. In light of these findings, the sociolinguistic implications of the study translate into the analytical need to account for the relationship between interactional and social factors in the description of variable grammars.},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Cardoso2012,
title = {6. Oral Traditions of The Luso-Asian Communities: Local, Regional and Continental},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
doi = {10.1355/9789814345514-011},
isbn = {9789814345514},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-12-31},
urldate = {2012-12-31},
volume = {2},
number = {143-166},
publisher = {ISEAS Publishing},
abstract = {To this day, instrumental music and singing still play a prominent role in social events among the Luso-Asian communities, be it at religious services, processions and feasts, weddings, receptions, or whenever the occasion calls for a display of the community’s cultural heritage. This is also true of the Indo-Portuguese communities, for which we have considerably numerous records of oral traditions, including songs, riddles, prayers, stories, sayings and the like. Among the various such collections, the richest concern the communities of Sri Lanka, a body of literature studied in-depth by Jackson2 and Jayasurya. 3 In this chapter, the point of departure will be an analysis of the relatively understudied song repertoire of the Indo-Portuguese communities of the former Província do Norte (comprising the cities of Bassein, Bombay, Chaul, Daman, and Diu). My aim is to characterize this corpus in formal terms.},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Hendriks2012,
title = {The role of conceptual development in the acquisition of the spatial domain by L1 and L2 learners of French, English and Polish},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Marzena Watorek},
doi = {10.21832/9781847696045-022},
isbn = {9781847696045},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-12-31},
urldate = {2012-12-31},
pages = {401 - 419},
publisher = {Multilingual Matters},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Fina2012,
title = {Immigrant Discourse},
author = {Anna De Fina and Mike Baynham},
doi = {10.1002/9781405198431.wbeal0527},
isbn = {9789027296122},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-12-11},
abstract = {This volume presents both an analysis of how identities are built, represented and negotiated in narrative, as well as a theoretical reflection on the links between narrative discourse and identity construction. The data for the book are Mexican immigrants' personal experience narratives and chronicles of their border crossings into the United States. Embracing a view of identity as a construct firmly grounded in discourse and interaction, the author examines and illustrates the multiple threads that connect the local expression and negotiation of identity to the wider social contexts that frame the experience of migration, from material conditions of life in the United States to mainstream discourses about race and color. The analysis reveals how identities emerge in discourse through the interplay of different levels of expression, from implicit adherence to narrative styles and ways of telling, to explicit negotiation of membership categories.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Ghosh2012,
title = {Language and Communication},
author = {Aditi Ghosh},
editor = {Aditi Ghosh},
isbn = {2249 – 5835 },
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-12-01},
volume = {3},
number = {2},
publisher = {GLOBAL MEDIA JOURNAL—Indian Edition, University of Calcutta},
abstract = {Language is recognised as a primary means of communication. However, the issue ofcommunication encompasses topics that go beyond transference of information from oneindividual to another. Building on Chomsky’s concept of linguistic competence the ability ofall adult human beings to successfully use language – Hyme’s in 1971 developed the concept of Communicative Competence the ability of a competent adult to successfully communicate vialanguage, of which linguistic competence is a part. The process of language acquisition is notonly a process of learning words and grammars of a language, but also a process of learning howto use those resources and under what circumstances. Communication requires a knowledge thatgoes beyond basic word and grammar. It requires a sociolinguistic and pragmatic knowledge.Study of bipartite system second personal pronouns in some European languages (for exampletu and vousin French) by Brown and Gilman (1960) and study of address terms system in differentlanguages by Susan Ervin-Tripp (1969) show that use of language can mirror ideologicalstructure of the society. For example a society in which non-reciprocal usage of T (as in Frenchtu) and V (as in Frenchvous) is prevalent, is most likely a society where power is distributed by birth right (as in feudal societies). The field of pragmatics deal with language in use. Studies inspeech act theory (Austin 1962, Searle 1969) show that speaking, in most cases, is an act ofdoing something, rather than stating something. Grice’s (1975) maxims on conversationalimplicature reveal that there may be a lot more that is communicated through conversation thatwhat is stated.This very short and incomplete survey of different theories centred on the issue language andcommunication indicates the diverse and versatile nature of the topics that may be includedunder this theme. The papers included in this volume also do justice to the versatility. ProbalDasgupta’s article offers a formal analysis of address term (or titles) usage in Bengali and use of titles of literary works in conversation. B N Patnaik’s article looks at the issue ofmiscommunication with examples from literature and everyday interaction. Aadil Amin Kak’sarticle illustrates how events like war impact language by presenting an inventory of terms whichcame into use or acquired new meaning due to Iraq War. Zeinab Ibrahim’s article reports theresults of a questionnaire based study, which investigates intercultural interpretation of languageusage among heritage students and instructors of Arabic. Finally Ajit Baishya and BashishaShabong’s article demonstrates the loan words in Khashi and their modifications. In the students’ research section we have three papers. Nivedita Mitra attempts an analysis of the‘eat’ expressions in Bengali and Oriya (Odia) language. Basudha Das explores code-switching asa communication strategy with examples of Bangla-English code-switching. Chavvi Garg’sarticle discusses the language of the New Media.In the commentary section Uday Narayan Singh’s ‘rough notes’ brings in a number of issuesranging from variation in communication processes in different medium or channels, issue oftranslation, art, literature, cultural – linguistic diversity, oral and tele-communication. MinaDan’s paper presents a brief history and description of Esperanto – a language designed byRussian scholar Zamenhoff for international and interlinguistic communication. Romesh Chaturvedi and Shruti Mehrotra’s paper presents the results of a study conducted on a sectionyouth on the use of language in television.In the book review section Syeda Nadia Ali reviews 2001 publication Discourse Theory and Practice: A Reader edited by Magarett Wetherell, Stephanie Taylor and Simeon J. Yates. JayatiChatterji reviews the 1978 classic Politeness: Some Universals in Language Usage by Roger Brown and Stephen C. Levinson. Rajib Chakraborty reviews Foreigners and Foreign Languagesin India: A Sociolinguistic History by Shreesh Chaudhary.In the documents section we have UNESCO’s 1996 Universal Declaration on Linguistic Rightsand The official Languages Act of India 1963 (as amended, 1967).I thank all the contributors for their interest in this issue and for their valuable contributions. Ialso thank the reviewers for taking time out of their busy schedule to evaluate papers for thisissue. I am extremely fortunate to receive frequent voluntary assistance from my friends andcolleagues. I am grateful to Professor B N Patnaik for his kind advice and inputs, especially for the book review section. I am grateful to Professor Mina Dan, Dr Jayati Chatterji, Mr. SantwanChattopadhyay and Ms Syeda Nadia Ali for their help at various stages. Finally I must thankProfessor Saumendranath Bera and the editorial board for allowing me to explore the theme of‘Language and Communication’ for this issue of Global Media Journal – Indian Edition.},
keywords = {Aditi Ghosh},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Snowden2012,
title = {From epigrams to tweets},
author = {Collette Snowden},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-12-01},
volume = {6},
number = {2},
pages = { 81 - 95},
abstract = {Motivated by the paradox that communication technologies that require short forms of writing are both globally popular, but widely criticised, this paper seeks to locate such writing in an historical context. This paper explores the relationship between short forms of poetic writing, which have provided a foundation for subsequent forms of writing appropriate for contemporary media platforms including Twitter, Mobile Phones, Social Media and Email. In particular it examines the epigram, and epigrammatic styles of writing, drawing parallels between them and the short forms of writing required for Tweeting and Texting. It focuses particularly on the legacy of the Roman poet, Martial, whose work influenced many other writers in the English canon, but also draws attention to the popularity and influence of epigrammatic style and form in other languages and cultures.},
keywords = {Collette Snowden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2012b,
title = {Restructuring Athenian urban materialities},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-12-01},
journal = {crisis-scape.net},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2012,
title = {Celebrating Thirty Years of the JLSP Analyses and Prospects},
author = {Howard Giles and Jessica Gasiorek and Thomas Holtgraves and Stephanie Robbins},
doi = {10.1177/0261927X12446614},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-12-01},
urldate = {2012-12-01},
journal = {Journal of Language and Social Psychology},
volume = {31},
number = {4},
pages = {361-375},
abstract = {The Journal of Language and Social Psychology has been publishing articles for 30 years. In this article, three different kinds of analyses (viz., content codings, word clouds, and a textual procedure) examining trends over and between the three decades are reported. Drawing on these, future directions for the journal and the field in general are anticipated and proposed.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2012b,
title = {Taking Stock After 30 Years JLSP Genesis and Prologue},
author = {Howard Giles},
doi = {10.1177/0261927X12446608},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-12-01},
urldate = {2012-12-01},
journal = {Journal of Language and Social Psychology},
volume = {31},
number = {4},
pages = {355-360},
abstract = {This is the very first time that the Journal of Language and Social Psychology has ever celebrated an anniversary with a Special Commemorative Issue. In this article, an institutional history of the journal is crafted, together with a brief overview of the articles that follow.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2012c,
title = {Police Stops of and Interactions with Latino and White (Non-Latino) Drivers: Extensive Policing and Communication Accommodation},
author = {Howard Giles and Daniel Linz and Doug Bonilla and Michelle Leah Gomez},
doi = {10.1080/03637751.2012.723815},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-12-01},
urldate = {2012-12-01},
journal = {Communication Monographs},
volume = {79},
number = {4},
abstract = {Following previous research on traffic stops involving police officers with African American and White drivers, a content analysis of 69 recorded stops was conducted in a very different locale of Latino and non-Latino drivers with non-Latino officers. The study was guided by communication accommodation theory, and predicted differences in interactants' communication strategies and stop outcomes based on ethnicity, driver accent, and the level of accommodative and nonaccommodative strategies. The results largely supported the hypotheses and suggested that there is a disparity in the treatment of certain stigmatized ethnic groups as evidenced in the dynamics of officer and driver communication behaviors. The findings are discussed in terms of their empirical, theoretical, and practical implications for negative experiences the Latino community may have with police.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2012,
title = {The protestant minority in southern ireland},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1017/S0018246X12000441},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-12-01},
urldate = {2012-12-01},
journal = {The Historical Journal},
volume = {55},
number = {4},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@proceedings{Michelioudakis2012,
title = {Syntactic microvariation in Pontic Greek: Dative constructions},
author = {Dimitris Michelioudakis and Ioanna Sitaridou},
doi = {10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199937363.003.0008},
isbn = {9780199937363},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-11-29},
number = {212-255},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {In this article, we discuss differences across Basque dialects in the accessibility of datives to absolutive-type agreement. In most varieties, including Standard Basque, datives control a dedicated series of dative suffixes. In some varieties, however, their agreement “displaces” to take over agreement otherwise reserved for the absolutive. To this phenomenon we refer as dative displacement. It is a rich domain to explore the properties and parameters of dialectal variation: the basic morphology of more than fifty dative displacement varieties has been documented, and four have been examined in more detail for this work. Recent research on comparable agreement displacements reveals that sometimes they affect not only morphology, but also syntax. This appears to be true of Basque dative displacement as well, although much remains to be understood. We first describe the phenomenon and its parametrization across Basque dialects in section 2, then outline syntactic and morphological approaches to it and their different predictions in section 3, to conclude with hints of its syntactic character in section 4. Dative displacement lies at the crossroads of two ways to treat an argument added to plain transitive and unaccusative structures. The argument structure of plain transitives consists of the external argument EA and the internal argument O, SheEA boils waterO, and that of plain unaccusatives of the internal argument S, WaterS boils. To these may be added an argument that we will refer to as the indirect object IO, across a variety of structures and interpretations such as send, bake, refuse, grudge someoneIO a cake.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {proceedings}
}
@conference{Benjamin2012,
title = {Why you should study Aslian languages},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.1.3105.0323},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-11-08},
booktitle = {Research Mosaics of Language Studies in Asia},
publisher = {Penang: Penerbit Universiti Sains Malaysia},
abstract = {To appear in a volume edited by Salasiah Che Lah. This is a revised version of my plenary keynote address at the Second International Conference on Linguistics, Literature and Culture (ICLLIC2012) in Penang, 2012. It overlaps slightly with some of my other papers, but is written in an informal style in the hope that it might attract Malaysian students and scholars to turn their attention to these under-studied languages. The comprehensive bibliographical appendix listing linguistic studies of the Aslian languages should be more widely useful -- especially in Malaysia, where these studies are referred to rather infrequently.},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Bhatia2012b,
title = {Critical Discourse Analysis: History and New Developments},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
doi = {10.1002/9781405198431.wbeal0277},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-11-05},
abstract = {Critical discourse analysis (CDA) has often been regarded more as an alternative perspective to discourse analysis rather than a school or specialization (Van Dijk, 2001).Keywords:critical discourse analysis;discourse analysis;ideology},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Katan2012,
title = {Cultural Approaches to Translation},
author = {David Katan},
doi = {10.1002/9781405198431.wbeal0293},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-11-05},
abstract = {There are numerous cultural approaches to translation, given the numerous definitions of both “culture” and “translation.” We might say that both culture and translation revolve around difference. We notice culture as difference, and we require translation when difference significantly affects communication. The approaches may then be divided according to how difference between self and other should be managed in translation. In the first case, “translating from cultures,” differences should be explained. In the second, “translating for cultures,” differences should either be reduced (domestication) or highlighted (foreignization). The final approach, “translating between cultures,” gauges the likely tolerance for difference and attempts to mediate or reconcile differences, creating an interspace.},
keywords = {David Katan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Sitaridou2012,
title = {Syntactic Microvariation: Dative Constructions in Greek},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou and Dimitris Michelioudakis},
doi = {10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199937363.003.0008},
issn = {1792-3743},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-11-01},
volume = {4},
number = {1},
pages = {137-149},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {This chapter deals with some previously unknown dimensions of variation in the syntax of dative arguments across a range of diatopic and diachronic varieties of Greek. The diversity observed concerns the morphological exponence of dative arguments, the availability of prepositional alternants, the relative height and the binding and scopal properties of direct and indirect objects, the kind and strength of person restrictions in pronominal clusters, and A-dependencies with and across dative arguments. The aim of the analysis is to reduce all apparent variation to the interaction of a limited number of variables, namely the precise nature of the arguments’ case feature (based on a principled distinction of different “flavours” of inherent Case, which may vary as to their transparency to Agree/Move and their ability to induce defective intervention effects), and several independent argument structure-related properties, all pointing toward a movement analysis of alternating datives. The underlying properties of inherent Case features are shown to be largely independent from their morphological exponents (morphological genitive or accusative in Modern Greek dialects); this dissociation leads us to predict a four-way typology of combinations of abstract and morphological case in Greek, which is in fact confirmed by the data, while there are also varieties allowing for more than one combination across different constructions within the same grammar.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Michaud2012h,
title = {Combining Documentation And Research: Ongoing Work On An Endangered Language},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Severine Guillaume and Andrew Hardie and Martine Toda
},
url = {https://halshs.archives-ouvertes.fr/halshs-00731261},
doi = {10.1109/IALP.2012.32},
isbn = {978-1-4673-6113-2},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-11-01},
booktitle = {IALP 2012 (2012 International Conference on Asian Language Processing},
volume = {1},
pages = {169-172},
publisher = {Proceedings - 2012 International Conference on Asian Language Processing, IALP},
abstract = {This paper is intended for an audience of speech technology specialists who believe that "automatic processing of under-resourced languages is a way to study language diversity with a multi-disciplinary view" (L. Besacier, keynote speech at this conference). It aims (i) to provide an illustration of the way in which data are collected in fieldwork on endangered languages, bringing attention to the quality of the transcriptions and annotations created by linguists, (ii) to present the contents and format of a set of endangered-language documents synchronizing sound and text, which are currently available online, and (iii) to sketch out some of the research purposes and applications to which these documents lend themselves, and which we intend to pursue in future work.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Williams2012,
title = {Multilingualism and Minority Languages},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1002/9781405198431.wbeal0803},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-11-01},
publisher = {Blackwell Publishing Ltd},
abstract = {The interaction between hegemonic state languages and autochthonous or allochthonous minority languages is a fascinating, sometimes tragic, relationship, interpreted here from a sociopolitical and policy-related perspective. Keywords: European Union; language planning; language policy; heritage languages; minority languages; multilingualism.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Chiaro2012,
title = {Audiovisual Translation},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.1002/9781405198431.wbeal0061},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-11-01},
publisher = {The encyclopedia of applied linguistics},
abstract = {Audiovisual translation (AVT) is the term used to refer to the transfer from one language to another of the verbal components contained in audiovisual works and products. Feature films, television programs, theatrical plays, musicals, opera, Web pages, and video games are just some examples of the vast array of audiovisual products available and that require translation. As the word suggests, audiovisuals are made to be both heard (audio) and seen (visual) simultaneously but they are primarily meant to be seen. We talk of “watching” a movie, a show, or even an opera; we “see” programs that are “shown” on television. However, while the verbal and visual codes in audiovisuals are linked to such an extent that the words naturally tend to rely heavily on the visuals, the translation of these products operates on a verbal level alone.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2012,
title = {Roads and anthropology: Ethnographic perspectives on space, time and (im)mobility},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Penny Harvey},
doi = {10.1080/17450101.2012.718426},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-11-01},
journal = {Mobilities (special issue Roads and Anthropology)},
volume = {7},
number = {4},
pages = {459 - 465},
abstract = {The current text locates the anthropological study of roads within the wider context of studies on mobility and modernity. Besides introducing the articles of this special issue of Mobilities on roads and anthropology, this introduction also addresses some of the broader theoretical and epistemological implications of the anthropological perspective on roads, space, time and (im)mobility.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2012bb,
title = {The urban memory of the memorandum},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-11-01},
journal = {crisis-scape.net},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Ladegaard2012,
title = {Edwards, John},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1002/9781405198431.wbeal0357},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-11-01},
publisher = {Blackwell Publishing Ltd},
abstract = {John Robert Edwards (b. 1947 in England) was educated at the University of Western Ontario (BA in Psychology) and McGill University (MA and PhD in Psychology).},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Ladegaard2012b,
title = {Edwards, John},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1002/9781405198431.wbeal0357},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-11-01},
urldate = {2012-11-01},
publisher = {Blackwell Publishing Ltd},
abstract = {John Robert Edwards (b. 1947 in England) was educated at the University of Western Ontario (BA in Psychology) and McGill University (MA and PhD in Psychology).},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Giles2012d,
title = {National Communication Association},
author = {Howard Giles and Gholam Hassan Khajavy and Charles W. Choi},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-11-01},
urldate = {2012-11-01},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Keating2012,
title = {Duranti, Alessandro},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.1002/9781405198431.wbeal0344},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-11-01},
urldate = {2012-11-01},
abstract = {Among contemporary linguistic anthropologists, Alessandro Duranti is unique in the breadth of his research and in his interdisciplinary engagement in theorizing relationships between language and culture. His work can be understood as a career-long interest in human creativity as expressed in linguistic (and other semiotic) forms, and the mediating influence of these forms on culture and social life. His work is highly influenced not only by formal linguistics, but by European and American philosophical and anthropological traditions. His earliest academic work at the University of Rome was on Korean syntax and semantics, but after beginning PhD study in the United States he also became interested in the social life of linguistic forms. These interests were perfectly synthesized in his ethnographic work on the role of grammatical forms in accomplishing social action, for example, how ergative case marking in Samoan could be manipulated by village chiefs and orators to negotiate agency and responsibility, one of many observations about language and culture in From Grammar to Politics: Linguistic Anthropology in a Western Samoan Village (Duranti, 1994). Later ethnographic work on the campaign trail in California, a contest for a US Congress seat, is another example of Duranti's approach to language, the video recorded data proving to be a rich source for understanding genre, the collaborative construction of meaning, and the materialization of locally relevant, taken-for-granted concepts such as democracy (Duranti, 2003, 2006a). Throughout his work he has developed and expanded his notion of “ethnopragmatics” (Duranti, 1993a, 2007) beyond a focus on the contextual life of language, local communicative practices, and speakers' attitudes, and toward the meaning and impact of those practices to language as an expression and realization of human agency more generally. Duranti is perhaps best known for his work on intentionality, both as it is perceived locally in different world areas, and the role of discursive practices in defining it (Duranti, 1993b, 2006b, 2008a). Most recently he has been reinvestigating the writings of Husserl on phenomenology in order to contribute to perhaps the most challenging anthropological question, understanding intersubjectivity and the limits and nature of sharing the perspective of the “other” (Duranti, 2009, 2010).},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@bachelorthesis{Sidnell2012,
title = {“Who knows best?”: Evidentiality and epistemic asymmetry in conversation},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1075/ps.3.2.08sid},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-10-23},
urldate = {2012-10-23},
journal = {Pragmatics and Society},
volume = {3},
issue = {2},
abstract = {This essay reviews current work in conversation analysis with an eye to what it might contribute to the study of evidentiality and epistemic asymmetry. After a brief review of some aspects of the interactional organization of conversation, I turn to consider the way in which participants negotiate relative epistemic positioning through the use of particular practices of speaking. The analytic focus here is on agreements and confirmations especially in assessment sequences. In conclusion, I consider a single case in which various practices are employed to convey a delicate balance of knowledge and simultaneously to attend to a range of other, non-epistemic, interactional issues.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Cardoso2012b,
title = {Portuguese in contact. Ana M. Carvalho (org) (2009)},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
doi = {10.1558 / sols.v5i3.513},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-10-21},
urldate = {2012-10-21},
journal = {Sociolinguistic Studies},
volume = {5},
number = {3},
pages = {513-519},
abstract = {Português em contato is an edited volume dedicated entirely to instances of language contact involving Portuguese, with the expressed aim to fill an editorial gap in this field. To that effect, the book congregates 18 studies on a wide variety of contact situations. Following the table of contents and acknowledgements page, the collection opens with an introduction by the editor Ana M. Carvalho. The chapter provides a good overview of the breadth of possible approaches to the general topic of the book, summarising the present-day dispersion of Portuguese across the globe and highlighting instances of multilingualism, diglossia and contact–not only in countries where Portuguese has official status but also among long-standing and recently established lusophone communities elsewhere.},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2012,
title = {Stupid as a Coin: Meaning and rhyming similes in Vietnamese},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann and Nga Thuy Nguyen},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-10-20},
journal = {International Journal of Language Studies},
volume = {6},
number = {4},
pages = {97-118},
abstract = {Similes emphasise affinities between different objects, and they occur in many cultures. Vietnamese similes can be classified into two types: Meaning Similes and Rhyming Similes. This paper analyses and compares their structure and their semantic and phonetic requirements. It also draws innovative parallels between Vietnamese rhyming similes and Cockney Rhyming Slang, Multisourced Neologization of the Phonetic Matching type, and English, Italian and Israeli euphemisms.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Benjamin2012b,
title = {Violence: Finding Peace},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin and Robert K Dentan and Charles MacDonald and Kirk M Endicott and Otto Steinmayer and Barbara S Nowak},
doi = {10.1126/science.338.6105.327-a},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-10-19},
journal = {Science},
volume = {338},
number = {6105},
pages = {327},
abstract = {IN THE NEWS STORY “THE BATTLE OVER VIOLENCE”(SPECIAL SECTION on Human Conflict, A. Lawler, 18 May, p. 829), Steven Pinker asserts that peace anthropologists, whom he calls “anthropologists for peace,” inaccurately portray small groups as more peaceful than they are (1). His accusation is unfounded. The term “peace anthropologist” refers to ethnographers who try to understand how people maintain peace. Some of us are pacifists; most are not. The field did not begin by looking for peaceable peoples. The first five modern investigators to study east Semai, for example, did not look for peaceability, but found it anyway (2–6). When ethnographers say that certain types of foragers and a few swiddeners led relatively peaceful lives, the statement is empirical, not ideological. Many ethnographic surveys of peaceable peoples are available [eg,(7, 8)]. Paleoanthropologists agree that the earliest human ancestors adapted to lifestyles that stressed nonviolence, tendencies that manifested anatomically, such as in the shrinkage of male canines, which anthropoids typically use to fight over females—the main cause of violence in small acephalous human groupings (9). Computer simulation suggests that small egalitarian groups (characteristic of human ancestors and peaceable peoples today) survive if they avoid violence better than if they practice it (10). Peace anthropologists are not pushing an agenda. They are merely gathering data and drawing the best conclusions they can.},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2012,
title = {Ambiguous Referential Processing in Broca's Aphasia: Evidence from Eyetracking},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Kyrana Tsapkini},
doi = {10.1016/j.sbspro.2012.10.181},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-10-18},
urldate = {2012-10-18},
journal = {Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences},
volume = {61},
pages = {271-272},
abstract = {Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences 61 (2012) 271 –272 1877-0428 2012 Published by Elsevier Ltd. Selection and/or peer-review under responsibility of The Academy of Aphasia doi: 10.1016/j. sbspro. 2012.10. 181* Corresponding author. E-mail address:[email protected]. © 2012 Published by Elsevier Ltd. Selection and/or peer-review under responsibility of The Academy of Aphasia Available online at www. sciencedirect. com 2012 Published by Elsevier tion and/or pe-review under respons bility of The Academy of Aphasia Open access under CC BY-NC-ND license. Open access under CC BY-NC-ND license.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2012e,
title = {Accommodating Multilinguality},
author = {Howard Giles and Itesh Sachdev and Anne Pauwels},
doi = {10.1002/9781118332382.ch16},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-10-03},
urldate = {2012-10-03},
journal = {The Handbook of Bilingualism and Multilingualism: Second },
pages = {391 - 416},
abstract = {This chapter aims to provide a social psychological perspective on bilingual and multilingual communication. This approach stems from notions of psychological and behavioral accommodation in bilingual and multilingual encounters. In order to understand and model the vast array of acts of multilingual communication, this chapter invokes communication accommodation theory (CAT) that Howard Giles and his colleagues have been developing over several decades. The chapter restricts itself to multilingual accommodation as exemplified by convergence, divergence, maintenance, and code-switching. Previously neglected macro-level variables, such as state language policies, have been included explicitly as macro-level variables in this chapter, whilst mediator variables, such as acculturation orientations, have been conceptually integrated with other social psychological processes in a broader model of bilingual accommodation. Research on multilingual communication has been important for the development of accommodation theory and the chapter presents a revised model of multilingual accommodation.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels2012,
title = {Accommodating Multilinguality},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Itesh Sachdev and Howard Giles},
doi = {10.1002/9781118332382.ch16},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-10-03},
journal = {The handbook of bilingualism and multilingualism},
pages = {391-416},
abstract = {This chapter aims to provide a social psychological perspective on bilingual and multilingual communication. This approach stems from notions of psychological and behavioral accommodation in bilingual and multilingual encounters. In order to understand and model the vast array of acts of multilingual communication, this chapter invokes communication accommodation theory (CAT) that Howard Giles and his colleagues have been developing over several decades. The chapter restricts itself to multilingual accommodation as exemplified by convergence, divergence, maintenance, and code-switching. Previously neglected macro-level variables, such as state language policies, have been included explicitly as macro-level variables in this chapter, whilst mediator variables, such as acculturation orientations, have been conceptually integrated with other social psychological processes in a broader model of bilingual accommodation. Research on multilingual communication has been important for the development of accommodation theory and the chapter presents a revised model of multilingual accommodation.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2012b,
title = {Family interaction and engagement with the heritage language: A case study},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1515/multi-2012-0017},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-10-01},
journal = {Multilingua},
volume = {31},
number = {4},
pages = {349-379},
abstract = {In this paper I closely examine spontaneous interactions between members of a tri-generation Italian American family. I argue that members show different language preferences and differing attitudes towards the family's multilingual identity but that they all demonstrate a degree of 'engagement' with the heritage language. Phenomena that I describe as illustrating engagement are speech accommodation, translations, metalinguistic comments, and attempts to speak the language that I characterize as 'probing' and 'performing.' Data come from a case study of an Italian American family living in Flushing, New York, conducted through sociolinguistic interviews and tape-recording of spontaneous interaction. All data were collected by one of the family members. The paper's main objectives are to demonstrate the vitality of qualitative paradigms for the study of language use and identity negotiations among immigrant groups, and to extend the still limited investigation of actual talk in interaction among Italian Americans.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Eberhard2012,
title = {The Mamaindê Tense/Evidentiality System},
author = {David Eberhard},
doi = {10.3366/word.2012.0024},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-10-01},
journal = {Word Structure},
volume = {5},
number = {2},
pages = {129-164},
abstract = {This paper describes the extensive tense/evidentiality system of Mamaindê, a northern Nambikwara language of Brazil. This morphological system performs a dual function in Mamaindê, that of marking tense as well as indicating information source. First, each of the six evidentials are discussed in detail, followed by a section on the use of evidentials as ‘extensions’ with secondary semantic properties. After comments regarding the possible origins of this particular morphological category, a comparative section highlights the similarities and differences between the various evidential systems discovered thus far in the Nambikwara family, as well as some parallels with evidentiality within other Amazonian languages. The systems most similar to Mamaindê are those found in Lakondê, a northern Nambikwara language ( Telles & Wetzels 2006 ), Tariana, an Arawak language ( Aikhenvald 2004 : 60) and Tuyuca, East Tucanoan ( Payne 1997 : 256–7). The paper closes with a short commentary on the possible connections between Mamaindê evidentials and Mamaindê culture. The overall result of this research is a comprehensive presentation of the Mamaindê evidential system, and an assessment of how it fits into a cross-linguistic picture of evidentiality.},
keywords = {David Eberhard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2012bb,
title = {Beyond Spontaneity: Crisis, Violence and Collective Action in Athens},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.1080/13604813.2012.720760},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-10-01},
journal = {City},
volume = {16},
number = {5},
pages = {535-545},
abstract = {This article argues for the analytical potentials of the concept of spontaneity in our effort to understand critically the socio-spatial dynamics of Athens, but especially the contemporary collective protest actions in the city. Such critical understanding emerges as a significant task given the current urgency to grasp the capitalist crisis and the collective reactions to it. However, taking into account the re-configuration of extreme-Right violence in the streets of Athens, the article attempts to revisit the Marxist dichotomy between spontaneity and non-spontaneity. Via an anthropological critique of this distinction, the paper suggests an additional point of focus beyond spontaneity.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2012,
title = {Sociolinguistics of social class in globalized Qatar: Residents' self-reflections},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.5339/qfarf.2012.AHP47},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-10-01},
journal = {Qatar Foundation Annual Research Forum Volume},
volume = {2012},
number = {1},
abstract = {This is a sociocultural linguistic study on the ways whereby language is used by residents, both natives and expats, of Qatar, a highly globalized country in the Gulf area. The motivation for this study is Arabic sociolinguist Reem Bassiouney's observation that issues of social stratification and how the latter is reflected on language in the Arab world, and most prominently in the Gulf countries, are under-researched. Against this backdrop and trying to fill in this gap, the described methodology combines linguistic ethnography with research on archives and books describing issues of social organization relevant to contemporary Qatari society. Linguistic ethnography is seen as 'a method of social research, [which] seeks to capture and understand the meanings and dynamics in particular cultural settings'. My study includes data from ethnographic interviews with 3 people, one Qatari, one Italian and one Indian, who have been working in Qatar for at least six months (in this way, they are familiar with the (working) context of the country). The questions used in the interviews focus on the participants' (socio)linguistic choices, lifestyle choices, ideologies, beliefs, and values. It is argued that social class, at the level of people's self-reflections is constructed via sociolinguistic upscaling, namely by alluding to higher-order scales, which create social norms and are thus associated with power. Such an upscaling is further argued to index upward mobility. What this means is that higher orders tend to be more abstract, hence more powerful, exactly because they are associated with rules and norms of the society. In a nutshell, the basic finding in this study is that upward mobility in class consciousness takes place sociolinguistically by alluding to power via upscaling. Finally, the overarching argument put forward is that globalization tends to metamorphose the very essence of social class, as it renders it mobile, in constant flux, and eventually a new system consisting of resemiotized identity units. The findings will appeal to both linguists and sociologists working in and on Qatar.},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Noorden2012,
title = {Historiography},
author = {Helen Van Noorden},
doi = {10.1017/S0009840X12000261},
isbn = {978-0-7156-3833-0},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-10-01},
urldate = {2012-10-01},
journal = {The Classical Review},
volume = {62},
number = {2},
pages = {390-392},
keywords = {Helen Van Noorden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vigouroux2012,
title = {Francophonie},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux},
doi = {10.1146/annurev-anthro-092611-145804},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-09-26},
journal = {Annual Review of Anthropology },
volume = {42},
number = {1},
pages = {379-397},
abstract = {This review unravels different facets of la Francophonie, both as an international institution dedicated to the defense of French and as a group of people who speak or are united by French. Having been highly ideological since its beginnings and its association with France's colonial history, the very idea of la Francophonie has aroused passionate debates both within and without. Although it was officially launched as a cultural community seeking to develop economic partnership, it has evolved into a political organization promoting human rights and democracy and defending cultural diversity against Anglo-American hegemony. From a linguistic point of view, la Francophonie is approached in light of the centuries-long ideology of French as a universal language whose vitality is threatened by other languages. This review also shows that the political discourse of the institutional Francophonie has not always been in tune with that of its main agents, the Francophones.},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{French2012,
title = {The Semiotics of Collective Memories},
author = {Brigittine French},
doi = {10.1146/annurev-anthro-081309-145936},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-09-24},
journal = {Annual Review of Anthropology},
volume = {41},
number = {1},
pages = {337-353},
abstract = {This review outlines the conceptual foundations of collective memory research from social scientific and semiotic perspectives. It locates collective memories in publicly circulating signs, merging a semiotic orientation with Nora's (1989) notion of memory sites. It elucidates how collective memories are made, remade, and contested through circulation enabled by semiotic processes of entextualization and erasure that produce cartographies of communicability. It shows how recent analytic work in linguistic anthropology focused on temporality can be mobilized to understand the concrete semiotic and discursive mechanisms by which the past is selectively brought into the present for strategic ends. It concludes by highlighting two promising directions for further inquiry in collective memory research: the role of expert knowledge and the importance of embodied performance. Overall, the review suggests that a semiotic perspective offers an analytically precise way of mapping the processes by which represent.},
keywords = {Brigittine French},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Tsimpli2012b,
title = {L2 pronominal subject use and interpretation: evidence from English subordinate and coordinate clauses},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Alexandra Prentza},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-09-04},
urldate = {2012-09-04},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {presentation}
}
@article{Giles2012f,
title = {Intergenerational Communication Satisfaction and Age Boundaries: Comparative Middle Eastern Data},
author = {Howard Giles and Gholam Hassan Khajavy and Charles W. Choi},
doi = {10.1007/s10823-012-9179-9},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-09-02},
urldate = {2012-09-02},
journal = {Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology},
volume = {27},
number = {4},
pages = {357–371},
abstract = {Guided by the communicative predicative model of aging, American and Iranian young adults' perceptions of communication with their peers, middle-aged and elderly adults were examined; subjective boundaries for these age categories were also explored. As age of target increased, so did attributions of benevolence, norms of politeness and deference, and communicative respect and avoidance; conversely, attributions of personal vitality and communication satisfaction decreased linearly. Path analysis was also adopted to examine the simultaneous relationships between the variables under study, and ultimately with cultural caveats largely supported, a hypothesized model was derived. The data were discussed in terms of their yielding refinements and elaborations to the communicative predicament and enhancement models of aging.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2012bb,
title = {Rudeness as a discursive strategy in leadership discourse: Culture, power and gender in a Hong Kong workplace},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1016/j.pragma.2012.07.003},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-09-01},
urldate = {2012-09-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {44},
number = {12},
pages = {1661–1679},
abstract = {This article reports on an ongoing research project on leadership discourse and gender in Hong Kong workplaces. It analyses excerpts from a business meeting in a small factory outlet involving three male and three female staff. The two female leaders use jocular insults and other forms of verbal abuse repeatedly, and it is argued that the two leaders’ discursive strategies are best characterised as instrumental rudeness, the purpose of which is to attack their interlocutors’ face and thereby (re)activate aspects of their own power. Jocular insults may function as a means by which superiors maintain their position in the workplace, but also as a socially acceptable strategy by which subordinates challenge their leaders. In the present context, however, these strategies are used predominantly by the two leaders, and it is argued that a careful consideration of the socio-pragmatic norms of the micro- and the macro-context may explain why the subordinates accept these insults. The article suggests that huge power distance and hierarchical relationships may explain why these leaders’ demeaning discourses are not directly challenged. Finally, the article suggests that normatively masculine and feminine management styles may be culture specific, which reiterates the need for a careful consideration of socio-cultural values and norms.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2012bb,
title = {The discourse of powerlessness and repression: Identity construction in domestic helper narratives},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1111/j.1467-9841.2012.00541.x },
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-09-01},
urldate = {2012-09-01},
journal = {Journal of Sociolinguistics},
volume = {16},
number = {4},
abstract = {This article analyses domestic helper narratives focusing on identity construction in diaspora. It reports on an ongoing research project in a church shelter in Hong Kong where foreign domestic helpers (FDHs) seek help when they have been abused. Many of the stories told by FDHs are trauma narratives about physical assault, starvation, underpayment, and exploitation, and the article explores how narratives may be used as a means for identity construction, but also as a site for empowering FDHs to re‐author their stories and become agents in their own lives. The analyses show how linguistic resources are used to index different identities. They also show that FDHs have to accept forced identities and fight for their right to re‐author their own life stories. Finally, the article provides examples of private and public discourses about FDHs in Hong Kong and suggests that ideologies of moral exclusion},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2012g,
title = {Young Adults’ Perceptions of Intergenerational Communication: Mongolian and American Data},
author = {Howard Giles},
doi = {10.5195/aa.2012.57},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-09-01},
urldate = {2012-09-01},
journal = {Anthropology & Aging},
volume = {33},
number = {3},
abstract = {This study examines Mongolian and American young adults’ perceptions of intergenerational communication, specifically with respect to age stereotypes, norms of respect, communication behavior, and communication satisfaction. Using the Communication Predicament of Aging Model as a theoretical framework, the relationships between these variables are investigated using regression analyses. Young adults from both cultural contexts were asked to evaluate prior interactions with both middle-aged and older adults. The findings indicate a difference between how each generation is perceived, and the unique role of the middle-aged generation in Mongolia is evident.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2012h,
title = {The Third Biannual JLSP Top Paper Award},
author = {Howard Giles},
doi = {10.1177/0261927X12446597},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-09-01},
urldate = {2012-09-01},
journal = {Journal of Language and Social Psychology},
volume = {31},
number = {3},
pages = {239-239},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bhatia2012,
title = {Corporate Social Responsibility: The Hybridization of a ‘Confused’ Genre},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
doi = {10.1109/TPC.2012.2205732},
issn = {0361-1434},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-09-01},
journal = {IEEE Transactions on Professional Communication},
volume = {55},
number = {3},
pages = {221-238},
abstract = {Research problem: This study investigates the characteristics of corporate social responsibility (CSR), which are discursive attempts at creating positive impact and indicate to readers the process of business management in society. Research questions: (1) What is the intended purpose and function of the CSR reports taken from some of the most dominant corporations in the oil, banking, and aviation industries in the US and China, and how and to what extent do these reports meet the expectations of the international discourse community? (2) Are there any differences in the discursive construction of the CSR reports taken from the different industries? If so, what are these differences, and why might they exist? Literature review: Contrasting CSR practices in China and the US are appropriate because of their economic power, and rigorous CSR reporting practices. According to previous research, CSR practices in China are mandatory for state-owned enterprises, but voluntary in the US. Interdiscursivity, the appropriation of established generic resources across genres and practices to create new forms, provides a framework for exploring differences in reports between the countries. Critical discourse analysis (analyzing discourse as social practice) and genre analysis (analyzing discourse as genre), provide methods for exploring these differences. Methodology: Using discourse analysis, this study analyzed six samples of CSRs, three from Chinese corporations, three from American corporations. Samples were selected through rigorous online search for top companies in oil, aviation, and banking. The study involved a general content analysis of the overall CSR reports using genre and critical discourse analysis, and then more focused analysis of sections on the environment. Results and discussion: The main function of the CSR reports analyzed seems to be the promotion of the company image. Although all analyzed reports drew on the discourse of goodwill and promoted company engagement with society, CSR reports from the oil industry employed discourse of self-justification more, attributing company actions to external constraints. CSR, as a generic construct in its hybrid form, seems a “typification” of three interdiscourses-discourses of promotion, goodwill, and self-justification-sociopragmatically co-constructed within an interdiscursive space. The purity of this genre lies in its hybridization, primarily in the integration of promotional cues in reporting genre, illustrating how interdiscursivity can explore the interrelationship between discursive and professional practices. The limitation of the study was the limited choice of countries and sample size. Future research could compare reporting practices of companies with newly instituted CSR practices with companies in countries with a longer history of CSR reporting.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2012,
title = {Raymond Hickey (ed.), The handbook of language contact. Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell, 2010. Pp. xviii, 863. Hb. $199.95.},
author = {Ana Deumert},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404512000516},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-09-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {41},
number = {04},
pages = {527-530},
abstract = {The handbook of language contact is the latest addition to the impressive set of Blackwell handbooks in linguistics. The volume is divided into four parts with forty articles in total. Part 1, Contact and linguistics (six chapters), locates the study of language contact vis a vis central topics i n general linguistics: language change and historical linguistics (including quantitative and compu tational ap­ proaches), language classi fication, typology, grammaticalization, and grammatical theory. Part 2, Contact and change (six chapters), looks at a range of possible out­ comes and consequences of language contact: language shift, borrowing, code­ switch ing, dialect contact and change, the emergence of new variet ies, and pidgin/creole languages. Prut 3, Contact  and society (five chapters), includes diverse topics such as fieldwork issues, ethnicity, scenarios and typologies, as well as a chapter on language death (see below for a more detailed disscussion of the chapters in Part 3). The largest section is Part 4, which provides the reader with a range of case studies of language contact (twenty-three chapters). The first chapter, by Johanna Nichols, provides a useful overview of language contact with respect to macrofami­ lies and 1nacroareas. It is followed by chapters on contact in the prehistory of In­ doeuropea and the Germanic languages (Paul Roberge). Moving from macrofamilies to individ ual languages, the following five chapters focus on the history of English in various localities (United Kingdom/early history, United States, Caribbean, Asia, and Africa). While English thus receives quite detailed coverage, the same cannot be said for the remaining 6,000 or so languages of the world, which are discussed mainly in terms of macrofamilies (Celtic, Slavic, Finno-Ugric, Turkic, North American  languages,  Siberian languages, Ch i nese languages,  and  Australian  indigenous  languages).  Spanish and Portuguese share one article (John Lipski) Arabic has its own entry (Kees Ver­ steegh). In terms of geograph ical areas there are ind ividual chapters on the Balkans, Africa, South Asia, New Gu inea, and the Pacific. The relative overrepresentation of English  among the case studies is a reflection of the very  real inequalities between languages and their study (Hy mes 1973).},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Sidnell2012b,
title = {The Handbook of Conversation Analysis},
author = {Jack Sidnell and Tanya Stivers},
doi = {10.1002/9781118325001},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-08-28},
urldate = {2012-08-28},
journal = {The Handbook of Conversation Analysis},
abstract = {Presenting a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of theoretical and descriptive research in the field, The Handbook of Conversation Analysis brings together contributions by leading international experts to provide an invaluable information resource and reference for scholars of social interaction across the areas of conversation analysis, discourse analysis, linguistic anthropology, interpersonal communication, discursive psychology and sociolinguistics. Ideal as an introduction to the field for upper level undergraduates and as an in-depth review of the latest developments for graduate level students and established scholars. Five sections outline the history and theory, methods, fundamental concepts, and core contexts in the study of conversation, as well as topics central to conversation analysis. Written by international conversation analysis experts, the book covers a wide range of topics and disciplines, from reviewing underlying structures of conversation, to describing conversation analysis' relationship to anthropology, communication, linguistics, psychology, and sociology.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {Poverty},
author = {Harri Englund},
doi = {10.1002/9781118290620.ch16},
isbn = {9780470656457},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-08-22},
urldate = {2012-08-22},
journal = {A Companion to Moral Anthropology},
pages = {283 - 301},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Perrin2012,
title = {Coming to grips with dynamics and complexity. Methodological challenges to real-life writing research},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1515/9783110275681.389},
isbn = {9783110275681},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-08-16},
pages = {389 - 410},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton },
abstract = {Linguistics first considered written language, later focused on conversa-tions as processes, and only then rediscovered written language from a process perspective. Whereas psycholinguistic research on writing focuses on key logging and eye tracking to analyze micro processes such as plan-ning between linguistic units in experimental settings, sociolinguistics and applied linguistics start relating writing practices in the field to social mac-ro structures and problems such as societal diversity and change. In doing so, they understand micro development as a methodologically accessible activity which stands for similar, but less accessible developments on high-er levels and timescales.  In my article, I discuss the methodological potential of research frame-works in “real-life” writing research, drawing on newswriting as an upcom-ing field of application. After a short overview of four more traditional research frameworks in the research of newswriting, I focus on Dynamic Systems Theory (DST).1 I argue that DST thinking fosters appropriate ap-proaches to explaining the complexity of writing in multi-layered real-world contexts. On the one hand, DST provides the conceptual metaphors needed to understand why and how it makes sense to systematically ana-lyze a world in which everything is connected. On the other hand, DST enables researchers to develop empirically grounded models of processes at the edge of chaos – processes such as dealing with time pressure, poor quality pictures and emergent ideas when writing a piece of news. In this article, I focus on DST’s potential for explaining the dynamics and complexity of writing processes in real-world contexts such as the do-main of newswriting.2 A newswriting process by an experienced journalist about demonstrations in Lebanon, is referred to throughout, as a case of such real-world writing. On an empirical level, I exploit data from this LEBANON case to show that changing a single word in an emerging news text can mean reframing both the writing process and the text product.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Baider2012,
title = {President: the big challenge. Women, Politics and Media},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.1080/09639489.2012.691276},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-08-01},
journal = {Modern and Contemporary France},
volume = {20},
number = {3},
pages = {1-2},
abstract = {At the time of the 2012 presidential elections Marlene Coulomb-Gully, specialist in political and media reports, revisits the staging of power. Unlike the other works of which she is the author, President: the big challenge focuses on the dimension of gender. Indeed, a lucid and engaged gaze questions the representation of women and men politicians, even if the subject is centered on the candidates, during the presidential campaigns under the Fifth Republic: how the candidates build a 'strategic identity'? How in particular is this identity manipulated through articles and journalists' comments? What evolution can we detect since 1965, but also what constants?},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Perrin2012b,
title = {Chapter 30. Coming to Grips with Complexity: Dynamic Systems Theory in the Research of Newswriting},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.37514/PER-B.2012.0452.2.30},
isbn = {9781642150452},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-07-08},
pages = {539-558},
chapter = {30},
abstract = {The thirty chapters in this edited collection were selected from the more than 500 presentations at the Writing Research Across Borders II Conference in 2011. With representatives from more than forty countries, this conference gave rise to the International Society for the Advancement of Writing Research. The chapters selected for this collection represent cutting edge research on writing from all regions, organized around three themes—cultures, places, and measures. The authors report research that considers writing in all levels of schooling, in science, in the public sphere, and in the workplace, as well as at the relationship among these various places of writing. The authors also consider the cultures of writing—among them national cultures, gender cultures, schooling cultures, scientific cultures, and cultures of the workplace. Finally, the chapters examine various ways of measuring writing and how these measures interact with practices of teaching and learning.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pablé2012,
title = {Logophilia, logophobia and the terra mota of personal linguistic experience},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.1016/j.langcom.2012.04.001},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-07-01},
journal = {Language & Communication },
volume = {32},
number = {3},
pages = {257–264},
abstract = {This article discusses how an integrational approach to teaching linguistics at tertiary education institutions differs from the orthodox approach. Drawing from experience with English in Hong Kong, it is argued that individuals need to become confident and responsible language-users, which, in turn, requires a different understanding of how language relates to one’s personal life. A ‘science’ of linguistics, however, takes for granted that there is a semantically determinate metalanguage which operates independently of time, culture, language, and people; a consequence of this is that students come to think of verbal communication exclusively in reference to languages, i.e. fixed codes that individuals already possess prior to language-use. Mythical thinking about language, however, leads to pathologies identified here as ‘logophilia’ and ‘logophobia’, respectively.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2012bb,
title = {The Movement and the “Movement” of Syntagma Square},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-07-01},
journal = {Cultural Anthropology-Hotspots},
abstract = {The late 1990s and early 2000s was the era of so-called "Strong Greece," or as another governmental slogan put it, the period of "Modernization." Under this banner, a project of neoliberal urban re-development prevailed for a decade or so. This was a period of economic growth powered by the emerging European Monetary Union and the linked neoliberal adjustments, including a rapidly increasing economy of credit and an abundance of inexpensive labor. This labor was mainly offered by migrants who came from collapsing former socialist states, especially Albania, but also by underemployed youth.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2012b,
title = {Haine et colère},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.1051 / shsconf / 20120100185},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-07-01},
journal = {SHS Web of Conferences},
volume = {1},
number = {2261-2424},
pages = {1701-1717 },
abstract = {Dans la discussion qui suit sa définition de « anger » (colère), Wierzbicka (1998) propose l’élément de vengeance (‘revenge’) : «outrage may be followed by revenge ». Pourtant la vengeance semble justement un des éléments définitoires de la haine selon des recherches en corpus. La présente étude propose d’explorer la proximité sémantique des deux concepts colère et haine dans la culture et la société franco-françaises pour les définir dans une définition MSN. Nous repérons, à travers leurs emplois en discours oraux et écrits, les caractéristiques communes et celles qui permettent de les dissocier. Nous commencerons par dresser les différences morphosyntaxiques pour chaque unité, afin d’isoler les premiers indices de différenciation. Nous opterons ensuite pour une approche sémantique, l’objet de notre travail n’étant pas l’étude des expressions nominales ou verbales de colère et de haine mais l’étude de ces deux sentiments à travers les discours sur ces sentiments afin de profiler le concept donné. Pour ce faire nous proposons de fusionner les principes théoriques et méthodologiques de l’approche socio-cognitive proposés dans Giora (2003) et de Kesckes (2010 et 2011), afin de formuler une définition en métalangue sémantique naturelle (MSN). Si nous proposons des définitions, deux questions restent en suspens : comment représenter l’orientation (Blumenthal, 2002) ou la perspective différente de procès, selon qu’on décrit haine ou colère. De plus chaque domaine (pensée, réaction physique et sentiments) n’est pas activé de la même manière selon que haine ou colère est ressentie. Cette différence devrait aussi paraître dans notre définition.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2012i,
title = {Effects of Inferred Motive on Evaluations of Nonaccommodative Communication},
author = {Howard Giles and Jessica Gasiorek},
doi = {10.1111/j.1468-2958.2012.01426.x},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-07-01},
urldate = {2012-07-01},
journal = {Human Communication Research},
volume = {38},
number = {3},
abstract = {In two studies, we propose, refine, and test a new model of inferred motive predicting of individuals' reactions to nonaccommodation, defined as communicative behavior that is inappropriately adjusted for participants in an interaction. Inferring a negative motive for others' problematic behavior resulted in significantly less positive evaluations of both the interaction and the speaker than inferring either a positive motive or a lack of intentionality. It was also found that underaccommodation is consistently evaluated less positively than overaccommodation, likely due to inferred motive. In light of this, important amendments to communication accommodation theory's principles are suggested, and implications for future research are discussed.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zarakol2012,
title = {Turkey and Thailand: Unlikely Twins},
author = {Ayse Zarakol and Duncan McCargo},
doi = {10.1353/jod.2012.0055},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-07-01},
urldate = {2012-07-01},
journal = {Journal of Democracy},
volume = {23},
number = {3},
pages = {71-79},
abstract = {This article compares recent political developments in two seemingly different countries: Turkey and Thailand. The similarities between the trajectories of Turkey and Thailand date back to their similar manner of incorporation into the modern international system in the late nineteenth century. In recent years, the rise of new societal groups based upon urbanized villagers has produced charismatic populist leaders who preach democracy, but practise electoralism. Recep Tayyip ErdoÄŸan and Thaksin Shinawatra are locked in parallel confrontations with traditionally interventionist military/bureaucratic elites. A comparison between Thailand and Turkey provides insights that are generally applicable to our understanding of democratization outside the West.},
keywords = {Ayse Zarakol},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Perrin2012bb,
title = {Chapter 34. Shaping the Multimedia Mindset: Collaborative Writing in Journalism Education},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
editor = {Chris Thaiss and Gerd Bräuer and Paula Carlino and Lisa Ganobcsik-Williams and Aparna Sinha},
doi = {10.37514/PER-B.2012.0346.2.34},
isbn = {9781642150346},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-06-30},
pages = {389 - 400},
chapter = {34},
abstract = {Blogs are being used for PR, online newsmagazines are booming, and young people are watching TV more and more often via Internet portals such as YouTube. Increasingly, publicity results from stories and news on the Internet. This development is unstoppable, just like when the market switched from black-and-white to color photography, from silent movies to sound films, and more recently from letters to e-mail. and, as always in journalism, anyone who understands how to exploit
current technology for contemporary storytelling is in demand. The accelerating change calls for media—and journalists—fit enough to adapt to new circumstances. Professional practice and research show that multimedia mindsets foster applying three success factors: writing on all channels (see Section 1 of the article), working in teams (Section 2), and finding emergent solutions (Section 3). This has consequences for the design of writing courses in journalism education (Section 4) —including meaningful, relevant assessments, as an example will show (Section 5). The second part of this essay describes in detail a new joint programme in multimedia journalism designed by the Zurich University of Applied Sciences and the Zurich University of the Arts.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Deumert2012bb,
title = {Giving voice},
author = {Ana Deumert},
doi = {10.1075/cll.44.20deu},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-06-27},
pages = {377-388},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
abstract = {Welcome to e-content platform of John Benjamins Publishing Company. Here you can find all of our electronic books and journals, for purchase and download or subscriber access.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Michaud2012k,
title = {Appendix to Historical transfer of nasality between consonantal onset and vowel},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Guillaume Jacques and Robert L. Rankin},
doi = {10.1075/dia.29.2.04mic.additional},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-06-20},
journal = {Diachronica},
volume = {29},
number = {9},
pages = {1-11},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pablé2012b,
title = {Towards a new semiotics of landmark knowledge},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.1080/10350330.2011.648406},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-06-01},
journal = {Social Semiotics},
volume = {22},
number = {3},
pages = {259-274 },
abstract = {This paper proposes to reconsider the relation between language, truth and knowledge, based on an integrational semiology as developed by Roy Harris: at its centre of interest is the question of what it is to know the name of a landmark, and how that in turn relates to the general concept of landmark knowledge. It is claimed here that previous research interested in referential talk involving landmarks adopted a “mythological” view of language and communication, which leads to conflating knowledge with verbal displays of knowledge. Taking the present author's fieldwork in Bellinzona, the capital of Italian-speaking Switzerland, as a case in point, it is argued that by generating communicational situations where informants are unaware of being objects of study and can no longer rely on an “ideal” (and idealized) name–referent relationship (i.e. for each object there is one “proper” name), it becomes possible to understand reference as an integrational process (rather than as a form of linguistic knowledge), which in turn lends further support to the notion of knowledge as integration.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2012i,
title = {Historical transfer of nasality between consonantal onset and vowel: From C to V or from V to C?},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Guillaume Jacques and Robert L. Rankin},
doi = {10.1075/dia.29.2.04mic},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-06-01},
journal = {Diachronica},
volume = {29},
number = {2},
pages = {201-230},
abstract = {Comparative data from several language families show that nasality can be transferred between a syllable-initial consonant cluster and the following vowel. The cases reported to date are summarized, and a new analysis is proposed for a set of Sino-Tibetan data. The evolution appears to go in both directions: from the consonantal onset to the following vowel in Tai-Kadai, Austroasiatic, Sino-Tibetan, Niger-Congo (Kwa) and Indo-European (Celtic), and from the vowel to the preceding consonant in Siouan. However, an examination of the conditions on these changes brings out an asymmetry. In most cases, transfers of nasality take place from a consonantal onset to a following vowel; the instances we found of a regular change in the opposite direction all come from languages where there is one of the following restrictions on nasal sounds: (i) nasal consonants are nonphonemic (contextually predictable), or (ii) the opposition between nasal and oral vowels is neutralized after nasal consonants (in favor of nasal vowels).},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Fina2012bb,
title = {De Fina, A. and Georgakopoulou, A. (2012). Analyzing Narratives. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press},
author = {Anna De Fina and Alexandra Georgakopoulou},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139051255},
isbn = {9781139051255},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Modern Italian Studies},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {The socially minded linguistic study of storytelling in everyday life has been rapidly expanding. This book provides a critical engagement with this dynamic field of narrative studies, addressing long-standing questions such as definitions of narrative and views of narrative structure but also more recent preoccupations such as narrative discourse and identities, narrative language, power and ideologies. It also offers an overview of a wide range of methodologies, analytical modes and perspectives on narrative from conversation analysis to critical discourse analysis, to linguistic anthropology and ethnography of communication. The discussion engages with studies of narrative in multiple situational and cultural settings, from informal-intimate to institutional. It also demonstrates how recent trends in narrative analysis, such as small stories research, positioning analysis and sociocultural orientations, have contributed to a new paradigm that approaches narratives not simply as texts, but rather as complex communicative practices intimately linked with the production of social life.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Perrin2012bb,
title = {Stancing: Strategies of entextualizing stance in newswriting},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1016/j.dcm.2012.10.005},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-06-01},
journal = {Discourse, Context & Media},
volume = {1},
number = {2-3},
pages = {135–147},
abstract = {By stancing, I understand the process of taking one’s own position within organizational, institutional, and societal frames of reference and encoding it, through collaborative practices of text production, by using linguistic and further semiotic means. The article starts by discussing the key concept of stancing in more detail (Section 1); then outlines progression analysis as the multimethod approach applied to identify stancing practices (Section 2); explains how progression analysis was applied in the Idée suisse research project (Section 3); presents exemplary findings from German- and French-speaking contexts (Section 4); and discusses how insights from field research can be generalized and contribute to increasing scientific and professional (meta-)linguistic knowledge and awareness related to journalistic stance and stancing (Section 5).},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Weinberg2012,
title = {In Defense of Radical Constructionism},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
doi = {10.2307/41679724},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-06-01},
urldate = {2012-06-01},
journal = {Sociological Quarterly},
volume = {53},
number = {3},
pages = {360-373},
abstract = {With his essay "The Limits of the Discursive," Wing-Chung Ho has provided us an occasion to reflect on the state of the art in social constructionist social science. He has done so by taking issue with what he considers some ubiquitous tendencies in what he calls radical constructionism. According to Ho, radical constructionism understands "social realities as constructed and reproduced through situated, articulatory practices rather than objective structures" (p. 321). It claims "that social reality is constituted more by the actor's usage of discourse than shaped by the social structure which is said to be fixed and static" (p. 322). Following von Glasersfeld (1984), Ho characterizes radical constructionism as a theoretical approach that insists "knowledge does not reflect an 'objective' ontological reality, but is exclusively an ordering and organization of a world constituted by our experience" (p. 322). As a result of these theoretical commitments, discursive practice "becomes an essential concept inherent in the creation of knowledge" (p. 322). He also makes a series of subsidiary claims regarding radical constructionism that I will take up in the body of this essay. While Ho is concerned to critique a much broader collection of authors, his focus is primarily trained on the collaborative work of Jaber Gubrium and James Holstein, two leading figures in the constructionist canon. In this commentary, I endorse Ho's insistence that discursive practice cannot be adequately understood in isolation from what he calls the "pre-predicative structure of the lifeworld" (p. 323), but also point out several problems in his argument, including his mistaken claim that Gubrium and Holstein do so isolate discursive practice.
},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Solopova2012b,
title = {The Making and Re-making of the Gough Map of Britain: Manuscript Evidence and Historical Context},
author = {Elizabeth Solopova},
doi = {10.1080/03085694.2012.673758},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-06-01},
urldate = {2012-06-01},
journal = {Imago Mundi},
volume = {64},
number = {2},
pages = {155-168},
abstract = {The results of a palaeographical and linguistic study of the Gough map demonstrate that although it was initially produced in the 1370s, the map was extensively revised not long thereafter. The pictorial features south of Hadrian's Wall were outlined in a darker ink and many place-names overwritten by a scribe who probably worked in the first thirty years of the fifteenth century. Discussion of the methods and scope of this revision is followed by an attempt to consider its historical context. The revision is most discernible in southeast England with virtually no changes made to Scotland, and only occasional changes made in Wales and the north of England. The reviser's focus on the south contrasts with the decision of the map's original makers to depict the whole island of Britain. This difference in approach raises questions about the ideological and political circumstances that made possible the original conception of the Gough map as a map of the whole island, and about an apparent decline of interest in or need for such a cartographic approach in the first decades of the fifteenth century. The original mapmaker's political outlook reflected the aspirations of the English kings in the late thirteenth and throughout the fourteenth centuries and the context of the Scottish wars of the period, whereas the different approach of the reviser may attest to changes in the political situation and ideology early in the fifteenth century.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Solopova},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Steinmüller2012,
title = {China and postsocialist anthropology: theorizing power and society after Communism},
author = {Hans Steinmüller},
doi = {10.1111/j.1467-9655.2012.01754_15.x},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-06-01},
urldate = {2012-06-01},
journal = {Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute},
volume = {18},
number = {2},
pages = {481-483},
abstract = {All this is a familiar story in Aboriginal historical ethnography by now. Babidge's contribution is her focus on the way in which specific forms of Aboriginal family and family statuses in the Charters Towers area were engendered and elicited by the development of various state and federal policies in Queensland and Australia. Her work is an ethnographic contribution to the description of the now commonly referred to Aboriginal'surnamed family group', which has become a unit of both domestic economy and reproduction in the classic sense, as well as a political unit of Aboriginal interaction with the state within a variety of statutory realms. This twofold domestic and political function distinguishes the extended Aboriginal family from most non-Aboriginal families in Australia.},
keywords = {Hans Steinmüller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2012c,
title = {Language Diversity and Social Action A Third Locus of Linguistic Relativity},
author = {Jack Sidnell and N. J. Enfield},
doi = {10.1086/665697},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-06-01},
urldate = {2012-06-01},
journal = {Current Anthropology},
volume = {53},
issue = {3},
pages = {302 - 333},
abstract = {The classic version of the linguistic relativity principle, formulated by Boas and developed especially in the work of Whorf, suggests that the particular lexicogrammatical patterns of a given language can influence the thought of its speakers. A second version of the argument emerged in the 1970s and shifted the focus to the indexical aspect of language: any given language includes a particular set of indexical signs, and these essentially shape the contexts produced in speaking that language. In this article, we propose a third locus of linguistic relativity. Our argument is based on recent work in conversation analysis that has shown how the resources of a given language provide the tools for accomplishing basic actions in interaction. To develop our argument, we consider the way in which the resources of three different languages (Caribbean English Creole, Finnish, and Lao) are deployed by speakers to agree with a prior assessment while at the same time claiming greater epistemic authority over the matter assessed. Our case study indicates that the language-specific tools used to accomplish this action (the lexicogrammatical resources) introduce collateral effects and in this way give the action a local spin or inflection.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2012g,
title = {The Complex Tones of East/Southeast Asian Languages: Current Challenges for Typology and Modelling},
author = {Alexis Michaud
},
url = {https://halshs.archives-ouvertes.fr/halshs-00676251},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-05-26},
journal = {Third International Symposium on Tonal Aspects of Languages (TAL 2012), Nanjing, China (2012)},
pages = {1-7},
abstract = {In some of the tone systems of East and Southeast Asian languages, linguistic tone cannot simply be equated with pitch; some tones have phonation-type characteristics as part of their phonological definition; and there is no compelling evidence for analyzing tonal contours into sequences of levels. Salient findings are reviewed, first from a synchronic perspective, then from a diachronic one, to bring out facts that are relevant for tonal typology and for evolutionary approaches to phonology.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Sidnell2012d,
title = {Turn-Continuation by Self and by Other},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1080/0163853X.2012.654760},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-05-23},
urldate = {2012-05-23},
journal = {Discourse Processes},
volume = {49},
issue = {3-4},
pages = {314-337},
abstract = {At the possible completion of a turn constructional unit (TCU) which has not selected a next speaker, a speaker has available to her two options: either she can begin a new TCU or she can continue the one that has just come to a point of possible completion. This article describes some of the complex turns that result from exercise of the second option. These can be seen to consist of at least two components: a host and a continuation. I focus in particular on cases in which these are produced by different speakers. Although a basic distinction between reverse and same directionality continuations can account for many instances, other cases are more complicated. I suggest that such cases encourage us to consider the variety of footings a speaker can adopt vis-a-vis the prior talk by continuing another participant's turn.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Wong2012,
title = {Teaching consumer-oriented ethnographIc research},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-04-01},
journal = {Marketing Education Review},
volume = {22},
number = {1},
pages = {15-20},
abstract = {Despite an increasing demand for marketing researchers familiar with ethnographic methods, ethnographic consumer research has received little coverage in current marketing curricula. The innovation discussed in the present paper addresses this problem: it introduces the notion of "cultural relativism" and gives students hands-on experience in conducting cultural analysis of consumer products using ethnographic interview data. The instructional innovation consists of a 75-minute class session and a group project made up of three interim assignments. Assessment results from a marketing research class show that students understood the value of ethnographic consumer research and gained useful experience in collecting, analyzing, and interpreting ethnographic data.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2012bb,
title = {Transdisciplinary Action Research Bringing Together Communication and Media Researchers and Practitioners},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1386/ajms.1.1.3_1},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-03-28},
journal = {Journal of Applied Journalism and Media Studies},
volume = {1},
number = {1},
pages = {3-23},
abstract = {Transdisciplinary action research (TD) is about understanding and improving the real world, the “life-world” (e.g. Hirsch Hadorn, et al., 2008, p. 20). In the TD research framework, academics from various disciplines collaborate with practitioners to investigate and sustainably solve a socially-relevant practical problem. TD transcends academe: It is research “on, for and with” practitioners (Cameron, Frazer, Rampton, & Richardson, 1992, p. 22). This position paper outlines TD as the ideal research framework to “bridge the gap between media and communication scholarship on the one hand and media practitioners on the other” (http://www.intellectbooks.co.uk/journals/view-Journal,id=220). To illustrate TD, I draw on the Idée suisse research project (e.g. Perrin, 2011a). In this project, academics and media practitioners collaborate to investigate how the Swiss national TV company and its journalists work and what they need to do to improve their output.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2012b,
title = {Language Matters: The Role of Linguistic Identity in the Establishment of the Lusophone African Community in Macau},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Roberval Teixeira-E-Silva},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1080/00020184.2012.668294},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-03-22},
pages = {90},
abstract = {In this article we present results of a qualitative study of Africans in Macau, as part of the general phenomenon of African migration into China in the 21st century. We focus on the African community from Portuguese-speaking countries in Macau, outlining its internal organisation, memberships, objectives, and activities. The results of this study indicate that this African community is the most established and the best organised African community in China. We argue that the common linguistic identity between members of this community and with other Portuguese speakers is a major factor in its relative success. This argumentation is anchored in our cross-cultural theory of community identity building, where factors such as commonality of language, food, and music play important roles in community bonding and community identity building among migrant groupings in cross-linguistic and cross-cultural settings.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Piller2012,
title = {Intercultural Communication: An Overview One},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
doi = {10.1002/9781118247273.ch1},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-03-22},
urldate = {2012-03-22},
journal = {The Handbook of Intercultural Discourse and Communication},
abstract = {Introduction“Having a Culture”Beyond “Having a Culture”Empirical Intercultural CommunicationLanguage in “Intercultural Communication”Inequality in Intercultural CommunicationConclusion Bibliography.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{King2012,
title = {Location, lore and language An erotic triangle},
author = {Brian King},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-03-15},
urldate = {2012-03-15},
journal = {Journal of Language and Sexuality},
volume = {1},
number = {1},
pages = {106-125},
abstract = {This study addresses how language interacts with the erotic and 'place' (our socially understood surroundings) in an online, text-only, mostly linguistic en-vironment to create an erotic atmosphere, and how eroticised atmosphere relates to linguistically driven sexual subject formation. Analysis focuses on extracts from a conversation in which public erotic discussions unfold between partici-pants who are (ostensibly) men who desire men. A 'room' spatiality is continual-ly performed, sometimes relying upon idealised images of 'erotic oases' from the offline world to build an erotic atmosphere. These offline erotic oases are places of 'deviance' characterised by semi-public sex (e.g. parks, public washrooms, and saunas). This type of atmosphere is contested by some participants while others embrace it. Analysis demonstrates that eroticism, spatiality, and language adapt to one another along a reformulating path. This suggests that a more nuanced understanding of language and the erotic depends on spatial investigations as much as discursive theory.},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Roberts2012,
title = {Phases. Developing the Framework},
author = {Ian Roberts and Ángel J. Gallego and Cedric Boeckx and Zeljko Bošković and Noam Chomsky and Samuel D. Epstein and Wolfram Hinzen and Hisatsugu Kitahara and Julie Anne Legate and Hiroki Narita and Miki Obata and Marc D. Richards and Bridget Samuels and Yosuke Sato and T. Daniel Seely and Juan Uriagereka},
editor = {Ángel J. Gallego},
doi = {10.1515/9783110264104},
isbn = {978-3-11-026410-4},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-03-15},
urldate = {2012-03-15},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {This volume explores and develops the framework of phases (so-called Phase Theory), first introduced in Chomsky (2000). The antecedents of such framework go back to the well-known notion of “cycle”, which concerns broader notions, such as compositionality, locality, and economy conditions. Within generative grammar, this idea of the cycle took a concrete form in the fifties, with Chomsky, Halle, and Lukoff’s (1955) pioneering work on stress, later on extended in Chomsky & Halle (1968), Halle & Vergnaud (1987), and further applied to morpho-phonology (Mascaró 1976 and Kiparski 1982), semantics (Jackendoff 1969), and syntax (Chomsky 1965, 1973). In recent years, several attempts have tried to refine and reformulate the cycle (Freidin 1999, Lasnik 2006, Uriagereka 2011). Such was the goal behind explorations on bounding nodes (Chomsky 1973) and barriers (Chomsky 1986), for which there is substantial empirical evidence showing how computation proceeds in a step-by-step fashion. Much work within minimalism has been devoted to investigate the nature of phases and their relevance for other areas of linguistic inquiry. Although it has been argued that phases have natural correlates at the interfaces, it is still unclear what the defining properties of these domains are, whether they can help us understand language acquisition, language variation, or language evolution. This book aims at addressing these questions, sharpening our understanding about phases and the nature of the Faculty of Language.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@conference{Essegbey2012,
title = {Touch ideophones in Nyagbo},
author = {James Essegbey},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-03-15},
urldate = {2012-03-15},
abstract = {This paper discusses touch ideophones in Nyagbo, a Ghana-Togo Mountain language (GTM) spoken in Ghana. Dingemanse (2009: 3) observes that while most discussions of ideophones focus on their phonological, morphological and syntactic characteristics, “[r]arely do we get systematic information on intension (the conceptual content, or the sensory event evoked by an ideophone) versus the extension (the range of situations it can be applied to), on semantic relations between ideophones, on possible semantic variation, or on metalinguistic intuitions that speakers themselves may have about these words.” This paper seeks to fill that gap by exploring the meaning and use of four touch ideophones in Nyagbo. These words were elicited using the “texture booklet,” an elicitation tool designed at the Max-Planck Institute for Psycholinguistics, Nijmegen (Majid et al 2007). Two of the words, kplɔkplɔ ‘smooth’ and hwahwalaa ‘rough,’ are general-meaning surface-texture words which are widely used. In contrast, the other two words, ekpeɖekpeɖé ‘round’ and tsutsuruu ‘round,’ which describe shape and toughness respectively, are used to describe only one material each
},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Andaya2012,
title = {10. Interracial Marriages and the Overseas Family The Case of the Portuguese Topasses in Timor},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Leonard Y Andaya},
doi = {10.1355/9789814311977-012},
isbn = {9789814311977},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-03-09},
publisher = {ISEAS Publishing},
abstract = {In historiographical terms, the publication of the first volume of Southeast Asia in the Age of Commerce in 1988 marked a watershed in the study of the region’s premodern history. In this pioneering work Anthony Reid touched on many aspects of daily life, but he remains one of the few historians to think seriously about the ways in which social and economic changes of the period affected understandings of what constituted a family. 1 In particular, Tony drew attention to the growing visibility of sexual relations between foreign traders and local women, remarking that “interracial unions were a feature of all the commercial cities of Southeast Asia”. 2 Such unions had long been customary, but the presence of individuals born of “mixed” parentage became more noticeable in early modern times because so many European men arrived in Asia without women.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Garcia2012,
title = {Scripting Addiction: The Politics of Therapeutic Talk and American Sobriety},
author = {Angela Garcia},
doi = {10.1111/j.1548-1433.2011.01413_4.x},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-03-03},
urldate = {2012-03-03},
journal = {American Anthropologist},
volume = {114},
number = {1},
keywords = {Angela Garcia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2012bb,
title = {Discourses of identity: Outgroup stereotypes and strategies of discursive boundary-making in Chinese students’ online discussions about “the other”},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1080/17447143.2011.560670},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-03-01},
urldate = {2012-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Multicultural Discourses},
volume = {7},
number = {1},
pages = {59-79},
abstract = {In the public discourse about Mainland China (MLC) in Hong Kong (HK), China is usually presented as ingroup, and the “one-country-one-people” ideology is widely supported. In the private discourse, however, MLC is usually presented as outgroup. This article analyzes spontaneous online discussions from a chat forum where local and non-local Chinese students in an Intercultural Communication class discuss self- and other-categorizations in HK and MLC. The analyses demonstrate that a wide range of mitigation strategies is used, suggesting that students constantly engage in face-threatening activities. The data also show that HK students’ stereotypes of MLC are remarkably negative, and that MLC students defend themselves by constructing counter-narratives about the rejected mother and her ungrateful child. The discussion argues that social identity is a flexible concept which constantly changes depending on context and situation, and it suggests that the students’ narratives should be seen as examples of different types of discourse: a Western and an Eastern discourse with fundamentally different norms for self- and other-construction. Finally, the paper argues that only by addressing potentially painful issues, and verbalizing taboos in the strained relationship between HK and MLC, is it possible, over time, to reconcile the opposing discourses about “the other”.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pierson2012,
title = {ESL students’ attitudes toward punctuation},
author = {Herbert Pierson and Alan Hirvela and Alexander Nussbaum},
doi = {10.1016/j.system.2012.01.006},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-03-01},
urldate = {2012-03-01},
journal = {System},
volume = {40},
number = {1},
pages = {11–23},
abstract = {Punctuation is a surprisingly underexplored area of second language writing and learning. The small body of published literature about punctuation tends to look at ways in which punctuation can be taught. Little is known, except anecdotally, about how English as a second language (ESL) students actually feel about using English punctuation, despite the fact that they must use it frequently if they are writing in English, and may have different notions of how it functions based on its use in their native language. In this paper we report on a survey study of university students’ attitudes toward punctuation in English as a first step toward generating deeper understanding about students’ use of punctuation. The results suggest that students are generally somewhat positive about their use of English punctuation, with some variance in their use of punctuation depending on the writing context at hand.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Weinberg2012b,
title = {The Social Construction of Self Knowledge: A Commentary on the Legacy of Melvin Pollner},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
doi = {10.1007/s12108-011-9142-1},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-03-01},
urldate = {2012-03-01},
journal = {The American Sociologist},
volume = {43},
number = {1},
pages = {76-84},
abstract = {Like other approaches in the social sciences, social constructionist studies have too often construed the self as some manner of mental image, or representation, we privately carry of our own identity. While socially shaped, this image is understood as an essentially personal possession about which its possessor can legitimately claim a categorically privileged form of knowledge. This residual commitment to theoretically privileging the first person perspective on the self inhibits our appreciation for the extent to which the validity of self-knowledge is a dynamic and ongoing collective accomplishment rather than a strictly private personal assessment. This essay briefly reviews a selection of canonical contributions to the social constructionist literature on the self, demonstrating specifically how they theoretically privilege the first person perspective. It then demonstrates how the work of Melvin Pollner provides conceptual resources for effectively overcoming this unfortunate tendency. KeywordsSelf-knowledge–Social Constructionism–Pollner–Self-understanding–First-person.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2012bb,
title = {'Greek-crisis' as violence: killing people and the deregulation of publicly performed political violence in Athens},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-03-01},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2012bb,
title = {From Athens to Wall Street: reflections on occupy movements in Greece and the US},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Manissa McCleave Maharawal and Isham Christie},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-03-01},
abstract = {March 19, 2012: The CUNY Graduate Center A discussion on the past, present and future of uprisings and occupy movements in Athens and New York City. With Special Guests: Dimitris Dalakoglou is co-editor of the book Revolt and Crisis in Greece, and a member of the Occupied London Collective. He works as a Lecturer in Anthropology at the University of Sussex (UK). Manissa McCleave Maharawal is a writer, activist and a doctoral student in the anthropology department at the CUNY Graduate Center. She has been involved with and written extensively about the Occupy movement since it started. Isham Christie is a student at the CUNY Graduate Center studying critical social theory, philosophy, and film. He has been involved with Occupy Wall Street since before the occupation began, in a range of working groups.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Dalakoglou2012bb,
title = {Urban spatialities of the crisis: Athens beyond the Syntagma Square movement},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-03-01},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Sidnell2012e,
title = {Language and gender in the Caribbean},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1075/jpcl.27.1.04sid},
issn = {0920-9034},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-02-28},
urldate = {2012-02-28},
journal = {Journal of Pidgin and Creole Languages},
volume = {27},
issue = {1},
pages = {141 - 157},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Andaya2012b,
title = {Christianity in Southeast Asia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1016/B0-08-044854-2/05061-6},
isbn = {9780080448541},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-02-20},
journal = {Introducing World Christianity},
pages = {401-404},
publisher = {John Wiley & Sons},
abstract = {Barbara Watson Andaya was educated at the University of Sydney (B.A., Dip.Ed.), and received her M.A. at the University of Hawai'i in 1968 and her Ph.D. from Cornell University (1974). She has lived and taught in Australia, New Zealand, Indonesia, the Netherlands, and the United States. Her specific area of expertise is the western Malay-Indonesia archipelago, on which she has published extensively, including Perak, the abode of grace. A study of an eighteenth century Malay state (1979) and To live as brothers: Southeast Sumatra in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries (1993). She maintains an active teaching and research interest across all Southeast Asia, and is especially interested in religious history. Together with Yoneo Ishii she wrote ‘Religious Developments in Southeast Asia, c.1500–1800’ for The Cambridge history of Southeast Asia (1992). She is Professor of Asian Studies at the University of Hawai'i, Director of the Center for Southeast Asian Studies, and President of the American Association of Asian Studies.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Zuckermann2012b,
title = {Introduction to the Joshua A. Fishman comprehensive bibliography},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1515/ijsl-2012-0014},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-02-15},
journal = {International Journal of the Sociology of Language},
volume = {1},
number = {213},
pages = {149-152},
abstract = {Seven Jews have changed the world. Moses said:“Everything is in the head!” Jesus said:“Everything is in the heart!” Marx said:“Everything is in the stomach!” Freud said:“Everything is in the groin!” Fishman said:“Everything is in the tongue!” Zuckerberg said:“Everything is in the finger!” Einstein said:“Everything is relative!” Success is relative. But Joshua A. Fishman, hypocoristically aka Shikl, has set an absolute standard. Only in the dictionary does “Success” come before “Work”. And Fishman’s more than 80 books and 1000 articles demonstrate his Herculean commitment to scholarship since his first publications in the original Yiddish journal Yugntruf in 1945, which he co-founded with contact linguist Uriel Weinreich.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2012j,
title = {Effects of Inferred Motive on Evaluations of Nonaccommodative Communication},
author = {Howard Giles and Jairo N. Fuertes and William H. Gottdiener and Helena Martin and Tracey C. Gilbert and Howard Giles,},
doi = {10.1002/ejsp.862},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-02-01},
urldate = {2012-02-01},
journal = {European Journal of Social Psychology},
volume = {42},
number = {1},
pages = {120 - 133},
abstract = {This paper reports a meta-analysis of the empirical literature on the effects of speakers' accents on interpersonal evaluations. Our review of the published literature uncovered 20 studies that have compared the effects of standard accents (i.e., the accepted accent of the majority population) versus non-standard accents (i.e., accents that are considered foreign or spoken by minorities) on evaluations about the speakers. These 20 studies yielded 116 independent effect sizes on an array of characteristics that were selected by the original researchers. We classified each of the characteristics as belonging to one of three domains that have been traditionally discussed in this area, namely status (e.g., intelligence, social class), solidarity (trustworthiness, in-group–out-group member), and dynamism (level of activity and liveliness). The effect was particularly strong when American Network accented speakers were compared with non–standard-accented speakers. These results underscore prior research showing that speakers' accents have powerful effects on how others perceive them. These and other results are discussed in the context of the literature along with implications for future research in this area. Copyright © 2011 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Cardoso2012c,
title = {Yaron Matras, Language contact. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2009. Pp. xvi, 366. Pb. $45.},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404511001060},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-02-01},
urldate = {2012-02-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {41},
number = {1},
pages = {147-148},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Weinberg2012c,
title = {Domestic practice, situated contingency and adherence to medical directives: A call for research},
author = {Darin Weinberg and Dana Rosenfeld},
doi = {10.1057/sth.2011.9},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-02-01},
journal = {Social Theory & Health},
volume = {10},
number = {1},
abstract = {Despite medical sociology's long-standing concern with the relationship between clinical and domestic spheres, studies of adherence have generally approached the disparity between medically prescribed treatment regimens and patients' behavior as products of patients' thoughts and beliefs regarding prescribed regimens. These studies overlook the extent to which these thoughts and beliefs are dictated by the situated and contingent dynamics of patients' lives rather than conceptual reflection alone. Drawing on Bourdieuian, ethnomethodological and other qualitative studies of both health practices and domestic routines, this article problematizes the tendency in adherence research to neglect the contours and rhythms of situated domestic practices and argues for their analytic inclusion in adherence studies. We conclude by suggesting that these dimensions of domestic life can be best captured by ethnographic methods, specifically, observation and interviews, which are designed to highlight both situated practice in social context and the subjective meanings that actors attach to it.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2012b,
title = {The Sutherland Estate, 1850-1920, by Annie Tindley},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1093/ehr/cer376},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-02-01},
urldate = {2012-02-01},
journal = {The English Historical Review},
volume = {CXXVII},
number = {524},
pages = {205-207},
abstract = {In the second half of the nineteenth century, the Dukes of Sutherland, with an estate comprising over one million acres, formed the largest and perhaps richest estate family in Western Europe. For this reason alone Annie Tindley’s book examines not merely a well-selected case-study: it is more about the history of a principality, a window on the world of the Scottish nobility at the apex of their power. From the beginning of the century the family had consolidated their fortunes by turning to ‘high farming’ and the conversion of much of their estate from tillage to pasture—in the process evicting many of their small tenants. },
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Snowden2012b,
title = {‘I'm Alright, Thanks’: Non-Conformity and the Media Framing of Social Inclusion},
author = {Collette Snowden},
doi = {10.1177/1329878X1214200109},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-02-01},
journal = {Media International Australia incorporating Culture and Policy},
volume = {142},
number = {142},
pages = {64-73},
abstract = {The concept of social inclusion generally is discussed as an ideal to which there is no opposition, and to which policy and practices in society necessarily must be directed. This article discusses how current notions of social inclusion in policy, academic and media discourses are related to historical representations of social disadvantage. It also discusses how social inclusion policies and ideas in Australia accord with cultural values and ideals of egalitarianism, but conflict with the values of non-conformity and anti-authoritarianism celebrated in the national identity. It examines how the media framing of social inclusion is influenced by the received understanding and historic representation of social inclusion, as well as how media representations of non-conformity in Australia are framed by a mythology of Australian journalists and journalism as larrikins and non-conformist. It argues that while media framing of social inclusion frequently reflects and promotes the dominant perspective as constructed by government and academic discourses, Australian media reporting is able at times to provide a positive alternative to the homogenising and bureaucratic view of social inclusion by championing and celebrating non-conformity and anti-authoritarianism.},
keywords = {Collette Snowden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Snowden2012bb,
title = {The Media's Role in Social Inclusion and Exclusion},
author = {Collette Snowden and Jacqui Ewart},
doi = {10.1177/1329878X1214200108},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-02-01},
journal = {Media International Australia incorporating Culture and Policy},
volume = {142},
number = {142},
pages = {61-63},
abstract = {Definitions of social inclusion and exclusion are fluid, and researchers and policy-makers have not agreed upon an all-encompassing definition. For wider society, social inclusion requires the transformation of these emerging definitions into 'lived experience' and actions. For the media, reporting on social inclusion is complicated by the confusion about what social inclusion is and to whom it is intended to apply, and by the gap between the ideal and the slower pace of societal change. Until recently, media studies researchers have focused largely on the issue of social exclusion and the media. The goal of this themed issue of MIA is to address some of the gaps in scholarly knowledge about the media's role in social inclusion and exclusion, and the context of that role within the wider social and political discourses. Our aim is to move beyond existing understandings of the media's role in social exclusion to look at spaces and places where there have been attempts to provide inclusion and whether they have worked, but also what issues and problems might have beset them.},
keywords = {Collette Snowden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Duranti2012b,
title = {Anthropology and Linguistics},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
editor = {Richard Fandon and O. Harris and T. H.J. Marchand and M. Nuttall and C. Shore and V. Strang and R.A. Wilson},
isbn = {9781446266014 144626601X 9781446201077 1446201074},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-27},
booktitle = {In ASA Handbook of Social Anthropology},
pages = {12-23},
publisher = {Los Angeles & London: Sage},
abstract = {A contemporary, comprehensive upper level volume for postgraduates and researchers. Sponsored by the ASA and authored by leading global scholars, it is a landmark handbook in the field.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Keating2012b,
title = {The eyes have it: Technologies of automobility in sign language},
author = {Elizabeth Keating and Gene Mirus},
doi = {10.1515/sem-2012-0064},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-21},
urldate = {2012-01-21},
journal = {Semiotica},
volume = {2012},
number = {191},
abstract = {Cars present an unusual environment for human interaction and communication. For deaf people using sign language, a visual language, the car is far from ideal for establishing and maintaining conversation. This is due to the visual pre-occupation of the driver with watching the road, manual preoccupation with maneuvering the car, and the layout of seats for passengers. This article describes and analyzes particular conversational interactions of signers to show how deaf signers innovatively and creatively manage to adapt their signing in the car for effective signed interaction. Signers manipulate particular aspects of the car environment, including mirrors and seats, they use the body in particular ways to accommodate to visual perception boundaries, and they shift distribution of meaning to both manual signs and to aspects of the immediate physical environment. They also distribute the work of attending to actions both within and outside the vehicle. Signers thus both adapt language to the context and adapt the context to language, showing important ways that technologies and mobility impact language practices.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland2012,
title = {Language variety, language hierarchy and language choice in the international university},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Janus Mortensen},
doi = {10.1515/ijsl-2012-0036},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-19},
urldate = {2012-01-19},
journal = {International Journal of the Sociology of Language},
volume = {2012},
number = {216},
pages = {1-6},
abstract = {The articles in this issue of IJSL,“Language and the international university”, are concerned with the impact of transnational student mobility and university internationalization on the sociolinguistic makeup of present day universities in Europe. The collection has emerged in the wake of a conference on Transnational Student Mobility held in Roskilde, Denmark, in December 2008. 1
As the title of this introduction suggests, the articles contained in the present issue deal with various aspects of language variety, language hierarchy and language choice in the international university. The term “international university” requires—perhaps—a discussion. What we refer to as “international university” is the university as we experience it today with increased—and in some cases drastically increased—transnational student and staff mobility.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mortensen2012,
title = {English - The new Latin of academia? Danish universities as a case},
author = {Janus Mortensen and Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1515/ijsl-2012-0045},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-19},
urldate = {2012-01-19},
journal = {International Journal of the Sociology of Language},
volume = {2012},
number = {216},
abstract = {In recent discussions about the increased use of English at European universities, English is often referred to as the “the new Latin”. The current article puts this comparison to the test by presenting a critical historical overview of the use of Latin, Danish, English and other languages at Danish universities from 1479 to the present day. The article argues that the current use of English in Danish academia cannot, despite some apparent similarities, be compared to the use of Latin at earlier stages of Danish university history. Most importantly, the article argues that the motivation for using English today is radically different from the motivation behind the use of Latin at the early stages of Danish university history as well as the motivation for the use of Danish in more recent history.},
keywords = {Janus Mortensen},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{French2012b,
title = {Linguistic Ideologies of Belonging and Subversion: Mayan Language Politics and State Sponsored Violence in Twentieth-Century Guatemala},
author = {Brigittine French},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-08},
booktitle = {126th Annual Meeting American Historical Association},
abstract = {This paper examines the ideological associations and material consequences surrounding Mayan language use and activism in 20th-century Guatemala. It does so by tracing the historical development of the ways that Mayan languages became linked to indigenous identity in immutable ways by both the Guatemalan state and Maya citizens involved in El Movimiento Maya, the Maya cultural rights movement. It focuses on three distinct moments: the introduction and cultivation of missionary linguistic work by the Summer Institute of Linguistics and incipient Maya involvement in linguistics (1920s-1950s), language policies and practices during the armed conflict era, known as La Violencia (1960s-1995), and language advocacy that unfolded during the post-peace accords era (1996-2003). It argues that the on-going and politicized construction of an essential connection between Maya identity and Mayan languages has been a productive mechanism for structuring and enacting radically different national political projects. It maps how, on the one hand, the state has sought to eradicate indigenous cultural difference through a variety of practices including: missionary linguistic research, coercive literacy classes, forced military service, and genocidal warfare in service of a modernist, homogenous model of national identity formation. It shows how, at the same time, Maya scholar/activists, involved in cultural nationalism and indigenous rights efforts, valorize a strategically essential link between Mayan languages and indigenous identity in order to assert collective belonging to the nation-state in the face of a history of violent repression. The analysis is borne out through a contextually-situated account of state policies and concomitant discourse about Mayan languages as well as a discursive analysis of indigenous narratives about language that highlights the everyday, the fatal, and the libratory.},
keywords = {Brigittine French},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Solopova2012,
title = {The Making and Re-making of the Gough Map of Britain: Manuscript Evidence and Historical Context},
author = {Elizabeth Solopova},
doi = {10.1080/03085694.2012.673758},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-06},
urldate = {2012-01-06},
journal = {Imago Mundi},
volume = {64},
number = {2},
pages = {155-168},
abstract = {The results of a palaeographical and linguistic study of the Gough map demonstrate that although it was initially produced in the 1370s, the map was extensively revised not long thereafter. The pictorial features south of Hadrian's Wall were outlined in a darker ink and many place-names overwritten by a scribe who probably worked in the first thirty years of the fifteenth century. Discussion of the methods and scope of this revision is followed by an attempt to consider its historical context. The revision is most discernible in southeast England with virtually no changes made to Scotland, and only occasional changes made in Wales and the north of England. The reviser's focus on the south contrasts with the decision of the map's original makers to depict the whole island of Britain. This difference in approach raises questions about the ideological and political circumstances that made possible the original conception of the Gough map as a map of the whole island, and about an apparent decline of interest in or need for such a cartographic approach in the first decades of the fifteenth century. The original mapmaker's political outlook reflected the aspirations of the English kings in the late thirteenth and throughout the fourteenth centuries and the context of the Scottish wars of the period, whereas the different approach of the reviser may attest to changes in the political situation and ideology early in the fifteenth century.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Solopova},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Lupke2012,
title = {North and West African Languages},
author = {Friederike Lupke and Philip J. Jaggar},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
pages = {60-85},
publisher = {Thames & Hudson},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Lupke2012b,
title = {Not cut to fit - zero-coded passives in African languages},
author = {Friederike Lupke and Alexander Cobbinah},
editor = {Matthias Brenzinger and Anna-Maria Fehn},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
pages = {153-164},
publisher = {Rüdiger Köppe},
abstract = {In recent years, a growing number of linguists have reported constructions that fulfil all or most criteria for being called a passive but one: morphological or periphrastic marking in the verb phrase. In the constructions in question, passive semantics is conveyed through argument remapping, sometimes without the possibility for an oblique Actor by-phrase. The intransitive use of a transitive verb triggers a reversal of voice orientation: of the two participants of the active transitive verb, the Undergoer is linked to the one and only argument position, the subject. The Actor is either demoted to an oblique participant or not encoded at all, depending on the language.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Benjamin2012bb,
title = {The Peculiar History of the Ethnonym “Temiar”},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
doi = {10.1355/sj27-2a},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Sojourn Journal of Social Issues in Southeast Asia},
volume = {27},
number = {2},
pages = {205-233},
abstract = {The names for the various Orang Asli populations of Peninsular Malaysia did not begin to achieve any recognizable similarity to current usage until the 1920s. Versions of the ethnonym “Temiar”, which identifies one of the largest of these populations, were first tentatively reported in the 1880s. At that time the people themselves were barely known to the outside world and were mostly referred to, if at all, by other names. The current spelling and pronunciation of the word “Temiar” were not fully established until the 1950s, replacing a surprising variety of earlier written forms and pronunciations. A close examination of the latter throws light on the premodern relations holding between the Temiars and other populations. Etymological analysis, involving both Mon-Khmer and Austronesian sources, provides evidence that the earlier linguistic situation in the Peninsula was more complex than currently recognized. The Temiar language belongs to the Mon-Khmer stock, but it has long been in contact with one or more Austronesian languages. Investigation suggests two likely etymological sources for the word “Temiar”, both meaning “edge” or “side”, and having forms similar to the Malayo-Polynesian (but non-Malay) *tambir or to Mon-Khmer *tbiar.},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Benjamin2012bb,
title = {The Aslian languages of Malaysia and Thailand: An assessment},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Language Documentation and Description},
volume = {11},
pages = {136-230},
abstract = {A comprehensive account of linguistic studies (up to 2012) of the endangered Aslian (Peninsular Mon-Khmer) languages. Despite some excellent studies in recent years (not yet widely known to the general public), these language remain insufficiently researched. The author proposes reasons for encouraging further study of these languages -- for their own sake, for what they can add to general linguistics, and for what they can tell us about the people who speak them, in relation to their broader Southeast Asian situation. A survey of the current sociolinguistic situation of the Aslian languages is followed by accounts of their more significant phonological, morphological and semantic features. A full bibliography is provided, listing both published and unpublished writings on the languages.},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Benjamin2012bb,
title = {The Temiar causative (and related features)},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
doi = {10.15144/MKSJ-41.32},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Mon-Khmer Studies},
volume = {41},
pages = {32-45},
abstract = {The productive causative inflection of the Temiar verb is formed by the affixation of -r-, either alone or as tr- and br-. This formative has no obvious Mon-Khmer source (which usually forms causatives with p-), and it may therefore be an Aslian innovation. In Temiar, r is a phonestheme with the notional meaning ‘REPLICATION (OF SELF)’, found also in the reflexive intensifier riːˀ, the relative pronoun rə- and the preposition rɛˀ- ‘like’. In the causative, r is iconic of the replicative verb’s valency-increase. The causative inflection has high productivity as a true causative with inanimate secondary subjects and as the transitivizer of intransitive verbs. However, there are syntactic and semantic limitations on its use with various kinds of animate secondary subject. In particular, cultural inhibitions against imposing one’s will on someone else suggests that Temiar ‘causatives’ are frequently better thought of as permissives. The paper also discusses a set of verbs that retain a recognizably Mon-Khmer-like ‘causative’ shape but which no longer behave productively or semantically as causatives in Temiar. },
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Benjamin2012bb,
title = {Review article on Tan Chee-Beng (ed.), Chinese Food and Foodways in Southeast Asia and Beyond},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Chinese Overseas},
volume = {8},
number = {2},
pages = {294–298},
abstract = {The text falls into three parts. The first three chapters present overviews of “diasporic” Chinese food in regions not contiguous to China. The next four chapters move closer to China, by focussing on the ethnography of Chinese food in Southeast Asia, where it has undergone considerable modification, while remaining (mostly) in ethnically Chinese hands. The final three chapters present ethnographic accounts of “Southeast Asian Chinese” food as a newly emergent cuisine in the USA, Australia and Hong Kong. Tan Chee-Beng’s editorial “Introduction” includes a useful discussion of the various classifications of regional Chinese cuisine. While seemingly typological, this helps to focus attention on the far greater variety that exists in China than is represented as “Chinese” food elsewhere. In Chapter 1, Tan introduces the ideas of a distinctive “Southeast Asian Chinese” cuisine.},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Tang2012,
title = {Coordination and Subordination in Sign Languages},
author = {Gladys Tang and Prudence Lau},
editor = {Pfau R and Steinbach M and Woll B},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
urldate = {2012-01-01},
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Giles2012k,
title = {Norm talk and identity in intergroup communication},
author = {Howard Giles and M.A. Hogg},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
urldate = {2012-01-01},
journal = {The handbook of intergroup communication},
pages = {373 - 387},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2012l,
title = {Principles of intergroup communication},
author = {Howard Giles},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
urldate = {2012-01-01},
journal = {The Handbook of Intergroup Communication},
pages = {3 - 16},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Cardoso2012d,
title = {Language contact by Yaron Matras},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
doi = {0.2307/41329708},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {41},
number = {1},
pages = {147-148},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Cardoso2012db,
title = {Language contact by Yaron Matras},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
doi = {0.2307/41329708},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
urldate = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {41},
number = {1},
pages = {147-148},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Cardoso2012f,
title = {Luso-Asian comparatives in comparison},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
doi = {10.1075/cll.46.04car},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
urldate = {2012-01-01},
pages = {81-124},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
abstract = {In this article I compare and contrast the comparative constructions in the Luso-Asian Creoles, establishing their similarities and dissirnilarities with Portuguese as well as with all the most relevant adstrate languages. Through a detailed look at a particular construction, this study aims to uncover the various creoles’ degree of reliance on either leXifier or adstrate models and unearth potential links between them. The results of this study are then articulated with a number of comments previously made about the Luso-Asian creoles in particular (such as their interrelatedness, and the perceived impact of socio-historical differences on linguistic structure) and language contact in general (such as the role of congruence in the selection of linguistic features).},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Cardoso2012g,
title = {The African slave population of Portuguese India},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
doi = {10.1075/bct.38.04car},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
urldate = {2012-01-01},
pages = {91-114},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Tsimpli2012c,
title = {Active vs nonactive voice in the Greek diachrony: Real or apparent optionality in the use of voice morphology?},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Georgia Fotiadou and Nikolaos Lavidas},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
urldate = {2012-01-01},
abstract = {The aim of our study is to examine the diachronic development of a set of anticausative verbs with respect to the frequency of ACT/NACT (active/nonactive) Voice morphology as well as their participation in causative (transitive) and anticausative structures. We investigate diachronic differences between verbs that synchronically mark anticausative with ACT and other verbs which express anticausative either with ACT or NACT. Significant differences between the verbs are shown in the previous periods with respect to ACT/NACT distribution, while anticausative readings show a similar diachronic development of Voice marking regardless of the Lexical Conceptual Structure (LCS) of the verb class. We propose that this is caused by a change in the features of NACT morphology from a period when syntactic movement (internal Merge) of an internal argument to the subject position needs to be morphologically marked with (NACT) Voice morphology to the stage attested today where syntactic movement does not need to be marked with Voice morphology. Keywords: Voice morphology, anticausatives, verbs of two forms (“διτυπίας”), diachrony
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@bachelorthesis{Mannheim2012,
title = {New York Times Reports 90-Year-Old Consensus},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
urldate = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Anthropology News},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@inbook{Mannheim2012b,
title = {Leer a Juan de Pérez Bocanegra, su Ritual Formulario y Hanaq pachap kusikuynin},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
urldate = {2012-01-01},
pages = {xxi-xvi},
publisher = {Facultad de Ciencias Sociales, Universidad Nacional San Antonio Abad del Cusco},
abstract = {El autor del Ritual formulario, Juan Pérez Bocanegra, o Juan Pérez de Bocanegra (d. 1645) era párroco de la doctrina de Andahuaylillasl, también conocido en el siglo XVII como" Antahuaylla la chica". Pérez Bocanegra era un cura secular, o sea, no pertenecía a ninguna orden religiosa, aunque se unía a los Franciscanos del Tercer Orden, que quiere decir que apoyaba plenamente a los credos de los Franciscanos sin estar bajo su disciplina. El Ritualformulario revela una familiaridad profunda con la vida rural andina, incluyendo información sobre la interpretación de sueños y otras formas de adivinación, rituales de matrimonio, etc.
Franciscano de la tercera orden, Pérez Bocanegra estaba enredado en una larga disputa jurisdiccional con los jesuitas, quienes codiciaban su parroquia como centro de enseñanza de quechua por misioneros, paralelamente al centro de enseñanza de aimara que habían establecido en Juli.(También tenían títulos de varias haciendas cercanas. Véase el ensayo del Pbro.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Mannheim2012c,
title = {The future of the oppressed languages ​​in the Andes” by Xavier Albó, 40 years later},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
urldate = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Crónicas Urbanas},
volume = {17},
pages = {113 - 118},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Costa2012,
title = {Global Social Media Impact Study Blog},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
urldate = {2012-01-01},
abstract = {Global Social Media Impact Study Blog — the University of Groningen research portal Skip to main navigation Skip to search Skip to main content the University of Groningen research portal Logo Help & FAQ English Nederlands Home Profiles Research Units Research output Projects Datasets Prizes Activities Press / Media Search by expertise, name or affiliation Global Social Media Impact Study Blog Elisabetta Costa Research output: Other contribution › Popular Overview Original language English Type blog Media of output internet Publication status Published - 2012 Externally published Yes Access to Document http://blogs.ucl.ac.uk/global-social-media/category/fieldsites/turkey/ Cite this APA Author BIBTEX Harvard Standard RIS Vancouver Costa, E. (2012). Global Social Media Impact Study Blog.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Costa2012b,
title = {Media-attivismi e tecnopolitiche transnazionali nel Libano post-emergenza},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
urldate = {2012-01-01},
publisher = {Morlacchi Editore},
abstract = {Media-attivismi e tecnopolitiche transnazionali nel Libano post-emergenza — the University of Groningen research portal Skip to main navigation Skip to search Skip to main content the University of Groningen research portal Logo Help & FAQ English Nederlands Home Profiles Research Units Research output Projects Datasets Prizes Activities Press / Media Search by expertise, name or affiliation Media-attivismi e tecnopolitiche transnazionali nel Libano post-emergenza Elisabetta Costa Research output: Chapter in Book/Report/Conference proceeding › Chapter › Academic Overview Original language English Title of host publication Comprendere il dissenso.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Costa2012c,
title = {Mediattivismi e politiche di sviluppo dei nuovi media a Beirut},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
urldate = {2012-01-01},
publisher = {Morlacchi Editore},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Sidnell2012f,
title = {Collateral effects, agency, and systems of language use},
author = {Jack Sidnell and N. J. Enfield},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
urldate = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Current Anthropology},
volume = {53},
pages = {327 - 329},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2012g,
title = {Conversational repair and human understanding: an introduction},
author = {Jack Sidnell and M. Hayashi and Geoffrey T Raymond},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
urldate = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Conversational Repair and Human Understanding},
volume = {68},
issue = {1},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2012h,
title = {Declaratives, Questioning, Defeasibility},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1080/08351813.2012.646686},
issn = {0835-1813},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
urldate = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Research on Language and Social Interaction},
volume = {45},
issue = {1},
pages = {53-60},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@proceedings{Duranti2012,
title = {Grammatica e pragmatica},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
editor = {F. Orletti and E. Lombardi Vallauri and A. Pompei},
isbn = {ISBN: 9788898640577},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
pages = {191-204},
publisher = {Atti del XXXIV Convegno Internazionale di Studi della SIG},
abstract = {Tramite riviste, convegni, libri e corsi universitari, la pragmatica linguistica ha prodotto negli ultimi cinquant' anni una gran quantita di analisi e dati sui rapporti tra le lingue storico-naturali e i loro contesti d'uso. Questa ricchezza di materiali e stata il frutto della polivalenza epistemologica e ontologica della disciplina, che continua a essere - per usare un termine introdotto nella storia della scienza da Peter Galison (1997) - una proficua 'zona di scambio' (trading zone) d'idee nelle scienze linguistiche. Nonostante questo ricco confluire di teorie, metodi e concetti analitici provenienti da tradizioni molto diverse (dalla filosofia alla sociologia) e l'opposizione dei pragmatisti al programma chomskiano di una linguistica autonoma, la pragmatica e rimasta fedele all'impegno cognitivista di interpretare gli atti linguistici come aventi origine e spiegazione in processi mentali come la memoria, le classificazioni, le inferenze logiche e le intenzioni dei parlanti-ascoltatori. Anche se originariamente imparentata con la nozione di pragmatica introdotta da logici come Rudolf Carnap e Yehoshua BarHillel, la pragmatica linguistica contemporanea rimane l' erede dello studio del linguaggio sviluppato all'interno delle cosiddette scienze cognitive a partire dagli anni Sessanta},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {proceedings}
}
@inbook{Schieffelin2012,
title = {Socialization and Improvisation},
author = {Alessandro Duranti and S. Black},
editor = {Alessandro Duranti and Elinor Ochs and Bambi B. Schieffelin},
isbn = {978-1-118-77299-7},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
booktitle = {Handbook of Language Socialization},
pages = {680 Pages},
publisher = {Blackwell Publishing Ltd},
edition = { First Edition},
series = {Blackwell Handbooks in Linguistics},
abstract = {Documenting how in the course of acquiring language children become speakers and members of communities, The Handbook of Language Socialization is a unique reference work for an emerging and fast-moving field.

Spans the fields of anthropology, education, applied linguistics, and human development
Includes the latest developments in second and heritage language socialization, and literary and media socialization
Discusses socialization across the entire life span and across institutional settings, including families, schools, work places, and churches
Explores data from a multitude of cultures from around the world},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Bodomo2012,
title = {We Are What We Eat: Food in the Process of Community Formation and Identity Shaping among African Traders in Guangzhou and Yiwu},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Enyu Ma},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1163/187254612X646198},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
volume = {Volume 5- Issue 1},
pages = {26},
abstract = {In this paper we analyze two African communities in Guangzhou and Yiwu, China, arguing that among Guangzhou Africans on the one hand, Black Africans, particularly West Africans, have a tighter community and interact more with each other than Black Africans in Yiwu. On the other hand, Maghrebian Africans in Yiwu have a tighter community and maintain a more cohesive interaction than their counterparts in Guangzhou. Evidence for this characterization of the communities comes from food and communal food-eating habits. There are hardly any West African restaurants in Yiwu while there is an abundance of West African and other Black African restaurants in Guangzhou where there is more community patronage. In contrast, there are more concentrations of North African restaurants in Yiwu than in Guangzhou. We discuss the crucial role food and food-making and eating places play in providing structures and avenues for community bonding to promote community formation and community identity shaping.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Bodomo2012c,
title = {Africans in China: A Sociocultural Study and its Implications for Africa - China Relations},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.1558/sols.v7i1-2.195},
isbn = {1604977906},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
publisher = {Cambria},
abstract = {http://www.cambriapress.com/camber.cfm?bookid=9781604977905&page=1 At the beginning of the twenty-first century, Africa and China began to establish closer links, starting with the formation of the Forum for China Africa Cooperation (FOCAC) in 2000. FOCAC and other Africa–China relations platforms aim to promote mutually beneficial sociopolitical, socioeconomic, and sociocultural relations between these two major parts of the world. However, these closer ties are also seen by some third-party analysts, especially many scholars and politicians from the West, as attempts by China to exploit African resources to fuel its fast-growing economy and, possibly, end up colonizing the continent. Africa–China relations are thus a topic of intense academic discussion. On the back of these closer government-to-government contacts between Africa and China are also closer people-to-people interactions in the form of travel and the establishment of Diaspora communities by Africans in China and Chinese in Africa. While there is much discussion on Africa–China relations, the focus tends to lean more on the Chinese presence in Africa than on the African presence in China. There are numerous studies on the former but, with the exception of a few articles on the presence of African traders and students in China, little is known of the latter, even though an increasing number of Africans are visiting and settling in China and forming migrant communities there. This is a phenomenon that has never happened before the turn of the century and has thus led to what is often termed Africa's newest Diaspora. This book focuses on analyzing this new Diaspora, addressing the crucial question: What is it like to be an African in China? Africans in China is the first book-length study of the process of Africans travelling to China and forming communities there. Based on innovative intermingling of qualitative and quantitative research methods involving prolonged interaction with approximately 800 Africans across six main Chinese cities––Guangzhou, Yiwu, Shanghai, Beijing, Hong Kong and Macau––sociolinguistic and sociocultural profiles are constructed to depict the everyday life of Africans in China. The study provides insights into understanding issues such as why Africans go to China, what they do there, how they communicate with their Chinese hosts, what opportunities and problems they encounter in their China sojourn, and how they are received by the Chinese state. Beyond these methodological and empirical contributions, the book also makes a theoretical contribution by proposing a crosscultural bridge theory of migrant-indigene relations, arguing that Africans in China act as sociopolitical, socioeconomic, and sociocultural bridges linking Africa to China. This approach to the analysis of Diaspora communities has consequences for crosscultural and crosslinguistic studies in an era of globalization. Africans in China is an important book for African Studies, Asian Studies, Africa–China relations studies, linguistics, anthropology, sociology, international studies, and migration and Diaspora studies in an era of globalization. Listen to Cambria Press author Adams Bodomo on Voice of America being interviewed about Africans in China. Read the related article too.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Batllori2012,
title = {Word Order in Old Romance},
author = {M. Batllori and Ioanna Sitaridou},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Pablé2012c,
title = {Excommunicated on the grounds of Harrisy. Roy harris, linguistics and freedom of speech},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
editor = {Wayne Finke and Leonard Ashley},
isbn = {9781579810689},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
volume = {37},
pages = {1-12},
publisher = {Cummings & Hathaway},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Gupta2012,
title = {Red Tape: Bureaucracy, Structural Violence, and Poverty in India},
author = {Akhil Gupta},
doi = {10.1215/9780822394709},
isbn = {978-0-8223-5098-9},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
publisher = {Duke University Press},
abstract = {DIVRed Tape presents a major new theory of the state developed by the renowned anthropologist Akhil Gupta. Seeking to understand the chronic and widespread poverty in India, the world's fourth largest economy, Gupta conceives of the relation between the state in India and the poor as one of structural violence. Every year this violence kills between two and three million people, especially women and girls, and lower-caste and indigenous peoples. Yet India's poor are not disenfranchised; they actively participate in the democratic project. Nor is the state indifferent to the plight of the poor; it sponsors many poverty amelioration programs.Gupta conducted ethnographic research among officials charged with coordinating development programs in rural Uttar Pradesh. Drawing on that research, he offers insightful analyses of corruption; the significance of writing and written records; and governmentality, or the expansion of bureaucracies. Those analyses underlie his argument that care is arbitrary in its consequences, and that arbitrariness is systematically produced by the very mechanisms that are meant to ameliorate social suffering. What must be explained is not only why government programs aimed at providing nutrition, employment, housing, healthcare, and education to poor people do not succeed in their objectives, but also why, when they do succeed, they do so unevenly and erratically./div},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Coupe2012,
title = {Overcounting Numeral Systems and Their Relevance to Sub-grouping in the Tibeto-Burman Languages of Nagaland},
author = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Language and Linguistics},
volume = {13},
number = {1},
abstract = {This paper presents an appraisal of the most influential genetic classifications that have been proposed for the Tibeto-Burman languages of Nagaland, north-east India, and weighs up the evidence for the validity of a 'Naga' branch within Tibeto-Burman. The survey concludes that while phonological and lexical correspondences might be generally useful for establishing the affiliation of these languages to the Tibeto-Burman family, such criteria shed limited light on the problem of establishing lower level sub-groupings. Apart from the Konyak languages, which have been convincingly grouped with Jinghpaw and the Bodo-Garo languages on the basis of lexical innovations, sub-grouping within the languages of Nagaland remains inconclusive for want of robust diagnostic criteria. The paper presents new evidence for an intermediate grouping of languages of the central and southern regions of Nagaland (i.e. the Ao and Angami-Pochuri clusters), the historical-comparative basis for this being typologically rare overcounting numeral systems documented in the languages of these two regions in the late 19 th and early 20 th centuries. The complexity of overcounting numeral systems lessens the likelihood of their being borrowed, and such patterns have never been reported in contiguous Konyak, Karbi, Zeme, Kuki or Tangkhul languages. The paper concludes that the erstwhile presence of overcounting patterns in Tibeto-Burman languages of central and southern Nagaland must therefore represent an inherited innovation indicative of a close genetic relationship.},
keywords = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2012l,
title = {The phonology of Laze: phonemic analysis, syllabic inventory, and a short word list},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Guillaume Jacques},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
abstract = {Laze is a Sino-Tibetan language spoken in the county of Muli, in Sichuan, by a population of less than 1,000. The article proposes a synchronic account of Laze phonology, supplemented by a list of about 1,400 words in the Appendix. A phonemic analysis is proposed, with an inventory of syllables that brings to light the synchronic distributional properties of Laze onsets and rhymes - properties that are crucial to ongoing research into the historical phonology of the subgroup of Sino-Tibetan to which Laze belongs.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2012m,
title = {Research about the phonemic system of the Naxi dialect of Ciending village, Shangri-la prefecture},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Jirong Xu},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2012n,
title = {Monosyllabicization: patterns of evolution in Asian languages},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
abstract = {Asian languages reveal a continuum from quasi-disyllables to highly eroded monosyllables. These variegated states are now understood to be different stages along a common evolutionary path. An overview is proposed, beginning with the earliest stages of monosyllabicization, before the generalization of a strictly monosyllabic phonological structure. The well-documented processes of consonantal depletion which lead to the development of phonation-type registers and tones are set out within a general model. Lastly, phonological evolutions observed at advanced stages of segmental depletion are discussed. The concluding note concerns the aftermath of segmental depletion: the re-creation of polysyllables.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2012,
title = {Significant features of northern Thai cooking terms and cooking system},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint and Kosin Panyaatisin},
doi = {10.1163/26659077-01501002},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Humanities},
volume = {15},
number = {1},
pages = {19-34},
abstract = {A review of studies on Northern Thai food and culture shows that most of the works are ethnographic and descriptive. They do not provide a deep understanding of the Northern Thai way of cooking. In order to understand truly the Northern Thai cooking system, an in-depth semantic analysis needs to be done. This study thus aims to analyze the categorization of cooking terms in Northern Thai in order to understand Northern Thai people’s cooking system.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2012b,
title = {Peter G. Beidler. Writing Matters. Seattle, WA: Coffeetown Press},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Humanities},
volume = {15},
number = {1},
pages = {90-92},
abstract = {Even though there are many books on how to write in English, this one is outstanding in its vivid lecture style. All the author says in this book sounds as if he were speaking directly to the readers, as his students in a writing course. Therefore, the book is never boring. It is easy to understand and the tone is lively. The author says in the preface that this book is designed to help college students learn to write better essays. Indeed in each chapter, there is an important lesson to learn for inexperienced writers. For instance, in Chapters 1 and 2, he tries to convince the reader that everyone has to be able to write. A convincing case he cites is a person who has become an engineer because he thought that being an engineer, he does not have to write. However, in the engineering profession, 25 percent of his responsibility is to write. He also supports his point by a fact that a survey of 120 major American corporations.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2012c,
title = {Jseals},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint and Paul Sidwell and Mark Alves and George Bedell and Gerard Diffloth and Marlys Macken and Brian Migliazza and Keralapura Nagaraja and Martha Ratliff and Sophana Srichampa and Uri Tadmor and Justin Watkins UK},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Journal of the Southeast Asian Linguistics Society},
volume = {5},
abstract = {This study focuses on grammatical vocabulary in Central Vietnamese 2 (CV, hereafter) with the goal of exploring historical-linguistic developments in Vietnamese in general. One purpose of focusing on grammatical vocabulary is to provide a sample of how this type of vocabulary can innovate over time in different dialectal regions. For research on Central Vietnamese in particular, this focus also allows some identification of historical patterns of lexical preservations (eg, forms shared with other Vietic languages), innovations or general variation, and the effects of language contact. While CV is quite obviously Vietnamese, there are a number of distinctive traits in its grammatical vocabulary which highlight some of the differentiation over time between CV and standard Vietnamese 3 (StV, hereafter). In a number of instances, data suggests reconstructability at the level of Proto-Việt-Mường or even Proto-Vietic forms. These historical points are dealt with throughout this paper and summarized in the conclusion.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2012b,
title = {The handbook of language contact by Raymond Hickey},
author = {Ana Deumert},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
urldate = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {41},
number = {4},
pages = {527-530},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2012bb,
title = {Gli italiani e l'italiano nell'America del Nord},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1080/1354571X.2012.628115},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Modern Italian Studies},
volume = {17},
number = {1},
pages = {132-133},
abstract = {In the preface, the authors explain that the book was born out of a project on Italian in the world, led by researchers at La Sapienza University in Rome, which was not completed owing to problems with the press that had initially agreed to publish the work. The present volume is, then, not a typical academic product, in that the authors, rather than presenting a specialized treatment of the topic, offer the general public a panorama of the influence of Italian (and Italians) on American English, touching upon a variety of issues: from the migrant experience to Italian American literature and film. The volume is divided in two parts: the first part provides a historical view of the penetration of Italian vocabulary in North America and in Canada. The second part presents a vocabulary of terms of Italian origin in American English.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vigouroux2012b,
title = {Individuals, Populations, and Timespace: Perspectives on the Ecology of Language},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux and Salikoko Sangol Mufwene
},
doi = {10.1075/le.1.1.05muf},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Language Ecology},
volume = {38},
number = {2},
pages = {75 - 103},
abstract = {In the present article we distinguish the concept of ecology of language as developed in Mufwene (2001ff) from that of ecolinguistics developed especially in Fill & Mühlhäusler (eds., 2001). We explain how the ecology of language concept, inspired primarily by macroecology, applies to language evolution by articulating various factors internal to language ("internal ecology") and external to it ("external ecology") that bear on how it emerged phylogenetically and on how specific languages change structurally and may speciate into separate varieties, as well as on their vitality. Because these phenomena have been elaborately discussed elsewhere, we devote more space to explaining how the notion of language ecology also applies as a useful heuristic tool to sociolinguistics, more specifically to the ethnography of communication.},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lu2012,
title = {Eating is not an easy task: Understanding cultural values via   proverbs},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Japanese Studies Journal},
volume = {29},
pages = {63-79},
abstract = {Conceptual metaphor theory has become a promising approach to analyzing cultures (cf. Lakoff & Johnson 1980/2003; Kövecses 2007; Gibbs 2008). This paper aims to investigate cultural values via the use of metaphors in proverbs, with a special focus on the eating frame. Our data cover Taiwanese proverbs, Japanese proverbs and English proverbs. Basically there are two approaches to comparing cultural frames. One takes a bird’s eye, presenting a whole picture of cultural frames for each culture. On the other hand, the other compares the same frame and sees how it is used in different cultures. This study mainly takes the second approach. Eating is such an easy task in most cultures. While being used as a metaphor, eating event can represent different cultural values. After a careful scrutiny, the following metaphors/cultural values are found in Taiwanese proverbs: Making a Living Is Eating; Relying on Sb/Sth Is Eating; Consuming Is Eating; Living Is Eating (Age as food); Taking Advantages Is Eating; Invading Is Eating(or Invasion Is Eating); Causal Chain Is Eating (And Excreting); Curing Is Eating (Food As Medicine). However, in English proverbs, only two metaphors are found: Consuming is eating and causal chain is eating. In Japanese proverbs, four extra metaphors are found. They are Rewarding is eating, experiencing/ realizing is eating, competing is eating and defeating is eating. As shown above, by using the framework of conceptual metaphor theory, we can identify these cultural values in different languages. This finding has several implications. Firstly, we confirm what Kövecses has claimed that the metaphorical entailment potential appears to be utilized differently in different languages and cultures, even based on the same source domain (Kövecses 2007:128). Secondly, the conceptual metaphors found in the proverbs can be a clue to recognize the polysemies of a particular lexeme, such as eat as exemplified in this paper. Finally, we suggest that analyzing conceptual metaphors in proverbs would be helpful and useful in language teaching as the result could be a material to present the crosscultural issue and facilitate language learning.},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Lu2012b,
title = {The ‘unmarkedness’ in proverbs: a typological perspective},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Wei-hsien He},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Proceedings of the 12th Annual Meeting of the Japanese Cognitive Linguistics Association},
volume = {12},
pages = {529-534},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Jourdan2012,
title = {The taste in heritage1: Exploration of food transformations in some Montreal families},
author = {Christine Jourdan and S. Poirier},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Anthropologica },
volume = {54},
number = {2},
pages = {281-292},
abstract = {This article presents the first results of a project studying changes in food ideologies and practices in Montreal, focusing on five families of the middle class over three generations. Its goal is to analyze the continuities, discontinuities and transformations that affect family food cultures over time. This analysis takes into account the main social and economic changes that work to drive food ideologies and practices.},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Perrin2012bb,
title = {Translating the news. A globally relevant field for applied linguistics research},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Maureen Ehrensberger-Dow},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
pages = {352–372},
publisher = { Cambridge Scholars},
abstract = {Globalization and media convergence have given rise to novel forms of news networks and markets in various languages all over the world; a diversity that poses increasing challenges for journalists and editors of foreign news. Although not educated as professional translators, journalists constantly work between languages during text production in the newsroom and therefore produce real life multilingualism. The question of interest in this chapter is what journalists do when their source materials are in different languages from the target language of their outgoing texts. More specifically, we explore whether institutionalized translation policies guide journalistic practices in such circumstances or whether journalists develop and rely on their own translation strategies. The methodology applied combines newsroom ethnography with in-depth analysis of writing processes, workplace conversations and interviews with media management. In this chapter, we draw on data from four television newsrooms in Switzerland, a highly multilingual country. Our findings indicate that translation is involved in every aspect of news production, including how journalists handle their source materials, their target texts, and their social environment. However, translation in the newsroom is based primarily on individuals’ implicit and tacit knowledge, not on explicit organizational knowledge. We conclude by suggesting how insights from this research can be generalized and contribute to increasing organizational knowledge of media companies.
},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2012bb,
title = {„La voie tranquille“. Routine und Emergenz in Formulierungsprozessen als service public},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
pages = {215–239},
abstract = {Prozesse verfestigen sich zu Routinen, die von Entscheidungsdruck entlasten –und Routinen werden spontan aufgebrochen und weiter entwickelt, wenn sie si-tuativ nicht mehr passen. Dieses Wechselspiel von Stabilität und Emergenz un-tersuche ich im vorliegenden Beitrag an Fallstudien journalistischer Nachrich-tenproduktion aus einem inter- und transdisziplinär angelegten Forschungspro-jekt. Im Teil 1 des Beitrags bestimme ich die Kernbegriffe und stecke den theo-retischen Rahmen ab: Routine als automatisiertes prozedurales Muster, Emer-genz als unvorhersagbares Gegenstück dazu im dynamischen System der Text-produktion. In Teil 2 beschreibe ich das Forschungsprojekt IDÉE SUISSE als Rahmen für die Untersuchung von Routine und Emergenz in Formulierungspro-zessen. In Teil 3 stelle ich scharf auf eine Fallstudie und dort auf eine einzelne Formulierungsänderung: „la voie express“ wird zu „la voie tranquille“ – und die Welt ist eine andere. In Teil 4 ordne ich diese Mikroentwicklung ein in übergrei-fende Handlungsrahmen des Projekts IDÉE SUISSE, der Nachrichtenproduktion und des Schreibens überhaupt. In Teil 5 schließlich ziehe ich den Schluss: Be-dingungen schaffen und nutzen für Emergenz, darum geht es im Spiel mit Rou-tinen auf allen Ebenen der Textproduktion – von der Wortwahl auf der Mikro-ebene der Textproduktion bis hin zum Service public, zum Leistungsauftrag und Sinn öffentlicher Medien.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2012bb,
title = {Idée Suisse: Language Policy and Writing Practice of Public Service Media Journalists},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Marcel Burger and Mathias Fürer and Aleksandra Gnach and Michael Schanne and Vinzenz Wyss},
doi = {10.1108/S1572-6304(2012)0000025082},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
volume = {25},
pages = {339-341},
publisher = { Emerald Group Publishing Limited},
chapter = {10},
abstract = {Public service broadcasting companies are among the most important broadcastingcompanies in Europe. In Switzerland, there is one such company: SRG. As a mediaenterprise, SRG is subject to market and competitive forces. As a public serviceinstitution, though, SRG has a federal, societal, cultural and linguistic remit to fulfil.We reconstructed this remit, from a socio-linguistic perspective, as the remit topromote social integration by promoting public understanding.Promoting public understanding in a highly multilingual country means, at firstsight, promoting discourse across the language boundaries: discourse between theGerman, French, Italian and Rumantsch parts of Switzerland. From a socio-linguistic point of view, however, the ‘language boundaries’ concept has to berefined. Urban and rural, poor and rich, lay persons and experts, immigrants andresidents, different speech communities speak different linguistic varieties andinteract with different views of the world. Thus, promoting public understandingmeans linking speech communities with other speech communities, both betweenand within the German-, French-, Italian-, and Rumantsch speaking parts of Switzerland.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Perrin2012bb,
title = {Gute Ideen haben, das kann man trainieren},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Impact},
volume = {2012},
pages = {38-40},
abstract = {Mit ihrer Arbeit möchte sie dazu beitragen, dass alle dieselben Chancen haben: Julika Funk, Leiterin der ZHAW-Stabsstelle Diversity/Gender. «Ich lerne viel über Menschen, wenn ich sehe, wie sie Sprache verwenden»: Daniel Perrin, erster Professor für Angewandte Linguistik in der Schweiz und Leiter IAM Institut für Angewandte Medienwissenschaft. Daniel Perrin (50) ist Gründer und leiter des iaM insti­ tuts für angewandte Medienwissenschaft am departe­ ment angewandte lingusitik. in den letzten dreizehn Jahren haben er und sein 30­köpfiges team das institut zu einem Brennpunkt forschungsbasierter aus­ und Weiterbildung von kommunikationsfachleuten ge­ macht. Zuvor war er unter anderem studienleiter des Medienausbildungszentrums MaZ in luzern und text­ chef beim Zürcher «tages­anzeiger». doktoriert hat er im Jahr 1997 an der universität Bern im Fach linguistik mit einer disser tation zum thema «Journalistische schreibstrategien optimieren». er ist Generalsekretär der internationalen vereinigung für angewandte lingu­ istik (aila) und Mitherausgeber des «international Jour­ nal of applied linguistics». ende letzten Jahres wurde er an der universität Bern habilitiert.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2012bb,
title = {6 Multimodal Writing in the Newsroom: Paradigmatic, Syntagmatic, and Navigational Variants},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1163/9789004297197_008},
isbn = {9789004297197},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Studies in Writing},
pages = {117 - 135},
abstract = {Newspapers  and  radio  programs  are  becoming  user  interfaces  for  content  management systems, for databases of journalistic stories, and for multimodal public  storytelling  (Singer,  2008).  This  development  is  unstoppable,  just  as  when  communication  markets  switched  from  black-and-white  to  color  pho-tography, from silent movies to sound films (see Gilje, chapter 7 this volume), and from letters to e-mail. The  research  on  professional  practice  in  the  newsroom  (e.g.  Quinn,  2005;  Brannon, 2008; Tunstall, 2009; Perrin, 2011b) shows that mastering this change requires  a  multimedia  mindset  (Perrin,  2013),  which  results  in  three  key  com-petences:  writing  on  all  channels,  working  in  teams  (e.g.  Perrin,  2011b),  and  finding emergent solutions (e.g. Perrin, 2012b). This has consequences for the design of writing environments. This  chapter  focuses  on  the  first  of  the  competences,  writing  on  all  chan-nels.  First,  I  explain  the  relevance  of  this  competence  from  theoretical  and  practical perspectives. Then, I outline a theoretical framework to systematize writing  competence  and  activities.  This  framework  is  grounded  in  empirical  data  from  two  decades  of  writing  research  in  the  newsroom.  After  explain-ing  the  methodology  and  tools  applied  in  our  research,  I  exemplify  in  detail  why and how context can foster micro change in multimodal text production, which, in return, feeds back to the macro context of newsroom policy. Finally, I discuss such findings as illustrating the dialectic interplay of innovation and universalities. },
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2012bb,
title = {Modelling writing phases},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Marc Wildi},
doi = {10.1163/9781780529295_092},
isbn = {9781780529295},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Studies in Writing},
pages = {395 - 397},
abstract = {Until now, writing has been described in the research literature as the interplay ofsituations,  strategies and phases  — with phases  being  identifiable  temporalprocedural units with typical dominant writing actions such as ‘formulating’ or‘source reading’. Phases are recognized as essential for the success of writingprocesses. At the same time, most scientific approaches to writing base their phaseconcepts and phase descriptions on introspection, experiments or single case studies.The methodology for a rigorous, objectively verifiable analysis of the structure ofwriting processes and therefore for an empirically testable explanation of the natureand interplay of phases in writing processes has not yet been developed. This isexactly what the research project outlined here aims to do: to explore and to modelwriting phases based on statistical methodology and thus to provide a solidfoundation for good practice models of writing processes — a conditio sine qua nonfor systematic education in writing (Perrin & Wildi, 2010).The research question is (1) What are the crucial phases of real-life writing(and their embedded reading) processes? The main subordinate questions (2) Whatare the key features of the different phases? and (3) What are the main factorsdetermining them? Answering these questions means (a) identifying, (b) describingand (c) explaining the phases of writing processes.(a) On the identification level of the project, the aim of the research is thetheoretically and empirically sound exploration of writing processes in exemplarydomains: education, academia, professions.(b) On the description level, the modelling will be empirically based on informationabout phases as the crucial structural features of writing processes and onbackground conditions such as the writing task (i.e. intention, topic, structure).},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Dalakoglou2012bb,
title = {Universities in A State of Exception},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2012bb,
title = {Athens: Social Meltdown},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Ross Domoney},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2012bb,
title = {Special Issue: Roads and Anthropology},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Penny Harvey},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
volume = {7},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Baider2012bb,
title = {When language translates feelings: learning fear and surprise in a foreign language},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Freiderikos Valetopoulos},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
pages = {525-541},
publisher = {QuiEdit},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Gasparini2012,
title = {Building a "New" Semitic Language: Lexical Enrichment in Neo-Assyrian and its Problems},
author = {Fabio Gasparini and Mauro Tosco},
year  = {2012},
date = {2012-01-01},
journal = {Folia Orientalia},
volume = {49},
pages = {191-202},
abstract = {This paper focuses on contemporary linguistic developments in that variety of Neo-Aramaic commonly called Modern Assyrian. Although widely used as an oral medium in a variety of domains belonging to everyday life, as well as in modern and traditional literature (both as an oral and a written medium), it is lagging behind in the expression of many modern concepts (such as technology, politics, etc.). The lexical and phraseological problems faced by the community will be made evident through the analysis of multilingual (with Arabic and/or English alongside Modern Assyrian) political documents from contemporary Iraq.},
keywords = {Fabio Gasparini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Brookes2011,
title = {Amangama Amathathu 'the three letters' the emergence of a quotable gesture},
author = {Heather Brookes},
doi = {10.1075/gest.11.2.05bro},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-12-31},
urldate = {2011-12-31},
journal = {Gesture},
volume = {11},
number = {2},
pages = {194-218},
abstract = {This paper describes the emergence of a quotable gesture for HIV/AIDS in South Africa. The gesture has its origin in the Zulu phrase amangama amathathu ‘the three letters’, an expression South Africans began to use from the mid-1990s to refer to the acronym HIV. This phrase generated a plethora of words and phrases for HIV using the concept of ‘three’. With these spoken references, speakers would sometimes use a manual expression for ‘three’ by showing three extended fingers. With repeated use, the manual expression by itself came to be established as a quotable gesture for HIV. The gesture became independent of speech as a noticeable increase in the number of deaths from HIV occurred. From observations of use in every day situations, speakers use the gesture primarily to mitigate the crude or indelicate effect of directly saying a person has HIV in speech. Use of the gesture also demonstrates sensitivity and empathy on the part of the speaker and lessens the speaker’s commitment to, and consequently their responsibility for suggesting a person has the disease. Whether for secret communication or openly displayed for dramatic effect, speakers use this gesture in conjunction with speech in nuanced ways to avoid breaking the spoken taboo and flouting social norms. The emergence of this gesture suggests that speech taboos are a key reason for gestures becoming quotable; hence the large number of quotable gestures that represent socially awkward and potentially offensive words and speech acts. The adaptation of a counting gesture demonstrates that one source for new quotable gestures may be the re-semanticization of an existing gesture through spoken semantic links. In the case of the HIV gesture, spoken language played a key role in disseminating the metonym of ‘three’ and establishing a common ground for a quotable gesture to emerge across many communities in South Africa.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Giles2011,
title = {Intergenerational Communication Practices},
author = {Howard Giles and Jessica Gasiorek},
doi = {10.1016/B978-0-12-380882-0.00015-2},
isbn = {9780123808820},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-12-31},
urldate = {2011-12-31},
pages = {233-247},
publisher = {Elsevier Academic Press},
abstract = {This chapter explores important parameters of intergenerational communication, with a focus on older people being targets of overaccommodation, also known variously across studies as patronizing talk, elder speak, or infantilizing talk. The latter are considered as (interchangeable) forms in that they can be subsumed under or treated as exemplars of the more superordinate category of over accommodative moves. Overaccommodation is a construct derived from communication accommodation theory that has been operationalized in terms of a speaker perceiving to exceed or overshoot the level of implementation of communicative behaviors necessary for a smooth and successful interaction. The chapter begins with considering the different forms overaccommodation can take. Following this, it sheds light on its social effects and describes the variable ways it can be managed by recipients. It also presents the theoretical mechanisms proposed to underlie this process. Furthermore, it considers other forms problematic intergenerational communication may, including elderly-to-young overaccommodation, painful self disclosures, and off-target verbosity. Finally and consequentially, this chapter concludes with a discussion of how communicative practices are endemic in the social construction of successful and unsuccessful aging.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Tsimpli2011,
title = {Linguistic Processing and Executive Control: Evidence for Inhibition in Broca's Aphasia},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Kyrana Tsapkini},
doi = {10.1016/j.sbspro.2011.09.244},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-12-31},
urldate = {2011-12-31},
journal = {Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences},
volume = {23},
pages = {213-214},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2011h,
title = {Approaching the historical phonology of three highly eroded Sino-Tibetan languages: Naxi, Na and Laze},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Guillaume Jacques},
url = {https://halshs.archives-ouvertes.fr/halshs-00537990},
doi = {10.1075/dia.28.4.02jac},
issn = {0176-4225},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-12-14},
journal = {Diachronica},
volume = {28},
number = {4},
pages = {468-498},
abstract = {Naxi, Na and Laze are three languages whose position within Sino-Tibetan is controversial. We propose that these languages are descended from a common ancestor ("proto-Naish"). Unlike conservative languages of the family, such as Rgyalrong and Tibetan, which have consonant clusters and final consonants, Naxi, Na and Laze share a simple syllabic structure (consonant+glide+vowel+tone) due to phonological erosion. This raises the issue of how the regular phonological correspondences between these three languages should be interpreted, and which phonological structure should be reconstructed for proto-Naish. The regularities revealed by the comparison of the three languages are interpreted in light of potentially cognate forms in conservative languages. This comparison brings out numerous cases of phonetic conditioning of the vowel by the place of articulation of a preceding consonant or consonant cluster. Overall, these findings warrant a relatively optimistic conclusion concerning the feasibility of unraveling the phonological history of highly eroded language subgroups within Sino-Tibetan.
},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Stoffers2011,
title = {Controlled Field Evaporation of Fluorinated Self-Assembled Monolayers},
author = {Andreas Stoffers and Christian Oberdorfer and Guido Schmitz},
doi = {10.1021/la204126x},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-12-02},
journal = {Langmuir : the ACS journal of surfaces and colloids},
volume = {28},
number = {1},
pages = {56-59},
abstract = {Self-assembled monolayers of amino-undecanethiol and perfluoro-decanethiol are studied by atom probe tomography based on laser-assisted controlled field desorption. In the case of hydrogenated chains the identification of detected molecular species is difficult because of residual hydrocarbons. By contrast, fractions of the fluorinated chains can be unequivocally identified. Although chemically similar, the evaporation of both chains appears in significantly different molecular fractions. For the fluorinated chains, a well-ordered evaporation sequence is determined that allows conclusions to be drawn about the strength of bonds under field conditions and may lay the basis for the future numerical reconstruction of the chemical structure of such films.},
keywords = {Andreas Stoffers},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2011b,
title = {International Association of Language and Social Psychology: 13th International Conference on Language and Social Psychology},
author = {Howard Giles},
doi = {10.1177/0261927X11416200},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-12-02},
urldate = {2011-12-02},
journal = {Journal of Language and Social Psychology},
volume = {30},
number = {4},
pages = {355-356},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tang2011,
title = {Asia Signopedia: An open information system of Asian sign languages},
author = {Gladys Tang and Kai-Hung Ken Wong and Ronald Chung},
doi = {10.3233/TAD-2011-0330},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-12-01},
urldate = {2011-12-01},
journal = {Technology and Disability},
volume = {23},
number = {4},
pages = {233-242},
publisher = {Technology and Disability 23(4): DOI:},
abstract = {To promote deaf awareness and natural sign language in Asia, we created an open platform named " Asia Signopedia ". The web page allowed both deaf and hearing people to input and access entries of different Asian sign languages and their dialects in either video or text mode. This paper describes how the data structure and user interface of the web page were designed. The distributive authoring scheme of the web page allowed the database to be input and corrected by those who used it.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zarakol2011,
title = {What makes terrorism modern? Terrorism, legitimacy, and the international system},
author = {Ayse Zarakol},
doi = {10.1017/S0260210510001518},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-12-01},
urldate = {2011-12-01},
journal = {Review of International Studies},
volume = {37},
number = {5},
pages = {2311 - 2336},
abstract = {This article aims to understand the phenomenon of international terrorism by wedding a constructivist understanding of terrorism with an overview of the historical evolution of the state. The Westphalian state has replaced three types of authority: religious, personal and local. Political challenges to the modern international system inevitably derive their claim to legitimacy from one of these other forms of authority. I argue that there is a correlation between the kind of legitimacy claim a ‘terrorist’ cause is based on and how threatening we find the activities based on that claim. The less the distance between the unrecognised legitimacy claim on the one hand and the principles conferring legitimacy in the modern states system on the other, the less ontologically threatening we find the claimants to be. All historical variants of modern ‘terrorism’ fall into one of two categories of disruptive activity. They are either based in claims to local authority and target only particular states, or in claims to personal and/or religious authority and reject the modern states system altogether. Groups labelled as terrorist can therefore be classified as system-affirming or system-threatening. The former is a contained problem, but the latter has followed geographically broadening spread pattern throughout the international system.},
keywords = {Ayse Zarakol},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zarakol2011b,
title = {Theorizing International Relations: Politics vs. Philosophy},
author = {Ayse Zarakol},
doi = {10.2307/41428864},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-12-01},
urldate = {2011-12-01},
journal = {International Studies Review},
volume = {13},
number = {4},
pages = {647-653},
abstract = {Despite the major differences among the theoretical orientations of the contributors, these three books have in common similar political goals both in respect to the discipline and to the world at large. Speaking from the relative margins of International Relations (IR), all three books aim to rethink meta-theoretical issues related to the discipline in order to (ultimately) bring consequences of domination in the international system into better focus. In that sense, all three books could be thought of as part of a growing critique of mainstream epistemologies of IR theory as enablers of status quo and privilege within world politics. Each of the contributors to these three volumes would agree that philosophical debates are also political.},
keywords = {Ayse Zarakol},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Piller2011,
title = {Dinosaur Publishing},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
doi = {10.2307/41413393},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-12-01},
urldate = {2011-12-01},
journal = {Modern Language Journal},
volume = {95},
issue = {4},
pages = {647-650},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Kirby2011,
title = {Vietnamese (Hanoi Vietnamese)},
author = {James Kirby},
doi = {10.1017/S0025100311000181},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-12-01},
urldate = {2011-12-01},
journal = {Journal of the International Phonetic Association},
volume = {41},
issue = {3},
pages = {381-392},
abstract = {Vietnamese, the official language of Vietnam, is spoken natively by over seventy-five million people in Vietnam and greater Southeast Asia as well as by some two million overseas, predominantly in France, Australia, and the United States. The genetic affiliation of Vietnamese has been at times the subject of considerable debate (Diffloth 1992). Scholars such as Tabard (1838) maintained a relation to Chinese, while Maspero (1912), despite noting similarities to Mon-Khmer, argued for an affiliation with Tai. However, at least since the work of Haudricourt (1953), most scholars now agree that Vietnamese and related Vietic languages belong to the Mon-Khmer branch of the Austroasiatic family.
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Fox2011,
title = {The Articulation of Tradition in Timor-Leste},
author = {James Fox},
doi = {10.22459/LLTL.12.2011.11},
isbn = {9781921862595},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-12-01},
urldate = {2011-12-01},
pages = {241 - 257},
abstract = {When The Flow of Life was published in 1980, it was intended to identify some of the distinctive features of eastern Indonesia and to shift perspectives on how the region was viewed. In that volume, Timor figured prominently. Six out of 14 comparative essays—seven, if one counts Rote within this area—were focused on Timor. Previous comparative efforts had been limited and were largely confined to the influential study by the Dutch anthropologist F. A. E. van Wouden. His work, Sociale Structuurtypen in de Groote Oost, in 1935—translated as Types of Social Structure in Eastern Indonesia in 1968—was based largely on fragmentary materials reported by travellers, missionaries and government officers. While certainly perceptive in many of its particular analyses, the work advanced a single formal model that purported to provide the original underlying basis for 
societies in eastern Indonesia.

The Flow of Life challenged this model by presenting a diversity of social forms in eastern Indonesia and by convincingly representing the diverse conceptual bases of societies of the region. The Flow of Life was the first study of its kind to be based on substantial fieldwork. As the book claimed, it shifted focus from the study of models to the study of metaphors—the often highly poetic articulation of metaphors of life.

This book, Life and Land in Timor-Leste, follows a trajectory set out in The Flow of Life. Like The Flow of Life, all the papers in this volume are based on considerable fieldwork. This work is, however, more specifically focused and critically formulated to consider local polities in Timor-Leste and the way in which they have survived and adapted to the Indonesian occupation, the United Nations’ presence and the present-day national development demands of an independent Timor-Leste. 

Despite the great attention given to Timor-Leste over the past decade, few studies have sought to examine traditional social life as framed within particular traditional polities and in different rural areas. This book should therefore have 
a double impact—both theoretical and practical. It opens a new window on what is occurring in Timor-Leste. The initial question to ask of this volume is what comparative insights it provides and where do these insights lead. },
keywords = {James Fox},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Sitaridou2011,
title = {Word order and information structure in Old Spanish},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
doi = {10.5565/rev/catjl.36},
issn = {1695-6885},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-12-01},
journal = {Catalan Journal of Linguistics},
volume = {10},
number = {1},
pages = {159-184 & 248-249},
abstract = {In this article it is claimed that in Old Spanish the discourse-sensitive field is exclusively the preverbal one. Focusing on object preposing, it is shown that the object can: (i) either be linked to a topic reading (England 1980, 1983; Danford 2002); or (ii) an information focus reading (cf. Cruschina and Sitaridou 2011) -the latter only available as the rightmost element in Modern Spanish (cf. Zubizarreta 1998, inter alios); or (iii) a contrastive focus reading; or (iv) verum focus reading (cf. Leonetti & Escandell-Vidal 2009). Given all these different discourse readings which are linearized as verb second syntax, the testing hypothesis is that the verb second orders are an epiphenomenon of the organisation of information structure (cf. Wanner 1989; Bossong 2003; Sitaridou 2006, 2011 pace Fontana 1993; Cho 1997; Danford 2002; Fernández Ordóñez 2009; Molina 2010) rather than structural as in the Germanic languages.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2011b,
title = {A description of endangered phonemic oppositions in Yongning Na (Mosuo)},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Dashi Latami},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-12-01},
journal = {Intellectual property publishing house, Beijing},
pages = {55-71},
abstract = {The investigation concerns phonemic contrasts (including tonal contrasts) that are under a severe danger of disappearing from the Na language spoken in the plain of Yongning (Ninglang prefecture, Lijiang municipality, Yunnan province, China). This language belongs to the Sino-Tibetan family; it is also known as "Mosuo" and "Yongning dialect of Eastern Naxi". The overall tendency is, unsurprisingly, that the phonemic contrasts found in Mosuo but not in Mandarin Chinese tend to become lost by the speakers who are most proficient in Chinese. We discuss several examples in detail. Among other consonants, Na contrasts /l/，/ɬ/，/ʁ/，and /ɻ/; this set is fully preserved in the speech of a 55-year-old speaker, whereas in the speech of a schoolgirl (currently in senior high school) the four have simplified to /l/: /Mli/ "to look" and /Mɬi/"ear; moon" have both simplified to /li/; the syllables /ʁæ/ and /ɻæ/ in /Mʁæ.mi/"sword" and /#Hkʰwæ.ɻæ/ "satin" all simplified to /læ/. In-between these two extremes, in the speech of a speaker aged 35, these phonemic contrasts are preserved but their lexical distribution is becoming somewhat imperfect. For instance, she pronounces the word "sword", /Mʁæ.mi/, which is not in common use anymore, as /Mɻæ.mi/; this example arguably constitutes an indication that the opposition between /ʁ/ and /ɻ/ is weakening. As far as tones are concerned, the differences between the oldest generations and the speakers under 60 years set in sharp relief the complexities of the tonal system of Na: the contrasts that are neutralized in citation form tend to be overlooked by the less proficient speakers, leading to a major transformation of the architecture of the tonal system.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Michaud2011i,
title = {A description of endangered phonemic oppositions in Yongning Na (Mosuo)},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Dashi Latami
},
url = {https://halshs.archives-ouvertes.fr/halshs-00512028},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-12-01},
publisher = {Intellectual property publishing house (Intellectual Property Publishing House), Beijing},
abstract = {The investigation concerns phonemic contrasts (including tonal contrasts) that are under a severe danger of disappearing from the Na language spoken in the plain of Yongning (Ninglang prefecture, Lijiang municipality, Yunnan province, China). This language belongs to the Sino-Tibetan family; it is also known as "Mosuo" and "Yongning dialect of Eastern Naxi". The overall tendency is, unsurprisingly, that the phonemic contrasts found in Mosuo but not in Mandarin Chinese tend to become lost by the speakers who are most proficient in Chinese. We discuss several examples in detail. Among other consonants, Na contrasts /l/，/ɬ/，/ʁ/，and /ɻ/; this set is fully preserved in the speech of a 55-year-old speaker, whereas in the speech of a schoolgirl (currently in senior high school) the four have simplified to /l/: /Mli/ "to look" and /Mɬi/"ear; moon" have both simplified to /li/; the syllables /ʁæ/ and /ɻæ/ in /Mʁæ.mi/"sword" and /#Hkʰwæ.ɻæ/ "satin" all simplified to /læ/. In-between these two extremes, in the speech of a speaker aged 35, these phonemic contrasts are preserved but their lexical distribution is becoming somewhat imperfect. For instance, she pronounces the word "sword", /Mʁæ.mi/, which is not in common use anymore, as /Mɻæ.mi/; this example arguably constitutes an indication that the opposition between /ʁ/ and /ɻ/ is weakening. As far as tones are concerned, the differences between the oldest generations and the speakers under 60 years set in sharp relief the complexities of the tonal system of Na: the contrasts that are neutralized in citation form tend to be overlooked by the less proficient speakers, leading to a major transformation of the architecture of the tonal system.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Deumert2011,
title = {Language Variation and Standardization at the Cape (1880–1922): A Contribution To Afrikaans Sociohistorical Linguistics},
author = {Ana Deumert},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-12-01},
journal = {Journal of Germanic Linguistics},
volume = {13},
number = {4},
pages = {301-352},
abstract = {Bien loin que l'objet précède le point de vue, on dirait que c'est le point de vue qui crée l'objet (Ferdinand de Saussure 1916:23). Traditionally, historiographers of Afrikaans have argued that a relatively uniform (spoken) vernacular existed at the Cape from the late eighteenth century, where it constituted the L(ow) variety in a diglossic situation (see Raidt 1991). Standardization of Afrikaans has been described accordingly in a “naturalistic” fashion as the codification and elaboration of this preexistent vernacular. This paper summarizes the results of a variationist study of late nineteenth- and early twentieth-century documents that shows the traditional view to be seriously flawed. While “Cape Dutch Vernacular” (or “Afrikaans,” as it came to be called) was a well-defined entity in the popular consciousness from the mid-nineteenth century, the actual patterns of language use in the historical texts indicate the existence of a complex social dialect continuum until the early twentieth century. Variation patterns described for the late eighteenth century are shown still to be productive around 1900. Linguistic standardization, understood as the reduction of variation and the emergence of a linguistic norm, was rapid and strongly marked by cultural and political nationalism.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Coupe2011,
title = {Pragmatic foundations of transitivity in Ao},
author = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
doi = {10.1075/sl.35.3.01cou},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-11-29},
journal = {Studies in Language},
volume = {35},
number = {3},
pages = {492-522},
abstract = {This paper investigates the extent to which the phenomenon of transitivity contributes to syntactic organization in Ao, a Tibeto-Burman language of north-east India, by considering its manifestations from a pragmatic perspective. Agentive case marking is found to be the only formal correlate of transitivity in this language. This serves an obligatory marking function on actor arguments of verbal clauses expressing the habitual activity of a referent, and agentive marking is also consistently used to distinguish the causer argument of causativized predicates. However, in all other types of clause structures its use is pragmatically determined. Transitivity thus appears to be a construction-based phenomenon that has grammaticalized for only some aspects of Ao clausal syntax.},
keywords = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{FAHA2011,
title = {On Transitivity},
author = {Randy J LaPolla FAHA and František Kratochvíl and Alexander Robertson Coupe},
doi = {10.1075/sl.35.3.00int},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-11-29},
journal = {Studies in Language},
volume = {35},
number = {3},
pages = {469-492},
abstract = {This paper critically discusses and contrasts some of the different conceptualisations of transitivity that have been presented in the literature, and argues that transitivity as a morphosyntactic phenomenon and effectiveness of an event as a semantic concept should be separated in discussions of transitivity, and also, like many other aspects of grammar, transitivity should be seen as a constructional phenomenon, and so each construction in a language needs to be examined separately, in natural contexts. An Appendix presents some general questions one can consider when analysing language data.},
keywords = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Fina2011b,
title = {Analyzing Narrative. Discourse and Sociolinguistic Perspectives},
author = {Anna De Fina and Alexandra Georgakopoulou},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781139051255},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-11-24},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {The socially minded linguistic study of storytelling in everyday life has been rapidly expanding. This book provides a critical engagement with this dynamic field of narrative studies, addressing long-standing questions such as definitions of narrative and views of narrative structure but also more recent preoccupations such as narrative discourse and identities, narrative language, power and ideologies. It also offers an overview of a wide range of methodologies, analytical modes and perspectives on narrative from conversation analysis to critical discourse analysis, to linguistic anthropology and ethnography of communication. The discussion engages with studies of narrative in multiple situational and cultural settings, from informal-intimate to institutional. It also demonstrates how recent trends in narrative analysis, such as small stories research, positioning analysis and sociocultural orientations, have contributed to a new paradigm that approaches narratives not simply as texts, but rather as complex communicative practices intimately linked with the production of social life.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Haberland2011,
title = {Die schwache Adjektivflexion im Dänischen und Deutschen. Eine Fingerübung in diachronischer Typologie},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Lars Heltoft},
doi = {10.1080/03740463.2007.10414617},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-11-24},
urldate = {2011-11-24},
journal = {Acta Linguistica Hafniensia},
volume = {40},
number = {1},
pages = {23-43},
abstract = {Although German and Danish adjectives, according to the traditional view, have a definite inflection, the similarities are superficial. While the Danish adjective is a real inflection of the adjective with the associated definite content, German nominal groups are marked as a whole as [± definite] - the adjectives occasionally contributing to this marking, but sometimes not. The weak inflection is the pure nominal group cement. A comparison with other Germanic languages ​​and earlier language levels shows that German and Danish followed different types of diachronic development. At the same time, the myth of 'mixed adjective inflection' in German is finally abolished.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Schieffelin2011,
title = {Handbook of Language Socialization},
author = {Alessandro Duranti and S. Black},
editor = {Alessandro Duranti and Elinor Ochs and Bambi B. Schieffelin},
doi = {10.1002/9781444342901},
isbn = {9781405191869},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-11-23},
booktitle = {The Handbook of Language Socialization},
publisher = {Wiley-Blackwell},
edition = { First Edition},
abstract = {Documenting how in the course of acquiring language children become speakers and members of communities, The Handbook of Language Socialization is a unique reference work for an emerging and fast-moving field. Spans the fields of anthropology, education, applied linguistics, and human development. Includes the latest developments in second and heritage language socialization, and literary and media socialization. Discusses socialization across the entire life span and across institutional settings, including families, schools, work places, and churches. Explores data from a multitude of cultures from around the world.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Fina2011,
title = {Language ideologies and practices in a transnational community: Spanish-language radio and latino identities in the US},
author = {Anna De Fina},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-11-13},
journal = {A Sociolinguistics of Diaspora: Latino Practices, Identities, and Ideologies},
pages = {48-65},
abstract = {Globalization has radically transformed the way we live, conceive of ourselves, and communicate by opening up the world’s frontiers to the movement of goods, ideas, and people (see Appadurai, 1996; Coupland, 2003; Fairclough, 2006). One of the most important effects of globalization has been the heightened centrality of transnationalism (Vertovec, 2009), as not only do people move more often and in higher numbers from one geographical area to another, but they are also afforded greater opportunities to maintain contacts with their places of origin. Thus, members of transnational communities often “become involved in the chronic maintenance”(Rouse, 2004, p. 30) of different worlds, a process fraught with ambiguities and contradictions. Indeed, while languages and identities are traditionally defined in mainstream discourses in either/or terms, the experience of transnational people is always one of in-betweenness. Recent research on transnational and new urban communities points indeed to widespread tendencies toward the incorporation of notions of diversity in their everyday practices (see Blommaert & Rampton, 2011) as a result of continued contact and interaction. Thus, people in situations where movement across different geographical areas and/or contact with other ethnicities and languages are the norm tend to creatively incorporate diversity in their everyday lives, navigating between old and new identity categories and conflicting language ideologies.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hu2011,
title = {Constructing a Conversational Learning Community: A case study of knowledge construction and interactivity enhancement in web-based learning and Teaching.},
author = {Yuxiu Hu and Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.5963/CISME0108007},
issn = {2222-1859},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-11-07},
journal = {Communications in Information Science and Management Engineering(CISME)},
pages = {29-34},
abstract = {Link to paper: http://www.jcisme.org/paperInfo.aspx?PaperID=13303 ISSN:2222-1859(Print) ISSN:2224-7785(Online) In this paper we propose a learning model, The Conversational Learning Community that we have been developing mostly through web-based course activities (e.g., [2,3]). We show that the core features of this learning model involve strategies to manage knowledge and enhance user interaction of the world-wide web, particularly instructional interactivity. We identify three main types of instructional interactivity: learnerlearner, learner-instructor, and learner-resource. We then argue that the most important feature embedded within the Blackboard WebCT platform, an online proprietary virtual learning system, on which we develop our model that can be exploited for achieving interactivity and eventually knowledge construction, is the Discussion forum. As empirical evidence for this argument we present a report of activities from a recently taught course on Language and Information Technology. The report shows that of all the sections within the WebCT platform such as Course Notes, Glossary, Quiz Section, Presentation Forum, etc., the Discussion forum was by far the most patronized by students. We also propose certain facilitative measures that various agents within the Blackboard WebCT platform knowledge management group (as well as other learning platforms), such as technical support staff, can do to enhance the use of online learning tools like Blackboard WebCT for achieving an interactive learning community for knowledge construction such as the Conversational Learning Community that we have developed over the years. Keywords:Interactivity; Conversational Learning Community; Blackboard WebCT; Information Communication Technology; Web-based Learning and Teaching},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Coupe2011b,
title = {On core case marking patterns in two Tibeto-Burman languages of Nagaland},
author = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
issn = {0731-3500},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-11-01},
journal = {Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman Area},
volume = {34},
number = {2},
pages = {21-47},
abstract = {The innovative use of an oblique relational morpheme to disambiguate semantic roles or to signal the increased agency of the referent of a core argument can result in the reanalysis of a case marker that is employed in a new, purely abstract function of marking a core grammatical function. The extent to which such marking of a core argument becomes obligatory in the grammar of a language has implications for the development of case alignment patterns.},
keywords = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vigouroux2011,
title = {Bridges and barriers: language in African education and development},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux},
doi = {10.1080/01434632.2011.580108},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-11-01},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {32},
number = {6},
pages = {600-602},
abstract = {Recent decades have seen sub-Saharan Africa decline in both economic and human terms. The rich North has responded with a barrage of well-publicized initiatives, from pop concerts to international commitments on debt relief, aid, trade and good governance. Among the complex of factors necessary to sustain economic and human development, education receives little media coverage, although it is crucial. However, education must be effective.

 This book argues that in 'Anglophone' Africa, education is not effective because of the use of English, rather than children's first languages, both as the medium of instruction, and also as the language in which children are first taught to read. Research is presented from Malawi and Zambia, countries with contrasting language policies, using evidence from tests in English and African languages, small-group discussions and classroom observation. The findings show that English-medium policies in Africa do not give students any advantage in English over first-language policies, while the use of English discriminates against girls and rural children.

 The book concludes that much education in Africa is a barrier rather than a bridge to learning because of the prevailing language ideology, which has resulted in massive over-estimation of the value of English. While appropriate language policies alone will not solve education and development difficulties in Africa, they do have a positive contribution to make. The evidence presented here suggests they are failing to make that contribution.},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2011,
title = {Hallowed Grounds: The Role of Cultural Values, Practices, and Institutions in TMS in an Offshored Complex Engineering Services Project},
author = {Elizabeth Keating and Sirkka L. Jarvenpaa},
doi = {10.1109/TEM.2010.2091133},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-11-01},
urldate = {2011-11-01},
journal = {IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management},
volume = {58},
number = {4},
pages = {786-798},
abstract = {The globalization of complex engineering services has resulted in physically dispersed teams that can no longer rely on the traditional and familiar oral transmission of engineering expertise nor can they assume knowledge of their team members' culture. Yet, such teams need to be able coordinate effectively the dispersed knowledge of team members. We know little about how cultural differences among engineering team members impact the coordination of dispersed knowledge, so called transactive memory systems (TMSs)-or “who knows what” and “who knows who knows what.” In this paper, we present a longitudinal case study of a dispersed, cross-cultural team involving U.S. and Romanian engineers. The cultural differences in values, practices, and institutions had a major impact on TMS indicators of specialization, coordination, and credibility. The paper demonstrates how the cultural differences impeded TMS development. The results provide insight into TMS as an implicit coordination mechanism in a global team. We provide advice in terms of interventions that can promote the development of TMS in a culturally diverse team.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {Non-arguments about non-universals},
author = {Ian Roberts and Giuseppe Longobardi},
doi = {10.1515/lity.2011.032},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-11-01},
urldate = {2011-11-01},
journal = {Linguistic Typology},
volume = {15},
issue = {2},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fox2011b,
title = {Meaning and Power in a Southeast Asian Realm. By Shelly Errington. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press. 1989. xvi, 322 pp. $35.00.},
author = {James Fox},
doi = {10.1017/S0021911800044296},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-11-01},
urldate = {2011-11-01},
journal = {The Journal of Asian Studies},
volume = {50},
issue = {04},
pages = {988-989},
abstract = {This is an extraordinary book. It is, first of all, a study of and commentary on traditional concepts of Luwu Buginese as expounded by members of a high-ranking core group. In this regard, the book constitutes a clearly situated ethnography with a finely focused concentration on the ideas and social practices of a single extended family. At the same time, the book is a personal account of the process by which Errington came to understand these concepts. Errington is injured, and she is given comfort by the reading of a sacred text; she is confused and provided illumination; insects plop from the ceiling to her journal pages as she tries to write her notes. Thus, the narrative has all the flavor of "being there" which Clifford Geertz has characterized as a stylistic device of anthropological persuasion. Finally, and perhaps most difficult to characterize, the book consists of a series of shifting comparisons. Frequently, in her exegesis of Luwu concepts, Errington interrupts her discussion to point to the ideas of other populations she regards as similar. Often, she simply expands her focus to include all the various populations of South Sulawesi. Her most frequent comparisons, however, are to Java and Bali, both of which she characterizes as "hierarchical centralist states," like Luwu. Occasionally, her comparisons are to other centralist states in Southeast Asia, such as Thailand or Burma, or, for other purposes, to the specific nonhierarchical populations such as the Iban of Sarawak or the Ilongot of the Philippines. Errington uses this device of selective comparative exemplification with considerable skill; indeed, with as much literary skill as Sir James Frazer, who pioneered this methodology. 

All of these forms of argument are sec within a central thesis that argues that the Luwu of Sulawesi constitute a centralist state of Indic origin whose closest congenitors are Bali and Java. The "parent" of this remarkable perception and of the book itself is, as Errington readily acknowledges, Benedict Anderson's essay, "The Idea of Power in Javanese Society." On this perception, Errington builds an even more remarkable dichotomy that divides most of island Southeast Asia between a "Centrist Archipelago" that extends from Java to Luzon, embracing the Malay Peninsula in the west and Halmahera in the east, and "Eastern Indonesia," which stretches from Lombok to Aru.

It is difficult to relate this division to any other categorization of the region. It ignores the comparative linguistic research of the past twenty years that has endeavored to develop systematic subgroupings among Austronesian languages; it leaves out Sumatra, which was the center of some of the earliest Hindu-Buddhist kingdoms; and it curiously separates related societies on adjacent islands: thus Lombok belongs to eastern Indonesia while Bali is in the centralist archipelago; the island of Buru is included in the centrist archipelago, whereas the neighboring island of Scram is part of Eastern Indonesia. All of the Philippines, Borneo, and Sulawesi are within the centrist archipelago. 
},
keywords = {James Fox},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ferguson2011,
title = {Toward a left art of government: from 'Foucauldian critique' to Foucauldian politics},
author = {James Ferguson},
doi = {10.1177/0952695111413849},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-10-13},
urldate = {2011-10-13},
journal = {History of the Human Sciences},
volume = {24},
issue = {4},
pages = {61-68},
abstract = {Many contemporary uses of Foucauldian modes of analysis to ‘critique power’ (as it is often put) today lead to a rather sterile form of political engagement, in which denunciation (the politics of the ‘anti’) takes the place of positive political programs, and the strategies of government that such positive programs necessarily entail. Attention to some of Foucault’s own remarks about politics hints at a different political sensibility, in which empirical experimentation rather than moralistic denunciation takes center place. This article identifies some examples of such experimentation that come out of recent research on the politics of social assistance in southern Africa, and draws conclusions regarding the prospects for developing a ‘left art of government’.
},
keywords = {James Ferguson},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ferguson2011b,
title = {Toward a left art of government: from 'Foucauldian critique' to Foucauldian politics},
author = {James Ferguson},
doi = {10.1177/0952695111413849},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-10-13},
urldate = {2011-10-13},
journal = {History of the Human Sciences},
volume = {24},
issue = {4},
pages = {61-68},
abstract = {Many contemporary uses of Foucauldian modes of analysis to ‘critique power’ (as it is often put) today lead to a rather sterile form of political engagement, in which denunciation (the politics of the ‘anti’) takes the place of positive political programs, and the strategies of government that such positive programs necessarily entail. Attention to some of Foucault’s own remarks about politics hints at a different political sensibility, in which empirical experimentation rather than moralistic denunciation takes center place. This article identifies some examples of such experimentation that come out of recent research on the politics of social assistance in southern Africa, and draws conclusions regarding the prospects for developing a ‘left art of government’.
},
keywords = {James Ferguson},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Tang2011b,
title = {Movement types, Repetition, and Feature Organiza- tion in Hong Kong Sign Language},
author = {Gladys Tang and Joe Mak},
editor = {R Channon and H.V.Hulst},
doi = {10.1515/9781614510680.315},
isbn = {9781614510680},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-10-01},
urldate = {2011-10-01},
pages = {315-338},
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter/Ishara Press},
abstract = {Movement is one of the major phonological parameters in sign phonology. However, there has been a lack of consensus on how to characterize it, in particular, how to organize movement types and their associated features in a phonological representation. In this chapter, we revisit features involving repetitions in Hong Kong Sign Language (HKSL) documented in a HKSL dictionary (Tang 2007). We propose the features [repeat] and [return] to capture the different realizations of " repetitions " in the lexical signs of HKSL, which may take the forms of non-repeated movements, unidirectional repetitions, bidirectional repetitions, repeated local movements, returned movements and trills. We argue that repetition in HKSL involves a set of independent features which can occur at various nodes of the feature hierarchy. We propose that there is a Movement Feature (MF) node in the feature geometry under which path or local movements are grouped as sister nodes. Orientation and aperture changes are then sister nodes under the local movement node. Repetition features may occur at either the MF node or at the path or local movement node, but not lower down because they do not co-occur with either the orientation or aperture change terminal nodes.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pia2011,
title = {On a Ridge between Fields: Unpacking property in land in Qing China},
author = {Andrea E. Pia},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-10-01},
urldate = {2011-10-01},
journal = {Ricerca Folklorica},
pages = {141-156},
abstract = {This paper attempts to unpack the concept of property rights in land in Qing China (1644-1912). Starting from the traditional anthropological approach which sees property rights as a 'bundle' of social relations, this paper addresses the question of how property in land was realized in Qing China. By using extensively historical material against recent anthropological analysis in the study of law, this paper seeks to break up the social concept of property into two moments: (i) the generation of'right' from context dependant modes of agricultural production and (ii) the negotiation of those 'rights' and obligations by local elites and institutional officials in light of their conflicting or convergent interests. This particular approach exposes the concept of property rights to a set of environmental, historical and political variables. At the same time, it suggests that our present interpretation of the arrangement of land property in Qing China is profoundly influenced by the theoretical debates in which the concept of property has been employed. Insofar as the 'economical' and 'institutional' approaches found in the literature employ historically 'thick' concept such as 'right', 'law' and 'value' without accounting for cultural and sociological variations, they fail to provide the basis for a contextsensitive explanation of the production of 'property relations'. To this end, this paper presents a patchwork narrative of the generation, negotiation, codification and interpretation of land rights during the Qing with the aim of understanding the critical moments in the production of property; of highlighting the interplay of different social actors in its realization; and, finally, of problematizing the academic debate on its content.},
keywords = {Andrea E. Pia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michailovsky2011b,
title = {A simple architecture for the fine-grained documentation of endangered languages: The LACITO multimedia archive},
author = {Boyd Michailovsky and Alexis Michaud and Séverine Guillaume},
doi = {10.1109/ICSDA.2011.6085973},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-10-01},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Lu2011,
title = { “Verbal reduplication and grammaticalization: a corpus-based study on Mandarin VV-kan and V-kankan constructions,”},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-09-17},
journal = {Japanese Cognitive Linguistics Association (JCLA)},
pages = {199-202},
abstract = {The present study investigates two constructions in Mandarin1—VV-kan and V-kankan—which show an interesting formal asymmetry in the distribution of verbal reduplication and kan ‘see’, but denote the same meaning ‘try … and find out’. The VV-kan construction involves a schematic slot that is filled with a reduplicated verb, as in (1), while the V-kankan construction involves a verb that is followed by reduplicated kankan ‘see.see’, as in (2). What is intended to be discovered, or “found out,” by trying out the action is either covertly implied through context, as in (1a) and (2a), or overtly expressed by an interrogative complement clause, as in (1b) and (2b). Despite the formal asymmetry between the two constructions, (1) and (2) are observed to be free variant forms competing for the same meaning ‘try … and find out’, since a speaker would switch from one to the other without even noticing their choices. },
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Gupta2011,
title = {National Poverty and Global Poverty in the Age of Neoliberalism},
author = {Akhil Gupta},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-09-08},
urldate = {2011-09-08},
journal = {Notebooks D African Studies},
volume = {51},
number = {2},
pages = {415-426},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2011b,
title = {Health professionals’ perceptions of communication difficulties in cross-cultural contexts},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
url = {https://eprints.soas.ac.uk/id/eprint/9887},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110811551.251},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-09-08},
pages = {251-270},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {The impact of feminism and the women's movement on language and communication has been widely acknowledged in an ever-increasing number of studies across many languages (eg several varieties of English, most European languages, varieties of Arabic, Japanese and some other Asian languages). Besides triggering research into gender-differentiated language use and women's and men's ways of speaking, linguists and language professionals inspired by the women's and feminist movements have been responsible for examining the representation of the sexes in language systems and uses of language. Furthermore, the feminist movement itself has also contributed to linguistic change both in terms of planning (ie feminist language planning) as well as of impromptu, grassroots changes.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Graham2011,
title = {Measuring L2 English Phonological Proficiency: Implications for Language Assessment},
author = {Calbert Graham and Evelina D. Galaczi and Brechtje Post and Aike Li},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-09-01},
urldate = {2011-09-01},
keywords = {Calbert Graham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Hendriks2011,
title = {How children express caused motion events in Chinese and English: Universal and language-specific influences},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Yinglin Ji and Maya Hickmann},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2011.07.001},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-09-01},
urldate = {2011-09-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {121},
issue = {12},
pages = {1796-1819},
abstract = {The domain of space presents interesting properties that can best illustrate the debate concerning universal versus language-specific determinants on acquisition. In this context, this study compares children’ spatial expressions in English and Chinese in an experimental situation in which participants described animated cartoons showing caused motion events. Our results show that, irrespective of language, children's utterances were semantically less dense than adults’ responses, reflecting some universal cognitive constraints at early stages of development. Further, striking crosslinguistic differences are attested: utterance density was significantly higher for Chinese children than for age-matched English children from three to eight years because of the availability in Chinese of an easily accessible resultative verb compound which facilitates the simultaneous encoding of varied motion components. The latter finding highlights the fact that language-specific factors have a significant influence on the acquisition of spatial language.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks2011b,
title = {The expression of caused motion events in Chinese and in English: Some typological issues},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Yinglin Ji and Maya Hickmann},
doi = {10.1515/ling.2011.029},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-09-01},
urldate = {2011-09-01},
journal = {Linguistics},
volume = {49},
issue = {5},
pages = {1041-1076},
abstract = {The domain of space presents some interesting properties. On the one hand, spatial understanding by human beings is said to be universal and to share the same biological heritage; one the other hand, the linguistic systems encoding spatial knowledge vary strikingly. This paradox raises fundamental questions, including for language typology. In this context, the present study examines adults’ expression of caused motion events in Chinese versus English in the frameworks proposed by Talmy 2000 (i.e., verb-framed versus satellite-framed) and Slobin 2004 (i.e., equipollently framed) regarding the expression of spatial information across languages. The results of a cartoon-based production task reveal that, although both languages tend to express equally frequently the same set of semantic components for motion (Path, Manner, Cause, etc.), Chinese greatly differs from English in terms of where this information is encoded and how it is distributed across utterances. On the basis of these findings, it is suggested that it is better to understand Chinese on its own merits: this language shows both satellite- and verb-framing properties, thus demonstrating a “parallel” system.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zarakol2011c,
title = {Cultural Intimacy in International Relations},
author = {Ayse Zarakol and Jelena Subotic},
doi = {10.2139/ssrn.1916262},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-08-24},
urldate = {2011-08-24},
journal = {European Journal of International Relations},
volume = {19},
number = {4},
abstract = {In anthropology, the concept of cultural intimacy expresses those aspects of a cultural identity that are considered a source of international criticism for the state, but are nevertheless used to provide insiders with a sense of national comfort, understanding, and self-reflexive, ontological security (Herzfeld, 2005). Cultural intimacy helps illuminate how states present themselves internationally and how they understand themselves domestically. It can also explain the seeming discrepancies and contradictions between a state’s domestic and international identities. Cultural intimacy, in other words, explains the mutual reproduction of different levels of identity. Using the concept of cultural intimacy as a departure point, this paper develops a framework for understanding incongruities in the domestic and international facades of state identity. We argue that there is a structural component to the level of discomfort caused by negative international appraisals of a given state. Structural position determines whether the domestic sources of cultural intimacy will cause shame, embarrassment or guilt, and therefore also indicate how that negative international image will be handled by the state. The theoretical argument is illustrated with reference to the cases of Serbia, Croatia, and the Netherlands, and their distinctive responses to the breakup of the former Yugoslavia.},
keywords = {Ayse Zarakol},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2011c,
title = {The Decline of Behavioral Research? Examining Language and Communication Journals},
author = {Howard Giles and Miles Patterson and Margaret Teske},
doi = {10.1177/0261927X11407174},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-08-21},
urldate = {2011-08-21},
journal = {Journal of Language and Social Psychology},
volume = {30},
number = {3},
pages = {326-340},
abstract = {In recent years, the decline of behavioral research in personality and social psychology has attracted renewed attention. The decreased incidence of behavioral research over the past few decades has been documented in the Journal of Personality and Social Psychology and in Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin .This article examined whether this trend was also characteristic of two interdisciplinary language and communication journals (Human Communication Research and the Journal of Language and Social Psychology) that publish experimental research on interpersonal processes. In contrast to the two personality—social psychology journals, the language and communication journals showed no decrease in behavioral studies over the past two decades. Possible reasons for the contrasting trends in the two types of journals are discussed, including the pattern of increasing numbers of studies per article over time in the personality— social psychology journals, but not in the language and communication journals. Finally, the implications of these differences for research strategies are considered.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Essegbey2011,
title = {A Tribute to Norval Smith},
author = {James Essegbey and Enoch O. Aboh and Adrienne Bruyn and Silvia Kouwenberg and Rocky R. Meade and Pieter C. Muysken and M. C. van den Berg and Tonjes Veenstra},
doi = {10.1075/jpcl.26.2.01abo},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-08-16},
urldate = {2011-08-16},
journal = {Journal of Pidgin and Creole Languages},
volume = {26},
issue = {2},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Steinmüller2011,
title = {The Reflective Peephole Method: Ruralism and Awkwardness in the Ethnography of Rural China},
author = {Hans Steinmüller},
doi = {10.1111/j.1757-6547.2011.00125.x},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-08-02},
urldate = {2011-08-02},
journal = {The Australian journal of anthropology},
volume = {22},
number = {2},
pages = {220-235},
abstract = {Starting with Arthur Smith’s metaphor of the ‘peephole method’, this article explores the issues of ruralism and awkwardness which underlie much ethnographic fieldwork in rural China. In the first part, the continuing influence of ruralism—the idea that the Chinese countryside represents the ‘real’ China—is discussed. This idea is based on a radical conceptual separation of the countryside and the city, which denies modern everydayness to the countryside. If we accept that the modern everyday is now present in rural China and that ordinary people are aware of ruralism and its opposites (urbanism and modernity), we need to find research methods suitable to address the entanglement and the social uses of ruralist and modernist representations in everyday life. In the second part of the article, I argue that the ‘reflective peephole method’ could be such a method. Starting from the awkwardness I felt in my own fieldwork in south-western Hubei Province, I argue that the dilemmas of the ‘peephole method’ might be a good starting point for reflecting on the intensified ambiguity of moral discourse and action in contemporary rural China.},
keywords = {Hans Steinmüller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2011,
title = {Language policy, tacit knowledge, and institutional learning: The case of the Swiss public service broadcaster SRG SSR},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1080/14664208.2011.604953},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-08-01},
journal = {Current Issues in Language Planning},
volume = {12},
number = {3},
pages = {1-18 },
abstract = {Promoting public understanding is what the programming mandate asks the Swiss public broadcasting company SRG SSR1 to do. From a sociolinguistic perspective, this means linking speech communities with other speech communities, both between and within the German-, French-, Italian-, and Romansh-speaking parts of Switzerland. In the IDéesuisse project, we investigated whether and how SRG SSR, caught between public service demands and market forces, should and actually does fulfill such language policy requirements. Four research modules were combined: module A focused on language policy expectations; module B on media management's interpretation; module C on media production; and module D on media reflection in the newsrooms. Methodologically, ethnography of news was extended through grounded theory and transdisciplinary action research. Interviews with policy-makers and media managers were triangulated with in-depth analyses of text production processes and workplace conversations. The overall findings are whereas the managers are usually frustrated by the expectations of media policy-makers, some experienced journalists find emergent solutions to overcome the conflict between the public mandate and the market. This tacit knowledge can be identified and made explicit to the entire organization in systemic knowledge transformation, for example, through empirically grounded recommendations.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Haberland2011b,
title = {Reported speech in Danish},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1515/9783110871968.219},
isbn = {9783110871968},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-07-22},
urldate = {2011-07-22},
pages = {219-254},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {Reporting another utterance (either one's own or another person's) must come close to a universal of linguistic action. It requires quite an effort to imagine a language where this would not be possible. To begin with, we cannot exclude repetition of that other utterance (which in the following I shall call the model or model utterance), and repeating the model utterance would be a way of reporting it. One would only have to make sure that in repeating the utterance one did not repeat the original speech act (with all that this would entail), but rather that one displayed it. Still, there would be the problem of identifying that repetition: as of what it is a repetition of-whose utterance, made when, where and directed to whom. If a language has grammatical devices for those two functions, we would say that it was equipped for reporting speech.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{King2011,
title = {Language, sexuality and place: The view from cyberspace},
author = {Brian King},
doi = {10.1558/genl.v5i1.1},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-07-20},
urldate = {2011-07-20},
journal = {Gender and Language},
volume = {5},
number = {1},
pages = {1-30},
abstract = {This study attempts to use space/place as a tool in discourse analysis, focusing on the immediate surroundings of interaction. Analysis focuses on data taken from a corpus of computer-mediated chat-room interaction. It investigates the ongoing performance of sexualised place (and place-based sexuality) through the use of language in online chat-rooms. The central questions focus on how the shared imaginary of a room helps to shape the performances of genders and sexualities and how the gendered and sexualised discourses sexualise the room. Guided by the triangle of space model (Gotved, 2002, 2006), attention is paid to the chat rooms’ user interface, the spatial metaphor of the ‘room,’ and to participant interaction as part of the three dimensions of online spatiality. These are queer places for performances (in this case) of non-heterosexual, masculine identities and desires. Gotved’s model of online spatiality enables the investigation.},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Hendriks2011c,
title = {Using nouns for reference maintenance: A seeming contradiction in L2 discourse},
author = {Henriette Hendriks},
doi = {10.1515/9783110891249.291},
isbn = {9783110891249},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-07-11},
urldate = {2011-07-11},
pages = {291 - 326},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Hendriks2011d,
title = {Developmental perspectives on the expression of motion in speech and gesture. A comparison of French and English},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Maya Hickmann and Marianne Gullberg},
doi = {10.1075/lia.2.1.06hic},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-07-04},
urldate = {2011-07-04},
journal = {Language, Interaction and Acquisition},
volume = {2},
issue = {1},
pages = {129-156},
abstract = {Recent research shows that adult speakers of verb- vs. satellite-framed languages (Talmy, 2000) express motion events in language-specific ways in speech (Slobin 1996, 2004) and co-verbal gestures (Duncan 2005; Kita & Özyurek 2003; McNeill 1992). Although such findings suggest cross-linguistic differences in the expression of events, little is still known about their implications for first language acquisition. This paper examines how French and English adults and children (ages four and six) express Path and Manner in speech and gesture when describing voluntary motion presented in animated cartoons. The results show that English adults conflate Manner+Path in speech more often than French adults who frequently talk about Path only. Both groups gesture mainly about Path only, but English adults also conflate Manner+Path into single gestures, whereas French adults never do so. Children in both languages are predominantly adult-like in speech and gesture from age four on, but also display developmental progressions with increasing age. Finally, speech and gestures are predominantly co-expressive in both language groups and at all ages. When modalities differ, English adults typically provide less information in gesture (Path) than in speech (Manner+Path; ‘Manner modulation’ phenomenon), whereas French adults express complementary information in speech (Manner) and gesture (Path). The discussion highlights theoretical implications of such bi-modal analyses for acquisition and gesture studies},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2011d,
title = {Diasporic communication: Cultural deviance and accommodation among Tibetan exiles in India},
author = {Howard Giles and Tenzin Dorjee and Valerie Barker},
doi = {10.1080/01434632.2011.579130},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-07-01},
urldate = {2011-07-01},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {32},
number = {4},
pages = {343-359},
abstract = {Diasporic communities around the world regularly encounter challenges of preserving their identities and communication practices while adapting to their host social-cultural environment. Grounded in communication accommodation theory (CAT) and informed by recent research on deviance, this study investigated the relationships between Tibetan identity, language, and communication accommodation in the Indian diaspora. It was found that a pro-normative speaker was more likely to be accommodated to than normative and anti-normative speakers, but no interaction was found between raters’ ingroup identification and perceived normativeness of the speakers, as was predicted. In addition, perceptions of identity support and social evaluation together proved to be a much stronger predictor of reported communication accommodation to the speakers than the extent of raters’ ingroup identification. The findings are discussed in terms of their importance for CAT and intragroup cultural communication.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Roberts2011,
title = {NP-Movement, Crossover and Chain-Formation},
author = {Ian Roberts},
doi = {10.1007/978-94-011-3446-0_2},
isbn = {978-94-010-5524-6nm},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-07-01},
urldate = {2011-07-01},
pages = {17-52},
publisher = {Representation and Derivation in the Theory of Grammar},
abstract = {Example (1) illustrates a standard case of Strong Crossover (SC): (1) *Whoi does hei love ti?},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Piller2011b,
title = {Linguistic diversity and social inclusion},
author = {Ingrid Piller and Kimie Takahashi},
doi = {10.1080/13670050.2011.573062},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-07-01},
urldate = {2011-07-01},
journal = {International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism},
volume = {14},
number = {37 },
issue = {4},
pages = {1-381},
abstract = {This introduction provides the framework for the special issue by describing the social inclusion agenda of neoliberal market democracies. While the social inclusion agenda has been widely adopted, social inclusion policies are often blind to the ways in which language proficiency and language ideologies mediate social inclusion in linguistically diverse societies. If language is written into social inclusion policies, it is often done in a top-down manner informed by linguistic ideologies of monolingualism and linguistic discreteness rather than an informed understanding of the realities of communication in linguistically diverse societies. By contrast, the contributors to this special issue draw on ethnographic case studies to show that the key linguistic challenge of the social inclusion agenda is the promotion of inclusive language ideologies and language practices that value diversity. We end the introduction by elucidating implications for policy and research.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2011,
title = {Interactivity in Web-based Teaching of Linguistics Courses},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-07-01},
abstract = {Many current digital Information Communications Technologies (ICTs), including the web, have become integral tools in the pedagogical process. Four main features of modern digital ICTs make them stand out as very useful educational tools. These are integration of multimedia, flexibility of use, connectivity, and interactivity (Blurton 1999). This paper focuses on interactivity. Drawing from three years of web-based design of linguistics courses at the University of Hong Kong, it is argued that enhanced interactivity is the single most important reason why university teachers should practise web-based teaching alongside traditional face-to-face classroom teaching. Interactivity has been the subject of much discussion in constructivist approaches to teaching and learning which rely on more active participation in the learning situation on the part of the learner (Daniel and Marquis (1983), Moore (1992), Wagner (1994), Markwood and Johnstone (1994), Barnard (1995), Parker (1999) and Brogan (1999). A novel notion of conversational learning community as a kind constructivist learning environment is introduced. It is shown that instructional interactivity, defined as active communication in a conversational learning community between instructor(s), learners, course materials, and links to remote experts and resources, is a central aspect of the learning situation. This conceptualisation has important consequences for course design and delivery. We interpret our web-based course design, using WebCT, as},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@proceedings{Bodomo2011b,
title = {Reflexivity Without Apparent Marking: The Case of Mashan Zhuang},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
url = {http://www.stanford.edu/group/cslipublications/cslipublications/LFG/16/abstracts/lfg11abs-bodomo.html},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-07-01},
publisher = {CSLI Publications},
address = {Stanford University},
organization = {Proceedings of the LFG11 Conference},
abstract = {This paper analyzes the distribution of nominals in Zhuang, a Tai-Kadai language spoken in southwestern China. Zhuang, like many Tai-Kadai and Southeast Asian languages, displays binding phenomena in which pronouns and names can be bound, thus having consequences for the binding theory (e.g. Chomsky 1981, Radford 1997, Reuland 2001, Buring 2005), in particular whether or not these facts of Zhuang violate principles of the classical binding theory. Two main approaches explaining how these facts are aligned with binding theory (e.g. Lasnik 1991 and Lee 2003) are discussed before proposing a functional-predicational approach based on Lexical-Functional Grammar (LFG) analyses of binding (e.g. Bresnan 2001, Dalrymple 1993) to explain some intricate binding relations in Zhuang.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {proceedings}
}
@inbook{Bodomo2011c,
title = {Event structure and grammar},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
editor = {Hogan CP},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-07-01},
pages = {293-294},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pablé2011,
title = {Why the semantics of ‘good’ and ‘bad’ isn’t good enough: popular science and the ‘language crux’},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.1016/j.langsci.2011.04.024},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-07-01},
journal = { Lancet},
volume = {33},
number = {4},
pages = {551 - 558},
abstract = {Neuroscientists have recently advanced the thesis that science can answer moral questions, dismissing philosophical questions as irrelevant to such an enterprise. The American science writers Sam Harris and Michael Shermer have been particularly instrumental in popularizing this new science, which is ultimately to replace religion as the only reliable guide to truth. The present article looks at the unstated language philosophies underlying Sam Harris and Michael Shermer’s discourse when addressing lay audiences, and seeks to show that their linguistic assumptions are ‘mythical’, insofar as they support a virtually unchallenged (however flawed) view of how language relates to reality, inherited in its entirety from Greek philosophers unacquainted with neuroscience. This article adopts an integrational critique of language: it aims at promoting an integrational semiology as the epistemological foundation of all sciences, including a science of morality.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pablé2011b,
title = {Roy Harris and integrational linguistics},
author = {Adrian Pablé and Christopher Hutton and David Bade
},
doi = {10.1016/j.langsci.2011.04.001},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-07-01},
journal = {Language Sciences },
volume = {33},
number = {4},
pages = {475-479},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels2011,
title = {Future directions for the learning of languages in universities: challenges and opportunities},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1080/09571736.2011.573692},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-07-01},
journal = {Language Learning Journal},
volume = {39},
number = {2},
pages = {247-257},
abstract = {The place of foreign language learning in education has a rich and diverse history since the introduction of compulsory schooling, with some countries including the learning of a foreign language as a compulsory part of the curriculum, whilst in others foreign language learning is seen as an optional subject suited for more academically minded students. In more recent times, the place and role of foreign or second language learning have come under increasing scrutiny, partly in response to world-wide developments in communication technologies, increased and expanded transnational mobility, global security concerns and the emergence of a global lingua franca, English. In this article, I build upon reflections from other scholars to outline the major challenges for university-level language learning in the context of a radically changing language learning environment. The focus of attention is on three key elements of language learning: the learner, the teacher and the curriculum.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2011,
title = {Distant drums and thunderous cannon: Sounding authority in traditional malay society},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-07-01},
journal = {International Journal of Asia and the Pacific},
volume = {7},
number = {2},
pages = {18-35},
abstract = {Pre-modern Malay society was intensely oral and aural, and the texts that are now read were always intended for group recitation and performance. Studies of auditory history in other societies have emphasised that in the past, sounds were experienced differently from the way they are heard today. At the very basic level, thunder—the voice of the heavens—established the benchmark and the basis for comparison for awe-inspiring sounds that humans could attempt to replicate, notably in the beating of drums and the firing of cannon. Together with the nose-flute, the drum is the oldest and most indigenous Malay instrument, and the drums that were included in royal regalia were accorded personalities of their own. Cannon were introduced much later, but quickly assumed a preeminent position as personified embodiments of extraordinary supernatural power registered in the awe-inspiring noise of their thunder-like firing. At the same time, the sounds of both cannon and drums were fused with their physical presence as representations of fertility to create a complex sensory experience, conveying messages that were central to the functioning of the society. This paper argues that in the premodern Malay soundscape drums and cannon functioned as visual and aural proclamation of identity, helping to define the community’s cultural parameters by drawing elite and commoner together.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2011b,
title = {Wives, Slaves, and Concubines: A History of the Female Underclass in Dutch Asia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1017/S147959141100012X},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-07-01},
journal = {International Journal of Asian Studies},
volume = {8},
number = {2},
pages = {233-235},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Williams2011,
title = {The Imperial Reach and the Reluctant Response},
author = {Collin Williams},
isbn = {978 0 9562615 2 6},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-07-01},
pages = {295-313},
publisher = {Clò Ostaig},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Costa2011f,
title = {Mondi mediali e giornalisti: pratiche e rappresentazioni dei corrispondenti stranieri a Beirut},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-06-28},
urldate = {2011-06-28},
publisher = {University of Milan-Bicocca},
abstract = {Media worlds and journalists: practices and representations of foreign correspondents in Beirut — the University of Groningen research portal Skip to main navigation Skip to search Skip to main content the University of Groningen research portal Logo Help & FAQ English Nederlands Home Profiles Research Units Research output Projects Datasets Prizes Activities Press / Media Search by expertise, name or affiliation Media worlds and journalists: practices and representations of foreign correspondents in Beirut Elisabetta Ida Costa Research output: Thesis › Thesis fully internal (DIV) Overview Translated title of the contribution Media worlds and journalists.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Biagini2011,
title = {Citizenship and religion in the Italian constitutions, 1796–1849},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1016/j.histeuroideas.2010.10.013},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-06-01},
urldate = {2011-06-01},
journal = {History of European Ideas},
volume = {37},
number = {2},
pages = {211-217},
abstract = {This article explores the link between religion and politics, religious liberty and the rights of religious minorities, by focusing on the constitutions which Italian states adopted and discarded from 1796 to 1849. It concerns questions about the ‘national character’ and the rights and duties of the citizen, and argues that – far from being ‘an outlet’ for material discontent – questions of religious identity and pluralism were integral to the Risorgimento definition of liberty. In this context, the author explores also the Mazzinian vision of a democratic republic inspired by an acephalous and non-hierarchical civil religion, similar to the Unitarian Transcendentalism practiced by some of his New York admirers – a far cry from the ‘religions of politics’ inspired by Saint Simon and Auguste Comte.},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Steinmüller2011b,
title = {The Moving Boundaries of Social Heat: Gambling in Rural China},
author = {Hans Steinmüller},
doi = {10.2307/23011371},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-06-01},
urldate = {2011-06-01},
journal = {Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute},
volume = {17},
number = {2},
pages = {263-280},
abstract = {Whilst gambling for money was prohibited during the Maoist era, since the 1980s it has become very common in many rural areas of central China. It is often the major communal activity in many villages, a focus point of daily gossip and an object of government campaigns. I describe several forms of gambling common in Bashan township, Eastern Hubei province, and relate them to local discourses on capability/skill and luck/fate. Gambling reproduces 'social heat', which is a desired form of social effervescence as long as it remains within certain boundaries. But the boundaries of accepted gambling and social heat in local sociality as well as those given in official representations and state discourse are contested, and both stand in an ambiguous relationship to each other; a relationship that is described in terms of ' cultural intimacy'. Using medium-range concepts such as 'social heat' and 'cultural intimacy', the article attempts to avoid the pitfalls of totalizing approaches which explain popular gambling as a consequence of or resistance to 'neoliberalism'.},
keywords = {Hans Steinmüller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2011bb,
title = {Risking or boosting masculinity? Men’s language choices in multilingual settings},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
doi = {DOI:10.1515/9783110239331.147},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-05-06},
journal = {Applied Linguistics Review},
volume = {2},
number = {2011},
pages = {147-168},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {In this paper I draw upon recent insights and advances in the study of gender in multilingual settings to analyse and discuss the constitutive role of language in gender performativity, more specifically in the performance of masculinities. A focus on men’s rather than women’s communicative behaviour and language choices in bilingual settings is motivated by a continuing dearth of studies of men as gendered beings. In this paper I present case studies of the linguistic choices and, to some extent, language practices of three Australian-born men whose parents had migrated to an urban setting in Australia. These case studies provide an insight into the complex interrelationship between linguistic choices and the performance of their masculinities in various settings and across different stages of life. A key finding emanating from this research concerns the centrality of the (male) peer group in shaping the linguistic choices these men make and how these may influence current and future bilingual practices, ultimately impacting on language maintenance efforts.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Perrin2011b,
title = {Towards a linguistics of news production},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Paola Catenaccioa and Colleen Cotterb and Mark De Smedtc and Giuliana Garzonea and Geert Jacobsc and Felicitas Macgilchristd and Lutgard Lamse and John E. Richardsong and Tom Van Houth and Ellen Van Praeti},
doi = {10.1016/j.pragma.2010.09.022},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-05-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics  DOI:},
volume = {43},
number = {7},
pages = {1843-1852},
abstract = {This position paper sketches the contours of a linguistics of news production. It is argued that, until recently, linguistic interest in the news prioritized close analysis of news products at the expense of the production process. The current paper is aimed at consolidating a number of emerging research efforts which focus on the interplay of language use and journalism, media and society. First, we spell out what can be considered news and how this conceptualization supports a case for the analysis of the news production process. Next, we look to various fields in linguistics and discourse studies to detail some of the relevant methodological frameworks that can be incorporated in a linguistics of news production. Finally, we situate our production focus within the larger media research context and suggest how it can bring added value to ongoing efforts in four related fields outside of linguistics.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2011bb,
title = {“There are two different stories to tell”. Collaborative text-picture production strategies of TV journalists},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1016/j.pragma.2010.09.023},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-05-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics },
volume = {43},
number = {7},
pages = {1865–1875},
abstract = {What do journalists do when they negotiate their work, solve their problems, and produce their multimodal news items? This article outlines a theoretical framework for analyzing newswriting processes as a societal, organizational and individual activity and applies it to a case study drawn from a large ethnographic research project. The project combines realist social theory, domain theory, grounded theory, and progression analysis. Ethnographic interviews with stakeholders, video recordings of workplace conversations, and keystroke logs of writing processes in the newsroom are triangulated within this framework. We investigate how the Swiss public broadcasting company should, actually does, and could promote public understanding in Switzerland while operating between the poles of a political mandate and competitive market forces. The overall findings show that the knowledge of how to bridge the gap between the broadcasting company's public mandate and market forces cannot be identified in the executive suites, but in the newsrooms. The case study presented in this article illustrates how an experienced professional journalist recognized a critical situation of collaborative text-picture production and overcame an apparently intractable conflict with his emergent solution. This tacit knowledge – the situated, implicit and individual strategies and practices of certain experienced players – can be made available to the corporation as explicit organizational knowledge.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Dalakoglou2011,
title = {Revolt and Crisis in Greece: Between a Present Yet to Pass and a Future Still to Come},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Antonis Vradis},
isbn = {978-0-98305-971-4},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-05-01},
abstract = {Occupied London is an anarchist collective writing on all things urban. Since 2007, the collective has worked together to publish an irregular journal, offering a platform for discussion within the global social antagonist movement, and featuring contributions by writers and collectives from around the globe, including Nasser Abourahme, Zygmunt Bauman, Franco Berardi, Klara Jaya Brekke, Manuel Castells, Mike Davis, Dimitris Dalakoglou, Christos Filippidis, David Graeber, Richard Pithouse, Marina Sitrin, Antonis Vradis, and many, many more. Since 2008, the collective has maintained a wildly popular blog, 'From the Greek Streets,' providing up-to-the-minute coverage of the urban revolt of December 2008 in Greece, and examining the impact and legacies of the revolt and the crisis that followed. AK Press is a worker-run, democratically-managed publisher of anarchist and radical literature. Founded in 1990, AK Press is a ten-person collective of committed anarchists, spread between Oakland, Baltimore, and Edinburgh, working hard to publish more than twenty new titles each year, and distributing thousands of other titles from like-minded publishers around the globe.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2011b,
title = {Revolt and Crisis in Greece: Between a Present yet to Pass and a Future Still to Come},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
isbn = {978-0-98305-971-4},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-05-01},
pages = {91-114},
publisher = {AK Press & Occupied London, London},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2011bb,
title = {From ruptures to eruption: A genealogy of post-dictatorial revolts in Greece},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Christos Giovanopoulos},
editor = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Antonis Vradis},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-05-01},
pages = {91-114},
publisher = {AK Press},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Tsimpli2011b,
title = {The Role of Suffixes in Grammatical Gender Assignment in Modern Greek: A Psycholinguistic Study},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Mastropavlou},
doi = {10.1163/156658411X563685},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-05-01},
urldate = {2011-05-01},
journal = {Journal of Greek Linguistics 11(1): DOI:},
volume = {11},
number = {1},
pages = {27-55},
abstract = {The aim of this study is to investigate how native speakers of Greek assign gender to nouns. The main question concerns the role that the morphophonological information encoded on noun suffixes plays in the assignment of gender values by native speakers. To that end, novel nouns were created combined with the different nominal suffixes so that the role of the suffix could be investigated independently of any lexical and/or semantic eff ects. Monolingual, native speakers of Greek were asked to use these novel nouns by providing an agreeing definite article thus indicating the corresponding gender value. The experiment was conducted both orally and in written form, so that potential effects of phonological as opposed to orthographic information could be examined. Following the experiment, probability values (predictive values) were calculated for each noun suffix based on the participants' interpretations, which were then compared to counts of frequency co-occurrence of each suffix with each gender value in the language. The results are discussed with respect to theoretical models of gender assignment and lexical access, while lexicalist approaches to morphology are also addressed.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Piller2011c,
title = {Intercultural Communication},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-04-29},
urldate = {2011-04-29},
journal = {Intercultural Communication},
abstract = {A comprehensive critical introduction to the field of Intercultural Communication from a sociolinguistic and discourse-analytic perspective.},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{nokey,
title = {Intercultural communication: A critical introduction},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-04-29},
urldate = {2011-04-29},
abstract = {Combining perspectives from discourse analysis and sociolinguistics, this introduction provides students with a comprehensive, up-to-date and critical overview of the field of intercultural communication. Ingrid Piller explains communication in context using two main approaches.The first treats cultural identity, difference and similarity as discursive constructions. The second, informed by bilingualism studies, highlights the use and prestige of different languages and language varieties as well as the varying access that speakers have to them. Linguistics students will find this book a useful tool for studying language and globalization as well as applied linguistics. Key features include: Case studies from around the world Learning objectives, key points, exercises and suggestions for further reading in each chapter Reader-friendly, accessible style.},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Vaux2011,
title = {The Representation of Fricatives},
author = {Bert Vaux and Brett Miller},
doi = {10.1002/9781444335262.wbctp0028},
isbn = {9781444335262},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-04-28},
urldate = {2011-04-28},
pages = {1-25},
publisher = {Blackwell},
abstract = {The phonetic properties of fricatives have recently received a great deal of attention (Shadle 1985; Ladefoged and Maddieson 1996: ch. 5; Johnson 1997: ch. 6; Stevens 1998: ch. 8; Maniwa et al. 2009; Ramsay 2009; among others). The phonological properties of this class of sounds, on the other hand, have, with a few notable exceptions, remained largely undisputed since the publication of Chomsky and Halle (1968), which itself essentially carries on the featural analysis of fricatives in Trubetzkoy (1939) and Jakobson et al. (1952). In this analysis, the class of fricatives is characterized by the distinctive features [−sonorant, +continuant].},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Fina2011bb,
title = {Language problem or language conflict? Narratives of immigrant women’s experiences in the US},
author = {Anna De Fina and Kendall A King},
doi = {10.1177/1461445610392135},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-04-08},
journal = {Discourse Studies },
volume = {13},
number = {2},
pages = {163-188},
abstract = {This article investigates how Latin American women who migrate to the US frame their language experiences through narratives told in sociolinguistic interviews. As narratives reflect and shape social realities and relationships, narrative analysis can illuminate how individuals position themselves relative to language obstacles and ideologies, thus providing insights into processes that are central to the migration experiences of millions of individuals. We found that women related two types of stories: language conflict narratives, in which language was presented as part of a broader ethnic or social conflict, and language difficulty narratives, which focused on individual, personal problems with language experienced by protagonists. Our analysis illustrates how interviewers’ questions, and the interviewees’ language conflict narratives in particular, confirm, reproduce, but also contest central language ideologies and dominant discourses about migration in the US.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Weinberg2011,
title = {Sociological Perspectives on Addiction},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
doi = {10.1111/j.1751-9020.2011.00363.x},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-04-03},
urldate = {2011-04-03},
journal = {Sociology Compass},
volume = {5},
number = {4},
pages = {298 - 310},
abstract = {This article provides a critical survey of sociological research on addiction. It begins with the seminal research of Alfred Lindesmith on heroin addiction then proceeds through discussions of functionalist contributions, research that exemplifies what David Matza called the ‘appreciative’ turn in the sociology of deviance, rational choice theories, and social constructionist approaches. It is confined to research on addiction in its original meaning as putative enslavement to a substance or activity rather than merely deviant or disapproved activity more broadly. As will be seen, though, there is a ubiquitous and theoretically interesting tendency even among those who contend to be writing about addiction as such to slip into modes of analysis that effectively substitute questions regarding the social approval of an activity for questions concerning whether it is voluntary or involuntary. Hence, one purpose of this article is to explore whether, and how, this slippage might be avoided.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim2011,
title = {The river around us, The stream within us, the traces of the Sun and Inka kinetics},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
doi = {10.1086/RESvn1ms23647779},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-04-01},
urldate = {2011-04-01},
journal = {Res: Anthropology and Aesthetics},
volume = {59/60},
number = {1},
pages = {5-21},
abstract = {The stones of the Inka wall were larger and stranger than I had ever imagined; they bubbled beneath the whitewashed second story, which facing the narrow street, was blind (ie no windows). Then I remembered the Quechua songs, which continually repeat one pathetic phrase: yawar mayu, river of blood; yawar unu, bloody water; puk-tik'yawar k'ocha, lake of blood that boils; yawar wek'e," tears of blood." Couldn't one say yawar rumi," stone of blood," or puk'tik'yawar rumi," boiling stone of blood"? The wall was stationary, but its lines were seething and its surface was changeable, as that of the flooding summer rivers, which have similar crests near the center, where the current flows the swiftest and is the most terrifying. The Indians call these muddy rivers yawar mayu, because when the sun shines on them they seem to glisten like blood. },
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2011b,
title = {Interspatial subjectivities: Engineering in virtual environments},
author = {Elizabeth Keating and Sirkka L. Jarvenpaa},
doi = {10.1080/10350330.2011.548644},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-04-01},
urldate = {2011-04-01},
journal = {Social Semiotics},
volume = {21},
number = {2},
pages = {219-237},
abstract = {It is becoming increasingly common for workers to collaborate across continents in technologically-mediated spaces, where geography and time are related in new ways, where visual elements for interpreting the other's actions are reduced, and where quite diverse cultural practices and beliefs are encountered. Phenomenologically, intersubjectivity, or taking the point of view of the other, and imagining oneself in the other's space, requires a new type of work. In this article we discuss two engineering design teams as they orient their actions to the work of building, repairing, and maintaining an “interspatial” subjectivity. We focus on aspects of multimodality, relationships of time, and integration of different local practices and habits, as they are affected by encounters in technologically-mediated space. The engineers are simultaneously building an understanding of the structural space they are creating, as well as how to most effectively transfer or reinvent skills learned as engineer-collaborators.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2011b,
title = {Le costituzioni di democrazia: Testi 1689-1850, by Ettore Rotelli},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1093/ehr/ceq419},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-04-01},
urldate = {2011-04-01},
journal = {The English Historical Review},
volume = {CXXVI},
number = {519},
pages = {458-458},
abstract = {The study of constitutional history is nowadays much less popular than it used to be, and the analysis of constitutional texts is not doing much better. Although this is part of a reaction against what used to be an excessive interest in this branch of the discipline, it has come with unfortunate consequences, such as the neglect of sources which by their very nature encapsulate the spirit of an age and the political aspirations of a people—or at least of their ruling élite. For these reasons scholars should welcome Ettore Rotelli's new book. It includes a substantial and erudite introductory essay (130 pp.) and a collection of texts which had at least some ‘constitutional’ significance in the European debate on political legitimacy and national sovereignty.},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Lu2011b,
title = {"Obligation of the inverse grammatical solution-Korean, Japanese, and Chinese language center -", "2011 Multilingual and Multicultural Simultaneous Teaching/Learning International Symposium Handbook"},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Kim Sunmi and Lu Jiarong},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-03-27},
journal = {Multicultural Simultaneous Teaching/Learning International Symposium Handbook},
pages = {93-107},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Ladegaard2011,
title = {Stereotypes in the making: Prejudice and cultural generalizations in Hong Kong students' discourse},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1075/japc.21.1.10lad},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-03-23},
urldate = {2011-03-23},
journal = {Journal of Asian Pacific Communication},
volume = {21},
number = {1},
pages = {133-158},
abstract = {This article analyzes how a group of Hong Kong students talk about people in other countries in an informal group discussion. The focus is on the discursive construction of outgroup stereotypes, and the analyses show that the attitudes discussed in the group are highly variable, even contradictory — across as well as within individual group members. Discursive Psychology is used as the theoretically informed analytic approach for the analysis, and Social Identity Theory (Tajfel) and Self-Categorization Theory (Turner) are proposed as the overall theoretical frameworks which seem to encompass the different themes uncovered in the analyses. The article argues that personal experience, rhetorical ends, and group dynamics are salient factors in terms of explaining the construction and nature of the stereotypes. Furthermore, it is argued that intergroup differentiation is important in accounting for the process of stereotype-construction, and that cognitive dissonance, as well as accusations of prejudiced identities, appear to have little noticeable effect on individual group members or intra-group harmony. Finally, the article argues that this group discussion could be seen as an example of predominant discourses and ideological positions about Western and Asian `others' which exist in contemporary Hong Kong society.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2011c,
title = {External interfaces and the notion of ‘default’},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
doi = {10.1075/lab.1.1.17tsi},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-03-23},
urldate = {2011-03-23},
journal = {Linguistic Approaches to Bilingualism},
volume = {1},
number = {1},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2011,
title = {Les rapports sociaux de sexe et les communautés minoritaires dans les manuels scolaires à Chypre : narrations historiques, descriptions linguistiques},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Maria Hadijpavlou},
doi = {10.4000 / tremble. 2618},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-03-22},
journal = {Tremor},
number = {35-36},
pages = {81-97},
abstract = {Since the end of the Cold War and the creation of new states, rewriting textbooks has become a priority in some communities. In Cyprus, for example, recent efforts have been made in the Turkish Cypriot side to revise textbooks presenting the history of Cyprus and to revise the hegemonic nationalist narrative present there. At present, such an effort is also being undertaken among educators in the Greek education system. In fact, Cyprus being since 1974 an island divided de facto into two northern and southern regions, it has developed two nationalisms constantly in competition since the 1950s. These gave birth to two separate education systems, with textbooks coming from Greece and Turkey then being dependent on the respective nationalisms of these countries. However, the revisions of textbooks in societies in conflict imply a distancing from the nationalist propaganda which is pervasive throughout the education system. This distancing must also be accompanied by recognition of the perspective and experience of minority communities that are too often invisible, despite claims for recognition on their part. Indeed, another aspect of textbooks in societies in conflict is that they do not include smaller communities. As previous research has shown, the history and culture of Armenians, Maronites and Latins has been ignored in state school textbooks and these Cypriot communities demand official historical recognition. Another aspect almost absent from the current assessment ... accompany by recognition of the perspective and experience of minority communities that are too often invisible, despite demands for recognition on their part. Indeed, another aspect of textbooks in societies in conflict is that they do not include smaller communities. As previous research has shown, the history and culture of Armenians, Maronites and Latins has been ignored in state school textbooks and these Cypriot communities demand official historical recognition. Another aspect almost absent from the current assessment ... accompany by recognition of the perspective and experience of minority communities that are too often invisible, despite demands for recognition on their part. Indeed, another aspect of textbooks in societies in conflict is that they do not include smaller communities. As previous research has shown, the history and culture of Armenians, Maronites and Latins has been ignored in state school textbooks and these Cypriot communities demand official historical recognition. Another aspect almost absent from the current assessment ... another aspect of textbooks in societies in conflict is that they do not include smaller communities. As previous research has shown, the history and culture of Armenians, Maronites and Latins has been ignored in state school textbooks and these Cypriot communities demand official historical recognition. Another aspect almost absent from the current assessment ... another aspect of textbooks in societies in conflict is that they do not include smaller communities. As previous research has shown, the history and culture of Armenians.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2011e,
title = {Officer Accommodation in Police-Civilian Encounters: Reported Compliance with Police in Mongolia and the United States},
author = {Howard Giles and Valerie Barker and Charles W. Choi and Christopher Hajek},
doi = {10.5564/mjia.v0i15-16.35},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-03-17},
urldate = {2011-03-17},
journal = {Mongolian Journal of International Affairs},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2011b,
title = {Stereotypes and the discursive accomplishment of intergroup differentiation: Talking about ‘the other’ in a global business organization},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1075/prag.21.1.05lad},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-03-01},
urldate = {2011-03-01},
journal = {Pragmatics},
volume = {21},
number = {1},
pages = {85-109},
abstract = {This article analyzes how employees in a global business organization talk about their colleagues in other countries. Employees were asked to discuss their work practices in focus group settings, and give examples of how they experience ‘the other’. Using Discursive Psychology and Politeness Theory as the analytic approaches, the article analyzes pieces of discourse to disclose social psychological phenomena such as group identity, intergroup differentiation, and stereotypes. The analyses show that talking about ‘the other’ is potentially face-threatening, and mitigating discourse features are used repeatedly to soften the criticism. We also see how uncovering stereotypes is a mutual accomplishment in the group, and how group members gradually move from relatively innocent to blatantly negative outgroup stereotypes. The analyses also show that participants engage in meta-reflections on the nature of stereotypes, which may serve as another mitigating device, and that talk about ‘the other’ is used to create intergroup differentiation. Finally, the article discusses the implications of these findings for cross-cultural communication and work practices in organizations.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland2011bb,
title = {Ownership and maintenance of a language in transnational use: Should we leave our lingua franca alone?},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1016/j.pragma.2010.08.009},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-03-01},
urldate = {2011-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {43},
number = {4},
pages = {937-949},
abstract = {English is a very special language in that it has many more non-native speakers than native speakers, and that it is used in far more settings where there are no native speakers present than in those between or including native speakers. Many of these settings are within contexts of higher education, due to increased transnational student mobility, university teacher mobility and offshore delivery of university education. In this paper it is argued that in discussing norms for international English, an ownership discourse and a maintenance (or cultivation) discourse should be distinguished. Some ideas from public goods theory are introduced that could be applied to an appreciation of international English. Finally, it is argued why even a language in international use needs cultivation.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Steinmüller2011c,
title = {The state of irony in China},
author = {Hans Steinmüller},
doi = {10.1177/0308275X10393434},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-03-01},
urldate = {2011-03-01},
journal = {Critique of Anthropology},
volume = {31},
number = {1},
pages = {21-42},
abstract = {In everyday life, people in China as elsewhere have to confront large-scale incongruities between different representations of history and state. They do so frequently by way of indirection, that is, by taking ironic, cynical or embarrassed positions. Those who understand such indirect expressions based on a shared experiential horizon form what I call a ‘community of complicity’. In examples drawn from everyday politics of memory, the representation of local development programmes and a dystopic novel, I distinguish cynicism and ‘true’ irony as two different ways to form such communities. This distinction proposes a renewed attempt at understanding social inclusion and exclusion. I also suggest that irony, so defined, might be more conducive to an anthropology that is ethnographic and dialogical.},
keywords = {Hans Steinmüller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bhatia2011c,
title = {Discursive Illusions in Legislative Discourse},
author = {Aditi Bhatia and Vijay K. Bhatia},
doi = {10.1007/s11196-010-9178-5},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-03-01},
journal = {The International Journal of the Semiotics of Law},
volume = {24},
number = {1},
pages = {1-19},
abstract = {This paper takes the position that interpretations of legal discourse are invariably taken in the context of socio-pragmatic realities to which a particular instance of discourse applies. What makes this process even more complicated is the fact that social realities themselves are often negotiated within the mould of one’s subjective conceptualisations of reality. Institutions and organisations, including people in power, often represent socio-political realities from an ideologically fuelled perspective, engendering many ‘illusory’ categories often a result of contested versions of reality. To substantiate this view, we discuss interpretations of a number of interesting contemporary and controversial laws, including America’s Patriot Act and Hong Kong’s proposed Article 23 of the Basic Law. Both laws can be seen as illustrative of the definitional conflict that abstract concepts such as democracy and human rights are subjected to in their own specific socio-political contexts. While America crowns itself with democracy and Hong Kong struggles to achieve it in effective synthesis with its unique political arrangement, the laws produced by both contrasting political systems are unexpectedly similar, aiming for the moderation of basic rights. The actions of both governments set against their beliefs and discourses, and furthermore set against one another and other media voices, particularly those of non-governmental organisations, political activists, and other socio-political groups, demonstrate contestation of realities, giving rise to ‘discursive illusions’, which seem to be interpreted not so much on the basis of their linguistic construction but more on the basis of socio-pragmatic factors, such as trust, belief, transparency, control and power. KeywordsLegislation–Critical discourse analysis–Genre analysis–Discursive illusions–Multiperspective and multidimensional analysis–The Patriot Act–The Basic law of Hong Kong},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bhatia2011d,
title = {Building community in international politics: A study of political press conferences},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
issn = {2340-2784},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-03-01},
journal = {Iberica},
volume = {21},
number = {21},
pages = {117 – 140},
abstract = {In today's increasingly globalised yet disconnected world, especially in the contemporary context of a turbulent political landscape, there has been an increasing effort made by socio-political leaders at solidifying alliances and drawing support from different corners of the world in order to neutralize policies. Drawing on a multidimensional framework, in particular, critical discourse analysis and membership categorization analysis, this paper explores the various strategies employed by political leaders, attempting to reconcile disparate perspectives in the face of increasing socio-economic inter-connection and political dependence. More often than not, it was discovered, political leaders drew upon the somewhat "illusory" notion of "international community", turning it into a tool of persuasion and membership category. In doing so, this paper aims to illustrate how the creation of illusive categories and perceptions are intended as a means of drawing support from diverse political leaders and projecting a united front before scrutinizing press and public.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2011bb,
title = {Women of Southeast Asia. Edited by Penny Van Esterik. DeKalb: Northern Illinois University, Center for Southeast Asian Studies, Monograph Series on Southeast Asia.},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1017/S0022463400021585},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Southeast Asian Studies},
volume = {29},
number = {1},
pages = {189-190},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Fina2011bb,
title = {Discourse and Identity Construction},
author = {Anna De Fina and Michael Bamberg and Deborah Schiffrin},
doi = {10.1007/978-1-4419-7988-9_8},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-02-09},
pages = {177-199},
publisher = {Springer, New York, NY},
abstract = {We describe and discuss discursive approaches emerging over the last 50 years that in one way or another have contributed to identity studies. Approaching identities as constructed in and through discourse, we start by differentiating between two competing views of construction: one that moves progressively from existing “capital-D” social discourses to the domain of identity and sense of self and the other working its way up from “small-d” discursive practices to identities and sense of self as emerging in interaction. We take this tension as our point of departure for a discussion of different theoretical and analytical lenses, focusing on how they have emerged as productive tools for theorizing the construction of identity and for doing empirical work. Three dimensions of identity construction are distinguished and highlighted as dilemmatic but deserving prominence in the discursive construction of identity: (a) the navigation of agency in terms of a person-to-world versus a world-to-person directionality; (b) the differentiation between self and other as a way to navigate between uniqueness and a communal sense of belonging and being the same as others; and (c) the navigation of sameness and change across one’s biography or parts thereof. The navigation of these three identity dilemmas is exemplified in the analysis of a stretch of conversational data, in which we bring together different analytic lenses (such as narrative, performative, conversation analytic, and positioning analysis), before concluding this chapter with a brief discussion of some of the merits and potential shortcomings of discursive approaches to identity construction.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Fina2011bb,
title = {Researcher and Informant Roles in Narrative Interactions: Constructions of Belonging and Foreign-ness},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404510000862},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-02-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {40},
number = {01},
pages = {27 - 38},
abstract = {In this article I focus on the influence of researcher/informant roles on the types of narratives that are produced and on the ways in which storytelling interactions are managed in research contexts. In particular, I show that storytelling activities and story types both reflect and shape relationships among participants based, among other factors, on their local management of situational and portable identities. I argue that one important methodological consequence of the analysis is the recognition of the fact that all data produced in interaction (including interviews) are irreducibly context-bound and that therefore an analytical separation between observer and observed is impossible. I also discuss how a treatment of the research event and of storytelling in it as a real interactional encounter can shed light on issues related to the insider-outsider status of the researcher and the Observer's Paradox (Labov 1972b). (Narrative, interviews, interactional roles, immigrants, identities).},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2011bb,
title = {Introduction: Interviews vs. ‘natural’ contexts: A false dilemma},
author = {Anna De Fina and Sabina Perrino},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404510000849},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-02-01},
journal = {Language in society},
volume = {40},
number = {01},
pages = {1-11},
abstract = {The popularity of interviewing as a method of data collecti is a recognized fact. In their survey of qualitative research Denzin and Lincoln (2004: 353) declare that" the interview i logical tool of the qualitative researcher." And, describing niques in sociolinguistics and dialectology, Fuller (2000: 38 of the data in the field comes from interviews." These assert ing given the central role that interviews have assumed as toolkit of the qualitative researcher since the early decad century (Fontana & Frei 2004). Interviews are the most com research instruments since they are widely used by investiga as education, anthropology, sociology, social psychology, an they serve as vital research methods alone or in combinatio such as participant observation. },
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels2011bb,
title = {Planning for a global lingua franca: challenges for feminist language planning in English (es) around the world},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1080/14664208.2011.541386},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-02-01},
journal = {Current Issues in Language Planning},
volume = {12},
number = {1},
pages = {9-19},
abstract = {In this paper I outline the challenges for feminist language planning in the context of a global lingua franca – English. Drawing upon the views of speakers of ‘World Englishes’ I discuss their reactions as well as reported practices in relation to gender-inclusive language use. This reveals the complexities of managing the tension between the ‘universal’ goals of feminism(s) and the myriad of local and cultural differences affecting in the social, economic and political positions of women.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2011d,
title = {Complementizers and subordination in typical language acquisition and SLI},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Mastropavlou},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2010.10.009},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-02-01},
urldate = {2011-02-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {121},
number = {3},
pages = {442-462},
abstract = {This study aims to report on the pattern of use of complementizers by Greek SLI children as well as describe differences and/or similarities with patterns of emergence in typical language development. The complementizers na (corresponding to the English infinitival marker to), oti and pos (corresponding to the English that) and pu (introducing factive complements and relative clauses) were investigated in spontaneous speech samples of 8 children with SLI and two control groups: 8 language-matched and 8 age-matched children. The theoretical frameworks adopted are that of the Interpretability Hypothesis, according to which LF-interpretability plays a determining role in the acquisition of formal features by SLI children, and Roussou's account of the C domain in Greek. In line with these accounts, the child data was analysed with respect to feature specification, posing a distinction between pu on the one hand, specified for the interpretable feature of definiteness, and oti and pos on the other, while na holds a unique status, functioning as marker of mood/modality and a clause-typing element. Additionally, the selectional restrictions these complementizers impose on inflection were also investigated. The results indicate that complementizers with low specification for LF- interpretability are more sensitive in SLI, while their selectional properties are active, revealing a problem in the morpho-phonological operation of spell-out rather than their lexical representation in the children's underlying grammar.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Steinmüller2011d,
title = {School killings in China: Society or wilderness (Respond to this article at http://www.therai.org.uk/at/debate)},
author = {Hans Steinmüller},
doi = {10.1111/j.1467-8322.2011.00782.x},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-02-01},
urldate = {2011-02-01},
journal = {Anthropology Today},
volume = {27},
number = {1},
pages = {10 - 13},
abstract = {Between March and May 2010 a series of school killings took place in mainland China. This article explores media discourses on the school killings and examines three cases in detail. It connects the search for underlying reasons and responsible authorities in relation to the murders with the wider search for ‘society’ in contemporary China, and concludes by emphasizing the gap between the official promotion of the idea of ‘society’ as a cohesive moral community and a parallel popular understanding of the contemporary Chinese social world as a savage wilderness.},
keywords = {Hans Steinmüller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2011bb,
title = {‘Doing power’ at work: Responding to male and female management styles in a global business corporation},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1016/j.pragma.2010.09.006},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-31},
urldate = {2011-01-31},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {43},
number = {1},
pages = {4-19},
abstract = {In the literature on professional management, it is argued that female leaders prefer a more indirect, people-oriented, democratic management style, whereas male leaders are more likely to favor a direct, task-oriented and authoritarian approach. This paper reports on an empirical study of communication in business organizations, and the focus is on the actual sociolinguistic behaviour of male and female leaders performing similar tasks. Executive managers of both sexes in a large Danish corporation were asked to record themselves during a typical day at work while performing a range of tasks, such as giving directives to their staff and chairing meetings. The analyses show that both male and female leaders tend to prefer an indirect, normatively feminine management style. They also show that male leaders are more likely to use a wide verbal repertoire style drawing on elements in their speech that are both normatively male and normatively female. However, the most significant difference is how male and female leaders’ management styles are perceived and responded to by male and female employees. While the authority of male leaders is never questioned, several examples in the data show that female leaders are often challenged, and their authority questioned, by their male colleagues.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pablé2011c,
title = {Integrating the ‘real’},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.1016/j.langsci.2010.07.006},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-31},
journal = {Language Sciences},
volume = {33},
number = {1},
pages = {20-29},
abstract = {This article explores (the concept of) ‘reality’ from the vantage point of an integrational epistemology (Harris, 2009a). It considers ontological and epistemological questions pertinent to evolutionary biology, history and linguistics and argues that an integrational account of sign-making, which places the individual’s experience at its center, shows how deeply these disciplines (and others) rely on a misconceived view of how real people relate to the world ‘as it is’ (or ‘was’). What is ‘real’ cannot hence be established ‘objectively’, assuming a reocentric model of the world, nor should it be conceived of as discursively constructed, but rather as the result of contextualization by individuals.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Perrin2011bb,
title = {Text optimization},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Gerd Antos and Ursula Hasler},
doi = {10.1515 / 9783110229301.638},
isbn = {9783110189025},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-15},
pages = {638–658},
publisher = {De Gruyter},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2011bb,
title = {“What we call the bouncer in the Tagesschau”: Altro and ethno categorization of types of text in the field of journalistic television news},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Martin Luginbühl},
doi = {10.1515/9783110229301.577},
isbn = {9783110229301},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-15},
publisher = {De Gruyter},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Eberhard2011,
title = {Pre-Oralized Nasal Codas in Mamaindê and The Oral Vowel Enhancement Proposal},
author = {David Eberhard},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-13},
keywords = {David Eberhard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Duranti2011,
title = { Linguistic Anthropology: Language as a Non-Neutral Medium},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
editor = {Raj Mesthrie},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511997068.006},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
booktitle = {The Cambridge Handbook of Sociolinguistics},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Duranti2011b,
title = {Il blues per insegnare le scienze sociali},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
editor = {Anna Maria Ajello and Valentina Ghione},
isbn = {9788889529119},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
booktitle = {Comunicazione e apprendimento tra scuola e società: Scritti in onore di Clotilde Pontecorvo},
journal = {Edizioni Infantiae.Org},
pages = {191-200},
publisher = {Edizioni Infantiae.Org},
abstract = {The volume presents a cross-section of fundamental themes, ranging from teacher training and updating, to educational experimentation, to the acquisition of written language and scientific skills, to methods of elaboration and reasoning in the classroom. In addition to these aspects, issues of education policy in general are addressed that Clotilde Pontecorvo has addressed with a constant commitment throughout her university career. This book is intended for all those who deal with psycho-educational problems, such as researchers, students of related degree courses, teachers, educators and parents.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Duranti2011c,
title = {Ethnopragmatics and Beyond: Intentionality and Agency Across Languages and Cultures},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
editor = {Claudio Baraldi and Andrea Borsari and Augusto Carli},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
booktitle = {Hybrids, Differences, Visions: On the Study of Culture},
publisher = {The Davies Group Publisher},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Bhatia2011,
title = {The Discursive Construction of European Identities},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
isbn = {978-3-631-61-046-6},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Iberica},
volume = {23},
pages = {190-193},
abstract = {Krzyzanowski begins the book with an extensive discussion of the role ofEuropean identity in social and political discourse, explicating that despitethe plethora of debates concerning “role, meaning and identity of Europe”(page  9),  the  question  of  European  identity  remains  salient  even  todaybecause “those identities are still constructed by a variety of actors and in avast  array  of  contexts.  Taking  this  perspective  the  book  looks  at  theintricacies of discursive constructions – rather than outward nominal orspeculative expressions and projections (or representations) – of Europeanidentities”  (page  12).  Thus  Krzyzanowski  takes  the perspective  thatEuropean identities are still undergoing “constant, dynamic and discursivereconstruction, yet require new models which will allow the grasping of theirkey  distinctive  features  as  well  as  their  inherent transformation  anddynamism” (page 12). It is for this reason that he argues for the repeatedanalysis of how form and content, within the interplay of ever-changingsocial and political contents shape the definitional construction of Europeanidentities, therefore structuring the book in five chapters which explore notmerely representations but rather constructions of European identities.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bhatia2011b,
title = {Discursive Illusions in Legislative Discourse: A Socio- Pragmatic Comparison of Security Laws from Hong Kong and America},
author = {Aditi Bhatia
Vijay Bhatia},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
journal = {World Englishes},
volume = {30},
number = {4},
pages = {481-495},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bhatia2011e,
title = {Finding Faith and Solidarity: Building Community in Political Press Conferences},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Iberica },
volume = {21},
pages = {117-139},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Bhatia2011f,
title = {Business communication},
author = {Aditi Bhatia and Vijay Bhatia},
doi = {10.4324/9780203835654},
isbn = {9780203835654},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
pages = {24-38},
publisher = {Taylor and Francis Inc},
address = {United States},
abstract = {Business communication, as used in this chapter, refers to English business communication and English for Business Purposes (EBP), and represents a development that integratesthree main areas of study. The first significant area is English for Specific Purposes (ESP), which draws its strength from linguistics, particularly from sociolinguistics, through the analyses of functional variation in language use, and curriculum studies. In fact, the ESP tradition can be considered an outcome of analysis of various forms of academic and disciplinary discourses within the framework of register analysis, and more recently, genre analysis (Swales 1990), which may be considered the second major area of study that has influenced business communication. The third main tradition, which has significantly influenced current thinking in business communication, is communication studies, which has several dimensions, some of which include organizational communication, management communication, and corporate communication, all of which are often grouped under professional communication. Unlike ESP, whichdraws its inspiration from language description, none of these rather different subareas of communication studies have been seriously influenced by studies in discourse and genre analysisuntil recently. Instead, they have traditionally drawn their strength from various communication theories. The focus in these individual dimensions of professional communication hasbeen primarily on text-external factors, including context. It is interesting to note that ofthese major traditions, two at least, i.e. ESP and communication studies, developed almost independently of each other, and remained so for a long time, the latter focusing primarily on first language users, and the former targeting second or foreign language users. Register andgenre analysis developed when the field of applied linguistics became seriously interestedin all forms of academic and professional genres, including those associated with business contexts. However, in recent years, it has been taken more seriously by both the traditions, that is, ESP as well as communication studies, especially professional communication, management communication, organizational communication and, certainly business communication. Thiscanbe represented and summarized as follows (Figure 2.1): We would now like to give more substance to this view of business communication as emerging from the recent works published in these three rather distinct areas of study and application. Let us begin with Englishfor Business Purposes.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Michaud2011k,
title = {Appendix to Approaching the historical phonology of three highly eroded Sino-Tibetan languages: Naxi, Na and Laze},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Guillaume Jacques},
url = {https://benjamins.com/catalog/dia.28.4.02jac/additional/02jac.additional.pdf},
doi = {10.1075/dia.28.4.02jac.additional},
issn = {0176-4225},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
journal = { Diachronica},
volume = {28},
number = {4},
pages = {1–25},
abstract = {Naxi, Na and Laze are three languages whose position within Sino-Tibetan is controversial. We propose that they are descended from a common ancestor (‘Proto-Naish’). Unlike conservative languages of the family, such as Rgyalrong and Tibetan, which have consonant clusters and final consonants, Naxi, Na and Laze share a simple syllabic structure (consonant+glide+vowel+tone) due to phonological erosion. This raises the issue of how the regular phonological correspondences between these three languages should be interpreted, and what phonological structure should be reconstructed for Proto-Naish. The regularities revealed by comparing the three languages are interpreted in light of potential cognates in conservative languages. This brings out numerous cases of phonetic conditioning of vowels by place of articulation of a preceding consonant or consonant cluster. Overall, these findings warrant a relatively optimistic conclusion concerning the feasibility of unraveling the phonological history of highly eroded language subgroups within Sino-Tibetan.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2011l,
title = {Tone systems in East Asia: typology, evolutionary patterns and modeling},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
url = {https://halshs.archives-ouvertes.fr/halshs-00436458},
doi = {10.1163/9589514-037-01-900000015},
issn = {1958-9514},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Language Facts},
volume = {37},
number = {1},
pages = {247-261},
abstract = {This contribution summarizes some major advances made in the study of East Asian tonal systems, and discusses their implications for tonal typology and phonological modeling. Phonological and typological works give a relatively limited place to languages ​​in which the tones are not defined simply in terms of pitch, and do not lend themselves to a decomposition into tonal levels (for example Tamang and Vietnamese). These languages ​​certainly lack morpho-phonological appeal, being devoid of tonal alternations. They nevertheless present a very real complexity, which must be taken into consideration in phonological modeling and typological generalizations. The panorama presented here brings us back to a distinction proposed more than half a century (Pike 1948) between two types of tonal organization: on the one hand the punctual tonal systems *, on the other hand the complex tonal systems *. To deepen this synchronic distinction, special attention is paid to the evolution of tonal systems: the facts of evolution are indeed excellent revealers of the nature of phonological systems.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2011m,
title = {Do we need tone features?},
author = {Alexis Michaud and G.N. Clements and Cedric Patin},
url = {https://halshs.archives-ouvertes.fr/halshs-00456364},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110246223.3},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
journal = {De Gruyter Mouton},
pages = {3-24},
abstract = {In the earliest work on tone languages, tones were treated as atomic units: High, Mid, Low, High Rising, etc. Universal tone features were introduced into phonological theory by Wang 1967 by analogy to the universal features commonly used in segmental phonology. The implicit claim was that features served the same functions in tonal phonology as in segmental phonology. However, with the advent of autosegmental phonology (Goldsmith 1976), much of the original motivation for tone features disappeared. Contour tones in many languages were reanalyzed as sequences of simple level tones, calling into question the need for tonal features such as [±falling]. Processes of tone copy such as L(ow) > H(igh) / __ H(igh) were reinterpreted as tone spreading instead of feature assimilation. At about the same time, a better understanding of downstep emerged which allowed many spurious tone levels to be eliminated. As a result, in spite of the vast amount of work on tone languages over the past thirty years, the number of phenomena that appear to require tone features has become significantly reduced, raising the issue whether the notion of tone features is at all useful. This paper first reviews the basic functions for which segmental features have been proposed, and then examines the evidence that tone features are needed to serve these or other functions in tone languages. The discussion focuses successively on level tones, contour tones, and register, building on examples from Africa and Asia. Our current evaluation of the evidence is that tone features, to the extent that they appear motivated at all, do not serve the same functions as segmental features.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2011,
title = {Componential analysis of hearing terms in Thai},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint and Sirivimol Sukrasorn},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Songklanakarin Journal of Social Sciences and Humanities},
volume = {17},
number = {2},
abstract = {Hearing terms are lexical items used for identifying sounds perceived by human beings. Basic hearing terms in a language represent basic conceptual categories of sounds perceived by the speakers of that language. This study deals with hearing terms in Thai. It aims to analyze the meanings of basic hearing terms and linguistics strategies in forming non-basic hearing terms. The results of the study show that there are ten basic hearing terms in Thai representing nine basic categories of sounds: daŋ 'loud', kaŋwaan 'resonance', kɔ̂ ŋ 'echo', bau or khɔ̂ i 'soft', laě aem 'sharp', lék 'thin', thúm 'mellow', yài 'thick', and h aè aep 'hoarse'. The analysis of the meanings of these basic hearing terms show that they are differentiated by eight dimensions of contrast: clarity, covering wide space, time consuming, consistence of sound, pitch, piercing, softness, and continuity. The analysis of non-basic hearing terms show that there are five main strategies in forming Thai non-basic hearing terms: using monolexemic words, combining two hearing terms, reduplication, combining hearing terms with a modifier, and using the word ʔɔɔ̀ k.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Prasithrathsint2011b,
title = {Filipino health workers in metropolitan Bangkok},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint and Isaac Olson},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
publisher = {Chulalongkorn University},
abstract = {This thesis looks at Filipino health workers who have migrated to Bangkok. Most migration literature focuses on unskilled labor, but due to ASEAN's goal of opening the Southeast Asian region to skilled labor, it is pertinent that skilled labor be examined. Health workers have been targeted by ASEAN for the free flow of services, and agreements concerning these workers have already been signed. Filipinos represent a highly mobile group, and the Philippines is the preeminent country in the world for exporting health workers. This study also evaluates ASEAN agreements and their effect on Filipino health workers, motivations for Filipinos to move to Bangkok, and the working conditions of Filipino health workers. This is a qualitative case study using interviews of key informants living in Bangkok},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Fina2011bb,
title = {Beyond Narrative Coherence (review)},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1353/bio.2011.0036},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Biography},
volume = {34},
number = {2},
pages = {362-364},
abstract = {In the introduction to this volume, the editors present the unifying theme of the book: the articulation of a perspective on narrative that far from identifying coherence as a main characteristic, stresses fragmentation and multiplicity as equally important to narrative theory and analysis. The objective is to show that there is a great deal of instability and fragmentation in the forms and organization of tellings, and to expose the inherent dangers of such a conception in theoretical methodological terms. The editors argue that concentrating on coherence leads to the neglect of narratives and narrative phenomena that do not fit the canon, to a bias that leads researchers to look for coherence at all costs, and to a lack of attention to the voice of populations and individuals who have been traumatized or marginalized. The contributions develop this challenge against coherence-based narrative perspectives in three different subject areas: the arts, illness, and trauma in the political context. In Chapter 2, Maria Medved and Jens Brockmeier argue against a direct connection between mental well-being and narrative coherence, as well as against the equation of the latter with the establishment of self identity. They illustrate how the study of autobiographical narratives based on these premises leads to particularly misleading conclusions in the case of individuals whose ability to produce coherent narratives has been impaired by neurological damage. The meaning and coherence of narratives told by those individuals can only be fully appreciated when taking into account their autobiographical history, the sociocultural context in which narratives and narrators are situated, and the intersubjective context in which the stories are told. In Chapter 3, Lars Christer Hydén emphasizes that autobiographical stories, which are overwhelmingly studied from the point of view of coherence and referential content, should be analyzed as loci for identity work in interaction. Much of the chapter is devoted to discussing phenomena that have been at the center of recent linguistic literature on identity and storytelling: the distinction between narrators and characters, the use of evaluation to convey moral stance and to negotiate identity and performance strategies. An interesting point, which would have deserved greater development, is the observation that people whose memory and communicative capacities have been impaired, such as Alzheimer’s patients, still seem to be able to manage the interactional delivery of a story and to convey their evaluation of events, even when they seem to have lost the ability to reconstruct those events in a coherent fashion. In Chapter 4, Tarja Aaltonen uses conversation analysis and cognitive narratology to analyze storytelling in interactions involving individuals whose communicative ability is severely impaired. She argues that the concept of “mind-reading” provided by cognitive narratology can be used to describe the ways in which storytelling is accomplished in interactions between Aphasic patients and their interlocutors. Maria Tamboukou devotes Chapter 5 to the analysis of paintings and letters by the Welsh artist Gwen John in order to argue against a vision of narrative as characterized by the use of linear time (Chronos) and of the self as constituted in unity and continuity. Central to her analysis is the Deleuzian concept of an event as something that is not accomplished but rather opens up possibilities of interpretation and creates occasions for new self-constructions. Tamboukou shows how Gwen John uses letter writing as an elusive sense-making occasion, and how she blurs and creates different selves and positions that cannot be collapsed into unity. Chapter 6, by Linda Sandino, focuses on life stories told by applied artists. Sandino uses Ricoeur’s conception of identity as “a dialectic between sameness (idem) and change (ipse)” (87) to analyze artists’ life stories and their identity constructions as a project in fieri, a process which is never completed. Central to the analysis is also the idea that the constitution of identity happens through the confrontation of the artist with the object s/he produces and with the work of other artists. The authors of Chapter 7, Vilma Hanninen and Anja Koshi-Jannes, are interested in the therapeutic function of narratives, particularly life-stories told by addicts.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Fina2011bb,
title = {“We are not there. In fact now we will go to the garden to take the rain”: Researcher Identity and the Observer’s Paradox},
author = {Anna De Fina},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
pages = {223-245},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {Research on identities has become one of the major fields of investigation in discourse oriented linguistic analysis and sociolinguistics. This unprecedented development has been spurred by a growing realization that identity negotiations are at the heart of many social encounters in a variety of contexts, and that former sociolinguistic paradigms treating identity as a parameter of language variation related to fixed social categories such as age, social class or gender (see Labov, 1972) did not allow for an in-depth analysis of how postmodern men and women index and convey their identities in discourse. The same can be said about the shortcomings of pragmatically oriented research that equated identity with subjectivity and regarded it as a projection of intentions and feelings of the self onto utterances, reflected in models of politeness (Brown and Levinson, 1987) and enunciation studies (Benveniste, 1971 [1966]). The affirmation of a social constructionist paradigm (see Potter, 1996; De Fina, Schiffrin and Bamberg, 2006; De Fina, 2011a) in discourse studies of identity has been a response to the need for a flexible conception of identity that can capture the complexities of the processes through which images of the self and membership allegiances are conveyed, declared, attributed and negotiated in concrete social encounters.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Omar2011,
title = {Teori dan Kaedah Nahu: Sejarah Pertumbuhan Aliran Pemikiran},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
publisher = {Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka (DBP)},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Perrin2011bb,
title = {Collective order. Tokyo urban life},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Marius Born and Marlies Whitehouse},
isbn = {9783863350901},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
publisher = {König Verlag},
abstract = {	
"Collective order", kollektive Ordnung, nennt der Schweizer Journalist Marius Born das urbane Leben Tokyos, das er in diesem Band dokumentiert. Seine Bilder zeigen ein System gesellschaftlicher Ordnung, das ihm fremd erscheint. Der Einzelne ordnet sich zwar dem Kollektiv unter, schafft sich aber auch individuelle Freiräume. Das Ordnungssystem geht soweit, dass selbst Obdachlose ihre Liegematten im Park streng geordnet ausrichten und Kinder beim Spielen im Freizeitpark Nummern für ihre Identifikation tragen. Born gelingt es, diese Ordnung in Bildern einzufangen, die trotz der kollektiven Enge, Freiräume zeigen.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Perrin2011bb,
title = {“What we call the bouncer in the Tagesschau”: Altro and ethno categorization of types of text in the field of journalistic television news},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Martin Luginbühl},
doi = {10.5167 / uzh-54182},
isbn = {9783110189025},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
pages = {577–596},
publisher = {De Gruyter},
abstract = {In this article we compare two perspectives on the categorization of text types: altro and ethno categorization. Initially, we locate the two perspectives (section 1), then we present one approach each for the field of journalistic television news: an altro-categorization, which is based on the linguistic analysis of broadcast television news (section 2), and an ethno-categorization, which is based on the applied linguistic analysis of conversations and writing processes in television newsrooms (Section 3). We compare the procedures and results of both approaches (Section 4) and conclude: The reflection of ethno categories not only complements the linguistic knowledge of language use and communication with the inner view of the examined.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Perrin2011bb,
title = {Patterns and Variation in the Media. Media linguistic perspectives on text production and text},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Martin Luginbühl},
isbn = {9783034305938},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
publisher = {Lang},
abstract = {Frequently recurring communicative tasks are solved with the help of conventionalized linguistic procedures. The text producers follow the content and formal patterns that circulate in a language community. The patterns are not only reproduced, but also creatively varied: In mass communication, contributions must appear familiar and novel and independent at the same time if they are to stand out from the rest of the market. In individual communication, it can be tempting to demonstrate one's skills in one's own contributions - in the chat, in an e-mail or in the "mass individual medium" blog - through creative use of the patterns and thus to distinguish oneself. Which communicative practices are reflected in which communicative patterns, and which individual, Are social and cultural behaviors being ground in or changed as a result? The articles in this volume investigate these questions and present studies on communication with postcards, letters, e-mails, chats, blogs, forums, advertising images, television comedies and radio news.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Perrin2011bb,
title = {Speaking the same language},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Public Service Review: European Union},
volume = {21},
pages = {50–51},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Chiaro2011,
title = {Comic takeover or comic makeover?},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.1075/pbns.210.23chi},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
pages = {365-378},
publisher = {The Pragmatics of Humour across Discourse Domains},
abstract = {Academic writings on humour and translation have principally pivoted around the pragma-linguistic aspects of transfer from source to target language/s (e.g. Chiaro; Delabastita; Vandaele). However, rather than exploring the choices, strategies and devices involved in interlingual translation, the present study sets out to examine the main difficulties involved concerning the translation of humour in terms of the basics of transfer of humorous materials such as jokes and more general humorous discourse that may occur in books and films, as well as other forms of public discourse. Additionally, this essay gives an overview of linguistic and cultural barriers that sometimes impede its translation and suggests the notion of diverse “senses of humour” possibly reflected in the lexis of distinct languages. Finally, it will discuss how the act of translation itself is used for humorous means. Overall, the article testifies to the pragmatic nature of several lingua-cultural constraints and issues central to the translation of humour.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Chiaro2011b,
title = {A joyful of talkatalka from friendshapes for Rosa Maria Bollettieri Bosinelli},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro and Raffaella Baccolini and Chris Rundle and Sam Whitsitt},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
publisher = {BUP},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Chiaro2011bb,
title = {Minding the Gap: Studies in Linguistic and Cultural Exchange for Rosa Maria Bollettieri Bosinelli},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro and Raffaella Baccolini and Chris Rundle and Sam Whitsitt},
isbn = {978-88-7395-678-5},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
volume = {2},
publisher = {Bononia University Press},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2011bb,
title = {Spacial legacies of december and the right to the city},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
editor = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Antonis Vradis},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
pages = {77-88},
publisher = {Revolt and crisis in Greece. Between a present yet to pass},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2011bb,
title = {The Irregularities of Violence in Athens},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
journal = {HOTSPOTS-Cultural Anthropology},
abstract = {The so called'Greek crisis' is linked with enormous structural violence, exercised by the state apparatuses and international institutions (IMF, EU, ECB), against the entire social body. Besides the violence of poverty and marginalisation, the Greek crisis has already been associated with a profound increase in the rate of suicide and violent crimes; recent research has also revealed a dramatic impact on the general health of the population (http://www. thelancet. com/journals/lancet/article/PIIS0140-6736% 2811% 2961556-0/fulltext). In this piece I will not focus on structural violence so much as on acts of physical violence performed publicly in Athens during recent political events. This kind of violence is a social event and often even a means of communication. It is a form of social interaction bearing meanings and reifying certain cultural rules. Publicly performed political violence often has organizational principles—a grammar—comprised of enforced practices, achieved via repetition and fragile political and practical dynamics. This explains why, for instance, in certain cities (eg Seoul or Athens) the use of petrol bombs by demonstrators is accepted/expected while elsewhere it is out of the question. This grammar sets certain limits in the public expression of violence. For example, in Greece where every officer has a handgun, this carries enormous symbolic significance as the demonstrators are unarmed. But it is well-known that the policemen are not supposed to use their guns during a protest. Another example is Molotov cocktails. },
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2011bb,
title = {Introduction in Revolt and Crisis in Greece},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Antonis Vradis},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
publisher = {AK Press-Occupied London},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2011bb,
title = {Be Greek for the Rest of your Life},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Unknown journal},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2011bb,
title = {The Square as Politico-Spatial Innovation},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
editor = {Dimitris Mitropoulos and Christos Giovanopoulos},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
publisher = {Discontinuity/Asynecheia},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2011bb,
title = {The Movement and the “Movement” of Syntagma Square},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Cultural Anthropology-Hotspots},
abstract = {The late 1990s and early 2000s was the era of so-called" Strong Greece," or as another governmental slogan put it, the period of" Modernization." Under this banner, a project of neoliberal urban re-development prevailed for a decade or so. This was a period of economic growth powered by the emerging European Monetary Union and the linked neoliberal adjustments, including a rapidly increasing economy of credit and an abundance of inexpensive labor. This labor was mainly offered by migrants [1] who came from collapsing former socialist states, especially Albania [2], but also by underemployed youth [3].
During this period, metropolitan spatialities were “(re) generated” through the continuous (re) development of the greater Athens cityscape. This involved the building of Olympic facilities, a new airport, new highways, a subway system, tram network along with new shopping malls, to mention but a few of the new urban materialities. This materialization of the “utopia of unlimited exploitation”[4] was accompanied by an inflated sense of collective optimism and national pride, linked to the 2004 Athens Olympic Games, the international success of Greek athletes. This optimism was linked also to the material “newness” of the spectacular construction projects and the promises of new lifestyles that were radiated from the TV screens of a re-emerging “society of the spectacle”. The large-scale and continuous reconfiguration of spatial materialities is at the heart of neoliberal urban development [5]. Periods of construction are, however, usually a time of restricted physical access to spaces and de-socialization.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2011bb,
title = {Crisis and Revolt in Europe},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Anthropology News},
volume = {52},
number = {9},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Dalakoglou2011bb,
title = {Rethinking reification and subjectivity during public eruptions of political violence in Athens},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@book{Baider2011b,
title = {La Marque en lexicographie: État des lieux},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Efi Lamprou and Monique Monville-Burston},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
publisher = {Lambert-Lucas},
abstract = {La marque en lexicographie - Couverture La marque lexicographique concerne aussi bien l’aspect sociolinguistique que l’aspect sémantique des mots. Comme le suggère le présent recueil, fruit du colloque international qui a réuni des spécialistes du français et du grec, mais aussi d’autres langues (anglais, tchèque, kaingang, espagnol), ce double emploi soulève de nombreux débats. La première partie, consacrée à la sémantique, traite des descriptions lexicographiques et des problèmes d’équivalences dans les dictionnaires de langue, y compris en ce qui concerne la traduction. La deuxième partie, d’ordre sociolinguistique, examine le marquage diastratique réalisé par arg., fam. et pop. et le marquage diatopique des variétés belge, chypriote, québécoise et suisse du français. De tels classements géolinguistiques sont-ils fondés ? Quel est le statut de la notion de « variante » ? Plus généralement, le marquage du lexique « non conventionnel » répond-il aux réalités linguistiques actuelles ? Comment les valeurs signalées sont-elles marquées, décrites et distribuées dans un dictionnaire électronique ? Des propositions méthodologiques basées sur de nouveaux cadres théoriques sont présentées en fin de volume.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Lupke2011,
title = {Orthography development},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
editor = {Peter K Austin and Julia Sallabank},
isbn = {9780521882156},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
pages = {312-336},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {Vernacular literacy involves much more than merely devising the optimal orthography for a given language as many linguists would have us believe.(Mühlhäusler 1990: 205)
Many endangered languages are not written; therefore, researchers and speech communities often wish for their GRAPHIZATION (Fishman 1974). The existence of a written code is seen as an essential prerequisite for many activities in favour of their maintenance and revitalization, such as dictionary writing (see Mosel, Chapter 17), curriculum development and the design of language-teaching courses (see Coronel-Molina and McCarty, Chapter 18).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Benjamin2011,
title = {Egalitarianism and Ranking in the Malay World},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
editor = {Kenneth Sillander and Thomas Gibson},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.1.2542.5441},
isbn = {9780938692942},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
pages = {170-201},
publisher = {Yale University Southeast Asia Studies},
abstract = {The Malay World is a region of much greater indigenous socio-cultural complexity than the label would suggest. In addition to speakers of Austronesian-derived Malayic languages in the Peninsula, Sumatra and coastal Borneo, there are some fifteen ethnolinguistic groups who speak Mon-Khmer languages. Historically, these indigenous populations have followed a variety of appropriative modes, including nomadic foraging (forest, strand and maritime), farming (swidden, swamp and irrigated), lake and maritime fishing, the collecting of forest and maritime products for trade, and long-distance inter-regional trading. Their socio-political circumstances have ranged from tribal, through peasants and hereditary state-linked elites linked to long-distance trade, to citizens of modern nation-states. The influence of the various centres of civilization that were present in the region in pre-modern times was also of key importance: coastal trading states, colonial-response states, inland sacred-city (or ‘middle kingdom’) states and cultural suppletion (or mainland migration) states. While some of these were nested into mandala-like or ‘galactic’ polities, the others had quite different consequences. Egalitarianism and ranking in the region both derive in large measure from the emergence of certain structural features – concerning relative-age, unifiliative bias, preferential marriage patterns, and so on – all serving to maintain mutually distinctive societal regimes within the broader regional framework. Earlier theories explained this array as resulting from distinct migratory ‘waves’, but current evidence (from archaeology, linguistics, kinship and social organization, religion, genetics, and other disciplines) suggests that it emerged mostly indigenously through a series of deliberate mutual adjustments, both assimilatory and dissimilatory, between populations that were each seeking mutual advantages vis-à-vis each other. The paper reviews previous work on the topic, and discusses the mechanisms by which the distinctive Melayu form of social organization emerged out of a more generally Malayic one.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Benjamin2011b,
title = {Deponent verbs and middle-voice nouns in Temiar},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Mon-Khmer Studies},
pages = {11–37},
abstract = {The infix -a- in Temiar (Central Aslian, Peninsular Malaysia) covers a wide range of functions, both productive and non-productive. In Temiar morphology generally it serves iconically to indicate an embedded object. As a productive infix, it forms the middle voice of verbs. The main non-productive function of -a- is as a frozen infix in (1) a set of noninflecting ‘deponent’ verbs and (2) a set of disyllabic (‘middle-voice’) nouns. The same semantic dimension underlies both, namely that the verbs and nouns in question indicate that the subject or entity is thought of as being simultaneously its own agent and patient. Culturally, the special attention paid to ‘middle-voice’ processes relates to a central Temiar interest in the specifically dialectical character of Self–Other relations.},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Benjamin2011bb,
title = {Ethnic Outmarriage Rates in Singapore: The Influence of Traditional Sociocultural Organization},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin and Riaz Hassan},
doi = {10.1515/9783110809930.111},
isbn = {9783110809930},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
pages = {111-126},
publisher = {National Council on Family Relations},
abstract = {A recent study of ethnic intermarriage in Singapore (Hassan 1971) found that intermarriage between members of the major ethnic groups takes place far more frequently than previous studies had indicated. In the present follow-up study, we report the extent to which members of the various ethnic groups marry out, and attempt to explain the different outmarriage rates of these groups in terms of their sociocultural characteristics.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Zuckermann2011,
title = {The Israeli language: Hebrew revived, Yiddish survived},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Afn Shvel},
volume = {337},
pages = {24-27},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2011b,
title = {Israeli, speak Israeli! - The marvels of the Israeli language},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2011bb,
title = {The Genesis of the Israeli Language: A Response to “Philologos”'s “Hebrew vs. Israeli”},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
journal = {The Mendele Review: Yiddish Literature and Language},
volume = {8},
number = {13},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2011bb,
title = {Israeli (Modern Hebrew)(14 vols)},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
pages = {265-268},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2011bb,
title = {Farmaskirte antlayung: yidishe leksishe hashpoe af ivrit'(Camouflaged borrowing: The lexical influence of Yiddish on Israeli)},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Yerusholaimer Almanakh: Periodic Collections for Yiddish Literature and Culture},
volume = {28},
pages = {418-428},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2011bb,
title = {Stop, Revive, Survive: Lessons from the Hebrew Revival Applicable to the Reclamation, Maintenance and Empowerment of Aboriginal Languages and Cultures},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann and Michael Walsh},
doi = {10.1080/07268602.2011.532859},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Australian Journal of Linguistics},
volume = {31},
number = {1},
pages = {111-127},
abstract = {The revival of Hebrew is so far the most successful known reclamation of a sleeping tongue and is a language movement that has been in progress for more than 120 years. By comparison, language revival movements in Australia are in their infancy. This article provides comparative insights and makes information about the Hebrew revival accessible to Australian linguists and Aboriginal revival activists. Needless to say, the first stage of any desire by professional linguists to assist in language reawakening must involve a long period of thoroughly observing, carefully listening to the people, learning, mapping and characterizing the specific indigenous community. Only then can one inspire and assist. That said, this article proposes that there are linguistic constraints applicable to all revival attempts. Mastering them would be useful to endangered languages in general and to Aboriginal linguistic revival in particular. This article contributes towards the establishment of Revival Linguistics, a new linguistic discipline and paradigm. Zuckermann's term Revival Linguistics is modelled upon 'Contact Linguistics.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tang2011bb,
title = {Sign language linguistics is taking off},
author = {Gladys Tang},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Contemporary linguistics},
volume = {13},
pages = {97-98},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tang2011bb,
title = {Hong Kong Sign Language Verb Acquisition},
author = {Gladys Tang},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Contemporary linguistics},
volume = {13},
pages = {164 - 174},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Tang2011bb,
title = {The enlightenment of sign language bilingual research to the education of the deaf},
author = {Gladys Tang},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Contemporary linguistics},
volume = {13},
pages = {175 - 187},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Giles2011f,
title = {Theorizing Language Attitudes Existing Frameworks, an Integrative Model, and New Directions},
author = {Howard Giles and Mikaela L. Marlow},
doi = {10.1080/23808985.2011.11679116},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Annals of the International Communication Association},
volume = {35},
number = {1},
pages = {161-197},
abstract = {Since the innovative work of Labov and Lambert in the 1960s, scholars have approached the study of language attitudes from a variety of perspectives. Multi-disciplinary research has significantly enhanced our understanding of the cognitive and affective variables that shape language attitudes and communicative behaviors. After reviewing this empirical work, the chapter examines the major theoretical models that have emerged in this field of inquiry. A new integrative model of language attitudes is then proposed, along with suggestions for future research with respect to sense-making.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Giles2011g,
title = {Prestige Speech Styles: The Imposed Norm and Inherent Value Hypotheses},
author = {Howard Giles and Richard Y. Bourhis and Ann Davies},
doi = {10.1515/9783110806489.589},
isbn = {9783110806489},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
pages = {589-596},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Giles2011h,
title = {Managing intergroup communication: Life-span issues and consequences},
author = {Howard Giles and Jake Harwood},
doi = {10.1515/9783110805369.105},
isbn = {9783110805369},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
pages = {105 - 129},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {The  rationale  for  this  paper  derives  from  two  truisms:  that  we  live  in  a  world  where,  languages  come,  evolve,  and  go,  and  second,  people  come,  develop,  and  go.  Einar  Haugen  made  a  tremendous  contribution  to  our  understanding  of  issues  in  the  former  sphere  through  his  research  on  linguistic  conflict,  language  change,  and  language  death  (Haugen   1966,   1972,  1987).  Our  contribution  is  an  attempt  to  make  some  headway  in  the  latter,  surprisingly  less  mined,  life-span  sphere.  Hence,  much  of  this  essay  (together  with  new  empirical  data)  will  necessarily  revolve  around  intergenerational  phenomena  and  processes.  We raise questions  as to  how  we  accommodate  to,  and  communicate  about,  our  cultural  and  mortal  identities,  and  how,  as  scholars  interested  in  human  communication,  we  can  best  deal  with  the  ephemeral  nature  of  human  bodies  as  Haugen  did  with  respect  to  the  sometimes  ephemeral  nature   of  cultures  and   lan-guages. Our  orientations  are guided  by three principles  and  are  illustrated  with  examples  from  different  research  domains.  We  place  particular  em-phasis  on  interactive  problems  and  miscommunication  since our  theoreti-cal approach  has  applied  aspirations  (see Fishman  1995). Throughout  we  adhere,  implicitly,  to  a  further  fundamental  principle:  that  the  personal  and  social  identities  (such  as  age and  ethnicity)  to  which  we subscribe  are  complexly  formed, made  salient,  and  reconstructed  through  the  conjoint  actions  of  our  own,  and  others',  sociolinguistic  behaviors.  Finally,  we  attempt  to  integrate  the  domains  and  principles  with  some  speculative  ideas  for  future research  and  practice.  },
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Giles2011i,
title = {Accommodating a New Frontier: The context of law enforcement},
author = {Howard Giles and M. Willemyns and Cynthia Gallois and C Anderson},
doi = {10.4324/9780203837702},
isbn = {9780203837702},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Social Communication},
abstract = {This volume is devoted to the fascinating topic of social communication - fascinating because communication is ubiquitous, in that one cannot not communicate. And yet, the art of effective communication can be extremely demanding and elusive, because a tricky trade-off problem has to be solved. For communication to be successful, it must be at once informative - somehow indicating an intended direction of thought or action - as well as subtle - somehow concealing intentions and instrumental goals. Failure to meet the former criterion renders communication uncontrolled and haphazard; failure to meet the latter raises suspicion and reactance.

The chapters in this volume focus on the tools and repertoires evolved by social communication in order to deal with this demanding trade-off. They represent prominent paradigms of current research at the interface of communication and social psychology, presented by leading scholars who have played crucial roles in the development of those paradigms.

The sixteen chapters are grouped into four major sections: communication within and between groups and cultures; strategic communication; social communication, affect, and behaviour regulation; and social communication and adaptive behaviour regulation. Individual chapters are devoted to such intriguing topics as stereotypes and intergroup affairs, language and culture, deception and lie detection, persuasion, discussions in groups, logic of conversation, nonverbal cues, conversational implicatures, the impact of conversation situations and social distance, and the evolution of verbal communication. The volume is framed by an introduction and an epilog.

Social Communication is essential reading for senior undergraduates, graduates, and researchers working in the field of social communication, language and social psychology, and related areas in social science such as communication science, linguistics, and gender studies.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2011e,
title = {Bilingual Acquisition of Greek Voice Morphology and Dutch Gender: What Do They Have in Common?},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Froso Argyri and Sharon Unsworth and L. Cornips and Aafke Hulk and Antonella Sorace},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Proceedings of the Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development},
volume = {35},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2011f,
title = {The role of age of onset and input in early child bilingualism in Greek and Dutch},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Sharon Unsworth and Froso Argyri and Leonie Cornips and Aafke Hulk and Antonella Sorace},
doi = {10.1017/S0142716412000574},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Applied Psycholinguistics},
volume = {35},
number = {4},
abstract = {Although input quantity has been shown to affect language development in bilingual acquisition (e.g., Cobo-Lewis et al. 2002, De Houwer 2008), the relationship between the amount of input and linguistic proficiency is not necessarily direct (e.g., Thordadottir 2008). Furthermore, input effects may be mediated by and interact with other factors. One such factor is age of onset (AO). In particular, it has recently been claimed that the morphosyntactic development of children with AO after 4 years is quantitatively and qualitatively different from those with AO before this age (Meisel 2009). This paper reports on a crosslinguistic study of the acquisition of grammatical gender in English/Dutch and English/Greek bilinguals to examine the effects of input quantity and AO in early child bilingualism.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Mannheim2011b,
title = {Hanaq pachap kusikuynin, Juan Perez de Bocanegra},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
pages = {210-215},
publisher = {Municipalidad del Cusco},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Mannheim2011c,
title = {Entrevista},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Interculturalidad},
volume = {6/7},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Graham2011b,
title = {A case study of Japanese acquisition of American English stress},
author = {Calbert Graham},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Journal of the Phonetic Society of Japan},
volume = {15},
keywords = {Calbert Graham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Evers2011,
title = {Orthographic Policy and Planning in Sénégal/ Senegaal: The Détournement of Orthograhic Stereotypes},
author = {Cécile Anne Marguerite Evers},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
journal = {WPEL- Working Papers in Educational Linguistics},
volume = {26},
number = {1},
pages = {21-51},
abstract = {This paper examines the interlocking nature of corpus policy and cultivation plan-ning through a case study of the Wolof orthography and its changing role in theSenegalese educational landscape. Until recently, local language orthographieshave been the purview of a very limited slice of Senegalese society. Absent, as theywere, from formal education in the post-independence period, Wolof orthogra-phies were practiced only by a small group of leftist Senegalese intellectuals, andlater by the informal education movement. I trace how the various orthographiesof Wolof (viz., French, indigenous, and standard orthographies of Wolof) have been taken up by (often) unexpected actors - new political players, international bodies, and many Senegalese youth - and look into what enables orthographies tofunction as useful tools in the construction of a post-colonial state, particularly onecomprising such different social projects for the future.},
keywords = {Cécile Anne Marguerite Evers},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Costa2011,
title = {Facebook influence on university students' media habits: qualitative results from a field research},
author = {Elisabetta Costa and Nicola Cavalli and Paolo Ferri and Andrea Mangiatordi and Marina Micheli and Andrea Pozzali, Francesca Scenini and Fabio Serenelli},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
pages = {1-20},
publisher = {US},
abstract = {Facebook has significantly transformed the online habits of young Italians. Our research assesses this change through a two-year survey conducted among undergraduate students. The data we collected in 2008 (N= 1088) and 2009 (N= 1123) allowed us to define profiles of media use based on indicators such as time spent online, consumption or creation of content, and familiarity with digital technologies as compared to analog media. Results have also shown the quick adoption of Facebook: in 2008, half of the students were completely unfamiliar with Facebook, while in 2009 all our respondents were aware of it and 59% of them were also using it on a regular basis. To grasp the magnitude of this change, we conducted a qualitative research study based on 30 semi-structured interviews with randomly selected university students (aged 19-24). Our research questions whether the massive adoption of Facebook, both in terms of frequency and time spent online, is really producing a change in how Italian students are using the Internet, or whether it is merely reproducing old forms of media consumption. To explore this issue, we will focus on how students are appropriating Facebook-in terms of uses and meanings they attach to it-and on the transformation of the relationship between more traditional forms of media consumption (like television) and digital media.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Costa2011b,
title = {Online journalism and political activism in Lebanon},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Oriente Moderno},
volume = {91},
number = {1},
pages = {125 -137},
abstract = {In Lebanon, within the spread of digital technology, online journalism has entered the local media landscape. The diffusion of several kinds of newspapers online in English and French has contributed to the creation of a new kind of journalism addressing both an international audience and the Lebanese diaspora. While'traditional'newspapers in Arabic address mainly Lebanese and Arab readers, online newspapers direct their attention not only to the metropolitan upper middle class, but to the diaspora and to a foreign audience. The online Lebanese press is not simply the web version of traditional newspapers. The de velopment of digital technologies gave rise to new forms and styles of communi cation and led to radical transformations in the idea of information itself.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Costa2011c,
title = {Archive for the'Methodology'Category},
author = {Elisabetta Costa and Nell Haynes and Tom McDonald and Daniel Miller and Razvan Nicolescu and Jolynna Sinanan and Juliano Spyer and Shriram Venkatraman and Xin Yuan Wang},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
abstract = {This May, the entire project team reunited in London. This came after roughly twelve months fieldwork for each of us. Imagine nine anthropologists (Elisabetta Costa, Nell Haynes, Tom McDonald, Daniel Miller, Razvan Nicolescu, Jolynna Sinanan, Juliano Spyer, Shriram Venkatraman, and Xinyuan Wang) sitting at the same table and each trying to talk in a way that would make sense for the rest of the team while also addressing very different individual issues and concerns. In a way, this task was very similar with one of the main underlying thoughts since the beginning of the project: how to make our ethnographies really comparable? We started by structuring our individual presentations into themes and focused more on ‘what went wrong’or ‘what we didn’t do’rather than on the positive aspects of our fieldwork. We felt we needed this exercise, as on the one hand we identified common issues and workarounds and on the other hand the kind of feedback we each received was incredibly effective. This was also one occasion to realise how much we have done so far: tens of questionnaires, exploratory interviews, in-depth interviews, close work with local schools and in a few cases (Turkey, Trinidad, and India) with local Universities, gathering of specific quantitative and demographic data, and so on. Besides, each of us followed their individual research interest, updated on a monthly basis the research blog, and circulated inside the team a total of around 70,000 words in monthly reports.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Costa2011d,
title = {Social Media for Social Change: New Media Development, Ideologies of the Internet and Activist Imaginary in Lebanon.},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
doi = {10.1111/dome.12082},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
volume = {25},
number = {1},
publisher = {Domes: digest of Middle East studies},
abstract = {Social Media for Social Change: New Media Development, Ideologies of the Internet and Activist Imaginary in Lebanon. — the University of Groningen research portal Skip to main navigation Skip to search Skip to main content the University of Groningen research portal Logo Help & FAQ English Nederlands Home Profiles Research Units Research output Projects Datasets Prizes Activities Press / Media Search by expertise, name or affiliation Social Media for Social Change: New Media Development, Ideologies of the Internet and Activist Imaginary in Lebanon. Elisabetta Costa Research output: Chapter in Book/Report/Conference proceeding › Chapter › Academic Overview Original language English Title of host publication La Communication électronique Subtitle of host publication enjeux de langues Editors Fabien Lienard, Sami Zlitni Place of Publication Limoges Publisher Limoges: Lambert-Lucas.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Costa2011db,
title = {Social Media for Social Change: New Media Development, Ideologies of the Internet and Activist Imaginary in Lebanon.},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
doi = {10.1111/dome.12082},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
volume = {25},
number = {1},
publisher = {Domes: digest of Middle East studies},
abstract = {Social Media for Social Change: New Media Development, Ideologies of the Internet and Activist Imaginary in Lebanon. — the University of Groningen research portal Skip to main navigation Skip to search Skip to main content the University of Groningen research portal Logo Help & FAQ English Nederlands Home Profiles Research Units Research output Projects Datasets Prizes Activities Press / Media Search by expertise, name or affiliation Social Media for Social Change: New Media Development, Ideologies of the Internet and Activist Imaginary in Lebanon. Elisabetta Costa Research output: Chapter in Book/Report/Conference proceeding › Chapter › Academic Overview Original language English Title of host publication La Communication électronique Subtitle of host publication enjeux de langues Editors Fabien Lienard, Sami Zlitni Place of Publication Limoges Publisher Limoges: Lambert-Lucas.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Keating2011c,
title = {Discourse and culture},
author = {Elizabeth Keating and Alessandro Duranti},
doi = {10.4135/9781446289068.n16},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
volume = {12},
number = {4},
pages = {331 - 356},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {At the end of the last chapter, I raised the reflexive issue of the status of theoretical discourse in relation to alternative versions, real or potential. The question there related to my own account of discourse, of course: I rejected the realist position of representationalism and then suggested a different, reality-constitutive one. Is my own version not realist in nature? If not, what is its specific status, or that of any such anti-representationalist position, in relation to other, different versions? However, when I raised that question, I also had a further, larger question in mind. Namely, what is the relation between such a theoretical discourse to culture? Is a universal theory of discourse possible, or even desirable?},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Noorden2011,
title = {Aratus},
author = {Helen Van Noorden},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
keywords = {Helen Van Noorden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Hendriks2011e,
title = {Children's expression of voluntary motion events in English and Chinese},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Yinglin Ji and Maya Hickmann},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Foreign Languages 外国语},
volume = {34},
pages = {2－20},
abstract = {The domain of space presents some interesting properties. On the one hand, spatial understanding by human beings is said to be universal and to share the same biological heritage; on the other, the linguistic systems encoding spatial knowledge vary strikingly. This paradox raises fundamental questions, among other things, for the general issue of first language acquisition: when children acquire spatial expressions in their own language, are they constrained by a universal set of cognitive determinants or do they follow language-specific patterns from early on? The present study investigates the expression of voluntary motion events by Chinese and English children across ages in cartoon-based production tasks. Our results show first of all that typological properties influence the information density of children’s utterances. Regardless of age, children express denser semantic information in Chinese than in English because of the availability in Chinese of an easily accessible resultative verb compound which facilitates the simultaneous encoding of varied semantic components for motion. Second, a striking developmental tendency occurs in English between the ages of 3 to 5 and adulthood, whereas in Chinese such a developmental tendency is significantly less pronounced. Generally, the present study highlights the implications of typological constraints for the debate concerning universal versus language-specific determinants in language acquisition.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks2011f,
title = {Space in second language acquisition},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and M. Hickmann},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Language and Bilingual Cognition},
pages = {315 - 339},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Hendriks2011h,
title = {La représentation de l’espace : études expérimentales et translinguistiques : manuel de codage; 2 volumes},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Maya Hickmann and Annie-Claude Demagny and Helen Engemann and Tatiana Iakovleva and Yinglin Ji and Anne-Katharina Ochsenbauer and Eva Soroli},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Hendriks2011i,
title = {Expressing voluntary motion in a second language: English learners of French},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Maya Hickmann},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Hendriks2011j,
title = {Motion expressions in Chinese and English: a typological perspective},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Yingling Ji and Maya Hickmann},
doi = {10.1515/ling.2011.029},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {The domain of space presents some interesting properties. On the one hand, spatial understanding by human beings is said to be universal and to share the same biological heritage; one the other hand, the linguistic systems encoding spatial knowledge vary strikingly. This paradox raises fundamental questions, including for language typology. In this context, the present study examines adults' expression of caused motion events in Chinese versus English in the frameworks proposed by Talmy, Toward a cognitive semantics, vol. 2: Typology and process in concept structuring, MIT Press, 2000 (i.e., verb-framed versus satellite-framed) and Slobin, The many ways to search for a frog: linguistic typology and the expression of motion events, Lawrence Erlbaum, 2004 (i.e., equipollently framed) regarding the expression of spatial information across languages. The results of a cartoon-based production task reveal that, although both languages tend to express equally frequently the same set of semantic components for motion (Path, Manner, Cause, etc.), Chinese greatly differs from English in terms of where this information is encoded and how it is distributed across utterances. On the basis of these findings, it is suggested that it is better to understand Chinese on its own merits: this language shows both satellite- and verb-framing properties, thus demonstrating a “parallel” system.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Hendriks2011k,
title = {The Structure of Learner Varieties: Introduction to the volume},
author = {Henriette Hendriks},
doi = {10.1515/9783110909593.1},
isbn = {9783110909593},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
volume = {1},
pages = {1－17},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {This volume brings together ten contributions to the study of untutored (mainly) second but also first language acquisition. All chapters have been written from a functionalist perspective and take as the main theoretical framework a model of spontaneous second language acquisition centered on the "basic variety" as proposed by Klein and Perdue. The chapters in the volume are grouped around two research themes. The first theme concerns the acquisition of scope phenomena (negation, scope particles), the second one deals with referential movement (reference to person, time and space). Both parts provide insights in the structure of learner varieties at various stages of development, and are followed by a discussion chapter. Scope phenomena, such as negation and frequency adverbials present an important learning problem, as learners have to reconcile the logical structure of their utterances with the syntactic specifics of the language being learned. Their acquisition has been relatively neglected in studies up to date, however, and we even lack detailed knowledge about the interpretation of scope particles in the target languages. The chapters in this part of the volume set out to provide more knowledge about scope phenomena in general; more detailed descriptions of the particles in the languages under consideration; and a more general understanding of how scope is acquired. Strong findings resulting from the "ESF" project suggested universal trends in how untutored learners deal with acquisition in the very early stages (the basic variety). Chapters in this second part of the volume on referential movement look at acquisition at more advanced stages, including the production of near native speakers. Learners who progress beyond the basic variety increasingly grammaticalise their productions. This later development is supposedly more variable, as more specific aspects of the target languages are now being acquired. Chapters in this part allow to shed more light on the question regarding universal and language-specific influences on language acquisition.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Hendriks2011l,
title = {The Structure of Learner Varieties},
author = {Henriette Hendriks},
doi = {10.1515/9783110909593},
isbn = {9783110909593},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
pages = {1 - 515},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {This volume brings together ten contributions to the study of untutored (mainly) second but also first language acquisition. All chapters have been written from a functionalist perspective and take as the main theoretical framework a model of spontaneous second language acquisition centered on the “basic variety? as proposed by Klein and Perdue. The chapters in the volume are grouped around two research themes. The first theme concerns the acquisition of scope phenomena (negation, scope particles), the second one deals with referential movement (reference to person, time and space). Both parts provide insights in the structure of learner varieties at various stages of development, and are followed by a discussion chapter. Scope phenomena, such as negation and frequency adverbials present an important learning problem, as learners have to reconcile the logical structure of their utterances with the syntactic specifics of the language being learned. Their acquisition has been relatively neglected in studies up to date, however, and we even lack detailed knowledge about the interpretation of scope particles in the target languages. The chapters in this part of the volume set out to provide more knowledge about scope phenomena in general; more detailed descriptions of the particles in the languages under consideration; and a more general understanding of how scope is acquired. Strong findings resulting from the “ESF? project suggested universal trends in how untutored learners deal with acquisition in the very early stages (the basic variety). Chapters in this second part of the volume on referential movement look at acquisition at more advanced stages, including the production of near native speakers. Learners who progress beyond the basic variety increasingly grammaticalize their productions. This later development is supposedly more variable, as more specific aspects of the target languages are now being acquired. Chapters in this part allow to shed more light on the question regarding universal and language-specific influences on language acquisition. © Copyright 2005 by Walter de Gruyter GmbH & Co. KG, D-10785 Berlin. All rights reserved.
},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Hendriks2011m,
title = {Structuring space in discourse: A comparison of Chinese, English, French and German LI and English, French and German L2 acquisition},
author = {Henriette Hendriks},
doi = {10.1515/9783110909593.111},
isbn = {9783110909593},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
pages = {111-156},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Sidnell2011,
title = {Inherent Variability and Coexistent Systems: Negation on Bequia},
author = {Jack Sidnell and James Walker},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Variation in the Caribbean. Amsterdam},
abstract = {The robust linguistic variation observed on Bequia (St Vincent and the Grenadines) raises the question of whether there is a single variable linguistic system or multiple systems. We examine the distribution and conditioning of variable negation (na, ain't or not/-n't) in three communities distinguished by ethnicity and socioeconomic history. The variant na is restricted to one community and is conditioned by co-occurrence constraints, while ain't is conditioned by auxiliary context and temporal reference, which serve to distinguish between communities. Thus, although there is variation between communities and speakers, there is also evidence for overlapping but discrete coexistent systems. These results underline the importance of examining the distribution and conditioning of all features implicated in the linguistic system.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Sidnell2011b,
title = {Inherent variability and coexistent systems},
author = {Jack Sidnell and James Walker},
doi = {10.1075/cll.37.04wal},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
pages = {39-56},
publisher = {Variation in the Caribbean},
abstract = {The robust linguistic variation observed on the island of Bequia (St. Vincent and the Grenadines) raises the question of whether there is a single variable linguistic system or multiple systems. We examine the distribution and conditioning of variable negation (na, ain’t or not/-n’t) in three communities distinguished by ethnicity and socioeconomic history using variable rule analysis. The variant na is restricted to one community and is conditioned by co-occurrence constraints, while ain’t is conditioned by auxiliary context and temporal reference, which serve to distinguish between communities. Thus, although there is variation between communities and speakers, there is also evidence for overlapping but discrete and coexistent systems. These results underline the importance of examining the distribution and conditioning of all features implicated in the linguistic system.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Sidnell2011c,
title = {Alternative, subsequent descriptions},
author = {Jack Sidnell and Rebecca Barnes},
editor = {Makoto Hayashi and Geoffrey Raymond and Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511757464.011},
isbn = {9780511757464},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
pages = {322-342},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {“A barometric low hung over the Atlantic. It moved eastward toward a high-pressure area over Russia without as yet showing any inclination to bypass this high in a northerly direction. The isotherms and isotheres were functioning as they should. The air temperature was appropriate relative to the annual mean temperature and to the aperiodic monthly fluctuations of the temperature. The rising and the setting of the sun, the moon, the phases of the moon, of Venus, of the rings of Saturn, and many other significant phenomena were all in accordance with the forecasts in the astronomical yearbooks. The water vapour in the air was at its maximal state of tension, while the humidity was minimal. In a word that characterizes the facts fairly accurately, even if it is a bit old-fashioned: It was a fine day in August 1913.” Musil, The Man without Qualities. Introduction. We start with a simple observation - one which we understand to have informed work in conversation analysis from its very inception: for anything that co-conversationalists talk about, there are multiple ways in which it can be described. Schegloff (1988) notes that two aspects of this have been examined in conversation analytic studies. First, and most commonly, conversation analysts since Sacks (1972a, 1972b) and Schegloff (1972) have described the ways in which speakers select from different types of forms in specific domains. For instance, in initial references to non-present persons, speakers can use either recognitional or non-recognitional reference forms (Sacks and Schegloff, 1979; Sacks, 1995; Schegloff, 1996; Enfield and Stivers, eds., 2007). Second, and less commonly, conversation analysts have considered the way in which next speakers may offer alternative and competing descriptions, characterizations or formulations of the same state of affairs (Schegloff, 1988; Drew, 1992). Consider example 1 below. Here, in a conversation between friends, the same activity is described alternately as “drinking” and “having liquor.”.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Essegbey2011b,
title = {The macro-event property: The segmentation of causal chains},
author = {James Essegbey and Jürgen Bohnemeyer and N. J. Enfield and Sotaro Kita},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511782039.003},
isbn = {9780521898348},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
journal = {The Mental Lexicon},
pages = {43 - 67},
abstract = {Semantic typology is the study of semantic categorization. In the simplest case, semantic typology investigates how an identical perceptual stimulus is categorized across languages. The problem examined in this article is that of event segmentation. To the extent that events are perceivable, this may be understood as the representation of dynamic stimuli in chunks of linguistic code with categorical properties. For illustration, consider an example from a classic study on event cognition (Jenkins, Wald and Pittenger 1986): a woman prepares a cup of tea. She unwraps a tea bag, puts it into the cup, gets a kettle of water from the kitchen, pours the water into the cup, etc. This action sequence can be diagrammed schematically as in fig. 3.1. It is conceivable that at some level of “raw” perception – before the onset of any kind of categorization – the action sequence is represented as a continuous flux. But it is hard to imagine how higher cognitive operations of recognition and inference could operate without segmenting the stream of perceived activity into units that are treated as instances of conceptual categories. Let us call the intentional correlates of such categories ‘events.’ Regardless of whether or not one assumes internal representations of the action sequence to operate on event concepts, linguistic representations of it do require segmentation into units that can be labeled as instances of unwrapping a tea bag, pouring water into a cup, and so on.},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Fox2011c,
title = {Re-Considering Eastern Indonesia},
author = {James Fox},
doi = {10.1163/156853111X565850},
year  = {2011},
date = {2011-01-01},
urldate = {2011-01-01},
journal = {Asian Journal of Social Science},
volume = {2},
issue = {39},
pages = {131-149},
abstract = {Eastern Indonesia has been a region of international interest since its identification as a source of spices and rare woods. This paper considers ideas of sovereignty held by both Portuguese and Dutch at the time of European contact. It traces the consequence of the application of these ideas to the development of forms of governance in eastern Indonesia: in particular, the concept of indirect rule that began with contracts of trade fostered by the Dutch East India Company. Such contacts with local rulers or community representatives provided the basis for later colonial rule and contributed to specific social identities that remain prominent to the present. These historically established social identities continue to underpin various efforts at establishing local autonomy.
},
keywords = {James Fox},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {An Interference Method to Investigate Working Memory in Greek-Speaking Patients with Broca's Aphasia},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri},
doi = {10.1016/j.sbspro.2010.08.034},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-12-31},
urldate = {2010-12-31},
journal = {Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences},
volume = {6},
pages = {66–67},
abstract = {Deficits in working memory (WM) are a critical subset of non-linguistic deficits in aphasia. Significant differences between WM capacity of individuals with and without aphasia (Wright et al., 2003) and significant correlations between WM and general language measures (Wright et al., 2007) have been demonstrated. Further study of the role of WM in aphasia is important, for better understanding of the non-linguistic aspects of aphasia, developing valid and reliable assessment methods, and providing optimal treatment while taking non-linguistic factors into account.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2010,
title = {The Processing of Unaccusativity by Eight Greek-speaking Agrammatic Patients},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Eleni Peristeri and Kyrana Tsapkini},
doi = {10.1016/j.sbspro.2010.08.087},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-12-31},
urldate = {2010-12-31},
journal = {Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences},
volume = {6},
pages = {176–177},
abstract = {Comprehension of unaccusative verbs is reported to be impaired in individuals with agrammatic aphasia. Some studies have attributed this difficulty to a structural deficit in the representation of movement chains (Grodzinsky 1998). The goal of this paper is to provide evidence for the processing of unaccusativity by Greek-speaking patients with Broca’s aphasia. The present study differs from previous ones in that it examines three additional variables related to the morpho-syntactic properties of unaccusative verbs besides the traditional unaccusative vs. unergative distinction, namely,(i) the morphological marking of certain Greek unaccusatives with the non-active (NACT) suffix,(ii) the voice (ACT/NACT)-alternation of some Greek unaccusative verbs, and (iii) the [±animacy] of the derived subject.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim2010,
title = {A Developmental Analysis of Generic Nouns in Southern Peruvian Quechua},
author = {Bruce Mannheim and Susan A Gelman and Carmen Escalante and Margarita Huayhua and Rosalía Puma},
doi = {10.1080/15475441003635620},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-12-30},
urldate = {2010-12-30},
journal = {Language Learning and Development},
volume = {7},
number = {1},
pages = {1-23},
abstract = {Generic noun phrases (e.g., "Cats like to drink milk") are a primary means by which adults express generalizations to children, yet they pose a challenging induction puzzle for learners. Although prior research has established that English speakers understand and produce generic noun phrases by preschool age, little is known regarding the cross-cultural generality of generic acquisition. Southern Peruvian Quechua provides a valuable comparison because, unlike English, it is a highly inflected language in which generics are marked by the absence rather than the presence of any linguistic markers. Moreover, Quechua is spoken in a cultural context that differs markedly from the highly educated, middle-class contexts within which earlier research on generics was conducted. We presented participants from 5 age groups (3-6, 7-9, 10-12, 14-35, and 36-90 years of age) with two tasks that examined the ability to distinguish generic from non-generic utterances. In Study 1, even the youngest children understood generics as applying broadly to a category (like "all") and distinct from indefinite reference ("some"). However, there was a developmental lag before children understood that generics, unlike "all", can include exceptions. Study 2 revealed that generic interpretations are more frequent for utterances that (a) lack specifying markers and (b) are animate. Altogether, generic interpretations are found among the youngest participants, and may be a default mode of quantification. These data demonstrate the cross-cultural importance of generic information in linguistic expression.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Bodomo2010h,
title = {Lets Speak Twi: A Proficiency Course in Akan Language and Culture},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Charles O Marfo and Lauren Hall-Lew},
isbn = {978-1-57586-604-8},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-12-15},
publisher = { Center for the Study of Language and Informat, Stanford University},
abstract = {Introduction This book, Let’s Speak Twi: A Proficiency Course in Akan Language and Culture, is the outcome of many years of teaching and research on the Akan language and culture by the authors. In September 2002, we started teaching at the University of Hong Kong (HKU), as part of a comprehensive research programme in African languages at the Department of Linguistics, a summer course and workshop in African Studies (SCOWAS). The main aim of the course was to create an atmosphere for graduate students and professors of Linguistics to elicit primary research materials on African languages and for students at the University of Hong Kong to learn an African language and culture, and this was indeed the first time that such a course was being offered anywhere in Hong Kong. The course and materials we produced were meant to be as naturalistic as possible based on and embedded in everyday African life in the rural areas of Africa where the language is used in its purest form. Conversational Language Learning In terms of language learning theories and frameworks, this book is based on the first author’s theory of learning termed Conversational Learning Theory which highlights the important notion of Conversational Learning Community (CLC). CLC has been employed in the production of learning materials for languages such as Dagaare and Zhuang, the largest minority language spoken in China, and in the development of web-based materials for learning linguistics and related disciplines like Information Technology. This theory, as applied here, involves the creation of a sense of community among learners by gradually building up dialogues and activities based on everyday activities such greetings, introducing oneself, counting, making appointments, buying and selling things in the market, talking about the weather, giving directions, talking about family relations, eating and drinking, etc. The performance of these dialogues and the exercises associated with them are essential for creating a context in which learners use the language as if they were living everyday life as Akan people. New words and expressions are listed in each chapter to highlight them and to indicate when they first appeared. There is a more comprehensive Akan-English word list or abridged lexicon at the end of the book to serve as a handy reference for vocabulary acquisition. Grammatical points are not explicitly tabulated but the exercises form the basis for discussing these. ix 2010 x / LET’S SPEAK TWI: A PROFICIENCY COURSE IN AKAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE Orthographic Representation Akan is a member of the Kwa branch of the Niger-Congo language family and it is mainly spoken in Ghana. It is encoded in the alphabetic writing system, which is well-established and widely used. However, it is important to note that, in documents written in Akan, some phonemes in the language are represented by different graphemes or alphabets from one author to the other. There are thirty-one graphemes including nine diagraphs in Akan: a, b, d, e, E, f, g, h, i, k, l, m, n, o, O, p, r, s, t, u, w, y, ky, gy, hy, tw, dw, ny, kw, hw, nw. Akan is a two-tone language. The two tones are high (H) and low (L). H tone is indicated by the acute (’) and L tone is indicated by the grave (‘). The tones can sometimes be the only distinguishing factor between words (see (1)) and phrases (see (2)). In other words, tones could be lexically and grammatically significant in Akan. See Appendix A for more examples. 1. a. p´ap´a ‘goodness’ b. p`ap`a ‘fan’ c. p`ap´a ‘father’ 2. a. K`ofi ´nk´as´a ‘Kofi should talk.’ b. K`ofi `nk´as´a ‘Kofi does not talk’ Akan is a large language group with several regional varieties. The three most prominent are Asante Twi, Akuapem Twi, and Fante. This textbook mostly teaches Asante Twi forms, although Fante forms are sometimes given. Although the term Akan refers to all three varieties (as well as several others), throughout this text we use the terms ‘Akan’ and ‘Twi’ interchangeably, as people also often do in Ghana. Acknowledgments This book is result of many years of research into Akan language, culture, and society. We are very grateful to the University of Hong Kong and the Research Grants Council of Hong Kong for enthusiastically funding our research on Akan and other African languages through the RGC project number 10205398, the University Teaching Development Fund project number 10100188, and the KK Leung project numbers 21374047 and 21374058. The first author is very grateful to the second, who as doctoral candidate and later research assistant and tutor for the summer course on Twi, worked on many of his research projects involving Akan and other African languages. We are also grateful to members of the Linguistic Theory and Technology group who served as sounding boards for many issues on the structure of Akan first presented at our research meetings. We thank staff and students of the Faculty of Arts, especially those who have been taking our Summer Course in African Linguistics andWorkshop in African Studies (SCOWAS), for their enthusiasm in participating in our research on Akan language and culture. Finally, we are grateful to all people who have read parts of this book and offered us crucial suggestions on how to improve it. We hope that learners of Akan and other users of this book will find it useful and we will be grateful for any feedback. Adams Bodomo (Associate Professor, Hong Kong University, Hong Kong) Charles Marfo (Lecturer, KNUST, Kumasi, Ghana) Lauren Hall-Lew (Post-doctoral Fellow, University of Oxford, Oxford, UK)},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Bodomo2010b,
title = {From Guangzhou to Yiwu: Emerging facets of the African Diaspora in China},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Grace Ma},
doi = {10.1080/18186874.2010.534854},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-12-13},
journal = {International Journal of African Renaissance Studies - Multi- Inter- and Transdisciplinarity},
volume = {5},
number = {2},
pages = {283-289},
abstract = {Yiwu, known as the largest commodities market in China and in the world, is becoming the destination of choice for Africans doing business in China. In this article we compare how Africans are received in Yiwu and Guangzhou, home to the largest community of Africans in China. We argue that the relatively negative reception of Africans in Guangzhou, compared to the more efficient and civil treatment of Africans in Yiwu, is one reason why Yiwu is eclipsing Guangzhou. How the state interfaces with Africans on migration matters has consequences for broader Africa-China relations.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2010e,
title = {Tones and phonemes that are on the verge of disappearing in the Mosuo dialect in Yongning District, Lijiang City, Yunnan Province},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Dashi Latami},
editor = {Zhang Bo},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-12-01},
journal = {Yunnan Nationalities Publishing House},
pages = {344-355},
abstract = {This article describes the tones and phonemes in the Yongning Mosuo dialect that are on the verge of disappearing. If some features of Yongning Mosuo dialect do not exist in the local Chinese dialect (Southwest Mandarin) and Mandarin Chinese, then these features are on the verge of disappearing. The author of this article conducted a survey and comparison among Mosuo people of different language proficiency. The first section describes the tone: the tone system of Mosuo dialect is very rich, and several of its important features are typical examples that are on the verge of disappearing. The second section describes phonemes: initials and finals. Through these analyses, we will be able to further understand the specific situation of the simplification of the language phoneme system today.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2010,
title = {Ibridazione Culturale: Neologizzazione a Fonte Multipla in Linguaggi "Reinventati" e in Linguaggi a Scrittura "Fono-Logografica"},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-12-01},
journal = {Ethnorêma},
volume = {6},
abstract = {This article analyses a fascinating and multifaceted mechanism of lexical expansion. It introduces the term „phono-semantic matching‟ to refer to the phenomenon in which a foreign lexical item is reproduced in the host language, using pre-existent native elements that are similar to the foreign word both in meaning and in sound. Such multi- sourced neologization constitutes a culturally-loaded camouflaged borrowing. The article explores this camouflaged borrowing in two key language categories: 1. ̳Reinvented‘, standardized and puristically-oriented languages, in which language- planners attempt to replace undesirable loanwords, e.g. Israeli and Revolutionized Turkish (and Icelandic). 2. Languages using ̳phono-logographic‘ script, e.g. Chinese and Japanese (in the latter – to the extent that kanji are used). For puristic language planners, such multisourced neologization of „one word, two parents‟, is an ideal means of lexical expansion because it conceals foreign influence from the future native speakers, ensuring lexicographic acceptability of the coinage, recycles obsolete autochthonous roots and words (a delight for purists) and aids initial learning among contemporary learners and speakers. This article constitutes towards the establishment of Revival Linguistics, a new linguistic discipline and paradigm. Zuckermann‟s term Revival Linguistics is modelled upon „Contact Linguistics‟.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2010,
title = {Cosmopolitan Nationalism in the Victorian Empire: Ireland, India and the Politics of Alfred Webb},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1093/ehr/ceq321},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-12-01},
urldate = {2010-12-01},
journal = {The English Historical Review},
volume = {CXXV},
number = {517},
pages = {1559-1661},
abstract = {‘[B]orn in Ireland as a citizen of the world’ (p. 1): these opening words encapsulate two central dimensions of the rich life and career of the businessman, Nationalist MP, anti-imperialist and humanitarian campaigner Alfred John Webb (1834–1908). While the academic community is deeply in debt to Jennifer Regan-Lefebvre for this well-researched and nuanced study, it is worth asking why her work is the first full biography of the Victorian reformer—although we should not forget Marie-Louise Legg's edition of Webb's autobiography (1999). In this case, historical neglect is certainly not due to lack of available archival sources, as the impressive bibliography at the end of this book shows. Rather, it reflects the extent to which past generations of historians found his cosmopolitanism difficult to reconcile with the anglophobic assumptions of a certain Irish nationalist discourse which was then hegemonic. },
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Roberts2010,
title = {Universals, diversity and change in the science of language: Reaction to “The Myth of Language Universals and Cognitive Science”},
author = {Ian Roberts and Giuseppe Longobardi},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2010.04.006},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-12-01},
urldate = {2010-12-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {120},
issue = {12},
pages = {2699-2703},
abstract = {The claims that there are few universals of language are based on a narrow and unwarranted definition of the notion itself (arbitrarily excluding universals that could be eventually explained away by functional considerations, perhaps having operated long ago during cognitive evolution) and of the epistemology of linguistics (which should then be surprisingly different from the models adopted in other successful sciences). Once these and other terminological misunderstandings are eliminated, certain proposed universals, e.g. constituency, appear to indeed hold crosslinguistically. Historical explanations of language similarities and diversity should certainly be an increasingly central concern of cognitive science, and can be successfully pursued precisely within a framework assuming the existence of some universals and of variation constrained in a principled way.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2010b,
title = {Cosmopolitan Nationalism in the Victorian Empire: Ireland, India and the Politics of Alfred Webb by Jennifer Regan-Lefebvre},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.2307/40963233},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-11-16},
urldate = {2010-11-16},
journal = {The English Historical Review},
volume = {125},
number = {517},
pages = {1559-1561},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2010b,
title = {Migrating-remitting-'building'-dwelling: House-making as 'proxy' presence in postsocialist Albania},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.1111/j.1467-9655.2010.01652.x},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-11-03},
journal = {Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute},
volume = {16},
number = {4},
pages = {761 - 777},
abstract = {This article examines the material culture of migration, focusing on migrants' house-making projects in their countries of birth. In particular, it examines the houses built or refurbished by Albanians in their home-country, which is no longer their place of permanent residence. This is a widespread phenomenon in Albania, but it is also a frequently appearing practice amongst other international migrants. Why do migrants living outside their home-countries build houses there even though they do not plan to return? I seek to answer this question in the case of Albania by focusing empirically on the process of constructing these houses, rather than merely on the material entity of the house as such. I propose that such 'house-making' by Albanian migrants is not only a simple house-building process; it also ensures a constant dwelling and dynamic 'proxy' presence for migrants in their community of origin. These ethnographic observations have further significance for the anthropological study of both houses and international migration.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pablé2010,
title = {Language and social identity: An integrationist critique},
author = {Adrian Pablé and Marc Haas and Noël Christe },
doi = {10.1016/j.langsci.2010.08.004},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-11-01},
journal = {Lancet},
volume = {32},
number = {6},
pages = {671-676},
abstract = {The concepts of ‘native speaker’ and ‘mother tongue’, which attribute to the individual one fixed underlying ‘linguistic identity’ (or two in the case of bilinguals), are shunned by sociocultural linguists with an interest in group identities, precisely because identities, while being linguistically constructed, are held by the ethnographer to be ‘fluid’ and never antecedently given. Sociolinguists working on identity within the sociocultural framework have therefore turned their back on any dialectological questions, preferring to focus on how linguistic features may contextually index a social identity as part of ‘styles’ (rather than ‘varieties of language’). This paper critically examines the work of two American anthropologists and linguists, Mary Bucholtz and Kira Hall, from the vantage point of an integrational critique of linguistics (cf. also Pablé and Haas, 2010). The focal point of our critique is the conviction that ‘identities’, as first-order communicational phenomena, cannot be the object of scientific empirical research because this presupposes that indexical values are viewed as micro-contextually determined and available to outsiders with an ‘insider view’. The integrationist, in turn, sees ‘identity’ as a metadiscursive label used by lay speakers to cope with their everyday first-order experience. For the integrationist, this is where identity research begins and ends.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2010,
title = {Imbodela zamakhumsha Reflections on standardization and destandardization},
author = {Ana Deumert},
doi = {10.1515/mult.2010.012},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-11-01},
journal = {Multilingua - Journal of Cross-Cultural and Interlanguage Communication},
volume = {29},
number = {3-4},
pages = {243-264},
abstract = {While the concept of standardization is well-established in linguistics, de-standardization is a more recent addition to linguistic terminology. Draw-ing on historiographic and ethnographic data from isiXhosa, one of South Africa's indigenous languages, this paper reflects on both of these concepts. Standardization is discussed as a modernist grand narrative whose contin-ued application to linguistic thinking has outlived its usefulness, and stan-dard languages as such (hegemonoc, prescriptive, etc.) might be assigned to Beck's (2002) zombie categories of modernity. Discussing the example of brandy-talk in isiXhosa from the perspective of ethnographic lexicogra-phy (Silverstein 2006), the paper argues for a linguistic perspective which focuses on the articulation and reproduction of social meaning as a central mechanism in the formation of linguistic conventions or ways of speaking. It advocates a recognition of the practices of speakers as they draw on standard and non-standard forms, as well as their associated meanings and ideologies (first/second order indexicality), in positioning themselves as social beings with identities, histories, aspirations, and ideological stances in everyday talk. In practice, the study of language is in some degree or other the concern of everyone. But a paradoxical consequence of this general interest is that no other subject has fostered more absurd notions, more prejudices, more illusions and more fantasies … it is the primary task of the linguist to denounce them, and to eradicate them as completely as possible.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2010,
title = {Response to Prasenjit Duara, “Asia Redux”},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1017/S002191181000286X},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-11-01},
journal = {The Journal of Asian Studies},
volume = {69},
number = {4},
pages = {1015-1020},
abstract = {In his provocative essay, Prasenjit Duara argues that prior to the nineteenth century, the web of maritime trade networks infused the ill-defined area we call “Asia” with a genuine coherence, providing a conduit for cultural flows that readily permitted interactive relationships and the mutual adoption of new beliefs and practices. By the late nineteenth century, however, the imperial powers sought to ensure their global dominance by creating regional blocs consisting of territories that were economically subservient to the metropole. The consequent focus on the establishment of territorial boundaries encouraged a “nationalist congruence between state and culture” that gathered pace over the next hundred years.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Snowden2010,
title = {Review: The Gendered Newsroom: How Journalists Experience the Changing World of MediaNorthLouise, The Gendered Newsroom: How Journalists Experience the Changing World of Media , Hampton Press, Cresskill, NJ, 2009, ISBN 9 7815 7273 8737, xiv+270 pp., US$62.50.},
author = {Collette Snowden},
doi = {10.1177/1329878X1013700136},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-11-01},
journal = {Media International Australia incorporating Culture and Policy 137(1):173-174 DOI:},
volume = {137},
number = {1},
pages = {173-174},
keywords = {Collette Snowden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2010,
title = {Ségolène Royal dans la presse française: Deuxième sexe, ou second choix?},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.1080/09639489.2010.516527},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-11-01},
journal = {Modern & Contemporary France},
volume = {18},
number = {4},
pages = {475-489},
abstract = {Cet article étudie le discours sur les femmes et les hommes politiques lors de la campagne d'investiture en 2006 dans les grands quotidiens français. En effet, si la loi de la parité n'a pas connu le succès escompté, un décret voté la même année encourageant l'emploi du féminin des noms de métier a connu plus de succès. Cependant, malgré une visibilité lexicale des femmes accrue, résultat de l'emploi de la féminisation, la présente étude met en évidence un discours défavorable à Royal. Avant de conclure à une polarité des sexes en discours journalistique, l'étude du discours sur Buffet (élue bien établie dans le monde politique) et Besancenot (jeune nouveau venu sur la scène des élections) montre au contraire que lorsque les enjeux sont moins prestigieux, le discours tendrait à prendre en considération la prééminence des candidats sans se polariser sur des stéréotypes de genre. Le rapport de statut complexifie donc celle du rapport de genre. This article discusses the treatment of male and female politicians during the preliminary campaign of the French presidential elections in 2006, using a discourse analysis of three major French daily newspapers. After evaluating the impact of a decree encouraging the use of feminine names for professions (a lexical change dear to some feminist movements), the study reveals that even though women politicians have gained (linguistic) visibility via this lexical change, the linguistic context works against some women politicians, namely Royal. Nevertheless, before concluding that all women politicians are still the second sex in politics, we analyse the discourse related to Buffet (prominent female party leader) and Besancenot (young and new male politician). The results do not confirm what has been found for Royal. We conclude that status seems to play as much a role as does gender when the stakes are not high.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lupke2010,
title = {Multilingualism and language contact in West Africa: towards a holistic perspective},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
doi = {10.1163/19552629-90000002},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-11-01},
journal = {Journal of Language Contact},
volume = {3},
number = {1},
pages = {1-12},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2010,
title = {Expressing age salience: Three generations' reported events, frequencies, and valences},
author = {Howard Giles and Mary McIlrath and Antony Mulac and Robert M. Mccann},
doi = {10.1515/ijsl.2010.049},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-11-01},
urldate = {2010-11-01},
journal = {International Journal of the Sociology of Language},
volume = {2010},
number = {206},
abstract = {Little empirical research has focused on what people say that triggers the salience of age for older adults, let alone for other age groupings. In this study, 570 American respondents (young adult, middle-aged, and older adult) wrote about events that made them "feel my age," "feel younger," and "feel older" and also rated the frequency and valence of these events. This generated many thousands of expressed events that coders subsumed under 28 generic categories. Very different patterns of age salience emerged for the three generations. Among these, "feeling younger" was rated as less frequent and favorably by young adults, but much more positively by the two samples of older adults. The latter rated "feeling older" less positively than the younger sample, especially the older group who rated it negatively. There was some overlap between events that triggered "feeling my age" and "feeling older," most of which were associated with physical and cognitive decline for the two older samples. The findings were discussed and future research directions indicated.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2010b,
title = {The acquisition of transitivity alternations in Greek: Does frequency count?},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Georgia Fotiadou},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2010.06.011},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-11-01},
urldate = {2010-11-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {120},
number = {11},
pages = {2605-2626},
abstract = {The present paper reports on the results of a study investigating the role of frequency in the acquisition of transitivity alternations in Greek. Transitivity alternations may or may not involve changes in the morphological marking of Voice on the verb. Results of a sentence-picture-matching task with child L1 learners of Greek (age range: 2;11–5;11) and a group of adult controls, show a clear developmental pattern in the number of interpretations children and adults allow. The developing L1 grammar shows evidence for multiple ambiguities in the interpretation of NACT and ACT morphology on the same verb, while the adult data show more unambiguous interpretations as a result of pragmatic or encyclopaedic information attached to verb entries in the adult grammar. The child and adult data from the SPM task is further compared with frequency counts of the readings that some of these verbs exhibit in written corpora of Greek (ILSP corpus (formal register) and a Web-based corpus created via automatic searches on the Internet (informal register). Finally, a small-scale analysis of child-directed speech from Stephany's (1997) data in CHILDES shows the rarity of NACT-marked verbs in the adult input as well as the tendency of each verb used to occur with one reading only. Findings are used to evaluate a usage-based approach to acquisition of transitivity alternations.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2010c,
title = {Ireland and India: nationalism, Empire and memory. By Michael Silvestri. Pp 298. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. 2009. £55. (Cambridge Imperial and Post-Colonial Studies)},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1017/S0021121400002546},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-11-01},
urldate = {2010-11-01},
journal = {Irish historical studies: joint journal of the Irish Historical Society and the Ulster Society for Irish Historical Studies},
volume = {37},
number = {146},
pages = {337-338},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Roberts2010b,
title = {Comments on Jäger "Anything is nothing is something": On the diachrony of polarity types of indefinites},
author = {Ian Roberts and Theresa Biberauer},
doi = {10.1007/s11049-010-9111-3},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-11-01},
urldate = {2010-11-01},
journal = {Natural Language & Linguistic Theory},
volume = {28},
issue = {4},
pages = {823-836 },
abstract = {This response focuses on two synchronic and two diachronic issues raised by Agnes Jäger’s contribution to this volume. On the synchronic front, we take a closer look at the limits of the featural underspecification approach adopted by Jäger, arguing for the need to draw a featural distinction between “ordinary” indefinites and positive polarity items, and also highlighting that the [affective] feature appears to play a rather central role not only in the domain of indefinites, but also beyond. In the diachronic domain, we briefly take issue with the feasibility of constraint reranking as an explanation for change, and then turn to a consideration of how a reinterpretation of Roberts and Roussou’s (2003) analysis of “increasing negativity” may be captured in terms of an Agree-based system (cf. Biberauer and Roberts 2010b). Like Jäger’s proposed system, this alternative does not predict that indefinite-related developments should always be unidirectional, as has sometimes been supposed (cf. i.a. also Hoeksema 2010). KeywordsAffectiveness–Agree–Featural change–Negative Concord–Underspecification–Unidirectionality.
},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2010,
title = {Language Policy and Latina Immigrants: An Analysis of Personal Experience and Identity in Interview Talk},
author = {Anna De Fina and Kendall A King},
doi = {10.1093/applin/amq025},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-10-14},
journal = {Applied Linguistics - APPL LINGUIST},
volume = {31},
number = {5},
pages = {651-670},
abstract = {This article examines how Spanish-speaking Latina (im)migrants position themselves relative to US language policies. Drawing from interviews with 15 Latin American women in the USA, we illustrate how understandings of language policy are constructed through individuals' reports of everyday experiences and framed within the constraints of contemporary language politics and ideological debates. Building on recent shifts in language policy research towards the study of how individuals engage with language policy issues, we argue for a close analysis of interview talk as a way of gaining important insights into this issue. Data from the study not only illustrate the existence of multiple frames for individual understandings of language policy, but also suggest how these discussions become terrains for the personal negotiation of identities within a broader socio-political context that is overwhelmingly anti-immigrant.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Piller2010,
title = {At the Intersection of Gender, Language, and Transnationalism},
author = {Ingrid Piller and Kimie Takahashi},
doi = {10.1002/9781444324068.ch24},
isbn = {9781444324068},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-10-07},
urldate = {2010-10-07},
pages = {540 - 554},
keywords = {Ingrid Piller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Keating2010,
title = {Sensory Impairment},
author = {Elizabeth Keating and R. Neill Hadder},
doi = {10.1146/annurev.anthro.012809.105026},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-10-01},
urldate = {2010-10-01},
journal = {Annual Review of Anthropology},
volume = {39},
number = {1},
abstract = {Anthropological studies of sensory impairment address biological conditions and cultural disablement while contributing to theoretical discussions of cultural competence, communicative practices, the role of narrative, and features of identity, ideologies, and technology. As boundary cases, impairments can disclose essential aspects of the senses in human life. Sensory impairment studies navigate the complexities of comparing dominant sensory discourses with individual sense differences, cross-linguistic incomparabilities among sense categories, and how impairment categories tend to fuse together highly diverse conditions. The category of disability, which includes sensory impairment, comprises chronic deficit relative to priority competencies. With special emphasis on blindness/visual impairment and deafness/hearing impairment, we overview sensory impairment on three levels: the social partitioning of the sensorium, differential ramifications of sensory impairments cross-culturally, and the classification of the person based on cultural priorities. We identify ten common themes in ethnographically oriented studies.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2010c,
title = {Strategies for Enhancing and Evaluating Interactivity in Web-Based Learning and Teaching},
author = {Adams Bodomo },
doi = {10.4018/jwltt.2010100102},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-10-01},
journal = {International Journal of Web-Based Learning and Teaching Technologies},
volume = {5},
number = {4},
pages = {18-43},
abstract = {Interactivity is often discussed in constructivist approaches to education, which enable the student to evolve, understand, or construct new ideas from existing concepts. Constructivist approaches rely on active participation in the learning situation. Interaction and participation are crucial ingredients in the learning process. But interactivity, as a specific learning concept that underlies the general notions of interaction and participation, is not easily tracked and evaluated. This paper examines how to evaluate interactivity. It outlines a number of criteria and student activities to evaluate success in interactive web-based teaching. These theoretical issues are illustrated in the context of two linguistics courses that involve both web-based course delivery and face-to-face course delivery. Measures taken to achieve interactivity in these courses are discussed before proposing qualitative and quantitative criteria for evaluating interactivity. Teachers in higher education can encourage students to have a more positive attitude through effective ways of increasing interaction, such as structuring the learning environment in such a way as to achieve a 'conversational learning community', a learning model that promotes informal, relaxed, and interactive communities of learners and teachers.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2010f,
title = {A Study on the Phoneme System of Naxi (Nayu) in the Cultural Village of the Gucheng District of Lijiang City},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Xueguang He},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-10-01},
urldate = {2010-10-01},
journal = {Yunnan University Press},
volume = {1},
pages = {190-202},
abstract = {The version deposited on HAL is more readable than the published version, because at the layout stage, publishers facing difficulties with special characters resorted to low-resolution rasterization of the electronic PDF manuscript that had been given to them. sent at the same time as the DOC version.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Brookes2010,
title = {Immunology for Clinicians: A "Trojan Horse" Approach},
author = {Heather Brookes and Clive M Gray and Shayne Loubser and Carina Kriel and Monica Mercer},
doi = {10.2307/40803142},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-09-24},
urldate = {2010-09-24},
journal = {Science},
volume = {329},
number = {5999},
pages = {1613-1614},
keywords = {Heather Brookes},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2010,
title = {The African Trading Community in Guangzhou: An Emerging Bridge for Africa–China Relations},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305741010000664},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-09-23},
volume = {Volume 203},
pages = {693 - 707},
abstract = {This article analyses an emerging African trading community in Guangzhou, China. It is argued that migrant communities such as this one act as linguistic, cultural and economic bridges between their source communities and their host communities, even in the midst of tensions created by incidents such as immigration restrictions and irregularities. Socio-linguistic and socio-cultural profiles of this community are built, through questionnaire surveys and interviews, to address issues such as why Africans go to Guangzhou, which African countries are represented, what languages are spoken there, how communication takes place between Africans and Chinese, what socio-economic contributions Africans in Guangzhou are making to the Chinese economy, and how the state reacts to this African presence. Following from the argument that this community acts as a bridge for Africa–China relations it is suggested that both the Chinese and the African governments should work towards eliminating the harassment of members in this community by many Guangzhou law enforcement officials and instead harness the contributions of this community to promote Africa–China socio-economic relations.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Lu2010,
title = { Synesthetic generalization revisited: a new perspective based on onomatopoetic words},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-09-12},
journal = {Japanese Cognitive Linguistics Association (JCLA)},
pages = {200-203},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Fina2010b,
title = {Book Review: The Imagined Immigrant. Images of Italian Emigration to the United States between 1890 and 1924},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1177/001458581004400231},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-09-01},
journal = {Forum Italicum: A Journal of Italian Studies},
volume = {44},
number = {2},
pages = {585-587},
abstract = {In this volume on Italian migration to the United States between 1890 and 1924, Ilaria Serra proposes an approach to history that emphasizes the centrality of the symbolic sphere of the imaginary as a source of reflection and understanding for the historian. In her words,“we need to present not dry and naked historical facts, but facts that are swollen with imagination, dripping illusions as they were and as we could never imagine without the original sources of the time and the testimonies of the protagonists”(14). However, the volume also contains analyses of American reactions to the great migration wave. Thus, the book is divided into two main sections: Part I,“‘The Promised Land’: The Italian Immigrant from the American Point of View”; and Part II,“‘The imagined Tale’: Immigrant self images and images of America.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2010bb,
title = {Book Review: The Imagined Immigrant. Images of Italian Emigration to the United States between 1890 and 1924},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1177/001458581004400231},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-09-01},
journal = {Forum Italicum: A Journal of Italian Studies},
volume = {44},
number = {2},
pages = {585-587},
abstract = {In this volume on Italian migration to the United States between 1890 and 1924, Ilaria Serra proposes an approach to history that emphasizes the centrality of the symbolic sphere of the imaginary as a source of reflection and understanding for the historian. In her words,“we need to present not dry and naked historical facts, but facts that are swollen with imagination, dripping illusions as they were and as we could never imagine without the original sources of the time and the testimonies of the protagonists”(14). However, the volume also contains analyses of American reactions to the great migration wave. Thus, the book is divided into two main sections: Part I,“‘The Promised Land’: The Italian Immigrant from the American Point of View”; and Part II,“‘The imagined Tale’: Immigrant self images and images of America.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2010bb,
title = {Book Review: The Imagined Immigrant. Images of Italian Emigration to the United States between 1890 and 1924},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1177/001458581004400231},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-09-01},
journal = {Forum Italicum: A Journal of Italian Studies},
volume = {44},
number = {2},
pages = {585-587},
abstract = {In this volume on Italian migration to the United States between 1890 and 1924, Ilaria Serra proposes an approach to history that emphasizes the centrality of the symbolic sphere of the imaginary as a source of reflection and understanding for the historian. In her words,“we need to present not dry and naked historical facts, but facts that are swollen with imagination, dripping illusions as they were and as we could never imagine without the original sources of the time and the testimonies of the protagonists”(14). However, the volume also contains analyses of American reactions to the great migration wave. Thus, the book is divided into two main sections: Part I,“‘The Promised Land’: The Italian Immigrant from the American Point of View”; and Part II,“‘The imagined Tale’: Immigrant self images and images of America.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2010bb,
title = {Book Review: The Imagined Immigrant. Images of Italian Emigration to the United States between 1890 and 1924},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1177/001458581004400231},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-09-01},
journal = {Forum Italicum: A Journal of Italian Studies},
volume = {44},
number = {2},
pages = {585-587},
abstract = {In this volume on Italian migration to the United States between 1890 and 1924, Ilaria Serra proposes an approach to history that emphasizes the centrality of the symbolic sphere of the imaginary as a source of reflection and understanding for the historian. In her words,“we need to present not dry and naked historical facts, but facts that are swollen with imagination, dripping illusions as they were and as we could never imagine without the original sources of the time and the testimonies of the protagonists”(14). However, the volume also contains analyses of American reactions to the great migration wave. Thus, the book is divided into two main sections: Part I,“‘The Promised Land’: The Italian Immigrant from the American Point of View”; and Part II,“‘The imagined Tale’: Immigrant self images and images of America.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2010bb,
title = {Book Review: The Imagined Immigrant. Images of Italian Emigration to the United States between 1890 and 1924},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1177/001458581004400231},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-09-01},
journal = {Forum Italicum: A Journal of Italian Studies},
volume = {44},
number = {2},
pages = {585-587},
abstract = {In this volume on Italian migration to the United States between 1890 and 1924, Ilaria Serra proposes an approach to history that emphasizes the centrality of the symbolic sphere of the imaginary as a source of reflection and understanding for the historian. In her words,“we need to present not dry and naked historical facts, but facts that are swollen with imagination, dripping illusions as they were and as we could never imagine without the original sources of the time and the testimonies of the protagonists”(14). However, the volume also contains analyses of American reactions to the great migration wave. Thus, the book is divided into two main sections: Part I,“‘The Promised Land’: The Italian Immigrant from the American Point of View”; and Part II,“‘The imagined Tale’: Immigrant self images and images of America.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan2010,
title = {The cultural localization of rice in the Solomon Islands},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-09-01},
urldate = {2010-09-01},
journal = {Ethnology},
volume = {49},
number = {4},
pages = {263-282},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2010,
title = {Men, masculinities and feminist linguistic activism},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
isbn = {9781443823647},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-08-11},
pages = {111-124},
publisher = {Cambridge Scholars Publishing},
abstract = {Looking back more than thirty years at early work on linguistic sexism there is little doubt that the linguistic representation of men and masculinity as well as their discursive construction were seen as the problem that needed to be addressed in order to achieve greater gender balance and gender-inclusivity in language and discourse. Furthermore men were frequently (cast as) active opponents of gender-inclusive language initiatives and/or resisted proposed changes. Indeed, inside and outside of the academy men were often vehement critics of the analyses of linguistic sexism undertaken by women and also regularly criticised approaches to gender-inclusive language reform as well as specific alternative formulations. The more notorious examples of such criticism within the academy include the exchange between members of the Harvard Linguistics Program and the Theology Department over the meaning and use of generic he (for a detailed commentary, see eg Livia 2001), the critical commentaries written by Hartwig Kalverkämper (1979a, b) in response to Senta Trömel-Plötz’(1978) article entitled Die Frauen und die Sprache (Women and language) and the indignant reactions of the (mainly male) Académie Française to the suggestion that French is a sexist language (eg, Groult 1977; Yaguello 1978). Outside the academy the press and media became the main arena for men (mainly journalists and editors) to attack, belittle and ridicule the (non) sexist language debate.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Keating2010b,
title = {Leslie Jarmon—1952-2009},
author = {Elizabeth Keating and Paul Topracc and Melissa Ossian and Joe Sanchez},
doi = {10.1177/1046878110375751},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-08-01},
urldate = {2010-08-01},
journal = {Simulation & Gaming},
volume = {41},
number = {4},
pages = {457-460},
abstract = {Problem-based learning focuses on small groups using authentic problems as a means to help participants obtain knowledge and problem-solving skills. This approach makes problem-based learning ideal for teaching lean manufacturing, which is driven.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Steinmüller2010,
title = {Communities of Complicity: Notes on State Formation and Local Sociality in Rural China},
author = {Hans Steinmüller},
doi = {10.1111/j.1548-1425.2010.01271.x},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-08-01},
urldate = {2010-08-01},
journal = {American Ethnologist},
volume = {37},
number = {3},
pages = {539-549},
abstract = {In this article, I deal with the tension in rural China between vernacular practice in local sociality and official representations related to processes of state formation and with the ways in which this tension is revealed and concealed through gestures of embarrassment, irony, and cynicism. Such gestures point toward a space of intimate self-knowledge that I call a “community of complicity,” a concept derived from Michael Herzfeld’s outline of “cultural intimacy.” I illustrate how such communities are constituted with examples involving Chinese geomancy (fengshui), funerary rituals, and corruption. I contrast this approach with arguments made about “state involution” in China.},
keywords = {Hans Steinmüller},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Piller2010b,
title = {The Dark Side of TESOL: The Hidden Costs of the Consumption of English},
author = {Ingrid Piller and Kimie Takahashi and Yukinori Watanabe},
doi = {10.21049/ccs.2010.20..183},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-08-01},
urldate = {2010-08-01},
journal = {Cross-Cultural Studies},
volume = {20},
pages = {183-201},
abstract = {Based on case studies from Japan and South Korea, this review paper explores the hidden costs of English language learning (ELL). In a context where English has become a commodity and ELL a form of consumption, we focus on the personal and social costs of (a) studying abroad as a much-touted path to “native-like” proficiency and (b) sexualization of language teaching materials in order to reach new niche markets. The hidden costs of ELL are embedded in language ideologies which set English up as a magical means of self-transformation and, at the same time, an unattainable goal for most Japanese and Koreans. We end with the call to expose debilitating language ideologies in order to shed light on the hidden costs of ELL.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Bourne-Taylor2010,
title = {Phenomenology, Modernism and Beyond},
author = {Carole Bourne-Taylor},
editor = {Ariane Mildenberg},
isbn = {9783039114092},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-07-28},
urldate = {2010-07-28},
abstract = {From the first stirrings of modernism to contemporary poetics, the modernist aesthetic project could be described as a form of phenomenological reduction that attempts to return to the invisible and unsayable foundations of human perception and expression, prior to objective points of view and scientific notions. It is this aspect of modernism that this book brings to the fore. The essays presented here bring into focus the contemporary face of ongoing debates about phenomenology and modernism. The contributors forcefully underline the intertwining of modernism and phenomenology and the extent to which the latter offers a clue to the former.
The book presents the viewpoints of a range of internationally distinguished critics and scholars, with diverse but closely related essays covering a wide range of fields, including literature, architecture, philosophy and musicology. The collection addresses critical questions regarding the relationship between phenomenology and modernism, with reference to thinkers such as Edmund Husserl, Maurice Merleau-Ponty, Martin Heidegger, Michel Henry and Paul Ricoeur. By examining the contemporary philosophical debates, this cross-disciplinary body of research reveals the pervasive and far-reaching influence of phenomenology, which emerges as a heuristic method to articulate modernist aesthetic concerns.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Bodomo2010d,
title = {Documentation and Revitalization of the Zhuang Language and Culture of Southwestern China Through Linguistic Fieldwork},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
editor = {Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.1080/15595690903442298},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-07-13},
journal = {Diaspora Indigenous and Minority Education},
volume = {4},
number = {3},
pages = {179-191},
abstract = {This article outlines innovative strategies, methods, and techniques for the documentation and revitalization of Zhuang language and culture through linguistic fieldwork. Zhuang, a Tai–Kadai language spoken mainly in the rural areas of the Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region of southwestern China, is the largest minority language in China, with about 20 million speakers. Although Zhuang is not in danger of dying out in the foreseeable future, it is indeed an endangered language, given that language shift is occurring in which more and more Zhuang children, especially those born in the cities, are picking up Putonghua, rather than Zhuang, as their most proficient language. Efforts, such as reported in this article, must be made to document and revitalize the language.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2010b,
title = {AILA Matters: AILA Matters},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Martin Bygate},
doi = {10.1111/j.1473-4192.2010.00261.x},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-07-04},
journal = {nternational Journal of Applied Linguistics},
volume = {20},
number = {2},
pages = {288-289},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2010c,
title = {Lexicalization of syntactic constructions in Thai},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-06-10},
journal = {20th Anniversary Meeting of the Southeast Asian Linguistics Society, Zurich, Switzerland},
abstract = {In isolating languages, such as Thai, new words are mostly created through the process of compounding. Compound words are generally defined as words that are composed of old words the meanings of which interrelate in such a way that a new meaning comes out which is very different from the meanings of the words in isolation, eg, m^-na am (mother-water)‘river,’tu u-yen (cupboard-cold)‘refrigerator.’However, there are certain structurally ambiguous constructions, which could be interpreted as compound nouns, noun phrases, or even sentences, eg, khon-kha p-ro t (person-drive-car)‘driver/a person who drives a car,’sa t-kin-n a (animal-eat-meat)‘meat-eating animal/an animal that eats meat/the animal eats meat,’na s‡-kha‡ ay-dii (book-sell-well)‘best seller/books that sell well/the book sells well,’khr a-bin-to k (plane-fall)‘plane crash/the plane crashed.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Garcia2010,
title = {The Pastoral Clinic: Addiction and Dispossession along the Rio Grande},
author = {Angela Garcia},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-06-08},
urldate = {2010-06-08},
journal = {The Pastoral Clinic: Addiction and Dispossession Along the Rio Grande},
abstract = {The Pastoral Clinic takes us on a penetrating journey into an iconic Western landscape-northern New Mexico's Española Valley, home to the highest rate of heroin addiction and fatal overdoses in the United States. In a luminous narrative, Angela Garcia chronicles the lives of several Hispano addicts, introducing us to the intimate, physical, and institutional dependencies in which they are entangled. We discover how history pervades this region that has endured centuries of material and cultural dispossession, and we come to see its heroin problem as a contemporary expression of these conditions, as well as a manifestation of the human desire to be released from them. Lyrically evoking the Española Valley and its residents through conversations, encounters, and recollections, The Pastoral Clinic is at once a devastating portrait of addiction, a rich ethnography of place, and an eloquent call for a new ethics of care.
},
keywords = {Angela Garcia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Garcia2010b,
title = {The Pastoral Clinic: Addiction and Dispossession along the Rio Grande},
author = {Angela Garcia},
doi = {10.1525/9780520947825},
isbn = {9780520947825},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-06-08},
urldate = {2010-06-08},
publisher = {University of California Press},
abstract = {The Pastoral Clinic takes us on a penetrating journey into an iconic Western landscape—northern New Mexico’s Española Valley, home to the highest rate of heroin addiction and fatal overdoses in the United States. In a luminous narrative, Angela Garcia chronicles the lives of several Hispano addicts, introducing us to the intimate, physical, and institutional dependencies in which they are entangled. We discover how history pervades this region that has endured centuries of material and cultural dispossession, and we come to see its heroin problem as a contemporary expression of these conditions, as well as a manifestation of the human desire to be released from them. Lyrically evoking the Española Valley and its residents through conversations, encounters, and recollections, The Pastoral Clinic is at once a devastating portrait of addiction, a rich ethnography of place, and an eloquent call for a new ethics of care.},
keywords = {Angela Garcia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Bodomo2010e,
title = {A Kente of Many Colours: Multilingualism as a Complex Ecology of Language Shift in Ghana},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Jemima Asabea Anderson and Josephine Dzahene-Quarshie},
issn = {1750-8649},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-06-02},
urldate = {2010-06-02},
journal = {Sociolinguistic Studies},
volume = {3},
number = {3},
pages = {357–379},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vigouroux2010,
title = {Double‐mouthed discourse: Interpreting, framing, and participant roles1},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux},
doi = {10.1111/j.1467-9841.2010.00448.x},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-06-02},
journal = {Journal of Sociolinguistics 14(3): DOI:},
volume = {14},
number = {3},
pages = {341 - 369},
abstract = {In this article I examine multilingual displays in a Congolese Pentecostal church in Cape Town, South Africa. I focus on the simultaneous interpreting of the pastor's French sermon into English. I argue that the interpreting activity performed at church is used as a powerful interactional device to dramatize and shape the pastor's sermon. A close examination of participant roles shows that although these may appear to be predetermined by the interpretee-interpreter format of the sermon, speaking roles are actually fluid and negotiated. I submit that an important role of the church interpreter is to convey the pastor's inspiration from the Holy Spirit and reach out to the potential audience absent from the here and now of the service. His high emotional engagement helps convey this inspiration prospectively to the audience and retroactively to the pastor himself.},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Bhatia2010,
title = {Comment on Demont-Heinrich’s Linguistically privileged and cursed? American university students and the global hegemony of English},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
doi = {10.1111/j.1467-971X.2010.01645.x},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-06-01},
journal = {World Englishes},
volume = {29},
number = {2},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Holm2010b,
title = {Language and linguistics},
author = {David Holm and Li Jinfang and Yongxian Luo and Somsonge Burusphat and Qin Xiaohang and Amara Prasithrathsint and Voravudhi Chirasombutti and Wilaiwan Khanittanan
},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Language and Linguistics},
volume = {28},
number = {2},
abstract = {The traditional character script used among the Zhuang and other Tai-speaking peoples is widely held to date from around the Tang dynasty, some 1600 years ago. There is very little external evidence for the date of this script, and what little exists is difficult to interpret. This paper will adopt a different strategy, and examine the evidence internal to the script itself. That is to say, it will seek to clarify the dating of various readings of the Chinese characters and their phonetic components used in the script, by comparing these readings with the reconstructed historical pronunciation of the same graphs in Chinese at various periods. The following discussion is based on a survey of the traditional script in 45 locations spread across Guangxi, Guizhou, eastern Yunnan, and northern Vietnam. The survey is based on attested readings from traditional texts, rather than dictionary entries. Given the complexity of the issues involved, I will proceed by analysing readings for a single example, naeuz (nAu 2)‘to tell’, a common word in the Northern dialects of Zhuang and Bouyei (Yay).
HCT seems not to have listed this word, which is not found under either ‘to speak’or ‘to tell’. Nor is it listed in Liang Min and Zhang Junru’s Dong-Tai yuzu gailun, or in Xing Gongwan’s Han-Taiyu bijiao shouce. The Zhuang dialect survey lists this item (ZhYFYYJ, p. 715, item 821), which is glossed as 告訴 ‘to inform’. In this source, nau 2 is found consistently in most Northern Zhuang and a few Southern Zhuang locations, while other areas have other morphemes such as lun 6 (lGn 6), kau 5, or ha 4 (ja 4).},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{French2010,
title = {Comment on Trinch’s risky subjects},
author = {Brigittine French},
doi = {10.1007/s10624-009-9106-9},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-06-01},
journal = {Dialectical Anthropology},
volume = {34},
number = {2},
pages = {205-207},
abstract = {Trinch’s article provides a thought-provoking consideration of the risks involved for abuse victims in telling their story. In bringing together two seemingly different types of narrative, Trinch compels us to consider what they share. First, there are similarities in the interactional production of the written versions of Rigoberta Menchu ´’s published testimonio and the stories which survivors of domestic abuse tell to paralegals. In both situations, the stories were/are told to an interested interlocutor who works to produce a written account in the first-person narrative of the storyteller. Second, Trinch’s analysis of the controversy surrounding Menchu ´’s testimonio and of the process by which the domestic abuse survivors’ written affidavits are produced highlights the risks involved for people reporting abuse. At the immediate level is the risk of antagonising their abusers, and on another level are the risks in the ways in which their story is transformed in the recontextualisation process, and the subsequent risks for the narrators involved in being seen as not ‘telling the truth’, or as embellishing the ‘facts’. It is this second level of risks which Trinch addresses, exposing powerful language ideologies about narrative truth relevant to the reception of these two different types of narrative. Building on her important (2003) book, Trinch’s work here on the interactional and entextualised nature of narrative production advances both the sociolinguistic analysis of narrative and linguistic anthropological work on language ideologies. Here, I take up Trinch’s point about the role of what she has referred to as the ‘ideology of narrator authorship’ (Trinch 2003, pp. 49–50) in the risks faced by victims of abuse in telling their story. As she explains in the article under review, ‘most listeners believe that the teller is the sole author of the narrative drafted’. This belief ignores the contributions to narratives made by interaction with interlocutors, for example by interviewers’ questions or listeners’ reactions, whether verbal or nonverbal. This ideology of narrator authorship is central to the ways in which the},
keywords = {Brigittine French},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2010b,
title = {Intergenerational Communication Satisfaction and Age Boundaries in Bulgaria and the United States},
author = {Howard Giles and Christopher Hajek and Tolya Stoitsova and Charles W. Choi},
doi = {10.1007/s10823-010-9114-x},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-06-01},
urldate = {2010-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology},
volume = {25},
number = {2},
pages = {133-147},
abstract = {This paper examines Bulgarian and American young adults' perceptions of prior experiences of intergenerational communication. Irrespective of culture, as age of target increased from young adult to middle-aged and elderly adult, so did attributions of benevolence, norms of politeness and deference, and communicative respect and avoidance; conversely, attributions of personal vitality and communication satisfaction decreased linearly. However, American youth reported more of a tendency to avoid, but expressed more respect when communicating with, older adults than their Bulgarian counterparts. In both settings, young adults' avoidant communication with older people negatively, and the norm of politeness positively, predicted intergenerational communication satisfaction. In Bulgaria only, age stereotypes also predicted communication satisfaction whereas only in the USA was communicative respect a predictor.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim2010b,
title = {Iconicity},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
doi = {10.1525/jlin.1999.9.1-2.107},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-06-01},
urldate = {2010-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {9},
number = {1-2},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2010c,
title = {Participation Cues: Coordinating Activity and Collaboration in Complex Online Gaming Worlds},
author = {Elizabeth Keating and Chiho Sunakawa},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404510000217},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-06-01},
urldate = {2010-06-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {39},
number = {3},
pages = {331 - 356},
abstract = {The development of digital communication technologies not only has an influence on human communicative practices, but also creates new spaces for human collaborative activity. In this article we discuss a technologically mediated context for interaction, computer games. Closely looking at interactions among a group of gamers, we examine how players are managing complex, shifting frameworks of participation, the virtual game world and the embodied world of talk and plans for action. Introducing the notion of participation cues, we explain how interactants are able to orient to, plan, and execute collaborative actions that span quite different environments with quite different types of agency, possible acts, and consequences. Novel abilities to interact across diverse spaces have consequences for understanding how humans build coordinated action through efficient, multimodal communication mechanisms. (Computer-mediated communication, language and technology, gaming, gesture, participation, multimodality).},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Kirby2010,
title = {Dialect experience in Vietnamese tone perception},
author = {James Kirby},
doi = {10.1121/1.3327793},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-06-01},
urldate = {2010-06-01},
journal = {The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America},
volume = {127},
issue = {6},
pages = {3749-3757},
abstract = {This study investigated the perceptual dimensions of tone in Vietnamese and the effect of dialect experience on listener's prelinguistic perception of tone. While Northern Vietnamese tones are cued by a combination of pitch and voice quality, Southern Vietnamese tones are purely pitch based. 30 listeners from two Vietnamese dialects (10 Northern, 20 Southern) participated in a speeded AX discrimination task using northern stimuli. The resulting reaction times were used to compute an INDSCAL multidimensional scaling solution and were submitted to hierarchical clustering analysis. While the analysis revealed a similar three-dimensional perceptual space structure for both listener groups, corresponding roughly to f(0) offset, voice quality, and contour type, the relative salience of these dimensions varied by dialect: Southern listeners were more likely to confuse tones produced with nonmodal voice quality, whereas Northern listeners found tones with similar pitch excursions to be more confusable. The results of hierarchical clustering of the stimuli further support an analysis where low-level perceptual similarity is influenced by primary dialect experience.
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2010c,
title = {We won't get ahead speaking like that! Expressing and managing language criticism in Hawai'i},
author = {Howard Giles and Mikaela L. Marlow},
doi = {10.1080/01434630903582714},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-05-01},
urldate = {2010-05-01},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {31},
number = {3},
pages = {237-251},
abstract = {Ample research has explored language attitudes and speaker evaluations, yet it has not attended to direct incidences of language criticism. This article presents evidence demonstrating that a majority of those surveyed in Hawai'i have experienced language criticism. Coded data suggest that criticism takes place during employment, educational, familial, social and community interactions. People manage such episodes through a variety of communicative responses, ranging from avoidant to aggressive. The findings are discussed in terms of their implications for future research on language criticism in other multilingual settings.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks2010,
title = {Space, language, and cognition: New advances in acquisition research},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Maya Hickmann and Katrin Lindner},
doi = {10.1515/COGL.2010.006},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-05-01},
urldate = {2010-05-01},
journal = {Cognitive Linguistics},
volume = {21},
issue = {2},
abstract = {In this introductory chapter to the present special issue about “Space, language and cognition: developmental perspectives”, we introduce some of the main questions that are currently debated concerning the relationships between cognitive and linguistic representations in the domain of space. This collection of papers addresses these questions by bringing together contributions from different disciplines, theoretical perspectives, and methodological approaches. All papers start out with the assumption that spatial cognition is not indifferent to spatial language and aim at specifying how the two might be best related by examining the development of spatial representations in children and adults through language use and acquisition.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks2010b,
title = {Typological constraints on the acquisition of spatial language in French and English},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Maya Hickmann},
doi = {10.1515/COGL.2010.007},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-05-01},
urldate = {2010-05-01},
journal = {Cognitive Linguistics},
volume = {21},
issue = {2},
abstract = {Typological analyses (Talmy 2000) show that languages vary a great deal in how they package and distribute spatial information by lexical and grammatical means. Recent developmental research suggests that children's language acquisition is constrained by such typological properties from an early age on, but the relative role of such constraints in language and cognitive development is still much debated (Bowerman 2007; Bowerman and Choi, 2003; Slobin 1996, 2003a, 2003b, 2006). In the context of this debate, we compare the expression of motion in two data bases of child English vs. French: 1) experimentally induced productions about caused motion (adults and children of three to ten years); 2) spontaneous productions about varied types of motion events during earlier phases of acquisition (18 months to three years). The results of both studies show that the density of information about motion increases with age in both languages, particularly after the age of five years. However, they also show striking cross-linguistic differences. At all ages the semantic density of utterances about motion is higher in English than in French. English speakers systematically use compact structures to express multiple types of information (typically MANNER and CAUSE in main verbs, PATH in other devices). French speakers rely more on verbs and/or distribute information in more varied ways across parts of speech. The discussion highlights the joint impact of cognitive and typological factors on language acquisition, and raises questions to be addressed in further research concerning the relation between language and cognition during development.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2010bb,
title = {After December: Spatial Legacies of the 2008 Athens Uprising},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Antonis Vradis},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-05-01},
journal = {Upping the Anti},
volume = {10},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{King2010,
title = {Sexual identities in English language education: Classroom conversations},
author = {Brian King},
doi = {10.1080/15348451003704909},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-04-30},
urldate = {2010-04-30},
journal = {Journal of Language Identity & Education},
volume = {9},
number = {2},
pages = {159-162},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2010f,
title = {Relativization in Dagaare and its typological implications},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Ken Hiraiwa},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2009.06.008},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-04-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {120},
number = {4},
pages = {953-983},
abstract = {This article examines in detail the syntax of relativization in Dàgáárè, a Mabia (Oti-Volta) language of the Gur branch in the Niger-Congo family. The main aims of our investigation are twofold. The first is to describe a cluster of typologically interesting syntactic features of relativization in Dàgáárè in the light of the fact that no detailed description exists in the literature. The second is to demonstrate that relative clauses in Dàgáárè are head-internal relative clauses (HIRCs), even though they are, on the surface, postnominal relative clauses, like those in English. Thus, they are not of the in-situ type of HIRC that is well known in the literature. We call this type of relative clause a left-headed HIRC. This type of relativization has rarely been noticed cross-linguistically in the previous literature and therefore is of considerable significance for general linguistics, linguistic typology, as well as theoretical linguistics. Evidence comes from coordination in possessor relativization and PP relativization. Our discovery shows that Universal Grammar allows left-headed HIRCs as an option in addition to the more familiar types: in-situ HIRCs and head-external relative clauses (HERCs).},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pablé2010b,
title = {Language, knowledge and reality: The integrationist on name variation},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.1016/j.langcom.2010.01.001},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-04-01},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {30},
number = {2},
pages = {109-122},
abstract = {This paper considers the phenomena of name variation (multiple names for the same referent) and onymic homonymy (multiple referents bearing the same name) both epistemologically and ontologically, and argues that integrationism deals with ‘reality’ in a much more satisfactory way than either realism or social constructionism. The article thus critically examines how historians and sociolinguists, who respectively adopt a surrogational and structuralist model of how names relate to the real world, have coped (or would have to cope) with complex onomastic situations; it proposes an alternative (integrational) analysis of fieldwork conducted in Bellinzona, the capital of southern Switzerland, concerning the names of its three Medieval castles.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Williams2010,
title = {Linguistic Diversity and Legislative Regimes},
author = {Collin Williams},
isbn = {978 84 87122 98 9},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-04-01},
pages = {21-57},
publisher = {Eusko Legebiltzarra= Parlamento Vasco},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2010,
title = {Jennifer Hay, Margaret MacLagan and Elizabeth Gordon, Dialects of English: New Zealand English. Edinburgh},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404510000163},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-04-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {39},
number = {2},
pages = {295-296},
abstract = {Language in Society is an international journal of sociolinguistics concerned with language and discourse as aspects of social life. The journal publishes empirical articles of general theoretical, comparative or methodological interest to students and scholars in sociolinguistics, linguistic anthropology, and related fields. Language in Society aims to strengthen international scholarship and interdisciplinary conversation and cooperation among researchers interested in language and society by publishing work of high quality which speaks to a wide audience. In addition to original articles, the journal publishes reviews and notices of the latest important books in the field as well as occasional theme and discussion sections.},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2010b,
title = {Dialects of English: New Zealand English by Jennifer Hay; Margaret Maclagan; Elizabeth Gordon},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.2307/40606087},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-04-01},
journal = {Language in Society },
volume = {39},
number = {2},
pages = {295-296},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Connell2010,
title = {Additional file 1},
author = {Bruce Connell and Krishna Veeramah and Naser Ansari-Pour and Adam Powell and Christopher A Plaster and David Zeitlyn and Nancy R Mendell and Michael E Weale and Neil Bradman and Mark G Thomas},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-03-31},
abstract = {Supplemental Sections and Figures. A document file containing Supplemental Sections 1-3 and Supplemental Figures S1-S12.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@misc{Connell2010b,
title = {Bruce Connell and Krishna Veeramah and Naser Ansari-Pour and Adam Powell and Christopher A Plaster and David Zeitlyn and Nancy R Mendell and Michael E Weale and Neil Bradman  and Mark G Thomas},
author = {Bruce Connell and Krishna Veeramah and Naser Ansari-Pour and Adam Powell and Christopher A Plaster and David Zeitlyn and Nancy R Mendell and Michael E Weale and Neil Bradman and Mark G Thomas},
doi = {10.6084/m9.figshare.7790726.v1},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-03-31},
abstract = {Supplemental Tables. A spreadsheet file containing Supplemental Tables S1-S14.},
howpublished = {Additional file 2},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Connell2010bb,
title = {Little genetic differentiation as assessed by uniparental markers in the presence of substantial language variation in peoples of the Cross River region of Nigeria},
author = {Bruce A Connell and Krishna R Veeramah and Naser Ansari Pour and Adam Powell and Christopher A Plaster and David Zeitlyn and Nancy R Mendell and Michael E Weale and Neil Bradman and Mark G Thomas },
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-03-31},
journal = {BMC Evolutionary Biology},
volume = {10},
number = {1},
pages = {92-92},
abstract = {Background: The Cross River region in Nigeria is an extremely diverse area linguistically with over 60 distinct languages still spoken today. It is also a region of great historical importance, being a) adjacent to the likely homeland from which Bantu-speaking people migrated across most of sub-Saharan Africa 3000-5000 years ago and b) the location of Calabar, one of the largest centres during the Atlantic slave trade. Over 1000 DNA samples from 24 clans representing speakers of the six most prominent languages in the region were collected and typed for Y-chromosome (SNPs and microsatellites) and mtDNA markers (Hypervariable Segment 1) in order to examine whether there has been substantial gene flow between groups speaking different languages in the region. In addition the Cross River region was analysed in the context of a larger geographical scale by comparison to bordering Igbo speaking groups as well as neighbouring Cameroon populations and more distant Ghanaian communities.Results: The Cross River region was shown to be extremely homogenous for both Y-chromosome and mtDNA markers with language spoken having no noticeable effect on the genetic structure of the region, consistent with estimates of inter-language gene flow of 10% per generation based on sociological data. However the groups in the region could clearly be differentiated from others in Cameroon and Ghana (and to a lesser extent Igbo populations). Significant correlations between genetic distance and both geographic and linguistic distance were observed at this larger scale.Conclusions: Previous studies have found significant correlations between genetic variation and language in Africa over large geographic distances, often across language families. However the broad sampling strategies of these datasets have limited their utility for understanding the relationship within language families. This is the first study to show that at very fine geographic/linguistic scales language differences can be maintained in the presence of substantial gene flow over an extended period of time and demonstrates the value of dense sampling strategies and having DNA of known and detailed provenance, a practice that is generally rare when investigating sub-Saharan African demographic processes using genetic data.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2010,
title = {Popular Perceptions of Standard Language: Attitudes to 'Regional Standards' in Denmark},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1080/09658410108667023},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-03-29},
urldate = {2010-03-29},
journal = {Language Awareness June},
volume = {1},
number = {1},
pages = {25-40},
abstract = {This paper is concerned with popular perceptions of standard language in Denmark. It presents the results from an empirical study of folk linguistic awareness in which subjects listened to five different versions of (regional) Standard Danish (SD) and filled in a questionnaire. The results show that the subjects' perception of SD correlates with their own regional background, and that prosodic features appear to be particularly important for the identification of varieties of speech. The study further shows that the absence of regional affiliation, as well as a clear and precise articulation, are important criteria in the subjects' attempts to define SD. Finally, it is argued that folk linguistic awareness should be incorporated as a valuable resource in the linguistic description and classification of varieties of speech.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2010d,
title = {Attributing Harm to Racist Speech},
author = {Howard Giles and Laura Leets and Kimberly A. Noels},
doi = {10.1080/01434639908666377},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-03-29},
urldate = {2010-03-29},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development May},
volume = {1},
number = {3},
pages = {209-215},
abstract = {This study extends previous research to examine the perceptions of harm resulting from racist speech. Using moderately intense messages, it explores these perceptions between Asian American and Caucasian ethnic groups. There is some evidence to suggest that the ethnic-group membership of the speaker will affect the perception of harm. We also note a theoretically based methodological concern regarding the manipulation of message explicitness.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zarakol2010,
title = {Ontological (In)Security and State Denial of Historical Crimes: Turkey and Japan},
author = {Ayse Zarakol},
doi = {10.1177/0047117809359040},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-03-26},
urldate = {2010-03-26},
journal = {International Relations},
volume = {24},
number = {1},
pages = {3-23 },
abstract = {This article joins the growing scholarship on the ontological security needs of states. By focusing on state denial of historical crimes, the article will address the main point of contention among scholars who study ontological security, i.e. the question of whether identity pressures on states are mostly endogenously or exogenously generated. Through a study of the Turkish state’s reluctance to apologize for the Armenian genocide, and the Japanese discomfort over the WWII atrocities, I argue that we can avoid tautology in our generalizations by introducing temporal and spatial dimensions to the argument. Inter-subjective pressures matter more at times when traditional routines defining the self are broken and are more likely to create ontological insecurity outside the West. The review of the Turkish and Japanese cases demonstrate that both social and individualistic approaches to ontological security are partly right, but also incomplete because neither takes into account the uneven expansion of international society or the effect this expansion has had on the identity of outsider states who were incorporated into the system at a later date.},
keywords = {Ayse Zarakol},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ferguson2010,
title = {The Uses of Neoliberalism},
author = {James Ferguson},
doi = {10.1111/j.1467-8330.2009.00721.x},
isbn = {9781405198349},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-03-25},
urldate = {2010-03-25},
journal = {Antipode},
volume = {41},
issue = {1},
pages = {166 - 184},
abstract = {  The term “neoliberalism” has come to be used in a wide variety of partly overlapping and partly contradictory ways. This essay seeks to clarify some of the analytical and political work that the term does in its different usages. It then goes on to suggest that making an analytical distinction between neoliberal “arts of government” and the class-based ideological “project” of neoliberalism can allow us to identify some surprising (and perhaps hopeful) new forms of politics that illustrate how fundamentally polyvalent neoliberal mechanisms of government can be. A range of empirical examples are discussed, mostly coming from my recent work on social policy and anti-poverty politics in southern Africa.
},
keywords = {James Ferguson},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2010,
title = {My foray into the other side: Preparing students for corporate careers},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-03-22},
journal = {Practicing Anthropology},
volume = {32},
number = {2},
pages = {31-35},
abstract = {The pervasive mistrust of" hard core" academics toward their col leagues in applied fields and in industry is no secret. In some academic circles, the word Applied is synonymous with not serious. Academic elitists dismiss their practicing colleagues as light weights who engage in applied re search because they failed to make it in academia. The feeling is often mutual. One of the greatest insults in industry is to describe someone's work as" too aca demic."(In fact, one of the definitions of academic in Webster's dictionary is" having no practical or useful signifi cance.") The mistrust between academia and industry is unfortunate because both sides have much to learn from each other. It is also counterproductive to our goal as educators to prepare our students for their future careers. We academics ignore what our practicing colleagues do at our students' perils.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Prasithrathsint2010d,
title = {Transferring sociolinguistic markers in translation},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-03-10},
booktitle = {Transferring sociolinguistic markers in translation},
journal = {Translation and Interpretation in a Multilingual Context: Proceedings from the First International Conference in Translation and Interpretation},
pages = {25-29},
publisher = {Translation and Interpretation in a Multilingual Context: Proceedings from the First International Conference in Translation and Interpretation},
abstract = {It is generally accepted that the ultimate aim of translation is to have a target text that is the best equivalent of the source text. Many theories on translation (e.g., Larson 1984, Malmkjaer 2005) emphasize that the translated text must have the same meaning as the original text. Thus, it seems that " meaning " or " semantic equivalence " is the key concept in translation. However, several scholars in the field of translation (e.g., Bell 1991, Catford 1986, Nida and Taber 2003,) have shown that good translation does not depend on meaning alone and that structural and pragmatic equivalence are also necessary in translation. Even so, I find that is still inadequate. One important component of good translation is missing in the past literature. That is sociolinguistic equivalence. Thus, in this paper, I will argue that sociolinguistic features that mark social group identity and speech situations need to be transferred effectively from the source language to the target language in order to have a good translation equivalent. The analysis of the present study is based on data of bilingual texts taken from two novels and their translations. The first one is the Thai novel Time in the bottle written by Praphatsorn Seiwikun and its English version by Phongdeit Jiangphatthanarkit and Marcel Barang. The second one is the American novel The Color Purple by Alice Walker and its Thai version by Akaramunee Wannapraphai. The analysis was done by comparing each pair of the texts focusing on sociolinguistic markers that are transferred or not transferred. Sociolinguistic markers mean linguistic variables or features that indicate, on the one hand, the social background or identity of a speaker of a language and, on the other hand, the situation in which the speech takes place. Labov (1972: 179) emphasizes the important role of sociolinguistic markers in identifying the speaker and the speech style. Halliday (1970) proposes the terms " users " and " uses " to represent the two dimensions of speech. Sociolinguistic studies show that no speech is uttered in a vacuum. All utterances are related to social variables, as mentioned above. In other words, language varies according to social factors. Therefore, it is necessary that a translator take this into account in order to achieve the best output. First, he/she has to consider significant linguistic features that correspond to characteristics of the speaker, such as age, gender, social class, and ethnicity. Then, he/she should focus on eminent features related to situational features. If these features are overlooked, then the output of translation may be of mediocre quality. The first dimension of sociolinguistic markers is speakers' or users' dimension. Examples of this dimension are shown in Table 1. As can be seen in Table 1, linguistic variation related to the speaker's characteristics is common in pronunciation. In Thai, if a person pronounces /r/ as [l] in a word like rak 'love', he/she is likely to be taken as younger than a person who pronounces the same word with [r]. In English, gender and social class influence the pronunciation of the-ing form, as in playing, and the post-vocalic /r/, as in car, respectively. Studies show that men use the [-in] variant more than women, and that it is likely that the working class pronounce the post},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@book{Fina2010bb,
title = {Telling stories: Language, narrative, and social life},
author = {Anna De Fina and Deborah Schiffrin and Anastasia Nylund},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-03-09},
publisher = {Georgetown University Press},
abstract = {Narratives are fundamental to our lives: we dream, plan, complain, endorse, entertain, teach, learn, and reminisce through telling stories. They provide hopes, enhance or mitigate disappointments, challenge or support moral order and test out theories of the world at both personal and communal levels. It is because of this deep embedding of narrative in everyday life that its study has become a wide research field including disciplines as diverse as linguistics, literary theory, folklore, clinical psychology, cognitive and developmental psychology, anthropology, sociology, and history. In Telling Stories leading scholars illustrate how narratives build bridges among language, identity, interaction, society, and culture; and they investigate various settings such as therapeutic and medical encounters, educational environments, politics, media, marketing, and public relations. They analyze a variety of topics from the narrative construction of self and identity to the telling of stories in different media and the roles that small and big life stories play in everyday social interactions and institutions. These new reflections on the theory and analysis of narrative offer the latest tools to researchers in the fields of discourse analysis and sociolinguistics. © 2010 Georgetown University Press. All rights reserved. All rights reserved.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Fina2010bb,
title = {Telling stories: Language, narrative, and social life},
author = {Anna De Fina and Deborah Schiffrin and Anastasia Nylund},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-03-09},
publisher = {Georgetown University Press},
abstract = {Narratives are fundamental to our lives: we dream, plan, complain, endorse, entertain, teach, learn, and reminisce through telling stories. They provide hopes, enhance or mitigate disappointments, challenge or support moral order and test out theories of the world at both personal and communal levels. It is because of this deep embedding of narrative in everyday life that its study has become a wide research field including disciplines as diverse as linguistics, literary theory, folklore, clinical psychology, cognitive and developmental psychology, anthropology, sociology, and history. In Telling Stories leading scholars illustrate how narratives build bridges among language, identity, interaction, society, and culture; and they investigate various settings such as therapeutic and medical encounters, educational environments, politics, media, marketing, and public relations. They analyze a variety of topics from the narrative construction of self and identity to the telling of stories in different media and the roles that small and big life stories play in everyday social interactions and institutions. These new reflections on the theory and analysis of narrative offer the latest tools to researchers in the fields of discourse analysis and sociolinguistics. © 2010 Georgetown University Press. All rights reserved. All rights reserved.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Fina2010bb,
title = {Telling stories: Language, narrative, and social life},
author = {Anna De Fina and Deborah Schiffrin and Anastasia Nylund},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-03-09},
publisher = {Georgetown University Press},
abstract = {Narratives are fundamental to our lives: we dream, plan, complain, endorse, entertain, teach, learn, and reminisce through telling stories. They provide hopes, enhance or mitigate disappointments, challenge or support moral order and test out theories of the world at both personal and communal levels. It is because of this deep embedding of narrative in everyday life that its study has become a wide research field including disciplines as diverse as linguistics, literary theory, folklore, clinical psychology, cognitive and developmental psychology, anthropology, sociology, and history. In Telling Stories leading scholars illustrate how narratives build bridges among language, identity, interaction, society, and culture; and they investigate various settings such as therapeutic and medical encounters, educational environments, politics, media, marketing, and public relations. They analyze a variety of topics from the narrative construction of self and identity to the telling of stories in different media and the roles that small and big life stories play in everyday social interactions and institutions. These new reflections on the theory and analysis of narrative offer the latest tools to researchers in the fields of discourse analysis and sociolinguistics. © 2010 Georgetown University Press. All rights reserved. All rights reserved.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Zuckermann2010b,
title = {Do Israelis Understand the Hebrew Bible?},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.2104/bc100006},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-03-01},
journal = {The Bible and Critical Theory},
volume = {6},
number = {1},
abstract = {The Hebrew Bible should be taught like a foreign language in Israel too, argues Ghil ‘ad Zuckermann, inter alia endorsing Avraham Ahuvia’s recently-launched translation of the Old Testament into what Zuckermann calls high-register ‘Israeli’. According to Zuckermann, Tanakh RAM fulfills the mission of ‘red’el ha ‘am’not only in its Hebrew meaning (Go down to the people) but also–more importantly–in its Yiddish meaning (‘red’meaning ‘speak!’, as opposed to its colorful communist sense). Ahuvia’s translation is most useful and dignified. Given its high register, however, Zuckermann predicts that the future promises consequent translations into more colloquial forms of Israeli, a beautifully multi-layered and intricately multi-sourced language, of which to be proud.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Cardoso2010,
title = {The African slave population of Portuguese India: Demographics and impact on Indo-Portuguese},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
doi = {10.1075/jpcl.25.1.04car},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-03-01},
urldate = {2010-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Pidgin and Creole Languages},
volume = {25},
number = {1},
pages = {95-119},
abstract = {This article is primarily concerned with quantifying the African(-born) population in the early Portuguese settlements in India and defining its linguistic profile, as a means to understand the extent and limitations of its impact on the emerging Indo-Portuguese creoles. Apart from long-established commercial links (including the slave trade) between East Africa and India, which could have facilitated linguistic interchange between the two regions, Smith (1984) and Clements (2000) also consider that the long African sojourn of all those travelling the Cape Route may have transported an African-developed pidgin to Asia. In this article, I concentrate on population displacement brought about by the slave trade.Published sources and data uncovered during archival research permit a characterisation of the African population in terms of (a) their numbers (relative to the overall population), (b) their origin, and (c) their position within the colonial social scale. The scenario that emerges for most territories of Portuguese India is that of a significant slave population distributed over the colonial households in small numbers, in what is best described as a 'homestead society' (Chaudenson 1992, 2001). It is also made evident that there was a steady influx of slave imports well into the 19th century, and that the Bantu-speaking regions of modern-day Mozambique were the primary sources of slaves for the trade with Portuguese India.},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2010c,
title = {Temporal modification in Greek adverbial clauses: The role of aspect and negation},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Despina Papadopoulou and Agapi Mylonaki},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2008.10.008},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-03-01},
urldate = {2010-03-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {120},
number = {3},
pages = {649-672},
abstract = {The aim of this paper is to provide a formal account of the differences between adverbial clauses introduced by the Greek temporal connectives kathos, eno and afu. Based on Haegeman's (2003, this issue) criteria for distinguishing between central and peripheral clauses, we examine the ‘external’ and ‘internal’ syntax of Greek adverbials introduced by these connectives. Although Haegeman's proposal aims to cover not only English but also cross-linguistic properties of central vs. peripheral clauses, we would like to argue that there are certain language-specific criteria, namely aspect and negation, which could be used as additional support for the structural distinction proposed and which call for some modifications of the structural differences suggested for English adverbials. The Greek connectives are shown to be aspectually dependent in the sense that they are specified for [boundedness] as part of their lexical entry. This property affects their structural position in central vs. peripheral adverbials, on one hand, and the possibilities of temporal anchoring onto the matrix clause, on the other. Finally, the language-specific criteria discussed, namely aspect and negation, are tested through an interpretation task with native speakers of Greek in order to establish the preference for the temporal over the non-temporal readings when aspect and negation are controlled for.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2010d,
title = {Introduction},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Kleanthes K. Grohmann},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2008.11.012},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-03-01},
urldate = {2010-03-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {120},
number = {3},
pages = {459–462},
abstract = {The papers collected here originate in presentations at the Workshop on Universalist Perspectives on Relative Properties: Features vs. Constructions in the Clausal Left Periphery, which we jointly organized as part of the 39th Annual Meeting of the Societas Linguistica Europaea at the University of Bremen (September 1–2, 2006). (Two of the papers presented there have been published elsewhere and are hence not included in this collection; see Grohmann and Panagiotidis, 2009.) We thank our contributors – then and present – for participating in the workshop and for writing up their research results for this special issue of Lingua, and we are grateful to Neil Smith and Johan Rooryck for their positive reception of our suggestion to guest-edit this special issue.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan2010b,
title = {Resina's Life Histories},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
doi = {10.1080/03149099709508381},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-02-15},
urldate = {2010-02-15},
journal = {Canberra Anthropology April},
volume = {1997},
number = {1-2},
pages = {40-54},
abstract = {This article exposes the modalities of the construction of a life story and the history of the relationship of friendship between the informant and the ethnologist. THE. proposes to define the life story as a story which indeed offers ethnographic information but which is also the result of a privileged human relationship where the two lives of the interlocutors are the subject of a mutual analysis, where the emotions are indicators on the social and cultural life of the respective companies of origin of the interlocutors. THE. presents three versions of the life story of Resina, a woman from the Solomon Islands, recorded over a period of 14 years. Each version, which calls into question the previous one, is the subject.},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan2010bb,
title = {Les Petits Princes In The Field},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
doi = {10.1080/03149099709508378},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-02-15},
urldate = {2010-02-15},
journal = {Canberra Anthropology},
volume = {4},
number = {1997},
pages = {1-6},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2010b,
title = {Tracking the demographics of (urban) language shift – an analysis of South African census data},
author = {Ana Deumert},
doi = {10.1080/01434630903215125},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-02-01},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {31},
number = {1},
pages = {13-35},
abstract = {This paper provides an analysis of language shift from African languages to English (and Afrikaans) in South Africa, using home language data from the South African population census (1996 and 2001). Although census data have been criticised for its ‘essentialist’ construction of language, they nevertheless provide sociolinguists with a unique opportunity to analyse language choice and shift across large populations, based on a full head-count rather than statistical sampling. The focus of the discussion is on the metropolitan city of Cape Town (with its three-language profile, Afrikaans, English and isiXhosa). The methodology uses small-area statistics to understand the role of social variables (social class, age and gender) in structuring processes of past and present language shift. The results show that language shift (a) has considerable historical depth in South Africa, (b) shows clear patterns of spatial and social variation and (c) is not limited to the middle classes which linguists have often seen to be at the centre of the process.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Roberts2010c,
title = {Past participle agreement in Abruzzese: Split auxiliary selection and the null-subject parameter},
author = {Ian Roberts and Roberta D'Alessandro},
doi = {10.1007/s11049-009-9085-1},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-02-01},
urldate = {2010-02-01},
journal = {Natural Language & Linguistic Theory},
volume = {28},
issue = {1},
pages = {41-72},
abstract = {In this paper, we present an analysis of the “person-driven” auxiliary-selection system of one variety of the Upper Southern Italo-Romance dialect Abruzzese, along with an account of the pattern of past participle agreement in this variety, which differs somewhat from what is found in more familiar Romance languages. Our account relies on the technical mechanisms of agreement as outlined in Chomsky (1995, 2001), in particular a variant of Chomsky’s (2008) proposal regarding feature inheritance by non-phase heads of features belonging to phase heads, combined with Gallego’s (2006) notion of phase-sliding. We also utilise some aspects of Müller’s (2004) analysis of ergativity, and propose an account of a typological generalisation regarding the absence of person-driven auxiliary selection first put forward in Kayne (2000:127) in the Germanic languages. To the extent that the analyses proposed successfully apply the mechanisms put forward in the recent versions of the minimalist program, the postulation of these mechanisms is supported by our analysis with evidence from a new empirical domain. We also offer some general speculations regarding auxiliary selection in general. KeywordsItalo-Romance-Participles-Agreement-Person-Split-ergativity-Auxiliaries.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Giles2010e,
title = {Language, Intergroup Parameters},
author = {Howard Giles and Scott A. Reid},
doi = {10.1002/9780470479216.corpsy0494},
isbn = {9780470479216},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-30},
urldate = {2010-01-30},
publisher = {Wiley},
abstract = {Language is an integral element of most multicultural contexts. Take, for example, the resurrection of Hebrew as a lingua franca in multicultural Israel, the role of French in Quebecois separation, and the revival of Catalan in Spain. Yet beyond nationalist and ethnic arenas, forms of language (e.g., dialect, nonverbals, and discourse) play key roles in virtually all intergroup situations—as evident in adolescents' distinctive speech styles, patronizing ways of addressing and referring to older adults and those physically challenged, gay expressions and tone of voice, and so forth (see Clément, 1996). In fact, intergroup processes have become core foci in the social psychology of language, as witnessed by their frequent occurrence across many different chapters of The New Handbook of Language and Social Psychology (Robinson & Giles, 2001), and language and communication issues have, in turn, featured prominently in the study of intergroup relations (Kashima, Fielder, & Freytag, 2007; Reid & Giles, 2005).},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2010,
title = {The Road: An Ethnography of the Albanian–Greek Cross-Border Motorway},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.1111/j.1548-1425.2010.01246.x},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-28},
journal = {American Ethnologist},
volume = {37},
number = {1},
pages = {132 - 149},
abstract = {This article is an ethnographic study of a 29-kilometer stretch of cross-border highway located in South Albania and linking the city of Gjirokastër with the main checkpoint on the Albanian–Greek border. The road, its politics, and its poetics constitute an ideal point of entry for an anthropological analysis of contemporary South Albania. The physical and social construction, uses, and perceptions of this road uniquely encapsulate three phenomena that dominate social life in postsocialist South Albania: the transition to a market economy, new nationalisms, and massive emigration (mainly to Greece). Taking this cross-border road section as my main ethnographic point of reference, I suggest the fruitfulness of further discussion of the relationship between roads, narratives, and anthropology.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2010d,
title = {Ireland, radicalism and the Scottish Highlands},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1093/ehr/cep402},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-19},
urldate = {2010-01-19},
journal = {The English Historical Review},
volume = {CXXV},
number = {512},
pages = {221-223},
abstract = {It is ironic that the most revolutionary socio-economic question in Victorian Britain and Ireland was not connected to the plight of factory workers in the new industrial towns—as Marx and Engels had prophesied—but to the problems of agricultural labour in the ‘peripheral’ areas of the country. If the ‘land wars’ in the United Kingdom were not straightforward examples of ‘class’ struggle, they were as close to it as any social conflict could possibly be. Furthermore, they were characterised to a considerable extent by what the Marxists always hoped to see happening in industrial relations (but never really did), namely, an international solidarity overcoming religious and political divides, and bringing about cross-fertilisation of ideas and tactics. Newby's book is certainly not inspired by Marxism, but constitutes a scholarly, systematic analysis of one outstanding example of such a process.},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ghosh2010,
title = {Multilingualism, modern metropolis and youth: a sociolinguistic profile of a section of students of Calcutta University},
author = {Aditi Ghosh and Bula Bhadra and Mina Dan},
doi = {10.3329/dujl.v2i3.4140},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-15},
journal = {Dhaka University Journal of Linguistics},
volume = {2},
number = {3},
pages = {1 - 18},
abstract = {Kolkata has been a multilingual city for several hundred years and like all modern metropolis it is home to diverse linguistic communities. Such multilingual metropolis almost always impacts the lives, the culture and languages of inhabitants. This is even more interesting when the communities in question are not a 'native' community but are migrated. This paper tries to investigate the nature of its impact on the language use of a section of Calcutta University students whose native language is not Bengali. Through a questionnaire-based survey, we try to explore the pattern of language use of these students. Through this study we would like to show the model of language dynamics as exists among a section of youth in Kolkata, who are not speakers of the principle regional language, and indicate its effect on languages, individuals and communities concerned. Key words: multilingualism, urban sociolinguistics, language use, language maintenance and shift.},
keywords = {Aditi Ghosh},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Andaya2010b,
title = {The Ever-Present Sea: Cosmologies and Religious Beliefs around the “Single Ocean”},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-09},
abstract = {In recent years a number of scholars have argued that littoral and ocean-going communities can have more in common with each other than with inland societies in the same country. To date comparative work has tended to focus on the empirical evidence supplied by case studies, pointing to similarities in modes of coastal livelihood, involvement in maritime trade networks, navigational and ship-building skills, and the nature of gender relations. These studies have also shown that the lives of peoples economically reliant on the sea are fraught with unpredictability, and that belief in omens and the efficacy of spirit propitiation are a common means of ensuring good fortune in fishing or trade as well as protection against shipwreck or pirate attack. Not surprisingly, such beliefs can readily be found in maritime societies around the “single ocean” that reaches from Africa to Japan, where legends and cosmological beliefs gave sea deities and the rituals associated with them a central place. In examining a range of literary and historical sources from the premodern period, this paper argues that a preoccupation with the sea was retained even as beliefs and practices associated with world religions like Islam or Buddhism were adopted. In appropriating the metaphor of the ocean, and in transforming land-based divinities into powerful sea spirits, coastal communities retained their ancient connections with the ocean while acknowledging links that bound them to inland centers of spiritual authority.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@book{Hendriks2010d,
title = {Language, Space and Development},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Maya Hickmann and Katrin Lindner},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-02},
urldate = {2010-01-02},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Lupke2010b,
title = {Language and identity in flux: in search of Baïnouk},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
doi = {10.1163/19552629-90000009},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Language Contact THEMA},
volume = {3},
number = {1},
pages = {155-174 },
abstract = {Linguists, sociolinguists, and anthropologists often operate with ethno- and linguonyms as if languages and ethnic groups were discrete objects with clear boundaries. On the ground, linguistic and cultural affiliations are often less clear-cut and complex. The present paper demonstrates the multifaceted nature of identity for Baïnounk, a cluster of related lects spoken in the Casamance area of Senegal. In analogy to the Joola in the 19th and 20th century, speakers of Baïnounk varieties have been forging a unified historical identity over the past thirty years and aim at reaching linguistic unification as well. The paper presents historical, linguistic, and 'ethnic' factors relevant for different aspects of Baïnounk identity and discusses the recent development of a Baïnounk activist movement as well as the first results of a sociolinguistic study on the linguistic profiles and attitudes to languages present in the environment conducted in two villages of the Baïnounk Gunyaamolo variety.},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lupke2010bb,
title = {Rare and endangered - languages or features? An African perspective},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
journal = {Journal of West African Languages},
volume = {37},
pages = {119-139},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Benjamin2010,
title = {Pulau Seking: A bygone link to the Riau Sultanate},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin and Vivienne Wee},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
abstract = {Unpublished paper. To be incorporated into: Vivienne Wee, Normala Manap, Ivan Kwek & Geoffrey Benjamin, In preparation. "Lost Singapore: The Pulau Seking Story" [provisional title]. Singapore: Singapore Heritage Society.},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2010bb,
title = {Blorít — Pagans’ Mohawk or Sabras’ Forelock? Ideological Secularization of Hebrew Terms in Socialist Zionist Israeli},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann and Azzan Yadin},
doi = {10.1057/9780230304710_6},
isbn = {978-1-349-35476-4},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
pages = {84-125},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {One of the problems facing those attempting to revive Hebrew as the national language of the emerging state of Israel was that of Hebrew lexical voids. The ‘revivalists’ attempted to use mainly internal sources of lexical enrichment but were faced with a paucity of roots. They changed the meanings of obsolete Hebrew terms to fit the modern world. This infusion often entailed the secularization of religious terms.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2010bb,
title = {Blorít - pagans’ mohawk or sabras’ forelock? Ideological secularization of hebrew terms in socialist zionist Israeli},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann and Azzan Yadin},
doi = {10.1057/9780230304710},
isbn = {978-1-349-35476-4},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
pages = {84-125},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {One of the problems facing those attempting to revive Hebrew as the national language of the emerging state of Israel was that of Hebrew lexical voids. The ‘revivalists’ attempted to use mainly internal sources of lexical enrichment but were faced with a paucity of roots. They changed the meanings of obsolete Hebrew terms to fit the modern world. This infusion often entailed the secularization of religious terms.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{nokey,
title = {Crosslinguistic variation in the use of prosodic cues: the case of blinks},
author = {Gladys Tang and Diane Brentari and Carolina González and Felix Sze},
editor = {Brentari D},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511712203.024},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
pages = {519-542},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {Introduction Sign languages share a common inventory of properties that are used to mark prosodic constituents (e.g., nonmanuals of the face or properties of movement and rhythm; see Quer and Pfau, this volume). This chapter investigates whether there is crosslinguistic variation in the use of one prosodic cue - eye blinks - to mark prosodic constituents in sign languages. We will compare the prosodic use of blinks across four sign languages - Hong Kong Sign Language (HKSL), Japanese Sign Language (JSL), Swiss German Sign Language (DSGS) and American Sign Language (ASL). In the last fifteen years there has been significant work done in sign language phonology with regard to prosodic structure. Miller (1996), Wilbur (1994a), Boyes Braem (1999), Wilbur and Patschke (1999), Nespor and Sandler (1999), Sandler (1999a, 1999b), Brentari and Crossley (2002), Sandler and Lillo-Martin (2006) and Eccarius and Brentari (2007) have worked on various prosodic constituents, including the Intonational Phrase, the Phonological Phrase and the Prosodic Word (also called “Phonological Word” in Nespor & Vogel 1986). The studies presented here are built upon these earlier analyses, expanding our knowledge of crosslinguistic variation of the blinks. The following research questions are addressed in this chapter. First, how much variation exists among sign languages in their use of a prosodic cue, such as blinks? Second, if crosslinguistic variation exists, what factors condition it? Third, are blinks always associated with intonational phrases crosslinguistically?},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Tang2010,
title = {Crosslinguistic variation in the use of prosodic cues: the case of blinks},
author = {Gladys Tang and Diane Brentari and Carolina González and Felix Sze},
editor = {Brentari D},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511712203.024},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
urldate = {2010-01-01},
pages = {519-542},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {Introduction Sign languages share a common inventory of properties that are used to mark prosodic constituents (e.g., nonmanuals of the face or properties of movement and rhythm; see Quer and Pfau, this volume). This chapter investigates whether there is crosslinguistic variation in the use of one prosodic cue - eye blinks - to mark prosodic constituents in sign languages. We will compare the prosodic use of blinks across four sign languages - Hong Kong Sign Language (HKSL), Japanese Sign Language (JSL), Swiss German Sign Language (DSGS) and American Sign Language (ASL). In the last fifteen years there has been significant work done in sign language phonology with regard to prosodic structure. Miller (1996), Wilbur (1994a), Boyes Braem (1999), Wilbur and Patschke (1999), Nespor and Sandler (1999), Sandler (1999a, 1999b), Brentari and Crossley (2002), Sandler and Lillo-Martin (2006) and Eccarius and Brentari (2007) have worked on various prosodic constituents, including the Intonational Phrase, the Phonological Phrase and the Prosodic Word (also called “Phonological Word” in Nespor & Vogel 1986). The studies presented here are built upon these earlier analyses, expanding our knowledge of crosslinguistic variation of the blinks. The following research questions are addressed in this chapter. First, how much variation exists among sign languages in their use of a prosodic cue, such as blinks? Second, if crosslinguistic variation exists, what factors condition it? Third, are blinks always associated with intonational phrases crosslinguistically?},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Tang2010b,
title = {Sound Jigsaw: A Speech Perception Training Kit for Cantonese-speaking Children with Hearing Impairment},
author = {Gladys Tang and Lee K.Y.S. and Kun-Man Chris Yiu and Tammy Lau and Wong R},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
urldate = {2010-01-01},
publisher = {Centre for Sign Linguistics and Deaf Studies},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Tang2010bb,
title = {Hong Kong Sign Language},
author = {Gladys Tang and Lee J and Chu K and Yu B},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
urldate = {2010-01-01},
publisher = {Centre for Sign Linguistics & Deaf Studies},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Tang2010bb,
title = {Storytelling Grammar Series – 50 Story books for promoting Chinese literacy and knowledge of Chinese grammar},
author = {Gladys Tang and Read SY and Kun-Man Chris Yiu},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
urldate = {2010-01-01},
publisher = {Greenfield (Qingtian Press)},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Haberland2010,
title = {Mood in Greek},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1075/slcs.120.26hab},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
urldate = {2010-01-01},
pages = {473-491},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
abstract = {Greek is an Indo-European language spoken by some 12 million people in Greece (9.9 million) and Cyprus (0.6 million), and by significant linguistic minorities in Albania, Egypt and Italy as well as smaller ones in the Ukraine, Romania, and Turkey. It is also used by a significant number of diaspora speakers, eg in the USA (400,000), Germany (300,000), Canada (140,000), Australia (100,000) and Sweden (50,000), although for most of those speakers it is a second language. It is an official and working language of the European Union.
Greek has of all European languages the longest recorded history. The oldest written records date from the 2nd millennium BC, and the oldest literary products go back to the beginning of the Ist millenium BC, although they were written down later.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Cardoso2010b,
title = {The songbook of the northern communities; language, sources and tradition},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
urldate = {2010-01-01},
journal = {Camões – Revista de Letras e Culturas Lusófonas},
volume = {20},
abstract = {Among the Indo-Portuguese communities, the cantiga still assumes a prominent place in many different public occasions. It is sung at liturgical ceremonies, processions and religious festivities, but also at parties, weddings, at the reception of dignitaries and whenever the occasion demands a demonstration of the cultural singularities of the community. This study explores linguistic and thematic characteristics of a portion of the Indo-Portuguese songbook, namely the set of songs that we know to be or have been in current use among northern communities. The oldest set of texts from the northern songbook we have is due to the work of collecting some philologists (especially Hugo Schuchardt, Sebastião Dalgado, António Moniz and Jerónimo Quadros) who, in the transition from the 19th to the 20th century , interested in these questions. More recently, the corpus has been complemented with new collections, either by scholars of Indo-Portuguese languages ​​and traditions, or by initiative of members of the communities themselves. As we look into this corpus, linguistic issues are of the utmost importance, since in all the northern communities we have witnessed the formation of Portuguese lexical-based creole languages. However, the northern songbook cannot, strictly speaking, be dubbed the «Creole songbook» since it is quite heterogeneous from a linguistic point of view, encompassing a series of records ranging from the more uninhibited Creoles to the more metropolitan Portuguese; for this reason, I'll give preference to the designation “songs of northern communities” or “songs of northern communities”. More recently, the corpus has been complemented with new collections, either by scholars of Indo-Portuguese languages ​​and traditions, or by initiative of members of the communities themselves. As we look into this corpus, linguistic issues are of the utmost importance, since in all the northern communities we have witnessed the formation of Portuguese lexical-based creole languages. However, the northern songbook cannot, strictly speaking, be dubbed the «Creole songbook» since it is quite heterogeneous from a linguistic point of view, encompassing a series of records ranging from the more uninhibited Creoles to the more metropolitan Portuguese; for this reason, I'll give preference to the designation “songs of northern communities” or “songs of northern communities”. More recently, the corpus has been complemented with new collections, either by scholars of Indo-Portuguese languages ​​and traditions, or by initiative of members of the communities themselves. As we look into this corpus, linguistic issues are of the utmost importance, since in all the northern communities we have witnessed the formation of Portuguese lexical-based creole languages. However, the northern songbook cannot, strictly speaking, be dubbed the «Creole songbook» since it is quite heterogeneous from a linguistic point of view, encompassing a series of records ranging from the more uninhibited Creoles to the more metropolitan Portuguese; for this reason, I'll give preference to the designation “songs of northern communities” or “songs of northern communities”. the corpus has been complemented with new collections, either by scholars of Indo-Portuguese languages ​​and traditions, or by initiative of members of the communities themselves. As we look into this corpus, linguistic issues are of the utmost importance, since in all the northern communities we have witnessed the formation of Portuguese lexical-based creole languages. However, the northern songbook cannot, strictly speaking, be dubbed the «Creole songbook» since it is quite heterogeneous from a linguistic point of view, encompassing a series of records ranging from the more uninhibited Creoles to the more metropolitan Portuguese; for this reason, I'll give preference to the designation “songs of northern communities” or “songs of northern communities”. the corpus has been complemented with new collections, either by scholars of Indo-Portuguese languages ​​and traditions, or by initiative of members of the communities themselves. As we look into this corpus, linguistic issues are of the utmost importance, since in all the northern communities we have witnessed the formation of Portuguese lexical-based creole languages. However, the northern songbook cannot, strictly speaking, be dubbed the «Creole songbook» since it is quite heterogeneous from a linguistic point of view, encompassing a series of records ranging from the more uninhibited Creoles to the more metropolitan Portuguese; for this reason, I will give preference to the designation “songbook of northern communities” or “northern songbook”. either by scholars of Indo-Portuguese languages ​​and traditions, or by the initiative of members of the communities themselves. As we look into this corpus, linguistic issues are of the utmost importance, since in all the northern communities we have witnessed the formation of Portuguese lexical-based creole languages. However, the northern songbook cannot, strictly speaking, be dubbed the «Creole songbook» since it is quite heterogeneous from a linguistic point of view, encompassing a series of records ranging from the more uninhibited Creoles to the more metropolitan Portuguese; for this reason, I will give preference to the designation “songbook of northern communities” or “northern songbook”. either by scholars of Indo-Portuguese languages ​​and traditions, or by the initiative of members of the communities themselves. As we look into this corpus, linguistic issues are of the utmost importance, since in all the northern communities we have witnessed the formation of Portuguese lexical-based creole languages. However, the northern songbook cannot, strictly speaking, be dubbed the «Creole songbook» since it is quite heterogeneous from a linguistic point of view, encompassing a series of records ranging from the more uninhibited Creoles to the more metropolitan Portuguese; for this reason, I'll give preference to the designation “songs of northern communities” or “songs of northern communities”. the linguistic issues are of the utmost importance, since in all the northern communities there has been the formation of Portuguese lexical-based creole languages. However, the northern songbook cannot, strictly speaking, be dubbed the «Creole songbook» since it is quite heterogeneous from a linguistic point of view, encompassing a series of records ranging from the more uninhibited Creoles to the more metropolitan Portuguese; for this reason, I will give preference to the designation “songbook of northern communities” or “northern songbook”. the linguistic issues are of the utmost importance, since in all the northern communities there has been the formation of Portuguese lexical-based creole languages. However, the northern songbook cannot, strictly speaking, be dubbed the «Creole songbook» since it is quite heterogeneous from a linguistic point of view, encompassing a series of records ranging from the more uninhibited Creoles to the more metropolitan Portuguese; for this reason, I will give preference to the designation “songbook of northern communities” or “northern songbook”. being nicknamed “Creole songbook” since it is quite heterogeneous from a linguistic point of view, encompassing a series of registers ranging from the more uninhibited Creoles to the more metropolitan Portuguese; for this reason, I'll give preference to the designation “songs of northern communities” or “songs of northern communities”. being nicknamed “Creole songbook” since it is quite heterogeneous from a linguistic point of view, encompassing a series of registers ranging from the more uninhibited Creoles to the more metropolitan Portuguese; for this reason, I will give preference to the designation “songbook of northern communities” or “northern songbook”.},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2010f,
title = {Introducing the dynamics of intergroup communication},
author = {Howard Giles and S. Reid and Jake Harwood},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
urldate = {2010-01-01},
journal = {The Dynamics of Intergroup Communication},
pages = {1-14},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2010g,
title = {Communication Studies, Overview},
author = {Howard Giles and Emily Moyer-Guse and Daniel Linz},
doi = {10.1016/B978-012373985-8.00032-5},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
urldate = {2010-01-01},
journal = {Encyclopedia of Violence, Peace, and Conflict},
pages = {368 - 379},
abstract = {Aggression and conflict are communicated across and within societies in numerous and complex ways. This article examines the ways in which violence and conflict have been studied in two of the major areas of communication research: interpersonal and mass media. In particular, the article will review how everyday conflicts are managed and the ways in which more serious verbal abuses can cause relational stress and ultimately lead to violence. Next, the effects of violence in the media will be examined as well as the reasons for such outcomes. Finally, we highlight issues that should inform future research agendas.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Giles2010h,
title = {Language and communication},
author = {Howard Giles and Jordan Soliz},
doi = {10.4135/9781412982818.n5},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
urldate = {2010-01-01},
pages = {75-92},
abstract = {This revision of a classic volume presents state-of-the-art reviews of established and emerging areas of communication science and provides an intellectual compass that points the way to future theorizing about communication processes. In this Second Edition of The Handbook of Communication Science, editors Charles R. Berger, Michael E. Roloff, and David Roskos-Ewoldsen bring together an impressive array of communication scholars to explore and synthesize the varying perspectives and approaches within the dynamic field of communication science. After first addressing the methods of research and the history of the field, the Handbook then examines the levels of analysis in communication (individual to macro-social), the functions of communication (such as socialization and persuasion), and the contexts in which communication occurs (such as couples, families, organizations, and mass media). Key Features: Draws on the scholarship and expertise of leading communication scholars who explore different aspects of the field Covers all facets of communication science, from the historical and theoretical to the practical and applied Covers the latest theoretical developments in the field, as well as alternative methodologies and levels of analysis Explores key communication contexts of the 21st century, including interpersonal dimensions of health communication, the scientific investigation of marital and family communication, and computer-mediated communication Includes incisive analyses, literature reviews, bibliographies, and suggestions for future research The Handbook of Communication Science, Second Edition, is an essential reference resource for scholars, practitioners, and students. It is appropriate for upper-level undergraduate or graduate courses in Communication and Media Studies and Mass Communication.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@bachelorthesis{Giles2010i,
title = {An evolutionary perspective on social identity and intergroup communication},
author = {Howard Giles and S.A. Reid and Jinguang Zhang and Jake Harwood},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
urldate = {2010-01-01},
pages = {277-290},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{King2010b,
title = {“All us girls were like euuh!”: Conversational work of be like in New Zealand adolescent talk},
author = {Brian King},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
urldate = {2010-01-01},
journal = {New Zealand English Journal},
volume = {24},
pages = {17 - 36},
abstract = {The prolific use of vernacular like in the speech of teenagers in New Zealand (and abroad) has stimulated some debate concerning the efficacy and desirability of its various forms. Sociolinguists have traced the origin and development of one form (i.e. be like as a quotative marker), convincingly demonstrating that it is put to systematic use by speakers. The contribution of the present study is to examine the deployment of quotative be like as a meaningful resource during talk in interaction. The data have been taken from recordings of classroom sexuality-education activities in a Year 12 (age 16) Health programme in New Zealand. Participants deploy be like as a resource for the management of conversation, using it to frame their contributions as versions of opinions which are up for analysis. Be like stimulates collaboration and/or evaluation from the other participants, and after debate the original version can be modified or retracted without fear of censure. Concurrently be like enables rapport management, allowing for face work and the fulfilling of role-based responsibilities while speakers pursue the transactional goals of a sexuality-focused lesson. It is not clear, from these data, whether these are the primary interactional functions of be like or merely two functions amongst many. However, these findings demonstrate that be like is a means to social and communicative ends for these adolescent speakers of English, adding to a factual knowledge base about vernacular like which can critically inform value judgments about its desirability.},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Costa2010,
title = {Gli studenti universitari italiani e le nuove tecnologie digitali di comunicazione},
author = {Elisabetta Costa and Paolo Ferri and Nicola Cavalli and Andrea Mangiatordi and Stefano Mizzella and Andrea Pozzali and Francesca Scenini},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
urldate = {2010-01-01},
journal = {International Journal of Information Sciences for Decision Making},
volume = {39},
number = {1},
pages = {1-10},
abstract = {Questo articolo presenta il risultato di una ricerca effettuata nel corso del 2008 per studiare come gli studenti universitari in Italia facciano uso di tecnologie digitali. La metodologia si è basata su una combinazione di approcci quantitativi e qualitativi. La ricerca survey ha coinvolto un campione di 1.186 studenti dell’Università degli Studi di Milano-Bicocca, utilizzando un questionario. somministrato attraverso la Intranet di Ateneo. Sono stati inoltre realizzati una serie di focus group e di interviste in profondità con studenti, genitori, ed esperti. I risultati sono coerenti con l'ipotesi della presenza di un concreto divario intergenerazionale tra genitori e studenti per quanto riguarda l'approccio e l’uso delle tecnologie digitali e di rete.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2010e,
title = {Ireland, Radicalism and the Scottish Highlands, c.1870–1912 by Andrew G. Newby},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.2307/25639977},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
urldate = {2010-01-01},
journal = {The English Historical Review},
volume = {125},
number = {512},
pages = {221-223},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Hendriks2010c,
title = {An exploration of the status of Chinese in motion event typology},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Yinglin Ji and Hickmann Maya},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
urldate = {2010-01-01},
pages = {533-542},
publisher = {Pisa},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {Space, language, and cognition: developmental perspectives},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Maya Hickmann and Katrin Lindner},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
urldate = {2010-01-01},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Roberts2010d,
title = {A Syntactic Universal and Its Consequences},
author = {Ian Roberts and Theresa Biberauer and Anders Holmberg},
doi = {10.1162/LING_a_00153},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
urldate = {2010-01-01},
journal = {Linguistic Inquiry},
volume = {45},
issue = {2},
abstract = {This paper investigates the Final-over-Final Constraint (FOFC): a head-initial category cannot be the immediate structural complement of a head-final category within the same extended projection. First, we document the empirical evidence, logically possible but cross-linguistically unattested combinations of head-final and head-initial orders. Second, we formulate FOFC in terms of Extended Projections (Grimshaw 1991, 2001, 2005). Third, we reduce FOFC to the LCA, combined with a constraint on the formation of Extended Projections which we ultimately reduce to Relativised Minimality. Finally, we suggest that our approach, although it entails a minimal amount of linearization information in narrow syntax, nonetheless complies with the Strong Minimalist Thesis.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Roberts2010e,
title = {Syntactic Variation: The Dialects of Italy},
author = {Ian Roberts and Adam Ledgeway and Roberta D'Alessandro
},
isbn = {9780521517362},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
urldate = {2010-01-01},
publisher = {CUP},
abstract = {This book was first published in 2010. The study of Romance languages can tell us a great deal about sentence structure and its variation in general. Focusing on the dialects of Italy - including the islands of Sardinia and Sicily - the authors explore three thematic areas: the nominal domain, the verbal domain and the left periphery of the clause. The book gives fresh attention to the dialects, arguing that they offer an unprecedented degree of variation (not found, for example, in Germanic languages). Analysing a host of data, the authors show how the dialects can be used as a test-bed for investigating and challenging received ideas about language structure and change. Coherent and wide-ranging, this is a vital resource for those working in syntactic theory, historical linguistics and Romance languages.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Roberts2010f,
title = {Syntactic Variation and the Dialects of Italy: An Overview},
author = {Ian Roberts and Adam Ledgeway and Roberta D'Alessandro},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
urldate = {2010-01-01},
pages = {1-3},
publisher = {CUP},
abstract = {This collection of articles is a spin-off from the first Cambridge Italian Dialect Syntax Meeting (CIDSM), held at Downing College, University of Cambridge, 22–3 April 2005. This now-annual event and the present volume it spawned bear witness to the fact that, over recent decades, researchers working on the syntax of the dialects of Italy have figured heavily in much of the generative literature, coming to assume a central role in setting and shaping the research agenda through their investigations of such topics as auxiliary selection, subject and object clitics, negation, wh-movement and the functional architecture of the clause. One need only think of the pioneering work of such linguists as Paola Benincà, Anna Cardinaletti, Richard Kayne, Michele Loporcaro, Rita Manzini, Nicola Munaro, Cecilia Poletto, Leonardo Savoia, Nigel Vincent and Raffaella Zanuttini, to name just a few, who have shown how the dialects offer fertile, and often virgin, territory in which to profitably study, among other things, parametric variation. While neighbouring dialects tend to be closely related to each other, manifestly displaying in most cases a high degree of structural homogeneity, they do nonetheless often diverge minimally in significant and interesting ways which allow the linguist to isolate and observe what lies behind surface differences in particular parametric settings across a range of otherwise highly homogenized grammars. By drawing on such microvariation, it is possible to determine which phenomena are correlated with particular parametric options and how such relationships are mapped onto the syntax. Furthermore, many of the dialects boast rich and long literary traditions (dating back as far as the late tenth century) which, coupled with an abundance of diachronic and synchronic variation, offer the historical linguist a rare opportunity to explore the structural evolution of a vast number of lesserknown Romance varieties. The historical evidence of the dialects has therefore often been subject to in-depth study in recent years (cf. research by, among others, Benincà, Cennamo, La Fauci, Loporcaro, Parry, Vanelli, Vincent), },
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@bachelorthesis{Piller2010c,
title = {The bilingual edge: why, when, and how to teach your child a second language},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
doi = {10.1080/13670050802645942},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
urldate = {2010-01-01},
journal = {International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism},
volume = {13},
issue = {1},
pages = {115-118},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@book{Essegbey2010,
title = {Topics in Kwa Syntax},
author = {James Essegbey and Enoch O. Aboh},
doi = {10.1007/978-90-481-3189-1},
isbn = {978-90-481-3188-4},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
urldate = {2010-01-01},
volume = {78},
abstract = {Edited by two leading experts on the languages of West Africa, this volume is the very first book to handle a range of topics in the syntax of Kwa, a branch of the Niger-Congo language family spoken by approximately 20 million people in Côte d’Ivoire, Ghana, Togo, and Benin and in the extreme southwestern corner of Nigeria. Kwa includes a total of 45 related languages. The nine chapters each address a separate grammatical aspect of Kwa. These range from topics such as the verb phrase, argument structure, verb serialization and complex predicates, to discussions on tense, mood, and aspect and their relation to the structure of sentences. Also addressed are the structure of the noun phrase and the syntax of discourse particles. The studies in this volume demonstrate that Kwa languages offer a very rich empirical domain for linguistic theorizing. In this book, experts who are mostly native speakers present empirical data and show its theoretical relevance to comparative linguistics and comparative syntax. The book brings together a wealth of material and fresh insights and is a superb example of how empirical research feeds into typological and theoretical linguistics. As such, it is a gold mine to students and teachers of comparative syntax, as well as for anyone interested in studies on Niger Congo languages.
},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Kirby2010b,
title = {A probabilistic model of phonetic cue restructuring},
author = {James Kirby},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
urldate = {2010-01-01},
journal = {Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Cognitive Modeling, ICCM 2010},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Duranti2010,
title = {Husserl, intersubjectivity and anthropology},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
doi = {10.1177/1463499610370517},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
journal = {Anthropological Theory},
volume = {Vol 10(1)},
pages = {1–20},
abstract = {In this article, the notion of intersubjectivity is re-examined by going back to its original formulation by the philosopher Edmund Husserl at the beginning of the 20th century. On the basis of a careful reading of Husserl’s books and lecture notes, four claims are put forward that help clarify in what sense intersubjectivity is a broader and more fundamental notion than currently assumed in the social sciences. In particular, it is argued that for Husserl intersubjectivity is more than shared or mutual understanding and is closer to the notion of the possibility of being in the place where the Other is. Furthermore, intersubjectivity is the source of objectivity and not always or necessarily something to be achieved or negotiated through verbal communication or other means. In fact, in its most basic sense, Husserlian intersubjectivity includes a mode of participation in the natural and material world that does not even require an immediately perceivable human presence. Following this discussion, it is suggested that the full range of meanings of intersubjectivity found in Husserl’s writings can be used as the basis for a study of the human condition that has a chance to unite all subfields of anthropology as practiced in the US. With this goal in mind, six related but distinct domains of intersubjectivity are proposed.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2010g,
title = {Strategies for the documentation and revitalization},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
editor = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
journal = {Diaspora Indigenous and Minority Education},
abstract = {This article outlines innovative strategies, methods, and techniques for the documentation and revitalization of Zhuang language and culture through linguistic fieldwork. Zhuang, a Tai–Kadai language spoken mainly in the rural areas of the Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region of south-western China, is the largest minority language in China, with about 20 million speakers. AlthoughZhuang is not in danger of dying out in the foreseeable future, it is indeed an endangered language,given that language shift is occurring in which more and more Zhuang children, especially those born in the cities, are picking up Putonghua, rather than Zhuang, as their most proficient language.Efforts, such as reported in this article, must be made to document and revitalize the language.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Bodomo2010i,
title = {Evaluating Learning Technologies},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.4018/978-1-60566-868-0.ch011},
isbn = {9781605668697},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
pages = {291-313},
publisher = {Computer-Mediated Communication for Linguistics and Literacy},
abstract = {In this penultimate chapter of the book, I will continue with my discussion of how we can take advantage these youth interests and practices with ICTs for enhancing learning and teaching by actually evolving ways to evaluate these communication and learning environments. As with most chapters in the book, I focus on a case study as a way to give an in-depth study to the subject matter. In this case, interactivity is the subject matter. Interactivity was discussed at length in the previous chapter, leading the creation of a new learning theory, the Conversational Learning Theory, and a new leaning model, the Conversational Learning Community. Rather than explaining the concept and the learning theory and model again in this chapter, I refer the reader back to the previous chapter. Once the basic tenets of these concepts are grasped the reader can now begin to read the discussion about how to increase interactivity in learning environments.},
type = {Chapter},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@proceedings{Kaltsa2010,
title = {Topicalisation in Pontic Greek},
author = {Maria Kaltsa and Ioanna Sitaridou},
editor = {A. Ralli and B. Joseph and M. Janse and A. Karasimo},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.26220/mgdlt.v4i1.2578},
issn = {1792-3743},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
number = {262-279},
abstract = {Pontic Greek is a variety of Greek which was historically spoken outside the area
which now constitutes the Greek state. Today, as a consequence of the Treaty of Lausanne
(1923), it is spoken both within and outside Greece. Within Greece it is mainly spoken in
Macedonia, Thrace, and to a lesser extent in Attica. Outside Greece it is spoken in the
Pontus region –the historical berceau of all Pontic varieties– but also in Istanbul, in
Caucasus and by diaspora communities across the world. Although Pontic in Greece seems
to be robust in terms of number of speakers, in real terms the majority of speakers is
severely attrited. Indicative of the attrition situation is that although the number of
Pontians is quite significant (above 2 million in Greece alone) only a fraction of the
population (200,000 or 300,000 depending on the estimates) is reported to be active
speakers of the dialect. Due to the geographical dispersion of Pontic, it is important to note
that the term Pontic, synchronically, can only be used as an “umbrella” term for the
various subdialects, which, crucially, can diverge significantly from each other (e.g.,
“Christian” vs. “Muslim” Pontic, cf. Mackridge 1987). For the purpose of this paper we use
the term “Pontic” to refer to the Pontic varieties of Northern Greece.
Greek dialectal syntax is notoriously understudied primarily because of all the efforts
–perpetuating at both social and institutional level– to erase dialectal variation and
instead, impose linguistic uniformity in the name of Standard Modern Greek (henceforth
SMG) (for the same view see also Ralli 2007). Within this context, work on dialectal syntax
is urgently needed and our present article aims at contributing towards this direction. The
goal of the article is twofold: first, to describe the discourse phenomenon of topicalisation
in Pontic syntactically; and, second, to suggest a (cartographic) analysis casted within the
generative framework thus making the present work the first attempt of this kind.
The paper is organised as follows: Section 2 presents the main syntactic features of
Pontic that differentiate it from the standard variety. Section 3 describes our methodology.
Section 4 discusses topicalisation strategies in Pontic. Section 5 proposes a syntactic
analysis of topicalisation in Pontic. Finally, section 6 concludes the discussion. },
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {proceedings}
}
@article{Pablé2010c,
title = {Essentialism, codification and the sociolinguistics of identity},
author = {Adrian Pablé and Marc Haas},
doi = {http://doi.org/10.5169/seals-131297},
isbn = {9783823366133},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
journal = {Swiss Papers in English Language and Literature (SPELL)},
pages = {33-46},
abstract = {This paper critically examines the work and discourse of two American anthropologists and linguists, Maty Bucholtz and Kira Hall, from the vantage point of an integrational critique of linguistics. The focal point of our critique is the conviction that "identities," as first-order communicational phenomena, cannot be the object of scientific empirical research because doing so presupposes that indexical values are viewed as micro-contextually determined and available to outsiders with an "insider view" (i.e. the ethnographer). As a consequence, Bucholtz and Hall's insistence that they are not "fixed-code" linguists seems little credible, precisely because, unlike integrationists, they cannot subscribe to the view that signs are radically indeterminate: ethnography of communication, after all, relies on data collection and data analysis. The integrationist, in turn, sees "identity" as a metadiscursive label used by lay speakers to cope with their everyday first-order experience: the focus, therefore, ought to be on lay (and professional) discourses about such labels.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2010c,
title = {A description of endangered phonemic contrasts in Yongning Na (Mosuo)},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Dashi Latami},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
journal = {Intellectual property publishing house, Beijing},
pages = {55-71},
abstract = {The investigation concerns phonemic contrasts (including tonal contrasts) that are under a severe danger of disappearing from the Na language spoken in the plain of Yongning (Ninglang prefecture, Lijiang municipality, Yunnan province, China). This language belongs to the Sino-Tibetan family; it is also known as “Mosuo” and “Yongning dialect of Eastern Naxi”. The overall tendency is, unsurprisingly, that the phonemic contrasts found in Mosuo but not in Mandarin Chinese tend to become lost by the speakers who are most proficient in Chinese. We discuss several examples in detail. Among other consonants, Na contrasts /l/，/ɬ/，/ʁ/，and /ɻ/; this set is fully preserved in the speech of a 55-year-old speaker, whereas in the speech of a schoolgirl (currently in senior high school) the four have simplified to /l/: /Mli/ “to look” and /Mɬi/“ear; moon” have both simplified to /li/; the syllables /ʁæ/ and /ɻæ/ in /Mʁæ.mi/“sword” and /#Hkʰwæ.ɻæ/ “satin” all simplified to /læ/. In-between these two extremes, in the speech of a speaker aged 35, these phonemic contrasts are preserved but their lexical distribution is becoming somewhat imperfect. For instance, she pronounces the word “sword”, /Mʁæ.mi/, which is not in common use anymore, as /Mɻæ.mi/; this example arguably constitutes an indication that the opposition between /ʁ/ and /ɻ/ is weakening. As far as tones are concerned, the differences between the oldest generations and the speakers under 60 years set in sharp relief the complexities of the tonal system of Na: the contrasts that are neutralized in citation form tend to be overlooked by the less proficient speakers, leading to a major transformation of the architecture of the tonal system.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2010d,
title = {Insights into Naxi and Pumi at the end of the 19th century: Evidence on sound changes from the word lists by Charles-Eudes Bonin},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Guillaume Jacques},
doi = {10.1163/1960602810X00052},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
journal = { Cahiers de Linguistique Asie Orientale},
volume = {39},
number = {1},
abstract = {The word lists published in 1903 by C.-E. Bonin for several languages of East Asia are highly rudimentary; the transcription is based on French spelling conventions. These lists nonetheless provide hints about the pronunciation of these languages at the end of the 19th century. We examine two of Bonin's lists in light of more recent and more systematic descriptions of the same languages, looking for evidence about phonetic evolutions. The Naxi word list offers hints about the pronunciation of vowels /i/, /y/ and /o/ and the degree of palatalization of velars before high front vowels. The list for Pumi shows that the initial cluster /st-/ was still present at the time in the dialect recorded.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2010g,
title = {A description of endangered phonemic contrasts in Yongning Na (Mosuo)},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Dashi Latami},
url = {https://halshs.archives-ouvertes.fr/halshs-00512028},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
journal = {Intellectual property publishing},
pages = {55-71},
abstract = {The investigation concerns phonemic contrasts (including tonal contrasts) that are under a severe danger of disappearing from the Na language spoken in the plain of Yongning (Ninglang prefecture, Lijiang municipality, Yunnan province, China). This language belongs to the Sino-Tibetan family; it is also known as “Mosuo” and “Yongning dialect of Eastern Naxi”. The overall tendency is, unsurprisingly, that the phonemic contrasts found in Mosuo but not in Mandarin Chinese tend to become lost by the speakers who are most proficient in Chinese. We discuss several examples in detail. Among other consonants, Na contrasts /l/，/ɬ/，/ʁ/，and /ɻ/; this set is fully preserved in the speech of a 55-year-old speaker, whereas in the speech of a schoolgirl (currently in senior high school) the four have simplified to /l/: /Mli/ “to look” and /Mɬi/“ear; moon” have both simplified to /li/; the syllables /ʁæ/ and /ɻæ/ in /Mʁæ.mi/“sword” and /#Hkʰwæ.ɻæ/ “satin” all simplified to /læ/. In-between these two extremes, in the speech of a speaker aged 35, these phonemic contrasts are preserved but their lexical distribution is becoming somewhat imperfect. For instance, she pronounces the word “sword”, /Mʁæ.mi/, which is not in common use anymore, as /Mɻæ.mi/; this example arguably constitutes an indication that the opposition between /ʁ/ and /ɻ/ is weakening. As far as tones are concerned, the differences between the oldest generations and the speakers under 60 years set in sharp relief the complexities of the tonal system of Na: the contrasts that are neutralized in citation form tend to be overlooked by the less proficient speakers, leading to a major transformation of the architecture of the tonal system.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2010h,
title = {Insights into Naxi and Pumi at the end of the 19th century: Evidence on sound changes from the word lists by Charles-Eudes Bonin},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Guillaume Jacques},
doi = {10.1163/1960602810X00052},
issn = {1960-6028},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
journal = {Cahiers de linguistique - Asie orientale},
volume = {39},
number = {1},
pages = {21–40},
abstract = {The word lists published in 1903 by C.-E. Bonin for several languages of East Asia are highly rudimentary; the transcription is based on French spelling conventions. These lists nonetheless provide hints about the pronunciation of these languages at the end of the 19th century. We examine two of Bonin's lists in light of more recent and more systematic descriptions of the same languages, looking for evidence about phonetic evolutions. The Naxi word list offers hints about the pronunciation of vowels /i/, /y/ and /o/ and the degree of palatalization of velars before high front vowels. The list for Pumi shows that the initial cluster /st-/ was still present at the time in the dialect recorded.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2010,
title = {Parts of speech in Thai: A syntactic analysis},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
journal = {Bangkok: Chulalongkorn University press},
pages = {129-140},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2010b,
title = {Grammaticalization of nouns into prepositions in Thai},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
journal = {Language and Linguistics},
volume = {28},
number = {2},
pages = {68-83},
abstract = {In my study on parts of speech in Thai (Prasithrathsint 2010), I classified words in Thai into eight categories: noun, verb, adjective, numeral, adverb, preposition, conjunction, and particle. In this study I found several problems that hindered me from reaching a neat classification of words in Thai due to the lack of morphological marking, ambivalent environments, and homophony of forms. Among the problems are the equivocality of prepositions; ie, a number of them can be regarded as other parts of speech: verbs or nouns.
The homophony of prepositions and verbs has been investigated by Intratat (1996), who came to a conclusion that there are 23 prepositions in Thai that are grammaticalized from verbs, such as caak'from'(<'place'), taam'following'(<'to follow"), thi'at'(<'to arrive"), suầu'toward'(<'to go toward"), pen'as'(<'to be), troy'right at'(<'to be straight'), etc. Intratat (1996) shows evidence that these forms are still used},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Holm2010,
title = {Anthony VN Diller},
author = {David Holm and Amara Prasithrathsint and Voravudhi Chirasombutti and Wilaiwan Khanittanan
},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
abstract = {In my study on parts of speech in Thai (Prasithrathsint 2010), I classified words i Thai into eight categories: noun, verb, adjective, numeral, adverb, preposition conjunction, and particle. In this study I found several problems that hindered me fror reaching a neat classification of words in Thai due to the lack of morphological marking ambivalent environments, and homophony of forms. Among the problems are th equivocality of prepositions; ie, a number of them can be regarded as other parts of speec verbs or nouns.
The homophony of prepositions and verbs has been investigated by Intratat (1996 who came to a conclusion that there are 23 prepositions in Thai that are grammaticalize from verbs, such as caak'from'(<'place'), taam'following'(<'to follow"), thy'at'(<'t arrive'), suu'toward'(<'to go toward'), pen'as'(<'to be"), troŋ'right at'(<'to be straight etc.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Fina2010bb,
title = {Italian in the USA},
author = {Anna De Fina and Luciana Fellin},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511779855.013},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
pages = {195-205},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {Introduction Italian Americans constitute one of the earliest and most important immigrant communities in the USA, with their presence felt around the country both culturally and economically. Today, Italian ranks ninth among the non-English languages spoken in the USA, with nearly 800,000 persons still using it as their home language. Although the number of US speakers of Italian has been continuously declining (as shown in Table 1.1), interest in the Italian language and culture has been rekindled by recent changes in Italy's public image in the USA as well as by increased opportunities for contact with Italy through travel and the global media. Although most Italian Americans moved out of “Little Italy” communities in the 1950s, Italian neighborhoods in many cities are still significant sites for the transmission and enactment of cultural traditions throughout the generations. Italians are often considered a primary example of an immigrant community that successfully left behind the poverty and the social stigma experienced by the early settlers (Alba 2000). In fact, as we will note below, the median income and educational attainment of Italian-Americans today are equal or superior to the national average, and their degree of adaptation to US society has been extraordinary. Nonetheless, Italian-Americans are still a very distinct community with their own traditions and moral values and a strong attachment to their culture.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2010b,
title = {Socially motivated language reform in a global lingua franca: The case of gender reform in English},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
isbn = {9783631592335},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
pages = {24-34},
publisher = {Lang},
abstract = {Pauwels, Anne (2010) 'Socially motivated language reform in a global lingua franca: The case of gender reform in English.' In: Bieswanger, Markus and Motschenbacher, Heiko and Mühleisen, Susanne, (eds.), Language in its Sociocultural Context: New Explorations in Gendered, Global and Media Uses. Frankfurt: Lang, pp. 24-34 … Full text not available from this repository … There is no Altmetric data currently associated with this item … SOAS Research Online is powered by Eprints3 and is hosted by ULCC.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Andaya2010bb,
title = {Between Empires and Emporia: The Economics of Christianization in Early Modern Southeast Asia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1163/002249910X12573963244601},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
journal = {Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient},
volume = {53},
number = {1-2},
pages = {357-392},
abstract = {Studies of church connections to commercial interests in pre-nineteenth-century Southeast Asia have focused on the Catholic venture in the Spanish Philippines. This article uses a broader and more ecumenical framework to incorporate eastern Indonesia into this discussion by comparing the economic involvement of Spanish, Portuguese, and Dutch missionaries and church personnel. It contextualizes differences in church resources, secular oversight, and motivation, but also argues that clerical involvement with European economic ambitions helped to mark out a path toward the domestication of local Christianity. The perception of foreign priests and ministers as conduits for exploitation encouraged many Southeast Asian Christians to differentiate between the teachings of the religion they had adopted and the ways these teachings had been distorted in support of European control.La recherche de l'Asie du Sud-Est pré-moderne touchant au rapprochement des relations de l'Église d'avec les intérêts commerciaux porte habituellement sur l'entreprise catholiques des Philippines espagnoles. Cette contribution par contre, a un cadre spatial plus vaste et au point de vue religion plus oecuménique. L'étude y inclut l'Indonésie orientale et elle compare la participation économique des missionaires et du clergé, tant espagnols, tant portuguais, tant hollandais. D`un part les différences des ressources ecclésiales, la supervision des laïques et la motivation cléricale sont étudiées d'après leur contexte, d'autre part la participation du clergé imbu d'ambitions économiques européennes est aussi explorée parce qu`elle a favorisé les modes locales du christianisme. C'est que l'image des prêtres et des pasteurs rapaces auprès les populations de l'Asie du Sud-Est stimulaient ces peuples à distinguer entre la religion adoptés par eux et la déformation de l'ínstruction religieuse du clergé qui visait à faciliter le contrôle européen.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Omar2010,
title = {Carik-Carik Bulu Ayam: Kisah Runding Bahasa Dunia Melayu},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9789834602604},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
publisher = {Language and Library Council},
abstract = {The Story of the World Language Consultant English, 153 pages, ISBN 978-983-46-0260-4 Reviewer: Raja Raja Ariffin Masittah rajamasittah@putra.upm.edu.myUniversiti Putra Malaysia The MBIM/MABBIM journey describes the journey of academia, culture, psychology and human relations, all of which are encompassed in language. Thus the expression Asmah in the book cover Clerk-Clerk Feather Meal Story Consultant Language Malay World. In presenting the idea of ​​the MBIM/ MABBIM consultation, Asmah has applied conflict theory and conflict resolution in terms of language involving three countries, namely Malaysia, Indonesia and Brunei Darussalam, which each have geolinguistic and worldview and cognition differences. The discussion and resolution of this conflict is seen based on a framework consisting of four axes, namely politics, language, specialization and the axis of experience. To achieve the above purpose, Asmah has divided the contents of this book into seven chapters. The first chapter discusses consultation and decision -making efforts according to social, economic, cultural, and ethical situations in the process of reaching a provision in a group, committee or committee, which can represent a department, ministry, association, country or national group. The key word in this process is judgment, i.e. what appropriate considerations need to be taken into account in order to be in line with the ethos or goals of the institution or country involved in the negotiations to obtain mutual agreement. According to Asmah (p.2), a goal is underpinned by an ethos that encompasses the aspirations of a person or group involved in the process of achieving a common goal through clear language expression.},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Omar2010b,
title = {Wacana Temu Duga dan Wawancara by Asmah Haji Omar},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
publisher = {Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka (DBP)},
abstract = {Handbook for those who want to master interviews and interviews. This book provides an explanation of the discourse that applies in interviews and interviews as well as the form and technique of discourse Prof. Emeritus Dato Asmah Haji Omar was born in Jitra, Kedah. Educated in Alor Setar and Kuala Lumpur. Obtained a Bachelor's Degree (1961) and a Master of Arts (Doktorandus 1963) at the University of Indonesia, Doctor of Philosophy, Univ. of London (1969) and was the first Malay woman to earn the degree. He started his career at Univ. Malaya (1963) and most recently as Chair Zaba and Director of the Institute of Malay Civilization, UPSI. Among his important works are Malay Grammar Advanced. He was awarded the AMN (1963) Setia Diraja Kedah (1979) and Dato Setia Diraja Kedah (1983) medals.},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Frellesvig2010,
title = {A history of the Japanese language},
author = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511778322},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
journal = {A History of the Japanese Language},
pages = {1-436},
abstract = {Bjarke Frellesvig describes the development of the Japanese language from its recorded beginnings until the present day as reflected by the written sources and historical record. Beginning with a description of the oldest attested stage of the language, Old Japanese (approximately the eighth century AD), and then tracing the changes which occurred through the Early Middle Japanese (800-1200), Late Middle Japanese (1200-1600) and the Modern Japanese (1600-onwards) periods, a complete internal history of the language is examined and discussed. This account provides a comprehensive study of how the Japanese language has developed and adapted, providing a much needed resource for scholars. A History of the Japanese Language is invaluable to all those interested in the Japanese language and also students of language change generally.},
keywords = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2010bb,
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Sociolinguistics Around the World},
author = {Bruce Connell and David Atkinson and Yasemin Bayyurt and William O. Beeman and Mercedes Ben-Goechea and Richard Benton and Sally Boyd and David Bradley and Zhanna Burstein-Feldman and Dominique Caubet and Peter Collins and Serafin M. Coronel-Molina and Indiana University Bloomington and Jeroen Darquennes and Probal Dasgupta and Winifred V Davies and Nadine Di and Mark Donohue and Ina Druviete and Alek D Epstein and José Antonio Flores Farfán and Victor Friedman and Elaine Gold and Nanette Gottlieb and Robert D Greenberg and Victoria Gulida and Bill Haddican and Jen Hay and Kirk Hazen and Christina Higgins and Nina Kheimets and Agnieszka Kiełkiewicz-Janowiak and Miklós Kontra and Shulamit Kopeliovich and Margaret Maclagan and Rajend Mesthrie and Catherine Miller and France Mugler and Jiří Nekvapil and Sandi Michele de Oliveira and Mair Parry and Viviana Quintero and Madhavi Sardesai and Jane Stuart-Smith and Joel Walters and Lionel Wee and Dafna Yitzhaki and Valerie Youssef and David Zeitlyn and Minglang Zhou},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
abstract = {Drawing on examples from a wide range of languages and social settings, The Routledge Handbook of Sociolinguistics Around the World is the first single-volume collection surveying current and recent research trends in international sociolinguistics. With over 30 chapters written by leading authorities in the region concerned, all continents and their respective regions are covered. This book will serve as an important tool to help widen the perspective on sociolinguistics to readers of English. Divided into parts covering: the Americas, Asia, Australasia, Africa and the Middle East, and Europe, the book provides readers with a solid, up-to-date appreciation of the interdisciplinary nature of the field of sociolinguistics in each area. It clearly explains the patterns and systematicity that underlie language variation in use, as well as the ways in which alternations between different language varieties mark personal style, social power and national identity. Sociolinguistics Around the World is the ideal resource for all students on undergraduate sociolinguistics courses and researchers involved in the study of language, society and power.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2010bb,
title = {Observations on Kunama Tone},
author = {Bruce Connell and Richard J Hayward and John Abraha Ashkaba},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
journal = {Studies in African Linguistics; Vol 29, No 1 (2000)},
volume = {29},
number = {1 },
abstract = {Kunama has been reported by different scholars as having two or three tones, downstep (or not), contrastive length of both consonants and vowels, and lexical stress. Despite this range of reported phenomena, little in-depth research into the prosodic system of Kunama has been undertaken. The aim of the present study is to report such a detailed investigation and to establish on a solid footing basic aspects of the tonal system of Kunama. The work reported is preliminary in the sense that its scope is limited: we present phonological and phonetic evidence for the existence of three level tones, which can combine to form a number of contour tones. This is followed by discussion of tonal phenomena in the noun phrase. No evidence for lexical stress is found.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lu2010b,
title = {Encoding ‘aspect’: Using linguistic iconicity},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
journal = { The Japanese Cognitive Linguistics Association},
pages = {674-677},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Perrin2010,
title = {Functional listening as conversation skills in coaching},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Christine Albrecht},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-658-12854-8_39},
isbn = {978-3-658-12854-8},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
publisher = {Springer VS, Wiesbaden},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Perrin2010bb,
title = {Progression analysis. Tracing journalistic language awareness},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Maureen Ehrensberger-Dow},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
pages = {485–510},
publisher = {Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press},
abstract = {What journalists want to do is not always what they actually do as they sit at their computer workstations writing media reports based on source texts. A radio journalist might become blocked in the middle of a text, a renowned commentator might invent citations, a television journalist might inadvertently reverse the political orientation of a news agency report in translating it… all of these are routine events in journalism. How aware journalists are of what they are doing and how they are using their language is the focus of the present paper.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Perrin2010bb,
title = {The linguistics of newswriting. Investigating professional writing competence},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
isbn = {9789027205278},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
booktitle = {The linguistics of newswriting},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company},
abstract = {The Linguistics of Newswriting focuses on text production in journalistic media as both a socially relevant field of language use and as a strategic field of applied linguistics. The book discusses and paves the way for scientific projects in the emerg­ing field of linguistics of newswriting. From empirical micro and theoretical macro perspectives, strategies and practices of research development and knowledge transformation are discussed. Thus, the book is addressed to researchers, teachers and coaches interested in the linguistics of professional writing in general and news­writing in particular. Together with the training materials provided on the internet www.news-writing.net, the book will also be useful to anyone who wants to become a more “discerning consumer" (Perry, 2005) or a more reflective producer of language in the media.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2010bb,
title = {Panel: Online Communication. Text production and text reception under new auspices},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2010bb,
title = {How the pleasure comes into the texts: Perspectives of procedural media linguistics},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2010bb,
title = {Syntagmatische, paradigmatische und navigatorische Varianten: Die journalistische "Geschichte" in medienkonvergenten Umgebungen},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2010bb,
title = {Collaborative text-image production in news television},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Aleksandra Gnach},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2010bb,
title = {Panel: Multilingual practices in the pre-convergent newsroom},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Marcel Burger and Aleksandra Gnach},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2010bb,
title = {“with languages ​​that the majority do not understand, we have fewer inhibitions” - Translation practices in an increasingly multilingual environment},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Marcel Burger and Aleksandra Gnach},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Perrin2010bb,
title = {Public storytelling in convergent media. Reflect on, vary and develop production patterns},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Peter Stücheli-Herlach and Wibke Weber},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
pages = {187–201},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Perrin2010bb,
title = {Writing is an economic factor},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Anne-Friederike Wilhelm},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
journal = {Werbewoche},
volume = {5},
pages = {6–7},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Perrin2010bb,
title = {How formats change. The pattern variation of "story" in television news},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
pages = {145–165},
publisher = {Campus},
abstract = {This article uses case studies from the German and French-language news programs of the Swiss Broadcasting Corporation SRG SSR to show how news editors reflect and vary linguistic patterns when they tell their stories, i.e. when they make their contributions narrative. The editors fall back on the one hand on narrative repertoires, on the other hand on the resources of a media organization that is in a state of technological change and moves in the field of tension between political and economic requirements. The theoretical background of the contribution is the dynamic system theory, empirical work was carried out with the multi-method approach of progression analysis.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2010bb,
title = {Critical situations and good practices. Text-image strategies in news production},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Aleksandra Gnach},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
pages = {213–229},
publisher = {Erich-Schmidt-Verlag},
abstract = {Media professionals produce media contributions by relating symbols from several systems to one another, for example text, images, sounds or music. In the interplay of these sign systems, new meanings can arise that cannot be derived from the signs of a system alone (cf. eg Jäger 2004; Holly 2006). A production-oriented media linguistics, which asks about the linguistic special in its field of application, will focus on the text-image-related decisions in journalistic text production from this point of view. The socially and individually motivated practices of the media professionals as well as the traces of their actions in the language of the programs and contributions become recognizable. In this article, we use three case studies to examine what media professionals do when they picture, Combine written and spoken language cooperatively to produce media reports. We are particularly interested in the interaction of structure and action in the sense of integrative social theory, i.e. how the institutional and organizational framework conditions and the individual productive actions of media professionals mutually influence one another. Using data from the national research project "Idée suisse" on language policy, norm and practice of Swiss public broadcasting, we will show how conflicting expectations of different stakeholder groups in text-image production lead to critical situations, but also to emergent ones Good practice lead to solutions that arise in specific situations and overcome seemingly insoluble conflicts of expectations. In Part 1 of the article we define the theoretical framework and specify the research question, in Part 2 we outline the research project and the associated methodology, in Part 3 we describe the data collection for text-image strategies. We discuss exemplary results in Part 4, based on the concepts of critical situation (4.1), good practice (4.2) and emergence (4.3f.). The final part 5 assigns what has so far been detailed in the knowledge network on text-image strategies from the research project. Good practice (4.2) and emergence (4.3f.). The final part 5 assigns what has so far been detailed in the knowledge network on text-image strategies from the research project. Good practice (4.2) and emergence (4.3f.). The final part 5 assigns what has so far been detailed in the knowledge network on text-image strategies from the research project.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2010bb,
title = {Statistical modeling of writing processes},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Marc Wildi},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
pages = {378–393},
publisher = {Routledge},
chapter = {28},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Perrin2010bb,
title = {Arriving in Web 2.0},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Nicole Rosenberger and Peter Stücheli-Herlach and Vinzenz Wyss},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
journal = {Impact},
pages = {17 - 21},
abstract = {Coop is not on the blacklist, ”is the headline in Blick in the evening. We are talking about Migipedia, the new Migros internet platform. Subtitle of the article: "Migros can now be rated online". The text then paints out that everyone on Migipedia is allowed to comment on how they find Migros' products. Critical comments in particular are welcome and will not be deleted. Switzerland immediately understands that the platform is being used extensively. The score for the interaction of mass media and social media works, Migipedia and thus Migros are in public discussion. Creating the public The public is not just there; Public is established. This happens through discourses: debates on topics of public importance. Discourses of this kind run through society like red threads and are spun on in all sorts of communicative events, such as a media conference on Migipedia, round table discussions after reading the Blick in the evening, follow-up discussions the morning after, discussions on the Internet about price and the quality of the Migros sausages. Discourses serve social communication, i.e. the sharing of ideas, for example assessments of food quality. Such communication presupposes a common language, regardless of whether it is about supposedly simple things like the taste of sausages or more complex things like the concept of a cooperative that runs a major distributor like Migros. In public discourses, people communicate with each other who would otherwise hardly understand each other.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2010bb,
title = {Public Storytelling. Ankommen im Web 2.0},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
journal = { Impact},
volume = {2010},
pages = {17-21},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2010bb,
title = {Applying linguistics in professional settings: Text production strategies in the newsroom},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Chiaro2010,
title = {Laughing At or Laughing With? Italian Comic Stereotypes Viewed From Within the Peripheral Group},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.1163/9789042028241_004},
isbn = {9789042028241},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
pages = {65–83},
publisher = {Hybrid Humour},
abstract = {National and cultural stereotypes in popular jokes and in the mass media, here in TV series like The Sopranos and commercials for Italian food products, are often seen as simple and inflexible when it comes to their effect on the audience. That this is not the case is shown by the empirical study  of  the  responses  of  Italian  migrants  to  comic  Italian  stereotypes  in  English-language  me-dia.  Different  responses  (such  as  amusement,  indifference,  or  resentment)  can  be  observed  in  relation  to  the  cultural  status  of  the  issues  addressed,  which  reflects  the  acceptance  of  certain  ideas  and  the  taboo-status  of  others.  Yet  there  are  also  striking  differences  in  the  reactions  to  such humorous clichés between first- and later-generation migrants. This shows that hybridity in humour is not an essential quality of the humorous text or artefact, but generated to a consider-able extent by the position and attitude of the audience of these jokes. },
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Chiaro2010b,
title = {‘In English Please!’ Lost in Translation: Little Britain and Italian Audiences},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.5040/9780755697397.ch-010},
isbn = {978-1-8451-1939-3},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
publisher = {Reading Little Britain},
abstract = {Delia Chiaro Although ‘British humour’ is a notion which exists within the Italian collective imagination, it is unlikely that individuals would be capable of exemplifying it through its sketch shows and sitcoms. Italian audiences, in fact, are fundamentally unfamiliar with British sketch shows and sitcoms because very few television products are imported from the UK and they, therefore, simply do not get the chance to see them. Following a discussion of the possible reasons for the absence of British comic products from Italian television, this chapter sets out to examine the issue of the culture-specificity of British humour – especially the role that the language barrier, and hence translation, plays in the export of audiovisual comedy to non-English-speaking countries such as Italy. After discussing the specific problems involved in translating and subtitling Little Britain.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2010bb,
title = {Migrating-remitting-'building'-dwelling: house-making as 'proxy' presence in postsocialist Albania},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
doi = {10.2307/40926179},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
journal = {Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute},
volume = {16},
number = {4},
pages = {761-777},
abstract = {This article examines the material culture of migration, focusing on migrants' house-making projects in their countries of birth. In particular, it examines the houses built or refurbished by Albanians in their home-country, which is no longer their place of permanent residence. This is a widespread phenomenon in Albania, but it is also a frequently appearing practice amongst other international migrants. Why do migrants living outside their home-countries build houses there even though they do not plan to return? I seek to answer this question in the case of Albania by focusing empirically on the process of constructing these houses, rather than merely on the material entity of the house as such. I propose that such 'house-making' by Albanian migrants is not only a simple house-building process; it also ensures a constant dwelling and dynamic 'proxy' presence for migrants in their community of origin. These ethnographic observations have further significance for the anthropological study of both houses and international migration. L'auteur examine la culture matérielle de la migration en attachant une attention particulière aux projets de construction de maison des migrants dans leur pays natal. Il examine en particulier les maisons construites ou rénovées par des Albanais dans leur pays natal, qui n'est plus leur lieu de résidence permanente. Ce phénomène, très répandu en Albanie, apparaît également souvent chez d'autres migrants dans le monde. Pourquoi des migrants vivant en dehors de leur pays construisent-ils des maisons dans celui-ci alors qu'ils n'ont pas l'intention d'y revenir ? L'auteur cherche à répondre à cette question, dans le cas de l'Albanie, en se concentrant empiriquement sur le processus de construction de ces maisons et non simplement sur l'entité matérielle que constitue la maison. Il suggère que « faire une maison » n'est pas seulement la construction d'une maison pour les migrants albanais : c'est aussi un moyen de s'assurer un lieu de résidence permanent et une présence « par procuration » dynamique dans leur communauté d'origine. Ces observations ethnographiques sont également riches d'enseignement pour l'étude anthropologique des maisons aussi bien que des migrations internationales.},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Dalakoglou2010bb,
title = {Mobile culture and immobile anthropology: towards an anthropology of the roads and flows},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2010bb,
title = {Qualitative Social Research of Migration: Anthropology of Migration, Material Culture and Understanding Flows},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
publisher = {Research Centre for Minority Groups-Vivliorama},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2010bb,
title = {Popular Literature Discourses in Athenian Suburbia: The Northern Suburbs},
author = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.4000/articulo.1571},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
journal = {Articulo - Journal of Urban Research},
abstract = {Suburbia, home to a life-style many people aspire to, could be seen as a marriage between urban and countryside life, and, as such, it should be seen as a vital arena for interdisciplinary research on the urban-rural paradigm. This paper explores the ways whereby discourses on what is stereotypically seen as posh northern Athens suburban culture (Voreia Proastia) are represented in popular literature. The main argument is that Voreia Proastia suburban culture could be seen as positioned on an urban/countryside continuum. This is grounded on the simple reason that, both at the speech level and in terms of lifestyle, it encompasses features of urban and rural worlds, the former associated with the “new-poor” or “elegant poverty” people, the latter with the “new-rich”.},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2010b,
title = {Substantive Dis-Embodiement, Syntactic Embedment},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Mick Grzesitchak and Evelyne Jacquey},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2010bb,
title = {Anne Dister et Marie-Louise Moreau, Féminiser? Vraiment pas sorcier. La féminisation des noms de métiers, fonctions, grades et titres.Louvain, De Boeck et Duculot, 2009, 207 p.},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = { 10.7202/045673ar},
year  = {2010},
date = {2010-01-01},
journal = {Recherches féministes},
volume = {23},
number = {2},
pages = {183–188},
abstract = {The book Feminize? Vraiment pas sorcier, written by Anne Dister and Marie-Louise Moreau, is the result of work published over the past fifteen years (see in particular Dister and Moreau (2006)) by these two Belgian sociolinguistic specialists, in the area of ​​linguistic policy and, in particular, feminization. The experience and expertise of the authors therefore guarantee a quality work, but also a sociolinguistic orientation, to which we will come back at the end of this report.
This book is divided into two main parts, explaining the why and the how of feminization, followed by appendices (list of women, extracts from blogs and forums, suggested exercises) as diverse as they are interesting. After a brief presentation of the distinction between gender and sex, the first part, about a hundred pages long, recalls why the question of feminization arose.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Jourdan2009b,
title = {Complexification or regularization of paradigms},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
doi = {10.1075/cll.35.10jou},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-12-16},
pages = {159-170},
publisher = {Complex Processes in New Languages},
abstract = {In Honiara, capital city of the Solomon Islands, speakers of the local variety of Pijin are making extensive usage of the transitive suffix -em (and its variants -im and -um) to transform prepositions into prepositional verbs: daon /down/ becomes daonem /to lower/; ap /up/ becomes apum /to raise/; insaet /inside/ becomes insaetim /to insert, to take inside/; aot /out/ becomes aotim /to remove/, etc. Looking at data gathered in Honiara since 1981, this paper will hypothesize that the formation of prepositional verbs in Solomon Island Pijin (SIP) is best understood as an instance of paradigmatic regularization that is also present in other parts of the morphosyntax. The paper will argue that: (1) simplification and complexification are not the only types of linguistic changes affecting the life of PCs (Pidgin and Creole language); and (2) that regularization is internally-induced, and may not be linked to any substrate or superstrate effect.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Duranti2009c,
title = {The Force of Language and its Temporal Unfolding},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
editor = {Kenneth Turner and Bruce Fraser},
doi = {10.1163/9789004253209_010},
isbn = {9789004253209},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-12-02},
booktitle = {Language in Life and a Life in Language: Jacob Mey},
pages = {63-71},
publisher = {Emerald Group Publishing Limited},
abstract = {Pragmatics as an interdisciplinary fi eld has expanded the concept of language as an object of  inquiry  to  include  the  use  of  language  by  its  speakers.  This  interest  among  pragmaticians   originated from two sets of observations: (1) some linguistic expressions cannot be understood without reference to the context of their use (e.g. personal pronouns and other deictic elements of linguistic systems) and (2) utterances not only describe the world or, rather, the experience of it,  but  also  act  upon  the  world,  affecting  our  experience  and  the  experience  of  others.  From  its  inception,  then,  pragmatics  has  been  two-faceted.  It  encouraged  an  expansion  of  the  notion  of  language both as a code and as action. In terms of language as a code, pragmaticians focused on the grammaticalization of contextual variants such as the social status of the speaker and hearer or their social relations. In terms of language as action, the focus has been on the conditions that allow for a given utterance to have certain conventional effects.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Deumert2009,
title = {Namibian Kiche Duits: The Making (and Decline) of a Neo-African Language},
author = {Ana Deumert},
doi = {10.1017/S1470542709990122},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-12-01},
journal = {Journal of Germanic Linguistics},
volume = {21},
number = {4},
pages = {349-417},
abstract = {This paper provides the first overview of the history, sociolinguistics, and structures of Namibian Kiche Duits (lit. “kitchen German”), which is today a dying contact variety. The analysis draws on archival records, colonial publications, and memoirs, as well as over 120 sociolinguistic interviews conducted in 2000. Early varieties of Namibian Kiche Duits emerged from 1900 under German colonial rule. The language was used primarily for inter-ethnic communication within the work context. However, speakers also “crossed” playfully into Kiche Duits in a number of within-group speech genres (competition games, scolding, banter, etc.), thus appropriating the colonial language—alongside cultural borrowings (Truppenspieler, “traditional” dress)—for new in-group practices. These within-group uses contributed to the linguistic stabilization of the language as well as the formation of new (post-)colonial (neo-African) identities.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2009,
title = {Narratives in interview The case of accounts: For an interactional approach to narrative genres},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1075/ni.19.2.03def},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-12-01},
journal = {Narrative inquiry},
volume = {19},
number = {2},
pages = {233-258},
abstract = {Narratives told in interview have become a central tool of data collection and analysis in a variety of disciplines within the social sciences. However, many researchers, particularly those who embrace a conversational analytic or ethnomethodological approach (see among others Schegloff, 1997; Goodwin, 1997), regard them as artificial and oppose them to naturally occurring stories, which they see as much richer and interesting sources of data and analysis. In this paper, I argue that the criticism against interview narratives has been justified by the lack of attention that many narrative analysts have shown towards the interview as a truly interactional context. However, I also point to some shortcomings that derive from this opposition between naturally occurring and interview narratives and to an alternative framework in which the stress is not on the kind of narrative data used for the analysis, but rather on the kind of narrative analysis that should be adopted. I argue that our methodologies of analysis cannot fail to take into account the way narratives shape and are shaped by the different contexts in which they are embedded and propose the study of narrative genres as a way of looking at the reciprocal influence of narratives and story-telling contexts. I illustrate this point looking at accounts as a genre.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2009b,
title = {Capturing translation processes to access metalinguistic awareness},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Maureen Ehrensberger-Dow},
doi = {10.1556 / Acr.10.2009.2.6},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-12-01},
journal = {Across Languages and Cultures},
volume = {10},
number = {2},
pages = {275–288},
abstract = {Despite the economic importance of translation work, research can hardly keep pace with current developments, especially the use of electronic resources. A growing body of literature on writing processes in various languages and domains (e.g. journalism, education) has provided insight into how professionals and students use language and language resources. However, the questions of how translators use electronic, non-electronic, and internal linguistic resources and of how novices and experts differ in this regard remain to be investigated in detail. A multi-method approach called rogression analysis, which combines ethnographic observation, interviews, computer logging, screenshot recordings, and cue-based retrospective verbalizations, has been used to explore differences between novice and expert journalists and lends itself ideally to the domain of translation. Progression analysis captures diverse aspects of translation processes as students and professionals translate and revise their texts and allows us to access their metalinguistic awareness in order to gain insight into their translation competence. The realization of this awareness in different strategies for translating to and from the translator’s dominant language is highlighted for the language combination German and English, and differences between novices’ and experts’ awareness of their revision processes and resource use are identified.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Essegbey2009,
title = {General Properties of the Clause},
author = {James Essegbey and Enoch O. Aboh},
doi = {10.1007/978-90-481-3189-1_3},
isbn = {978-90-481-3188-4},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-11-27},
urldate = {2009-11-27},
volume = {78},
pages = {39-64},
publisher = {Studies in Natural Language and Linguistic Theory},
abstract = {This chapter previews aspects of the clause structure in Kwa (e.g., argument structure, serialization, tense, mood, aspect marking). that the discussion on the INFL domain shows that the Kwa languages are analytic because they resort to free morphemes for marking tense, mood, and aspect, where synthetic languages display inflectional morphology. It appears that the position of the verb with respect to both the aspect markers and the internal argument is an indication of verb movement in these languages, which lack inflectional morphology of the Indo-European type. Next, we suggest that discourse particles (e.g., topic, focus, question) are functional elements whose syntax has repercussion on word order variation.
},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Essegbey2009b,
title = {The Phonology Syntax Interface},
author = {James Essegbey and Enoch O. Aboh},
doi = {10.1007/978-90-481-3189-1_1},
isbn = {978-90-481-3188-4},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-11-27},
urldate = {2009-11-27},
abstract = {This chapter discusses the “phonology–syntax interface”. It shows that the Kwa languages are tone languages like most West African languages. As such they use suprasegmatals (tonemes) in addition to phonemes to form morphemes. The suprasegmentals also play a role in syntax where they sometimes express aspect and modality, as well as signal a syntactic configuration (e.g., that between a head and its licensed complement).
},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Essegbey2009c,
title = {Inherent Complement Verbs and the Basic Double Object Construction in Gbe},
author = {James Essegbey},
doi = {10.1007/978-90-481-3189-1_8},
isbn = {978-90-481-3188-4},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-11-27},
urldate = {2009-11-27},
pages = {177-193},
abstract = {In this paper I argue that the basic complement order for the Double Object Construction in Ewegbe is Theme-Goal. This is because of the behavior of such verbs, as regarding preposing in the progressive and nominalization, the nya-construction, and pronominalization. Three verbs in the language allow for a Goal-Theme complement order in addition to the Theme-Goal order. In contrast, inherent complement verbs (ICVs) only allow for the basic order. I show that this analysis not only captures important generalizations in the Gbe languages, but it also throws light on some double object verbs that have been described as discontinuous words in other Kwa languages like Akan.},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Duranti2009b,
title = {The Relevance of Husserl’s Theory to Language Socialization},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
doi = {10.1111/j.1548-1395.2009.01031.x},
issn = {1055-1360},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-11-17},
urldate = {2009-11-17},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {19(2)},
pages = {205-226},
abstract = {This article suggests that the theory of language socialization could benefit from adopting some key concepts originally introduced by the philosopher Edmund Husserl in the first part of the twentieth century. In particular, it focuses on Husserl’s notion of “(phenomenological) modification,” to be understood as a change in “the natural attitude” that humans have toward the phenomenal world, their own actions included. After providing examples of different kinds of modifications in interpreting language and listening to music, Husserl’s notion of “theoretical attitude” (a modification of “the natural attitude”) is introduced and shown to be common in adult conversations as well as in interactions between adults and young children. A reanalysis of an exchange previously examined by Platt (1986) between a Samoan mother and her son is provided to show the benefits of an integration of phenomenological and interactional perspectives on adult-child discourse. Finally, it is suggested that the failure sometimes experienced by children and adults to adopt new ways of being may be due to the accumulated effects of modifications experienced earlier in life which make it difficult if not impossible to retrieve earlier, premodificational ways of being.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@proceedings{Sitaridou2009b,
title = {On the loss of the masculine genitive plural in Cypriot Greek Language contact or internal evolution?},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou and Marina Terkourafi
},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-11-01},
journal = {Historical Linguistics 2007},
number = {161-174},
publisher = {John benjamins},
abstract = {The case system of Greek has undergone extensive changes, most notably loss of the dative and reorganisation of the genitive. The clear winner of this situation is the accusative. In this paper we investigate one more instance whereby the accusative wins out over the genitive: the loss of the genitive plural from the masculine nominal paradigm of Cypriot Greek. Noted in descriptions of the dialect since the 19th century —and persisting, albeit somewhat attenuated, to this day— this phenomenon has been attributed both to internal evolution (analogy) and to external factors (contact with French). We assess these two explanations from a structural and from a sociolinguistic perspective, and highlight some problematic areas that ought to be investigated before we can arrive at a more comprehensive view of how this change came about.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {proceedings}
}
@article{French2009,
title = {Linguistic Science and Nationalist Revolution: Expert Knowledge and the Making of Sameness in Pre-Independence Ireland},
author = {Brigittine French},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404509990455},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-11-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {38},
number = {5},
pages = {607 - 625},
abstract = {This article examines the linguistic ideological work entailed in the analyses of Irish by the “revolutionary scholar” and cofounder of the Gaelic League, Eoin MacNeill. It does so to discern one central way in which the essentialized link between the Irish language and a unified Irish people became an efficacious political construction during the armed struggle for independence in the early 20th century. It shows how MacNeill used authoritative linguistic science to engender nationalist sentiment around Irish through semiotic processes even as he challenged a dominant conception of language prevalent in European nationalist movements and social thought. The essay argues that MacNeill wrote against the unilateral valorization of codified linguistic homogeneity and embraced the heterogeneous variation of spoken discourse even as he sought to consolidate Irish national identity through sameness claims. This critical examination suggests that scholars of nationalism reconsider the taken-for-granted homogenizing efforts of nationalist endeavors that are ubiquitously presumed to negatively sanction linguistic variation. (Nationalism, linguistic ideology, Ireland, semiotics, heterogeneity, Eoin MacNeill, Gaelic League, Europe, scientific knowledge).},
keywords = {Brigittine French},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2009b,
title = {From space to spatialization in narrative studies},
author = {Anna De Fina},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-10-29},
journal = {Globalization and language in contact: Scale, migration and communicative practices},
volume = {109},
pages = {129},
abstract = {The complex processes of reconfiguration of material and symbolic spaces connected with globalization have brought to the forefront the need for sociolinguistics to rethink its fundamental theoretical concepts and methodological tools. As Kearney stated almost two decades ago, an understanding of global processes implies a shift and a ‘reconfiguration of the images and assumptions of several basic world-view universals, namely space, time and classification’(1995: 549). In this chapter I focus on the reconfiguring of the concept of space, specifically for narrative analysis and narrative theory. I start by talking about the motivations for this theoretical shift in sociolinguistics and anthropology. Then I discuss the implications of a reconfiguration of space for narrative analysis. In the third part of this chapter I concentrate on spatialization as a key concept in the new agenda for narrative analysis and I conclude with some examples of how spatialization can be studied in narrative discourse.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta2009,
title = {The Song of the Nonaligned World: Transnational Identities and the Reinscription of Space in Late Capitalism},
author = {Akhil Gupta},
doi = {10.1525/can.1992.7.1.02a00050},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-10-28},
journal = {Cultural Anthropology},
volume = {7},
number = {1},
pages = {63 - 79},
abstract = {contingent form of organizing space in the world. National identity appears to be firmly spatialized and seemingly immutable, becoming almost a "natural" marker of cultural and social difference. This article problematizes nationalism by juxtaposing it and other forms of spatial commitment and identity, particularly transnational ones. In so doing, it seeks to illuminate the specificity of nationalism in the postcolonial world. Beginning with the premise that the structures of feeling (R. Williams 1961:48-71) that produce a location called "the nation" are not identical in differently situated places, I wish to conceptualize the vastly dissimilar structural positions occupied by First and Third World' nationalisms by locating them with respect to late capitalism and to the postcolonial world order. Connecting such global phenomena with questions of place and identity is consonant with recent moves in anthropological theory that urge us to go beyond "the field" to see how transnationalism refracts and shapes "the local."2 The changing global configuration of postcoloniality and late capitalism have resulted in the repartitioning and reinscription of space. These developments have had profound implications for the imagining of national homelands and for the discursive construction of nationalism. To grasp the nature of these changes, we need to be bifocal in our analytical vision. On the one side, we need to investigate processes of place making, of how feelings of belonging to an imagined community bind identity to spatial location such that differences between communities and places are created. At the same time, we also need to situate these processes within systemic developments that reinscribe and reterritorialize space in the global political economy. To spell out the argument, I make extensive use of two examples of nonnational collectivities: the Nonaligned Movement (NAM) and the European Community (EC). The examination of imagined communities that transgress the spa},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Benjamin2009,
title = {Affixes, Austronesian and iconicity in Malay},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
doi = {10.1163/22134379-90003637},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-10-13},
journal = {Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde},
volume = {165},
number = {2 & 3},
pages = {291-323},
abstract = {Explanations are offered for the puzzling differences between the forms and meanings of the Malay affixes and those of the broader Austronesian affixal system from which they derive. Oral-gesture iconicity is involved in the encoding of meanings that have both language-internal and social significance. The various verbal prefixes can be analysed both historically and iconically as different combinations of (1) a labial series (m , b , p ) indicating ‘source orientation’ with (2) r ‘iterative’ and (3) ( )N ‘process marker’. The full range of forms becomes apparent only if a sufficiently wide range of Malay and Malayic speech-varieties, both ancient and modern, are brought to bear on the discussion. The different meanings and functions associated with the various prefixes are motivated by the different semantic concerns engendered by the social and cultural circumstances peculiar to each of the speech-varieties.},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2009bb,
title = {m4Lit: a teen m-novel project in South Africa},
author = {Ana Deumert and Steve Vosloo and Marion Walton},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-10-01},
journal = {Proceedings of mLearn},
pages = {207-211},
abstract = {The m4Lit (mobile phones for literacy) pilot project will create a mobile novel (m-novel), published on a mobisite in English and in isiXhosa, to explore ways of supporting teen leisure reading and writing around fictional texts in South Africa, using mobile media. The story will be published serially and invite readers to interact with it as it unfolds - teens will vote on and discuss the unfolding plot, leave comments, and finally submit a written piece as part of a competition. The study will contribute to the understanding of mobile literacies, from a new literacy studies perspective. Author Keywords mobile phones; m-novel; teenagers; South Africa; new literacy studies; new literacies; literacy.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2009,
title = {Managing Misunderstandings: The Role of Language in Interdisciplinary Scientific Collaboration},
author = {Elizabeth Keating and Marko Synésio Alves Monteiro},
doi = {10.1177/1075547008330922},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-09-30},
urldate = {2009-09-30},
journal = {Science Communication},
volume = {31},
number = {1},
pages = {6-28},
abstract = {This article explores how scientists communicate with each other in interdisciplinary collaborative work. It is based on ethnographic research conducted with one such group, which is building a predictive computer model of heat transfer in prostate tissues. The analysis identifies strategies scientists use in their communication practices, including managing different understandings of the validity of knowledge, partial understandings among participants, and interpretive discipline crossing in group meetings. The ideas of productive misunderstandings and of registration as correlating distinct knowledge domains are used to interpret how scientists must manage their unshared backgrounds as part of the collaborative scientific work.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2009,
title = {Mazzini e Linton: Una democrazia europea (1845-1855)},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1093/ehr/cep246},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-09-17},
urldate = {2009-09-17},
journal = {The English Historical Review},
volume = {CXXIV},
number = {510},
pages = {1187-1188},
abstract = {In a series of important books and articles published since 1999, Salvo Mastellone has brought about a major revision of our understanding of Giuseppe Mazzini (1805–72) and his relationship with other democratic traditions in mid-nineteenth-century Europe. Despite Denis Mack Smith's work, the pre-Mastellone consensus was that, throughout his life and career, the Italian revolutionary was influenced almost exclusively by French political thought, particularly that of Condorcet and Saint Simon. Mazzini's London exile was generally regarded as a phase of his life during which he neither modified nor altered his ideology, although he did apply it to the realities and problems of which he became aware—such as the labour movement and the co-operative system.},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2009b,
title = {Laure Bereni, Sébastien Chauvin, Alexandre Jaunait et Anne Revillard, Introduction aux Gender Studies. Manuel des études sur le genre. Bruxelles, Collection « Ouvertures politiques », De Boeck, 2008, 248 p.},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {145 DOI:10.7202/039215ar},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-09-03},
journal = {Recherches Féministes},
volume = {22},
number = {2},
pages = {30-50},
abstract = {From the outset, it is important to specify that this book constitutes an excellent starting point for any course in gender studies whether it is of sociological or political obedience (the audience apparently targeted) or other (philosophical, anthropological, linguistic, etc.). etc.). The clear organization of the chapters as well as the presentation of a dense material lightened by the presence of very didactic boxes and useful summaries at the end of the chapter indeed facilitate the use of this book as a course manual for university audiences. From a content point of view, each chapter critically questions the fundamental concepts in the discipline and relates these concepts to the most current debates. However.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2009,
title = {Africa - China relations: symmetry, soft power, and South Africa},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-09-01},
journal = {China Review},
volume = {9},
number = {2},
pages = {169 - 178},
abstract = {Africa-China relations have not reached an apogee but they have gathered steam. Two important issues within this are whether the relationship between the two parts of the world is symmetrical or asymmetrical and the exact role of soft power in this constellation. This paper takes positions on these arguments and proposes that prominent economies on the African continent such as South Africa have an important role to play in ensuring a symmetrical relationship in which Africa can also take part in a symmetrical cultural diplomacy with China, such as in the setting up of Mandela Institutes in China.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vigouroux2009,
title = {The making of a scription: A case study on authority and authorship},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux},
doi = {10.1515/TEXT.2009.032},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-09-01},
journal = {Text & Talk - TEXT TALK},
volume = {29},
number = {5},
pages = {615-637},
abstract = {In this article I examine a collaborative transcription activity between an American linguistic anthropologist and her two French consultants. Transcription is analyzed here as a discursive process between the three co-transcribers that shapes a locally and interactionally produced document: the scription. Instead of examining the transcription as a product, the tradition in the literature, I focus on the process that produces the scription as text. I show how the co-transcribers' verbalizations of their choices enable us to understand how a scription is constructed from and around layers of authorships and conflictive authorities. I argue that a transcription process should be conceived of as a chain of embedded activities (viz., listening, reading, video watching, and writing). I show how these activities unfold sequentially, each of them providing a (re)contextualizing frame for the next. I submit that a transcription is a complex process of entextualizations spread over several points in time, whereas a scription mediates further entextualizations through its own circulation.},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams2009,
title = {Comprehensive linguistic study of the use of Irish in the Gaeltacht: principal findings and recommendations},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1080/01434630903148755},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-09-01},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {30},
number = {5},
pages = {459-461},
abstract = {This report presents the findings of the research project the Comprehensive Linguistic Study on the Use of Irish in the Gaeltacht, and consists of two parts: an executive summary of the report, detailing the principal findings, conclusions and proposals, published here in print format, and the complete report available on the accompanying CD. The English version of the executive summary has been adapted from the concluding section of the complete report, which was originally prepared in Irish.
This report was prepared for the Department of Community, Rural and Gaeltacht Affairs in fulfilment of the research contract commissioned by the Department with Acadamh na hOllscolaíochta Gaeilge, National University of Ireland, Galway, in conjunction with the National Institute for Regional and Spatial Analysis, National University of Ireland, Maynooth. The primary aim of the research project (conducted between April 2004 and October 2006) was to provide up-to-date data and cogent analysis with regard to the use of the Irish language in the contemporary Gaeltacht. The Gaeltacht Commission Report 2002 highlighted the need to make linguistic data available to the State as part of the review process of the Gaeltacht status afforded to various communities in seven counties.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2009bb,
title = {Public storytelling in convergent media. Thoroughly examine the key journalistic qualification of writing},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Christine Albrecht and Roman Dörig and Wibke Weber and Peter Stücheli-Herlach and Guido Keel},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-09-01},
journal = {Zeitschrift Schreiben},
pages = {2-8},
abstract = {Budding cultural journalists and communicators produce a dossier for a multimodal architecture magazine as part of their master’s degree. Using this example, the present article examines the didactic complexity of collaborative writing projects in realistic work environments. It first outlines the professional field of action public storytelling in convergent media (see Part 1), then determines the success factors in this field of action (2), describes the development of a didactically appropriate text production workshop (3), shows the implementation with a focus on cooperation and process reflection and self-assessment (4) and concludes that the review of complex writing activities can be a catalyst for the integration of knowledge, methods and attitudes of professional media-convergent journalism (5).},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Katan2009b,
title = {Occupation or profession A survey of the translators' world},
author = {David Katan},
doi = {10.1075/tis.4.2.04kat},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-09-01},
journal = {Translation and Interpreting Studies},
volume = {4},
number = {2},
pages = {187-209},
abstract = {The main aim of this paper is to report on an online questionnaire which focused on translator and interpreter perception of their working world, their mindset or Weltanshauung , and the impact of Translation Studies and university training on that world. Questions, both closed and open-ended, addressed academic/professional training, present role(s) and attitudes and beliefs about ‘the profession’ itself. Nearly 1000 respondents replied to the questionnaire worldwide. Particular questions focused on how translation should be taught, the role and status of the profession (ideally and in practice), and on personal satisfaction. The results show that university training has had little impact, and that this group of respondents have relatively little interest in the university itself in comparison with lifelong learning, with most emphasis placed on practice and self-development. Members of the group feel themselves to be ‘professional’ due to their specialized knowledge and abilities. However, their professionalism is mainly limited to their responsibilities to the text itself, and there is relatively little interest in the wider context. They are acutely aware of the lack of public recognition, and both the interpreters and the translators agree that translators in particular suffer from a markedly lower social status. However, only a minority of the respondents feel the need to change the status quo and satisfy trait theory criteria regarding professional recognition, possibly because the vast majority of respondents are more than satisfied with their job. In conclusion, it appears that translation can still only be categorized as an occupation rather than as a profession, and it is suggested that a new role be created with its own university course to cater to the professional language provider.},
keywords = {David Katan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Connell2009,
title = {Defaka and Ijo: A reassessment of the Ijoid relationship},
author = {Bruce Connell and Ebitare Obikudo and Akinbiyi Akinlabi and Ozo-Mekuri Ndimele and Will Bennett and Inoma Essien},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-08-01},
booktitle = {Documenting Defaka and Nkoroo},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Chiaro2009bb,
title = {Cultural divide or unifying factor?},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.1075/pbns.182.10chi},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-07-03},
pages = {211 - 232},
publisher = {Humor in Interaction},
abstract = {This essay sets out to explore a positive aspect of bilingual cross-cultural couples in long term relationships, namely the occurrence of what is considered a harmonious factor: humour. The results of a purpose-built questionnaire completed by 59 couples sheds light on a series of socio and psycholinguistic aspects of their daily relationship including language choice and attitudes in the domain of the couples’ ludic interaction, such as when they joke with each other verbally and their use of humorous talk. This essay reports the findings of the processed data that emerged from the questionnaires as well as qualitative data deriving from a series of semi-structured interviews. I love you, I love you , I love you, that’s all I want to say, until I find a way, I will say the only words I know that you’ll understand, my Michelle. (Lennon-McCartney)},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Bodomo2009b,
title = {Classifiers do not equal determiners},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Wu Yicheng},
doi = {10.1162/ling.2009.40.3.487},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-07-01},
journal = {Linguistic Inquiry},
volume = {40},
number = {3},
pages = {1 - 38},
abstract = {Cheng and Sybesma (1999, 2005) argue that classifiers in Chinese are equivalent to a definite article. We argue against this position on empirical grounds, drawing attention to the fact that semantically, syntactically, and functionally, Chinese classifiers are not on the same footing as definite determiners. We also show that compared with Cheng and Sybesma's ClP analysis of Chinese NPs (in particular, Cantonese NPs, on which their proposal crucially relies), a consistent DP analysis is not only fully justified but strongly supported.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Bodomo2009e,
title = {Computer-Mediated Communication for Linguistics and Literacy: Technology and Natural Language Education},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.4018/978-1-60566-868-0},
isbn = {978-1-60566-868-0},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-07-01},
publisher = {Information Science Reference - Imprint of: IGI Publishing},
abstract = {Due to the complex diversity and multi-disciplinary nature of computer-mediated communication, a reference source solely dedicated to the subject's direct influence on literacy and language becomes imperative among educators. Computer-Mediated Communication for Linguistics and Literacy: Technology and Natural Language Education fills a void within research due to its clear and direct focus on the interactions between human language and communication technologies. Containing extensive research and analysis, this authoritative collection examines the practical implications and applications of how computers can be used to process natural languages for the design of communication systems and devices. http://www.igi-global.com/book/computer-mediated-communication-linguistics-literacy/187},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Michaud2009,
title = {Approaching the prosodic system of Shixing},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Katia Chirkova},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-07-01},
journal = {Language and Linguistics},
volume = {3},
number = {3},
pages = {539-568},
abstract = {This article focuses on the prosodic organization of Shixing, a tonal Sino-Tibetan language spoken in the South-West of China. It is essentially based on an experiment that explores the derivational relationship between the three contrastive tones on monosyllables, /H/, /L/ and /HL/, and the three contrastive tones on phonological words of two syllables or more, likewise /H/, /L/ and /HL/. The process of tone derivation in phonological words of two syllables or more is determined by the presence or absence of lexical tone on the initial element of the phonological word (a morpheme or a word) as well as by the length and compo-sition of the phonological word. The observed phenomena of tone derivation are here explained under the assumption that a prosodic domain in Shixing is characterized by metrical stress, which is the location for the insertion of either of the three lexical tones. The default location of stress is domain-initial. The lexical tone of a stressed syllable in initial position spreads onto the remaining syllables, followed, in the case of the lexical /L/ tone, by the addition of a postlexical [H] tone. In tonal domains that begin with a toneless syllable (e.g. prefix or proclitic), stress is shifted to the first stressable syllable to its right; the contrast between /L/ and /HL/ neutralizes to /L/, while /H/ remains unchanged. When the first stressable syllable is two syllables apart from the domain-initial position, all three tones are neutralized to /L/.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2009c,
title = {Approaching the prosodic system of Shixing},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Katia Chirkova},
url = {https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-00336149},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-07-01},
journal = {Language and Linguistics},
volume = {10},
number = {3},
pages = {539-568},
abstract = {This article focuses on the prosodic organization of Shixing, a tonal Sino-Tibetan language spoken in the South-West of China. It is essentially based on an experiment that explores the derivational relationship between the three contrastive tones on monosyllables, /H/, /L/ and /HL/, and the three contrastive tones on phonological words of two syllables or more, likewise /H/, /L/ and /HL/. The process of tone derivation in phonological words of two syllables or more is determined by the presence or absence of lexical tone on the initial element of the phonological word (a morpheme or a word) as well as by the length and compo-sition of the phonological word. The observed phenomena of tone derivation are here explained under the assumption that a prosodic domain in Shixing is characterized by metrical stress, which is the location for the insertion of either of the three lexical tones. The default location of stress is domain-initial. The lexical tone of a stressed syllable in initial position spreads onto the remaining syllables, followed, in the case of the lexical /L/ tone, by the addition of a postlexical [H] tone. In tonal domains that begin with a toneless syllable (e.g. prefix or proclitic), stress is shifted to the first stressable syllable to its right; the contrast between /L/ and /HL/ neutralizes to /L/, while /H/ remains unchanged. When the first stressable syllable is two syllables apart from the domain-initial position, all three tones are neutralized to /L/.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2009,
title = {Hispanic Television Activity: Is It Related to Vitality Perceptions?},
author = {Howard Giles and Jessica R. Abrams},
doi = {10.1080/08824090903074456},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-07-01},
urldate = {2009-07-01},
journal = {Communication Research Reports},
volume = {26},
number = {3},
pages = {247-252},
abstract = {Guided by previous research, this examination continues to test the social identity gratifications approach by investigating whether ethnic group membership is a motivation for Hispanics when selecting and avoiding television. It was proposed that individuals' level of ethnic identity would predict television selection and avoidance and, more important, television selection and avoidance would predict vitality, or how Hispanics perceive their group in the social hierarchy. Results support the hypotheses. Level of ethnic identity is related to both television selection and avoidance, and television selection and avoidance for ethnic identity gratifications predicts vitality perceptions.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2009b,
title = {Power and Pragmatics},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.1111/j.1749-818X.2009.00148.x},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-07-01},
urldate = {2009-07-01},
journal = {Language and Linguistics Compass},
volume = {3},
number = {4},
pages = {996-1009},
abstract = {Language is an important means through which power relations are created and negotiated. In addition to everyday choices speakers make about their own language use, variations in ways of talking are related to local theories of power, status, identity, self, ethnicity, class, and gender. Grammatical and lexical choices, choices in forms of address and reference, turn-taking, narratives of cause and effect, genre, and stylistic performance, as well as the organization of space for talk and participation, embodied behaviors, and silence are used as elements in the distribution of power. Power and language are connected through the marking of certain encounters and contexts as requiring particular types of language use, the privileging of certain types of language, who may or may not speak in certain settings, which contexts are appropriate for which types of speech and which for silence, what types of talk are appropriate to persons of different statuses and roles, norms for requesting and giving information, and practices for alternating between speakers. Pragmatic uses of language are an important tool for constructing social difference and distinctions between individuals in terms of efficacy and power.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2009b,
title = {The Catholic Church and the Protestant State. Nineteenth-century Irish realities},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1017/S0022046909008641},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-07-01},
urldate = {2009-07-01},
journal = {The Journal of Ecclesiastical History},
volume = {60},
number = {3},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2009,
title = {Coming-out stories and the 'gay imaginary'},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-06-19},
journal = {Sociolinguistic Studies},
volume = {3},
number = {1},
pages = {1-36},
abstract = {Although research has shown that those struggling with their same-sex desire often rely on print materials to help them understand their sexuality, the language use in these resources has rarely been studied. Exploring the relationship among genre, social change and socialization, this article examines coming-out narratives published in print and electronic media. It argues that these narratives are more like public testimonies than personal stories. Through metanarration, the COMING OUT AS A JOURNEY metaphor and the grammatical structuring of events, writers recount their own experiences to illustrate messages regarding the processual nature of coming out, the transformation of the self through coming out, and the transformation of relationships with others through coming out.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2009b,
title = {Coming-out stories and the 'gay imaginary'},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-06-19},
journal = {Sociolinguistic Studies},
volume = {3},
number = {1},
pages = {1-36},
abstract = {Although research has shown that those struggling with their same-sex desire often rely on print materials to help them understand their sexuality, the language use in these resources has rarely been studied. Exploring the relationship among genre, social change and socialization, this article examines coming-out narratives published in print and electronic media. It argues that these narratives are more like public testimonies than personal stories. Through metanarration, the COMING OUT AS A JOURNEY metaphor and the grammatical structuring of events, writers recount their own experiences to illustrate messages regarding the processual nature of coming out, the transformation of the self through coming out, and the transformation of relationships with others through coming out.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2009b,
title = {Coming-out stories and the 'gay imaginary'},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-06-19},
journal = {Sociolinguistic Studies},
volume = {3},
number = {1},
pages = {1-36},
abstract = {Although research has shown that those struggling with their same-sex desire often rely on print materials to help them understand their sexuality, the language use in these resources has rarely been studied. Exploring the relationship among genre, social change and socialization, this article examines coming-out narratives published in print and electronic media. It argues that these narratives are more like public testimonies than personal stories. Through metanarration, the COMING OUT AS A JOURNEY metaphor and the grammatical structuring of events, writers recount their own experiences to illustrate messages regarding the processual nature of coming out, the transformation of the self through coming out, and the transformation of relationships with others through coming out.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2009b,
title = {Coming-out stories and the 'gay imaginary'},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-06-19},
journal = {Sociolinguistic Studies},
volume = {3},
number = {1},
pages = {1-36},
abstract = {Although research has shown that those struggling with their same-sex desire often rely on print materials to help them understand their sexuality, the language use in these resources has rarely been studied. Exploring the relationship among genre, social change and socialization, this article examines coming-out narratives published in print and electronic media. It argues that these narratives are more like public testimonies than personal stories. Through metanarration, the COMING OUT AS A JOURNEY metaphor and the grammatical structuring of events, writers recount their own experiences to illustrate messages regarding the processual nature of coming out, the transformation of the self through coming out, and the transformation of relationships with others through coming out.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2009b,
title = {Coming-out stories and the 'gay imaginary'},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-06-19},
journal = {Sociolinguistic Studies},
volume = {3},
number = {1},
pages = {1-36},
abstract = {Although research has shown that those struggling with their same-sex desire often rely on print materials to help them understand their sexuality, the language use in these resources has rarely been studied. Exploring the relationship among genre, social change and socialization, this article examines coming-out narratives published in print and electronic media. It argues that these narratives are more like public testimonies than personal stories. Through metanarration, the COMING OUT AS A JOURNEY metaphor and the grammatical structuring of events, writers recount their own experiences to illustrate messages regarding the processual nature of coming out, the transformation of the self through coming out, and the transformation of relationships with others through coming out.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2009,
title = {'Critical' aspects of language: Complex syntax and morphology},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
doi = {10.1515/ZFSW.2009.009},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-06-05},
urldate = {2009-06-05},
journal = {Zeitschrift für Sprachwissenschaft},
volume = {28},
number = {1},
pages = {79-86},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2009bb,
title = {Hybridity versus Revivability: Multiple Causation, Forms and Patterns},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1163 / 000000009792497788},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Language Contact},
volume = {2},
number = {2},
abstract = {The aim of this article is to suggest that due to the ubiquitous multiple causation, the revival of a no-longer spoken language is unlikely without cross-fertilization from the revivalists' mother tongue(s). Thus, one should expect revival efforts to result in a language with a hybridic genetic and typological character. The article highlights salient morphological constructions and categories, illustrating the difficulty in determining a single source for the grammar of Israeli, somewhat misleadingly a.k.a. 'Modern Hebrew'. The European impact in these features is apparent inter alia in structure, semantics or productivity. Multiple causation is manifested in the Congruence Principle, according to which if a feature exists in more than one contributing language, it is more likely to persist in the emerging language. Consequently, the reality of linguistic genesis is far more complex than a simple family tree system allows. 'Revived' languages are unlikely to have a single parent. The multisourced nature of Israeli and the role of the Congruence Principle in its genesis have implications for historical linguistics, language planning and the study of language, culture and identity.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Cardoso2009b,
title = {Linguistic traces of colonial structure},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-05-05},
urldate = {2009-05-05},
journal = {Linguistic Identity in Postcolonial Multilingual Spaces},
pages = {164-181},
abstract = {This article aims at exploring to what extent the distribution of allegiance to a former colonial language in a post-colonial setting mirrors the social structures set up by the former rulers. The present case study refers to the usage of Indo-Portuguese (henceforth IP) on the island of Diu, India, which was a Portuguese possession from 1535 until as late as 1961. It will become apparent that IP is not the same as standard (European) Portuguese (henceforth SP), the code employed and promoted by the former political administration. We are in fact dealing with a linguistic setting where a creole language (IP), its main lexifier (SP) and the area’s autochthonous language (Gujarati) have for a long time co-existed. While in truth Diu IP (henceforth referred to as DIP) retains for many Diuese the same attitudinal attraction or repulsion as that of SP, awareness of its divergence on the part of those skilled in IP adds a new layer of language interaction where the notion of prestige operates.
Section 2 is a survey of former attempts at categorising and formalising the interplay between language use and the definition of social groups/ethnicities. Given the topic at hand, I pay particular attention to discussions of multilingual societies and the role of language in defining social categories. },
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Weinberg2009,
title = {On the Social Construction of Social Problems and Social Problems Theory: A Contribution to the Legacy of John Kitsuse},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
doi = {10.1007/s12108-008-9059-5},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-05-01},
urldate = {2009-05-01},
journal = {The American Sociologist},
volume = {40},
number = {1},
pages = {61-78},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Kirby2009,
title = {Linguistic experience in tone perception.},
author = {James Kirby},
doi = {10.1121/1.4784727},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-05-01},
urldate = {2009-05-01},
journal = {The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America},
volume = {125},
issue = {4},
pages = {2771},
abstract = {This paper examines the effect of regional dialect on tone perception. Thirty speakers of Northern and Southern Vietnamese performed an AX discrimination task using natural speech tokens of Northern (NVN) speech. NVN distinguishes six tones, three of which are produced with creaky voice, while Southern Vietnamese (SVN) distinguishes only five tones, none of which are canonically produced with creaky voice; however, both groups of listeners have shown some sensitivity to voice quality as well as F0 cues (Brunelle, 2008). While the results of hierarchical cluster analysis show both Northern and Southern listeners broadly group tones by F0 onset, multidimensional scaling shows the effects of dialect-specific perception: despite some familiarity with NVN speech, SVN listeners did not adjust their perceptual cue space when listening to NVN talkers. As a result, tones with similar F0 profiles but different voice qualities were more likely to be confused by SVN listeners. This is consistent with studies showing that perceptual processes are organized in a language-specific fashion, with the acoustic cue space weighted by phonological relevance to L1 perception (Werker and Tees, 1999; Strange, 2002). It is argued that language-specific prosodic as well as segmental experience affects speech processing at the prelexical level.
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Duranti2009,
title = {Linguistic Anthropology: A Reader, 2nd Edition},
editor = {Alessandro Duranti},
isbn = {978-1-405-12632-8},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-05-01},
pages = {534 Pages},
publisher = {Wiley-Blackwell},
edition = {2nd Edition},
abstract = {Linguistic Anthropology: A Reader is a comprehensive collection of the best work that has been published in this exciting and growing area of anthropology, and is organized to provide a guide to key issues in the study of language as a cultural resource and speaking as a cultural practice.
Revised and updated, this second edition contains eight new articles on key subjects, including speech communities, the power and performance of language, and narratives
Selections are both historically oriented and thematically coherent, and are accessibly grouped according to four major themes: speech community and communicative competence; the performance of language; language socialization and literacy practices; and the power of language
An extensive introduction provides an original perspective on the development of the field and highlights its most compelling issues
Each section includes a brief introductory statement, sets of guiding questions, and list of recommended readings on the main topics},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Giles2009b,
title = {Harmony and Discord: The Music of Intergroup Relations},
author = {Howard Giles and David Hamilton and John M. Hajda},
doi = {10.1177/1368430209102207},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-04-17},
urldate = {2009-04-17},
journal = {Group Processes & Intergroup Relations},
volume = {12},
number = {3},
pages = {290-290},
abstract = {Music is a social phenomenon, human product, and a form of communication between composer , performer, and audience. It directly affects most individuals' lives and plays a crucial role in constructing, communicating, and ritualizing collectivities. Indeed, it is amongst the most highly structured cultural expressions refl ecting social groups' essential values. Music, then, is a signifi cant dimension of personal and particularly social identity, relating as it does to nationalities, ethnicities, religions, politics, age groups and generations, genders and sexual orientations. This Special Issue is devoted to providing a coherent, culturally-diverse set of contributions exploring the roles of music in intergroup dynamics.
},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2009c,
title = {Striking a Chord: A Prelude to Music and Intergroup Relations Research},
author = {Howard Giles and Amanda Denes and David Hamilton and John M. Hajda},
doi = {10.1177/1368430209102840},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-04-17},
urldate = {2009-04-17},
journal = {Group Processes & Intergroup Relations},
volume = {12},
number = {3},
pages = {291-301},
abstract = {This article explores the relationships between music and intergroup relations, invoking social identity as an integrative framework. In addition to briefly relating the articles constituting this Special Issue on `music and intergroup relations' to the foregoing, an array of exciting theoretical possibilities for further research and collaborations pursuing this under-investigated domain of intergroup relations is presented.
},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sitaridou2009,
title = {On the Emergence of Personal Infinitives in the History of Spanish},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
doi = {10.1075/dia.26.1.02sit},
issn = {0176-4225},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-04-09},
journal = {Diachronica},
volume = {26},
number = {1},
pages = {36-64},
abstract = {The aim of this article is twofold: (a) To evaluate the learned source for the rise of personal infinitives in the history of Spanish, and (b) to address the issue of the origin of personal infinitives from the perspective of language acquisition. It is argued, by means of novel empirical evidence derived from the Corpus del Español , that the Latin Accusativus cum Infinitivo source is responsible for the personal infinitive in complement position in Old Castilian (in line with Pountain 1998). However, this learned source is not the source of the Modern Spanish personal infinitive in adjunct position. For the latter, an acquisitional scenario is put forward whereby changes in the primary linguistic data (cf. Lightfoot 1999) made adjunct personal infinitives possible.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Jourdan2009bb,
title = {Bilingualism and creolization in Solomon Islands},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
doi = {10.1075/cll.34.18jou},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-04-08},
pages = {245-256},
publisher = {Gradual Creolization: Studies celebrating Jacques Arends},
abstract = {The paper takes a cultural approach to the study of creolization and argues that the expansion of Pijin as the lingua franca of the Solomon Islands was curtailed, during the greater part of its social history (1) by the fact that most adults were bilingual or multilingual and (2) that Pijin was not associated with a cultural world that had legitimacy in the mind of Pijin speakers. The paper starts with a presentation of the nature and extent of multilingualism in the history of the Solomon Islands and Honiara, capital city of the country; it continues with a discussion of the process of creolization understood as inherently linked to social change. The conclusion argues that creolization takes place gradually.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Cardoso2009c,
title = {Gradual creolization: studies celebrating Jacques Arends},
author = {Hugo Cardoso and R. Selbach and Margot van den Berg},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-04-08},
urldate = {2009-04-08},
volume = {34},
abstract = {Is creolization an abrupt or a gradual process? In this volume leading scholars provide both comparative and case studies that outline their working definitions and their views on the particular or average time depth, or key processes necessary for contact language formation, providing a state-of-the art assessment of the theory of gradual creolization. Authors scrutinize the roles of nativization, demography, initial settlement, language composition, koineization, adstrate presence, bilingualism, as well as a variety of structural features in pidgins, creoles and other contact languages world-wide. From Pacific to Atlantic, French-, English-, Dutch-, Portuguese-and other-lexified restructured varieties are covered. Syntactic, lexical, phonological, historical and socio-cultural studies are grouped into Part 1, Linguistic analysis, and Part 2, Social reconstruction. This volume provides the multi-faceted groundwork and expert discussion that will help formulate further a model of gradual creolization, as called for by the work of the late Jacques Arends.},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2009,
title = {Pragmatic cooperation revisited: Resistance and non-cooperation as a discursive strategy in asymmetrical discourses},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1016/j.pragma.2008.09.021},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-04-01},
urldate = {2009-04-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {41},
number = {4},
pages = {649-666},
abstract = {It is widely assumed in the pragmatics literature that human communication is rational and logical. It is commonly described as a cooperative endeavour where speakers are oriented towards a common purpose or goal, which is to make the interaction succeed, even though this may sometimes appear not to be the case. This article offers a critical discussion of Gricean cooperation. It analyses examples of student–teacher dialogues which show that non-cooperation and non-accommodation may be employed as the preferred discourse strategy, and that the aim of communication may be to miscommunicate rather than to communicate successfully. It is suggested that ‘meaning’ in language only makes sense in the light of the social and psychological conditions under which language is produced, and that the notion of cooperation should be analyzed in terms of what people want to obtain by their communication. Communication accommodation theory and the notion of resistance are proposed as more appropriate explanatory frameworks to achieve this end.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2009b,
title = {Politeness, Power and Control: The Use of Humour in Cross-cultural Telecommunications},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.5790/hongkong/9789622099654.003.0011},
isbn = {9789622099654},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-04-01},
urldate = {2009-04-01},
journal = {Professional communication: Collaboration between academics and practitioners},
pages = {191 - 209},
abstract = {Humour serves a variety of functions in discourse. The obvious function is sheer entertainment: people incorporate in their discourse humorous elements - such as jokes, or puns, riddles or funny stories -in order to amuse and entertain. Research on same-sex talk, for example, has found that young male speakers often use 'competitive humour' (current speaker has to outdo previous speaker in telling jokes or narratives which are perceived as funnier), the function of which is to entertain and compete for the upper hand in the group (see Holmes 2006; Ladegaard, forthcoming a). Another obvious function of humour is solidarity; humour is used in a group to maintain a feeling of solidarity among ingroup members and to mark the group off from possible outgroups. This is one of the reasons why humour is so context-bound. Humorous remarks, which are considered hilarious and lead to amusement and laughter in a group, may appear obscure - And not funny at all - To outsiders, because they play on social routines and cultural norms and conventions which are unique for a group. Linstead (1988) argues that the use of humour is complex and paradoxical and reflects many of the difficulties we experience in other areas of social life. It can be seen, for example, as 'a device utilised by individuals for coping with uncertainty, exploring ambiguous situations, releasing tension or distancing unpleasantness' (123). He further argues that, through the many functions it performs, and through the symbolic alignments it makes possible, humour is an intrinsic part of organizational life. In one of the early studies of the use of humour in the workplace, Turner (1973, 43) identified uses of the 'joking mode' in the industrial subcultures he studied as a way to 'test the atmosphere, to disarm accusations of failure or stupidity, and to deliver unpalatable or potentially unpalatable messages with a softened impact' (cited in Linstead 1988, 125). And in a more recent study of the use and functions of humour in the workplace Holmes (2000, 159-60) argues that humour can be an important management strategy. It can be used as 'a way of attenuating or reinforcing power relationships. Humour can be used to reduce inequalities between those of different professional status, alternatively it can be used to emphasize power imbalances, or even to license challenges to status hierarchies.' Research on the use and importance of humour in the workplace has been burgeoning in recent years, and there is ample evidence to show that humour in workplace settings is truly multifunctional. Much of the research demonstrates - from a sociological and/or psychological perspective - The general benefits of using humour in the workplace; it shows that humour, through a variety of functions, serves as a lubricant which makes work processes, intercollegial negotiations, and even production run more smoothly. Numerous studies have demonstrated that humour has a positive effect on maintaining a good relationship among colleagues, i.e. as a way of 'doing collegiality' (see, for example, Brown and Keegan 1999; Holmes 2000, 2006). Other studies have established a relationship between humour and increased productivity (see, for example, Caudron 1992). Humour has also been seen as an essential tool for effective leadership (see, for example, Cooper 2002; Holmes 2007). Other studies have shown that humour has an effect on job satisfaction (e.g. Decker 1987; Susa 2002), and it has been seen as an effective means of avoiding or resolving conflicts among employees (see, for example, Fry 1992; Dzodin 1998; Smith et al. 2000). It is remarkable, however - At least from a sociolinguistic perspective - That relatively little research on the use and functions of humour in the workplace is based on recordings of authentic interactions in professional contexts. Only recently have we seen researchers turn to recordings and systematic analyses of workplace interactions (see, for example, Holmes 2000, 2006, 2007; Vuorela 2005; Rogersen-Revell 2007), whereas an overwhelming amount of humourresearch is based on self-reported data such as questionnaires and interviews (e.g. Cooper 2002; Susa 2002; Miczo and Welter 2006 ), or analyses of simulated situations such as role-plays (e.g. Dzodin 1998; see also Fant 1992 for a discussion of the use of simulated situations for research purposes). However interesting these studies may be, they rely on employees' (or students') beliefs about humour, and how they think they and other people use it. Therefore, we need to direct more attention to analyses of humour in authentic, real-life situations and contexts, including cross-cultural contexts. This chapter offers an analysis of the use and functions of humour in crosscultural telecommunications. The data for the analysis consists of an audiorecording of a teleconference between employees in the headquarters of a global business corporation in Denmark and their colleagues in the company's subsidiary in the UK. The employees have a joint project, run by the company's HQ in Denmark, and the purpose of the telephone conference is to discuss the status and progress of the project, focusing on how the project findings can be implemented on the British market. Strategies in relation to sales, logistics, finance, and change management are being discussed during the meeting. Humour is used rather frequently, and the purpose of the analysis is to identify the various functions of humour in this cross-cultural context. First, the chapter provides a brief review of the literature, focusing on the use of humour in cross-cultural contexts. Second, we present and discuss some of the excerpts from the telephone conference where humour plays a significant role in the employees' negotiations. Finally, we discuss how humour can be used constructively in cross-cultural business communication. © 2009 by Hong Kong University Press, HKU. All rights reserved.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@proceedings{Sitaridou2009c,
title = {On the Emergence of Personal Infinitives in the History of Spanish},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
doi = {10.1075/dia.26.1.02sit},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-04-01},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {proceedings}
}
@article{Pablé2009,
title = {The ‘dialect myth’ and socio-onomastics. The names of the castles of Bellinzona in an integrational perspective},
author = {Adrian Pablé },
doi = {10.1016/j.langcom.2008.12.004},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-04-01},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {29},
number = {2},
pages = {152-165},
abstract = {In this paper, it is argued that name variation and change cannot be studied in a satisfactory way within a variationist sociolinguistic framework, as the latter cannot ultimately cope with the psychological complexity involved in human communication. The reason why variationism does not describe a social ‘reality’ has to do with its insistence that lexical variants have to be assignable to ‘fixed codes’ (‘dialects’, ‘sociolects’, ‘style lects’) and that two speakers using different codes will result in misunderstandings and communication breakdowns. The present contribution offers an alternative approach to synchronic name variation inspired by an integrationalsemiology, thus treating linguistic signs (in this case, toponyms) as context-sensitive and in need of instantaneous referencing. By not considering proper names as part of any fixed codes the integrational fieldworker is able to observe language use unbiased, prepared to accept that in principle any name may be used between any two speakers in any situation. The objects of study for this paper are the names of the three Medieval castles of Bellinzona (Italian-speaking Switzerland), which the present author already investigated in an orthodox sociolinguistic perspective in the 1990s.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{French2009b,
title = {Technologies of Telling: Discourse, Transparency, and Erasure in Guatemalan Truth Commission Testimony},
author = {Brigittine French},
doi = {10.1080/14754830902717734},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-03-31},
journal = {Journal of Human Rights},
volume = {8},
number = {1},
pages = {92-109 },
abstract = {This paper offers a “critical epistemological reflection” on representations of survivor testimony in the Guatemalan truth commissions. As is commonly the case with TRC work, a good deal of effort was dedicated to the recuperation of victims' voices whose experiences of violence and suffering were brutally silenced in official Guatemalan state and public discourse. In this kind of “postconflict” context, the collection of survivor testimony is presumed to give new power to the victims and to create conditions for progressive social change in the aftermath of state-sponsored violence. However, my analysis problematizes these assumptions by elucidating multiple discursive forms, functions, and transformations in survivor testimony that are unrecognized in most truth commission reports. Examining these erasures in the representation of survivor testimony enables me to argue that the truth-telling process and analyses in truth commission efforts may well replicate dominant power relations that continue to tacitly disempower victims in unintended ways.},
keywords = {Brigittine French},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Perrin2009bb,
title = {Capturing translation processes. A multi method approach},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Maureen Ehrensberger-Dow},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-03-24},
booktitle = {Capturing translation processes : a multi-method approach},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Roberts2009,
title = {The Return of the Subset Principle},
author = {Ian Roberts and Theresa Biberauer},
doi = {10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199560547.003.0004},
isbn = {9780199560547},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-03-12},
urldate = {2009-03-12},
abstract = {This chapter reconsiders the role of the Subset Principle in language acquisition and change, arguing that consideration of true formal optionality enables one to define grammars generating languages that are in inclusion relations. This in turn facilitates an explanation of diachronic changes where absence of sufficiently robust PLD led acquirers to 'default' to 'smaller language'-generating grammars. © individual chapters their various authors 2009. All rights reserved.
},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Weinberg2009b,
title = {The New Blackwell Companion to Social Theory},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
doi = {10.1002/9781444304992.ch14},
isbn = {9781405169004},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-03-02},
urldate = {2009-03-02},
pages = {281 - 299},
publisher = {Wiley-Blackwell},
chapter = {14},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Jourdan2009,
title = {The Cultural in Pidgin Genesis},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-03-02},
journal = {10.1002/9781444305982.ch15},
pages = {359 - 381},
abstract = {IntroductionCultureMeaningPowerConclusion References},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2009b,
title = {I-Dollar EYI One!1–Ethnolinguistic Fractionalisation, Communication Networks and Economic Participation–Lessons from Cape Town, South Africa},
author = {Ana Deumert and Nkululeko Mabandla},
doi = {10.1080/00220380802582353},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-03-01},
journal = {The Journal of Development Studies},
volume = {45},
number = {3},
pages = {412-440},
abstract = {The relationship between ethnolinguistic fractionalisation and development has long been of interest to economists and linguists. While econometric analyses have shown relatively stable interactions between high levels of fractionalisation and low indices of development, the mechanisms underlying this relationship are still unclear. This paper explores the importance of fragmented versus unified communication networks for socio-economic development, using data from Cape Town, South Africa. Like other cities in low- and middle-income countries, Cape Town shows growing linguistic diversity due to high levels of rural–urban migration. Two aspects of the city's economy will be discussed on the basis of specialised survey data and anthropological fieldwork: (a) the labour market, and (b) informal entrepreneurial activities. The analysis shows the importance of language as an explanatory variable in the study of economic life, and allows us to advance our understanding of human and social capital formation in ethnolinguistically fragmented societies. In the conclusion the authors discuss the policy implications of the study.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2009,
title = {Anarchism, Greece},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Antonios Vradis},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-03-01},
publisher = {Wiley-BlackwellEditors: Immanuel Ness},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Williams2009b,
title = {Foras na Gaeilge and Bwrdd yr Iaith Gymraeg: yoked but not yet shackled},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1080/09670880802658141},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-02-11},
urldate = {2009-02-11},
journal = {Irish Studies Review},
volume = {17},
number = {1},
pages = {55-88},
abstract = {This essay compares the manner in which the principal language agencies in Ireland and Wales face the challenge of promoting their respective national indigenous languages. The comparison brings into sharp relief the differing political contexts and operational constraints which influence both the scope and effectiveness of both organisations. It is argued that whereas the chief barrier to the greater success of Foras na Gaelige is its requirement to navigate between various levels of bureaucracy at both the Irish and UK/Northern Ireland levels of government, the chief obstacle to the full realisation of the work of the Welsh Language Board is its ambiguous position and uncertain future within the Welsh administrative system. Quite radical proposals are offered by which some of these difficulties could be overcome, should the political commitment of the respective governments be strengthened in favour of implementing a more robust bilingual policy for both Irish and Welsh.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bhatia2009,
title = {Discourses of Terrorism},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
doi = {10.1016/j.pragma.2008.05.016},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-02-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {41},
number = {2},
pages = {279-289},
abstract = {Complex, socio-political constructs such as terrorism can be difficult to define objectively. Gatekeepers of the international community, consistent with their individual agendas, frame what the media and public understand by such terms, using illusive and metaphorical representations of a diverse range of socio-political situations. Based on a critical analysis of a corpus of political and media discourses, the paper proposes to account for such discursive practices and interpretations in public domains, of which the discourses of terrorism are a prime example.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Williams2009bb,
title = {20 Year Strategy for the Irish Language},
author = {Collin Williams and Peadar Ó Flatharta and Caoilfhionn Nic Pháidín and François Grin and Joseph Lo Bianco},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-02-01},
publisher = {Dublin: FIONTAR},
abstract = {The 20-Year Strategy for the Irish Language outlines an integrated approach to the Irish language, in which 9 areas of action are specified, including education, the Gaeltacht, the family, the community, the media, technology and the economy. The relevant actions under the Strategy are being implemented by the various stakeholders, including this Department.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Giles2009d,
title = {An examination of the validity of the Subjective Vitality Questionnaire},
author = {Howard Giles and Jessica R. Abrams and Valerie Barker},
doi = {10.1080/01434630802369452},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-02-01},
urldate = {2009-02-01},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {30},
number = {1},
pages = {59-72},
abstract = {The concept of group vitality was developed over 30 years ago to assist in understanding of power relations between language groups. However, vitality has also been an important consideration when attempting to understand intergroup relations more generally. Vitality researchers distinguish subjective vitality from objective vitality. This study focuses on subjective vitality. Specifically, the paper examines the validity of the Subjective Vitality Questionnaire (SVQ), the instrument frequently utilised to quantitatively assess vitality perceptions. Data collected in the USA from three ethnic groups (African Americans, Asian Americans and Hispanic Americans) who rated the vitalities of Caucasian, African, and Hispanic Americans, were analysed using both first-order confirmatory factor analysis and exploratory factor analysis. Both types of analysis failed to uncover the underlying factor structure of status, demography, and institutional support proposed by vitality researchers. Although the factors could not be validated, when the SVQ was analysed as a unidimensional measure, it posted strong reliability. The discussion offers suggestions on how to improve the SVQ in future research.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams2009bb,
title = {Commentary: The primacy of renewal},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1515/IJSL.2009.011},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-29},
urldate = {2009-01-29},
journal = {International Journal of the Sociology of Language},
volume = {2009},
number = {195},
pages = {201-217},
abstract = {The International Journal of the Sociology of Language (IJSL) is dedicated to the development of the sociology of language as a truly international and interdisciplinary field in which various approaches – theoretical and empirical – supplement and complement each other, contributing thereby to the growth of language-related knowledge, applications, values and sensitivities. Five of the journal's annual issues are topically focused, all of the articles in such issues being commissioned in advance, after acceptance of proposals. One annual issue is reserved for single articles on the sociology of language. Selected issues throughout the year also feature a contribution on small languages and small language communities.

Call for Submissions: Joshua A. Fishman Award
The Joshua A. Fishman Award recognizes outstanding unpublished PhD dissertations on a topic pertaining to the　sociology of language. The award carries a cash prize and a nomination for publication in De Gruyter Mouton's　Contributions to the Sociology of Language book series. Deadline for submissions is 15 January 2021.
For details see the award website. Please note that dissertations will be independently evaluated by a Board of Reviewers and if you have any questions regarding the award selection process, please contact Natalie Fecher (Acquisitions Editor Mouton).},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2009c,
title = {Aspect and the interpretation of motion verbs in L2 Greek},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Despina Papadopoulou},
doi = {10.1075/lald.47.11tsi},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-14},
urldate = {2009-01-14},
journal = {Representational deficits in SLA. Studies in honor of Roger Hawkins},
pages = {187-227},
abstract = {This study examines aspect in L2 acquisition within the framework of the Interpretability hypothesis (Tsimpli 2003; Hawkins & Hattori 2006; Tsimpli & Dimitrakopoulou 2007). Aspect in Greek is a grammaticalized, interpretable feature affecting the argument structure and the telic/atelic interpretation of manner-of-motion verbs. As such, aspect is relevant to the syntax-semantics and the syntax-discourse interfaces. Native speakers and L2 learners of Greek were tested on comprehension and production of manner-of-motion verbs. The results indicated that aspectual distinctions were appropriately used at both interface levels by the L2 learners, thus arguing in favour of the Interpretability Hypothesis. However, unlike NS, L2 learners rely more on lexical properties of prepositions and verbs than on grammatical aspect to encode (a)telicity. Moreover, L2 grammars of Greek seem to involve a one-to-one correspondence between perfectivity and telicity.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Katan2009,
title = {Translation as intercultural communication},
author = {David Katan},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-13},
journal = {The Routledge companion to translation studies},
pages = {88-106},
abstract = {It was ET Hall (1959/1990) who coined the term ‘intercultural communication’(Rogers et al. 2002). In working with US departmental administrators andNativeAmericans, henoticed thatmisunderstandingarose not through language but through other,‘silent’,‘hidden’or ‘unconscious’ yet patterned factors. In short, cultural differences. Bennett (1998: 3) explains that the fundamental premise of ‘the intercultural communication approach’is that ‘cultures are different in their languages, behaviour patterns, and values. So an attempt to use [monocultural] self as a predictor of shared assumptions and responses to messages is unlikely to work’–because the response, in our case to a translation, will be ethnocentric.},
keywords = {David Katan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Duranti2009d,
title = {Ambivalence par rapport à l’écrit chez les orateurs samoans et les musiciens de jazz américaines},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
doi = {10.4000/lhomme.21978},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
booktitle = {L’oralité avec impertinence},
volume = {189},
pages = {23-47},
abstract = {Se fondant sur deux projets de recherche, l’un mené à Samoa (Samoa occidentale), l’autre dans plusieurs cours de jazz d’une université américaine, cet article propose une comparaison des attitudes complexes et en apparence contradictoires des membres de chaque communauté vis-à-vis de l’écrit et de l’oral. Leur « positionnement négatif » par rapport à l’usage de l’écrit dans certains contextes peut s’expliquer comme faisant partie d’un ensemble de stratégies adoptées par les membres les plus anciens et les plus expérimentés de la communauté pour résister à l’écriture vue comme une menace pour le savoir et les valeurs esthétiques, morales et sociales traditionnelles.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Bodomo2009c,
title = {Prosodic morphology in Dagaare},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Arto Anttila},
isbn = {978-1-57473-429-4},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = { library binding},
pages = {56 - 68},
abstract = {Mabia (Gur) languages are tonal and there is little evidence for stress. However, segmental alternations can nevertheless provide evidence for metrical structure. In this paper, we present such evidence from Dagaare (Mabia (Gur), Niger-Congo; Kennedy 1966, Hall 1977, Bodomo 1997, Anttila and Bodomo 2007) where vowel length alternations in number morphology reveal the presence of a bimoraic foot (μμ)φ.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2009d,
title = {Classifiers ≠Determiners},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Wu Yicheng},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
pages = {487 - 503},
abstract = {Cheng and Sybesma (1999, 2005) argue that classifiers in Chinese are equivalent to a definite article. We argue against this position on empirical grounds, drawing attention to the fact that semantically, syntactically, and functionally, Chinese classifiers are not on the same footing as definite determiners. We also show that compared with Cheng and Sybesma's ClP analysis of Chinese NPs (in particular, Cantonese NPs, on which their proposal crucially relies), a consistent DP analysis is not only fully justified but strongly supported.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@proceedings{Michelioudakis2009,
title = {The ethic dative in Greek and Romance},
author = {Dimitris Michelioudakis and Ioanna Sitaridou},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
abstract = {Proceedings of the 29th annual meeting of the Department of Linguistics, of the Department of Philology, of the Faculty of Philosophy of the Aristotle University of Thessaloniki.},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {proceedings}
}
@article{Pablé2009b,
title = {Nonstandard Were and the Nonstandard forms of the Preterite Negative of to be in Nineteenth Century New England Civil War Letters and Literary Dialect Portrayals},
author = {Adrian Pablé and Radosław Dylewski and Agnieszka Urbańska},
doi = {10.2478/v10121-009-0016-3},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Studia Anglica Posnaniensia},
volume = {45},
number = {2},
pages = {59-80},
abstract = {Nonstandard Were and the Nonstandard forms of the Preterite Negative of to be in Nineteenth Century New England Civil War Letters and Literary Dialect Portrayals The present paper presents the preliminary results of the study of were in nonstandard positions as well as nonstandard preterit negative forms of to be in mid- and late nineteenth century New England folk speech. More specifically, the aim of the study is to investigate whether the grammatical feature at issue, deemed to have been confined to the Mid- and South Atlantic states in several scholarly publications, is also attested in the verbal repository of New Englanders of the mid- and late nineteenth century. The analysis relies mainly on the scrutiny of two types of primary sources: informal Civil War letters penned by less literate individuals, and fictional portrayals written by New England regionalists. The data retrieved from the inspected body of material confirms the presence of were/weren't/wa'n't (and other spellings) in nonstandard contexts, preponderantly in the literary dialect portrayals, whereas Civil War correspondence seems rather devoid of the traits at issue. As indicated above, the paper presents the preliminary results of the study: it is believed that an analysis of a bigger corpus of Civil War material, which is currently being compiled, might identify more instances of forms at issue in nonstandard environments.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2009b,
title = {Research on the Tone System of Muli Paddy Dialect},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Minority Languages ​​of China (Minzu Yuwen National Languages},
volume = {6},
pages = {28-33},
abstract = { This article presents the tonal system of Laze, a.k.a. Muli Shuitian, a Sino-Tibetan language spoken in Sichuan. It is structured in terms of H(igh), M(id) and L(ow) levels, like in the closely related languages Naxi and Na. Tone sandhi plays a morphosyntactic role in Laze. There exist four lexical tones for Laze monosyllables: H, M, L and MH; in theory, this could yield as many as sixteen tone patterns over disyllables, but fewer are observed. The present research places special emphasis on (i) tonal changes in the combination of verbs with clitics: productive, synchronic sandhi rules, and (ii) tonal changes accompanying the lexicalization of compound nouns and of predicates made up of a noun plus a verb.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vaissiere2009,
title = {Perceptual transcription and acoustic data},
author = {Jacqueline Vaissiere and Alexis Michaud},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
abstract = {On the basis of fieldwork on a Tibeto-Burman language, Yongning Na, some reflections are offered on three interrelated issues: (i) To what extent does perceived allophonic variation correspond to articulatory/acoustic reality, to what extent does it merely reflect the investigator’s perceptual expectations? (ii) How can acoustic data help select International Phonetic Alphabet symbols for the phonemic units brought out by distributional analysis? (iii) How can acoustic data help characterise the vowels and consonants encountered in fieldwork, both in a structural (language-internal) perspective, and in a cross-language perspective?},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2009d,
title = {Research on the Tone System of Muli Paddy Dialect},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Minority Languages ​​of China (Minzu Yuwen National Languages},
volume = {6},
pages = {28-33},
abstract = {This article focuses on the tone system of Muli Paddy Dialect. The tonal changes of Paddy Dialect play an important grammatical role. Sichuan Muli paddy field dialect has three basic tones, and on this basis, the fourth tone is produced. The change of tones is closely related to grammar. This article focuses on the paddy field dialect's tonal system and its grammatical function.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2009,
title = {A typology of relative clauses in mainland Southeast Asian languages},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint and Natchanan Yaowapat
},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Mon-Khmer Studies},
volume = {38},
pages = {1-23},
abstract = {The present study aims to investigate relative clauses in four mainland Southeast Asian languages, that is, Thai, Lao, Vietnamese, and Cambodian, and to classify relative clauses found in those languages. Using seven typological parameters, that is, position of head noun, order of relative clause and head noun, relativization strategies, grammatical functions of relativized nouns according to Noun Phrase Accessibility by Keenan and Comrie (1977), omission of relativizers, status of verb in relative clause, and relative pronoun or not relative pronoun parameter, it is found that there are eight types of relative clauses found in Thai, Lao, Vietnamese, and Cambodian. They are 1) external relative clauses, 2) postnominal relative clauses, 3) types of relative clauses related to relativizers, 4) relative clauses with gaps,5) relative clauses with pronoun retention, 6) relative clauses without relativizers and with finite verbs},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2009b,
title = {Complementizers and verb classification in Thai},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Journal of the Southeast Asian Linguistics Society},
volume = {2},
pages = {145-160},
abstract = {Despite the important role complementizers play in forming complex sentences, a review of literature shows that there has been no study focusing particularly on complementizers in Thai. Most studies treat them as elements related to such phenomena as parts of speech, embedding, subordinate clauses, etc. Their syntactic behavior is still obscure. Moreover, there is dispute as to what should be analyzed as complementizers and what conditions their occurrence. This study thus aims to identify complementizers in Thai and find out how they are related to verb classification.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2009c,
title = {Leech, Geoffrey, Marianne Hundt, Christian Mair and Nicholas Smith. 2009. Change in Contemporary English: A Grammatical Study. Cambridge: Cambridge University},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Humanities: Journal of Humanities},
volume = {12},
number = {3},
pages = {127-130},
abstract = {This book provides knowledge of change in the grammar of English. It is based on empirical research and is different from many other linguistic text-books. In the introduction, the authors tell about what motivated them to do this work. They say,“… there is very little we know about grammatical change in written standard English in the twentieth century…. What, then, are the causes of this apparent ‘grammatical blindness?’”(Leech et al 2009: 1).
In the presentation of the content,“a starting point is provided by the many current hypotheses and assumptions about changes going on in English grammar, which are rarely completely unfounded, but documentation is usually very patchy, impressionistic, and colored by prescriptive linguistics.”(Leech et al 2009: 14)},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pham2009,
title = {The identity of non-identified sounds: glottal stop, prevocalic/w/and triphthongs in Vietnamese},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Toronto Working Papers in Linguistics},
volume = {34},
abstract = {The phonemic status of the glottal stop has been an issue in many languages of North America and Asia. In Vietnamese, the glottal stop has a distributional restriction in that it occurs only syllable-initially. Whether researchers include it in the initial consonantal inventory varies, and its status has received no systematic analysis. Another sound in dispute is the identity of/w/, the only segment that can occur between the initial consonant and the nucleus vowel. Whether/w/is a segment, a secondary feature of the initial consonant, or a prosodic feature is an open matter. Its questionable status relates to a third question: Do triphthongs really exist in Vietnamese?. This paper addresses these three interrelated issues and argues that/w/is an independent phoneme, the initial glottal stop is best treated as a phoneme, and such triphthongs are phonetic.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Omar2009,
title = {Menjajah ke India},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar and Muhammad Dato' Muda Al-Haj},
isbn = {9789834602291},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
publisher = {Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka},
abstract = {Kisah pengembaraan Haji Muhammad Dato' Muda al-Haj (seorang wartawan yang hidup dalam zaman sebelum Perang Dunia Kedua) ke India ini amat menarik untuk dibaca. Cerita pengembaraan ini dihasilkan dalam bentuk catatan harian dalam tulisan Jawi yang cantik dan telah ditransliterasi oleh Profesor Emeritus Dato' Dr. Asmah Haji Omar. Kisah bermula pada 19 Mac 1939, Haji Mohammad bertolak menaiki kapal penumpang S.S. Thelma dari Port Swettenham dengan seorang kawan (Haji Ahmad bin Menteri) melalui Pulau Pinang, Burma dan terus ke India. Sungguhpun lebih merupakan catatan harian, tetapi pengungkapan maklumat dalam buku ini merupakan naratif yang berkait-kaitan antara satu peristiwa denga peristiwa yang lain. Haji Muhammad yang berminat terhadap budaya masyarakat di sana telah memaparkan cara mereka menyara hidup, rupa bentuk perkampungan, sistem kepercayaan mereka, bahkan cara bertutur dan bergaul. Huraiannya bukan dalam bentuk laporan sahaja tetapi penuh dengan ulasan yang menggunakan kaedah perbandingan yang menarik. Oleh sebab kisah ini merupakan huraian yang didasarkan pada penyaksian secara langsung oleh pengarang, maka buku ini mempunyai nilai sejarah yang amat berharga.},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Omar2009b,
title = {Panduan Wacana Akademik Teori dan Penerapan},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9789834602710},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
publisher = {Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka (DBP)},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Connell2009b,
title = {Language Diversity and Language Choice: A View from a Cameroon Market},
author = {Bruce Connell},
doi = {10.1353/anl.0.0012},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Anthropological Linguistics},
volume = {51},
number = {2},
pages = {130-150},
abstract = {The immediate goal of the research reported here is to explore constraints on choice of language in the market of a small, highly multilingual village in Cameroon. In so doing, insight is provided both on the language ecology of the region in which the village is situated and on conditions of multilingualism in rural Africa, where the large majority of such research has been urban-based. Two investigative methods are used. The first documents the language encounters of an individual visit to market; the second involves analyzing language choice in a large number of transactions over the course of a single market day. Fourteen different languages were recorded with two, the primary language of the village and the regional lingua franca, vying for predominance.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Snowden2009,
title = {The Book of Beyond},
author = {Collette Snowden and Kurt Lushington and Jackie Cook and Tangi Steen and Frances Wyld},
doi = {10.18848/1447-9516/CGP/v06i02/36737},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {The International Journal of the Book},
volume = {6},
number = {2},
pages = {85-94},
abstract = {This paper describes some of the dilemmas confronting health-communication professionals seeking the best formats for communicating health information, including life-saving self-treatment techniques for chronic conditions – to members of remote Indigenous communities in Central Desert Australia. The authors are working through issues relating to cultural literacies involving print-based or oral delivery of information. They are preparing to design and test short-format health information delivery systems which can both supplement and replace print materials, by using the spoken word and visual delivery techniques of traditional Indigenous communication. It is now possible to provide scientific healthcare servicing in remote communities via small battery or solar powered personal digital devices already familiar within those communities, such as MP3 players and mobile telephones. Challenges discussed here include the ways new technologies are taken up within Indigenous contexts; how the discursive structures of scientific medicine need modifying for traditional cultures; and how digital platform design and function selection reflect their emergence within commercialised, urban, post-modern, mainstream, Web 2.0 interpersonal communicative flows – and so require careful recalibration for the sorts of tasks outlined here. This paper outlines the main strands of investigation and community consultation necessary to the design, testing and use of digital spoken-word information among traditional Indigenous communities – a new form of ‘book’ for what Australians call ‘the back of beyond’.},
keywords = {Collette Snowden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Snowden2009b,
title = {Talk it up! Integrating traditional telephone research methodologies with e-Social Science tools, methods and practices},
author = {Collette Snowden},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
abstract = {Opportunities for expanding the use of the telephone in social science research are now available through the integration of telephone research methods with new and emerging digital technology. This paper discusses some aspects of the use of the telephone in social science research and reports on the use of the telephone in research on the use of mobile communications technology by media professionals to illustrate issues relevant to the development of telephone research methodology. It proposes further hybridisation of traditional telephone based research with new e- social science techniques as a means to gather reliable and useful data, especially for the recording and analysis of conversation and social interaction by telephone and oral communication more generally. Despite a long history of use in human communication the telephone is surprisingly absent from studies of communication and sociology. The relative absence of the telephone from social science research, in relation to its rate of use and diffusion in society, is a curious omission given the powerful impact that the communication affordances it provides have on many aspects of human interaction. Perhaps however, this is also related to the lesser value placed on all forms of oral communication as a subject for study in the social sciences. The few scholars with an interest in the social aspects of the telephone frequently assert that it has been comprehensively neglected as a subject of analysis, often along with conversational practices and orality. Contemporary research on mobile communications technology is now, somewhat belatedly, rapidly redressing this oversight, although much work remains to be done. In the seminal text The Social Impact of the Telephone Pool notes that "social scientists have neglected the telephone not only along with, but also relative to, other technologies" (1977, p. 2), and as late as 1991 Martin observed, "no serious sociological study has yet been done of the impact of the telephone on society and social life" (Martin 1991, p. 3). More recently, Katz and Aakhus continue to argue that "the miracle of telephone conversation is too readily forgotten by laypeople and scholars alike" (2002, p. 1), while Hutchby asserts that the telephone is "so established as to be all.},
keywords = {Collette Snowden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Williams2009bb,
title = {Let Freedom Reign: The Impress of EU Integration on Minority Survival},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9780230104167_11},
isbn = { 978-1-349-38197-5},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
pages = {185-203},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, New York},
abstract = {The fate of smaller nations within Europe has been a history of subordi- nation, conquest, and periodic resurgence as the international political and economic system opens and closes in terms of minority recogni- tion. A flowering of sorts followed the Versailles Treaties of 1918—19, which established a new European order only for that brief recognition of national self-determination to be crushed by successive impulses of Fascism and virulent state communism, and of course, we live with some of the postwar consequences to this day in various forms. A few nations have regained their independence, while many others have experienced some degree of sub-state autonomy and regional devolution of power.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Williams2009bb,
title = {Introduction: European Union Enlargement and Citizen Empowerment},
author = {Collin Williams},
url = {http://orca.cardiff.ac.uk/id/eprint/15102
},
isbn = {978-1-349-58601-1},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
urldate = {2009-01-01},
pages = {1-22},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Williams2009bb,
title = {Conclusion: Identity and Democracy in an Enlarged Europe},
author = {Collin Williams},
url = {http://orca.cardiff.ac.uk/id/eprint/15104},
isbn = {978-1-349-58601-1},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
urldate = {2009-01-01},
pages = {227-234},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Williams2009bb,
title = {Governance Without Conviction},
author = {Collin Williams},
isbn = {978-1-349-58601-1},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
urldate = {2009-01-01},
pages = {89-122},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Perrin2009,
title = {Public storytelling in convergent media. Thoroughly examine the key journalistic qualification of writing},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Christine Albrecht and Roman Dörig and Guido Keel and Peter Stücheli-Herlach and Wibke Weber},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Zeitschrift Schreiben},
abstract = {Budding cultural journalists and communicators produce a dossier for a multimodal architecture magazine as part of their master’s degree. Using this example, the present article examines the didactic complexity of collaborative writing projects in realistic work environments. It first outlines the professional field of action public storytelling in convergent media (see Part 1), then determines the success factors in this field of action (2), describes the development of a didactically appropriate text production workshop (3), shows the implementation with a focus on cooperation and process reflection and self-assessment (4) and concludes that the review of complex writing activities can be a catalyst for the integration of knowledge, methods and attitudes of professional media-convergent journalism (5).},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Perrin2009bb,
title = {Tacit knowledge as the missing link – knowledge transformation in the „idee suisse“ project},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2009bb,
title = {Keynote: writing research, knowledge transfer, professional writing - and texts that sparkle},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Perrin2009bb,
title = {Talk and action: Practicing internal multilingualism in the newsroom},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Marcel Burger and Mathias Fürer and Vinzenz Wyss and Aleksandra Gnach and Michael Schanne},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Zitimata Epikinonias (Communication Issues)},
pages = {24–39},
abstract = {This article presents the key concepts and outcomes of the ethnographic research project “Idée suisse: Language policy, norms, and practice as exemplified by Swiss Radio and Television”. The research question was whether and how the Swiss broadcasting company, caught between public service demands and market forces in a multilingual country, should, can, and actually does fulfil language policy requirements. Four research modules were combined: module A focused on external language policy expectations; B on organizational-hierarchical internal rules; C on text production, and D on quality control follow-up communication. The synthesis of the results of the four modules shows that policy makers, management, chief editors, and journalists turn out to have very different views of what public broadcasting should be and what language has to do with that. Four possible frames for the interpretation of these results will be discussed: the consonance/dissonance frame, the hypocrisy frame, the functional dysfunction frame, and the hidden knowledge frame. The discussion of the four interpretation frames will reshape a core problem of Applied Linguistics: providing adequate knowledge transfer between research and application fields – one of the ways for those of us in Applied Linguists to bring together our own talk and action.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2009bb,
title = {Profession journaliste},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Nadine Richon},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Unicom},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2009bb,
title = {Take a deep breath, then start. Linguist Daniel Perrin shows the way from complex research to linear text},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Peter Linden},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Medium Magazin},
volume = {2009},
number = {7},
pages = {15 Page},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2009bb,
title = {Telling stories in convergent media. Fit for online journalism},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Guido Keel},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Message Werkstatt},
pages = {2–5},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Perrin2009bb,
title = {Scripture writing scribe. Text linguistic perspective},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
isbn = {9783110192773},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
pages = {520–521},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Perrin2009bb,
title = {Fit for the new journalism on the web},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Guido Keel},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Flash dossier},
pages = {27–29},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Perrin2009bb,
title = {Investigate formulation processes. What how why?},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Perrin2009bb,
title = {“Let the pictures do the talking”. Investigating TV journalists’ collaborative text production strategies},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Perrin2009bb,
title = {Language policy, hidden knowledge and institutional learning. The case of the Swiss national broadcast company},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
abstract = {Promoting public understanding is what the programming mandate asks the Swiss public broadcasting company SRG SSR1 to do. From a sociolinguistic perspective, this means linking speech communities with other speech communities, both between and within the German-, French-, Italian-, and Romansh-speaking parts of Switzerland. In the IDéE SUISSE project, we investigated whether and how SRG SSR, caught between public service demands and market forces, should and actually does fulfill such language policy requirements. Four research modules were combined: module A focused on language policy expectations; module B on media management’s interpretation; module C on media production; and module D on media reflection in the newsrooms. Methodologically, ethnography of news was extended through grounded theory and transdisciplinary action research. Interviews with policy-makers and media managers were triangulated with in-depth analyses of text production processes and workplace conversations. The overall findings are whereas the managers are usually frustrated by the expectations of media policy-makers, some experienced journalists find emergent solutions to overcome the conflict between the public mandate and the market. This tacit knowledge can be identified and made explicit to the entire organization in systemic knowledge transformation, for example, through empirically grounded recommendations.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2009bb,
title = {Differentiation of television news as a variation of narrative universals in technological change},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2009bb,
title = {Public storytelling in convergent media. Practice and test the key journalistic qualification of writing},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2009bb,
title = {Public storytelling in convergent media. Using the multimedia mindset},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
booktitle = {PSCM 2009 conference},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2009bb,
title = {Standardization and objectivation of writing process data. From single cases to large and accessible corpora},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
booktitle = {COST 2009 conference},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2009bb,
title = {Public storytelling in convergent media. Orchestrated individual and mass communication for the narrative construction of the public as a new normal case, as a risk and as an opportunity in dealing with communicative inaccessibility},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@book{Eberhard2009,
title = {Mamaindê Grammar: A Northern Nambikwara language and its cultural context},
author = {David Eberhard},
isbn = {978-94-6093-012-6},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
volume = {2},
publisher = {LOT Publishing},
abstract = {This work contains a descriptive grammar of Mamaindê, a Northern Nambikwara language of west central Brazil. The Mamaindê language is spoken by some 250 people, located in four communities. While bilingualism in Portuguese is rapidly gaining ground, the spoken vernacular has so far been able to preserve critical domains and thus maintain a healthy level of vitality. There are many signs, however, of both cultural and language shift, indicating that this language may be on the edge of endangerment. 

The first chapter includes a broad overview of the culture and history of the Mamaindê people. A connection between language and culture is stressed at the outset, with examples of this relationship being given at significant points throughout the work. Subsequent chapters address the areas of Phonology, Morphology, and Syntax, the last of which also includes a section on Discourse.
Data is offered which should be of interest to those involved in the research of Nambikwara languages, Amazonian linguistics, and linguistic typology. Specific topics which are relevant to current theory include an eclectic view of feature geometry, the analysis of pre-oralized nasal segments, coda licensing, stress in lexical strata, tone sandhi, evidentiality, endearment terms, emotives, noun classifiers, the impersonal construction, and the presence of low and high registers in an Amazonian language.},
keywords = {David Eberhard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Chiaro2009,
title = {Italians doing it on the web: Translating and selling Italianness},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Vigo International Journal of Applied Linguistics},
volume = {6},
number = {1},
abstract = {This essay explores the implementation of a stereotypically Italian attribute, passion, in the promotion of Italian beverages via the Internet. Twenty websites promoting different types of alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverages were examined in order to see how the concept of passion was adopted and whether, and if so, how the concept of passion changes according to the size of the company and the type of beverage being promoted. Findings showed that the more alcoholic content the promoted beverage contains, the stronger and more transgressive references to pas- sion became. Furthermore, larger companies tended to opt for a more humorous use of the stereotype when compared to smaller companies.},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Chiaro2009b,
title = {Cultural divide or unifying factor? Humorous talk in the interaction of bilingual, cross-cultural couples},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.1075/pbns.182.10chi},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Humor in Interaction},
pages = {211 - 232},
abstract = {This essay sets out to explore a positive aspect of bilingual cross-cultural couples in long term relationships, namely the occurrence of what is considered a harmonious factor: humour. The results of a purpose-built questionnaire completed by 59 couples sheds light on a series of socio and psycholinguistic aspects of their daily relationship including language choice and attitudes in the domain of the couples’ ludic interaction, such as when they joke with each other verbally and their use of humorous talk. This essay reports the findings of the processed data that emerged from the questionnaires as well as qualitative data deriving from a series of semi-structured interviews. I love you, I love you , I love you, that’s all I want to say, until I find a way, I will say the only words I know that you’ll understand, my Michelle.},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Chiaro2009bb,
title = {Introduction: Humor and interaction},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro and Neal R. Norrick},
doi = {10.1075/pbns.182.00toc},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
pages = {ix-xvii},
publisher = {Humor in Interaction},
abstract = {This is the first edited volume dedicated specifically to humor in interaction. It is a rich collection of essays by an international array of scholars representing various theoretical perspectives, but all concerned with interactional aspects of humor. The contributors are scholars active both in the interdisciplinary area of humor studies and in adjacent disciplines such as linguistic pragmatics, sociolinguistics, discourse analysis, psycholinguistics, gender and translation studies. The volume effectively offers an overview of the range of phenomena falling in the broad category of ‘conversational humor’, and convincingly argues for the many different functions humor can fulfill, bypassing simplistic humor theories reducing humor to one function. All the articles draw on empirical material from different countries and cultures, comprising conversations among friends and family, talk in workplace situations, humor in educational settings, and experimental approaches to humor in interaction. The book is sure to become an important reference and source of inspiration for scholars in the various subfields of humor studies, pragmatics and (socio-)linguistics.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Chiaro2009bb,
title = {The Perception of Dubbing by Italian Audiences},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro and Rachele Antonini},
doi = {10.1057/9780230234581_8},
isbn = {978-1-349-28600-3},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
pages = {97-114},
publisher = {Audiovisual Translation},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Chiaro2009bb,
title = {Not in front of the children? An analysis of sex on screen in Italy},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Vigo International Journal of Applied Linguistics},
volume = {6},
pages = {33-49},
abstract = {Despite the fact that both state owned (RAI) and privately owned (Mediaset) Ital-ian television channels habitually adopt scantily dressed women in provocative poses to fulfill a purely decorative function on daytime television, a closer look at Italian TV reveals that it is far less liberated than it seems. In fact, in stark con-tradiction to the apparent unrestraint of autochthonous studio productions, refer-ences to sex and sexuality in imported fictional products tend to be severely miti-gated in their translated forms. Furthermore, it also appears that sexual behav-iour beyond traditional male/female 'mainstream' sexual practices becomes in-creasingly taboo in translation, as they too are either toned down or totally elimi-nated. Relegated to cable and satellite channels or late-night/early morning view-ing on one of the privately owned Mediaset channels, programs containing very explicit sexual content such as US produced 'Sex and the City' are moderated quite significantly for Italian audiences, not only in terms of the pervasive use of strong, taboo language, but also for explicit references to a variety of sexual prac-tices. This paper will discuss the norms which govern the translation of 'adult' materi-als for Italian TV both from an examination of the linguistic content of the pro-grams themselves and from the point of view of operators involved in the dubbing process.},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2009b,
title = {Building and Ordering Transnationalism: The 'Greek House' in Albania as a Material Process},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
editor = {Daniel Miller},
doi = {10.4324/9781003084600-5},
isbn = {978184788494},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
publisher = {Berg},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2009bb,
title = {Socialism in Albania},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Rigels Halili},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {The international Encyclopedia of Revolution and Protest},
pages = {29-33},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2009bb,
title = {Albania, socialism},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Rigels Halili},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
pages = {29-33},
publisher = {Wiley-Blackwell},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2009bb,
title = {Debord, Guy (1931-1994) and the spectacle},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
editor = {Immanuel Ness},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
publisher = {Wiley-Blackwell},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Dalakoglou2009bb,
title = {Road ethnography and the materiality of transnationalism},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2009bb,
title = {Greece, uprising December 2008},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Antonios Vradis},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
publisher = {Wiley-Blackwell},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Dalakoglou2009bb,
title = {Albanian Nationalism},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Rigels Halili},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
publisher = {Wiley-Blackwell},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2009bb,
title = {The international encyclopedia of revolution and protest},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Immanuel Ness},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
pages = {8 page},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2009,
title = {Le discours de haine dissimulée : le mépris pour humilier},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.3917/ds.433.0359},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Déviance et Société},
volume = {43},
number = {3},
pages = {359 - 387},
abstract = {This article explores the discourses of audiences engaged in online humiliation, notably using contempt, an emotion we suggest to be at the heart of covert hate speech. We are working on Greek Cypriot data, which is limited to comments on mainstream articles posted on open access platforms, and focused on immigration and the non-heterosexual community. We anchor the analysis of our data in a CADS (Computer Assisted Discourse Analysis) approach that combines critical discourse analysis and corpus linguistics. We focus on the tropes used in negative comments, including metaphor and irony.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2009bb,
title = {Daniel ElmigerLa féminisation de la langue en français et en allemand – Querelle entre spécialistes et réception par le grand public. Paris, Bibliothèque de grammaire et de linguistique, Honoré Champion, 2008, 406 p.},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Edwige Khaznadar},
doi = {10.7202/037800ar},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Recherches Féministes},
volume = {22},
number = {1},
pages = {147-150},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2009bb,
title = {Studying Language on Forums and Digging into the 'Archeology' of Opinions},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Evelyne Jacquey},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2009bb,
title = {Lexical change, discourse practices and the French press},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.1075/silv.5.03bai},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Language Variation – European perspectives},
volume = {2},
pages = {27 - 46},
abstract = {Widespread demands for women’s greater ‘linguistic presence’ in the Frenchspeaking world have resulted in policies of feminising professional nouns such as la députée “deputy-FEM” or la ministre “minister-FEM”. The feminisation policy has proven successful, as evidenced in the recent journalistic discourse of major French newspapers referring to women in politics (Fujimura 2005). However Pauwels (1998) and Cameron (2003) argue that the tendency to equate vocabulary with language leaves other language choices unchallenged, as, while use of feminine occupational terms may destabilise the use of the male generic, it may not make any difference in the discourse about women politicians. This paper addresses this concern through content analysis of a corpus of print media during the year 2006, focusing specifically on the discourse related to the two main presidential candidates, Royal and Sarkozy. We suggest that ‘social gender’ i.e., stereotypical expectations about who will be a typical member of a given category, may still affect linguistic representation of female leadership, despite any achievement of congruency between referential and grammatical genders.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lupke2009,
title = {At the margin. African endangered languages in the context of global endangerment discourses},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {African Research & Documentation},
number = {109},
pages = {15-41},
abstract = {The importance of the old caste structure is decreasing, and social exchange through marriage between people of different ethnic and social status, unthinkable fifty years ago, has become a concomitant fact of living together. Saare Kindia has a primary school and a middle school, and although the schooling rates are low, 7 schooling has an important impact on society: the school is the only place where the official language French is spoken and taught.[...] the mobility of civil servants, especially teachers, creates the only natural context for the use of French, unless a common African language is available for communication. Indirect consequences of an unresolved and continuing conflict, such as material insecurity, and geographical isolation, certainly have increased, and continue to do so, the flux of migration, also weakening the Baïnouk languages further.},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lupke2009b,
title = {Data collection documentation methods for field-based language documentation},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
issn = {1740-6234},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Language documentation and description},
volume = {6},
pages = {1-39},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2009,
title = {Diaspora influences on modern Hebrew ("Israeli")},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
volume = {1},
pages = {200-205},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2009b,
title = {The semantics of clause linking in Israeli},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
pages = {178-190},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2009bb,
title = {Without any shame: Israeli, speak Israeli},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
pages = {167-172},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Tang2009,
title = {Acquiring FINISH in Hong Kong Sign Language},
author = {Gladys Tang},
editor = {Tai H-Y and Tsay J},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
urldate = {2009-01-01},
pages = {21-47},
publisher = {Taiwan Institute for the Humanities, National Chung Cheng University},
abstract = {L1 studies on the acquisition of grammatical aspect in spoken languages show that the process interacts closely with the development of lexical aspect and tense. In this paper, we focus on a deaf child's acquisition of the sign FINISH in Hong Kong Sign Language (HKSL). In the adult grammar, there are two entries of FINISH which we assume head their own syntactic positions: VP and AspP, the latter of which marks the perfective aspect in the language. In the child data, FINISH first emerged as a lexical verb. Subsequently, and in parallel to a verb, the sign also occurred as a perfective marker and consistently followed a verb in clause final position, in line with the adult data. There is also a systematic distribution of the sign according to situation types. FINISH as a main verb was inherently telic and marked the end of an atelic predicate (i.e. an activity). As an aspect marker, it occurred initially in accomplishments before other situation types. As for temporal reference, FINISH as a main verb was mostly for present reference but initially for past or future reference if it served as an aspect marker. These findings show that the acquisition of perfective aspect in HKSL largely conforms to the grammatical constraints as observed in the spoken language literature; however, some minor differences are observed.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Haberland2009,
title = {English-The Language of Globalism},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
urldate = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Healthy. International Journal of Language and Communication},
pages = {17-45},
abstract = {There is considerable agreement that we live in the age of globalization. There is considerably less agreement about when this age of globalization is supposed to have begun. In his book What is globalization ?, Ulrich Beck gives several possible dates for the onset of globalization according to different theoreticians.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Cardoso2009,
title = {Jacques Arends' model of gradual creolization},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
doi = {10.1075/cll.34.05car},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
urldate = {2009-01-01},
volume = {34},
pages = {13-23},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing},
abstract = {While Jacques Arends’ research primarily dealt with the Surinamese Creoles1, his findings and proposals were far-reaching; he was an active participant in the overall debate on the formation of creole languages, into which he brought sound historical data as well as the theoretical tools necessary for their incorporation. For a recent observer of Creole Studies, some of the main themes in Jacques Arends’ research may now seem commonplace, but a look at the debates raging in the field in the 1980s and 1990s makes it clear that Jacques was at the forefront of several theoretical and methodological advancements in the study of pidgins and creoles. This survey deals with just one of these; it is my purpose to contextualize Jacques Arends’ concept of what came to be known as ‘gradual creolization’and link this particular line of research with several associated ideas and methods to be found in Jacques’ work. Even though the topic of the present volume concerns only this particular aspect of Jacques’ work, his central contribution to the field of creole studies, there are several other sides to Jacques’ intervention both scholarly and humanitarian. One that deserves to be highlighted was his work on the adequacy of the linguistic tools used in The Netherlands and worldwide to assess the origin claims of asylum-seekers. Concerned with the consequences of such forensic linguistic analyses, Jacques became increasingly vocal in drawing the attention of both linguists and the public in general to the issue; in order to stimulate the involvement of professionals.},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Giles2009e,
title = {Social identity and language learning},
author = {Howard Giles and Kimberly A. Noels},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
urldate = {2009-01-01},
journal = {The New Handbook of Second Language Acquisition},
pages = {647 - 670},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Giles2009f,
title = {The Process of Communication Accommodation},
author = {Howard Giles},
doi = {10.1007/978-1-349-92299-4_19},
isbn = {978-1-4039-4415-3},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
urldate = {2009-01-01},
pages = {276-286},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Tsimpli2009b,
title = {Motion Verbs in Greek and German: Evidence from typically developing and SLI children},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Despina Papadopoulou and Monika Rothweiler and Solveig Chilla and Annnette Fox-Boyer and Kalliopi Katsika and Maria Mastropavlou and Agapi Mylonaki and Nadine Stahl},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
urldate = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Selected papers on theoretical and applied linguistics},
volume = { 18},
pages = {289-299},
abstract = {In this paper we report on the findings from a Greek and German production task which investigated the expression of constructions involving manner-of-motion verbs with Greek and German adults as well as typically developing and SLI children at the age of 5-6 years. The results showed that the typically developing children, when describing motion events, differed from the adults in the integration of grammatical information into motion predicates. The SLI children on the other hand displayed problems with the use of grammatical aspect (Greek) and case marking (German) as well as with ambiguous constructions (Greek).},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{King2009,
title = {Building and Analysing Corpora of Computer-Mediated Communication},
author = {Brian King},
editor = {Paul Baker},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
urldate = {2009-01-01},
pages = {303-322},
publisher = {New York: Continuum International Publishing Group},
abstract = {This chapter addresses problems encountered during the construction and analysis of a synchronic corpus of computer-mediated discourse. The corpus was not primarily constructed for the examination of the linguistic idiosyncrasies of the online chatting medium; rather it is to be used for corpus-based sociolinguistic inquiry into the language use and identity construction of a particular social group (which in this case could be classed as 'vulnerable'). Therefore the corpus data needed considerable adaptation during compilation and analysis to prevent those idiosyncrasies from acting as noise in the data. Adaptations include responses to spam (in the form of 'adbots'), cyber-orthography, the ubiquity of names, overlapping conversations and challenges of annotation. Diffi culties with gaining participant permis-sions and demographic information also required signifi cant attention. Attempted solutions to these corpus construction and analysis challenges, which are closely bound to the fi elds of both cyber-research and corpus linguistics, are outlined.},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Costa2009,
title = {How do university students approach digital technologies: Empirical results and theoretical considerations},
author = {Elisabetta Costa and Nicola Cavalli and Paolo Ferri and Andrea Mangiatordi and A Pozzali and F Scenini and J Paganoni},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
urldate = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Best Practices for the Knowledge Society, New York, Springer},
abstract = {One of the consequences of the current wave of changes in information and communication technologies is the development of an intergenerational digital divide, that is taking place between “digital natives” and “digital immigrants”. In this paper we present the result of a research performed during the course of 2008 to study styles of media consumption and usage among university students. The methodology was based on a mix of quantitative and qualitative approaches. A survey research was done, on a sample of 1186 students of the University of Milan-Bicocca, based on a questionnaire administrated through the Intranet of the University. A series of focus groups and in depth interviews with students, parents, and new media experts was furthermore performed. The results are consistent with the presence of a strong intergenerational divide. The implications of the results for the future organization of educative systems are discussed in the paper.},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Keating2009c,
title = {Pragmatics and Technology},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.1163/9789004253209_030},
isbn = {9789004253209},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
urldate = {2009-01-01},
pages = {231-237},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Keating2009d,
title = {Correction/Repair as a Resource for Co-Construction of Group Competence},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.1075/prag.3.4.03kea},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
urldate = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Pragmatics},
volume = {3},
number = {4},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Noorden2009,
title = {Aratus’ Maiden and the Source of Belief},
author = {Helen Van Noorden and MA Harder and RF Regtuit and GC Wakker},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
urldate = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Nature and Science in Hellenistic Poetry},
pages = {255-275},
keywords = {Helen Van Noorden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Noorden2009b,
title = {further, he is recognized both for his poetic skill and as a scientific},
author = {Helen Van Noorden},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
urldate = {2009-01-01},
journal = {Nature and Science in Hellenistic Poetry},
volume = {15},
pages = {255 Pages},
abstract = {16-17). 3. For Callimachus, Apollonius and Nicander, see respectively Asper (this volume: 2–6) and Sistakou (this volume: 194); Hatzimichali (this volume: 29). For an overview of the Latin translations and of Aratus' influence on Ovid, cf. Gee (2000); on Virgil's use of Aratus in the Georgics, cf. first Kidd (1997) 41-43). 4. Extant comments on Aratus' poetic skill begin with Callimachus' Epigram 27 Pf. Lewis (1992) argues that the poem's popularity is best explained by its use as an astronomical textbook. For papyrological evidence of this, see Cribiore (2001) 142-143 nn. 56-57). 5. Cf. Hatzimichali (this volume: 38–39) on the multifaceted reception of Nicander in antiquity.},
keywords = {Helen Van Noorden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Essegbey200,
title = {Topics in Kwa syntax},
author = {James Essegbey and Enoch O. Aboh},
year  = {2009},
date = {2009-01-01},
urldate = {2009-01-01},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2008b,
title = {Icelandic: Phonosemantic Matching: Motives for Adopting English Vocabulary in Other Languages},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.21832/9781847690524-005},
isbn = {9781847690524},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-12-31},
pages = {19-43},
publisher = {Multilingual Matters},
abstract = {In this chapter we account for phonosemantic matching (PSM; see Zuckermann, 1999, 2000, 2003a, 2003b, 2005a;‘echoing word-formation’in Sapir, 2008) in Icelandic. We will provide an overview of the Icelandic language, its structure, language planning and word-formation, and introduce the mechanism of PSM in general. We then illustrate two aspects of Icelandic PSM: word-formation, as PSM is one of many Icelandic word-formation types, and typology, by demonstrating PSM in other languages. PSM is divided into two main categories: PSM through a preexistent form and PSM through a new form. Finally, we present the conclusions and theoretical implications of this chapter. Sapir (2008) suggests the following taxonomy of the sources used to form new words in the language.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@bachelorthesis{Piller2008,
title = {Historical Perspectives on Immigrant and Bilingual Education in the USA},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
doi = {10.1080/13670050508669072},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-12-23},
urldate = {2008-12-23},
journal = {International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism},
volume = {8},
issue = {6},
pages = {614-617},
abstract = {Language Strategies for Bilingual Families: The One-parent-one-language Approach. Suzanne Barron-Hauwaert. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 2004. Pp. xv+220. ISBN 1-85359-714-7},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@bachelorthesis{Piller2008b,
title = {Living with Multiple Languages: Multilingualism, Identity, and Belonging},
author = {Ingrid Piller},
doi = {10.2167/beb125b.0},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-12-22},
urldate = {2008-12-22},
journal = {International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism},
volume = {9},
issue = {5},
pages = {689-692},
abstract = {Citizenship and Language Learning: International Perspectives. Audrey Osler, Starkey (eds) Hugh. Stoke on Trent: Trentham Books in Partnership with the British Council. 2005. Pp. xvi+147. ISBN 1-85856-334-8: £18.99},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@inbook{Giles2008,
title = {Social Psychology and personal relationships: Accommodation and relational influence across time and contexts},
author = {Howard Giles and M.J. Pitts},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-12-10},
urldate = {2008-12-10},
pages = {15-32},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Jourdan2008,
title = {Solomon Islands Pijin: Morphology and syntax},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
doi = {10.1515/9783110197181-114},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-12-10},
pages = {467 - 487},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {The Handbook ‚Varieties of English‘ is by far the most thorough reference work on phonology and the first-ever comprehensive overview of the morphology and syntax of varieties of English in the world. Survey Articles_
The books feature descriptive survey articles that are authored by widely acclaimed specialists in the field and that cover all main national standard varieties, distinctive regional, ethnic, and social varieties, major contact varieties, as well as major ESL varieties; share a common core, which makes them invaluable research tools for cross-linguistic comparisons; provide information on the historical and cultural backgrounds as well as the current sociolinguistic situations in the respective regions; serve as state-of-the-art reports on major issues in current research.
The handbook is an indispensable reference work and research tool for sociolinguists, dialectologists, phonologists, grammarians, typologists, and specialists in contact languages and varieties of English around the world. It is also ideally suited not only for professional academics but also for undergraduate and graduate students.

The editors are responsible for the following topics:
Kate Burridge/ Bernd Kortmann: Australia / Pacific Archipelagos
Bernd Kortmann: British Isles: Morphology and Syntax
Rajend Mesthrie: Africa / South and Southeast Asia
Edgar W. Schneider: The Americas / Caribbean
Clive Upton: British Isles: Phonology},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Jourdan2008b,
title = {Solomon Islands Pijin: Phonetics and phonology},
author = {Christine Jourdan and R. Selbach},
doi = {10.1515/9783110208412.1.164},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-12-10},
pages = {164 - 187},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {Solomon Islands Pijin is one of the three Melanesian pidgins (along with Tok Pisin spoken in Papua New Guinea, and Bislama spoken in Vanuatu) that are, more or less directly, the offshoots of the Pacifi c trade jargon of the early 19thcentury, known as Beach-la-Mar (Clark 1979; Keesing 1988). This early jar-gon  is  probably  based  on  a  pidgin  that  developed  in  Australia  between  the  British settlers in New South Wales and the aboriginal population at the end of the  18th  century  (Troy  1985;  Baker  1993).  It  further  expanded  and  stabilized  during the plantation period of the second part of the 19th century that linked the  Melanesian  archipelagos  of  Vanuatu  and  the  Solomons  to  Australia.  The  labour  trade  to  Queensland  lasted  for  roughly  40  years,  from  1863  to  1906.  At the beginning of the trade period, the Australian planters started to recruit in  New  Caledonia,  the  New  Hebrides,  the  Melanesian  archipelago  closest  to  Australia; when recruiting in the southern islands became diffi cult, they moved north towards the Banks Islands, the Santa Cruz archipelago and later, around 1874,  toward  the  Solomon  Islands.  Around  13,000  Solomon  Islanders  were  taken to Queensland during the forty-year period. The pidgin language (called Kanaka  Pidgin  English)  that  was  used  on  the  plantations  became  the  lingua  franca spoken among Melanesian workers (the Kanakas, as they were called) who did not share the same language, and between Melanesians and European overseers. When Solomon Islanders went back to the Solomons at the end of their contract, or when they were forcefully repatriated at the end of the labour trade period (1904), they brought Melanesian pidgin to the Solomon Islands. The  result  was  that  the  pidgin  became  quite  spread-out  throughout  the  east-ern part of the archipelago, but, not having a social raison d’être, it remained largely  unused,  except  for  affect.  Back  in  the  1980s,  old  people  could  still  remember the stories that were told by the old former Queensland hands many years after their return.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Ghosh2008,
title = {Literary Translation and Bengali},
author = {Aditi Ghosh},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-12-01},
publisher = {The Asiatic Society},
abstract = {Translation studies has been a discipline of much fascination since time immemorial. Scholars, literary critics, linguists and legendary authors have engaged themselves in the various concepts of ‘fidelity’, ‘foreignisation’, ‘hermeneutics’, ‘transmutation’, ‘equivalence’ and the like. There is no dearth of literature on the theories on this topic and, needless to say, the discipline has the potential to bring in a lot more intriguing readings and concepts to the world of knowledge. Literary Translation and Bengali examines this multifaceted discipline of literary translation with particular focus on translations between Bengali and English languages. It does so mainly by taking a look at a select number of celebrated translations. Each of these texts, analysed descriptively in different chapters, deals with different aspects of literary translations. Though the book begins with an outline of important translation theories, it concentrates mainly on the act of translation itself. Studying these translations reveal the various techniques and methods adopted by the translators and discern the rationale behind adopting those. As an alternative approach, the last chapter brings in the point of view of a translator.},
keywords = {Aditi Ghosh},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Michaud2008e,
title = {Tones and intonation: Some current challenges},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
editor = {Rudolph Sock and Susanne Fuchs and Yves Laprie},
url = {https://halshs.archives-ouvertes.fr/halshs-00325982},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-12-01},
pages = {13-18},
abstract = {It is well established that lexical tones and intonation are not mutually exclusive. Moreover, the presence or absence of lexical tones in a language does not by itself constitute a fundamental typological divide for intonation systems. Two dimensions of typological diversity are brought out: (i) concerning lexical tone systems, it is suggested that the analysis of contour tones into sequences of levels, which has clearly demonstrated its validity for numerous languages, does not actually apply to all; (ii) concerning intonation systems, it is suggested that languages differ in whether – and to what extent – they have ‘intonational tones', i.e. tones of intonational origin that are structurally similar to lexical tones. ‘Intonational tones' strictly speaking appear to be relatively rare. A hypothesis is set out concerning the relationship between the nature of the lexical tone system of a language and that of its intonation system: it is suggested that the encoding of intonational phenomena in terms of tones tends to thrive in languages that have a lexical system of level tones – by a process of tonal reinterpretation of intonation –whereas languages that have non-decomposable contour tones tend not to have tonal intonation.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {Extreme Poverty and Existential Obligations: Beyond Morality in the Anthropoogy of Africa},
author = {Harri Englund},
doi = {10.3167/sa.2008.520302},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-12-01},
urldate = {2008-12-01},
journal = {Social Analysis},
volume = {52},
number = {3},
pages = {33-50},
abstract = {The suggestion that the anthropological study of morality is theoretically undeveloped carries with it the risk of caricaturing ideas of moral obligation in mid-twentieth-century social anthropology. The need for recovering aspects of these ideas is demonstrated by the tendency of moral philosophers to reduce the issue of world poverty to a question of ethical choices and dilemmas. Examining the diplomatic tie that had existed for almost 42 years between Malawi and Taiwan and an ill-fated project of Taiwanese aid in rural Malawi, this article maintains that honoring obligations indicates neither a communitarian ethos nor rule-bound behavior. As the mid-twentieth-century anthropology of Africa theorized ethnographically, the moral and existential import of obligation lies in its contingent materiality rather than in social control. Such insights, the article concludes, can enrich debates on world poverty with alternative intellectual resources.},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Chiaro2008,
title = {Verbally expressed humor and translation},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.1515/9783110198492.569},
isbn = {978-3-11-018616-1},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-11-15},
pages = {569-608},
publisher = {The Primer of Humor Research},
abstract = {It is a well known fact that verbally expressed humour (VEH) travels badly Regrettably, beyond the boundaries of the society in which it originates, VEH will encounter two major barriers which will restrict its purpose: different languages and different cultures Translations are attempts at demolishing these apparently insurmountable barriers but, the translation of VEH is a notoriously arduous task the results of which are not always triumphant Generally considered to be untranslatable, yet systematically translated, no matter how complex the VEH in question, the translator feels obliged to desperately search for an adequate solution to what is often a multifaceted linguistic and/or cultural rebus As far as humorous discourse is concerned “Il en est de la traduction comme des sports: la limite semble pouvoir toujours être reculée ”(Laurian 1989: 6)},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Gupta2008,
title = {Globalisation and Difference: Cosmopolitanism Before the Nation-State},
author = {Akhil Gupta},
doi = {10.5130/tfc.v3i2.921},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-11-10},
journal = {Transforming Cultures eJournal},
volume = {3},
number = {2},
pages = {1-20},
abstract = {In this paper, I have tried to reflect on what cosmopolitanism might mean in a very different era of globalisation than the present. Although cosmopolitanism, as an expansive and sociable vision, is often contrasted with the geographically limited perspective and claustrophobic affinities of nationalism, the term originates in a historical period before the rise of nationalism in Europe. I argue that the residents of the civilisations around the Indian Ocean in the medieval and early modern world were cosmopolitan even by the standards of the high modernist meaning of the term. Not only did a range of people transact and translate across different languages, but they also knew how to conduct themselves in different cultural settings with people of different religious beliefs, while respecting the disparate religious, social, and cultural practices of their neighbours.},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2008,
title = {Object-sharing as Symmetric Sharing: Predicate clefting and serial verbs in Dàgáárè},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Ken Hiraiwa},
doi = {10.1007/s11049-008-9056-y},
issn = {0167-806X},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-11-05},
journal = {Springer Verlag Dordrecht. The Journal's web site is located at http://springerlink.metapress.com/openurl.asp?genre=journal&issn=0167-806X},
volume = {26},
number = {4},
pages = {795-832},
abstract = {Dàgáárè (a Gur language) allows various patterns of predicate clefting together with object pied-piping. This article investigates interactions of Predicate Cleft Constructions (PCCs) and object-sharing Serial Verb Constructions (SVCs) in Dàgáárè and argues that the object in object-sharing SVCs is symmetrically shared. Namely, we argue, building on Citko (2005), that it is an instance of Parallel Merge. Thus we present support for Baker’s (1989) insight of the Double-Headedness and against Collins’ (1997) VP-shell structure with a pro. This kind of empirical evidence is not available in other languages (cf. Baker 1989, Collins 1997 among others) and hence Dàgáárè provides a novel argument for a permissible structure of object-sharing SVCs and the availability of symmetric structure in UG.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Dalakoglou2008,
title = {Infrastrures and anthropology: an ethnography of the Albanian Greek cross-border motorway},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-11-01},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Theodoropoulou2008,
title = { The Hidden Life of Girls: Games of Stance, Status, and Exclusion by Marjorie H. Goodwin},
author = {Eirini TheodoropoulouEirini Theodoropoulou},
doi = {10.1111/j.1467-9841.2008.00388_5.x},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-11-01},
journal = {Journal of Sociolinguistics},
volume = {12},
number = {5},
pages = {705-709},
keywords = {Eirini Theodoropoulou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ferguson2008,
title = {Reply to the comments on Global Shadows},
author = {James Ferguson},
doi = {10.1111/j.1467-9493.2008.00341.x},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-11-01},
urldate = {2008-11-01},
journal = {Singapore Journal of Tropical Geography},
volume = {29},
issue = {3},
keywords = {James Ferguson},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2008b,
title = {Law Enforcement Encounters: The Effects of Officer Accommodativeness and Crime Severity on Interpersonal Attributions are Mediated by Intergroup Sensitivity},
author = {Howard Giles and Paul Myers and Scott A. Reid and Robin L. Nabi},
doi = {10.1080/10510970802467361},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-10-01},
urldate = {2008-10-01},
journal = {Communication Studies},
volume = {59},
number = {4},
pages = {291-305},
abstract = {Drawing on communication accommodation theory in a law enforcement context, young adults rated one of four written vignettes wherein an accommodating or nonaccommodating police officer issued a ticket for a minor or major traffic violation. The officer was rated less favorably along both cognitive and affective dimensions when he nonaccommodated rather than accommodated the offender. The effect of officer accommodation on evaluations of officer competence and social attractiveness were both mediated by intergroup sensitivity. These effects, which supported the theory, emerged irrespective of the severity of the violation. The findings add to the literature regarding the effects of intergroup sensitivity and open up new affective parameters for communication accommodation.
},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2008c,
title = {Expressed Trust and Compliance in Police-Civilian Encounters: The Role of Communication Accommodation in Chinese and American Settings},
author = {Howard Giles and Christopher Hajek and Valerie Barker and Mary Lee Hummer and Yan Bing Zhang and Mei-Chen Lin},
doi = {10.1080/17544750802287935},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-10-01},
urldate = {2008-10-01},
journal = {Chinese Journal of Communication},
volume = {1},
number = {2},
abstract = {Author Final Draft doi:10.1080/17544750802287935 Research has demonstrated that police officers’ communicative practices are potent predictors of individuals’ expressed reactions to law enforcement. The present study continues this line of work in Taiwan, the People’s Republic of China, and the United States by testing a theoretical model pertaining to the influence of perceived police officer accommodation and reported trust on attitudes about compliance with police requests. In addition to differences in reported levels of these variables across locations, findings indicated that perceived police officer communication accommodation predicted trust in police which, in turn, predicted attitudes about compliance with police requests. The empirical and practical significance of these findings are discussed.
},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2008,
title = {Religious thought in the Victorian age. Challenges and reconceptions},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1017/S0022046908005514},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-10-01},
urldate = {2008-10-01},
journal = {The Journal of Ecclesiastical History},
volume = {59},
number = {4},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks2008,
title = {How adult English learners of French express caused motion: A comparison with English and French natives},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Maya Hickmann and Annie-Claude Demagny},
doi = {10.4000/aile.3973},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-09-30},
urldate = {2008-09-30},
journal = {Acquisition et interaction en langue étrangère},
abstract = {This study examines the impact of typological properties (satellite - vs. verb-framed languages) on the expression of caused motion during adult second language acquisition. Productions were elicited by means of animated cartoons from 24 English learners of French (12 low-intermediate, 12 advanced) as compared to 24 native speakers (12 English, 12 French). The responses of native speakers differed with respect to semantic density (English>French) and to the systematic (English) vs. variable (French) devices used. As for learners, their utterance density increased with proficiency level as they acquired complex structures. Source/target language properties influenced this process, as shown by their increasing attempt to produce target-like structures that nonetheless remained source-like at both proficiency levels. These typological constraints suggest that learners do not construct an entirely independent linguistic system during second language acquisition and that L2 mastery may require some re-conceptualization of spatial information. The discussion indicates research directions that might explore the implications of these results for language teaching.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2008bb,
title = {Style and stylization in the construction of identities in a card-playing club},
author = {Anna De Fina},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-09-25},
journal = {Style and Social Identities},
pages = {57-84},
abstract = {In recent years a widely accepted shift in sociolinguistic studies has taken place: from a paradigm stressing the stable relationship between social categories and linguistic phenomena, towards a more interactionally oriented paradigm in which such a relationship is not taken for granted, but rather becomes the focus of attention. Many scholars are now trying to define the nature of the relationship between linguistic variables and aspects of the context, and they do so by starting from a careful and at times painstaking analysis of what participants do in interaction, and of how they assign meanings to linguistic and other semiotic aspects of social encounters. Thus, from this perspective, what counts is “how the indexical ties of discourse to other texts, situations, or kinds of speakers serve as resources for the production and interpretation of social meanings”(Bauman 2001: 77).},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Pauwels2008,
title = {Handbook of language and communication: diversity and change},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Marlis Hellinger},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-09-25},
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},
abstract = {In line with the overall perspective of the Handbook series, the focus of Vol. 9 is on language-related problems arising in the context of linguistic diversity and change, and the contributions Applied Linguistics can offer for solutions. Part I,“Language minorities and inequality,” presents situations of language contact and linguistic diversity as world-wide phenomena. The focus is on indigenous and immigrant linguistic minorities, their (lack of) access to linguistic rights through language policies and the impact on their linguistic future. Part II “Language planning and language change,” focuses on the impact of colonialism, imperialism, globalisation and economics as factors that language policies and planning measures must account for in responding to problems deriving from language contact and linguistic diversity. Part III,“Language variation and change in institutional contexts,” examines language-related problems in selected institutional areas of communication (education, the law, religion, science, the Internet) which will often derive from socioeconomic, cultural and other non-linguistic asymmetries. Part IV,“The discourse of linguistic diversity and language change,” analyses linguistic diversity, language change and language reform as issues of public debates which are informed by different ideological positions, values and attitudes (eg with reference to sexism, racism, and political correctness). The volume also contains extensive reference sections and index material.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2008bb,
title = {Language and communication: Diversity and change–An introduction},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Marlis Hellinger},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-09-25},
pages = {1-14},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {Volume IX of the Handbook Series focuses on language-related problems and issues arising in the context of linguistic diversity and change and how applied linguistic perspectives and approaches may contribute to solving or managing some of these problems. The contributions in this volume also bear witness to the diversity in the conceptualisation of applied linguistics as outlined in the General Introduction by the Series Editors. This volume is perhaps more diverse in its topic coverage than many of the other volumes in the Handbook Series. Consequently there is some similarity and overlap with themes and topics covered in other volumes, especially Vol. IV (Communication in the Public Sphere), Vol. V (Multilingual Communication) and Vol. VII (Intercultural Communication). However, the approach here is explicitly on problem identification, explanation and management.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Fina2008,
title = {Book Review: Vally Lytra, Play frames and social identities. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 2007. 300 pp},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1177/13670069080120030502},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-09-01},
journal = {International Journal of Bilingualism - INT J BILING},
volume = {12},
number = {3},
pages = {225-228},
abstract = {The International Journal of Bilingualism of identities in talk”(p. 3). The book’s aim is therefore not merely to document interaction among children from different backgrounds, but also to propose a model of analysis of the mutual constitution of language and social action. Bringing together recent insights from sociolinguistic and anthropological inquiry in this field, the author illustrates how language functions in conjunction with other forms of symbolic practice to constitute identities and social realities. The book is divided into six chapters. In the first two, the author describes the theoretical/methodological orientation of the research and provides details on the setting and participants. In the following four chapters, Lytra proposes analyses of various aspects of playful talk in relation to different discourse contexts and social settings.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2008,
title = {Sex-Specific Genetic Data Support One of Two Alternative Versions of the Foundation of the Ruling Dynasty of the Nso' in Cameroon},
author = {Bruce A Connell and Krishna Veeramah and David Zeitlyn and Verkijika G Fanso and Nancy R Mendell and Michael E Weale and Neil Bradman and Mark G Thomas
},
doi = {10.1086/590119},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-09-01},
journal = {Current Anthropology (PubMed)},
volume = {49},
number = {4},
pages = {707-714},
abstract = {Sex-specific genetic data favor a specific variant of the oral history of the kingdom of Nso' (a Grassfields city-state in Cameroon) in which the royal family traces its descent from a founding ancestress who married into an autochthonous hunter-gatherer group. The distributions of Y chromosome and mitochondrial DNA variation in the Nso' in general and in the ruling dynasty in particular are consistent with specific Nso' marriage practices, suggesting strict conservation of the royal social class along agnatic lines. This study demonstrates the efficacy of using genetics to augment other sources of information (e.g., oral histories, archaeology, and linguistics) when seeking to recover the histories of African peoples.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Lu2008b,
title = {"Part of Speech and Onomatopoeia / Mimicry ", "Words and Cognitive Mechanisms-Professor Masaaki Yamanashi's Commemorative Papers on the Return of the Calendar"},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Lu Kayo},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-09-01},
pages = {199-212},
publisher = {Tokyo: Hitsuji Shobo Publishing Co. Ltd.},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Biagini2008b,
title = {Liberty and nationalism in Ireland},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1017/S0018246X08007036},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-09-01},
urldate = {2008-09-01},
journal = {The Historical Journal},
volume = {51},
number = {3},
pages = {793 - 809},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2008,
title = {Alternate and Complementary Perspectives on Language and Social Life: The Organization of Repair in Two Caribbean Communities},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1111/j.1467-9841.2008.00377.x},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-09-01},
urldate = {2008-09-01},
journal = {Journal of Sociolinguistics},
volume = {12},
issue = {4},
pages = {477 - 503},
abstract = {This article discusses the history of relations between conversation analysis and linguistic anthropology within the broader field encompassing various approaches to language, interaction, and social life. It argues that although these relations have, at times, been fraught and marked by rather serious misconceptions of what conversation analysis is all about, there is still much to be gained from cooperation and scholarly exchange between these approaches. An illustration of this argument focuses on the organization of other-initiated repair in two Caribbean communities.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2008d,
title = {The Influence of Race in Police–Civilian Interactions: A Content Analysis of Videotaped Interactions Taken During Cincinnati Police Traffic Stops},
author = {Howard Giles and Travis Dixon and Terry L. Schell and Kristin L. Drogos},
doi = {10.1111/j.1460-2466.2008.00398.x},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-08-29},
urldate = {2008-08-29},
journal = {Journal of Communication},
volume = {58},
number = {3},
pages = {530 - 549},
abstract = {Although the study of police–civilian relations has recently entered the intergroup communication arena, there are no studies of actual interactions between these social categories. In part to rectify that stark omission and guided by communication accommodation theory, 313 randomly sampled video recordings from police cars on traffic stops in Cincinnati, Ohio were content analyzed. The study revealed 3 key differences as a function of the officers’ and drivers’ races: (a) Black drivers were more likely to experience extensive policing during the stop; (b) the communication quality of White drivers was, on average, more positive than that of the Black drivers; and (c) officers’ communication behavior was more positive when the officer and driver were of the same race. These findings are consistent with public opinion data and their implications for theory are discussed.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pablé2008,
title = {From 'standard' to 'nonstandard' grammar. New England in the days of Salem Witchcraft and the Civil War},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-08-27},
pages = {105-126},
publisher = {Standards and Norms in the English Language},
chapter = {6},
abstract = {everal  grammatical  features  deemed  unacceptable  in  present-day  formal  Standard  American  English  were  taken  to  the  early  colonies  by  British  emigrants, who used them regardless of their social status or the linguistic medium.  The  relegation  of  most  of  these  traits  to  the  level  of  ‘vulgar  lan-guage’, and, concomitantly, their banishment from cultivated speech, very likely coincided with the early federalist period following the Revolution-ary  War  and  the  War  of  1812,  when  specific  variants  became  subject  to  ‘focusing’  while  their  counterparts  were  assigned  ‘dialectal’  status  (see  e.g., Cooley 1992). The shift in social, i.e., diastratic, evaluation that some of  these  features  underwent  in  the  course  of  the  late  eighteenth  and  early  nineteenth  centuries  has  been  commented  on  repeatedly  in  the  scholarly  literature:  George  P.  Krapp  (1925:  261),  for  example,  discussed  the  vari-ants were  and  was in second person singular contexts, and presented con-vincing evidence that the less general form you was constituted “the better and  finer  usage”  in  eighteenth  century  America.  Analogously,  Krapp  (1925: 263) pointed out that adjectival them was formerly found in “repu-table writings” and that ain’t was not thought “reprehensible in colloquial style”.  Alexander  (1928:  148),  in  an  article  dedicated  to  the  language  of  colonial  American  English,  expressed  the  notion  mentioned  above  as  fol-lows: “Many so-called vulgarisms are found to have their roots far back in the  history  of  our  language  and  to  have  graced  the  lips  of  distinguished  people in a past that is often not very remote”. },
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2008,
title = {Media competence},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Maureen Ehrensberger-Dow},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-08-27},
pages = {277–312},
publisher = {De Gruyter},
abstract = {Children call their grandparents to thank them for new clothes, teenagers send each other photos of themselves with their mobile phones, and brides-to-be email their mothers' website addresses for them to preview wedding dresses: every generation has its preferred tools for conveying information. Media such as the telephone (Hutchby 1991) and the internet (Crystal 2001) encourage, facilitate, impede, or hinder certain types of communication and language use: primarily verbal or primarily non-verbal, spoken or written, spontaneous or planned, face-to-face or apart, personal or business, informal or formal, public or private, as senders, receivers, or in alternating roles. How people communicate depends very much on the medium that they choose to bridge the gap across space and time. Within the range ofwhat is technically possible,people can use a medium more or less skillfully, appropriately, or purposefully. This chapter examines such media competence - specifically, in terms of language use. 1t defines and links the terms "media" and "competence" (section 1); infers from sample discussions the specific language competence involved in medially-transmitted communication (section 2); explains the methodology of research into media competence with examples ofjournalistic processing of discussions and producing media texts (section 3); presents an overview ofresearch into appropriate and successful language use in mediallytransmitted public communication (section 4); and identifies current gaps in the general area ofresearch into media competence (section 5).This chapter examines such media competence - specifically, in terms of language use. 1t defines and links the terms "media" and "competence" (section 1); infers from sample discussions the specific language competence involved in medially-transmitted communication (section 2); explains the methodology of research into media competence with examples ofjournalistic processing of discussions and producing media texts (section 3); presents an overview ofresearch into appropriate and successful language use in mediallytransmitted public communication (section 4); and identifies current gaps in the general area ofresearch into media competence (section 5).This chapter examines such media competence - specifically, in terms of language use. 1t defines and links the terms "media" and "competence" (section 1); infers from sample discussions the specific language competence involved in medially-transmitted communication (section 2); explains the methodology of research into media competence with examples ofjournalistic processing of discussions and producing media texts (section 3); presents an overview ofresearch into appropriate and successful language use in mediallytransmitted public communication (section 4); and identifies current gaps in the general area ofresearch into media competence (section 5).infers from sample discussions the specific language competence involved in medially-transmitted communication (section 2); explains the methodology of research into media competence with examples ofjournalistic processing of discussions and producing media texts (section 3); presents an overview ofresearch into appropriate and successful language use in mediallytransmitted public communication (section 4); and identifies current gaps in the general area ofresearch into media competence (section 5).infers from sample discussions the specific language competence involved in medially-transmitted communication (section 2); explains the methodology of research into media competence with examples ofjournalistic processing of discussions and producing media texts (section 3); presents an overview ofresearch into appropriate and successful language use in mediallytransmitted public communication (section 4); and identifies current gaps in the general area ofresearch into media competence (section 5).presents an overview ofresearch into appropriate and successful language use in mediallytransmitted public communication (section 4); and identifies current gaps in the general area ofresearch into media competence (section 5).presents an overview ofresearch into appropriate and successful language use in mediallytransmitted public communication (section 4); and identifies current gaps in the general area ofresearch into media competence (section 5).},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{King2008,
title = {“Being Gay Guy, That is the Advantage”: Queer Korean Language Learning and Identity Construction},
author = {Brian King},
doi = {10.1080/15348450802237855},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-08-19},
urldate = {2008-08-19},
journal = {Journal of Language Identity & Education},
volume = {7},
pages = {230-252},
abstract = {This study works against heteronormativity, which is prevalent in the second language acquisition field, adding queer perspectives to the growing body of research that questions a narrower, 1-dimensional view of the language learner. There is a common belief that learning an additional language (L2) while surrounded by L2 speakers in a naturalistic setting is best. Theories of identity and language learning have destabilized this notion, pointing to the effects of ongoing identity construction on learning. While forming identities in the L2, a learner invests in certain groups of speakers (often imagined communities), leading them to seek out such speakers. Access to speakers in real naturalistic settings is not guaranteed, and social marginalization often prevents learning. This qualitative study explores the naturalistic language-learning experiences of 3 Korean gay men whose marginalized sexual identities assist them with access while articulating other aspects of their identities (e.g., race, nationality) as well as sexual desire.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams2008bb,
title = {Book Review: Language, economy and society: the changing fortunes of the Welsh language in the twentieth century},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1191/0309132502ph388xx},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-08-02},
journal = {Progress in Human Geography},
volume = {26},
number = {4},
pages = {567-569},
abstract = {Carter, 1994) which has established itself as an indispensable tool for the analysis of Welsh in the twentieth century. The volume addresses the concerns of Welsh-speaking ‘communities’, both in relation to the restructuring of social and economic affairs and in relation to the reconstruction of the national identities of postdevolution Wales.
The opening chapter provides some conceptual guidelines, sets the geographical context and provides an introduction to the seven substantive chapters which follow. The authors are concerned to locate their geolinguistic enquiry within broader discussions of ethnicity, culture and postmodern discourses. In an era suffused with ‘isms’ and quasipretentious theory, their interpretations are relatively simple (without being in any way simplistic), couched in readily accessible language and based upon empirical evidence.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Chiaro2008b,
title = {A taste of otherness eating and thinking globally},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.1080/13825570802151470},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-08-01},
journal = {European Journal of English Studies},
volume = {12},
number = {2},
pages = {195-209},
abstract = {This essay sets out to explore a number of social issues related to present day food culture in the UK and the role translation has played in enhancing the shift that has occurred in the concept of foreignness as portrayed in texts related to cookery, especially over the past 50 years. In particular, it will examine the way in which, in culinary contexts, ‘the continent’ has shifted from mainly connoting France, to include Italy, which was to eventually become the nation's ‘preferred’ food culture. How other food cultures are presented to UK readers, both visually and verbally, will be examined through selected cookery books and food magazines in the light of two features: how culinary ‘otherness’ is introduced through translation and how British identity is brought to terms with new incoming distinctiveness. The essay will also reflect upon the contradiction of present day food culture in the UK and especially the tension between the idea of the ‘healthy eating’ of others portrayed in the media, and the ‘junk eating’ reality of the UK.},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2008b,
title = {On the actuation of semantic change: The case of tongzhi},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-07-31},
journal = {Language Sciences},
volume = {30},
number = {4},
pages = {423-449},
abstract = {This article addresses a lacuna in research on the actuation of semantic change by shedding new light on speakers’ motivation. Focusing on the semantic change of tongzhi from ‘comrade’ to ‘sexual minorities’ in Hong Kong, it argues that the semantic change of social category labels is sometimes actuated by speakers’ desire to index different stances and to project different personae. Yet the speakers’ agency involved is both enabled and constrained by the discursive history of the term and larger socio-historical processes. This study also demonstrates the importance of uncovering speakers’ motivations through the use of different data collection methods.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2008bb,
title = {Australia and New Zealand},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110184181.3.9.2025},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-07-14},
pages = {2025-2034},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {Australia and New Zealand are both multilingual societies in terms of their linguistic make up: English functions as the (de-facto) official and as the national language, although Maori in NZ is also recognised as a national language. English is, however, the dominant language in the public domain in both communities and also records the highest numbers of speakers, ie more than 95% of the population speaks English either as a first or a second language. The situation of indigenous languages in both countries is precarious with many Australian Aboriginal languages already extinct and the long term survival of many others doubtful.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2008bb,
title = {Australia and New Zealand},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110184181.3.9.2025},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-07-14},
volume = {3},
pages = {2025-2034},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {Australia and New Zealand are both multilingual societies in terms of their linguistic make up: English functions as the (de-facto) official and as the national language, although Maori in NZ is also recognised as a national language. English is, however, the dominant language in the public domain in both communities and also records the highest numbers of speakers, ie more than 95% of the population speaks English either as a first or a second language. The situation of indigenous languages in both countries is precarious with many Australian Aboriginal languages already extinct and the long term survival of many others doubtful.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Baide2008,
title = {Modélisation sémantique, sens différentiel et genre},
author = {Fabienne Baide and Evelyne Jacquey},
doi = {10.1051/cmlf08240},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-07-09},
journal = {World Congress of French Linguistics},
pages = {12 pages},
abstract = {When they denote the feminine being, respectively the masculine being, many paradigms have interpretations that are distinguished by their connotation. Both in discourse and in the metalinguistic descriptions of these paradigms, many studies note a devaluation of the female paradigm and, moreover, the fact that the prerogative of public life currently remains, on the linguistic level at least, primarily male. By taking the example of the so-called "differential sense" minimal pairs of the form N + Adj and Adj + N such as honest man, honest woman, we show how the descriptive tools of the generative lexicon (Pustejovsky 1995), levels of description and generative mechanisms, make it possible to account for the different interpretations without however postulating an ambiguity of the adjective.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2008e,
title = {Aging and time: Multidisciplinary perspectives ‐ Edited by Jan Baars & Henk Visser},
author = {Howard Giles},
doi = {10.1111/j.1460-2466.2008.00391_1.x},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-07-09},
journal = {Journal of Communication},
volume = {58},
number = {2},
pages = {396 - 397},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2008eb,
title = {Aging and time: Multidisciplinary perspectives ‐ Edited by Jan Baars & Henk Visser},
author = {Howard Giles},
doi = {10.1111/j.1460-2466.2008.00391_1.x},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-07-09},
urldate = {2008-07-09},
journal = {Journal of Communication},
volume = {58},
number = {2},
pages = {396 - 397},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Brookes2008,
title = {Factors Influencing Teen Mothers' Enrollment and Participation in Prevention of Mother-to-Child HIV Transmission Services in Limpopo Province, South Africa},
author = {Heather Brookes and Christine Varga},
doi = {10.1177/1049732308318449},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-07-01},
urldate = {2008-07-01},
journal = {Qualitative Health Research},
volume = {18},
number = {6},
pages = {786-802},
abstract = {In this article, we examine barriers to HIV testing uptake and participation in prevention of mother-to-child HIV transmission (PMTCT) services among adolescent mothers aged 15 to 19 years in rural and urban Limpopo Province, South Africa. We used the narrative research method involving key informants constructing typical case studies of adolescent experiences with HIV testing and entry into PMTCT. Case studies formed the basis of a community-based questionnaire and focus group discussions with adolescent mothers. Client-counselor dynamics during pretest counseling were pivotal in determining uptake and participation, and counselor profile strongly influenced the nature of the interaction. Other factors found to influence adherence to PMTCT recommendations included HIV and early premarital pregnancy stigma, fear of a positive test result, and concerns over confidentiality and poor treatment by health care providers. Adolescents described elaborate strategies to avoid HIV disclosure to labor and delivery staff, despite knowing this would mean no antiretroviral therapy for their newborn infants. Theoretical, methodological, and programmatic implications of study findings are also discussed.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2008g,
title = {Reported compliance in police-civilian encounters: The roles of accommodation and trust in Zimbabwe and the United States},
author = {Howard Giles and Dr Christopher Hajek and Valerie Barker and Charles W. Choi and Sinfree Makoni},
doi = {10.1080/02500160802144660},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-07-01},
urldate = {2008-07-01},
journal = {Communicatio},
volume = {34},
number = {1},
pages = {173-187},
abstract = {Recent research has demonstrated that, for young adults, officers' accommodative practices are potent predictors of civilians' attributed trust in the police, and their perceived likelihood of compliance with police requests. The present study continued this line of work in the African nation of Zimbabwe and in the United States. Besides differences between nations, results revealed that for US participants, officer accommoda-tiveness indirectly predicted civilian compliance through trust. For those in Zimbabwe, however, only direct relationships were found – between officer accommodation and civilian trust, and between accommodation and compliance. The theoretical and practical significance of these are discussed.
},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Weinberg2008,
title = {The Body in Question: A SocioCultural Approach},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
doi = {10.1177/009430610803700442},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-07-01},
urldate = {2008-07-01},
journal = {Contemporary Sociology},
volume = {37},
number = {4},
pages = {365-366},
abstract = {The book also pays considerable attention to some of the latest theoretical and technological developments within biomedicine itself (eg, genetics, neuroscience, stem cell research) and to the effects they have had upon both wider popular cultural understandings of the body and the range of techniques available in modern societies to modify and regulate our bodies.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Roberts2008,
title = {Movement and Agreement in Italian Past Participles and Defective Phases},
author = {Ian Roberts and Roberta D'Alessandro},
doi = {10.1162/ling.2008.39.3.477},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-07-01},
urldate = {2008-07-01},
journal = {Linguistic Inquiry},
volume = {39},
issue = {3},
pages = {477-491},
abstract = {In this article, we propose a phase-based alternative to Kayne’s (1989) analysis of past participle agreement in Italian. This analysis captures the principal facts without making reference to specifier-head agreement. Instead, the possibility of overt past participle agreement is determined by the Phase Impenetrability Condition and is linked to the surface position of the past participle. The analysis has interesting crosslinguistic implications, notably in that it predicts a general asymmetry between subject and object agreement.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2008b,
title = {Analysing narratives as practices},
author = {Anna De Fina and Alexandra Georgakopoulou},
doi = {10.1177/1468794106093634},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-07-01},
journal = {Qualitative Research - QUAL RES},
volume = {8},
number = {3},
pages = {379-387},
abstract = {Departing from a critique of the conventional paradigm of narrative analysis, inspired by Labov and the narrative turn in social sciences, we propose an alternative framework, recommending combining a focus on the local occasioning of narratives in interaction with the analysis of their participation in a variety of macro-processes, through mobilizing the notions of social practice, genre and community of practice.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2008bb,
title = {Analyzing Narrative as Practice},
author = {Anna De Fina},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-07-01},
journal = {Qualitative Research},
volume = {8},
number = {3},
pages = {379-387},
abstract = {Departing from a critique of the conventional paradigm of narrative analysis, inspired by Labov and the narrative turn in social sciences, we propose an alternative framework, recommending combining a focus on the local occasioning of narratives in interaction with the analysis of their participation in a variety of macro-processes, through mobilizing the notions of social practice, genre and community of practice.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vigouroux2008,
title = {“The smuggling of La Francophonie”: Francophone Africans in Anglophone Cape Town (South Africa)},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404508080561},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-07-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {37},
number = {3},
pages = {415 - 434},
abstract = {Focusing on Black Francophone migrants in Cape Town, it is argued that a locally based Francophone identity has emerged in South Africa that questions the institutional discourse of La Francophonie as the organization of French-speaking states. The new identity has little to do with the organization's ideology of a transnational community of people united by a common language and culture. This is shown by deconstructing the category of passeurs de Francophonie (literally ‘smugglers of la Francophonie’ as practice) to which the organization assigns migrants in non-Francophone countries who allegedly spread the French language and Francophone culture. It is argued that the notion of “Francophone” must be grounded empirically and approached in relation to the social environment of the relevant speakers. The post-apartheid South African setting assigns it a meaning different from what it has in Francophone states.},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Williams2008bb,
title = {Securing “Official Bilingualism”: From Special Pleading to Deliberative Democracy?},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9780230597570_6},
isbn = {978-1-349-54131-7},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-07-01},
pages = {162-184},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {This chapter interprets the ideological, political and legal implications of incorporating “official bilingualism” as a key policy objective within parts of the UK, Ireland and Canada. It will do so by examining the transition from a minority dependency situation to one of a more inclusive, if not quite deliberative, democracy. This involves, inter alia, discussions of interest group pluralism and deliberative democracy, the effectiveness of language legislation, the promotion of an equality agenda and the impact of asymmetrical devolution.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Hendriks2008b,
title = {L’organisation de l’information en topique dans les discours: Descriptifs en L1 et en L2},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Watorek Marzena},
doi = {10.4000/aile.3372},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-06-30},
urldate = {2008-06-30},
journal = {Acquisition et interaction en langue étrangère},
abstract = {Cet article présente une étude de l'organisation de l'information en topique dans le discours descriptif à visée spatiale, produit par des locuteurs natifs adultes et enfants, en anglais, en polonais et en français ainsi que par des apprenants adultes polonais et anglais en français L2. De façon générale, la présente étude s'articule autour de deux grandes questions: - quel est le poids des spécificités systémiques des langues dans l'acquisition des procédures nécessaires à la construction du discours en L1 et en L2 ? -quelle importance doit-on accorder au développement cognitif dans la comparaison de l'acquisition de la construction du discours en L1 et en L2 ? Dans quelle mesure les discours des enfants seraient limités par la maturité cognitive? Par ailleurs, cette étude permet de revenir sur la notion même de topique, notion qui pose de nombreux problèmes de définition dans la littérature existante. Nos résultats montrent que l'âge et les différences interlinguistiques influencent considérablement l'organisation de l'information au niveau du discours et de l'énoncé. Ainsi, les enfants de trois langues construisent à 4 ans des descriptions très différentes de celles produites par des locuteurs plus âgés. De plus, les anglophones organisent l'information au niveau de l'énoncé, en L1 et en L2, de façon différente que les polonophones et francophones. Nos résultats permettent également de revenir sur les questions portant sur la définition du topique en s'appuyant des critères indépendants des structures linguistiques utilisées pour l'exprimer.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2008b,
title = {Organizing Social and Spatial Location: Elicitations in Indo‐Guyanese Village Talk},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1525/jlin.1997.7.2.143},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-06-28},
urldate = {2008-06-28},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {7},
issue = {2},
pages = {143 - 165},
abstract = {Boundaries, borders, and the spaces they delimit become meaningful, in part, through talk situated within them, as well as through talk about them. In this article I look at the role elicitations play in organizing mutually embedded knowledge about social and spatial location. Particularly important, I argue, is the use, in elicitations, of metapragmatic framing devices, including personal and spatial deictics and explicitly metalinguistic verbs such as kos 'curse' and kaal 'call/beckon'.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2008c,
title = {Organizing Social and Spatial Location: Elicitations in Indo‐Guyanese Village Talk},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1525/jlin.1997.7.2.143},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-06-28},
urldate = {2008-06-28},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {7},
issue = {2},
pages = {143 - 165},
abstract = {Boundaries, borders, and the spaces they delimit become meaningful, in part, through talk situated within them, as well as through talk about them. In this article I look at the role elicitations play in organizing mutually embedded knowledge about social and spatial location. Particularly important, I argue, is the use, in elicitations, of metapragmatic framing devices, including personal and spatial deictics and explicitly metalinguistic verbs such as kos 'curse' and kaal 'call/beckon'.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2008,
title = {De La Féminisation Des Titres À La Rédaction Épicène : Regards Croisés Sur La Parité Linguistique},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Hélène Dumais and Edwige Khaznadar and Louise-Laurence Larivière and Michèle Lenoble-Pinson and Gabrielle Saint-Yves and Thérèse Moreau and Pierrette Vachon-L'Heureux and Céline Labrosse},
doi = {10.7202/018315ar},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-06-26},
journal = {Feminist research},
volume = {21},
number = {1},
pages = {171–182},
abstract = {Dans cet article, Hélène Dumais, linguiste et spécialiste de la rédaction non sexiste, a regroupé les propos de huit spécialistes de la langue concernant la parité linguistique en français. Ces expertes ont répondu à un questionnaire en vue de faire le point sur le sujet : situation actuelle dans leur pays, avancées ou stagnation, initiation des jeunes générations et avenir en la matière sont autant d’aspects abordés. Il en ressort que la féminisation des titres progresse lentement mais sûrement (elle est même acquise dans certains cas), alors que la question des textes, où l’on tient à manifester la présence des femmes, suscite des réactions diverses. Selon les témoignages recueillis, sensibilisation, éducation et volonté politique sont les avenues à privilégier pour assurer la pérennité dans le domaine.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Andaya2008b,
title = {Women and the Performance of Power in Early Modern Southeast Asia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-06-10},
pages = {22-44},
publisher = {University of California Press},
abstract = {The ritual restatement of authority so necessary to the maintenance of kingship represents a common thread in Southeast Asian history. The phrase “theater state” effectively deployed by Clifford Geertz in relation to Bali is eminently applicable even in places where Europeans condescendingly equated the “king” to one of their own provincial mayors. Whether in these enhanced chiefdoms or in larger courts like those of Java or Burma, ceremonial life was “an assertion of spiritual power.” In this performance of power, women were indispensable, usually in supporting roles but at times as directors and lead actors. Notwithstanding regional differences in language, culture, and historical experience, “palace women” across Southeast Asia can be considered in terms of the enactment of royal status, which, by separating a ruler from his subjects, justified and maintained the rationale on which kingship rested. This chapter looks at women and the performance of power in early modern Southeast Asia. It discusses the purpose of royal polygyny, women's roles at royal courts and in the enactment of royal power, women's theatrical performances, and life cycle rituals.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Bhatia2008,
title = {Discursive Illusions in the American National Strategy for Combating Terrorism},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
doi = {10.1075/jlp.7.2.02bha},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-06-01},
journal = { Journal of Language and Politics},
volume = {7},
number = {2},
pages = {201-227},
abstract = {Social realities are often negotiated and determined by elite groups of society, including political and religious leaders, the mass media, and even professional experts, who give meaning to complex, multifaceted constructs such as terrorism consistent with their individual socio-political agendas. The Bush Administration's National Strategy for Combating Terrorism (NSCT) (2003) defines what we the public and media understand by the term terrorism; who are terrorists; what constitutes terrorism; how we can fight terrorism, etc. In order to convince audiences that the version of reality that the NSCT is representing is the objective truth, particular themes such as the construction of religion, Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMDs), orientalism, and attack vs. self-defence, typically realised through the use of rhetorical resources such as category work, appeals to historicity, negative other-presentation, and the use of metaphor, are utilised. Metaphors are used to construct new and alternate realities. They allow a subjective conceptualisation of reality to appear more convincing through the invocation of emotions and ideologies. Drawing on a detailed analysis of NSCT, the paper investigates how metaphors are combined with other features of language and rhetoric to achieve the themes mentioned above enabling the discourse of illusion to take effect.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2008,
title = {Cybersign and New Proximities: Impacts of New Communication Technologies on Space and Language},
author = {Elizabeth Keating and Terra Edwards and Gene Mirus},
doi = {10.1016/j.pragma.2008.02.009},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-06-01},
urldate = {2008-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {40},
number = {6},
pages = {1067-1081},
abstract = {New communication technologies have created new contexts for social interaction and new challenges for understanding the role of technology in human activity, particularly in altering spatial relationships of interaction. In this article we discuss ways a new communication technology is influencing social interaction and language use among a visual language community, the Deaf community, in the U.S. We show some examples of ways signers are inventing new communication behaviors and adapting others as a result of the technological mediation of their visual space. Signers exploit new properties of the technologically mediated visual field, such as the way the size of manual signs is affected by proximity to the webcamera lens, and they respond to how other properties of the visual field require the adaptation of sign language production.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2008b,
title = {Examining the societal impacts of nanotechnology through simulation: NANO SCENARIO},
author = {Elizabeth Keating and Leslie Jarmon and Paul Toprac},
doi = {10.1177/1046878107305610},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-06-01},
urldate = {2008-06-01},
journal = {Simulation & Gaming},
volume = {39},
number = {2},
pages = {168-181},
abstract = {This article describes a university-sponsored experiential-based simulation, the NANO SCENARIO, to increase the public's awareness and affect attitudes on the societal implications of nanoscience and nanotechnology by bringing together diverse stakeholders' perspectives in a participatory learning environment. Nanotechnology has the potential for massive societal effects across all sectors, globally. Thus, new forms of education are needed to prepare members of society for making complex decisions about policy, governance, and values. Here, the authors examine the theoretical and conceptual framework of the simulation, which uses improvised role-play and perspective-taking to engage the public in a transformative learning experience. As part of this examination, they describe the uses and constraints of simulations with open-ended goals and without competition and prescribed rules. They believe educational role-play scenarios with active participation of the public can serve as a dynamic method for civic engagement across a range of complex, interdisciplinary topics and new technological dilemmas.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2008c,
title = {NANO SCENARIO: Role-playing to appreciate the societal effects of nanotechnology},
author = {Elizabeth Keating and Leslie Jarmon},
doi = {10.1177/1046878107305611},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-06-01},
urldate = {2008-06-01},
journal = {Simulation & Gaming},
volume = {39},
number = {2},
pages = {282-301},
abstract = {This article describes a university-sponsored experiential-based simulation, the NANO SCENARIO, to increase the public's awareness and affect attitudes on the societal implications of nanoscience and nanotechnology by bringing together diverse stakeholders' perspectives in a participatory learning environment. Nanotechnology has the potential for massive societal effects across all sectors, globally. Thus, new forms of education are needed to prepare members of society for making complex decisions about policy, governance, and values. Here, the authors examine the theoretical and conceptual framework of the simulation, which uses improvised role-play and perspective-taking to engage the public in a transformative learning experience. As part of this examination, they describe the uses and constraints of simulations with open-ended goals and without competition and prescribed rules. They believe educational role-play scenarios with active participation of the public can serve as a dynamic method for civic engagement across a range of complex, interdisciplinary topics and new technological dilemmas.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2008bb,
title = {Introduction: Narrative Analysis in the Shift from Texts to Practices},
author = {Anna De Fina and Alexandra Georgakopoulou},
doi = {10.1515/TEXT.2008.013},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-05-27},
journal = {Text and Talk},
volume = {28},
number = {3},
pages = {275-281},
abstract = {The point of departure for this special issue is the recent shift within discourse and sociolinguistic narrative analysis from a long-standing conception of (oral, cf. natural, nonliterary) narrative as a well-defined and delineated genre with an identifiable structure toward the exploration of the multiplicity, fragmentation, and irreducible situatedness of its forms and functions in a wide range of social arenas. We can refer to this shift as a move away from narrative as text (i.e., defined on the basis of textual criteria and primarily studied for its textual make-up) to narrative as practice within social interaction. For a lot of the work here, context remains a key concept and although there is an undeniably long-standing tradition of contextualized studies of narrative (e.g., ethnography of communication in studies such as Bauman 1986 and Hymes 1981, among others) there are distinct elements in this latest shift that in our view qualify it as a ‘new’ turn to narrative.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2008bb,
title = {Who tells which story and why? Micro and macro contexts in narrative},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1515/TEXT.2008.020},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-05-27},
journal = {Text & Talk - TEXT TALK},
volume = {28},
number = {3},
pages = {421-442},
abstract = {This article focuses on the inter-relations between storytelling and micro and macro contexts. It explores how narrative activity is shaped by and shapes in unique ways the local context of interaction in a community of practice, an Italian American card-playing club, but also illustrates how the storytelling events that take place within this local community relate to wider social processes. The analysis centers on a number of topically linked narratives to argue that these texts have a variety of functions linked to the roles and relationships negotiated by individuals within the club and to the construction of a collective identity for the community. However, the narrative activities that occur within the club also articulate aspects of the wider social context. It is, argued that, in the case analyzed here, local meaning-making activities connect with macro social processes through the negotiation, within the constraints of local practices, of the position and roles of the ethnic group in the wider social space. In this sense, narrative activity can be seen as one of the many symbolic practices (Bourdieu 2002 [1977]) in which social groups engage to carry out struggles for legitimation and recognition in order to accumulate symbolic capital and greater social power.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2008bb,
title = {Icelandic: Phonosemantic matching},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann and Yair Sapir},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-05-22},
pages = {19-43},
abstract = {In this chapter we account for phonosemantic matching (PSM; see Zuckermann, 1999, 2000, 2003a, 2003b, 2005a;‘echoing word-formation’in Sapir, 2008) in Icelandic. We will provide an overview of the Icelandic language, its structure, language planning and word-formation, and introduce the mechanism of PSM in general. We then illustrate two aspects of Icelandic PSM: word-formation, as PSM is one of many Icelandic word-formation types, and typology, by demonstrating PSM in other languages. PSM is divided into two main categories: PSM through a preexistent form and PSM through a new form. Finally, we present the conclusions and theoretical implications of this chapter. Sapir (2008) suggests the following taxonomy of the sources used to form new words in the language. },
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2008h,
title = {Police-Civilian Interaction, Compliance, Accommodation, and Trust in an Intergroup Context: International Data},
author = {Howard Giles and Valerie Barker and Christopher Hajek and Hiroshi Ota and Kimberly Noels and Tae-Seop Lim and LilnaBeth Somera},
doi = {10.1080/17513050801891986},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-05-01},
urldate = {2008-05-01},
journal = {Journal of International and Intercultural Communication},
volume = {1},
number = {2},
pages = {93-112},
abstract = {Prior cross-cultural research has produced models of police-civilian interaction that highlight the effect of officers’ communication accommodation and reported trust in police on attitudinal outcomes. The present study, conducted in Korea, Japan, Guam, and Canada and involving 684 university students, continued this program of research by testing a theoretical model exploring the influence of perceived police officer communication accommodation and reported trust in police on attitudes about compliance with police requests. Findings indicated that across study locations perceived police officer communication accommodation predicted trust in police which, in turn, predicted attitudes about compliance with police requests.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2008i,
title = {Accommodating Translational Research},
author = {Howard Giles},
doi = {10.1080/00909880801922870},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-05-01},
urldate = {2008-05-01},
journal = {Journal of Applied Communication Research},
volume = {36},
number = {2},
pages = {121-127},
abstract = {This is an article in a series illustrating the way scholars in communication have pursued translating their research into practice. The translational nature of communication accommodation theory and examples of its application are the focus of this contribution.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Vaux2008,
title = {The Division of Labor between Rules, Representations, and Constraints in Phonological Theory},
author = {Bert Vaux and Andrew Nevins},
doi = {10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199226511.003.0001},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-05-01},
urldate = {2008-05-01},
volume = {1},
number = {8},
pages = {1-20},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {In this introduction we provide an overview of some foundational questions in phonological theory and address how they can be answered by the informed study of phonological phenomena. The introduction outlines the relevance of rich data structures, serial vs parallel ordering, iterativity, teleology, and locally vs globally determined computation for cognitive science more generally, and situates the individual contributions of the volume within these contexts.},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Vaux2008b,
title = {Rules, Constraints, and Phonological Phenomena},
author = {Bert Vaux and Andrew Nevins},
doi = {10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199226511.001.0001},
isbn = {9780199226511},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-05-01},
urldate = {2008-05-01},
journal = {Rules, Constraints, and Phonological Phenomena},
pages = {1 - 352},
abstract = {This book contains new work by prominent phonologists and it goes to the heart of current debates in phonological and linguistic theory: should the explanation of phonological variety be constraint or rule-based and, in the light of the resolution of this question, how in the mind does phonology interface with other components of the grammar? The book includes contributions from leading proponents of both sides of the argument and an introduction setting out the history, nature, and more general linguistic implications of current phonological theory.},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Bhatia2008b,
title = {Comment 1},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
doi = {10.1111/j.1467-971x.2008.00556.x},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-05-01},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@conference{Lu2008,
title = {"Onomatopoeia / Mimicry Words Co-occurring with Color- Focusing on Black- ", "2008 National Taiwan University New International Studies Symposium"},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Lu Kayo },
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-05-01},
journal = {National Taiwan University New International Studies Symposium},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Michaud2008c,
title = {Reflections about the phonemic analysis of Yongning Na (Tibeto-Burman): perceptual transcription and acoustic data},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Jacqueline Vaissiere},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-04-20},
abstract = {A preliminary phonemic inventory of the dialect of the Na language spoken in Yongning, China (a.k.a. Eastern Naxi 纳西语东部方言/ Mosuo 摩梭话) is presented, on the basis of first-hand fieldwork data. Some reflections are offered on three interrelated issues commonly encountered in fieldwork, namely (i) To what extent does perceived allophonic variation correspond to articulatory/acoustic reality, to what extent does it merely reflect the investigator’s perceptual expectations? (ii) How can acoustic data help select International Phonetic Alphabet symbols for the phonemic units brought out by distributional analysis? (iii) How can acoustic data help characterise the vowels and consonants encountered in fieldwork, both in a structural (language-internal) perspective, and in a cross-language perspective?},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{French2008,
title = {A Companion to Latin American Anthropology},
author = {Brigittine French},
doi = {10.1002/9781444301328.ch6},
isbn = {9781444301328},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-04-17},
pages = {109 - 127},
publisher = {Blackwell Publishing Ltd},
chapter = {6},
abstract = {Essentialism, Violence, and the StateStrategic Essentialism and the Maya MovementEssentialisms and Anthropological ScholarshipAgents of Strategic EssentialismRegimes of KnowledgeErasuresGlobal Forces and Local ArticulationsConclusion NotesReferencesSuggestions for Further Reading.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Brigittine French},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Andaya2008bb,
title = {A Companion to Gender History},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1002/9780470693568.ch17},
isbn = {9780470693568},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-04-15},
pages = {321 - 342},
abstract = {Though well entrenched in academia, the division of the non-European world into “macrocultural zones” is currently a contentious topic. Not only do such categorizations reflect assumptions of Euro-American hegemony; they also convey the impression of homogenous cultures existing within a defined field. Needless to say, this can be highly misleading. Contemporary “Southeast Asia,” for example, consists of eleven countries (Myanmar, Thailand, Laos, and Cambodia, Vietnam, Philippines, Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Brunei, and East Timor). While one can certainly map congeries of cultural similarity, differences in religions, languages, and historical experiences render the region as a whole extremely diverse. To a varying extent, similar remarks could be made regarding the three other “zones” that border Southeast Asia–South Asia, East Asia, and the Pacific (including Australia and New Zealand). Although India has fifteen official languages, hundreds of others can be found across South Asia (which includes Pakistan, India, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Nepal, Bhutan, and the Maldives). Scholars working with China’s numerous ethnic minorities likewise caution against implicit assumptions that “culture” somehow equates with modern political boundaries. It is worth remembering that there were around two hundred languages in Aboriginal Australia, and lifestyles could differ quite markedly between the coast, the tropical north, and more arid inland areas. Nor are the politically based divisions of the “world region” system sympathetic to the transitional cultures of border areas},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Deumert2008,
title = {Mobile language choices — The use of English and isiXhosa in text messages Evidence from a bilingual South African sample},
author = {Ana Deumert and Sibabalwe Oscar Masinyana},
doi = {10.1075/eww.29.2.02deu},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-04-01},
journal = {English World-Wide},
volume = {29},
number = {2},
pages = {117-147},
abstract = {This paper looks at language choice and use in South African SMS communication (texting) among bilingual (isiXhosa / English-speaking) users. Although English is the preferred language for most of the 22 participants (aged between 18 and 27), SMSes also create a forum for isiXhosa literacy (either in isiXhosa messages or in mixed English-isiXhosa messages). The English-language SMSes produced by these bilingual speakers share many of the features which have been reported for English SMS communication internationally (abbreviations, paralinguistic restitutions, non-standard spellings), and provide evidence for what one might call a global English SMS standard. At the same time, these SMSes contain local linguistic features and, in particular, local, cultural content. The isiXhosa messages differ markedly from the writers' English-language messages in that they contain no abbreviated material, non-standard spellings or paralinguistic restitutions. They thus violate the sociolinguistic maxims of SMS / texting as postulated by Thurlow (2003). These bilingual writers communicate in the electronic medium using two different languages as well as two, non-overlapping sets of sociolinguistic norms.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2008b,
title = {Trajectories of agency’and discursive identities in education: A critical site in feminist language planning},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Jo Winter},
doi = {10.21832/9781847690647-014},
isbn = {9781847690647},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-04-01},
pages = {199-216},
publisher = {Multilingual Matters},
abstract = {Viewing education as a complex site for endorsing and contesting knowledges and practices we explore its critical roles in feminist language planning. Many types of language planning have relied heavily on education for the implementation and spread of the particular reform agenda largely reliant on discourses of compulsory obligation (e.g. spelling reforms). The scenario of feminist language planning reveals that education is not a mere external agent of implementation but central to the raising of awareness or provoking an ‘Initiating Trajectory’ (Winter & Pauwels, 2003). However, the implementation of gender-inclusive practices (‘Trajectories of Practices’) in education highlights contexts of conflict (and confusion) about grammatical prescriptions and social reform (Pauwels & Winter, 2006). In this paper we probe the adoption, problematisation and invigoration of ‘Agency Trajectories’ in (language) educators’ narratives and classroom practices. Our investigation includes educators operating in diverse English-language communities (e.g. Australia, Singapore, Hong Kong). © 2008 Anthony J. Liddicoat, Richard B. Baldauf Jr. and the authors of individual chapters.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Williams2008,
title = {Ethnic separatism in Western Europe},
author = {Collin Williams},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-03-27},
journal = {Tijdschrift voor economische en sociale geografie},
volume = {71},
number = {3},
pages = {142-158},
abstract = {The paper outlines the main characteristics of ethnic separatism as a process. It then analyses two theories designed to explain the resurgence of reactive peripheral identity, the Internal Colonial thesis and the role of the ethnic intelligentsia. Some of the inherent contradictions in the Parti Québécois's attempt to create a genuine Québécois nation through the promotion of French culture are explored as are some of the pitfalls of a referendum on Sovereignty-Association.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Andaya2008,
title = {The Flaming Womb: Repositioning Women in Early Modern Southeast Asia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
isbn = {0824832884},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-03-19},
abstract = {"The Princess of the Flaming Womb," the Javanese legend that introduces this pioneering study, symbolizes the many ambiguities attached to femaleness in Southeast Asian societies. Yet despite these ambiguities, the relatively egalitarian nature of male–female relations in Southeast Asia is central to arguments claiming a coherent identity for the region. This challenging work by senior scholar Barbara Watson Andaya considers such contradictions while offering a thought-provoking view of Southeast Asian history that focuses on women’s roles and perceptions. Andaya explores the broad themes of the early modern era (1500–1800)―the introduction of new religions, major economic shifts, changing patterns of state control, the impact of elite lifestyles and behaviors―drawing on an extraordinary range of sources and citing numerous examples from Thai, Vietnamese, Burmese, Philippine, and Malay societies. In the process, she provides a timely and innovative model for putting women back into world history

Andaya approaches the problematic issue of "Southeast Asia" by considering ways in which topography helped describe a geo-cultural zone and contributed to regional distinctiveness in gender construction. She examines the degree to which world religions have been instrumental in (re)constructing conceptions of gender― an issue especially pertinent to Southeast Asian societies because of the leading role so often played by women in indigenous ritual. She also considers the effects of the expansion of long-distance trade, the incorporation of the region into a global trading network, the beginnings of cash-cropping and wage labor, and the increase in slavery on the position of women.

Erudite, nuanced, and accessible, The Flaming Womb makes a major contribution to a Southeast Asia history that is both regional and global in content and perspective.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Gupta2008d,
title = {Imagining Nations},
author = {Akhil Gupta},
doi = {10.1002/9780470693681.ch17},
isbn = {9780470693681},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-03-17},
pages = {267 - 281},
publisher = {A Companion to the Anthropology of Politics},
chapter = {17},
abstract = {This essay revisits theories of nationalism by focusing on questions of time and temporality, in particular, the question of whether the ideas of time central to Anderson's influential work on nationalism may not be usefully rethought from the perspective of Third World nationalism. Accordingly, notions of homogeneous, empty time, the modularity of the nation form, the seriality of the contingent, contested effort to forge a hegemonic nationalism, and the impact of late capitalism on national sovereignty are questioned.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Omar2008bb,
title = {Nahu Kemas Kini : Panduan Bahasa yang Baik dan Betul},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9789833586530},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-03-15},
number = {244 Pages},
publisher = {PTS Professional Publishing},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Frellesvig2008,
title = {Evidence for seven vowels in proto-Japanese},
author = {Bjarke Frellesvig and John Whitman},
doi = {10.1075/cilt.294.03fre},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-03-13},
pages = {15-41},
publisher = {Proto-Japanese: Issues and Prospects},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Duranti2008,
title = {Further Reflections on Reading Other Minds},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
doi = {10.1353/anq.0.0002},
issn = {1534-1518},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-03-01},
journal = {Anthropological Quarterly},
volume = {81},
number = {2},
pages = {483-494},
edition = {Spring 2008},
abstract = {The articles in this special collection give us an opportunity to further reflect on a central concern for any discipline dedicated to the study of human action, namely, the role that introspection plays in giving us insights into what people think, feel, and want. The starting point of this discussion is the observation that members of a number of Pacific societies have been said to claim—or to imply through their behavior—that it is impossible to know what goes on in another person's mind. This claim, called the "doctrine of the opacity of other minds" by the editors (hereafter "opacity doctrine"), is often extended to the self, as when native consultants refuse to provide motivations for their own actions or resist any kind of intentional reading of what they have just done. In treating this type of attitude as a puzzle that needs our empirical and theoretical attention, the authors in this collection, like those of us who were dealing with it some twenty plus years ago, are making a set of analytical choices based on assumptions that should be re-examined. In the following comments I review some potential problems that emerge in the arguments presented in this collection and also suggest some ways of integrating philosophical and anthropological perspectives that could help develop more precise research tools and hypotheses about the opacity doctrine. A careful reading of the articles in this collection shows that the opacity doctrine has been dealt with on two main levels, observational and explanatory, each of which relies on a different order of generalizations and implies different kinds of analytical categories and types of argumentation. The first level—which we might call "observational"—draws from fieldwork situations in which ethnographers try to get their consultants, field assistants, hosts, and friends to tell them about other members' actions, motivations, explanations, and emotions. These attempts, as we know from the ethnographic literature, which include the articles in this collection, are sometimes met with surprise, suspicion, or flat rejection, as in "How would I know?" or "Why should I know?" Such responses are subsequently interpreted as consistent with a particular "local" theory of interpretation, to be distinguished from the ethnographer's. This move transforms the earlier "observational" level into a first stage "explanatory" level. With the confidence that comes with labeling, ethnographers could begin to search for more evidence to support their hypothesis about the local theory. At this point ethnographers also face the question of whether they themselves are creating the problem, and the theory, by asking certain kinds of questions (Briggs 1984). Could it be that a different way of asking about introspection would bring about a different kind of answer? This line of inquiry, as far as I know, has never been fully developed, even though the next step could be seen in part as a way of addressing this issue. Armed with the hypothesis that the natives have a way of thinking about what we can know about others that is different from what is usually assumed in western theories of meaning, ethnographers are able to search for naturally occurring situations in which the same reluctance to read other minds might manifest itself spontaneously, that is, without any outsider's prompting. One important source of evidence for this line of investigation is provided by language socialization studies, as shown by Bambi Schiefflin in this volume and elsewhere (Schieffelin 1990:72–3). The fact that Bosavi adults do not try to guess what an infant is trying to say—Bosavi, like Samoans (Ochs 1982), do not "expand" children's elliptical utterances—shows that the opacity doctrine works across a number of activities and contexts. Another opportunity to look for further evidence of the local theory is presented through inter-cultural contact situations and the introduction of new activities that typically accompany contact. For example, it makes sense to hypothesize that the opacity doctrine would inhibit or in some way affect participation in introduced Christian practices such as confession, which relies on the assumption of the existence of an inner self that is accessible to introspection (Cary 2000).},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Brookes2008b,
title = {Preventing Mother-to-Child HIV Transmission Among South African Adolescents},
author = {Heather Brookes and Christine Varga},
doi = {10.1177/0743558407310771},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-03-01},
urldate = {2008-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Adolescent Research},
volume = {23},
number = {2},
pages = {172-205},
abstract = {Although prevention of mother-to-child HIV transmission (PMTCT) programs are predicated on maternal behavior change, little is known about sociocultural factors affecting maternal—child care practices in this arena. The authors used narrative methods (key informant workshops, questionnaires, focus groups, and case study analysis) to explore how sociocultural context shapes adolescent mothers' ability to adhere to programmatic recommendations in rural and urban South Africa. The study aims were to understand the extent to which mothers' decisions are borne out in PMTCT-related practices and to identify contextual elements that affect the link between individual resolutions and action. The results revealed rural adolescents as less likely than urbanites to successfully implement most PMTCT-related practices. HIV stigma, family decision making, and cultural norms surrounding infant feeding hampered mothers' efforts to implement practices that would decrease the risk for infant infection. Barriers to behavior change were analyzed along four domains: history, culture, gender, and power. Methodological aspects and programmatic implications are discussed.},
keywords = {Heather Brookes},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2008j,
title = {Who You Tink You, Talkin Propah? Hawaiian Pidgin Demarginalised},
author = {Howard Giles and Mikaela L. Marlow},
doi = {10.1080/17447140802153535},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-03-01},
urldate = {2008-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Multicultural Discourses},
volume = {3},
number = {1},
pages = {53-68},
abstract = {Communication accommodation, ethnolinguistic vitality and markedness model assumptions are applied to language ideologies and practices among Standard English and Hawai‘i Creole English (Pidgin) speakers in Hawai‘i. Respondents reported that Standard English should be spoken in most employment or scholastic interactions with tourists, teachers or mainlanders (‘Haoles’). However, Pidgin maintains widespread covert prestige and has resisted marginalisation in social, workplace and educational exchanges. Narrative accounts verified that language enhances group solidarity and shapes routine interactions, providing further support for the models that frame this research.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks2008c,
title = {Learning to talk and gesture about motion in French},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Marianne Gullberg and Maya Hickmann},
editor = {2008/03/01},
doi = {10.1177/0142723707088074},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-03-01},
urldate = {2008-03-01},
journal = {First Language},
volume = {28},
issue = {2},
pages = {200 - 236},
abstract = {This study explores how French adults and children aged four and six years talk and gesture about voluntary motion, examining (1) how they encode path and manner in speech, (2) how they encode this information in accompanying gestures; and (3) whether gestures are co-expressive with speech or express other information. When path and manner are equally relevant, children's and adults' speech and gestures both focus on path, rather than on manner. Moreover, gestures are predominantly co-expressive with speech at all ages. However, when they are non-redundant, adults tend to gesture about path while talking about manner, whereas children gesture about both path and manner while talking about path. The discussion highlights implications for our understanding of speakers' representations and their development.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Roberts2008b,
title = {On complex predicates in Brazilian Portuguese},
author = {Ian Roberts and Theresa Biberauer and Jairo Nunes and Guido Mensching and Ioanna Sitaridou and Sten Vikner and Anders Holmberg and João Costa and Luigi Rizzi and Michelle Sheehan and Pascual Masullo and Gabriela Ardisson Matos and Anabela Gonçalves and Ana Maria and Aroldo Martins and Anne Andrade and Breitbarth and Sonia Maria Lazzarini Cyrino},
isbn = {1989-8525},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-03-01},
urldate = {2008-03-01},
journal = {International Journal of Theoretical Linguistics},
volume = {2.2},
abstract = {I analyze Romance syntactic complex predicates (faire-infinitive causatives, periphrastic tenses and restructuring), and propose the unification of these phenomena usually thought to stem from different structures by showing that one single analysis is possible: the non-finite verb phrase moves to the specifier of the upper V. This movement enables the verbs to be close enough to each other, and it allows for a configuration where clitics can climb and long object movement can occur. Crucial for this movement is either the presence of a defective C-T or its total absence. I account for the lack of Romance syntactic complex predicates in Brazilian Portuguese as well as for other phenomena in the language. Resumen: Analizo predicados sintácticos complejos (estructuras causativas con infinitivo, tiempos perifrásticos y reestructuración) y propongo la unificación de estos fenómenos, que normalmente se asume que derivan de estructuras diferentes, demostrando que un único análisis sintáctico es posible: el sintagma verbal no finito se mueve al especificador del V superior. Este movimiento permite que los verbos estén lo suficientemente cerca el uno del otro para permitir una configuración en la que los clíticos pueden subir y se puede producir el movimiento de objeto a larga distancia. Para este movimiento es crucial tanto la presencia de un C-T defectivo como su ausencia total. Doy cuenta de la ausencia de predicados complejos sintácticos románicos en portugués brasileño además de otros fenómenos de esta lengua.. I also thank two anonymous reviewers for comments and suggestions. The remaining errors are my own.
},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2008d,
title = {Tonal Contrasts and Initial Consonants: A Case Study of Tamang, a ‘Missing Link’ in Tonogenesis},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Martine Mazaudon},
doi = {10.1159/000192794},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-02-01},
journal = {Phonetica},
volume = {65},
number = {4},
pages = {231-256},
abstract = {Tamang (Bodic division of Tibeto-Burman) is spoken at the edge of the East Asian 'tone-prone' zone, next to the almost tone-free Indian linguistic area, and is, chronologically, at the late end of the tone multiplication wave which has swept through East Asia in the course of the last two millennia. It can be regarded as a 'missing link' in tonogenesis: following the loss of voicing contrasts on syllable-initial consonants, Tamang has four tonal categories instead of its earlier two-tone system; the present state of the prosodic system is typologically transitional, in that these four tonal categories are realised by several cues which include fundamental frequency (F(0)), phonation type, and allophonic variation in the realisation of consonants. Acoustic and electroglottographic recordings of 131 words in two carrier sentences by 5 speakers were conducted (total number of target syllables analysed: n = 1,651). They allow for a description in terms of F(0), glottal open quotient, duration, and realisation of consonants. The results confirm the diversity of cues to the four tonal categories, and show evidence of laxness on tones 3 and 4, i.e. on the two tones which originate diachronically in voiced initials. The discussion hinges on the phonological definition of tone.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Roberts2008c,
title = {Head Movement},
author = {Ian Roberts},
doi = {10.1002/9780470756416.ch5},
isbn = {9780470756416},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-21},
urldate = {2008-01-21},
pages = {112 - 147},
chapter = {5},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Sidnell2008d,
title = {Constructing and Managing Male Exclusivity in Talk‐in‐interaction},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1002/9780470756942.ch14},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-11},
urldate = {2008-01-11},
pages = {327 - 352},
publisher = {Wiley Online Library},
chapter = {14},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@bachelorthesis{Sidnell2008e,
title = {Primus inter pares: storytelling and male peer groups in an Indo-Guyanese rumshop},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1525/ae.2000.27.1.72},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-07},
urldate = {2008-01-07},
journal = {American Ethnologist},
volume = {27},
issue = {1},
pages = {72 - 99},
abstract = {Language is centrally implicated in the semiotic organization of socio-political realities and in the maintenance of both social equality and social differentiation. Conversations in a rural Indo-Guyanese village, during which men collectively reconstruct past events, allow for differential participation in the activity of storytelling. In the sequential organization of interaction, and the actions embedded therein, the participants display to one another a preoccupation with age, rights to knowledge, and social differentiation based on these criteria, [storytelling, social organization, knowledge, age, Guyana].},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Sidnell2008f,
title = {Primus inter pares: storytelling and male peer groups in an Indo-Guyanese rumshop},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1525/ae.2000.27.1.72},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-07},
urldate = {2008-01-07},
journal = {American Ethnologist},
volume = {27},
issue = {1},
pages = {72 - 99},
abstract = {Language is centrally implicated in the semiotic organization of socio-political realities and in the maintenance of both social equality and social differentiation. Conversations in a rural Indo-Guyanese village, during which men collectively reconstruct past events, allow for differential participation in the activity of storytelling. In the sequential organization of interaction, and the actions embedded therein, the participants display to one another a preoccupation with age, rights to knowledge, and social differentiation based on these criteria, [storytelling, social organization, knowledge, age, Guyana].},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Lupke2008,
title = {Participant marking in Jalonke},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
editor = {Gerrit Dimmendaal},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
pages = {173-214},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
abstract = {This paper introduces participant coding in Jalonke, a Central Mande language of Guinea. The paper gives an appraisal of noun/verb distinction in the language and establishes verbs as heads of verb phrases. It sets out to identify the syntactic status and thematic roles of the participants of Jalonke verbs. The paper further investigates argument structure classes of the language; that is, classes of verbs that can be distinguished based on the number and status of their participants. It is shown that Jalonke has intransitive, transitive, causative/inchoative alternating and reflexive-only verbs, and that the motivation for three of these classes lies in an interaction of the parameters of causation type, likelihood of the denoted event to be construed as uncaused vs. externally caused and the inclination of the language towards fundamental transitivity vs. fundamental intransitivity. The fourth class of reflexive-only verbs is determined through a positive specification for control. The main result of a quantitative study on argument realization in discourse are discussed in order to demonstrate that in contrast to other languages and approaches, argument structure in Jalonke can be taken to be lexically specified.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Benjamin2008,
title = {An Interview with Geoffrey Benjamin},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin and Christian Wawrinec},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
journal = {ASEAS, Austrian journal of South-East Asian studies (Österreichische Zeitschrift für Südostasienwissenschaften)},
volume = {1},
pages = {187–193},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2008,
title = {Af ekhad lo medaber ivrit (No one speaks Hebrew)},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
journal = {NRG Maariv-Tarbut-Sifrut},
volume = {12},
pages = {1-5},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2008bb,
title = {"Realistic prescriptivism": The Academy of the Hebrew Language, its campaign of "good grammar" and lexpionage, and the native Israeli speakers},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
journal = {Israel Studies in Language and Society},
volume = {1},
pages = {150-165},
abstract = {This chapter explores the futile lexpionage (lexical+ espionage) of the Academy of the Hebrew Language. During the past century, Israeli has become the primary mode of communication in all domains of Israel’s public and private life. Issues of language are so sensitive in Israel that politicians are often involved. For example, in an article in Ha’aretz (21 June 2004), the late left-wing politician Yossi Sarid attacked the (most widespread)‘common language of éser shékel’as inarticulate and monstrous, and urged civilians to fight it and protect ‘Hebrew’. However, most Israelis say éser shékel ‘ten shekels’ rather than asar-á shkal-ím (original Hebrew pronunciation:[ʕǎśåˈrå ʃəqåˈli: m]), the former literally meaning ‘ten (masculine singular) shekel (masculine singular)’, the latter ‘ten (feminine singular) shekels (masculine plural)’, and thus having a ‘polarity-of-gender agreement’—with a feminine numeral.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2008bb,
title = {Israelit Safa Yafa (Israeli, a beautiful language: Hebrew as myth)},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
pages = {256},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Tang2008,
title = {Hong Kong Sign Language 1},
author = {Gladys Tang and Lee J and Chu K and Yu B},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
urldate = {2008-01-01},
publisher = {Centre for Sign Linguistics & Deaf Studies, Department of Linguistics & Modern Languages, Chinese University of Hong Kong},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Ladegaard2008,
title = {Language Attitudes and Gender in China: Perceptions and Reported Use of Putonghua and Cantonese in the Southern Province of Guangdong},
author = {Hans Ladegaard and Limei Wang},
doi = {10.2167/la425.0},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
urldate = {2008-01-01},
journal = {Language Awareness},
volume = {17},
number = {1},
pages = {57-77},
abstract = {This paper is concerned with young people's perceptions and reported use of the two language varieties that co-exist in the urban centre of Guangzhou in southern China, Putonghua (P) and Cantonese (C). P is a typical H-variety, promoted by the government and used as a lingua franca throughout China; C is the local L-variety but it also has some prestige and is used in all domains. The focus of our questionnaire study was twofold: to analyse possible gender differences in perceptions and reported use, and to compare results from P-speaking newcomers, who have moved to Guangzhou from other parts of China, with responses from local C-speaking adolescents. Our results suggest that Guangzhou is a reasonably stable diglossia where P and C serve different functions, for newcomers as well as locals, and therefore both varieties appear to be indispensable. However, there are also indications that P promotion is beginning to have an effect in Guangzhou; our female participants seem to be leading on in a gradual change towards increased use of P. Thus our results support the trend reported in numerous sociolinguistic studies of a female preference for the prestige standard variety of a language.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Haberland2008,
title = {Higher Education in the Global Village},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Janus Mortensen and Anne Fabricius and Bent Preisler and Karen Risager and Susanne Kjærbeck},
isbn = {9788792024145},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
urldate = {2008-01-01},
publisher = { Institut for Kultur og Identitet},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Mannheim2008,
title = {Essentialism},
author = {Bruce Mannheim and Susan A Gelman},
editor = {William A. JR Darity},
isbn = {9780028659657},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
urldate = {2008-01-01},
pages = {630-632},
publisher = {Macmillan},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Mannheim2008b,
title = {Diego de Gonçález Holguín's Grammar and new art of the general language of all Peru'},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
editor = {Joanna Pillsbury},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
urldate = {2008-01-01},
publisher = {University of Oklahoma Press},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Mannheim2008c,
title = {Diego de Torres Rubio, Arte de lengua quichua},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
editor = {Joanne Pillsbury},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
urldate = {2008-01-01},
publisher = {University of Oklahoma PressE},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Mannheim2008d,
title = {Diego de Torres Rubio, Arte de lengua quichua},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
editor = {Joanne Pillsbury},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
urldate = {2008-01-01},
publisher = {University of Oklahoma Press},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Mannheim2008e,
title = {Juan Diez de Betanzos},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
editor = {Joanne Pillsbury},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
urldate = {2008-01-01},
publisher = {University of Oklahoma Press},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Mannheim2008f,
title = {Juan de Pérez Bocanegra},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
editor = {Joanne Pillsbury},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
urldate = {2008-01-01},
publisher = {University of Oklahoma Press},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Weinberg2008b,
title = {Hacia un entendimiento post-humanista de la adicción},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
urldate = {2008-01-01},
journal = {Politica y Sociedad},
volume = {45},
number = {3},
pages = {159-175},
abstract = {Este ensayo evalúa críticamente aquellas aproximaciones biológicas que han considerado la adicción como una enfermedad cerebral y aquellas otras que, partiendo del construccionismo social, han considerado la adicción como una simple etiqueta, un mito o una narrativa. El ensayo argumenta que ambas aproximaciones tienen serias limitaciones. En particular, argumenta que ninguna de estas dos aproximaciones nos permite dirimir si el tratamiento clínico de la adicción es empoderador o represivo para aquellos que se someten a él. Basándose en datos etnográficos recogidos en tres clínicas, el artículo demuestra que las adicciones adoptan la forma de agentes nohumanos encarnados. El artículo argumenta que una aproximación posthumanista es la mejor forma de entender la relación entre el self y la adicción y, por ello, la mejor herramienta para discernir en qué casos el tratamiento de la adicción es empoderador o represivo.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Costa2008,
title = {Snack Culture? La dieta digitale degli studenti universitari},
author = {Elisabetta Costa and P Ferri and F Scenini and S Mizzella and N Cavalli and A Pozzali},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
urldate = {2008-01-01},
publisher = {Milano: Università Milano Biccoca},
keywords = {Elisabetta Costa},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Keating2008d,
title = {Space Shifting: New Technologies, New Opportunities},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
urldate = {2008-01-01},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Hendriks2008d,
title = {Typological issues regarding the expression of caused motion: English, French and Chinese},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Yinglin Ji and Maya Hickmann},
editor = {M. Brala},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
urldate = {2008-01-01},
pages = {1-15},
publisher = {Cambridge Scholars Press},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Hendriks2008e,
title = {How English native speakers learn to express caused motion in English and French},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Annie-Claude Demagny and Maya Hickmann},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
urldate = {2008-01-01},
journal = {Acquisition et Interaction en Langue Étrangère},
volume = {27},
pages = {15 - 41},
abstract = {This study examines the impact of typological properties (satellite - vs. verb framed languages) on the expression of caused motion during adult second language acquisition. Productions were elicited by means of animated cartoons from 24 English learners of French (12 low-intermediate, 12 advanced) as compared to 24 native speakers (12 English, 12 French). The responses of native speakers differed with respect to semantic density (English>French) and to the systematic (English) vs. variable (French) devices used. As for learners, their utterance density increased with proficiency level as they acquired complex structures. Source/target language properties influenced this process, as shown by their increasing attempt to produce target-like structures that nonetheless remained source-like at both proficiency levels. These typological constraints suggest that learners do not construct an entirely independent linguistic system during second language acquisition and that L2 mastery may require some reconceptualization of spatial information. The discussion indicates research directions that might explore the implications of these results for language teaching. Keywords : second language acquisition, typology, space, caused motion.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Roberts2008d,
title = {Cascading parameter changes: Internally-driven change in Middle and Early Modern English},
author = {Ian Roberts and Theresa Biberauer},
doi = {10.1075/la.113.04bib},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
urldate = {2008-01-01},
pages = {79-113},
publisher = {Linguistik Aktuell/Linguistics Today},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Essegbey2008,
title = {The potential in Ewe},
author = {James Essegbey},
doi = {10.1075/slcs.100.08ess},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
urldate = {2008-01-01},
pages = {195-214},
publisher = {John Benjamins publishing Company},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Bodomo2008b,
title = {Object-Sharing as Symmetric Sharing: Evidence from Dàgáárè},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Ken Hiraiwa},
editor = {Charles B. Chang and Hannah J. Haynie},
isbn = {978-1-57473-423-2},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
journal = {library binding},
pages = {243 - 251},
abstract = {Object-sharing phenomena have been a challenge for syntactic analysis (see Baker 1989, Collins 1997 among others). Hiraiwa and Bodomo, building on novel data from interactions between a Serial Verb Construction (SVC) and a Predicate Cleft Construction (PCC) in Dàgáárè (a Gur language), argue that object-sharing in SVCs involves symmetric sharing under which the object is symmetrically merged with V1 and V2 simultaneously. They further show that such symmetry breaks down before Spell-Out due to verb movement and object shift.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bhatia2008c,
title = {Language of the New World Order},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
journal = {World Englishes},
volume = {27},
number = {2},
pages = {268-269},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta2008e,
title = {Beyond "culture": space, identity and the politics of difference},
author = {Akhil Gupta and Ferguson. James},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1215/9780822382089-001},
isbn = {978-0-8223-8208-9},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
journal = {Antípoda : Revista de Antropologia y Arqueologia.},
volume = {7},
number = {1},
pages = {6-23},
abstract = {This article explores the way that “received ideas” about space and place have shaped, and continue to shape, the common sense of the anthropological task. Specifcally, we want to inquire how the renewed interest in postmodern and feminist theory about space theorization (revealed in notions such as vigilance, panopticism, simulacrum, deterritorialization, postmodern hyperspace, frontiers and marginality), has forced us to revaluate key anthropological analytical concepts such as "culture" and "cultural difference".},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2008,
title = {Tones and intonation: Some current challenges},
author = {Alexis Michaud
},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
abstract = {It is well established that lexical tones and intonation are not mutually exclusive. Moreover, the presence or absence of lexical tones in a language does not by itself constitute a fundamental typological divide for intonation systems. Two dimensions of typological diversity are brought out: (i) concerning lexical tone systems, it is suggested that the analysis of contour tones into sequences of levels, which has clearly demonstrated its validity for numerous languages, does not actually apply to all; (ii) concerning intonation systems, it is suggested that languages differ in whether – and to what extent – they have ‘intonational tones', i.e. tones of intonational origin that are structurally similar to lexical tones. ‘Intonational tones' strictly speaking appear to be relatively rare. A hypothesis is set out concerning the relationship between the nature of the lexical tone system of a language and that of its intonation system: it is suggested that the encoding of intonational phenomena in terms of tones tends to thrive in languages that have a lexical system of level tones – by a process of tonal reinterpretation of intonation –whereas languages that have non-decomposable contour tones tend not to have tonal intonation.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2008b,
title = {Phonemic and tonal analysis of Yongning Na},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
doi = {10.1163/1960602808X00064},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
journal = {Cahiers de linguistique - Asie orientale},
volume = {37},
number = {2},
abstract = {The Na language spoken in the village of Yongning, close to the border between Yunnan and Sichuan, has been classified as an Eastern Naxi dialect in the pioneering survey conducted by Chinese linguists. It is also referred to as ‘Mosuo’. The phonemic and tonal analysis presented here on the basis of first-hand fieldwork aims to serve as a basis for linguistic documentation and research, from the accurate transcription of recorded materials to fine-grained synchronic and diachronic investigations. The ultimate aim is an in-depth understanding of Na, Naxi and other closely related language varieties, including an account of their historical relationships and their links with other Tibeto-Burman languages.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2008f,
title = {Phonemic and tonal analysis of Yongning Na},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
doi = {10.1163/1960602808X00064},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
journal = {Cahiers de linguistique-Asie Orientale},
volume = {37},
number = {2},
pages = {159-196},
abstract = {The Na language spoken in the village of Yongning, close to the border between Yunnan and Sichuan, has been classified as an Eastern Naxi dialect in the pioneering survey conducted by Chinese linguists. It is also referred to as ‘Mosuo’. The phonemic and tonal analysis presented here on the basis of first-hand fieldwork aims to serve as a basis for linguistic documentation and research, from the accurate transcription of recorded materials to fine-grained synchronic and diachronic investigations. The ultimate aim is an in-depth understanding of Na, Naxi and other closely related language varieties, including an account of their historical relationships and their links with other Tibeto-Burman languages.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pham2008,
title = {Is there a prosodic word in Vietnamese?},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
journal = {Toronto Working Papers in Linguistics},
volume = {29},
abstract = {This paper examines clitics in colloquial Vietnamese to show that there is a possible prosodic structure at the word level in the language and that the domain of this structure does not correspond to a syntactic constituent. A clitic exhibits a phonological dependency on the material to its left. The tone of the clitic remains while all segments are deleted. The tone is then realized on either a syllabic nasal or as a lengthened part of a vowel or a glide depending on the syllabic structure of the host and of the clitic itself. If the host ends in an obstruent, the clitic surfaces as a homorganic syllabic nasal. If the host ends in a vowel or a glide, the clitic surfaces as a lengthened part of that vowel or glide, unless it has a rhymal nasal, in which case it surfaces with its own nasal.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pham2008b,
title = {The non-issue of dialect in teaching Vietnamese},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
issn = {1932 3611},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Southeast Asian Language Teaching},
volume = {14},
pages = {22-39},
abstract = {There is growing discussion concerning which dialect of Vietnamese should be taught in North American classrooms. This paper discusses certain phonological differences between the Hanoi and Saigon dialects to show that the two dialects are structurally equal and socially adequate, a claim that has important implications for planning language programs.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2008,
title = {The trouble with tongzhi: The politics of labeling among gay and lesbian Hongkongers},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
journal = {Pragmatics},
volume = {18},
number = {2},
pages = {277-301},
abstract = {A general address term in Communist China, tongzhi ‘comrade’ was appropriated by gay rights activists in Hong Kong to refer to members of sexual minorities. Examining its level of acceptance among non-activist gay and lesbian Hongkongers, this article argues that non-activists’ ideology about sexuality accounts for their rejection of tongzhi and their preference for strategies that leave same-sex desire unspecified. This study demonstrates how the discursive history of a label can both enable and impede its political efficacy. It also sheds light on the internal resistance that representatives of minority groups encounter when introducing new labels for those they supposedly speak for.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Omar2008,
title = {Bahasa Melayu di Samudera},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9789836298928},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
abstract = {Buku ini menggambarkan perantauan orang Melayu dari alam Melayu ke alam baru di Australia dan wilayah-wilayahnya, mulai awal abad ke-19, dan menjadikan kawasan itu sebagai kawasan pdnyebaran bahasa Melayu.},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Omar2008b,
title = {Malay in the Ocean},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9789836298928},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
number = {215},
publisher = { Kuala Lumpur: Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka, 2008.},
edition = {2},
abstract = {This book describes the migration of Malays from the Malay world to the new world in Australia and its territories, starting in the early 19th century, and makes the area an area for the spread of the Malay language.},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Omar2008bb,
title = {Grammar Updates: A Good and Correct Language Guide},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9833586538 (ISBN13: 9789833586530 )},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
publisher = {PTS Professional, Malaysia },
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Omar2008bb,
title = {Bahasa Melayu di Samudera},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {983629256X},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
number = {215 pages},
publisher = {Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Frellesvig2008b,
title = {On reconstruction of proto-Japanese and pre-Old Japanese verb inflection},
author = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
doi = {10.1075/cilt.294.14fre},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
journal = {On reconstruction of proto-Japanese and pre-Old Japanese verb inflection},
pages = {175-192},
publisher = {Proto-Japanese: Issues and Prospects},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Vigouroux2008b,
title = {Colonization, Globalization and Language Vitality in Africa: An Introduction},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux and Salikoko Sangol Mufwene},
issn = {1564-4901},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
journal = {Globalization and Language Vitality: Perspectives from Africa},
volume = {4},
number = {2},
pages = {1-48},
abstract = {The typical academic discourse on language endangerment has presented languages as anthropomorphic organisms with lives independent of their speakers and capable of negotiating on their own the terms of their coexistence. Not surprisingly it has become commonplace to read about killer languages in the same vein as language wars, language murders and linguicides. I argue below that languages are parasitic species whose vitality depends on the communicative behaviours of their speakers, who in turn respond adaptively to changes in their socio-economic ecologies. Language shift, attrition, endangerment and death are all consequences of these adaptations. We must develop a better understanding of the ways in which one ecology differs from another and how these dissimilarities can account for variation in the vitality of individual languages. Globalisation is discussed as part of the relevant language ecology. I submit that only local globalisation has endangered or driven. This article has largely developed from my contribution to a debate with Professor Claude Hagège, under the title Quel avenir pour les langues?, at UNESCO Headquarters in Paris on 19 September 2001 (part of the series Entretiens sur le XXIe siècle). The original French title was Colonisation, mondialisation, globalisation et l’avenir des langues au XXIe
 siècle, from which mondialisation has now been omitted, for reasons that soon become obvious in the text. The essay has also benefited from lectures I gave on 7 November and 3 December 2001
at, respectively, the National University of Singapore and Hong Kong University entitled “Colonization, globalization, and language endangerment”. I am equally indebted to Michel DeGraff, Claude Hagège, Alison Irvine, Paul Newman and my anonymous referees for comments on earlier drafts of this publication.},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Jourdan2008bb,
title = {Language repertoires and the middle class in urban Solomon Islands},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
doi = {10.1075/impact.24.07jou},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
pages = {43-67},
publisher = {Social Lives in Language – Sociolinguistics and multilingual speech communities: Celebrating the work of Gillian Sankoff},
abstract = {In Honiara, Solomon Islands, 64 vernacular languages coexist with Pijin, the lingua franca and linguistic cement of the town, and with English, the former colonial language. The chapter shows how the modalities of urban linguistic repertoires vary with different phases of Honiara’s transformation and with the life course of individuals. There is a reconfiguration of the linguistic repertoires of most urbanites and language shift for some, particularly the younger urban middle-class. The first section presents a background on multilingualism in the Solomon Islands and the typical linguistic repertoires prevalent before urbanization. An analysis of the development of the middle class in Honiara follows. Finally, it addresses the social forces shaping the language practices of the middle-class. The paper shows that, if societal language shift is the trend in Honiara, young members of the urban middle-class are at the forefront of this change.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Williams2008b,
title = {Linguistic Minorities in Democratic Context},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9780230597570},
isbn = {978-1-349-54131-7},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
abstract = {Linguistic Minorities in Democratic Context blends a discussion of the role of language minorities in politics with a detailed understanding of applied language policy in a variety of contexts ranging from Quebec, the Basque Country and Wales to Gaelic Scotland and Northern Ireland. Colin Williams discusses the controversial and contemporary issues of minority rights and language protection, the policies of the state in privileging powerful majorities, the new opportunities and challenges ushered in by regional-level devolution in Europe and the influence which globalization has on language competition and survival. He argues that after centuries of discrimination, well placed linguistic minorities are in positions of power and influence and must devise new strategies and justification to cope with the demands of responsible government. His analysis provides a fresh interpretation of the role of minorities within plurinational states and poses difficult questions for the framers of policies which seek to promote unity in diversity in both Europe and North America.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Williams2008bb,
title = {Welsh Language Policy and the Logic of Legislative Devolution},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9780230597570_8},
isbn = {978-1-349-54131-7},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
pages = {245-301},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {Wales is a conquered nation and like all conquered nations has suffered the consequences. But by contrast to several other European cases, Wales demonstrates a remarkable example of what might be called stealth ethno-genesis and the politics of resilience. It has refused to disappear from the pages of history and much of this refusal is intertwined within the struggle for the language.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Williams2008bb,
title = {The Nationalist Inheritance in a Globalising World},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9780230597570_2},
isbn = { 978-1-349-54131-7},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
pages = {24-46},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {Over the past thirty years or so rapid changes in the political landscape of Europe, together with the unravelling of globalisation have challenged our established notions of political community, citizenship and crucially national identity. Many argue that the nation-state no longer reflects the apogee of responsible government. This is because the ideas and political desires associated with a nationalist world view reflect processes that are the logical outcome of nineteenth century aspirations. It is further argued that nationalism, its handmaiden, is increasingly anachronistic and has lost much of its salience within an international political and legal order which is responsive to the post-sovereign realities of multinational organisations, transnational agencies and global communication.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Williams2008bb,
title = {The Democratic Impulse and Social Justice},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9780230597570_3},
isbn = {978-1-349-54131-7},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
pages = {47-73},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {An inherent ambiguity lies at the heart of the debate on the social and cultural future of Europe. Both individuals and a multitude of ethnocultural groups increasingly interact within decentralised and diverse frameworks, while the political system which guarantees such autonomy is becoming evermore centralised within the supra-national structures of an expanding EU and its associated organisations. The traditional method of reducing ethnocultural diversity by closing or redrawing borders no longer applies, as the geography of bounded space gives way – at least in theory – to a geography of communication flows, and a new strategy for mutual coexistence demands the deterritorialisation of identity. The sad truth for many in Europe today, however, is that the direction and speed of this transition is precisely the point at issue. Although the most satisfactory method of ensuring cultural autonomy is to allow individuals to determine group membership for themselves, this dilutes the geographical concentration of ethnic groups and renders many of them vulnerable within a multicultural framework: ambiguity, tension and conflict are the inevitable consequences (Lijphart, 1995).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Williams2008bb,
title = {Enhancing Linguistic Diversity in Europe: Cross-Cutting Themes},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9780230597570_5},
isbn = {978-1-349-54131-7},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
pages = {120-161},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {Elements within European society have embarked on a mission to create a common structure out of an uncommon mélange of languages. I have already discussed a number of innovative and challenging ways in which this search for a common structure is both a realisable goal and an ever-changing impediment to successful democratic citizenship. Actors as varied as state governments, the European Union and Parliament, multilateral interest groups and regional level authorities contribute both to the policy agenda and to the construction of the infra-structure whereby languages can be accommodated within a complex network of agencies. But the underlying concern I want to address is what holds these various, at times, quite conflicting perspectives, together? Clearly there is no single answer, nor even a set of adequate answers, to which one can turn to for advice and leadership. Nevertheless, there is, I believe, a constant need to look beyond the obvious, the immediate, the pressing concerns of political expediency, when addressing minority and immigrant language issues on a broader European canvass.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Williams2008bb,
title = {Celtic Language Regimes and the Basis for Deliberation},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9780230597570_7},
isbn = {978-1-349-54131-7},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
pages = {185-244},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {Michael Ignatieff has advised that “we need to stop thinking of human rights as trumps and begin thinking of them as a language that creates the basis for deliberation” (Ignatieff, 2001, p. 95). He rejects foundational thinking about human rights as a kind of secular belief system or idolatry and urges that we seek to build support for human rights on the basis of what such rights actually do for human beings. A nested hierarchy of general and specific rights are now operational within the international order, the sovereign state and those sub-state agencies charged with the delivery of language-related services. In consequence rights and obligations will increasingly be protected and upheld by overlapping jurisdictions. In some jurisdictions, such as the EU, this will require increased shared sovereignty while in others, such as many of the emerging states, it will require the strengthening of state sovereignty as the guarantor against tyranny, civil war and anarchy. In either case specifying under what conditions minority rights are to be recognised and then implemented requires a toleration of diverse means of managing majority–minority relations, even within the same state jurisdiction. Equality of recognition does not necessarily imply unanimity in treatment. Thus it is that within the UK and Ireland variants of Gaelic have been subject to quite astonishing degrees of differential treatment and even today there is no uniform response to the issue of rebuilding the Celtic languages (Ó Néill, 2005).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Williams2008bb,
title = {Democratic Inclusion for the One and the Many},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9780230597570_1},
isbn = {978-1-349-54131-7},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
pages = {1-23},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {In the late nineteenth century members of most European national groups assumed that one day their languages and cultures would be nourished within an international political system which appeared to be reconfiguring itself as a result of the rise of the nation-state and the dissolution of the old imperial order. By the mid-twentieth century such hopes seemed impossible because they were inconceivable. At the beginning of the twenty first century similar aspirations now seem partly realisable in a continent which is reshaping itself to contend with forces which challenge so many of the rules and patterns of our interaction as citizens.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Williams2008bb,
title = {Language Policy and Planning Issues in Multicultural Societies},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9780230597570_4},
isbn = {978-1-349-54131-7},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
pages = {74-119},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {Issues of language choice and behaviour are integral to the social, economic and political stability of multicultural societies. This chapter explores the role of language policy and planning as instruments of social development and examines selected dilemmas faced by multilingual states as they seek to formalise language choice through a variety of implicit and explicit language-related reforms. It is my conviction that language planning can only be properly understood when seen as a form of socio-political intervention. Many take the view that language planning, as a discipline, has developed a certain objective detachment that allows it to be treated as if it were a form of scientific exercise. I accept that in certain aspects, such as corpus planning, translation and software development, such objectivity and precision is reached. However, language planning is in essence an extension of social policy aimed at behaviour modification. Given this it is essential that the broader social and political context, within which language planning is exercised, is fully acknowledged. Consequently the first part of this chapter discusses the various implications of recognising some languages at the expense of others within liberal democratic practices. It then suggests comparisons between the European and African experiences of language planning, before focussing on power differentials between hegemonic language groups and dependent language groups.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Williams2008bb,
title = {The Limits to Freedom},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9780230597570_10},
isbn = {978-1-349-54131-7},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
pages = {361-404},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {The argument advanced in this chapter is that steps are being taken to construct a political framework which acknowledges the positive virtue of cultural pluralism on the basis of equality as a necessary prerequisite for democracy and freedom of action in an increasingly multicultural world order. In Europe, this raises fresh issues concerned with the distribution of power in society and with the encouragement of democratic participation by previously beleaguered interest groups. This recognition demands both mutual respect and robust structures of freedom so as to guarantee the conditions for cultural reproduction.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Perrin2008b,
title = {Overcome internal and external language barriers. How SRG SSR fulfills its language policy mandate},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Marcel Burger},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Perrin2008bb,
title = {Coaching in dealing with the media},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1007/3-540-28451-6_15},
isbn = {3540254560},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
pages = {197–215},
publisher = {Lang},
abstract = {»... uh uh - to accomplish« - If you speak this into the camera in the morning under time pressure, you run the risk of seeing yourself on TV in the evening, together with hundreds of thousands of other viewers, for example with customers, work colleagues and Superiors who will come back to it. A media presence means a threefold burden: Firstly, you appear in the media on behalf of an organization, a section of the public, a subject. The expectations of role broadcasters - such as employers, specialist colleagues and parts of the public - can diverge. So role conflicts are inevitable. Second, the cooperation with the media is characterized by the industrial production routines of a media company, which are reflected, for example, in forms of conversation typical of domains and which therefore require specific conversation skills. It is always urgent. And thirdly, via the microphone and camera, one exposes oneself indirectly to a diffuse, dispersed public, which is only given an excerpt from the appearance in the media report, can hardly ask questions and yet gets an idea in a few seconds. One is on display. In this triangle of communication mandate, production routines and public opinion formation, what is called "dealing with media" in advisory services takes place. This chapter outlines three prototypical situations that speak in favor of coaching in dealing with the media (■ Sect. 5.5.1), using these examples to illuminate the scope for cooperation with the media (■ Sect. 5.5.2),},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Perrin2008bb,
title = {Transnational Applied Linguistics},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2008bb,
title = {Writing and public},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2008bb,
title = {Cumulated deviation from a linear trend. Dscribing writing phases with statistical tools},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Marc Wildi},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2008bb,
title = {Cumulated deviation of a linear trend. Statistical modeling of writing processes},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Marc Wildi},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2008bb,
title = {Logging professionals at their workplace: an update after ten years of software design},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2008bb,
title = {Journalism as public storytelling},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Marcel Burger and Aleksandra Gnach},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2008bb,
title = {Visualization strategies in news production},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Aleksandra Gnach},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Perrin2008bb,
title = {Keynote: Linguistic Perspectives on Investigating Newswriting},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Perrin2008bb,
title = {Media language as “situtated activity”: The Realist Social Theory at the intersection of linguistics and communication studies},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Perrin2008bb,
title = {Professional text production as interplay of writing and reading phases},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Perrin2008bb,
title = {Capturing translation processes to access metalinguistic awareness},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Maureen Ehrensberger-Dow},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2008bb,
title = {Talk and action. Analizing the interplay of language policy, norms, and practice of multilingual broadcasting companies. The case of Swiss radio and television},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Aleksandra Gnach},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Perrin2008bb,
title = {Idée suisse: Language policy, norms, and practice as exemplified by Swiss Radio and Television},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Marcel Burger and Mathias Fürer and Vinzenz Wyss and Michael Schanne and Aleksandra Gnach},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Perrin2008bb,
title = {Daniel Perrin, new AILA representative for InJAL},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
journal = {International Journal of Applied Linguistics},
volume = {17},
pages = {443 Page},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Perrin2008bb,
title = {Writing and leading. Domain-specific writing skills for managers / leaders},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
pages = {123–140},
publisher = {Lang},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2008bb,
title = {Training of writing and reading},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Eva-Maria Jakobs},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
pages = {359–393},
publisher = {De Gruyter},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Eberhard2008,
title = {Mamaindê Coda Processes},
author = {David Eberhard},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
pages = {177-210},
publisher = {SIL Internationa},
chapter = {10},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {David Eberhard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Eberhard2008b,
title = {A Survey of Three Northern Nambiquara Groups: The Mamaindê, Negarotê, and Latundê},
author = {David Eberhard and Stan Anonby},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
keywords = {David Eberhard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Chiaro2008bb,
title = {Is it true? Is it new? Does it matter? Towards a paradigm shift in translation and interpreting studies},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.1075/tis.3.1-2.05chi},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
journal = {Translation and Interpreting Studies },
volume = {3},
number = {1-2},
pages = {147-164},
abstract = {Despite the widespread emergence of translations and diverse types of language mediation in contemporary society, our knowledge of the processes and operators involved in the "translation industry" is still very sketchy. With most translation scholars working within the liberal arts paradigm, research to date has tended to adopt methodologies pertaining to the humanities while overlooking more practical approaches typical of the more ‘scientific’ disciplines. This paper outlines the necessity for empirical methods that aim at gathering information regarding basic aspects of translation, ranging from typologies of translations to the operators involved in their production as well as aspects regarding end user perception. Such maps and atlases delineating the status quo of translation and interpreting would provide information for fresh insights.},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Chiaro2008bb,
title = {Issues of quality in screen translation: Problems and solutions},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.1075/btl.78.24chi},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
pages = {241-256},
publisher = {Between Text and Image: Updating research in screen translation},
abstract = {Scholarly debate in screen translation (ST) regarding quality issues often hinges on the complexity of specifying quality standards for such a heterogeneous market in terms of typology of translation (i.e. dubbing, subtitling, voice-over etc.) and the wide range of credence attributes which might contribute to the creation of quality standards for these products. Moreover, the situation is further complicated by the issue of “Quality according to whom?”: operators; service providers; end users, or all three? However complicated these problems may seem, this paper attempts to look for answers. Total Quality Management (TQM) and attribute-based approaches already widely used to measure customer satisfaction in media studies will be put forward as tentative instruments to determine quality in ST.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Baider2008b,
title = {Stéréotypes dans des communautés divisées: sources de conflits et d'unité à Chypre},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Maria Hadjipavlou},
doi = {10.2307/40620461},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
journal = {Nouvelles Questions Feministes},
volume = {27},
number = {3},
pages = {72-87},
abstract = {Stereotypes in divided societies: conflict and unity in Cyprus In societies in conflict such as Cypriot society, the dominant nationalist political discourse tends to homogenize both sides to the conflict, thus giving rise to ethnic stereotypes and misperceptions. This paper examines and analyzes data from feminist non-governmental organizations who promote inter-ethnic contact, and organize joint projects and conflict resolution workshops. These organizations help parties to overcome the bipolarity of essentialism, of « us » and « them », and the power structures that construct gender relationships in contemporary Cyprus. These efforts gradually construct a shared narrative going beyond divisions, challenge the dominant discourses across the divide, highlight commonalities and differences both intra and inter-communally and work toward a gendered understanding of the conflict and inclusion of women in the peace-building process.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2008bb,
title = {Annotation sémantique : profilage textuel et lexical},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Mick Grzesitchak and Evelyne Jacquey},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2008bb,
title = {Stereotypes in Divided Societies: Conflict and Unity in Cyprus},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Maria Hadjipavlou},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
journal = {Nouvelles Questions Feministes},
volume = {27},
number = {3},
pages = {72-87},
abstract = {In societies in conflict such as Cypriot society, the dominant nationalist political discourse tends to homogenize both sides to the conflict, thus giving rise to ethnic stereotypes and misperceptions. This paper examines and analyzes data from feminist non-governmental organizations who promote inter-ethnic contact, and organize joint projects and conflict resolution workshops. These organizations help parties to overcome the bipolarity of essentialism, of «us» and «them», and the power structures that construct gender relationships in contemporary Cyprus. These efforts gradually construct a shared narrative going beyond divisions, challenge the dominant discourses across the divide, highlight commonalities and differences both intra and inter-communally and work toward a gendered understanding of the conflict and inclusion of women in the peace-building process.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2008bb,
title = {Between Image and Identity. Transnational Fantasy, Symbolic Violence, and Feminist Misrecognition by Karina Eileraas},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.1353/wfs.2008.0030},
year  = {2008},
date = {2008-01-01},
journal = {Women in French Studies},
volume = {16},
number = {1},
pages = {161-162},
abstract = {Eileraas, Karina. Between Image and Identity. Transnational Fantasy, Symbolic Violence, and Feminist Misrecognition. United Kingdom: Lexington books, 2007. Pp 175. ISBN-13: 978-0-7391-1812-2. Working with Mohanty's critiques of Western feminist representations of third world women and their often ethnocentric reductionism, Karine Eileraas explores how post-colonial women writers from the Maghreb and South East Asia challenge and subvert the process of objedification, always present in colonial discourse. To that end, the author chose to work from and with semiautobiographical literature, as well as visual and performance art. The works studied include Seila Sebbar, Assia Djebar and Theresa Cha, but also Duras and Wang among others, all transnational subjectivities occupying the borderlands in between nations due to war and colonization. Eileraas, engaging with a plethora of postcolonial critiques.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Coupe2007,
title = {A Grammar of Mongsen Ao},
author = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
doi = {10.1515/9783110198522},
isbn = {978-3110190885},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-12-19},
volume = {39},
number = {23-526},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
address = {Mouton Grammar Library},
abstract = {A Grammar of Mongsen Ao, the result of the author’s fieldwork over a ten-year period, presents the first comprehensive grammatical description of a language spoken in Nagaland, north-east India. The languages of this region remain under-documented for a number of historical reasons. During the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, the widespread cultural practice of head-hunting discouraged outsiders from entering the Naga Hills. Shortly after Indian independence in 1947, an armed rebellion by Naga separatists and a government policy of restricting access to the troubled area ensured that Nagaland remained a difficult place to conduct research. In this context, A Grammar of Mongsen Ao offers valuable new insights into the structure of a Tibeto-Burman language spoken in a linguistically little-known region of the world.

The grammatical analysis documents all the functional domains of the language and includes four glossed and translated texts, the latter being of interest to anthropologists studying folklore. Mongsen Ao is a highly agglutinating, mostly suffixing language with predominantly dependent-marking characteristics. Its grammar demonstrates a number of typologically interesting features that are described in detail in the book. Among these is an unusual case marking system in which grammatical marking is motivated by semantic and pragmatic factors, and a rich verbal morphology that produces elaborate sequences of agglutinative suffixes. Grammaticalisation processes are also discussed where relevant, thereby extending the appeal of the book to linguists with interests in grammaticalisation theory.

This book will be of value to any linguist seeking to clarify genetic relationships within the Tibeto-Burman family, and it will serve more broadly as a reference grammar for typologists interested in the typological features of a Tibeto-Burman language of north-east India.},
keywords = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Wong2007b,
title = {Fostering the growth of budding community initiatives: The role of linguists in Tokelauan maintenance in Hawai’i},
author = {Andrew Wong and Yuko Otsuka},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-12-17},
journal = {Language Documentation & Conservation},
volume = {1},
number = {2},
pages = {240-256},
abstract = {This paper discusses our involvement in the language revitalization project initiated by the Tokelauan community in Central O ‘ahu, Hawai ‘i. Nearly 1,000 people of Tokelauan descent live in Hawai ‘i. Several elders have observed that a language shift from Tokelauan (Polynesian) to English and/or Hawai ‘i Creole English is taking place in the community. Our involvement in the project illustrates several fundamental issues about language revitalization:(1) the need for collaboration not only between linguists and community members, but also among linguists with different areas of expertise,(2) the significance of balancing the needs of the community with those of researchers,(3) the importance of publicizing our research, and (4) the question of who is responsible for protecting the language right of immigrant populations.
1. InTRoduCTIon1. This paper discusses our involvement in the language revitalization project initiated by the Tokelauan community in Central O ‘ahu, Hawai ‘i. We first provide some background information about the Tokelauan (Polynesian) language, the community, and its efforts toward language maintenance. We then describe how we became involved in the project, what we tried to achieve, and what we plan to accomplish in the future. Finally, we discuss several valuable lessons we learned through our involvement in the project regarding language maintenance in immigrant communities.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2007bb,
title = {Fostering the growth of budding community initiatives: The role of linguists in Tokelauan maintenance in Hawai’i},
author = {Andrew Wong and Yuko Otsuka},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-12-17},
journal = {Language Documentation & Conservation},
volume = {1},
number = {2},
pages = {240-256},
abstract = {This paper discusses our involvement in the language revitalization project initiated by the Tokelauan community in Central O ‘ahu, Hawai ‘i. Nearly 1,000 people of Tokelauan descent live in Hawai ‘i. Several elders have observed that a language shift from Tokelauan (Polynesian) to English and/or Hawai ‘i Creole English is taking place in the community. Our involvement in the project illustrates several fundamental issues about language revitalization:(1) the need for collaboration not only between linguists and community members, but also among linguists with different areas of expertise,(2) the significance of balancing the needs of the community with those of researchers,(3) the importance of publicizing our research, and (4) the question of who is responsible for protecting the language right of immigrant populations.
1. InTRoduCTIon1. This paper discusses our involvement in the language revitalization project initiated by the Tokelauan community in Central O ‘ahu, Hawai ‘i. We first provide some background information about the Tokelauan (Polynesian) language, the community, and its efforts toward language maintenance. We then describe how we became involved in the project, what we tried to achieve, and what we plan to accomplish in the future. Finally, we discuss several valuable lessons we learned through our involvement in the project regarding language maintenance in immigrant communities.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2007bb,
title = {Introduction to the volume},
author = {Anna De Fina and Michael Bamberg and Deborah Schiffrin},
doi = {10.1075/sin.9.02bam},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-12-14},
journal = {Selves and identities in narrative and discourse},
pages = {1-8},
abstract = {Over the last two decades, self and identity have moved into the center-stage of the social sciences. Publications with ‘self or ‘identity’in their titles, including monographs, edited volumes, and even new journals (Identity—first published in the year 2000, Selfé Identity—first published in 2001) have sprung up in a number of disciplines. However, what exactly these terms denote has remained somewhat ambiguous. While it seems to be commonly agreed upon that neither ‘self’nor ‘identity’should be mere synonyms for ‘person’and ‘personality’(as suggested by Leary, 2004), it is debatable whether the terms self and identity should be preserved to refer to processes that are organized Within a (coherent) self-system (as suggested by Morf, 2005). And while metaphors of self that view the self “as—know-er”,“as-known”, or “as-decision-maker and deer”(see Leary, 2004) have a wider appeal, they leave out a vision of the self “as-speaker/narrator”, a view that has become increasingly popular under the headers of the ‘narrative’and ‘discursive turn’. And although discourse-based approaches to self and identity have resulted in an explosion of recent books and special issues, they by no means represent a unified and harmonious field.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vaux2007,
title = {Underlying Representations That Do Not Minimize Grammatical Violations},
author = {Bert Vaux and Andrew Nevins},
doi = {10.1515/9783110198591.35},
isbn = {978-3-11-019359-6},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-12-14},
urldate = {2007-12-14},
journal = {Freedom of Analysis},
pages = {35-62},
abstract = {In this paper we review evidence from a variety of sources, including deneutralization studies, that indicate that the choice of underlying representations is governed by causal reasoning, statistical inference, orthographic knowledge, and hypercorrection, but rarely, if ever, by a principle of minimizing faithfulness violations. Linguistics Version of Record},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2007,
title = {Comparative Studies in Conversation Analysis},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1146/annurev.anthro.36.081406.094313},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-12-04},
urldate = {2007-12-04},
journal = {Annual Review of Anthropology},
volume = {36},
issue = {1},
abstract = {Conversation analysis initially drew its empirical materials from recordings of English conversation. However, over the past 20 years conversation analysts have begun to examine talk - in - interaction in an increasingly broad range of languages and communities. These studies allow for a new comparative perspective, which attends to the consequences of linguistic and social differences for the organization of social interaction. A framework for such a comparative analysis focusing on a series of generic interactional issues or problems (e.g., how turns are to be distributed among participants) and the way they are solved through the mobilization of local resources (grammar, social categories, etc.) is sketched. Comparative studies in conversation analysis encourage us to think of interaction in terms of generic organizations of interaction, which are inflected or torqued by the local circumstances within which they operate (Schegloff 2006).},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2007,
title = {Reassociated tones and coalescent syllables in Naxi (Tibeto-Burman)},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Xueguang He},
doi = {10.1017/S002510030700309X},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-12-01},
journal = {Journal of the International Phonetic Association},
volume = {37},
number = {3},
pages = {237 - 255},
abstract = {The Western dialect of Naxi has four lexical tones: High, Mid, Low and Rising; the latter is rare in the lexicon. Rising contours on monosyllables are frequent in connected speech, however, as a result of a process of syllable reduction: reduction of a morpheme carrying the High tone results in re-association of its tone to the syllable that precedes it in the sentence, creating a rising contour. An experiment (with one speaker and five listeners) establishes that there is not only one rising contour that originates in tonal reassociation, as reported in earlier descriptions, but two: Low-to-High and Mid-to-High—as could be expected by analogy with phenomena observed in Niger-Congo languages and elsewhere. A second set of experiments (same speaker; six listeners) investigates the reduction of Mid- and Low-tone syllables: they reduce to [ə̄] and [ə̀], respectively, and coalesce with the preceding syllable (in Naxi, syllabic structure is simply consonant+glide+vowel). Unlike High-tone syllable reduction, this process stops short of complete tonal de-linking. These experiments aim to provide a complete picture of syllable reduction patterns in Naxi. It is argued that the notions of floating tones and tonal reassociation can be usefully applied to the Naxi data.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2007l,
title = {Reassociated tones and coalescent syllables in Naxi (Tibeto-Burman)},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Xueguang He},
doi = {10.1017/S002510030700309X},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-12-01},
journal = {Journal of the International Phonetic Association},
volume = {37},
number = {3},
pages = {237-255},
abstract = {The Western dialect of Naxi has four lexical tones: High, Mid, Low and Rising; the latter is rare in the lexicon. Rising contours on monosyllables are frequent in connected speech, however, as a result of a process of syllable reduction: reduction of a morpheme carrying the High tone results in re-association of its tone to the syllable that precedes it in the sentence, creating a rising contour. An experiment (with one speaker and five listeners) establishes that there is not only one rising contour that originates in tonal reassociation, as reported in earlier descriptions, but two: Low-to-High and Mid-to-High—as could be expected by analogy with phenomena observed in Niger-Congo languages and elsewhere. A second set of experiments (same speaker; six listeners) investigates the reduction of Mid- and Low-tone syllables: they reduce to [ə̄] and [ə̀], respectively, and coalesce with the preceding syllable (in Naxi, syllabic structure is simply consonant+glide+vowel). Unlike High-tone syllable reduction, this process stops short of complete tonal de-linking. These experiments aim to provide a complete picture of syllable reduction patterns in Naxi. It is argued that the notions of floating tones and tonal reassociation can be usefully applied to the Naxi data.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2007,
title = {Narrative Interaction},
author = {Anna De Fina},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-12-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics - J PRAGMATICS},
volume = {39},
number = {12},
pages = {2363-2366},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Keating2007,
title = {Conversation as a Cultural Activity},
author = {Elizabeth Keating and Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.1002/9780470996522.ch8},
isbn = {9780470996522},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-11-26},
urldate = {2007-11-26},
pages = {167 - 196},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Bodomo2007,
title = {Strategies for the Documentation and Revitalization of the Zhuang Language of Southwestern China},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-11-25},
journal = {Minority Languages and Writing Systems, Beijing, China.},
pages = {1 - 19},
abstract = {This paper outlines some strategies, methods, and techniques for the documentation and  revitalization  of  Zhuang  language  and  culture  through  linguistic  fieldwork. Zhuang,  a  Tai-Kadai  language  spoken  mainly  in  the  rural  areas  of  the  Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region of southwestern China, is the largest minority language in mainland China, with mother-tongue speakers numbering about 20 million. While this language is not in danger of dying out in the foreseeable future, it is indeed an endangered  language, given  that  a phenomenon  of language  shift, as  described in Bodomo (2007),  is occurring in  which more and  more Zhuang  children, especially those born in the cities, are picking up Putonghua, rather than Zhuang, as their mother tongue  or  most  proficient  language.  In  addition,  even  though  language  education policy exists for encouraging Zhuang  and the minority language  speakers to obtain literacy in their  own languages, as Bodomo and Tai (2003) have shown, fewer and fewer Zhuang people are learning how to write their own language, and indeed the official Zhuang script is hardly used in the daily writing practices of Zhuang people. Given  such  a  situation  of  language  shift  and  lack  of  literacy  practices  that  is consequently leading to language endangerment, which, in turn, may lead to language death, efforts must be made to document and revitalize the language. Our approach to language  documentation  in  this  paper  and  elsewhere  is  one  of  documentation  for revitalization as  opposed to documentation for mere preservation.  This approach to language  documentation  is  an  action-  and  a  community-oriented  approach (Himmelmann 1998) in which we involve members of the community such as farmers, housewives, school children, etc in data collection but also in language revitalization. In  terms  of  methodology,  we  have  evolved  what  we  term  laboratory-to-field experimentation for collecting and analyzing data. },
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Sitaridou2007,
title = {Romance infinitives with subjects, subjunctive obviation and Control Theory},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
doi = {10.1075/la.111.10sit},
isbn = {9789027233752},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-11-21},
pages = {191-219},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@bachelorthesis{Nakane2007,
title = {Silence in intercultural communication: Perceptions and performance},
author = {Ikuko Nakane},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-11-14},
urldate = {2007-11-14},
journal = {John Benjamins Publishing},
volume = {166},
abstract = {How and why is silence used interculturally? Approaching the phenomenon of silence from multiple perspectives, this book shows how silence is used, perceived and at times misinterpreted in intercultural communication. Using a model of key aspects of silence in communication linguistic, cognitive and sociopsychological and fundamental levels of social organization individual, situational and sociocultural-the book explores the intricate relationship between perceptions and performance of silence in interaction involving Japanese and Australian participants. Through a combination of macro-and micro-ethnographic analyses of university seminar interactions, the stereotypes of the'silent East'is reconsidered, and the tension between local and sociocultural perspectives of intercultural communication is addressed. The book has relevance to researchers and students in intercultural pragmatics, discourse analysis and applied linguistics.},
keywords = {Ikuko Nakane},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Bhatia2007,
title = {Religious metaphor in the discourse of illusion: George W. Bush and Osama bin Laden},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
doi = {10.1111/j.1467-971X.2007.00525.x},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-11-05},
journal = {World Englishes},
volume = {26},
number = {4},
pages = {507 - 524},
abstract = {  Using a combination of models, including the discourse-historical approach, metaphor analysis, and membership categorization analysis, this paper explores a series of speeches given by George W. Bush and Osama bin Laden. It demonstrates how similar rhetorical and linguistic tools are manipulated by people in a position to influence society, as they attempt to depict their individual representations of reality as true and objective. Analysis of the data reveals how both individuals make use of almost identical rhetorical tools in order to objectify two completely subjective and contrasting conceptualizations of reality, whereby each plays the role of ‘self’ and ‘other’. This makes apparent the discourse of illusion which highlights the existence of contested versions of social reality. There is evidence within the data of a conflict between the two versions of reality, originating from their particular subjective and ideological conceptual systems, which generate social categories that depict the ‘self’ as being constituted by all positive values, and the ‘other’ as comprising all negative values. The use of religious metaphors in particular serves the purpose of categorizing the ‘other’ as morally devoid, and the ‘self’ as being in a position to pass moral judgement. Religious metaphors exploiting constructs such as evil, light and darkness, heaven and hell, barbarism, and moral justice also serve to legitimize the actions of both George W. Bush and Osama bin Laden, interpreting sociopolitical issues as religious events. Consequently, in pursuit of supportive alliances and collective agreement, both endorse Moral Absolutism in the War on Terror, resorting to the ‘emotionalization of facts’ (Menz, 1989: 237).},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2007b,
title = {Field Notes on the Pronominal System of Zhuang},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.3765/bls.v33i1.3548},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-11-01},
journal = {Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society},
volume = {33},
number = {1},
abstract = {The Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region in southwestern China has one of the biggest number of minority languages in China, and indeed the largest minority language, Zhuang, which is the focus of this paper. It is thus one of the most multilingual regions of the country.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels2007bb,
title = {The Politics of Naming Reform in the Gendered Spheres of Home and Work},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Joanne Winter},
url = {https://eprints.soas.ac.uk/id/eprint/9902},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.2167/cilp119.0},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-11-01},
journal = {Current Issues in Language Planning},
volume = {8},
number = {3},
pages = {404-421},
abstract = {Naming has been a central focus of feminist language planning. The initial emphasis was on reforming naming practices for women in public spheres (work, education, media). More recently public discourses about work/life balance have drawn together the public and private, shaping the naming practices for women and men in these domains. This paper explores the dynamics and politics of naming in the intersecting gendered spheres of work and home. Our focus is on the naming of men who occupy the space traditionally associated with women in the home: child care and home duties. We address the consequences of social change on planning agendas and reform strategies in the light of the role of gender-inclusive language planning to promote linguistic equality.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2007b,
title = {Language in Society: Editor's note},
author = {Elizabeth Keating and Claudia Viviana Angelelli and P. Auer and A.M. Backus and S. Berk-Seligson and an Blommaert and S. Blum-Kulka and A. Bolonyai and D. Brenneis and J. Brutt-Griffler and M. Bucholtz and Carmen Rosa Caldas-Coulthard and J. Cheshire and E. Couper-Kuhlen and J. Cruikshank and A. Duranti and A.F. Fill and A. Fox and S. Gal and O. Garcia and R. Gardner and P. Gardner-Chloros and C. Gordon and M. Hayashi and H. Hamilton and William Hanks and M. Heller and J. Holmes and A. Irwin and W. Keane and Elizabeth Keating and K.-H. Kim and D. Klapproth and B. Lemaster and J. Lipski and C. Lucas and Y. Matras and Stephen May and Y. Maschler and B. McGregor and B. Meek and U. Meinhof and S. Mills and G. Myers and P. Muysken and A. Paugh and S. Philips and A. Ramat and B. Rampton and J. Roberts and S. Romaine and A. Rumsey and D. Samuels and O.S. Ana and M. Sbisà and A. Schwegler and J. Sidnell and T. Stivers and C. Strauss and J. Streek and D. Suslak and S. Tagliamonte and I. Tempesta and P. Trudgill and J. and Urla and J. Verschueren and D. Wallace and D. Weiner and Walt Wolfram and Z. Qing and B. Johnstone},
doi = {10.1017/S004740450707090X},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-11-01},
urldate = {2007-11-01},
journal = {Language in Society },
volume = {36},
number = {5},
pages = {815},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Englund2007,
title = {Pentecostalism Beyond Belief: Trust and Democracy in a Malawian Township},
author = {Harri Englund},
doi = {10.1353/afr.2007.0083},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-11-01},
urldate = {2007-11-01},
journal = {Africa 77(4): DOI:},
volume = {77},
number = {4},
pages = {477-499},
abstract = {The concept of belief, when applied in its strong sense, assumes an inner state that sets believers apart from non-believers. This article suggests that a concept of trust is more appropriate for the study of the religious orientation among Pentecostal Christians in Chinsapo, an impoverished township in Malawi’s capital city. Trust is a critical issue because even fellow members of Pentecostal congregations can turn out to have been sent by the Devil. Pastors also have to exercise considerable forbearance in order to encourage spiritual growth among backsliders. The boundaries of Pentecostal congregations are often permeable, with little emphasis on doctrinal differences. Pentecostal Christians also have frequent contact with kin, neighbours, customers and co-workers who do not share their religious orientation. Rather than being a matter of calculating risks, trust emerges in relation to the existential dangers of misfortune, hunger and disease that affect the lives of all township dwellers. Everyday contexts of township life are as important as proselytizing in generating trust between Pentecostals and those who are yet to experience the second birth in the Holy Spirit. In contrast to views that lament Africans’ particularized trust relations as an obstacle to democracy, this article suggests that generalized trust can emerge from a particular religious orientation. The article draws attention to the actual sources of civility and trust in contemporary Africa.},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{King2007,
title = {The Language and Sexuality Reader},
author = {Brian King},
doi = {10.1558/genl.v2i1.129},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-10-31},
urldate = {2007-10-31},
journal = {Gender and Language},
volume = {2},
number = {1},
keywords = {Brian King},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2007,
title = {Visualization Summit 2007: Ten Research Goals for 2010},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Remo Aslak Burkhard and Gennady Andrienko and Natalia V. Andrienko and Jason Dykes and Alexander Koutamanis and Wolfgang Kienreich and Robert Phaal and Alan F. Blackwell and Martin Eppler and Jeffrey Huang and Mark Meagher and Armin Gruen and Silke Lang and Wibke Weber and Andrew Vande Moere and Bruce Herr and Katy Borner and Jean-Daniel Fekete and Dominique Brodbeck},
doi = {10.1057/palgrave.ivs.9500158},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-10-25},
journal = {Information Visualization},
volume = {6},
number = {3},
pages = {169-188},
abstract = {At the first international Visualization Summit, more than 100 international researchers and practitioners defined and assessed nine original and important research goals in the context of Visualization Science, and proposed methods for achieving these goals by 2010. The synthesis of the whole event is presented in the 10th research goal. This article contributes a building block for systemizing visualization research by proposing mutually elaborated research goals with defined milestones. Such a consensus on where to go together is only one step toward establishing visualization science in the long-term perspective as a discipline with comparable relevance to chemistry, mathematics, language, or history. First, this article introduces the conference setting. Second, it describes the research goals and findings from the nine workshops. Third, a survey among 62 participants about the originality and importance of each research goal is presented and discussed. Finally, the article presents a synthesis of the nine research goals in the form of a 10th research goal, namely ‘Visualizing Future Cities’. The article is relevant for visualization researchers, trend scouts, research programme directors who define the topics that get funds.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2007c,
title = {Documentation is Documentation and Theory is Theory: A Reply to Daniel Avorgbedor's Commentary "Documenting Spoken and Sung Texts of the Dagaaba of West Africa},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Manolete Mora},
doi = {10.18061/1811/29398},
issn = {1559-5749},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-10-01},
journal = {Empirical Musicology Review},
volume = {2},
number = {4},
pages = {152-154},
abstract = {In a response to an article that appeared in Empirical Musicology Review (Bodomo and Mora 2007), Avorgbedor (2007) takes issue with aspects of the paper. In our reply to Avorgbedor’s response we will firstly clarify some issues raised therein and secondly address the issue about the relationship between theory, description and documentation within linguistics and musicology.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lupke2007bb,
title = {Smash it again, Sam’: Verbs of cutting and breaking in Jalonke},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
doi = {10.1515/COG.2007.013},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-09-19},
journal = {Cognitive Linguistics},
volume = {18},
number = {2},
pages = {251-261},
abstract = {This paper investigates the semantic and syntactic properties of cutting and breaking verbs in Jalonke. Semantic features relevant for these Jalonke verbs are control of the effector over the locus of impact, subcategorization for specific manners/instruments, and the theme being a whole vs. already detached from an entity. The latter distinction is unattested in other languages. Syntactically, the verbs fall into two classes: cut verbs with a transitive argument structure, and break verbs with causative and inchoative argument structure options. The existence of a class of exclusively transitive break verbs, despite the existence of the causative/inchoative alternation in Jalonke, is not expected in recent theories of argument structure.},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2007,
title = {Loneliness and International Students: An Australian Study},
author = {Ana Deumert and Erlenawati Sawir and Simon Marginson and Chris Nyland and Gaby Ramia},
doi = {10.1177/1028315307299699},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-09-13},
journal = {Journal of studies in international education},
volume = {12},
number = {2},
pages = {148-180},
abstract = {In a study of international student security, consisting of 200 intensive interviews with students, resident onshore in Australia, it was found that two thirds of the group had experienced problems of loneliness and/or isolation, especially in the early months. According to Weiss, students experience both personal loneliness because of the loss of contact with families and social loneliness because of the loss of networks. Both forms of loneliness are at times exacerbated by their experiences in institutional sites. The article discusses the coping mechanisms that students use. It identifies a third kind of loneliness experienced by international students, cultural loneliness, triggered by the absence of the preferred cultural and/or linguistic environment. This can affect even students with adequate personal and social support. Thus, same-culture networks are often crucial for international students. Yet same-culture networks are not a universal panacea: They cannot substitute for adequate pastoral care by universities or ensure satisfactory engagement with local cultures, so some causes of cultural loneliness often remain. The article concludes that the creation of stronger bonds between international and local students in the educational setting, helping international students to remake their own cultural maps on their own terms, is key to a forward move on loneliness.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Pauwels2007,
title = {Language and sexism},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Marlis Hellinger},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110198539},
isbn = {9780521807111},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-09-01},
publisher = {Handbook of language and communication: Diversity and change},
abstract = {Currently, research on language and gender is a particularly dynamic field of inquiry, where many voices contribute to the debate over diverse theoretical as well as applied perspectives. In the past, much work on language and gender was carried out in the frameworks of sociolinguistics and discourse analysis, but from the 1990s, more explicitly interdisciplinary research has become available, drawing on insights from anthropology, sociology, social psychology, cultural studies, and sexuality studies. Of particular interest is the tension found in recent research between two major theoretical approaches. One model continues to accept gender as a social category, acknowledging the fact that in many people’s worlds “gender” is habitually translated into the binary distinction between female and male.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Haberland2007,
title = {Introduction to Special Issue on Transience: Emerging Norms of Language Use},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Dorte Lønsmann and Spencer Hazel},
doi = {10.1111/jola.12168},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-09-01},
urldate = {2007-09-01},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {27},
number = {3},
pages = {264-270},
abstract = {In this introduction to the special issue, the concept of transience is introduced as a theoretical perspective and as an object of research. The perspective of transience foregrounds the temporality of norm formation, located within the practices of people on the move. The introduction suggests that it is beneficial to apply the concept of transience in order to understand processes of norm development, including those pertaining to language choice and language socialization. Working from an understanding that communities form and dissolve, we claim that it is useful to look at these processes, as it is in the process of communities coming into being that norms emerge. Transience, in spite of being ubiquitous, is not always salient for members or analysts, but to identify, fixate and theorize it as an object of study in linguistic anthropology invites new ways of conceptualizing the interdependence of language and social structure.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Essegbey2007,
title = {Principles of event segmentation in language: The case of motion events},
author = {James Essegbey and Jürgen Bohnemeyer and N. J. Enfield and Iraide Ibarretxe-Antuñano and Sotaro Kita and Friederike Lüpke and Felix K. Ameka},
doi = {10.1353/lan.2007.0116},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-09-01},
urldate = {2007-09-01},
journal = {Language},
volume = {83},
issue = {3},
pages = {495-532},
abstract = {We examine universals and crosslinguistic variation in constraints on event segmentation. Previous typological studies have focused on segmentation into syntactic (Pawley 1987) or intonational units (Givón 1991). We argue that the correlation between such units and semantic/conceptual event representations is language-specific. As an alternative, we introduce the MACRO-EVENT PROPERTY (MEP): a construction has the MEP if it packages event representations such that temporal operators necessarily have scope over all subevents. A case study on the segmentation of motion events into macro-event expressions in eighteen genetically and typologically diverse languages has produced evidence of two types of design principles that impact motion-event segmentation: language-specific lexicalization patterns and universal constraints on form-to-meaning mapping.
},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@inbook{Tsimpli2007c,
title = {First language attrition from a minimalist perspective: Interface vulnerability and processing effects},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
doi = {10.1075/sibil.33.07tsi},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-08-08},
urldate = {2007-08-08},
volume = {33},
number = {83},
pages = {83-98},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company},
abstract = {The present paper deals with first language attrition under the influence of a second language. Two sets of data are presented: the first is offline data from a variety of tasks aiming to address the question of selective vulnerability of interfaces as opposed to the computational system underlying syntactic competence. This data is drawn from the study of Tsimpli, Sorace, Heycock and Filiaci (2004). The second set of data is drawn from a pilot study (Kaltsa 2006), involving an online grammaticality judgment task testing Case on determiners. This data is argued to address the possibility of syntactic attrition of a formal feature, i.e. case, in the domain of syntactic processing alone indicating that performance rather than competence problems are also involved.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Lupke2007b,
title = {It's a split, but is it unaccusativity?: Two classes of intransitive verbs in Jalonke},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
doi = {10.1075/sl.31.3.02lup},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-08-01},
journal = {Studies in Language},
volume = {31},
number = {3},
pages = {525-568},
abstract = {Jalonke, a Mande language of Guinea, exhibits a formal split of intransitive verbs with respect to the possessive construction in which they appear. Whenever the single argument of a nominalized intransitive verb is linked to the possessor of the nominalized verb, an inalienable possessive construction is used with some verbs, and an alienable possessive construction with others. The inalienable possessive construction is also used for nominalized transitive verbs when possessed by their object participants, while the alienable possessive construction is used for transitive verbs possessed by their subject participants. Although synchronically not fully productive, this split points towards a diachronic explanation in terms of unaccusativity. It can be explained, however, without recurrence to different initial grammatical relations, but by relying on semantic differences only.},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Weinberg2007,
title = {Learning disability and the limits of liberal citizenship: Interactional impediments to political empowerment},
author = {Darin Weinberg and Marcus Redley},
doi = {10.1111/j.1467-9566.2007.01015.x},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-08-01},
urldate = {2007-08-01},
journal = {Sociology of Health & Illness},
volume = {29},
number = {5},
pages = {767-786 },
abstract = {Recent policy initiatives have moved decisively toward empowering learning disabled citizens, recognising ability over disability, and promoting people's political empowerment and voice in the design of public services. While laudable and encouraging, these initiatives raise an important question: to what extent can a group of service users, whose very entitlement to state-sponsored assistance is justified by putative intellectual impairment, be empowered according to an exclusively liberal model of citizenship that presumes and requires, as its very defining features, intellectual ability and independence? In this paper we consider this question by means of an ethnographic analysis of an innovative advocacy group: the Parliament for People with Learning Disabilities (PPLD). We first document both an institutional and an interactional preference for clients to speak actively for themselves. We then describe three types of interactional trouble that emerged in the PPLD as obstacles to realising this preference in practice and the strikingly similar remedies that were generated to overcome these troubles. We conclude by discussing the limits of an approach to empowering learning disabled individuals that is cast too exclusively in terms drawn from liberal models of citizenship that prioritise voice over care, security, and wellbeing.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Kirby2007,
title = {Lexical and phonotactic effects on wordlikeness judgments in Cantonese},
author = {James Kirby and Alan Yu},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-08-01},
urldate = {2007-08-01},
abstract = {This paper reports the results of a wordlikeness task designed to investigate Cantonese speakers' phonotactic knowledge of systematic and acciden-tal gaps. Regression analyses found that word-likeness judgments correlate with token frequency-weighted neighborhood density and conditional (bi-gram) probability. This is suggested to be an effect of the relative phonological densities of the Can-tonese and English lexica.
},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Kirby2007b,
title = {Lexical and phonotactic effects on wordlikeness judgments in Cantonese},
author = {James Kirby and Alan Yu},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-08-01},
urldate = {2007-08-01},
abstract = {This paper reports the results of a wordlikeness task designed to investigate Cantonese speakers' phonotactic knowledge of systematic and acciden-tal gaps. Regression analyses found that word-likeness judgments correlate with token frequency-weighted neighborhood density and conditional (bi-gram) probability. This is suggested to be an effect of the relative phonological densities of the Can-tonese and English lexica.},
keywords = {James Kirby},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2007,
title = {Principles of Thai place-name formation: a reflection of natural and cultural heritage},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
doi = {10.1515/IJSL.2007.042},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-07-20},
journal = {International Journal of the Sociology of Language},
volume = {2007},
number = {186},
pages = {59-73},
abstract = {Based on 1,366 names of districts, subdistricts, villages, and temples in Nan Province, Northern Thailand, this study aims to analyze the meaning of each of the names and formulate general principles of place-name formation in Thai. It is found that folk names are structurally different from official names. A Thai folk place name, such as naa-klia (farm-salt) 'salt farm' and thûη-kwaaη (field-deer) 'field full of deer', is generally composed of a head noun denoting a geographical feature, such as mountain, farm, forest, plain, and field, followed by a modifying word that refers to natural resources, such as salt, rock, teak, sand, animals, and plants, a word that refers to colors, such as 'yellow' and 'white', or a word referring to directions, such as 'south' and 'north'. Unlike folk names, which reflect natural environments, official place names reflect Thai social values. They normally contain elaborate words borrowed from Pali and Sanskrit that refer to auspicious concepts, such as peace, happiness, development, modernity, and Buddhism; for example, sǎntiphâap-phátthanaa 'peace and development.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Chiaro2007,
title = {The effect of translation on humour response},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.1075/btl.72.16chi},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-07-13},
pages = {137-152},
publisher = {Doubts and Directions in Translation Studies, Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins},
abstract = {A small-scale investigation was carried out to explore how Italian audiences perceive Verbally Expressed Humour (VEH) when it is translated for the screen and how far translation might have an impact on individual Humour Responses (HR); i.e. the physiological responses to humorous stimuli in terms of laughter and smiling (McGhee 1979). 22 British informants watched seven video-clips containing examples of veh in their original language (English) and recorded their hr to each clip. Similarly, 34 Italians recorded their HR to the same clips in their dubbed and/or subtitled Italian versions. A t-test for independent samples on informants’ responses revealed that the Italians’ hr was slightly lower than that of the British respondents thus implying that translational impact on hr was minimal.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Solopova2007,
title = {Key Concepts in Medieval Literature},
author = {Elizabeth Solopova and Stuart Lee},
isbn = {9781403997234},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-07-07},
urldate = {2007-07-07},
publisher = {Bloomsbury Publishing},
abstract = {Key Concepts in Medieval Literature introduces students to the major authors, themes and genres of the English Middle Ages. These are discussed in concise focused essays, accompanied by summaries and recommendations for further reading, highlighting the need to see texts in context, both historically and linguistically.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Solopova},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Tang2007,
title = {Events of motion and causation in Hong Kong Sign Language},
author = {Gladys Tang and Gu Yang},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2006.01.007},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-07-01},
urldate = {2007-07-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {117},
number = {7},
pages = {1216-1257},
abstract = {Recent research that takes events as objects of linguistic analysis proposed that semantics of events features in the predicates of natural languages. Also, events are said to have an internal structure that are decomposable into parts with each organized around our cognitive perception of change, causation and the like. With an event of causation, it is generally assumed that it entails two sub-events—cause and result, and each is expressed by an independent predicate. Adopting the conceptual framework of motion event structure in Talmy (2000), we examine how the meaning components of event are mapped onto the grammar of signed language; in particular, we examine the grammatical processes involved in incorporating Manner and Cause1 into the classifier predicates of Hong Kong Sign Language (HKSL). We observe that the mapping may involve a process of lexicalization where the semantic components of a motion event are realized by different phonological parameters of HKSL; namely, palm orientation is being selected for encoding manner of spatial configuration, handshape for agentivity, movement shape for manner of motion along a path and manner of causation. Lexicalization aside, we also observe other grammatical processes at the morpho-syntactic level. Incorporating manner of locomotion or manner of causation into the linguistic system will yield a class of imit-signs which, when occurring in a sign sentence, will normally precede a classifier predicate. We propose to analyze this sequence as a morphological V-V compound in HKSL. Incorporating Cause into the verb root whose semantics is devoid of change of state may result in the occurrence of a second, obligatory classifier predicate that is resultative in nature; this sequence of having two classifier predicates is amenable to complex predicates as discussed in the general linguistics literature.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2007,
title = {Global Culture—Myth or Reality? Perceptions of “National Cultures” in a Global Corporation},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1080/17475750701478729},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-07-01},
urldate = {2007-07-01},
journal = {Journal of Intercultural Communication Research},
volume = {36},
number = {2},
pages = {139-163},
abstract = {The literature argues that in global business communication the concept of “national culture(s)” is becoming obsolete because globalization leads to cultural convergence. This article argues that “national cultures” are not obsolete in global organizations. Two focus group interviews were conducted in a global corporation using folk perceptions as a framework. Employees were asked to discuss their work practices and agreed that uniform standards could not be used across cultures. The article concludes that, despite globalization, we do not see evidence of cultural assimilation in global employees’ work practices, but rather that stereotypes of national cultures are used to provide orientation.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2007d,
title = {The morphophonology of noun classes in Dagaare and Akan},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Charles O Marfo},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-07-01},
pages = {205 -243},
abstract = {Earlier research indicates that the majority of African languages exhibit noun class systems (e.g. Heine et al. 1981; Bodomo 1994; Creissels 2000). A language may be said to have a noun class system if its nouns can be categorized according to a system of affixal markings on the nouns. A major issue is how to evolve a coherent set of criteria for establishing a convincingly consistent noun class system within individual languages and language groups. A leading approach is the use of mainly semantic criteria (e.g. Mohamadou 1994; Delplanque 1995). This paper proposes an alternative approach to the noun class system of Dagaare (Gur, Niger Congo) and Akan (Kwa, Niger Congo) based more on an interaction between morphology and phonology than on semantics (Bodomo 1994 & 1997). Dagaare and Akan are languages that exhibit mainly suffixal and prefixal nominal inflection respectively. The basic claim is that, by relying on number affixes, Dagaare and Akan nouns can be put into broad classes. This broad classification can be fine-tuned and categorized into sub-classes based on phonological processes such as vowel harmony and assimilation. While semantic and other non-morphophonological factors may be attested in noun class systems, it is argued that a comprehensive noun classification in both languages with these systems could hardly be evolved without recourse to morphophonology.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2007e,
title = {Documenting Spoken and Sung Texts of the Dagaaba of West Africa},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Manolete Mora},
doi = {10.18061/1811/28815},
issn = {1559-5749},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-07-01},
journal = {Empirical Musicology Review},
volume = {2},
number = {3},
pages = {81-102},
abstract = {This article discusses a documentation of spoken texts, sung texts, and dances of the Dagaaba, a mainly oral West African cultural group based on actual interdisciplinary linguistic and musicological field research within the group. The importance of this documentation lies in the fact that traditional oral cultures are fast disappearing among some sections of such societies in the face of a ruthless process of globalization. The article outlines the socio-cultural organization of the communities investigated, gives a succinct description of the structure of Dagaare, language of the Dagaaba, and describes the structure of bawaa, their main dance, before analyzing transcriptions of a representative sample of spoken and sung folktales with comments on the thought systems and world-views emanating from these texts.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2007b,
title = {Code-switching and the construction of ethnic identity in a community practice},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404507070182},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-07-01},
journal = {Language in society},
volume = {36},
number = {3},
pages = {371-392},
abstract = {In the past twenty years the existence of a sense of ethnic belonging among immigrant groups of European ancestry in the United States has become the focus of frequent debates and polemics. This article argues that ethnicity cannot be understood if it is abstracted from concrete social practices, and that analyses of this construct need to be based on ethnographic observation and on the study of actual talk in interaction. This interactionally oriented perspective is taken to present an analysis of how Italian ethnicity is constructed as a central element in the collective identity of an all-male card playing club. Linguistic strategies, particularly code-switching, are central in this construction, but their role becomes apparent only when language use is analyzed within significant practices in the life of the club. Code-switching into Italian is used as an important index of ethnic affiliation in socialization practices related to the game and in official discourse addressed by the president to club members through the association of the language with central domains of activity.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams2007,
title = {Articulating the horizons of Welsh},
author = {Collin Williams},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-07-01},
pages = {387-433},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Duranti2007c,
title = {Comment on Kockelman’s article “Agency: The Relation between Meaning, Power, and Knowledge},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-06-01},
journal = {Current Anthropology},
volume = {48},
number = {3},
pages = {391},
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press on behalf of Wenner-Gren Foundation for Anthropological Research},
abstract = {Comment on Kockelman’s article \emph{“Agency: The Relation between Meaning, Power, and Knowledge}
This is an ambitious project. We cannot but be impressed by Kockelman’s audacity in building an analytically complex conceptual apparatus for such a popular and yet slippery concept, even though we might be distracted by the abundance of subcategories and definitions. At a general level, linguistic anthropologists will be sympathetic to the view of human interaction as semiosis that underlies Peirce’s writings and Kockelman’s model. The article also gives us a chance to reexamine Peirce’s notion of interpretant understood as the effect(s) of the use of a particular sign...},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Pablé2007,
title = {Invariant be in New England folk speech: Colonial and postcolonial evidence},
author = {Adrian Pablé and Radosław Dylewski},
doi = {10.1215/00031283-2007-006},
issn = {0003-1283},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-06-01},
journal = {American Speech},
volume = {82},
number = {2},
pages = {151–184},
abstract = {This article attempts to document the history of finite be in New England folk speech, a phenomenon thus far neglected in scholarly publications devoted to American historical dialectology. The authors aim at proving that even though plural indicative be had been brought to the early colonies with the first settlers, be as a singular indicative form was a New Englandism, not attested until the late seventeenth century—consequently, the authors engage in a comparative analysis of the linguistic contexts attracting the feature in focus respectively in Early Modern British English, early and late colonial New England English, and postcolonial New England English. In terms of textual selection, the authors make use of a vast array of primary sources, ranging from documents containing “close-to-oral” language through vernacular letters and comments by coeval language specialists to literary representations of the New England dialect; as for the latter, the authors have not shunned fictional portrayals but approached them with necessary caution both by means of careful selection of reliable dialect writers and comparison of the retrieved data with the ones obtained from other sources, such as the Linguistic Atlas of New England .},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2007b,
title = {'Look'-prefaced turns in first and second position: Launching, interceding and redirecting action},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1177/1461445607076204},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-06-01},
urldate = {2007-06-01},
journal = {Discourse Studies},
volume = {9},
issue = {3},
pages = {387-408},
abstract = {This article examines turns prefaced by 'look'. Analysis indicates that 'look'-prefaced turns in first position (e.g. a sequence initiating question) are used to launch (or relaunch) a course of action. In second position, prefacing by 'look' serves to mark a disjunction and redirection of the talk away from the conditionally relevant next action and towards some alternative. Examples from recorded conversations and news interviews reveal participants' own orientation to these functions of 'look'-prefaced turns. Moreover, comparison with turns prefaced by 'listen', which also launch courses of action, suggests that 'look'-prefaced turns have an intercessionary function.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Englund2007b,
title = {Witchcraft and the Limits of Mass Mediation in Malawi},
author = {Harri Englund},
doi = {10.1111/j.1467-9655.2007.00429.x},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-05-15},
urldate = {2007-05-15},
journal = {Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute},
volume = {13},
number = {2},
pages = {295 - 311},
abstract = {This article explores what the study of witchcraft in an African setting can contribute to current efforts to theorize mass mediation and the imagination it fosters. Recent ethnographies of witchcraft discourses in Africa have continued to associate them with the formation of small-scale groups, but evidence from Malawi shows how they enable subjects to imagine sociality on an indeterminate scale. The article deploys the concept of mediation to theorize how in this imagination witches mediate sociality as the unrecognized third parties who give rise to recognized social relationships of varying scale. The ethnography of witchcraft discourses in radio broadcasting and an impoverished peri-urban area demonstrates not only their relevance to apparently disparate contexts but also their potential to exceed the impact of the mass media. The case of a violent conflict involving Pentecostal Christians, South Asian entrepreneurs, Muslims, and members of a secret society provides an example of how arguments about witchcraft had a greater impact on the popular imagination than a mass-mediated report of the same conflict. The article concludes by arguing that witchcraft discourses should be accorded weight equal to the mass media in theorizing the imagination.},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2007bb,
title = {Book review: JOANNA THORNBORROW and JENNIFER COATES, The Sociolinguistics of Narrative. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 2005. 299 pp. ISBN 978—90—272—2646—4 (hbk)},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1177/09579265070180030503},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-05-01},
journal = {Discourse & Society - DISCOURSE SOCIETY},
volume = {18},
number = {3},
pages = {378-380},
abstract = {Although narrative has become one of the most important fields of sociolinguistic inquiry, theoretically-oriented research on the structure and functions of narrative discourse is still relatively rare. In the introduction to this volume, the editors declare their intention to provide elements of reflection on some of the theoretical questions open to sociolinguists involved in narrative research. Among them the authors mention, for example, the definition of the story as a genre, the ways different contexts constrain and shape the production of stories and the participation of narratives in the construction of social identities. As the editors rightly emphasise, providing answers to these questions also involves reflecting on issues that are central to sociolinguistics in general, such as the relationship between language and the construction of the self, the analysis of the links between discursive genres and social contexts of production},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Pauwels2007bb,
title = {Maintaining minority languages in transnational contexts: Australian and European Perspectives},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Joanne Winter and J Lo Bianco},
doi = {10.1057/9780230206397},
isbn = {9780230206397},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-04-17},
publisher = {Springer},
abstract = {Deals with challenges to the maintenance of minority (or community) languages in this era of globalization and increasing transnational movements of people. The contributors, experts in language policy, language maintenance and multilingualism offer complementary perspectives from Australia and Europe on the maintenance of linguistic diversity.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Michaud2007b,
title = {Pitch and Voice Quality Characteristics of the Lexical Word-Tones of Tamang, as Compared with Level Tones (Naxi data) and Pitch-plus-VoiceQuality Tones (Vietnamese data)},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Martine Mazaudon},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-04-05},
journal = {Technische Universit Darmstadt Press},
pages = {819-822},
abstract = { Pitch and voice quality characteristics of the lexical word-tones of Tamang, as compared with level tones (Naxi data) and pitch-plus-voice-quality tones (Vietnamese data) Abstract The tones of Tamang (Sino-Tibetan family) involve both F 0 and voice quality characteristics: two of the four tones (tones 3 and 4) were reported to be breathy in studies from the 1970s. For the present research (thirty years later), audio and electroglottographic data were collected from 5 speakers of the Risiangku dialect in their 30s or 40s. Voice quality is estimated by computing the glottal open quotient. The present results bear on 788 syllables (from a corpus of 6,500). They show that in the speech of three speakers (M2, M3, M5), tones 3 and 4 have a higher open quotient (which provides an indirect cue to the degree of breathiness) than tones 1 and 2, with tone 3 more clearly so than tone 4, especially for speaker M2. The difference in open quotient between the four tones for the other two speakers is negligible or inconsistent. The Tamang data are compared with similar data from Naxi, which possesses level tones, and from Vietnamese, which possesses pitch-plus-voice-quality tones. The comparison brings out the great variability of Tamang tones in terms of F 0 , as well as in terms of open quotient. The present results appear to confirm that Tamang tones possess several correlates; they offer an insight on ongoing change in the prosodic system of Tamang.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2007m,
title = {Pitch and voice quality characteristics of the lexical word-tones of Tamang, as compared with level tones (Naxi data) and pitch-plus-voice-quality tones (Vietnamese data)},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Martine Mazaudon},
url = {https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-00134939},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-04-05},
journal = {Technische Universit Darmstadt Press},
pages = {823-826},
abstract = {Pitch and voice quality characteristics of the lexical word-tones of Tamang, as compared with level tones (Naxi data) and pitch-plus-voice-quality tones (Vietnamese data) Abstract The tones of Tamang (Sino-Tibetan family) involve both F 0 and voice quality characteristics: two of the four tones (tones 3 and 4) were reported to be breathy in studies from the 1970s. For the present research (thirty years later), audio and electroglottographic data were collected from 5 speakers of the Risiangku dialect in their 30s or 40s. Voice quality is estimated by computing the glottal open quotient. The present results bear on 788 syllables (from a corpus of 6,500). They show that in the speech of three speakers (M2, M3, M5), tones 3 and 4 have a higher open quotient (which provides an indirect cue to the degree of breathiness) than tones 1 and 2, with tone 3 more clearly so than tone 4, especially for speaker M2. The difference in open quotient between the four tones for the other two speakers is negligible or inconsistent. The Tamang data are compared with similar data from Naxi, which possesses level tones, and from Vietnamese, which possesses pitch-plus-voice-quality tones. The comparison brings out the great variability of Tamang tones in terms of F 0 , as well as in terms of open quotient. The present results appear to confirm that Tamang tones possess several correlates; they offer an insight on ongoing change in the prosodic system of Tamang.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2007b,
title = {Boys, girls, language and identity: Language attitudes and linguistic behaviour in a rural community in Denmark},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1111/j.1473-4192.1998.tb00119.x},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-04-03},
urldate = {2007-04-03},
journal = {International Journal of Applied Linguistics},
volume = {8},
number = {1},
pages = {3 - 25},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2007,
title = {The Interpretability Hypothesis: Evidence from wh-interrogatives in second language acquisition},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Dimitrakopoulou},
doi = {10.1177/0267658307076546},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-04-01},
urldate = {2007-04-01},
journal = {Second Language Research},
volume = {23},
number = {2},
pages = {215-242},
abstract = {The second language acquisition (SLA) literature reports numerous studies of proficient second language (L2) speakers who diverge significantly from native speakers despite the evidence offered by the L2 input. Recent SLA theories have attempted to account for native speaker/non-native speaker (NS/NNS) divergence by arguing for the dissociation between syntactic knowledge and morpho(pho)nology. In particular, Lardiere (1998), Prévost and White (2000), and Goad and White (2004) claim that highly proficient learners have knowledge of the abstract syntactic properties of the language but occasionally fail to associate them with the correct morphological or phonological forms. On the other hand, theories that support partial availability of Universal Grammar (UG) (Tsimpli and Roussou 1991; Hawkins and Chan, 1997) argue for a problem in the syntax: while UG principles and operations are available in SLA, the formal features of the target language that are not instantiated in the L1 or have a different setting, cause learnability problems. This article discusses acquisitional data in the light of the Interpretability Hypothesis (Tsimpli and Mastropavlou, 2007), which is a reformulation of the SLA theory suggested by Tsimpli and Roussou (1991) in minimalist terms. It is argued that a minimalist approach to SLA can be implemented to specify the status of the features that are least accessible to re-setting in the SLA process, given (1) constraints on their learnability and (2), their setting in the L1 grammar. The phenomenon discussed concerns the use of the resumptive strategy in wh- subject and object extraction by intermediate and advanced Greek learners of English. It is proposed that the acceptability rate of pronouns in the extraction site is conditioned by the Logical Form (LF) interpretability of the features involved in the derivation. Hence, the interpretable features of animacy and discourse-linking are hypothesized to be involved in the analysis of English pronouns by Greek L2 learners, while the first language (L1) specification of resumptive pronouns as clusters of uninterpretable Case and Agreement features resists resetting.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Essegbey2007b,
title = {Gbe and other West African sources of Suriname creole semantic structuresP: Implications for creole genesis},
author = {James Essegbey and George L. Huttar and Felix K. Ameka},
doi = {10.1075/jpcl.22.1.05hut},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-04-01},
urldate = {2007-04-01},
journal = {Journal of Pidgin and Creole Languages},
volume = {22},
issue = {1},
pages = {57-72},
abstract = {This paper reports on ongoing research on the role of various kinds of potential substrate languages in the development of the semantic structures of Ndyuka (Eastern Suriname Creole). A set of 100 senses of noun, verb, and other lexemes in Ndyuka were compared with senses of corresponding lexemes in three kinds of languages of the former Slave Coast and Gold Coast areas, and immediately adjoining hinterland: (a) Gbe languages; (b) other Kwa languages, specifically Akan and Ga; (c) non-Kwa Niger-Congo languages. The results of this process provide some evidence for the importance of the Gbe languages in the formation of the Suriname creoles, but also for the importance of other languages, and for the areal nature of some of the collocations studied, rendering specific identification of a single substrate source impossible and inappropriate. These results not only provide information about the role of Gbe and other languages in the formation of Ndyuka, but also give evidence for effects of substrate languages spoken by late arrivals some time after the "founders" of a given creole-speaking society. The conclusions are extrapolated beyond Suriname to creole genesis generally.
},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Essegbey2007c,
title = {"Cut" and "break" verbs in Gbe and Sranan},
author = {James Essegbey and James Essegbey},
doi = {10.1075/jpcl.22.1.04ess},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-04-01},
urldate = {2007-04-01},
journal = {Journal of Pidgin and Creole Languages},
volume = {22},
issue = {1},
pages = {37-55},
abstract = {This paper compares "cut" and "break" verbs in four variants of Gbe, namely Anfoe, Anlo, Fon and Ayizo, with those of Sranan. "Cut" verbs are change-of-state verbs that co-lexicalize the type of action that brings about a change, the type of instrument or instrument part, and the manner in which a change occurs. By contrast, break verbs co-lexicalize either the type of object or the type of change. It has been hypothesized that "cut"-verbs are unergative while breaks verbs are unaccusatives. For example "break" verbs participate in the causative inchoative alternation constructions but "cut" verbs don't. We show that although there are some differences in the meanings of "cut" and "break" verbs across the Gbe languages, significant generalizations can be made with regard to their lexicalization patterns. By contrast, the meanings of "cut" and "break" verbs in Sranan are closer to those of their etymons in English and Dutch. However, despite the differences in the meanings of "cut" and "break" verbs between the Gbe languages and Sranan, the syntax of the verbs in Sranan is similar to that of the Eastern Gbe variants, namely Fon and Ayizo. We look at the implications of our findings for the relexification hypothesis.
},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams2007b,
title = {Deddfwriaeth Newydd a'r Gymraeg},
author = {Collin Williams},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-04-01},
journal = {Contemporary Wales},
volume = {19},
pages = {217-233},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2007,
title = {The translation of the untranslated in advertisements in Cyprus: What cultural issues? What cognitive processes?},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Efi Lamprou},
doi = {10.7202 / 014725ar},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-03-12},
journal = {Meta},
volume = {52},
number = {1},
pages = {93},
abstract = {Working with a corpus of advertisements collected during the spring 2006 in Cyprus, this study answers the following questions: which cognitive processes can we identify when a segment of a text is purposely left in another language? In particular, what judgments and steps are used by readers who, willing or not, must translate such publicity, thereby doing Greek-English code-switching when both languages ​​are found in the same text? Which meaning is transferred when the linguistic code is not translated? In order to answer these questions, this study takes into account the diverse linguistic contexts particular to Cyprus, the audience being bilingual or diglossic; the socio-cultural knowledge necessary to decipher puns and limericks found in advertising texts; and the pragmatic dimension whose perlocutory effect will depend as well on the level of bilingualism of the different communities involved. Outline of the article Introduction 1. Initial Corpus 1.1 General Public Posters 1.2 Newspapers and Magazines 2. Sociological and linguistic issues: Greek code vs. other codes in advertisements in Cyprus 2.1 Linguistic issues 2.2 Sociological issues 2.3 Sociolinguistic situation 3. Cognition and advertising 3.1 Objectives and means of advertising 3.2. What does translate? 3.3 Cognitive processes and advertising 4. Areeba's analysis 4.1 Sociological value 4.2 Pragmatic value The locution: describe the product / write its advantages The illocutionary level: to show, to read The perlocutionary level: to make people laugh and to make people buy Conclusion article Introduction 1. Initial Corpus 1.1 General Public Posters 1.2 Newspapers and Magazines 2. Sociological and linguistic issues: Greek code vs. other codes in advertisements in Cyprus 2.1 Linguistic issues 2.2 Sociological issues 2.3 Sociolinguistic situation 3. Cognition and advertising 3.1 Objectives and means of advertising 3.2. What does translate? 3.3 Cognitive processes and advertising 4. Areeba's analysis 4.1 Sociological value 4.2 Pragmatic value The locution: describe the product / write its advantages The illocutionary level: to show, to read The perlocutionary level: to make people laugh and to make people buy Conclusion article Introduction 1. Initial Corpus 1.1 General Public Posters 1.2 Newspapers and Magazines 2. Sociological and linguistic issues: Greek code vs. other codes in advertisements in Cyprus 2.1 Linguistic issues 2.2 Sociological issues 2.3 Sociolinguistic situation 3. Cognition and advertising 3.1 Objectives and means of advertising 3.2. What does translate? 3.3 Cognitive processes and advertising 4. Areeba's analysis 4.1 Sociological value 4.2 Pragmatic value The locution: describe the product / write its advantages The illocutionary level: to show, to read The perlocutionary level: to make people laugh and to make people buy Conclusion 3 Sociolinguistic situation 3. Cognition and advertising 3.1 Objectives and means of advertising 3.2. What does translate? 3.3 Cognitive processes and advertising 4. Areeba's analysis 4.1 Sociological value 4.2 Pragmatic value The locution: describe the product / write its advantages The illocutionary level: to show, to read The perlocutionary level: to make people laugh and to make people buy Conclusion 3 Sociolinguistic situation 3. Cognition and advertising 3.1 Objectives and means of advertising 3.2. What does translate? 3.3 Cognitive processes and advertising 4. Areeba's analysis 4.1 Sociological value 4.2 Pragmatic value The locution: describe the product / write its advantages The illocutionary level: to show, to read The perlocutionary level: to make people laugh and to make people buy Conclusion.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2007c,
title = {A Measurement from Electroglottography: DECPA, and its Application in Prosody},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
editor = {Bernard Bel and Isabelle Marlien},
url = {https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-00130325},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-03-11},
journal = {International Speech Communication Association (ISCA)},
pages = {633-636},
abstract = {The present study, drawing on recent research on the use of the derivative of electroglottographic signals, applies to the study of intonation a parameter called DECPA, "Derivative-EGG Closure Peak Amplitude": the amplitude of the peak on the derivative of the EGG signal at glottal closure. A pilot study comparing DECPA, F 0 , global intensity and open quotient (in data from tone languages) suggests that DECPA correlates with pragmatic emphasis (accent). The uses and limitations of this measurement are discussed in relation to the general issue of the measurement of harmonic richness.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2007n,
title = {A Measurement from Electroglottography: DECPA, and its Application in Prosody},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
url = {https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-00130325},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-03-11},
journal = {International Speech Communication Association (ISCA)},
pages = {633-636},
abstract = {The present study, drawing on recent research on the use of the derivative of electroglottographic signals, applies to the study of intonation a parameter called DECPA, "Derivative-EGG Closure Peak Amplitude": the amplitude of the peak on the derivative of the EGG signal at glottal closure. A pilot study comparing DECPA, F 0 , global intensity and open quotient (in data from tone languages) suggests that DECPA correlates with pragmatic emphasis (accent). The uses and limitations of this measurement are discussed in relation to the general issue of the measurement of harmonic richness.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vigouroux2007,
title = {Trans-scription as a social activityAn ethnographic approach},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux},
doi = {10.1177/1466138107076137},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-03-01},
journal = {Ethnography},
volume = {8},
number = {1},
pages = {61-97 },
abstract = {Of all the tasks performed by linguists, transcription is certainly one of the most closely scrutinized activities on the data construction chain. Paradoxically it is the least well understood. Despite their diversity, all the approaches to transcription have in common the fact of examining it from the point of view of its outcome: the scription. My point of departure is different: in order to deconstruct scription, I move upstream and investigate the activity that produces it, thus focusing on the trans process. The data on which this analysis rests are videotaped transcription activity performed collaboratively by a linguistic anthropologist and her two consultants. My analysis demonstrates how scription is constructed in a perpetual tension between authority and authorship},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2007b,
title = {Children's Writing Processes When Using Computers: Insights Based on Combining Analyses of Product and Process},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Aleksandra Gnach and Esther Wiesner and Andrea Bertschi-Kaufmann},
doi = {10.2304 / rcie.2007.2.1.13},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-03-01},
journal = {Research in Comparative and International Education },
volume = {2},
number = {1},
pages = {13–28 },
abstract = {Children and young people are increasingly performing a variety of writing tasks using computers, with word processing programs thus becoming their natural writing environment. The development of keystroke logging programs enables us to track the process of writing, without changing the writing environment for the writers. In the myMoment schools project, children in primary school grades one to five were provided with a web-based interactive writing environment, which they could use to read and write stories and comments. The parallel study on myMoment suggests that interviews and analyses of writing processes can provide detailed information about the effect that writing environment and instructions have on writing. An individual case study illustrates the potential that triangulating product and process analyses can offer in the teaching of literacy skills at elementary school level.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2007b,
title = {The translation of the non-translated in advertisements in Cyprus: What are the cultural gambles? What are the cognitive process?},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Efi Lamprou},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-03-01},
journal = {Meta},
volume = {52},
number = {1},
pages = {93-107},
abstract = {Working with a corpus of advertisements collected during the spring 2006 in Cyprus, this study answers the following questions: which cognitive processes can we identify when a segment of a text is purposely left in another language? In particular, what judgments and steps are used by readers who, willing or not, must translate such publicity, thereby doing Greek-English code-switching when both languages are found in the same text? Which meaning is transferred when the linguistic code is not translated? In order to answer these questions, this study takes into account the diverse linguistic contexts particular to Cyprus, the audience being bilingual or diglossic; the socio-cultural knowledge necessary to decipher puns and limericks found in advertising texts; and the pragmatic dimension whose perlocutory effect will depend as well on the level of bilingualism of the different communities involved.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2007bb,
title = {The Death of the Author, the Birth of the Lexicographer: How French Historical Dictionaries Construct History},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.1093/ijl/ecl033},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-03-01},
journal = {International Journal of Lexicography},
volume = {20},
number = {1},
pages = {67-83},
abstract = {We know that all dictionaries construct, perpetuate and legitimate authority because of their power to name and to authorize. However, one can legitimate the same information in different ways. These different ways will partly explain some of the discrepancies found within three French Historical dictionaries (the Littré version CD Rom, the Trésor de la langue française informatisée and the Robert historique). Indeed their variable presentation of etymological information regarding some Middle French writers points to the lexicographer's role in the sanctification of some authors and the relegation to near oblivion of others. Syntheses, citations, and quotations allow the perpetuation of the exclusions some earlier dictionaries had practiced. These operations contribute therefore to the different scale on which Pizan, Oresme and Rabelais function as authors. They allow the lexicographer to re-define both object (the word) and subject (its author) inside the dictionary entry and outside the lexicographic institution, taking away the very authorship and, consequently, the authority these reference books could have established.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2007i,
title = {Conservation of languages ​​and sharing of resources: the role of researchers in the establishment of databases},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-02-09},
journal = { Proceedings of the XXIV Days of Study of the Word},
pages = {153-156},
abstract = {The reflection starts from a paradoxical observation: the sound databases housed by research centers in phonetics are relatively underdeveloped. Research centers rarely follow up on documents registered by their researchers. This article, which is mainly from the point of view of the conservation of endangered languages, presents a reflection on the role that “university sound libraries” could play, centers of dissemination but also of creation of databases.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2007f,
title = {OCP effects in Dagaare},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Arto Anttila},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-02-01},
journal = {LSA, Anaheim},
volume = {4},
number = {7},
pages = {1 - 12},
abstract = {In tone languages, adjacent high tones are often avoided. Different languages resolve HH sequences in different ways, but different resolutions can be found even in one and the same language. In Dagaare (Gur, Niger-Congo) the possible resolutions are dissimilation, downstep, merger, or no resolution, depending on the morpholexical environment. We present evidence that a HH sequence is resolved only within a tonal foot and account for the different resolution patterns by assuming that morphemes specify partial rankings: The tone of the complex word is the concatenation of the tones of its constituent morphemes, evaluated by the union of their rankings.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Weinberg2007b,
title = {Habermas, Rights, and the Learning Disabled Citizen},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
doi = {10.1057/palgrave.sth.8700087},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-02-01},
urldate = {2007-02-01},
journal = {Social Theory & Health},
volume = {5},
number = {1},
pages = {70-87},
abstract = {For at least the last three decades or so the hegemony of scientific knowledge and technological expertise has been subject to sustained critique in the domains of health and social services. Expert sources of policy legitimation are increasingly challenged by more thoroughly democratic and consensus-based orientations to the legitimation of public programmes. This phenomenon is not confined to practical politics but is increasingly evident in the domain of political theory as well. While this trend in political theory is laudable in many respects, it introduces quite serious and troubling theoretical questions regarding the rights of citizens with learning disabilities who may be intellectually ill-equipped to participate in the deliberative public sphere. In this essay, I critically assess the work of Jurgen Habermas, one of the world's most sophisticated proponents of deliberative democracy, in order to highlight the theoretical problems learning disability poses for his political theory. I conclude with a brief sketch of what empirical research might contribute to a more satisfying approach to understanding the rights of learning disabled citizens.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vigouroux2007b,
title = {Anna De Fina, Identity in narrative: A study of immigrant discourse},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404507280054},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-26},
journal = {Language in Society 36(01) DOI:},
volume = {36},
number = {1},
pages = {127 - 131},
abstract = {Anna De Fina, Identity in narrative: A study of immigrant discourse. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 2003. Pp. xiv, 251. Hb $102.00.

Narrative has now won its spurs within the social sciences, as evidenced by the number of publications, by the diversity of disciplinary approaches (e.g., linguistic, sociological, and psychological), and by the wide range of theoretical frameworks applied to its study. Similar remarks apply to studies of identity issues focused on the individual or a group, as shown by the range of foci such as social, ethnic, gender, national, racial, and institutional identity. Anna De Fina's Identity in narrative appears to be a useful resource for students of these topics and, more specifically, for anyone interested in the study of immigration.},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Duranti2007,
title = {Etnopragmatica. La Forza nel Parlare},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
isbn = {9788843040056},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-25},
pages = {160 Pages},
publisher = {Carocci},
edition = {2007},
abstract = {Il libro propone una nuova disciplina, l’etnopragmatica, con cui studiare le condizioni per l’uso del linguaggio come azione sociale. Partendo dall’ipotesi che le parole hanno sempre, nell’interazione quotidiana, una loro forza, l’etnopragmatica cerca di stabilire le condizioni, sia all’interno sia all’esterno dei codici linguistici, che rendono possibile tale forza, permettendo agli essere umani di avere un impatto sul contesto sociale di cui sono partecipi. L’analisi degli atti linguistici e della codifica dell’esperienza implicita nelle strutture grammaticali delle lingue storico-naturali diventa allora uno studio di quel tipo particolare di essere-nel-mondo che è permesso e presupposto dal linguaggio. Nell’introdurre le questioni di metodo e di teoria, la discussione parte sempre da un’analisi dettagliata ma accessibile anche al lettore non specialista delle situazioni più diverse: dalla costruzione dell’identità dei candidati in una campagna elettorale in California alle metafore usate dai musicisti jazz e dagli scrittori per parlare della creatività, dalla concettualizzazione della responsabilità degli oratori samoani alle intuizioni sulla grammatica dell’aymara parlato in Perú. Nell’invitarci a non separare il fare morale del parlare dal suo fare estetico, l’etnopragmatica offre una rilettura antropologica, interazionista ed esistenziale delle scienze del linguaggio del XX secolo.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Lupke2007bb,
title = {On giving, receiving, affecting and benefitting in Jalonke},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
doi = {10.1515/LING.2007.017},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-23},
journal = {Linguistics},
volume = {45},
number = {3},
pages = {539-576},
abstract = {The present article investigates the syntactic and semantic properties of verbs with optionally three participants in Jalonke. Jalonke, a variety of Yalunka, belongs to the Mande group of the Niger-Congo language stock and is spoken in and around Guinea (West Africa). In contrast to languages with ditransitive verbs, Jalonke has no verbs with three arguments. Rather, the third participant of the verbs in question is realized in a postpositional phrase, just like an adjunct, and is not distinguishable from adjuncts on semantic and syntactic grounds. The article gives an overview of the postpositions involved in the marking of the third participant of verbs whose second or third participants are Recipients, Beneficiaries, and to a lesser extent, Experiencers, since these are the roles attested across languages for verbs encoding three-participant events. Jalonke verbs with optionally three participants are explored according to two parameters of variation: the thematic roles and linking properties of their second and third participants and the alternation attested for verbs and classes of verbs. The article further systematizes which of the crosslinguistically attested linking patterns occur in Jalonke, and which semantic parameters govern differences between semantically related verbs and constructions in the language.},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Essegbey2007d,
title = {Cut and break verbs in Ewe and the causative alternation construction},
author = {James Essegbey and Felix K. Ameka},
doi = {10.1515/COG.2007.012},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-19},
urldate = {2007-01-19},
journal = {Cognitive Linguistics},
volume = {18},
issue = {2},
abstract = {Ewe verbs covering the cutting and breaking domain divide into four morpho-syntactic classes that can be ranked according to agentivity. We demonstrate that the highly non-agentive break verbs participate in the causative-inchoative alternation while the highly agentive cut verbs do not, as expected from Guerssel et al.'s (1985) hypothesis. However, four verbs tso 'cut with precision', 'cut', l 'snap-o¤ ', and dze 'split', are used transitively when an instrument is required for the severance to be ef-fected, and intransitively when not. We reject a lexicalist analysis that would postulate polysemy for these verbs and argue for a construction approach.
},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {Cut and break verbs in Sranan},
author = {James Essegbey},
doi = {10.1515/COG.2007.011},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-19},
urldate = {2007-01-19},
journal = {Cognitive Linguistics},
volume = {18},
issue = {2},
pages = {231-239},
abstract = {Guerssel et al. (1985) propose that crosslinguistically, separation verbs group into cut verbs and break verbs based on their meaning. This meaning supposedly affects the constructions in which the verbs occur, e.g., only break verbs are expected to participate in the causative/inchoative alternation. In Sranan, a verb that superficially looks like 'cut' in English is actually a break verb. Also, not only break verbs participate in the causative/inchoative alternation, as expected, but cut verbs do also. I argue that the intransitive use of cut verbs does not yield a passive construction as proposed by some; instead, it is inchoative.
},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2007bb,
title = {Cruzando fronteras: tiempo, espacio y desorientación en la narrativa},
author = {Anna De Fina},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-04},
journal = {Discurso & Sociedad},
volume = {1},
number = {2},
pages = {270-294},
abstract = {En este artículo examino la construcción del tiempo y el espacio como elementos de orientación en narraciones que tratan sobre experiencias que desorientan. Me enfoco en cómo los narradores articulan la orientación y cómo quienes los escuchan interactúan con ellos para entender los eventos narrados. Sostengo que el manejo de la orientación en la narración de historias ilustra cómo el uso de recursos lingüísticos conecta a los narradores e interlocutores con contextos sociales macro y micro. Sugiero además que considerar el papel que juega la orientación en diferentes tipos de narraciones tiene dos importantes consecuencias metodológicas: lleva a los analistas a mirar con ojo crítico las nociones ya existentes sobre la estructura de la narración y abre nuevas vertientes para el análisis de las múltiples conexiones entre las narraciones y los contextos sociales. Los fenómenos analizados incluyen: falta de precisión al ofrecer detalles de orientación, negociación sobre orientación durante la interacción, predominio de orientación espacial sobre la temporal en ciertas narraciones o secciones narrativas, y uso de convenciones compartidas para narrar la experiencia de cruzar la frontera. Los datos utilizados en el artículo proceden de 13 crónicas sobre el cruce de la frontera que fueron narrados durante entrevistas sociolingüísticas por inmigrantes mexicanos indocumentados en los Estados Unidos.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Duranti2007b,
title = {The Magic Lecture: Where Everything Finally Comes Together},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
editor = {P. Rice and C. Kottak and D. McCurdy},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
booktitle = {The Joys of Teaching Anthropology},
pages = {73-80},
publisher = {McGraw Hill},
abstract = {There is no question that for most university instructors undergraduate teaching is the real challenge. In general, it is easier to teach graduate students because they are already committed to the field and are eager to learn from us. With undergraduate students it's different. They may have no background in our discipline and no commitment to become experts of it. Things get even more challenging when one teaches a large undergraduate course that fulfills a general education requirement. In this case, one may have pre-coeds and other science majors who are not used to reading the kinds of texts that are common in socio-cultural and linguistic anthropology. In my case, when I teach my lower division course on linguistic anthropology two additional complications are produced by my choice of textbooks and my teaching style. I use a reader in linguistic anthropology and a couple of monographs that provide examples of in-depth ethnographic studies with an emphasis on communication (from face-to-face conversation to music performance). This means that I don't use a textbook that lays down a map of the field of study or provides easily memorized definitions. Students have to master material that was not originally written for them. This makes it difficult for them to know what they are supposed to pay attention to or remember out of an article or even a paragraph. The second complication is my teaching style. I like to keep the structure of my lectures open enough to allow me to step out of the plan of the day, to venture into a topic that was not in the syllabus, or into collective problem solving, for example on the ways in which jazz musicians organize the sequence of their solos in a particular recording (I used to start my first lecture by playing Charlie Parker's "Blues For Alice" and ask the students to "take some notes" — no pun intended). These activities are often perceived as "digressions" or "confusing" and result in the perception by a good number of students that I am not very organized or that I tend to "go off on tangents." Since from my own point of view, I am incredibly organized (check my web site!), it took me years to figure out (i) how to make sense of the students' reactions and (ii) what to do about them. Once I stopped being defensive and listened more carefully to what the students were saying, I realized that they actually liked the content of the course and me as a teacher but were just anxious the whole time. The course and I seemed not only "different," but too unpredictable. It was then that I had the idea of a "magic lecture" to conclude the course. },
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Bodomo2007g,
title = {Instructional Interactivity in a Web-Based Learning Community},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.4018/978-1-59904-525-2.ch007},
isbn = {9781599045276},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Web-Based Education and Pedagogical Technologies: Solutions for Learning Applications},
pages = {121-136},
abstract = {It is demonstrated in this chapter that enhanced interactivity is the single most important reason why teachers should practice Web-based teaching and why students should be encouraged to construct Web-based learning communities. The notion of a conversational learning community (CLC) as a kind of constructivist learning environment is introduced. It is shown that instructional interactivity, defined as active communication in a conversational learning community between instructor(s), learners, course materials, and links to remote experts and resources, is a central aspect of the learning situation. A practical implementation of the CLC model is presented through describing the interactive features of a Web-based course using WebCT. It is concluded that Web-based learning and teaching actually enhances interactivity both within and beyond the classroom setting.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Bodomo2007h,
title = {Mobile Phone Texting in Hong Kong},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.4018/9781599040028.ch094},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
pages = {562 - 563},
publisher = {Encyclopedia of Mobile Computing and Commerce},
abstract = {In this article, we focus on the relationship between communications technology and language change. Does the emergence of these new communications technologies affect our language and communication habits? Does it change our language, bringing in new words and structures of expressions, and does it alter our general communication patterns? In short, is technology changing our language?},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@proceedings{Sifaki2007,
title = {EPP Revisited: Evidence from Null Subject Languages},
author = {Evi Sifaki and Ioanna Sitaridou},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
volume = {1},
number = {188-198},
publisher = {Monochromia},
address = {Thessaloniki},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {proceedings}
}
@article{Sitaridou2007b,
title = {Infinitives with subjects in Greek and southern Italian dialects: A Sprachbund effect},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
editor = {D. Bentley and A. Ledgeway},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {On the Italo-Romance dialects. Essays in honor of Nigel B. Vincent},
pages = {220-241},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Pablé2007,
title = {The Construction of a Period Dialect: The Language of Arthur Miller's The Crucible and its Sources},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.1515/angl.2008.011},
isbn = {97838844769430},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
volume = {126},
number = {1},
publisher = {Wissenschaftlicher Verlag Trier},
abstract = {This hook is a revised version of the author's doctoral dissertation accepted at the University of Zurich in 2005/06 . Its aim is a literary and linguistic analysis of the seventeenth-century Puri tan idiom used hy Arth ur Miller in his well -known The Crucible (1953; cf. Miller 1988) to give the play a touch of historical authenticity. Pahl e's Miller-corpus includes also the extra scene (known asthe forest scene, 11, 2) that Miller wrote short ly after the pla y's premiere in 1953, as well as Miller's movie script written in 1996. Apart from its allusions to McCarthyism in the 1950s, The Crucible topicalises the 1692 witch  trials in Salem (near  Boston). l'ahle tries to describe the spoken colonial English idiom in the play hy intertextuall y compari ng it with Shakespeare's works (A); the Salem Witchcraft  Papers  (now available on the Internet (<http :// etext.virginia.edu/salem/wi tchcraftltextsl>) eight plays hy Eugene O'Neill of the early twentieth century, yet representing  19th -century New  England people and Miller's own pre-1953 plays All  My Sons and Death of a Salesman. Given these numerous and other frames of reference (some of these only men­ tioned in passing, some others-such as Scott and  Hawthorne-explicitly  rejected), the hook does not clearly state the degree of influence of each of the sources on Miller and only makes clear that The Crucible was influenced in a very complex way hy all the "donors". Since Miller has repeatedly acknowledged his dependence on the Salem Papers, Pahle's main point is that, in addition to this acknowledge­ ment, Miller owed more to Shakespeare and O'Neill than he was himself aware of or admitted and def.ini.t.ely more than has .heen seen hy critics.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Michaud2007d,
title = {Reduplication [N ° 29 of: Facts of languages]},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Aliyah Morgenstern},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
abstract = {FORMS OF REDUPLICATION
Partial reduplication in japhug, revealing syllabic structures. The phonetic fate of reduplicated forms: reduplication, tones and lexicals and intonations in na. Reduplication in Rukai Mantauran. No no and no no in French and Italian: reiteration or reduplication?

DIVERSITY OF REDUPLICATION VALUES
An overview of nominal and verbal reduplication in Mandarin Reduplication in the Tibetan-Burmese languages: the example of Burmese and Tibetan. The repetition of the movement in French Sign Language (LSF). Reduplication: iconic universals and system values.

REDUPLICATION: BETWEEN QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE
Repetitive action and repeated action: aspect and verbal plurality in swivel reduplication. Reduplication in Eastern Cree: quantification and distributivity. Forms and values ​​of total reduplication in Hindi / Urdu.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2007e,
title = {Reduplication: iconic universals and system values},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Aliyah Morgenstern},
doi = {10.1163/19589514-029-01-900000010},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
urldate = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Language Facts},
volume = {29},
number = {1},
pages = {117-124},
abstract = {This contribution is based on facts from various languages ​​in order to highlight two dimensions of reduplication which cannot be reduced to one another: - iconic, universal components; - a lexical and morphosyntactic dimension, variously developed according to the languages: reduplication takes on specific and precise values ​​within the system of a given language. One hypothesis is that both dimensions are in inverse relation to each other in a given language. The iconic and expressive background of reduplication becomes more apparent the less the element in question is integrated into the language system.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2007f,
title = {General presentation},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Aliyah Morgenstern},
doi = {10.1163/19589514-029-01-900000002},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = { Faits de Langues},
volume = {29},
number = {1},
pages = {5-8},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2007g,
title = {The phonetic fate of reduplicated forms: reduplication, lexical tones and intonation in na (naxi)},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Jacqueline Vaissiere},
url = {https://halshs.archives-ouvertes.fr/halshs-00170199},
doi = {10.1163/19589514-029-01-900000004},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Facts about languages},
volume = {29},
number = {1},
pages = {23-35},
abstract = {In Naxi (also called na, moso), a Sino-Tibetan language which has lexical tones, some reduplication schemes include a change of tone, others do not (identical reduplication). The coexistence of these two sets allows their comparison with experimental phonetic tools, which leads to a simple explanation. All the patterns would originate from an identical reduplication. The diagrams which currently include a change of tone are explained by a subsequent evolution: the freezing (phonologization) of the effect of intonative borders on the melody, which lowers the High tone at the end of a reduplicated compound (leading to its categorial shift towards a Medium tone) and raises the Low tone at the start (also turning it into a Medium tone).},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2007j,
title = {The phonetic evolution of reduplicated expressions: reduplication, lexical tones and prosody in Na (Naxi)},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Jacqueline Vaissiere},
url = {https://halshs.archives-ouvertes.fr/halshs-00166896},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
pages = {801-804},
abstract = {In Na, a Sino-Tibetan language with lexical tones, some reduplication schemes involve tone change, whereas others consist in full reduplication without tone change. The synchronic coexistence of these two sets allows for an experimental comparison, which leads to a simple explanation. Both sets appear to originate in total reduplication, without tone change, the schemes which now involve tone change resulting from a later evolution: the phonologisation of the effect of intonational boundaries on pitch. A High tone in final position within the reduplicated compound is lowered to Mid; an initial Low tone is raised, also to Mid. A reflection is set out concerning the historical conditions under which the allophonic variation of lexical tones could be reinterpreted as a difference of tonal categories.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2007k,
title = {The phonetic fate of reduplicated forms: reduplication, lexical tones and intonation in na (naxi)},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Jacqueline Vaissière},
url = {https://halshs.archives-ouvertes.fr/halshs-00170199},
doi = {10.1163/19589514-029-01-900000004},
issn = {1958-9514},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Language Facts},
volume = {29},
number = {1},
pages = {23–35},
abstract = {The pagination is identical to that of the version paginated by the publisher. The "publisher" version will be freely available online in 5 years via the PERSEE portal.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Alexis2007,
title = {Reduplication [N ° 29 of: Facts of languages]},
author = {Michaud Alexis and Aliyah Morgenstern },
isbn = {978-2-7080-1187-8},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2007p,
title = {General presentation},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Aliyah Morgenstern},
doi = {10.1163/19589514-029-01-900000002},
issn = {1958-9514},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Language Facts},
volume = {29},
number = {1},
pages = { 5-8},
abstract = {What Furthermore simple what is reduplication? /oH/ "he is happy", /olioH/ "he is very happy" (example swivel reported through F. Rose Under His look from simplicity, the phenomenon lift up However Name of questions, at crossing phonology, morpho-syntax and semantics. According to languages, see at inside of a even language, the reduplication can take different shapes - repetition partial or total of the term -, affect one or many categories grammatical - last name, verb, qualifying, quantifying - and fill up different functions. To to train an inventory values what can take, and search if the different values identified can to be brought back at some denominators common, the present volume reunites of works divers at many securities. By their object study, first of all: languages of Americas, from Asia, from Africa or Europe. More also by the approaches and points theoretical views adopted. At fil of the book I know draw some answers to the questions such than of the link between shapes and values : some template phonological (for example the reduplication at the identical of a whole word) is it preferentially associate to a certain value semantics who I know would find in languages various ? This question leads out on others interrogations general: the presence jobs specialized of reduplication in a tongue, for example a value iteration, one or more values manners, aspectual and temporal, does she accompany necessarily of a fan templates phonologicales},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2007q,
title = {The phonetic fate of reduplicated forms: reduplication, lexical tones and intonation in na (naxi)},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Jacqueline Vaissière},
url = {https://halshs.archives-ouvertes.fr/halshs-00170199},
doi = {10.1163/19589514-029-01-900000004},
isbn = {1958-9514},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Faits de Langues },
volume = {29},
number = {1},
pages = {23–35},
abstract = {La pagination est identique à celle de la version paginée par l'éditeur. La version "éditeur" sera librement disponible en ligne dans 5 ans via le portail PERSEE.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2007r,
title = {Voiced and deodatized tones under stress: open coefficient values ​​gradually reach maximum},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Tuan Vu-Ngoc},
url = {https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-00135814},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Language},
volume = {213},
number = {2},
pages = {46-52},
abstract = {Article in Vietnamese about allophonic variations of lexical tones (pitch and quality of voice) as a function of intonation parameters (degree of insistence, emotion). / Article in Vietnamese about the allophonic variations of lexical tones (fundamental frequency and voice quality) in different intonational contexts (various degrees of emphasis, emotions)},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2007b,
title = {The Role of Complementizers in Verb Classification in Thai},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {17th Annual Meeting of the Southeast Asian Linguistics Society, Maryland},
abstract = {A complementizer is defined here as a function word that marks a complement clause, which is an argument of a matrix verb; for example, that in I think that he will leave tomorrow is a complementizer, and that he will leave tomorrow is a complement clause, which is an argument of the matrix verb think. A review of previous literature related to complementizers in Thai shows that there has been no study focusing particularly on them. Most studies treat them as elements in other phenomena, such as parts of speech, embedding, subordinate clauses, etc. Despite the important role complementizers play in forming complex sentences in Thai, their syntactic behavior is still obscure. Besides, there is dispute as to which words should be analyzed as complementizers and what conditions their occurrence.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pham2007,
title = {Cliticization in casual speech in Vietnamese},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
doi = {10.3406/clao.2007.1840},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Cahiers de linguistique Asie orientale},
volume = {36},
number = {2},
pages = {219-244},
abstract = {This paper examines clitics in colloquial Vietnamese. In Vietnamese, a clitic is a syllable that appears as a reduced form in casual speech and exhibits a phonological dependency on the material to its left. Only the tone of the former function word remains, while all its segments may be replaced. If the host ends in an obstruent, the clitic surfaces as a homorganic syllabic nasal. If the host ends in a vowel or a glide, the clitic surfaces as a lengthened part of that vowel or glide, unless it has a nasal rhyme, in which case it surfaces with its own nasal.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pham2007b,
title = {Visual techniques to teach Vietnamese sounds},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Proceedings “Toi Khong Hieu: Improving Students’ Speaking Success in Vietnamese},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2007,
title = {Prosodic analysis of the interactional particle ne in Japanese gendered speech},
author = {Andrew Wong and Victoria Anderson and Mie Hiramoto},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Japanese/Korean Linguistics},
number = {15},
pages = {43-54},
abstract = {Gendered speech in contemporary standard Japanese has been wellresearched (eg, Ide 1982; Okamoto 1995a; McGloin 1990; Reynolds 1985; Shibamoto 1985). Studies of Japanese gendered speech reveal that women and men differ in their use of interactional particles, pronouns, lexical items, and discourse styles. However, the literature is sparser on the subject of the prosodic characteristics that differentiate masculine and feminine speech in Japanese, and the prosodic studies that exist mainly concern themselves with fundamental frequency (F0) rather than duration. Ohara (1992; 2001), Loveday (1986) and others have investigated women’s use of high F0 and its social meanings. High F0 is generally associated with the expression of politeness, cuteness, and other positive feminine images (Loveday 1982, 1986; Ohara 1993, in press). Ide and Yoshida (1999), McGloin (1990), and Reynolds (1985) have also associated rising intonation and wide pitch range with feminine speech. On the other hand, little research has focused on possible differences in duration patterns in masculine and feminine speech.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2007b,
title = {Maintaining a language other than English through higher education in Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
pages = {107-123},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
chapter = {6},
abstract = {The multilingual profile and the culturally diverse nature of Australia’s population are continuously reaffirmed through Census data which provide details on birthplace and ancestry as well as on languages used in the home and English language skills. Despite its shortcomings such as a change in the wording of the language question in 1986 (for more details, see Chapters 2 and 3), the Australian Census has provided invaluable information on community languages since the mid-1970s. This has facilitated the construction of a linguistic ecology of Australia including language maintenance and shift patterns in ethnolinguistic groups and macro-factors affecting the vitality of languages in Australia. For example, the most recent Census (2001) included 206 listings of languages other than English (LOTEs) with 142 of these being ‘community languages’ and the rest Australian indigenous languages. In 2001, 16 per cent of the population used a LOTE at home. Kipp’s analysis of the 2001 Census data on language (see Chapter 2) showed that Italian remains the most widely used community language in Australia with more than 3,50,000 users; Greek, Cantonese and Arabic follow Italian with more than 2,00,000 users; Vietnamese and Mandarin record around 1,75,000 and 1,40,000 users respectively.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2007bb,
title = {Language maintenance and the second generation: Policies and practices},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Joanne Winter},
doi = { 10.1057/9780230206397_9},
isbn = {978-1-349-28549-5},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
pages = {180-200},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {A focus on language maintenance for the second generation in transnational or diasporic contexts evokes discourses about the threats and challenges to linguistic diversity in the face of generational change and concomitant rhetoric of nationalism and social integration. In this chapter, we examine the institutional or policy-based discourses as well as the individual experience-based voices surrounding language maintenance for children of migrating sojourners to Australia. Frequently known as the second generation, they are seen to link the past and the future in numerous ways: as carriers of cultural histories and knowledge directly passed ‘down’ from the first generation, as bodies of integration into, or social cohesion of, the new society. The pivotal nature of the link is demonstrated in the ways in which the second generation are seen as threats or challenges to language maintenance as well as potential transformers for bi/multilingualism and linguistic diversity. Furthermore, the second generation are part of the broader sociocultural and historical landscape, attracting meanings about separation, distinction and difference. Reconsidering the spaces, or locales, occupied by the second-generation migrant/first-generation local (referred to as local second generation in our discussion) has been linked to ‘third spaces’ (Brah, 1996) or hybridity (Hall, 1992) for diasporic populations.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2007bb,
title = {Managing and maintaining minority languages in the era of globalization: Challenges for Europe and Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1057/9780230206397_1},
isbn = {978-1-349-28549-5},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
pages = {1-9},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {Whilst economic forces have been the primary drivers of globalization, socio-political changes as well as technical developments have contributed to shaping and speeding up the process. These included the political changes affecting Eastern Europe with the dismantling of the Soviet Union, the reunification of Germany, the strengthening and expansion of the European Union, to name some northern hemisphere examples. The rapid expansion and increasing sophistication of communication technologies and means of transportation further assisted the process of globalization by facilitating virtual and actual transnational movement. With the mass production of communication software, a much greater number of people can communicate cheaper, more often, faster and in more diverse ways with people around the globe. These developments are likely to impact also on the ways in which transnational movers, that is migrants, refugees and other sojourners, keep in touch with their home or former communities. Similarly long-distance travel has become within reach of many more people on a more frequent basis. This has impacted on migration and settlement patterns. For example, there is greater evidence of transnational movement and mobility by ‘migrating’ people who perhaps 20 years ago would have settled in a new environment with limited travel to and from their previous country.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pauwels2007bb,
title = {Missing me and Msing the other: Courtesy titles for women in Englishes},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.2104/aral0708},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Australian Review of Applied Linguistics},
volume = {30},
number = {1},
pages = {8.1-8.17},
abstract = {The introduction and spread of Ms as the courtesy address title for women is a cornerstone of feminist linguistic planning for English. Its introduction aimed to eradicate the discriminatory inequity in the address system that exposed women through their (non)marital relationship with men. The understanding, use and impact of the courtesy title are fairly well documented, particularly for Englishes of Australia (e.g. Pauwels 1987; 1998; 2001; 2003), US and Britain (Romaine 2001) and New Zealand (Holmes 2001). We have little knowledge of the form’s spread, impact and use by speakers for whom English is not the dominant language but forms part of their linguistic repertoire. Graddol (1997) argues that English-speaking bilinguals will outnumber first language speakers and, ‘increasingly will decide the global future of the language’ (p.10). Such contexts of English – second / third / foreign – usage loosely align with locales Kachru (1997) identified as ‘expanding circles’, and to some extent, many of the ‘outer circle’ Englishes, e.g. Hong Kong. In this paper we take up a new direction in feminist language planning: the exploration of courtesy title use and practices by English-speaking mono-/bi-/multilingual women around the world. We draw upon online survey data (available from http://www.teagirl.arts.uwa.edu.au/) to probe respondents’ strategies for addressing unknown women, as well as women’s use of courtesy titles for themselves. Our mapping of practices associated with Ms reveals an unexpected pattern of diffusion with implications for evaluating planned social language change. In relation to Ms, the implementation of feminist linguistic policy does not cohere with a pattern of spread from inner to outer to expanding ‘circles’ of English or from ‘first language speaker’ to … ‘foreign language speaker’ diffusion. The locale and personal contexts associated with education, awareness and personal commitment to gender equity interact in complicating, and surprising ways. Indeed our research exposes a new directionality for Ms as a preferred form for unknown women, without necessarily implicating its use in self-naming for many bilingual women resident in ‘outer circle’ locales.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels2007bb,
title = {Strengthening languages in Australian higher education through collaborative arrangement},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Collaborating to Offer Small Courses/Subjects Forum},
pages = {17},
abstract = {The teaching of foreign languages (more recently labelled as Languages other than English or community languages) has been a feature of Australian university education since its inception in the mid 19th Century. Throughout its 150+ year history in Australian universities, foreign language education has experienced a number of significant transformations including a dramatic expansion and contraction of the number of languages offered for study between the 1970s and 2000, a substantive shift in language teaching methodologies, and a broadening and a diversification of the student body undertaking language study at university. Each of these transformations posed tremendous challenges for all those involved in the university languages scene, leading not infrequently to instability in this sector of university education. These difficulties have been well-documented in a variety of surveys, reviews and papers (for an extensive overview see Lo et al.) as have the recommendations and suggestions to overcome the problems, concerns and various obstacles. With regard to tackling the issues of changing teaching methodologies, university language departments and their staff have not only come to grips with the issues but have in fact become leaders in embracing different teaching and learning methodologies, including sophisticated uses of new media and technologies (eg, Felix 2001). The diversification of the student body especially in terms of their starting language proficiency is being addressed remarkably well despite severe financial constraints which limits the options for proficiency streaming.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Omar2007,
title = {Kesantunan bahasa dalam pengurusan, pentadbiran dan media},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9789836292377},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
publisher = {Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Andaya2007,
title = {Studying women and gender in southeast asia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1017/S147959140700054X},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {International Journal of Asian Studies},
volume = {4},
number = {1},
pages = {113-136},
abstract = {Historians of Southeast Asia have begun to consider the history of women and gender relatively recently, even though the complementary relationship between men and women has long been cited as a regional characteristic. In the last twenty years or so the field has witnessed some important advances, most notably in the study of the twentieth century but also in the preceding periods as well. Generalizations advanced in the past are now being refined through a number of new case studies. The second half of this essay, surveying recent publications primarily in English, focuses on pre-twentieth century history, identifying the areas where research has been most productive and suggesting lines of inquiry that might be profitable in the future.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Connell2007,
title = {Mambila fricative vowels and Bantu spirantisation},
author = {Bruce Connell},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
booktitle = {Bantu Spirantisation Conference},
volume = {13},
pages = {7-31},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Connell2007b,
title = {Mambila fricative vowels and Bantu spirantisation},
author = {Bruce Connell},
doi = {10.3406/aflin.2007.969},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Africana Linguistica},
volume = {13},
number = {1},
pages = {7-31},
abstract = {The question of spirantisation in Bantu, whereby stem initial stops have become fricatives, has received considerable attention in the literature on Narrow Bantu. Similar, though not necessarily identical, phenomena in other Bantu languages have received considerably less attention. Nevertheless, it should be clear that such phenomena are related, and indeed should be seen as part and parcel of the same process. In this paper I examine the fricative vowels of Len, a Mambila lect spoken just north of and adjacent to the Grassfields region of Cameroon. After a brief introduction to Len and relevant characteristics of its phonology, I review the phonetic structure of its fricative vowels, and present new evidence for their phonological characterisation. I then look at the phonetic characteristics of related phenomena in nearby Eastern Grassfields languages and one Narrow Bantu language, Fang (A75). Following this, I present evidence that the presence of these vowels in Len results from contact – probably with a Grassfields substratum – rather than inheritance.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Jourdan2007,
title = {Urbanization in Melanesia},
author = {Christine Jourdan and Lamont Lindstrom and Fabienne Labbe},
doi = {10.4000/jso.7673},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
abstract = {In the 1970s, ethnographers Hal and Marlene Levine wrote that:
“[they] rarely heard New Guineans speak favorably of their cities [and that the latter] complained about the cost of living in the cities, the violence there and the dangers and hardships associated with living among so many strangers ”(Levine & Levine, 1979: 1)
A decade earlier, a resident of Port Moresby similarly described his town as a 'bad place' where 'there are always problems and too much drinking and fighting' (Rew, 1974: v, our translation). Today, nearly fifty years later, Melanesians still complain about city life, even though over the course of these years Melanesian cities have gone from being colonial towns to being national centers. The complaints about the city in Vanuatu are stereotypical. Soarum, who has lived in Port Vila since he left Tanna, his home island several years ago, disparages city life in exemplary fashion:
“[To] Vila, if you don't work, you don't eat. If you don't eat and live with nothing, it's not good. You have no energy, no strength […] When people leave their homes and come to the city, they adopt an urban way of life, a mixed culture. },
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Williams2007bb,
title = {Marketing Welsh in an ambivalent context},
author = {Collin Williams},
isbn = {1695-3711},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Noves SL: Revista de sociolingüística},
pages = {91-101},
abstract = {My purpose is twofold: first, to relate how the marketing issues of Welsh have been handled within a largely hegemonic English private sector and secondly to illustrate the approach to language marketing undertaken by the Welsh Language Board, thereby demonstrating how current strategy is tackling the issue of the under representation of Welsh within the economy. In comparison with Catalonia, Quebec or several other parts of the world, there is a relative paucity in Wales of operating multilingual enterprises and consequently little documented evidence of the relationship between majority and minority languages within the economy. This paper illustrates some of the initiatives undertaken in Wales recently but also points to some of the structural difficulties which any language revitalisation strategy will face in seeking to influence consumer behaviour in the private sector. The Board has long realised that its first challenge was to increase the opportunities available to speak and use Welsh in a variety of contexts, and it has succeeded to a remarkable degree in transforming the linguistic landscape. A more profound challenge is to encourage people to take advantage of such opportunities and in this respect marketing, particularly to the private sector, will continue to grow as a key instrument of the Board's repertoire, the more so as it shares good practice and learns from the experiences of its European partners in the Language Planning Network Summary.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams2007bb,
title = {Marketing Welsh in an ambivalent context},
author = {Collin Williams},
issn = {1695-3711},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Noves SL: Revista de sociolingüística},
pages = {91-101},
abstract = {My purpose is twofold: first, to relate how the marketing issues of Welsh have been handled within a largely hegemonic English private sector and secondly to illustrate the approach to language marketing undertaken by the Welsh Language Board, thereby demonstrating how current strategy is tackling the issue of the under representation of Welsh within the economy. In comparison with Catalonia, Quebec or several other parts of the world, there is a relative paucity in Wales of operating multilingual enterprises and consequently little documented evidence of the relationship between majority and minority languages within the economy. This paper illustrates some of the initiatives undertaken in Wales recently but also points to some of the structural difficulties which any language revitalisation strategy will face in seeking to influence consumer behaviour in the private sector. The Board has long realised that its first challenge was to increase the opportunities available to speak and use Welsh in a variety of contexts, and it has succeeded to a remarkable degree in transforming the linguistic landscape. A more profound challenge is to encourage people to take advantage of such opportunities and in this respect marketing, particularly to the private sector, will continue to grow as a key instrument of the Board's repertoire, the more so as it shares good practice and learns from the experiences of its European partners in the Language Planning Network Summary.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Perrin2007bb,
title = {Professional journalistic coaching},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2007bb,
title = {"And I'm back again and have read it all again, and then suddenly things come to mind". Reading and speaking while writing in newsrooms},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Perrin2007bb,
title = {Exploration: examine text design},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-540-69818-0_4},
isbn = {3540698175},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
pages = {65–82},
publisher = {Springer},
abstract = {What do journalists think when they design texts and thus, among other things, shape them to achieve the intended effect of the text? - This essay asks about the connection between text design and text effect, from the production perspective. It is to be shown how strategies of text design and ideas of possible text effects interact in media professionals. The essay situates the key terms and the question, explains the methodology, shows findings from a case study, discusses possible knowledge transfer in text production practice and summarizes: There is good reason to assume that experienced media professionals have more extensive and flexible repertoires of strategies for functional text design, and There is also good reason to believe that information designers can learn from analysis.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Perrin2007bb,
title = {Statistical modelling of writing processes},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Marc Wildi},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
publisher = {Zurich University of Applied Sciences},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Perrin2007bb,
title = {What linguistics has to say about language issues. www.language-experts.ch},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Annelies Häcki Buhofer},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Bulletin SAGW},
pages = {48–49},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Perrin2007bb,
title = {Basic narratives in visualization (opening presentation)},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Wibke Weber},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2007bb,
title = {Children's writing processes when using computers: Insights based on combining analyses of product and process in the Swiss myMoment project},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
booktitle = {AILA Europe conference},
abstract = {Children and young people are increasingly performing a variety of writing tasks using computers, with word processing programs thus becoming their natural writing environment. The development of keystroke logging programs enables us to track the process of writing, without changing the writing environment for the writers. In the myMoment schools project, children in primary school grades one to five were provided with a web-based interactive writing environment, which they could use to read and write stories and comments. The parallel study on myMoment suggests that interviews and analyses of writing processes can provide detailed information about the effect that writing environment and instructions have on writing. An individual case study illustrates the potential that triangulating product and process analyses can offer in the teaching of literacy skills at elementary school level.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2007bb,
title = {Untersuchung von Medien aus linguistischer und interdisziplinärer Sicht},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Perrin2007bb,
title = {"For us, a report simply has to be made". Investigate text design strategies and ideas about effects},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
isbn = {3896696017},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
publisher = {UVK},
abstract = {What do journalists think when they design texts and thus, among other things, shape them to achieve the intended effect of the text? - This article asks about the connection between text design and text effect, from the production perspective. It is to be shown how strategies of text design and ideas of possible text effects interact in media professionals. The article situates the key terms and the question (Section 1), explains the methodology (Section 2), shows findings from a case study (Section 3), discusses possible knowledge transfer into text production practice (Section 4) and sums up: There is good reason to assume that experienced media professionals have more extensive and flexible repertoires of strategies for functional text design, and there is also good reason to believe that.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Eberhard2007,
title = {Mamaindé Tone: An Account of Plateauing In An Amazonian Language},
author = {David Eberhard},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
pages = {285 - 308},
publisher = {The Netherlands: Leiden University},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {David Eberhard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2007,
title = {Doing Ethnography in your Neighbouring Country: Ethnographic Self in the Balkans},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Hylli i Drites},
volume = {1},
pages = {24 - 29},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Dalakoglou2007b,
title = {Department of Anthropology Landscape - Memory - Identity (L6043)},
author = {Dimitris Dalakoglou and Course Convener and Arts C},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
keywords = {Dimitris Dalakoglou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2007bb,
title = {Editorial: The challenges of linguistic parity},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Edwige Khaznadar and Thérèse Moreau},
doi = {10.2307/40620368},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Nouvelles Questions Feministes },
volume = {26},
number = {3},
pages = {4-12},
abstract = {4.|NQF Vol. 26, No 3 / 2007ÉditoLes enjeux de la parité linguistiqueFabienne Baider, Edwige Khaznadar, Thérèse MoreauHubertine Auclert écrivait en 1899:«L’omission du féminin dans ledictionnaire contribue, plus qu’on le croit, à l’omission du féminin dans lecode (côté des droits). L’émancipation par le langage ne doit pas êtredédaignée. N’est-ce pas à force de prononcer certains mots qu’on finit paren accepter le sens qui tout d’abord heurtait ? La féminisation de la langueest urgente, puisque, pour exprimer la qualité que quelques droits conquisdonnent à la femme, il n’y a pas de mots En mettant au point lalangue, on rectifie les usages dans le sens de l’égalité des deux sexes. La féminisation initiale est celle de la langue, car le féminin non distinc-tement établi sera toujours absorbé par le masculin.»2Les choses ont peu changé en France, si l’on en juge par les problèmesde dénomination posés par la candidature de Ségolène Royal à la prési-dence de la République. Au lendemain du premier tour des élections prési-dentielles en France, le journaliste Sylvain Besson écrivait:« Il n’y a pasun, mais deux grands vainqueurs du scrutin de dimanche. },
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2007bb,
title = {La place du genre dans les bases de données multilingues: le cas d' EuroWordNet},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Évelyne Jacquey and Anita Liang},
doi = {10.2307/40620373},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Nouvelles Questions Feministes},
volume = {26},
number = {3},
pages = {57-69},
abstract = {Gender in multilingual databases : a closer look at EuroWordNet One effect of « linguistic globalization » is an increased development of multilingual databases. In their own way, these resources reconstruct gender. The present study deals with the representation of sex and gender in EuroWordNet, a European multilingual database. Each « man » and « woman » entity is analyzed with regard to its semantic representation, its hierarchies of meaning, and its most frequent « attributes ». The authors’ proposed changes are aimed at encouraging multilingual databases to take into account academic research on sexism in language.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2007bb,
title = {Nouvelles Questions Feministes 26(3):102-108 DOI:10.2307/40620376},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Marina Yaguello},
doi = {10.2307/40620376},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Nouvelles Questions Feministes},
volume = {26},
number = {3},
pages = {102-108},
abstract = {“Linguistic globalization” increasingly involves the creation of multilingual databases, which in their own way reconstruct gender. This study is devoted to the representation of sex and gender in the European multilingual database EuroWordNet. The issues relating to semantic representation, hierarchies of meaning, and the most common “attributes” for each “male” and “female” entity are established. Changes are proposed so that multilingual computer databases take into account academic work on sexism in language.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2007bb,
title = {Semantic descriptions of the genre? The case of UNESCO and AGROVOC databases},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Evelyne Jacquey and Anita Liang},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
pages = {215-227},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2007bb,
title = {Through the non-sexist glass: French language and linguistic parity},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Edwige Khaznadar and Therese Moreau},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Nouvelles Questions Feministe},
volume = {26},
number = {3},
pages = {4-12},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2007bb,
title = {Gender in multilingual databases: A closer look at EuroWordNet},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Evelyne Jacquey and Anita Liang},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Nouvelles Questions Feministes},
volume = {26},
number = {3},
pages = {57-69},
abstract = {One effect of «linguistic globalization» is an increased development of multilingual databases. In their own way, these resources reconstruct gender. The present study deals with the representation of sex and gender in EuroWordNet, a European multilingual database. Each «man» and «woman» entity is analyzed with regard to its semantic representation, its hierarchies of meaning, and its most frequent «attributes». The authors' proposed changes are aimed at encouraging multilingual databases to take into account academic research on sexism in language.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2007bb,
title = {The translation of the untranslated in the advertisements in Cyprus : Which cultural stakes? : Which cognitive processes?},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Efi Lamprou},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
volume = {52},
pages = {93-107},
abstract = {Working with a corpus of advertisements collected during the spring 2006 in Cyprus, this study answers the following questions: which cognitive processes can we identify when a segment of a text is purposely left in another language? In particular, what judgments and steps are used by readers who, willing or not, must translate such publicity, thereby doing Greek-English code-switching when both languages are found in the same text? Which meaning is transferred when the linguistic code is not translated? In order to answer these questions, this study takes into account the diverse linguistic contexts particular to Cyprus, the audience being bilingual or diglossic; the socio-cultural knowledge necessary to decipher puns and limericks found in advertising texts; and the pragmatic dimension whose perlocutory effect will depend as well on the level of bilingualism of the different communities involved.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2007bb,
title = {Interview with Marine Yaguello: The sex of words},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Nouvelles Questions Feministes},
volume = {26},
number = {3},
pages = {102-108},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2007bb,
title = {Interview with Marina Yaguello: The sex of words approximate to},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Nouvelles Questions Feministes},
volume = {26},
number = {3},
pages = {102-108},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2007bb,
title = {Parity! Universe! and difference of sexes},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Nouvelles Questions Feministes},
volume = {26},
number = {3},
pages = {138-141},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lupke2007bb,
title = {Vanishing voice - the morphologically zero-coded passive of Jalonke},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Linguistische Berichte},
volume = {14},
pages = {173-190},
abstract = {Satisfying answers to many current puzzles about languages and their origins will not emerge until linguists have studied many languages. To exclude exotic languages from our study is like expecting botanists to study only florist shop roses and greenhouse tomatoes and then tell us what the plant world is like. Linguistic diversity gives us unique perspectives into the mind because it reveals the many creative ways in which humans organize their experience.(Nettle & Romaine 2000: 11)
While common phenomena of languages and typologically widespread features will survive even if linguistic diversity continues to be drastically reduced, lowfrequency phenomena and rarely attested patterns are likely to be the first victims of language death. If these features–well-known examples include the sound inventory of Ubykh with 81 consonants and only 3 vowels, or the OVS word order in Urarina (see Olawsky (this volume))–are not documented while the languages in which they occur are still spoken, linguistic theory will suffer an enormous loss in terms of empirical data to inform it. The present paper describes the ‘vanishing voice’of Jalonke by investigating the cross-linguistically extremely rare case of a morphologically non-marked passive in this endangered language.},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2007,
title = {The Israeli language as an object of independent study: The importance of Rosen's approach to the demystification of the 'Hebrew revival'},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Iton 77},
number = {319},
pages = {20-28},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Tang2007b,
title = {Hong Kong Sign Language: A Trilingual Dictionary with Linguistic Descriptions},
author = {Gladys Tang},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
urldate = {2007-01-01},
publisher = {The Chinese University Press},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Tang2007bb,
title = {Acquisition of Simultaneous Constructions by Deaf Children of Hong Kong Sign Language},
author = {Gladys Tang and Felix Sze and Scholastica Lam},
editor = {M. Vermeerbergen and L Leeson and O Crasborn},
doi = {10.1075/cilt.281.13tan},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
urldate = {2007-01-01},
pages = {283-316},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Haberland2007b,
title = {Language shift in conversation as a metapragmatic comment},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1075/pbns.165.09hab},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
urldate = {2007-01-01},
pages = {129 - 140},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing},
abstract = {Most of us do not just speak one language; far from being the norm, the monolingual language user is rather the exception on a global scale. Since one cannot be a speaker of more than one language without sometimes speaking in one language and sometimes in another, language alternation must be a quite common phenomenon.
There is a vast literature about different kinds of language alternation. One strain of research has focused on language choices appropriate to a given situation. One of the points made about these language choices is that in stable multilingual communities, competent speakers usually agree which language is appropriate in a given situation. They make their choices spontaneously and without much or any negotiation. Language shift happens between speech situations and at the beginning of an encounter, and for the individual speaker, it often follows long stretches of silence. The concept of domain (Werlen 2004, but critically Haberland 2005) tries to capture the relevant conditions for this type of language choice.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Tsimpli2007b,
title = {Feature Interpretability in L2 Acquisition and SLI: Greek Clitics and Determiners},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Maria Mastropavlou},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
urldate = {2007-01-01},
journal = {The Role of Formal Features in Second Language Acquisition},
pages = {143-183},
abstract = {In recent research in language development, several attempts have been made to compare performance data from different populations (L1 or L2 learners, SLI, agrammatics) in order to provide an analysis that would account for the patterns observed, in a way that would minimize differences and maximize similarities (see, eg, the phenomenon of Optional Infinitives in SLI grammars and L1 acquisition in Genesee, Paradis, & Crago, 2004, Rice & Wexler 1996). 1 The aim of this chapter is to evaluate a theory of learnability based on differences in the interpretability status of formal features. This theory has been proposed for SLI children by Tsimpli and Stavrakaki (1999) and Tsimpli (2001), for L1 and L2 acquisition by Tsimpli (2003), and for L1 attrition by Sorace (2000) and Tsimpli, Sorace, Heycock and Filiaci (in press). The theory is based on the following premises:(a) a Minimalist distinction between interpretable and uninterpretable features as these are read off by each of the two interfaces, LF (Logical Form) and PF (Phonetic Form);(b) developmental differences based on the accessibility of uninterpretable features in a comparison between L1 and L2 learners as well as between normal and SLI children, and (c) compensatory strategies implemented in the case of uninterpretable features that fail to be analyzed by the developing grammar. In the following section, each of these assumptions will be articulated in more detail.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pia2007,
title = {"Hanzai jiushi deng xia yu" Drought, only rain is expected. Social risk construction in a rural Chinese village},
author = {Andrea E. Pia},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
urldate = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Ca 'Foscari University of Venice},
publisher = {Foscari University of Venice},
abstract = {Although considered a simple natural phenomenon whose consequences are commonly considered inevitable, an ethnographic approach to the drought phenomenon raises many doubts about this interpretation. Through a field study lasting a total of six months, spent in a rural village belonging to the district of Mentougou, a municipality of Beijing, this thesis places drought in relation to the social context and to the water resources management policies implemented in the area. By breaking down the environmental risk management processes and analyzing them on the basis of the asymmetrical allocation of the drought risk, it is argued that economic policy decisions regarding the management of water resources cannot be excluded from the year of the factors making up the drought risk itself.},
keywords = {Andrea E. Pia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Vaux2007b,
title = {The Role of Contrast in Locality: Transparent Palatal Glides in Kyrghyz},
author = {Bert Vaux and Andrew Nevins},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
urldate = {2007-01-01},
journal = {MIT Working Papers in Linguistics},
volume = {54},
pages = {275-287},
abstract = {This paper discusses the role of contrast in determining the locality of [back] harmony. Specifically, we argue that palatal glides, although they are phonetically [-back], are transparent to [+ back] harmony across them, because harmony is relativized only to contrastive values of the feature [back]. We argue that the feature distinguishing high vowels and glides is [±consonantal], and that a relativized theory of locality provides a falsifiable and restrictive theory of variation in the class of harmony participants throughout Turkic.},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vaux2007c,
title = {Why the Phonological Component Must be Serial and Rule-Based},
author = {Bert Vaux},
doi = {10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199226511.003.0002},
isbn = {9780199226511},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
urldate = {2007-01-01},
journal = {Rules, constraints, and phonological phenomena},
pages = {20-60},
abstract = {This chapter identifies an inventory of core phonological processes that are robustly attested in all or nearly all human languages. These are compared to the classes of phenomena predicted to be possible and impossible by Rule-Based Phonology (Kenstowicz 1994; Vaux 1998) and Classic Optimality Theory (Kager 1999). The comparison is argued to demonstrate that a phonological theory that employs extrinsically ordered rules, cyclicity, inviolable constraints, and the other machinery of Rule-Based Phonology provides a superior empirical match to and formal model of the facts.},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2007,
title = {Keynesian ideas and the recasting of Italian democracy},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511496240.008},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
urldate = {2007-01-01},
pages = {212 - 244},
abstract = {In 1945 the Resistance in Italy was a mass movement which, as Ellwood has written, was ‘explicitly demanding a break with the past and a radical reform of the State and of Italian political development’. The end of the war and the return to democracy was a time of great intellectual and political excitement - ‘never, as much as in this period, were ideas made to prevail upon hard facts’. Notions of social welfare and the planned economy were widely discussed and, to some extent, implemented: in 1945-7 the CIAI (Consiglio Industriale Alta Italia, Industrial Council of Northern Italy) empowered a group of ‘experts’ to manage industrial reconstruction directly, without the help of the Confederation of Italian Industry. In September 1946 a conference on the problem of poverty was held at Tremezzo (Lake Como), with the participation of both economists and politicians. Amongst the latter were Italian officials attached to the United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation Administration (UNRRA). Many delegates expressed impatience with the old doctrine of charity and social paternalism and notions of civic entitlement and a Beveridgean safety net ‘from the cradle to the grave’ were debated. In the same year, Ernesto Rossi, a radical economist, published a book on ‘abolishing poverty’ which voiced Fabian ideas about social redistribution. The Republican Constitution of 1947 reflected this new mindset: one of its drafters, Piero Calamandrei, famously described it as the spirit of the Resistance translated into juridical formulae. © Cambridge University Press 2007 and Cambridge University Press, 2009.},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Noorden2007,
title = {Reading Hesiod's' myth of the races' in Classical Antiquity},
author = {Helen Van Noorden},
isbn = {9781316190364},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
urldate = {2007-01-01},
publisher = {University of Cambridge},
abstract = {This book offers a new description of the significance of Hesiod's 'myth of the races' for ancient Greek and Roman authors, showing how the most detailed responses to this story go far beyond nostalgia for a lost 'Golden' age or hope of its return. Through a series of close readings, it argues that key authors from Plato to Juvenal rewrite the story to reconstruct 'Hesiod' more broadly as predecessor in forming their own intellectual and rhetorical projects; disciplines such as philosophy, didactic poetry and satire all engage in implicit questions about 'Hesiodic' teaching. The first chapter introduces key issues; the second re-evaluates the account in Hesiod's Works and Days. A major chapter outlines Plato's use of Hesiod through close study of the Protagoras, Republic and Statesman. Subsequent chapters focus on Aratus' Phaenomena and Ovid's Metamorphoses; the final chapter, on the Octavia attributed to Seneca and Juvenal's sixth Satire, broadens ideas of Hesiod's reception in Rome.},
keywords = {Helen Van Noorden},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {Structure and Linearization in Disharmonic Word Orders},
author = {Ian Roberts and Theresa Biberauer and Anders Holmberg},
doi = {Structure and Linearization in Disharmonic Word Orders},
year  = {2007},
date = {2007-01-01},
urldate = {2007-01-01},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Lupke2006,
title = {Guinea - language situation},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
doi = {10.1016/B0-08-044854-2/01637-0},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-12-31},
journal = {Encyclopedia of Language & Linguistics},
pages = {170-171},
publisher = {Elsevier},
abstract = {Friederike Lüpke studied African linguistics, general linguistics, and phonetics at the University of Köln (Germany) and Manding (Bambara) at the Institut National des Langues et Civilsations Orientales in Paris (France). In 1999, she received her M.A. in African Linguistics with first honors from the University of Köln. She was then offered a Ph.D. scholarship at the Max Planck Institute for Psycholinguistics in Nijmegen (The Netherlands). Her Ph.D. thesis, entitled ‘A grammar of Jalonke argument structure,’ contains the first descriptive account of the Guinean Jalonke variety of Yalunka and is based on a year of field work in Guinea. In September 2003, she became a Research Fellow in the Endangered Languages Academic Programme of the Hans Rausing Endangered Languages Project (ELAP) at the School of Oriental and African Studies in London (UK). Currently, she is working as a Lecturer in Language Documentation and Description in ELAP.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2006,
title = {Hebrew, Israeli},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1016/B0-08-044854-2/02087-3},
isbn = {9780080448541},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-12-31},
pages = {265 - 268},
publisher = {Elsevier},
abstract = {The Israeli language (a.k.a. Modern Hebrew) is one of the official languages - with Arabic and English - of the state of Israel (established 1948). It is spoken to varying degrees of fluency by almost seven million people. It is a fusional synthetic language, but more analytic than Hebrew.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Haberland2006,
title = {Thetic-Categorical Distinction},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1016/B0-08-044854-2/00390-4},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-12-31},
urldate = {2006-12-31},
pages = {676 - 677},
abstract = {In the late 19th and early 20th century, there were two major attempts at overcoming the Aristotelian articulation of the clause (or 'judgment') in subject and predicate: one by Gottlob Frege, who did away with the distinction altogether, and one by Franz von Brentano and Anton Marty, who restricted the traditional subject-predicate articulation to what they called 'categorical judgments,' as opposed to 'thetic judgments,' which do not involve an act of predication about some 'psychological subject' but attribute something to a situation as a whole.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Cardoso2006,
title = {On the presence versus absence of morphological marking in four Romance-based Creoles},
author = {Hugo Cardoso and Jacques Arends and Josje Verhagen and Eva van Lier and Suzanne Dikker},
doi = {10.1515/9783110891683.223},
isbn = {978-3-484-30505-2},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-12-31},
urldate = {2006-12-31},
pages = {223-242},
publisher = {Max Niemeyer Verlag},
abstract = {This paper addresses the ongoing debate on the status of morphology in creole languages. The focus will be on the presence versus absence of specific types of morphological marking in four Romance-based Creoles: Angolar, Palenquero, Papiamentu, and Seychellois. First of all, we shall discuss the so-called'Creole Prototype'as defined by McWhorter (1998). Then, we will present the morphological inventories of the Creole languages under consideration, discussing both inflectional and derivational morphology. These data will be evaluated with reference to McWhorter's claims about inflectional and derivational morphology in Creoles, as well as DeGraff s (2001) and other scholars' objections to these. The respective positions taken rely heavily on the canonical classificatory distinction between inflectional and derivational morphology.},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Tsimpli2006,
title = {Variation in Second Language Acquisition},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
doi = {10.1016/B0-08-044854-2/01489-9},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-12-31},
urldate = {2006-12-31},
journal = {Encyclopedia of Language & Linguistics},
volume = {2},
pages = {387-395},
abstract = {Ianthi Maria Tsimpli was born in Athens, Greece. She studied Medieval and Modern Greek at the University of Athens (B.A., 1986) and Linguistics at University College London (Ph.D., 1992, published by Garland, 1996). She taught Linguistics at the University of Newcastle-upon-Tyne and at the Research Centre for English and Applied Linguistics, University of Cambridge, United Kingdom. She is Associate Professor at the Department of Theoretical and Applied Linguistics, School of English, Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, Greece. Her research interests and publications include first and second language acquisition, theoretical syntax, language disorders, first language attrition, and the interaction between language and cognition. Since 1990, she has extensively worked with Neil Smith on the case of a polyglot-savant, Christopher. This research has been published in various articles, and in a monograph (Smith and Tsimpli, 1995). A follow-up monograph on Christopher's acquisition of British Sign Language by Morgan et al., Signs of a Savant, is forthcoming from Cambridge University Press.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Sidnell2006,
title = {Conversational Analytic Approaches to Culture},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1016/B0-08-044854-2/03019-4},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-12-31},
urldate = {2006-12-31},
journal = {Encyclopedia of Language & Linguistics},
pages = {169-172},
abstract = {This article discusses conversation analysis – its methods, theoretical concerns, and relation to other forms of inquiry. Conversation has developed a distinctive approach to the study of social interaction – and especially talk-in-interaction – based on unmotivated observation and the development of collections. Using these methods, conversation analysts have described a wide range of conversational practices and have begun to reveal some basic principles (e.g., preference relations) which underlie those practices. The crosscultural study of talk-in-interaction within conversation analysis is still in its infancy but some findings from recent research and their bearing on the notion of ‘culture’ are discussed.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Deumert2006,
title = {Semantic Change, the Internet: and Text Messaging},
author = {Ana Deumert},
doi = {10.1016/B0-08-044854-2/01017-8},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-12-31},
journal = {Encyclopedia of Language & Linguistics},
pages = {121-124},
abstract = {Since the 1980s, computer technology and mobile technology have given rise to various forms of textbased, electronic communication: e-mails, newsgroups, chatrooms, and, more recently, blogs (web logs that function as on-line diaries) and text messaging (Short Message Service, SMS). The language used in electronic communication has been described as a hybrid, showing both speech-like and writing-like features, as well as features that are unique to the digital medium and are, to some extent, the result of its technological restrictions. For instance, slow modems, limited bandwidth, costs, small screens, and typing speed are often cited as reasons for the preponderance of abbreviations in text-based electronic communication (cf. Baron, 2000; Shortis, 2000; Crystal, 2001).
The communicative need to use language efficiently within the constraints of the medium is complemented by the users’ desire for conceptual and communicative expressivity (on efficiency and expressivity in semantic change cf. Geeraerts, 1997: 102–108). Crystal (2001: 67) has highlighted the ‘‘strong, creative spirit’’that characterizes the language of Internet users:‘‘The rate at which they have been coining terms and introducing playful variations into established ones has no parallel in contemporary language use.’’Linguistic creativity and playfulness can be described as conversational maxims of electronic communication and are most noticeable in recreational contexts (such as chatting and texting; Danet, 2001; Crystal, 2001: 168–170).},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2006,
title = {Mambila},
author = {Bruce Connell},
doi = {10.1016/B0-08-044854-2/05117-8},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-12-31},
journal = { Encyclopedia of Language & Linguistics},
pages = {473 - 475},
abstract = {Mambila is a Bantoid language situated in the Nigeria-Cameroon borderland. This article presents basic information as to the classification of the language, its internal variation, and its linguistic structures. Mambila is a diverse language with approximately 20 different dialects. Among its interesting characteristics is its system of four level tones, and in one lect the presence of two fricative vowels that appear to be reflexes of the so-called super-close vowels of Proto-Bantu. Several Mambila lects are endangered, with some on the verge of extinction.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2006l,
title = {Tonal reassociation and rising tonal contours in Naxi},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Sorbonne Nouvelle},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-12-12},
journal = {Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman Area},
volume = {29},
number = {1},
pages = {61-94},
abstract = {Western Naxi has three tones (High, Mid and Low) plus a more recent rising contour tone. The first part of the article describes the synchronic process whereby the reduction of a morpheme carrying a High tone results in re-association of its tone to the preceding syllable, creating a rising contour. The second part presents the lexical items that carry a rising tone: 'native' words carrying a rising contour tone point to the use of High-tone addition in possessive constructions at an earlier stage. The numerous Chinese loanwords with rising tone are probably not the origin of the rising tone of Naxi; they arguably led to the consolidation of a pre-existing rising-tone category.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Chiaro2006,
title = {The Language of Jokes: Analyzing Verbal Play},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.4324/9780203135143},
isbn = {9780203135143},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-12-05},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {In this highly readable and thought-provoking book, Delia Chiaro explores the pragmatics of word play, using frameworks normally adopted in descriptive linguistics. Using examples from personally recorded conversations, she examines the structure of jokes, quips, riddles and asides. Chiaro explores degrees of conformity to and deviation from established conventions; the `tellability' of jokes, and the interpretative role of the listener; the creative use of puns, word play and discourse. The emphasis in her analysis is on sociocultural contexts for the production and reception of jokes, and she examines the extent to which jokes are both universal in their appeal, and specific to a particular culture.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Duranti2006,
title = {Transcripts, Like Shadows on a Wall},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
doi = {10.1207/s15327884mca1304_3},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-12-01},
journal = {Mind, Culture and Activity},
volume = {13},
number = {4},
pages = {301-310},
abstract = {Over the last 50 years the process of producing transcripts of all kinds of interactions has become an important practice for researchers in a wide range of disciplines. Only rarely, however, has transcription been analyzed as a cultural practice. It is here argued that it is precisely the lack of understanding of what is involved in transcribing that has produced a number of epistemological problems, including the tendency to become either virtual-realists or hypercontextualists. By proposing a new interpretation of Plato's famous story of the prisoners in the cave who could only see the shadows of what was happening outside, this article examines the advantages of the selective nature of transcription, unveils some of the cognitive and affective implications of engaging in transcription, and proposes a complementary approach to transcription, in which transcripts are evaluated with respect to what they can (or cannot) reveal within a particular domain of inquiry.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pham2006,
title = {Vietnamese Rhyme},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-12-01},
journal = {Southwest Journal of Linguistics},
volume = {25},
number = {2},
pages = {107-142},
abstract = {Various places of articulation, e.g. coronal, velar, labial, and laryngeal, have been argued to be unmarked for consonants. This paper provides the description of rhymal systems in the two major dialects of Vietnam, Hanoi and Saigon, and argues that in all Vietnamese dialects there is a placeless consonant. This consonant in the Hanoi dialect is realized as a coronal from Coronal Default. In the Saigon dialect, the placeless consonant is determined by the quality and quantity of the preceding vowel: a coronal after a short front vowel, or otherwise a velar. The feature sharing between the vowel and final consonant is carried out through a constraint on the rhyme, the Syllable Weight Constraint, which also accounts for the centralization of certain short vowels found in all dialects. The paper, therefore, provides more evidence for the claim that markedness is relative and the implementation of markedness is dialect/language-particular.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2006b,
title = {Cameroon: Language Situation},
author = {Bruce Connell},
doi = {10.1016/B0-08-044854-2/01619-9},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-12-01},
journal = {Encyclopedia of Language & Linguistics},
abstract = {Bruce Connell did his undergraduate degree in Linguistics at the University of Ottawa, and an MSc in Speech Production and Perception at the University of Alberta. He then taught linguistics at the University of Calabar in Nigeria, where he became interested in African languages and cultures. A scholarship for doctoral studies took him to the University of Edinburgh. He moved from Edinburgh to Oxford, where he worked for several years as Director of the Phonetics Laboratory and University Lecturer in Phonetics, and was later Research Fellow at the Institute of Social and Cultural Anthropology. He returned to Canada in 2001 and is currently under contract with York University's Glendon College. He has been a Research Associate at the School of African and Oriental Studies, and is an Honorary Research Fellow of the Centre for Social Anthropology and Computing, University of Kent at Canterbury. His research interests and publications include work on the phonetics of African languages, especially their tone systems, historical linguistics, the relevance of linguistics for historical inference, the relation between language and culture, and language endangerment.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2006,
title = {Harald Burger: Media Language. An introduction to the language and forms of communication in the mass media},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1007 / s11616-006-0273-2},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-12-01},
journal = {Journalism},
volume = {51},
number = {2},
pages = {540-542},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2006b,
title = {Direct and indirect speech in straight-talking Israeli},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1556/ALing.53.2006.4.5},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-12-01},
journal = {Acta Linguistica Hungarica},
volume = {53},
number = {4},
pages = {467-481},
abstract = {Israeli is currently one of the official languages of the State of Israel. It is a fusional synthetic language, with non-concatenative discontinuous morphemes realised by vowel infixation. This typological paper demonstrates that there is a clear distinction in Israeli between direct and indirect speech. The indirect speech report, which is a subset of complement clauses, is characterized by a shift in person, spatial and temporal deixis. However, unlike in English, the verbs usually do not undergo a tense shift. Israeli has various lexicalized direct speech reports. By and large, Israeli reported speech constructions reflect Yiddish and Standard Average European patterns, often enhancing a suitable pre-existent Hebrew construction.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2006b,
title = {Spatiality and Language},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.1016/B0-08-044854-2/03028-5},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-12-01},
urldate = {2006-12-01},
journal = {Encyclopedia of Language & Linguistics},
abstract = {Elizabeth Keating is currently Associate Professor of Anthropology at the University of Texas at Austin, and Director of the Science, Technology & Society Program. Her research interests include: relationships between language and space, language and gender, the role of technology in shaping communicative practices, social impacts of technology, the role of language and other semiotic systems in the construction of social hierarchies, and specialized language registers. She has conducted fieldwork in Pohnpei, Micronesia, and has investigated computer-mediated communication over the Internet between deaf callers in Texas. Her publications include Power Sharing: Language, Rank, Gender and Social Space in Pohnpei, Micronesia (Oxford University Press, 1998), as well as articles on the social impacts of technology, and the uses of language in the construction of social stratification. She is co-editor of the Journal of Linguistic Anthropology, and has published in Language in Society, Pragmatics, American Anthropologist, American Ethnologist, International Journal of the Sociology of Language, Ethnos, Anthropology and Education Quarterly, and collective volumes.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Nakane2006,
title = {Silence and politeness in intercultural communication in university seminars},
author = {Ikuko Nakane
},
editor = {Ikuko Nakane
},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-11-30},
urldate = {2006-11-30},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {38},
number = {11},
pages = {1811-1835},
abstract = {This paper examines naturally-occurring university seminar interactions1 in Australia and reports an analysis of the politeness orientation of participants with Japanese and Australian backgrounds in relation to speech and silence. Although the silence of students from Asia, attending universities in countries such as the US, UK and Australia, has been discussed extensively in the literature, empirical studies of silence in classroom settings are still scarce. This paper aims to explain such phenomena, using participant interviews, classroom observation and detailed discourse analysis of classroom interaction. While silence was commonly used by Japanese students to save face, verbal strategies were more common among Australian students. The extensive use of face-saving silences by Japanese students was found to be negatively evaluated by Australian lecturers whose response strategies, while meant to avoid },
keywords = {Ikuko Nakane},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Deumert2006b,
title = {Structure and Variation in Language Contact},
author = {Ana Deumert and Stephanie Durrleman Tame},
doi = {10.1075/cll.29},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-11-30},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing},
abstract = {This volume presents a careful selection of fifteen articles presented at the SPCL meetings in Atlanta, Boston and Hawai'i in 2003 and 2004. The contributions reflect – from various perspectives and using different types of data – on the interplay between structure and variation in contact languages, both synchronically and diachronically. The contributors consider a wide range of languages, including Surinamese creoles, Chinook Jargon, Yiddish, AAVE, Haitian Creole, Afro-Hispanic and Afro-Portuguese varieties, Nigerian Pidgin, Sri Lankan Malay, Papiamentu, and Bahamian Creole English. A need to question and test existing claims regarding pidginization/creolization is evident in all contributions, and the authors provide analyses for a variety of grammatical structures: VO-ordering and affixation, agglutination, negation, TMAs, plural marking, the copula, and serial verb constructions. The volume provides ample evidence for the observation that pidgin/creole studies is today a mature subfield of linguistics which is making important contributions to general linguistic theory.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Fina2006,
title = {The Language of Belonging, Edited by Ulrike Hanna Meinhof and Dariusz Galasi?ski},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1111/j.1467-9841.2006.00302_7.x},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-11-01},
journal = {Journal of Sociolinguistics},
volume = {10},
number = {5},
pages = {698-702},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2006,
title = {Oceans Unbounded: Transversing Asia across “Area Studies”},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-11-01},
journal = {The Journal of Asian Studies},
volume = {65},
number = {4},
pages = {669 - 690},
abstract = {The Journal of Asian Studies (JAS) has played a defining role in the field of Asian studies for over 75 years. JAS publishes the very best empirical and multidisciplinary work on Asia, spanning the arts, history, literature, the social sciences, and cultural studies. Experts around the world turn to this quarterly journal for the latest in-depth scholarship on Asia's past and present, for its extensive book reviews, and for its state-of-the-field essays on established and emerging topics. With coverage reaching from South and Southeast Asia to China, Inner Asia, and Northeast Asia, JAS welcomes broad comparative and transnational studies as well as essays emanating from fine-grained historical, cultural, political, and literary research. The journal also publishes clusters of papers that present new and vibrant discussions on specific themes and issues.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2006b,
title = {Journalists' language awareness: inferences from writing strategies},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Maureen Ehrensberger-Dow},
doi = {10.14198 / raei.2006.19.18},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-11-01},
journal = {Alicante Magazine of English Studies},
abstract = {What journalists want to do is not always what they actually do as they sit at their computer workstations writing news based on source texts. This article focuses on journalists' writing behavior and their writing strategies in a sample of 17 case studies. Data was collected with progression analysis, a multi method approach combining ethnographic observation and interviews with computer logging and retrospective verbalizations. With this approach, it is possible to make inferences about the awareness journalists have of their language and their language use. The explorative findings show that there might be considerable differences between the professionally guided intentions of writers and their actions - a strong argument for multi-method approaches in production- oriented discourse analysis. Furthermore, the findings show clear differences between experienced and inexperienced journalists: the repertoires of the experienced journalists contain more writing strategies that are oriented to the management of the writing process and the design of the text function. Heightened language awareness may well be linked causally to writing success.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {Ian Roberts},
author = {Ian Roberts and Robert David Borsley and Louisa Sadler and David Willis},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2005.05.003},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-11-01},
urldate = {2006-11-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {116},
issue = {11},
pages = {1745–1749},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2006b,
title = {GENE LERNER (ed.), Conversation analysis: Studies from the first generation},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404506350348},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-11-01},
urldate = {2006-11-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {35},
issue = {05},
pages = {779 - 784},
abstract = {Gene Lerner (ed.), Conversation analysis: Studies from the first generation. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 2004. Pp. 300. Hb $138.00, Pb $65.95. Conversation analysis developed in the mid to late 1960s in a collaboration initially between Harvey Sacks and Emanuel Schegloff and, somewhat later, with the addition of Gail Jefferson. By the early 1970s, several students joined the group, by this point based at the University of California campuses at Irvine and Los Angeles, to form what Lerner calls “the first generation.” Conversation analysis has continued to grow, indeed has flourished, in the years since. Today conversation analysts are to be found not only in the United Stated, Canada, and the United Kingdom, but also Japan, Korea, Germany, Finland, the Netherlands, and many other countries. There are conversation analysts in departments of sociology, linguistics, anthropology, communication, and psychology, as well as in many modern language and applied programs. The widespread success of conversation analysis is largely attributable to three characteristics of its research program.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2006c,
title = {“I think that's not an assumption you ought to make”: Challenging presuppositions in inquiry testimony},
author = {Jack Sidnell and Susan Ehrlich},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404506060313},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-11-01},
urldate = {2006-11-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {35},
issue = {05},
pages = {655 - 676},
abstract = {This article examines data drawn from a 2001 Ontario (Canada) provincial inquiry into the deaths of seven people as a result of water contamination in a small Ontario town. The examination focuses on question-answer sequences in which the premier of Ontario, Michael Harris, attempted to resist lawyers' attempts to control and restrict his responses. In particular, on the basis of the data it is argued that the power of cross-examining lawyers does not reside solely in their ability to ask controlling and restrictive questions of witnesses, but rather is crucially dependent on their ability to compel witnesses to produce straightforward, or “type-conforming,” answers to these controlling and restrictive questions. The witness whose testimony is analyzed was not compelled to produce answers that logically conformed to the form of the lawyers' questions (i.e., “yes” or “no”) and, as a result, often usurped control over the topical agenda of the proceedings. In this sense, the present work builds on Eades's conclusion that “we cannot rely on question form to discover how witnesses are controlled.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Kirby2006,
title = {Intrusive vowels in Cruceno Spanish},
author = {James Kirby and Kathryn McGee and Cynthia D. Kilpatrick},
doi = {10.1121/1.4781579},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-11-01},
urldate = {2006-11-01},
journal = {The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America},
volume = {120},
issue = {5},
pages = {3373 },
abstract = {Intrusive vowels are short vowels appearing within consonant clusters that are not treated phonologically like full vowels. Though reported in many languages, few quantititative studies have examined these vowels. Here, an acoustic study of intrusive vowels in obstruent+tap clusters in the Spanish of Santa Cruz, Bolivia is reported. The results support earlier studies in that the intrusive vowel quality resembles that of the following nucleic vowel, rather than a neutral vowel, and intrusive vowels are significantly longer in clusters with voiced obstruents than in those with voiceless ones. However, results do not fully support all previous phonetic descriptions and related theoretical assumptions. In particular, a significant difference is not found in intrusive vowel length based on variables such as place of articulation of the obstruent, quality of the nucleic vowel, or placement of stress in relation to the cluster. In addition, where previous work finds no significance for position in the word, the present work finds that intrusive vowels are significantly longer in word‐medial clusters than in word‐initial clusters. The data further suggest that the articulation of obstruent+tap does not require an intrusive vowel, as has previously been claimed, as not all obstruent+tap clusters include an intrusive vowel.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pierson2006,
title = {An analysis of the relationship between language attitudes and English attainment of secondary students in Hong Kong},
author = {Herbert Pierson and Gail S. Fu and Sik-yum Lee},
doi = {10.1111/j.1467-1770.1980.tb00320.x},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-10-27},
urldate = {2006-10-27},
journal = {Language Learning},
volume = {30},
number = {2},
pages = {289 - 305},
abstract = {This study analyzes the relationship between English language attainment and attitudes towards English among Chinese-speaking (Canton dialect) secondary school students in Hong Kong. The subjects were Form IV (10th grade) students from both English-medium and Chinese-medium schools. Attitude measures were obtained by use of both direct and indirect means. Attitudes towards English were measured directly by means of a series of statements concerning the study and use of English to which subjects were asked to respond on five-point scales. Indirectly, attitudes were measured with a scale of stereotypes modelled on the work of Spolsky. English attainment was assessed by a cloze procedure as suggested by Oller. Results of factor analysis of the direct attitude questions regarding English show that several of these attitude factors are significantly related to English attainment as measured by the cloze test. In some cases, however, the correlations were contrary to the directions that one might expect. In general, the statistical results of this study indicate that, for the population under study, the direct measure of attitude was a better predictor of English attainment than an indirect measure. The indirect measures obtained by asking Ss to rate (1) themselves, (2) themselves as they would like to be, (3) Chinese people, and (4) Westerners did produce some significant results, but these were not as strong indicators of language attainment as the results obtained from the direct measures.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2006b,
title = {Aspect and argument realization: A study on antecedentless null objects in Greek},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Despina Papadopoulou},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2005.07.011},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-10-01},
urldate = {2006-10-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {116},
number = {10},
pages = {1595-1615},
abstract = {The aim of this study is to investigate the interaction between viewpoint aspect and argument realization. More specifically, we examine the correlation of +/−perfective verb forms in Greek and null objects with indefinite, non-specific interpretation. It is argued that although null objects are possible with both perfective and imperfective verbs, imperfective verbs favour object omission more than perfectives. We claim that this is due to two reasons: first, that there is a difference in the syntactic representation of overt direct objects with perfective and imperfective verbs, which is associated with the notion of economy in their respective derivations, i.e. Merge as opposed to Merge + Move; secondly, that perfective verbs show an interpretive difference at the LF interface depending on the overt versus null nature of the direct object, whereas imperfectives do not. The difference is related to the semantic notion of telicity. This prediction has been tested in an off-line sentence-completion task with two groups of native speakers of Greek, an adult and a child group. The data revealed that native speakers of Greek preferred to use overt DP objects with perfective verbs more than with imperfectives. This finding is interpreted as showing that Aspect is a functional feature with an effect on argument realization.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams2006,
title = {Book Review: The antiquity of nations},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1177/0309132506070207},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-10-01},
volume = {30},
number = {5},
pages = {706-708},
abstract = {Three decades on, Professor AD Smith has had occasion to revisit several of the principal issues discussed in his seminal volume Theories of nationalism (1971). Once again we are indebted to Anthony Smith, this time for gathering together a selection of his previously published studies from the 1980s and 90s concerned with the origin of nations. The antiquity of nations is a significant interpretation of the evolution of the concept of nationhood and its related sociopolitical expression in nationalism.
Smith’s opening chapter provides key conceptual guidelines, sets the intellectual context and provides an introduction to several influential paradigms such as primordialism, perennialism, and modernism. The author then analyses the critical differences between ethnie and nation, adding modifications to earlier definitions and formulations. },
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2006,
title = {Development of the thùuk passive marker in Thai},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
doi = {10.1075/tsl.68.09pra},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-09-20},
journal = {Typological Studies In Language},
volume = {68},
pages = {115-131},
abstract = {Based on an approximately four-million-word corpus of Thai and some other related languages covering a time span of seven centuries (from the end ofthe 13th century to the present time), this study shows that the present passive marker in Thai (thuuk-) has developed from a lexical word originally meaning ‘to touch’or ‘to hit on the point’. The development of this lexical word into the passive marker involves 8 stages: 1) lexical transitive verb thuuk ‘to touch, to hit on the point’> 2) lexical intransitive verb thuuk ‘to be suitable’> 3) lexical transitive verb thuuk ‘to suit’> 4) modal intransitive verb thuuk ‘must, have to, to be obliged to’> 5) modal intransitive verb thuuk ‘to be affected by’> 6) modal intransitive verb thuuk 4 adversative passive marker> 7) auxiliary verb thuuk 4 non-adversative passive marker)> 8) the prefix thuuk-, the true passive marker in Thai.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2006i,
title = {Tone and voice quality in TGTM (Tamang-an) languages},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Martine Mazaudon},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-09-15},
volume = {61},
number = {2-3},
pages = {147-171},
abstract = {The tones of the TGTM or Tamangan languages, involve both F0 and voice quality characteristics, as was reported in a number of studies from the 1970s. Two of the four tones (tones 3 and 4) were reported to be both breathy and low in most dialects of the group. For the present research (thirty years later), audio and electroglottographic data were collected from 5 speakers of the Risiangku Tamang dialect in their 30s or 40s. Voice quality was estimated by computing the glottal open quotient.  The preliminary results confirm that in the speech of three speakers (M2, M3, M5), tones 3 and 4 have a higher open quotient (which provides an indirect cue to the degree of breathiness) than tones 1 and 2. Surprisingly though, tone 3 is more clearly breathy than tone 4, especially for speaker M2. This result differs from what could be considered the opinion of native speakers as reflected in the way they transcribe their language when using the devanagari script : the « voiced aspirate » series is used to transcribe tone 4 words, and the plain voiced for tone 3. The difference in open quotient between the four tones for the other two speakers is negligible or inconsistent.   The study confirms the great variability of Tamang tones in terms of F0, as well as in terms of open quotient and supports an analysis of modern Tamang tones as possessing several correlates. It also offers an insight into ongoing change in the prosodic system of Tamang and other TGTM languages.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Essegbey2006,
title = {Elements of the grammar of space in Ewe},
author = {James Essegbey and Felix K. Ameka},
editor = {Stephen C. Levinson and David P. Wilkins},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511486753.011},
isbn = {9780521855839},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-09-14},
urldate = {2006-09-14},
journal = {Grammars of Space Explorations in Cognitive Diversity},
pages = {359 - 399},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Englund2006,
title = {Prisoners of Freedom: Human Rights and the African Poor},
author = {Harri Englund},
doi = {Prisoners of Freedom: Human Rights and the African Poor},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-09-12},
urldate = {2006-09-12},
journal = {Prisoners of Freedom: Human Rights and the African Poor},
abstract = {In this vivid ethnography, Harri Englund investigates how ideas of freedom impede struggles against poverty and injustice in emerging democracies. Reaching beyond a narrow focus on the national elite, Prisoners of Freedom shows how foreign aid and human rights activism hamper the pursuit of democratic citizenship in Africa. The book explores how activists aspirations of self-improvement, pursued under harsh economic conditions, find in the human rights discourse a new means to distinguish oneself from the poor masses. Among expatriates, the emphasis on abstract human rights avoids confrontations with the political and business elites. Drawing on long-term research among the Malawian poor, Englund brings to life the personal circumstances of Malawian human rights activists, their expatriate benefactors, and the urban and rural poor as he develops a fresh perspective on freedom-one that recognizes the significance of debt, obligation, and civil virtues.},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2006b,
title = {The flaming womb},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
isbn = {978-0824829557},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-07-31},
journal = {The Flaming Womb},
pages = {1-335},
abstract = {"The Princess of the Flaming Womb," the Javanese legend that introduces this pioneering study, symbolizes the many ambiguities attached to femaleness in Southeast Asian societies. Yet despite these ambiguities, the relatively egalitarian nature of male–female relations in Southeast Asia is central to arguments claiming a coherent identity for the region. This challenging work by senior scholar Barbara Watson Andaya considers such contradictions while offering a thought-provoking view of Southeast Asian history that focuses on women’s roles and perceptions. Andaya explores the broad themes of the early modern era (1500–1800)—the introduction of new religions, major economic shifts, changing patterns of state control, the impact of elite lifestyles and behaviors—drawing on an extraordinary range of sources and citing numerous examples from Thai, Vietnamese, Burmese, Philippine, and Malay societies. In the process, she provides a timely and innovative model for putting women back into world history. Andaya approaches the problematic issue of "Southeast Asia" by considering ways in which topography helped describe a geo-cultural zone and contributed to regional distinctiveness in gender construction. She examines the degree to which world religions have been instrumental in (re)constructing conceptions of gender— an issue especially pertinent to Southeast Asian societies because of the leading role so often played by women in indigenous ritual. She also considers the effects of the expansion of long-distance trade, the incorporation of the region into a global trading network, the beginnings of cash-cropping and wage labor, and the increase in slavery on the position of women. Erudite, nuanced, and accessible, The Flaming Womb makes a major contribution to a Southeast Asia history that is both regional and global in content and perspective.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@proceedings{Bodomo2006,
title = {Selected Proceedings of the 35th Annual Conference on African Linguistics: African Languages and Linguistics in Broad Perspectives},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
editor = {John Mugane and John P. Hutchison and Dee A. Worman},
isbn = {978-1-57473-410-2 },
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-07-01},
booktitle = {The Structure of Ideophones in African and Asian Languages: The case of Dagaare and Cantonese},
pages = {203 - 213},
publisher = {library binding},
address = {35th Annual Conference on African Linguistics: African Languages and Linguistics in Broad Perspectives},
abstract = {Words and how they are categorized into classes constitute a fundamental aspect of knowledge about the structure of language. Indeed, when children learn the words of their first language they learn and develop three basic types of information within their mental lexicon: categorial information e.g. meet, verb; subcategorial information, e.g. meet, verb, transitive, and thematic grid: semantic roles e.g. kick <Agent, Patient>. Such information constitutes important information for modeling the grammar of the language in question and the architecture of grammar as a whole. This means therefore that developing clearly definable categories for all words of a language is an important endeavour in syntactic analysis. This is because words of a particular category or subcategory tend to have their own peculiar grammar. In Dagaare, for instance, there are separate rules and constraints governing nominal and verbal tonologies. However, it is often difficult to pin down the words of a language into neatly groomed word classes. And certainly not all word classes are existent in all languages, nor are their relative occurrences the same from language to language. The class of words called variously ideophones, expressives, etc. are a case in point. While a lot has been written about ideophones in some language groups, not much has been written about this group of words in some other language groups. The term is quite prevalent in African linguistics but not so common in Asian linguistics, at least not in Chinese linguistics. Ideophones should form a relatively concrete point of reference in a comparative study involving African and Asian languages. Indeed, there have been calls for exactly such a study (Watson 2001). In this paper we aim to address a number of issues, as outlined below, surrounding the term/concept of ideophones with data from Dagaare, a Gur language of West Africa and Cantonese, a Yue dialect of Chinese. Examples are sometimes drawn from other African and Asian languages towards an understanding of this group of words. (i) What are the properties of an ideophone/what makes a word qualify as an ideophone? In other words, are there peculiar phonology, morphological, syntactic, semantic and pragmatic features for ideophones? (ii) Do Dagaare and Cantonese/Chinese have ideophones? Are there different types of ideophones in each of these languages? (iii) If there are ideophones in Dagaare/African languages and in Chinese/Asian languages, are there any similarities between ideophones in these two groups of languages? Any systematic differences? Do the ideophones within each language and across languages belong to the same word class or are they in different word classes? (iv) What can the study of ideophones in African and Asian languages tell us about the universality of word classes? Are ideophones important for formal linguistic studies? (v) What do ideophones tell us about the link between language, literature, and culture? Towards responding to some or all of these questions/issues, some candidate data in Dagaare and Cantonese are presented and discussed in sections 3 and 4 respectively. We claim that both sets of data pass as ideophones. Section 5 concludes the paper with a brief comparison of Dagaare and Cantonese ideophones.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {proceedings}
}
@article{Pauwels2006bb,
title = {Language maintenance in friendships: second-generation German, Greek, and Vietnamese migrants},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Jo Winter},
doi = {10.1515/IJSL.2006.044},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-07-01},
journal = {International Journal of the Sociology of Language},
volume = {2006},
number = {180},
pages = {123-139},
abstract = {Our contribution explores the language maintenance (LM) patterns of children of migrants (second-generation) to Australia from three ethnolinguistic groups - German, Greek, and Vietnamese - in their same-age peer friendships. Focusing on the affective social relationship of "friendship" imagined as a dynamic fluid site of independence and a locale for identity formation, we scrutinize it as a pressure point for LM. The macro survey trends indicate that languages other than English (LOTE) are used in the friendship domain but with differing participations. Follow-up in-depth interviews reveal subtleties and complexities for LM practices. Co-presence of bilingual others in friendships proves to be a minimum but not sufficient condition for LM, particularly for German men and Greek women. Hyphenated belongings - for example, Vietnamese-, Greek-, German-Australians - construct varying LM alignments that reflect shared histories and authenticities (the migration experience) and the localizing of settlement (Australia).},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Chiaro2006b,
title = {Verbally Expressed Humour on Screen: Reflections on Translation and Reception},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-07-01},
journal = {The Journal of Specialised Translation},
volume = {6},
pages = {198-208},
abstract = {As is well known, the translation of Verbally Expressed Humour (VEH) is an especially thorny issue both practically and theoretically. This paper sets out to discuss the sphere of VEH on screen and how it is received by audiences who are exposed to instances which are mediated linguistically by means of dubbing. 1. Humour and Screen Translation The results of an interview survey carried out in 120 companies involved in the Italian dubbing industry and based in Rome and Milan shows that operators unanimously consider Verbally Expressed Humour (VEH) the most challenging factor in producing good quality translations for the screen (Benincà, 1999: 58-59 and 83-86). This of course fits in perfectly with the wider issue of humour and translation which has traditionally been considered to be a problematic area both from the perspective of its practical translation, in the sense that VEH is notoriously difficult to translate, and from a theoretical point of view owing to the fact that it is at odds with the very tenets of translation theory, the concepts of equivalence and translatability (Vandaele, 2002; Chiaro, 2005). However, no matter how complex issues concerning the translation of written and spoken instances of VEH may be, they are relatively simple when compared to the intricacy of having to translate them when they occur within a text created to be performed on screen. Films are multifaceted semiotic entities simultaneously communicating verbal signs acoustically (dialogue, song lyrics, etc.), visually (written texts, such as letters, newspaper headlines, banners, etc.), non-verbally but acoustically (music, background noises, etc.), and non-verbally but visually (actor's movements, facial expressions, setting, etc.). Yet, the translator's intervention is limited to only one of these aspects, i.e. the dialogue, leaving all the other features unchanged.},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2006d,
title = {Coordinating Gesture, Talk, and Gaze in Reenactments},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1207/s15327973rlsi3904_2},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-07-01},
urldate = {2006-07-01},
journal = {Research on Language and Social Interaction},
volume = {39},
issue = {4},
pages = {377-409},
abstract = {In this article, I examine the coordination of talk, gaze, and gesture in the production of reenactments in conversation. Reenactments involve re-presentations or depictions and are thus distinct from tellings, which are primarily descriptive. A basic question I address concerns how recipients are able to parse a larger telling into those parts of it that narrate or tell about the events being described and those that reenact them. Analysis of several instances suggests that speaker gaze plays a crucial role in this respect. I discuss the relation between reenactments and direct quotation (Holt, 2000) and demonstration (Clark & Gerrig, 1990) as well as the significance of the analysis for current understanding of multimodality in interaction.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2006,
title = {Honorific Resources for the Construction of Hierarchy in Samoan and Pohnpeian},
author = {Elizabeth Keating and Alessandro Duranti},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-06-02},
journal = {The Journal of Polynesian Society},
volume = {115},
number = {2},
pages = {145-172},
publisher = {The Polynesian Society},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2006b,
title = {Book Review: From Words to Numbers. Narrative, Data, and Social Science},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1177/146144560600800309},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-06-01},
journal = {Discourse Studies },
volume = {8},
number = {3},
pages = {470-472},
abstract = {In spite of the various questions and areas of clarification identified within this review, I believe each of these books to represent a valuable introduction to the study of discourse, approached, of course, very differently. Both provide a patient, coherent overview of this concept’s relevance to those encountering it for the first time, eschewing esoteric argument without neglecting the complexities of their subject matter. The temptation to explain the differences of emphasis within the discourse analysis/discourse theory dichotomy should, however, be avoided in my opinion. Not only is this typology itself reductive and misleading, but its employment also serves to conceal potential areas of dialogue or debate between the two books and their counterparts.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2006bb,
title = {I Am My Language: Discourses of Women and Children in the Borderlands},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1525/jlin.2006.16.1.141},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {16},
number = {1},
abstract = {In this volume Norma González sets out to study child socialization practices by Mexican-origin families in Tucson, Arizona. However, the author covers a much wider array of themes. The book not only presents an analysis of family interaction data, but also a theoretical and methodological reflection on culture, language and power, bilingualism, and research on minority groups.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vaux2006,
title = {Ioana Chitoran (2002). The phonology of Romanian: a constraint-based approach},
author = {Bert Vaux},
doi = {10.1017/S0952675706210820},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-05-01},
urldate = {2006-05-01},
journal = {Phonology},
volume = {23},
number = {1},
pages = {105 - 113},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim2006,
title = {It costs too much to leave 40% of the population in a situation of subservience},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-05-01},
urldate = {2006-05-01},
journal = {Punto.edu},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Michaud2006t,
title = {Prosodic Constituents in French},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Jacqueline Vaissiere},
url = {https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-00130794},
doi = {10.1075/ubli.3.05vai},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-04-19},
pages = {47-64},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
abstract = {This  paper aims (i) to summarise essential facts about the syntactic prosodyof French as seen within  the broader picture of French prosody, (ii) to provide a cross-linguistic perspective, by bringing out characteristics which sharply distinguish French from English, and drawing their implications for the thorny issue of cross-linguistic prosodic description, which arguably holds the key to substantial progress  in our understanding of prosody. The essentials of a superpositionalmodel of intonation for French are briefly set out.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Tsimpli2006c,
title = {Classifier learning and modality in a polyglot savant},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Gary Morgan and Neil Smith and Bencie Woll},
doi = {10.1016/j.lingua.2006.01.005},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-04-06},
urldate = {2006-04-06},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {117},
number = {7},
abstract = {Christopher (C) is a mildly autistic, severely apraxic, savant who learns languages with surprising ease. Surprising because outside language-learning he has severe difficulties in 'non-verbal' cognitive domains, particularly where his visuo-spatial abilities are involved. C's unique language learning skill has been reported on in several previous studies, but his verbal abilities have previously been measured mainly in his learning of different spoken and written languages, that is in the modality of oral language. In earlier work we have also described some aspects of C's learning of British Sign Language (BSL), a language produced and perceived in the visual modality. The present investigation gives further details of C's learning of BSL, by focusing on his use of sign language classifiers, and compares his uneven learning with that of a group of university language honours students. Specifically, although after exposure to an introduction to sign language course, C performed within normal limits on a variety of BSL constructions, he had significant difficulty with the production and comprehension of classifiers, a category that crucially involves the interaction of grammatical and spatial cognition. Here we present two new sets of results of tests of C's understanding and use of classifiers: his comprehension of sentences with differing degrees of spatial and grammatical encoding, and his performance on a placement task involving classifiers. In the first task C's poor performance was worst on those sentences with the most complex demands on spatial cognition. In the task placing objects on a table C performed well with real object placement but could not use the classifier system to represent object placement in sign space. Performance on these tasks as well as C's uneven profile of BSL acquisition is interpreted within an established model of the mind but with modifications to accommodate the interface between language processing and non-verbal, visuo-spatial cognition.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Keating2006d,
title = {What is Nanotechnology: New Properties of Words as Territories in a Cross-Disciplinary, Cross Border Flow},
author = {Elizabeth Keating and Leslie Jarmon},
doi = {10.17730/praa.28.2.7730711710867t83},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-04-01},
urldate = {2006-04-01},
journal = {Practicing Anthropology},
volume = {28},
number = {2},
pages = {6-10},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Bodomo2006b,
title = {Interactivity in Web-Based Learning},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.4018/jwltt.2006040102},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-04-01},
journal = {International Journal of Web-Based Learning and Teaching Technologies},
volume = {1},
number = {2},
pages = {18-30},
abstract = {This article discusses one of the main features of ICT—interactivity. Drawing from many years of Web-based course design and delivery at the University of Hong Kong, it is argued that enhanced interactivity is the single most important reason why teachers should practice Web-based teaching. The notion of conversational learning community (CLC) as a kind of constructivist learning environment is introduced. It is shown that instructional interactivity, defined as active communication in a conversational learning community between instructor(s), learners, course materials, and links to remote experts and resources, is a central aspect of the learning situation. A practical implementation of the CLC model is presented through describing the interactive features of a Web-based course using WebCT. It is concluded that Web-based teaching actually enhances interactivity both within and beyond the classroom setting.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels2006,
title = {Gender inclusivity or ‘grammar rules OK’? Linguistic prescriptivism vs linguistic discrimination in the classroom},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Joanne Winter},
doi = {10.1080/09500780608668717},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-03-15},
journal = {Language and Education},
volume = {20},
number = {2},
pages = {128-140},
abstract = {This paper explores the potential conflict classroom teachers face in their dual roles as "guardians of grammar" and as "agents of social language reform" with reference to third person singular generic pronouns in English. We investigate to what extent teachers (primary, secondary and tertiary) experience tensions between these roles in relation to their own and students' use of generic pronouns, and if they do, how they resolve the issue. Drawing upon survey and interview data from Australian classroom teachers we find substantial adoption of gender-inclusive alternatives to generic he with a clear preference for and tolerance of singular they in their own and their students' writing. Remnants of social gender and the use of generic he and generic she are found for the antecedents real estate agent and teacher respectively. Younger teachers are by and large unaware of grammatical prescriptivism arguments while all teachers have awareness of the need to address and reform linguistic discrimination. Female educators lead the way as "agents of change" and intervene in students' writing to promote the avoidance of gender-exclusive generic he.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2006,
title = {‘I Like the Americans… But I Certainly Don't Aim for an American Accent’: Language Attitudes, Vitality and Foreign Language Learning in Denmark},
author = {Hans Ladegaard and Itesh Sachdev},
doi = {10.1080/01434630608668542},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-03-15},
urldate = {2006-03-15},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {27},
number = {2},
pages = {91-108},
abstract = {The power and status of America in the world today are undeniable. This paper presents some empirical data about the attitudes and perceptions Danish learners of EFL have about British and American English. Ninety-six EFL learners participated in a verbal-guise experiment that involved rating different accents of English: American, Australian, Received Pronunciation (RP), Scottish and Cockney. Dependent measures on dimensions of status, solidarity and attractiveness of the language were obtained together with measures assessing the perceived attractiveness of American and British culture. Additionally, behavioural measures about specific features of American and British English in learners' productions were also obtained. The results show that even though the vitality of American culture is acknowledged, the participants still demonstrate a preference for RP on important dimensions, and have no desire to adopt an American accent. The results are discussed with reference to vitality theory and the stereotypes Danish learners have about people from Britain and America.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2006bb,
title = {A new vision for Israeli Hebrew},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1080/14725880500511175},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Modern Jewish Studies},
volume = {5},
number = {1},
pages = {57-71},
abstract = {A language is an abstract ensemble of idiolects – as well as sociolects, dialects and so on – rather than an entity per se. It is more like a species than an organism. Still, the genetic classification of Israeli Hebrew as a consistent entity has preoccupied linguists since the language emerged about 120 years ago. As a consequence, Israeli Hebrew affords insights into the politics and evolution not only of language, but also of linguistics. The author of this article maintains that the language spoken in Israel today is a semi‐engineered Semito‐European hybrid language. Whatever one chooses to call it, one should acknowledge, and celebrate, its complexity.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2006bb,
title = {A new vision for Israeli Hebrew: Theoretical and practical implications of analyzing Israel's main language as a semi-engineered Semito-European hybrid language},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Modern Jewish Studies},
volume = {5},
number = {1},
pages = {57-71},
abstract = {A language is an abstract ensemble of idiolects - as well as sociolects, dialects and so on - rather than an entity per se. It is more like a species than an organism. Still, the genetic classification of Israeli Hebrew as a consistent entity has preoccupied linguists since the language emerged about 120 years ago. As a consequence, Israeli Hebrew affords insights into the politics and evolution not only of language, but also of linguistics. The author of this article maintains that the language spoken in Israel today is a semi-engineered Semito-European hybrid language. Whatever one chooses to call it, one should acknowledge, and celebrate, its complexity.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bhatia2006,
title = {Critical discourse analysis of political press conferences},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
doi = {10.1177/0957926506058057},
isbn = {0957-9265},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-03-01},
journal = {Discourse and Society},
volume = {17},
number = {2},
pages = {173-203},
abstract = {This study of political press conferences allows a closer look at diplomatic talk to communicate political differences in a positive way to smooth out socio-political and ideological discrepancies that often divide prominent political figures. Taking a critical discourse analysis (CDA) perspective, this article analyses textual data from press conferences involving the former Chinese President Jiang Zemin and the US President George W. Bush, who come from different ideological backgrounds, also sharing differences in other dimensions such as age, experience, economic status, socio-political influence and political objectives. The findings reveal three major themes: positivity for the reinforcement of mutual trust, respect and progress; influence and power for subtle persuasion; and evasion to hedge or avoid responses to probing and inconvenient questions from the media.},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels2006b,
title = {Men staying at home looking after their children: Feminist linguistic reform and social change},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Jo Winter},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1473-4192.2006.00104.x},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-03-01},
journal = {International Journal of Applied Linguistics},
volume = {16},
number = {1},
pages = {16-36},
abstract = {The (mis)representation and stereotyping of gendered identities remain central concerns for applied linguistics and feminist linguistic reformers despite the history, since the 1970s, of promoting gender‐fair or gender‐inclusive language reform. To date, the primary focus has been the reform of linguistic discrimination against women. Here we examine the ‘naming’ of men who have entered the ‘occupation’– primary childcare provision – traditionally exclusively reserved for women. Drawing upon on‐line survey and media data, we investigate the extent to which principles of feminist linguistic reform, equality, and inclusivity are evident in the labelling of, and media discourses about, these men. Regional variation in Englishes together with discourses of masculinity impact upon the implementation of linguistic reform.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2006bb,
title = {Peter Ladefoged. Phonetic data analysis: An introduction to fieldwork and instrumental techniques. Malden, MA: Blackwell. 2003. Pp. xi + 196. $US34.95 (softcover).},
author = {Bruce Connell},
doi = {10.1017/S0008413100003832},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-03-01},
journal = {Canadian Journal of Linguistics/Revue canadienne de linguistique},
volume = {51},
number = {1},
pages = {53-56},
abstract = {Describing how people talk requires recording and analyzing phonetic data. This is true for researchers investigating the variant pronunciations of street names in Los Angeles, missionaries translating the Bible into a little-known tongue, and scholars obtaining data from a carefully controlled group in a laboratory experiment. Phonetic Data Analysis examines the procedures involved in describing the sounds of a language and illustrates the basic techniques of experimental phonetics, most of them requiring little more than a tape recorder, a video camera, and a computer. This book enables readers to work with a speaker in a classroom setting or to go out into the field and make their own discoveries about how the sounds of a language are made. Peter Ladefoged, one of the world's leading phoneticians, introduces the experimental phonetic techniques for describing the major phonetic characteristics of any language. Throughout the book there are also comments, written in a more anecdotal fashion, on Ladefoged's own fieldwork.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2006bb,
title = {Phonetic Data Analysis: An Introduction to Fieldwork and Instrumental Techniques (review)},
author = {Bruce Connell},
doi = {10.1353/cjl.2007.0017},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-03-01},
journal = {The Canadian Journal of Linguistics / La revue canadienne de linguistique },
volume = {51},
number = {1},
pages = {53-56},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2006e,
title = {The Acquisition of Voice and Transitivity Alternations in Greek as Native and Second Language},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Ianthi Maria},
doi = {10.1075/lald.39.03tsi},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-02-15},
urldate = {2006-02-15},
journal = {Paths of Development in L1 and L2 Acquisition},
pages = {15-55},
abstract = {This paper investigates the acquisition of Greek voice morphology in relation to transitivity alternations.‘Non—active’voice morphology is found in reflexive, anti—causative and passive structures. The role of the non—active morpheme is to ‘check’a thematic feature of the verb, internal or external. Developmentally, the study addresses hypotheses proposed for the acquisition of transitivity alternations (Borer 8: Wexler 1987; Borer 2004), based on comprehension and production data from Greek L1, as well as L1 Turkish speakers with Greek L2. Results show that L1 and L2 learners can ‘read’non—active morphology as passive or reflexive, indicating that it is syntactically computed. The differences between learners and native controls concern use of non—syntactic constraints on an otherwise target—like grammatical system (Borer 2004).},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks2006,
title = {Static and dynamic location in French and in English},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Maya Hickmann},
doi = {10.1177/0142723706060743},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-02-01},
journal = {First Language},
volume = {26},
issue = {1},
pages = {103-135},
abstract = {Available research (Bowerman & Choi, 2003; Slobin, 1996) shows crosslinguistic differences in how children talk about space, suggesting the impact of languagespecific factors on language acquisition. This study compares the productions of French children aged 3, 4 and 5 years (N = 60) with those of French and English adults (N = 40) in two tasks that required them to locate objects and to describe object displacements. French adults frequently rely on verbs and focus on manner of attachment, whereas English adults frequently rely on satellites and focus on posture or manner of displacement. French children show few age differences between 3 and 5 years, generally following the French pattern from 3 years on, although they also differ from both groups of adults in some respects, showing developmental changes (overgeneralizations in prepositional use, expansion of the verbal lexicon). The discussion highlights the impact of language-specific determinants of acquisition in relation to the typological properties of French and English as verb-framed vs. satellite-framed languages. It is argued that languages invite speakers to rely on different linguistic means (information locus) and to pay attention to different types of information (information focus), thereby inducing different ways of organizing underlying spatial categories.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Williams2006b,
title = {Threatened Environments, Atrophying Cultures, Lacklustre Policies},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1007/1-4020-3814-3_10},
isbn = {978-1-4020-3813-6},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-27},
pages = {153-166},
publisher = {Springer, Dordrecht},
abstract = {accompanied by additional considerations related to the survival of endangered peoples and cultures, to the overt discrimination against specific groups within multicultural societies and to the relative powerlessness of sections within society. Typically, such matters involve issues of native rights, land despoliation and pollution, sustainable development, neo-colonialism and globalisation, with the environment being very differently presented and represented by the various parties involved. The most extreme and urgent cases of concern are located in regions of Latin America, Central Africa, South-East Asia and Australasia, where evidence of global warming and the depletion of biodiversity have led to calls for global governance and the assertion of a trans-national liability for environmental damage. However, the increased recognition that the cultural-environmental nexus is a global continuum has led to a greater consciousness that similar if less disastrous cases of degradation and harm are also found in the more mature industrial societies. In these, evidence of environmental despoliation, cultural attrition and denial of group rights bespeak a common global condition. Both the United Kingdom and Canada provide examples comparable with those found in countries of the less developed world. The similarities extend further in the way that the relationship between specific dependent regions and the central state apparatus influences what is possible and determines the differentiated treatment of citizens within their respective territories. There is usually an integral relationship between the local cultural and natural environment within which a minority culture group is embedded within the wider state. The attitudes, perceptions and values of such a minority group will be fundamentally different to those of the majority with dominance over the wider state area. A wide variety of interests will be evident on both sides, each wishing to present.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@misc{Duranti2006b,
title = {Review of Richard Bauman A World of Others’ Words: Cross-Cultural Perspectives on Intertextuality},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = {American Anthropologist},
volume = {108},
pages = {403-404},
publisher = {Wiley on behalf of the American Anthropological Association},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Bodomo2006c,
title = {A Unicode Keyboard for African Languages: The Case of Dagaare and Twi},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Charles O Marfo and Andrew Cunningham and Sally Y. K. Mok},
doi = {10.4018/jthi.2006010101},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = {International Journal of Technology and Human Interaction (IJTHI)},
volume = {2},
number = {1},
pages = {1 - 20},
abstract = {Writing technology is a central issue for Human Language Technology (HLT) both in terms of theory and actual implementation. Two issues that neatly divide theory and practical implementation are what and how to represent. What to represent takes us into the realm of linguistic analysis. Once the question of what to represent is answered reasonably well, the question of how to represent has to be addressed. This is where computer technology comes in. Challenging issues that have to be addressed in alphabetic writing systems are how to felicitously represent difficult graphemes and other diacritics. These issues are discussed with reference to two African languages — Dagaare and Twi. After reviewing works for the development of orthography for these languages (Bodomo, 1997, 2000; GLASC, 1990; Hartell, 1993), we propose a set of Unicode graphemes for Dagaare and Twi, respectively, based on a discussion of the phonemic systems of the languages. We then indicate how these conceptualized Unicode graphemes that we have proposed can be developed practically into a real keyboard system for the two languages.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Sitaridou2006,
title = {The (dis)association of Tense, phi-features EPP and nominative Case Case studies from Romance and Greek},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
editor = {J. Costa and M. C. Figueiredo Silva},
doi = {10.1075/la.86.12sit},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
pages = {243-260},
publisher = {Studies on Agreement},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Michaud2006b,
title = {Replicating in Naxi (Tibeto-Burman) an experiment designed for Yorùbá: An approach to 'prominence-sensitive prosody'vs.'calculated prosody'},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
url = {https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-00130341},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = {Technische Universit Darmstadt Press},
pages = {819-822},
abstract = {The starting-point of this study is the hypothesis (suggested by an overview of typologically varied languages) that it may be useful to characterise prosodic systems in terms of the degree to which they rely on the calculation of tone sequences. Each language could be placed at a certain position along a typological continuum between two types of prosodic organisation: (i) 'calculated prosody', in languages such as Yorùbá (in which tone serves complex morphophonological functions), whose prosodic structure hinges on the calculation of a tone sequence, by categorical processes such as the association of lexical tones and/or boundary tones, reassociation/'tone floating', and downstep; and (ii) 'prominence-sensitive prosody', typologically more common, found in languages such as Chinese, which have fewer elements of categorical tonal calculation, and in which intonation appears to reflect phrasing and informational structure in a largely noncategorical way. In an effort to test (and refine) this hypothesis, an experiment used for Yorùbá [8, 9] is adapted to Naxi, a Sino-Tibetan language which, like Yorùbá, has three lexical tones (High, Mid and Low), but which is hypothesised to be closer to the 'prominence-sensitive prosody' type, whereas Yorùbá would be closer to the 'calculated prosody' type. This pilot study on sentences in which all syllables bear the same tone does bring out differences between the two languages in terms of phenomena of phrasing and of prominence.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2006c,
title = {Three extreme cases of neutralisation: Nasality, retroflexion and lip-rounding in Naxi},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
url = {https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-00130120},
doi = {10.3406/clao.2006.1746},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = {Cahiers de linguistique - Asie orientale},
volume = {35},
number = {1},
pages = {23-55},
abstract = {New data on dialects of Naxi (a Sino-Tibetan language) allow for some progress in the analysis of their phonemic system. The present analyses bear on three contrasts: (i) between oral and nasal rhymes; (ii) between retroflex and non-retroflex coronal initials; and (iii) between syllables with and without lip-rounding. From a strictly synchronic point of view, these phenomena constitute extreme instances of neutralisation; from a diachronic point of view, their analysis provides some landmarks for reconstruction.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2006d,
title = {Aerodynamic effects of velum movement: the case of nasal vowels in French},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Angelique Amelot},
url = {https://halshs.archives-ouvertes.fr/halshs-00137628},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = {INRIA},
pages = {247-250},
abstract = {Hitherto unpublished data on oral airflow, nasal airflow and velum movement during logatoms read by two French speakers allow for the investigation of the relationships between these three phenomena. There is no straightforward relationship between velar movements and nasal airflow, the latter depending on the relative impedance of both tracts, reflected in the ratio of nasal airflow to oral airflow. The structure of the 168 logatoms is C 1 V 1 C 1 V t C 1 V 1, where C 1 = / t /, / d /, of these consonantal and vocalic contexts on airflow and velum movement. In particular, a hypothesis is put forward concerning the frequent dip below zero of nasal airflow after stop consonants, and its effect on oral airflow.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Michaud2006e,
title = {Prosodic constituents in French: a data-driven approach},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Jacqueline Vaissiere},
url = {https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-00130794},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1075/ubli.3.05vai},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
abstract = {This paper aims (i) to summarise essential facts about the syntactic prosody of French as seen within the broader picture of French prosody, (ii) to provide a cross-linguistic perspective, by bringing out characteristics which sharply distinguish French from English, and drawing their implications for the thorny issue of cross-linguistic prosodic description, which arguably holds the key to substantial progress in our understanding of prosody. The essentials of a superpositional model of intonation for French are briefly set out.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Michaud2006f,
title = {Syllabe inventory of a Western Naxi dialect, and correspondence with Joseph F. Rock's transcriptions},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Boyd Michailovsky},
doi = {10.3406/clao.2006.1745},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = {Linguistic notebooks - East Asia},
volume = {35},
number = {1},
pages = {3-21},
abstract = {Naxi is a Sino-Tibetan language close to the Burmese-Yi subgroup; its precise genetic affiliation is still a matter of debate. After a short review of some earlier publications on Naxi, this paper offers new data (the syllabic inventory of a Western Naxi dialect, based on first-hand fieldwork), and a guide to an older resource: the correspondences between our transcriptions and the script invented by the 'botanist-explorer' Joseph F. Rock are set out, offering a practical tool for deciphering the somewhat perplexing, idiosyncratic romanised transcription used in his Na-Khi—English Encyclopedic Dictionary, a book of historical importance in Naxi studies.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2006g,
title = {Nasal release, nasal finals and tonal contrasts in Hanoi Vietnamese: An aerodynamic experiment},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Tuân Vu-Ngoc and Angelique Amelot and Bernard Roubeau},
url = {https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-00138758},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = {Mon-Khmer Studies},
volume = {36},
pages = {121-137},
abstract = {The present research addresses three issues in the phonetics of Hanoi Vietnamese: (i) What are the airflow characteristics of the obstruent-final rhymes? (ii) Rhymes with final nasal consonants /m/, /n/, /ŋ/ show no acoustic trace of the final nasal segment when they carry tone B2 (orthographic tone nặng); does the nasal airflow on these rhymes differ significantly from what is observed on obstruent-final rhymes (which, from a phonological point of view, do not have any nasal segment)? (iii) How often are nasal-final, glottally constricted rhymes followed by a nasal release, and is this release similar to the nasal release which has been reported for rhymes with final obstruents /p/, /t/, /k/? Nasal airflow measurements of 391 syllables read by one speaker (and supporting data from two other speakers) go to show that nasal airflow does not distinguish successfully between nasal-final rhymes carrying tone B2 and obstruent-final rhymes, and that unvoiced nasal release is more frequent after obstruents /p/, /t/, /k/ than after B2-tone rhymes ending in nasals. By contrast, simultaneously recorded oral airflow brings out a clear difference between these two sets of rhymes, confirming that voice quality plays a key role in maintaining the distinction between these rhymes, which are similar from the point of view of oral articulation.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Michaud2006h,
title = {Prosodic Constituents in French},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Jacqueline Vaissiere},
url = {https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-00130794},
doi = {10.1075/ubli.3.05vai},
issn = {1872-2091},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
pages = {47-64},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
abstract = { This paper aims (i) to summarise essential facts about the syntactic prosody of French as seen within the broader picture of French prosody, (ii) to provide a cross-linguistic perspective, by bringing out characteristics which sharply distinguish French from English, and drawing their implications for the thorny issue of cross-linguistic prosodic description, which arguably holds the key to substantial progress in our understanding of prosody. The essentials of a superpositional model of intonation for French are briefly set out.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Michaud2006j,
title = {La courbe de F0 des sonantes initiales de syllabe joue-t-elle un rôle prosodique ? Etude-pilote de données d'anglais britannique},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Barbara Kühnert},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = {INRIA},
pages = {121-124},
abstract = {Several recent publications raise the issue whether the F0 curve of syllable-initial sonorants can play a prosodic role. The experimental evidence adduced in the present pilot study consists of 15 C1VC2 words, where C 1 = /p/, /b/ or /m/, V = /ɑ:/, /i:/, /u:/, and C2 = /t/; these words were said twice inside a carrier sentence by four speakers of Standard Southern British English. Comparison of the F0 curves of the /m/-initial syllables with those of the obstruent-initial syllables suggests that only the part of the F0 curve which corresponds to the syllable rhyme is to be taken into account at the stage of the interpretation of the word's prosodic information.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2006k,
title = {Nasal release, nasal finals and tonal contrasts in Hanoi Vietnamese: An aerodynamic experiment},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Tuấn VŨ NGỌC and Angélique Amelot and Bernard Roubeau},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = {Mon-Khmer Studies: A Journal of Southeast Asian Languages and Cultures},
volume = {36},
pages = {121-137},
abstract = {The present research addresses three issues in the phonetics of Hanoi Vietnamese: (i) What are the airflow characteristics of the obstruent-final rhymes? (ii) Rhymes with final nasal consonants /m/, /n/, /ŋ/ show no acoustic trace of the final nasal segment when they carry tone B2 (orthographic tone nặng); does the nasal airflow on these rhymes differ significantly from what is observed on obstruent-final rhymes (which, from a phonological point of view, do not have any nasal segment)? (iii) How often are nasal-final, glottally constricted rhymes followed by a nasal release, and is this release similar to the nasal release which has been reported for rhymes with final obstruents /p/, /t/, /k/? Nasal airflow measurements of 391 syllables read by one speaker (and supporting data from two other speakers) go to show that nasal airflow does not distinguish successfully between nasal-final rhymes carrying tone B2 and obstruent-final rhymes, and that unvoiced nasal release is more frequent after obstruents /p/, /t/, /k/ than after B2-tone rhymes ending in nasals. By contrast, simultaneously recorded oral airflow brings out a clear difference between these two sets of rhymes, confirming that voice quality plays a key role in maintaining the distinction between these rhymes, which are similar from the point of view of oral articulation.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2006m,
title = {Replicating in Naxi (Tibeto-Burman) an experiment designed for Yorùbá: An approach to ‘prominence-sensitive prosody' vs.‘calculated prosody'},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = {Technische Universit Darmstadt Press},
pages = {819-822},
abstract = {The starting-point of this study is the hypothesis (suggested by an overview of typologically varied languages) that it may be useful to characterise prosodic systems in terms of the degree to which they rely on the calculation of tone sequences. Each language could be placed at a certain position along a typological continuum between two types of prosodic organisation: (i) 'calculated prosody', in languages such as Yorùbá (in which tone serves complex morphophonological functions), whose prosodic structure hinges on the calculation of a tone sequence, by categorical processes such as the association of lexical tones and/or boundary tones, reassociation/'tone floating', and downstep; and (ii) 'prominence-sensitive prosody', typologically more common, found in languages such as Chinese, which have fewer elements of categorical tonal calculation, and in which intonation appears to reflect phrasing and informational structure in a largely noncategorical way. In an effort to test (and refine) this hypothesis, an experiment used for Yorùbá [8, 9] is adapted to Naxi, a Sino-Tibetan language which, like Yorùbá, has three lexical tones (High, Mid and Low), but which is hypothesised to be closer to the 'prominence-sensitive prosody' type, whereas Yorùbá would be closer to the 'calculated prosody' type. This pilot study on sentences in which all syllables bear the same tone does bring out differences between the two languages in terms of phenomena of phrasing and of prominence.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2006n,
title = {Three extreme cases of neutralisation: Nasality, retroflexion and lip-rounding in Naxi},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
doi = {10.3406/clao.2006.1746},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = {Linguistics-East Asia Notebooks},
volume = {35},
number = {1},
pages = {23-55},
abstract = {New data on dialects of Naxi (a Sino-Tibetan language) allow for some progress in the analysis of their phonemic system. The present analyses bear on three contrasts: (i) between oral and nasal rhymes; (ii) between retroflex and non-retroflex coronal initials; and (iii) between syllables with and without lip-rounding. From a strictly synchronic point of view, these phenomena constitute extreme instances of neutralisation; from a diachronic point of view, their analysis provides some landmarks for reconstruction.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2006o,
title = {Aerodynamic effects of velum movement: the case of nasal vowels in French},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Angelique Amelot},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = {INRIA},
pages = {247-250},
abstract = {Hitherto unpublished data on oral airflow, nasal airflow and velum movement during logatoms read by two French speakers allow for the investigation of the relationships between these three phenomena. There is no straightforward relationship between velar movements and nasal airflow, the latter depending on the relative impedance of both tracts, reflected in the ratio of nasal airflow to oral airflow. The structure of the 168 logatoms is C 1 V 1 C 1 V t C 1 V 1, where C 1 = / t /, / d /, of these consonantal and vocalic contexts on airflow and velum movement. In particular, a hypothesis is put forward concerning the frequent dip below zero of nasal airflow after stop consonants, and its effect on oral airflow.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Michaud2006p,
title = {Prosodic constituents in French: a data-driven approach},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Jacqueline Vaissière},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
publisher = {John benjamins},
abstract = {This paper aims (i) to summarise essential facts about the syntactic prosody of French as seen within the broader picture of French prosody, (ii) to provide a cross-linguistic perspective, by bringing out characteristics which sharply distinguish French from English, and drawing their implications for the thorny issue of cross-linguistic prosodic description, which arguably holds the key to substantial progress in our understanding of prosody. The essentials of a superpositional model of intonation for French are briefly set out.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Michailovsky2006,
title = {Syllabe inventory of a Western Naxi dialect, and correspondence with Joseph F. Rock's transcriptions},
author = {Boyd Michailovsky and Alexis Michaud},
doi = {10.3406/clao.2006.1745},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = {Cahiers de linguistique - Asie orientale },
volume = {35},
number = {1},
pages = {3-21},
abstract = {Naxi is a Sino-Tibetan language close to the Burmese-Yi subgroup; its precise genetic affiliation is still a matter of debate. After a short review of some earlier publications on Naxi, this paper offers new data (the syllabic inventory of a Western Naxi dialect, based on first-hand fieldwork), and a guide to an older resource: the correspondences between our transcriptions and the script invented by the 'botanist-explorer' Joseph F. Rock are set out, offering a practical tool for deciphering the somewhat perplexing, idiosyncratic romanised transcription used in his Na-Khi—English Encyclopedic Dictionary, a book of historical importance in Naxi studies.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2006q,
title = {Nasal release, nasal finals and tonal contrasts in Hanoi Vietnamese: An aerodynamic experiment},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Tuân Vu-Ngoc and Angelique Amelot and Bernard Roubeau},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
volume = {36},
abstract = {The present research addresses three issues in the phonetics of Hanoi Vietnamese: (i) What are the airflow characteristics of the obstruent-final rhymes? (ii) Rhymes with final nasal consonants /m/, /n/, /ŋ/ show no acoustic trace of the final nasal segment when they carry tone B2 (orthographic tone nặng); does the nasal airflow on these rhymes differ significantly from what is observed on obstruent-final rhymes (which, from a phonological point of view, do not have any nasal segment)? (iii) How often are nasal-final, glottally constricted rhymes followed by a nasal release, and is this release similar to the nasal release which has been reported for rhymes with final obstruents /p/, /t/, /k/? Nasal airflow measurements of 391 syllables read by one speaker (and supporting data from two other speakers) go to show that nasal airflow does not distinguish successfully between nasal-final rhymes carrying tone B2 and obstruent-final rhymes, and that unvoiced nasal release is more frequent after obstruents /p/, /t/, /k/ than after B2-tone rhymes ending in nasals. By contrast, simultaneously recorded oral airflow brings out a clear difference between these two sets of rhymes, confirming that voice quality plays a key role in maintaining the distinction between these rhymes, which are similar from the point of view of oral articulation.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Vaissiere2006,
title = {Prosodic Constituents in French},
author = {Jacqueline Vaissiere and Alexis Michaud},
doi = {10.1075/ubli.3.05vai},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
pages = {47},
chapter = {Prosody and Syntax },
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Michaud2006r,
title = {Syllabe inventory of a Western Naxi dialect, and correspondence with Joseph F. Rock's transcriptions},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Boyd Michailovsky},
doi = {10.3406/clao.2006.1745},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = {Cahiers de linguistique - Asie orientale},
volume = {35},
number = {1},
pages = {3-21},
abstract = {Naxi is a Sino-Tibetan language close to the Burmese-Yi subgroup; its precise genetic affiliation is still a matter of debate. After a short review of some earlier publications on Naxi, this paper offers new data (the syllabic inventory of a Western Naxi dialect, based on first-hand fieldwork), and a guide to an older resource: the correspondences between our transcriptions and the script invented by the 'botanist-explorer' Joseph F. Rock are set out, offering a practical tool for deciphering the somewhat perplexing, idiosyncratic romanised transcription used in his Na-Khi—English Encyclopedic Dictionary, a book of historical importance in Naxi studies.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2006s,
title = {Nasal release, nasal finals and tonal contrasts in Hanoi Vietnamese: An aerodynamic experiment},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Tuân Vu-Ngoc and Angelique Amelot and Bernard Roubeau},
url = {https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-00138758},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = {Mon-Khmer Studies: A Journal of Southeast Asian Languages and Cultures},
volume = {36},
pages = {121-137},
abstract = {The present research addresses three issues in the phonetics of Hanoi Vietnamese: (i) What are the airflow characteristics of the obstruent-final rhymes? (ii) Rhymes with final nasal consonants /m/, /n/, /ŋ/ show no acoustic trace of the final nasal segment when they carry tone B2 (orthographic tone nặng); does the nasal airflow on these rhymes differ significantly from what is observed on obstruent-final rhymes (which, from a phonological point of view, do not have any nasal segment)? (iii) How often are nasal-final, glottally constricted rhymes followed by a nasal release, and is this release similar to the nasal release which has been reported for rhymes with final obstruents /p/, /t/, /k/? Nasal airflow measurements of 391 syllables read by one speaker (and supporting data from two other speakers) go to show that nasal airflow does not distinguish successfully between nasal-final rhymes carrying tone B2 and obstruent-final rhymes, and that unvoiced nasal release is more frequent after obstruents /p/, /t/, /k/ than after B2-tone rhymes ending in nasals. By contrast, simultaneously recorded oral airflow brings out a clear difference between these two sets of rhymes, confirming that voice quality plays a key role in maintaining the distinction between these rhymes, which are similar from the point of view of oral articulation.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2006b,
title = {Reduced relative clauses in Thai and Vietnamese},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint and Natchanan Yaowapat},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = {SEALS XVI},
pages = {143},
abstract = {The present study focuses on a string of noun–modifier in two Southeast Asian languages, that is, Thai and Vietnamese. This string of noun–modifier, such as nǎŋsɨ̌ɨ phԑԑŋ (bookexpensive)‘expensive book’in Thai, often brings about a controversy as to what linguistic category the modifier belongs to. Some linguists label such a modifier an adjective. Others consider it to be a relative clause. In this study, we argue that it is a type of relative clauses; namely, reduced relative clause because it has important universal characteristics of relative clauses, that is, it functions as a noun modifier, contains a main verb and a gap that is coreferential with the head noun. We also aim to uncover syntactic and semantic constraints that govern its occurrence. Syntactically, it is found that the clause normally begins with a verb without a relativizer at the beginning of the clause. It is also found that the reduced relative clause is obligatorily adjacent to the head noun. Concerning relativization, this type of relative clause cannot occur with relativized indirect object. Semantically, we found that reduced relative clauses modify only indefinite and non-specific head nouns.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Fina2006bb,
title = {Discourse and Identity},
author = {Anna De Fina and Deborah Schiffrin and Michael Bamberg},
editor = {Anna De Fina and Deborah Schiffrin and Michael Bamberg},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511584459.018},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {The relationship between language and identity has been a topic of interest for language scholars for centuries. As early as in the 1800s many philologists, including the famous brothers Jacob and Wilhelm Grimm, were proposing the idea that language reflected the collective identity of national communities. Benveniste (1971), one of the most important linguists of the 20th century, also stressed the centrality of identity in language through the notion of subjectivity. In his view, the direct or indirect presence of the speaker as a subject in the utterance had the power to transform language as an abstract system into discourse as an act of communication. In sum, theorizations about language and identity have always had a significant place in linguistics, but it is only in the last 20 years that this field has established itself as an area of investigation in its own right and as a field fundamentally concerned with discourse. Indeed, modern research on ways in which identity is constructed and conveyed in talk is firmly grounded in a view of language as discourse, that is as “actual instances of communication in the medium of language” (Johnstone, 2002, p. 2), and as phenomena embedded in concrete social contexts.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{deFina2006,
title = {Discourse and Identity},
author = {Anna de Fina and Deborah Schiffrin and Michael Bamberg},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511584459},
isbn = {9780511584459},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {The relationship between language, discourse, and identity has always been a major area of sociolinguistic investigation. In recent times, the field has been revolutionized as previous models--which assumed our identities to be based on stable relationships between linguistic and social variables--have been challenged by pioneering new approaches to the topic. This volume brings together a team of leading experts to explore discourse in a range of social contexts. By applying a variety of new analytical tools and concepts, the contributors show how we build images of ourselves through language, how society moulds us into different categories, and how we negotiate our membership of those categories.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2006bb,
title = {Setting the scene},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Jo Carr},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1057/9780230501652_2},
isbn = {978-0-230-58005-3},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
pages = {5-19},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
chapter = {2},
abstract = {The central focus of this book is the relationship of male students to the learning of a language other than their ‘first’ or ‘native’ language. The nomenclature used to describe this other language is multifarious, reflecting different attitudes towards such languages as well as the differing status of such languages in a country or community. Examples of naming include modern language, classical language, community language, heritage language, minority language, language other than English, foreign language. The term foreign language is probably the most widespread, although it is certainly not the most popular, especially in multilingual communities where the other language is in fact not foreign, but very much part of the everyday linguistic landscape. In fact in countries like Australia there have been significant debates around appropriate nomenclature for languages used in the community and learned in schools (e.g., Lo Bianco, 1987; Clyne, 1982). Our adoption of the term foreign language is somewhat reluctant in view of these debates and of the rather loaded meaning associated with the word foreign. However, our choice is motivated primarily by convenience: as the terms foreign language and foreign language learning are well known across the English language world, we use them as umbrella terms for the many terms associated in various communities with the learning of another language.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pauwels2006bb,
title = {The discourses of language maintenance in friendship practices amoung children of German, Greek and Vietnamese migrants},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Joanne Winter},
doi = {10.1515/IJSL.2006.044},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = {International Journal of the Sociology of Language},
volume = {2006},
number = {180},
pages = {123-139},
abstract = {Our contribution explores the language maintenance (LM) patterns of children of migrants (second-generation) to Australia from three ethnolinguistic groups - German, Greek, and Vietnamese - in their same-age peer friendships. Focusing on the affective social relationship of "friendship" imagined as a dynamic fluid site of independence and a locale for identity formation, we scrutinize it as a pressure point for LM. The macro survey trends indicate that languages other than English (LOTE) are used in the friendship domain but with differing participations. Follow-up in-depth interviews reveal subtleties and complexities for LM practices. Co-presence of bilingual others in friendships proves to be a minimum but not sufficient condition for LM, particularly for German men and Greek women. Hyphenated belongings - for example, Vietnamese-, Greek-, German-Australians - construct varying LM alignments that reflect shared histories and authenticities (the migration experience) and the localizing of settlement (Australia).},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2006bb,
title = {Reading between the lines},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Jo Carr},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1057/9780230501652_8},
isbn = {978-0-230-58005-3},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
pages = {164-190},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {We have now heard from the people this project has been about – boys themselves; and also from teachers who work with these boys and from some girls, who, it turns out, have a lot to say about boys. Our focus on the boys–languages relationship made us wonder whether what we were identifying as a problem would impact on the nature of the data we would collect. As the previous chapters have shown, however, boys proved to be rich informants, willing to talk directly and thoughtfully about themselves, about language and languages, and about their experience in the classroom. Summarising their schools-based project into ‘young masculinities‘, Frosh, Phoenix and Pattman talked about the relationship between pre-research assumptions and what actually happened when they sat down and talked at length with boys, about the contradiction between ‘everyday assumptions about boys and the reality of their capacity to show psychological depth and sophistication’ (2002:256). Drawing from Hollway and Jefferson (2000), they concluded that ‘perhaps it is simply that most individuals – boys, in our case – have very limited encounters with people who really listen to them in an active, sympathetic and thoughtful way’ (2002:256).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pauwels2006bb,
title = {The personing of neutral inclusivity: Tracing the spread of person compounds in occupational naming},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Joanne Winter and K Alan},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = {Selected Papers from the 2005 Conference of the Australian Linguistic Society},
abstract = {Feminist linguistic reforms provide an example of planned social language change that seeks to ensure inclusivity and equality in the linguistic representation of women and men. Gender-neutralisation has been promoted as the preferred strategy for genderinclusive representations in English. The strategy has included options such as lexical replacement, eg, flight attendant instead of hostess; neologisms such as firefighter for fireman and morphological compounding with zero morphs chairØ for chairman and compounds with person. Interestingly, some person compounds have emerged into the gender-inclusive language landscape that were not promoted or supported as part of feminist language planning eg, waitperson. Our discussion focuses on the genderneutral morphological compounding evident in a number of occupational nouns. Drawing upon on-line survey data (www. teagirl. arts. uwa. edu. au) we trace the spread and diffusion of person compounds. Our findings reveal that degrees of social-gender loading and occupational prestige interact with positions about gender-inclusivity in confounding ways. Gender-neutralisation through the adoption of person compounds faces challenges from so-called PC debates about linguistic ‘awkwardness’ and the availability of zero morph compounding through the creation of neologisms, eg, chair.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels2006bb,
title = {Men staying at home looking after their children: Masculinities and gender inclusive language reform},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Joanne Winter},
doi = {10.1111/j.1473-4192.2006.00104.x},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
urldate = {2006-01-01},
journal = {International journal of applied linguistics},
volume = {16},
number = {1},
pages = {16-36},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2006bb,
title = {Boys talking},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Jo Carr},
doi = {10.1057/9780230501652_4},
isbn = {978-0-230-58005-3},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
pages = {54-88},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
chapter = {4},
abstract = {So far we have set the scene and presented the broad outline of the boys–languages relationship, examining overall trends, tracking some of the history as well as the enduring characteristics of what is a weak and difficult relationship, providing a theoretical frame to assist in thinking about the next part of the book. We now take a different tack, and listen to boys themselves: talking about their experience of learning languages, about language and communication more generally, and about themselves as students in school. The text becomes, therefore, a primary source account of the issues we have been examining up to this point as interested language professionals working with secondary source material. It has taken until the fourth chapter to hand over to the boys, but the following chapters constitute the core of the book. Clearly it is not a total hand-over. How we organise these commentaries reflects our understandings of how the different dimensions of the account fit together, our reading of our data being informed by the theoretical frame outlined in the previous chapter.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Lu2006,
title = {"Symbolic View Reconsideration-Symbolism of Languages ​​Seen in Onomatopoeia"},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = {Japanese Cognitive Linguistic Society, JCLA},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Lu2006b,
title = {"Aspects of Metaphorical Expansion of Onomatopoeia and Mimetic Words: From the Viewpoint of Cognitive Linguistics and Typology,"},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Lu Kayo},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
publisher = {Kyoto University. Kyoto (Japan)},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Jourdan2006,
title = {Pidgins and creoles genesis: An anthropological offering},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511616792.007},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
pages = {135 - 155},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {speaking so as not to die is a task undoubtedly as old as the word. (Foucault 1977: 53) Among the various fields of contemporary linguistics that anthropologists recognize as potentially relevant for their own discipline, pidgin and creole studies figure prominently. Why? For three essential reasons. First, pidgins and creoles have arisen in sociocultural situations that have proved to be of great interest to anthropologists since the 1950s, namely situations of cultural contacts often fostered, but not necessarily so, by European colonization. Second, pidgins and creoles have developed concomitantly with new cultural worlds, thus comforting anthropologists in their understanding of language as part of culture and of language as culture. Part of this approach has its intellectual roots in the works of the German philosopher Herder, and has been instrumental in shaping much of North American cultural anthropology (see Leavitt, this volume). Third, the cultural processes linked to pidginization and creolization show that “enlanguagement,” defined here as the process by which sociocultural groups create for themselves the language that becomes the medium of their new cultural life, is a cultural process as much as it is a cognitive one. But overall, the question of the birth conditions of these new languages is what has caught the attention of anthropologists. And the stories are fascinating, not only because of the human drama that has set the stage for the birthing process (colonization, slavery, indentured labour), but because of what this birth reveals about human agency.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Perrin2006bb,
title = {Writing by primary school children: Product and process-related differences between age groups},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Aleksandra Gnach},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2006bb,
title = {Coaching and professional writing? Forms of advice in the field of professional communication},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2006bb,
title = {Discussion of the lectures "Literary Practices. Language Perception and Text Conceptualization" by Ingo Thonhauser and "Multimediality. Media-related Transformations of Texts and Text Worlds" by Gunther Kress},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2006bb,
title = {Research on language in the media. Communication studies meet linguistics},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2006bb,
title = {Writing by primary school children: differences between age groups},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Aleksandra Gnach},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2006bb,
title = {Idée suisse: Language policy, norms, and practice as exemplified by Swiss radio and television (keynote)},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2006bb,
title = {Writing on top. Writing training for managers},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2006bb,
title = {Cumulative deviations around the linear trend: determine the writing phases statistically},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Perrin2006bb,
title = {Enjoying framing. "Surprising ideas" as a stylistic device in the news magazine "10 to 10"},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2006bb,
title = {Professional writing in professional settings},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = { Zeitschrift Schreiben},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Perrin2006bb,
title = {Writing research in everyday course life. What the progression analysis is of practical use},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
isbn = {9783258069487},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
pages = {279–294},
publisher = {Main},
abstract = {What exactly do writers do when they produce their texts, why do they do it this way ... and what use is such knowledge in everyday writing advice, training and coaching? - This is what this article is about: First, it presents an introductory sequence for training in professional writing; In this introductory sequence, the course participants experience the transition from the product to the process approach (part 1). Then he outlines progression analysis, a multi-method approach in writing research that makes patterns in writing processes visible (2). Finally, he shows two examples of empirically anchored didactic measures for course use - measures with which a course benefits from research results on writing processes (3).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2006bb,
title = {Media language},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
isbn = {3899135156},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
pages = {265–270},
publisher = {Ergon},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2006bb,
title = {Understanding},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
pages = {299 Page},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2006bb,
title = {Text production},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
pages = {322–325},
publisher = {Ergon},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2006bb,
title = {Symbol},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
pages = {276 Page},
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2006bb,
title = {Slogan},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
pages = {264 page},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2006bb,
title = {Redundancy},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
pages = {242–243},
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2006bb,
title = {Rhetoric},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
pages = {248–249},
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Perrin2006bb,
title = {Swiss Virtual Campus S-3-029: Digital Repository of Shareable Learning Objects Introducing to Communication and Media Studies. Teilprojekt Medienlinguistik},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
publisher = {University of Zurich},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Perrin2006bb,
title = {Progression analysis. An ethnographic, computer-based multi-method approach to investigate natural writing processes},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
pages = {175–181},
publisher = {Elsevier},
abstract = {Progression analysis was developed to investigate digital writing processes at the workplace. It is a multi-method approach with respect to its methodology and examines writing processes at three levels: the work situation by means of interviews and observations, the writing process by means of computer logging, and writing strategies by means of event-specific retrospective verbal protocols. Progression analysis has been used primarily to investigate journalistic writing, but is now being applied more widely in writing research. © 2006 by Elsevier Ltd. All rights of reproduction in any form reserved.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2006bb,
title = {Verstanden werden. Vom doppelten Interesse an theoriebasierter, praxisgerichteter Textberatung},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
pages = {332–350},
publisher = {De Gruyter},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2006bb,
title = {"because I thought it was funny". Strategies for staging pleasure in the journalistic writing process},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
pages = {199–222},
publisher = {Lang},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Baider2006,
title = {Parité! Sexual Equality and the Crisis of French Universalism by Joan Wallach Scott},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.1353/wfs.2006.0012},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = {Women in French Studies 14(1): DOI:},
volume = {14},
number = {1},
pages = {150-151},
abstract = {Fuchs, namely that "bourgeois culture, in that it is based on the domination of the masses, is a male culture" (319). The "great masculine renunciation" also seems to leave aside the phenomenon of the dandy on which, among others, Baudelaire writes, for whom dandyism, "the last burst of heroism in the decadences" (195), rests on this ambiguity of its follower. , supposedly not preoccupied with fashion when for him it is synonymous not only with an extremely studied and controlled appearance but also with an art of living which is also meant to be. Neither do those for whom dress is a source of eroticism or subversion through cross-dressing, according to Kraus and Hirschfeld. Finally, over the pages, a discourse of fashion unfolds about itself and many points of view.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2006bb,
title = {'Etymythological othering' and the power of 'lexical engineering' in Judaism, Islam and Christianity},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1075/dapsac.20.19zuc},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
pages = {237-258},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing},
abstract = {This chapter casts light on cross-religious interactions at the micro-level of lexis. It focuses on mechanisms of ‘etymythology’(popular/folk—lsynchronic etymology) and ‘lexical engineering’, especially within Jewish, Christian and Muslim groups. Lexical engineering reflects religious and cultural interactions and often manifests the attempt of a religion to preserve its identity when confronted with an overpowering alien environment, without segregating itself from possible influences. The result can be contempt, as in the case of rejective phono-semantic matching. But lexical engineering is not always rejective: it can also lead to a kind of ‘cultural flirting’, as in the case of receptive or adoptive phono-semantic matching. Thus, lexical engineering gives us a valuable window onto the broader question of how language may be used as a major tool for religions and cultures to maintain or form their identity. 1 I came to the topic of language and religion as a linguist who has been especially interested in language contact and historical ‘camouflage linguistics’, the study of the various forms of hidden influence of one language on another (cf. Zuckermann 2000, 2003). In particular, I have been dealing extensively with Jewish languages: Israeli (aka somewhat misleadingly ‘Modern Hebrew’), as well as Yiddish and Biblical, Rabbinic, Medieval and Maskilic Hebrew, which contributed to the early development of Israeli in fin de siecle Eretz Yisrael (‘Land of Israel’; cf. Zuckermann 2003, 2005).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Zuckermann2006bb,
title = {Working with words: Imagine new ways!},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann and Beverly Joffe},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2006bb,
title = {Complement Clause Types in Israeli},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2006bb,
title = {Etymythological othering' and the power of 'lexical engineering' in Judaism, Islam and Christianity: A socio-philo(sopho)logical perspective},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
isbn = {9789027227102},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
journal = {Explorations in the sociology of language and religion},
pages = {237-258},
abstract = {This chapter casts light on cross-religious interactions at the micro-level of lexis. It focuses on mechanisms of ‘etymythology’(popular/folk—lsynchronic etymology) and ‘lexical engineering’, especially within Jewish, Christian and Muslim groups. Lexical engineering reflects religious and cultural interactions and often manifests the attempt of a religion to preserve its identity when confronted with an overpowering alien environment, without segregating itself from possible influences. The result can be contempt, as in the case of rejective phono-semantic matching. But lexical engineering is not always rejective: it can also lead to a kind of ‘cultural flirting’, as in the case of receptive or adoptive phono-semantic matching. Thus, lexical engineering gives us a valuable window onto the broader question of how language may be used as a major tool for religions and cultures to maintain or form their identity. 1 I came to the topic of language and religion as a linguist who has been especially interested in language contact and historical ‘camouflage linguistics’, the study of the various forms of hidden influence of one language on another (cf. Zuckermann 2000, 2003). In particular, I have been dealing extensively with Jewish languages: Israeli (aka somewhat misleadingly ‘Modern Hebrew’), as well as Yiddish and Biblical, Rabbinic, Medieval and Maskilic Hebrew, which contributed to the early development of Israeli in fin de siecle Eretz Yisrael (‘Land of Israel’; cf. Zuckermann 2003, 2005).},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Tang2006,
title = {On the Grammatical Properties of ‘nga’ in Jingpo},
author = {Gladys Tang and Gu Y and Dai QX},
editor = {Gu Y and Dai Q X},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
urldate = {2006-01-01},
publisher = {Beijing: Nationality Press},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@bachelorthesis{Tang2006b,
title = {Questions and Negation in Hong Kong Sign Language},
author = {Gladys Tang},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
urldate = {2006-01-01},
journal = {Interrogative and negative constructions in sign languages},
pages = {198-224},
abstract = {This chapter provides a preliminary discussion on two grammatical constructions in Hong Kong Sign Language: negative and interrogative constructions. We focus specifically on the word order of these constructions, as well as the related linguistic markers, manual and non-manual. The data were collected from two signers of HKSL: Signer a was born of a deaf family and acquired HKSL from his parents. He was prelingually deaf and diagnosed to be suffering from profound to severe hearing loss. He attended a deaf school that offered education in the oral mode. Signer B was born of a hearing family. She was twenty years older than Signer a and acquired deafness due to illness at the age of three and attended the same deaf school as Signer a. She learned HKSL from her peers at school. Both claimed to be using HKSL in daily communications. The data were elicited first through the researcher preliminarily observing the signing of the informants during free conversations, which provided the first hunch of the word order patterns of the constructions in question. These observations were compared with data collected through videotaping their interactions in two task-based information exchange activities, which induced the use of interrogative and negative constructions. The relevant data were transcribed and details of word order and non-manual markings were noted. The data were then presented to the signers for further confirmation and verification. This set of data was also subsequently presented to four more signers of HKSL, who confirmed that they were representative constructions of HKSL.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Cardoso2006b,
title = {On the presence versus absence of morphological marking in four Romance-based creoles},
author = {Hugo Cardoso and Jacques Arends and Josje Verhagen and Eva van Lier and Suzanne Dikker},
doi = {10.1515/9783110891683.223},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
urldate = {2006-01-01},
journal = {The Structure of Creole Words},
pages = {223-242},
abstract = {This  paper  addresses  the  ongoing  debate  on  the  status  of  morphology  in  creole  languages.  The  focus will  be  on  the  presence  versus  absence  of specific types  of morphological  mark-ing  in  four  Romance-based  Creoles:  Angolar,  Palenquero,  Papiamentu,  and  Seychellois.  First  of  all,  we  shall  discuss  the  so-called  'Creole  Prototype'  as  defined  by  McWhorter  (1998).  Then,  we  will  present  the morphological  inventories  of  the  Creole  languages  under  consideration,  discussing  both  inflectional and  derivational  morphology.  These  data  will be evaluated  with  reference  to  McWhorter's  claims  about  inflectional  and  derivational  mor-phology  in Creoles, as well as DeGraff s (2001)  and other  scholars'  objections to these.  The  respective  positions  taken  rely  heavily  on  the  canonical  classificatory  distinction  between  inflectional  and  derivational  morphology.  Therefore,  in  the  last  section  we  will  explore  whether the results  will turn  out to be more clear-cut  when using  a different classification of morphology,  namely  the  distinction   between   contextual   and  inherent   inflection  (Booij  1993), as has been suggested by Kihm (2003).},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Cardoso2006c,
title = {Challenges to Indo-Portuguese across India},
author = {Hugo Cardoso},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
urldate = {2006-01-01},
journal = {Proceedings of the FEL X},
pages = {23-30},
abstract = {This study contrasts the longevity of some Indo-Portuguese varieties with the consummated disappearance of others, to explore the challenges behind its present endangerment. Multilingualism alone is said not to pose a threat to the maintenance of minority languages unless the languages compete for the same domain(s) of usage or social function(s). Despite the territorial dispersion of Indo-Portuguese, data is primarily drawn from Diu, where it is shown that allegiance to (Indo-)Portuguese operates on different levels: a) Religion; b) Social status; c) Ideology; d) Age; e) Economic affluence; f) Education. Religion emerges as a central element, and is therefore an essential domain of intervention for preservation-oriented policies. A distinction is made between the challenges faced by Indo-Portuguese in areas of short-lived Portuguese rule (Cannanore or Korlai) and territories with a longer-standing colonial presence (Diu and Daman), in which Standard Portuguese enters the competitor pool alongside national and state languages (Hindi and Gujarati) or English. Given the status of Indo-Portuguese as a contact language, continuing co-existence with its lexifier and a conspicuous prestige differential between the two conspire to shape Diu Indo-Portuguese's synchronic pattern of variation and to append an additional factor of endangerment to be separately addressed by policy-makers.},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2006d,
title = {Differentiating Interfaces: L2 Performance in Syntax-Semantics and Syntax-Discourse Phenomena},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Antonella Sorace},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
urldate = {2006-01-01},
journal = {Proceedings of The IEEE - PIEEE},
volume = {30},
abstract = {This paper aims to distinguish between the syntax-semantics and the syntax-discourse interface in terms of the different phenomena relevant to each and the nature of the developmental patterns they display. Furthermore, the distinction between the two interfaces is based on the assumption that the syntax-discourse interface is a 'higher' level of language use, integrating properties of language and pragmatic processing, whereas syntax-semantics involve formal properties of the language system alone. The above differences are further used to evaluate L2 performance in the relevant interface phenomena. It is argued that problems in syntax-discourse phenomena in the production data of 'advanced' Russian learners of Greek are due to L1-L2 interference at this 'higher' level of language use. Syntax-semantics phenomena, on the other hand, are predicted to cause fewer problems at advanced stages of L2 development in the same group of learners. 1. Interface issues in L2 acquisition},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Weinberg2006,
title = {Talk and interaction in social research methods},
author = {Darin Weinberg and Paul Ed Drew and Geoffrey Ed Raymond},
isbn = {0761957057},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
urldate = {2006-01-01},
publisher = {Sage},
abstract = {Talk and Interaction in Social Research Methods is a much-needed methods text. Focusing on research methods in action, the volume offers a new way of viewing the realities of social research. By taking language use seriously, the text reveals the details and depths of a wide range of research projects as they have seldom been presented before. This is the first book of its kind to offer such a powerful and insightful depiction of the role of talk-in-interaction in relation to social research methods. The editors represent the very best from multiple traditions of researching talk-in-interaction--from both sides of the Atlantic. The chapters are written by a sterling collection of researchers--a virtual honor roll of conversation analysts and kindred spirits. This book is for social researchers of all disciplines who are interested in social interaction; graduate students being introduced to qualitative methods.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Keating2006c,
title = {Honorific resources for the construction of hierarchy in Samoan and Pohnpeian},
author = {Elizabeth Keating and Alessandro Duranti},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
urldate = {2006-01-01},
journal = {Journal of the Polynesian Society},
volume = {115},
number = {2},
pages = {145-172},
abstract = {Anthropologists and linguists are interested in 'honorifics', a particular set of linguistic forms, as they provide evidence about how people jointly negotiate a system of shared understanding about group and individual ranked relationships. A study of honorifics employed in two highly stratified Pacific societies, Pohnpei and Samoa, is illustrated to show the way the members of these two societies creatively use honorifics and other semiotic resources to achieve and distribute social power and meaningful social difference among themselves.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2006,
title = {Liberty, Class and Nation-BuildingUgo Foscolo’s ‘English’ Constitutional Thought},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1177/1474885106059063},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
urldate = {2006-01-01},
journal = {European Journal of Political Theory},
volume = {5},
number = {1},
pages = {34-49},
abstract = {This article explores the political thought of a leading Italian intellectual after his conversion from Jacobinism to liberalism. It shows the extent to which Foscolo was abreast of the then contemporary debate on constitutional government and nation-building. Moreover, it illustrates how he combined liberal with civic humanist and republican ideas, as well as idealism and Realpolitik in his perception of the problems faced by small nations struggling to be free in an era of international ideological conflict.},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Roberts2006,
title = {Loss of residual “head final” orders and remnant fronting in Late Middle English},
author = {Ian Roberts and Theresa Biberauer},
doi = {10.1075/la.97.13bib},
year  = {2006},
date = {2006-01-01},
urldate = {2006-01-01},
pages = {263-297},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pablé2005,
title = {The Importance of Re-naming Ernest? Italian Translations of Oscar Wilde},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.1075/target.17.2.05pab},
issn = {0924-1884},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-12-31},
journal = {Target- International Journal of Translation Studies},
volume = {17},
number = {2},
pages = {297–326},
abstract = {The present descriptive study considers different translation strategies adopted by Italian translators of Oscar Wilde’s The importance of being Earnest (1895). The focus of attention is on the phenomenon of the pun involving the speaking name Ernest, whose homophony with earnest is exploited in the play’s title. Italian translators of The importance have thus been faced with the bind of having to decide on whether to render the said wordplay, even though only unsatisfactorily, by replacing the transparent name Ernest with a target language ‘equivalent’, or safeguard the cultural-onomastic ‘reality’ of the play, i.e. leave the Victorian given name Ernest in its source text form. It turns out that the latter policy is generally compensated for — as part of the metatextual/metalinguistic discourse — within prefaces, glosses and, more significantly, via intratextual additions. The translators opting for substituting Ernest for an Italian counterpart, in turn, have, as a direct consequence of their basic choice, been able to enrich their versions of The importance with unprecedented puns, which underlines the ‘creative’ dimension involved in producing literary translations. Besides the two core translation policies described above, the translators have also opted for introducing the nativized form Ernesto, thus showing little concern with the questions of ‘cultural purity’ or punning, respectively. The present paper suggests that translators make very different demands on themselves and have very different ideas of what constitutes the ‘optimal’ strategy with regard to punning and the representation of the source cultural world.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2005,
title = {Language, informal networks, and social protection},
author = {Ana Deumert and Brett Inder and Pushkar Maitra},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-12-01},
journal = {Global Social Policy},
volume = {5},
number = {3},
pages = {303-328},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2005b,
title = {Global Migration and Social Protection RightsThe Social and Economic Security of Cross-Border Students in Australia},
author = {Ana Deumert and Simon Marginson and Chris Nyland and Gaby Ramia and Erlenawati Sawir},
doi = {10.1177/1468018105057415},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-12-01},
journal = {Global Social Policy},
volume = {5},
number = {3},
pages = {329-352},
abstract = {A growing number of students cross national borders for their studies. An expanding global market in higher education has been created. Yet significant gaps exist in the governance of international students' rights. As well as being educational service beneficiaries, cross-border students are migrants, workers, consumers and human beings. A broader view of students, as individuals deserving of ‘social and economic security’, is superior to that which treats them as social protection subjects. Recognizing this multiple status, and utilizing in-depth data from 200 interviews with international students in Australia, the article finds that the existing social protection regime falls significantly short of recognizing students' rights. Problems are located in relation to language acquisition, social integration, finances, work and personal safety. The article argues that, as well as law and policy, a student security regime should incorporate better university practices and more integrated civil society networks and nongovernmental organizations (NGOs), and intergovernmental organization (IGO) coverage.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2005bb,
title = {Language, Informal Networks and Social ProtectionEvidence from a Sample of Migrants in Cape Town, South Africa},
author = {Ana Deumert and Brett Inder and Pushkar Maitra},
doi = {10.1177/1468018105057414},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-12-01},
journal = {Global Social Policy},
volume = {5},
number = {3},
pages = {303-328},
abstract = {Rural–urban migration is a major phenomenon in the developing world. This article is concerned with understanding the ways in which rural–urban migrants have their social protection needs met following their move to the city. We report results from a survey of rural–urban migrants in four low-income areas in Cape Town, South Africa. We look at the experiences of migrants in terms of finding employment in the urban environment, and the impact of language background and proficiency on migrants' ability to integrate in the labour market, and their access to formal and informal protection and government support. Language proficiency and social networks emerge as important variables in the analysis and will need to be considered in the design of social policies. Specifically, inadequate knowledge of dominant urban languages (English and Afrikaans) limits opportunities for employment and access to public services. Furthermore, reliance on informal, strong-tie social networks facilitates initial migration and settlement, but can delay long-term integration into the urban economy and labour market.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2005bb,
title = {Household Composition and Schooling of Rural South African Children: Sibling Synergy and Migrant Effects},
author = {Ana Deumert and Katy Cornwell and Brett Inder and Pushkar Maitra and Anu Rammohan and Lata Gangadharan and Siddhartha Mitra and Jenny Williams and Gary Fields and Louise Grogan and Joe Hirschberg},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-12-01},
pages = {3 -62},
abstract = {In this paper we examine the demand for education among rural Black households in South Africa using nationally representative data from the 1990s. In particular our study focuses on factors affecting schooling decisions at the household level. Our estimation results reveal strong evidence of a sibling synergy effect, in that the presence of other school-age children in a household makes it more likely that a child will attend school. We also find that having working-age migrant adults improves educational participation and attainment of children. Our results point to strong gender effects, with the presence of female migrants increasing the likelihood of girls getting more education. Finally, our results show that pensions in the hands of the grandmother increases the probability of girls attending school, but has little effect on the schooling of boys.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels2005bb,
title = {Education and gender-inclusive language practice in English: Evidence from Singapore},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Joanne Winter},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-12-01},
journal = {Asian Journal of English Language Teaching},
volume = {15},
pages = {1-23},
abstract = {In this case study we examine the gender-inclusive language practices among Singaporean education professionals and tertiary students. Drawing upon corpus data, survey results, and interviews, we explore questions of usage and awareness of gender-inclusive language. In particular we focus on the use of gender-inclusive epicene pronouns (e.g., he or she and singular they). The results are mixed with corpus data indicating an absence of gender-inclusive pronoun use whilst the survey data reveals feminisation (he or she) as the emerging strategy for participants. We also investigate the role of education as an initiating trajectory for change through awareness and first contact with the issue and attitudes towards policy and practice in reversing linguistic discrimination in Singapore.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2005,
title = {A Speech-Language Pathologist in Southern Africa: Volunteering in Swaziland},
author = {Bruce Connell},
doi = {10.1044/leader.WB.10172005.16},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-12-01},
journal = {ASHA Leader },
volume = {10},
number = {17},
pages = {16-18},
abstract = {Hours after arriving in Southern Africa, I stood in the dust, waiting to be picked up from Matsapa Airport. I was beginning to feel a little nervous, but the afternoon sun was bright and I felt assured that someone would come for me eventually. Waiting was something I would get used to in Swaziland. There was no sense of urgency about time, and I found this extraordinarily relaxing.

When my ride did come, he unapologetically gave me what looked like a cooked corn on the cob out of his glove compartment, and asked me to wait in the truck while he picked up packages. As we headed to Siteki, the home base for my stay, we talked about his life, which he summed up saying, “I live in Swaziland; I was born in Swaziland; I am Swazi.”

Swaziland is a small landlocked kingdom, bordered by Mozambique and South Africa. Given the historical turbulence of its neighbors (Mozambique has endured years of civil war and South Africa is still recovering from apartheid), Swazis have tended to stay put. SiSwati, a melodical language full of alliteration, is the predominant language in Swaziland, but most people have some rudimentary English, as this is the language of formal schooling and the official language of government.

I went to Swaziland to spend six weeks as a volunteer speech-language pathologist. I had heard of the opportunity through a friend who had been doing physical therapy in the country for the past 12 months. I was to work at Good Shepherd Hospital and St. Joseph’s Mission School.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Brookes2005,
title = {What Gestures Do: Some Communicative Functions of Quotable Gestures in Conversations among Black Urban South Africans},
author = {Heather Brookes},
doi = {10.1016/j.pragma.2005.03.006},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-12-01},
urldate = {2005-12-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {37},
number = {12},
pages = {2044-2085},
abstract = {Using video-recordings of spontaneous conversations among Black urban South Africans, the use of three quotable gestures/emblems is analyzed. Characteristics of their use in relation to speech are established showing that quotable gestures are multifunctional, and fulfill substantive, interactive, and discourse functions simultaneously. Implications for theories on the relationship between gesture and speech and processes of speech–gesture production are discussed. Data presented suggest that the Growth Point model of speech–gesture production has the most explanatory power, but it needs to extend the central notion of context to fully explain the nature of gestural behavior. Questions related to the emergence of quotable gestures in terms of origin, conventionalization, and detachability from speech, the relationship of quotable gestures to other forms of gesture, and the categorization of gestures into gestural typologies are also addressed.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vaux2005,
title = {Laryngeal markedness and aspiration},
author = {Bert Vaux and Bridget Diane Samuels},
doi = {10.1017/S0952675705000667},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-12-01},
urldate = {2005-12-01},
journal = {Phonology},
volume = {22},
number = {3},
pages = {395 - 436},
abstract = {We argue that the common phonological assumptions that (i) plain voiceless consonants are less marked than voiceless aspirates and (ii) the unmarked two-way stop system opposes unaspirated voiced and voiceless members are incorrect. A wide range of phonetic and internal and external phonological evidence suggests instead that (i) the maximally unmarked single-series stop is unspecified for laryngeal features and (ii) the unmarked two-way stop system opposes aspirated and unaspirated stops, and the aspirated series may be the unmarked member of this set.},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Essegbey2005,
title = {The “basic locative construction in Gbe languages and Surinamese creoles},
author = {James Essegbey},
doi = {10.1075/jpcl.20.2.02ess},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-11-29},
urldate = {2005-11-29},
journal = {Journal of Pidgin and Creole Languages},
volume = {20},
issue = {2},
pages = {229-249},
abstract = {This paper compares the conceptualisation and expression of topological relations in Surinamese creoles with that of Gbe languages (which were part of the substrate) and English (the superstrate). It investigates the components of the Basic Locative Construction (BLC), i.e. the most neutral construction that is used to code topology, and the type of situations for which the BLC is used in the languages. It shows that the BLC in the creole and Gbe languages has a locative phrase which is made up of a noun phrase that expresses the Ground and a spatial element that expresses the Search Domain i.e. the specific part of the Ground where the Figure is located. The locative phrase in the creoles also has a preposition but this does not contribute to its spatial meaning. By contrast, English has a locative phrase which is made up of a preposition that expresses the Relation between the Figure and the Ground, and the Search-Domain information. The paper concludes that the Suriname creoles display a strong substrate influence in this spatial domain. There are some differences, which can be attributed to gradual Dutch influence and generalisation on the part of the creoles.
},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@book{Pauwels2005b,
title = {Boys and foreign language learning: Real boys don't do languages},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Joanna Carr},
doi = {10.1057/9780230501652},
isbn = {978-0-230-50165-2},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-11-29},
publisher = {Springer},
abstract = {The authors examine the continuing poor relationship between boys and the study of foreign languages. Framed by discussion of gender socialization, gendered curriculum practices and cultural narratives about boys and schooling, the core of the book is constructed by boys themselves.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Wong2005,
title = {The reappropriation of tongzhi},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-11-01},
journal = {Language in society},
pages = {763-793},
abstract = {A general address term in Communist China, the Chinese word tongzhi 'comrade' was appropriated by gay rights activists in Hong Kong to refer to members of sexual minorities. It has positive connotations of respect, equality, and resistance. This article focuses on the reappropriation of this word by a mainstream newspaper in Hong Kong. The parodic use of tongzhi allows journalists to ridicule gay rights activists so as to increase the entertainment value of news stories. At the same time, it mocks activists' demand for equality and may lead to the pejoration of the term. This study provides synchronic evidence for sociolinguistic accounts that explain how lexical items may undergo pejoration because of the context of their use.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2005b,
title = {The reappropriation of tongzhi},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-11-01},
journal = {Language in society},
pages = {763-793},
abstract = {A general address term in Communist China, the Chinese word tongzhi 'comrade' was appropriated by gay rights activists in Hong Kong to refer to members of sexual minorities. It has positive connotations of respect, equality, and resistance. This article focuses on the reappropriation of this word by a mainstream newspaper in Hong Kong. The parodic use of tongzhi allows journalists to ridicule gay rights activists so as to increase the entertainment value of news stories. At the same time, it mocks activists' demand for equality and may lead to the pejoration of the term. This study provides synchronic evidence for sociolinguistic accounts that explain how lexical items may undergo pejoration because of the context of their use. It shows that because the meaning potential of a word is not bounded by the intentions of its users, words that marginalized groups have appropriated can be resignified yet again in hateful.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Weinberg2005,
title = {Book Review: The Poverty of Relativism},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
doi = {10.1177/1468795X05057878},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-11-01},
urldate = {2005-11-01},
journal = {Journal of Classical Sociology},
volume = {5},
number = {3},
pages = {383-384},
abstract = {Book Review: The Poverty of Relativism - Darin Weinberg, 2005 Skip to main content Menus SAGE Journals Profile logged-in Search MENU Search search-icon Browse Resources Authors Librarians Editors Societies Advanced Search IN THIS JOURNAL Journal Home Browse Journal Current Issue OnlineFirst Accepted Manuscripts All Issues Free Sample Journal Info Journal Description Aims and Scope Editorial Board Submission Guidelines Abstracting/Indexing Reprints Journal Permissions Subscribe Recommend to Library Advertising & Promotion Stay Connected Email Alerts RSS Feed Feedback / Contact SAGE Submit Paper Advanced Search SAGE Journals Search search-icon Browse Resources Authors Librarians Editors Societies Advanced Search Sign In American Society of Law.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Weinberg2005b,
title = {Of Others Inside: Insanity, Addiction And Belonging in America},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-10-01},
urldate = {2005-10-01},
publisher = {Temple University Press},
abstract = {There is little doubt among scientists and the general public that homelessness, mental illness, and addiction are inter-related. In Of Others Inside, Darin Weinberg examines how these inter-relations have taken form in the United States. He links the establishment of these connections to the movement of mental health and addiction treatment from redemptive processes to punitive ones and back again, and explores the connection between social welfare, rehabilitation, and the criminal justice system. Seeking to offer a new sociological understanding of the relationship between social exclusion and mental disability, Of Others Inside considers the general social conditions of homelessness, poverty, and social marginality in the U.S. Weinberg also explores questions about American perceptions of these conditions, and examines in great detail the social reality of mental disability and drug addiction without reducing people's suffering to simple notions of biological fate or social disorder.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Keating2005,
title = {Homo prostheticus: Problematizing the notions of activity and computer-mediated interaction},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.1177/1461445605054405},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-10-01},
urldate = {2005-10-01},
journal = {Discourse Studies},
volume = {7},
number = {4},
pages = {527-545},
abstract = {Computer-mediated interaction poses new challenges for theories and models of social interaction concerned with relationships between humans and tools. This article discusses deaf signers using sign language in computer-mediated space, a case in which a new technological ‘tool’ is integrated into existing practices and conventions, but also requires new innovations. An influential model for studying humans, tool use, and social interaction is Activity Theory. However, in analyzing procedures deaf signers use in learning how to manage communication in computer-mediated space, key notions of Activity Theory, notably the ‘mediation’ properties of tools and the categories of subject and tool, are found to be insufficient. I propose adding to the concept of mediation and characterizing the relationship between subjects and new tools in interaction as one in which tools are ‘prostheses’ which interactants learn to inhabit. Based on looking at people learning to use a new technology, I argue, a key process in activities with new tools is a process where interactants learn how to enhance and constrain, extend and transform properties of the human body.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Duranti2005,
title = {Theories and models of language, interaction and culture},
author = {Anjali Browning and Alessandro Duranti},
doi = {10.1177/1461445605054399},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-10-01},
journal = {A Special Issue of Discourse Studies},
volume = {7},
pages = {403-407},
publisher = {Sage Publications},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Mannheim2005,
title = {Intertwined traditions},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-08-11},
urldate = {2005-08-11},
pages = {15-24},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {As a research tradition, linguistic anthropology emerged in the United States and Canada under the aegis of Boasian “four-field” anthropology. The name itself predates Boas, and was used for the collection of texts and other linguistic materials among Native North Americans (Gal 2006: 171), but within the Boasian program, carried through by such anthropologists as Sapir, Reichard, Haas, and Voegelin, it came to denote a set of research practices in which language in all its aspects provided an opening into culture, social relations, history, and prehistory. Though located intellectually and institutionally within the field of anthropology, it draws on several intertwined traditions of anthropological and linguistic research, North American and European, beginning in the middle of the nineteenth century.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Tsimpli2005,
title = {'Real' and apparent optionality in second language grammars: Finiteness and pronouns in null operator structures},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Teresa Parodi},
doi = {10.1191/0267658305sr248oa},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-07-01},
urldate = {2005-07-01},
journal = {Second Language Research},
volume = {21},
abstract = {The existence of optionality in acquisitional data presents a problem to the view that developing grammars do not include more than one grammatical system at any stage. In this article data from Greek and Spanish, on the one hand, and English, on the other, constitute the background for the discussion of the existence of ‘true’ optionality in second language (L2) grammars and its potential persistence at advanced proficiency levels. We also discuss the relation between optionality and finiteness features in L2 grammars as well as how morphology interacts with the development of null operator structures (NOS). Specifically the article deals with the use of pronouns or empty categories in NOS and their relation to finiteness. We discuss the role of clitics in adult second language acquisition when the first language (L1) and the L2 differ in the choices of the pronominal system and in their choice for a gap or clitic pronoun in NOS. The subjects studied are speakers of Greek and of Spanish, languages with clitics, learning English, a language without clitics, as well as speakers of English learning Greek or Spanish. The data collected support the claim that optionality is found in developing grammars but not randomly. First, there is a difference in the degree and nature of optionality found developmentally in advanced as opposed to intermediate learners; secondly, the degree of optionality depends on the morphological richness characterizing L1 and L2 in relation to the phenomena studied. Thus, English learners of Spanish or Greek show more optionality in the use of clitic pronouns and less evidence for a correlation between finiteness and clitics in NOS. On the other hand, Spanish/Greek learners of English show constrained optionality in the use of empty categories or pronouns in NOS.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2005,
title = {Information Processing in Akan Question-word Fronting and Focus Constructions},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Charles O Marfo},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-07-01},
pages = {353 - 369},
abstract = {Wh-question fronting and focus constructions in Akan (a Kwa language spoken in Ghana) have three structural characteristics in common: i) left-peripheral dislocation of a constituent, ii) introduction of a clitic morpheme (referred to as focus marker) after the dislocated constituent, and iii) pronoun resumption in a canonical clause position. In comparing these constructions to each other and to related canonical constructions, the question that one is confronted with is whether the same discourse-contextual information is consistently expressed in both constructions. Using the framework of Lexical-Functional Grammar (Kaplan and Bresnan 1982; Bresnan 2001; etc.), we show in this paper that both wh-question fronting and focus constructions essentially share common representations in the constituent (c-) structure and the functional (f-) structure. Considering the individual discourse-contextual information that is expressed in wh-question fronting and focus constructions, as compared to the discourse-contextual information expressed in the respective in-situ and canonical clause counterparts, however, we show that a variance is drawn between them in the information (i-) structure. In a further constraint-based analysis, Optimality-Theoretic LFG (OT-LFG: Bresnan 2000; Kuhn 2001; etc.) is used to clarify and strengthen the suggestions made.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vigouroux2005,
title = {‘There are no Whites in Africa’: Territoriality, language, and identity among Francophone Africans in Cape Town},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux},
doi = {10.1016/j.langcom.2005.03.002},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-07-01},
journal = {Language & Communication },
volume = {25},
number = {3},
pages = {237-255},
abstract = {In this paper, I discuss identity display among Francophone Black Africans in Cape Town. I focus on language practice and attitudes, both approached in relation to space, which is conceived of multidimensionally. I argue that the physical environment, symbolic meaning, and social practice are interrelated in shaping, together and separately, language practice and attitudes. I propose an interactional and dynamic model of analysis based on territoriality which helps us understand the relationship between space and language, and the way speakers give meaning to and appropriate their multilayered space.},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Chiaro2005,
title = {Foreword. Verbally Expressed Humor and translation: An overview of a neglected field},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.1515/humr.2005.18.2.135},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-06-20},
journal = {Humor - International Journal of Humor Research},
volume = {18},
number = {2},
pages = {135-145},
abstract = {HUMOR was established as an international interdisciplinary forum for the publication of high-quality research papers on humor as an important and universal human faculty. Humor research draws upon a wide range of academic disciplines including anthropology, biology, cultural studies, computer science, education, communication, film and media studies, gender studies, history, linguistics, literature, mathematics, health and medicine, philosophy, political science, psychology, and sociology. At the same time, humor research often sheds light on the basic concepts, ideas, and methods of many of these disciplines.},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2005bb,
title = {`Praatjies and Boerenbrieven - Popular literature in the history of Afrikaans},
author = {Ana Deumert},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Pidgin and Creole languages},
volume = {20},
number = {1},
pages = {15-51},
abstract = {From the 1820s humorous representations of the local vernacular began to appear in the periodical press of the Cape Colony. These popular texts developed into a highly productive genre and influenced the formation of an early Afrikaans written norm by shaping expectations of social, linguistic and local authenticity. Whereas the early vernacular representations fall largely into the category of racist parodies or ‘mock language’ (Hill 1995), later texts were intended as projections of the colonists' own ‘voice’. Using LePage's concept of linguistic focusing (cf. LePage & Tabouret-Keller 1985), Coupland's (2001) notion of stylization, and Gal and Irvine's (2000) semiotic principles of iconization and erasure, this paper argues that linguistic forms which were propagated as ‘authentic’ representations of local speech in the popular literature came to be used as conventionalized ideological resources in non-literary texts and contributed to the gradual formation and diffusion of a written norm at the Cape. The data basis for the analysis includes early literary texts (1828–1889), the Corpus of Cape Dutch Correspondence (1880–1922, cf. Deumert, 2001, 2004) as well as a small, pragmatically cohesive corpus of application letters for the position of a nanny in the house of Colin Steyn (1923/1924).},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2005bb,
title = {New directions in the study of language and sexuality},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-05-01},
journal = {Journal of Sociolinguistics},
volume = {9},
number = {2},
pages = {254-266},
abstract = {Before reading Deborah Cameron and Don Kulick’s Language and Sexuality, few would probably know that the beginning of the study of homosexual language could be traced back to the 1920s. In the pre-Stonewall era, research on this topic was mostly concerned with the documentation of homosexual argot. Not until the publication of William Leap’s (1996) seminal work on gay language did research in this area begin to gain recognition in sociolinguistics and linguistic anthropology. No longer limited to the study of gay slang, research on gay language has become fashionable, if not respectable. Since the 1990s, articles on language and sexuality have appeared in well-established journals, and several edited volumes on this topic have been published (eg Livia and Hall 1997, Campbell-Kibler, Podesva, Roberts and Wong 2002). Nevertheless, the study of language and sexuality.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2005bb,
title = {Feminist linguistic activism in the 21st century: A view across the English speaking world},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Joanne Winter},
url = {https://eprints.soas.ac.uk/id/eprint/9872},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-05-01},
publisher = {Peter Lang},
abstract = {Anne Pauwels and Joanne Winter (2005) 'Feminist linguistic activism in the 21st century: A view across the English speaking world.' In: McCafferty, Kevin and Bull, Tove and Kristin, Killie, (eds.), Conexts: Historical, Social, Linguistic studies in celebration of Toril Swan. Bern: Peter Lang, pp. 107-127 … Full text not available from this repository … There is no Altmetric data currently associated with this item … SOAS Research Online is powered by Eprints3 and is hosted by ULCC.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Roberts2005,
title = {Changing EPP parameters in the history of English: Accounting for variation and change},
author = {Ian Roberts and Theresa Biberauer},
doi = {10.1017/S1360674305001528},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-05-01},
urldate = {2005-05-01},
journal = {English Language and Linguistics},
volume = {9},
issue = {1},
pages = {5 - 46},
abstract = {This article presents a novel ‘Kaynian’ analysis of Old and Middle English (OE and ME) word-order patterns in terms of which the patterns attested at the various stages of OE and ME are analysed as the output of a single grammar which, however, permits restricted types of variation. We propose that the West Germanic-like OE word orders were derived via the application of two types of ‘large XP’ movement – VP raising to SpecvP and vP raising to SpecTP – which are in fact pied-piping operations: in both cases, a DP contained within VP and vP – the object and the subject respectively – constitutes the actual Goal of movement, with the larger structure simply being pied piped along. Orders unlike West Germanic in both OE and ME, and synchronic variation more generally, are shown to be derived from the side-by-side availability in the OE and ME grammar of pied piping and ‘stranding’, and the word-order changes that occurred in ME are analysed as the consequence of a reanalysis of the ever more liberal ‘stranding’-permitting pied-piping grammar as one which specifically targets DPs.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2005bb,
title = {Authentic Teaching as the Context for Language Learning},
author = {Ana Deumert and Christine Spratt},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-04-01},
journal = {Journal of Educational Technology & Society},
volume = {8},
number = {2},
pages = {83-93},
abstract = {This paper reports the redevelopment and subsequent evaluation of a unit in dialectology within a foreign language curriculum (German). In doing so it is a case study which serves to offer insight into the student experience of studying linguistics within a foreign language curriculum, the potential of online/electronic pedagogies for the teaching of dialectology and the way in which creative, authentic teaching builds a context for learning. The paper begins with a brief overview of the teaching of linguistics in general and dialectology or language variation studies in particular. It presents the evaluation methodology and findings, and raises implications for further research. It also provides a summary of some aspects of the redevelopment of the unit. © International Forum of Educational Technology & Society (IFETS).},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels2005bb,
title = {Gender in the construction and transmission of ethnolinguistic identities and language maintenance in immigrant Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Joanne Winter},
doi = {10.1080/07268600500113708},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-04-01},
journal = {Australian Journal of Linguistics},
volume = {25},
number = {1},
pages = {153-168},
abstract = {The relevance and impact of gender and/or sex roles have long been recognized in the transmission of languages in situations of language contact. More recent studies of multilingualism, second language learning and language maintenance have moved beyond the investigation of gender roles to looking at gendered identities and questions of language maintenance/shift. Here we build upon these developments and examine the ways in which masculinities and femininities constrain and enable language maintenance practices and transmission of the community language among bilingual women and men who were born in Australia to immigrant parents (the so-called second generation). In particular we explore the gendered practices of ‘maintaining the community language’ among ‘second-generation’ women and men of Greek and German descent and discuss the construction of gendered ethnolinguistic identities and the survival of the respective community languages in Australia.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels2005,
title = {Maintaining the community language in Australia: Challenges and roles for families},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-03-15},
journal = {International journal of bilingual education and bilingualism},
volume = {8},
number = {2-3},
pages = {124-131},
abstract = {Much Australian work on immigrant languages has revealed that the family is a crucial site of language maintenance (LM). The family remains for most immigrants and their offspring the main domain for community language (CL) use. At the same time, there is no doubt that positive language, education and migration policies strengthen the maintenance of CL in Australia as described in Fishman's (1991) model of LM, Reversing Language Shift. However, as Fishman (1991) has observed, supportive policies and educational provisions will only be of value if the family initiates CL acquisition and provides a practice ground for its continued use. I consider the main favourable factors, challenges and strategies for successful CL maintenance in the family, as gleaned from case studies, and conclude with suggestions for greater attention to the role of adolescents and of technology in CL maintenance.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta2005,
title = {Narratives of Corruption: Anthropological and Fictional Accounts of the Indian State},
author = {Akhil Gupta},
doi = {10.1177/1466138105055663},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-03-01},
journal = {Ethnography},
volume = {6},
number = {1},
pages = {5-34},
abstract = {In this article I attempt to analyze stories about corruption for what they might reveal about the Indian state. By triangulating my own fieldwork data, a prize-winning novel written by an official of the Uttar Pradesh (U.P.) state government, and the accounts of corruption by one of the major social anthropologists of India, F.G. Bailey, I claim that narratives of corruption, and the actions of bureaucrats and agencies in relation to those narratives, are fundamental to the constitution of the state in contemporary India. I argue that the success of policies geared to providing basic needs to the poor depend on changing these narratives and thereby altering the affective relations that poor citizens have with the state.},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks2005,
title = {MASAHIKO MINAMI (2002) Culture-specific language styles: the development of oral narrative and literacy. Published in the series ‘Child language and child development’, series editor Li Wei. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters},
author = {Henriette Hendriks},
doi = {10.1017/S0305000904006762},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-02-01},
urldate = {2005-02-01},
journal = {Journal of Child Language},
volume = {32},
issue = {1},
pages = {241-247},
abstract = {This book is concerned with language development and, in particular, with the construction of personal narratives by monolingual Japanese children at four and five years of age. Data considered are monologic narratives as con-structed by the children of their own accord, mother—child co-constructed personal narratives, and mother—child interactions around book-reading activities. The aim of the book is to determine how much the development of narrative skills is universal versus language-specific; how far mothers and other caretakers influence this development; and how important cultural differences are for this development. The author hopes that the book will provide an accurate portrait of how early social interactions help children acquire communicative competence, and thus help them become competent members of society. In looking at Japanese children in particular, the author hopes to contribute a more cross-cultural understanding of the de-velopment of narrative skills. Results of the study lead into issues of the transmission from home to school situations and its effects on narrative skills; cross-cultural differences in expectancies about what a 'good' personal narrative is; problems for children being evaluated in a foreign language/ culture, and problems for the teaching of narrative skills in a second language. The book has nine chapters. The main body of the book is followed by an extensive bibliography, and an index of subjects and authors. 

Following Vygotsky's and Bruner's ideas on the child's cognitive devel-opment, Minami assumes that children need opportunities for cooperative verbal and nonverbal interactions with adults to become competent speakers of a language, and that it is through meaningful social interactions with those adults guiding and scaffolding the child's participation that the child develops socio-culturally appropriate ways of using language. Two of the typical early socio-cultural language practice situations are singled out in Minami's book : book-reading and personal narratives with or without scaffolding.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2005bb,
title = {The unbearable lightness of being bilingual: English–Afrikaans language contact in South Africa},
author = {Ana Deumert},
doi = {10.1016/j.langsci.2004.10.002},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-31},
journal = {Language Sciences},
volume = {27},
number = {1},
pages = {113-135},
abstract = {This paper discusses McCormick’s sociolinguistic study Language in Cape Town’s District Six [McCormick, K., 2003. Language in Cape Town’s District Six. Oxford University Press, Oxford] and locates it within the fields of South African sociolinguistics and language contact studies. McCormick’s work raises pertinent questions about sociolinguistic historiography, fieldwork methodology, bilingualism, (socio-)linguistic meaning, and the permeability of linguistic boundaries in language contact. McCormick approaches bilingual speech first and foremost from a code-switching perspective, broadly combining Myers-Scotton’s markedness model with conversation–analysis approaches (Gumperz/Auer). However, there is also evidence in the data that conversational language use in this bilingual working-class community can be interpreted within the framework of mixed languages and bilingual convergence. This raises important questions about norm formation and stabilization in language contact situations, and about the diachronic trajectories of bilingual speech.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Sidnell2005,
title = {Introduction: Multimodal interaction},
author = {Jack Sidnell and Tanya Stivers},
doi = {10.1515/semi.2005.2005.156.1},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-30},
urldate = {2005-01-30},
journal = {Semiotica},
volume = {2005},
issue = {156},
pages = {1-20},
abstract = {That human social interaction involves the intertwined cooperation of different modalities is uncontroversial. Researchers in several allied fields have, however, only recently begun to document the precise ways in which talk, gesture, gaze, and aspects of the material surround are brought together to form coherent courses of action. The papers in this volume are attempts to develop this line of inquiry. Although the authors draw on a range of analytic, theoretical, and methodological traditions (conversation analysis, ethnography, distributed cognition, and workplace studies), all are concerned to explore and illuminate the inherently multimodal character of social interaction. Recent studies, including those collected in this volume, suggest that different modalities work together not only to elaborate the semantic content of talk but also to constitute coherent courses of action. In this introduction we present evidence for this position. We begin by reviewing some select literature focusing primarily on communicative functions and interactive organizations of specific modalities before turning to consider the integration of distinct modalities in interaction.
},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@bachelorthesis{Sidnell2005b,
title = {Gesture in the pursuit and display of recognition: A Caribbean case study},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1515/semi.2005.2005.156.55},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-30},
urldate = {2005-01-30},
journal = {Semiotica},
volume = {2005},
issue = {156},
pages = {55-87},
abstract = {In conversation, speakers recurrently refer to non-present persons whom they believe their recipients should be able to identify. Speakers frequently, and preferentially, employ names to accomplish such an outcome but may use recognitional descriptors such as 'the man from town,' where a name is not available. Drawing on videotaped interaction from a small Caribbean community, this paper examines the pursuit of recognition through the use of such descriptors. It is suggested that, in such sequences, gesture, talk, and gaze combine in multiple ways so as to form coherent courses of multimodal action.
},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Roberts2005b,
title = {Principles and Parameters in a VSO Language: A Case Study in Welsh},
author = {Ian Roberts},
doi = {10.1093/acprof:oso/9780195168211.001.0001},
isbn = {9780195168211},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-27},
urldate = {2005-01-27},
journal = {Principles and Parameters in a VSO Language: A Case Study in Welsh},
abstract = {This work provides an analysis of word order and clause structure in Welsh, within the context of a minimalist version of principles and parameters theory. The central issue is the analysis of VSO order, the only unmarked clausal order in Welsh. The question is: which values of which parameters of Universal Grammar determine VSO order? Behind this basic descriptive goal, there are two theoretical questions. The first has to do with the conditions of adequacy on parameters: these must be both typologizable and learnable. The second concerns the Extended Projection Principle (EPP). Developing the conception of this principle in Chomsky (2000, 2001), it is concluded that it is a parametrized property of the C-system and/or the I-system, and that it seems to be intrinsically connected to the defective nature of certain functional heads. Successive chapters deal with the analysis of VSO orders, the Welsh Case-agreement system as it applies to both subjects and objects, the 'verbal noun', and the nature of the C-system. The last chapter takes up the related but distinct question of the theoretical status of head-movement, arguing that this may be construed as movement to a specifier position followed by morphological reanalysis of adjacent heads. Throughout, Welsh is compared to the other Celtic languages, and to the Romance and Germanic languages. Comparison with Romance is particularly revealing in relation to the agreement system, and comparison with Germanic in relation to C-system.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Omar2005b,
title = {Alam dan Penyebaran Bahasa Melayu (Siri Monograf Sejarah Bahasa Melayu)},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9789836287403},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-05},
urldate = {2005-01-05},
publisher = {Dewan Bahasa Dan Pustaka, Kuala Lumpur},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Duranti2005b,
title = {A Companion to Linguistic Anthropology},
editor = {Alessandro Duranti},
doi = {10.1002/9780470996522},
isbn = {9780631223528},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
publisher = {Blackwell Publishing Ltd},
abstract = {A Companion to Linguistic Anthropology provides a series of in-depth explorations of key concepts and approaches by some of the scholars whose work constitutes the theoretical and methodological foundations of the contemporary study of language as culture.

Provides a definitive overview of the field of linguistic anthropology, comprised of original contributions by leading scholars in the field

Summarizes past and contemporary research across the field and is intended to spur students and scholars to pursue new paths in the coming decades

Includes a comprehensive bibliography of over 2000 entries designed as a resource for anyone seeking a guide to the literature of linguistic anthropology},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Bodomo2005b,
title = {Information structuring in Akan question-word fronting and focus constructions},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Charles O Marfo},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
journal = {Studies in African Linguistics},
volume = {34},
number = {2},
abstract = {Wh-question fronting and focus constructions III Akan have three structural characteristics in common: constituent fronting, introduction of a clitic morpheme after the fronted constituent, and pronoun resumption in a canonical clause position. In comparing these constructions to each other and to related canonical constructions, one is confronted with the question whether the same discourse-contextual information is consistently expressed in both constructions. Using the framework of Lexical-Functional Grammar, we show that both whquestion fronting and focus constructions share representations in the constituent and functional structure. Considering the individual discourse-contextual information expressed in wh-question fronting and focus constructions, as compared to the discourse-contextual information expressed in the respective in situ and canonical clause counterparts, however, we show that a variance is drawn between them in the information structure. In a further constraint-based analysis, Optimality-Theoretic LFG is used to clarify the proposals made.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Michaud2005,
title = {Using open quotient for the characterisation of Vietnamese glottalised tones},
author = {Alexis Michaud and vu ngoc Tuan and Christophe d'Alessandro},
url = {https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-00134411},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
booktitle = {Using open quotient for the characterisation of Vietnamese glottalised tones},
pages = {2885-2889},
publisher = {International Speech Communication Association},
abstract = {Vietnamese is a tone language in which the tone is a com- plex bundle of pitch and voice quality characteristics. The present study is restricted to Falling tones (i.e. it does not cover tone C2, called nga in Vietnamese spelling, which has me- dial glottalisation and ends on relatively high pitch), and deals mainly with tone C1 (hoi). This tone is generally described as falling then rising, but interestingly, some speakers realise it simply as falling. The primary aim of this paper is to inves- tigate how these speakers maintain tone C1 distinct from two tones which are similar in terms of pitch: tones A2 (huyen )a nd B2 (nang). Analysis of audio and electroglottographic record- ings of 7 speakers (441 syllables) confirms that there exist two types of strategies in the realisation of tone C1, and that in the falling realisation of C1, the voice quality at the end of the syl- lable differs from that of tones A2 and B2. It is further observed that this voice quality contrast cannot be captured by measure- ment of the open quotient alone, leading to general observations on the use of the open quotient in the characterisation of phe- nomena of glottalisation.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@proceedings{vungocTuan2005,
title = {Using open quotient for the characterisation of Vietnamese glottalised tones},
author = {vu ngoc Tuan and Christophe d'Alessandro and Alexis Michaud},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
number = {2885-2888},
publisher = {DBLP},
organization = { INTERSPEECH 2005 - Eurospeech, 9th European Conference on Speech Communication and Technology, Lisbon, Portugal, September 4-8, 2005},
abstract = {Vietnamese is a tone language in which the tone is a com- plex bundle of pitch and voice quality characteristics. The present study is restricted to Falling tones (i.e. it does not cover tone C2, called nga in Vietnamese spelling, which has me- dial glottalisation and ends on relatively high pitch), and deals mainly with tone C1 (hoi). This tone is generally described as falling then rising, but interestingly, some speakers realise it simply as falling. The primary aim of this paper is to inves- tigate how these speakers maintain tone C1 distinct from two tones which are similar in terms of pitch: tones A2 (huyen )a nd B2 (nang). Analysis of audio and electroglottographic record- ings of 7 speakers (441 syllables) confirms that there exist two types of strategies in the realisation of tone C1, and that in the falling realisation of C1, the voice quality at the end of the syl- lable differs from that of tones A2 and B2. It is further observed that this voice quality contrast cannot be captured by measure- ment of the open quotient alone, leading to general observations on the use of the open quotient in the characterisation of phe- nomena of glottalisation.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {proceedings}
}
@conference{Michaud2005b,
title = {Using open quotient for the characterisation of Vietnamese glottalised tones},
author = {Alexis Michaud and vu ngoc Tuan and Christophe d'Alessandro},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
booktitle = {Proceedings of Eurospeech-Interspeech 2005: the 9th Annual Conference on Speech Communication and Technology},
pages = {2885-2889},
publisher = {International Speech Communication Association},
abstract = {Vietnamese is a tone language in which the tone is a complex bundle of pitch and voice quality characteristics. The present study is restricted to Falling tones (i.e. it does not cover tone C2, called nga in Vietnamese spelling, which has medial glottalisation and ends on relatively high pitch), and deals mainly with tone C1 (hoi). This tone is generally described as falling then rising, but interestingly, some speakers realise it simply as falling. The primary aim of this paper is to investigate how these speakers maintain tone C1 distinct from two tones which are similar in terms of pitch: tones A2 (huyen) and B2 (nang). Analysis of audio and electroglottographic recordings of 7 speakers (441 syllables) confirms that there exist two types of strategies in the realisation of tone C1, and that in the falling realisation of C1, the voice quality at the end of the syllable differs from that of tones A2 and B2. It is further observed that this voice quality contrast cannot be captured by measurement of the open quotient alone, leading to general observations on the use of the open quotient in the characterisation of phenomena of glottalisation.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2005,
title = {Nominalization and categorization of verbs in Thai},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
journal = {Proceedings of SEALS},
volume = {15},
pages = { 73-81},
abstract = {Nominalization refers to “the process of forming a noun from some other word class (eg red-ness) or (in classical Transformational Grammar especially) the derivation of a noun phrase from an underlying clause (eg His answering of the letter… from He answered the letter)”(Cystal 1991: 232-234). This study deals with the first type of nominalization, which is labeled as “lexical nominalization” by Givo¤ n (1984: 498)},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2005b,
title = {Linguistic markers and stylistic attributes of hedging in English academic papers written by native and non-native speakers of English},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
doi = {10.1163/26659077-01801001},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
journal = {Humanities: Journal of Humanities},
volume = {8},
number = {1},
pages = {1-22},
abstract = {Hedging means mitigating words so as to lessen the impact of an utterance. It may cause uncertainty in language but is regarded as an important feature in English academic writing. The purpose of this paper is to analyze the style of academic writing in English with particular reference to the significant role of hedging and the linguistic features that mark it. The data was taken from academic articles in the humanities written by native speakers of English, Filipino speakers of English, and Thai speakers of English. It is hypothesized that speakers of English as a foreign language use fewer and different hedging devices than native speakers of English. The result of the analysis shows that the prominent linguistic markers of hedging are the auxiliaries may, might, could, the verbs suggest, appear, seem, and the adverbs perhaps and often. They are divided into three groups according to their stylistic attributes of hedging; namely, probability, indetermination, and approximation. The use of hedging found in the data confirms what Hyman (1994) says; i.e., that hedging allows writers to express their uncertainty about the truth of their statements. It is also found that English native speakers use hedges most frequently. The Filipino speakers of English are the second, and the Thai speakers of English use hedges the least frequency. This implies that hedging is likely to be related to the level of competence in English including knowledge of stylistic variation, and that it needs to be formally taught to those who speak English as a second or foreign language.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2005c,
title = {Variation in the use of numeral classifiers in Ahom: Implications for a typological shift from a classifier to a non-classifier language},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
journal = {Paper Summary of the 38th International Sino-Tibetan Conference},
abstract = {This study focuses on the use and non-use of numeral classifiers in Ahom, an extinct Tai language spoken by the Ahom people who ruled the Brahmaputra Valley in the Indian State of Assam between the 13th and the 18th century. Numeral classifiers are classifiers that appear in the context of quantification. They are always next or bound to a number or quantifier; for example, in Thai, tua is a classifier for animals. },
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pham2005,
title = {Vietnamese tonal system in Nghi Loc},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
journal = {Toronto Working Papers in Linguistics},
volume = {24},
abstract = {This paper is a preliminary report on Vietnamese tones in Central Vietnam, the most conservative dialects of Vietnamese. It describes and discusses the F0 contours and tonal neutralizations in the two sub-dialects of Nghe An Province. The results show that, unlike in the Northern and Southern dialects, there are no falling-rising contours in the examined dialects. The general shape of all tones is slightly falling. Contour does not play the same crucial role as in Northern and Southern dialects. In addition, the difference in the F0 values between tones is very small. Spectrographic inspection shows that unlike the Northern dialects, these dialects do not have creaky voice. An examination of the tonal neutralization suggests that the tonal inventory in these two sub-dialects consists of 4, or even 3, tones in open syllables, the smallest inventory found among all dialects. However, only an analysis of a large sample of data from one speaker and across speakers, along with perceptual tests would confirm the tonal inventory in each sub-dialect.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2005bb,
title = {The Social and Economic Security of International Students in Australia: Study of 202 student cases Summary report},
author = {Ana Deumert and Simon Marginson and Chris Nyland and Gaby Ramia and Erlenawati Sawir},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
journal = {Melbourne: Monash University},
abstract = {In 2004 there were 228,555 international students enrolled in Australian universities, 24.2% of all students–an extraordinary one student in every four, much the highest level of any nation in the OECD. There were 164,535 international students on-shore in Australian institutions (DEST 2005). This large group of people is important in an instrumental sense to Australia and Australian universities–international education is a $6 billion industry and at last count provided 15% of university revenues (DEST 2005)–but they are also important as cultural contributors and human beings in Australian higher education; as well being important to their own nations and families. International students are involved in a recognised form of temporary migration and subject to specific visas.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2005bb,
title = {Another Look at ‘Japanese Women's Language’: A Prosodic Analysis},
author = {Andrew Wong and Mie Hiramoto},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
journal = {Proceedings from the Annual Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society},
volume = {41},
number = {1},
pages = {111-123},
abstract = {This study examines the view that Japanese women's language is not the sole property of Japanese women; rather, it is an ideological construct that is associated with various linguistic resources with gendered meanings. These linguistic resources are available to anyone - i.e., both men and women - for the construction of different personae. Thus, the interesting question is not whether Japanese women use a wider pitch range or rising intonation on interactional particles; rather, it is how Japanese men and women use linguistic resources that are linked to masculinity and femininity to construct different styles. Taking this claim as its point of departure, this paper focuses on the production and perception of gender stereotypes in Japanese. Our research questions are as follows: (1) To what extent do Japanese speakers draw on stereotypical features of men's speech.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2005bb,
title = {Language maintenance in a global context: An Afrikaans case study in Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
url = {https://eprints.soas.ac.uk/id/eprint/9871},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
pages = {119-201},
publisher = {Novus Forlag},
abstract = {Anne Pauwels, (2005) 'Language maintenance in a global context: An Afrikaans case study in Australia.' In: Alhaug, G and Moerck, E and Pedersen, E and Pedersen, A, (eds.), Mot rikare mål å trå. Oslo: Novus Forlag, pp. 190-201 … Full text not available from this repository … There is no Altmetric data currently associated with this item … SOAS Research Online is powered by Eprints3 and is hosted by ULCC.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Omar2005bb,
title = {Bahasa Malaysia Saintifik},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {983628164},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
journal = {Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka, Malaysia},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Lu2005,
title = {"The Polysemy of Onomatopoeia and Mimetics ", "Proceedings of the 2005 Contemporary Cognitive Linguistics and Japanese Research Innovation Seminar"},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Jiarong Lv},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
journal = {Contemporary Cognitive Linguistics and Japanese Research Innovation Seminar},
pages = {129-146},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Williams2005,
title = {1. Iaith Pawb: the Doctrine Of Plenary Inclusion},
author = {Collin Williams},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
journal = {Contemporary Wales},
volume = {17},
number = {1},
pages = {1-27},
abstract = {This article offers a critique of Iaith Pawb, the National Assembly for Wales's language policy, developed in 2002 as the basis for government action to create a bilingual society over the coming generations. The author traces the implications of a strong commitment by national government to mainstreaming the Welsh language within Assembly-administered areas, such as education and the public sector. However, there are severe difficulties in achieving the stated goals, which are illustrated in relation to: aspects of education, community development, town and country planning, and the economy. The article concludes with a series of recommendations which would bolster government investment in bilingualism, and offers an evaluation of six factors which are likely to shape the effectiveness of the Iaith Pawb reforms.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Perrin2005,
title = {Recontextualization routines from a media linguistic perspective},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2005b,
title = {Progression Analysis. A mult-method approach for investigating writing at the workplace},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2005bb,
title = {Tracing journalistic language awareness},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Perrin2005bb,
title = {For the functional design of hypermedia learning text in blended learning environments. Theoretical assessment and case study},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Perrin2005bb,
title = {How are radio texts created? Methodological pluralistic case studies in three newsrooms},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@collection{Perrin2005bb,
title = {Coaching in dealing with the media. To work on the efficiency and effectiveness of public organizational communication},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {collection}
}
@conference{Perrin2005bb,
title = {"For us, a report simply has to be made". Subjective theories of media professionals on the connection between text form and text effect},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2005bb,
title = {Journalistic use of language as a cognitive and social activity. What use media linguistics at KMW},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@book{Perrin2005bb,
title = {Idée suisse. Language policy, language norms and language practice using the example of SRG SSR},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Michael Schanne and Vinzenz Wyss},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
publisher = {Institute for Applied Media Studies},
abstract = {This short final report presents the key concepts and outcomes of the research project "idee suisse: Language policy, norms, and practice as exemplified by Swiss Radio and Television". The project was funded from 2005 to 2007 by the Swiss National Science Foundation. It is part of the National Research Programme 56, "Language Diversity and Linguistic Competence in Switzerland". As intended by the Swiss National Science Foundation, the short final report is addressed to a wider audience, including interested non-linguists and non-academics.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Perrin2005bb,
title = {Design hypermedia learning text. Design of teaching materials at the intersection of didactics and linguistics},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Roman Dörig and Petronella Vervoort},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-322-80780-9_4},
isbn = {978-3-531-14740-6},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
pages = {39–62},
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},
abstract = {How should a hypermedia learning text (HL) be designed so that it functions optimally? - This article suggests a didactically problem-oriented and text-based approach. How this proposal can be implemented is illustrated by the example of an HL-supported introduction to media linguistics (1). The contribution first anchors the HL as a teaching aid in a didactically oriented environment (2). Then he defines it functionally as multimedia hypertext with potential didactic added value (3). From this he derives principles for the design of the pragmatic, semantic and syntactic structure of a HL (4). Conclusion: Those who produce hypermedia learning text do not have to orient themselves to the programming technology,},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Perrin2005bb,
title = {Writing for the net: Aspeke of goal setting, planning, management and control},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Helga Kessler},
doi = {10.1007 / 978-3-322-80780-9},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},
abstract = {Professional writing in the workplace is mostly writing on the screen - and more and more often writing to read and use on the screen. This volume is concerned with: What exactly do professionals in science, business, industry or administration do when they write on the computer and read on the computer, and what do they want to do? Does it come out of what you have set out to do and what the users expect? What can be improved and how? It is aimed at researchers and experts from practice who deal with writing in and for online and hypermedia environments. Subjects are scientific writing, writing in teaching material production, technical editing, business writing, online journalism and writing in administration.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Perrin2005bb,
title = {Between mediation and instrumentalization. Recontextualization in media discourse},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
pages = {153–178},
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},
abstract = {“The situation is serious and we do have to take some risks.” - Foreign Minister Josep Pique's tight quota, originally part of a complex answer, is going around the world and is constantly being embedded in new linguistic and communicative environments by correspondents, news agencies and editorial offices whereby it changes its meaning. The present article deals with such typical mass media usage: It defines recontextualization as a concept to be grasped by media linguistically (1), examines four research questions, each based on an empirical case with a suitable method in each case (2), and recognizes recontextualization as an interface between cognitive and social practices ranging from conveying to the instrumentalization of reproduced utterances (3).},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Perrin2005bb,
title = {Writing at work. Effective texts through efficient work techniques},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Nicole Rosenberger},
isbn = {3589234407},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
publisher = {Cornelsen Pocket Business},
abstract = {Writing efficiently and effectively Writing is a key skill in management and communication. Anyone who knows how to use writing as a work tool solves complex problems more easily, communicates more convincingly, and sets better standards in leadership. Such effective, efficient writing can be learned. This book shows how. With 16 working techniques for goal setting, planning, management and control in the writing process, you can break down encrusted routines and expand your repertoire of writing strategies. You learn the techniques step by step, with case studies from practice: from PR, journalism and company communication. The approach is based on the findings of writing research and has proven itself in training and coaching sessions for managers and communication professionals. He became popular with the book “Writing coaching for professionals”. The “Pocket Business” paperback now summarizes the techniques in a compact form, for self-learning - a light case with handy tools and guaranteed success.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Perrin2005bb,
title = {"Condense things for people". Write creatively under pressure},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
isbn = {3929622157},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
pages = {34–54},
publisher = {Federal Academy for Cultural Education},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2005bb,
title = {Between mediation and instrumentalization},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1007 / 978-3-322-80777-9_9},
isbn = {978-3-322-80777-9},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
pages = {153-178},
publisher = {VS publishing house for social sciences},
abstract = {“The situation is serious and we do have to take some risks.” - Foreign Minister Josep Pique's tight quota, originally part of a complex answer, is going around the world and is constantly being embedded in new linguistic and communicative environments by correspondents, news agencies and editorial offices whereby it changes its meaning. The present article deals with such typical mass media usage: It defines recontextualization as a concept to be grasped by media linguistically (1), examines four research questions, each based on an empirical case with a suitable method in each case (2), and recognizes recontextualization as an interface between cognitive and social practices ranging from conveying to the instrumentalization of reproduced utterances (3).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Chiaro2005b,
title = {Looking Quality Research in the Eye: are we beholding the splinter and ignoring the beam?},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro and Giuseppe Nocella},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
journal = {The Interpreters’ Newsletter. Quality in Interpreting},
pages = {167-199},
abstract = {The aim of Chiaro and Nocella’s article (2004) which has been much quoted by Franz Pöchhacker in this issue, was not to boast their competence in slick and sophisticated statistical techniques. Neither was it to be excessively harsh on researchers who were, after all, pioneers in bringing survey techniques to Interpreting Studies (IS) in the first place. Chiaro and Nocella’s aim, nonetheless, was to underscore a certain lackadaisical attitude rampant in several attempts at questionnaire based quality research (QBQR) in this field. However, as Pöchhacker casts doubts on the reliability of their study, the authors cannot do otherwise but jump to their own defence1. In fact, much as Pöchhacker’s re-elaboration of existing data does him honour (this issue: 150-154), as we intend to demonstrate in this essay, it cannot, and indeed does not disguise the existing general lack of methodological expertise and rigour present in many attempts at QBQR in IS. Furthermore, while grateful to Pöchhacker for having pointed out a series of shortcomings in their work, Chiaro and Nocella wish to accept total responsibility for each and every weakness, rather than take refuge behind the shield of poor refereeing. Presumably all attempts at research have their strengths and weaknesses. What is important is that the latter do not outnumber the former, otherwise our incessant quest for knowledge could well go awry.},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2005,
title = {Kate Beeching, Gender, politeness and pragmatic particles in French. Pragmatics & Beyond New Series. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 2002. Pp viii, 246. Hb},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404505230300},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {34},
number = {5},
pages = {812 - 816},
abstract = {Kate Beeching's stated purpose is to investigate to what degree men and women differ in the way they render utterances more polite in contemporary spoken French, by means of an in-depth study of the functions and the distributional frequency of four pragmatic particles: c'est-à-dire, enfin, hein, and quoi. The analysis is anchored within Robin Lakoff's theory of politeness as described in Language and woman's place. On balance, and even though the author herself emphasizes the limitations of her corpus and framework, Beeching should be given credit for having put together a much-needed pragmatic study on gender and the French language.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2005b,
title = {Représentation des concepts HOMME - FEMME dans les ONG : le cas des bases de données UNESCO et des Nations-Unies},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Evelyne Jacquey},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2005bb,
title = {Une francophonie plurielle},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Evelyne Jacquey and A Liang},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lupke2005,
title = {A Grammar of Jalonke Argument Structure},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
doi = {10.17617/2.59381},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
abstract = {This thesis provides a systematic account of the patterns of morphosyntactic behaviour of ca. 400 Jalonke verbs. The thesis is based on fieldwork on Jalonke, a variety of Yalunka, a Western Mande language of Guinea. Based on an analysis of differentiating morphosyntactic properties, semantic components that distinguish verb classes in the language are proposed. Furthermore, a quantitative study explores the alignment between lexical argument structure and argument realisation in discourse. Chapter 1 introduces the theoretical framework used and gives background information on the language and its speakers. Chapter 2 sets out to summarise essential grammatical features of this previously undescribed language. Chapters 3 to 6 establish the parameters that underlie the basic argument structure configurations of Jalonke verbs, grouping them into the large classes of base-intransitive, reflexive-only, base-transitive verbs, and causative/inchoative alternating verbs.. Further verb classes according to syntactically relevant components of meaning are proposed. Chapter 7 introduces a number of processes that change the lexical meaning of a verb - the unexpressed object alternation and the distributive and iterative derivations - or alter the valence of a verb - the passive and the causative derivation. Chapter 8 examines a split among intransitive verbs that is manifest when nominalised verbs occur in possessive constructions, and discusses it in the context of unaccusativity.},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Benjamin2005,
title = {Consciousness and Polity in Southeast Asia: The Long View},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
editor = {Riaz Hassan},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.1.4115.4084},
isbn = {9789004141582},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
pages = {261–289},
publisher = {Brill},
abstract = {The different types of socio-religious patterns followed in Southeast Asia relate directly to certain institutionalised ways of orientating people’s apperceptions and ways of talking about the world. However, and despite what much of the culturological literature seems to imply, the different modes of orientation are not simply givens, emerging out of nothing. Rather, they have historical and social contexts – in particular, those set by the processes through which the pre-modern states were brought into being, which have had a continuing influence on these patterns right into modern times. At least four kinds of early state are recognisable in Southeast Asia: coastal trading states, colonial-response states, inland sacred-city (or ‘middle kingdom’) states, and cultural suppletion (or mainland migration) states. The modern nation-state also has a profound bearing on these issues. The chapter indicates how various domains of culture and society in Southeast Asia – such as language structure, social organisation, modal personality, religious patterns, ecological types – may be interrelated, even though they have usually been treated separately. The argument is not a cultural-determinist one. Rather, it is concerned with the contextual placing of the different modes of orientation and the ways in which those modes have been used by people in attempting to change or regulate their society.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Zuckermann2005,
title = {Abba, Why Was Professor Higgins Trying to Teach Eliza to Speak Like Our Cleaning Lady?: Mizrahim, Ashkenazim, Prescriptivism and the Real Sounds of the Israeli Language},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
journal = {Australian Journal of Jewish Studies},
volume = {19},
pages = {210-231},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2005b,
title = {Phono-Semantische Abgleichung},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
abstract = {What is meant is a disguised borrowing in which a foreign word is matched with a phonetically and semantically similar, already existing autochthonous root or such a word. Accordingly, PSA can alternatively be defined as the introduction of a neologism that preserves both the meaning and the approximate sound of a parallel expression of the QS (source language) and uses existing lexemes or roots of the ZS (target language) for this .
PSA reflects cultural and social interactions and often reveals the attempts of a culture to preserve its identity when it is confronted with overpowering foreign (eg American) influences, without ignoring them. In this new millennium, communication technologies are making the ever stronger contact between cultures.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2005bb,
title = {Dare Forma all'Identità attraverso la Lingua: "Abbinamento Fono-Semantico" Xenofobo in Ebraico Antico e Moderno, Yiddish e Arabo'},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Haberland2005,
title = {The Consequences of Mobility},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Bent Preisler and Anne Fabricius and Susanne Kjaerbeck and Karen Risager},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
urldate = {2005-01-01},
publisher = {Institut for Sprog og Kultur},
abstract = {External Links: Some Web pages to which we provide links may contain links to other Internet sites for the convenience of users. Roskilde University is not responsible for the availability or contents of these external sites, nor does Roskilde University endorse, warrant, or guarantee the products, services, or information described or offered at these other Internet sites. Users cannot assume that the external sites will abide by the same Privacy Policy to which Roskilde University adheres.
Pop-Up Advertisements: When visiting our Web site, your Web browser may produce pop-up advertisements. These advertisements were most likely produced by other Web sites you visited or by third party software installed on your computer. Roskilde University does not endorse or recommend products or services for which pop-up advertisements appear on your computer screen while you are visiting our site.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Haberland2005b,
title = {Domains and domain loss},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
urldate = {2005-01-01},
journal = {The Consequences of Mobility: Linguistic and Sociocultural Contact Zones},
pages = {227-237},
abstract = {The domain concept, originally suggested by Schmidt-Rohr in the 1930s (as credited in Fishman's writings in the 1970s), was an attempt to sort out different areas of language use in multilingual societies, which are relevant for language choice. In Fishman's version, domains were considered as theoretical constructs that can explain language choice which were supposed to be a more powerful explanatory tool than more obvious (and observable) parameters like topic, place (setting) and interlocutor. In the meantime, at least in Scandinavia, the term 'domain' has been taken up in the debate among politicians and in the media, especially in the discussion whether some languages undergo 'domain loss' vis-à-vis powerful international languages like English. A first objection that has been raised is that domains, as originally conceived, are parameters of language choice and not properties of languages, hence languages do not 'have' domains, and therefore cannot lose them. A second objection is that the classical domain concept is not necessarily applicable to the present Danish sociolinguistic situation, since stable multilingualism for in-group communication is absent at least for the dominant group of Danish speakers. A further objection is concerned with the applicability of the domain concept to actual patterns of language choice in multilingual settings. Especially Pádraig Ó Riagáin has claimed that at least some multilingual situations are best not described in terms of domains, and recent research e.g. about the multilingual communities in the Danish-German border area seems to confirm this.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2005b,
title = {Morphological Cues in Children's Processing of Ambiguous Sentences: A Study of Subject/Object Ambiguities in Greek},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Despina Papadopoulou},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
urldate = {2005-01-01},
journal = {Proceedings of the Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development},
volume = {29},
pages = {471-481},
abstract = {In this paper, we investigate the on-line processing of locally ambiguous sentences, in which the ambiguity is resolved by morphological means, namely by SV agreement and Case on DPs. Moreover, we compare the parsing strategies employed by adult readers with those used by children in order to examine the development of the parser. The method used is an on-line measure, more specifically a self-paced reading task. The structures we tested involve subject/object ambiguities, in which the verb of a pre-posed adverbial clause is optionally transitive and followed by a DP which could be either the object of the embedded verb (la) or the subject of the main verb.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2005c,
title = {Peripheral Positions in Early Greek},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
doi = {10.1075/la.76.08tsi},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
urldate = {2005-01-01},
abstract = {This paper aims to provide a new approach to the development of clause structure in L1 acquisition on the basis of the distinction between LF-interpretable and LF- uninterpretable features which is argued to have effects on learnability. The study concentrates on the acquisition of syntactic phenomena which are related to the syntax / pragmatics interface, namely focusing, dislocation and clitic-doubling in Greek. On the assumption that these syntactic phenomena involve a grammatical representation of certain functional features on 'peripheral' functional heads (CP / FP), the aim is to identify a developmental pattern that describes the sequence in which these structures emerge in Greek L1 acquisition. The early acquisition of the left-periphery is then juxtaposed to the relatively delayed acquisition of the inflectional domain.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2005b,
title = {The Sociolinguistics of Status in Pohnpei},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.1515/ijsl.2005.2005.172.7},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
urldate = {2005-01-01},
journal = {International Journal of the Sociology of Language  DOI:},
volume = {2005},
number = {172},
pages = {7-30},
abstract = {Pohnpeian is one of several Pacific languages with a complex honorific speech register. Studying everyday interactions in which honorific speech occurs reveals that the use of these status-marking forms is not as regularized as native speakers imply or as theories would predict. This suggests that asymmetries of status may be context-specific in ways that are not revealed by generalized descriptions of a society's social organization. Looking at particular interactions contributes to our understanding of the situated, collaborative process of creating and sustaining social difference. Pohnpeians use honorifics to create status relationships between individuals when referring to a person's activities, such as giving and taking or coming and going, as well as when referring to possessions, knowledge states, food and eating. In Pohnpei, as in some other Pacific societies, high and low status are linked to vertical as well as horizontal spatial orientations, so that space can be reinterpreted in a way that is analogous to status markings in language. This paper discusses some of the ways speakers use language to build notions of "high status" and "low status" not just as different levels, but as saliently different spheres of influence and efficacy.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Roberts2005c,
title = {On the role of parameters in Universal Grammar: A reply to Newmeyer},
author = {Ian Roberts and Anders Holmberg},
doi = {10.1515/9783110892994.538},
year  = {2005},
date = {2005-01-01},
urldate = {2005-01-01},
journal = {Organizing Grammar: Linguistic Studies in Honor of Henk Van Riemsdijk},
abstract = {Newmeyer (2004) argues that the notion of parameter of Universal Grammar has no role to play in accounting for cross-linguistic differences in syntax, and that, instead, "language-particular differences are captured by differences in language-particular rules" (183). He tries to show that parameter-approaches "have failed to live up to their promise" (181) and that "the hopeful vision of UG as providing a small number of principles each admitting of a small number of parameter settings is simply not workable" (185). In this paper, we defend the principles-and-parameters model of cross- linguistic variation. We propose that Newmeyer's arguments against it are based on misunderstandings either of theory or of data, are conceptually misconceived, illogical or simply false. The rule-based alternative he suggests is hard to evaluate, since few actual instances of it are offered, and none is discussed in any detail. In a couple of instances that Newmeyer discusses, his rule-based account is a notational variant of a parameter- based theory. In other cases it represents a retreat to observational adequacy. The first part of the paper replies to Newmeyer's critique of parameters (his pp. 198-215). The second part demonstrates an example of the efficacy of the parameter-based approach, drawing on work by Platzack and Holmberg on Scandinavian. 2 Newmeyer's critique of parameters Newmeyer begins by enumerating eight ways in which parameters might be thought to be attractive, as follows:},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams2004,
title = {Institutions, identities and lesser-used languages in Wales and Brittany},
author = {Collin Williams and Alistair Cole},
doi = {10.1080/1359756042000315487},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-12-21},
journal = {Regional & Federal Studies},
volume = {14},
number = {4},
pages = {554-579},
abstract = {In this article we compare and contrast the very different approaches adopted towards ‘regional’ languages in Wales and the French region of Brittany. Consistent with our interest in the dynamics of devolution, decentralization and regional governance, we focus principally upon the interplay between institutions, actors and opinion at the meso-level, using structured interviews, documentary evidence and survey material to back up our findings. In their own way, the Breton and Welsh cases both demonstrate the resilience of national paths and the effects of institutions on political outcomes.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2004,
title = {Review: Narrative Writing in Australian and Chinese Schools. A Study of Text in Context},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1093/applin/25.4.552},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-12-01},
journal = {Applied Linguistics },
volume = {25},
number = {4},
pages = {552-555},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Brookes2004,
title = {A Repertoire of South African Quotable Gestures},
author = {Heather Brookes},
doi = {10.1525/jlin.2004.14.2.186},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-12-01},
urldate = {2004-12-01},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {14},
number = {2},
pages = {186-224},
abstract = {Among black urban South Africans in Gauteng province, quotable gestures are a prominent part of everyday communication. Using observations and video recordings of spontaneous communicative interactions, elicitation interviews, and a decoding test, this study presents the repertoire of quotable gestures in current use. Quotable gestures fall within three main gestural types: lexical, holophrastic, and concept, with lexical gestures constituting the highest proportion. Within each gestural type, gestures vary in their range of meanings, functions, and independence from speech. This variation suggests that sharp distinctions between gestural types and between quotable and speech-dependent gestures may obscure continuities in meaning, function, and how gestures originate and develop. The article discusses recent work that suggests alternative organizational criteria for the analysis of gestures. It proposes that analysis of gestures begin at the level of interaction, taking into account how social relationships, cultural notions, and identity shape forms of gestural use and behavior.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim2004,
title = {Why not the Neandertals?},
author = {Bruce Mannheim and Milford Wolpoff and Alan Mann and John Hawks and Rachel Caspari and Karen Rosenberg and David Frayer and George Gill and Geoffrey Clark},
doi = {10.1080/0043824042000303700},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-12-01},
urldate = {2004-12-01},
journal = {World Archaeology},
volume = {36},
number = {4},
pages = {527-546},
abstract = {Klein argues that a hypothetical genetic mutation in an African population less than 100,000 years ago led to a cascade of neurological changes in the human brain that culminated in the appearance of modern language. Language then triggered the socioeconomic and cognitive changes we associate with behavioral modernity and Africans, armed with behavioral modernity, then spread out from that continent, out competing, displacing, extirpating, outbreeding or, most generally, replacing the Neandertals and other archaic humans throughout the middle latitudes of the Old World. In this paper we present evidence from skeletal anatomy, mitochondrial DNA, morphology and genetics of speech, and the archaeology of the Middle-Upper Paleolithic transition in Europe that directly contradicts all of the elements in the replacement scenario Klein proposes. The processes leading to modernity involved the entire human species, and were based on the ethnogenic principle of communication and reticulation among populations.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2004b,
title = {12. Four-Word Elaborate Expressions In Yunnan Tai Lue: A Pan-Tai Cultural Trait?},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-11-30},
journal = {The Tai-Kadai Languages},
pages = {395},
abstract = {A four-word elaborate expression is an idiom that is composed of four monosyllabic words; thus, it is named a ‘four-syllable word’or a ‘four-syllable compound’by some linguists. Examples of four-word elaborate expressions in Standard Thai are as follows:(1) yu¿ u dii kin dii stay good eat good ‘to be well-off’(2) kin khaÁaw kin plaa eat rice eat fish to eat (rice)(3) tham raÁy thaÂy naa make farm plough rice paddy ‘to do rice-farming’(4) yu¿ u yen pen su¿ k stay cool stay happy ‘to live happily’1 The earlier version of this paper was presented at the International Conference on Hua Yao Dai Culture of Upper Red River in Xin Ping County, Yunnan Province, People’s Republic of China, January 3-8, 2001. All the data on which this study is based was from Wu Ling Yun and his book while he was in Thailand in 1987. He often encouraged me to write a paper on this topic, but it took me very long to finish writing the paper as he wished. I am very grateful to him and dedicate this paper to him. I would also like to thank Dr Pranee Kullavanijaya, an expert in Tai linguistics, for her valuable advice and suggestions, which have helped me improve this paper.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Chiaro2004b,
title = {Translational and marketing communication: A comparison of print and web advertising of Italian agro-food products},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-11-01},
journal = {The Translator},
volume = {10},
number = {2},
pages = {313-328},
abstract = {One of the many effects of the new economy has been the deconstruction of traditional market channel distribution. Today, the traditional 'producer-wholesaler-retailer-consumer' sequence of buying and selling is changing as the World Wide Web has created a direct link between producer and customer (B2C) and between producer and producer (B2B).1 Like many other economies, the Italian one, which is largely based on small and medium sized industries, has had to come to terms with the challenge of competing in this new marketplace, with the handicap of having to do so in a language other than its own. This paper sets out to investigate how the Italian agro-food sector promotes its products beyond the national market. In order to examine the interdependence between medium and message, a corpus of electronic promotional texts for Italian foodstuff is compared and contrasted with a comparable corpus of printed advertising material from specialized magazines in English. After examining common strategies adopted in the two media, specific translation strategies adopted in the web corpus are analyzed.},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2004,
title = {Politeness in young children's speech: Context, peer group influence and pragmatic competence},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1016/j.pragma.2003.11.008},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-11-01},
urldate = {2004-11-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {36},
number = {11},
pages = {2003-2022},
abstract = {This paper is concerned with children’s pragmatic competence. It presents the results of an empirical study of Danish children’s language in play, focusing on their use of politeness phenomena. Results from the present study are compared with previous research, most of which has found that girls appear to be more polite than boys when they play. This is not confirmed in the present study which found no significant differences in boys’ and girls’ use of mitigation. The girls as well as the boys often used an assertive, unmitigated style in their play. This result is discussed in relation to different patterns of socialisation in Denmark, emphasising the importance of socio-cultural context and peer group influence on children’s language, as well as children’s sensitivity of contextual norms, i.e., their pragmatic competence},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Sidnell2004,
title = {There’s Risks in Everything: Extreme-Case Formulations and Accountability in Inquiry Testimony},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1177/0957926504046503},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-11-01},
urldate = {2004-11-01},
journal = {Discourse and Society},
volume = {15},
issue = {6},
pages = {745-766},
abstract = {Drawing on the video record of a recent inquiry into the causes of water contamination in a small town in Ontario, Canada, this article presents an analysis of evasive strategies. The analysis focuses on the use of ‘extreme case formulations’ such as ‘there’s risks in everything’ and ‘every meeting of Cabinet or Cabinet Committee is important’ (Pomerantz, 1986; Sacks, 1995). Within the context of inquiry testimony, such formulations allowed the thenpremier of Ontario to avoid having to account for possibly blameworthy actions.
},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Frellesvig2004,
title = {The Vowels of Proto-Japanese},
author = {Bjarke Frellesvig and John Whitman},
doi = {10.2307/4141291},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-10-01},
journal = {Japanese Language and Literature},
volume = {38},
number = {2},
pages = {281-299},
abstract = {Proto-Japanese is the reconstructed language stage from which all later varieties of Japanese, including Ryukyuan, descend. It has been studied both as an end in itself (as the genetic code of the Japanese language) and as part of endeavors to clarify the genetic affiliation of Japanese. Based on the state of the field, especially as represented in Samuel E. Martin's seminal work The Japanese Language Through Time (1987), this volume singles out key areas in the reconstruction of proto-Japanese where salient progress has been or promises to be made since Martin. Contributions were invited from scholars working on the following areas: segmental phonology, use of dialect evidence, accent, morphology, and syntax. While the book first of all presents new research which advances our understanding of proto-Japanese, it also gives an overview over the state of the art in the field and its main issues.},
keywords = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Cardoso2004,
title = {A New Look at the Portuguese Element in Saramaccan},
author = {Hugo Cardoso and Norval S. H. Smith},
doi = {10.5334/jpl.14},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-09-30},
urldate = {2004-09-30},
journal = {Journal of Portuguese Linguistics},
volume = {3},
number = {2},
pages = {115-147},
abstract = {This article contains what is possibly the most accurate wordlist of Portuguese-derived items in Saramaccan (a creole language spoken in the interior of Suriname) produced so far, and attempts to establish the proportions of Portuguese – versus English-derived words – in this language. We believe that the results are very striking when the lexical category of the items concerned is taken into account. These observations are then analysed in the light of a possible scenario of the formation of Saramaccan involving the partial relexification of an earlier form of Sranan (the English-lexifier creole of the coast of Suriname) with Portuguese and/or a Portuguese-based Creole.},
keywords = {Hugo Cardoso},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pablé2004,
title = {Review of “Le Nom Propre en Traduction” by Ballard Michel},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.1075/babel.50.1.16pab},
isbn = {0521-9744},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-09-22},
journal = {Babel},
volume = {50},
number = {1},
pages = {90-94},
abstract = {In seiner Studie befasst sich Michel Ballard eingehend mit einem Gebiet der Uebersetzungspro-zess. das bisher meist nur oberflachlich (einfi.ihrende Werke in die Translationswissenschaft) oder sonst eher einseitig (literarische Uebersetzung) behandelt worden ist: die Eige1u1amen im Uebersetzungspro­ zess. Besonders rar waren demnach detailierte Untersuchw1gen aus iiberset­ zungstheoretiscber Sicht, wie etwa diejenigen von Rudolf Zitruner (1981), Otto Back (1983) und Gero Lietz (1992). Michel Ballard schreibt in erster Linie fii.r den franzosischen Uebersetzer, der ms/vom Engliscbe(n) i.ibersetzt: in der vor­ liegenden Studie, welche die gesamte Klasse der Eigennamen (Toponyme, An­ throponyme, Eponyme, Kulturalien ) beri.icksichtigt, stellt der Autor englisch­ franzosische Allonyme (isoliert sowie im Textgefii.ge) gegeniiber,und bespricht deren it1terlinguale Handhabung. In dieser Hit1sicht orientiert sich Ballard am preskriptiven Zweig der Tr@slationswissenschaft, welcher praktische w1d we­ niger theoretische Ziele verfolgt. Anderseits arbeitet der Au tor aucb mit einem deskriptiven Paradigina,z.B.wenn es darwn geht, die Strategien verschiedener Uebersetzer zu vergleichen: Aus e1npirischer Sicht ist namlich  unbestreitbar, lass Ueberse.tzer die Nomina Propria desselben Textes verschieden angehen. Die reichhaltigen Beispiele, die Ballard anfi.ihrt, smd sowohl pragmatischen sowie literarischen Texten entnommen. Der Autor setzt sich mit den diverse­ sten Dimensionen der Nameniibersetzung auseinander, so etwa mit eit1er rhe­ torischen (Namerunetapher, Namenme tony1nie, Namenspiel), einer formellen emer normativen (Fremdbelassung vs Einbiirgerung im Zieltext), sowie einer gram­ matikalisch-diskursiven.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2004,
title = {First Language Attrition and Syntactic Subjects: A Study of Greek and Italian Near-Native Speakers of English},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Antonella Soraceand and Caroline Heycock and Francesca Filiaci},
doi = {10.1177/13670069040080030601},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-09-01},
urldate = {2004-09-01},
journal = {International Journal of Bilingualism},
volume = {8},
number = {257},
abstract = {In this paper we present some results from an experimental study that we have been conducting into the effects of syntactic attrition on the L1 of Greek and Italian speakers who have achieved near-native proficiency in their L2 (English) but still use their L1 on a regular basis. In particular, we test the hypothesis, developed on the basis of assumptions regarding syntactic modularity, that the changes in L1 syntax will be restricted to the interface with the conceptual /intentional cognitive systems. The area of investigation is the domain of grammatical subjects in Greek and Italian. More specifically, we tested the participants on the production and interpretation of null and overt subjects, and of preverbal and postverbal subjects. We also elicited grammaticality judgments on subject extraction and subject position in various syntactic contexts. In this paper we report on the results of one of the production tasks (of preverbal and postverbal subjects) and two interpretation tasks. Attrition effects are found in the production of preverbal subjects in the Greek group whereas Italian speakers show attrition effects in the interpretation of overt pronominal subjects. We argue that these results are in the right direction, that is, that semantic features are vulnerable in language attrition whereas syntactic options remain intact.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Englund2004,
title = {Cosmopolitanism and the Devil in Malawi},
author = {Harri Englund},
doi = {10.1080/0014184042000260008},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-09-01},
urldate = {2004-09-01},
journal = {Ethnos},
volume = {69},
number = {3},
pages = {293-316},
abstract = {The article contributes to recent attempts to provide historically and ethnographically nuanced accounts of cosmopolitanism. A central argument in the article revolves around the notion of situated cosmopolitanism. While cosmopolitanisms must be envisaged in the plural, common to these diverse cultural projects is an uneasy relation to the home that imposes itself on the subject. Pentecostal Christians in an impoverished township in Malawi consider this-worldly realities as one, ruled by the Devil. Their cosmopolitan vision transcends, therefore, social and spatial boundaries, but it gains its force from their particular existential predicament of impoverishment. The article shows in detail how the Pentecostal belief in the second birth establishes a specific form of cosmopolitan relatedness. It entails a deterritorialized mode of belonging which undermines, among others, the rural–urban distinction.},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Englund2004b,
title = {Towards a Critique of Rights Talk in New Democracies: The Case of Legal Aid in Malawi},
author = {Harri Englund},
doi = {10.1177/0957926504038944},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-09-01},
urldate = {2004-09-01},
journal = {Discourse and Society},
volume = {15},
number = {5},
pages = {527-551},
abstract = {As an institutionalized form of human rights discourses, rights talk plays a prominent role in recently democratized countries. It also poses a challenge to critical analysts of language, because its contribution to maintaining inequalities is not apparent in its emancipatory rhetoric. This article examines rights talk at a non-governmental centre for free legal aid in Malawi. By deploying the notion of narrative inequality, the article shows how legal officers and their clients engage in a contest of contexts from unequal subject positions. While officers subscribe to an individualist concept of rights and seek piecemeal solutions to abuse, clients generally situate their complaints in complex moral narratives. The limited success of their claims leads to subtle forms of resistance against rights talk. The article shows that narrative inequality provides a perspective that both reaches beyond interlocutors’ own terms and asserts the value of rigorous empirical analysis in the critical study of language.},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2004b,
title = {Susan Ehrlich, Representing rape: Language and sexual consent.},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404504293058},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-07-01},
urldate = {2004-07-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {33},
issue = {03},
pages = {453 - 456},
abstract = {In Representing rape, Ehrlich provides a detailed linguistic account of a sexual assault trial. The data for this study come from two sources: a university tribunal and a criminal trial in which complaints were brought against a single man, pseudonym Matt, on behalf of two women. While focusing in each chapter on particular linguistic details, Ehrlich traces their use across several contexts within the legal proceedings – direct testimony, cross-examination and the delivery of judgments. In doing so, the author shows how the details of language use feed into larger frameworks of meaning and legal practice.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Burke2004,
title = {Treebank-Based Acquisition of a Chinese Lexical-Functional Grammar},
author = {Michael Burke and Olivia Lam and Aoife Cahill and Rowena Chan and Ruth O'Donovan and Adams Bodomo and Josef Genabithand Andy Way},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-07-01},
abstract = {Scaling wide-coverage, constraint-based grammars such as Lexical-Functional Grammars (LFG) (Kaplan and Bresnan, 1982; Bresnan, 2001) or Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammars (HPSG) (Pollard and Sag, 1994) from fragments to naturally occurring unrestricted text is knowledge-intensive, time-consuming and (often prohibitively) expensive. A number of researchers have recently presented methods to automatically acquire wide-coverage, probabilistic constraint-based grammatical resources from treebanks (Cahill et al., 2002, Cahill et al., 2003; Cahill et al., 2004; Miyao et al., 2003; Miyao et al., 2004; Hockenmaier and Steedman, 2002; Hockenmaier, 2003), addressing the knowledge acquisition bottleneck in constraint-based grammar development. Research to date has concentrated on English and German. In this paper we report on an experiment to induce wide-coverage, probabilistic LFG grammatical and lexical resources for Chinese from the Penn Chinese Treebank (CTB) (Xue et al., 2002) based on an automatic f-structure annotation algorithm. Currently 96.751% of the CTB trees receive a single, covering and connected f-structure, 0.112% do not receive an fstructure due to feature clashes, while 3.137% are associated with multiple f-structure fragments. From the f-structure-annotated CTB we extract a total of 12975 lexical entries with 20 distinct subcategorisation frame types. Of these 3436 are verbal entries with a total of 11 different frame types. We extract a number of PCFG-based LFG approximations. Currently our best automatically induced grammars achieve an f-score of 81.57% against the trees in unseen articles 301-325; 86.06% f-score (all grammatical functions) and 73.98% (preds-only) against the dependencies derived from the f-structures automatically generated for the original trees in 301-325 and 82.79% (all grammatical functions) and 67.74% (preds-only) against the dependencies derived from the manually annotated gold-standard f-structures for 50 trees randomly selected from articles 301-325.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vigouroux2004,
title = {Rencontre(s) d’un autre type},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-07-01},
urldate = {2004-07-01},
journal = {Lidil},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2004b,
title = {Iterprétabilité des traits et acquisition des langues maternelle et seconde : clitiques et déterminants en grec},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
doi = {10.4000/aile.1175},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-06-02},
urldate = {2004-06-02},
journal = {Acquisition et interaction en langue étrangère},
pages = {87-128},
abstract = {The aim of this paper is to investigate a learnability hypothesis for child L1 and adult L2 acquisition formulated on the basis of the distinction between interpretable and uninterpretable grammatical features. It is argued that the difference between first and second language grammars is restricted to the domain of uninterpretable features in that these are subject to Critical Period constraints. Consequently, uninterpretable features become inaccessible in L2 acquisition and, thus, “late”L2 grammars misanalyse elements which are clusters of such features in the target language. Morphological elements of this type are pronominal clitics and the definite article in Greek which belong to the same category, namely D(eterminer). The distinction within the set of pronominal clitics between 1st and 2nd prson clit ics, on one hand, and 3rd person clitics, on the other, is also viewed as a difference between the former composition, while the latter are unspecified for this feature. As a result, the prediction is that L2 acquisition should mirror this difference in terms of a dissociation in the development of clitics with a [person] feature, and those without. On the basis of the data presented, it is argued that L1 acquisition of clitics and determiners is characterized by an earliest stage where these morphemes – and, arguably, the corresponding projections –are missing, to the second stage which shows mastery of the relevant features regardless of interpretability. On the other hand, L2 acquisition data from an advanced stage of development show persistent problems in the use of the 3rd person clitic and the definite article, thus supporting the hypothesis regarding the learnability hierarchy of interpretable and uninterpretable features and, at the same time, showing that use of determiners and clitics is restricted by a feature of [referentiality / definiteness] imposed on these problematic elements by the L2 grammar. As a result, L2 grammars are shown to “misanalyse” these elements by attributing interpretable features to them in order to constrain random optionality in their use.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks2004,
title = {Le marquage de l’aspect en chinois LM et LE},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Limin Jin},
doi = {10.4000/aile.1166},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-06-02},
urldate = {2004-06-02},
journal = {Acquisition et interaction en langue étrangère},
abstract = {Over the last twenty-five years, it has been found that in both L1 and L2 interlanguage verb inflections emerge in an observable restricted pattern that deviates from the target (See Andersen and Shirai 1994, 1996, and Bardovi-Harlig 1999, 2000 for very good reviews). Past tense or perfective marking tends to associate first with only Achievement and Accomplishment predicates whereas progressive marking is used exclusively on Activities. In languages that grammaticalise the distinction between the perfective and the imperfective, perfective past precedes imperfective past, and the latter starts with States and Activities. Progressive marking never generalises to States in L1, but it does in L2 although very rarely, as pointed out by Bardovi-Harlig (1999-2000). This phenomenon has been labelled as the Aspect Hypothesis (AH) because both the L1 and L2 learners seem to be initially “influenced by the inherent semantic aspect of verbs or predicates in the acquisition of tense and aspect markers” ( Andersen and Shirai 1994 ; 133). Although the Aspect Hypothesis has been well-attested in research on the L1 and L2 acquisition of such Indo-European languages as English, French German, Italian and Spanish, studies to test the Aspect Hypothesis in the L1 and L2 acquisition of Chinese have been scarce. This paper attempts to fill in the gap. Moreover, the present study, by using the same elicitation material for both L1 and L2 learner groups, aims at finding out whether the development of aspect marking in L1 and L2 Chinese follow the same pattern and also at providing an explanation for the similarities and differences.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels2004bb,
title = {Gender-inclusive language reform in educational writing in Singapore and the Philippines: A corpus-based study},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Joanne Winter},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1080/13488678.2004.10801128},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-06-01},
journal = {Asian Englishes},
volume = {7},
number = {1},
pages = {4-20},
abstract = {In this paper we examine the adoption of some gender-inclusive features (generic nouns and pronouns) in two varieties of “outer-circle” Englishes. The focus is on educational texts given the importance of the educational domain in the adoption and spread of language planning. The texts are from the Singapore and Philippine sections of the International Corpus of English [ICE]. Overall results point to minimal adoption of gender-inclusive alternatives for generic he and masculine generic nouns although differences emerge in relation to variety and type of text/genre.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2004,
title = {African Languages: An Introduction.Edited by Bernd Heine and Derek Nurse. (Book Review)},
author = {Bruce Connell},
doi = {10.1023/B:AARR.0000030964.99553.89},
isbn = {0521666295},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-06-01},
journal = {African Archaeological Review},
volume = {21},
number = {2},
pages = {129-134},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2004b,
title = {The T Allele of a Single-Nucleotide Polymorphism 13.9 kb Upstream of the Lactase Gene (LCT) (C−13.9kbT) Does Not Predict or Cause the Lactase-Persistence Phenotype in Africans},
author = {Bruce Connell and Charlotte A. Mulcare and Michael E. Weale and Abigail L. Jones and David Zeitlyn and Ayele Tarekegn and Dallas M. Swallow and Neil Bradman and Mark G. Thomas},
doi = {10.1086/421050},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-06-01},
journal = {The American Journal of Human Genetics},
volume = {74},
number = {6},
pages = {1102-1110},
abstract = {The ability to digest the milk sugar lactose as an adult (lactase persistence) is a variable genetic trait in human populations. The lactase-persistence phenotype is found at low frequencies in the majority of populations in sub-Saharan Africa that have been tested, but, in some populations, particularly pastoral groups, it is significantly more frequent. Recently, a CT polymorphism located 13.9 kb upstream of exon 1 of the lactase gene (LCT) was shown in a Finnish population to be closely associated with the lactase-persistence phenotype (Enattah et al. 2002). We typed this polymorphism in 1,671 individuals from 20 distinct cultural groups in seven African countries. It was possible to match seven of the groups tested with groups from the literature for whom phenotypic information is available. In five of these groups, the published frequencies of lactase persistence are >/=25%. We found the T allele to be so rare that it cannot explain the frequency of the lactase-persistence phenotype throughout Africa. By use of a statistical procedure to take phenotyping and sampling errors into account, the T-allele frequency was shown to be significantly different from that predicted in five of the African groups. Only the Fulbe and Hausa from Cameroon possessed the T allele at a level consistent with phenotypic observations (as well as an Irish sample used for comparison). We conclude that the C-13.9kbT polymorphism is not a predictor of lactase persistence in sub-Saharan Africans. We also present Y-chromosome data that are consistent with previously reported evidence for a back-migration event into Cameroon, and we comment on the implications for the introgression of the -13.9kb*T allele},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams2004b,
title = {Use of the Census of Population to Discern Trends in the Welsh Language: An Aggregate Analysis},
author = {Collin Williams and Gary Higgs and Danny Dorling
},
doi = {10.1111/j.0004-0894.2004.00215.x},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-06-01},
journal = {Area},
volume = {36},
number = {2},
pages = {187-201},
abstract = {The aim of this paper is to present a preliminary analysis of unitary authority level data from the 2001 census of population on the spatial (and, where available, temporal) patterns in proportions of Welsh speakers in Wales. In so doing we draw attention to the advantages (and limitations) of the census as a source of information on the state of the Welsh language. Although a 2 per cent increase in the percentage of Welsh speakers between 1991 and 2001 has been welcomed, several commentators have drawn attention to the change in the nature of the question asked at the 2001 census which may account for some of this increase. In this paper, we assess what is, and is not, possible to discern from the census, draw attention to other potential sources of information on the language and make some preliminary recommendations for those agencies concerned with monitoring trends in the future, both with regard to the need for more detailed language use surveys and the nature of the question included in subsequent censuses that would permit a more useful comparison of spatial and temporal trends.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Chiaro2004,
title = {Interpreters’ Perception of Linguistic and Non-Linguistic Factors Affecting Quality: A Survey through the World Wide Web},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro and Giuseppe Nocella},
doi = {10.7202/009351ar},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-06-01},
journal = {Meta},
volume = {49},
number = {2},
pages = {278-293},
abstract = {This paper will present and discuss the results of an empirical study on perception of quality in interpretation carried out on a sample of 286 interpreters across five continents. Since the 1980’s the field of Interpreting Studies has been witnessing an ever growing interest in the issue of quality in interpretation both in academia and in professional circles, but research undertaken so far is surprisingly lacking in methodological rigour. This survey is an attempt to revise previous studies on interpreters’ perception of quality through the implementation of new Information Technology which allowed us to administer a traditional research tool such as a questionnaire, in a highly innovative way; i.e., through the World Wide Web. Using multidimensional scaling, a perceptual map based upon the results of the manner in which interpreters ranked a list of linguistic and non-linguistic criteria according to their perception of importance in the interpretative process, was devised.},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Baider2004,
title = {Introduction: analyse du discours et communication touristique.},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Marcel Burger and Dionysis Goutsos},
isbn = { 2747575527},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-06-01},
pages = {9-43},
publisher = {L'Harmattan, Paris},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Wong2004,
title = {Language, cultural authenticity, and the Tongzhi movement},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-04-16},
journal = {Proceedings of the Twelfth Annual symposium about Language and Society–Austin},
abstract = {Cultural authenticity has been a major concern for those involved in sexuality-based social movements in postcolonial societies (Boellstorff, 1999; Boellstorff and Leap 2004). The word ‘authentic’implies genuineness, credibility, legitimacy, and worthiness of acceptance. In some Asian societies, many believe that same-sex desire is anything but authentic. Even nowadays, same-sex desire is sometimes viewed in Hong Kong as an undesirable product of colonialism. Some consider gay Hongkongers traitors to their own race who have succumbed to Western influences (Chou, 2000, p. 65). How then do gay rights activists in Hong Kong–often known as tongzhi (‘comrade’) activists–build a social movement on something that is regarded as false, illegitimate, and most important of all,‘un-Chinese’or even ‘anti-Chinese’? This paper is an attempt to answer this question.
To show that same-sex desire is authentically Chinese, tongzhi activists appeal to tradition that is presumably shared by Chinese people all over the world. However, tradition is not a static body of beliefs and practices that is handed down from one generation to another. Rather, it is an on-going interpretation of the past that reflects contemporary concerns. As Jocelyn Linnekin (1983) argues,“the selection of what constitutes tradition is always made in the present; the content of the past is modified and redefined according to a modern significance”(p. 241). Only certain elements of the past are chosen in the invention of tradition. These selected elements are then placed in contexts that are different from their prior settings.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2004,
title = {The syntax of nominalized complex verbal predicates in Dagaare},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.1111/j.0039-3193.2004.00107.x},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-04-01},
journal = {Studia Linguistica},
volume = {58},
pages = {1-22},
abstract = {Nominalization and verb serialization are widely attested phenomena in the generative linguistic literature, but an in-depth study of their interaction remains to be undertaken. Based on data from Dagaare, a Gur language of West Africa, this paper analyzes a type of complex predicate construction, nominalized serial verbs, in which only one of the verbs carries a nominalization affix. With this, a number of issues about the nature of complex predicatehood, syntactic alternations, and lexical categorial differences involving nouns and verbs across languages are addressed. The paper proposes that, basically, serial verb nominalizations are VPs headed by a NomP functional projection.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2004,
title = {Final Consonants and Glottalization: New Perspectives from Hanoi Vietnamese},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
url = {https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-00130119},
doi = {10.1159/000082560},
issn = {0031-8388},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-04-01},
journal = {Phonetica},
volume = {61},
number = {2-3},
pages = {119-146},
abstract = {The evolution from final obstruents to final glottal stop and then to rhyme glottalization (i.e. from /at/ to /a?/, then to /a'/) is a well-established general trend in the history of the Sino-Tibetan language family and beyond. It has further been shown by laryngoscopy that in three languages which retain the nonreleased syllable-final obstruents /p/, /t/ and /k/ (Standard Thai, and two Chinese dialects), these obstruents are often accompanied by a glottal stop. The present research raises the issue whether there is another typological possibility: can nonreleased final obstruents be accompanied consistently by modal phonation, without glottal stop? Analysis of electroglottographic recordings of 126 syllables in two carrier sentences spoken by 4 speakers shows that, in Hanoi Vietnamese, the final obstruents /p/, /t/ and /k/ are not accompanied by glottalization, and that the open quotient increases in the course of the syllable rhyme. Obstruent-final rhymes (which may carry either of two tones: D1 or D2) are compared with nasal-final rhymes which, under one of the tones (tone B2), are confirmed to be glottalized. Our finding is that tones D1 and D2 (i.e. obstruent-final rhymes) are both produced in modal voice, which shows that the typological paradigm of observed realizations of syllable-final obstruents must be enlarged. The discussion puts forward the hypothesis that the unusual association of segments and voice quality found in Hanoi Vietnamese is a strategy to maintain the opposition between B2-tone and D2-tone rhymes.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2004c,
title = {Final Consonants and Glottalization: New Perspectives from Hanoi Vietnamese},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
doi = {10.1159/000082560},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-04-01},
journal = {Phonetica},
volume = {61},
number = {2-3},
pages = {119-46},
abstract = {The evolution from final obstruents to final glottal stop and then to rhyme glottalization (i.e. from /at/ to /a?/, then to /a'/) is a well-established general trend in the history of the Sino-Tibetan language family and beyond. It has further been shown by laryngoscopy that in three languages which retain the nonreleased syllable-final obstruents /p/, /t/ and /k/ (Standard Thai, and two Chinese dialects), these obstruents are often accompanied by a glottal stop. The present research raises the issue whether there is another typological possibility: can nonreleased final obstruents be accompanied consistently by modal phonation, without glottal stop? Analysis of electroglottographic recordings of 126 syllables in two carrier sentences spoken by 4 speakers shows that, in Hanoi Vietnamese, the final obstruents /p/, /t/ and /k/ are not accompanied by glottalization, and that the open quotient increases in the course of the syllable rhyme. Obstruent-final rhymes (which may carry either of two tones: D1 or D2) are compared with nasal-final rhymes which, under one of the tones (tone B2), are confirmed to be glottalized. Our finding is that tones D1 and D2 (i.e. obstruent-final rhymes) are both produced in modal voice, which shows that the typological paradigm of observed realizations of syllable-final obstruents must be enlarged. The discussion puts forward the hypothesis that the unusual association of segments and voice quality found in Hanoi Vietnamese is a strategy to maintain the opposition between B2-tone and D2-tone rhymes.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2004e,
title = {Final Consonants and Glottalization: New Perspectives from Hanoi Vietnamese},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
doi = {10.1159/000082560},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-04-01},
journal = {Phonetica},
volume = {61},
number = {2-3},
pages = {119-146},
abstract = {The evolution from final obstruents to final glottal stop and then to rhyme glottalization (i.e. from /at/ to /a?/, then to /a'/) is a well-established general trend in the history of the Sino-Tibetan language family and beyond. It has further been shown by laryngoscopy that in three languages which retain the nonreleased syllable-final obstruents /p/, /t/ and /k/ (Standard Thai, and two Chinese dialects), these obstruents are often accompanied by a glottal stop. The present research raises the issue whether there is another typological possibility: can nonreleased final obstruents be accompanied consistently by modal phonation, without glottal stop? Analysis of electroglottographic recordings of 126 syllables in two carrier sentences spoken by 4 speakers shows that, in Hanoi Vietnamese, the final obstruents /p/, /t/ and /k/ are not accompanied by glottalization, and that the open quotient increases in the course of the syllable rhyme. Obstruent-final rhymes (which may carry either of two tones: D1 or D2) are compared with nasal-final rhymes which, under one of the tones (tone B2), are confirmed to be glottalized. Our finding is that tones D1 and D2 (i.e. obstruent-final rhymes) are both produced in modal voice, which shows that the typological paradigm of observed realizations of syllable-final obstruents must be enlarged. The discussion puts forward the hypothesis that the unusual association of segments and voice quality found in Hanoi Vietnamese is a strategy to maintain the opposition between B2-tone and D2-tone rhymes.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini2004,
title = {Italia liberale e protestanti},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1017/S0022046904240787},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-04-01},
urldate = {2004-04-01},
journal = {The Journal of Ecclesiastical History},
volume = {55},
number = {2},
pages = {428 - 429},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Essegbey2004,
title = {Auxiliaries in serialising languages: On COME and GO verbs in Sranan and Ewe},
author = {James Essegbey},
doi = {10.1016/S0024-3841(03)00069-X},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-04-01},
urldate = {2004-04-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {114},
issue = {4},
pages = {473-494},
abstract = {While there is a concensus that auxiliary verbs differ in one way or the other from main verbs, linguists do not always agree on what determines the difference. This is especially so in serialising languages where two or more independent verbs can occur in a clause. It is not always clear whether the ability of a verbal form to express a temporal, aspectual or modal notion in such languages is enough for them to be analysed as auxiliary verbs or whether the nature of the form is equally important. This paper argues that a reduction in material integrity of a verbal form is a very important criterion for distinguishing verbs in serialising languages.
},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2004,
title = {History, Headhunting and Gender in Monsoon Asia: Comparative and Longitudinal Views},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.5367/000000004773487938},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-03-01},
journal = {South East Asia Research},
volume = {12},
number = {1},
pages = {13-52},
abstract = {In what must be regarded as a preliminary foray into the subject, this paper considers the topic of 'headhunting' in South East Asia in relation to three separate but interconnected historiographical questions. First, to what extent is it possible to make comparative generalizations across regions separated by the academic creation of area studies? Second, what methods are available for reconstructing the past of poorly documented and remote communities? Third, how would the picture of 'traditional' warfare shift if historians were to consider the implications of conflict from a gendered perspective? In response to this final question, the paper argues that while headhunting was clearly important to men, who acquired great status in their own eyes and in the eyes of other men, women also saw those who participated as more virile and thus highly desirable as lovers, husbands and potential fathers. Moreover, women played a significant part in the rituals that accompanied headhunting, while the sexuality implicit in headhunting guaranteed their fertility, the fertility of their crops and the health of their children and kinsfolk.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vigouroux2004b,
title = { Ploog, Katja, Le Français à Abidjan. Pour une approche syntaxique du non-standard. Paris: CNRS Editions, 2002, 326 pp. 2 271 05968 2},
author = {Cecile Vigouroux},
doi = {10.1017/S0959269504311580},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-03-01},
journal = {Journal of French Language Studies},
volume = {14},
number = {1},
pages = {80 - 82},
abstract = {ard
Journal of French Language Studies, sponsored by the Association for French Language Studies, encourages and promotes theoretical, descriptive and applied studies of all aspects of the French language. The journal brings together research from the English- and French-speaking traditions, publishing significant work on French phonology, morphology, syntax, lexis and semantics, sociolinguistics and variation studies. Most work is synchronic in orientation, but historical and comparative items are also included. Studies of the acquisition of the French language, where these take due account of current theory in linguistics and applied linguistics, are also published. Issues include survey articles reviewing the state of the art in a major field, as well as squibs on modern usage in French and a major book review section. As from 2004, one issue in three will be thematic and devoted to broad topics such as the acquisition of French, discourse or corpus-based descriptions of the French language.},
keywords = {Cecile Vigouroux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2004,
title = {Imai-Alexandra Roehreke: Writing speeches. With a contribution by Stefan Wachtel},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1007 / s11616-004-0027-y},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-03-01},
journal = {Journalism},
volume = {49},
number = {1},
pages = {107-108},
abstract = {A professionally prepared speech manuscript can go a long way towards convincing an audience. Imai-Alexandra Roehreke provides the necessary tools: She systematically and, above all, practice-oriented explains which occasion justifies which speech, what the speech writer needs to know about the speaker, how to meet the expectations of the audience, how a good speech is structured and how to do it his audience is captivating. It provides a clear description of all common mistakes when writing speeches as well as practical tips on how to avoid such stumbling blocks. With a look at the economic environment, it shows what opportunities and income opportunities are available for speechwriters. The professional association of speechwriters publishes current orientation values. Finally, the speechwriters from business and politics have their own say and come to the conclusion: The writer has the trouble, the speaker the applause, because: The speech always belongs to the speaker! The book is aimed at executives who write their own speeches; after all, that's a good third of all speechwriters. Above all, however, it should be of use to those responsible for communications in press and PR departments, whose tasks include writing speeches for others on a wide variety of occasions.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Baider2004b,
title = {La communication touristique. Approches discursives de l'identité et de l'altérité. Tourist communication. Discursive approaches to Identity and Otherness},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Marcel Burger and Dionysis Goutsos},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-30},
publisher = {L'Harmattan Paris},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Bodomo2004b,
title = {Double object and serial verb benefactive constructions in Cantonese},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Olivia Lam and Natalie Yu},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
abstract = {Abstract This paper examines a specific kind of syntactic a lternation in Cantonese, involving a single verb benefactive construction, and a serial verb benefactive construction. The former is a ditransitive c onstruction with a single predicate and two contiguous objects (double object construction). The latter comprises a verbal complex of two transitive predicates with non- contiguous objects in a monoclausal construction. Despite these differences in syntactic form, some speakers acknowledge that the two types of sentences accomplish the same function of expressing the benefactive. However, a second level of intuition p roduces s ome nuances in meaning, such as the ability of the serial verb construction to express the notion of ultimate source and effort of action. This paper proposes that, in expressing the benefactive, the Cantonese speaker decides between double object constructions and serial verb constructions. For any communication situation, the choice of one over the other depends on what secondary lexical conceptual semantic nuances the speaker intends. },
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2004c,
title = {Communicating in the age of information technology: New forms of language and their educational implications},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2004d,
title = {Serial Verb Nominalization},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
journal = {Studia Linguistica},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hiraiwa2004,
title = {Relativization in Dagaare},
author = {Ken Hiraiwa and Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
abstract = {This paper examines in detail the syntax and semantics of relativization in Dagaare, a Mabia (Oti-Volta) language of the Gur branch in the Niger-Congo family. The main aim of our investigation is to explicate a cluster of features of relativization in Dagaare. In particular, we will show that Dagaare relative clauses, despite surface identity, come in two varieties, Head-External Relative Clause (HERC) and Left-Headed Head-Internal Relative Clause (Left-Headed HIRC). The latter type of relativization has rarely been noticed cross-linguistically in the previous literature and therefore is of considerable significance for general linguistics as well as theoretical linguistics.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@proceedings{Sitaridou2004,
title = {A corpus-based study of null subjects in Old French and Old Occitan},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
editor = {Claus D Pusch and Johannes Kabatek and Wolfgang Raible},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {proceedings}
}
@inbook{Pablé2004b,
title = {Archaische Dialekte im Vergleich},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
editor = {Irmeli Helin},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
pages = {75 - 92},
publisher = {Peter Lang},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Michaud2004b,
title = {Glottalized and Nonglottalized Tones under Emphasis: Open Quotient Curves Remain Stable, F0 Curve is Modified},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Tuân Vu-Ngoc },
url = {https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/hal-00134409},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
journal = {International Speech Communication Association (ISCA)},
pages = {745-748},
abstract = {Tones B2 and D2 of Hanoi Vietnamese have strongly contrasting voice quality features: tone B2, which is glottally constricted, is here compared with a similar but nonconstricted tone (tone D2). Under emphasis, the slope of F 0 curves is increased and/or F 0 register is raised. The open quotient values (calculated from the derivative of the electroglottographic signal, which has been shown to yield very accurate values) do not vary significantly with emphasis. A description in terms of curve amplification is put forward. As for changes in length, they appear to be speaker-dependent.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2004d,
title = {Glottalized and Nonglottalized Tones under Emphasis: Open Quotient Curves Remain Stable, F0 Curve is Modified},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Vu and Ngoc Tuân},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
pages = {745-748},
abstract = {Tones B2 and D2 of Hanoi Vietnamese have strongly contrasting voice quality features: tone B2, which is glottally constricted, is here compared with a similar but nonconstricted tone (tone D2). Under emphasis, the slope of F 0 curves is increased and/or F 0 register is raised. The open quotient values (calculated from the derivative of the electroglottographic signal, which has been shown to yield very accurate values) do not vary significantly with emphasis. A description in terms of curve amplification is put forward. As for changes in length, they appear to be speaker-dependent.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Michaud2004f,
title = {Glottalized and Nonglottalized Tones under Emphasis: Open Quotient Curves Remain Stable, F0 Curve is Modified},
author = {Alexis Michaud and Tuân Vu-Ngoc},
editor = {Bernard Bel and Isabelle Marlien},
url = {https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/file/index/docid/134409/filename/Michaud_VuNgoc2004.pdf},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
journal = {International Speech Communication Association (ISCA)},
pages = {745-748},
abstract = {Tones B2 and D2 of Hanoi Vietnamese have strongly contrasting voice quality features: tone B2, which is glottally constricted, is here compared with a similar but nonconstricted tone (tone D2). Under emphasis, the slope of F 0 curves is increased and/or F 0 register is raised. The open quotient values (calculated from the derivative of the electroglottographic signal, which has been shown to yield very accurate values) do not vary significantly with emphasis. A description in terms of curve amplification is put forward. As for changes in length, they appear to be speaker-dependent.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2004,
title = {The Adversative passive marker as a prominent areal feature of Southeast Asian languages},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
journal = {Eleventh Annual Meeting of Southeast Asian Linguistics Society 2001},
pages = {583-598},
abstract = {It has been suggested in my previous studies (Prasithrathsint 1985, 2001) that the adversative passive is an areal feature of Southeast Asian languages. It is marked by a word regarded here as an auxiliary verb meaning'to come in contact with or undergo (an unpleasant experience)'; for example,/thuuk/in Thai,/bi/in Vietnamese, and/trow/in Khmer.
Such words are not transparent or simple semantically and syntactically. Dictionaries normally list several meanings of the words, as in the Vietnamese-English Dictionary by Nguyen-Dinh-Hoa (1966), the Vietnamese-Thai Dictionary by Watcharaprapa (1986), and The Thai Royal Institute Dictionary (1982). Others give several entries of the words, such as the Thai-English Dictionary by Haas (1964), and the Khmer-Thai Dictionary by Phraya Anuman-Rachathon (1974). In any case, all we are shown is that these words have multiple meanings, some of which are equivocal.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pham2004,
title = {A Phonological Model for Intonation without Low Tone},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
doi = {10.1353/lan.2004.0036},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
journal = {Linguistic Society of America},
volume = {80},
number = {1},
pages = {168-168},
abstract = {LANGUAGE, VOLUME 80, NUMBER 1 (2004) 168 tuguese, and Italian) also have quantificational fronting. Finally, in the framework of optimality theory, KRISZTA SZENDRO I shows how a single ranking of constraints can account for the differences between three constructions in Italian that involve a marked focused element.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pham2004b,
title = {Sounds and Systems: Studies in Structure and Change: A Festschrift for Theo Vennemann},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
doi = {10.1353/lan.2004.0037},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
journal = {Language},
volume = {80},
number = {1},
pages = {186-186},
abstract = {LANGUAGE, VOLUME 80, NUMBER 1 (2004) 186 assumes that the default setting is local binding, Principle A does not need to be changed in Arabic, while Principle B does, to be set to nonlocal binding. In ‘The role of L1 transfer in L2 acquisition of inflectional morphology’, MOHAMMAD ALHAWARY examines data from interviews of college students of Arabic. Correct subject-verb agreement is acquired before noun-adjective agreement, despite the opposite ordering in their textbooks. Alhawary’s explanation is through a full-transfer model: English speakers already have the functional structures for subject-verb agreement but not for adjectival agreement. The collection may prove interesting to those generally curious about formal and experimental approaches to Semitic linguistics, though I should mention that many articles are quite specialized and devote more space to highly detailed graphs, charts, and tables.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Swann2004,
title = {Dictionary of Sociolinguistics},
author = {Joan Swann and Ana Deumert and Theresa Lillis and Rajend Mesthrie},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
abstract = {Sociolinguistics is characterised by increasing heterogeneity, and students are faced with a proliferation of theories, concepts and terminology. This is sometimes a minefield, with similar terms used rather differently within different academic traditions. The dictionary provides a broad coverage of sociolinguistics, including macro- and micro-sociolinguistics and a range of approaches within variationist, interactional, critical and applied traditions. In explaining sociolinguistic terminology, the dictionary is able to map out the traditions and approaches that comprise sociolinguistics and will thus help readers find their way around this fascinating but complex subject.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2004,
title = {Language maintenance},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
editor = {Alan Davies and Catherine Elder},
doi = {10.1002/9780470757000.ch29},
isbn = {9780470757000},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
pages = {719-737},
publisher = {Blackwell},
chapter = {29},
abstract = {The prelims comprise:
Defining Language Maintenance
LM and LS in the Context of Language Contact
LM and LS as Cross‐and Interdisciplinary Fields of Research
Researching LM and LS: Methods, Tools, and Data
Factors and Forces Promoting LM or LS
LM Efforts: Community and Individual Strategies and Initiatives
Concluding Remarks},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pauwels2004b,
title = {Generic pronouns and gender-inclusive language reform in the English of Singapore and the Philippines},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Joanne Winter},
doi = {10.1075/aral.27.2.04pau},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
journal = {Australian review of applied linguistics},
volume = {27},
number = {2},
pages = {50-62},
abstract = {The concurrent trends of globalisation and "indigenisation" affecting the English language (varieties) around the world pose some interesting questions for language planning and reform issues (e.g. Phillipson, 1992; Pennycook, 1994; Crystal, 1997). With this project we examine the impact of these competing trends on "corpus planning" relating to gender-inclusive language use in the Englishes of Singapore and the Philippines, categorised as "outer-circle" Englishes by Kachru (1992, 1997). In this paper we present some findings on aspects of gender-inclusive language reform based on an analysis of the student and academic texts in the Singapore and Philippine components of the International Corpus of English [ICE] . Education, particularly higher education, has been identified as a leading site of contact with and trajectories of change for gender-inclusive language reform. We focus in particular on one of the main features of gender-inclusive language reform: generic pronouns. The results of the ICE corpus analysis suggest that adoption of gender-inclusive and gender-neutral generic pronouns is not yet profiled in these "outer-circle" Englishes. Generic he remains the pervasive generic pronoun in the student and published academic writing in the Singapore English corpus. The Philippines data reveal a similar trend although there is some emergence of s/he forms as the preferred gender-inclusive alternative.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2004bb,
title = {Strengthening scholarship in language study in higher education},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
pages = {9-21},
publisher = {School of Languages and Linguistics},
abstract = {Pauwels, Anne (2004) 'Strengthening scholarship in language study in higher education.' In: Wigglesworth, Gillian, (ed.), Marking our difference: Languages in higher education in Australia and New Zealand. Melbourne: School of Languages and Linguistics, pp. 9-21 … Full text not available from this repository … There is no Altmetric data currently associated with this item … SOAS Research Online is powered by Eprints3 and is hosted by ULCC.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Omar2004,
title = {Bahasa Diraja},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9836280952},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
publisher = {DBP },
abstract = {Bahasa Diraja merupakan salah satu ciri pertuturan dan komunikasi sejak dari zaman silam hingga sekarang. Ciri-ciri khusus seperti perbendaharaan kata dan ungkapan bahasa yang digunakan dalam keluarga diraja membuktikan keunikan, keindahan dan kekayaan bahasa Melayu. Bahasa diraja menjadi elemen penting dalam pelbagai bentuk komunikasi keluarga diraja sama ada yang bersifat rasmi dan tidak rasmi.},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Omar2004b,
title = {Bahasa Diraja},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9789836280954},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
publisher = {Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka, Kuala Lumpur},
abstract = {Bahasa Diraja merupakan salah satu ciri pertuturan dan komunikasi sejak dari zaman silam hingga sekarang. Ciri-ciri khusus seperti perbendaharaan kata dan ungkapan bahasa yang digunakan dalam keluarga diraja membuktikan keunikan, keindahan dan kekayaan bahasa Melayu. Bahasa diraja menjadi elemen penting dalam pelbagai bentuk komunikasi keluarga diraja sama ada yang bersifat rasmi dan tidak rasmi.},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Connell2004bb,
title = {Tone, Utterance Length and F0 Scaling},
author = {Bruce Connell},
isbn = {1-876346-48-5},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
journal = {Proceedings of the international symposium on tonal aspects of languages: With emphasis on tone languages},
abstract = {One important strand of research into the scaling of fundamental frequency has been concerned with the hypothesis that utterance length is a determining factor of initial pitch height, with longer utterances involving a higher initial F0 than that found in shorter utterances. Most work in this vein has been done on 'intonation' languages, with very little investigation having been carried out on tone languages, and the effect utterance length might have on the scaling of tones. This study investigates the relationship between utterance length and tone in Mambila. Previous work revealed that, for sentences comprised of all High tones, or of all Low tones, utterance length in Mambila had no effect on the scaling of either initial or final tones. Here utterances of alternating Hs and Ls are investigated. Results confirm those found earlier, that utterance does not determine the scaling of F0 in Mambila. These results are discussed from the point of view of utterance planning and tonal specification.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Lu2004,
title = {"Understanding Metaphors in Japanese Onomatope- Teaching Methods Suggested by Cognitive Linguistics-", "Japanese Studies in Japanese Studies"},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Lu Kayo},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
journal = {Japanese Studies in Japanese Studies", International Academic Papers},
pages = {99-110},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Lu2004b,
title = {"Consideration of Onomatopoeia's Ambiguity: From the Viewpoint of Ideal Cognitive Model-" Others "," Hoyahoya "," Hokuhoku "and" Call "-"},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Lu Kayo},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
booktitle = {Consideration of Onomatopoeia's Ambiguity: From the Viewpoint of Ideal Cognitive Model},
pages = {103-123},
publisher = {National Taiwan University},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Lu2004bb,
title = {"Onomatopoeia as a metaphor-" Korokoro "and" Korokoro "," Proceedings of the Japanese Cognitive Linguistic Society, "},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Lu Kayo},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
journal = {Japanese Cognitive Linguistic Society,  JCLA},
volume = {4},
pages = {480-483},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lu2004bb,
title = {Symbol Mechanism of English Onomatopoeia", "Language Science Theory"},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Lu Kayo},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
volume = {10},
pages = {99-116},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan2004,
title = {Phonology and Phonetics of Solomon Islands Pijin},
author = {Christine Jourdan and R. R. Selbach},
doi = {10.1515/9783110197181-045},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
journal = {Head and Neck-journal for The Sciences and Specialties of The Head and Neck - HEAD NECK-J SCI SPEC HEAD NEC},
pages = {690 - 709},
abstract = {Solomon Islands Pijin is one of the three Melanesian pidgins (along with Tok Pi-sin spoken in Papua New Guinea, and Bislama spoken in Vanuatu) that are, more or less directly, the offshoots of the Pacific trade jargon of the early 19th century, known as Beach-la-Mar (Clark 1979; Keesing 1988). This early jargon is probably based on a pidgin that developed in Australia between the British settlers in New South Wales and the aboriginal population at the end of the 18th century (Troy 1985; Baker 1993). It further expanded and stabilized during the plantation period of the second part of the 19th century that linked the Melanesian archipelagos of Vanuatu and the Solomons to Australia. The labour trade to Queensland lasted for roughly 40 years, from 1863 to 1906. At the beginning of the trade period, the Australian planters started to recruit in New Caledonia, the New Hebrides, the Melanesian archipelago closest to Australia; when recruiting in the southern islands became dif-ficult, they moved north towards the Banks Islands, the Santa Cruz archipelago and later, around 1874, toward the Solomon Islands. Around 13,000 Solomon Islanders were taken to Queensland during the forty-year period. The pidgin language (called Kanaka Pidgin English) that was used on the plantations became the lingua franca spoken among Melanesian workers (the Kanakas, as they were called) who did not share the same language, and between Melanesians and European overseers. When Solomon Islanders went back to the Solomons at the end of their contract, or when they were forcefully repatriated at the end of the labour trade period (1904), they brought Melanesian pidgin to the Solomon Islands. The result was that the pidgin became quite spread-out throughout the eastern part of the archipelago, but, not having a social raison d’être, it remained largely unused, except for affect. Back in the 1980s, old people could still remember the stories that were told by the old former Queensland hands many years after their return.},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Perrin2004b,
title = {"What should I take of these quotes first?" Decontextualization effects of journalistic text production strategies},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2004bb,
title = {Journalistic writing strategies for dealing with source speech},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2004bb,
title = {From media to linguistics, from linguistics to media. Draft of a system of media linguistic perspectives},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Perrin2004bb,
title = {Research focus of modern writing research with special consideration of writing didactics and school practice},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2004bb,
title = {Progression Analysis. Linking three levels of analysis in a multi-method approach},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Perrin2004bb,
title = {Journalistic writing. Coaching from a media linguistic perspective},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
pages = {255–275},
publisher = { Francke},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2004bb,
title = {How experienced write},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
pages = {87–102},
publisher = {UVK},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Perrin2004bb,
title = {Writing speeches (Review by: Roehreke, Imai-Alexandra: Writing speeches Konstanz: UVK 2002)},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
journal = {Publizistik},
volume = {1},
pages = {107-108},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2004bb,
title = {Le suffixe -esque : grammaticalisation de l'atypique},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Henriette Gezundhajt},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
journal = {Linguistik online},
volume = {19},
number = {2/4},
pages = {16 pages},
abstract = {Framed within Antoine Culioli's Enunciative Model of language, this article suggests a new analysis regarding the semantic properties of the suffix -esque and argues that this suffix refers to an alterity expressed within a typical property. Moreover this article reassesses earlier findings made about the suffix -esque, namely its low productivity in creation of neologisms and its apparent usage limited to literary and journalistic styles. The alleged constraint for all its bases to be referring to a human being is also reconsidered and our semantic analysis questions the value of "extreme" supposedly added by -esque to the nominal basis. Indeed, its usage in French shows that if this suffix is no longer typically associated to a nominal basis referring to the people of a country (see mauresque or arabesque), the human dimension associated to the nominal basis such as in la soldatesque, is not always found either (see TV-esque). Rather, this suffix seems to have lost its role as a simple identifier towards a referential domain as found in expressions such as une oeuvre molièresque which could be glossed over as "une oeuvre typique de Molière". This identification is most of the time linked to a laudatory or negative appreciation on the part of the enunciator, as found in examples such as gargantuesque. Besides, the contemporary dynamism of the -esque flexion enables the creation of neologisms. These neologisms are derived from proper nouns (mitterrandesque) or from acronyms (rmiesque) that do not exhibit standard properties. This begs the question of whether the value which seemed to be added to the composite [noun + esque] is determined by the suffix itself or whether it is partially connected to the atypical notional value of the root's semantic value.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2004bb,
title = {Ontologies, Gender Studies and the Academe},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Evelyne Jacquey},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
journal = {International Gender and Language Association},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2004bb,
title = {Integrating social and sociological concepts in knowledge organisation},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Evelyne Jacquey and A. Liang},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
journal = {International Language and Gender Conference. Cornell University},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2004bb,
title = {The French Feminine by Edwige Khaznadar},
author = {Fabienne Baider and Frederique Chevillot
},
doi = {10.1353 / wfs.2004.0019},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
journal = {Women in French Studies},
volume = {12},
number = {1},
pages = {134-136 },
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lupke2004,
title = {Language planning in West Africa - who writes the script?},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
journal = {Language documentation and description},
volume = {2},
pages = {90-107},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lupke2004b,
title = {Small is beautiful - The contribution of small field-based corpora to different linguistic disciplines: a Jalonke example},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
issn = {1740-6234},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
journal = {Language Documentation and Description},
volume = {3},
pages = {75-105},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Benjamin2004,
title = {Orang Asli},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
editor = {Ooi Keat Gin},
isbn = {9781576077702},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
pages = {997–1000},
publisher = {Santa Barbara CA: ABC-CLIO},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Brookes2004b,
title = {Responses to gender-based violence in schools},
author = {Heather Brookes and Craig Higson-Smith},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
urldate = {2004-01-01},
journal = {Sexual abuse of young children in Southern Africa},
pages = {110 - 129},
abstract = {This chapter presents the findings of two recent studies conducted by the Human Sciences Research Council on school responses to gender-based violence. Both of these studies were designed to explore the social dynamics and structures within schools in order to understand the factors that contribute to gender-based violence in schools, and the capacity of schools to respond adequately to the problem. A deeper understanding of the struggle that schools have in meeting the challenges of child protection is needed if appropriate programmatic interventions are to be designed and implemented within the South African context.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vaux2004,
title = {Consonant Harmony in Karaim},
author = {Bert Vaux and Andrew Nevins},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
urldate = {2004-01-01},
journal = {MIT Working Papers in Linguistics},
abstract = {A growing body of recent work asserts that consonant harmony is either limited to child language, coronal consonants (Rialland and Djamouri 1984, Ní Chiosáin and Padgett 1993, 2001, Flemming 1996, Gafos 1999, Baković 2000, Pierrehumbert 2000, Krämer 2001, McCarthy 1998, 2002), or is impossible (Archangeli and Pulleyblank 1994). Gafos attributes this restriction on consonant harmony to articulatory contiguity (the units of which are phonetic gestures), whereby “the vowel gestures are contiguous in a VCV sequence but consonant gestures are not contiguous in a CVC sequence”(1999: 41). If one assumes that all phonological processes are strictly local, and that the correct notion of locality in phonology is articulatory contiguity, as Gafos suggests, then the logical consequence is that “phonological spreading… could not be involved between the two consonants of a CVC configuration… because the vowel interrupts the articulatory contiguity between the two consonants”(Gafos 1999: 41).
In order to test the predictions of this theory, henceforth referred to as Strict Locality, we analyze the system of consonantal harmony involving the feature [back] in the Northwest dialect of the Turkic language Karaim. We demonstrate that neither this system nor the behavior of consonant harmony cross-linguistically can be insightfully accounted for in the surface-phonetics theory espoused by the proponents of Strict Locality. We establish moreover that Optimality Theory, in which all constraints on representations are violable, is at odds by its very nature with an inviolable principle of Strict Locality.},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2004,
title = {Signing in the car: Some issues in language and context},
author = {Elizabeth Keating and G. Mirus},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
urldate = {2004-01-01},
journal = {Deaf Worlds},
volume = {20},
pages = {264 - 273},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks2004b,
title = {L'expression de la localisation et du mouvement dans les descriptions et les récits en L1 et L2},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Watorek Marzena and Patrizia Giuliano},
doi = {10.3917/lang.155.0106},
year  = {2004},
date = {2004-01-01},
urldate = {2004-01-01},
journal = {Langages},
volume = {155},
issue = {3},
abstract = {Le rôle des particules additives dans la construction de la cohésion discursive en langue maternelle et en langue étrangère Recent research in language acquisition suggests that an important factor causing the difference between child L1 and adult L2 acquisition is the capacity to engage in complex verbal tasks. Thus, the construction of discourse (with its conceptual and linguistic complexities) seems constraint in the adult L2 case mainly by a lack of linguistic means; in the child L1 case by the gradual development of conceptual and communicative capacities. We tested this hypothesis by analysing reference to space in two tasks, a narrative and a description, as produced by child L1 and adult L2 learners of various source and target languages. Results confirm the hypothesis, and show that whereas both types of learners adapt to language-specific means available in the target, children have more problems conceptually with the task, whereas adults can compensate for their linguistic problems, given their understanding of the communicative situation.
},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pablé2003,
title = {The Goodman and his Faith: Signals of Local Colour in Nathaniel Hawthorne's Historical Fiction with Reference to Cultural Translation},
author = {Adrian Pablé},
doi = {10.1075/babel.49.2.02pab},
issn = {0521-9744},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-12-31},
journal = {Babel},
volume = {49},
number = {2},
pages = {97-130},
abstract = {This article deals with Nathaniel Hawthorne's use of culturally and historically marked terms in his novels/tales portraying early New England, with special reference to the author's most celebrated short-story, Young Goodman Brown (1835). A satisfactory rendering of realia in Hawthorne is a di? cult task facing the translator, especially because the connotations inherent in source text realia, which ultimately enrich the literary text on a semantic-aesthetic level (e.g. by conveying irony), are lacking in their target-speci? c counterparts. Introductory texts explaining the socio-historical background related to early colonial America as well as the translator's metadiscourse in the form of notes or within the text itself help the readerto bridge the cultural-historical gap (in some cases making the `simple' importation of realia possible in favour of local colouring), but translators seem to have reservations especially as regards the use of footnotes. I have looked into six modern translations of Young Goodman Brown (German, Italian and French) to see how the di? erent translators have handled realia in their texts. I have then attempted to illustrate what kind of associations a speci? c rendering is likely to trigger and to what extent it does justice to the extra-literary and literary functions the realia was meant to ful? ll by the author. Of special interest is the ontological status of anthroponyms, since it is not clear how much "culture-specific" information is conveyed through them: we thus find the translator caught up between leaving proper names as they are (and by doing so possibly preserving some of the tale's local colour) and replacing them with a target-specific form/name (thus carrying over some `meanings' crucial to the full appreciation of the tale's literary dimension). On that score, Young Goodman Brown, being partly allegorical, is a rewarding object of study, since the name Faith and the title of civility Goodman (the latter functioning as a substitute for a name) contain both cultural and literary information. Résumé Cet article traite de l'usage que fait N. Hawthorne de termes culturellement et historiquement manifestes dans ses romans/contes décrivant la Nouvelle-Angleterre puritaine, avec une référence spéciale à la nouvelle la plus célèbre de l'auteur, Young Goodman Brown (1835). Un résultat efficace des "realia" chez Hawthorne s'avère une tâche difficile pour le traducteur, notamment parce que les connotations inhérentes aux "realia" du texte source, qui, finalement enrichissent le texte littéraire au plan sémantico-esthétique (par exemple, par l'ironie), font défaut dans leurs propres contreparties cibles. Des textes introductifs expliquant le contexte socio historique relatif à la jeune Amérique coloniale et respectivement à des commentaires métatextuels sous la forme de notes ou dans le texte même aident le lecteur à combler 1'écart culturo-historique (dans certains cas en favorisant la `simple' importation de "realia" en faveur de la couleur locale), mais les traducteurs semblent avoir certaines réserves notamment à propos des notes en bas de pages. J'ai examiné six traductions modernes de Young Goodman Brown (allemande, italienne et française) pour comprendre la manière dont les différents traducteurs ont traité les "realia" dans leurs textes.},
keywords = {Adrian Pablé},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2003bb,
title = {Standard Languages As Civic Rituals – Theory and Examples},
author = {Ana Deumert},
doi = {10.1515/9783110245226.31},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-12-31},
journal = {Sociolinguistica},
volume = {17},
number = {1},
pages = {31-51},
abstract = {There are and must be modern rituals to help to mould and to sustain adequate social attitudes and public responses to the problems and tasks of a heavily populated and highly organized common world. Such rituals may take shape spontaneously or may be deliberately devised. As sophisticated society can modify them to make them more adaptive and more enjoyable, for without enjoyment ritual fades into a pointless routine.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Coupe2003,
title = {A phonetic and phonological description of Ao: a Tibeto-Burman language of Nagaland, north-east India},
author = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
isbn = {0858835193 9780858835191},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-12-12},
publisher = {Pacific Linguistics},
abstract = {This book provides a comprehensive description of the phonetic and phonological features of Ao, a Tibeto-Burman language spoken in the hill state of Nagaland, Northeast India. The description is primarily based upon the data of three native speakers, and the language under study is a variety of the Mongsen dialect spoken in Waromung village, situated in the Mokokchung district. The study describes the phonotactic structure, phonology, articulatory phonetics, acoustic phonetics and tone system of the Mongsen dialect of Ao, illustrating how instrumental techniques can be used to corroborate and quantify the auditory analysis of an undescribed language. Methodology is described in detail and the findings are correlated with what is known cross-linguistically about aspects of the language being investigated.},
keywords = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Bodomo2003,
title = {Some students still read books in the 21st century: A study of user preferences for print and electronic libraries},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Mei-ling Lam and Carmen Lee},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-12-01},
journal = {Reading Matrix},
volume = {3},
number = {3},
pages = {34-49},
abstract = {With a rise in the technology for the production of electronic or digital materials, funders and administrators of libraries are increasingly leaning towards providing digital reading materials to users. In crowded cities like Hong Kong where space is a scarce commodity, the save-space feature of digital libraries is an even more attractive reason why users of library facilities in academic and public libraries are being encouraged to read electronic versions of publications. In this article we show that, however laudable the advantages of electronic books may be over physical print books, user preferences in every situation must be carefully analyzed before a paradigm shift from print to digital library resources can be successfully effected. The data for this paper come mainly from a survey of user preferences among students of the University of Hong Kong, which shows that an overwhelming majority (77%) of the respondents prefers print to digital materials. We conclude that the success or otherwise of the paradigm shift from print to digital libraries would depend on measures taken to encourage a positive attitude of users for digital library resources.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2003,
title = {Crossing borders: Time, space, and disorientation in narrative},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1075/ni.13.2.08def},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-12-01},
journal = {Narrative Inquiry},
volume = {13},
number = {2},
pages = {367-391},
abstract = {In this article I examine the construction of time and space as orientation elements in narratives that recount disorienting experiences. I focus on how narrators articulate orientation and on how listeners engage in interactional work to make sense of narrated events. I argue that orientation management in storytelling illustrates how the use of linguistic resources connects narrators and interlocutors to micro and macro social contexts. I also suggest that consideration of the role played by orientation in different types of narratives has two important methodological consequences: it leads analysts to look critically at received notions about narrative structure, and it opens new paths for the analysis of the multiple links between narratives and social contexts. The phenomena analyzed include vagueness in the provision of orientation details, interactional negotiations over orientation, predominance of space over time orientation in certain narratives or narrative sections, and use of shared conventions for narrating the border crossing experience. The data for the article come from 13 chronicles of the border crossing told during sociolinguistic interviews by undocumented Mexican immigrants to the United States.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2003,
title = {Gender Differences in Young Children's Speech: The Acquisition of Sociolinguistic Competence},
author = {Hans Ladegaard and Dorthe Bleses},
doi = {10.1111/1473-4192.00045},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-12-01},
urldate = {2003-12-01},
journal = {International Journal of Applied Linguistics},
volume = {13},
number = {2},
pages = {222 - 233},
abstract = {Many sociolinguistic studies have found that female speakers prefer standard speech forms while male speakers prefer vernacular forms. This article addresses two questions: (1) when does this split between male and female language occur in the language of young children; and (2) how do little boys and girls come to prefer linguistic features which are predominant in the language of adults? Two hypotheses accounting for the mechanisms of transmission are presented – the frequency hypothesis and the role-model hypothesis – and data from a study of Danish children's acquisition of past-tense morphology is presented. The study found gender differences in the past-tense morphology of the 4-, 6- and 8-year-old participants, and it is argued that the role-model hypothesis would most adequately explain these differences. Furthermore, it is argued that early institutionalisation of children in Denmark may lead to increased peer group influence and help explain why gender differences occur at an earlier age compared to studies from the UK and the USA.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Haberland2003,
title = {Referees 2002},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Jacob L. Mey},
doi = {10.1016/j.pragma.2003.08.002},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-12-01},
urldate = {2003-12-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {35},
number = {12},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Vaux2003,
title = {Syllabification in Armenian, Universal Grammar, and the Lexicon},
author = {Bert Vaux},
doi = {10.1162/002438903763255931},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-12-01},
urldate = {2003-12-01},
journal = {Linguistic Inquiry},
volume = {34},
number = {1},
pages = {91-125},
abstract = {This article approaches from a new angle the question of the extent to which predictable information is stored in the lexicon. By examining the ways in which morphological phenomena can be sensitive to prosodic structure, I argue that somebut not allpredictable information is stored in lexical entries. Detailed analysis of a fragment of the Armenian phonological system, focusing on the behavior of consonants at morpheme edges, supports a more view of phonological representations (containing syllables, appendices, and unparsed segments) than can be inferred from phonetic facts alone, contra Ohala and Kawasaki-Fukumori (1997), Steriade (1999), Scheer (2002), and others. The Armenian facts furthermore indicate that attempts to abandon underlying representations (Flemming 1995, Burzio 1996) are misguided and that we must also retreat from the excessively under specification approaches advocated by most phonologists.},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vaux2003f,
title = {Syllabification in Armenian, Universal Grammar, and the Lexicon},
author = {Bert Vaux},
doi = {10.1162/002438903763255931},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-12-01},
urldate = {2003-12-01},
journal = {Linguistic Inquiry},
volume = {34},
number = {1},
pages = {:91-125},
abstract = {This article approaches from a new angle the question of the extent to which predictable information is stored in the lexicon. By examining the ways in which morphological phenomena can be sensitive to prosodic structure, I argue that somebut not allpredictable information is stored in lexical entries. Detailed analysis of a fragment of the Armenian phonological system, focusing on the behavior of consonants at morpheme edges, supports a more view of phonological representations (containing syllables, appendices, and unparsed segments) than can be inferred from phonetic facts alone, contra Ohala and Kawasaki-Fukumori (1997), Steriade (1999), Scheer (2002), and others. The Armenian facts furthermore indicate that attempts to abandon underlying representations (Flemming 1995, Burzio 1996) are misguided and that we must also retreat from the excessively under specification approaches advocated by most phonologists.},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2003,
title = {The Missing Spanish Creoles: Recovering the Birth of Plantation Contact Languages.:The Missing Spanish Creoles: Recovering the Birth of Plantation Contact Languages},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1525/jlin.2003.13.2.258},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-12-01},
urldate = {2003-12-01},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {13},
issue = {2},
pages = {258-260},
abstract = {The Missing Spanish Creoles: Recovering the Birth of Plantation Contact Languages. John H. McWhorter. Berkeley: University of California Press, 2000. xi. 281 pp.},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim2003,
title = {Language and World View},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
doi = {10.1146/annurev.an.21.100192.002121},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-11-28},
urldate = {2003-11-28},
journal = {Annual Review of Anthropology},
volume = {21},
number = {1},
pages = {381-404},
abstract = {We open the current essay with a necessary problematization of the terms of the title assigned us by the editors of the Annual Review of Anthropology, which we have preserved precisely for this rhetorical purpose. On the one hand, the traditional notion of" language" dissolves as formal linguistics rare fies its object into a small set of constraints on the possibilities for autonomous syntactic structure, while semiotics and the theory of" discourse" advanced by Foucault (58) erase the privilege of specifically linguistic signifiers in a uni verse of mediating signs and practices. On the other hand," world view"[Humboldt's (95) Weltanschauung], has served anthropology as a term for the philosophical dimensions of" cultures" seen as having a degree of coherence in time and space (174, 175; also 113a).},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan2003,
title = {Pidgins and Creoles: The Blurring of Categories},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
doi = {10.1146/annurev.an.20.100191.001155},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-11-28},
urldate = {2003-11-28},
journal = {Annual Review of Anthropology },
volume = {20},
number = {1},
pages = {187-209},
abstract = {The Annual Review of Anthropology®, in publication since 1972, covers significant developments in the subfields of Anthropology, including Archaeology, Biological Anthropology, Linguistics and Communicative Practices, Regional Studies and International Anthropology, and Sociocultural Anthropology. The journal is essential reading for anthropologists, ethnologists, archaeologists, linguists, and scientists in related fields.},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2003,
title = {Markedness and salience in language contact and second-language acquisition: Evidence from a non-canonical contact language},
author = {Ana Deumert},
doi = {10.1016/S0388-0001(03)00033-0},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-11-01},
journal = {Language Sciences},
volume = {25},
number = {6},
pages = {561-613},
abstract = {Mühlhäusler [J. Pidgin Creole Lang. 14(1999)121] has argued in his discussion of non-canonical creoles that the study of those contact varieties ‘which researchers in the past have found difficult to label’ (ibid., p. 357) is important for our understanding of contact languages. This article argues that their study can also be relevant to our understanding of second language acquisition/use as non-canonical contact languages are often situated on a continuum between pidginization (a group-based process of collective L2 norm emergence under conditions of minimal input) and the more general processes of (untutored) second language acquisition. An example of a non-canonical contact language is Namibian Black German. In the paper data on participle regularization in Namibian Black German and other German-oriented contact varieties (e.g. Unserdeutsch, Gastarbeiterdeutsch) will be discussed. Recent work in linguistic theory has argued that the language faculty has a dual structure, consisting of a lexicon and a computational system [Chomsky, N., 1986. Knowledge of Language: Its Nature, Origin and Use. Praeger, New York]. The formation of regular and irregular participles has been interpreted as reflecting this dual structure: regular participles show rule-based inflections, strong participles are lexical entries. The direction of language change as well as data from German L1 acquisition and elicited production experiments with native speakers have provided support for this model [Behav. Brain Sci. 22(1999)991]. The L2 data discussed in this paper suggests that the dual mechanism model cannot account for German L2 performance data or the direction of contact-induced language change. In this context, the article reviews questions of salience and markedness, access to the LAD and the relevance of general problem-solving skills in language learning},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina2003b,
title = {David Herman , Story logic . Lincoln & London: University of Nebraska Press, 2002, Pp. xvi, 477. Hb $60.00},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404503235053},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-11-01},
journal = {Language in Society },
volume = {32},
number = {05},
pages = {722 - 725},
abstract = {One of the virtues of David Herman's Story logic lies in its attempt to bring together literary and linguistic approaches to the study of narrative. The attempt results in a synthesis that promotes a better understanding of discourse for literary scholars and a deeper grasp of basic narratology tools for discourse analysts. The title of the volume reflects one of the main points of the book: that “stories both have a logic and are logic in their own right” (p. 22) because they constitute a powerful instrument for understanding the world. The more general objective of the analyses presented in the volume is to work toward a cognitive approach to narrative in which narrative understanding is explained as a process of creating and updating mental models of particular storyworlds. Thus, Herman looks at language theory and narrative theory as theoretical frames that not only can enrich each other, but that also constitute a resource for cognitive science in general.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2003,
title = {American Sign Language in virtual space: Interactions between deaf users of computer-mediated video communication and the impact of technology on language practices},
author = {Elizabeth Keating and Gene Mirus},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404503325047},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-11-01},
urldate = {2003-11-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {32},
number = {5},
pages = {693 - 714},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2003bb,
title = {Research directions in the study of language standardization},
author = {Ana Deumert and Wim Vandenbussche},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-10-27},
journal = {Germanic standardizations. Past to present},
pages = {455-469},
abstract = {In the introduction we have commented on a number of themes or leitmotifs of standardization which can be observed across the individual case studies collected in this volume. The existence of persistent historical commonalities between standard languages has been a central motivation for the construction of cross-linguistic models and the general interest in a comparative, synthetic approach to the study of language standardization. In this concluding section we would like to outline some broad directions for further research in the ªeld of "comparative standardology". Language standardization as creation and convergence In the popular imagination the history of standard languages is intricately con- nected to the activities of individuals and institutions. Indeed, the popular linguis- tic pantheon is ªlled with the names of the "standardizers" who set out to regulate and codify their native language, and standardization is — at least in part — seen as the direct consequence and result of the rational, goal-oriented actions carried out by these individual and collective social actors.1 Not only is it necessary (as already noted in the introduction) to carefully consider the various and sometimes con- ¶icting motivations of these actors (e.g. cultural aspirations, administrative uniªca- tion, economic advantage, political strategy, etc.), but their complex and manifold national and also trans-national interactions and collaborations deserve further attention. In this context it is worth mentioning the approach of De Groof (e.g. 2002b) which attempts — with regard to Belgian language history — a systematic cross-tabulation of the goals and motivations of a large number of social actors, as well as Watts' (1999) more ethnographically inspired reconstruction of the "dis- course communities" of eighteenth century English grammarians.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Deumert2003bb,
title = {Standard languages},
author = {Ana Deumert and Wim Vandenbussche},
doi = {10.1075/impact.18.01deu},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-10-27},
pages = {1-14},
publisher = {Taxonomies and histories. Deumert & Vandenbussche (red)},
abstract = {The greatest and most important phenomenon of the evolution of language in historic times has been the springing up of the great national common languages—Greek, French, English, German, etc.—the “standard” languages which have driven out, or are on the way to drive out, the local dialects.(Otto Iespersen, Mankind, Nation and Individual from a Linguistic Point ofView, 1925, p. 45). The idea that standardization constitutes a specific type of sociolinguistic change which is best investigated on the basis of systematic, historical comparisons is not a new one. However, it has rarely been explored systematically on the basis of comparative analysis.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Fina2003bb,
title = {Identity in Narrative: A study of immigrant discourse},
author = {Anna De Fina},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-10-27},
volume = {3},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing},
abstract = {This volume presents both an analysis of how identities are built, represented and negotiated in narrative, as well as a theoretical reflection on the links between narrative discourse and identity construction. The data for the book are Mexican immigrants' personal experience narratives and chronicles of their border crossings into the United States. Embracing a view of identity as a construct firmly grounded in discourse and interaction, the author examines and illustrates the multiple threads that connect the local expression and negotiation of identity to the wider social contexts that frame the experience of migration, from material conditions of life in the United States to mainstream discourses about race and color. The analysis reveals how identities emerge in discourse through the interplay of different levels of expression, from implicit adherence to narrative styles and ways of telling, to explicit negotiation of membership categories.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Roberts2003,
title = {Syntactic Change: A Minimalist Approach to Grammaticalization},
author = {Ian Roberts and Anna Roussou},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511486326},
isbn = {9780521790567},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-09-04},
urldate = {2003-09-04},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {Acknowledgements Introduction 1. Parameters, functional heads and language change 2. T elements 3. C elements 4. D elements 5. Theoretical consequences References Index of languages Index of names Index of subjects.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Sidnell2003b,
title = {An Ethnographic Consideration of Rule‐Following},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1111/1467-9655.00157},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-09-01},
urldate = {2003-09-01},
journal = {Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute},
volume = {9},
issue = {3},
pages = {429 - 445},
abstract = {Rules are an essential feature of social life and anthropologists have long debated the role they play in human forms of organization and activity. But what does it mean to follow a rule? The article addresses this issue by examining particular, ethnographically specified, cases drawn from fieldwork in an Indo-Guyanese village. In doing so, it argues that an anthropological account of rule-following might profitably draw on the writings of Garfinkel and the later Wittgenstein.
},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2003,
title = {Rare Deep-Rooting Y Chromosome Lineages in Humans: Lessons for Phylogeography},
author = {Bruce Connell and Michael E Weale and Tina Shah and Abigail L Jones and John Greenhalgh and James F Wilson and Pagbajabyn Nymadawa and David Zeitlin and Neil Bradman and Mark G Thomas},
doi = {10.1093/genetics/165.1.229},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-09-01},
journal = {Genetics},
volume = {165},
number = {1},
pages = {229-234},
abstract = {There has been considerable debate on the geographic origin of the human Y chromosome Alu polymorphism (YAP). Here we report a new, very rare deep-rooting haplogroup within the YAP clade, together with data on other deep-rooting YAP clades. The new haplogroup, found so far in only five Nigerians, is the least-derived YAP haplogroup according to currently known binary markers. However, because the interior branching order of the Y chromosome genealogical tree remains unknown, it is impossible to impute the origin of the YAP clade with certainty. We discuss the problems presented by rare deep-rooting lineages for Y chromosome phylogeography.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lam2003,
title = {Modelling Verb Order in Complex Multi-Verbal Predicate Constructions},
author = {C Lam and Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-07-01},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Luke2003,
title = {Lexical-Functional Grammar Analysis of Chinese},
author = {Kang Kwong Luke and Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-07-01},
journal = {Journal of Chinese linguistics},
number = {19},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2003b,
title = {On the function COMP in Cantonese},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Sophia Lee},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-07-01},
abstract = {This paper discusses the function COMP with data from Cantonese. We first point out some possible problems for previous proposals for the elimination of COMP. We next take up the concept of 'mixed language' using Cantonese data. Initial results show that Cantonese is indeed a mixed language. We do, however, propose that the concept of mixed languages should be extended to include degrees or extents to which a language can be regarded as a mixed language. Our analysis in this paper supports a finer-grained categorization of grammatical functions in linguistic theory.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2003c,
title = {INTRODUCTION: ISSUES IN CHINESE SYNTAX FOR A CONSTRAINT-BASED ANALYSIS},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-07-01},
journal = {Journal of Chinese Linguistics},
pages = {6},
abstract = {This special issue of the Journal of Chinese Linguistics is a collection of selected papers from two workshops on Lexical-Functional Grammar (LFG) Analysis of Chinese organized at the University of Hong Kong in 2001 and 2002. All but one of the papers appearing in this volume were read at one or the other of the two workshops. The themes of the workshops addressed the need to explore ways in which some aspects of the structure of Chinese may be analyzed in LFG or related constraint-based grammar formalisms. W e will first point out some salient features of the Chinese language and outline some possible questions and implications that these might have for LFG. We will then summarize the various papers that appear in this volume, pointing to the issues that are being discussed and the solutions that are proposed.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2003,
title = {Language Contact and Globalisation: The Camouflaged Influence of English on the World’s Languages – with special attention to Israeli (sic) and Mandarin},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1080/09557570302045},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-07-01},
journal = {Cambridge Review of International Affairs},
volume = {16},
number = {2},
pages = {287-307},
abstract = {This paper discusses the camouflaged influence of Modern English (mainly American) on Israeli (a.k.a. 'Modern Hebrew') and Mandarin Chinese (especially Modern Standard Chinese) within the broader context of linguistic and cultural globalisation. Among the questions it attempts to answer are the following: What is the extent of phono-semantic matching (PSM) of Anglicisms in Israeli and Mandarin? What are the terminological and lexicopoietic types of PSM? What is the sociolinguistics of word-formation and neologisation in those languages? The author would like to thank Churchill College, Cambridge; the British Academy and the National University of Singapore.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2003b,
title = {Examining Interactions across Language Modalities: Deaf Children and Hearing Peers at School},
author = {Elizabeth Keating and Gene Mirus},
doi = {10.1525/aeq.2003.34.2.115},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-06-01},
urldate = {2003-06-01},
journal = {Anthropology & Education Quarterly},
volume = {34},
number = {2},
abstract = {Deaf youth easily become communicatively isolated in public schools, where they are in a small minority among a majority of hearing peers and teachers. This article examines communicative strategies of deaf children in an American "mainstream" school setting to discover how they creatively manage their casual communicative interactions with hearing peers across multimodal communicative channels, visual and auditory. We argue that unshared sociolinguistic practices and hearing-oriented participation frameworks are crucial aspects of communicative failure in these settings. We also show that what look like "successful" conversational interactions between deaf and hearing children actually contain little real language and few of the complex communication skills vital to cognitive and social development. This study contributes to understanding the social production of communicative isolation of deaf students and implications of mainstream education for this minority group.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Pham2003,
title = {Vietnamese Tone: A New Analysis},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
editor = { Laurence Horn},
doi = {10.4324/9780203500088},
isbn = {0-415-96762-7},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-06-01},
publisher = {Routledge},
abstract = {This book is a 'reader friendly' version of my 2001 doctoral dissertation submitted to the University of Toronto (Hoa Pham, Vietnamese Tone: Tone is not Pitch). There are no substantive changes only those of an editorial nature. I have given the original dissertation a new title and also made some changes in the internal titles. There is some slight reordering of material and some pruning to eliminate various redundancies. There are also stylistic changes throughout. However, all the original data and claims remain as they were.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Perrin2003,
title = {Progression Analysis (PA): Investigating Writing Strategies in the Workplace},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1016/S0378-2166(02)00125-X},
isbn = {978-1-4020-0106-2},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {35},
number = {6},
pages = {907–921},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2003b,
title = {Towards a pragmatics of writing. Introduction to the special issue The pragmatics of writing},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1016/S0378-2166(02)00120-0},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {35},
number = {6},
pages = {825–828},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vaux2003b,
title = {Consonant Epenthesis and the Problem of Unnatural Phonology},
author = {Bert Vaux},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-04-26},
urldate = {2003-04-26},
journal = {Yale University Linguistics Colloquium},
abstract = {This paper provides formal arguments and empirical evidence from a range of languages demonstrating that the prediction of rule-based phonology is correct: a language can choose any consonant for insertion by regular rule. This is a problem for both aT and AP, which are specifically designed to exclude insertion of synchronically-arbitrary segments. The primary problem for aT and AP is that a grammar arises from the confrontation of the human language acquisition device with the arbitrary linguistic data to which it is exposed; since these data encode layers of historical change, the resulting phonological grammar will be "unnatural" in the words of Anderson 1981 and Hyman 2000 (cf. also Bach and Harms 1972, Hellberg 1978, Manaster Ramer 1991, Chomsky 2000, McMahon 2000, Hale and Reiss 2000). I argue that unnatural systems of this type are accounted for most efficiently and insightfully in a rule-driven framework; existing aT implementations can be jury-rigged to account for the relevant phenomena, but only at the cost of abandoning the central theoretical tenets that have been claimed to give aT the advantage over derivational theories
},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Tang2003,
title = {Verbs of motion and location in Hong Kong Sign Language: Conflation andlexicalization},
author = {Gladys Tang},
editor = {K. Emmorey},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-04-02},
urldate = {2003-04-02},
pages = {143-165},
publisher = {Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Inc},
abstract = {This chapter presents some preliminary results ofa research project that investigate the inherent semantic characteristics of the classifier predicates of Hong Kong Sign Language (HKSL). The analysis is based on Talmy’s (1985, 2000) concept of motion events and how certain fundamental semantic categories ofa motion event are incorporated into the predicates of natural language. Talmy argued that a motion event can be analyzed as having four basic semantic categories: FIGURE, MOTION, PATH, GROUND. This event is also said to be associated with an external co-event that consists of semantic categories such as MANNER and CA USE. Languages display differences in mapping these categories onto the surface constructions.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Connell2003b,
title = {Ethnogenesis and fractal history on an African frontier: Mambila-Njerep-Mandulu},
author = {Bruce Connell and David Zeitlyn },
doi = {10.1017/S002185370200823X},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-03-01},
journal = {The Journal of African History},
volume = {44},
number = {1},
pages = {117 - 138},
abstract = {This paper explores the notion of fractals – structures that display a similar degree of complexity at whatever scale they may be viewed – in relation to investigating African history. A case study of developing ethnicities in the Mambila region of the Nigeria–Cameroon borderland is presented from a fractal perspective: five levels of the history of this region, covering different time, population and physical scales, as well as different objects of explanation for each, are explored. Our general conclusion is that the different scales, or levels, at which one may view history may contain features or imply generalizations that mask features found in, or generalizations implied by, other levels.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2003b,
title = {Other Pasts: Women, Gender, and History in Early Modern Southeast Asia (review)},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Jennifer Gaynor},
doi = {10.2307/3096222},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-02-01},
journal = {Journal of Asian Studies - J ASIAN STUD},
volume = {62},
number = {1},
pages = {346-349},
abstract = {The twelve succinct essays in Other Pasts provide evocative fragmentary evidence about gender relations in Southeast Asia between the fourteenth and the nineteenth centuries. In so doing, the volume offers to the gender-parched field of Southeast Asian historical studies refreshingly saturating details about the relations between men and women. As Barbara Watson Andaya acknowledges in her comprehensive introduction, anthropologists have contributed theoretically to understandings of gender in the contemporary period, but historians have yet to integrate gender into existing or new scholarship on the pre-and early modern period. As a result, the nationalist-based historiography of Southeast Asia remains more or less intact. Other Pasts, which developed out of a conference sponsored by the SSRC (Social Science Research Council) in Honolulu in 1995, begins to redress this omission.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2003b,
title = {Bringing speakers back in? Epistemological reflections on speaker-oriented explanations of language change},
author = {Ana Deumert},
doi = {10.1016/S0388-0001(01)00014-6},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-31},
journal = {Language Sciences},
volume = {25},
number = {1},
pages = {15-76},
abstract = {From the late 1980s historical linguists have repeatedly criticised autonomous, system-internal historical linguistics and emphasised the need to incorporate human agency and intentionality into our explanations of language change, a concern most clearly articulated in sociolinguistic approaches to language history. The article evaluates the ways in which speaker agency has been conceptualised in these discussions and critically reviews the explanatory status of traditional ‘belief–desire' models of action in the light of evolutionary, neuropsychological and sociological contributions to the question of human agency. Considering the generally accepted definition of language as a collective structure, the article discusses further whether explanations should invoke individuals (‘methodological individualism') or collectives (‘methodological holism') as the agents of linguistic change. It is suggested that Giddens's theory of structuration, which attempts to overcome the dichotomy of individualism vs. holism and to disassociate agency from individual intentionality, is a useful starting point for future theorising. While speaker-oriented approaches to language change are an important part of the explanatory inventory of historical linguistics, not all linguistic changes are equally amenable to explanations in terms of speaker agency. It is argued that there is a cluster of areas (grammaticalisation and reanalysis, language contact, native theories of language as well as standardisation) which should feature prominently in the field of socio-historical linguistics.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vaux2003c,
title = {The Laryngeal Specifications of Fricatives},
author = {Bert Vaux},
doi = {10.1162/002438998553833},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-21},
urldate = {2003-01-21},
journal = {Linguistic Inquiry},
volume = {29},
number = {3},
pages = {497-511},
abstract = {this article I propose a system of laryngeal specifications that accounts both for the phonetic observations of Kingston, Stevens, and Catford and for the phonological behavior of fricatives in a number of languages with rich systems of laryngeal contrasts: the New Julfa dialect of Armenian, Pali, Sanskrit, Greek, and Thai. The phonological phenomena to be considered here strongly suggest that the unmarked specification for voiceless fricatives is [ spread], and the specification for voiced fricatives is [ 1spread]},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2003b,
title = {Conclusions and Theoretical Implications},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1057/9781403938695_9},
isbn = {978-1-349-51326-0 T1},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
pages = {246-259},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2003bb,
title = {MSN in Various Terminological Areas},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1057/9781403938695_5},
isbn = {978-1-349-51326-0},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
pages = {123-147},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {Naturally, FEN is widespread in those terminological areas that suffer most from lexical voids within the autochthonous lexical inventory. In the early history of Israeli such areas have been zoology, medicine, music, gastronomy and computers. In some cases, the extent to which FEN infiltrates a specific terminological area is determined simply by whether or not a prominent coiner in this area has favoured FEN as a means of neologization. For example, Abramowitsch (also known as Mendele) relied heavily on FEN in his (often failed) neologisms for zoological terminology, as described below.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2003bb,
title = {New Perspectives on Lexical Enrichment},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1057/9781403938695_2},
isbn = {978-1-349-51326-0},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
pages = {6-62},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan UK},
abstract = {I use ‘borrowing’ in its wider sense — in contrast to ‘loanword’ (§1.2.1).1 Haugen (1950) presented a complex typology of lexical borrowing (cf. Appel and Muysken 1987: 164) and imposed order on earlier confusing terminology. However, his treatment has two main shortcomings with regard to PSM: omission and inappropriate categorization.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2003bb,
title = {Statistical Analysis},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1057/9781403938695_8},
isbn = {978-1-349-51326-0},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
pages = {221-245},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {My lists are comprehensive and fully representative, but while I can be sure that they cover almost all successful Israeli (and Maskilic Hebrew) MSNs, I cannot be certain that they include all failed MSNs. This is simply because many of the failed MSNs never reached the literature or oral tradition. While my sources include obscure terminological books, dictionaries and literature, an important part of the statistical analysis in §7 still deals solely with successful MSNs.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2003bb,
title = {The Source Languages},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1057/9781403938695_7},
isbn = {978-1-349-51326-0},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
pages = {187-220},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {MSN demonstrates that the most important contributor languages for Israeli are: (i) Indo-European — mostly Germanic and Slavonic: Yiddish, Polish, Russian, English and German; (ii) Western Semitic: Hebrew, Arabic and Aramaic (on Aramaic, see Eliezer Meir Lipschütz in ZV 4, 1914: 20). Until the first half of the twentieth century, Yiddish was the most influential among these Indo-European languages, overtaking Russian and Polish. Currently, however, English, which became dominant during the British Mandate in Eretz Yisrael is the main SL owing to its globalization. For classification by source language (percentage), see Graph 1 in §7.2.1.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2003bb,
title = {Sociolinguistic Analysis: Attitudes Towards MSN in ‘Reinvented Languages’},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1057/9781403938695_6},
isbn = {978-1-349-51326-0},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
pages = {148-186},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {MSN producers are vulnerable to attack from all directions. On the one hand, some ultra-prescriptive purists criticize them for contamination (see, for instance, Even-Odem 1950 in §4.2). On the other hand, many speakers would prefer to use the successful loanwords against which MSNs compete.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2003bb,
title = {The Case of Israeli: Multisourced Neologization (MSN) as an Ideal Technique for Lexical Enrichment},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1057/9781403938695_3},
isbn = {978-1-349-51326-0},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
pages = {63-86},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {Hebrew, used by Jews since the thirteenth century BC, ceased to be spoken during the second century ad. For more than 1700 years thereafter, it served as a liturgical and literary language for Jews of the Diaspora. Although it was occasionally also employed as a lingua franca it was not in use as a mother tongue. Israeli emerged in Eretz Yisrael (Palestine) at the beginning of the twentieth century. Despite the variety of scholarly opinion about the genetics of Israeli (cf. Zuckermann 200la), there should be a consensus on the following points: (i) Hebrew suffered from a severe lexical paucity; (ii) Israeli has been strongly influenced by various languages which belong to different language families due to the cosmopolitan nature of Israeli society; (iii) Israeli has been supported ideologically in order to strengthen the Jewish settlement in Eretz Yisrael (cf. Tur-Sinai 1960: 9, Wexler 1990: 13). Thus, Israeli might be regarded as a ‘reinvented language’ in which purists had to work hard to coin new words using native elements to replace those of alien pedigree. MSN is the ideal means for such neologization for the following reasons: 1. For the native speaker of the future: camouflaging foreign influence (using autochthonous constituents) 2. For the ‘revivalist’: recycling obsolete lexemes 3. For the contemporary learner/speaker (until the beginning of the twentieth century, a non-native speaker): facilitating initial learning (mnemonization).},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Zuckermann2003bb,
title = {Addition of Sememe versus Introduction of Lexeme},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1057/9781403938695_4},
isbn = {978-1-349-51326-0},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
pages = {87-122},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {There are two main kinds of MSN, which differ in their lexicopoietic nature: MSN introducing a new lexical item and MSN introducing a new sememe to a pre-existent lexical item. PSM, SPM and PM can belong to both lexicopoietic kinds, but this chapter will focus on PSM since it has so often been used by Israeli purists (see the statistical analysis in §7).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Zuckermann2003bb,
title = {Language Contact and Lexical Enrichment in Israeli Hebrew, Palgrave Macmillan},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
isbn = {978-1-4039-3869-5},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
volume = {1},
number = {304 page},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},
abstract = {Israeli Hebrew is a spoken language, 'reinvented' over the last century. It has responded to the new social and technological demands of globalization with a vigorously developing multisourced lexicon, enriched by foreign language contact. In this detailed and rigorous study, the author provides a principled classification of neologisms, their semantic fields and the roles of source languages, along with a sociolinguistic study of the attitudes of 'purists' and ordinary native speakers in the tension between linguistic creativity and the preservation of a distinct language identity. REVIEWS '...this is the first time that anyone has drawn attention to the extent to which 'phono-semantic matching' applies in word formation...a most important contribution to the study of Israeli Hebrew word formation in particular and of language change in general.' - Shmuel Bolozky, Professor of Hebrew, University of Massachusetts 'This book will interest not only researchers and graduate students in the topic but also Hebraists. Moreover, any layman who loves words will find it absorbing and entertaining... it is both scholarly and original [and] an outstanding contribution to the science of etymology.' - Professor Geoffrey Lewis, St Antony's College, Oxford '..fascinating and multifaceted... a paean to linguistic creativity. It is especially timely in the present historical context of rapid globalization and linguistic inter-influence.' - Professor James A. Matisoff, Department of Linguistics, University of California, Berkeley 'The volume is extremely impressive. Zuckermann demonstrates a mastery of European and Hebrew lexicography... In addition to developing a rigorous analytical framework, he offers many detailed word (and compound) histories and carves out a well-defined position on issues of much significance.' - Professor Jeffrey Heath, University of Michigan 'The book is an outstanding piece of scholarship which undoubtedly represents a milestone in the field of lexicology. Zuckermann's attention to details has made the work a mini-encyclopaedia, much in the tradition of Jewish scholarship. Generally, his etymologies are well thought out and set a standard for current and future research.' - Joseph T. Farquharson, Linguistlist.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Zuckermann2003bb,
title = {Language Contact and Lexical Enrichment in Israeli Hebrew},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1057/9781403938695},
isbn = {978-1-349-51326-0},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
volume = {1},
pages = {304 },
abstract = {Israeli Hebrew is a spoken language,'reinvented'over the last century. It has responded to the new social and technological demands of globalization with a vigorously developing multisourced lexicon, enriched by foreign language contact. In this detailed and rigorous study, the author provides a principled classification of neologisms, their semantic fields and the roles of source languages, along with a sociolinguistic study of the attitudes of'purists' and ordinary native speakers in the tension between linguistic creativity and the preservation of a distinct language identity.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2003,
title = {Clitics and Determiners in L2 Greek},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
urldate = {2003-01-01},
journal = {Proceedings of the 6th generative approaches to second language acquisition conference},
pages = {331-339},
abstract = {This paper aims to investigate the properties of nominal elements in bilingual speakers of Turkish and Russian learning Greek as a second language. Specifically, the data examined include the use of determiners in definite and indefinite DPs and pronominal (object) clitics. Primarily, the study seeks to identify the (abstract) morphological features which show differential development in the L2 grammar. The ‘uneven’pattern revealed helps to shed light on the question of ultimate attainment, particularly in view of the fact that the L2ers who participated in the study have been exposed to the language in its natural context and had no prior knowledge of Greek. Individual variation found among the L2 learners although superficially problematic for a UG-based theory of language development, is, at the same time, interesting in that the pattern of differential development of formal features is consistent among learners and the variation attested is one of degree. Furthermore, the differences found between the formal features examined raise interesting implications with regard to the possibilities of ‘morphological misanalysis’ in L2 grammars. In this respect, the question of mapping abstract formal features onto morpho (phono) logical matrices is narrowed down to a subset of features that show ‘deviant’L2 behaviour.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2003b,
title = {Subjects in L1 Attrition: Evidence from Greek and Italian Near-Native Speakers of English},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Antonella Sorace and Caroline Heycock and Francesca Filiaci and Maria Bouba},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
urldate = {2003-01-01},
journal = {Proceedings of the 27th annual Boston University conference on language development},
pages = {787-797},
abstract = {1. Background Assumptions and the basic hypothesis • Syntactic attrition is a consequence of a long-term contact of the native with the second language; it is expected to be found primarily in near-native speakers of the second language who use L1 and L2 in roughly equal amounts in everyday situations. • Syntactic attrition could be described as a change in the steady-state of L1 as this is found in monolingual speakers. • Within the Principles and Parameters framework, the change in the S s (L1) is predicted to affect aspects of a parameter for which the L1 and L2 assume a different value (e.g. the Null Subject parameter in Italian vs English). • However, syntactic attrition cannot be argued to change (or 'unset') the L1 value of a given parameter as this would imply that the syntax of the native language can be lost in case a second language is acquired. • In Minimalist terms (Chomsky, 1995), morpho-syntactic features differ in terms of their interpretability at LF. Parameters are associated with the value of non-interpretable features only. By assumption, parameter-setting in L1 acquisition remains constant and cannot be affected by syntactic attrition (for reasons to do with the Modularity of the language system). • In L2 acquisition and language impairment, the distinction between interpretable and non-interpretable features seems to affect learnability (Tsimpli, 1996, 2001). • The Hypothesis: Syntactic attrition primarily affects morpho-syntactic features that are interpretable at the LF interface (Sorace, 2000). Being an interface level, LF is not modular and allows for changes in the interpretation of morpho-syntactic features in the context of L1/L2 contact resulting in syntactic attrition. • Through attrition the affected features become unspecified giving rise to optionality in grammatical options.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2003c,
title = {Dissociation of social affect and theory of mind in a case of Asperger syndrome},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Neil Smith and Beate Hermelin},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
urldate = {2003-01-01},
volume = {15},
pages = {357-377},
abstract = {We report on a case of Asperger syndrome (KH), who has considerable linguistic ability with a verbal IQ of 153. Strikingly, he readily and correctly identifies the use of sarcasm, showing mastery of the meta-representation and dissocia tion characteristic of 'interpretive use'. Cu rrent theories of the syndrome largely agree on the constellation of properties which define it, but disagree on whether the basic cause resides in a deficit in Theory of Mind or in a social and emotional deficit. We suggest an account in a 'quasi-modular' version of the modularity hypothesis, as developed by Smith and Tsimpli. We specify a range of quasi-modules (including Theory of Mind and Social Interaction, itself divided into Social Cognition an d Soci al Aff ect); we outline the structure of the Emotional component, including basic and derived emotions; and we then spell out some of their inter-connections and their relation to the Language Faculty. Our tentative conclusion is that all these components may dissociate, and that high intelligence, combined with linguistic ability, may mask a deficit in Theory of Mind, though not in Social Affect.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vaux2003d,
title = {Metalinguistic, shmetalinguistic: The phonology of shm-reduplication},
author = {Bert Vaux and Andrew Nevins},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
urldate = {2003-01-01},
journal = {Proceedings from the Annual Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society},
volume = {39},
number = {1},
pages = {702-721},
abstract = {This paper explores English shm- reduplication and aims to answer questions that have previously been left open on the subject. Results from an online survey show emerging patterns that have not been adequately addressed in the literature. It will be shown that shm- reduplication targets prosodic landmarks, syllabic landmarks and the phrasal site of the target of reduplication. Instances of avoidance phenomena will also be discussed and analyzed. The results suggest that shm- reduplication is computed by a grammar that is formed through underdetermined exposure.},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim2003b,
title = {Quechua parallelism, meanings of words and cultural analysis},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
urldate = {2003-01-01},
journal = {Lhymen},
volume = {2},
pages = {11 - 58},
abstract = {In the early seventeenth century, a Native Peruvian provincial lord, Juan de Santa Cruz Pachacuti Yamqui wrote an account of Inka dynastic mythology, in which he included ritual poetry, such as the following invocation of the deity Wiraqucha.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Englund2003,
title = {Christian Independency and Global Membership: Pentecostal Extraversions in Malawi},
author = {Harri Englund},
doi = {10.1163/157006603765626721},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
urldate = {2003-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Religion in Africa},
volume = {33},
number = {1},
pages = {83-111},
abstract = {Recent scholarship on Pentecostalism in Africa has debated issues of transnationalism, globalisation and localisation. Building on Bayart's notion of extraversion, this scholarship has highlighted Pentecostals' far-flung networks as resources in the growth and consolidation of particular movements and leaders. This article examines strategies of extraversion among independent Pentecostal churches. The aim is less to assess the historical validity of claims to independency than to account for its appeal as a popular idiom. The findings from fieldwork in a Malawian township show that half of the Pentecostal churches there regard themselves as 'independent'. Although claims to independency arise from betrayals of the Pentecostal promise of radical equality in the Holy Spirit, independency does sustain Pentecostals' desire for membership in a global community of believers. Pentecostal independency thus provides a perspective on African engagements with the apparent marginalisation of the sub-continent in the contemporary world. Two contrasting cases of Pentecostal independency reveal similar aspirations and point out the need to appreciate the religious forms of extraversion. Crucial to Pentecostal extraversions are believers' attempts to subject themselves to a spiritually justified hierarchy.},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ghosh2003,
title = {Zero in Bengali orthography: a study grapheme-phoneme relationship},
author = {Aditi Ghosh},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
journal = {IJDL. International journal of Dravidian linguistics},
volume = {32},
number = {1},
pages = {129-144},
abstract = {Sauf mention contraire ci-dessus, le contenu de cette notice bibliographique peut être utilisé dans le cadre d’une licence CC BY 4.0 Inist-CNRS/Unless otherwise stated above, the content of this bibliographic record may be used under a CC BY 4.0 licence by Inist-CNRS/A menos que se haya señalado antes, el contenido de este registro bibliográfico puede ser utilizado al amparo de una licencia CC BY 4.0 Inist-CNRS},
keywords = {Aditi Ghosh},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Michaud2003,
title = {3 Focus and lexical tones: a variety of prosodic parameters},
author = {Alexis Michaud},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
abstract = {In the tonal languages ​​of Asia there is a great latitude of variation in the prosodic realization of the syllables, which does not prevent the identification of lexical tones. The study of syllables under focus in Naxi, the Tibetan-Burmese language, shows the diversity of prosodic parameters by which the superposition of tones and intonation takes place. The use of electroglottography, a non-invasive measurement of the surface area of ​​the vocal cords, allows two complementary measurements of the commonly noted parameters, namely the fundamental frequency, the duration and the intensity. The first is that of the open quotient, which helps in particular to characterize the accent of insistence, a phenomenon present in naxi (and most certainly universal), distinct from focusing. The second measurement is that of the amplitude of the closing peaks measured on the derivative of the electroglottographic signal; this measure called DECPA, studied for the first time, helps to shed light on questions of intensity and vocal effort.},
keywords = {Alexis Michaud},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2003,
title = {A Typological Approach to the Passive in Thai},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
doi = {10.1163/26659077-00604001},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
journal = {Manusya: Journal of Humanities},
volume = {6},
number = {4},
pages = {1-17},
abstract = {Based on the generalization and classification of passives in the worldʼs languages put forward by Givón (1979), Siewierska (1984), and Keenan (1990) this study recapitulates the universal types of passive. Twenty types of passive are proposed. They are grouped into ten pairs of contrastive types; namely, passive vs. ergative, true passive vs. pseudo-passive, direct vs. indirect passive, sentential vs. lexical passive, personal vs. impersonal passive, plain vs. reflexive passive, neural vs. adversative or favorable passive, basic vs. non-basic passive, synthetic vs. periphrastic passive, passive with patient subject vs. passive with non-patient subject. It is found that five of these pairs are applicable to the analysis of passive types in Thai. A typological system of passives in Thai is proposed. It comprises eight actual types of passive, which are distinguished from one another by these features: [true], [neutral], [direct], [basic], and [synthetic].},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Prasithrathsint2003b,
title = {Grammatical Theories},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint and Yupapan Hoonchamlong and Saranya Savetamalya},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
publisher = {Chulalongkorn University, Bangkok},
abstract = {This book introduces formal grammar theories that play a role in current linguistic theorizing (Phrase Structure Grammar, Transformational Grammar/Government & Binding, Generalized Phrase Structure Grammar, Lexical Functional Grammar, Categorial Grammar, Head-​Driven Phrase Structure Grammar, Construction Grammar, Tree Adjoining Grammar). The key assumptions are explained and it is shown how the respective theory treats arguments and adjuncts, the active/passive alternation, local reorderings, verb placement, and fronting of constituents over long distances. The analyses are explained with German as the object language. The second part of the book compares these approaches with respect to their predictions regarding language acquisition and psycholinguistic plausibility. The nativism hypothesis, which assumes that humans posses genetically determined innate language-specific knowledge, is critically examined and alternative models of language acquisition are discussed. The second part then addresses controversial issues of current theory building such as the question of flat or binary branching structures being more appropriate, the question whether constructions should be treated on the phrasal or the lexical level, and the question whether abstract, non-visible entities should play a role in syntactic analyses. It is shown that the analyses suggested in the respective frameworks are often translatable into each other. The book closes with a chapter showing how properties common to all languages or to certain classes of languages can be captured.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Pham2003b,
title = {The key phonetic properties of Vietnamese tone: A reassessment},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
isbn = {1-876346-48-5},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
journal = {International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, Barcelona},
pages = {1703-1706},
abstract = {Tone in Vietnamese is usually equated to pitch. There are eight tones in standard North Vietnamese: ngang (high level), huyen (low level), sac1 (rising), nang1 (dropping), nga (broken), hoi (falling-rising), sac2 (rising, short), and nang2 (falling, short). Phonologically, these tones are said to fall into two registers: high (ngang, sac1, hoi, and sac2) and low (huyen, nang1, nga, and nang2). However, there is a serious mismatch: phonologically, hoi is high but, phonetically, it is low, and nga, is the opposite, phonologically low but phonetically high. Experimental evidence from an acoustic study that examined phonation types shows that breathiness and creakiness rather than pitch height are the primary perceptual cues of tone. This study resolves the apparent anomaly with hoi and nga and casts serious doubts on the simple equation of tone to pitch.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Wong2003,
title = {Tongzhi, ideologies, and semantic change},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
publisher = {Stanford University},
abstract = {Based on archival research, participant-observation and face-to-face interviews, this dissertation examines the on-going change in meaning of the Chinese term tongzhi from'comrade'to'sexual minorities' and addresses two central issues in sociolinguistics and historical linguistics: the actuation and the transmission of linguistic change. Adopting an approach that emphasizes meanings emergent in discourse, it aims to contribute to our understanding of the role of ideology in the semantic variation and change of words about people: nouns used to label them, as well as adjectives, verbs and adverbs that are used to describe them and their actions. A popular address term in Communist China, tongzhi was appropriated by gay rights activists in Hong Kong in the late 1980s to refer to sexual minorities. The use or the avoidance of tongzhi in three communities of practice-namely, tongzhi activists, other lesbians and gay men, and journalists of Oriental Daily News (the most widely circulated newspaper in Hong Kong)-illustrates the struggle over the meaning of the term and sheds light on how semantic change begins (ie actuation) and how it spreads (ie transmission). Like sound change, semantic change is often actuated by speakers' need for the presentation of self in everyday life. The semantic change of tongzhi occurred because tongzhi activists (the early adopters of the semantic change) exploited old ideologies associated with the label and started using the label to index a public, collective and sometimes political stance when talking to outsiders.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pauwels2003,
title = {24 Linguistic Sexism and Feminist Linguistic Activism},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
editor = {Janet Holmes and Miriam Meyerhoff},
doi = {10.1002/9780470756942},
isbn = {9780470756942},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
pages = {550-718},
abstract = {The popular portrayal of women and men as language users has stressed their fundamental differences. A quick perusal of some writings about male and female speakers across languages (eg Baron 1986) leaves no doubt that men are perceived not only as powerful speakers but especially as authoritative language users. Women, on the other hand, are often seen as garrulous, frivolous, and illiterate language users. These popular stereotypes gained in stature when they were endorsed by or validated in the “academic” and “scientific” literature of the day (for an overview see eg Baron 1986; Kramarae 1981). This “scientific” validation in turn led to the desire for the codification and regulation of women’s speech, and of women as speakers. Cameron (1995; this volume) as well as other scholars of language and gender have documented the many rules, codes, and guides that were developed to codify and control.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels2003b,
title = {Mapping trajectories of change–women’s and men’s practices and experiences of feminist linguistic reform in Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Joanne Winter},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1075/aral.26.1.03win},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
journal = {Australian Review of Applied Linguistics},
volume = {26},
number = {1},
pages = {19-37},
abstract = {In this paper we address the issue of the evaluation of feminist language planning in Australia. Through case studies of some self-identified linguistic reformers and non-sexist language users we present a ‘trajectory’ framework for the exploration of evaluation as part of the language planning cycle. We map the users’ trajectories of change through documenting their ‘first contact’ with gender bias in language (an initiating trajectory), their responses, practices and actions in relation to this (a trajectory of practice) and their perceived roles in bringing about, facilitating and spreading change (a trajectory of agency). This documentation reveals narratives of resistance and empowerment through engagement with change in the context of dominant discourses but sometimes also of powerlessness and oppression through rejection and opposition.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2003,
title = {Aspects of warfare in premodern southeast Asia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1163/156852003321675718},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
journal = {Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient/Journal de l'histoire economique et sociale de l'Orient},
volume = {46},
number = {2},
pages = {139-142},
abstract = {Warfare in premodern Southeast Asia, roughly that fought up until the end of the 19th century, was shaped by the environment across the region. Maritime trade connections brought the introduction and circulation of external models of warfare that would help to frame the way warfare in the region was depicted in some of the indigenous literature and art (including the influence of the Indian epics on shadow puppet theater). Firearms played a more direct role in determining the development of warfare in the region over the course of the early modern period. As a result of better firearms, the elephant declined in battlefield importance and was increasingly replaced by cavalry. In the 18th century, Southeast Asians fielded some of their best-organized armies, and in the early 19th century there was a temporary revival of naval strength in parts of the region, particularly in Vietnam. Nevertheless, the introduction of the steamship and better European military technology from the 1820s ushered in the decline of the remaining Southeast Asian armies by the end of the 19th century. Although indigenous states would attempt to modernize and catch up with Europe militarily, all of Southeast Asia, save for Thailand, fell under European control.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2003bb,
title = {Gender, Islam and the Bugis Diaspora in Nineteenth and Twentieth-Century Riau},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
journal = {Sari},
volume = {21},
pages = {77-108},
abstract = {The importance of women in maintaining male status is a common theme in
 academic studies of Bugis society. Presumably, these attitudes would have
 been embedded in the culture that Bugis migrants brought to the Malay world
 in the late seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. On the island of Riau, which
 became the center for Bugis influence in the kingdom of Johor and the larger
 Malay world, intermarriage between Bugis and Malays meant these gender
 imperatives were somewhat diluted. Nonetheless, the influence of women of
 Bugis-Malay descent was still evident in Riau’s ruling circles in the early
 nineteenth century. During this period, however, new formulations of gender status began to penetrate Islamic society through the reformist and more fundamentalist
 teachings of the Wahabi. The influence of these teachings, which
 strengthened existing ambiguity towards the presence of women in public life,
 are evident in the Tuhfat al-Nafis, the history of the Bugis diaspora written by
 the great scholar Raja Ali Haji. By the end of the century, the place of well-born
 women in Riau is less prominent than a hundred years earlier. However, by
 examining literary and historical sources, this article argues that the environment
 created on Pulau Penyengat still allowed women a space in which they
 could write. A synchronic approach to their publications permits us to see how
 the kinds of questions their works address shifted according to changing times
 and the new issues raised by Western influence and ideas about ‘modernity’ in
 the Muslim world},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lu2003,
title = {"Schema analysis of onomatopoeia ambiguity", "Language Science"},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Lu Kayo},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
journal = {Kyoto University},
volume = {9},
pages = {83-117},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lu2003b,
title = {"Situation Recognition and Japanese Onomatopoeia", Japan "Kansai Linguistic Society Proceedings},
author = {Chia-Rung Lu and Lu Kayo},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
volume = {23},
pages = {73-83},
keywords = {Chia-Rung Lu},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Perrin2003bb,
title = {How journalists write. Empirical research into professional writing},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2003bb,
title = {"Condense things for people". Write creatively under pressure},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Perrin2003bb,
title = {Writing as conflict management. Quality assurance in print journalism},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
pages = {327–343},
publisher = {West German Publishing House},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Baider2003,
title = {Pleasure of speech, speech on pleasure in the Heptameron by Marguerite de Navarre},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.1353 / wfs.2003.0001},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
journal = {Women in French Studies 11 (1):  DOI: },
volume = {11},
number = {1},
pages = {11-24},
abstract = {This article proposes to rethink the Heptameron as a critique of the roles assigned to both sexes, and in particular as a questioning of the discursive and sexual passivity required of the female being. In fact, on several occasions, the author encourages the change of the rules of the communication code and, in doing so, succeeds in reversing the traditional social and sexual roles: the woman then escapes her position of receiver / receptacle to assert herself by as a speaker and actor. It is in this defense of daring women that the originality of the Heptameron lies in part. The most controversial heroines indeed go further than the simple reversal of the polarities of the sexual roles. Marguerite de Navarre's project is therefore not "to overturn the order of things", aware that in this case “history would ultimately come back to the same thing” (Irigaray 32). She goes further and rejects the traditional dichotomy of the sign, thereby inventing an agency for which the female / male binary no longer makes sense.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2003b,
title = {Masculinist metaphors, feminist research},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
year  = {2003},
date = {2003-01-01},
journal = {Imagery. de},
volume = {5},
number = {2003},
pages = {6-35},
abstract = {This paper tests the cross-linguistic validity of Hines's findings on English animal-based metaphors depicting women as objects of sexual desire. Data from printed and online sources reveal that comparable metaphors are available in French and Italian but also that they have a wider range of applicability. Relevant metaphorical expressions may serve to represent women in a sexist way (via comparison to such categories of animals as livestock, game, pets, insects, and wild animals) but also to discriminate against other groups perceived as opponents or socially marginal (i.e. competitors like the police or inferiors like homosexuals) by the mainstream dominant group. Our data also show that not all metaphorical epithets are used the same way: some are reserved for talking to people, others for referring to them; some metaphorical address terms serve as expressions of endearment, others as insults; some lexicalised metaphors focus on sexual desirability, others on sexual denigration, still others on other types of trivialisation. Our findings suggest that the ideological significance of a metaphor (i.e. the mappings between its source and target domains and its specific lexical encoding) can be better assessed when explored in relation to complementary or neighbouring domains of experience. Finally, our discussion indicates, more generally, a need to take into account the contextualisation of metaphors in providing an account of their linguistic, social and cultural import. Der Beitrag fragt nach der einzelsprachenübergreifenden Gültigkeit von Hines Ergebnissen zu englischen Tiermetaphern, die Frauen als Objekt sexueller Begierde beschreiben. Daten aus verschiedenen Quellen belegen, daß es vergleichbare Metaphorisierungen auch im Italienischen und Französischen gibt, die allerdings ein breiteres Anwendungsspektrum aufweisen. Entsprechende metaphorische Ausdrücke können etwa dazu dienen, Frauen sexistisch darzustellen (durch Analogien zu Kategorien wie 'Vieh', 'Spiel', 'Haustiere', 'Insekten' und 'Wildtiere'), oder auch andere gesellschaftliche Gruppen, die im Verhältnis zur dominanten Gruppe abweichende Merkmale aufweisen, zu diskriminieren (z.B. Homosexuelle). Unsere Auswertungen zeigen ebenfalls, dass nicht alle metaphorischen Attribute in der gleichen Weise benutzt werden: einige werden aussschließlich zum Ansprechen von Personen verwendet, andere, um über sie zu sprechen; einige dienen als Koseformen, andere als Beleidigungen; verschiedene lexikalisierte Metaphern fokussieren auf sexuelles Verlangen, andere auf sexuelles Herabwürdigen, wieder andere auf weitere Typen von Geringschätzungen. Unsere Ergebnisse legen nahe, dass die ideologische Bedeutung einer Metapher (d.h. die mappings zwischen der Ausgangs-und Zieldomäne und ihre spezifische lexikalische Enkodierung) besser bestimmt werden kann, wenn sie im Verhältnis zu komplementären oder benachbarten Erfahrungsbereichen untersucht wird. Schließlich zeigt unsere Studie auch auf einer allgemeineren Ebene die Notwendigkeit, die Kontextualisierung von Metaphern in die Analyse mit einzubeziehen, um ihre sprachliche, soziale und kulturelle Bedeutung zu erhellen.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Deumert2002,
title = {Standardization and social networks},
author = {Ana Deumert},
doi = {10.1075/cilt.235.03deu},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-12-31},
volume = {235},
pages = {1-25},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing},
abstract = {The sociolinguistic study of language history (which has alternatively been referred to as ‘sociohistorical linguistics’,‘historical sociolinguistics’ or the ‘social history of language’) appears to have come of age in recent years. 1 It can no longer be simply seen as an ancillary discipline of mainstream historical linguistics. Rather, the reconstruction of the social realities of past speech communities has grown into an epistemologically and methodologically distinct research area which stands in sharp contrast to the ‘speaker-free’or ‘systeminternal’perspective of traditional historical linguistics (Deumert 2003). Historical sociolinguists have fruitfully adapted sociolinguistic methods to historical texts, most prominently Labovian-type variation analysis (cf. Romaine 1982; Milroy 1992; Nevalainen & Raumolin-Brunberg 1996), but also more macro-sociolinguistic approaches focussing on code-switching strategies, language attitudes, discourse patterns, language policies and language shift (cf. Leith 1983; Richter 1985; Crowley 1989; Burke & Porter 1991; Burke 1993). More recently, researchers have also begun to employ sociological methods in the study of language history, in particular social network analysis (cf. Imhoff 2000; Tieken-Boon van Ostade 2000).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Benjamin2002,
title = {Introduction: Historical, Cultural and Social Perspectives},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin and Cynthia Chou},
doi = {10.1355/9789812306104-003},
isbn = {9789812306104},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-12-31},
pages = {1-6},
publisher = {Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, Singapore; International Institute for Asian Studies, Leiden},
abstract = {The Malay World (Alam Melayu), spanning the Malay Peninsula, much of Sumatra, and parts of Borneo, has long contained within it a variety of populations. Most of the Malays have been organized into the different kingdoms (kerajaan Melayu) from which they have derived their identity. But the territories of those kingdoms have also included tribal peoples—both Malay and non-Malay—who have held themselves apart from those kingdoms in varying degrees. In the last three decades, research on these tribal societies has aroused increasing interest. This book explores the ways in which the character of these societies relates to the Malay kingdoms that have held power in the region for many centuries past, as well as to the modern nation-states of the region. It brings together researchers committed to comparative analysis of the tribal groups living on either side of the Malacca Straits—in Indonesia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Singapore. New theoretical and descriptive approaches are presented for the study of the social and cultural continuities and discontinuities manifested by tribal life in the region.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Benjamin2002b,
title = {On Being Tribal in the Malay World: Historical, Cultural and Social Perspectives},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
doi = {10.1355/9789812306104-004},
isbn = {9789812306104},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-12-31},
pages = {7-76},
publisher = {IIAS Leiden, ISEAS Singapore},
abstract = {The “Malay World” is here defined narrowly, and in an historically responsive manner, to refer to the areas currently or formerly falling under kerajaan Melayu, the rule of a Malay king (Milner 1982). It does not refer to insular Southeast Asia at large, and certainly not to the Austronesian-speaking world as a whole–both of which are usages of “Malay World” that have crept into scholarly discourse in the last decade. 2 In this sense, the Malay World (Alam Melayu) refers to the various Malay kingdoms and their attendant hinterlands that have existed or still exist along the coasts of Borneo, the east coast of Sumatra, and on the Malay Peninsula. My title has three components:“being”,“tribal”, and “Malay World”, each of which needs further discussion.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Ladegaard2002,
title = {Language attitudes and sociolinguistic behaviour: Exploring attitude‐behaviour relations in language},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1111/1467-9481.00112},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-12-16},
urldate = {2002-12-16},
journal = {Journal of Sociolinguistics},
volume = {4},
number = {2},
pages = {214 - 233},
abstract = {This paper is concerned with the relationship between attitude and behaviour in language. Adolescent male and female subjects were recorded and index-scores of their linguistic behaviour compared to their assessment of ingroup members in a verbal-guise attitude experiment, and to their attitudes concerning language usage in a questionnaire. It was hypothesised that male subjects' language would be closer to the vernacular, and that they would also express more positive attitudes towards ingroup members than would female subjects. However, no significant correlation between attitude and behaviour was found in the quantitative analysis, but results from the attitude-questionnaire support our hypothesis: male subjects have more vernacular features in their language and also express more genuinely positive attitudes towards the local vernaculars than do female subjects. Finally, methodological and theoretical implications of these results are discussed, emphasising the importance of using eclectic approaches in future research on attitude-behaviour relations in language.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland2002,
title = {Linguistics and pragmatics, 25 years after},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Jacob L. Mey},
doi = {10.1016/S0378-2166(02)00149-2},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-12-01},
urldate = {2002-12-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {34},
number = {12},
abstract = {A l'occasion du vingt-cinquieme anniversaire du journal, les editeurs du Journal of pragmatics reviennent sur les principaux problemes souleves par la pragmatique et en priorite sur les fondements et le statut meme de cette discipline. Si en 1977, il n'etait pas du tout clair que la pragmatique fut reellement une discipline en tant que telle, les As. tentent de voir ici comment elle s'est penchee sur d'autres questions que la linguistique pour s'ancrer dans la realite sociale. Ils analysent ainsi les tendances et problematiques actuelles depuis les conceptions de Grice, d'Austin et Searle.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Weinberg2002,
title = {On the Embodiment of Addiction},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
doi = {10.1177/1357034X02008004001},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-12-01},
urldate = {2002-12-01},
journal = {Body and Society},
volume = {8},
number = {4},
pages = {1-19},
abstract = {In an effort to promote more theoretically incisive research regarding the specifically sociological aspects of addiction, this article critically discusses three prominent theoretical paradigms for the study of addiction - neurology, learning theory and symbolic interaction. Neurological theories and learning theories are found to inadequately provide for the role of culturally transmitted meanings in the addiction process. While symbolic interactionist theories have been centrally concerned with meaning, they have failed to theorize how issues of meaning might figure in the addict's inevitable subjective estrangement from his or her drug-related activities. This stems from their failure to appreciate the reality of non-symbolic meaning, or meaningful experience that manifests pre-reflectively, at the level of our immediate bodily encounter with reality. The article concludes by suggesting that sociological students of addiction adopt a more thoroughly praxiological orientation to meaningful experience, so as to overcome the analytic limitations inherent in the antinomy between biological reductionism and disembodied cognitivism.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Tang2002,
title = {Nominal expressions in Hong Kong Sign Language: Does modality make a difference?},
author = {Gladys Tang and Felix YB Sze},
editor = {R. P. Meier and K. Cormier and D. Quinto-Pozos},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511486777.015},
isbn = {9780521803854},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-10-24},
urldate = {2002-10-24},
pages = {296-321},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {Signed language research in recent decades has revealed that signed and spoken languages share many properties of natural language, such as duality of patterning and linguistic arbitrariness. However, the fact that there are fundamental differences between the oral–aural and visual–gestural modes of communication leads to the question of the effect of modality on linguistic structure. Various researchers have argued that, despite some superficial differences, signed languages also display the property of formal structuring at various levels of grammar and a similar language acquisition timetable, suggesting that the principles and parameters of Universal Grammar (UG) apply across modalities (Brentari 1998; Crain and Lillo-Martin 1999; Lillo-Martin 1999). The fact that signed and spoken languages share the same kind of cognitive systems and reflect the same kind of mental operations was suggested by Fromkin (1973), who also argued that having these similarities does not mean that the differences resulting from their different modalities are uninteresting. Meier (this volume) compares the intrinsic characteristics of the two modalities and suggests some plausible linguistic outcomes. He also comments that the opportunity to study other signed languages in addition to American Sign Language (ASL) offers a more solid basis to examine this issue more systematically. This chapter suggests that a potential source of modality effect may lie in the use of space in the linguistic and discourse organization of nominal expressions in signed language.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Tsimpli2002,
title = {The effects of modality on BSL development in an exceptional learner},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Gary Morgan and Bencie Woll and Jamie Abbott and Neil Smith},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511486777.020},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-10-24},
urldate = {2002-10-24},
pages = {422-441},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {This chapter reports on the findings of an experiment into the learning of British Sign Language (BSL) by Christopher, a linguistic savant, and a control group of talented second language learners. The results from tests of comprehension and production of morphology and syntax, together with observations of his conversational abilities and judgments of grammaticality, indicate that despite his dyspraxia and visuo-spatial impairments, Christopher approaches the task of learning BSL in a way largely comparable to that in which he has learned spoken languages. However, his learning of BSL is not uniformly successful. Although Christopher approaches BSL as linguistic input, rather than purely visuo-spatial information, he fails to learn completely those parts of BSL for which an intact nonlinguistic visuo-spatial domain is required (e.g. the BSL classifier system). The unevenness of his learning supports the view that only some parts of language are modality-free.

Accordingly, this case illuminates crossmodality issues, in particular, the relationship of sign language structures and visuo-spatial skills. By exploring features of Christopher's signing and comparing it to normal sign learners, new insights can be gained into linguistic structures on the one hand and the cognitive prerequisites for the processing of signed language on the other.

In earlier work (see Smith and Tsimpli 1995 and references therein; also Tsimpli and Smith 1995; 1998; Smith 1996; Smith and Tsimpli 1996; 1997; Morgan, Smith, Tsimpli, and Woll 2002), we have documented the unique language learning abilities of a polyglot savant, Christopher (date of birth: January, 6 1962).},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Biagini2002,
title = {Gladstone},
author = {Eugenio Biagini and Paul R. Ziegler},
doi = {10.2307/4053412},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-10-01},
urldate = {2002-10-01},
journal = {Albion A Quarterly Journal Concerned with British Studies},
volume = {33},
number = {2},
pages = {334 },
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2002,
title = {Indonesia. His Word Is the Truth: Haji Ibrahim's Letters and Other Writings. By JAN VAN DER PUTTEN. Leiden: Research School of Asian, African and Amerindian Studies, 2001.},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1017/S0022463402260397},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-10-01},
journal = { Journal of Southeast Asian Studies},
volume = {33},
number = {3},
pages = {561 - 594},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Baider2002b,
title = {Sexism And Language : What Can The Web Teach Us?},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = {10.16995 / dscn.174},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-10-01},
journal = {Digital Studies / The digital field},
abstract = {"Quelle grande dame!" "What a great lady!" wrote a reader in L'actualité, a Québécois magazine, on the 1st of November 1997. He was writing about a woman minister. The adjective grand here means "great" because it is placed before the noun. It would mean "tall" when placed after the noun. This is what linguists call a differential meaning for the same adjective. In the French language, there are quite a number of adjectives changing their meaning according to their position before or after the noun. In our example, had the minister previously mentioned been a man, the writer would have had a choice. He could have used the paradigmatic equivalent of dame which is monsieur "Quel grand monsieur!" or he could have used the noun homme, "Quel grand homme!". Both expressions mean the same thing : "What a great man". However, describing a woman, he could not use the noun femme, the paradigmatic equivalent of homme since "Quelle grande femme" means "What a tall woman!" and not "What a great woman!". Somehow, the noun femme prevents the positive connotation of the adjective when placed before the nouns dame, monsieur and homme. In this essay I will mention my hypothesis [2] to explain why these adjectives behave differently when qualifying the noun homme or femme. This hypothesis will be substantiated with on-line data and other computerized resources. I will then ask the question, based on the findings about women writers and their usage of adjectives, whether this differential meaning could symbolize sexism in language.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vaux2002,
title = {Consonant Epenthesis and Hypercorrection},
author = {Bert Vaux},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-09-16},
urldate = {2002-09-16},
journal = {Yale University Linguistics Colloquium},
abstract = {Optimality Theory explicitly requires that the choice of epenthetic consonant in a given language be "natural", i.e. predictable from the interaction of inventory constraints and well-formedness constraints; this consonant is typically claimed to be [?] or It]. Rule- based theories on the other hand allow rules to insert synchronically arbitrary segments. This paper provides cross-linguistic empirical evidence demonstrating that the rule-based prediction is correct, providing further support for the assertion of Anderson 1981 that phonology is not "natural". I argue that recent OT accounts of consonant epenthesis are fundamentally incapable of capturing the insertion facts, and lose essential insights of rule-based phonology into the relationship between historical change and language acquisition, and between automatic and morphologically-conditioned phonology.},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Weinberg2002b,
title = {Concepts of Social Justice in Community Psychology: Toward a Social Ecological Epistemology},
author = {Darin Weinberg and Mark Fondacaro},
doi = {10.1023/A:1015803817117},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-09-01},
urldate = {2002-09-01},
journal = {American Journal of Community Psychology},
volume = {30},
number = {4},
pages = {473-492},
abstract = {In this paper we address the pervasive tendency in community psychology to treat values like social justice only as general objectives rather than contested theoretical concepts possessing identifiable empirical content. First we discuss how distinctive concepts of social justice have figured in three major intellectual traditions within community psychology: (1) the prevention and health promotion tradition, (2) the empowerment tradition, and most recently, (3) the critical tradition. We point out the epistemological gains and limitations of these respective concepts and argue for greater sensitivity to the context dependency of normative concepts like social justice. More specifically, we point to a pressing need in community psychology for an epistemology that: (1) subsumes both descriptive and evaluative concepts, and (2) acknowledges its own embeddedness in history and culture without thereby reducing all knowledge claims to the status of ideology. Finally, we describe and demonstrate the promise of what we are calling a social ecological epistemology for fulfilling this need.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2002,
title = {Everyday interactions and the domestication of social inequality},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.1075/prag.12.3.04kea},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-09-01},
urldate = {2002-09-01},
journal = {Pragmatics},
volume = {12},
number = {3},
pages = {347-359},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels2002,
title = {Languages in the university sector at the beginning of the third millennium},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-09-01},
journal = {Babel},
volume = {37},
number = {2},
abstract = {This paper assesses the position of languages in the university sector at the start of the new millennium and after almost two decades oflanguage policy initiatives aimed at fostering the learning of languages other than English. This assessment reveals a somewhat ambivalent picture of the situation of languages in the university sector. Whilst there is evidence that the teaclting and learning of languages other than English have benefited from language policy initiatives and developments in foreign language pedagogy, there continue to be many threats to the position of languages in the university sector. The latter are related mainly to the increasing rationalisation of, and competition for, limited (fmancial) resources within the university sector.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Katan2002,
title = {Mediating the Point of Refraction and Playing with the Perlocutionary Effect: a Translator's Choice?},
author = {David Katan},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-09-01},
journal = {Critical Studies},
pages = {177 - 195},
abstract = {Translators have an extremely important responsibility in communicating ideas to society. Much of what we read, from Aesop and the Bible to Voltaire and Weil is (re-)created by an invisible and little respected writer, the translator. This paper explores two fundamental areas: the possible refractions and perlocutionary effects that can be engendered by a translator; and secondly, what possibilities a translator has given the traditional subservience to a habitus which values translator invisibility and fidelity to the source text. A proposal is made for the translator to take more responsibility for the potential perlocutionary effect through taking a third, disassociated perceptual cognitive position. From this position the various forces acting on the translator and the translation can be controlled through mediation focussed on the benefit to the reader.},
keywords = {David Katan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vaux2002b,
title = {Disharmony and derived transparency in Uyghur Vowel Harmony},
author = {Bert Vaux},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-08-26},
urldate = {2002-08-26},
journal = {North East Linguistics Society},
volume = {30},
number = {2},
pages = {1 - 19},
abstract = {this paper I argue on the basis of the phonological behavior of disharmonic vowels that Uyghur vowel harmony is actually quite different from the Turkish system in that harmony propagates only [-back] and harmony applies both cyclically and postcyclically. I demonstrate furthermore that the Uyghur facts can only be insightfully accounted for in a theory that assumes derivations, cyclicity, and visibility of the sort elaborated in Halle and Vergnaud 1987, Halle 1995, Calabrese 1995, Vaux 1998, and Halle, Vaux, and Wolfe 2000. Theories of harmony that model transparency and opacity in terms of featural underspecification and prespecification respectively (e.g. Clements 1976, Clements and Sezer 1982, Clements 1987) fail to account for derived transparency in Uyghur, and output-driven OT frameworks such as Cole and Kisseberth 1994, Pulleyblank 1996, and Ringen and Heinfimfiki 1999 are unable to capture the range of surface facts produced by the interaction of cyclic and post-cyclic vowel harmony with post-cyclic vowel raising in cyclic and non-cyclic environments},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Weinberg2002c,
title = {Qualitative Research Methods},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-08-01},
urldate = {2002-08-01},
publisher = {Blackwell Publishing},
abstract = {This text is a collection of readings for students undertaking any kind of social science inquiry. Editor Darin Weinberg has selected articles first and foremost for their conceptual accessibility and provides editorial introductions for students being introduced to research methods for the first time. As a whole, the readings represent classic and contemporary scholarship in the field. Through this volume, students should become acquainted not only with the full range of contemporary qualitative research methods, but the location of these methods in wider scientific breakthroughs. This reading on qualitative methods provides a comprehensive overview that is both accessible and definitive.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@bachelorthesis{Sidnell2002,
title = {Habitual and Imperfective in Guyanese Creole},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1075/jpcl.17.2.02sid},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-08-01},
urldate = {2002-08-01},
journal = {Journal of Pidgin and Creole Languages},
volume = {17},
issue = {2},
pages = {151-189},
abstract = {This paper describes variation in the grammar of aspect in Guyanese Creole. In particular, the various grammaticalized strategies for conveying habituality, progressivity and imperfectivity are discussed. The paper contributes to an ongoing debate regarding the function of various preverbal markers and their interrelationships (see Bickerton, 1975; Edwards, 1984; Gibson, 1988; Jaganauth, 1994; Rickford, 1987; Winford, 1993a). Choice of preverbal marker is shown to be strongly conditioned by the stativity of the predicate (in the case of habituals). Drawing on the insights of Weinreich (1953), it is suggested that partial congruence between relatively independent grammatical systems encourages recurrent interlingual identifications.
},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Williams2002bb,
title = {Book Review: Language, economy and society: the changing fortunes of the Welsh language in the twentieth century},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1191/0309132502ph388xx},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-08-01},
journal = {Progress in Human Geography},
volume = {26},
number = {4},
pages = {567-569},
abstract = {Carter, 1994) which has established itself as an indispensable tool for the analysis of Welsh in the twentieth century. The volume addresses the concerns of Welsh-speaking ‘communities’, both in relation to the restructuring of social and economic affairs and in relation to the reconstruction of the national identities of postdevolution Wales.
The opening chapter provides some conceptual guidelines, sets the geographical context and provides an introduction to the seven substantive chapters which follow. The authors are concerned to locate their geolinguistic enquiry within broader discussions of ethnicity, culture and postmodern discourses. In an era suffused with ‘isms’ and quasipretentious theory, their interpretations are relatively simple (without being in any way simplistic), couched in readily accessible language and based upon empirical evidence.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2002,
title = {A lexical semantic analysis of faa complex predicates in Norwegian},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-07-01},
abstract = {A complex predicate is an integration of two or more semantically identifiable elements, acting as a single predicate unit in terms of grammatical relations such as the sharing of subjects and objects. Many analyses in the literature assume that complex predicates are formed at a level of argument structure where the contributing predicates of the complex restructure their arguments to form a single but complex argument structure (Alsina 1993 for Romance, Butt 1995 for Urdu, and Loedrup 1996 for Norwegian).This paper proposes an alternative approach in which complex predicate formation is done, not by argument structure restructuring or predicate composition (Alsina 1993), but by conceptual structure restructuring or predicate integration (Bodomo 1997). The analysis is couched in an LFG-like framework which incorporates a level of conceptual structure (Hellan 1996, Jackendoff 1997). The empirical motivation for this lexical semantic approach to complex predicate formation is based on Norwegian complex predicate data such as Per fikk reparert bilen `Per got the car repaired' (Loedrup 1996).},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Roberts2002,
title = {The History of the Future},
author = {Ian Roberts and Anna Roussou},
doi = {10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199250691.003.0002},
isbn = {9780199250691},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-06-27},
urldate = {2002-06-27},
pages = {23-56},
publisher = {Oxford Scholarship Online},
abstract = {This chapter considers three well-known cases of ‘grammaticalization’ regarding the development of future-tense constructions in English, Romance, and Greek. It argues that the change consists in the loss of movement of verbal element to a higher functional position; in the new grammars, the verbal element is merged directly in the functional position, not merging there via copying and subsequent deletion of the lower element. Grammaticalization-type changes of this kind follow a ‘path’, which is structurally defined along Cinque's (1999) universal hierarchy of functional categories in the clause structure.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Andaya2002b,
title = {Southeast Asia, historical periodization and area studies},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1163/156852002760247131},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-06-01},
journal = {Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient},
volume = {45},
number = {2},
pages = {268-287},
abstract = {Global trends which have seen the dramatic rise of the East-Southeast Asian economies suggests a turning of the wheel. Students of world history will recall the central place of China and India in the pre-modern world as producers and exporters of, variously, silks, ceramics and textiles, just as their populations and economies vastly dwarfed those of medieval Europe. The sprawling tropical zone of Southeast Asia, known historically as a prime source of spices and natural commodities, also boasted impressive civilisations. Still we are perplexed as to how a region boasting internationally known trade emporium dropped off the centre stage of world history. Reading back, did colonialism and imperialism turn the tide against indigenous agency? Or was stagnation an inevitable feature of life in pre-modern Southeast Asia? In seeking to answer these and other questions, this article both replays and critiques the many constructions of the broader East-Southeast Asia region, including its historiography, with special attention to recent trends in the framing of world-regional and global history. This is important, I argue, as localism, powerful state narratives, and the legacies of colonial conceptions and categories all contrive to ignore the importance of a holistic framing of this part of the globe.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2002,
title = {Ega},
author = {Bruce Connell and Firmin Ahoua and Dafydd Gibbon
},
doi = {10.1017/S002510030200018X},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-06-01},
journal = {Journal of the International Phonetic Association},
volume = {32},
number = {1},
pages = {99 - 104},
abstract = {Ega is an endangered language spoken in the south-central region of Côte d'Ivoire, in Divo Department. The precise number of speakers is not known at present; the 14th Ethnologue (Grimes 2000) reports 291 to 3,000, and notes that ‘the ethnic group is growing, but they are shifting to the Dida language because of intermarriage and other influences’. Our own preliminary and impressionistic work suggests the number of Ega speakers to be closer to the upper end of this range, perhaps around 2,000, but we note that Ega now serves a decreasing number of sociolinguistic functions, to the extent that in at least some villages Dida has replaced Ega as the primary language of daily use. It is also clear that the degree of intergenerational transmission is low in many, if not all, Ega villages.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Englund2002,
title = {Ethnography After Globalism: Migration And Emplacement In Malawi},
author = {Harri Englund},
doi = {10.1525/ae.2002.29.2.261},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-05-01},
urldate = {2002-05-01},
journal = {American Ethnologist},
volume = {29},
number = {2},
pages = {261 - 286},
abstract = {Sites and places present analytical problems to ethnographers who acknowledge the reality of global flows but doubt their I iberatory potential. In this article, I suggest that ethnographers move beyond the rhetoric and organizing assumptions of globalism not simply by discarding the local–global distinction but also by interrogating the analytical tendency to disconnect culture from place. Such a tendency appears to contribute to the resilience of constructivism in ethnographic analysis. A perspective of emplacement builds on insights into global flows while providing a focus on embodied and situated presence. I develop this perspective with the aid of ethnography on conflicts between migrants and original inhabitants in an impoverished area of Malawi's capital. The occult powers of a secret society partly account for migrants' emplacement, challenging migrants' globalist imagination that draws on the liberal rhetoric of economic and political reform and on spiritual protection afforded by world religions. The perspective of emplacement reaches beyond globalism by showing how all phenomena in global circulations are at once both particular and capable of spreading widely as elements of the globalist imagination, [ethnography, globalism, migration, emplacement, embodiment, the occult, African urbanism]},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2002b,
title = {Pragmatic directions about language use: Offers of words and relations},
author = {Andrew Wong and Eve V. Clark},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-04-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {31},
number = {02},
pages = {181-212},
abstract = {Adult speakers constantly offer young children new terms, conventional words for the events and objects being talked about. They make direct offers of unfamiliar words, using deictics or other forms that signal that the upcoming term is new, and they make indirect offers on the assumption that the relevant meaning is computable on that occasion. Adults also present young children with information about how words are related to each other through such connections as is a part of, is a kind of, belongs to, or is used for. These pragmatic directions provide children with essential information about language and language use as they make inferences about possible meanings for unfamiliar words. They also offer support for an alternative to constraints-based accounts of lexical acquisition by providing a conversation-based approach more consistent with the findings from spontaneous speech and from experimental results.},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vaux2002c,
title = {Aspiration in English},
author = {Bert Vaux},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-03-07},
urldate = {2002-03-07},
journal = {University of Wisconsin-Madison},
abstract = {Aspiration in English is generally thought to be the product of a straightforward allophonic rule, which in a clear-cut phonological environment strengthens voiceless stops that are underlyingly unmarked for aspiration. In this talk I demonstrate that the conditions under which aspiration occurs are far from clear-cut but definitely do not refer to prosodic structure, and that aspiration is but one manifestation of [spread glottis], the true culprit in this case. I argue moreover that the aspiration facts provide evidence for abstract stress contours, a phonological distinction between bound and unbound morphemes, and the unmarkedness of [spread glottis] in English. The latter is connected to the fact that aspiration is the elsewhere case in English, which I connect to Iverson and Salmons’ 1995 proposal that the English fortis stops are underlyingly specified as [spread glottis].},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2002b,
title = {Language against the odds: The learning of British Sign Language by a polyglot savant},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Gary Morgan and Neil Smith and Bencie Woll},
doi = {10.1017/S0022226701001220},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-03-01},
urldate = {2002-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Linguistics},
volume = {38},
number = {1},
pages = {1 - 41},
abstract = {In this paper we report on our attempt to teach the polyglot savant Christopher (‘C’ hereinafter) British Sign Language (BSL). BSL presents C with a novel challenge in the use of hand-eye coordination, while at the same time offering him the linguistic ingredients he is obsessed with. Despite his deficits in key areas of intellectual ability, communication skills and visuo-spatial cognition, C has developed a working knowledge of BSL through processes of circumvention, adaptation and invention. As a form of control, we taught BSL to a comparator group of talented second-language learners. We do not discuss this comparison in depth here (see Morgan et al. in preparation) but refer to some of the test scores as a guide to how normal a sign learner C is. Results from formal tests of C's linguistic knowledge, and observational study of his developing communicative ability in BSL, are analysed and described. These results illuminate the structure and use of BSL, highlighting the important role of visuo-spatial cognition in its acquisition and manipulation. Our findings support the assumption that the organisation of knowledge of language is largely modality independent, whereas the exploitation of specific grammatical devices is language and modality dependent. C has attained a certain level of linguistic competence in BSL, and his performance in the language is largely in conformity with his previously established mixed profile of abilities and disabilities.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Englund2002b,
title = {The Village in the City, the City in the Village: Migrants in Lilongwe},
author = {Harri Englund},
doi = {10.1080/03057070120117015},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-03-01},
urldate = {2002-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Southern African Studies},
volume = {28},
number = {1},
pages = {137-154},
abstract = {While the impact of transnational migration on Malawi's economic and social history is widely recognised, less is known about the country's urbanisation. The end of large-scale labour recruitment to South Africa appears to have increased internal migration, further encouraged by the political transition in the early 1990s. On the basis of fieldwork among migrants in a poor 'squatter' settlement in the capital, the article shows the economic and symbolic significance of the village in most low-income migrants' aspirations. After analysing the emergence of Lilongwe's low-income residential areas and the general characteristics of contemporary rural-urban migration, the article uses several variables to assess migrants' commitment to their rural areas of origin and to the city. A major finding is that while migration to urban areas rarely results in permanent settlement, the desire to improve the conditions of life in villages frequently leads to periods of residence in town. The significance of the village extends beyond economic considerations, as is demonstrated by the moral issues that witchcraft and funerals evoke in both rural and urban settings. The findings support recent perspectives on urbanism in South-central Africa by cautioning against teleological interpretations of rural-urban migration. The contribution of the article is less to establish a particular pattern or 'strategy' of contemporary migration in Malawi than to draw attention to the simultaneous and overlapping presence of urban and rural spaces in migrants' lives.},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta2002,
title = {Reliving Childhood? The Temporality of Childhood and Narratives of Reincarnation},
author = {Akhil Gupta},
doi = {10.1080/00141840220122959},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-03-01},
journal = {Ethnos},
volume = {67},
number = {1},
pages = {33-55},
abstract = {Although less well known than the Tibetan search for high lamas, cases of reincarnation reported from other parts of the world frequently involve very young children. What does this imply for our understanding of childhood? Reincarnated children are inhabited by their (adult) thoughts and gestures, and clearly have to be conceptualized as more complex beings than is allowed by the standard narrative of childhood which posits a new being who slowly finds his or her way in the world. This paper raises questions about the challenges posed by reincarnation to dominant conceptions of childhood in the West, surveying subjects such as the separation of children into age grades and of 'life' into stages, the relatively recent historical trend of recasting childhood into a nostalgic mold, the investment of a life trajectory with an historicity, and the equating of children with savages, as peoples who antecede the 'adult' civilizations of the West.},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams2002b,
title = {Problemi jezikovne politike v EU in možnosti aplikativne geografije},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.4312/dela.18.41-59},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-02-19},
journal = {Works},
volume = {18},
pages = {41-59},
abstract = {The article addresses various issues concerning the planning of language policies in the European Union. It presents in more detail the philosophical, methodological and technical contributions of applied geography in developing a holistic perspective on language in a broader context. The paper further suggests joint possible initiatives for international research in the context of an enlarged Europe.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2002bb,
title = {Localising the Universal: Women, Motherhood and the Appeal of Early Theravada Buddhism},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1017/S0022463402000012},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-02-01},
journal = {Journal of Southeast Asian Studies},
volume = {33},
number = {1},
pages = {1 - 30},
abstract = {This essay suggests that one reason for the success of Theravada Buddhism in early Southeast Asia was its appeal to women. The maternal metaphor, a prominent theme in Buddhist texts, was both familiar and relevant to the lives of all females, regardless of their social standing. Translated into a local environment, the interaction between motherhood and merit-making provided new opportunities for lay women to display their piety and strengthened their links with the monkhood.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams2002bb,
title = {Book Review: Linguistic diversity in space and time},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1177/030913250202600128},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-02-01},
journal = {Progress in Human Geography},
volume = {26},
number = {1},
pages = {139-141},
abstract = {This is a very welcome addition to the plethora of studies concerned with the analysis of linguistic differentiation and area studies. The volume addresses the concerns of diachronic linguistics and proposes innovative methodological and theoretical developments for comparative linguistic research. Originally published in hardback in 1992, the work represents a decade of fieldwork and theoretical refinement and its republication in paperback form will stimulate a wider appreciation of the scholarship it contains. Nichols’ building blocks of a theory of linguistic diversity comprise a set of descriptive elements, analytical procedures and an interpretative apparatus. Taken together, they offer an arresting and convincing account of a truly global linguistic diversity, which compensates for a tendency within the field to rely on western European or Eurasian models of analysis.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2002b,
title = {Tone languages and the universality of intrinsic FO: Evidence from Africa},
author = {Bruce Connell},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-31},
journal = {Journal of Phonetics},
volume = {30},
number = {1},
pages = {101-129},
abstract = {A correlation between vowel height and fundamental frequency, whereby high vowels have higher F 0 than low vowels, is said to be universal. The available evidence suggests that this intrinsic F 0 (IF0) extends even to tone languages, which might be expected to control or constrain F 0. Little work, however, has been done on IF0 in tone languages of Africa, where the tone systems are in certain respects more complex than those found elsewhere. This paper presents new research on four African tone languages which permits several questions concerning IF0 in these languages to be addressed. The central question, whether tone inventory size is a constraining factor on IF0, presupposes that IF0 does indeed exist in tone languages. Reports in the literature that IF0 is reduced or neutralized for Low tone suggest that there may be an IF0 gradient with respect to tone height. Results confirm the existence of IF0 for three of the four languages studied, but also suggest that it may be constrained in some tone languages. Tone inventory size alone, however, does not account for this; rather, the nature of the tone system, and in particular the degree of F 0 modulation used in producing tonal contrasts appears to the primary factor. While IF0 is generally reduced for Low tone, not all of these four languages show the postulated gradient. This finding fits with research suggesting that a different physiological mechanism may be associated with the production of low rangeF 0.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2002bb,
title = {Phonetic/phonological variation and language contraction},
author = {Bruce Connell},
doi = {10.1515/ijsl.2002.038},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-11},
journal = {International Journal of the Sociology of Language },
volume = {2002},
number = {157},
pages = {167-185},
abstract = {Language contraction leading to language death is reported to have associated with it increased variation at different linguistic levels, including phonetics and phonology. This variation has been attributed not to influence from the ascendant language, but rather to lack of performance and a relaxation of sociolinguistic norms. This paper examines a contracting language, Cambap, now spoken by fewer than 35 people, to assess the claims concerning increased variation. The speech characteristics of seven native speakers of Cambap are examined. It is found that variation in phonetics and phonology not attributable to the influence of the dominant language does indeed exist, but lack of performance is rejected as a possible cause. Evidence for a more general view of the notion of "relaxed sociolinguistic norms" is presented, suggesting that the increased variation frequently observed in such cases is not a phenomenon intrinsic to the process of language contraction and death but rather may be characteristic of small and relatively isolated language communities.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ghosh2002,
title = {Distribution of Bengali vowels},
author = {Aditi Ghosh},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
journal = {IJDL. International journal of Dravidian linguistics},
volume = {31},
number = {1},
pages = {45-70},
abstract = {Sauf mention contraire ci-dessus, le contenu de cette notice bibliographique peut être utilisé dans le cadre d’une licence CC BY 4.0 Inist-CNRS/Unless otherwise stated above, the content of this bibliographic record may be used under a CC BY 4.0 licence by Inist-CNRS/A menos que se haya señalado antes, el contenido de este registro bibliográfico puede ser utilizado al amparo de una licencia CC BY 4.0 Inist-CNRS},
keywords = {Aditi Ghosh},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pham2002,
title = {Gender in addressing and self-reference in Vietnamese},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
doi = {10.1075/impact.10.17pha},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
volume = {2},
pages = {281-312},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
abstract = {282 Hoa Pham belongs to the Viet-Muong branch of the Mon-Khmer subfamily of Austro-Asiatic languages. It is spoken by about 76 million people (Dodd & Lewis 1998). The Northern standard language is based on the Hanoi dialect. The Southern standard dialect is based on the speech of people living in Saigon (now Ho Chi Minh City). There is also a Central standard dialect focused on the speech of Hue. The Hanoi dialect is closest to the writing system, which encodes all those contrasts that are found in all dialects. The dialects form a continuum from north to south. With regard to tone, Northern and Southern dialects share many features, while Central dialects stand on their own. Vietnamese is spoken not only in Vietnam, but also in parts of Cambodia, Laos and Thailand. After the political victory of the North in 1975, people fled the country in great numbers. There are about two million Vietnamese people living all over the world, half of them in North America.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Wong2002,
title = {Speaking of sex},
author = {Andrew Wong and Sarah J Roberts and Kathryn Campbell-Kibler},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
publisher = {Stanford: CSLI Publishing},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Wong2002bb,
title = {The semantic derogation of tongzhi: A synchronic perspective},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
journal = {Language and sexuality},
pages = {161-74},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2002bb,
title = {Aspects of the phonetics of Cambap},
author = {Bruce Connell},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
journal = {Studies in African Linguistics},
volume = {31},
number = {1 & 2},
abstract = {Increasingly, the need to document endangered languages before they cease to be spoken and disappear is being recognized. Corresponding acknowledgement of the importance of detailed descriptions of the phonetics of such languages, however, is lagging behind. This study examines the phonetics of Cambap, a Bantoid language spoken in the Nigeria-Cameroon borderland by approximately 30 people. The focus is on describing how its phonological contrasts are realized, and as such this study represents only a stage in a more complete description of Cambap phonetics, their relation to the phonology of Cambap and to more general aspects of the language and culture of the Camba.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Williams2002,
title = {Recognition and National Justice for Québec: A Canadian Conundrum Revisited},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9780230597570_9},
isbn = {978-1-349-41201-3},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
pages = {302-360},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {This chapter examines the tension between the exclusive claims of Canadian statehood and national consciousness and the competing, not to say, resounding Québécois claim to national status as a distinct society. How the Canadian federal and provincial systems deal with Quebec’s struggle for national survival and recognition exemplifies the modern state’s difficulties in handling the existence of separate “peoples” within the boundaries of a single political construct. Thus the fundamental question to consider is whether Canada is one nation or two? A second is whether Canada should be governed as a multinational as well as a multicultural polity?},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Williams2002bb,
title = {Language policy issues within the European Union: applied geographic perspectives},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1007/978-0-387-30424-3_19},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
journal = {Dela},
volume = {18},
pages = {41-49},
abstract = {This article discusses several issues that impinge on formulations of languagepolicy within the European Union. It investigates the philosophical, methodologicaland technical contribution that Applied Geography can make to a more holistic perspectiveon language in context. An agenda for international collaborative researchin an enlarged Europe is proposed.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Williams2002bb,
title = {Recognition and National Justice for Québec: a Canadian Conundrum},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1057/9781403914125_2},
isbn = {978-1-349-41201-3},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
pages = {21-47},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {This chapter examines the tension between the exclusive claims of Canadian statehood and national consciousness and the competing, not to say, resounding Québécois claim to national status as a distinct society. How the Canadian federal and provincial systems deal with Québec’s struggle for national survival and recognition exemplifies the modern state’s difficulties in handling the existence of separate ‘peoples’ within the boundaries of a single political construct. Even in federations, nation-state congruence runs deep. Thus the fundamental question to consider is whether Canada is one nation or two? A second is whether Canada should be governed as a multinational as well as a multicultural polity?},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Perrin2002,
title = {Copywriting for the web. A new medium needs a new style of writing},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
journal = {Berner Zeitung},
pages = {10 Page},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin2002b,
title = {Online journalism at the beginning. On the persistence of writing strategies when changing media},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Perrin2002bb,
title = {Journalism is conflict management in a team. Perspectives for training and further education for the future},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2002bb,
title = {Capture, rethink, improve journalistic writing strategies},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2002bb,
title = {Empirical methods of writing research},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Perrin2002bb,
title = {Writing as conflict management},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
journal = {Flash extra},
pages = {55–59},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Perrin2002bb,
title = {Writing strategies in balance. What scientists can learn from journalists},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Gabriela Ruhmann},
doi = {10.1007 / 978-3-663-12358-3_9},
isbn = {978-3-531-13559-5},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
pages = {129–138},
publisher = {West German Publishing},
abstract = {Anyone who writes factual texts for the publication inevitably gets into conflict. - This chapter shows where scientific and journalistic writing are similar and how journalistic writing can improve the productivity and quality of scientific writing. The cooperation requirements for rational communication apply in both domains (Section 1). These requirements lead to conflicts in writing, for example between deepening and narrowing down, positioning and moderating. Text production can only succeed with balanced conflict management (2). A case study from university writing advice illustrates failed conflict management: It shows a grueling writing process with frustrating results due to a lack of functional strategies (3). A training in popular science, journalistic writing leads away from such dysfunctional writing behavior (4). A more practice-oriented university writing training should therefore make use of the functional analogies of both domains, science and journalism (5).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2002bb,
title = {Intuition and professional writing. The subject of this book},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Otto Kruse},
doi = {10.1007 / 978-3-663-12358-3_1},
isbn = {978-3-531-13559-5},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
pages = {7-14},
publisher = {West German Publishing House},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2002bb,
title = {Copy repertoires? No training for online reporting},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Klaus Meier},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-663-12358-3_14},
isbn = {978-3-531-13559-5},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
pages = {203–214},
publisher = {West German Publishing House},
abstract = {Training for writing in web journalism is just coming. - This chapter suggests what training in hypermedia text production in web journalism could be, and it outlines what it is today and why it will hardly stay that way. Writing for reading on the Internet calls into question old text production patterns, thus changing writing training in journalism (1). There are several meters of teaching material available for this training, but there are few solutions that are adequate to the problem (2). Adequate training targets products with information design, storyboard and navigation system (3). To do this, she trains hypermedia-specific working techniques to design the typical phases in the text production process (4). But as far as web journalism is from what it could be,},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2002bb,
title = {Draft of a writing trainer training course. An energetic conclusion},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Otto Kruse},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-663-12358-3_15},
isbn = {978-3-531-13559-5},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
pages = {215–226},
publisher = {West German Publishing House},
abstract = {The double professionalization of writing is to be redeemed. - This final chapter outlines a writing trainer training course that provides guidance on how to accompany professional writing professionally. In parallel to the approach in the book, the chapter calls for a theory-guided, empirical rather than normative approach: from research to reconsideration and further to improvement (Section 1). It summarizes what the volume has spanned in terms of systematics and deepened in exemplary findings (2). Then it designs a modular curriculum that combines systematic breadth with exemplary depth (3). It shows an excerpt from the curriculum, the rethinking and expansion of process-oriented writing strategies, in close-up (4). Finally, it invites readers to critically monitor the implementation of this writing trainer training (5).},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2002bb,
title = {Investigating writing strategies in the workplace},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
pages = {105–117},
publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin2002bb,
title = {Explore, rethink, improve writing. An exemplary introduction},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-663-12358-3_2},
isbn = {978-3-531-13559-5},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
pages = {15–32},
publisher = {West German Publishing House},
abstract = {Professionals write more consciously, and to make writing more professionalized. - This introductory chapter bridges the gap between writing research and writing didactics and thus spans the entire volume: It leads from methodological questions in the first part of the volume to empirical findings in the second part and conclusions for writing didactics in the third part. It specifies the subject areas using the example of a study on news writing. The chapter begins with assumptions on the three levels method, findings and interpretation (1). Then it lays out a methodological inventory for researching writing in the workplace and outlines the sample examined (2). The findings are as follows: Strategies for the design of text function, meaning, structure and type (3). It places these product-oriented writing strategies alongside process-oriented ones, and it defines the consequences for writing didactics (4). The conclusion comes back to the three assumptions in the introduction and leads on to the in-depth chapters of the volume (5).},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Perrin2002bb,
title = {Writing: From intuitive to professional writing strategies},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Ingrid Böttcher and Otto Kruse and Arne Wrobel},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-663-12358-3},
isbn = {978-3-531-13559-5},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften, Wiesbaden},
abstract = {Everyone can write! - No, experience as a reader shows. Not true, grin all the botched applications, canceled dissertations, misleading newspaper articles. This book leads to professional writing strategies in a practice-oriented and theory-based manner. Studies on scientific, business, literary and journalistic writing are stored. The articles encourage you to examine and rethink writing - and improve it in a reflected manner.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Perrin2002bb,
title = {Quality assurance in the daily newspaper},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Perrin2002bb,
title = {Strategies of computer-aided text reproduction when writing messages. "We're cheating around the content here."},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
pages = {71–102},
publisher = {West German Publishing House},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Chiaro2002,
title = {Linguistic mediation on Italian television},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.1075/btl.43.21chi},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
pages = {215-225},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Baider2002,
title = {Introduction: Language, society and literature: midwife or woman-witch?},
author = {Fabienne Baider},
doi = { 10.1353 / wfs.2002.0026},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
journal = {Women in French Studies},
volume = {10},
number = {1},
pages = {13-22},
abstract = {Fabienne H. Baider has been a professor of French linguistics at the University of Cyprus since 2000. She obtained the first doctorate awarded at the University of Toronto in linguistics and in Women's Studies. Her research focuses on the semantics of word and sentence, in a sociological and feminist approach. Fabienne H. Baider is the author of Hommes galants, femmes Facile (Fidès, 2003), a work which affirms the social and cultural construction of gender and recalls the role of institutions in linguistic use and norms; his recent publications include studies of historical lexicology and linguistic analyzes of literary texts. She is preparing a collection of bilingual English-French articles entitled Invitation au voyage (L'Harmattan, 2003), devoted to questions of identity and otherness as constructed and perceived in tourist discourse. 1. That is to say including the historical documents on which Domingues, George and Caron-Leulliez are working (infra). 2. In fact, from a linguistic point of view, persecution is expressed by the feminine in the expression the witch hunt (and not the witch hunt) to designate the "systematic pursuit of political opponents and in particular to evoke the period of McCarthyism ”(Petit Robert, 2000). We prefer to refer to the masculine to denote intelligence, as well as the expressions: one must not be a sorcerer, "one must not be skilful or skilful" (and no one must not be a witch); there is nothing rocket science, "it is not difficult", he is not a great sorcerer, and so on. Likewise, if the masculine could express the repulsive physical aspect (an old wizard) at the time of Littré, it is nowadays the feminine which symbolizes a deformed physique (an old witch). 3. While 90% of women accused of witchcraft in regions such as Hungary, Denmark and England, 90% of accused in Iceland were male. In France, more than half of the accused before the Paris parliament were men (Briggs, 260-61). In addition, many accusations started with simple arguments between women, very active in building 'bad' reputations using rumor; studies of the province of Lorraine have revealed that 43% of the witnesses at the accused's trials were indeed women (Briggs, 264-65). 4. The thesis of Barbara Ehrenreich and Deirdre English according to which midwives were in particular targeted has been questioned by the work of Purkiss (1996), who would have established the opposite: midwives would have even more helped to track witches rather than being victims and being a licensed midwife reduced her chances of being accused - but who could boast of being a licensed midwife? However, as soon as the first prison reports appeared, the clergy accused women of infanticide who used contraceptives made from medicinal plants or abortive plants. These accusations were part of a formal attack on midwives and healers who still practiced herbal medicine and incantations. It should be noted, as Salah Khan underlines (infra), that the clergy played a preponderant role, because once the crime was in the domain of witchcraft, it no longer fell exclusively under secular jurisdiction; witchcraft was no longer an ordinary crime, but a most serious religious crime. The usual medieval procedure which excluded the use of torture and allowed the free defense of the accused was then changed. This proc ... use of torture and allowed the free defense of the accused was then changed. This proc ... use of torture and allowed the free defense of the accused was then changed.},
keywords = {Fabienne Baider},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann2002,
title = {Cultural hybridity: Multisourced neologization in 'reinvented' languages and in languages with 'phono-logographic' script},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
doi = {10.1075/lic.4.2.06zuc},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
journal = {Languages in Contrast},
volume = {4},
number = {2},
pages = {281-318},
abstract = {This paper analyses an important but hitherto neglected method of borrowing between languages. It introduces the term ‘phono-semantic matching’ (henceforth PSM) to describe the technique whereby a foreignism is reproduced in the target language, using pre-existing native elements that are similar to the foreignism both in meaning and in sound, and it traces its occurrence in two key language groups: () ‘reinvented’ languages, in which language-planners attempt to replace undesirable loanwords e.g., Israeli (a.k.a. ‘Revived Hebrew’ or ‘Modern Hebrew’) and Revolutionized Turkish; and () languages using a “phono-logographic” script e.g., Chinese and Japanese (to the extent that kanji are used). Such multisourced neologization is an ideal means of lexical enrichment because it conceals foreign influence from the future native speakers, ensuring lexicographic acceptability of the coinage, recycles obsolete autochthonous roots and words (a delight for purists) and aids initial learning among contemporary learners and speakers. Linguists have not systematically studied such camouflaged hybridity. Traditional classifications of borrowing ignore it altogether, and categorize borrowing into either substitution or importation. However, as this paper demonstrates, PSM is a distinct phenomenon, which operates through simultaneous substitution and importation. Its recognition carries important implications not only for lexicology and comparative historical linguistics, but also for sociolinguistics and cultural studies. Website © 2009 Ingenta.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tang2002b,
title = {Sign Language Linguistics and Language Acquisition Research},
author = {Gladys Tang},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
urldate = {2002-01-01},
journal = {Contemporary linguistics},
volume = {4},
pages = {201 - 224},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard2002b,
title = {The odense language acquisition project},
author = {Hans Ladegaard and Hans Basbøll and Dorthe Bleses and Teresa Cadierno and Anne Jensen and Thomas O Madsen and Sharon Millar and Chris Sinha and Pia Thomsen},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
urldate = {2002-01-01},
journal = {Child Language Bulletin},
volume = {22},
number = {1},
pages = {11-12},
abstract = {The Odense Language Acquisition Project, a collaborative venture of nine researchers from linguistics, psycholinguistics, sociolinguistics, and psychology, represents the largest study to date of the acquisition of Danish as a first language. Working within a cognitive-functional framework, one intention was to build up new acquisition corpora. At the project’s core are four main corpora-supplemented by experimental and observational datasets-which comprise the base for a cluster of related subprojects addressing different issues and employing a variety of methodologies. A short presentation of each of these corpora and the main groups of subprojects follows.
The Odense Twin Corpus is an intensive, small-sample longitudinal survey based on regular, home-based, audio-video recordings of spontaneous speech of six twin pairs (from 9 months to 3 years) and their families. The twins were selected to represent mono-and dizygotic same and single sex pairs. The corpus is being transcribed following CHAT conventions, and the transcripts are semi-automatically coded using a digital system which was developed for this purpose as one of the subprojects, the OLAM-project. The Odense Longitudinal CDI-Survey is a large-scale database of an extensive birth cohort of 200 informants from three different regions. It uses our Danish language adaptation of the MacArthur Parental Report, the CDI, which allows for longitudinal, cross-sectional and cross-regional analyses (Fenson et al. 1992).},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Mannheim2002,
title = {Iconicità/Iconicity},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
editor = {Alessandro Duranti},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
urldate = {2002-01-01},
pages = {143-148},
publisher = {Meltemi},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Mannheim2002b,
title = {Piwirayquchamanta},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
editor = {Ricardo González Vigil},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
urldate = {2002-01-01},
pages = {81-87},
publisher = {Department of Public Relations of PetroPerú},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Keating2002b,
title = {Space and its role in social stratification in Pohnpei, Micronesia},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.15144/PL-523.201},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
urldate = {2002-01-01},
journal = {Representing space in Oceania: culture in language},
pages = {201-213},
abstract = {This resource is a citation record only, the Center for Digital Antiquity does not have a copy of this document. The information in this record has been migrated into tDAR from the National Archaeological Database Reports Module (NADB-R) and updated. Most NADB-R records consist of a document citation and other metadata but do not have the documents themselves uploaded.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2002c,
title = {Everyday Actions and the Domestication of Social Inequality},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
year  = {2002},
date = {2002-01-01},
urldate = {2002-01-01},
journal = {Pragmatics},
volume = {12},
number = {3},
abstract = {Abstract This article examines the distribution of relationships of power and authority as an activity in gossip sessions among members of a community in Pohnpei, Micronesia. The position of Bourdieu, that the interactionist approach cannot elucidate important aspects of the sharing of power in society, is used as a starting place to examine ways in which interactants in everyday conversations manipulate and organize gendered identities and the entitlements of certain classes of individuals to particular types of power. Keywords: Ethnomethodology, Social inequality, Gender, Gossip, Micronesia
},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Keating2001,
title = {Spanish and the Missionization Effort on Pohnpei: Language and Cultural Influences: procesos interculturales en el contacto de lenguas indígenas con el español en el Pacífico e Hispanoamérica},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.31819/9783865278906-015},
isbn = {9783865278906},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-12-31},
urldate = {2001-12-31},
pages = {295-312},
publisher = {Vervuert Verlagsgesellschaft},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Gupta2001,
title = {Governing Population},
author = {Akhil Gupta},
doi = {10.1215/9780822381273-003},
isbn = {9780822381273},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-11-21},
pages = {65-96},
publisher = {Durham: Duke University Press},
abstract = {I returned to Alipur village in western Uttar Pradesh for a short spell of fieldwork in the summer of 1989. Villagers excitedly told me about all the changes that had occurred in the four years since I had last been there doing a study on agricultural change. Among the new features of Alipur were an anganwadi, a center that provided day care, nutrition, and inoculations to children and supplementary nutrition and health care to pregnant women and mothers of infants. I was so intrigued by this new development that in my second fieldwork project on the ethnography of the state I included the Integrated Child Development Services (icds), more popularly known as the anganwadi program, among the development projects that I studied. The icds program is interesting for a number of reasons. It is one of the fastest growing development programs run by the Indian state. Launched with only 33 projects in 1985, the icds program had expanded to 1,356 projects in the next ten years, and to 5,614 by 1995 (Government of India 1985: 4). The anganwadi program grew even when the Indian government started cutting the budgets of other social welfare programs in the postliberalization era initiated in 1991. Allocations for icds in 1998–1999 went up to more than twice their 1990–1991 levels. 1 Another reason for paying attention to the icds program is that it was one of the first interventions that attempted to control population growth rates by paying attention to the quality of the population.},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2001b,
title = {Spreading the feminist word The case of the new courtesy title M5 in Australian},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
editor = {M. Hellinger and H. Bussman},
isbn = {90 272 1841 2},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-10-09},
journal = {Gender across languages: The linguistic representation of women and men},
volume = {1},
pages = {137-151},
publisher = {John Benjamins Publishing Company},
abstract = {There is no doubt that feminism has been and continues to be one ofthe main social movements of this century. Its impact is felt in many societies around the world and in many spheres of life. The feminist or women’s movement strives, amongst other things, for the elimination of gender discrimination and for the greater recognition ofwomen’s contributions to society as well as aims to change many cultural and social practices which perpetuate patriarchal value systems. Language was and is seen by many feminists as a powerful instrument of patriarchy: for example, the feminist Dale Spender spoke ofthe English language as being “manmade” and as being an important contributor to women’s oppression (Spender 1980). It is therefore not surprising that language and discourse practices were subjected to feminist scrutiny.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Fina2001,
title = {Does indirect speech promote nondirective genetic counseling? Results of a sociolinguistic investigation},
author = {Anna De Fina and Judith L Benkendorf and Michele B Prince and Mary A Rose and Heidi E Hamilton},
doi = {10.1002/ajmg.10012},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-09-01},
journal = {American Journal of Medical Genetics},
volume = {106},
number = {3},
pages = {199-207},
abstract = {To date, research examining adherence to genetic counseling principles has focused on specific counseling activities such as the giving or withholding of information and responding to client requests for advice. We audiotaped 43 prenatal genetic counseling sessions and used data-driven, qualitative, sociolinguistic methodologies to investigate how language choices facilitate or hinder the counseling process. Transcripts of each session were prepared for sociolinguistic analysis of the emergent discourse that included studying conversational style, speaker–listener symmetry, directness, and other interactional patterns. Analysis of our data demonstrates that: 1) indirect speech, marked by the use of hints, hedges, and other politeness strategies, facilitates rapport and mitigates the tension between a client-centered relationship and a counselor-driven agenda; 2) direct speech, or speaking literally, is an effective strategy for providing information and education; and 3) confusion exists between the use of indirect speech and the intent to provide nondirective counseling, especially when facilitating client decision-making. Indirect responses to client questions, such as those that include the phrases “some people” or “most people,” helped to maintain counselor neutrality; however, this well-intended indirectness, used to preserve client autonomy, may have obstructed direct explorations of client needs. We argue that the genetic counseling process requires increased flexibility in the use of direct and indirect speech and provide new insights into how “talk” affects the work of genetic counselors. © 2001 Wiley-Liss, Inc.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2001,
title = {Conversational turn-taking in a Caribbean English Creole},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1016/S0378-2166(00)00062-X},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-08-01},
urldate = {2001-08-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {33},
issue = {8},
pages = {1263-1290},
abstract = {Conversations in Caribbean Creole English have been described as ‘contrapuntal’ and ‘anarchic’ (Reisman, 1974a). Such descriptions contrast with that put forth by Sacks, Schegloff and Jefferson for American English conversations. Repeated inspection of tape-recorded conversations from a Caribbean English Creole speaking community reveals a fundamental orderliness in the organization of turn-taking and other practices of talk-in-interaction. It is suggested that the orderliness of conversation (and of talk-in-interaction generally) is grounded in a species-specific adaptation to the contingencies of human social intercourse. The perspective of conversation analysis allows one to empirically reassess the place of ‘culture’ and the scope of diversity within human social and interactional practice.
},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles2001,
title = {Sex‐trait stereotypes in England, Ireland and the United States},
author = {Howard Giles and John E. Williams and John R. Edwards and Deborah L. Best and John T. Daws,},
doi = {10.1111/j.2044-8260.1977.tb00236.x},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-07-12},
urldate = {2001-07-12},
journal = {British Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology},
volume = {16},
pages = {303-309},
abstract = {The item pool of the Adjective Check List (ACL) was used in an assessment of male and female sex-trait stereotypes in England, Ireland and the United States. Subjects were 50 men and 50 women university students in each of the three countries. The general finding was a high degree of cross-national similarity in the traits ascribed to men and to women, although the male and female stereotypes were not as highly differentiated in Ireland as in the two other countries. An ACL need analysis of the male and female stereotypes common to all three countries revealed that the male stereotype was markedly higher on needs for autonomy, exhibition, aggression and dominance; and moderately higher on achievement and endurance. The female stereotype was markedly higher on needs for deference, abasement, succourance, and nurturance; and moderately higher on affiliation, intraception, and heterosexuality. Projected studies of sex-trait stereotypes in countries of greater historical and linguistic diversity were discussed.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Brookes2001,
title = {O clever `He's streetwise.' When gestures become quotable: The case of the clever gesture},
author = {Heather Brookes},
doi = {10.1075/gest.1.2.05bro},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-07-01},
urldate = {2001-07-01},
journal = {Gesture},
volume = {1},
number = {2},
pages = {167-184},
abstract = {Among urban black South Africans in the province of Gauteng, quotable gestures are a prominent feature of everyday communication. Most notable is a gesture commonly glossed as clever meaning ‘streetwise’ and ‘city slick.’ An analysis of the clever gesture in everyday communicative situations shows that it conveys a variety of meanings and functions related to the core paradigmatic meaning of ‘seeing’ and the core sociointeractional function of acceptance and inclusion. ‘Seeing’ is an important cultural value in black urban society particularly in relation to being clever . ‘Seeing’ is also the central characteristic of modern urban African identity in contrast to the ‘non-seeing’ rural, tribal, and primitive African. The clever gesture is a focused expression of this key social division within South African society. Consideration of the clever gesture in relation to its social role and the gestural repertoire suggests that key cultural concerns determine both quotable status and semantico-grammatical nature.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2001,
title = {LFG and the Analysis of Chinese},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Kang Kwong Luke},
issn = {24092878},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-06-27},
number = {1-27},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels2001,
title = {Non-sexist language reform and generic pronouns in Australian English},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
doi = {10.1075/eww.22.1.06pau},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-06-01},
journal = {English world-wide},
volume = {22},
number = {1},
pages = {105-119},
abstract = {This paper explores changes in the use of generic pronouns in Australian English. We examine a database of public non-scripted speech to establish to what extent generic pronouns promoted through non-sexist language reform have become part of public speech. The results show that the use of masculine generic he has decreased substantially mainly in favour of singular they. The pronoun he or she does not appear to have been adopted widely by people speaking in a public context.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2001,
title = {LF-Interpretability and Language Development: A Study of Verbal and Nominal Features in Greek Normally Developing and SLI Children},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
doi = {10.1006/brln.2000.2413},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-06-01},
urldate = {2001-06-01},
journal = {Brain and Language},
volume = {77},
number = {3},
pages = {432-448 },
abstract = {This paper includes (i) a comparison of the developmental pattern of certain morphosyntactic features in normally developing (ND) Greek children with similar data from a group of children with specific language impairment and (ii) a new analysis of the differences found. The analysis is based on a minimalist notion of LF interpretability. Depending on the feature-specification of lexical items (i.e., [+/- interpretable] at LF), a different route of development follows. In addition, phonological salience of both interpretable and noninterpretable features is argued to play an important role in an account of crosslinguistic differences in both normal and exceptional development.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2001b,
title = {Book Reviews:Language Ideologies: Practice and Theory},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.1525/jlin.2001.11.1.152},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-06-01},
urldate = {2001-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {11},
number = {1},
pages = {152-156},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Essegbey2001,
title = {Pointing left in Ghana: How a taboo on the use of the left hand influences gestural practice},
author = {James Essegbey and Sotaro Kita},
doi = {10.1075/gest.1.1.06kit},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-06-01},
urldate = {2001-06-01},
journal = {Gesture},
volume = {1},
issue = {1},
pages = {73-95},
abstract = {In Ghana, many peolple consider pointing by the left hand to be a taboo. We investigated consequences of this taboo on the Ghanaian gestural practice by observing gestures produced during naturalistic situations of giving route directions. First, there is a politeness convention to place the left hand on the lower back, as if to hide it from the interlocutor. Second, as a consequence of left-hand suppression, right-handed pointing may involve an anatomically staining position when indicating a leftward direction across the body. Third, pointing is sometimes performed with both hands together, which does not violate the taboo. Despite the taboo, left-handed pointing is not suppressed fully. Left-handed pointing gestures occur in association with the verbalization of the concept LEFT, suggesting the embodied nature of the concept. In addition, it is noteworthy that there is a class of left-handed gestures, which are so reduced in form that Ghanaians do not consider them as pointing for the purpose of the taboo.
},
keywords = {James Essegbey},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2001c,
title = {Language, Identity, and the Production of Authority in New Discursive Contexts in Pohnpei, Micronesia},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.4000/jso.1712},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-05-01},
urldate = {2001-05-01},
journal = {Journal de la Société des océanistes},
abstract = {L'A. discute quelques aspects de l'influence et de l'emprunt linguistiques a Pohnpei (Oceanie, Micronesie). Il centre plus particulierement son analyse sur les influences generees par l'emprunt de contextes discursifs. Il montre comment des nouvelles significations sont negociees a travers des evenements linguistiques recurrents. Il examine comment des idees nouvelles issues du contact culturel - autochtone ou etranger, notamment occidental - sont integrees et interpretees localement et mediatisees par les structures linguistiques existantes. Les contextes discursifs et les concepts empruntes peuvent ainsi amplifier le repertoire verbal de certains groupes et creer de nouveaux espaces de competition. Apres une introduction sur les changements du contexte de communication general a Pohnpei, il montre comment certaines idees locales ou etrangeres sont mediatisees dans l'art oratoire des jeunes d'une part, dans les conversations informelles de la vie quotidienne entre femmes de l'autre. A l'instar des emprunts lexicaux, les emprunts d'idees et de contextes discursifs contribuent a transformer les modes d'identification et d'autorite locaux.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta2001b,
title = {HISTORY, RULE, REPRESENTATION Scattered Speculations on Of Revelation and Revolution, Volume II},
author = {Akhil Gupta},
doi = {10.1080/13698010020026994},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-03-01},
journal = {Interventions: international journal of postcolonial studies},
volume = {3},
number = {1},
pages = {40-46},
abstract = {The second volume of John and Jean Comaroff"s RR delivers a complex and richly nuanced analysis of the complexities of colonial domination. In my response I focus on three topics in particular: on processes of historical causation and notions of temporality; on processes of governmentality; and on the possibilities of self-reflexivity in how colonial encounters are represented. The section on historical causation focuses on the relationship between the kind of historical anthropology of practices found in RR and the standard chronicle of events and structures found in social history. How do their conceptions of time differ? The section on governmentality draws attention to the parallels between the Comaroffs" account of the colonial encounter and Foucault"s observations about the importance of processes of government that do not reside in the state. Finally, the section on self-reflexivity in the representation of colonialism draws attention to the possibilities of representing the non-auditory realm of encounter, where styles of dress or agricultural practices may be more important than subaltern speech.},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams2001,
title = {Book Review: Nation-building in the post-Soviet borderlands: the politics of national identities},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1177/030913250102500135},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-03-01},
journal = {Progress in Human Geography},
volume = {25},
number = {1},
pages = {153-154},
abstract = {Skip to main content. Intended for healthcare professionals. Menus. SAGE Journals. Profile logged-in. Search. MENU. Search search-icon; Browse; Resources: Authors; Librarians; Editors; Societies. Advanced Search. IN THIS JOURNAL. Journal Home: Browse Journal: Current Issue; OnlineFirst; Accepted Manuscripts; All Issues; Free Sample. Journal Info: Journal Description; Aims and Scope; Editorial Board; Submission Guidelines; Abstracting/Indexing; Reprints; Journal Permissions; Subscribe; Recommend to Library; Advertising & Promotion. Stay Connected: Email Alerts; RSS Feed; Feedback / Contact SAGE. Submit Paper: Advanced Search. SAGE Journals. Search search-icon; Browse; Resources: Authors; Librarians; Editors; Societies. Advanced Search. Sign In. Institution. Society. Access Options. You can be signed in via any or all of the methods shown below at the same time. },
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Duranti2001,
title = {Linguistic Anthropology: A Reader- 1st Edition},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511810190},
isbn = {9781405126335},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
publisher = {John Wiley & Sons},
edition = {1st Edition},
abstract = {Linguistic Anthropology: A Reader is a comprehensive collection of the best work that has been published in this exciting and growing area of anthropology, and is organized to provide a guide to key issues in the study of language as a cultural resource and speaking as a cultural practice.Revised and updated, this second edition contains eight new articles on key subjects, including speech communities, the power and performance of language, and narrativesSelections are both historically oriented and thematically coherent, and are accessibly grouped according to four major themes: speech community and communicative competence; the performance of language; language socialization and literacy practices; and the power of languageAn extensive introduction provides an original perspective on the development of the field and highlights its most compelling issuesEach section includes a brief introductory statement, sets of guiding questions, and list of recommended readings on the main topics},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Duranti2001b,
title = {Key Terms in Language and Culture},
editor = {Alessandro Duranti},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404502215055},
isbn = {978-0-631-22665-9},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
journal = {Blackwell},
volume = {31},
abstract = {Key terms in language and culture (hereafter Key terms) is an ambitious collection of 75 short essays on concepts central to linguistic anthropology and related fields. This book began as an informational session at the American Anthropological Association meetings in 1998 and was first published as a special issue of the Journal of Linguistic Anthropology (vol. 9, no. 1–2, 1999). Alessandro Duranti, Key terms' chief editor and architect, is an experienced navigator in the varied terrain of language and culture research; he is also the author of Linguistic anthropology, a comprehensive textbook that covers the discipline's major theoretical and methodological contributions. In Key terms, Duranti appeals to the expertise of 74 other scholars working on questions central to language and culture research. The result is a powerful and eclectic volume that brings together core concepts from anthropology, linguistics, folklore, philosophy, sociology, and psychology, among other fields.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Duranti2001c,
title = {Culture e discorso. Un lessico per le scienze umane},
editor = {Alessandro Duranti},
isbn = {8883531078 9788883531071},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
pages = {444 pagine},
publisher = {Roma : Meltemi, 2001},
edition = {2002},
series = {Segnature ; 8},
abstract = {Settantacinque voci che condensano un vasto insieme di percorsi interdisciplinari e che compongono il lessico di un futuro ormai prossimo. Questo dizionario esamina parole come "categoria", "grammatica", con lo stesso approccio con cui presenta argomenti atipici come la "poesia", la "profezia", la "visione", il "corpo", mettendo in luce i complessi rapporti che connettono le lingue alle culture. Questo volume vuol stimolare la riflessione sull'importanza che riveste la lingua e in generale l'attività semiotica dell'uomo-in-società per l'antropologia.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Luke2001,
title = {The Subject Condition in Cantonese},
author = {Kang Kwong Luke and Adams Bodomo and Owen Nancarrow},
issn = {1098-6782},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
pages = {359-379},
abstract = {This paper discusses the subject condition with data from Cantonese. We show that it is not possible to identify subjects in this language based on morphosyntactic criteria alone, and in order to maintain the subject condition in Cantonese, a pro-drop language, one has to determine other ways of identifying subjects. We propose some ways in which subjects can be identified using the lexical mapping theory, augmented by pragmat ic discourse criteria.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2001b,
title = {History from Linguistics: Loanwords in Dagaare as sources of information for a cultural history of the Dagaaba},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Dagaare Studies},
volume = {1},
number = {1},
pages = {6},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2001c,
title = {The Temporal Systems of Dagaare and Dagbane: Re-Appraising the Philosophy of Linguistic Relativity},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
doi = {10.4314/jcs.v3i1.6213},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Cultural Studies},
volume = {3},
number = {1},
pages = {43-55},
abstract = {This essay discusses aspects of the Sapir-Whorf hypothesis, a philosophy of linguistic relativity which claims that the structure of a person's language is a determining factor in the way in which he or she understands reality and behaves with respect to it. An examination of the tense systems of the Mabia languages of northern Ghana, including Dagaare and Dagbane, reveals that the verbal elements of these languages exhibit a metrical tense structure calibrated into discrete time intervals. It is then shown that this structure seems to be mirrored in the real world behaviour of the Mabia with respect to time. Punctuality in traditional Mabia society is conceptualized not in terms of time points but in terms of time intervals. However, it is shown that other behavioural patterns of the Mabia are not reflected in these verbal systems.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@proceedings{Sitaridou2001,
title = {The principle of legalization of subjects in Greek gerunds},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou and Konstantina Haidou},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
publisher = {Studies on the Greek language. Proceedings of the 22nd annual meeting of the Department of Linguistics, of the Department of Philology, of the Faculty of Philosophy of the Aristotle University of Thessaloniki},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {proceedings}
}
@proceedings{Sitaridou2001b,
title = {Inflected and Personal infinitives in Romance languages from a diachronic perspective},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {proceedings}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2001,
title = {The establishment of the neutral passive and the persistence of the adversative passive in Thai},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
doi = {10.1163/26659077-00402006},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
journal = {HUMANITY: Journal of Humanities},
volume = {4},
number = {2},
pages = {77-88},
abstract = {This study traces the development of the adversative and neutral passives in Thai to draw inferences about their establishment and change. It shows how the word/thùuk/, which used to occur with only a verb with unfavorable meaning to form an adversative passive, is now used with virtually all transitive verbs in Thai. This suggests that the neutral passive has been established in Thai syntax. However, /thùuk/ is ambivalent because it marks both adversative and neutral passives . This means that the adversative passive still persists in Thai, but it is now likely to be marked by /doon/, which has a clear adversative meaning. This passive marker seems to have developed in the track of /thùuk/ and is replacing the equivocal /thùuk/ marker.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2001b,
title = {Syntactic Distribution and Communicative Function of the/kh/Polite Particles in Thai},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
journal = {Language and Linguistics},
volume = {20},
number = {1},
pages = {11-23},
abstract = {The final particles that seem to occur most frequently in Thai conversations are/khá/or/khâ, used by women, and/khráp/or/khráp-phỏm”, used by men. They are normally the final elements in an utterance. If there are several final particles co-occurring, these particles will follow all the other final particles. They mark several degrees of respect the speaker wants to show to the addressee and are used among common people (that is, not used by monks or when talking to royalty). Since they all begin with a/kh/sound, I will generally call them/kh/polite particles. Previous studies that deal with Thai word classes treat the/kh/polite particles as members of the class of particles or final particles, which are placed at the end of a sentence. Haas (1964: xxii) defines “particles” as sentence-ending words that “fall into two classes, those indicating mode and those connoting the social status and sometimes the sex of the speaker},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pham2001,
title = {Vietnamese tone, tone is not pitch},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
issn = {1718-3510},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
journal = {Toronto Working Papers in Linguistics},
abstract = {This thesis is an in-depth study of the phonology and phonetics of tones in Northern Vietnamese dialects. It examines tone within the framework of markedness theory, the phonetic realizations of tones, the relationshp benveen the phonetics and phonology of tones, and the implications of the proposed analysis for other dialects of Vietnamese.
First, 1 propose a phonological model in which tones are structuraily organized. In this model, tones are grouped together as constituents according to their rnarkedness relationship. Evidence for the structural organization of tones comes from neuualization in dialects and redupiication, and also from tonal frequency in the language, poetry, borrowings and clitics. This evidence points to tones having nvo major constituents, contour and register, each of which can pattern independently. Second, I show that the proposed features are grounded phoneticdy. 1 argue that
instead of pitch height being conmstive as is generdy assumed, it is phonation types of creakiness and breathhess which are distinctive as the register feature in North Vietnamese, and the differences in pitch heights are predictable. In the Viemamese literature, it is daimed that there is a mismatch between the phonetics  and phonology of nvo tones, hoi and nga in reduplication. Flip-flop des were suggested to account for the mismatch. 1 show that using phonation types as dis~ctive feanire not ody can explain various tonal patterns in the hnguage, it also makes this mismatch an illusory one, whch, in tums, makes ad hoc flip-flop des in previous models unnecessary. In addition, 1 argue that the domain of Viemamese tone is not the syllable or mora, but the rhyme, and that the cmcial pomon for distinguishing the tones is the middle point in hoi and nga, and the endpoint in other tones. Findy, I show that the mode1 correctly predicts certain types of neutralization in other Vie tnarnese dialects, in language acquisition, and in other tone languages. },
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Pham2001b,
title = {A Phonetic Study of Vietnamese Tones: Reconsideration of the Register Flip-Flop Rule in Reduplication},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
booktitle = {The 5th Conference of the Holland Institute of Linguistics-Phonology},
volume = {12},
pages = {140-158},
publisher = {Universitatsbibliothek Publikationsstelle},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Pham2001bb,
title = {Vietnamese tone: Tone is not pitch},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
journal = {Toronto Working Papers in Linguistics},
abstract = {This thesis is an in-depth study of the phonology & phonetics of tones in Northern Vietnamese dialects. It examines tone within the framework of markedness theory, the phonetic realizations of tones, the relationship between the phonetics & phonology of tones, & the implications of the proposed analysis for other dialects of Vietnamese. First, I propose a phonological model in which tones are structurally organized. In this model, tones are grouped together as constituents according to their markedness relationship. Evidence for the structural organization of tones comes from neutralization in dialects & reduplication, & also from tonal frequency in the language, poetry, borrowings, & clitics. This evidence points to tones having two major constituents, contour & register, each of which can pattern independently. Second, I show that the proposed features are grounded phonetically. I argue that instead of pitch height.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Deumert2001,
title = {Introducing Sociolinguistics},
author = {Ana Deumert and Rajend Mesthrie and Joan Swann and William L Leap},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
abstract = {Sociolinguistics is one of the central branches of modern linguistics and deals with the place of language in human societies. This second edition of Introducing Sociolinguistics expertly synthesises the main approaches to the subject. The book covers areas such as multilingualism, code-choice, language variation, dialectology, interactional studies, gender, language contact, language and inequality, and language and power. At the same time it provides an integrated perspective on these themes by examining sociological theories of human interaction. In this regard power and inequality are particularly significant. The book also contains two chapters on the applications of sociolinguistics (in education and in language policy and planning) and a concluding chapter on the sociolinguistics of sign language. New topics covered include speaking style and stylisation, while current debates in areas like creolisation, globalisation and language death, language planning, and gender are reflected. Written collaboratively by teachers and scholars with first hand experience of sociolinguistic developments on four continents, this book provides the broadest introduction currently available to the central topics in sociolinguistics. Key Features Provides a solid foundation in all aspects of sociolinguistics and explores important themes such as power and inequality, sign language, gender and the internet Well illustrated with maps, diagrams, inset boxes, drawings and cartoons Accessibly written with the beginner in mind Uses numerous examples from multilingual settings Explains basic concepts, supported by a glossary Further Reading lists, a full bibliography, and a section on 'next steps' provide valuable guidance.},
keywords = {Ana Deumert},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2001bb,
title = {Spreading the feminist word? A sociolinguistic study of feminist language change in Australian English: The case of the new courtesy title'Ms'},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
url = {https://eprints.soas.ac.uk/id/eprint/9876},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
volume = {1},
pages = {137-151},
publisher = {Benjamins},
abstract = {Pauwels, Anne (2001) 'Spreading the feminist word? A sociolinguistic study of feminist language change in Australian English: The case of the new courtesy title 'Ms'.' In: Hellinger, Marlis and Bussmann, Hadumod, (eds.), Gender across languages. International perspectives of language variation and change. Volume 1. Amsterdam: Benjamins, pp. 137-151 … Full text not available from this repository … There is no Altmetric data currently associated with this item … SOAS Research Online is powered by Eprints3 and is hosted by ULCC.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pauwels2001bb,
title = {Pronoun choice and feminist language change in the Australian media},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Kellinde Wrightson},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
journal = {Australian journal of communication},
volume = {28},
number = {1},
pages = {69-82},
abstract = {In this paper, we wish to explore to what extent the'singular they'is being used as a generic pronoun in public speech in Australia. Specifically, we examine its usage patterns vis-a-vis other generic pronouns promoted by non-sexist language reform (that is,'he or she', alternating use of'hel and'she'as generic pronouns, generic'she~'it') and vis-a-vis masculine generic'he', We wish to examine to what extent public speech, as exemplified by language use on the radio, has embraced the use of gender-neutral or gender-inclusive pronouns.
We examine generic pronoun use in public speech os exemplified in radio programs broadcast in Australia. Our intent; on; s to assess the impact of non-sexist language policies on generic pronoun choice. The investigation shows clearly that the'singular they'; s the p~ onoun most often used by speakers on the radio (both radio broadcasters and their guests).},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels2001bb,
title = {A critical examination of the use of interviews in the study of immigrant language research in Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Joanne Winter},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Frellesvig2001,
title = {A Common Korean and Japanese Copula},
author = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
doi = {10.1023/A:1026512817255},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
journal = {Journal of East Asian Linguistics},
volume = {10},
number = {1},
pages = {1-35},
abstract = {This paper argues that a number of grammatical morphemes in Korean and Japanese are cognate and reflect two alternating copula roots: proto-Korean-Japanese *t- ∼ *n-. First, K ulo 'noun particle' and J to 'copula; particle' are compared; it is argued that they are root-related, exhibiting the sound correspondence K -l(-) :: J -t-; the functional similarity of J ni with K ulo and J to is also detailed (section 2). Second, the relation of to2 to other OJ forms in t- (tu 'genitive', -te 'gerund', -te/tu 'perfective') and of ni to forms in n- (no2, na 'genitive', no2 'adverbializer', -na/ni/nu 'perfective') is examined; it is argued that these forms reflect two alternating copula roots pJ *t- ∼ *n- (section 3). Third, the relation of ulo and its variant ula to other forms within K (primarily the copula variants ilo-, ila(-)) is discussed; it is proposed that these forms reflect a pre-MK copula root *l- < pK *t-, also reflected in a number of MK forms in t-(section 4). Finally, it is proposed that a number of K forms in n- take part in an alternation n- ∼ {t- ∼ -l-} within K, suggesting a pKJ copula root alternation *t- ∼ *n-, reflected as K {t- ∼ -l-} ∼ n :: J t ∼ n.},
keywords = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Perrin2001,
title = {Write without friction. Writing coaching for professionals. 3rd, revised edition},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
isbn = {978-3859323199},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
publisher = {Werd},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Perrin2001b,
title = {"To start with something fun". Basic procedural patterns of news dramaturgy},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
pages = {55–68},
publisher = {Lang},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Perrin2001bb,
title = {How journalists write. Results of applied writing process research},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
publisher = {UVK},
abstract = {The study shows that experienced, compared to inexperienced, work with a broader repertoire of writing strategies and have more and more differentiated writing strategies for structuring the text function and the writing process.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Lupke2001,
title = {Caused positions},
author = {Friederike Lupke and Birgit Hellwig},
editor = {Stephen C Levinson and Nick Enfield},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
pages = {126-128},
publisher = {Max Planck Institut für Psycholinguistik, Language and Cognition Group},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Benjamin2001,
title = {Process and Structure in Temiar Social Organisation},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
editor = {Razha Rashid and Wazir Jahan Karim},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.1.3115.9846},
isbn = {9789839700770},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
pages = {125–149},
publisher = {Malaysian Academy of Social Sciences},
abstract = {An historically orientated overview of Temiar social organisation and its study, concentrating on the period before their recent shift from tribal to more peasant-like or proletarian circumstances. An ethnographic sketch of the Temiar people (a Mon-Khmer-speaking population of upland northern Peninsular Malaysia) is followed by a processual, ecological and political analysis of the cognatic-descent-group based organisation of their local residential groups. The organisation of their geographically wide-ranging, kinship-based, ego-centred relations is also discussed, along with a brief account of the political ranking that emerged historically out of their relations with wider Malayan society. Explanations are then proffered for the peculiarities of the Temiar societal pattern in comparison with those of the Semang and the Malays},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Keating2001d,
title = {The ethnography of communication},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.4135/9781848608337.n20},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
urldate = {2001-01-01},
journal = {Handbook of Ethnography},
pages = {285 - 301},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Englund2001,
title = {Chinyanja and the Language of Rights},
author = {Harri Englund},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
urldate = {2001-01-01},
journal = {Nordic Journal of African Studies},
volume = {10},
number = {3},
pages = {299-319},
abstract = {Discourses on human rights are among the most enduring consequences of the wave of democratisation that swept across sub-Saharan Africa during the 1990s. The "rights-talk" is spread by, among others, non-governmental organisations that consider "civic education" on rights as one of their major tasks. This article examines the case of Chinyanja in order to highlight challenges in the attempts to translate the rights-talk into vernacular languages. In Chinyanja, "human rights" are translated as ufulu wachibadwidwe wa munthu, literally "the freedom that the person is born with". In the context of persistent poverty and insecurity among many Chinyanja-speakers, such a translation appears to feed reactionary counter-discourses that criticise democracy for bringing "too much freedom". The article discusses theoretical problems in translation, particularly the question of linguistic relativity, and argues that translation is best seen as conversation with existing notions. By exploring the notion of interdependence in Chinyanja proverbs, the article finally demonstrates how extreme individualism and conservative counter-discourses do not have to constitute the only alternatives in Chinyanja debates on rights and democracy.},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{nokey,
title = {Who Has Confused What? More On Lappin, Levine And Johnson},
author = {Ian Roberts},
doi = {10.1023/A:1013378628509},
year  = {2001},
date = {2001-01-01},
urldate = {2001-01-01},
journal = {Natural Language & Linguistic Theory},
volume = {19},
issue = {4},
pages = {887-890},
abstract = {In the continuity of the debate revolving around the epistemological critique of the minimalist program made by Lappin, Levine and Johnson (LLJ) in 2000 in this review, the A. returns to certain points of agreement with LLJ in particular with regard to the importance given to the concept of derivation economics.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Ladegaard2000,
title = {Paul Bruthiaux, 1996, The Discourse of Classified Advertising. Exploring the Nature of Linguistic Simplicity},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1111/j.1473-4192.2000.tb00154.x},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-12-01},
urldate = {2000-12-01},
journal = {International Journal of Applied Linguistics},
volume = {10},
number = {2},
pages = {281-285},
abstract = {From a wide variety of written sources. Not very surprisingly, Bruthiaux finds that generally there is a much lower frequency of selected syntactic features (articles, pronouns, do-auxiliaries, modals, negatives, be-copulas, prepositions and conjunctions) in CAR than in the LOB and Brown corpora, and he also concludes that there are systematic differences across ad Categories, with auto and apartment ads displaying less syntactic elaboration than job and personal ads. Chapter 4 deals with conventionalization, ie the form and function of prefabricated segments of text, such as idiomatic sequences and collocations (fixed combinations of words), frequently used (and reused) in CAR. First, Bruthiaux provides several examples illustrating how-and suggesting why-conventionalization is employed in CAR, and secondly, he once again lists differences in the use of conventionalization across ad categories.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2000,
title = {Describing Morphosyntax: A Guide for Field Linguists:Describing Morphosyntax: A Guide for Field Linguists},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1525/jlin.2000.10.2.300},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-12-01},
urldate = {2000-12-01},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {10},
issue = {2},
pages = {300-302},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong2000,
title = {The linguistic construction of the tongzhi community},
author = {Andrew Wong and Qing Zhang},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-12-01},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {10},
number = {2},
pages = {248-278},
abstract = {This article studies the use of linguistic resources to construct an "imagined community" in a Chinese gay and lesbian magazine. Four groups of linguistic resources are examined: terminology from gay and lesbian cultures in the West, the women's movement, Chinese revolutionist discourse, and the Chinese kinship system. We show that the producers of the magazine draw on resources from various discourses, but they do not adopt them in their entirety. These resources are reworked and combined to construct an imagined Chinese gay community with its own distinctive style. We argue that to understand how social meanings are expressed through style and how style makes one community distinct from another, it is essential to examine a broad range of symbolic resources that are appropriated and combined by individuals or groups. },
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels2000,
title = {Gender and language contact research in the Australian context},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Joanne Winter},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1080/01434630008666420},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-12-01},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {21},
number = {6},
pages = {508-522},
abstract = {The focus of this paper is a (re)consideration of explanations and (re)presentation of second-generation bilingual women and their discourses of identities, language choice and language maintenance in Australia in the light of new directions for gender in language contact research. Here we present a (re)view of the value, roles and directions of past and present research about gender and language contact as well as provide an example for future directions through an examination of the emergent discourses of identity of a young Australian-born woman of Greek parentage living in Melbourne.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Weinberg2000,
title = {"Out There": The Ecology of Addiction in Drug Abuse Treatment Discourse},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
doi = {10.1525/sp.2000.47.4.03x0310x},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-11-01},
urldate = {2000-11-01},
journal = {Social Problems},
volume = {47},
number = {4},
pages = {606-621},
abstract = {A growing trend in social research concerning illicit drug use has entailed suspending regard for conventional questions such as the etiology of drug problems and the outcomes achieved by assorted interventions in Savor of focusing analytic attention on how drug problems are socially constructed in and through human praxis. In this paper, I use a constructionist approach to demonstrate and explain endogenous accounts of what I am calling the ecology of addiction in drug abuse treatment discourse. These accounts posit a space "out there" marked by its degradation, dirtiness, solitude, and savagery which commonly tempts those who must live there to also behave amorally, licentiously, and/or savagely. I explain these accounts by showing their fundamental utility in light of specific conceptual putties that participants in drug abuse treatment discourse must inevitably solve. Namely, speaking in terms of this ecology of addiction provides participants with a compelling narrative means for reconciling the following two claims: 1) they are chronically prone to enslavement by their addictions, and 2) their addictions can be controlled through ongoing participation in a communal project of mutual help.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks2000,
title = {Aspect and Assertion in Mandarin Chinese},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Wolfgang Klein and Ping Li},
doi = {10.1023/A:1006411825993},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-11-01},
urldate = {2000-11-01},
journal = {Natural Language & Linguistic Theory},
volume = {18},
issue = {4},
pages = {723-770},
abstract = {Chinese has a number of particles such as le, guo, zai and zhe that add a particular aspectual value to the verb to which they are attached. There have been many characterisations of this value in the literature. In this paper, we review several existing influential accounts of these particles, including those in Li and Thompson (1981), Smith (1991), and Mangione and Li (1993). We argue that all these characterisations are intuitively plausible, but none of them is precise.We propose that these particles serve to mark which part of the sentence's descriptive content is asserted, and that their aspectual value is a consequence of this function. We provide a simple and precise definition of the meanings of le, guo, zai and zhe in terms of the relationship between topic time and time of situation, and show the consequences of their interaction with different verb expressions within thisnew framework of interpretation.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {Caricaturing Dissent},
author = {Ian Roberts},
doi = {10.1023/A:1006408422545},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-11-01},
urldate = {2000-11-01},
journal = {Natural Language & Linguistic Theory - NATUR LANG LINGUIST THEOR},
volume = {18},
issue = {4},
pages = {849 - 857},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2000,
title = {PER LINELL, Approaching dialogue: Talk, interaction and contexts in dialogical perspectives. (Impact: Studies in language and society, 3.) Amsterdam & Philadelphia: Benjamins, 1998. Pp. xvii, 330. Hb $85.00.},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404500224044},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-10-01},
urldate = {2000-10-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {29},
number = {4},
pages = {586 - 589},
abstract = {Linell argues that dialogism is the crucial path to theorizing and understanding discourse, cognition, and communication – particularly the study of conversation and other kinds of talk-in-interaction. One of the goals of his book is to develop an “empirically valid form of dialogism,” as opposed to an idealistic one, through the empirical investigation of communication. Linell develops a theory of “communicative projects,” a notion which incorporates aspects of individual agency as well as the idea of talk as emergent, collaborative work by co-present individuals. The notion of “communicative projects” is meant as a bridge across the oft-cited polarity between “micro” and “macro” – or as Linell formulates it, between “elementary contributions and local sequences on the one hand, and the global and more abstract notions of activity types and communicative genres.”},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks2000b,
title = {The acquisition of topic marking in L1 Chinese and L1 and L2 French},
author = {Henriette Hendriks},
doi = {10.1017/S0272263100003041},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-09-01},
urldate = {2000-09-01},
journal = {Studies in Second Language Acquisition},
volume = {22},
issue = {3},
pages = {369 - 397},
abstract = {This paper focuses on the acquisition of linguistic devices used for discourse cohesion in Chinese and French. Particular attention is paid to how two types of learners (child L1 [Chinese, French] and adult L2 [Chinese learning French]) acquire the linguistic means for marking topics, in particular French dislocation,and its discourse-pragmatic functions. Data consist of narratives based on picture sequences, produced in absence of mutual knowledge. Previous studies in L2 acquisition have shown that, at early stages, adult learners' utterances and texts are organized along semantic and pragmatic principles, rather than along structural ones. These principles play a preponderant role in Chinese as well. French shares this tendency with Chinese, insofar as particular utterance patterns—dislocations—mark topic and antitopic. Results show that French children have to acquire the discourse functions related to dislocations. Postbasic-variety adult learners readily use French dislocations to mark—appropriately—a variety of discourse-pragmatic functions. However, the adult learners quite often use forms that deviate from the dislocated form found in target language French. This is all the more interesting because the chosen forms, though not usable without a certain context in standard French, do occur in colloquial French and are clearly functionally related to the target forms.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell2000b,
title = {Reaching out to the core: On the interactional work of the MC in drum & bass performance},
author = {Jack Sidnell and Morgan Gerard},
doi = {10.1080/03007760008591774},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-09-01},
urldate = {2000-09-01},
journal = {Popular Music and Society 24(3):21-39 DOI:},
volume = {24},
issue = {3},
pages = {21-39},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Duranti2000,
title = {Antropologia del linguaggio},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
isbn = {8883530357 (ISBN13: 9780521449939)},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-07-14},
publisher = {Meltemi},
series = {Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics},
abstract = {Alessandro Duranti introduces linguistic anthropology as an interdisciplinary field that studies language as a cultural resource and speaking as a cultural practice. The theories and methods of linguistic anthropology are introduced through a discussion of linguistic diversity, grammar in use, the role of speaking in social interaction, the organization and meaning of conversational structures, and the notion of participation as a unit of analysis. Linguistic Anthropology will appeal to undergraduate and graduate students.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Williams2000,
title = {Reviews: Faces of Nationalism: Janus Revisited},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1006/jhge.2000.0232},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-07-01},
journal = {Journal of Historical Geography},
volume = {26},
number = {3},
pages = {502-504},
abstract = {503 REVIEWS who wish to argue that nationalism is a scourge both of civil society and of pluralist representative democracy. Even scholars who have devoted much of their academic careers to an analysis of nationalism and its derivatives often view it as a disintegrative and malicious destructive force in society. The arguments advanced in Faces of Nationalism combat such cynicism and suspicion. Tom Nairn has produced a tour de force, for together with other respected commentators on nationalism, such as David McCrone, John Osmond and Anthony Smith, he takes nationalism seriously. Nationalism for him is a social fact, entirely modern, commensurate with rational political thought and praxis and increasingly influential in the contemporary world. Faces of Nationalism is a collection of 15 essays written during the period 1990–1996. Given the volatility of the period from the early to mid-1990s},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2000,
title = {The Perception of Lexical Tone in Mambila},
author = {Bruce Connell},
doi = {10.1177/00238309000430020201},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-06-01},
journal = {Language and Speech},
volume = {43},
number = {part 2},
pages = {163-182},
abstract = {The issue of the perception of lexical tone has been addressed mainly through studies of Southeast Asian languages which feature phonological contour tones as well as level tones. Little attention has been paid to African languages which have, almost exclusively, only level tones. This paper examines tone perception in Mambila, a Benue-Congo language with four level lexical tones. A categorization experiment was run to determine some of the salient aspects of the perceptual nature of these tones. Since the four tones are well defined with respect to production, we sought to determine whether this characteristic carried over into perception, the expectation being that experimental stimuli, on the basis of pitch height alone, would fall into four reasonably well defined categories. Results showed interesting differences across the four tones, with indications that the two Mid tones, T2 and T3, are perceptually different than the High (T1) and Low (T4) tones. The experiment was run a second time, using a group of native English listeners, to assess to what extent results for the Mambila listeners were determined by the perceptual structure of the Mambila tone system. A Signal Detection analysis was used, which revealed important differences between the two groups of listeners. Results are discussed in light of what is known about universal tendencies of tone systems and the historical development of the Mambila system.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2000b,
title = {Moments of Hierarchy: Constructing Social Stratification by Means of Language, Food, Space, and the Body in Pohnpei, Micronesia},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.1525/aa.2000.102.2.303},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-06-01},
urldate = {2000-06-01},
journal = {American Anthropologist},
volume = {102},
number = {2},
pages = {303-320},
abstract = {In this paper I examine relationships between multiple semiotic modes used to construct hierarchy, and I show the importance of going beyond our traditional notion of language to look at how social actors employ a range of semiotic resources in organizing and interpreting social relations. Using examples from Pohnpei, Micronesia, I show how notions of superior and inferior are compounded through several sign systems—spatial relations, food sharing, the body, and language. These systems act oppositionally as well as cooperatively to produce situated ideas of social inequality, ideas built out of disequilibrium of bodies in space, of referents in language, and distribution of resources, as well as contradictions in the interactions of these signs. The compounding of signs not only recruits multiple sensory modes and perspectives in the exposition of hierarchical relations, but entails a notion of the contradictory nature of status relations. Using examples from a Pohnpeian feast, I explore the creative interplay of sign systems in the construction of "moments" of hierarchy in a large, public setting and discuss how through the practice of title-giving, which virtually every adult member of the society participates in, a particular idea of social inequality, built out of multiple sign systems, is mapped onto each body, [language, interaction, politics, Oceania, social stratification, hierarchy].},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Duranti2000b,
title = {Antropología lingüística (Spanish Edition)},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
isbn = {8483230925},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-05-25},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
edition = {1st edition},
abstract = {In this innovative textbook, Alessandro Duranti introduces linguistic anthropology as an interdisciplinary field which studies language as a cultural resource and speaking as a cultural practice. The theories and methods of linguistic anthropology are introduced through a discussion of linguistic diversity, grammar in use, the role of speaking in social interaction, the organisation and meaning of conversational structures, and the notion of participation as a unit of analysis. An entire chapter is devoted to the notion of culture, and there are invaluable methodological chapters on ethnography and transcription. Original in its treatment and yet eminently clear and readable, Linguistic Anthropology will appeal to both upper-level undergraduate and graduate students.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Fina2000,
title = {Orientation in Immigrant Narratives: The Role of Ethnicity in the Identification of Characters},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1177/1461445600002002001},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-05-01},
journal = {Discourse Studies},
volume = {2},
number = {2},
pages = {131-157},
abstract = {Every year, thousands of undocumented Mexican workers enter the United States. Their presence, together with the settlement of undocumented and legal immigrants from many other countries, constitutes the source of one of the most persistent ideological conflicts in American history: the conflict over immigrants' rights. Official discourses in many cases identify being Hispanic with poor performance at school, drug abuse, poverty and violence. However, aside from mainstream images of who immigrants are, little research has been done on the identity that immigrants themselves build and project, and on the processes that affect the formation of such identity. In this article I investigate identity through discourse analysis, looking specifically at linguistic strategies used by a group of undocumented Mexican immigrants to identify characters in storytelling. I argue that immigrants use ethnic identity as a central identification category for self and others in their stories, showing that ethnic mentions are widespread in story orientations, and that they exhibit different degrees and types of relevance depending on their relationship with the interactional context and/or the story world. Ethnic mentions are used in stories to affirm certain characteristics of one's own identity and of the identity of others via the presentation and evaluation of behaviors. In argumentative stories disputable behaviors are openly attributed to out groups, and so these stories help speakers to build images of who they are and how they stand in relation to others. In stories of personal experience, the connections between identities and behaviors are implicit, but they still respond to socially established expectations. Thus, individual stories also contribute to build those expectations about how belonging to certain ethnic groups may affect action in particular domains of life. The pervasiveness of ethnic identification in immigrant stories cannot be understood without resorting to wider social processes that frame the immigration experience of undocumented Mexican workers. In this case, I stress the importance of the pressure that the ideology of race and ethnicity, enacted through public discourse at all levels, exerts on every individual in American society.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{andJamesLeach2000,
title = {Ethnography and the Meta‐Narratives of Modernity},
author = {Harri Englund and James Leach},
doi = {10.1086/300126},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-05-01},
urldate = {2000-05-01},
journal = {Current Anthropology},
volume = {41},
number = {2},
pages = {225-248},
abstract = {Current attempts to increase the relevance of sociocultural anthropology encourage anthropologists to engage in the study of modernity. In this discourse dominated by sociologists, the contribution of anthropology is often to reveal cultural diversity in globalization, leading to the notion of multiple modernities. Yet such ethnographic accounts draw upon familiar sociological abstractions such as time-space compression, commodification, individualization, disenchantment, and reenchantment. This article shows how an underlying meta-narrative preempts social scientific argument by making shifts in analytical scales look natural, as in the alleged need to "situate" the particular in "wider" contexts. This analytical procedure undermines what is unique in the ethnographic method-its reflexivity, which gives subjects authority in determining the contexts of their beliefs and practices. Two ethnographic case studies are presented to support this argument, one from Melanesia on current interests in white people, money, and consumption and the other from Africa on born-again Christianity and individuality. The article ends by reflecting not only on the limits of metropolitan meta-narratives in returning relevance to anthropology but also on the contemporary conditions of academic work that undermine the knowledge practices of ethnography and render such meta-narratives plausible.},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vaux2000,
title = {The Armenian Dialect of Aslanbeg},
author = {Bert Vaux},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-03-22},
urldate = {2000-03-22},
journal = {Annual of Armenian linguistics},
volume = {21},
pages = {31-64},
abstract = {Introduction The following is loosely based on Hrachea Aaean's --nnu+iwn Aslanbgi Barba ["Study of the Aslanbeg Dialect"], which appeared in the journal Bazmavp in 1898. As the Aslanbeg dialect shows many features of interest to dialectologists and theoretical linguists alike, but Aaean's original article is written in Armenian and no longer available to the general academic community, I have undertaken this reworking for all those who may benefit from it. All passages taken directly from Aaean's original article are italicized. Aslanbeg is located in the northwest corner of Asia Minor, three hours by foot from the cities of Nicomedia and Isnimit (modern Iznik and Izmit, slightly southeast of Istanbul). There are actually three Aslanbegs (each now called `Aslanbey') in northwest Turkey; though none of these appear on any map of Turkey, the Gazetteer lists their locations as 40.44N 30.48E, 41.46N 3},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Vaux2000b,
title = {On Feature Spreading and the Representation of Place of Articulation},
author = {Bert Vaux and Morris Halle and Andrew Wolfe},
doi = {10.1162/002438900554398},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-03-22},
urldate = {2000-03-22},
journal = {Linguistic inquiry},
volume = {31},
number = {3},
pages = {387-444},
abstract = {this paper a new theory of phonological representations and operations which incorporates insights from recent work on terminal feature spreading (Halle 1995) and Vowel-Place Theory (Ni Chiosgin and Padgett 1993, Clements and Hume 1995), as well as pre-feature-geometric work on articulator features (Chomsky and Halle 1968). The primary novel suggestions made here are that: Feature spreading is autonomous. Spreading of a node in the feature tree involves autonomous spreading of that node and of all its dependent nodes and features. The fact that an individual node or feature is blocked from spreading does not entail that the remainder of the propagating set is also blocked.},
keywords = {Bert Vaux},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli2000,
title = {Gerunds in Modern Greek},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
doi = {10.1075/jgl.1.07tsi},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-03-01},
urldate = {2000-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Greek Linguistics},
volume = {1},
number = {1},
pages = {133-169 },
abstract = {This paper discusses the properties of Greek V-ondas forms, referred to as gerunds in Holton et al. (1997). It is argued that the clauses in which they occur are adjuncts with a reduced functional structure. Their temporal interpretation will be shown to illustrate the underspecified status of the features of the V-ondas complex as well as the truncated structure of the clause in which it occurs. The position and interpretation of subjects of gerunds will be argued to follow from (a) the inflectional underspecification of gerunds and (b) the pragmatic nature of control.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating2000c,
title = {Current Issues In Linguistic Anthropology},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.1525/tea.2000.7.1.20},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-03-01},
urldate = {2000-03-01},
journal = {Teaching Anthropology Society for Anthropology in Community Colleges Notes},
volume = {7},
number = {1},
pages = {20-23},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya2000,
title = {Bencoolen. A History of the Honourable East India Company's Garrison on the West Coast of Sumatra 1685–1825},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1017/S0022463400016106},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Southeast Asian Studies},
volume = {31},
number = {1},
pages = {195-196},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo2000,
title = {A comparative study of the semantics of serial verb constructions in Dagaare and Cantonese},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Kang Kwong Luke},
doi = {10.1075/lic.3.2.02luk},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
journal = {Languages in Contrast},
volume = {3},
number = {2},
pages = {165-180},
abstract = {The serial verb construction (SVC) is a productive syntactic phenomenon in many Asian and African languages and has been the subject of various studies. Many of these studies are, however, mainly based on data from the individual Asian and African languages or language groups (e.g. Jayaseelan 1996 for Malayalam; Schiller 1991 for Khmer; Chang 1990 for Mandarin; Bodomo 1997, 1998 for Dagaare and Akan; and Awoyale 1988 for Yoruba). There is a near lack of comparative studies involving Asian and African languages with regards to SVCs. Given the wide variety of syntactic and semantic manifestations that are characteristic of SVCs, cross-linguistic studies are crucial in developing a clear universal typology of SVCs as a first step towards a universal account of their syntax and semantics. Based on Dagaare (a Gur language of West Africa) and Cantonese (a Yue dialect of Chinese), this paper proposes a semantic typology of SVCs including benefactive, causative (resultative), inceptive, instrumental, and deictic serialization.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Antilla2000,
title = {Tone polarity in Dagaare},
author = {A. Antilla and Adams Bodomo},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
journal = {Advances in African Linguistics. Proceedings of the 28th Annual Conference on African Linguistics at Cornell University},
pages = {119-134},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@proceedings{Sitaridou2000,
title = {Non-finiteness in Old Neapolitan and Modern Greek},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {proceedings}
}
@proceedings{Sitaridou2000b,
title = {Lexical subjects in Portuguese and Spanish infinitival clauses},
author = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
number = {123-195},
organization = {Proceedings of the 9th Postgraduate Conference in Linguistics, University of Manchester},
keywords = {Ioanna Sitaridou},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {proceedings}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2000,
title = {A change in Thai identity reflected from words in the language},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
doi = {10.1515/lity.2000.4.2.251},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
journal = {Linguistic Typology},
volume = {4},
number = {2},
pages = {251-272},
abstract = {Linguistic Typology provides a forum for all work of relevance to the study of language typology and cross-linguistic variation. It welcomes work taking a typological perspective on all domains of the structure of spoken and signed languages, including historical change, language processing, and sociolinguistics. Diverse descriptive and theoretical frameworks are welcomed so long as they have a clear bearing on the study of cross-linguistic variation. We welcome cross-disciplinary approaches to the study of linguistic diversity, as well as work dealing with just one or a few languages, as long as it is typologically informed and typologically and theoretically relevant, and contains new empirical evidence.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint2000b,
title = {What Part of Speech is níi'this' in Thai?},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
journal = {Oceanic Linguistics Special Publications},
volume = {29},
pages = {129-140},
abstract = {The word nfil'this' in Thai is apparently a simple word, but its classification is rather problematic. First, there has not been a consensus as to what part of speech or word class nfl belongs to. It has been classified as a determinative adjective/adverb by Upakit silapasarn (1937: 92); 2 a demonstrative adjective/adverb by the Royal Institute Diction ary (I982: 445); a demonstrative adjective by Haas (I964: 274); just a demonstrative (subclass of substantives) by Noss (I964: I02); 3 a deitic word, which is a subclass of noun substitutes (or pronouns) by Bandhumedha (I984: I4, 34); 4 a pronoun and a deter miner by Panupong (I989: 66, 72); and just a detenminer by Savetamalya (I989: 37, 53, 55, 84, I03), Indrambarya (1994: 179, 201, 2I3; I996: 514), Starosta (i994), and Waro tamasikkhadit (I996: 24). },
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2000b,
title = {Globalisation and the impact of teaching languages in Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
url = {https://eprints.soas.ac.uk/id/eprint/9881},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
pages = {19-26},
publisher = {Language Australia},
abstract = {Pauwels, Anne (2000) 'Globalisation and the impact of teaching languages in Australia.' In: Liddicoat, Anthony and Crozet, Chantal, (eds.), Teaching languages - teaching cultures. Canberra: Language Australia, pp. 19-26 … Full text not available from this repository … There is no Altmetric data currently associated with this item … SOAS Research Online is powered by Eprints3 and is hosted by ULCC.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pauwels2000bb,
title = {Inclusive language is good business: Gender, language and equality in the workplace},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
journal = {Gendered Speech in Social Context. Perspectives from Gown and Town},
pages = {134-51},
abstract = {At the turn of the new millennium, taking stock and looking back at past achievements and problems have become common practice: such a momentous occasion indeed prompts reflection. Scholars active in the field of gender and communication are no exception: in recent times there have been a series of'state of the art overviews critically surveying and discussing the achievements in more than a quarter century of gender and communication research (eg Bergvall 1999; Bergvall, Bing & Freed 1996; Cameron 1998).},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels2000bb,
title = {Generic pronouns in the marketplace or shopping centre. Exploring the impact of non-sexist language policy on everyday speech},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
pages = {270-276},
publisher = {Swedish Institute, Göteborg University},
abstract = {Pauwels, Anne (2000) 'Generic pronouns in the marketplace or shopping centre. Exploring the impact of non-sexist language policy on everyday speech.' In: Gunnarsdotter-Grönberg, Anna, (ed.), Sett och hört. Festschrift for Kerstin Nordenstam. Göteborg: Swedish Institute, Göteborg University, pp. 270-276 … Full text not available from this repository … There is no Altmetric data currently associated with this item … SOAS Research Online is powered by Eprints3 and is hosted by ULCC.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pauwels2000bb,
title = {Does language reform lead to linguistic change?},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
journal = {Australian Language Matters},
volume = {8},
number = {1},
pages = {3},
abstract = {This paper addresses the issues of language and linguistic reform of the English language, and the role played by teachers and educators in this process. Bias free language is the goal.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Omar2000,
title = {Malay Perception of Time},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = { 978-9832085101},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
publisher = {Akedami Pengajian Melayu, University Malaya},
abstract = {This volume, Malay Perception of Time, is the result of an investigation into various aspects of language to see how time is anchored in them.},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Frellesvig2000,
title = {Recent Changes in the Tonology of Kyoto Japanese},
author = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
doi = {10.1075/cilt.161.09fre},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
pages = {111},
publisher = {Historical Linguistics},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Connell2000b,
title = {Observations on Kunama Tone (Barka Dialect)},
author = {Bruce Connell and J.A. Ashkaba and R.J. Hayward},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
journal = {Studies in African Linguistics },
volume = {29},
number = {1},
pages = {1-41},
abstract = {Kunama has been reported by different scholars as having two or three tones, downstep (or not), contrastive length of both consonants and vowels, and lexical stress. Despite this range of reported phenomena, little in-depth research into the prosodic system of Kunama has been undertaken. The aim of the present study is to report such a detailed investigation and to establish on a solid footing basic aspects of the tonal system of Kunama. The work reported is preliminary in the sense that its scope is limited: we present phonological and phonetic evidence for the existence of three level tones, which can combine to form a number of contour tones. This is followed by discussion of tonal phenomena in the noun phrase. No evidence for lexical stress is found. },
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell2000bb,
title = {Njerep: a postcard from the edge},
author = {Bruce Connell and David Zeitlyn},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
journal = { Studies in African Linguistics},
volume = {29},
number = {1},
abstract = {Njerep is a language on the edge of extinction. It is no longer spoken on a regular basis, nor is it even known well by anyone speaker. There are now, in fact, only five people who remember the language well enough to produce fragments of speech or who remember songs in the language. Our aim in this paper is to document the language to the extent possible. We have collected a wordlist of the language, a number of songs and other bits of text which, fragmentary though they are, permit some insights into the structure of the language, its genetic affiliation and its former importance in the region. Since we view language as a cultural artifact intimately connected to both the culture and the history of its speakers, the paper begins with a brief discussion of Njerep ethnography and history. We then look at evidence for the genetic affiliation of Njerep, and follow this with a description of its structural characteristics. Appendices are included which contain the Njerep wordlist, transcriptions of songs and, finally, genealogical information on the remaining speakers, which gives some insight into the sociological aspect of language contraction.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Perrin2000,
title = {"We're gonna cheat around the content here." Strategies of computer-aided text reproduction when writing messages},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin2000b,
title = {Writing strategies and text structures},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Perrin2000bb,
title = {Write without friction. Writing coaching for professionals. 2nd expanded edition},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
publisher = {Werd},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Perrin2000bb,
title = {How texts are really written. Writing research and writing practice using the example of journalistic news},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
publisher = {Linguistic Agency},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Perrin2000bb,
title = {Practical training in Internet journalism. Teaching networked copywriting},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Klaus Meier
},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
publisher = {West German Publishing House},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Perrin2000bb,
title = {Writing process. From the idea to the finished text},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
journal = {Message},
volume = {3},
pages = {116–123},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Perrin2000bb,
title = {Practical training in Internet journalism},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Klaus Meier},
doi = {10.1007 / 978-3-322-87328-6_18},
isbn = {978-3-531-13469-7},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
pages = {297-313},
publisher = {VS publishing house for social sciences},
abstract = {“The white rabbit put on the glasses. 'Where do I start, Your Majesty? 'asked it. 'Start at the beginning,' said the King seriously, 'and read on until you get to the end, and then stop.' "What Lewis Carroll tells us in" Alice in Wonderland "is recommended by Kurt Reumann (1994: 91) as a construction secret for all journalistic forms of representation. Linear processing is practically the core of journalism in conventional media: A contribution should be written in such a way that the text jumps to the reader at the beginning and does not let go of him until the end. The addressee should read a story from top to bottom in one go - without jumping to the side, back or forward. Although this principle is gradually being softened by print media with "text clusters" (cf. Blum / Bucher 1998),},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Lupke2000,
title = {Jalonke. Syllabaire en langue jalonke},
author = {Friederike Lupke and Erhard F K Voeltz and Adama Camara},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
publisher = {Max Planck Institute for Psycholinguistics},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Tang2000,
title = {Learning English Through Self-study by New Arrival Children},
author = {Gladys Tang and Gu Yang},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
urldate = {2000-01-01},
journal = {Education Journal-Hong Kong-Chinese},
volume = {28},
number = {2},
pages = {15-34},
abstract = {The paper illustrates how autonomous learning as a concept guides the production of the English Self-Learning Packages (ESLPs) for New Ar rival Children (NAC) It also documents the children's reactions towards this mode of learning, in particular, how they react to the process of improving their English standard by engaging themselves in a self-study mode The production of the packages was funded by the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region with the aim to help these children bridge the gap in English language proficiency Research on autonomous learning has largely focused on adult learners who are perceived as being more receptive to training in autonomous learning routines and strategies The current study aimed to document children's reactions towards self-study as a way to achieve some form of autonomous learning.},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Mannheim2000,
title = {Surtout, ne vous endormez jamais dans un bus: la dialogisme dans la narration quéchua méridionale},
author = {Bruce Mannheim and Krista E Van Vleet},
editor = {Aurore Monod-Becquelin and Philippe Erikson},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
urldate = {2000-01-01},
pages = {29-78},
publisher = {Société d’Ethnologie},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Biagini2000,
title = {Gladstone},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1007/978-1-349-87867-3},
isbn = {978-0-333-61353-5},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
urldate = {2000-01-01},
abstract = {Gladstone focuses on the public side of the statesman's life and on those aspects of his private life - such as his religious beliefs and family life - which most affected his career. Besides reflecting the current state of the debate, this study draws on the author's own work in progress on various aspects of Victorian liberalism, including political charisma and nationalism. With its thematic approach, Dr Biagini's short, clear analysis offers an exciting introduction and a flexible teaching aid, with a guide to further reading.},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Roberts2000,
title = {Features, parameters and grammaticalization: A minimalist approach to syntactic change},
author = {Ian Roberts and Richard Everson},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
urldate = {2000-01-01},
publisher = {Cambridge Universiry Press},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Roberts2000b,
title = {Some remarks on the diachrony of French negation},
author = {Ian Roberts},
doi = {10.1590/S0102-44502000000300008},
year  = {2000},
date = {2000-01-01},
urldate = {2000-01-01},
journal = {DELTA: Documentação de Estudos em Lingüística Teórica e Aplicada},
volume = {16},
pages = {201-219},
abstract = {Based on the history of negation in French, this paper proposes a parametrization of how languages may morphologically express the logical structure of negation provided by UG. It is argued that the change of French negation is driven by a general economy principle governing language acquisition, which favors shorter chains over longer ones. It is also claimed that this change correlates with a change in the determiner system which leads negative chains to develop from indefinite chains.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1999,
title = {The Natural And The Artificial In Language And Technology11This paper is a revised version of Haberland},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1016/S0923-8433(99)80008-2},
isbn = {9780444828743},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-12-01},
urldate = {1999-12-01},
journal = {Human Factors in Information Technology},
volume = {13},
pages = {81-87},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Brookes1999,
title = {Leadership Giftedness: Models Revisited},
author = {Heather Brookes and Adelma A Roach and Leisy T Wyman and Christina Chavez and Shirley Brice Heath and Guadalupe Valdes},
doi = {10.1177/001698629904300103},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-12-01},
urldate = {1999-12-01},
journal = {Gifted Child Quarterly},
volume = {43},
number = {1},
pages = {13-24},
abstract = {Following a reviews of adult models of leadership and of leadership programs for young people that are derived from adult theories of leadership, we report results from a decade-long study in under-served and at-risk communities of young people identified and promoted as leaders within out-of-school youth organizations. This work reveals how emerging youth leadership differs from established measures and leadership theories drawn from adults. Views and enactments of leadership among the young focus on how leadership happens, not all who leaders are as power figures, skillful managers, or individuals bearing specific traits. These perspectives from youth carry strong links to recent work in cognitive psychology and organizational sociology that maintains the key importance of adaptation, engagement with situation, and distribution of knowledge and roles.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya1999,
title = {Facets of Power and Its Limitations: Political Culture in Southeast Asia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Ing-Britt Trankell and Laura Summers},
doi = {10.2307/2700098},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-12-01},
urldate = {1999-12-01},
journal = {The Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute},
volume = {5},
number = {4},
pages = {666-666},
abstract = {This collection is the product of a conference on political culture in Southeast Asia held at Uppsala in 1995. Covering a number of different societies and regions in Vietnam, Laos, Indonesia, Cambodia and Thailand, the twelve papers are linked by their focus on state-society interactions. Most contributors are from the Nordic countries, and at the time of publication five were students in the final stages of their Ph. D. degrees.
The editors have divided the collection into two sections: the first comprising six papers that focus on'cultural dimensions' of national politics. In Laos Ing-Britt Trankell explores ideas about socio-economic status conveyed by the state's ethnic categories, while Grant Evans compares Laotian state-sponsored leadership cults with those in Vietnam.},
howpublished = {the Royal Anthropological Institute},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels1999,
title = {Feminist language planning: Has it been worthwhile?},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.13092/lo.2.1043},
isbn = {1615-3014},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-11-14},
journal = {Linguistik Online},
volume = {2},
number = {1},
abstract = {There is no doubt that feminism has been and continues to be one of the main social movements of this century. Its impact is felt in many societies around the world and in many spheres of life. The women's or feminist movement strives, amongst other things, for the elimination of gender discrimination and for the greater recognition of women's contributions to society as well as aims to change many cultural and social practices which perpetuate patriarchal value systems. Language was and is seen by many feminists as a powerful instrument of patriarchy: for example, the feminist Dale Spender, spoke of the English language as being'manmade'and as being an important contributor to women's oppression (Spender 1980). It is therefore not surprising that language and discourse practices were and are subjected to feminist scrutiny, often leading to elaborate and detailed descriptions of sexist practices affecting language use.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Wong1999,
title = {Beyond the masculine-feminine dichotomy: The linguistic co-construction of alternative masculinities},
author = {Andrew Wong},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-10-01},
volume = {28},
keywords = {Andrew Wong},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini1999,
title = {Ideology and the Making of New Labours},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1017/S0147547999002860},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-10-01},
urldate = {1999-10-01},
journal = {International Labor and Working-Class History},
volume = {56},
pages = {93 - 105},
abstract = {In 1935 George Dangerfield published The Strange Death of Liberal England. This book, which soon became a classic of sorts, claimed to explain the passing away of a political tradition allegedly unable to thrive in the postwar climate. Nationalism, class politics, and militant trade unionism were the characteristics of the mature twentieth century. However, Dangerfield's condolences were premature. In April 1992, almost sixty years after the publication of this famous obituary, issue No. 7755 of The Economist appeared with a surprising cover illustration: It represented William Ewart Gladstone, the Victorian statesman, wearing a flowery (postmodern?) waistcoat and surrounded by the microphones of journalists obviously eager to pick his brain on the current political situation. The caption was: “A prophet for the left.” The leading article presented Gladstone not as a historical figure but as a model for the Labour party. This was certainly remarkable, especially after twelve years of Conservative governments which claimed to be intent on restoring some of the traditional values and policies associated with Gladstonian liberalism. 1 After a century of political oblivion, old Gladstone had suddenly become fashionable again, and his mantle was apparently being fought over by the three main parties.},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1999b,
title = {Text, discourse, discours: The latest report from the Terminology Vice Squad},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1016/S0378-2166(98)00099-X},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-07-01},
urldate = {1999-07-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {31},
number = {7},
pages = {911-918},
abstract = {A distinction between ‘text’ and ‘discourse’, based on suggestions by Bronislaw Malinowski (1935) and Konrad Ehlich (1979, 1981), is proposed and contrasted with the distinction between ‘text’ and ‘discourse’ as made by Jacob Mey (1993). A few remarks on the term discours in the French tradition are added.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks1999,
title = {Cohesion and anaphora in children's narratives: A comparison of English, French, German, and Mandarin Chinese},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Maya Hickmann},
doi = {10.1017/S0305000999003785},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-07-01},
urldate = {1999-07-01},
journal = {Journal of Child Language},
volume = {26},
issue = {2},
pages = {419-452 },
abstract = {The aim of this study is to determine universal vs. language-specific aspects of children's ability to organize cohesive anaphoric relations in discourse. Analyses examine narratives produced on the basis of two picture sequences by subjects of four ages (preschoolers, seven-year-olds, ten-year-olds, adults) in four languages: English (n = 80), German (n = 40), French (n = 40), and Mandarin Chinese (n = 40). Particular attention is placed on the impact of syntactic, semantic, and pragmatic factors in determining the uses of referring expressions and of word order in the maintenance of reference to the animate characters. Although subjecthood and agency determine NP position within the clause, role relations in discourse coreference account for NP form in all languages, notwithstanding some variations across languages, ages, and referents (e.g. density of coreference, null elements vs. overt pronouns, clause structures). It is concluded that the development of anaphora is determined by universal pragmatic principles and by language-specific properties characterizing how languages map discourse-internal and sentence-internal functions onto the same forms.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell1999,
title = {Gender and pronominal variation in an Indo-Guyanese creole-speaking community},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404599003036},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-07-01},
urldate = {1999-07-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {28},
issue = {3},
abstract = {Drawing on data gathered during fieldwork in an Indo-Guyanese village (1994leveling out” (Rickford 1979), it is here suggested that variants must be understood in terms of their contribution to an unfolding interactional engagement. The conclusion remarks on the continuing confusion among sociolinguists regarding the analytical relevance of gender as an external constraint on variation. A more developed understanding of these issues depends on recognizing the way in which language variation serves as an indirect and constitutive index of gender.
},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta1999b,
title = {Hybridity in an Arid Field},
author = {Akhil Gupta and Michael Herzfeld},
doi = {10.2307/3317427},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-07-01},
journal = {Anthropological Quarterly},
volume = {72},
number = {3},
pages = {131-135},
abstract = {Anthropological Quarterly, also known as AQ, is a peer-reviewed journal published by the George Washington University Institute for Ethnographic Research. AQ was founded in 1921 by the Catholic University of America and was published from 1921 to 1953 under the name Primitive Man. While continuing to publish outstanding, original, data-driven articles that advance ethnography and anthropological theory, AQ also asks intellectuals to contribute to on-going public debates relevant to contemporary experiences and public debates. Topics include: war, racism, poverty, nationalism, globalization, human rights, and the social, legal, and ethical implications of new genetic technologies. Essays on such timely topics are published in our "Social Thought and Commentary" section.},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating1999,
title = {Space},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.1525/jlin.1999.9.1-2.234},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-06-01},
urldate = {1999-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {90},
number = {1-2},
pages = {234-237},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli1999,
title = {The effects of a morphosyntactic deficit in the determiner system: The case of a Greek SLI child},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Stavroula Stavrakaki},
doi = {10.1016/S0024-3841(98)00041-2},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-05-01},
urldate = {1999-05-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {108},
number = {1},
pages = {31-85},
abstract = {This paper presents a case-study of Greek SLI and has the following aims: 1.(i) to present and analyse SLI data concentrating on the use of D-elements in the child's grammatical system: the definite article, object clitics and the wh-phrase what;2.(ii) to show that there is a clear correlation in the errors involving the morphemes in question and that this is due to a deficit in the determiner system which, in adult form, represents the above morphemes in terms of the same functional category D;3.(iii) to provide further evidence for the delay in L1 development of object clitics (or agreement) relative to subject agreement (or clitics) showing that a similar pattern is attested in the case of this SLI child. Finally, the analysis presented appears to favour an account of SLI whereby the deficit evidenced by the use of grammatical categories is indeed a grammatical, rather than a processing, deficit and is restricted to the domain of functional categories. The differential success in this child's use of some functional categories (e.g. subject agreement vs. the determiner system) points to the suggestion that SLI involves aspects of the normal route of L1A but also severe delays compared to normal L1A. The question whether the attested delay indicates a selective deficit in the processing strategies and learning mechanisms implemented in SLI cases cannot be unreservedly concluded on the basis of the data from this study only.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell1999,
title = {Peter Ladefoged. Elements of Acoustic Phonetics, 2nd ed. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 1996. Pp. viii + 216. US$39.95 (hardcover), $14.95 (softcover).},
author = {Bruce Connell},
doi = {10.1017/S0008413100020739},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-03-01},
journal = {Canadian Journal of Linguistics},
volume = {44},
number = {01},
pages = {53-55},
abstract = {The Canadian Journal of Linguistics publishes articles of original research in linguistics in both English and French. The articles deal with linguistic theory, linguistic description of natural languages, phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, historical linguistics, sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, first and second language acquisition, and other areas of interest to linguists.

La Revue canadienne de linguistique publie des articles portant sur des recherches originales en français et en anglais. Ces articles traitent de divers sujets d'intérêt pour les linguistes, tels que : théorie linguistique, description linguistique de diverses langues naturelles, phonétique, phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe, sémantique, linguistique historique, sociolinguistique, psycholinguistique, acquisition d'une langue maternelle et d'une langue seconde.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Duranti1999,
title = { Language Matters in Anthropology: A Lexicon for the New Millennium},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {Vol. 9},
pages = {(1-2)},
abstract = {The study of language as culture in U.S. anthropology is a set of distinct and often not fully compatible practices that can be made sense of through the identification of three historically related paradigms. Whereas the first paradigm, initiated by Boas, was mostly devoted to documentation, grammatical description, and classification (especially of North American indigenous languages) and focused on linguistic relativity, the second paradigm, developed in the 1960s, took advantage of new recording technology and new theoretical insights to examine language use in context, introducing new units of analysis such as the speech event. Although it was meant to be part of anthropology at large, it marked an intellectual separation from the rest of anthropology. The third paradigm, with its focus on identity formation, narrativity, and ideology, constitutes a new attempt to connect with the rest of anthropology by extending linguistic methods to the study of issues previously identified in other (sub)fields. Although each new paradigm has reduced the influence and appeal of the preceding one, all three paradigms persist today, and confrontation of their differences is in the best interest of the discipline.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@mastersthesis{Coupe1999,
title = {A Phonetic and phonological description of Ao : a language of Nagaland, north-east India},
author = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
isbn = {9780858835191},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-01-01},
abstract = {The aim of this work is to provide a comprehensive description of the phonetic and phonological features of Ao, a Tibeto-Burman language spoken in the hill state of Nagaland, north-east India. The description is primarily based upon the data of three native speakers, and the language under study is a variety of the Mongsen dialect spoken in Waromung village, situated in the Mokokchung district. This is the first extensive acoustic description of a language belonging to the Kuki-Chin-Naga branch of the Tibeto-Burman family. The study describes the phonotactic structure, phonology, articulatory phonetics, acoustic phonetics and tone system of the Mongsen dialect of Ao, illustrating how instrumental techniques can be used to corroborate and quantify the auditory analysis of an undescribed language. Methodology is described in detail and the findings are correlated with what is known cross-linguistically about aspects of the language being investigated. It is hoped that this work will be of benefit to scholars who wish to write descriptions of related languages and comparativists who are interested in clarifying the genetic relationships holding between the Tibeto-Burman languages of north-east India. It is also hoped that the monograph will be of relevance to a wider linguistic audience, in particular typologists and phonologists interested in the study of phonological systems and the characteristics of tone in less well-known languages of the region.},
type = {Thesis},
keywords = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {mastersthesis}
}
@article{Pham1999,
title = {Cognate Objects in Vietnamese Transitive Verbs},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-01-01},
journal = {Toronto Working Papers in Linguistics},
volume = {17},
abstract = {It is commonly assumed that a verb with a cognate object is basically intransitive. This paper argues that in Vietnamese, there are two types of cognate objects: one is comprised of direct cognate objects, the other of indirect cognate objects. The two types occupy two different positions in transitive verbs and behave differently from each other. The positing of indirect cognate objects correctly predicts that (i) in a ditransitive verb, a cognate object cannot occur if there are already two regular objects; (ii) Vietnamese cognate objects can occur with unaccusative verbs and behave differently with unergative verbs. The paper provides new evidence for the claim that cognate objects are arguments, and shows that cognate objects can also be indirect objects.},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pham1999b,
title = {Vietnamese reduplication. Phonetics-phonology mismatch of tones},
author = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-01-01},
journal = {Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Canadian Linguistics Association},
pages = {225-236},
keywords = {Andrea Hoa Pham},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Frellesvig1999,
title = {The prosodic shape of -mono derivatives in Kyoto Japanese},
author = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
doi = {10.1080/03740463.1999.10415464},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-01-01},
journal = {Acta Linguistica Hafniensia},
volume = {31},
number = {1},
pages = {91-124},
abstract = {In Japanese, nouns may be derived from verbs by means of the suffix -mono. In Kyoto Japanese, this suffix exhibits interesting prosodic properties which hitherto have not been remarked upon in the literature: -mono derivatives form a systematic exception to the regularity whereby a complex word has the word tone of its initial constituent; this is preliminarily exemplified in (1) (in (1) and (2), phonetic high pitch is represented by boldface; see immediately below about the phonological interpretation): (1) kaimono ‘shopping’.},
keywords = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1999,
title = {The communal defence of threatened environments and identities},
author = {Collin Williams},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-01-01},
journal = {Geografski vestnik},
volume = {71},
number = {12},
pages = {105-120},
abstract = {ABSTRACT The communal defence of threatened environments and identities The article discusses the the recent environmental movements referring to threatened places and identi- ties. It tries to find out some relations between ecologocal and nationalistic ideas. Due to a process of territorial restructuring and socio-political transformation in order to adjust to a new European order it is necessary to protect the places where the national groups live. The national identity derives from living environment which is the source of material and spiritual goods. KEY WORDS environmentalism, national groups, autonomy, social movements, identity IZVLE^EK},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Perrin1999,
title = {Basic pattern of journalistic writing},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Perrin1999b,
title = {"You can no longer kill your own darlings". The buffer-supported text reproduction in the journalistic work process},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-01-01},
pages = {159–180},
publisher = {Lang},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin1999bb,
title = {Why it suddenly "works". Writing process diagnostics in journalistic writing},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-01-01},
pages = {73–93},
publisher = {Luchterhand},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Perrin1999bb,
title = {Where the text breaks come from. The influence of the writing process on the language in the usage text},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-01-01},
journal = {Zeitschrift für Deutsche Sprache},
volume = {2},
pages = {134–155},
abstract = {How and why do linguistic gaps, breaks and contradictions find in a text? - This essay shows the influence of the writing process on the language of a journalistic text. Chapter 1 outlines the method used to record writing processes in the workplace, the progression analysis. Chapter 2 demonstrates the working technique of the case study, the buffer-supported text reproduction. Chapter 3 shows the traces of this working technique in the finished text, breaks in coherence at the seams of the patchwork. For the presented case, connections between the workplace, the repertoire of the applied writing strategies and the language of the text product become visible and assessable. How and why do linguistic gaps.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin1999bb,
title = {Where the breaks in the text come from. The influence of the writing process on the language in the utility text},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-01-01},
journal = {Zeitschrift Für Deutsche Sprache},
volume = {2},
pages = {134 - 155},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin1999bb,
title = {Where the textbooks come from - The influence of the writing process on language in a journalistic text},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-01-01},
journal = {German language},
volume = {27},
number = {2},
pages = {134-155},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Lupke1999,
title = {Das Kaninchen mit der Taschenuhr - Aspekte der Kategorisierung im Bambara},
author = {Friederike Lupke},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-01-01},
keywords = {Friederike Lüpke},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Benjamin1999,
title = {Temiar Kinship Terminology: A Linguistic and Formal Analysis},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-01-01},
journal = {AKASS Heritage Paper Series},
volume = {1},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann1999,
title = {Review of Nakdimon Shabbethay Doniach and Ahuvia Kahane},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-01-01},
journal = {International Journal of Lexicography},
volume = {12},
pages = {325-346},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Tsimpli1999b,
title = {Null Operators, Clitics and Identification: A Comparison between Greek and English},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
doi = {10.1007/978-94-015-9177-5_13},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-01-01},
urldate = {1999-01-01},
pages = {241-262},
publisher = {Springer, Dordrecht},
abstract = {The aim of this article is to discuss the properties of English and Greek constructions involving null and overt operators. Assuming that operator-variable structures are LF objects, differences in the overt/null realisation of the operator and/or the element in the position of the variable between the two languages will be argued to stem from independent differences in the properties of the Case and the Agreement systems. The underlying motivation for this correlation between Case and Agreement, on one hand, and the properties of A’-chains, on the other, is claimed to be the identification requirement on A’-bound empty categories.
},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@bachelorthesis{Mannheim1999,
title = {El arado del tiempo: poética quechua y formación nacional},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-01-01},
urldate = {1999-01-01},
journal = {Revista Andina},
volume = {17},
number = {1},
pages = {15-54},
abstract = {En The language of the Inka since the European invasion (1991), sostuve que los descendientes de los Inkas, los hablantes contemporáneos del quechua surperuano, forman" una nación acorralada", para usar una frase de José María Arguedas." Una nación acorralada" en dos sentidos: Primero, y de manera más obvia, los quechuas surperuanos viven en un mundo institucional que tiene como mediador el lenguaje de sus conquistadores, el castellano. Los conquistadores trajeron con ellos no sólo a curas e intérpretes, sino también a un notario público que tenía la tarea de apuntar los protocolos legales de la conquista. Desde ese momento, los indígenas de los Andes se convertían en objetos de discursos circundantes que dieron forma no sólo a la política colonial y nacional hacia la gente indígena, sino que también-en los campos legales y comerciales-determinaban los destinos de hogares y comunidades individuales.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@inbook{Mannheim1999b,
title = {Hacia una mitografía andina},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
editor = {Juan-Carlos Godenzzi},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-01-01},
urldate = {1999-01-01},
pages = {47-79},
publisher = {Centro de Estudios Regionales Andinos" Bartolomé de las Casas"},
abstract = {Roman Jakobson (1991 [1984]: 94), en sus reflexiones publicadas póstumamente acerca de Saussure, recordó su encuentro con un narrador campesino ruso, llevado a cabo 60 años antes. Jakobson recordó que el narrador tenía un talento extraño que le permitía reformular los cuentos tradicionales dándoles una forma diferente y personal. Jakobson observó que el narrador era totalmente “incapaz de relatar estos cuentos como monólogos”.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Keating1999b,
title = {Contesting representations of gender stratification in Pohnpei, Micronesia},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.1080/00141844.1999.9981608},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-01-01},
urldate = {1999-01-01},
journal = {Ethnos},
volume = {64},
number = {3-4},
pages = {350-371},
abstract = {Both space and language are resourcesin the production of social hierarchies. In Pohnpei, Micronesia, the social categorization of space in the feasthouse creates a map of the social order that includes a subordinate identity for women, that of a wife whose status depends on her husband's. However, women orators at feasts discursively subvert characterizations of women's status as contingent on men. The orators invoke a more complex range of gendered subject positions than are expressed spatially, including women's multiple identities as mother, sister, and wife. This article examines how gendered space in the Pohnpeian feasthouse relates to gendered discourse and discourse about gender. The tension between the spatial representation of women's status and the discursive one indicates that the production of social stratification is a dynamic and interactive process in Pohnpei, entailing contradiction as well as confirmation within and across semiotic modalities.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Englund1999,
title = {The Self in Self-Interest: Land, Labour and Temporalities in Malawi's Agrarian Change},
author = {Harri Englund},
doi = {10.2307/1161080},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-01-01},
urldate = {1999-01-01},
journal = {Africa},
volume = {69},
number = {1},
abstract = {Cet article examine les contrats de main-d'œuvre agricole et la production des ménages dans le District de Dedza, au Malawi. En apparence, l'appauvrissement croissant crée des conditions propices à de profonds changements sociaux. Dans l'agriculture, ce sont les contrats à petite échelle, et non les grandes équipes de travail, qui mobilisent la masse de la main-d'œuvre “extradomestique”. Bien qu'ils soient payés en numéraire ou en nature, les ouvriers ont le plus souvent une parenté directe ou par alliance avec le recruteur. Ce modéle ne correspond done pas bien à l'idée selon laquelle, d'une part, la main-d'œuvre est une marchandise et, d'autre part, que les individus ne sont pas interdépendants. Toute affirmation concernant les changements de valeurs doit s'accompagner d'une analyse précise de la personne. Parmi les villageois du District de Dedza, la notion du soi dans les idiomes de moralité révèle que les rapports sociaux sont à Porigine des intérêts de l'individu. En recrutant de la main-d'œuvre, les riches villageois laissent transparaître les rapports qu'ils privilégient. Ces observations mettent en garde contre l'opinion selon laquelle la “réforme agraire” est un processus uniforme et téléologique dans lequel Pachat et la vente de main-d'œuvre impliquent ńecessairèment l'individualisme. Pour illustrer comment, dans de nombreux cas, les sentiments moraux constituent des phénomènes historiques, l'article étudie la situation difficile des réfugiés sans terres du District de Dedza. Sur fond d'exclusion matérielle et sociale, les contrats de main-d'œuvre agricole sont devenus une forme d'exploitation.
},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Roberts1999,
title = {A formal approach to “grammaticalization”},
author = {Ian Roberts and Anna Roussou},
doi = {10.1515/ling.37.6.1011},
year  = {1999},
date = {1999-01-01},
urldate = {1999-01-01},
journal = {Linguistics},
volume = {37},
issue = {6},
pages = {1011-1041},
abstract = {This paper presents an approach to the well-known diachronic phenomenon of grammaticalization in terms of a modified version of Chomsky's (1995. chapter 4) minimalist approach to syntax, combined with the general approach to language change outlined in Clark and Roberts (1993). The central idea that we follow is that grammaticalization involves the reanalysis of lexical material as functional material. We argue that the reason this kind of change is so common is that the reanalysis involves structural simplification, a kind of change that is preferred by the parameter-setting device, according to Clark and Roberts (1993). A number of well-known cases of grammaticalization are discussed the development of English modal auxiliaries, the development of agreement markers from pronouns, the development of negation and N-words, and the development of wh-pronouns. In the last two cases a different kind of simplification is involved the lexical subset principle, which requires lexical items to be interpreted in the smallest set of contexts consistent with the input. Both the lexical subset principle and the tendency toward structural simplification stem from the same property of computational conservativity that characterizes the parameter-setting device.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli1998,
title = {Modules and Quasi-Modules: Language and Theory of Mind in a Polyglot Savant},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Neil Smith},
doi = {10.1016/S1041-6080(99)80130-7},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-12-31},
urldate = {1998-12-31},
journal = {Learning and Individual Differences},
volume = {10},
number = {3},
pages = {193-215},
abstract = {This report provides further evidence from the polyglot savant, Christopher, for the nature of Theory of Mind. In particular, we exploit a distinction between modules as classically defined (Fodor, 1983), and “quasi-modules.” While the latter have the domain-specificity of modules, they are not informationally encapsulated and they exploit a nonperceptual vocabulary. We report the results of Christopher's performance on a variety of false-belief tasks, showing that differences inherent in the various tasks allow for an explanation of his apparently inconsistent behavior, which in turn provides evidence for the “quasi-modularity” of his Theory of Mind.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Keating1998,
title = {Power Sharing: Language, Rank, Gender and Social Space in Pohnpei, Micronesia},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
isbn = {9780195111972},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-12-03},
urldate = {1998-12-03},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
abstract = {What allows certain individuals and groups to maintain control over the actions and lives of others? Linguistic anthropologist Elizabeth Keating went to the island of Pohnpei, in Micronesia, and studied how people use language and other semiotic codes to reproduce and manipulate status differences. The result is this inside view of how language works to create power and social inequality. This book challenges widely held theories on the nature of social stratification, including women's roles in creating hierarchy.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Roberts1998,
title = {Have/Be Raising, Move F, and Procrastinate},
author = {Ian Roberts},
doi = {10.1162/002438998553671},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-12-01},
urldate = {1998-12-01},
journal = {Linguistic Inquiry},
volume = {29},
issue = {1},
pages = {113-125},
abstract = {This article proposes a simple modification to Chomsky's (1995:chap. 4) account of Move F(eature): that this operation is able to occur before Spell-Out. This idea has numerous potential consequences. Two theoretical consequences are explored here: that Move F corresponds to weak features and Move Category to strong features, and that Procrastinate is not required. The empirical motivation for overt Move F comes from Englishhave/be raising; it is argued that the auxiliaries are simple feature bundles moved as free riders with the overtly moved (weak) V-feature.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya1998,
title = {From Temporary Wife to Prostitute: Sexuality and Economic Change in Early Modern Southeast Asia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1353/jowh.2010.0225},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-12-01},
journal = {Journal of Women's History},
volume = {9},
number = {4},
pages = {11-34},
abstract = {The historical study of women and gender in Southeast Asia is relatively new, and has concentrated almost exclusively on the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. This article provides a deeper base to the discussion by examining changing attitudes toward sexual relationships between foreign men and local women during the early modern period. When Europeans arrived in the region in the early sixteenth century, they found that foreign traders commonly entered into a temporary marriage with local women who also helped them in trade. The rise of patriarchal states, penetration of elite values, increase in the number of foreign males, expansion of urban centers, and growth of prostitution acted together to change attitudes toward sexuality. Because foreigners increasingly preferred slaves or ex-slaves who could act as both servants and sexual partners, the status of the temporary wife was permanently eroded.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard1998,
title = {National stereotypes and language attitudes: The perception of British, American and Australian language and culture in Denmark},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1016/S0271-5309(98)00008-1},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-10-01},
urldate = {1998-10-01},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {18},
number = {4},
abstract = {In the literature on intercultural communication, stereotyping is often seen mainly as a potential obstruction for successful intergroup communication and therefore something which should be avoided if possible (see eg Scollon and Scollon, 1995). Lippmann (1965) argues, however, that stereotyping is necessary for otur orientation in the world. It is a way of simplifying and economizing and without this our perception of the world around us would be like the baby's,“one great, blooming, buzzing confusion”(p. 54). He defines stereotypes as mental concepts, pictures in our heads which govern the process of perception. In the modern world, he says, life is hurried and multifarious and intimate acquaintance is often impossible, and therefore “we notice a trait which marks a type, and fill in the rest of the picture by means of the stereotypes we carry about in our heads”(p. 59).},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini1998,
title = {Book Reviews The Transformation of British Politics},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1086/235131},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-09-01},
urldate = {1998-09-01},
journal = {The Journal of Modern History},
volume = {70},
number = {3},
pages = {685-688},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks1998,
title = {Comment il monte le chat ? en grimpant !*: L’acquisition de la référence spatiale en chinois, français et allemand LM et LE},
author = {Henriette Hendriks},
doi = {10.4000/aile.1454},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-09-01},
urldate = {1998-09-01},
journal = {Acquisition et interaction en langue étrangère},
pages = {147  - 190},
abstract = {This paper focuses on the acquisition of reference to space and has three main objectives : to examine the impact of phrasal and discourse factors on the acquisition process ; to distinguish between universal vs language specific aspects ; to study the impact of maturity on language acquisition. The data base consists of narratives produced on the basis of picture sequences in French, Chinese and German as a first and second language. The results show that both adult learners and children have trouble mastering the plurifunctionality of linguistic means and start out expressing only some of the functions (cf. Slobin’s operating principles). Whereas adult learners tend to express the discourse functions first, i.e., to make the distinction between new and given information or Figure and Ground, children tend to grasp the functions on a phrasal and purely referential level (using articles as the grammatical marker for number, gender and case). The language-specific mode of packaging spatial information has no overwhelming influence on first language acquisitio. This is in contrast to second language acquisition : adults have to acquire a new way of distributing spatial information whereas their conception of space seems fixed through the acquisition of their first language.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Sidnell1998,
title = {Collaboration and Contestation in a Dispute about Space in an Indo-Guyanese Village},
author = {Jack Sidnell},
doi = {10.1075/prag.8.3.04sid},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-09-01},
urldate = {1998-09-01},
journal = {Pragmatics},
volume = {8},
issue = {3},
pages = {315 - 338},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo1998,
title = {Review of 'Korle Meets the Sea: A Sociolinguistic History of Accra' (by M. E. Kropp Dakubu)},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-09-01},
journal = {Anthropological Linguistics},
volume = {40},
number = {2},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Frellesvig1998,
title = {A Case Study in Diachronic Phonology: The Japanese Onbin Sound Changes},
author = {Bjarke Frellesvig and Ann Wehmeyer},
doi = {10.2307/417852},
isbn = {9788772884899},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-09-01},
journal = {Language},
volume = {74},
number = {3},
pages = {681},
abstract = {This publication is a large-scale application of Henning Andersen's theory of language and language change; a theory built on both C.S. Pierce's semiotic conceptual apparatus and the structural lingustics of Roman Jakobson, including his particular theory of distinctive features. Implementing the above framework consistently in this book, the author provides a possible explanation and understanding of both the origin and the specific course of the so-called onbin sound changes in Japanese, revealing relevant and interesting features of a subject hiterto not well understood.},
keywords = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Frellesvig1998b,
title = {A Case Study in Diachronic Phonology: The Japanese Onbin Sound Changes},
author = {Bjarke Frellesvig and Ann Wehmeyer},
doi = {10.2307/417852},
isbn = {9788772884899},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-09-01},
journal = {Language},
volume = {74},
number = {3},
pages = {681},
abstract = {This publication is a large-scale application of Henning Andersen's theory of language and language change; a theory built on both C.S. Pierce's semiotic conceptual apparatus and the structural lingustics of Roman Jakobson, including his particular theory of distinctive features. Implementing the above framework consistently in this book, the author provides a possible explanation and understanding of both the origin and the specific course of the so-called onbin sound changes in Japanese, revealing relevant and interesting features of a subject hiterto not well understood.},
keywords = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Frellesvig1998b,
title = {A Case Study in Diachronic Phonology: The Japanese Onbin Sound Changes},
author = {Bjarke Frellesvig and Ann Wehmeyer},
doi = {10.2307/417852},
isbn = {9788772884899},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-09-01},
journal = {Language},
volume = {74},
number = {3},
pages = {681},
abstract = {This publication is a large-scale application of Henning Andersen's theory of language and language change; a theory built on both C.S. Pierce's semiotic conceptual apparatus and the structural lingustics of Roman Jakobson, including his particular theory of distinctive features. Implementing the above framework consistently in this book, the author provides a possible explanation and understanding of both the origin and the specific course of the so-called onbin sound changes in Japanese, revealing relevant and interesting features of a subject hiterto not well understood.},
keywords = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating1998b,
title = {Honor and Stratification in Pohnpei, Micronesia},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.1525/ae.1998.25.3.399},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-08-01},
urldate = {1998-08-01},
journal = {American Ethnologist},
volume = {25},
number = {3},
pages = {399-411},
abstract = {This article is an investigation of honor in a Micronesian society, particularly as it is constructed in language. I argue that honor is a set of practices through which people organize positive embodied attitudes about social hierarchy, according particularly high value to acts of self-depletion. A different notion of the self in the Pacific has implications for ideas about the universality of a personal notion of honor and suggests that the common element in Pohnpeian honor and that described for other societies is the link between honor and inequality or stratification, [honor, honorifics, Pohnpei, Pacific Islands, social stratification, language and culture].},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Weinberg1998,
title = {Praxis and Addiction: A Reply to Galliher},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
doi = {10.1111/0735-2751.00052},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-07-01},
urldate = {1998-07-01},
journal = {Sociological Theory},
volume = {16},
number = {2},
pages = {207-208},
abstract = {Galliher suggests my paper is guilty of four failings:(1) it is an" attack" on Alfred Lindesmith that is ideologically consistent with those mounted by Harry Anslinger and the Federal Bureau of Narcotics,(2) it misleadingly casts the" intimate relationship between physical reactions and human learning [in Lindesmith's theory of addiction] as a [mindbody] dualism,"(3) it ignores the" variable impact of drugs on the human actor depending on the cultural and symbolic context." and (4) it erroneously asserts that Lindesmith's commitment to the Blumerian position that" humans are... free from psychological determinism" is theoretically irreconcilable with Lindesmith's policy position that addicts' actions and interpretations are beyond their control. Let me rebut each of these claims in turn. Harry Anslinger was an early and active proponent of a federal war on drugs, and his attacks on Lindesmith were based on his commitment to prosecuting drug users as criminals rather than providing addicts with therapy. My article does not even vaguely imply an endorsement of this policy or the federal war on drugs. As did Lindesmith in his day, I abhor the prosecutorial frenzy embodied in the war on drugs and its transparently repressive, racist, and classist consequences. I favor socially sensitive modalities over strictly medical modalities of addiction treatment and feel that a praxiological understanding of human learning offers sounder theoretical grounding for such modalities than does Lindesmith's exclusively symbolic understanding of human learning. No doubt. Lindesmith's theory of addiction was a watershed achievement in American sociology.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim1998,
title = {The Dialogics of Southern Quechua},
author = {Bruce Mannheim and Krista Van Vleet},
doi = {10.1525/aa.1998.100.2.326},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-06-01},
urldate = {1998-06-01},
journal = {American Anthropologist},
volume = {100},
number = {2},
pages = {326-346 },
abstract = {Southern Quechua conversational narratives are dialogical in four senses. First, at the formal level, the narrative is produced between interlocutors; second, narrative embeds discourse within discourse by means of quotations or indirect discourse; third, implicit or hidden dialogue between texts is brought out through the intertextual reference to other coexisting narratives; and, fourth, there is a complex pattern of participation through which dialogue takes place not only between actual speaking individuals but between distinct, intersecting participant roles that evoke multiple interactional frameworks. Rigorous attention to each level allows us to integrate narrative analysis more closely into ethnographic study, in terms of both the social tactics of specific narrative events and the broader discursive frameworks that they illuminate.
},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim1998b,
title = {The Dialogic Emergence of Culture},
author = {Bruce Mannheim and John Attinasi and Paul Friedrich and Nicholas Ostler and Dennis Tedlock},
doi = {10.2307/417928},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-06-01},
urldate = {1998-06-01},
journal = {Language 74(2):432 DOI:},
volume = {74},
number = {2},
abstract = {Major figures in contemporary anthropology present a dialogic critique of ethnography. Moving beyond sociolinguistics and performance theory, and inspired by Bakhtin and by their own field experiences, the contributors revise notions of where culture actually resides. This pioneering effort integrates a concern for linguistic processes with interpretive approaches to culture. Culture and ethnography are located in social interaction. The collection contains dialogues that trace the entire course of ethnographic interpretation, from field research to publication. The authors explore an anthropology that actively acknowledges the dialogical nature of its own production. Chapters strike a balance between theory and practice and will also be of interest in cultural studies, literary criticism, linguistics, and philosophy.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Englund1998,
title = {Culture, Environment & the Enemies of Complexity},
author = {Harri Englund},
doi = {10.1080/03056249808704308},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-06-01},
urldate = {1998-06-01},
journal = {Review of African Political Economy},
volume = {25},
number = {76},
pages = {179-188},
abstract = {This article assesses recent debate regarding dimensions of post‐cold war conflict in Africa. It reviews the populist, and influential assertion that the ‘coming anarchy’, in Africa and elsewhere, is the result increasingly of clashes between cultures rather than states, and that these nation states necessarily give rise to primordial ethnicities. There continues to be a view that Africa's ills lie with overpopulation, environmental degradation and ethnic conflict. In contrast to the travel writing of authors like Kaplan nuanced perspectives challenging conventional wisdom can be underpinned by the force of anthropology and contemporary debates, relating to the new ecology and critiques of power.},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard1998b,
title = {Assessing National Stereotypes in Language Attitude Studies: The Case of Class-consciousness in Denmark},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1080/01434639808666351},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-05-01},
urldate = {1998-05-01},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {19},
number = {3},
pages = {182-198},
abstract = {In the literature on national cultures and cross-cultural communication, Denmark and Great Britain are frequently presented as bipolar opposites in terms of social-class distinctions and class-consciousness. Britain is referred to as a class-ridden society where the stigma of a non-standard accent is devastating; Denmark is presented as a country in which social-class distinctions are virtually non-existent. This paper presents results from a language attitude study in Denmark arguing that the views presented in the literature are often popular conceptions, or expressions of political correctness, which appear to have very little in common with people's private uncensored stereotypes. The attitude data suggest that, in Denmark, people are quite capable of assigning social-class membership, and other personal characteristics, to members of different regional and social groups. The paper concludes that the overt stereotype of equalisation and a 'classless orientation' presented in the literature may be explained by reference to political decision-making, but that this appears to tell us very little about the social realities of people's lives.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Englund1998b,
title = {Death, trauma and ritual: Mozambican refugees in Malawi},
author = {Harri Englund},
doi = {10.1016/S0277-9536(97)10044-2},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-05-01},
urldate = {1998-05-01},
journal = {Social Science [?] Medicine},
volume = {46},
number = {9},
pages = {1165-1174},
abstract = {For many non-governmental organizations, the treatment of war trauma among refugees has become a key issue in humanitarian assistance. There is, however, as yet little independent evaluation of the notions and therapeutic practices which inform humanitarian interventions in refugees' mental health. By drawing on intensive anthropological fieldwork, the paper problematizes two central issues in these interventions: the role of past experiences in refugees' present well-being, on the one hand, and the need to verbalize trauma in a therapy, on the other. An alternative approach to refugees' mental health draws on current theoretical insights into non-discursive bodily practices. The paper substantiates these insights by focusing on the therapeutic salience of funerals and spirit exorcism among Mozambican refugees in Malawi. By exorcizing the vengeful spirits of those who had died during the war, refugees were also healing their war traumas. It was not so much the loss as the difficulty in observing a full range of rituals that characterized refugees' predicament. The paper concludes by suggesting ways in which humanitarian assistance could utilize these insights.},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks1998b,
title = {Spatial reference in narratives of French school children: A crosslinguistic perspective},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Françoise Roland and Maya Hickmann},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-05-01},
urldate = {1998-05-01},
journal = {Langue française},
pages = {104 - 123},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Pauwels1998,
title = {Women changing language},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
isbn = {0-582-09962-5},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-04-01},
publisher = {Longman},
abstract = {This book is concerned with language planning and language reform. Language planning is a misleading term. Here it means “deliberate language change” or, more precisely,“coordinated measures taken to select, codify and, in some cases, to elaborate orthographic, grammatical, lexical, or semantic features of a language and to disseminate the corpus agreed upon”. The author starts from an unquestioned and unquestionable feminist perspective. Objections to that perspective are not ignored but are examined, discussed and then overruled: language is sexist and reflects the sexes’ unequal status. The author of this book, and many others with her, question what can and should be done about it. Feminist language planning stems more from political motivation than pure linguistic motivation. It involves analysis of the problem followed by modification, replacement, and/or creation of new language forms and expressions.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Andaya1998b,
title = {To Live as Brothers: Southeast Sumatra in the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Jeffrey Hadler},
doi = {10.2307/2659091},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-02-01},
journal = {Journal of Asian Studies - J ASIAN STUD},
volume = {57},
number = {1},
abstract = {Andaya (Asian studies, U. of Hawaii) examines how the arrival of the Dutch and English impacted the relationship between two kingdoms in Sumatra, the Jambi and the Palembang, who had a long history of cyclical hostility and reconciliation. She focuses on three themes culled from legends and folklore.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Coupe1998,
title = {The acoustic and perceptual features of tone in the Tibeto-Burman language Ao Naga},
author = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-01-01},
booktitle = {The acoustic and perceptual features of tone in the Tibeto-Burman language Ao Naga},
volume = {30},
number = {4},
abstract = {The tonemes of the Waromung Mongsen dialect of Ao Naga, a Tibeto-Burman of northeast India, are described with respect to their auditory and acoustic features. Even though rather small FO differences are found to separate each contrasting toneme, the results of a perception test nevertheless demonstrate that these small differences are perceptually salient to a native speaker and are readily identifiable.},
keywords = {Alexander Robertson Coupe},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@book{Prasithrathsint1998,
title = {Sociolinguistics},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-01-01},
volume = {10},
number = {2},
publisher = {Bangkok: Chulalongkorn University Press.(in Thai)},
abstract = {A review of thirty-one pieces of work on language problems in Thailand with reference to social factors shows that in Thailand itself interest in dealing with language in its social context started about 40 years before the first sociolinguistic study of Thai was done at the beginning of the 1970s. The studies in the last two decades (from 1970 to the present time) follow two major trends in sociolinguistics: study of linguistic variation by relating it to social factors and study of language problems from a macrosociolinguistic point of view. However, sociolinguistic studies of languages in Thailand in the 1980s, when compared to those in the 1970s, seem to be more specific in purpose, more limited in scope, cover more varied topics and deal with more languages other than Bangkok Thai or Standard Thai.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Omar1998,
title = {The Encyclopedia of Malaysia: Languages and Literature (Encyclopedia of Malaysia)},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9789813018525},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-01-01},
publisher = {Archipelago Press.},
abstract = {An in-depth study of the language and literature of Malaysia. As a multilingual nation, there is a lot to discover from language planning and social varieties as well as how these are presented in the nation's literature.},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Omar1998b,
title = {Concepts of Conflict, War, and Peace in the Malay Language},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {978-9839705970},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-01-01},
number = {119 pages},
publisher = {Akademi Pengajian Melayu, Universiti Malaya},
abstract = {Conflict amd war are aspects of human behaviour and have been so from time immemorial. Every day we hear of events involving people in various types of conflict in all levels of society. A conflict may result from jealousy or petty misunderstanding among family members, interest groups, or even colleagues in the same profession. It may also be triggered by something more serious, such as territorial rivalry which may escalate into armed conflicts between different sovereign nations. People who perpetrate conflict may also be those who seek peace but have different ways of achieving this objective.

This book is an analysis of concepts that form the nuclei of the meanings that underlie the various words denoting conflict, war and peace in the Malay language. It opens a window to an understanding of the way speakers of the Malay language perceive those concepts. },
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Williams1998,
title = {Community language regeneration: Realising the potential},
author = {Collin Williams and Jeremy Evas},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-01-01},
journal = {Retrieved April},
volume = {23},
pages = {2017},
abstract = {1 The research reported here was sponsored by the Welsh Language Board. A summary report (40 pages) together with the complete Welsh language copy of the larger research report, The Community Research Project, by CH Williams and J. Evas (1997) may be obtained by accessing our department’s Web Site: http://www. cf. ac. uk/uwcc/cymraeg/ymchwil.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin1998,
title = {Computer-aided text production in the journalistic domain},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Perrin1998b,
title = {Analysing text progression at the writer’s workplace. A theory-based tool for the coach},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin1998bb,
title = {Writing research and journalistic text optimization},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Perrin1998bb,
title = {"Where are you going back here?" Systematically optimize hypermedia learning text},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-01-01},
pages = {77–99},
publisher = {UVK},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Perrin1998bb,
title = {From metacrawlers and hypertexts},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-01-01},
pages = {150–161},
publisher = {Campus},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Perrin1998bb,
title = {Series of articles "Workshop Creative Writing"},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-01-01},
journal = {Sage und Schreibe. Die Fachzeitschrift für Medienberufe},
volume = {9, 10, 11, 12},
number = {98},
pages = {25-31, 35-41, 25-31, 27-33},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin1998bb,
title = {Optimizing journalistic writing strategies},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pierson1998,
title = {Stereotypes of the elderly and evaluations of patronizing speech},
author = {Herbert Pierson and Howard Giles and Jake Harwood and Richard Clément},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-01-01},
urldate = {1998-01-01},
pages = {151 - 186},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Tsimpli1998b,
title = {Individual and Functional Readings for Focus, Wh- and Negative Operators evidence from greek},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
doi = {10.1075/cilt.159.13tsi},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-01-01},
urldate = {1998-01-01},
pages = {197-228},
publisher = {John Benjamins BV},
abstract = {1. Introduction In Greek, a wh-XP, a focus XP (f-XP) and a negative polarity item (N PI) car be overtly raised to clause initial position. This is shown in the following examples:(1) a. pjon ioe o Stefanos? whom saw-3s the-nom Stefanos ‘Whom did Stefanos see?’b. TON STEFANO ioe iMaria the-ace Stefano saw-3s the-nom Maria ‘It was Stefano that Maria saw.’c. KANENA den ioe o Petros. nobody not saw-3s the-nom Petros ‘Petros didn’t see anyone.’(la) is an example of wh-movement found in a large number of languages and traditionally analysed as involving an A'-Chain with the wh-constituent in SpecCP binding a variable in the base position (Browning 1987, Chomsky 1986).(lb) is an example of focus-movement found in languages such as Ko-rean (Choe 1987), Hungarian (Brody 1990, Horvath 1986, Kiss 1995a, 1995b) and Greek (Agouraki 1990, Tsimpli 1990, 1995) and analysed as being also an instance of Operator-movement to the specifier position of a Focus Phrase (FP).(1c) is an instance of focus-movement of the NPI to the SpecFP position too (Tsimpli & Roussou 1996). The NPI is assumed to be a negative operator by virtue of its semantic properties as well as the operator position which it. Some of this material has been presented in the Goettingen Workshop on Focus, in March 1995 and the 6th Colloquium on Generative Grammar 1996, in Valencia. I am gratefiil to the audiences there and in particular to Misi Brody, Katalin Kiss, Jamal Ouhalla and Maria-Luisa Zubizarretta for their helpful comments and suggestions. All errors and inadequacies remain my own.

},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Mannheim1998c,
title = {Time, not the syllables, must be counted: Quechua parallelism, word meaning, and cultural analysis},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-01-01},
urldate = {1998-01-01},
journal = {Michigan Discussions in Anthropology},
volume = {13},
pages = {245 - 287},
abstract = {In the early seventeenth century, a Native Peruvian provincial lord, Juan de Santa Cruz Pachacuti Yamqui wrote an account of Inka dynastic mythology, in which he included ritual poetry, such as the following invocation of the deity Wiraqucha.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Mannheim1998d,
title = {A nation surrounded},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-01-01},
urldate = {1998-01-01},
pages = {381-418},
publisher = {Dumbarton Oaks},
abstract = {IN The Language of the Inka since the European Invasion (1991), I argued that the descendants of the Inkas, modern Southern Peruvian Quechua speakers, are “a nation surrounded,” to use a phrase from the Peruvian novelist José María Arguedas (1968: 296), in two senses: first and more obviously, Southern Peruvian Quechuas live in an institutional world mediated by the language of their conquerors, Spanish. The conquistadores brought along not only priests and interpreters but a public notary whose job it was to record the legal protocols of conquest. From that moment on, native Andeans became the objects of encompassing discourses that have not only shaped colonial and national policies toward the native peoples but, in the legal and commercial arenas, also determined the fates of individual households and communities. For example, the judicial proceedings through which native lands passed into the possession of Spanish colonists were held in Spanish, and the archives are rife with cases in which even the notices of the proceedings were served on native Andean communities in Spanish. In modern Peru, Spanish continues to be dominant and Quechua politically subordinate, so much so that Quechua and Spanish speakers alike find it unremarkable and take it for granted. The second sense in which Quechuas are “a nation surrounded” is that the modern linguistic homogeneity of Southern Peru, in which the vast majority of the population speaks Quechua, was also achieved under colonial rule.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Mannheim1998e,
title = {Cross talk},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
doi = {10.1525/jlin.1997.7.2.216},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-01-01},
urldate = {1998-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {7},
number = {2},
pages = {216-220},
abstract = {At a lecture at Yale (or so the story goes) Roman Jakobson presented a vir-tuoso microanalysis of a poem by Mayakovsky. At the end of his lecture, someone stood up and challenged Jakobson's analysis, remarking that" Mayakovsky couldn't possibly have meant that in the poem." This gave Jakobson an opening." Ah, perhaps you have spoken to Mayakovsky more recently than I have," bringing down the house." But when I presented this very analysis to Mayakovsky so many years ago, he replied, That's won-derful; that's exactly what I meant.'" A reply to a review (always a troublesome genre) becomes all the more so when the review is of an edited collection. The author of a work has no special privilege with which to say what he or she meant, apart from the work under discussion.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating1998c,
title = {A woman's role in constructing status hierarchies: Using honorific language in Pohnpei, Micronesia},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.1515/ijsl.1998.129.103},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-01-01},
urldate = {1998-01-01},
journal = {International Journal of the Sociology of Language},
volume = {1998},
number = {129},
pages = {103-116},
abstract = {This paper examines how power and status relations are created and negotiated through honorific language among the Pohnpeian people of Micronesia. It argues that women play a crucial role in constructing and legitimizing status asymmetries. Excerpts from transcripts of videotaped interactions are shown to illustrate how women play an active role in structuring social space according to rank, and in shaping and mediating interpretations of ongoing interaction.},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks1998c,
title = {Reference to person and space in narrative discourse: a comparison of adult second language and child first language acquisition},
author = {Henriette Hendriks},
year  = {1998},
date = {1998-01-01},
urldate = {1998-01-01},
journal = {Stud. Ital. Linguist. Teor. Appl},
volume = {27},
pages = {67 - 86},
abstract = {This paper focuses on the acquisition of Gerrnan and Chinese linguistic devices necessary for the expression of reference to person and space by adult learners (L2 acquisition) as compared to children (L1 acquisition). Particular attention is paid to how both types of learners introduce protagonists and their locations and maintain reference to them at the sentence and discourse levels. Data consist of narratives produced in a situation of no mutual knowledge, on the basis of two picture sequences by: (1) 4- to 10-year-old monolingual Chinese and German children; (2) monolingual Chinese and German adults; (3) Chinese adults learning German at 4 different proficiency levels. Results in previous studies on L1 acquisition show that children do not distinguish given vs. new information until relatively late. They furthermore show differences in how children begin to mark this distinction across languages, depending on the means available in the language they are acquiring. It was also found that marking information status is more consistent for reference to person than for reference to space. Results in this study show that L2 learners mark information status from the earliest proficiency level on. A progression is found only in the correctness of forms (i.e., less gender and case errors with proficiency). Differences between reference to person and space in the marking of information status is less clear than in the L1 data but still present. The discussion focuses on how the two kinds of knoledge on the one hand, and language-specific differences on the other hand affect the developmental course of L2 vs. L1 learners.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating1997,
title = {Do You See What I Mean: Plains Indians Sign Talk and the Embodiment of Action.:Do You See What I Mean: Plains Indians Sign Talk and the Embodiment of Action},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.1525/jlin.1997.7.2.226},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-12-01},
urldate = {1997-12-01},
journal = {Journal of Linguistic Anthropology},
volume = {7},
number = {2},
pages = {226-227},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell1997,
title = {Phonology and Phonetic Evidence: Papers in Laboratory Phonology IV},
author = {Bruce Connell and Stefan A. Frisch and Amalia Arvaniti},
doi = {10.2307/417385},
isbn = {9780521482592},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-12-01},
journal = {Language },
volume = {73},
number = {4},
pages = {908},
abstract = {The work published in Phonology and Phonetic Evidence presents an integrated phonetics-phonology approach in what has now become an established field, laboratory phonology. The volume is divided into three sections. Part I deals with the status and role of features in phonological representations; Part II, on prosody, contains, amongst others, two papers which present for the first time detailed acoustic and perceptual evidence on the rhythm rule; and Part III, on articulatory organisation, includes several papers which from different perspectives test hypotheses derived from articulatory phonology, thereby testifying to the great influence this theory has exerted in recent years. This, the fourth in the series of Papers in Laboratory Phonology, will be welcomed by all those interested in phonetics, phonology and their interface.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya1997,
title = {Recreating a vision; Daratan and Kepulauan in historical context},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1163/22134379-90003911},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-10-01},
journal = {Bijdragen tot de taal-, land-en volkenkunde},
volume = {153},
number = {4},
pages = {483-508},
abstract = {What makes the province of Riau distinctive in the water-linked, island rich Indonesian environment is not so much the combination of hinterland, island, rivers and ocean covered by its 94,562 square kilometers as the fact that this area falls naturally into two major divisions. On the one hand is Riau daratan, which comprises the watersheds of four important river systems on the east Sumatran mainland (the R? kan, Kampar, Siak, and Inderagiri) as well as the immediate offshore islands; on the other is Riau kepulauan made up of more than three thousand small islands, many uninhabited, that stretch from the Strait of Malacca across the South China Sea to Borneo. },
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Haberland1997,
title = {Natural language and artificial technology-it ain't necessarily so},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1109/CT.1997.617677},
isbn = {0-8186-8084-9},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-09-25},
urldate = {1997-09-25},
booktitle = {Proceedings Second International Conference on Cognitive Technology Humanizing the Information Age},
pages = {27-30},
publisher = {IEEE Xplore},
abstract = {The paper takes its point of departure in issues that have been discussed previously by the author (H. Haberland, 1995; 1996, 1997). In these contributions, the author has tried to explore the implications of some obvious parallels between the linguistic discipline of pragmatics (H. Haberland and J.L. Mey, 1977; J. Verschueren, 1987) and the concept of cognitive technology as explicated by B. Gorayska and J.L. Mey (1996), and B. Gorayska and J. Marsh (1996).},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@book{Frellesvig1997,
title = {Japan and Korea: Contemporary Studies},
author = {Bjarke Frellesvig and Roy Starrs},
isbn = {87 7288 689 7},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-09-19},
publisher = {Aarhus University Press},
abstract = {This wide-ranging, multidisciplinary collection of essays represents the latest scholarship on Japan from the Nordic countries as well as other parts of Europe and from the USA, Canada, Korea and Japan itself. The full range of contemporary Japan studies is covered here, from history, literature and philosophy to sociology, political science and linguistics. Within each discipline there is a rich diversity of offerings. Also represented are essays on the Korean language and on the Ryukyuan language.},
keywords = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Fina1997,
title = {An analysis of Spanish bien as a marker of classroom management in teacher-student interaction},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1016/S0378-2166(97)00003-9},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-09-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {28},
number = {3},
pages = {337-354},
abstract = {This paper analyzes the function of the Spanish marker bien in classroom interaction. It is argued that bien has two main functions: a transitional and an evaluative one. Transitional bien is used to signal upcoming transitions between or within activities, while evaluative bien is used to signal a positive response by the teacher in the feedback move of an initiation/response/feedback cycle. Thus, transitional bien is essentially a contextualization cue since by signalling changes in classroom activities it leads to realignments and redefinitions of the situation by participants. The use of bien in classroom discourse is compared to its use in conversation and similarities and differences are discussed. It is argued that the study of markers within specific ‘language games’ can provide important elements to general analyses of the same markers since it allows an investigation of the situational variables that influence variations in their function and meaning.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli1997,
title = {Reply to Bates},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Neil Smith},
doi = {10.1177/136700699700100205},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-09-01},
urldate = {1997-09-01},
journal = {International Journal of Bilingualism},
volume = {1},
number = {2},
pages = {180-186},
abstract = {We appreciate Elizabeth Bates ' (B hereinafter) lengthy and critical review of our book, and we are grateful for this opportunity to reply. Our response will be in part concessionary and in part clarificatory, but there will remain a substantial area of disagreement, where we think that the evidence supports our original position on the status of linguistic knowledge and its implications. We are happy to agree that Christopher is not as cognitively disadvantaged as some of the savants discussed in the literature, and that his non-linguistic abilities make him in certain respects "equivalent to a normal child between 5-10 years of age " (p.4). B uses this observation to argue against our claim that C's case constituted a refutation of the idea that there are 'cognitive prerequisites ' to first language acquisition, suggesting that "the amount and type of cognition required to learn a grammar cannot be more than... 1.5 [to] 3 years of age " (ibid). Further, B argues that the dissociation Christopher manifests between language and visuo-spatial cognition has no implications for innateness or modularity, but may lend support to a modularisation hypothesis (a la Karmiloff-Smith, 1992). This latter possibility in particular is claimed to be more compatible with what is known about brain plasticity than an approach based on modularity of the kind made famous by Fodor (1983). We wish to make several points. First, C's performance is somewhat more skewed than B suggests:},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell1997b,
title = {Moribund languages of the Nigeria-Cameroon borderland},
author = {Bruce Connell},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-08-29},
journal = {Symposium on Language Endangerment in Africa Leipzig},
abstract = {Nigeria and Cameroon are recognized as being the two most linguistically heterogeneous countries in Africa; indeed with 700 - 800 languages between them (roughly 12% of the world's languages), they constitute one of the most linguistically diverse areas in the world, despite having well below 1% of the world's population. The borderland shared by these countries is perhaps their most densely populated area, linguistically speaking. It might come as no surprise then that today we find this to be region with a relatively high incidence of language endangerment. Figures gleaned from Grimes (1996), supplemented by information from Crozier and Blench (1992) and my own field notes help to confirm this supposition. For a number of reasons, however, these figures must be treated as offering an impression only, rather than hard fact. First, I have arbitrarily chosen a cut-off point of approximately 1,000 speakers as being the `endangered' marker; yet it is not all that difficult to find
languages with fewer than 1,000 speakers that are relatively vital (at least according to their speakers), nor, on the other hand, is it difficult to find
languages with well over 1,000 speakers that might be considered to be endangered, or dying out. Second, censuses in both Nigeria and
Cameroon are frequently flawed, for a variety of reasons. And third, for a great many languages no population estimates are available.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pierson1997,
title = {Young People's Beliefs About Intergenerational CommunicationAn Initial Cross-Cultural Comparison},
author = {Herbert Pierson and Angie Williams and Hiroshi Ota and Howard Giles and Cynthia Gallois and Sik-Hung Ng and Tae Seop Lim and Ellen Bouchard Ryan and Lilnabeth Somera and John Maher and Debra Cai and Jake Harwood},
doi = {10.1177/009365097024004003},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-08-01},
urldate = {1997-08-01},
journal = {Communication Research},
volume = {24},
number = {4},
pages = {370-393},
abstract = {This article examines young people's perceptions of their conversations with older people (age 65-85) across nine cultures−five Eastern and four Western. Responses from more than 1,000 participants were entered into a crossnational factor analysis, which revealed four initial factors that underlie perceptions of intergenerational conversations. Elder nonaccommodation was when young participants reported that older people negatively stereotyped the young and did not attend to their communication needs. On the other hand, elder accommodation was when older people were perceived as supportive, attentive and generally encouraging to young people. A third factor was respect/obligation and a fourth factor labeled age-irrelevant positivity described a situation where young people felt conversations with much older people were emotionally positive and satisfying, age did not matter. Examining cross-cultural differences, some East versus West differences were observed, as might be expected, on the basis of simplistic accounts of Eastern collectivism versus Western individualism. However, the results challenge commonsense notions of the status of old age in Eastern versus Western cultures. On some dimensions, participants from Korea, Japan, People's Republic of China, Hong Kong, and the Philippines appear to have relatively less positive perceptions of their conversations with older people than the Western cultures−the United States, Australia, New Zealand and Canada. But there was also evidence of considerable cultural variability, particularly among Eastern cultures−variability that has heretofore all too often been glossed over when global comparisons of East versus West are made. A range of explanations for these cultural differences is explored and implications for older people in these societies are also considered.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Weinberg1997,
title = {Lindesmith on Addiction: A Critical History of a Classic Theory},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
doi = {10.1111/0735-2751.00029},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-07-01},
urldate = {1997-07-01},
journal = {Sociological Theory},
volume = {15},
number = {2},
pages = {150 - 161},
abstract = {The evolution of Alfred Lindesmith's classic theory of addiction is analyzed as a product of the particular intellectual currents and controversies in and for which it was developed. These include the conflicts that pitted qualitative against quantitative sociology; the fledgling discipline of sociology against medicine, psychiatry, and psychology; and advocates of therapy for addicts against those who would simply punish them. By casting the meaningful experience of drug effects exclusively in terms of symbolically mediated mental representations of brute physiological sensations, Lindesmith's theory posits an epistemologically untenable dualism between mental and bodily perception that unnecessarily limits the explanatory scope of sociological research. As an alternative to this dualism, a praxiological approach to the meaning of drug-induced behavior and experience is proposed.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Keating1997b,
title = {Honorific possession: Power and language in Pohnpei, Micronesia},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404500020923},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-07-01},
urldate = {1997-07-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {26},
number = {2},
pages = {247 - 268},
abstract = {Mental categorization schemes, such as noun classification systems, can be productive sites for examining how experience is meaningfully and culturally structured through metaphorical and metonymic associations. Pohnpeian possessive classifiers not only constitute cultural categories of rank and power relations, but dynamically re-sort or re-classify these categories through honorific speech. Linguistic and interactional data are here combined with ethnographic data about Pohnpeian society and cultural beliefs, particularly notions about the meaning and construction of ranked social relationships, to show how micro-interactions which index status are linked both to larger cultural ideologies about power and, metaphorically, to the experiential domain. (Pohnpei, Micronesia, honorifics, status, metaphor, possessive constructions)},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini1997,
title = {Religion and political culture in Britain and Ireland. From the Glorious Revolution to the decline of empire},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1017/S0022046900015621},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-07-01},
urldate = {1997-07-01},
journal = {The Journal of Ecclesiastical History},
volume = {48},
number = {3},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo1997,
title = {On Language and Development in Africa: The Case of Ghana},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-07-01},
abstract = {In their search for solutions to the development problems of Africa, students of African development have often ignored linguistic and other socio-cultural resources (Prah 1993). When linguistic issues are addressed at all, the fact that there is a multiplicity of languages in African countries is often seen as a hindrance to the development of the continent. This paper focuses on the relationship between language and development and offers a specific proposal for addressing issues of language policy and planning in Africa. Taking the language situation in Ghana as a case study, a model of development communication and education termed localized trilingualism is proposed; a model, it is believed, will enable Africa to harness its multilingual resources for accelerated and sustainable socio-cultural, economic and technological development in the 21st century.},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels1997bb,
title = {Of Mses, chairmen and retromen: linguistic change in the media and the community. Gender inclusive language use.},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
issn = {1320-2251},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-07-01},
journal = {Australian Language Matters},
volume = {5},
number = {3},
pages = {3},
abstract = {Audiovisual material available from this site has been copied and communicated to you under a Screenrights licence pursuant to Section 113P of the Copyright Act 1968 solely for the educational purposes of your institution. No other use is authorised. For more information please contact Screenrights at [email protected] or at www. screenrights. org.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Bodomo1997b,
title = {The Structure of Dagaare},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
isbn = {9781575860770},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-06-01},
publisher = {Center for the Study of Language and Inf (CSLI)},
address = {Stanford University},
edition = {74},
series = {Stanford Monographs in African Linguistics},
abstract = {Dagaare Introduction by Dr. A.B. Bodomo of the University of Hong Kong This is a submission on the Dagaare language of northern Ghana. This submission is based on the introductory chapter of my book: Bodomo, A. B. 1997. The Structure of Dagaare. Stanford Monographs in African Languages. CSLI publications. 159 pages Amazon: ISBN 1-57586-077-5 Introduction The Dagaare language and its speakers A. Geographical spread and Genetic classification Dagaare is the major language of the north-western parts of Ghana and adjoining areas of Burkina Faso. The area being delineated is between latitudes 9o N and 1 lo N and longitudes 2o W and 3o W. This area covers the Upper- West Region and parts of the Northern Region of Ghana. Other speech forms closely related to Dagaare areWaale and Birifor. In fact, they constitute a dialect continuum of varying degrees of mutual intelligibility. The Dagaare-Waale-Birifor linguistic continuum is sometimes lumped together as one language in this part of the country. This group is bordered to the east by the Sisaala language and to the south by Gonja, Vagla and Safaliba. To the west and north, this dialect continuum extends across the Black Volta and the international boundary into Burkina Faso where variants of this linguistic group are spoken in and around towns like Dano, Diebougou, Dissin and Gaoua. The major towns covered by the linguistic group in Ghana are Wa, Lawra, Jirapa, Nandom, Hamile, Nadawli, Kaleo, Daffiama; and Tuna. It must be realised, however, that Dagaare is not limited to this traditional homeland as has been described above. The language has spread to many parts of Ghana because of the high degree of social and geographical mobility of the people who speak Dagaare as a native language, among other reasons. Today, thereare important Dagaare speaking communities in Accra, Kumasi and most major towns and villages throughout Ghana. Genetically, Dagaare has been classified as a member of theOti- Volta group of the Gur branch of the Niger-Congo language family (Swadesh 1966, Bendor-Samuel 1971:144, Naden 1989). Dagaare' s immediate geographical neighbours are not its immediate genetic relatives, for most of the languages very much related to it like Moore, Gurenne (Frafra) and Dagbane are found in the Upper-East and Northern Regions. Accurate and up-to-date census figures are hardly readily available but the number of native speakers of Dagaare in both Ghana and Burkina Faso may be put at more than one million speakers. In terms of native speakers, Dagaare may be the fourth largest indigenous language of Ghana after Akan, Ewe and Dagbane.genetic classification:Niger-Congo language family: Gur branch: Oti-Volta: Mabia It has been the principal language of evangelisation in north-western Ghana since the advent of the missionaries in the colonial era. In present-day language policy, Dagaare occupies a considerably important position. It is one of the nine official literacy languages of Ghana and it is increasingly being used in many national institutions . As a result the Bureau of Ghana languages publishes educational material in it. Dagaare is taught and offered for degree courses in the country's higher institutions such as the University of Ghana, Accra and the University College ofWinneba. In addition, courses will, presumably, be started at the new University for Development Studies, Tamale, in the near future. Further, it is broadcast over the Ura FM radio, which serves the three regions in Northern Ghana. The People Native speakers of Dagaare call themselves Dagaaba (singular: Dagao). The term "Dagarti" has been used by non-natives, but is certainly an anglo-misnomer and not favoured by most Dagaaba. Goody (1967) gives the following terms to describe Dagaaba: White LoDagaa (LoPiel) - far northwest Black LoDagaba or Black Dagaare (Losaala - both sides of the border near Lawra, on the Burkina Faso side it is also called Dagari-Fi, Soghole). Nura, Loberu, Lobiri - Lawra district. Lowiile (Oule, Wile, Wuile) or Red Dagaare - Birifu-Babile- Tugu areas and on opposite side of the border. Dagaa Wiile (Oule) - Jirapa southwards These are, however, largely ethnographic designations and not linguistic. Moreover, they seem to be out-of-date, for most native speakers ofDagaare now prefer to use the following terms to describe themselves, their language and their land: Dagaare - the language Dagao - a person who speaks native Dagaare Dagaaba - people who speak native Dagaare Dagao (or Dagawie, Dagapaalong) - the homeland of the Dagaaba In Burkina Faso and the northern border areas the corresponding terms are: Dagara - for both the language and a person or people who speak it Dagarateng - homeland of the Dagara speakers People who speak the Waale and Birifor dialects call themselves Waala and Birifor respectively. The migration history of the Dagaaba is most uncertain. The reader is referred to Tuurey (1982), Herbert (1976) and other historical analyses on the Dagaaba. In a nutshell, however, the general discussion points to the fact that the ancestors of the Dagaaba are a splinter group from either the Mossi or the Dagomba or both who moved into the present area and assimilated (or got assimilated by) earlier settlers and/ or new arrivals. political system As has been shown elsewhere (seeBodomo 1994), however, it seems that rather than saying that the Dagaaba are a splinter group from the Mossi or the Dagomba, it is more plausible to say that the Dagaaba, the Mossi, the Dagomba, the Kusaasi, the Frafra, the Mamprusi and many others are all direcdy descended from a common ancestor enthnolinguistic group, the Mabia. Politically, the Dagaaba have evolved a highly decentralised traditional system of government. This has been inappropriately described as acephalous, suggesting a weak and incohesive structure in the absence of a central authority. Unlike the highly centralised systems of government found among some ethnic groups in Ghana and other parts of Africa where a distant monarch may appoint representatives to various towns and villages and exercise control from a central headquarters, everyDagaare village or group of villages is virtually autonomous as far as the day to day administration of natural resources are concerned. TheTindana (owner of the land) is the religious cum political head at this level. In consultation with a council of elders, who are family heads in their own right, the Tindana promulgates and administers law and order affecting cultural, religious, economic and all forms of social practices in the area under his jurisdiction. However, in matters of defence and foreign policy, especially under crises such as death, matrimonial troubles, and, in particular, the threat of invasion from other groups, the Tindana and council of elders can easily exploit the highly sophisticated interlinking of clans throughout Dagao and raise a team of negotiators or a viable army, if necessary, to manage the situation. The British policy of Indirect Rule between 1890 and 1957 has, however, substantially altered this decentralised political system and Dagaaba are now organised into various paramountcies or chiefdoms. At the head of each paramountcy is a Naa who exercises authority over divisional chiefs. Prior to the advent of colonial rule political decentralisation was a democratic system of government that worked for the Dagaaba and since political decentralisation is now a democratic goal in many parts of Africa and beyond, a closer study of the Dagaaba traditional system of government may be a worthwhile exercise in the search for an appropriate democracy. In economic terms, the Dagaare-speaking population is heavily agrarian. Practically each family deals in at least some sort of subsistence farming. The major crops are millet, corn,guineacorn, beans and sheanuts. They also rear cattle, goats, sheep and fowls. Farming is so central to the economy of Dagao that more and more people migrate southwards in search of better lands. It is fashionable for adolescent Dagaaba to move down south in the dry season to farm for money and the success of their first trip has become more or less a yardstick for measuring their growth to manhood and their ability to live independently and raise a family. But here again, present day trends show a diversification away from a heavily agricultural preoccupation to other fields of economic activity. Non-literate adolescents going down south to work can opt for the mining industry and go to towns like Obuasi, Tarkwa and Prestea or to other industrial urban centres like Accra and Kumasi to work in the factories and other business establishments as labourers, watchmen and in other low income jobs. Further, more and more Dagaaba, especially the women, are beginning to emulate their Waala brethren (who are successful traders and businessmen) and are going into the distributive sector. But more important, with the advent of Western education, Dagaaba, who consider their ethnic group to be one of the most highly educated in the country, can be found in the tertiary sector as teachers, nurses, administrators and other officers in the Civil Service and business corporations. At the cultural level, among the most conspicuous cultural manifestations are the eating of their traditional staple food, saabo (or T. Z., which is an abbreviation from, tuo zaafi, the Hausa name for the same food ) and the drinking of their traditional alcoholic beverage daazeE (or pito, a borrowing from fitoo, the Hausa word for the same drink); the wearing of the smock, dagakparoo, the playing of xylophones, gyile, and drumming and dancing, especially the bawa dance. In the major towns and villages in Dagao and also in Dagaaba communities in other towns, in the evenings, at the weekends and on public holidays, the stranger will not fail to notice that most young men and women find their way into pito bars. Drinking pito is a favourite leisure time activity and source of entertainment in Dagao! dialects of Dagaare B. The Dialects of Dagaare The Dagaare-Waale-Birifor linguistic group seems to present one of the most complex dialect situations in Ghana. From north to south (and to a lesser extent east to west) the dialects shade gradually into each other and it is almost impossible to draw a line of demarcation between different dialects. Variation can occur even from village to village. However, one common thing that binds all these groups together is that there is at least some amount of mutual intelligibility within the group. That is why, from a purely linguistic point of view, Dagaare, Waale and Birifor should not be viewed as separate languages but as variants of one language. How then does one demarcate this continuum into discrete dialect areas? A way of approaching the problem is to apply one theory of linguistic variation which claims that certain (prestige) settlements (in our case the major towns of the area) are centres from which linguistic innovations spread to their individual areas of influence and may overlap each other. Using the major towns in the research area as the centres of linguistic innovations or focal points, seven subdialects may be set up (see Bodomo 1989). Further, taking into consideration prominent phonological, lexical and grammatical variations, four main dialects may be abstracted and named Northern Dagaare, Central Dagaare, Southern Dagaare and Western Dagaare. Northern Dagaare, which is also known as Dagara, comprises Nandom, Lawra and their areas of influence. A greater number of the speakers of this dialect group live in Burkina Faso. From the data, Nandom and Lawra share common linguistic features that are generally distinct from the other major dialect groups. Most of the linguistic analyses of this group of Dagaare have been undertaken by French and Francophone African linguists in Burkina Faso. The next group is Central Dagaare which is made up of Jirapa, Ullo, Daffiama, Nadawli and their spheres of influence. This group is so called because it occupies approximately the middle parts of the traditional homeland of the Dagaaba from North to South, and it enjoys a considerable degree of intelligibility from speakers of other dialects. Probably because of this, most of the early missionary linguists who have worked on Dagaare in Ghana like Wilson (1962), Kennedy (1966) and Hall (1973) have based their analyses on it. It is the version of Dagaare used for publishing church literature, educational material and general public broadcasting because of its relatively high intelligibility with the northern and southern dialects. Southern Dagaare is the dialect of Kaleo, metropolitan Wa and their surrounding villages. Again, Kaleo and Wa share more common features than with all the others. If the Central dialect is the language of literacy, Southern Dagaare, especially that spoken in the Regional Capital called Waale, is the trade language and is widely spoken in markets and other trading centres. The other dialect group represented by Tuna is called Birif or. Birifor shares affinities with Waale (e.g. absence of the phoneme, /z/ ) and especially Northern Dagaare. A greater concentration of this dialect is also found on the western side of the Black Volta river in Burkina Faso and Cote d'lvoire. It is only quite recentiy that speakers of Birifor moved into the area south of Wa. Dakubu (personal communication) suggests that it be called Western Dagaare because its traditional homeland is at the western side of the Black Volta river. It would be worthwhile here to note other interesting divisions and treatments of the dialects in this linguistic group. Rattray (1932) draws up word lists showing differences in speech of the "Dagaba" speakers from place to place. This could also be of interest to people doing a study of dialects from a temporal point of view (diachronic dialectology) because his work is the earliest published ( at least, on the Ghana side of the international border) giving word lists portraying dialect variation in Dagaare. Callow's (1969) article is the first devoted solely to the study of dialects of Dagaare and therefore gives important information about dialect variation. Delplangue's (1983) "Phonologie Trans formationelle duDagara", even though not a work on dialect variation, gives an interesting division of Dagara (Dagaare) into three dialects (following Girault's classification): Lobr spoken in the North-East (towns of Ouessa, Dissin in Upper Volta (now Burkina Faso), towns of Nandom, Lawra, Babile in Ghana) Dagaari-wiile spoken in the Northwest and Centre (towns of Dano and Legmoin in Upper Volta, Jirapa, Sabuli, Dorimon in Ghana) Birifor spoken to the west and south (towns of Diebougou, Batie in Upper Volta and Sawla, Bole in Ghana). Commonly attached to Dagara, from the linguistic point of view. (ppl7-18) His Lobr and Birifor fit perfecdy into our Northern Dagaare and Western Dagaare respectively, while his Dagaari-wiile, according to our classification, is too broad. It would comprise our Central and Southern Dagaare. As he pointed out himself, each of these groups could further be divided into subdialects upon a more systematic linguistic study. The Dagaare Language Committee's (1982) guide divides Dagaare into Northern, Central, Mid-Central and Southern Dagaare and gives word lists showing pronunciation differences of some lexical items. This division, however, does not include Waale and Birifor. Their "Northern Dagaare" is exactly our Northern Dagaare, their "Central Dagaare" and "Mid-Central Dagaare" is our Central Dagaare, their "Southern Dagaare" does not include Waale while ours does. They do not have a corresponding division for our Western Dagaare. Finally, various other bits of information on the dialects and their names and designations could be acquired from most of the works on general Dagaare linguistic analyses. Conclusion This introduction has sought to provide basic information about the geographical location of the Dagaare language, its genetic relationship and its sociolinguistic profile. For a further analysis of these issues, including the history and culture of the speakers of Dagaare and other Mabia languages see Bodomo (1994). Also contact the following website for more information on the Dagaare language, such as a list of the most prominent scholars on the Dagaare language, recent publications on the language and a quite comprehensive bibliography of Dagaare. http://www.hku.hk/linguist/staff/_ab.DagaareLinguist.htrnl SLI, Stanford: http://www.press.uchicago.edu/ucp/books/series/CSLI-SMA.html},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Tsimpli1997b,
title = {Resumptive Strategies and L2A: A Minimalist Account},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-05-13},
urldate = {1997-05-13},
journal = {Selected papers on theoretical and applied linguistics},
volume = {21},
number = {228-238},
abstract = {Alexiadou, A. & E. Anagnostopoulou (1996). SVO and EPP in Null Subject Languages and Germanic. MS, FAS Berlin and University of Tilburg / UCLA … Chomsky, N. (1995) The Minimalist Program. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA … Lakshmanan, U. & L. Selinker (1994) The status of CP and the tensed complementiser that in the developing L2 grammars of English. Second Language Research 10. 24-48 … Liceras, J. (1989) On some properties of the pro-drop parameter: looking for missing subjects in non-native Spanish. In Gass, S. & J. Schachter (eds) Linguistic Perspectives on Second Language Acquisition. Cambridge: CUP … Ouhalla, J. (1991) Functional Categories and Parametric Variation. London: Routledge … Philippaki-Warburton, I. (1985) Word order in Modern Greek. Transactions of the Philological Society 2 … Rizzi, L. (1982) Issues in Italian Syntax. Dordrecht: Foris … Rizzi, L.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Weinberg1997b,
title = {The Social Construction of Non-Human Agency: The Case of Mental Disorder},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
doi = {10.1525/sp.1997.44.2.03x0223o},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-05-01},
urldate = {1997-05-01},
journal = {Social Problems},
volume = {44},
number = {2},
pages = {217-234},
abstract = {In diverse ways, constructionist studies demonstrate the profound relevance of social processes to the emergence and assessment of mental disorders in various organisational settings. However, there remains a curious silence in the constructionist literature regarding how menial disorders, once assembled as meaningful objects of discourse and practice, might come to exercise their own causal influences upon members' experiences and activities. In this paper, I draw upon the notion of social problems work to provide for the practical dynamics whereby members, in effect, animate the categorical objects that they presume to populate their worlds. More than enacting identifiable objects of social problems discourse, social problems work at times actually realizes these objects as causally influential non-human agents, such that one may find members interacting with these objects much as they do with one another in the ongoing production of local affairs. While the analysis presented in this paper concerns the social construction of mental disorders as causally influential non-human agents, it is intended as a case study of the more general phenomenon.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Roberts1997,
title = {The Syntax of Direct Object Mutation in Welsh},
author = {Ian Roberts},
doi = {10.1017/S0008413100016856},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-03-01},
urldate = {1997-03-01},
journal = {The Canadian Journal of Linguistics / La revue canadienne de linguistique},
volume = {42},
issue = {1-2},
abstract = {The central hypothesis of this article is that Welsh direct object mutation - the only instance of mutation in the Celtic languages not triggered by a specific lexical item - is the PF-realisation of Agr(O)'s accusative Case as the floating lenition-triggering phonological feature L (cf. Lieber 1983 and Zwicky 1984). The analysis proposed in this article is an empirically adquate analysis of initial consonant mutation in Welsh, which fully integrates direct object mutation with other cases of mutation, relates mutation to phonosyntactic processes found in other languages, notably Southern Italian /u/-propagation (Rizzi and Savoia 1991) and French liaison (Manzini 1983), and fits naturally into a non-checking-theoretic conception of Parametric Variation of the sort outlined in Roberts and Roussau (1997a).},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya1997b,
title = {The Unity of Southeast Asia: Historical Approaches and Questions},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1017/S0022463400015228},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Southeast Asian Studies},
volume = {28},
number = {1},
pages = {161-171},
abstract = {The Journal of Southeast Asian Studies is one of the principal outlets for scholarly articles on Southeast Asia (Brunei, Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, the Philippines, East Timor, Singapore, Thailand and Vietnam). Embracing a wide range of academic disciplines in the humanities and social sciences, the journal publishes manuscripts oriented toward a scholarly readership but written to be accessible to non-specialists. The extensive book review section includes works in Southeast Asian languages.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Duranti1997,
title = {Linguistic Anthropology},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511810190},
isbn = {1139590138, 9781139590136},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-01-01},
booktitle = {Linguistic Anthropology},
pages = {398 pages},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
series = {Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics},
abstract = {In this innovative textbook, Alessandro Duranti introduces linguistic anthropology as an interdisciplinary field which studies language as a cultural resource and speaking as a cultural practice. The theories and methods of linguistic anthropology are introduced through a discussion of linguistic diversity, grammar in use, the role of speaking in social interaction, the organisation and meaning of conversational structures, and the notion of participation as a unit of analysis. An entire chapter is devoted to the notion of culture, and there are invaluable methodological chapters on ethnography and transcription. Original in its treatment and yet eminently clear and readable, Linguistic Anthropology will appeal to both upper-level undergraduate and graduate students},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Bodomo1997c,
title = {Integrating literacy and health education for a sustainable development in Africa},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Samuel Agyei-Mensah},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-01-01},
journal = {Scandinavian Journal of Development Alternatives},
volume = {16},
number = {3},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint1997,
title = {The emergence and development of abstract nominalization in standard Thai},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-01-01},
journal = {Southeast Asian Linguistic Studies in Honour of Vichin Panupong},
pages = {179-190},
abstract = {Generally speaking, some kinds of linguistic variation may be more sensitive to social values than others. In Thai society, it seems that grammatical variation does not receive as much interpretation as a social marker as phonological variation. In fact, whereas Thais tend to label a variant of a speech sound in Thai as prestigious or stigmatized, they rarely regard a variant of a morphological or syntactic entity in the language as more prestigious than another. However, it is grammatical variation that tends to cause a greater stir among Thai grammarians and language teachers than phonological variation, because it is concerned with the right or wrong, grammatical or ungrammatical, and appropriate or inappropriate use of language. Passive constructions in Thai can be cited as an example of a syntactic entity that causes a stir in Thai society.Although active and passive constructions can be regarded as two variants.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels1997,
title = {Of handymen and waitpersons: a linguistic evaluation of job classifieds},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-01-01},
journal = {Australian journal of communication},
volume = {24},
number = {1},
pages = {58-69},
abstract = {In this paper, I examine the impact of feminist language reform intiatives and ofsex discrimination legislation on the language used in job classif'ieds in Australian newspapers. The focus is on the selection of occupational nouns to reflect that, the advertised position is open to female and male applicants and on the strategies used to achieve this aim. Results indicate that a majority of job classifieds now employ nondiscriminatory occupatiolfal terms and that gender-neutralisation is the preferred strategy in most instances.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1997b,
title = {Use, maintenance, structures and future of Dutch in Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Michael G Clyne},
isbn = {90-361-9508-X},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-01-01},
pages = {33-51},
publisher = {Tilburg University Press},
abstract = {Clyne, MG, & Pauwels, A. (1997). Use, maintenance, structures and future of Dutch in Australia. In Dutch overseas: Studies in maintenance and loss of Dutch as an immigrant language (pp. 33 - 51). Tilburg University Press … Clyne, MG & Pauwels, A 1997, Use, maintenance, structures and future of Dutch in Australia. in Dutch overseas: Studies in maintenance and loss of Dutch as an immigrant language. Tilburg University Press, Tilburg Netherland, pp. 33 - 51.  … Use, maintenance, structures and future of Dutch in Australia. / Clyne, Michael G; Pauwels, Anne … Dutch overseas: Studies in maintenance and loss of Dutch as an immigrant language.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1997bb,
title = {The role of gender in immigrant maintenance in Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-01-01},
pages = {276-286},
publisher = {Dümmler Verlag},
abstract = {Pauwels, Anne (1997) 'The role of gender in immigrant maintenance in Australia.' In: Wölck, Wolfgang and De Houwer, Annick, (eds.), Recent studies in contact linguistics. Bonn: Dümmler Verlag, pp. 276-286 … Full text not available from this repository … There is no Altmetric data currently associated with this item … SOAS Research Online is powered by Eprints3 and is hosted by ULCC.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1997bb,
title = {Managing multilingualism in Australia: Issues in language maintenance and intercultural communication affecting ethnolinguistics minorities},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-01-01},
pages = {89-103},
publisher = {The National Language Research Institute},
abstract = {Pauwels, Anne (1997) 'Managing multilingualism in Australia: Issues in language maintenance and intercultural communication affecting ethnolinguistics minorities.' In: Furukawa, C, (ed.), Individuals and communities - Living the differences. Tokyo: The National Language Research Institute, pp. 89-103 … Full text not available from this repository … There is no Altmetric data currently associated with this item … SOAS Research Online is powered by Eprints3 and is hosted by ULCC.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1997bb,
title = {Non-sexist language policy debate in the Dutch speech community},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
url = {https://eprints.soas.ac.uk/id/eprint/9885},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1177/0075424220938949},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-01-01},
volume = {48},
number = {3},
pages = {258-281},
publisher = {Centaurus Verlag},
abstract = {This paper focuses on the use of combined pronouns (s/he, his or her, him/her, etc.) as an example of late twentieth-century non-sexist language reform which had an overt democratizing aim. Within the scope of second-wave feminism, the use of combined pronouns increased the visibility of women in discourse by encouraging the use of feminine pronouns (she, her, hers) alongside masculine pronouns (he, him, his). Despite their promotion, however, the use of combined pronouns is relatively rare. This paper uses the LOB and Brown families of corpora to diachronically and synchronically study patterns in the use of combined pronouns in written American (AmE) and British English (BrE) from the 1930s to the early 2000s. The analysis not only determines what forms these patterns take, but questions whether combined pronouns are influenced by (a combination of) syntax and/or semantics, and questions whether combined pronouns are really democratic at all.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Andaya1997bb,
title = {Historicising “Modernity” in Southeast Asia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1163/1568520972601512},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-01-01},
journal = {Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient},
volume = {40},
number = {4},
pages = {391-409},
abstract = {The term “modernity” implies Western influence and the weakening of beliefs and practices associated with traditional culture. Although it is increasingly used in reference to contemporary Southeast Asia because of the region's current economic growth, there seems little room for historical perspectives. This paper takes up the idea that if we broaden our understanding of modernity in Southeast Asia so that it is not restricted to recent history, we may see evidence of a modern spirit in earlier times. Although being modern became increasingly linked to Europe, Southeast Asians never rejected their own past. However the eclectic nature of “modernity” in Southeast Asia was undermined as “modern” ideas and practices came increasingly from Europe, to be inevitably associated with Europe's political and economic control.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Andaya1997bb,
title = {Adapting to Political and Economic Change: Palembang in the Late Eighteenth and Early Nineteenth Centuries},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1007/978-1-349-25760-7_8},
isbn = {978-0-333-68826-7},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-01-01},
pages = {187-215},
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan, London},
abstract = {Over fifty years ago the young Dutch scholar, J.C. Van Leur, bemoaned the lack of attention accorded the eighteenth century in Indonesia. A primary reason for this neglect, Van Leur contended, was the tendency to equate indigenous historical patterns with those of Europe, and to view this period as ‘merely a sequel’ to the seventeenth century, the Golden Age of Dutch power. The problem was compounded because the Dutch East India Company (VOC) records, which supplied the bulk of historical data, were generally less informative for the eighteenth century than for earlier times. However, the lack of academic research was most pronounced in regard to ‘outlying posts’, with significant Indonesian states like Palembang, Siak, Aceh and Johor commonly dismissed as decaying, despotic, piratical and ‘economically undermined.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@conference{Perrin1997,
title = {Mediation of journalistic writing strategies},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Perrin1997b,
title = {Find the link. Criteria for the selection and use of hypermedia learning software},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-01-01},
journal = {Schweizer Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerzeitung},
volume = {5},
pages = {14–19},
abstract = {In order for learning software to work, it has to answer the right questions at the right time, this has always been the case with teaching materials. Everything is just getting more complicated: “multimedia” and “hypertextual”. A systematic catalog of criteria helps hypermedia learning texts to be used where they are superior to other means.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin1997bb,
title = {Textual aspects of hypermedia learning},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-01-01},
journal = {Geschichte und Informatik},
volume = {7},
pages = {29–44},
abstract = {The transdisciplinary text science combines approaches from semiotics, linguistics, hermeneutics, cognitive psychology, action theory, computer science, etc. It interprets hypermedia learning as learning-intentional action with hypermedia text (HTM). Based on empirical studies with video-supported Lautdenk protocol, the HMT event is briefly outlined in this article as the four decisive perspectives: product, processor, project and process perspective. From these perspectives, strategies for functional HMT as a learning environment can be systematically derived and formulated.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@phdthesis{Perrin1997bb,
title = {Optimize journalistic writing strategies. Dissertation},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-01-01},
pages = {300 pages},
abstract = {How to make thousand words out of 100,000? - This study presents a scientific tool for enhancing text generating strategies of mass media professionals. Part I discusses the impact of knowledge on situated writing processes in the domain of the mass media. Part II develops a theoretical framework to investigate text processing. Part IV fills this framework with the system of knowledge concerning text production in general and mass media writing in particular. Part V moves on to a categorization of the writing strategies of journalists at work. Part VI shows a methodological approach to collect the relevant data in the right moment. Part VII provides three examples of scientifically based collaboration between the writing coach and the trainee, compares examples of procedural patterns and formulates the questions for subsequent field research. Part I discusses the benefits of in-depth knowledge of the journalistic text production process. Part II develops a theoretical frame of reference for grasping situated text action. Part III outlines as an excursus the cognitive interests of the transdisciplinary subjects surveyed. Part IV fills this framework with the systematic knowledge of text production in general and, in greater depth, of journalistic writing. Part V formulates a category scheme for the strategies of journalistic text production based on the systematized knowledge. Part VI shows a methodologically pluralistic approach to ecologically valid process observation. Part VII provides three case studies of scientifically based collaboration between coach and journalist, compares prototypical text production patterns and formulates the key questions for follow-up projects.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {phdthesis}
}
@inbook{Perrin1997bb,
title = {Compression factor one hundred. Optimizing strategies of journalistic text production},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-01-01},
pages = {167–203},
publisher = {Lang},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Katan1997,
title = {The interaction between research and training},
author = {David Katan and John Dodds},
doi = {10.1075/btl.23.06dod},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-01-01},
pages = {89 pages},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {David Katan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Benjamin1997,
title = {Issues in the Ethnohistory of Pahang},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
editor = {Nik Hassan Shuhaimi bin Nik Abdul Rahman},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.1.1543.1201},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-01-01},
pages = {82–121},
publisher = {Muzium Pahang},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Tang1997,
title = {English Self-Learning Packages for New Arrival Children},
author = {Gladys Tang},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-01-01},
urldate = {1997-01-01},
publisher = {Chinese University Press},
keywords = {Gladys Tang},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Pierson1997b,
title = {Intergenerational communication across the Pacific Rim: The impact of filial piety},
author = {Herbert Pierson and Cynthia Gallois and Howard Giles and Hiroshi Ota and Sik Hung Ng and Tae-Seop Lim and John Maher and Lilnabeth Somera and Ellen B. Ryan and Jake Harwood},
isbn = {9781003077466},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-01-01},
urldate = {1997-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology},
volume = {11},
pages = {1-11},
abstract = {Young adults from three Western (Canada, U.S.A., and New Zealand) and three East Asian (The Philippines, South Korea and Japan) nations completed a questionnaire regarding their perceptions of interactions with family elders, non-family elders, and same-age peers. Results showed that East Asians perceived family elders to be as accommodating as same-age peers, whereas Westerners perceived family elders as more accommodating than their same-age peers. Participants in both cultural blocks indicated an obligation to be most deferential towards non-family elders, followed by family elders, followed by same-age peers. Whereas both groups perceived interactions with same-age peers more positively than with the two older groups, the Western group perceived the older age groups more positively than did East Asians. Intergenerational communication is reportedly be more problematic than intragenerational communication and, consistent with previous findings, this pattern is more evident in East Asian nations on some variables.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli1997c,
title = {Resumptive features and minimalism: Evidence from second language acquisition},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
year  = {1997},
date = {1997-01-01},
urldate = {1997-01-01},
journal = {Proceedings of the 21st Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development},
volume = {21},
pages = {639-655},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1996,
title = {And ye shall be as machines Or should machines be as us? On the modeling of matter and mind},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1016/S0166-4115(96)80025-2},
isbn = {9780444822758},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-12-31},
urldate = {1996-12-31},
journal = {Advances in Psychology},
volume = {113},
abstract = {If adaptation is one of the big words in Cognitive Technology, the question immediately to be asked is: who adapts to what (or what adapts to whom)? In communication between people and machines, do people adapt to machines or do machines adapt to people? This sounds like a variation on Humpty–Dumpty's famous remark that it all depends on the question which is to be master (as he told Alice). Even though people, as users of intelligent machines, sometimes may feel that are victims of their stupidity, this should not be the case since after all, there is a fundamental built-in asymmetry: machines are programmed by people. The question which is to be master is thus settled from the start, one should assume. However, such is not the case. On the one hand, there is nothing uncommon in a situation where human beings create a structure and lose control of it. When Marx talked about alienation, he had this in mind: humans are confronted with societal structures which are the works of their likes, but they experience them as something “objective” they cannot change. This also means that they can learn how to deal with these structures, to adapt to them, without actually understanding them.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini1996,
title = {Gladstone, 1875-1898},
author = {Eugenio Biagini and H. C. G. Matthew},
doi = {10.2307/2170219},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-12-01},
urldate = {1996-12-01},
journal = {Albion A Quarterly Journal Concerned with British Studies},
volume = {101},
number = {5},
abstract = {Gladstone 1875-1898 is the culmination of Colin Matthew's acclaimed study of one of Britain's greatest statesmen. William Ewart Gladstone retired from politics in 1875, but returned for a further twenty years at the forefront of British politics. Gladstone 1809-1874 told the story of Gladstone's first political career; his second is examined in this volume. The book tells the story of Gladstone's last three premierships and his dramatic political campaigns as he pursued his often controversial aims, particularly his mission to bring Irish Home Rule to Ireland. Political reform, Egypt, Gordon in the Sudan, and the 'Scramble for Africa' are other major themes. The treatment of Gladstone's political career is balanced by Colin Matthew's acute discussion of his full and active private life, including his enormous correspondence and prodigiously wide reading. The book ends with a moving account of Gladstone's death and state funeral, the last great set-piece of Victorian Liberalism.},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya1996,
title = {Anthony Milner. The Invention of Politics in Colonial Malaya: Contesting Nationalism and the Expansion of the Public Sphere. New York: Cambridge University Press},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1086/ahr/101.5.1600},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-12-01},
journal = {The American Historical Review},
volume = {101},
number = {5},
pages = {600-1600},
abstract = {Published from 1983-2008, Crossroads was a peer-reviewed journal that provided an interdisciplinary cross-section of solid scholarship that specialized in the countries of Southeast Asia. It also maintained a book review program. During the time of its publications, Crossroads established a reputation as a site for presenting stimulating new work and promoting a diversity of views arising from direct experience of Southeast Asian life and materials.  },
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell1996,
title = {Neil Smith and Ianthi-Maria Tsimpli. The Mind of a Savant: Language Learning and Modularity. Oxford: Blackwell. 1995. Pp. xviii + 243. US$49.95 (hardcover).},
author = {Bruce Connell},
doi = {10.1017/S0008413100016637},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-12-01},
journal = {Canadian Journal of Linguistics},
volume = {41},
number = {4},
pages = {378-381},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1996,
title = {Called Unto Liberty! On Language and Nationalism},
author = {Collin Williams and Barbara Hoekje},
doi = {10.2307/329363},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-11-01},
journal = {The Modern Language Journal},
volume = {79},
number = {3},
pages = {435-436},
abstract = {A refereed publication, The Modern Language Journal is dedicated to promoting scholarly exchange among teachers and researchers of all modern foreign languages and English as a second language. This journal publishes documented essays, quantitative and qualitative research studies, response articles, and editorials that challenge paradigms of language learning and teaching. The Modern Language Journal offers 6 or 7 essays or research studies per quarterly issue, a professional calendar of events and news, a listing of relevant articles in other journals, an annual survey of doctoral degrees in all areas concerning foreign and second languages, and reviews of scholarly books, textbooks, videotapes, and software. JSTOR provides a digital archive of the print version of The Modern Language Journal. The electronic version of The Modern Language Journal is available at http://www.interscience.wiley.com. Authorized users may be able to access the full text articles at this site. The Modern Language Journal also offers a fifth issue each year which alternates between a Focus Issue and a Monograph.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Hendriks1996,
title = {The marking of new information in children's narratives: A comparison of English, French, German and Mandarin Chinese},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Françoise Roland and James Liang and Maya Hickmann},
doi = {10.1017/S0305000900008965},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-10-01},
urldate = {1996-10-01},
journal = {Journal of Child Language},
volume = {23},
issue = {3},
pages = {591 - 619},
abstract = {This study examines children's uses of nominal determiners (‘local markings’) and utterance structure (‘global markings’) to introduce new referents. Two narratives were elicited from preschoolers, seven-year-olds, ten-year-olds, and adults in English (N = 80), French (N = 40), German (N = 40), and Chinese (N = 40). Given typological differences (e.g. richness of morphology), these languages rely differentially on local vs. global devices to mark newness: postverbal position is obligatory in Chinese (determiners optional), indefinite determiners in the other languages (position optional). Three findings recur across languages: obligatory newness markings emerge late (seven-year-olds); local markings emerge first, including Chinese optional ones; local and global markings are strongly related. Crosslinguistic differences also occur: English-speaking preschoolers use local markings least frequently; until adult age global markings are rare in English, not contrastive in German and not as frequent in Chinese as in French, despite obligatoriness. It is concluded that three factors determine acquisition: (1) universal discourse factors governing information flow; (2) cognitive factors resulting from the greater functional complexity of global markings; (3) language-specific factors related to how different systems map both grammatical and discourse functions onto forms.},
keywords = {Henriette Hendriks},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1996b,
title = {Cognitive Technology and Pragmatics: Analogies and (Non-)Alignments.},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1007/BF01174605},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-09-01},
urldate = {1996-09-01},
journal = {AI & Society},
volume = {10},
number = {3},
pages = {303-308},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Englund1996,
title = {Witchcraft, Modernity and the Person: The Morality of Accumulation in Central Malawi},
author = {Harri Englund},
doi = {10.1177/0308275X9601600303},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-09-01},
urldate = {1996-09-01},
journal = {Critique of Anthropology},
volume = {16},
number = {3},
pages = {257-279},
abstract = {L'A. affirme que les discours de sorcellerie dans le district de Dedza a Malawi sont des discussions sur la maniere dont la prosperite peut etre acquise d'une facon moralement acceptable (contraire a l'individualisme) plutot que des reactions a l'imposition d'un ordre global de production, de transaction et de consommation de matieres premieres. Depuis que la population de Dedza participe aux relations de ces biens dans le cadre de la migration de travail, de l'exploitation de legumes et d'un petit commerce, ces biens ne sont plus consideres comme problematiques ni dangereux. L'A. souligne que Jean et John Comaroff ont raison de dire que la sorcellerie contemporaine reflete la « modernite » des mondes locaux africains mais soit elle glisse vers une tautologie soit elle estompe des differences importantes en reduisant une variete d'arguments culturellement specifiques a des arguments sur la modernite},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Englund1996b,
title = {Waiting for the Portuguese: Nostalgia, exploitation and the meaning of land in the Malawi‐Mozambique Borderland 1},
author = {Harri Englund},
doi = {10.1080/02589009608729589},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-07-01},
urldate = {1996-07-01},
journal = {Journal of Contemporary African Studies},
volume = {14},
number = {2},
pages = {157-172},
abstract = {This article probes the cultural value of land among villagers in the borderland of Malawi's Dedza District and Mozambique's Angonia District. The analysis draws urgency from the opportunism that the confusion in land administration currently fosters in post-war Mozambique. Based on fieldwork the author shows how the meaning of land in borderland villagers' moral order has appeared in their encounters with Portuguese settlers, during their displacement and in villagers' expectations after the war. The main conclusion is somewhat disconcerting. By virtue of the cultural emphasis on performance, in the sense of the positive outcome of endeavour, and their positive memories of Portuguese settlers, borderland villagers eagerly await the return of white settlers. This article moves beyond the documentation of postcolonial nostalgia by asking an uncomfortable question about exploitation. Does the meaning of land among borderland villagers create, in post-war Mozambique, conditions for exploitation?.},
keywords = {Harri Englund},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Antilla1996,
title = {Stress and tone in Dagaare},
author = {Arto Antilla and Adams Bodomo},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-07-01},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya1996b,
title = {Elsbeth Locher-Scholten: Sumatraans sultanaat en koloniale stoat: de relatie Djambi-Batavia (1830–1907) en het Nederlandse imperialisme. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal, Land en Volkenkunde, 161.)},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1017/S0041977X00032250},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-06-01},
journal = {Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies},
volume = {59},
number = {2},
pages = {412-413},
abstract = {Locher-ScholtenElsbeth: Sumatraans sultanaat en koloniale stoat: de relatie Djambi-Batavia (1830–1907) en het Nederlandse imperialisme. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde, 161.) xii, 368 pp. Leiden: KITLV Press, 1994, Guilders 50, $32. - Volume 59 Issue 2 - Barbara Watson Andaya.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Weinberg1996,
title = {The Enactment and Appraisal of Authenticity in a Skid Row Therapeutic Community},
author = {Darin Weinberg},
doi = {10.1525/si.1996.19.2.137},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-05-01},
urldate = {1996-05-01},
journal = {Symbolic Interaction},
volume = {19},
number = {2},
pages = {137-162},
abstract = {This article describes the enactment and appraisal of authenticity in a skid row therapeutic community for the treatment of substance problems. Commitment to recovery was a basic requirement of participation in treatment, but it was widely assumed among program participants that many of their peers merely feigned commitment to recovery in order to remain sheltered. As a result, the enactment and appraisal of authentic commitment to recovery became a central organizing feature of therapeutic practice in the program. I first describe how the program's demand that participants engage in authentic self-disclosure bore on the treatment experienced by homeless residents of skid row. I then outline local techniques employed by program members for enacting and appraising authentic commitment to recovery through progressive stages of the treatment process. I conclude with a discussion of how this analysis deepens our understanding of the enactment and appraisal of authenticity throughout social life and a critique of Hochschild's influential constructionist formulation of the relationship between emotion management and personal authenticity.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1996b,
title = {Mapping the Multilingual City: A Research Agenda for Urban Geolinguistics},
author = {Collin Williams and Izak Van Der Merwe},
doi = {10.1080/01434639608666259},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-04-01},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {17},
number = {1},
pages = {49-66},
abstract = {Geolinguistic analysis promises a more holistic interpretation of languages in contact in the increasingly complex milieu of major cities. In this paper our aim is to assess the potential of selected aspects of geolinguistic analysis for the understanding of multilingual cities, and to outline a research agenda which highlights the need for a more sustained programme of comparative research on urban multilingualism. We illustrate our agenda with reference to a GIS analysis of language in contemporary Cape Town. We also illustrate the wider application of GIS by reference to the Logosphere Programme and evaluate several key research areas where interdisciplinary work may advance our methodological and interpretative inquiries.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Roberts1996,
title = {Pronominal enclisis in VSO languages},
author = {Ian Roberts and Ur Shlonsky},
editor = {Borsley, Robert D. and Roberts, Ian G},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511586279.006},
isbn = {9780521481601},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-03-28},
urldate = {1996-03-28},
pages = {171-199},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {In this chapter we present evidence that both Semitic (Arabic and Hebrew) and Welsh clitic systems bear striking similarities to each other, and are significantly different from those of Romance or Germanic. We motivate an analysis of both systems which treats them as base-generated syntactic affixes in Agr. Hence these clitics are not in fact pronouns, that is, XPs.

Our central theoretical claim is that this type of clitic system is non-trivially connected to the (full or residual) VSO nature of the languages in question. Adopting and adapting a proposal for English auxiliaries in Chomsky (1993), we propose that weak/clitic pronouns must check features with an Agr head with strong nominal features. However, we argue that the nature of VSO systems is such that Agr heads with strong features are largely absent. It follows that weak/clitic pronouns cannot be licensed in a VSO system. The functional role of such pronouns – which we will argue to involve licensing pro – is then carried by the Agr heads themselves. We thus tie together two apparently unrelated properties of these languages, namely word order and the nature of the clitic system. We also explain the pervasiveness of agreement marking that these languages show; where a Romance or Germanic language has a pronoun, these languages have agreement, hence it is not a surprise to find agreeing prepositions, for example. Moreover, the apparent preference for enclisis that these languages show is a consequence, in our terms, of the fact that the apparent clitics are really affixes; enclisis thus follows from the Right-Hand Head Rule (Williams 1981b).},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Biagini1996b,
title = {James Vernon, Politics and the People: A Study in English Political Culture, c. 1815–1867. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1993. xvii + 429 pp.},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1017/S0147547900001836},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-03-01},
urldate = {1996-03-01},
journal = {International Labor and Working-Class History},
volume = {49},
pages = {198 - 201},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Weinberg1996b,
title = {Social model treatment and individuals with dual diagnoses: An ethnographic analysis of therapeutic practice},
author = {Darin Weinberg and Paul Koegel},
doi = {10.1007/BF02522302},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-02-01},
urldate = {1996-02-01},
journal = {The Journal of Mental Health Administration},
volume = {23},
number = {3},
pages = {272-287},
abstract = {Concurrent substance and psychiatric problems have been shown to significantly reduce the probability of successful treatment outcomes while increasing vulnerability to a range of troubles including homelessness, incarceration, physical health problems, and criminal victimization. This article presents an ethnographic analysis of treatment processes in a residential social model treatment program specifically designed for individuals with dual diagnoses in an effort to inform current debates with empirically grounded knowledge regarding therapeutic practice itself. The article focuses on four fundamental themes bearing on therapeutic practice in this residential program: social model treatment; the formulation of clinical identities; recovery, personal responsibility, and authority; and the measurement of therapeutic success. In conclusion, the article suggests that the central role played by program residents in the therapeutic process deserves particular attention and makes recommendations regarding mental health services delivery that, if followed, might invigorate treatment efficacy.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya1996bb,
title = {Telling Lives, Telling Story: Autobiography and Historical Imagination in Modern Indonesia . Susan Rodgers, ed},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1525/ae.1996.23.1.02a00880},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-02-01},
journal = {American Ethnologist},
volume = {23},
number = {1},
pages = {198-199},
abstract = {These two memoirs, superbly rendered into English for the first time, provide unique windows into the Sumatran past, in particular, and the early twentieth-century history of Southeast Asia, in general. Originally published soon after the Indonesian Revolution (1945-1949) liberated the island chain from Dutch control, these unusually insightful narratives recall the authors' boyhoods in rural Toba Batak and Minangkabau villages. In reconstructing their own passage into adulthood, the writers inevitably tell the story of their country's turbulent journey from colonial subjugation through revolution to independence. Susan Rodgers's perceptive introduction illuminates the importance of autobiography in developing historical consciousness and imagining a national future.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint1996,
title = {Stylistic differentiation of/kaan/and/khwaam/nominalization in Standard Thai},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-01-01},
journal = {Pan-Asiatic Linguistics: Proceedings of the Fourth International Symposium on Languages and Linguistics},
volume = {4},
pages = {1206-1216},
abstract = {In Thai, two best known patterns of nominalization are:/kaan/+ action VERB, such as/kaan-kin/'eating'(/kin/meaning'eat'), and/kwaam/±stative VERB2, such as/khwaam-dii/'goodness1 (/dû/meaning'good*). The/kaan/morpheme, which functions as a nommalizer, has developed, through a process called grammaticalization, from the lexical word/kaan/meaning'work, affair (s), matters)'. According to Haas (1964: 29), the/kaan/nommalizer is usually rendered in English by such suffixes as-ing,-(t) ion,-ment,-ance (-enee),-ery.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint1996b,
title = {Stylistic differentiation of/kaan/and/khwaam/nominalization in Standard Thai},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-01-01},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint1996c,
title = {A comparative study of the Thai and Zhuang kinship systems},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-01-01},
journal = {Collection of Papers on the Relationship between the Zhuang and the Thai},
pages = {12-32},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels1996,
title = {Language policy and linguistic minorities in multicultural Australia: Current directions},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
issn = {0776-3859},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-01-01},
journal = {Antwerp papers in linguistics},
volume = {1996},
number = {87},
pages = {40-51},
abstract = {Sauf mention contraire ci-dessus, le contenu de cette notice bibliographique peut être utilisé dans le cadre d’une licence CC BY 4.0 Inist-CNRS/Unless otherwise stated above, the content of this bibliographic record may be used under a CC BY 4.0 licence by Inist-CNRS/A menos que se haya señalado antes, el contenido de este registro bibliográfico puede ser utilizado al amparo de una licencia CC BY 4.0 Inist-CNRS},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1996b,
title = {Doing Language and Gender: New Frontiers and Perspectives?},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-01-01},
publisher = {AILA Commissionon Language and Gender},
abstract = {This paper compares previous models of interaction used in studies of sex differences, with a new model of tum-taking based on the conflict between positive and negative face needs in conversation. The models are applied to single-and mixed-sex conversations collected for a pilot study as part of a larger project. The results are used to examine the validity of the models, and their implications for current sex-difference theory are discussed. It is claimed that although in the single-sex conversation, the sexes display different politeness preferences (the men giving precedence to negative politeness strategies, the women to positive politeness strategies), the relative absence of such differences in the mixed-sex conversations is evidence of the ability of each sex to accommodate to the other's sextyped norms. Despite the lack of generalisability of such a small-scale study, this ability to accommodate contradicts claims of cross-sex miscommunication as described by difference theorists. It will be of interest to see if the larger scale study currently underway supports these findings.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Williams1996bb,
title = {Book Reviews : Inside European identities. Ethnography in western Europe. Edited by S. Macdonald. Providence and Oxford: Berg Publishers. 1993. viii + 247 pp. £30.00 cloth. ISBN 0 85496 723},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1177/147447409600300112},
isbn = {0 85496 723},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-01-01},
journal = {Cultural Geographies},
volume = {3},
number = {1},
pages = {101-103},
abstract = {A concern that is common to all the contributors is the question of social identity in an ever-changing world. Cris Shore in his chapter on’Communist identity con-struction in Italy’analyses what it means to be a communist by reference to categori-cal elements such as a myth of common descent, shared social and cultural forms, and a distinct communication network, which all serve to heighten communists’ selfconsciousness as a separate political community. Shore argues that the communists, despite losing their hegemonic position in Italian society, will continue to act as an alternative locus to the Catholic church, but avers that broader social movements may cause the party to reform itself by dropping its formal commitment to commu-nism in the light of the broader structural collapse of state socialism in Europe. A second, more localized Italian cameo is given by Ronald Frankenburg.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin1996,
title = {Learn to "read" in all media},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-01-01},
journal = {Der Bund},
abstract = {You are reading the newspaper, e-mails are waiting in the office, and tonight you are watching TV ... we "journeymen" of the information society are living more and more with the media. The school now wants to prepare for us to master them and not us: media education in the canton of Bern is starting up. It is aimed at students, teachers - and parents.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Perrin1996b,
title = {Design multimedia programs for teaching},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@conference{Perrin1996bb,
title = {Textual aspects of hypermedia learning},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@inbook{Benjamin1996,
title = {Singapore Sociology [Sociologie Singapurská]},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
editor = {H. Maríková and M. Petrušek and A. Vodáková},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.1.4164.5601},
isbn = {9788071841647},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-01-01},
volume = {2},
pages = {1140–1142},
publisher = {Prague: Karolinum},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Haberland1996bb,
title = {Communion or communication?},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1075/cilt.138.13hab},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-01-01},
urldate = {1996-01-01},
pages = {163-166},
publisher = {John Benjamins bv},
abstract = {Bronisław Malinowski, the Polish born anthropologist who came to London in 1910 and spent two years during the First World War doing fieldwork among the Trobriand islanders in what today is Papua New Guinea, has left his mark on a number of areas of scholarship. Psychoanalysts will remember his critique of the assumption of the universality of the Oedipus complex (Malinowski 1924). Anthropology is indebted to him for his study of the kula, the exchange system of two articles" of high value, but of no real use"(Malinowski 1920: 97) among the Islanders off the South Eastern tip of New Guinea. And linguists have been influenced by his insistence on the original (or'primitive') function of language as a" mode of action" and its" essentially pragmatic character"(Malinowski 1923: 316, 1972: 152). In 1923," actuated by the demon of terminological invention", he coined the term phatic communion," a type of speech in which ties of union are created by a mere exchange of words"(1923: 315, 1972: 151). Probably helped by Roman Jakobson's suggestion of a" phatic function" of language (1960: 355), the term has grown in popularity among sociolinguistically and pragmatically oriented linguists; an overview of the state of the discussion has been recently given by Pavlidou (in press). But there also seems to be a tendency to ascribe to Malinowski a term he never used, that of" phatic communication".},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Tsimpli1996,
title = {Negation and polarity items in Modern Greek},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Anna Roussou},
doi = {10.1515/tlir.1996.13.1.49},
year  = {1996},
date = {1996-01-01},
urldate = {1996-01-01},
journal = {The Linguistic Review},
volume = {13},
number = {1},
pages = {49-81},
abstract = {Cet article traite des proprietes syntaxiques et semantiques des items de polarite en grec moderne afin de presenter les conditions d'autorisation dans leur distribution, et leurs possibilites d'interpretation dans differents contextes syntaxiques. Les As. montrent que les items de polarite sont des elements quantificationnels dont la lecture universelle ou existentielle depend de la tete fonctionnelle qui les autorise et de leur specification de traitement concernant le focus syntaxique. Ils considerent qu'en cas de polarite negative, les items negatifs et les traits de focus sont fortement impliques, tandis que les items de polarite existentiels sont autorises par des operateurs phrastiques.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Pauwels1995b,
title = {Cross-cultural communication in the health sciences: Communicating with migrant patients},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-12-31},
urldate = {1995-12-31},
publisher = {Macmillan Education AU},
abstract = {"Cross-cultural communication in the health sciences is a comprehensive guide to the issues and problems faced by health professionals when they communicate with their clients and patients from different linguistic and cultural backgrounds. Health professionals rely heavily on communication with or about a patient/health care user to provide adequate health care: they ask questions to establish what the matter is, they convey their diagnoses, actions or treatment programs via language, they give advice about health management and medcation, they give emotional support." -Back cover.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Biagini1995,
title = {Susan Kingsley Kent, Sex and suffrage in Britain},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1017/S0268416000002940},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-12-01},
urldate = {1995-12-01},
journal = {Continuity and Change},
volume = {10},
number = {3},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini1995b,
title = {Louis Henkin, Constitutionalism, democracy and foreign affairs. (New York and Oxford: Columbia University Press, 1990.) Pages viii + 125. $15.00},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1017/S0268416000003015},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-12-01},
urldate = {1995-12-01},
journal = {Continuity and Change},
volume = {10},
number = {3},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@phdthesis{Perrin1995,
title = {Elaboration of single crystals of the solid solution Bi40Te54Se6 by the Bridgman methods and "traveling heater method": influence of the elaboration method on the thermoelectric properties},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-10-30},
type = {Research},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {phdthesis}
}
@article{Brookes1995,
title = {`Suit, Tie and a Touch of Juju'—The Ideological Construction of Africa: A Critical Discourse Analysis of News on Africa in the British Press},
author = {Heather Brookes},
doi = {10.1177/0957926595006004002},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-10-01},
urldate = {1995-10-01},
journal = {Discourse and Society},
volume = {6},
number = {4},
pages = {461-494},
abstract = {This paper examines the ideological construction of Africa through a critical discourse analysis of news on Africa in the British press. Through a comparative analysis of two British papers with opposing ideological positions, it demonstrates that there is a stereotypical, naturalized and dominant discourse on Africa. The analysis illustrates how the features of this discourse combine to produce particular meanings which give rise to a neo-colonial racist representation of Africa and Africans. The role of this discourse in reproducing the racist perceptions of Africa and Africans in Western society and in maintaining Western hegemony is discussed; and the question of this discourse's relationship to other racist discourses in European society is also raised. This paper argues that the entrenched stability of this discourse holds little possibility for challenge or transformation.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Keating1995,
title = {Spatial Conceptualizations of Social Hierarchy in Pohnpei, Micronesia},
author = {Elizabeth Keating},
doi = {10.1007/3-540-60392-1_30},
isbn = {978-3-540-60392-4},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-09-21},
urldate = {1995-09-21},
volume = {988},
pages = {463 - 474},
keywords = {Elizabeth Keating},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@article{Fina1995,
title = {The Subtle Slant: A Cross Linguistic Discourse Analysis Model for Evaluating Interethnic Conflict in the Press},
author = {Anna De Fina and Richard G. McGarry},
doi = {10.2307/416258},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-09-01},
journal = {Language},
volume = {71},
number = {3},
pages = {648-649},
abstract = {The grammarians of the early Middle Ages witnessed the transformation of Latin from a spoken to a written language. Using classical sources, they had to invent new teaching methods, facing the'chicken-and-egg question of priorities: how did students learn Latin gram-mar from a text which they could not understand until they had already mastered Latin gram-mar?'(MARTHA BAYLESS, 68). But relatively little research has been done on the history of European linguistics between Priscian (AD 527?) and the rise of philosophi-cal grammar c. 1150. The 10 papers in this volume (identical to Historiogrlplhi (linguiistic a 20: I) shed considerable light on the subject and contain many pointers to other sources of infor-mation, especially VIVIEN LAW'S'Grammar in the early Middle Ages: A bibliography'(25-47).},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1995,
title = {Book Reviews : H. Eskelinen, Jukka Oksa and D. Austin (eds) RUSSIAN KARELIA IN SEARCH OF A NEW ROLEKarelian Institute, University of Joensuu, 1994, pp. 173, ISBN 951-708-243-6},
author = {Collin Williams},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-07-01},
journal = {European Urban and Regional Studies},
volume = {2},
number = {3},
pages = {275-276},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Weinberg1995,
title = {Impediments to recovery in treatment programs for dually diagnosed homeless adults: an ethnographic analysis},
author = {Darin Weinberg and Paul Koegel},
doi = {10.1177/009145099502200204},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-06-01},
urldate = {1995-06-01},
journal = {Contemporary Drug Problems},
volume = {22},
number = {2},
pages = {193-236},
abstract = {Data were gathered through participant observation and unstructured interviews with both clients and counselors in each of the two treatment programs.'The first author spent between 20 and 30 hours per week engaged in fieldwork on this project, dividing his time between site visits and the production of detailed fieldnotes. Site visits were made to the residential treatment setting on an at least weekly basis (and often more frequently) over a nine-month period. These visits entailed spending the day with members of the program and going through their routines with them. All formal group meetings were attended, informal activities were shared in, and a good deal of time was also spent privately conversing with both clients and counselors regarding their experiences in the program and related topics.},
keywords = {Darin Weinberg},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta1995,
title = {Blurred Boundaries: The Discourse of Corruption, the Culture of Politics, and the Imagined State},
author = {Akhil Gupta},
doi = {10.1525/ae.1995.22.2.02a00090},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-05-01},
journal = {American Ethnologist},
volume = {22},
number = {2},
pages = {375-402},
abstract = {In this article I attempt to do an ethnography of the state by examining the discourses of corruption in contemporary India. I focus on the practices of lower levels of the bureaucracy in a small north Indian town as well as on representations of the state in the mass media. Research on translocal institutions such as “the state” enables us to reflect on the limitations of participant-observation as a technique of fieldwork. The analysis leads me to question Eurocentric distinctions between state and civil society and offers a critique of the conceptualization of “the state” as a monolithic and unitary entity. [the state, public culture, fieldwork, discourse, corruption, India]},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1995b,
title = {Roots of rural ethnic mobilisation: Comparative studies on governments and non-dominant ethnic groups in Europe, 1850–1940},
author = {Collin Williams},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-04-01},
journal = {Journal of Historical Geography},
volume = {21},
number = {2},
pages = {215-216},
abstract = {REVIEWS 215 D. HOWELL (Ed.), Roots of Rural Ethnic Mobilisation. Comparative Studies on Gov-ernments and Non-Dominant Ethnic Groups in Europe, 1850-1940 (European Science Foundation/New York: New York University Press, 1993. Pp. xxii+ 327. This volume comprises one of eight books derived from the European Science Found-ation research project on the relationship between non-dominant ethnic groups and the state structure of Europe in modern times. Its focus on rural ethnic mobilization incorporates a detailed, comparative treatment of one of the more interesting structural adjustments in European society, namely the transition from the largely rural world of 1850 to the increasingly industrialized economic system at the start of the Second World War. Three key questions are addressed in each of the eight case studies.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya1995,
title = {Southeast Asia in the Early Modern Period; Twenty-Five Years On},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Leonard Y. Andaya},
doi = {10.1017/S002246340001050X},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Southeast Asian Studies},
volume = {26},
number = {1},
pages = {92-98},
abstract = {The identity of “Southeast Asia” has been debated since the 1950s, when the region began to develop as an area of academic viability around which courses could be constructed, programmes built, and research published. Much less controversy has accompanied the growing use of “early modern”, a term which seems set to displace “precolonial” in periodizing Southeast Asian history. The phrase, of course, comes from scholarship on Europe, where it was popularized as a result of efforts to find shared “periods” that would facilitate the writing of a general history. It would be surprising if questions as to the applicability of “early modern” in Southeast Asia do not spark off some debate, especially in light of subaltern writings that reject the notion of modernity as a universal. For such historians the very invocation of the word implicitly sets a “modern Europe” against a “yet to be modernized non-Europe”. But whatever decision is made regarding terminology, scholarship on Southeast Asia is increasingly viewing a period that stretches from about the fifteenth to the early nineteenth century as rather different from those traditionally described as “classical” and “colonial/modern”. The term “early modern” itself is at present a convenient tool for historical reference, and only time will tell whether it will find general acceptance.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya1995b,
title = {Upstreams and Downstreams in Early Modern Sumatra},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1111/j.1540-6563.1995.tb02018.x},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-03-01},
journal = {The Historian},
volume = {57},
number = {3},
pages = {537-552},
abstract = {Cambodia) and the island world (Malaysia, Indonesia, the Philippines, Brunei, Singapore). However, the range of linguistic and cultural groupings within Southeast Asia is so great that even those who have studied the region for an academic lifetime can only acquk real competence in a limited area. Scholarship is further restricted since much of the region's history is still un-known and requires basic research in primary sources, both European and indigenous. During the last three decades, publications on early modem Southeast Asia have been case studies of particular countries or local regions, which make comparisons both between and within mainland and island areas difficult. Growing impatience with case studies has resulted in the recent production of several surveys that trace historical differences and similarities throughout the region.'},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim1995,
title = {The Couple in the Cage: A Guatinaui Odyssey},
author = {Bruce Mannheim and Ruth Behar},
doi = {10.1525/var.1995.11.1.118},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-03-01},
urldate = {1995-03-01},
journal = {Visual Anthropology Review},
volume = {11},
number = {1},
pages = {118-127},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya1995bb,
title = {A History of Malaysia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Carl A. Trocki and Leonard Y. Andaya},
doi = {10.2307/2055991},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-02-01},
journal = {The Journal of Asian Studies},
volume = {44},
number = {2},
pages = {453},
abstract = {Towards the end, his account of the events of 1975 may serve as a valuable corrective to that given by the successful North Vietnamese commander Van Tien Dung. For the Communists, the campaign amounted to a'great spring victory'; but for the highland people unfortunate enough to be caught up in the military onslaught-which meant large numbers of them-it was a disaster which Dr Hickey suggests may have been'the worst bloodbath of the Vietnam War'. By the time peace came to the highlands after 1975 the society which had existed even down to the early 1970s could not easily be restored. And the new regime having exploited the highlanders' aspirations for autonomy so long as they could be used against pro-American governments in Saigon, had little to offer when the war ended but a return to the policies of Vietnamisation inaugurated under Ngo Dinh Diem.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Ladegaard1995,
title = {Audience design revisited: Persons, roles and power relations in speech interactions},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1016/0271-5309(94)00017-7},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-01-31},
urldate = {1995-01-31},
journal = {Language & Communication},
volume = {15},
number = {1},
abstract = {Presents extracts of data from a language attitude study in Denmark and applies them to A. Bell's (1984) framework of audience design. These extracts from interviews between a male teacher and 15–17 yr olds suggest that the auditor may be just as important as the addressee in influencing the speaker's style variation. They also suggest that auditors may in fact be addressed, although not explicitly, and that their implicit contributions may be just as significant for the development of the speech interaction as those made by the addressee. One concept that has been neglected in the construction of role relations in audience design is the power relationship between interactants in speech situations. The alternate model proposed here indicates that any person known to the speaker may influence the speaker's language design.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {Focusing in Modern Greek},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-01-05},
urldate = {1995-01-05},
journal = {Discourse configurational languages},
volume = {176},
pages = {206},
abstract = {This paper discusses the phenomenon of focusing in Modern Greek (MG). It has two major aims. The first aim is to distinguish the process of focusing from the processes of topicalization and wh-movement which are also attested in the lan-guage. The second aim is to develop a theory of focusing which accounts for the distribution of focus phrases both in the syntax and at LF. Section 2 discusses some word order properties relating to the subject and the objects of the verb, with the aim of introducing the constructions investigated in the subsequent sections.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {The Mind of a Savant},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Neilson Voyne Smit},
isbn = {978-0-631-19017-2},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-01-01},
urldate = {1995-01-01},
abstract = {Savants are people who are mentally and often physically impaired but who have one dazzling talent. Cases of savants, like Christopher who is described here, are not unheard of, but have never been reported before. Despite being unable to look after himself because he has difficulty with everyday tasks, Christopher can read, write, translate and communicate in fifteen to twenty different languages.
In this original, detailed and wide-ranging study, Neil Smith and Ianthi-Maria Tsimpli not only provide insight into the mind of one unique individual, but simultaneously cast light on the nature of language and thought in general. By exploiting recent developments in both linguistics and psychology the authors have made an essential contribution to the whole field of cognitive science.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Mannheim1995b,
title = {Comment},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
editor = {César Itier},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-01-01},
urldate = {1995-01-01},
pages = {118-119},
publisher = {Cuzco: Center for Andean Rural Studies "Bartolomé de las Casas"},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Mannheim1995c,
title = {Introduction},
author = {Bruce Mannheim and Dennis Tedlock},
editor = {Bruce Mannheim and Dennis Tedlock},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-01-01},
urldate = {1995-01-01},
pages = {1-32},
publisher = {University of Illinois Press},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Mannheim1995d,
title = {Culture troping},
author = {Bruce Mannheim and Alton L. Becker},
editor = {Bruce Mannheim and Dennis Tedlock},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-01-01},
urldate = {1995-01-01},
pages = {237-252},
publisher = {University of Illinois Press},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@bachelorthesis{Mannheim1995e,
title = {Introduction. /nThe Dialogical Emergence of Culture},
author = {Bruce Mannheim and D. Tedlock},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-01-01},
urldate = {1995-01-01},
journal = {ntroduction to the Dialogic Emergence of Culture},
pages = {1 - 32},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@article{Hendriks1995,
title = {5 The acquisition of Dutch},
author = {Henriette Hendriks and Wolfgang Klein and Josée Coenen and Korrie van Helvert},
doi = {10.1075/sibil.7.06kle},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-01-01},
urldate = {1995-01-01},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Fina1995b,
title = {Pronominal choice, identity, and solidarity in political discourse},
author = {Anna De Fina},
doi = {10.1515/text.1.1995.15.3.379},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-01-01},
journal = {Text - Interdisciplinary Journal for the Study of Discourse},
volume = {15},
number = {3},
abstract = {This paper presents an empirical analysis of the pragmatic role that pronouns expressing person deixis have in the speeches of two Mexican participants in a conference on the Chiapas revolt of January 1994 in Mexico. I argue that pronominal choice in political discourse reflects differences in the way in which speakers present themselves with respect to other individuals and groups in the political arena and in relation to the situation that is being discussed. I reanalyze the concept of speaker involvement in order to distinguish between involvement of a speaker with the topic, commitment to his own words and identification with other groups or individuals. I show how these different dimensions can be related to Coffmans notion of ‘production format’ and how the concept of‘principal’ can be used to define solidarity in political discourse. Finally, / stress that understanding of the pragmatic implications of pronominal choice depends on a detailed analysis of the presence of all pronouns in a given text, and that the speaker’s identity emerges through consistent use of certain pronouns with a stable referent and through the oppositions and connections established in the text between these referents and the referents of other pronominal and non pronominal forms.},
keywords = {Anna De Fina},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Pauwels1995,
title = {Immigration and Australia's language resources},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Sandra Kipp and Michael Clyne},
isbn = {0644452668},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-01-01},
publisher = {AGPS},
abstract = {A study of the extent and nature of Australia's language diversity; the number and employment categories of those using a language other than English (LOTE).},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Pauwels1995bb,
title = {Linguistic practices and language maintenance amoung bilingual women and men in AustraliaLinguistic practices and language maintenance amoung bilingual women and men in Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
url = {https://eprints.soas.ac.uk/id/eprint/9938},
issn = {03327531},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-01-01},
journal = {Nordlyd},
volume = {23},
pages = {21-50},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya1995bb,
title = {Women and Economic Change: The Pepper Trade in Pre-Modern Southeast Asia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1163/1568520952600579},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-01-01},
journal = {Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient},
volume = {38},
number = {2},
pages = {165-190},
abstract = {Women in Southeast Asia are traditionally said to have occupied a “high status”, especially in comparison with China and India. As yet, however, little research has been undertaken on the pre-modern period. This paper examines the development of the pepper trade in Sumatra during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, and explores the manner in which this new cash crop affected the position of women. Prior to the introduction of pepper, females dominated horticulture and local marketing. Initially pepper was incorporated into household gardens, but increased production made its growing and marketing less easily allied with domestic tasks. The arrival of Europeans accelerated the process whereby control of pepper resources fell into male hands, both local and foreign. Declining prices meant pepper's popularity declined, but the Dutch and English East India Companies still tried to persuade local rulers to enforce cultivation. On the east coast of Sumatra the pepper areas were far from coastal centers of control, and compulsion proved impossible. On the west coast, however, the pepper districts were closer to English posts, and the changes brought about by forced cultivation were therefore more far reaching. Women were particularly affected, since Europeans saw plantation agriculture as a male preserve, with females occupying a secondary position. Growing local resistance to pepper growing is normally attributed to the low returns it offered from the mid seventeenth century onwards. As a case study, this paper suggests that another element was the cultural disruption that European policies introduced, and especially the effects on the traditional roles of women in the domestic economy.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Omar1995,
title = {Rekonstruksi Fonologi Bahasa Melayu Induk (Siri Monograf Sejarah Bahasa Melayu)},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9789836287403},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-01-01},
publisher = {Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Omar1995b,
title = {Rekonstruksi Kata Dalam Bahasa Melayu Induk (Siri Monograf Sejarah Bahasa Melayu)},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9789836245472},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-01-01},
publisher = {Dewan Bahasa give Pustaka},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Connell1995,
title = {The historical development of Lower Cross consonants},
author = {Bruce Connell},
doi = {10.1515/jall.1995.16.1.41},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-01-01},
journal = {Journal of African Languages and Linguistics},
volume = {16},
number = {1},
pages = {41-70},
abstract = {This paper presents a reconstruction of the consonant System of Proto-Lower Cross and examines the development of this parent System into those of the various present-day Lower Cross languages. The methodology used deviates somewhat from tradition in that greater attention tophonetic detail than usual is employed, following theprinciple that reconstructions should be constrained by thephonetic evidence to hand and comparison is made with related forms from outside the group. Questions of particular interest that are examined include the development of the nasal series, the reconstruction of Proto-Lower Cross *1, developments involving labio-velars, and the implications of the absence of afortis-lenis contrast in Lower Cross. Finally, the implications of the development of Lower Cross consonants for sub-grouping within Lower Cross are discussed.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Perrin1995b,
title = {The actual actors. News agencies in Switzerland},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Roger Blum and Katrin Hemmer},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-01-01},
publisher = {Main},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Perrin1995bb,
title = {Network book computer. Teaching aids for middle and high school},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Petra Jörg
},
isbn = {3-3729605151},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-01-01},
publisher = {Zytglogge},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Perrin1995bb,
title = {Short sentences, little passive voice. Agency language in its own right},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Petra Perrin},
isbn = {3-258-05002-3},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-01-01},
pages = {143–167},
publisher = { Main},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Eberhard1995,
title = {Mamaindé Stress: the Need for Strata},
author = {David Eberhard},
isbn = {978-1556710032},
year  = {1995},
date = {1995-01-01},
publisher = {Dallas: SIL Publishing},
abstract = {Stress plays an important role in the phonology, morphology, and syntax of Mamaindé. The author uses the current theories of metrical and lexical phonology to analyze this stress system. It is demonstrated that a typical application of metrical rules alone will not predict stress correctly. Instead, Mamaindé must make use of multiple strata in order for stress placement to be predicted.},
keywords = {David Eberhard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Tsimpli1994c,
title = {On the interaction of case and definiteness in modern Greek},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Anna Roussou},
doi = {10.1075/cilt.117.11rou},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-11-17},
urldate = {1994-11-17},
pages = {69-69},
publisher = {John Benjamins BV},
abstract = {The purpose of the paper is to discuss the morphosyntactic properties of determiners in Modern Greek (MG) with regard to their interaction with the Case system. We will first discuss (in) definite objects concentrating on differences between the interpretation of bare (plural) indefinites and quantified indefinites. Then we will present an account of (in) definites in subject position. We will show that in MG the definite article may be used as an expletive element. In that respect it will be argued that there is no one-to-one mapping between the overt realisation of the definite article and the semantic notion of definiteness.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Mannheim1994,
title = {The Language of the Inka Since the European Invasion . Bruce Mannheim},
author = {Bruce Mannheim and Jane H. Hill},
doi = {10.1525/ae.1994.21.4.02a01980},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-11-01},
urldate = {1994-11-01},
journal = {American Ethnologist},
volume = {21},
number = {4},
pages = {1084-1085},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell1994,
title = {The Structure of Labial-Velar Stops},
author = {Bruce Connell},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-10-01},
journal = {Journal of Phonetics},
volume = {22},
number = {4},
pages = {441-476},
abstract = {Studies of the phonetics of labial-velar stops are few, and have for the most part been based on one or two speakers. In an attempt to fill this gap, this paper examines the labial-velar stops of five Nigerian languages (Ibibio, Igbo, Kalahari, Kana, and Obolo). Multiple speakers are used for one of these (Ibibio), and a variety of instrumental techniques are employed. Some discussion of the implictions of the phonetic structure of these stops for their phonological characterization is offered along with consideration of their diachronic behaviour. The phonetic characteristics reported suggest the need for a reconsideration of how these stops are represented in current phonological theory, and also allow insight into their historical developments. By the same token, hypotheses as to the diachronic appearance of labial-velars suggest an understanding as to why they exhibit their particular characteristics.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1994,
title = {The Political Geography of the New World Order},
author = {Collin Williams and Peter J. Taylor
},
doi = {10.2307/143738},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-10-01},
journal = {Economic Geography 70(4):431},
volume = {70},
number = {4},
pages = {431-432},
abstract = {Economic Geography, published quarterly, is a leading English-language journal devoted to the study of economic geography and is widely read by academics and professionals around the world. Highlighting the publication of theoretically-based empirical articles and case studies of significant theoretical trends that are occurring within the field of economic geography, the journal serves as a forum for high-quality and innovative scholarship. In keeping with the international scope and impact of this work, Economic Geography focuses upon exciting new research ideas and analyses emerging from scholarly networks worldwide. Each issue includes feature articles and book reviews. Articles in the past decade chronicle the significant upsurge of scholarly interest in economic geography during a period of massive change, rampant technological growth, and realignment in the global economy. Economic Geography will continue to stress important contributions to the ongoing development of theory in global economic geography.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya1994,
title = {The Changing Religious Role of Women in Pre-Modern South East Asia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1177/0967828X9400200202},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-09-01},
journal = {South East Asia Research},
volume = {2},
number = {2},
pages = {99-116},
abstract = {Claims that women in South East Asia enjoyed a relatively high status stretch back over hundreds of years. Observers as far removed in time and place as a tenth-century Chinese in Vietnam, an eighteenth-century Englishman in Sumatra, a New Zealander in eastern Indonesia around 1910, and a contemporary anthropologist have remarked on the respect with which females are regarded, and on their'dominance'and'freedom', even when imported traditions stress an ideal of female subservience. s Such comments have been echoed in a recent work by Anthony Reid, Southeast Asia in the age of commerce. In his view, the comparatively high position women held'represented one aspect of the social system in which a distinctive Southeast Asian pattern was especially evident."},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Duranti1994,
title = {From Grammar to Politics: Linguistic Anthropology in a Western Samoan Village},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
isbn = {0520083857},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-08-22},
number = {232 pages},
publisher = {Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press},
edition = {1994},
abstract = {Alessandro Duranti explores the way traditional oratory in a Samoan village is shaped by the needs of the political process and shows how language insulates ceremonial speakers from the perils of everyday confrontation. He proposes a "moral flow hypothesis" in discourse, to describe a grammar that distributes praise and blame and in that way defines the standing of individuals in the community. This ethnographic journey from linguistic to political anthropology demonstrates that the analysis of grammar in context needs ethnography just as much as the conduct of politics needs grammatical analysis.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Haberland1994,
title = {Politeness phenomena in England and Greece: A cross-cultural perspective: Maria Sifianou, Oxford: Clarendon Press},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Bent Preisler},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-08-01},
urldate = {1994-08-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {22},
number = {2},
pages = {227–232},
abstract = {For about fifteen years, politeness has been one of the most important and productive areas of research in pragmatics and sociolinguistics. Its importance in terms of cross-cultural communication is obvious, and comparative studies of the conceptualization and manifestations of politeness in different cultures must therefore be regarded as vital in an era of growing internationalization. The book under review is an example of such a study, applying Brown and Levinson’s (1978) politeness theory to a comparison of social interaction in England and Greece. Discussing a wide range of linguistic and pragmatic characteristics of English and Greek, the author finds that Greeks tend to use more ‘positive’politeness (expressions of friendliness and solidarity) than the English, who are more oriented toward the ‘negative’type (mitigation of impositions, expressions of formality). She also deals with the extent to which politeness should be considered a universal concept, and with politeness as a potential source of intercultural miscommunication. She concludes that, although the manifestations of politeness may be culture-specific, no nation can objectively be said to be more polite than another. She emphasizes the importance of including culture-specific aspects of politeness in the syllabus of the foreign-language classroom. After the presentation of her data (see below) in chapter 1, there follows an overview and critical discussion of pragmatic theories relevant to the concept of politeness in chapter 2. The last section of the chapter is 5 2.5. 1 on ‘Greek culture and the notion of face.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Chiaro1994,
title = {The Language of Jokes: Analysing Verbal Play},
author = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
doi = {10.2307/415846},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-06-01},
journal = {Language 70(2) DOI:},
volume = {70},
number = {2},
abstract = {In this highly readable and thought-provoking book, Delia Chiaro explores the pragmatics of word play, using frameworks normally adopted in descriptive linguistics. Using examples from personally recorded conversations, she examines the structure of jokes, quips, riddles and asides. Chiaro explores degrees of conformity to and deviation from established conventions; thetellability'of jokes, and the interpretative role of the listener; the creative use of puns, word play and discourse. The emphasis in her analysis is on sociocultural contexts for the production and reception of jokes, and she examines the extent to which jokes are both universal in their appeal, and specific to a particular culture.},
keywords = {Delia Carmela Chiaro},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell1994b,
title = {John Clark & Colin Yallop (1990). An introduction to phonetics and Phonology. Oxford: Basil Blackwell. Pp. xiv + 400 (incl. two appendices and an index)},
author = {Bruce Connell},
doi = {10.1017/S0952675700001901},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-05-01},
journal = {Phonology},
volume = {11},
number = {1},
abstract = {Phonology is the only journal devoted to all aspects of the discipline, and provides a unique forum for the productive interchange of ideas among phonologists and those working in related disciplines. Preference is given to papers which make a substantial theoretical contribution, irrespective of the particular theoretical framework employed, but the submission of papers presenting new empirical data of general theoretical interest is also encouraged. The journal publishes quarterly and carries research articles, as well as book reviews and shorter pieces on topics of current controversy within phonology.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini1994,
title = {1848: the revolution of the intellectuals},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1016/0191-6599(94)90520-7},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-05-01},
urldate = {1994-05-01},
journal = {History of European Ideas},
volume = {18},
number = {3},
pages = {438-439},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli1994,
title = {Neuropsychology and linguistic talent},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Neil O'Connor and Neil Smith and Chris Frith},
doi = {10.1016/0911-6044(94)90019-1},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-04-01},
urldate = {1994-04-01},
journal = {Journal of Neurolinguistics},
volume = {8},
number = {2},
pages = {95-107},
abstract = {We report on the unique case of a polyglot savant who is institutionalised because he is unable to look after himself, but who has knowledge of some fifteen to twenty languages. We provide details of his medical and psychometric background and then document his linguistic ability in detail. We argue that the case provides evidence for Fodor's modularity hypothesis (though with some quasimodular structure needing to be attributed to the central system) and for the linguistic distinction between a functional and a conceptual lexicon. We also report on the results of an MRI scan carried out on the subject. While these may reveal some abnormalities of the cerebellum, there is no differential cortical development which could underlie his linguistic ability. We conclude that, while pathological studies are making our understanding of the links between the neural and the linguistic ever clearer, we are still largely ignorant of the nature of those links in cases of normal or enhanced ability.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli1994b,
title = {Neuropsychology and linguistic talent},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Neil O'Connor and Neil Smith and Chris Frith},
doi = {10.1016/0911-6044(94)90019-1},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-04-01},
urldate = {1994-04-01},
journal = {Journal of Neurolinguistics},
volume = {8},
number = {2},
pages = {95-107 },
abstract = {We report on the unique case of a polyglot savant who is institutionalised because he is unable to look after himself, but who has knowledge of some fifteen to twenty languages. We provide details of his medical and psychometric background and then document his linguistic ability in detail. We argue that the case provides evidence for Fodor's modularity hypothesis (though with some quasimodular structure needing to be attributed to the central system) and for the linguistic distinction between a functional and a conceptual lexicon. We also report on the results of an MRI scan carried out on the subject. While these may reveal some abnormalities of the cerebellum, there is no differential cortical development which could underlie his linguistic ability. We conclude that, while pathological studies are making our understanding of the links between the neural and the linguistic ever clearer, we are still largely ignorant of the nature of those links in cases of normal or enhanced ability.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Roberts1994,
title = {Maria-Rita Manzini, Locality (Linguistic Inquiry Monograph No. 19)},
author = {Ian Roberts},
doi = {10.1017/S0022226700016297},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-03-01},
urldate = {1994-03-01},
journal = {Journal of Linguistics},
volume = {30},
issue = {1},
abstract = {This paper presents the evidence for a rule of object shift in Middle and Early Modern English, and shows what the consequences of the existence of this rule are for (a) the English pronominal system, (b) the analysis of Scandinavian object shift, (c) the historical development of English. In Section 1 we present the basic facts about Scandinavian object shift, drawing on Holmberg (1986, 1991) and Vikner (1989, 1994). We sketch an analysis of this phenomenon which treats object shift as A-movement of the pronoun. This approach makes the right connection between object shift and verb movement in terms of the theory of locality in Chomsky (1993). Section 2 discusses Early Modern English and shows that, modulo independent differences concerning verb movement, object shift here exactly parallels MSc. Section 3 gives a more detailed version of the analysis. Here we also give several arguments against a head-movement approach to object shift.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1994b,
title = {Maria Sifianou, Politeness phenomena in England and Greece},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Bent Preisler},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-01-01},
urldate = {1994-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {22},
pages = {219-237},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pierson1994,
title = {Perceived vitality of age categories in California and Hong Kong},
author = {Herbert Pierson and Jake Harwood and Howard Giles and Richard Clément and Susan Fox},
doi = {10.1080/01434632.1994.9994573},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-01-01},
urldate = {1994-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual & Multicultural Development},
volume = {15},
number = {4},
pages = {311-318},
abstract = {This paper examines young people's assessments of the subjective vitality (SV) of young, middle‐aged, and elderly targets in Hong Kong and California. This emerged from an interest in the application of the SV framework to age, which is a new development. In addition, we were interested in the relative strength ascribed to the elderly in the two cultures, given western conceptions that the elderly are revered and respected in Asian cultures. The results indicate that, relative to young targets, the elderly are rated as having less vitality in Hong Kong than in California—an effect that was contrary to our expectations. The middle‐aged are seen as having the highest vitality across both cultures. These findings are discussed in terms of recent developments in vitality theory, and the political situation in Hong Kong.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Brookes1994,
title = {Ethnolinguistic vitality during a period of decolonization without independence: perceived vitality in Hong Kong},
author = {Heather Brookes},
doi = {10.1515/ijsl.1994.108.43},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-01-01},
urldate = {1994-01-01},
journal = {International Journal of the Sociology of Language},
volume = {1994},
number = {108},
pages = {43-62},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Bodomo1994,
title = {Serial Verb Nominalisations in Dagaare},
author = {Adams Bodomo and Marc van Oostendorp},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-01-01},
abstract = {This paper examines nominalization and serial verb construction (SVC) in Dagaare, a West African language. It discusses nominalization theory and its relation to Germanic languages such as English, German, and Dutch, using insights gained from the study of these languages to help illuminate nominalization in Dagaare and other similar West African languages. Serial verb nominalization (SVN) in Dagaare is then examined. SVN in Dagaare gives rise to a pattern in which the shared object precedes all verbal predicates, whereas normal SVC shows a pattern in which the direct object surfaces in between the governing verbs. Contains 21 references. (MDM)},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint1994,
title = {Borrowing and nominalization of technical terms in Standard Thai},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-01-01},
journal = {Language Reform, History and Future},
volume = {6},
pages = {9-24},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels1994,
title = {Applying linguistic insights in intercultural communication to professional training programs: an Australian case study},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
url = {https://eprints.soas.ac.uk/id/eprint/9940},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1515/mult.1994.13.1-2.195},
isbn = {16133684},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-01-01},
journal = {Walter de Gruyter, Berlin/New York},
volume = {13},
number = {1-2},
pages = {195-212},
abstract = {Multilingua is a refereed academic journal publishing six issues per volume. It has established itself as an international forum for interdisciplinary research on linguistic diversity in social life. The journal is particularly interested in publishing high-quality empirical yet theoretically-grounded research from hitherto neglected sociolinguistic contexts worldwide.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Pauwels1994b,
title = {Local diversity, global connections: Six approaches to cross-cultural training},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Bill Cope},
url = {https://eprints.soas.ac.uk/id/eprint/9649},
isbn = {0644330589},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-01-01},
publisher = {Canberra : Australian Govt. Pub. Service (AGPS)},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Pauwels1994bb,
title = {Cross-cultural Communication in the Professions},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-01-01},
publisher = {Mouton-De Gruyter},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1994bb,
title = {Swabian speech communities in Melbourne: A sociolinguistic discussion},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-01-01},
pages = {205-220},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1994bb,
title = {Preface: Current trends in research on communication in cross-cultural professional and work place settings: Some introductory remarks},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-01-01},
volume = {13},
number = {1-2},
pages = {7-12},
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter, Berlin/New York},
abstract = {Multilingua is a refereed academic journal publishing six issues per volume. It has established itself as an international forum for interdisciplinary research on linguistic diversity in social life. The journal is particularly interested in publishing high-quality empirical yet theoretically-grounded research from hitherto neglected sociolinguistic contexts worldwide.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Frellesvig1994,
title = {Morphemic tone and word tone in central Japanese},
author = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
doi = {10.1080/03740463.1994.10420400},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-01-01},
journal = {Acta Linguistica Hafniensia:International Journal of Linguistics},
volume = {27},
number = {1},
pages = {147-160},
abstract = {In his 1963 paper “Morphemic Tone and Word Tone in Eastern Norwegian”, Jørgen Rischel discusses the lexical representation of morphemic tone and the relation between the tone of (isolated) words and the tone of their constituent morphemes. The overt emphasis is descriptive, but the issues he addresses are of importance to general theoretical linguistics, for they concern the very core of morphophonology in both its structural and generative aspect. Jørge n Rischel’s students will recognize this dual quality in his teaching. It is a pleasure for me to be able hereby to express in a small way my appreciation of the lessons I have learnt from Jørgen, not least in the course of his kind supervision of my doctoral work. I shall in this paper discuss some aspects of the morphotonology of central Japanese (typified by Kyoto, the former imperial capital) which has morphemic tone, like Norwegian, but unlike eastern Japanese (typified by Tokyo); central Japanese comprises central Honshu (including Kyoto and Osaka) and the greater part of Shikoku, but the following concerns especially Kyoto Japanese. In particular, I shall discuss the relation between the tone of isolated words and the tone of their constituent morphemes, showing that this is not always as straightforward as is usually assumed for central Japanese.},
keywords = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1994b,
title = {Development, dependency and the democratic deficit},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1080/01434632.1994.9994560},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {15},
number = {2},
pages = {101-127},
abstract = {By focusing on structural changes which have influenced the development of Welsh and English in modern Wales, this paper will examine several lessons to be gleaned from the construction of a comprehensive bilingual social order. The argument will incorporate evidence from a variety of sources and agencies concerned with language and cultural reproduction. It will survey those features which increase the dependency of the less numerous language group on the local state and conclude with a discussion on the dualism involved in simultaneously transforming the range of social domains wherein the Welsh language is used and seeking greater group autonomy so as to influence the construction and direction of those domains. The central thrust of the argument will be to ask to what extent our interpretation of democratic accountability within minority language communities will have to be reinterpreted as the price to be paid for a fully functional bilingual society in Wales.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Perrin1994,
title = {I am good},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1994},
date = {1994-01-01},
publisher = {SJW},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Tsimpli1993,
title = {Learning the impossible: The acquisition of possible and impossible languages by a polyglot savant},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Neil V Smith and Jamal Ouhalla},
doi = {10.1016/0024-3841(93)90002-E Authors:},
year  = {1993},
date = {1993-12-01},
urldate = {1993-12-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {91},
number = {4},
pages = {279-347},
abstract = {We report on the case of a polyglot savant (Christopher) who has a remarkable talent for learning and translating languages. Building on previous work which had established both the range of languages at Christopher's command and the extent to which his linguistic knowledge was integrated into his cognitive ability, we taught him two new languages for which we controlled the input. We had two main aims: the first was to test the hypothesis (within one version of the Principles and Parameters framework) that parameter resetting is not an option available to the second language learner; the second was to accrue further evidence for or against Fodor's modularity hypothesis and cast light on the possible range of interactions between linguistic and ‘central’ cognitive processes. The languages chosen were Berber, an Afro-Asiatic language spoken in North Africa, and Epun, an invented language deliberately devised to contain constructions which violated universal grammatical principles. In Christopher's acquisition of Berber we gleaned evidence from a variety of phenomena, including word order, null subjects, that-trace effects, wh-island violations and cliticisation, that his learning was conditioned by a combination of transfer effects from English and principles of UG, rather than by the effect of parameter resetting. In Christopher's acquisition of Epun we began with a core of ‘normal’ constructions, designed to make him feel at home in the new language, and then proceeded to investigate a range of impossible constructions, both structure-dependent and structure-independent. In the former case, we concentrated on negative sentences, constructed with no overt negative morpheme, and past-tense sentences which involve unattested and putatively impossible word-order differences. In the latter case, we concentrated on a rule of emphasis that involved counting words, and a form of agreement which again violated putatively universal generalisations. In each case we compared Christopher's performance with that of a small group of controls. The results were complex, but we think we can justify an interpretation which lends support to both the main hypotheses being tested.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta1993,
title = {The Reincarnation of Souls and the Rebirth of Commodities: Representations of Time in "East" and "West"},
author = {Akhil Gupta},
doi = {10.2307/1354088},
year  = {1993},
date = {1993-11-01},
journal = {Cultural Critique},
pages = {187},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1993,
title = {Book notice},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1016/0378-2166(93)90062-T},
year  = {1993},
date = {1993-10-01},
urldate = {1993-10-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {20},
number = {4},
pages = {397–398},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini1993,
title = {Biagini Eugenio F.. Liberty, Retrenchment, and Reform: Popular Liberalism in the Age of Gladstone},
author = {Eugenio Biagini and Ann Pottinger Saab},
doi = {10.2307/2166690},
year  = {1993},
date = {1993-10-01},
urldate = {1993-10-01},
journal = {Albion A Quarterly Journal Concerned with British Studies},
volume = {98},
number = {4},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1993b,
title = {Formal pragmatics in Kobe},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Jacob L Mey and Richard W Janney},
doi = {10.1016/0378-2166(93)90002-7},
year  = {1993},
date = {1993-05-01},
urldate = {1993-05-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {19},
number = {5},
pages = {5-7},
abstract = {The purpose of this panel is to reflect the status of Formal Pragmatics in the linguistic landscape of the 1990’s. It seems fitting that such a reflection should take place under the aegis, so to speak, of the Journal of Pragmatics. In the Editorial published in the first issue of the Journal of Pragmatics (Haberland and Mey 1977: l-11) we dismissed formal pragmatics somewhat cursorily, albeit respectfully; we wrote:
“For many linguists, the term ‘pragmatics’ is chiefly associated with the discipline of formal pragmatics(mostly in the Montague tradition). Although we agree that the study of linguistic pragmatics has gained valuable insights from this work, it is not unfair to raise the question whether this approach represents an extremely sophisticated way of doing semantics, or if it constitutes a pragmatics in our definition.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini1993b,
title = {Currents of Radicalism: Popular Radicalism, Organised Labour and Party Politics in Britain},
author = {Eugenio Biagini and John V. Orth and Alastair J Reid},
doi = {10.2307/845376},
year  = {1993},
date = {1993-04-01},
urldate = {1993-04-01},
journal = {The American Journal of Legal History},
volume = {37},
number = {2},
pages = {228 },
abstract = {Preface 1. Currents of radicalism, 1850-1914 Eugenio F. Biagini and Alastair J. Reid Part I. Continuities in Popular Radicalism: 2. The old radicalism and the new: David Urquhart and the politics of opposition, 1832-1867 Miles Taylor 3. Radicalism and popular culture: the Tichborne case and the politics of 'fair play', 1867-1886 Rohan McWilliam 4. Popular politics and the limitations of party: Wolverhampton, 1867-1900 Jon Lawrence 5. Nonconformity and trade unionism: the Sheffield outrages of 1866 Kenneth D. Brown Part II. The Liberal Party and the People: 6. Trade unionists, Gladstonian Liberals, and the labour law reforms of 1875 Jonathan Spain 7. Popular Liberals, Gladstonian finance, and the debate on taxation, 1860-1874 Eugenio F. Biagini 8. Gladstone and his rivals: popular Liberal perceptions of the party leadership in the political crisis of 1885-1886 Graham D. Goodlad Part III. Radicals, Liberals, and the Labour Party: 9. Labour and parliament: the Lib.-Labs. as the first working-class MPs, 1885-1906 John Shepherd 10. Old Unionism reconsidered: the radicalism of Robert Knight, 1870-1900 Alastair J. Reid 11. Labour and local politics: radicalism, democracy and the social reform, 1880-1914 Pat Thane 12. Ideological debate in Edwardian Labour politics: radicalism, Revisionism and socialism Duncan Tanner Index.},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1993,
title = {VI. On England's beleaguered north},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1016/0962-6298(93)90038-9},
year  = {1993},
date = {1993-03-01},
journal = {Political Geography},
volume = {12},
number = {2},
pages = {174-179},
abstract = {Peter Taylor’s Maconochie Lecture for 1992 is replete with home-truths and perceptive warnings, which although not peculiarly English are most evident in modern English society. At one level, the ‘model nation-state’of the United Kindom has been a tremendous success story and so long as at the macro-level that enterprise of state-forging was successful, internal differences of inequality, identity re-evaluation and political detail could be subsumed in the name of national unity. Now that the inevitability of both a ‘successful’and ‘British’state idea is being contested, we are returning to basics to chew over questions of what might have been, and could possibly be. This is no mere nostalgia for a slighted Albion; it has a very profound practical implication for real politics within these lands. Before offering some specific comments on the enterprise let me address the question of timing as regards the raising of the issue.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Benjamin1993,
title = {Grammar and Polity: The Cultural and Political Background to Standard Malay},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
editor = {W. A. Foley},
doi = {10.1515/9783110872835},
isbn = {9783110135169},
year  = {1993},
date = {1993-01-31},
pages = {341–392},
publisher = {Mouton De Gruyter},
abstract = {Languages provide taken-for-granted encoding of sociopolitically ‘appropriate’ values, but different linguistic registers encode different values. Colloquial Malay, marked by condensed, insider-orientated and event-salient modes of expression, exerts less control over speakers than formal Malay, marked by articulated, outsider-orientated and participant-salient modes. The Malay verbal affixes are optional elements that demand different grammatical analyses according to the speech-register under study. In colloquial Malay, the affixes indicate Aktionsart-like meanings; in Standard Malaysian and Indonesian they have been reshaped into a set of contrastive Voice-like meanings concerned with the marking of transitivity. The affixes are thus inherently socio-linguistic features, which relate the development of socio-cultural Malayness to that of the Malay language.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Andaya1993,
title = {Political Development between the Sixteenth and Eighteenth Centuries},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1017/CHOL9780521355056.009},
isbn = {9781139055475},
year  = {1993},
date = {1993-01-25},
journal = {The Cambridge History of Southeast Asia},
volume = {1},
number = {2},
pages = {58-115},
abstract = {The immense cultural diversity of Southeast Asia and the linguistic skills required to approach the sources have tended to encourage localized rather than general studies of the region. The yawning gaps in our knowledge, the difficulties in interpreting information and the very real differences within even the larger divisions of ‘island’ and ‘mainland’ do not facilitate efforts to draw the Southeast Asian past together. What can the highly literate, Sinicised élite of seventeenth-century Vietnam have in common with the more oral, Muslim courts of the Malay states? Is it possible to conceive of a Shan community in the hills of upper Burma as sharing in any sense the same world as villagers on a small isolated island in eastern Indonesia? At times it seems that the more closely one approaches the material, the more elusive a common history becomes. Yet the longer view may make the task less formidable. From a contemporary vantage-point the most significant development of the pre-modern period is the slow movement towards the larger political groupings which were to form the bases of later nation-states. This movement was by no means irrevocable, nor was it everywhere apparent. But whereas throughout Southeast Asia the ‘states’ at the beginning of the sixteenth century only generally approximate those we know today, three hundred years later the current shape of Southeast Asia is clearly discernible. It is the process which brought this about which we shall now examine.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Andaya1993b,
title = {Religious Developments in Southeast Asia c. 1500–1800},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Yoneo Ishii},
doi = {10.1017/CHOL9780521355056.011},
year  = {1993},
date = {1993-01-25},
volume = {1},
number = {part 2},
pages = {508-571},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Bodomo1993,
title = {Complex Predicates and Event Structure: An Integrated Analysis of Serial Verb Constructions in the Mabia Languages of West Africa. },
author = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {1993},
date = {1993-01-01},
abstract = {An integrated analysis of the syntax and semantics of serial verb constructions (SVCs) in a group of West African languages is presented. With data from Dagaare and closest relatives, a structural definition for SVCs is developed (two or more lexical verbs that share grammatical categories within a clause), establishing SVCs as complex predicates. Based on syntactic theories, a formal phrase structure is adapted for representation of SVCs, interpreting each as a product of a series of VP adjunctions. Within this new, non-derivational, pro-expansionary approach to grammar, several principles are developed to license grammatical information flow and verbal ordering priority. Based on semantic theories, a functional account of SVCs is developed: that the actions represented by the verbs in the SVC together express a single, complex event. A new model of event structure for all constructional transitions is proposed, and it is illustrated how two types of these transitions, West African SVCs and Scandinavian small clause constructions (SCCs), conform to this proposed event structure. Further, SVCs and SCCs are used to propose a parameter of variation between serializing and non-serializing languages. A survey of the general structure of the Mabia languages is also presented. (MSE)},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint1993,
title = {The linguistic mosaic},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {1993},
date = {1993-01-01},
journal = {Asia's Cultural Mosaic: An Anthropological Introduction (New York: Prentice Hall, 1993)},
pages = {88},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Pauwels1993,
title = {Languages at the crossroads: The report of the national enquiry into the employment and supply of teachers of languages other than English},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Nicholas Howard and Helen Moore, },
url = {https://eprints.soas.ac.uk/id/eprint/9652},
isbn = {187557820X},
year  = {1993},
date = {1993-01-01},
publisher = {National Languages and Literacy Institute of Australia},
abstract = {Howard, Nicholas and Moore, Helen and Pauwels, Anne (1993) Languages at the crossroads: the report of the National Enquiry into the Employment and Supply of Teachers of Languages Other than English. Melbourne: National Languages and Literacy Institute of Australia … Full text not available from this repository … There is no Altmetric data currently associated with this item … SOAS Research Online is powered by Eprints3 and is hosted by ULCC.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Pauwels1993b,
title = {Raising children bilingually in Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Connie Jansen},
isbn = {0732605113},
year  = {1993},
date = {1993-01-01},
publisher = {Monash University, Language & Society Centre},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Pauwels1993bb,
title = {Unlocking Australia's language potential: German},
author = {Anne Pauwels and Sue Fernandez},
year  = {1993},
date = {1993-01-01},
volume = {4},
publisher = {National Languages and Literacy Institute},
abstract = {This profile presents an overview of the German language in Australian education and Australian society, and highlights the languages importance to Australia.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Pauwels1993bb,
title = {Language planning, language reform and the sexes in Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1075/aralss.10.02pau},
year  = {1993},
date = {1993-01-01},
journal = {Australian Review of Applied Linguistics. Supplement Series},
volume = {10},
number = {1},
pages = {13-34},
abstract = {This paper deals with the phenomena of linguistic sexism and non-sexist language reform (feminist language planning) in the Australian context. It surveys Australian work on linguistic sexism and discusses various aspects of non-sexist language reform in Australia. Particular emphasis is placed on problematic issues relating to feminist language planning, i.e. the selection and evaluation of non-sexist alternatives and the implementation mechanisms for this type of reform. Linguistic change resulting from the reform initiatives and its spread throughout the community is also described briefly.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1993bb,
title = {Communicating across cultures: An Australian case study of language-related research on cross-cultural communication in medical encounters},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
url = {https://eprints.soas.ac.uk/id/eprint/9890},
year  = {1993},
date = {1993-01-01},
pages = {7-36},
publisher = {City Polytechnic},
abstract = {Anne Pauwels (1993) 'Communicating across cultures: An Australian case study of language-related research on cross-cultural communication in medical encounters.' In: Boswood, T and Hoffmann, R and Tung, P, (eds.), Perspectives on English for professional communication. Hong Kong: City Polytechnic, pp. 7-36 … Full text not available from this repository … There is no Altmetric data currently associated with this item … SOAS Research Online is powered by Eprints3 and is hosted by ULCC.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1993bb,
title = {Gender and language reform in Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1993},
date = {1993-01-01},
pages = {105-119},
publisher = {Macquarie University, Dictionary Research Centre},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1993bb,
title = {Languages and the sexes in Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1993},
date = {1993-01-01},
pages = {104-123},
publisher = {Australian Academy of Humanities},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Benjamin1993b,
title = {Temiar (Encyclopedia of World Cultures)},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
editor = {Paul Hockings},
isbn = {9780816118144},
year  = {1993},
date = {1993-01-01},
pages = {265–273},
publisher = {Boston: G. K. Hall / New York: Macmillan},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Roberts1993,
title = {A Computational Model of Language Learnability and Language Change},
author = {Ian Roberts and Robin Clark},
year  = {1993},
date = {1993-01-01},
urldate = {1993-01-01},
journal = {Linguistic Inquiry},
volume = {24},
issue = {2},
abstract = {The abstract for this document is available on CSA Illumina.To view the Abstract, click the Abstract button above the document title.},
keywords = {Ian Roberts},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1992,
title = {Focus-on Issue - Gender},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Jacob L. Mey and RW Janney},
year  = {1992},
date = {1992-11-01},
urldate = {1992-11-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {18},
number = {5},
pages = {R5-R5},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pierson1992,
title = {Communication Issues During a Period of Radical Transition: The Case of Hong Kong},
author = {Herbert Pierson},
doi = {10.1080/01463379209369855},
year  = {1992},
date = {1992-09-01},
urldate = {1992-09-01},
journal = {Communication Quarterly},
volume = {40},
number = {4},
pages = {381-390},
abstract = {This article briefly examines the fundamental communication issues facing Hong Kong in her transition from British sovereignty to mainland Chinese sovereignty as a Special Administrative Region. Reference is made to the origins of Hong Kong, which have determined many of the contemporary communication problems in the territory. Recent social psychological research is reported, which treats the complex social psychological interaction between English, Cantonese, and Putonghua, the main languages of Hong Kong's uncertain future.},
keywords = {Herbert Pierson},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Williams1992b,
title = {Agencies of Language Reproduction in Celtic Societies},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1075/sibil.1.20wil},
year  = {1992},
date = {1992-06-18},
pages = {307},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
abstract = {The condition of the six Celtic language communities today ranges from the official status accorded to Irish as a national state language through to the exнtremely precarious position of Cornish and Manx. Taken together they reflect the various situations encompassed within Europe's Lesser Used Language Communities. Although each language situation is certainly unique, there is much to be learned from cross-cultural comparative research based upon deнtailed analysis of the processes that effect language reproduction in such soнcieties. This article will concentrate upon three related aspects of the contemporary language situation in Wales as an example of the complex process of cultural reproduction. First, it will review the lessons to be learned from earнlier work in sociolinguistics and in geolinguistics. Secondly, it will offer comнments on the potentialities and problems associated with bilingual education as a central element of cultural reproduction. Thirdly, it will offer a thumbnail sketch of a research agenda for the analysis of bilingualism in its social context which should have implications for all Celtic countries and possibly beyond. The key to survival for lesser used languages is a set of distinctive functions within clearly specified domains, in which routine use of the" minority" language is reinforced by popular behaviour. In pre-modern Europe geographical separнation of language communities provided such a context and legitimizing rationнale. However, the advent of the centralizing state.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Andaya1992,
title = {Balinese DeparturesJames A. Boon. 1990. Affinities and Extremes, Crisscrossing the Bittersweet Ethnology of East Indies History, Hindu­Balinese Culture and Indo­European Allure Chicago},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Leonard Y. Andaya},
doi = {10.1111/apv.331011},
year  = {1992},
date = {1992-05-01},
journal = {Pacific Viewpoint},
volume = {33},
number = {1},
pages = {99-100},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Goodwin1992,
title = {Rethinking Context: Language as an Interactive Phenomenon},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
editor = {Alessandro Duranti and Charles Goodwin},
doi = {10.1177/096394709500400105},
isbn = {0 521 42288 4},
year  = {1992},
date = {1992-01-01},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {The past decade has seen a fundamental rethinking of the concept of context. Rather than functioning solely as a constraint on linguistic performance, context is now analyzed as a product of language use. Language and context are seen as interactively defined phenomena. The essays in this collection, written by many of the leading figures in the social sciences, critically reexamine the concept of context from a variety of different angles and propose new ways of thinking about it with reference to specific human activities such as face-to-face interaction, radio talk, medical diagnosis, political encounters and socialization practices. The editors have provided introductions to each essay as well as a general overview of the issues under debate.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@book{Duranti1992,
title = {Etnografia del parlare quotidiano},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
isbn = {9788843021239},
year  = {1992},
date = {1992-01-01},
volume = {373},
pages = {168 pagine},
publisher = {Carocci},
abstract = {Integrando i metodi della linguistica contemporanea con quelli dell'antropologia culturale, il volume si presenta come un invito originale a una visione contestuale del linguaggio parlato, che viene qui analizzato come strumento e, al tempo stesso, come prodotto della vita sociale e delle pratiche culturali di una comunità di parlanti. Partendo da una relazione dell'approccio noto come 'etnografia della comunicazione', l'autore esamina i presupposti teorici e metodologici dell'analisi del parlare quotidiano, utilizzando le ricerche linguistico-antropologiche da lui condotte sulla lingua e sulla cultura di una comunità polinesiana. Temi quali l'intenzionalità e la conflittualità nel parlare come agire sociale si alternano a discussioni sugli effetti della scolarizzazione in una società con presupposti epistemologici diversi da quelli impliciti nelle pratiche discorsive occidentali. Sintesi lucida della sociolinguistica internazionale contemporanea, questo libro costituisce per il lettore italiano un'ideale introduzione allo studio del dire come prassi sociale.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Pauwels1992,
title = {Problems and issues of cross-cultural communication in legal settings},
author = {Anne Pauwels and M D’Argaville and D Eades},
year  = {1992},
date = {1992-01-01},
journal = {Cross-cultural communication in legal settings},
pages = {77-105},
abstract = {General note: By using the comment function on degruyter. com you agree to our Privacy Statement. A respectful treatment of one another is important to us. Therefore we would like to draw your attention to our House Rules.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1992b,
title = {Cross-cultural communication in legal settings},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1992},
date = {1992-01-01},
publisher = {Community Languages in the Professions Unit, Language and Society Centre, National Languages and Literacy Institute of Australia, Monash University},
abstract = {General note: By using the comment function on degruyter. com you agree to our Privacy Statement. A respectful treatment of one another is important to us. Therefore we would like to draw your attention to our House Rules.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Omar1992,
title = {Kujian Dan Perkembangan Bahasa Melayu},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9789834604929},
year  = {1992},
date = {1992-01-01},
abstract = {Various methods and philosophy in grammar study conducted by experts of the Malay language described in this book, from East studies before mid-20th century up to the present. Things may be a review of the history of the study of Malay language which is very important for students and researchers in this field.
 
In addition, the book also includes chapters that deal with topics that are very accurate with the development of the Malay language, modern, and often dealt with by researchers and users of language in general, such as the language of communication, mixed language, the existence of dialects, and issues translation. The discussion of these topics is done based on certain theories, which help the researcher see a symptom in a scientific framework. In this way, then we can see the symptoms studied more clearly in terms of their existence in society.},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Connell1992,
title = {Tongue contact, active articulators, and coarticulation},
author = {Bruce Connell},
year  = {1992},
date = {1992-01-01},
pages = {13-16},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Williams1992,
title = {The principles of territoriality and personality in the solution of linguistic conflicts},
author = {Collin Williams and Peter H Nelde and Normand Labrie},
doi = {10.1080/01434632.1992.9994504},
year  = {1992},
date = {1992-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual & Multicultural Development},
volume = {13},
number = {5},
pages = {387-406},
abstract = {This paper examines the competing principles of territoriality and personality as key concepts in the provision of language‐related services and rights in multilingual societies. Drawing on recent legislative and sociopolitical change in Belgium, Quebec and Canada we examine to what extent the adoption of such principles actually increases or neutralises language‐related conflict. We argue that sensitive application of certain territorially‐derived language planning policies can lead to a reduction in conflict and reassure threatened linguistic minorities that their rights can be guaranteed within a multilingual political framework. We also argue for a closer liaison between language contact researchers and geographers, particularly in applied language planning policy‐formulation.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Perrin1992,
title = {Incorrectly connected. The ruthless phone book},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Petra Jörg},
year  = {1992},
date = {1992-01-01},
publisher = {Benteli},
abstract = {With hearty humor and scientific precision, this little book reveals amazing things about telephoning; with answering machine sayings by Rainer Feldschmid and cartoons by Scapa.},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Ladegaard1992,
title = {Sprogholdninger i Danmark},
author = {Hans Ladegaard},
doi = {10.1080/00291463.1992.10637062},
year  = {1992},
date = {1992-01-01},
urldate = {1992-01-01},
journal = {Nordisk Psykologi},
volume = {44},
number = {3},
pages = {173-189},
abstract = {Ladegaard, H.J. (1992). Language attitudes in Denmark. Nordisk Psykologi, 44, 173–189.In social-psychological research language has been used as a means of evoking stereotyped reactions reflecting differential views of social groups. Various British and North American studies using the basic principles of the “matched-guise” technique—a method designed to measure rather private and uncensored attitudes—conclude that standard varieties of English usually connote high status and competence whereas regional non-standard varieties may be seen to reflect greater integrity and attractiveness. Socially conditioned nonstandard varieties are often evaluated most negatively.In the present study 212 informants with different age, sex, social class, linguistic background and place of residence listened to seven voices representing different social groups (four regional varieties from Jutland, Funen and Bornholm, high and low variety of Copenhagen-speech and Standard Danish) and evaluated the quality of the language and the competence, status and social attractiveness of the speaker regarding various dimensions.The results indicated the existence of a hierarchical social structure in Danish society somewhat similar to the one found in many British and North American studies. The speaker of Standard Danish was generally evaluated positively in most dimensions whereas regional non-standard varieties were often seen as more socially attractive. The socially conditioned non-standard speaker had a more negative evaluation in most dimensions. Only the place of residence of informants had a significant impact on their evaluations. The general tendency was to down-grade one's own group which might suggest weak conceptions of ingroup solidarity—and a possible explanation why language standardization has been so effective in Denmark.},
keywords = {Hans Ladegaard},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {Functional categories and maturation : the prefunctional stage of language acquisition},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
year  = {1992},
date = {1992-01-01},
urldate = {1992-01-01},
journal = {PQDT-Global},
abstract = {The aim of this thesis is to provide a theory of language acquisition within the Principles and Parameters framework of Generative Grammar. In Chapter 1, I outline the syntactic theory I adopt which assumes that functional categories determine crosslinguistic variation in terms of parameterisation. In the model of the grammar presented, the set of functional categories is argued to constitute an independent module in the Language Faculty, the Functional Module. This is also referred to as the UG lexicon on the ground that it consists of categories that belong to the grammar proper. Substantive categories are assumed to be included in the Mental lexicon which is part of an independent module of the mind/brain. One of the underlying criteria which determine the difference between functional and substantive categories is the relation of each of these sets with conceptual entries in the mental lexicon.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim1992,
title = {The Inka language in the colonial world},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
doi = {10.1080/10609169208569790},
year  = {1992},
date = {1992-01-01},
urldate = {1992-01-01},
journal = {Colonial Latin American Review},
volume = {1},
number = {1-2},
pages = {77-108},
abstract = {The year 1492 is remembered not only for the fall of Moslem Granada, for the expulsion of the Spanish Jews, and for Columbus's first voyage, but for the first vernacular grammar, by one Antonio de Nebrija. Although the juxtaposition of the first three events with the publication of Nebrija's grammar may appear to trivialize them, they were in fact closely related. All four were part of the same imperial project, the fashioning of the first recognizably modern nation-state, formulated in terms of shared cultural practices, including a shared language and a shared religion, over a contiguous topography. Although Nebrija was not the first to suggest that linguistic unification was the companion of political unification (Asensio 1960), his assertion had special appeal in the context of Spanish state-making.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Mannheim1992b,
title = {El renacimiento quechua del siglo XVIII},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
editor = {Juan-Carlos Godenzzi},
year  = {1992},
date = {1992-01-01},
urldate = {1992-01-01},
pages = {15-22},
publisher = {Centro de Estudios Rurales Andinos “Bartolomé de las Casas”},
abstract = {La apropiación del quechua por la clase terrateniente provin-ciana en los siglos XVII y XVIII como vehículo literario ilustra claramente la ambivalencia social y política de la lengua como símbolo nacional. Hacia fines del siglo XVII se había desarrollado una clase criolla terrateniente que, aunque surgida del comercio colonial, de los títulos españoles y de la acumulación de la propiedad de la tierra indígena y la explotación de la mano de obra indígena (cf. Hopkins 1983), se sentía profundamente andina. Esta clase intentó establecer su legitimidad política reclamando un pasado incaico (Kluber 1946: 350; Colin 1966: 138 sigs.). },
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Mannheim1991e,
title = {The Language of the Inka since the European Invasion},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
doi = {10.7560/746633},
isbn = {9780292758247},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-12-31},
urldate = {1991-12-31},
publisher = {University of Texas Press},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Mannheim1991,
title = {Entrevista a Bruce Mannheim: La normalización de las lenguas nativas},
author = {Bruce Mannheim and Juan de Dios Yapita},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-10-20},
urldate = {1991-10-20},
journal = {Presencia},
volume = {4},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1991,
title = {The long and winding road towards a theory of grammatical relations},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Ole Nedergaard Thomsen},
doi = {10.1016/0378-2166(91)90080-H},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-08-01},
urldate = {1991-08-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {16},
number = {2},
pages = {179–206},
abstract = {The book under review (carefully edited by Frans Plank and handsomely produced by Academic Press) is all about Objects, but as its subtitle suggests, it also is about Grammatical Relations. Its publication was part of a period of extensive research and publication on typology of grammatical relations, witness to which are also two other books edited by the same scholar. 1 This period started with the publication of Dixon’s analysis of Dyirbal, an Ergative language (1972), and Klimov’s early work (in Russian) on Relational Typology. After the seminal papers by Keenan (1976) and by Li and Thompson (1976) on Subjects it was only fair that the focus for once was Subject’s opposite number.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli1991,
title = {Linguistic modularity? A case study of a ‘Savant’ linguist},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Neil Smith},
doi = {10.1016/0024-3841(91)90034-3},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-08-01},
urldate = {1991-08-01},
journal = {Lingua},
volume = {84},
number = {4},
pages = {315-351},
abstract = {We provide a preliminary report on a young man who is institutionalised because he is unable to look after himself, but who has a remarkable talent for acquiring and using foreign languages. After documenting the breadth of his expertise across some sixteen languages, we investigate his command of his native language, English, and the extent to which his linguistic competence is integrated into his general cognitive ability, and we briefly discuss the implications of these results for Fodor's modularity hypothesis. The results of the experiments devised to test these aspects of his linguistic and inferential abilities then provide the basis for a more detailed analysis of his command of one specific language, Modern Greek. We concentrate on properties associated with the pro-drop parameter, in particular that-t effects and the possibility of post-verbal subjects, contrasting his performance in Greek, a pro-drop language, with English, a non-pro-drop language. The pattern of results obtained indicate that he is not acquiring a ‘first’ language several times over, but it remains for future investigation to determine how characteristic of normal second-language learners his acquisition is. We also tentatively interpret his performance in Greek as evidence in favour of the claim that the phenomena associated with the pro-drop parameter do constitute a natural class, and specifically provide support for Rizzi's revision of the parameter in terms of relativised minimality. We emphasize that these results are preliminary and hope to refine and extend our analyses in subsequent contributions.},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Biagini1991,
title = {Currents of radicalism},
author = {Eugenio Biagini and Alastair J Reid},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9780511522482.002},
isbn = {9780521394550},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-06-01},
urldate = {1991-06-01},
pages = {1-20},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {‘Those who were originally called radicals and afterwards reformers, are called Chartists’ declared Thomas Duncombe before parliament in 1842, a description which if adapted for a later period would provide an apt quotation to set the theme for this collection of essays: ‘those who were originally called Chartists, were afterwards called Liberal and Labour activists’. For our central thesis is that there was a substantial continuity in popular radicalism throughout the nineteenth and into the twentieth century, and as a result the essays stress both the popular elements in Gladstonian Liberalism and the radical liberal elements in the early Labour party. The continuity between Chartism and Liberalism has not gone unrecognised in the previous literature on the subject of radicalism itself, but the insight has had only a limited impact on more general approaches to the study of the popular politics of the period. Perhaps this can be explained, at least in part, by the fact that many of the major contributions to the history of mid-nineteenth-century British radicalism have come from American scholars. For while their own national background has made them more appreciative of the intellectual content of liberalism and of the importance of democratic traditions, it has also tended to exclude them from full participation in the debates taking place between British historians.},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Haberl1991,
title = {Editorial notice},
author = {Hartmut Haberl and Jacob L. Mey and and Claudia Caffi and Richard W. Janney and Jan-Ola Östman},
doi = {10.1016/0378-2166(91)90046-Z},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-05-01},
urldate = {1991-05-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {15},
number = {5},
abstract = {The program of the XVth International Congress of Linguists in Qu6bec, August 1992, included a panel discussion organized by the Journal of Pragmatics on the theme of'Foundational Questions of Pragmatics'(as dealt with in the Special Issue of the Journal of Pragmatics 17: 5/6). The attendance was larger than expected (around 75 people), and in the discussion following the invited presentations, there was a lively exchange of views about the many important questions raised by the panelists. Since the discussion obviously did not exhaust the different topics connected with the main theme of the meeting, and as there were various requests from the audience to develop this theme further, the Editors, together with the Publisher. discussed the possibility of extending the debate, both topic-wise and in time, that is, by including certain important.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1991b,
title = {Dänisch eine kleine Sprache in der EG},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Carol Henriksen},
doi = {10.1515/9783110245103.85},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-01-31},
urldate = {1991-01-31},
journal = {Sociolinguistica},
volume = {5},
number = {1},
pages = {85-98},
abstract = {Korzen and Schwartz are primarily concerned with another issue, the voice of immigrant workers in Denmark, but what they say has implications for Denmark's position in the EC. Even if the designer Piet Hein, who is world-famous not only in Denmark, inventor of the super-ellipse and the Grukc, has succeeded in developing a globe on which Denmark takes its due place - larger than life - most Danes feel themselves despite all self-irony painfully and proudly aware of the fact that Denmark is a small country after all, and Danish a ^ lean * and, difficult4 language.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Mannheim1991b,
title = {Southern Peruvian Quechua Consonant Lenition},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
editor = {Mary Ritchie Key},
doi = {10.9783/9781512803068-008},
isbn = {9781512803068},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-01-31},
urldate = {1991-01-31},
pages = {111-141},
publisher = {University of Pennsylvania Press},
abstract = {ABSTRACT The Cuzco-Collao dialect of Southern Peruvian Quechua is distinguished from the Ayacucho-Chanca dialect by a series of syllable-final lenitions. The sequence of the lenitions is reconstructed by means of (i) internal reconstruction;(2) variation in the modern subdialects of Cuzco-Collao Quechua; and (3) written records from the late sixteenth until the late nineteenth centuries. The changes are shown to follow an orderly course through the word, subject to phonological and grammatical constraints.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Williams1991,
title = {The Cultural Rights of Minorities: Recognition and Implementation. Discussion Papers in Geolinguistics No. 18},
author = {Collin Williams},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-01-11},
abstract = {This plenary opening address on cultural and language rights emphasizes both the opportunities and constraints facing selected European minorities in their struggle both to reproduce their culture and to have their efforts recognized as a permanent, legitimate, and democratic contribution to modern society. The central thesis is that although the recognition of minority group rights is often a major sociopolitical advance in European states, it is of little applied value unless the state also recognizes the significance of establishing conditions under which the rights are exercised as a normal function of daily life. The discussion focuses on: (1) assessing the development of the recognition of cultural and language rights; and (2) analyzing the difficulties and lessons learned from the implementation of such rights in selected cases, such as those of the Flemish, Basque, Catalan, Frisian, Irish, Welsh, and certain Greek minorities. Selected language and minority legislation at the international, state, and national/regional levels is reviewed, and four principles for neutralizing conflicts are illustrated with Canadian and Belgian examples. Eight key questions on territory and language are presented that include such factors as class implications, mass media, technology advances, and the role of the European Community and other international organizations. (LB).},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Pauwels1991,
title = {Non-Discriminatory Language},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
isbn = {0-644-12969-7},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-01-01},
publisher = {Australian Government Publishing Service, GPO Box 84, Canberra ACT 2601 Australia},
abstract = {This book discusses, in non-technical terms, how language contributes to and expresses discrimination in relation to race/ethnicity, sex, and disability. It provides guidelines and practical suggestions on how to avoid discriminatory language in relation to these areas and is primarily addressed to writers, editors, and public speakers who are concerned about the issue of discriminatory language and who are in need of advice on the matter. The book's three major sections are on language and discrimination; guidelines for the use of non-discriminatory language; and writing guidelines respectively. Divided among those sections are eight chapters as follows:(1) What is discriminatory language?(2) Should discriminatory language be avoided?;(3) How to use the guidelines;(4) Discriminatory language in published texts;(5) Fair representation of racial and ethnic minorities;(6) Fair representation of the sexes;(7) Fair representation of people with disabilities; and (8) Writing guidelines for the use of non-discriminatory language. A glossary, 28 references, and a 48-item bibliography are attached.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Pauwels1991b,
title = {Dutch in Australia: perceptions of and attitudes towards transference and other language contact phenomena},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
editor = {Suzanne Romaine},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511620881.017},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-01-01},
journal = {Language in Australia},
pages = {228-240},
abstract = {The original preoccupation with the description of the linguistic performance of immigrant bilinguals in their two languages in an attempt to discover universal linguistic features of language contact has often meant that questions regarding a bilingual's perception and awareness of contact phenomena have not received a lot of attention. Usually studies of language contact in the Australian context have done little more than mention the fact that bilingual informants, when questioned about their speech patterns, realised that some mixing of languages occurred (see e.g. Clyne 1967; Pauwels 1980; Bettoni 1981). The same studies often also recorded that this awareness of mixing one's languages triggered off a whole array of feelings in the bilinguals ranging from indifference or resignation to annoyance or even acute embarrassment. Recently, with the upsurge of studies of language attitudes, researchers have become interested in establishing to what extent bilinguals' perceptions of ‘language mixing’ have an impact on the process of language maintenance or language shift (see e.g. Chana and Romaine's 1984 study of the attitudes to mixing of Panjabi English bilinguals in Britain). That is, does the perceived linguistic quality — pure or mixed — of the ethnic language affect its status, usefulness and so on with respect to English? I will explore this issue in relation to Dutch in Australia.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1991bb,
title = {Gender differences in Australian English},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
editor = {Suzanne Romaine},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511620881.024},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-01-01},
volume = {3},
pages = {318-326},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press Cambridge},
abstract = {Prior to the emergence of'feminist linguistics' in the mid-1970s the exploration of the differences in linguistic behaviour of the sexes had featured primarily in anthropological and later in sociolinguistic studies. Anthropologists observed some phonological, grammatical and lexical contrasts in a range of'exotic'languages where the sex of the speaker or addressee determined the choice of the linguistic form. Such differences were usually referred to as sex-exclusive differences (for a more detailed account, see, eg Bodine 1975; Brouwer et al. 1978; and Coates 1986). Sociolinguists studying urban dialects of European languages presented evidence of sex-preferential differences at the phonological, syntactic and prosodic levels (for a selective survey of English language studies, see Coates 1986). },
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Pauwels1991bb,
title = {Cross-cultural communication in medical encounters},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-01-01},
publisher = {Community Languages in the Professions Unit, Language and Society Centre, National Languages Institute of Australia, Monash University},
abstract = {General note: By using the comment function on degruyter. com you agree to our Privacy Statement. A respectful treatment of one another is important to us. Therefore we would like to draw your attention to our House Rules.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Pauwels1991bb,
title = {Language in cross-cultural medical settings},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
isbn = {1320-2251},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-01-01},
journal = {Institution: National Centre for Community Languages in the Professions, Monash University},
abstract = {General note: By using the comment function on degruyter. com you agree to our Privacy Statement. A respectful treatment of one another is important to us. Therefore we would like to draw your attention to our House Rules.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels1991bb,
title = {Language, Culture and Health Care},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-01-01},
journal = {Community Language Skills for Health Professionals. Melbourne: Monash University},
abstract = {General note: By using the comment function on degruyter. com you agree to our Privacy Statement. A respectful treatment of one another is important to us. Therefore we would like to draw your attention to our House Rules.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1991bb,
title = {The problems of relying on non-professional interpreters},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-01-01},
pages = {49-52},
publisher = {Institution: National Centre for Community Languages in the Professions, Monash University},
abstract = {General note: By using the comment function on degruyter. com you agree to our Privacy Statement. A respectful treatment of one another is important to us. Therefore we would like to draw your attention to our House Rules.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1991bb,
title = {Feminist Language Planning and Language Change},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-01-01},
volume = {1},
number = {2},
publisher = {AILA Commission on Language and Gender},
abstract = {The history of the semantic fields of'woman'and'man'in German can be traced back to the Indo-European pattern'man'='human being', woman'='sexual being'. Together with findings from other historico-cultural sciences, the process of Indo-Europeanization has to be interpreted as a process of patriarchalization and as such as an instance of male language policy. The development of these semantic fields in the history of the German language has been determined by this basic Indo-European structure and has proceeded completely asymmetrically. While the masculine terms change and develop parallel to changes in the economy and social hierarchy, without reference to the sexuality of the man, the history of the feminine terms is determined by the semantic features' sexuality, reproduction'. Expressions referring to woman'have been repeatedly the object of language-political debates by men. Thus linguistic politics as sexual politics is not new. What is new about feminist language policy is that women have now become signifiers of themselves.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1991bb,
title = {Feminist Language Planning and Language Change},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-01-01},
publisher = {AILA Commission on Language and Gender},
abstract = {The history of the semantic fields of'woman'and'man'in German can be traced back to the Indo-European pattern'man'='human being', woman'='sexual being'. Together with findings from other historico-cultural sciences, the process of Indo-Europeanization has to be interpreted as a process of patriarchalization and as such as an instance of male language policy. The development of these semantic fields in the history of the German language has been determined by this basic Indo-European structure and has proceeded completely asymmetrically. While the masculine terms change and develop parallel to changes in the economy and social hierarchy, without reference to the sexuality of the man, the history of the feminine terms is determined by the semantic features' sexuality, reproduction'. Expressions referring to woman'have been repeatedly the object of language-political debates by men. Thus linguistic politics as sexual politics is not new. What is new about feminist language policy is that women have now become signifiers of themselves.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Omar1991,
title = {Bahasa Melayu Abad Ke 16: Satu Analisis Berdasarkan Teks Melayu Aqaid al-Nasafi},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar
},
isbn = {9836221271},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-01-01},
publisher = {Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka, Ministry of Education Malaysia},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Frellesvig1991,
title = {The Consonants of Old Japanese - A Phonological Interpretation},
author = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-01-01},
pages = {1-9},
keywords = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@conference{Connell1991,
title = {Universals of Nasal Attrition},
author = {Bruce Connell and John Hajek},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-01-01},
volume = {5},
pages = {106-109},
abstract = {The claim that there is a hierarchy governing the attrition of nasals according to place of articulation is put to test in this paper by examination of cross linguistic data from two language groups which are unrelated genetically and geographically: the Romance dialects of Northern Italy and the Lower Cross group of South- Eastern Nigeria. Results of this new survey provide interesting food for thought: developments in the Northern Italian dialects support, to a large extent, predictions that follow from phonetic considerations. However, the Lower Cross languages at first appear to contradict expectations. This suggests that other factors may need to be taken account of, before a true universal tendency, if one exists, can be established},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {conference}
}
@misc{Connell1991b,
title = {Phonetic aspects of the Lower Cross languages and their implications for sound change},
author = {Bruce Connell},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-01-01},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Williams1991b,
title = {Linguistic Minorities, Society and Territory. Multilingual Matters 78},
author = {Collin Williams},
isbn = {1-85359-131-9},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-01-01},
volume = {78},
abstract = {Papers on the situation of linguistic minorities in Western Europe and Canada include: "Linguistic Minorities: West European and Canadian Perspectives" (Colin H. Williams); "Geographical Aspects of Minority Language Situations in Italy" (Paul White); "Defining the Gaeltacht: Dilemmas in Irish Language Planning" (Reg Hindley); "The Geolinguistics of Breton" (Humphrey Lloyd Humphreys); "Language-Retreat and Regeneration in the Present-Day Scottish Gaidhealtachd" (Kenneth MacKinnon); "An Essay in Historical Geolinguistics: Gaelic Speaking in Urban Lowland Scotland in 1891" (C. W. J. Withers); "What Future for Scotland's Gaelic-Speaking Communities?" (Clive James); "Bicultural Conflict in the Context of the Core-Periphery Model" (Don Cartwright); "The Spatial Organisation of Language in Canada, 1981" (John de Vries); "Gaelic in Nova Scotia" (John Edwards); "Language Made Visible: Representation in Geolinguistics" (J. Ambrose, C. H. Williams); and "Sound Language Planning Is Holistic in Nature" (Colin H. Williams). Contents are indexed. (MSE)},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli1991b,
title = {Parameter-resetting in L2},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli and Anna Roussou},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-01-01},
urldate = {1991-01-01},
journal = {UCL Working Papers in Linguistics},
pages = {149 -159},
abstract = {The purpose of this paper is to present an account of the phenomenon of pro-drop in L2 based on a theory of L2 acquisition suggested by Tsimpli & Smith (1991). This theory assumes the availability of UG principles and the lack of parameter-resetting in case the target grammar adopts a different parametric value from L1. We will first present some of the current approaches to L2 acquisition followed by the alternative theory of L2 we are adopting. We will introduce the syntactic properties associated with the pro-drop parameter and outline the results of the studies related to pro-drop in L2 learning. We will, briefly, discuss the method of the study and the subjects' exposure to the second language.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Mannheim1991c,
title = {Lexicography of colonial Quechua},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
editor = {Franz Josef Hausmann and Oskar Reichmann and Herbert Ernst Wiegand and Ladislav Zgusta},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-01-01},
urldate = {1991-01-01},
pages = {2676-2684},
publisher = {de Gruyter},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Mannheim1991d,
title = {After Dreaming: Image and Interpretation in Southern Peruvian Quechua},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {1991},
date = {1991-01-01},
urldate = {1991-01-01},
journal = {Etnofoor},
volume = {4},
number = {2},
pages = {43-79},
abstract = {Before the European invasion of Peru and since, in everyday life and in times of crisis, Andean people have gauged their prospects by their dreams. According to the Quechua drama Atau Uallpac Ppuchucacuininpa Uancan,'The wanica of Ataw Wallpa's end [or downfall]'the last Inka, Ataw Wallpa woke from his sleep, tormented by his dreams of two nights in succession: 1 musccuiniipiri ricuni Ynti maillic taitanchicta yana ccusnipi pacasccata llapa hanac pachataca llapa urccucunatauanri puca puca raurascaccta pillcucunac ccascuntahina And in my dream I saw the Sun, our cleansing father hidden by dark smoke and all the heavens and all the mountains burning red, as red as the chests of a flock of birds.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels1990,
title = {Community language skills for health professionals},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1990},
date = {1990-09-01},
journal = {Proceedings of the Conference on cross-cultural communication in the health professions},
volume = {22},
abstract = {General note: By using the comment function on degruyter. com you agree to our Privacy Statement. A respectful treatment of one another is important to us. Therefore we would like to draw your attention to our House Rules.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell1990,
title = {Aspects of pitch realisation in Yoruba},
author = {Bruce Connell},
doi = {10.1017/S095267570000110X},
year  = {1990},
date = {1990-05-01},
journal = {Phonology 7(1):1 - 29},
volume = {7},
number = {1},
pages = {1 - 29},
abstract = {A great many languages of the world exhibit phenomena of FO DOWNTREND – phenomena whereby, other things being equal, the fundamental frequency (Fo) of the speaking voice declines over the course of an utterance. That much is uncontroversial; further details are either simply unknown or the subject of considerable debate. The purpose of the study reported here was to shed light on some of these unknown or uncertain matters by the controlled investigation of pitch realisation in Yoruba.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1990,
title = {Editorial notice},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Jacob Mey and Richard W Janney},
doi = {10.1016/0378-2166(90)90059-M},
year  = {1990},
date = {1990-02-01},
urldate = {1990-02-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {14},
number = {1},
pages = {xi–xii},
abstract = {The program of the XVth International Congress of Linguists in Qu6bec, August 1992, included a panel discussion organized by the Journal of Pragmatics on the theme of'Foundational Questions of Pragmatics'(as dealt with in the Special Issue of the Journal of Pragmatics 17: 5/6). The attendance was larger than expected (around 75 people), and in the discussion following the invited presentations, there was a lively exchange of views about the many important questions raised by the panelists. Since the discussion obviously did not exhaust the different topics connected with the main theme of the meeting, and as there were various requests from the audience to develop this theme further, the Editors, together with the Publisher. discussed the possibility of extending the debate, both topic-wise and in time, that is, by including certain important.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Zuckermann1990,
title = {Let my people know!},
author = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
year  = {1990},
date = {1990-01-01},
abstract = {The Hebrew Bible should be taught like a foreign language, argues Prof. Ghil‘ad Zuckermann, endorsing Avraham Ahuvia’s recently-launched translation of the Old Testament into what Zuckermann calls high-register “Israeli”. Tanakh RAM fulfills the mission of “red ’el ha‘am” not only in its Hebrew meaning (Go down to the people) but also – more importantly – in its Yiddish meaning (“red” meaning “speak!”, as opposed to its colorful communist sense). Ahuvia’s translation is most useful and dignified. Given its high register, however, I predict that the future promises consequent translations into more colloquial forms of Israeli, a beautifully multi-layered and intricately multi-sourced language, of which to be proud.},
keywords = {Ghil‘ad Zuckermann},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pierson1990,
title = {Asian Pacific language and communication: Foundation, issues, and directions},
author = {Herbert Pierson and Howard Giles and A. Williams},
year  = {1990},
date = {1990-01-01},
urldate = {1990-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Asian Pacific Communication},
volume = {1},
pages = {1-25},
keywords = {Herbert Pierson},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim1990,
title = {La chronología relativa de la lengua y la literatura quechua cuzqueña},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {1990},
date = {1990-01-01},
urldate = {1990-01-01},
journal = {Revista andina},
volume = {8},
number = {15},
pages = {139-177},
abstract = {La cronología relativa de la lengua y literatura quechua cusqueña | Revista Andina Salto rápido al contenido de la página Navegación principal Contenido principal Barra lateral Registrarse Entrar Revista Andina Actual Archivos Normas editoriales Acerca de Sobre la revista Envíos Equipo editorial Declaración de privacidad Contacto Buscar 1.Inicio 2.Archivos 3.Núm. (1990): Revista Andina 15 4.Artículos, Notas y Documentos La cronología relativa de la lengua y literatura quechua cusqueña Barra lateral del artículo PDF Contenido principal del artículo Bruce Mannheim Resumen La cronología relativa de la lengua y literatura quechua cusqueña Detalles del artículo Cómo citar MannheimB. (1). La cronología relativa de la lengua y literatura quechua cusqueña. Revista Andina, (15), 139-177. Recuperado a partir de http://revista.cbc.org.pe/index.php/revista-andina/article/view/179 Número Núm.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels1990b,
title = {National enquiry into the employment and supply of teachers of languages other than English},
author = {Anne Pauwels and M Dyne and H Nicholas and H Moore},
year  = {1990},
date = {1990-01-01},
journal = {Melbourne: NLLIA. South Australian Department of Education},
abstract = {General note: By using the comment function on degruyter. com you agree to our Privacy Statement. A respectful treatment of one another is important to us. Therefore we would like to draw your attention to our House Rules.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1990bb,
title = {The Role of Language, Language Learning and Linguistics in Cross-cultural Communication in the Professions},
author = { Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1990},
date = {1990-01-01},
publisher = {National Centre for Community Languages in the Professions, Monash University},
abstract = {General note: By using the comment function on degruyter. com you agree to our Privacy Statement. A respectful treatment of one another is important to us. Therefore we would like to draw your attention to our House Rules.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Jourdan1990,
title = {Solomons Pijin: An unrecognized national language},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
year  = {1990},
date = {1990-01-01},
journal = {Language Planning and Education in Australasia and The South Pacific},
volume = {43},
number = {3},
pages = {265-285},
abstract = {In this article, I analyze the reasons that have excluded Pijin, the lingua franca of Solomon Islands, South West Pacific, from being used as a medium of instruction, and why this may now become possible. Following a short sociolinguistic sketch, I present the colonial and post-colonial linguistic ideologies that shaped sociolinguistic relationships in Solomon Islands. I then analyze the dynamics between Pijin and English as expressed by various interest groups, and then outline the development of nationalist ideologies that consider Pijin in a new light. The article concludes with a discussion of the impact of PRIDE (Pacific regional initiatives for the delivery of basic education) on the possible integration of Pijin as a medium of instruction in primary schools particularly.},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta1989,
title = {The Political Economy of Post-Independence India—A Review Article},
author = {Akhil Gupta},
year  = {1989},
date = {1989-11-01},
journal = {The Journal of Asian Studies},
volume = {48},
number = {4},
pages = {787-797},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya1989,
title = {The Cloth Trade in Jambi and Palembang Society during the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.2307/3351265},
year  = {1989},
date = {1989-10-01},
journal = {Indonesia},
volume = {48},
number = {48},
pages = {27-46},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1989,
title = {Language in Geographic Context},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.2307/327047},
year  = {1989},
date = {1989-07-01},
journal = {Modern Language Journal},
volume = {73},
number = {3},
abstract = {This volume contains some of the most significant findings of leading researchers in the new and developing field of geolinguistics. The book presents evidence of the principal relationships in the study of language and territory, namely the social context of linguistic communities, the principles and methods of geolinguistic and the translation of these principles into government action and policy in multilingual societies. Well documented and illustrated case study material is derived from Western societies, including Scandinavia, the Celtic realm, France and Canada. The volume concludes with a research agenda for future research work and a call for the greater integration of geographic approaches and linguistic analysis.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim1989,
title = {La memoria y el olvido en la política lingüística colonial},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {1989},
date = {1989-04-10},
urldate = {1989-04-10},
journal = {Lexis (Peru)},
volume = {13},
number = {1},
pages = {13-45},
abstract = {Milan Kundera Desde la invasión europea, como lo señalara Albó (1973), el quechua l. Una versión de este artículo, que ha sido revisado para la presente publicación, apareció en inglés bajo el título de" Una nación acorralada" en la revista Language and Socii! ty en 1984. Agradezco a Robbins Burling, Roswith Hartmann, Shirley Brice Heath, Diane E. Hopkins, Richard LaPrade, Ricardo Otheguy, Susan U. Philips, y Nessa Wolfson por su valiosa crítica. Agradezco también a Mercedes Niño-Murcia ya Deborah A. Poole por señalarme la necesidad de una versión castellana ya Isabel Bustarnante por la gentileza de traducir este artículo. Asumo la responsabilidad por cualquier error de datos o interpretación que aparezca en este trabajo. Este trabajo fue en parte financiado por la Fundación Wenner-Gren para la Investigación Antropológica.
Asimismo, una versión anterior al artículo fue leída en el Décimo Simposio del Programa Interamericano de Lingüística y Enseñanza de Idiomas celebrado en julio de 1981. En este trabajo se pretende demostrar la complejidad de la situación lingüística colonial y la clausura del discurso colonial sobre la cuestión lingüística.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan1989,
title = {Nativization and anglicization in Solomon Islands Pijin},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
doi = {10.1111/j.1467-971X.1989.tb00432.x},
year  = {1989},
date = {1989-03-01},
journal = {World Englishes},
volume = {8},
number = {1},
pages = {25 - 35},
abstract = {Solomon Islands Pijin, the lingua franca of the Solomon Islands, has become the primary language for the urban community of Honiara, the nation's capital. In the process, Pijin is undergoing nativization: an increasing number of young children now speak Pijin as their mother tongue. However, English rather than Pijin is the language of social advancement and the key to well-paid jobs in the Solomons. It is also the official language of the country, and the medium of instruction for schools. With more and more urbanites in contact with English, is English having an impact on Pijin? This paper presents preliminary results of a study evaluating the anglicization of Pijin.},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Prasithrathsint1989,
title = {Language Use in Thailand},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint and William Allen Smalley},
year  = {1989},
date = {1989-01-01},
publisher = {Pergamon Press},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Pauwels1989,
title = {Some thoughts on gender, inequality and language reform},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1989},
date = {1989-01-01},
journal = {Vox},
volume = {3},
pages = {78-84},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Frellesvig1989,
title = {The Emergence of the Syllable-Final Nasal Phoneme in Japanese},
author = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
doi = {10.1515/flih.1989.8.1-2.269},
year  = {1989},
date = {1989-01-01},
journal = {Folia Linguistica Historica },
volume = {8},
number = {1-2},
pages = {269-308},
abstract = {In  descriptions of present day  Japanese  phonology a  plioneme/N/ is usuaUy set up,  differing  from  /n, m/ in its  distribution, arti-culation,  and  phonological  weight  (thus  for  instance  Bloch  1950,Wenck  1966, Vance  1987, but  cf come interesting remarks in Mar-tin  1959 in  which  the  existence  of this  phoneme  is  questioned  ondistributional grounds). It only occurs syllable-finally,  its  only dis-tinctive  feature  is nasality,1 and  it  counts  äs  one füll  mora and  issometimes  called  "syllabic" in  reference  to  this  quality  (eg Miller1967).  Ancient  Japanese  had  no such phoneme. It  had  only  opensyllables of the  structure  (C)V (Miller  1967, Syromiatnikov  1981) (orpossibly  (C) (G)V (Vance 1987)),2 where a syllable  of the  structureV only occurred word initially.The emergence of the  phoneme /N/ is the  subject  of this paper.It  is a  development  poorly understood  and hitherto  no concensushas  been reached  on this  issue.  Miller  (1967)  summarizes  it  äs  fol-lows:In  the present state of the materials available to  TIS, it  is uofortunatelyall but  impossible to describe the  development  of the  Japanese syllabicnasal phoneme in  any precise historical detail. (p. 210)In  certain  descriptions  that  emphasize  or  restrict  themselvesto  a phonetic point  of view  (eg Wenck  1959),  however, it  is not  äsproblematic  äs would  seem from  the above, but  they  do not  seemto  have attracted the  attention they merit. My point  of view shall*  I  am greatly indebted  to  Henning  Anderson  for  the  many  valuablecomments  he  made  on  earlier  versions  of  this  paper.1 It  may  be articulated  äs a consonant, a vowel, and its  place of arti-culation is subject  to  much  allophonic  Variation.3  C, G, V are the usal abbreviations for  classes of sounds or phonemes,denoting  respectively  consonants,  glides  (or  semi-vowels),  and  vowels.},
keywords = {Bjarke Frellesvig},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1989b,
title = {Modern Language Journal},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.2307/327047},
year  = {1989},
date = {1989-01-01},
journal = {The Modern Language Journal},
volume = {74},
number = {1},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Perrin1989,
title = {Sag's Basic, Programmierkurs},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1989},
date = {1989-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1989,
title = {Editorial: Copping out},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
year  = {1989},
date = {1989-01-01},
urldate = {1989-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {13},
pages = {817-823},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pierson1989,
title = {Using etymology in the classroom},
author = {Herbert Pierson},
doi = {10.1093/elt/43.1.57},
year  = {1989},
date = {1989-01-01},
urldate = {1989-01-01},
journal = {ELT Journal},
volume = {43},
number = {1},
pages = {57-63},
abstract = {This article argues that instruction in etymology, although at present neglected in the second-language curriculum, could offer meaningful linguistic information and principles to the intermediate/advanced second-language learner. Etymology, the study of word origins, has all the attributes of what educational psychologists term meaningful learning. This is a type of learning connected to prior learning, more highly retainable and generalizable, making it superior to simple rote learning of vocabulary. Practical illustrations of how etymology could be integrated into a second-language programme are given, based on the author's own experience as an ESL specialist in Hong Kong.},
keywords = {Herbert Pierson},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Tsimpli1989,
title = {On the properties of the passive a x in Modern Greek},
author = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
year  = {1989},
date = {1989-01-01},
urldate = {1989-01-01},
journal = {Working Papers in Linguistics, University College London},
volume = {1},
pages = {235-261},
keywords = {Ianthi Tsimpli},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pierson1988,
title = {Social inferences from language proficiency in Hong Kong: A reinterpretation of Hui & Yam},
author = {Herbert Pierson and Howard Giles},
doi = {10.1111/j.2044-8309.1988.tb00830.x},
year  = {1988},
date = {1988-09-01},
urldate = {1988-09-01},
journal = {British Journal of Social Psychology},
volume = {27},
number = {3},
pages = {279-281},
keywords = {Herbert Pierson},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1988,
title = {Linguistic minorities: West European and Canadian perspectives},
author = {Collin Williams and Wilbur Zelinsky},
year  = {1988},
date = {1988-09-01},
urldate = {1988-09-01},
journal = {Progress in Human Geography - PROG HUM GEOGR},
volume = {12},
number = {3},
pages = {337-368},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1988b,
title = {The mapping of language in North America and the British Isles},
author = {Collin Williams and Wilbur Zelinsky},
doi = {10.1177/030913258801200302},
year  = {1988},
date = {1988-09-01},
journal = {Progress in Human Geography},
volume = {12},
number = {3},
pages = {337-368},
abstract = {Language is a subject that has seriously concerned only a handful of Englishspeaking geographers (Wagner, 1958; Trudgill, 1975). The situation may be understandable, but it is also regrettable. The geography of language is so intimately interwoven with political, ethnic, religious and a variety of other social phenomena, and with the geography of population and communications, and even certain aspects of the physical habitat, that we cannot fully understand any of these non-linguistic topics without giving the linguistic its due. Indeed, in a most fundamental sense, we cannot begin to understand the nature and dynamics of human society without coming to terms with the central role of communications and, more immediately, the ways in which our minds, singly and collectively, dwell within a fearfully complex enveloping cocoon of language.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim1988,
title = {On the Sibilants of Colonial Southern Peruvian Quechua},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
doi = {10.1086/466081},
year  = {1988},
date = {1988-08-04},
urldate = {1988-08-04},
journal = {International Journal of American Linguistics},
volume = {54},
number = {2},
pages = {168-208},
abstract = {Introduction. Philological evidence and comparative reconstruction illuminate one another, in that comparative reconstruction establishes a context within which philological evidence can be evaluated. In turn, philological evidence permits a more fine-grained interpretation of the diachronic processes of change. Philological evidence may provide independent confirmation of reconstructed forms and innovations; but it also can reveal unexpected connections between diachronic innovations, or unexpected paths which they followed. These allow us to refine reconstructions or to generate new diachronic hypotheses. When it is available, written evidence embeds a linguistic reconstruction in concrete history-in the spread of linguistic innovations, in textual traditions, and in the scribe's particular political and social circumstances.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels1988bb,
title = {The Future of Ethnic Languages in Australia. International Journal of the Sociology of Language Issue 72},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
url = {https://eprints.soas.ac.uk/id/eprint/9690},
year  = {1988},
date = {1988-05-01},
journal = {Mouton-De Gruyter},
abstract = {The International Journal of the Sociology of Language (IJSL) is dedicated to the development of the sociology of language as a truly international and interdisciplinary field in which various approaches – theoretical and empirical – supplement and complement each other, contributing thereby to the growth of language-related knowledge, applications, values and sensitivities. Five of the journal's annual issues are topically focused, all of the articles in such issues being commissioned in advance, after acceptance of proposals. One annual issue is reserved for single articles on the sociology of language. Selected issues throughout the year also feature a contribution on small languages and small language communities.

Call for Submissions: Joshua A. Fishman Award. The Joshua A. Fishman Award recognizes outstanding unpublished PhD dissertations on a topic pertaining to the　sociology of language. The award carries a cash prize and a nomination for publication in De Gruyter Mouton's　Contributions to the Sociology of Language book series. Deadline for submissions is 15 January 2021. For details see the award website. Please note that dissertations will be independently evaluated by a Board of Reviewers and if you have any questions regarding the award selection process, please contact Natalie Fecher (Acquisitions Editor Mouton).},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Duranti1988,
title = {Intentions, Language, and Social Action in a Samoan Context},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
doi = {10.1016/0378-2166(88)90017-3},
issn = {0378-2166},
year  = {1988},
date = {1988-02-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {12},
pages = {13-33},
abstract = {The universal validity of the personalist view of meaning as owned by the individual speaker and exclusively defined by his intentions is here questioned on the basis of an analysis of spontaneous verbal interaction in a politico-judiciary arena in a traditional village in Western Samoa. After relating the Samoan practice of language understanding to the Samoan notions of self and task, it is suggested that the Samoans' use of language in social interaction is more easily understood on the basis of a dialogical, interpretive, and socio-historically oriented theory of meaning than on the basis of a ‘rationalistic’ view in which the individual is the sole originator of knowledge and evidence.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint1988,
title = {Change in the passive constructions in Standard Thai from 1802 to 1982},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {1988},
date = {1988-01-01},
journal = {Language sciences},
volume = {10},
number = {2},
pages = {363-393},
abstract = {This study investigates change in the inventory and use of passive constructions in Standard Thai from 1802 to 1982. The analysis, which is based on approximately 3500 pages of sampled prose writing, confirms the hypothesis that there has been an increase in the use of passive constructions during the Bangkok period (1782–present). Nine types of passive were found to emerge at different points in time. Only two types are present in the earliest samples. Moreover, the data show that passive constructions were used more frequently in fiction translated from English than indigenous fiction and in academic writing than newspaper editorials. Both of these findings support the often-asserted claim that the influence of English has been an important factor in the increased use of passives. },
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint1988b,
title = {Sociolinguistic research on Thailand languages},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
doi = {10.1016/0388-0001(88)90017-4},
year  = {1988},
date = {1988-01-01},
journal = {Language Sciences},
volume = {10},
number = {2},
pages = {263-272},
abstract = {A review of thirty-one pieces of work on language problems in Thailand with reference to social factors shows that in Thailand itself interest in dealing with language in its social context started about 40 years before the first sociolinguistic study of Thai was done at the beginning of the 1970s. The studies in the last two decades (from 1970 to the present time) follow two major trends in sociolinguistics: study of linguistic variation by relating it to social factors and study of language problems from a macrosociolinguistic point of view. However, sociolinguistic studies of languages in Thailand in the 1980s, when compared to those in the 1970s, seem to be more specific in purpose, more limited in scope, cover more varied topics and deal with more languages other than Bangkok Thai or Standard Thai.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels1988,
title = {Diglossic communities in transition: the cases of the Limburgs and Swabian speech communities in Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1515/ijsl.1988.72.85},
year  = {1988},
date = {1988-01-01},
journal = {International journal of the sociology of language},
volume = {1988},
number = {72},
pages = {85-99},
abstract = {The study of multilingualism in Australia has always placed great emphasis on the investigation of the language-maintenance (henceforth LM) and languageshift (henceforth LS) patterns of immigrant communities. It has been regarded, right from the start, as an important area of research which contains information crucial to related issues such as language policy and bi-and multilingual education. Traditionally, sociology-of-language research in the Australian immigrant context has tended to assume an isomorphism of nation/state and ethnolinguistic group; for example, the language-use patterns of the Poles, the Dutch, the Italians, the Greeks were examined. Unfortunately, this concentration on the linguistic examination of'national'groups has led to the ignoring of the fact that many nations/states encompass a diversity of ethnolinguistically distinct subgroups who may very well hold different attitudes toward LM and LS (for other evidence, see also papers by Kouzmin and Clyne in this issue).},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels1988b,
title = {Introduction: the future of ethnic languages in Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1515/ijsl.1988.72.5},
year  = {1988},
date = {1988-01-01},
journal = {International Journal of the Sociology of Language},
volume = {1988},
number = {72},
pages = {5-14},
abstract = {Depending on what is considered a language or a dialect/vernacular, the number of ethnic/immigrant languages represented in Australia is considered to be between 75 and 100. The multilingual character of the Australian population (around 16 million) is reflected in some 1976 census statistics on the use of languages other than English in Australia. 12.3% of the Australian population (over the age of five) was reported to make regular use of a LOTE. Of the population born in Australia, only 4.2% indicated regular use of a LOTE. 1.4% was reported not to use English on a regular basis. In contrast to the US (Spanish), Australia does not have a clearly dominant majority.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels1988bb,
title = {The Future of Ethnic Languages in Australia. International Journal of the Sociology of Language Issue 72},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1988},
date = {1988-01-01},
journal = {Mouton-De Gruyter},
volume = {1988},
number = {72},
publisher = {Mouton-De Gruyter},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1988bb,
title = {Problem Areas. Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
url = {https://eprints.soas.ac.uk/id/eprint/9895},
year  = {1988},
date = {1988-01-01},
pages = {1244-1253},
abstract = {Anne Pauwels (1988) 'Problem Areas. Australia.' In: Ammon, Ulrich and Dittmar, Norbert and Mattheier, Klaus-Juergen, (eds.), Sociolinguistics. An international handbook of the science and language of society. Berlin: Walter dr Gruyter, pp. 1244-1253 … Full text not available from this repository … There is no Altmetric data currently associated with this item … SOAS Research Online is powered by Eprints3 and is hosted by ULCC.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Connell1988,
title = {Speech and song melody in Mambila},
author = {Bruce Connell},
year  = {1988},
date = {1988-01-01},
journal = {Africa},
volume = {582},
pages = {127-146},
abstract = {The phonetic and phonological factors governing the realization of linguistic tone in speech have for some years been the focus of study by number of scholars and covering both tonal and non-tonal languages. While the basic effects of such factors as declination, downdrift, and downstep, among other influences, are now reasonably well understood, it is nevertheless fair to say that considerable work yet remains to be done in this area. There is also increasing interest in the relation between language and music. This issue has been approached from different perspectives, ranging from the neuropsychological to the structural. A number of studies involving tone languages have focussed on the relation between speech melody and song melody, with a basic assumption being that, presumably in order to maintain comprehensibility, song melody is subservient to that of speech (e.g. Jones, 1959). Blacking (1967) shows that in certain forms of Venda song, but not all, this is indeed the case. Leben (1983) argues that a more sophisticated analysis, one that takes into account downtrends as well as lexical tone is necessary to understand the relation between tone and tune in Hausa, and Agawu (1988) has challenge the general view arguing that, at least in Ewe, music is much less constrained by speech than studies on other languages have suggested. Mambila, a Bantoid language with four level lexical tones, presents an excellent test case for exploring the possible effects of song on linguistic tone. A number of phonetic studies of have been conducted which have revealed that pitch realization in this language appears tightly constrained, and it has been argued that this suggests F0 values for individual tones in Mambila are fairly narrowly specified. The present study focusses on pitch realization in a Mambila beer song, as performed by a native speaker of Mambila who was also a participant in several phonetic studies. The paper presents an initial view of the interaction between speech melody and song melody in Mambila through comparison of his productions in speech and song, with respect to overall pitch range used, scaling of individual tones, and the influence of adjacent tones on each other. The results of the investigation, more than simply of interest in their own right, in contributing to the debate outlined above also allow for more general conclusions to be drawn concerning the relation between language and music.},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1988,
title = {Research policy},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
year  = {1988},
date = {1988-01-01},
urldate = {1988-01-01},
journal = {Sociolinguistics: an International Handbook of the Science of Language and Society},
pages = {1814 - 1826},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim1988b,
title = {The sound must seem an echo to the sense: Some cultural determinants of language change in Southern Peruvian Quechua},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {1988},
date = {1988-01-01},
urldate = {1988-01-01},
journal = {Michigan Discussions in Anthropology},
volume = {8},
pages = {175 - 191},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Biagini1987,
title = {British Trade Unions and Popular Political Economy},
author = {Eugenio Biagini},
doi = {10.1017/S0018246X00022330},
year  = {1987},
date = {1987-12-01},
urldate = {1987-12-01},
journal = {The Historical Journal},
volume = {30},
number = {4},
pages = {811 - 840},
abstract = {This paper is a study of the relationship between economic culture and trade union economic subculture during the years in which both the Victorian trade union movement and the classical economists' view of it reached their maturity. This period represented a turning point in the history of the movement, which achieved a full institutionalization and legitimation. The Webbs, and a historiographic tradition since them, maintained that these results were obtained at the price of a complete submission to the ideological hegemony of the bourgeoisie. In the 1960s R. V. Clements challenged this view and argued that such a subordination had never taken place, and that trade unionists had managed to keep their independent views – especially at the level of economic thought. Recent discussions have been content to stress the sound and ‘aseptic’ pragmatism of the working men, and the abstruse dogmatism of the economists. A footnote quoting Clements' article seems to be all that readers can reasonably ask for. The possibility of an alternative interpretation – namely, that classical economics could actually be useful to trade union strategies and interests – has not yet been sufficiently considered. The aim of this paper is to argue that there is much evidence in support of such an interpretation.},
keywords = {Eugenio Biagini},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pierson1987,
title = {Establishing a CALL Laboratory in an ESL Program},
author = {Herbert Pierson},
doi = {10.17161/iallt.v20i3-4.9274},
year  = {1987},
date = {1987-10-15},
urldate = {1987-10-15},
journal = {IALLT Journal of Language Learning Technologies},
volume = {20},
number = {3-4},
pages = {22-26 },
keywords = {Herbert Pierson},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1987,
title = {Faerch,Claus in Memoriam},
author = { Hartmut Haberland and Johannes Wagner and Jacob L. Mey and Jan-Ola Östman},
year  = {1987},
date = {1987-06-01},
urldate = {1987-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {11},
number = {3},
pages = {R1-R1},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1987,
title = {The Land in Linguistic Consciousness: Evidence from the British Isles},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1515/9783110245066.13},
year  = {1987},
date = {1987-01-31},
journal = {Sociolinguistica},
volume = {1},
number = {1},
pages = {13-29},
abstract = {Sociolinguistics and the Sociology of Language have made great advances within the past generation and promise to be more fruitful yet as they seek to integrate the scholarship of disciplines hitherto regarded as rather peripheral to mainstream linguistic analysis. Until recently Geography occupied just such a position, but with the advent of a recognisable body of theory and practice devoted to the study of language in its spatial context (a corpus of knowledge we may term Geolinguistics), geographers are beginning to contribute more directly to the crossfertilization of ideas and methodology in the linguistic sciences.
This chapter seeks to examine a traditional theme of Geography, namely man-environment relations. Its focus will be on the interplay between territory and language survival in the Celtic areas of the British Isles. However, rather than document the various patterns of language change.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Pauwels1987,
title = {Women and language in australian and New Zealand Society},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
issn = {094941610X},
year  = {1987},
date = {1987-01-01},
publisher = {Australian Professional Publications},
abstract = {Language and gender research including role of Aboriginal women in language change and language maintenance; paper by Jakelin Troy on Aboriginal women and contact languages separately annotated.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Pauwels1987b,
title = {Language in transition: a study of the title Ms in contemporary Australian society},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1987},
date = {1987-01-01},
journal = {Women and Language in Australian and New Zealand Society. Sydney: Australian Professional Publications},
pages = {129-154},
abstract = {General note: By using the comment function on degruyter. com you agree to our Privacy Statement. A respectful treatment of one another is important to us. Therefore we would like to draw your attention to our House Rules.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels1987bb,
title = {Women and language in Australian society},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1987},
date = {1987-01-01},
journal = {Women and language in Australian and New Zealand society. Australian Professional Publications. NSW},
abstract = {General note: By using the comment function on degruyter. com you agree to our Privacy Statement. A respectful treatment of one another is important to us. Therefore we would like to draw your attention to our House Rules.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1987bb,
title = {The concept of diglossia in the study of language maintenance in Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
url = {https://eprints.soas.ac.uk/id/eprint/9898},
year  = {1987},
date = {1987-01-01},
pages = {349-360},
publisher = {Peter Lang},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pauwels1987bb,
title = {Language and gender research in Australia: some past and current trends},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1075/aral.10.2.13pau},
year  = {1987},
date = {1987-01-01},
journal = {Australian review of applied linguistics},
volume = {10},
number = {2},
pages = {221-234},
abstract = {In this article research on the relationship between language and gender in Australian society Is surveyed. Three main areas are discussed: gender differencies in the use of Australian English; the issue of sexism in Australian language use; and the role of gender in the maintenance of languages other than English (Aboriginal and immigrant languages). The paper concludes with a brief discussion of the recent developments in and further tasks for Australian language gender research.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Omar1987,
title = {Bahasa Laporan},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9789836246264},
year  = {1987},
date = {1987-01-01},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Jourdan1987,
title = {From plantations to the city},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
doi = {10.3406/jso.1987.2583},
year  = {1987},
date = {1987-01-01},
journal = {Journal de la Société des océanistes},
volume = {85},
number = {2},
pages = {243-251},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1987b,
title = {Location and context in Welsh language reproduction: a geographic Interpretation},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1515/ijsl.1987.66.61},
year  = {1987},
date = {1987-01-01},
journal = {International Journal of the Sociology of Language},
volume = {1987},
number = {66},
pages = {61-84},
abstract = {My aim in this paper is threefold: first, to review three major approaches to language distribution which are reflective of recent geographic writings on Wales; second, to discuss some of the principal findings of the recent 1981 census about language and demographic trends; and third, to suggest various implications for Welsh language reproduction associated with changes in the actual distribution of the Welsh-speaking population, and with the establishment of new domains for language use in the parapublic sector of the local state. The bürden of the paper is that geographers should adopt a more systematically integrated perspective on languages within their total social and economic context and switch the emphasis from treating language primarily äs a cultural variable reflecting the rural distribution of a Welsh'speech Community', itself a misleading concept, to treating language äs a more social variable},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Perrin1987,
title = {Diamond burger with Sabrina. Computer crime},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1987},
date = {1987-01-01},
publisher = {SJW},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Benjamin1987,
title = {Ethnohistorical Perspectives on Kelantan’s Prehistory},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
editor = {Nik Hassan Shuhaimi bin Nik Abdul Rahman},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.1.4688.8481},
year  = {1987},
date = {1987-01-01},
pages = {108–153},
publisher = {Perpaduan Muzium Negeri Kelantan},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Benjamin1987b,
title = {Notes on the deep sociology of religion},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
year  = {1987},
date = {1987-01-01},
abstract = {As a contribution to the study of religion, the paper discusses two different sets of questions: (1) Why do religions differ, and how do religions function? (2) Why are people religious, and what are people up to when they engage in religious actions? More generally, the paper presents a semi-formal account of a theory of modes of coherence that links the structuring of Self/Other relations at the personal level to the character of politically maintained cultural regimes at the societal level. Four basic modes of coherence are recognised (the Transcendental, the Immanent, the Dialectical and the 'Zen'), and the political consequences of each are explored in relation to the history, theology, mythology and social-interactional setting of a variety of religious traditions.},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pierson1987b,
title = {Intergroup vitality Perceptions during a period of political uncertainty: The case of Hong Kong},
author = {Herbert Pierson and Howard Giles and Louis Young
},
doi = {10.1080/01434632.1987.9994305},
year  = {1987},
date = {1987-01-01},
urldate = {1987-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {8},
number = {5},
pages = {451-460},
keywords = {Herbert Pierson},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim1987,
title = {Couplets and oblique contexts: The social organization of a folksong},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
doi = {10.1515/text.1.1987.7.3.265},
year  = {1987},
date = {1987-01-01},
urldate = {1987-01-01},
journal = {Text-Interdisciplinary journal for the study of discourse},
volume = {7},
number = {3},
pages = {265-288},
abstract = {Text & Talk (founded as TEXT in 1981) is an internationally recognized forum for interdisciplinary research in language, discourse, and communication studies, focusing, among other things, on the situational and historical nature of text/talk production; the cognitive and sociocultural processes of language practice/action; and participant-based structures of meaning negotiation and multimodal alignment. Text & Talk encourages critical debates on these and other relevant issues, spanning not only the theoretical and methodological dimensions of discourse but also their practical and socially relevant outcomes.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{Mannheim1987b,
title = {El papel de la variación lingüística en el conocimiento de la historia del quechua cusqueño},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {1987},
date = {1987-01-01},
urldate = {1987-01-01},
journal = {Revista Andina},
volume = {9},
pages = {247-252},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@inbook{Mannheim1987c,
title = {A semiotic of Andean dreams},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
editor = {Barbara Tedlock},
year  = {1987},
date = {1987-01-01},
urldate = {1987-01-01},
pages = {132-153},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {dreaming and dream interpretation as a cultural system/examine two corpora of dream signs and interpretations from the highland Andean parish of Andahuaylillas/contemporary dreaming (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved)},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pierson1986,
title = {Sociopolitical change and perceived vitality},
author = {Herbert Pierson and Louis Young and Howard Giles},
doi = {10.1016/0147-1767(86)90045-3},
year  = {1986},
date = {1986-12-31},
urldate = {1986-12-31},
journal = {International Journal of Intercultural Relations},
volume = {10},
number = {4},
pages = {459-469},
abstract = {This paper addresses the issue of how ethnic groups cognitively represent some of the societal forces impinging upon them and relevant outgroups before and after a naturally-occurring event. By utilizing the concept of "vitality" and its attending measurement instrument (the SVQ), Chinese Hong Kong students were required to rate the perceived vitalities of Chinese and Western groups in the Colony as well as their respective languages before and after the Sino-British Treaty. Results showed that the status of the English language was perceived lower in a number of situations after the international agreement. This was complemented by a decrease in the perceived level of immigration and emigration patterns of Westerners, by an increase in their perceived political power locally, and by an increase in the status of the English language internationally. The findings, many of which manifest judgemental reversals from before to after the Treaty, are discussed in terms of the psychological acceptance of the agreement by the Hong Chinese and in the context of maintaining a positive ethnic identity.},
keywords = {Herbert Pierson},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels1986bb,
title = {Language Varieties and Situations - Werner Besch, Jochen Hufschmidt, Angelika Kall-Holland, Eva Klein, and Klaus J. Mattheier, Language behavior in rural communities. Approaches to theory and method},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1986},
date = {1986-12-31},
journal = { Language in Society},
volume = {15},
number = {4},
pages = {547-552},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1986,
title = {Short reviews},
author = {Collin Williams and Arthur W. Helweg and Barbara Ballis Lal and A.H.M. Kirk},
doi = {10.1080/01419870.1986.9993552},
year  = {1986},
date = {1986-10-01},
journal = {Ethnic and Racial Studies},
volume = {9},
number = {4},
pages = {538-546},
abstract = {Parminder Bhachu, TWICE MIGRANTS: EAST AFRICAN SIKH SETTLERS IN BRITAIN, London and New York: Tavistock Publications, 1985, 205 pp., £15.95. Martin Bulmer THE CHICAGO SCHOOL OF SOCIOLOGY, INSTITUTIONALIZ‐ATION, DIVERSITY AND THE RISE OF SOCIOLOGICAL RESEARCH, Chicago and London, University of Chicago Press (Heritage of Sociology), 285 pp., £26.75. Philip Mason THE MEN WHO RULED INDIA, London, Jonathan Cape, 1985, xv + 368, pp., £15.00. Richard Willey, RACE, EQUALITY AND SCHOOLS, Methuen, London and New York, 1984, 140pp., £3.95 (p/b) Ceri Peach, Vaughan Robinson and Susan Smith (eds), ETHNIC SEGREGATION IN CITIES, Croom Helm, 1981, 258 pp., £12.95 (h.b.).},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1986,
title = {The eater's guide to Chinese characters James D. McCawley, Chicago and London: The University of Chicago Press, 1984. 248 pp. $5.95},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1016/0378-2166(86)90103-7},
year  = {1986},
date = {1986-02-01},
urldate = {1986-02-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {10},
number = {1},
pages = {130-134},
abstract = {On page 1, McCawley (henceforth, McC.) very briefly states his aim:“The purpose of this book is to enable non-Chinese who enjoy Chinese food to better exploit Chinese restaurants”(p. 1). Three reasons are given by McC. why this book might help in achieving this aim:(1) in many Chinese restaurants, the Chinese menu is different from, and usually larger than the menu in the local vernacular;(2) Chinese names of dishes are often more informative than their translations, and (3)“writing out your order in Chinese characters may assist you in the battle that one often must fight with waiters for treatment befitting a normal human being”(p. 1). The way this aim is to be fulfilled is by setting up as a pedagogical objective2 to teach the reader how to read and look up Chinese characters to be found in Chinese menus. McC. does so by explaining the principles of the Chinese writing system.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Haberland1986b,
title = {A note on the ‘Aorist’},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1075/llsee.19.16hab},
year  = {1986},
date = {1986-01-01},
urldate = {1986-01-01},
pages = {173},
publisher = {John benjamins},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Mannheim1986,
title = {Comentario a Willem Adelaar, ‘La relación quechua-aru’},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {1986},
date = {1986-01-01},
urldate = {1986-01-01},
journal = {Revista Andina},
pages = {413 - 418},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim1986b,
title = {Poetic form in Guaman Poma’s Wariqsa Arawi},
author = {Bruce Mannheim and R. Tom Zuidema},
year  = {1986},
date = {1986-01-01},
urldate = {1986-01-01},
journal = {Amerindia},
volume = {11},
pages = {41-67},
abstract = {You are in the main square of Cuzco, the Inka capital, several years before the European invasion, on a day late in April-Inka raymi killa, the month of the festival of the Inka (GUAMAN POMA, 1615: 319 and 243), as the Inka and his royal entourage celebrate their victory over the year's harvest and commemorate the ending of the rains 2. The earth has died until the new agricultural year, the crop stored. It is a time for drying aquatic plants-morqoto and llullucha-for food. As in the antipodal rite in October, there is a llama-in this instance a white one draped in red (or reddish-brown)-tied to a gnomon on the square. The llama is fed with aha, maize beer, and thanked for the harvest. It sings the sound of the rivers, and the Inka sings with it (figure one). Here is what the early seventeenth-century ethnographer Felipe GUAMAN POMA DE AYALA reconstructed from the memories of his elderly informants.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim1986c,
title = {Popular song and popular grammar, poetry and metalanguage},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
doi = {10.1080/00437956.1986.11435766},
year  = {1986},
date = {1986-01-01},
urldate = {1986-01-01},
journal = {Word},
volume = {37},
number = {1-2},
pages = {45-75},
abstract = { Two figures stand out in the turn-of-the-century reformulations of grammatical theory which gave birth to modern linguistics, Ferdinand de Saussure and Franz Boas. Each rejected the categorial platonism oftraditional rational grammar, that is, the idea that grammatical categories had a universal, non-cultural, non-historical logic which transcended their expression in particular languages.~ Each argued for what we might call a" relational perspectivalist" view of grammatical categories. By" relational perspectivalist" I mean that grammatical meaning can only be understood in terms of the grammatical systems of which the categories are part (Boas 1911: 43, 1938: 132f.; Saussure 1915: 16lff.). The Saussurian doctrine of·'the arbitrariness of the sign''(paralleled by Boas 1911: 25-7)-however flawed it may appear today (Benveniste 1939).},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim1986d,
title = {The language of reciprocity in Southern Peruvian Quechua},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {1986},
date = {1986-01-01},
urldate = {1986-01-01},
journal = {Anthropological Linguistics},
volume = {28},
number = {3},
pages = {267-273},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim1986e,
title = {Poetic form in Guaman Poma's Wariqsa Arawi},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {1986},
date = {1986-01-01},
urldate = {1986-01-01},
journal = {Amerindia},
volume = {11},
pages = {41-67},
abstract = {You are in the main square of Cuzco, the Inka capital, several years before the European invasion, on a day late in April-Inka raymi killa, the month of the festival of the Inka (GUAMAN POMA, 1615: 319 and 243), as the Inka and his royal entourage celebrate their victory over the year's harvest and commemorate the ending of the rains 2. The earth has died until the new agricultural year, the crop stored. It is a time for drying aquatic plants-morqoto and llullucha-for food. As in the antipodal rite in October, there is a llama-in this instance a white one draped in red (or reddish-brown)-tied to a gnomon on the square. The llama is fed with aha, maize beer, and thanked for the harvest. It sings the sound of the rivers, and the Inka sings with it (figure one). Here is what the early seventeenth-century ethnographer Felipe GUAMAN POMA DE AYALA reconstructed from the memories of his elderly informants.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1986,
title = {Immigrant dialects and language maintenance in Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110883497.55},
year  = {1986},
date = {1986-01-01},
volume = {7},
number = {11},
pages = {13-30 },
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
chapter = {5},
abstract = {In this article two aspects of language maintenance are investigated. Firstly, the effect which the variable ‘language variety’, i.e. standard variety versus dialect variety, has on the language maintenance patterns of Dutch‐and German‐born immigrants in Australia, i.e. do German and Dutch standard speakers maintain their first language variety better than German (Swabian) and Dutch (Limburgs) dialect speakers? The investigation proved that the overall rate of language maintenance in the first generation was not greatly influenced by the fact that the informant was a dialect or a standard speaker. An analysis in terms of ‘language variety’ did, however, clarify certain patterns of language behaviour which were left unexplained in an analysis in terms of ‘language’. It also revealed that certain dialect speakers (here the Limburg dialect speakers) maintained only their dialect and not the standard variety which considerably reduced the group of speakers with whom they could converse in the mother tongue. Language loyalty for dialect speakers from Limburg was perceived only in terms of the dialect and not the standard variety or the Dutch language perse. The second aspect of the investigation was concerned with the phenomenon of diglossia in immigrant societies. Besides Fishman's description of the language situation of immigrants in America as ‘bilingualism without diglossia’, the concept of diglossia has not been applied to an immigrant context. This investigation shows that the type of diglossia prevalent in the immigrant's home country or region bears a considerable impact on the language situation in the new environment. A plea is therefore made to create a typology of diglossic situations which would greatly enhance the study of language use patterns of immigrants from diglossic areas.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pauwels1986b,
title = {Diglossia, immigrant dialects and language maintenance in Australia: the case of Limburgs and Swabian},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1080/01434632.1986.9994227},
year  = {1986},
date = {1986-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual & Multicultural Development},
volume = {7},
number = {1},
pages = {13-30},
abstract = {In this article two aspects of language maintenance are investigated. Firstly, the effect which the variable ‘language variety’, i.e. standard variety versus dialect variety, has on the language maintenance patterns of Dutch‐and German‐born immigrants in Australia, i.e. do German and Dutch standard speakers maintain their first language variety better than German (Swabian) and Dutch (Limburgs) dialect speakers? The investigation proved that the overall rate of language maintenance in the first generation was not greatly influenced by the fact that the informant was a dialect or a standard speaker. An analysis in terms of ‘language variety’ did, however, clarify certain patterns of language behaviour which were left unexplained in an analysis in terms of ‘language’. It also revealed that certain dialect speakers (here the Limburg dialect speakers) maintained only their dialect and not the standard variety which considerably reduced the group of speakers with whom they could converse in the mother tongue. Language loyalty for dialect speakers from Limburg was perceived only in terms of the dialect and not the standard variety or the Dutch language per se. The second aspect of the investigation was concerned with the phenomenon of diglossia in immigrant societies. Besides Fishman's description of the language situation of immigrants in America as ‘bilingualism without diglossia’, the concept of diglossia has not been applied to an immigrant context. This investigation shows that the type of diglossia prevalent in the immigrant's home country or region bears a considerable impact on the language situation in the new environment. A plea is therefore made to create a typology of diglossic situations which would greatly enhance the study of language use patterns of immigrants from diglossic areas.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1986b,
title = {The question of national congruence},
author = {Collin Williams},
year  = {1986},
date = {1986-01-01},
pages = {196 - 230},
abstract = {Examines the quest for national congruence within an interdependent world system and illustrates the manner in which several political movements have sought to change the system of sovereign states so as to effect a more 'representative' distribution of national states. -from Author.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Perrin1986,
title = {"Computer times human", teaching aids for middle and high school},
author = {Daniel Perrin},
year  = {1986},
date = {1986-01-01},
publisher = {Zytglogge},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Perrin1986b,
title = {European perspective of media linguistics: multiplicity of languages ​​and media globalization in Europe…: introduction},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Eva L. Wyss},
year  = {1986},
date = {1986-01-01},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@misc{Perrin1986bb,
title = {Say and do. Analysis of the relationship between language standards and practices within a multilingual public broadcasting company: the case of SSR Idea Suisse},
author = {Daniel Perrin and Aleksandra gnach},
year  = {1986},
date = {1986-01-01},
abstract = {This article presents the key concepts and outcomes of the ethnographic research project "Swiss idea: Language policy, norms, and practice as exemplified by Swiss Radio and Television". The research question was whether and how the Swiss broadcasting company, caught between public service demands and market forces in a multilingual country, should, can, and actually does fulfil language policy requirements (see section 1). Four research modules were combined: module A focused on external language policy expectations; B on organizational-hierarchical internal rules; C on text production, and D on quality control follow-up communication (2). The synthesis of the results of the four modules shows that policy makers, management, chief editors, and journalists turn out to have very different views of what public broadcasting should be and what language has to do with that (3). Four possible frames for the interpretation of these results will be discussed: the consonance / dissonance frame, the hypocrisy frame, the functional dysfunction frame, and the hidden knowledge frame (4). The discussion of the four interpretation frames will reshape a core problem of Applied Linguistics: providing adequate knowledge transfer between research and application fields - one of the ways for us Applied Linguists to bring together our own talk and action (5).},
keywords = {Daniel Perrin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@inbook{Mannheim1985b,
title = {Contact and Quechua-external genetic relationships},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
editor = {Harriet E. Manelis Klein and Louisa A. Stark},
doi = {10.7560/775923-018},
isbn = {9781477300251},
year  = {1985},
date = {1985-12-31},
urldate = {1985-12-31},
pages = {644-688},
publisher = {University of Texas Press},
abstract = {Contact and Quechua-External Genetic Relationships 645 mere resemblances between lexicon do not approxi mate any of the set.
Inclination to proclaim an exogamous genetic re lationship also varies inversely with the degree to which the internal diversity in the Quechua family is understood. Recognition of the multiformity of the Quechuan languages and focus of attention on reconstruction of the process of diversification is recent. That reorientation, less than two decades old, is probably the signal accomplishment of the growth of interest in Quechuan linguistics in this period. Only a small portion of its potential, es pecially the portent of contribution to theoretical work on the processes of morpho-syntactic restruc turing, has yet been realized.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Haberland1985,
title = {Kilivila sopa ‘joke’? A reply to Senft},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1016/0378-2166(85)90006-2},
year  = {1985},
date = {1985-12-01},
urldate = {1985-12-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {9},
number = {6},
pages = {835–843},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@phdthesis{Jourdan1985,
title = {Sapos iumi mitim iumi : urbanization and creolization in the Solomon Islands},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
year  = {1985},
date = {1985-08-01},
abstract = {Solcmon Islands· Pijin,. the least well documented dialect ·of Melanesian Pidgin, has been for a century a second and secondary language, a lingua franca of piantations and administration. As with Tok Pisin and Bislama, Pijin has long been expanded and stabilized to a degre far beyond the pidgins whose transformation into creoles has beccme a focus of universalist grarrrnatical theory. The thesis argues that Pijin, like Tok Pisin and Bislama, is undergoinq creolization. But this, it is proposed, is not primarily a process of nativization, whereby Pijin is becoming the mother tongue of mono1inqua1 speakers. It is a concomitant of urbanization, particularly in Honiara, where Pijin has become the mair language for a substantial stable population. Urban life creates a set of conditions, for which I introduce the term "creolicity", which provide the context in which a secondary lingua franca becomes the main language of a community. Under conditions of · creolicity, the first generation of speakers for whom such a pidgin becomes the primary linguistic medium of everyday life. comprises adults who learned it non-natively. The emergence of nativization, in the generation of their children, is a natural concomitant of this change but I propose that it is not in itself the primary criterion of creolization, which must be defined in social and functional terms. Comparing the linguistic forms produced by rural and urban speakers, and by urban adults and children (both monolingual and bilingual), the thesis discusses what changes are initiated by adults for whom Pijin has become the primary language, and what changes emanate from the""nativizing" generation.},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {phdthesis}
}
@mastersthesis{Bodomo1985,
title = {BAThesisPart1},
author = {Adams Bodomo},
year  = {1985},
date = {1985-06-30},
keywords = {Adams Bodomo},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {mastersthesis}
}
@article{Haberland1985b,
title = {Dahlemer Vorlesungen I. Tertium datur: Eine religionsphilosophische einführung in die logik Klaus Heinrich, Basel: Stroemfeld and Frankfurt a.M.: Roter Stern, 1981. 232 pp. SFr 38.00/DM 38.00},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1016/0378-2166(85)90032-3},
year  = {1985},
date = {1985-06-01},
urldate = {1985-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {9},
number = {2-3},
pages = {377-384},
abstract = {This book is likely to go unnoticed by many linguists. True, a lot of us are interested in logic, but how much interest in the philosophy of religion can one be expected to have in order to read a religionsphilosophische Einfiihrung in die Logik, or as we have to put it somewhat less concisely in English,‘an introduction to logic from the viewpoint of the philosophy of religion’? Moreover, this book is not only in German: that in itself, in an age like ours where the monolingual linguist is not a self-contradictory curiosity any more, could obstruct wider appreciation(cf. Keck and Stubbs (1984: 306) on this problem); also, it is based on a transcription of Heinrich’s lectures at West Berlin’s Freie Universitat in the spring and summer of 1970. And if there ever was a German professor who had the gift of talking, then it is Heinrich. He lectures in a traditional, but not at all old-fashioned way.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pauwels1985bb,
title = {Australia as a multilingual nation},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1017/S026719050000307X},
year  = {1985},
date = {1985-03-03},
journal = {Annual Review of Applied Linguistics},
volume = {6},
pages = {78-99},
abstract = {For the benefit of readers unfamiliar with Australia's multilingual situation, the following statistics on language are provided, all derived from the 1976 Australian Census, the most recent one to provide detailed information on language use.lA wealth of languages is represented in Australia: depending on what is considered a language and what a dialect, the number of languages present in Australia is estimated at around 150 for the Aboriginal languages (100 of which are threatened by extinction) and between 75 and 100 for the immigrant languages.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1985bb,
title = {Thomas Ballmer in memoriam},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Jacob L. Mey and Jens Allwood},
doi = {10.1016/0378-2166(85)90042-6},
year  = {1985},
date = {1985-02-01},
urldate = {1985-02-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {9},
number = {1},
pages = {1-1},
abstract = {We were grieved by the news of the death of Thomas Ballmer, our friend and an advisory editor of this journal. Thomas was one of the most creative linguists in Europe, and he covered a great many aspects of our discipline. His work in the areas of syntax, semantics, pragmatics, as well as in several interdisciplinary interfaces between linguistics and other sciences was a source of inspiration for many of us. 

Among the many qualities in Thomas which we will miss, one of the most prominent was his openness of mind. His willingness to always consider new angles and to reconsider so-called established facts and truth was unusual. Five minutes after my first encounter with Thomas in 1974, I (Jens) found myself having moved from a discussion of modern formal semantics, via the medieval doctrine of supposition, on to theoretical psychics.

Also, Thomas’ ambitious endeavor towards a grand synthesis, incorporating linguistic and nonlinguistic elements will be missed as something very much needed in our age of increasing fragmentation of knowledge. 

It is a great pity, too, that the work which Thomas and his wife, Waltraud Brennenstuhl, were doing on the lexical semantics of German could not be finished. We can only hope that some way will be found to help Waltraud to  bring out the results of their efforts. It is also greatly to be deplored that apparently no space could be found within the German academic community for a man of Thomas Ballmer’s character and creative breadth. We have lost one of the most interesting young linguists in to-day’s Europe. We grieve the loss of a good friend and academic colleague and send our sincere regrets and condolences to Waltraud and the family in Bochum. },
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Benjamin1985,
title = {In the Long Term: Three Themes in Malayan Cultural Ecology},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
editor = {Karl L. Hutterer and A. Terry Rambo and George Lovelace},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.1.3378.1285},
isbn = {9780891480402},
year  = {1985},
date = {1985-01-01},
pages = {219-278},
publisher = {Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, University of Michigan},
abstract = {My title is not as vague as it may sound: there are indeed identifiable and distinct, value-laden, organizational themes embedded in the materials of Malayan prehistory and ethnography. The available prehistoric data are still very thin (cf. Peacock 1979), but enough is known for me to draw some conclusions as to the kinds of choices between different modes of environmental exploitation that have been made in the past. The ethnographic data on the recent indigenous cultures—by which is meant both the Orang Asli (" Aboriginal") and Malay (Melayu) cultures—are, on the other hand, now quite rich. We possess a growing body of data on at least two of the domains of culture that are everywhere crucial to the organizing of environmental (or any!) values, namely, kinship and religion.(The data on the third such cultural domain—language—are regrettably not so rich as yet.) For some years I have been working to pull this material together, in the attempt both to understand and to explain the rather subtle patterns of social and cultural variation present in the Malay Peninsula. In this essay I have taken the opportunity to look again at the same material—the kinship material in particular—and re-examine it in the light of culture-borne ecological and environmental values. Before proceeding with the Malayan materials, let me first say something about the general theoretical issues involved in the study of values and of ecology. In particular I want to urge, in opposition to what appears to be the current received opinion,(1) that cultural" values" have more to do with power and politics than with morality or aesthetics; and (2) that the study of human ecology.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Benjamin1985b,
title = {On Pronouncing and Writing Orang Asli Languages: A Guide for the Perplexed},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
year  = {1985},
date = {1985-01-01},
journal = {Orang Asli Studies Newsletter},
volume = {4, 5},
pages = {4–16, 4–29},
abstract = {This paper was written in the typewriter era, before the availability of computer-based typography. It is therefore somewhat out of date in regard to the advice on typesetting. Nowadays, all the necessary symbols are available from within fully Unicode-compliant fonts, such as Times New Roman. Moreover, in the past decade, there has been further research on the phonetics and phonemics of the Aslian languages. As a result, there are newly discovered features that are not taken account of in this version of the paper.},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Mannheim1985,
title = {Southern Peruvian Quechua},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
editor = {Harriet E. Manelis Klein and Louisa A. Stark},
year  = {1985},
date = {1985-01-01},
urldate = {1985-01-01},
pages = {481-515},
publisher = {University of Texas Press},
abstract = {THE ECOLOGY OF A NAME At the time of the European invasion (1532) Sou thern Peruvian Quechua was the koine and adminis trative language of the Inka state, Tawant ins uyu, and was called by the Spaniards the" lengua genera 1 del Inca." The label Quechua, as the Spanish.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint1985,
title = {Change in the passive constructions in written Thai during the Bangkok period},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint
},
year  = {1985},
date = {1985-01-01},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint1985b,
title = {Synchronic lexical derivation in Southeast Asian languages},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint and Marybeth Clark},
year  = {1985},
date = {1985-01-01},
journal = {Southeast Asian linguistic studies presented to André-G. Haudricourt},
pages = { 34-81},
abstract = {Synchronic derivation—derivation by productive lexical derivation rule—is common in all languages. Some particular lexical derivations in Southeast Asian languages include such areai characteristics as 1) locus prepositions derived from a class of locus verbs, 2) locus adverbs derived from the same class of locus verbs, 3) transitive verbs derived from a class of intransitive motion verbs, 4) intransitive" passive" verbs derived from agentive transitive verbs, and 5) intransitive incorporated-object verbs derived from a class of transitive verbs, and a small class of secondarily derived transitive verbs from these same intransitive incorporated-object verbs. At least two languages—Vietnamese and Hmong—derive deictic nouns from locative relator head nouns.The derivation of restrictive possessive nouns from animate nouns in Hmong appears to be peculiar to that language.},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1985,
title = {The role of mixed marriages in language shift in the Dutch community},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1985},
date = {1985-01-01},
pages = {39-55},
publisher = {Pacific Linguistics, ANU},
abstract = {Pauwels, Anne (1985) 'The role of mixed marriages in language shift in the Dutch community.' In: Clyne, Michael, (ed.), Meeting place of languages. Canberra: Pacific Linguistics, ANU, pp. 39-55 … Full text not available from this repository … There is no Altmetric data currently associated with this item … SOAS Research Online is powered by Eprints3 and is hosted by ULCC.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Pauwels1985b,
title = {The effect of exogamy on language maintenance in the Dutch-speaking community in Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1985},
date = {1985-01-01},
journal = {ITL-International Journal of Applied Linguistics},
volume = {66},
number = {1},
pages = {1-24},
abstract = {EXOGAMY (MIXE D MARRIAGE) AND LANGUAGE REASEARC H For man y year s th e phenomeno nof exogam y wa s considere d of interes t mainl yto sociologists an d demographers. Recently th e sociolinguist's attentio n ha s bee n draw nto the linguisti c effect s of, an d consequence s resultin g from, a mixe d marriage. Ar e bot h language s maintaine d and passed onto the next generation? Ar e the languages used alternatel yor ar e the y assigne dto specifi c domains? Whic h factor s influenc e the decision as to which language istobe maintained. Thes e ar e onl ya few examples of question s involve din thi s kin dof research. Here I shall be concerne d mainl y wit h th e topi cof exogamy in it s relatio nto languag e retentio n an d shif tin a migration context.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan1985b,
title = {Creolisation, nativisation or substrate influence: what is happening to bae in Solomon Islands Pijin},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
doi = {10.15144/PL-A72.67},
year  = {1985},
date = {1985-01-01},
journal = {Scholarly},
volume = {0},
number = {72},
pages = {67-96},
abstract = {Bae , ba bae , bambae and ¢ (hereafter referred to as bae markers) are among the possibilities available to a contemporary speaker of Solomons Pij in to express what we group under our notions of future or conditional . The slots in which each of these elements are likely to appear in a sentence are multiple . So are the possibilities of linking them with conditional markers like sapos , if etc . ,
or time delimiters like taem , t umo ro, a s tede etc . In many cases , a combination of time delimiters and conditional markers is used in conjunction with bae markers . In other cases bae markers stand on their own in the sentences . Some speakers (the old ones particularly) tend not to use the bae markers on a regular basis; in their speech , bae markers appear to be in free variation with ¢ when
the sentence is fronted by a time delimiter marker , or a conditional marker ; or in free variation with prepositions marking the passage of time ( i .e. den , b i haen ) ; or simply the value of the absent bae marker is conveyed by the context . 

In this paper ! we shall look how the bae markers are incorporated in the speech of many speakers of Solomons Pijin, young and old , men and women, and for whom the Pi jin is either a second language or a mother tongue . We shall study the behaviour of the bae markers in an historical perspective to focus finally on their behaviour in contemporary Pijin, particularly in the speech of urban Pijin speakers . We shall try at the same time to assess the influences of creolisation or substratum languages, if any , on such a lingui stic device . The main claim in this paper will be that insofar as bae markers are concerned , nativisation does not seem to be the discriminant factor of change , as the main heuristic criterion is the opposition between main language and secondary
language , rather than the traditional opposition between mother tongue and second language . I will argue that it is not necessary for a pidgin to become nativised to undergo changes linked to its functions as main language of an urban community , and therefore to become creolised : hence the impact of nativisation need only be minimal . A pidgin becomes a creole not because it has acquired native speakers, but because both the traditional contexts of use and the traditional sociolinguistic position of its speakers have changed . Nativisation is not a causal factor of creolisation . It is only one of many aspects that creolisation takes, and if we want to push the idea further , nativisation is only one of the results of pre-existing ' creolicity '. This study will show, as well , that so far as bae markers are concerned , there is more continuity between the speech or urban speakers of Pijin for whom it is a mother tongue and the speech of urban speakers of Pij in for whom it is a second
language , than there is continuity between the speech of urban speakers of Pijin as a second language and the speech of rural speakers of Pij in as a second language . We shall see as well that nativisation of the language does not seem to affect as yet the position of bae markers in the sentences or the frequency of redundant constructions employing bae markers with conditional
markers and time delimiters.
},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1985,
title = {Europe's minority voices},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1080/01434632.1985.9994215},
year  = {1985},
date = {1985-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development},
volume = {6},
number = {5},
pages = {413-416},
abstract = {These are heady days for European politics. On the one hand we have well-established political forces seeking to strengthen the existing state structure, and on the other hand we have a plethora of smaller political movements which seek to restructure contemporary political relationships so as to allow a more diverse pattern of electoral representation. Whether they be anti-nuclear, ecological, regionalist or Pan European in nature, these newer movements bespeak an alternative European vision, a Europe of the twenty-first century, which seeks to legitimise its position by searching for continuity in the historic roots established before the emergence of the modern state system. Nowhere is this search for authenticity and continuity more evident than in the struggle to develop Europe's minority languages as markers of group identity and as determinants of'original nations'. Often, as readers of this journal will be well.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1985b,
title = {The Welsh language at the 1981 census},
author = {Collin Williams and H. Carter and J.W. Aitchison},
year  = {1985},
date = {1985-01-01},
journal = {Area},
volume = {17},
number = {1},
pages = {11-17},
abstract = {scribes the distribution of the Welsh language in 1981 at ward level. Although not specifically concerned with the process of change, the study appraises the implications of the contemporary pattern in regard to the future wellbeing of the language.-Authors.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1985bb,
title = {Perspectives on contemporary Welsh language maintenance},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.3406/ecelt.1985.1802},
year  = {1985},
date = {1985-01-01},
journal = {Etudes Celtique},
volume = {22},
number = {1},
pages = {335-341},
abstract = {Analysis of data from the last linguistic census in Wales (1981), comparison with data from the previous census (1971), and perspectives on language retention. Stability of the different geographical zones (centers of resistance — belt zones — anglicized zones). If we generally record a decline of 2 to. 4%, the industrialized regions of the south-east, north-east and Radnor are experiencing a rise in Welsh speakers: this is due to the promotion of the teaching of Welsh in these regions. Language is therefore more present in large cities — a precarious presence in environments where English overwhelmingly dominates.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Williams1984,
title = {More than tongue can tell: linguistic factors in ethnic separatism},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1016/B978-0-12-232760-5.50014-5},
year  = {1984},
date = {1984-12-31},
pages = {179-219},
publisher = {Academic Press},
abstract = {This chapter reviews the manner in which the questions related to linguistic grievances are woven into the fabric of separatist rhetoric and action. It demonstrates that linguistic concerns are central to ethnic political activity, especially separatism. Language is a means of mediating between the past and the present; it is the repository of a group's collective identity, rooted in a national territory. Attempts to challenge this arrangement through state and private incursions lead to reactive ethnic assertion. The nature of ethnic assertion varies over time and space. The chapter presents the case studies in which it was evident that language promotion was not a mere cultural attachment, but a rational and instrumental attempt to reduce the socio-economic inequality, to wrest more power from the state and opposition groups, and to determine an increasing amount of the ethnic group's role in the wider political structure. The strategies adopted by various political movements relate to the strength of their parties, the nature of their political incorporation into the state system, and their economic resource base.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Andaya1984b,
title = {The Precious Gift (Tuhfat al-Nafis)},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and H. E. Wilson and Raja Ali Haji ibn Ahmad and Virginia Matheson},
doi = {10.2307/2758245},
year  = {1984},
date = {1984-11-01},
journal = {Pacific Affairs},
volume = {56},
number = {3},
pages = {588 (1 page)},
abstract = {Pacific Affairs is a peer-reviewed, independent, and interdisciplinary scholarly journal focussing on important current political, economic and social issues throughout Asia and the Pacific. Each issue contains approximately five new articles and 40-45 book reviews. Published continuously since 1928 under the same name, Pacific Affairs has been located on the beautiful campus of the University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada, since 1961. The journal is committed to providing to the scholarly community and the world at large high quality research on Asia and the Pacific that takes readers beyond the headlines and across multiple disciplines.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta1984b,
title = {Revolution in Telengana (1946-1951): (Part Two)},
author = {Akhil Gupta},
doi = {10.1215/07323867-4-2-22},
year  = {1984},
date = {1984-09-01},
journal = {Comparative Studies of South Asia Africa and the Middle East},
volume = {4},
number = {2},
pages = {22-32},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1984b,
title = {Ideology and the interpretation of minority cultures},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1016/0260-9827(84)90002-8},
year  = {1984},
date = {1984-04-01},
journal = {Political Geography Quarterly},
volume = {3},
number = {2},
pages = {105-125},
abstract = {Increasingly, cultural and political geographers are examining the causes of minority cultural revivals in Western Europe. Attention in this paper is focused on the lessons to be learned from a consideration of the consensus-conflict debate in sociology. Some of the implications of applying both forms of interpretation are illustrated with reference to recent changes in Welsh cultural and political life.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta1984,
title = {Revolution in Telengana 1946-1951 (Part One)},
author = {Akhil Gupta},
doi = {10.1215/07323867-4-1-1},
year  = {1984},
date = {1984-03-01},
journal = {Comparative Studies of South Asia Africa and the Middle East},
volume = {4},
number = {1},
pages = {1-26},
abstract = {Examines the Telengana movement, one of the largest armed peasant uprisings in the history of modern India. At its peak, it spanned an area of about 15 000 square miles with a population of 3 to 4 million. Peasant rule was established in 2000-3000 villages and defended by a guerilla army of about 2000 regular members and an additional 10 000 activists. When the Indian army marched into the area on September 13, 1948, it destroyed the movement. Forced to retreat into the forests, the guerillas continued sporadic raids until the movement was 'called off' by the Communist Party in October 1951. -from Author},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Duranti1984,
title = {The social meaning of subject pronouns in Italian conversation},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
year  = {1984},
date = {1984-01-01},
journal = {Text - Interdisciplinary Journal for the Study of Discourse},
volume = {6},
pages = {277-311},
abstract = {From the point of view of their referential function, Italian subject pronouns do not seem to add any information to that already displayed by the verb morphology. From the point of view of sentence grammar, subject pronouns are said to convey contrast or emphasis. In this paper, it is claimed that the function of Italian subject pronouns must be studied within the discourse context of their use. Their function can be understood if we take the notion of ‘social meaning’ into consideration. On the basis of extensive use of transcripts of spontaneous conversations, it is here suggested that Italian subject pronouns are devices through which speakers define main characters in a narrative and/or convey empathy or positive affect toward certain referents. Inanimate objects, minor characters and people with whom the speaker is displaying lack of empathy or negative affect are instead often referred to by demonstratives. On the basis of this analysis, the allegedly inappropriate use of personal pronouns such as ‘lui’ in formal written registers is explained as a feature of objective ‘scientific’ style, which should not convey or reveal the author's feelings toward a given referent.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Gupta1984c,
title = {Revolution in Telengana (1946-65). Part 2.},
author = {Akhil Gupta},
year  = {1984},
date = {1984-01-01},
pages = {22-32},
abstract = {The first part is largely descriptive, a sketch of the state of affairs in Hyderabad before the revolutionary rupture. In the second part, it assesses the achievements of the movement and seeks the causes of its initial success, its subsequent defeat, and its origins.-from Author
},
keywords = {Akhil Gupta},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1984,
title = {New functions of the dialect in the Federal Republic of Germany and Austria},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1984},
date = {1984-01-01},
pages = {135-148},
publisher = {Peter Lang},
abstract = {Anne Pauwels (1984) 'Neue Funktionen des Dialekts in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland und Österreich.' In: Roberts, David, (ed.), Tendenzwenden. Aspekte des Kulturwandels der Siebziger Jahre. Frankfurt: Peter Lang, pp. 135-148 … Full text not available from this repository … There is no Altmetric data currently associated with this item … SOAS Research Online is powered by Eprints3 and is hosted by ULCC.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Omar1984,
title = {Bahasa Iklan Perniagaan},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar},
isbn = {9789836205322},
year  = {1984},
date = {1984-01-01},
publisher = {Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Williams1984bb,
title = {K. O. Morgan Rebirth of a Nation 1880-1980},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1075/lplp.8.1.13wil},
year  = {1984},
date = {1984-01-01},
journal = {Language Problems & Language Planning},
volume = {8},
number = {1},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Benjamin1984,
title = {Blinding with Science: Genetic Argumentation in Singapore's 'Great Marriage Debate'},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
year  = {1984},
date = {1984-01-01},
abstract = {The following notes summarise a seminar I presented in closed session at the Department of Sociology, National University of Singapore on 2 October 1984, at the height of Singapore's 'Great Marriage Debate'. (In truth, despite some clear disagreement, there was remarkably little debate at the time or later.) For weeks, this overtly eugenicist programme was pushed hard in newspapers, on television and in a specially published book (Wong 1984), in support of the sudden reversal of the government's population policy from generalised anti-natalism to a highly selective pro-natalism. Having myself moved into social science from an undergraduate degree in biology, I was dismayed at the serious misunderstanding of elementary population genetics displayed by the various 'experts' who had been called upon to provide a scientific rationale for the new population policy. My seminar was aimed at correcting this, by mounting a biology-based critique of the biologism that underlay the policy. For years, these notes have borne the warning NOT FOR CIRCULATION WITHOUT THE PERMISSION OF THE AUTHOR. I present them now (with the warning removed, but still in the 'ethnographic present') for whatever historical relevance they may have to social-science studies of Singapore. However, I claim no significant original contribution: the text simply reports what qualified researchers had already been saying. Their findings could – and should – have been more widely circulated in Singapore at the time. In several respects, of course, the notes are now out of date. First, much more is known about human genetics than in 1984 (although the genetics of human intelligence remains obscure). No account is taken of this important new material in the References, but I have added a few more recent references in the footnotes. Second, the eugenic underpinning of Singapore's continuing pronatalist policies has mostly been quietly dropped. Third, those policies have had no significant long-term effect on the demographic 'problems' they were intended to remedy. Fourth – and this is hardly a surprise! – the population of Singapore has shown no sign of suffering the feared loss of intelligence. (At the time of the Great Marriage Debate, it was seriously suggested that if the breeding pattern did not change for the better, the local university would run out of bright-enough students, and might have to close down.) For authoritative sociological analyses of the background to Singapore's eugenicist policies, the following later studies by Singaporean scholars are especially valuable: Heng, Geraldine & Janadas Devan. 1995. 'State fatherhood: The politics of nationalism, sexuality, and race in Singapore.},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1984,
title = {A field manual for readers of "The problem of meaning in primitive languages" by Bronislaw Malinowski},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
year  = {1984},
date = {1984-01-01},
urldate = {1984-01-01},
journal = {CALM paper (Roskilde)},
volume = {31},
pages = {17 - 51},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim1984,
title = {Una Nación Acorralada: Southern Peruvian Quechua Language Planning and Politics in Historical Perspective},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404500010514},
year  = {1984},
date = {1984-01-01},
urldate = {1984-01-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {13},
number = {03},
pages = {291 - 309},
abstract = {This paper sketches Spanish colonial policies toward Southern Peruvian Quechua in order to identify long-term trends and constants. I emphasize the following conjunctures in the debate on the status of the indigenous languages: (1) the simultaneous efforts to restrict the inroads of bilingualism in the legal and political domain and to encourage bilingualism among local headmen so as to facilitate indirect rule in the late sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries; (2) the debate as to the role of the vernacular in religious education and missionary work in the same period, a debate in which the position favoring use of the vernacular held out for a time against calls for forced liquidation of the indigenous languages; (3) the ascendancy of the position calling for liquidation in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries; and (4) the role of Southern Peruvian Quechua as a nationalist emblem during the eighteenth century. These conjunctures have considerable relevance today. Differences in vocabulary and ideological justification have obscured the continuity between colonial and modern language policy. The issues debated, the limits of the alternatives proposed as solutions, and even the practical efforts carried out on behalf of alternative policies, have been surprisingly perdurable. For four and a half centuries the “Andean language debate,” the issues and terms of language policy, have continued to have at their center the question of whether or not the Quechua have a right to exist as a separate community. (Language policy, colonialism, South America, Quechua).},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1983,
title = {Ehlich Konrad: Verwendungen der Deixis beim sprachlichen Handeln. Linguistisch-philologische Untersuchungen zum hebräischen deiktischen System. Lang, Frankfurt, Bern und Las Vegas},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1017/S0332586500001050},
year  = {1983},
date = {1983-12-01},
urldate = {1983-12-01},
journal = {Nordic Journal of Linguistics},
volume = {6},
number = {2},
pages = {157 - 162},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Connell1983,
title = {Experimental evidence of interaction between tone and intonation in Mandarin Chinese},
author = {Bruce Connell and John T. Hogan and Anton J. Rozsypal},
doi = {10.1016/S0095-4470(19)30834-4},
year  = {1983},
date = {1983-10-01},
journal = {Journal of Phonetics},
volume = {11},
number = {4},
pages = {337-351},
abstract = {Determined in an experiment with 28 native Chinese speakers (aged 20–47 yrs) proficient in Mandarin how far the shape of a tone in Mandarin Chinese can be changed before it is consistently recognized as a different tone. Results show that perceptual changes in tone arose and that these changes corresponded generally with expectations based primarily on production data. The recognition of tone was stable over a wide range of pitch contour changes. (23 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2012 APA, all rights reserved).},
keywords = {Bruce Connell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Duranti1983,
title = {Samoan Speechmaking Across Social Events: One Genre in and out of a Fono},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404500009568},
year  = {1983},
date = {1983-03-01},
journal = {Language in Society},
volume = {12},
pages = {1-30},
abstract = {This paper addresses the relevance of a functional approach to the study of speech genres. The range of variation found in spontaneous performances of a traditional genre of Samoan speechmaking (lāuga) can be explained and partly predicted by referring to the social and cultural context of speaking. Particular features of variation are attributed to the following factors: (1) the purposes of the social events, (2) the temporal setting of its performance, (3) the range and social identities of the participants, and (4) the weight given to performance as a key for delivering and interpreting speechmaking. (Oratory, ethnography of communication, cross-contextual variation, performance, Samoan language and culture.)},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Prasithrathsint1983,
title = {The Thai equivalent of the English passive in formal writing: A sketch of the influence of translation on the target language},
author = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
year  = {1983},
date = {1983-01-01},
journal = {Working papers in linguistics},
volume = {15},
pages = {47-68},
keywords = {Amara Prasithrathsint},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Pauwels1983,
title = {Limburgs and Swabian in Australia: A Study of the Effect of Language Variety on Language Maintenance Among Dutch and German Speakers in Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1983},
date = {1983-01-01},
publisher = {Monash University},
abstract = {General note: By using the comment function on degruyter. com you agree to our Privacy Statement. A respectful treatment of one another is important to us. Therefore we would like to draw your attention to our House Rules.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Jourdan1983,
title = {Mort du " Kanaka Pidgin English " à Mackay, Australie},
author = {Christine Jourdan},
doi = {10.7202/006155ar},
year  = {1983},
date = {1983-01-01},
journal = {Anthropologie et Sociétés},
volume = {7},
number = {3},
pages = {77-96},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1983,
title = {Ties That Bind: The Conformity Thesis in National Consciousness},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1080/07256868.1983.9963220},
year  = {1983},
date = {1983-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Intercultural Studies},
volume = {4},
number = {1},
pages = {5-20},
abstract = {Whatever else it may be, nationalism is always a struggle for control of land, community and identity. Whatever else the nation may be, it is nothing if not a mode of constructing and interpreting group loyalty. Yet, despite a sustained debate as to the origin, nature and development of both nationalism and the nation, there is little agreement concerning the process by which nationalist attitudes become diffused throughout a given population. The aim of this paper is to explore some of the issues raised by communication theorists and social psychologists who have analyzed the phenomenon of national loyalty, the desired endproduct of social mobilization in multi-cultural societies. 1 In an earlier paper I attempted to outline the main strands of two distinct approaches to the analysis of nationalism, namely the national integration approach and the nationality formation approach. 2 Briefly, theories of national integration.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Benjamin1983,
title = {Malay Peninsula: Language Map and Notes},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
editor = {Stephen A. Wurm and Shiro Hattôri},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.1.1805.2641},
isbn = {9780858832404},
year  = {1983},
date = {1983-01-01},
volume = {2},
publisher = {Pacific Linguistics},
chapter = {37},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Williams1982,
title = {The National Construction of Social Space},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1177/030913258300700402},
year  = {1982},
date = {1982-12-01},
journal = {Progress in Human Geography},
volume = {7},
number = {4},
pages = {502-518},
abstract = {Disputes seem inevitable because society has to partition, diversify, organise, and regulate geographical space, yet scholarly examination of the national construction of social space is scant. Isolates eight major dimensions of 'national territory' which figure in ideologies and sentiment about the relations between society and its environment - habitat, folk culture, scale, and location; boundary, autarchy, homeland, and nation building. Argues that nationalist elites minimise the first four objectives, 'given' dimensions, and emphasise the remaining four, which are more abstract, subjective, and malleable aspects of 'land'. Instances three secular trends that have built up since the 18th century which support this contention. -A.F.Pitty},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1982b,
title = {Book Reviews : Bilingual Mothers in Wales and the Language of their Children G. Harrison, W. Bellin and B. Piette},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1177/0261927X8200100208},
year  = {1982},
date = {1982-09-01},
journal = {Journal of Language and Social Psychology 1(2):DOI:},
volume = {1},
number = {2},
pages = {166-168 },
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pierson1982,
title = {How Do Chinese Bilinguals Respond To Variations of Interviewer Language and Ethnicity?},
author = {Herbert Pierson and Michael Harris Bond},
doi = {10.1177/0261927X8200100203},
year  = {1982},
date = {1982-09-01},
urldate = {1982-09-01},
journal = {Journal of Language and Social Psychology},
volume = {1},
number = {2},
pages = {123-139},
abstract = {Do Chinese bilinguals change their non-verbal behaviours when they are speaking English as opposed to Cantonese and speaking with Americans as opposed to fellow Chinese? In order to answer these questions, 64 female English majors at the Chinese University were video-taped during a standardised interview in either Cantonese or English by an interviewer of American or Chinese ethnicity. Measures of self-perception and perception of the interviewer were also taken to illuminate the meaning of the potential changes in non-verbal behaviour. The language and ethnicity variables had functionally different impacts on the non-verbal behaviours: the higher speed, less frequent use of filled pauses, and increased gazing when using Cantonese are suggestive of its greater redundancy relative to English; the lesser talking combined with increased smiles and torso shifts emitted with the American interviewers were compatible with the higher potency and greater informality with which the Americans were perceived by these bilinguals. The American interviewers were relatively less fluent using Cantonese than were interviewers in the other conditions. Perceiving this lesser skill, the interviewees accommodated by downgrading their self-ratings of second language fluency and by increasing their frequency of filled pauses while answering.},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim1982b,
title = {Person, number and inclusivity in two andean languages},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
doi = {10.1080/03740463.1982.10416044},
year  = {1982},
date = {1982-07-01},
urldate = {1982-07-01},
journal = {Acta Linguistica Hafniensia},
volume = {17},
number = {2},
pages = {139-156},
abstract = {The problem I wish to address here is first of all historiographie and that is the ultimate textual provenience of the analytic categories ‘inclusive’ and ‘exclusive’ as applied to person systems. A distinction between inclusive, a sort of ‘we’ including the addressee, and exclusive, a ‘we’ excluding the addressee, is linguistically quite common, as Forchheimer's (1953) survey and William Jacobsen's areal study of western North America (1980) demonstrate. It is of interest to the South Americanist because, according to Mary Haas’ well known historiographie study (1969), amplified by Martha Hardman-de-Bautista (1972), the terms first appeared in colonial grammatical studies of both Aymara and Southern Peruvian Quechua. But it is also of interest to the Indo-Europeanist because of the possibility that like categories may be reconstructable for Indo-European (Kurylowicz, 1964:149), and consideration of the historiography of the terms leads to greater analytic precision with respect to their nature.},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1982bb,
title = {Social Mobilization and Nationalism in Multi-Cultural Societies},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1080/01419870.1982.9993382},
year  = {1982},
date = {1982-07-01},
journal = {Ethnic and Racial Studies 5(3): DOI:},
volume = {5},
number = {3},
pages = {349-365},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1982bb,
title = {Madoc. The making of a mythGwyn A. Williams, (London: Eyre Methue, 1979. Pp. 226. £8·50)},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1016/0305-7488(82)90039-1},
year  = {1982},
date = {1982-04-01},
journal = {Journal of Historical Geography},
volume = {8},
number = {2},
pages = {221-222},
abstract = {Myths, we know, can create and shape history. In the folk culture of minorities they can provide means of interpreting centuries of oppression as but the trial of faith for the promised land to come. Myths are functional interpretations of perceived reality and some are remarkably resilient.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1982bb,
title = {Bilingual Districts as an Instrument in Canadian Language Policy},
author = {Collin Williams and Donald G Cartwright},
doi = {10.2307/622147},
year  = {1982},
date = {1982-02-01},
journal = {Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers},
volume = {7},
number = {4},
pages = {474-493},
abstract = {"Accommodation of a multi-ethnic population within the territory of a single state has been recognized as a world-wide problem. Within such a society language maintenance is frequently the avenue through which cultural groups seek to preserve their identity. This paper describes and evaluates the Canadian experience of language planning by concentrating on the bilingual district, the key spatial instrument in the federal Official Languages Act. The paper argues for a cautious and spatially varied application of the 1969 Act and seeks to suggest ways in which a geolinguistic analysis may further our understanding of plurilingual societies."},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Andaya1982,
title = {Introduction: The Environment and Peoples of Malaysia},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Leonard Y. Andaya},
doi = {10.1007/978-1-349-16927-6_1},
isbn = {978-0-333-27673-0},
year  = {1982},
date = {1982-01-01},
pages = {1-6},
publisher = {Palgrave, London},
abstract = {Formed in 1963, the Federation of Malaysia comprises the long peninsular land mass which separates the Indian Ocean from the South China Sea, together with the northern quarter of Borneo but excluding the small state of Brunei. Peninsular Malaysia, covering 131,794 square kilometres, is made up of eleven states: Perlis, Kedah, Penang, Perak, Selangor (with the Federal Capital Territory of Kuala Lumpur), Melaka, Johor, Negeri Sembilan, Pahang, Trengganu and Kelantan. The island of Singapore, part of Malaysia between 1963 and 1965, is now independent. The Borneo territories, Sabah (formerly British North Borneo) and Sarawak, together cover roughly 198,000 square kilometres, but are separated at the closest point from the peninsula by over 650 kilometres. Kota Kinabalu (previously Jesselton), the capital of Sabah, is 864 kilometres from Kuching (Sarawak’s capital) and more than 1,600 kilometres from Kuala Lumpur.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Andaya1982b,
title = {Some Themes in Malaysian History (Conclusion)},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Leonard Y Andaya},
doi = {10.1007/978-1-349-16927-6_9},
isbn = {978-0-333-27673-0},
year  = {1982},
date = {1982-01-01},
pages = {299-304},
publisher = {Palgrave, London},
abstract = {Certain dominant themes emerge in examining the span of Malaysian history. One of these is the self-confidence with which Malays have always greeted external influences, an attribute undoubtedly arising from their long and persistent contact with the outside world. From about the beginning of the Christian era, Malays living on both sides of the Melaka Straits were witness to a growing international seaborne traffic passing through this narrow waterway, which linked India, the Middle East and Europe on the one hand, and Japan, Korea and China on the other. Taking advantage of their ideal location on the Straits, the Malays became active participants in this international trade and were able to develop successful entrepôts which formed the basis of some of the earliest and most influential maritime powers in Southeast Asia. The most impressive of the early kingdoms was Srivijaya, whose traditions were continued in an almost unbroken line to Melaka, Johor and Riau. They were noted not only for their flourishing entrepôt trade but also for their patronage of religion, the medium for many of the intellectual trends in the world beyond the Straits. This area, then, was never a backwater but was exposed to a continuing progression of ideas from abroad, the most suitable of which were adopted and adapted by the local population to suit their own needs.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Andaya1982bb,
title = {The Demise of the Malay Entrepôt State, 1699–1819},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Leonard Y. Andaya},
doi = {10.1007/978-1-349-16927-6_4},
year  = {1982},
date = {1982-01-01},
pages = {76-113},
publisher = {Palgrave, London},
abstract = {The decline in Johor’s standing in the Malay world after the events of 1699 led to the rise of a number of newly independent states, several of which had once been part of the old Johor empire. No kingdom emerged immediately as a dominant force in the Straits, able to maintain a degree of order in regional trade and politics. Without an acknowledged overlord, individual states now had greater freedom in seeking their own political and economic goals. To nineteenth-century observers, however, a situation where various rulers were attempting to assert their independence or supremacy appeared ‘chaotic’ and symptomatic of the ‘decay’ besetting the Malay world. It was therefore with the claim of ‘restoring order’ to the area that the British came to justify their intervention in Malay affairs. But an examination of events in the Malay world in the eighteenth century indicates that such rationalization ignores the cyclical pattern of alternating unity and fragmentation which had characterized Malay-Indonesian commerce and politics for well over a thousand years.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Andaya1982bb,
title = {A ‘New World Is Created’, 1819–74},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Leonard Y Andaya},
doi = {10.1007/978-1-349-16927-6_5},
isbn = {978-0-333-27673-0},
year  = {1982},
date = {1982-01-01},
pages = {114-156},
publisher = {Palgrave, London},
abstract = {The most colourful description of life in the new British settlement of Singapore is contained in the Hikayat Abdullah (The Story of Abdullah) which is the autobiography of the noted teacher of Malay who was also scribe to Stamford Raffles. One of Abdullah’s main concerns is the change brought about by the European presence, ‘the destruction of the old world and the creation of a new’. He is understandably less interested in the historical continuities which, despite the overriding sense of change, can still be discerned. The very readiness of Malay rulers to establish links with British officials in Singapore and Penang was in keeping with previous Malay diplomacy. Like the Dutch and Portuguese, the British simply represented a new and powerful element whose friendship was desirable. Nor was Singapore’s commercial success unprecedented. In the tradition of earlier entrepôts such as Melaka and Johor, its prosperity owed much to its unrivalled geographic position, to which was added the attraction of free trade in an age when tariffs and protection were almost universal. The initial acceptance of the British was also aided by the fact that the areas involved — Penang, Singapore, Province Wellesley and Melaka — had not been forcibly taken from any Malay power and at least the trappings of legality surrounded their transfer. Well before the Anglo-Dutch Treaty of 1824, the British appeared the legitimate heirs to the prestige formerly accorded the VOC.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Andaya1982bb,
title = {The Making of ‘British’ Malaya, 1874–1919},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Leonard Y Andaya},
doi = {10.1007/978-1-349-16927-6_6},
year  = {1982},
date = {1982-01-01},
pages = {157-204},
publisher = {Palgrave, London},
abstract = {Although commonly accepted as a convenient means of demarcating the beginning of Malaysia’s colonial period, the Pangkor Treaty does not signify a radical change in British imperial policy. Governor Andrew Clarke may have concluded the treaty on his own initiative, but it did not cause great consternation in the Colonial Office, where the possible appointment of a British agent in the western Malay states had been under discussion for some time. Nor does the Pangkor Treaty stand as a clear break between two different phases of economic development. Despite the expectations of the commercial community in the Straits Settlements, European enterprise was only slowly established in the peninsula. Chinese predominance in the Malay economy continued in beth tin mining and most forms of plantation agriculture, and not until the 1890s did the initiative pass to Europeans.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Andaya1982bb,
title = {The Heritage of the Past},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Leonard Y Andaya},
doi = {10.1007/978-1-349-16927-6_2},
isbn = {978-0-333-27673-0},
year  = {1982},
date = {1982-01-01},
pages = {7-36},
publisher = {Palgrave, London},
abstract = {Until the beginning of the fifteenth century AD, the history of what is now Malaysia is difficult to reconstruct with any real certainty. Because of the lack of information, historians have tended to regard the rise of a great entrepôt, Melaka, on the west coast of the Malay peninsula, as an identifiable starting point for Malay history. There is a consequent inclination to consider the centuries before 1400 — the ‘pre-Melakan period’ — as being of relatively little importance in the evolution of modern Malaysia. But Melaka’s rise from a quiet fishing village to a world-renowned emporium and centre of Malay culture cannot be explained unless one realizes that behind the splendour of its court and the vigour of its commerce lay traditions of government and trade which had evolved over centuries. The story of Malaysia does not therefore begin at Melaka but stretches back deep into the past. An examination of Melaka’s heritage provides not only the context essential for an understanding of later events but throws up themes which continue to be relevant as Malaysian history unfolds.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Andaya1982bb,
title = {The Forging of a Nation, 1957–80},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Leonard Y Andaya},
doi = {10.1007/978-1-349-16927-6_8},
isbn = {978-0-333-27673-0},
year  = {1982},
date = {1982-01-01},
pages = {265-298},
publisher = {Palgrave, London},
abstract = {Since independence the principal preoccupation of Malaya’s government leaders has been the preservation of the country’s fragile unity and the welding of a truly united nation. The success of the Emergency measures in dealing with the communists removed one major threat to unity, but there still remained the task of reconciling the demands of the communal groups in the creation of their new nation. Under colonial rule the British had orchestrated a smoothly functioning political and economic entity in which each ethnic group was allotted a specific role. In this colonial world, the British saw themselves as supreme arbiters, acting impartially and dispensing justice throughout the land. To a considerable extent the British role had been accepted by the society, and some groups genuinely believed that given the existing situation the colonial presence was desirable. The years of political conditioning could not be overcome simply by the transferral of sovereignty to a Malayan government. With the dismantling of British hegemony, each ethnic group feared being pushed aside by the others, and the post-independence years witnessed a scramble for dominance in areas hitherto restricted to one or another group. Each ethnic community wanted a share of what the others had and yet there was insufficient mutual trust to believe that the sharing would be done equitably. All governments in Malaya (and Malaysia since 1963) have been concerned with solving this vexing problem, which has continued to pose a threat to the nation’s survival.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Andaya1982bb,
title = {The Functioning of a Colonial Society, 1919–57},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Leonard Y Andaya},
doi = {10.1007/978-1-349-16927-6_7},
isbn = {978-0-333-27673-0},
year  = {1982},
date = {1982-01-01},
journal = {A History of Malaysia},
pages = {205-264},
publisher = {Palgrave, London},
abstract = {By 1919 the entire Malay peninsula had come under some kind of British control. The Straits Settlements and the Federated Malay States (FMS) had been under British influence longest, and consequently their various institutions were more closely co-ordinated than those in the Unfederated Malay States (UMS). The latter continued to maintain their own system of governance but came under increasing British pressure urging incorporation into the FMS. Despite this pressure the unfederated states maintained their status till the outbreak of World War II.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Andaya1982bb,
title = {Melaka and Its Heirs},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Leonard Y Andaya},
doi = {10.1007/978-1-349-16927-6_3},
year  = {1982},
date = {1982-01-01},
publisher = {Palgrave, London},
abstract = {During the fifteenth century Melaka rose to become, in the words of Tomé Pires, ‘of such importance and profit that it seems to me it has no equal in the world’.1 Melaka’s great success and its honoured place in Malay history were not only due, however, to its prosperity and renown as a trading centre. Building upon an illustrious past, it established a pattern of government and a lifestyle which was emulated by subsequent Malay kingdoms and became the basis of what was later termed ‘traditional Malay culture and statecraft’. So imposing was the reputation of Melaka that its successors were in a sense condemned to the awesome task of attempting to revive the glory of the Malay past. The trading policies of the Portuguese in the sixteenth century and the Dutch in the seventeenth placed such restraints on international commerce that it was all but impossible for a Malay emporium in the tradition of Melaka to re-emerge. But while no Malay kingdom succeeded in re-creating the greatness of Melaka, it remained an inspiration and a source of strength to all those states which considered themselves its heirs.},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Orridge1982,
title = {Autonomist Nationalism: A Theoretical Framework for Spatial Variations in its Genesis and Development},
author = {Andrew W. Orridge and Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1016/0260-9827(82)90003-9},
year  = {1982},
date = {1982-01-01},
journal = {Political Geography Quarterly},
volume = {1},
number = {1},
pages = {19-39},
abstract = {Despite the extensive discussion of nationalism in modern Europe, the preconditions of autonomous nationalist development remain obscured by the use of explanations that neglect structural and locational variations in the genesis of nationalist movements. An alternative theoretical framework is proposed which separates preconditions from triggering factors in the analysis of nationalism and gives more emphasis to political events at the level of the international state system rather than the more traditional explanations which concentrate on the individual state level.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1982bb,
title = {The spatial analysis of Welsh culture},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.3406/ecelt.1982.1717},
year  = {1982},
date = {1982-01-01},
journal = {Etudes Celtique },
volume = {19},
number = {1},
pages = {283-322},
abstract = {The author proposes to give to the socio-linguistic analysis a geographical dimension, by the spatial study of a certain number of socio-economic factors. Thus the linguistic behavior of the Welsh is no longer reduced to the effect of a political or religious factor, but an “ecological” analysis is applied to it by supposing that several variables contribute to determining a given environment. Nine components are taken into consideration: age, social class, fixity of domicile, language, socio-economic traits, type of accommodation, level of education, electoral and religious behavior.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Mannheim1982,
title = {A Note on 'Inclusive/Exclusive' in Sixteenth-Century Peru},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
doi = {10.1086/465754},
year  = {1982},
date = {1982-01-01},
urldate = {1982-01-01},
journal = {International Journal of American Linguistics},
volume = { 48},
number = {4},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Mannheim1982c,
title = {Iconicity in phonological change},
author = {Bruce Mannheim and Madeleine Newfield},
editor = {Anders Ahlqvist},
doi = {10.1075/cilt.21.26man},
year  = {1982},
date = {1982-01-01},
urldate = {1982-01-01},
pages = {211-222},
publisher = {John Benjamins},
abstract = {Iconicity in phonological change | John Benjamins 1887 Google CONTACT SUPPORT John Benjamins Toggle search navigation Toggle main navigation View Shopping Cart John Benjamins Close search Dialog Go Advanced Search Home e-Journals e-Books Book Series Online Resources Collections Subjects Art & Art History Communication Studies Consciousness Research Interaction Studies Linguistics Literature & Literary Studies Miscellaneous Philosophy Psychology Sociology Terminology & Lexicography Translation & Interpreting Studies About News Help Contact View Shopping Cart Toggle navigation Tools Toggle navigation Share You have access to materials subscribed to / purchased by: Google Google Register to create your user account, or sign in if you have an existing account Username: Password: Login Need login help? Not registered yet?},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Haberland1981,
title = {Hall Partee Barbara: Fundamentals of Mathematics for Linguistics. Reidel, Dordrecht 1978. 242 pp},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1017/S0332586500000755},
year  = {1981},
date = {1981-12-01},
urldate = {1981-12-01},
journal = {Nordic Journal of Linguistics},
volume = {4},
number = {2},
pages = {181-183},
abstract = {The Nordic Journal of Linguistics is published by Cambridge University Press for the Nordic Association of Linguists. The journal covers all branches of linguistics, with a special focus on issues related to the Nordic languages (including Finnish, Greenlandic and Saami) and on issues of general theoretical interest. The editors encourage submission of research articles, debate contributions and book reviews. One volume is published per calendar year, and each volume contains three issues, one of which is a thematic issue.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya1981b,
title = {The Abode of Grace (Perak)},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and M. C. Ricklefs},
doi = {10.2307/2757348},
year  = {1981},
date = {1981-11-01},
journal = {Pacific Affairs},
volume = {53},
number = {3},
pages = {581},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1981b,
title = {Official‐language districts: A gesture of faith in the future of Canada},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1080/01419870.1981.9993343},
year  = {1981},
date = {1981-07-01},
journal = {Ethnic and Racial Studies},
volume = {4},
number = {3},
pages = {334-347},
abstract = {One of the most difficult political and technical problems facing language planners in multi-ethnic states is the question of transforming the precepts of language legislation into a spatially coherent administrative system of language districts. In a recent paper in this journal Bostock (1980) reviewed the operation and effectiveness of the Canadian Commissioner of Official Languages. In the present paper I want to evaluate the potential of a second policy instrument established by the Official Languages Act (1969), namely bilingual districts. Considered as one of the cornerstones of the Act, the bilingual district was to be the territorial unit within which citizens would be entitled to obtain full services from the federal government and its agencies in either French or English.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Pierson1981,
title = {What are Science Students Expected to Write?},
author = {Herbert Pierson and Jane Friederichs},
doi = {10.1093/elt/XXXV.4.407},
year  = {1981},
date = {1981-07-01},
urldate = {1981-07-01},
journal = {ELT Journal},
volume = {XXXV},
number = {4},
pages = {407-410},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1981b,
title = {Wording and warding: The pragmatics of therapeutical conversation},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Jacob L Mey},
doi = {10.1016/0378-2166(81)90001-1},
year  = {1981},
date = {1981-06-01},
urldate = {1981-06-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {5},
number = {2–3},
pages = {103–111},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1981c,
title = {Logic won't plug real life gaps: A remark on Gerald Gazdar's “class, 'codes', and conversation”},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1016/0378-2166(81)90044-8},
year  = {1981},
date = {1981-02-01},
urldate = {1981-02-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {5},
number = {1},
pages = {27-33},
abstract = {In his recent paper in Linguistics (Gazdar 1979), Gerald Gazdar tries “to plug a linguistic gap” in the body of literature that has criticized Basil Bernstein's code theory. I will attempt to unplug some of these gaps. I contend that Gazdar misinterprets Bernstein's theory as a theory of conversation (whereas it is rather an attempt to explain working class children's lower level of school achievement), and that his use of arguments from logic is misleading, especially where linguists and sociolinguists have already brought more substantial arguments, partly in the same area as Gazdar's claims.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Haberland1981d,
title = {A Minimum Morale on how not to Listen to the Native Speaker},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
doi = {10.1515/9783110822878-014},
isbn = {9783110822878},
year  = {1981},
date = {1981-01-31},
urldate = {1981-01-31},
pages = {195-200},
publisher = {De Gruyter Mouton},
abstract = {This chapter is about objectivity in science. It indicates a tradition of Western science (which is called the Columbus paradigm) and records some of the cases where native speakers have spoken.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Haberland1981e,
title = {Political determinants of pragmatic and sociolinguistic choices},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Tove Skutnabb Kangas},
doi = {10.1075/slcs.7.19hab},
year  = {1981},
date = {1981-01-01},
urldate = {1981-01-01},
pages = {285},
publisher = {John benjamins},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Duranti1981,
title = {Speechmaking and the Organization of Discourse in a Samoan Fono},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
doi = {10.1017/S0047404500009568},
isbn = {085883-2488},
year  = {1981},
date = {1981-01-01},
journal = {Journal of the Polynesian Society},
volume = {90},
number = {3},
pages = {357-400},
abstract = {This paper addresses the relevance of a functional approach to the study of speech genres. The range of variation found in spontaneous performances of a traditional genre of Samoan speechmaking (lāuga) can be explained and partly predicted by referring to the social and cultural context of speaking. Particular features of variation are attributed to the following factors: (1) the purposes of the social events, (2) the temporal setting of its performance, (3) the range and social identities of the participants, and (4) the weight given to performance as a key for delivering and interpreting speechmaking. (Oratory, ethnography of communication, cross-contextual variation, performance, Samoan language and culture.)},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Duranti1991,
title = {The Samoan Fono: A Sociolinguistic Study},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
doi = {10.15144/PL-B80},
year  = {1981},
date = {1981-01-01},
urldate = {1981-01-01},
booktitle = {Pacific Linguistics Monograph B80},
volume = {Volume 14},
number = {3},
pages = {226},
publisher = {Dept. of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University},
series = {Series: B},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Pauwels1981,
title = {An analysis of the reading habits of Dutch migrants in Australia: Some implications for the future of the Dutch language in Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
doi = {https://doi.org/10.1075/aral.4.1.05pau},
year  = {1981},
date = {1981-01-01},
journal = {Australian review of applied linguistics},
volume = {4},
number = {1},
pages = {59-74},
abstract = {Studies on language maintenance efforts of Community Languages Other Than English (CLOTE) have generally concentrated on the maintenance of such languages on the spoken level. Th e active use of the ethnic language is indeed most crucial to its survival. I t is therefore important to investigate the different aspects of and problems involved in the active language maintenance of a language such as domain distribution, transference and code-switching patterns, as well as the examination of institutions promoting language maintenance: ethni c Saturday schools, ethnic parishes and churches, social clubs, ethnic media, etc. In the light of Australia's present policy of multiculturalism (cultural pluralism), it is important to secure the full status of the ethnic languages.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya1981,
title = {Robert Heussler, Completing a Stewardship: The Malayan Civil Service, 1942-1957 (Book Reviews)},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1177/002190968401900325},
year  = {1981},
date = {1981-01-01},
journal = {Journal of Asian and African studies},
volume = {19},
number = {3-4},
pages = {297-299},
abstract = {298 B (OC) K. REVI EVVS from former civil servants and their families in his soliciting of diaries, memoirs, cor-respondence and reminiscences. His diligence can only be applauded, given the less extensive official material for Malaya in the post 1940 period. Aware of the unique quality of his source material, Heussler decided that he would use it “in such a way as to anable the officers to speak for themselves, with editorialising kept to the minimum necessarily for clarity and perspective”(p. 8). The text falls into a rough pattern of chronological narration and discussion of particular issues inter-spersed by sections based on the experiences of individual MCS officers, often expressed in their own words. These vignettes not only provide the reader with an insight into character types, social backgrounds and attitudes of MCS personnel.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Jourdan1981,
title = {Sale on sale or the dangers of overcorrection},
author = {Christine Jourdan and Stanley Aléong},
doi = {10.7202/001868ar},
year  = {1981},
date = {1981-01-01},
journal = {Meta: Journal des traducteurs},
volume = {26},
number = {2},
pages = {148},
keywords = {Christine Jourdan},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1981,
title = {Language planning and minority group rights ( Wales)},
author = {Collin Williams},
year  = {1981},
date = {1981-01-01},
journal = {Cambria},
volume = {9},
pages = {61 - 74},
abstract = {Discussion concerning language status planning in Wales has focused too narrowly on the specific question of language maintenance, treating language promotion as a self-evident right. The relationship between language planning and group rights is examined. A comprehensive elaboration of majority and minority language group rights is an essential prerequisite for any lasting and successful language planning programme in Wales.-Author},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1981bb,
title = {The Territorial Dimension in Language Planning: An Evaluation of Its Potential in Contemporary Wales},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.1075/lplp.5.1.03wil},
year  = {1981},
date = {1981-01-01},
journal = {Language problems and language planning},
volume = {5},
number = {1},
pages = {57-73},
abstract = {RESUMO La teritoria dimensio en la lingvoplanado: takso de ties valoro en la nuntempa Kimrio Atento al la teritoria srumpigo de la kimralingvaj zonoj de Britio vekis malfruan interesigon pri eventuala teritoria lingvo-planado. La artikolo pristudas la spacan bazon de la lingvo-politiko kaj de la lingvaj rajtoj. Oni analizas du tipojn de konflikto pri lingvaj rajtoj. Unue, estas konflikto inter unuopaj rajtoj kaj rajtoj de grupoj, laü apartaj interpretoj de la koncepto de la justeco. Iuj asertas, ke la justeco konsistas en disdivido de bonajoj sur proporcia bazo, dum aliaj sugestas, ke la justeco devus kon-sideri nur la akiritajn rajtojn de unuopuloj, senkonsidere de la lingvo au de aliaj trajtoj, kiuj difinas grupon. Due estas konflikto inter la akiritaj rajtoj de kimralingvuloj kaj de anglalingvanoj. Poste oni prikonsideras la principojn de la lingva endistriktigo; fine, oni diskutas la avantagojn kaj malavantagojn de la alpreno de la koncepto de dulingvaj distriktoj en Kimrio. CRYNODEB Mae dirywiad yn nifer y rhai a fedrai'r iaith Gymraeg wedi ennyn diddordeb rhai yn y syniad o gynllunio ar gyfer yr iaith yng Nghymru. Bwriad y traethawd hwn ydyw olrhain datblygiad y syniad o iawnderau ieithyddol, gan ganolbwyntio ar wrthdrawiad rhwng iawnderau ieithyddol yr unigolyn ac iawnderau cymdeithasol. Hynny yw, rhwng ddehongliad o gyfiawnder sy'n awgrymu y dylid ffafrio lleiafrifoedd ieithyddol heddiw oherwydd anghyfiawnderau y wladwriaeth yn y gorffennol, a hynny sy'n mynnu y dylid pwyso a mesur gwerth a iawnderau yr unigolyn fel unigolyn ac nid fel aelod o leiafrif ieithyddol. Yna mae'r traethawd yn cymharu'r sefyllfa ieithyddol yn Ffinland ac yng Nghanada i weld a all Cymru elwa ar brofiad gwledydd eraill wrth gynllunio iaith. Am weddill y traethawd gofynnir os oes angen ardaloedd unieithog a dwyieithog tebyg i Ganada, nid yn unig er mwyn diogelu'r Gymraeg, ond yn bwysicach, er mwyn ei gwneud yn iaith ymarferol, ddefnyddiol yn y broses o wella ansawdd bywyd yn y Gymru gyfoes.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1981bb,
title = {Identity through autonomy: ethnic separatism in Quebec},
author = {Collin Williams},
year  = {1981},
date = {1981-01-01},
journal = {Political studies from spatial perspectives},
pages = {389-418},
abstract = {The uneven spatial impact of modernisation, coupled with the cultural division of labour, are important structural determinants of ethnic relations within Quebec. However, in order to explain the timing and political character of separatism, account must be taken of the role of the ethnic intelligentsia in providing the political philosophy which animates the current Quebecois government programme of Sovereignty-Association. -after Author},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1981bb,
title = {On culture space : perceptual culture regions in Wales},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.3406/ecelt.1981.1689},
year  = {1981},
date = {1981-01-01},
journal = {Celtic Studies},
volume = {18},
number = {1},
pages = {273-296},
abstract = {“People react to a perceived, environment; their behaviour frequently appears to reflect the images they form of the social and physical environment around them, rather than the ‘true’environment—what ever that might be, and however it might be defined and measured”. 1
There is a curious paradox in the contemporary crisis which the Welsh language is experiencing. A paradox which derives from the transformation of Wales from a primarily rural, agrarian society to a modernised and industrial society. At no other time in its modern history has the language been the subject of such intense activity, ranging from its incorporation as a language of government and bureaucratic administration to its promotion as a popular second language for the 79.0% in Wales who are overwhelmingly unilingual English in speech.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya1980,
title = {Prince of Pirates: The Temenggongs and the Development of Johor and Singapore, 1784-1885.},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya and Christopher S. Gray and Carl A. Trocki},
doi = {10.2307/2055232},
year  = {1980},
date = {1980-08-01},
journal = {The Journal of Asian Studies},
volume = {39},
number = {4},
pages = {872},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@techreport{Duranti1980,
title = {Lauga and Talanoaga: Structure and Variation in the Language of a Samoan Speech Event},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
editor = {R. Bauman and J. Sherzer},
year  = {1980},
date = {1980-04-01},
booktitle = {Sociolinguistic Working Paper},
number = {72},
abstract = {Several ways in which the speech event may constitute a frame for performing and interpreting a particular speech genre are illustrated in the Samoan "fono," a meeting of chiefs and orators. In this event, both the organization of verbal interaction and the particular kind of language used by participants is distinct from the participants' conversations in other social situations. The turn-taking rules are different, the lexicon is specially suited for the context, different terms are used for differentiating statuses and ranks, and the morphology and syntax are distinctive. Within the event itself, native speakers differentiate two types of speech: "lauga" and "talanoaga," and the terms used for this distinction in the fono speeches also refer to but do not match types of speech found outside the fono, illustrating again that the speech event is a key to interpreting the genres in each case. This is related to the notion of verbal art as performance: despite their structural similarities, two instances of the same speech genre are both performed by the speechmaker and perceived by the audience in a different way.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {techreport}
}
@misc{Ochs1980,
title = {Review of G. R. Cardona’s Introduzione all’etnolinguistica},
author = {Alessandro Duranti and Elinor Ochs},
year  = {1980},
date = {1980-04-01},
booktitle = {Language in Society},
volume = {9},
number = {1},
pages = { 71-72},
publisher = { Cambridge University Press},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Williams1980,
title = {Short reviews},
author = {Collin Williams and Percy S. Cohen and Leo Kuper and Henry Lever and David A. Gerber and Stuart C. Billingham and Anthony D. Smith},
doi = {10.1080/01419870.1980.9993302},
year  = {1980},
date = {1980-04-01},
journal = {Ethnic and Racial Studies},
volume = {3},
number = {2},
pages = {236-248},
abstract = {Elia T. Zureik, THE PALESTINIANS IN ISRAEL. A STUDY IN INTERNAL COLONIALISM. Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1979, xi, 249, £8.50Helen Fein. ACCOUNTING FOR GENOCIDE. New York: The Free Press, 1979, xxi, 468. n.p.Sammy Smooha, ISRAEL: PLURALISM AND CONFLICT. London, Routledge and Kegan Paul, International Library of Sociology, 1978, 462 pp., Price £12.50.Howard Rabinowitz, RACE RELATIONS IN THE URBAN SOUTH, 1865–1890, Oxford University Press, 1978, pp. 441, $17.95.Russel L. Gerlach. IMMIGRANTS IN THE OZARKS: A STUDY IN ETHNIC GEOGRAPHY. Columbia, University of Missouri Press, 1976, 206 pp. £10.50Ray C. Rist GUESTWORKERS IN GERMANY: THE PROSPECTS FOR PLURALISM. Praeger, 1978, 263 pp., £13.30M. J. Esman (ed.): ETHNIC CONFLICT IN THE WESTERN WORLD, Cornell University Press, Ithaca and London, 1977, pp. 399. £13.25.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Duranti1980b,
title = {Sull’uso dei pronomi tonici nelle conversazioni},
author = {Alessandro Duranti},
editor = {P. Berrettoni},
year  = {1980},
date = {1980-01-01},
booktitle = {In Problemi di analisi linguistica},
pages = {103-123},
publisher = {Cadmo},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@misc{Pauwels1980,
title = {The effect of mixed marriage on language shift in the Dutch community in Australia},
author = {Anne Pauwels},
year  = {1980},
date = {1980-01-01},
abstract = {General note: By using the comment function on degruyter. com you agree to our Privacy Statement. A respectful treatment of one another is important to us. Therefore we would like to draw your attention to our House Rules.},
keywords = {Anne Pauwels},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {misc}
}
@article{Williams1980b,
title = {The Desire of Nations: Quebecois Ethnic Separatism in Comparative Perspective},
author = {Collin Williams},
year  = {1980},
date = {1980-01-01},
journal = {Cahiers de Geographic de Quebec},
abstract = {The paper outlines the main characteristics of ethnie separatism as a process. It then analyses two théories designed to explain the résurgence of reactive peripheral identity, the Internai Colonial thesis and the rôle of the ethnie intelligentsia. Some of the inhérent contradictions in the Parti Québé- cois's attempt to create a genuine Québécois nation through the promotion of French culture are explored as are some of the pitfalls of a référendum on Sovereignty-A ssociation.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1980bb,
title = {Ethnic Separatism},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.7202/021459ar},
year  = {1980},
date = {1980-01-01},
journal = {Cahiers de géographie du Québec},
volume = {24},
number = {61},
pages = {47-68},
abstract = {The paper outlines the main characteristics of ethnic separatism as a process. It then analyses two theories designed to explain the resurgence of reactive peripheral identity, the Internal Colonial thesis and the role of the ethnic intelligentsia. Some of the inherent contradictions in the Parti Québécois's attempt to create a genuine Québécois nation through the promotion of French culture are explored as are some of the pitfalls of a referendum on Sovereignty-Association.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1980bb,
title = {Ethnic separatism in Western Europe},
author = {Collin Williams},
year  = {1980},
date = {1980-01-01},
journal = {Tijdschrift voor Economische en Sociale Geografie},
volume = {71},
number = {3},
pages = {142-158},
abstract = {The core-periphery paradigm of state integration is reviewed and attention is focused on ethnic political mobilization in the periphery, highlighting separatism as a mechanism for alleviating ethnic-regional grievances. Illustration of the general pattern and process is provided with reference to the idealogical rationale and socio-cultural basis of Welsh Nationalism. A number of theses designed to explain this feature of ethnic resurgence are examined and the Internal Colonial model is criticized as being overdependent on the premise of capitalism's uneven development producing ethnic separatist movements in the peripheral regions of Western Europe. - Author},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1980bb,
title = {Language contact and language change in Wales, 1901-1971: a study in historical geolinguistics},
author = {Collin Williams},
year  = {1980},
date = {1980-01-01},
journal = {Welsh History Review},
volume = {10},
pages = {207 - 238},
abstract = {A detailed reconstruction of the demographic characteristics of change in the period 1891-1931, and the post-war patterns and trends of 1951-71, leads to the conclusion that the vitality and future of Welsh must depend increasingly on the capacity of central and local government to establish the conditions within which the language may flourish.-J.Sheail},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1980,
title = {Everyday-schrift on occasion of the first five years of ROLIG},
author = {Hartmut Haberland},
year  = {1980},
date = {1980-01-01},
urldate = {1980-01-01},
journal = {Eine syntaktische Verschwörung gegen sexistische Relativpronomina},
pages = {11-14},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Och1979,
title = {Left-dislocation in Italian Conversation},
author = {Alessandro Duranti and Elinor Ochs},
editor = {T. Givon},
doi = {10.1163/9789004368897_017},
isbn = {0-12-6!3512-6 },
year  = {1979},
date = {1979-01-01},
journal = {In Syntax and Semantics},
volume = {12},
pages = {377-416},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1978,
title = {Language and Nationalism in Wales: A case study},
author = {Collin Williams and Colin J. Thomas},
doi = {10.1080/01419870.1978.9993231},
year  = {1978},
date = {1978-04-01},
journal = {Ethnic and Racial Studies},
volume = {1},
number = {2},
pages = {235-258},
abstract = {Wales is not a politically independent state but has nevertheless remained a partially distinct administrative entity following the Act of Union with England in 1536 and has retained a separate ethnic identity. Initially this identity was closely associated with the Welsh language in an essentially rural context. However, with economic development in the nineteenth century occurring within a wider English-speaking, British situation this association has declined in overall significance, although still strong in the predominantly Welsh-speaking areas now confined to the rural parts of the western half of Wales. In the English-speaking north-eastern and southern margins of the country a Welsh ethnic identity is also retained, although this is now as much related to the specifics of the industrial history of these regions, in an increasingly English-speaking environment, as to its former linguistic basis.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Mannheim1978,
title = {The politics of anthropology},
author = {Bruce Mannheim},
editor = {Gerrit Huizer and Bruce Mannheim},
year  = {1978},
date = {1978-01-01},
urldate = {1978-01-01},
publisher = {Mounton},
keywords = {Bruce Mannheim},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Andaya1977,
title = {From Rūm to Tokyo: The Search for Anticolonial Allies by the Rulers of Riau, 1899-1914},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.2307/3350920},
year  = {1977},
date = {1977-10-01},
journal = {Indonesia},
volume = {24},
number = {24},
pages = {123-156},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Haberland1977,
title = {Editorial: Linguistics and pragmatics},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Jacob L Mey},
doi = {10.1016/0378-2166(77)90019-4},
year  = {1977},
date = {1977-04-01},
urldate = {1977-04-01},
journal = {Journal of Pragmatics},
volume = {1},
number = {1},
pages = {1–12},
abstract = {This article was started somewhere in Denmark, and finished somewhere in West Germany. The dates were, respectively, some time in 1975 and some time in 1976. During his time, and within this geographical space, we had numerous discussions with, and got comments from, a lot of helpful people, such as Renate Bartsch, Elisabeth Bense, Gerard Hubers, Simon Dils, Karen Sonne, Peter Harms Larsen, just to name a few. Of course, none of these people is responsible for our views, and very few of them would agree with everything that is said in this paper.},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Hyman1977,
title = {Haya Grammatical Structure},
editor = {Alessandro Duranti and Ernest Byarushengo and Larry M Hyman},
year  = {1977},
date = {1977-01-01},
publisher = {University of Southern California},
series = {Southern California Occasional papers in linguistics 6},
abstract = {The papers in this volume, save two, were all presented as part of a year-long field methods course on Haya directed by Prof. Larry M. Hyman at the University of Southern California. The two exceptions are the paper on conditionals (written for a seminar on Historical Bantu Syntax for Prof. Hyman) and the paper on greetings (written as a supplement to the preceding chapters. The table of contents of this volume begins with phonological alternations and ends with greetings and a word list. In between there is hardly a topic that has not been touched upon, at least in part, be it phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, or discourse. Our interest has been to assemble these seminar papers which together give an overview of what it means to be a speaker of Haya. We would like to acknowledge the following persons: Victoria Chen, Charles Randriamasimanana, and Maurice Tada— djeu, who all participated in this project, as acknowledged in the chapter on preliminaries. We also gratefully acknowledge the support of N.S.F. grant no. SOC 76-16487 for support of parts of this work dealing with the interaction of phonology and grammar. We thank Dean David H. Malone of the Humanities Division, U.S.C., for providing travel funds for Ms. Dauer to speak to us on Haya greetings and kinship terminology. Finally, we thank the University of Dar es Salaam for making it possible (financially and otherwise) for Mr. E.R. Byarushengo to be at the University of Southern California.},
keywords = {Alessandro Duranti},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Williams1977,
title = {Ethnic perceptions of Acadia},
author = {Collin Williams},
doi = {10.7202/021364ar},
year  = {1977},
date = {1977-01-01},
journal = {Quebec Geography Notebooks},
volume = {21},
number = {53-54},
pages = {243-268},
abstract = {The name Acadia, given to a portion of the Atlantic région of North America in the seventeenth century, has continued in use since the dispersion of the original French-speaking colonists in 1755; but chiefly in the adjectival form Acadian (Acadien) referring to the descendants of those original inhabitants who returned to the Maritime Territories of British North America after « Le Grand Dérangement ». The présent paper reports on an attempt to détermine to what extent the name Acadia may still connote some definite territorial area in the minds of a sample of New Brunswick High School students of both main ethnie groups.},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Andaya1976,
title = {The Role of the Anak Raja in Malay History: A Case Study from Eighteenth-Century Kedah},
author = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
doi = {10.1017/S0022463400014995},
year  = {1976},
date = {1976-09-01},
journal = {Journal of Southeast Asian Studies},
volume = {7},
number = {2},
pages = {162-186},
abstract = {The history of the Malay world in the eighteenth century is characterised by a constantly shifting balance of power, extreme flexibility in the political patterns, and an ongoing search for strong friends and advantageous allies. Malay and European sources relating to the period contain an often overwhelming amount of information concerning seemingly endless conspiracies, broken treaties, negotiations, and re-alignments. Yet from this maze of detail distinct themes emerge, one of which concerns the activities of various Malay anak raja (sons of kings and pirates) and anak baik (sons of nobles). Existing material allows for the compilation of a number of interesting biographies. We can, for instance, follow the career of Perak's Raja 'Alim, who might have successfully unseated his cousin and become ruler himself had it not been for Dutch intervention. The wandering life led by a Siak prince, Raja Ismail, and his unceasing efforts to rally support for a triumphant return to his homeland are similarly described in both Malay chronicles and the missives of Dutch governors. Such accounts make for absorbing reading and undoubtedly have their own intrinsic historical value. On the other hand, it is perhaps more fruitful to regard anak raja like Raja 'Alim and Raja Ismail not so much as individuals as representatives of a distinct social category within what has been called the “ruling class.” If viewed in this light, the activities of many anak raja mentioned in the records take on a new dimension, and comments concerning their role in Malay history assume a wider application.},
keywords = {Barbara Watson Andaya},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1976,
title = {Cultural Nationalism in Wales},
author = {Collin Williams},
year  = {1976},
date = {1976-01-01},
journal = {Canadian Review of Studies in Nationalism},
volume = {4},
number = {1},
pages = {15-37},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1976b,
title = {Governance and Participation: Key Imperatives Which May Flatter to Deceive},
author = {Collin Williams},
year  = {1976},
date = {1976-01-01},
abstract = {The statutory elements of the Welsh Language 1. Act of 1993: The Welsh Language Board and Lan-guage Schemes. Query just how much value has been added to public administration and bilingual service delivery by the adoption of such schemes? Has language-related behaviour changed? Whith-er the notion of language rights? UK Constitutional Devolution and its impact on 2. language policy. 'From Act to Action Research Project' (2005-7) 3. investigated the process by which the Language Schemes became operational, how they were re-ceived within their host authority, what difficul-ties were experienced in carrying out the require-ments of the Language Schemes and how such schemes have been modified both in the light of experience and by the necessity of having to be resubmitted and reapproved by the Welsh Lan-guage Board. Key determinants of the Welsh-based case stud-4. ies and main findings. Case Study: Home Office Language Scheme; 5. leadership; staffing; partnership and resources; processes; The regulatory mechanisms and further options 6. currently under consideration following in-creased legislative devolution granted to the Na-tional Assembly for Wales. a) to preserve the WLB as a central agency for lan-7. guage policy and planning, at arm's length from the Government of Wales; b) to integrate fully the responsibilities of the WLB within the Assembly Executive; c) to establish the office of Welsh Lan-guage Commissioner; d) to establish a Commis-sion for the Welsh Language which would absorb the WLB in toto housing both promotional and regulatory aspects of language policy and plan-ning, but with additional powers and responsi-bilities as determined by new legislation. Current Legislative Considerations. 8. Conclusion and Implications},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1976bb,
title = {The Influence of Language Development In Québec Beyond Its Borders: The Wales},
author = {Collin Williams},
year  = {1976},
date = {1976-01-01},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Williams1976bb,
title = {Elebitasunaren arazoak eta erronkak Galesen},
author = {Collin Williams},
year  = {1976},
date = {1976-01-01},
keywords = {Collin Williams},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Benjamin1973,
title = {Ethnic Outmarriage Rates in Singapore: The Influence of Traditional Socio-Cultural Organization},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin and Riaz Hassan},
doi = {10.2307/350886},
year  = {1973},
date = {1973-11-01},
journal = {Journal of Marriage and Family},
volume = {35},
number = {4},
pages = {731-738},
abstract = {Variations in interethnic marriage rates in Singapore demonstrate that the influence of ethnicity and religion on family organization is far stronger than the influence of class or education. In particular the striking variations in the proportions of men and women marrying out of each of the major ethnic groups in the Republic appear to result from the continuing operation of traditional ideals of family and local-group organization in a contemporary situation that is otherwise rapidly changing.},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Giles1973,
title = {Reactions to a stranger as a function of dress style: The tie},
author = {Howard Giles and W Paul Green},
doi = {10.2466/pms.1973.37.2.676},
year  = {1973},
date = {1973-10-01},
urldate = {1973-10-01},
journal = {Perceptual and motor skills},
volume = {37},
number = {2},
pages = {676-676},
abstract = {Skip to main content. Menus. SAGE Journals. Profile logged-in. Search. MENU. Search search-icon; Browse; Resources: Authors; Librarians; Editors; Societies. Advanced Search. IN THIS JOURNAL. Journal Home: Browse Journal: Current Issue; OnlineFirst; Accepted Manuscripts; All Issues; Free Sample. Journal Info: Journal Description; Aims and Scope; Editorial Board; Submission Guidelines; Abstracting/Indexing; Reprints; Journal Permissions; Subscribe; Recommend to Library; Advertising & Promotion. Stay Connected: Email Alerts; RSS Feed; Feedback / Contact SAGE. Submit Paper: Advanced Search. SAGE Journals. Search search-icon; Browse; Resources: Authors; Librarians; Editors; Societies. Advanced Search. Sign In. Institution. Society. Access Options. You can be signed in via any or all of the methods shown below at the same time.},
keywords = {Howard Giles},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Benjamin1973b,
title = {Introduction to Schebesta's "Forest Dwarfs"},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
doi = {10.13140/RG.2.1.3902.4162},
isbn = {0196382661 T1},
year  = {1973},
date = {1973-01-01},
pages = {v–xii},
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
type = {inbook},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Haberland1973,
title = {Kompensatorische Spracherziehung},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Frithjof Hager and Rainer Paris
},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-476-03002-3_7},
isbn = {978-3-476-00244-0},
year  = {1973},
date = {1973-01-01},
urldate = {1973-01-01},
pages = {293-320},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Haberland1973b,
title = {Die gesellschaftliche Dimension der Sprache},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Frithjof Hager and Rainer Paris},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-476-03002-3_2},
isbn = {978-3-476-00244-0},
year  = {1973},
date = {1973-01-01},
urldate = {1973-01-01},
pages = {29-97},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Haberland1973c,
title = {Sprache und Interaktion},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Frithjof Hager and Rainer Paris},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-476-03002-3_4},
isbn = {978-3-476-00244-0},
year  = {1973},
date = {1973-01-01},
urldate = {1973-01-01},
pages = {146-184},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Haberland1973d,
title = {Einleitung: Soziolinguistik - Der Aufstieg einer Wissenschaft},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Frithjof Hager and Rainer Paris},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-476-03002-3_1},
isbn = {978-3-476-00244-0},
year  = {1973},
date = {1973-01-01},
urldate = {1973-01-01},
pages = {11-28},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Haberland1973e,
title = {Sprache und soziale Schichtung},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Frithjof Hager and Rainer Paris},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-476-03002-3_5},
isbn = {978-3-476-00244-0},
year  = {1973},
date = {1973-01-01},
urldate = {1973-01-01},
pages = {185-222},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@inbook{Haberland1973f,
title = {Language in the socialization process},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Frithjof Hager and Rainer Paris},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-476-03002-3_6},
isbn = {978-3-476-00244-0},
year  = {1973},
date = {1973-01-01},
urldate = {1973-01-01},
pages = {223-292},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@book{Haberland1973g,
title = {Sociology linguistics},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Frithjof Hager and Rainer Paris},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-476-03002-3},
isbn = {978-3-476-00244-0},
year  = {1973},
date = {1973-01-01},
urldate = {1973-01-01},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@inbook{Haberland1973h,
title = {The linguistic basics},
author = {Hartmut Haberland and Frithjof Hager and Rainer Paris},
doi = {10.1007/978-3-476-03002-3_3},
isbn = {978-3-476-00244-0},
year  = {1973},
date = {1973-01-01},
urldate = {1973-01-01},
pages = {98-145},
keywords = {Hartmut Haberland},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Benjamin1970,
title = {Review of "The Semai: A Nonviolent People of Malaya" by Robert Knox Dentan},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
doi = {10.1525/aa.1970.72.3.02a00500},
year  = {1970},
date = {1970-06-01},
journal = {American Anthropologist},
volume = {72},
number = {3},
pages = {658-660},
abstract = {This book is primarily an undergraduate-level textbook. But unlike most other books in this excellent series, Dentan's volume also breaks new ethnographic ground, and until some more detailed account of Semai soci-ety is published, its ethnological importance will surely outweigh its educational aims. It is astonishing that we have had to wait so long for an integrated description of just one of the Aboriginal peoples of Malaya. Apart from some immensely readable popular accounts, the older literature on the" Sakai" and" Semang"(which is extensive enough to fill a whole bookshelf) contains a great deal of scrappily assembled ethnographic notes on most of the Malayan Aborigines, notably in the works of Skeat, Blagden, Evans, Schebesta, and Noone.(Why, incidentally, has Dentan not listed Evans and Schebesta in his" Recommended Reading"?-both authors wrote about the Semai.) Any anthropologist who relies},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Benjamin1968,
title = {Headmanship and Leadership in Temiar Society},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
year  = {1968},
date = {1968-01-01},
journal = {Federation Museums Journal (New Series)},
volume = {13},
pages = {1-43},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Benjamin1968b,
title = {Temiar Personal Names},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
doi = {10.1163/22134379-90002886},
isbn = {978-94-015-2400-1},
year  = {1968},
date = {1968-01-01},
journal = {Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde / Journal of the Humanities and Social Sciences of Southeast Asia and Oceania},
volume = {124},
pages = {99-134},
abstract = {Starting with the ethnographic problems of why the Temiars so frequently change their names and why they have so many kinds of names, the paper develops into a detailed exposition and analysis of this very complicated naming system. It is shown that their names provide them with one means of expressing the various mechanical conscious models that they hold of their own social structure. Comparative data are adduced and discussed, especially from similar societies elsewhere in Southeast Asia. Certain general conclusions are drawn: (a) that naming systems have yet to receive analytical attention from anthropologists such as they usually devote to the equally important kin-terminological systems; (b) that this sort of analysis in depth of a small fragment of culture provides a valuable means of characterising the relationship between society and culture.},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@book{Omar1968,
title = {An Introduction To Malay Grammar Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka 2},
author = {Asmah Haji Omar and Rama Subbiah},
isbn = {9789836206794},
year  = {1968},
date = {1968-01-01},
volume = {7},
number = {2},
publisher = {Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka},
keywords = {Asmah Haji Omar},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {book}
}
@article{Benjamin1967,
title = { Lévi-Strauss and Anthropology},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
year  = {1967},
date = {1967-01-01},
journal = {The Cambridge Review},
volume = {89},
pages = {122–123, 149–151},
abstract = {This article from 1967 was re-edited slightly by the magazine's editors without consulting the author: the intended title was simply "Lévi-Strauss and Anthropology", and some passages were removed. The article was written long ago, when the author was one of the few anthropologists outside France who had yet read Lévi-Strauss's books. Much has been written since, both by and about Lévi-Strauss, but this article may be of historical interest by indicating something of his emerging influence a half-century ago.},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Benjamin1967b,
title = {Temiar Kinship},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
year  = {1967},
date = {1967-01-01},
journal = {Federation Museums Journal},
volume = {12},
pages = {1-25},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{Benjamin1966,
title = {Temiar Social Groupings},
author = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
year  = {1966},
date = {1966-01-01},
journal = {Federation Museums Journal},
volume = {11},
pages = {1-25},
keywords = {Geoffrey Benjamin},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@article{nokey,
title = {Intergenerational communication across the Pacific Rim: The impact of filial piety},
journal = {Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology 11:},
volume = {11},
pages = {1-11},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@bachelorthesis{nokey,
title = {[No title]},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@bachelorthesis{nokey,
title = {[No title]},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@bachelorthesis{nokey,
title = {[No title]},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@bachelorthesis{nokey,
title = {[No title]},
author = {Elisabetta Costa},
keywords = {},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {bachelorthesis}
}
@inbook{Sidnell0000,
title = {Interdisciplinary perspectives},
author = {Jack Sidnell and Paul Kockelman and N. J. Enfield},
doi = {10.1017/CBO9781139342872.039},
pages = {599 - 602},
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
abstract = {Interdisciplinary perspectives The title of Part V should immediately suggest the usual caveats. For example, disciplines are artificial entities, the products of historical happenstance and cultural commitments, rather than the rational effects of well-defined and naturally bounded subject matters. Attempts to bring them together often only succeed in reifying what was originally an erroneous separation. And most interesting work is already resolutely interdisciplinary, and so need not announce itself as such. Moreover, as may be seen by the titles of the chapters offered here, the perspectives are often intradisciplinary rather than interdisciplinary, and thereby bring together subfields within anthropology as much as connect (linguistic) anthropology to other disciplines. Anthropologists of language have always worked across fields and perspectives, as should already be apparent from most of the chapters in this volume. Given the essential importance of language and culture to every human endeavor, and given their radical entanglement, linguistic anthropologists have often had two underlying attitudes: How could you ever expect to understand one without reference to the other? And how could you ever expect to understand any other topic of human concern without reference to both? Enough said.
},
keywords = {Jack Sidnell},
pubstate = {published},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}
@article{Bhatia2021b,
title = {World Englishes and Critical Discourse Analysis},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
editor = {Aditi Bhatia},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {forthcoming},
tppubtype = {article}
}
@inbook{Bhatia2021c,
title = {Discursive Construction of the Public Square in Hong Kong},
author = {Aditi Bhatia},
editor = {Vijay K Bhatia and Jerome Tessuto},
publisher = {Routledge},
keywords = {Aditi Bhatia},
pubstate = {forthcoming},
tppubtype = {inbook}
}